Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems for Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System and Proposed Policy Changes and Fiscal Year 2022 Rates; Quality Programs and Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program Requirements for Eligible Hospitals and Critical Access Hospitals; Proposed Changes to Medicaid Provider Enrollment; and Proposed Changes to the Medicare Shared Savings Program

Published date10 May 2021
Citation86 FR 25070
Record Number2021-08888
SectionProposed rules
CourtCenters For Medicare & Medicaid Services
Federal Register, Volume 86 Issue 88 (Monday, May 10, 2021)
[Federal Register Volume 86, Number 88 (Monday, May 10, 2021)]
                [Proposed Rules]
                [Pages 25070-25790]
                From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
                [FR Doc No: 2021-08888]
                [[Page 25069]]
                Vol. 86
                Monday,
                No. 88
                May 10, 2021
                Part II
                Book 2 of 2 Books
                Pages 25069-26798Department of Health and Human Services-----------------------------------------------------------------------
                Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                42 CFR Parts 412, 413, 425, et al.
                Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems for
                Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
                Payment System and Proposed Policy Changes and Fiscal Year 2022 Rates;
                Quality Programs and Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                Requirements for Eligible Hospitals and Critical Access Hospitals;
                Proposed Changes to Medicaid Provider Enrollment; and Proposed Changes
                to the Medicare Shared Savings Program; Proposed Rule
                Federal Register / Vol. 86 , No. 88 / Monday, May 10, 2021 / Proposed
                Rules
                [[Page 25070]]
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
                Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
                42 CFR Parts 412, 413, 425, 455, and 495
                [CMS-1752-P]
                RIN 0938-AU44
                Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems
                for Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
                Payment System and Proposed Policy Changes and Fiscal Year 2022 Rates;
                Quality Programs and Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                Requirements for Eligible Hospitals and Critical Access Hospitals;
                Proposed Changes to Medicaid Provider Enrollment; and Proposed Changes
                to the Medicare Shared Savings Program
                AGENCY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
                ACTION: Proposed rule.
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                SUMMARY: We are proposing to revise the Medicare hospital inpatient
                prospective payment systems (IPPS) for operating and capital-related
                costs of acute care hospitals to implement changes arising from our
                continuing experience with these systems for FY 2022 and to implement
                certain recent legislation. In addition, we are proposing to rebase and
                revise the hospital market baskets for acute care hospitals, update the
                labor-related share, and provide the market basket update that would
                apply to the rate-of-increase limits for certain hospitals excluded
                from the IPPS that are paid on a reasonable cost basis, subject to
                these limits for FY 2022. We are also proposing policies relating to
                Medicare graduate medical education (GME) for teaching hospitals to
                implement certain recent legislation. The proposed rule would also
                update the payment policies and the annual payment rates for the
                Medicare prospective payment system (PPS) for inpatient hospital
                services provided by long-term care hospitals (LTCHs) for FY 2022. In
                this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to extend
                New COVID-19 Treatments Add-on Payment (NCTAP) for certain eligible
                products through the end of the fiscal year in which the PHE ends and
                to discontinue the NCTAP for discharges on or after October 1, 2021 for
                a product that is approved for new technology add-on payments beginning
                FY 2022. We are also proposing to repeal the collection of market-based
                rate information on the Medicare cost report and the market-based MS-
                DRG relative weight methodology, as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule.
                 We are proposing to establish new requirements and revise existing
                requirements for eligible hospitals and critical access hospitals
                (CAHs) participating in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program. We are also providing estimated and newly established
                performance standards for the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
                Program, and proposing updated policies for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program, Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program,
                Hospital VBP Program, Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction
                Program, and the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Reporting (PCHQR) Program,
                and the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP).
                Additionally, due to the impact of the COVID-19 PHE on measure data
                used in our value-based purchasing programs, we are proposing to
                suppress several measures in the Hospital VBP, HAC Reduction, and
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Programs. In connection with our
                measure suppression proposals for the FY 2022 Hospital VBP Program, we
                are also proposing to revise the scoring and payment methodology for
                the FY 2022 program year such that hospitals will not be scored using
                quality measure data that are distorted by the effects of the COVID-19
                public health emergency (PHE) and will not receive Total Performance
                Scores or adjustments to their payments as a result. Similarly, we are
                proposing to suppress affected measures for the FY 2022 HAC Reduction
                Program such that hospitals will not be scored using distorted quality
                measure data and will not receive Total HAC Scores based on those data.
                For the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, we are proposing to
                suppress one affected measure under the proposed measure suppression
                policy for the FY 2023 applicable period such that hospitals will not
                be assessed using distorted quality measure data and will not receive
                payment reductions based on those data.
                 In addition, we are proposing to change, clarify, and codify
                Medicare organ acquisition payment policies relative to organ
                procurement organizations (OPOs), transplant hospitals, and donor
                community hospitals. Also, we are proposing to add regulation requiring
                that state Medicaid agencies accept valid enrollments from all
                Medicare-enrolled providers and suppliers for purposes of processing
                claims for Medicare cost-sharing liability for services furnished to
                Medicare-Medicaid dually eligible individuals in order to alleviate a
                long-standing problem related to claiming Medicare bad debt.
                 Additionally, we are proposing to amend the Medicare Shared Savings
                Program regulations to allow eligible accountable care organizations
                (ACOs) participating in the BASIC track's glide path the opportunity to
                maintain their current level of participation for performance year (PY)
                2022.
                DATES: To be assured consideration, comments must be received at one of
                the addresses provided in the ADDRESSES section, no later than 5 p.m.
                EDT on June 28, 2021.
                ADDRESSES: In commenting, please refer to file code CMS-1752-P. Because
                of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by
                facsimile (FAX) transmission.
                 Comments, including mass comment submissions, must be submitted in
                one of the following three ways (please choose only one of the ways
                listed):
                 1. Electronically. You may (and we encourage you to) submit
                electronic comments on this regulation to http://www.regulations.gov.
                Follow the instructions under the ``submit a comment'' tab.
                 2. By regular mail. You may mail written comments to the following
                address ONLY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of
                Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-1752-P, P.O. Box 8013,
                Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
                 Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received
                before the close of the comment period.
                 3. By express or overnight mail. You may send written comments via
                express or overnight mail to the following address ONLY: Centers for
                Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services,
                Attention: CMS-1752-P, Mail Stop C4-26-05, 7500 Security Boulevard,
                Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
                 For information on viewing public comments, we refer readers to the
                beginning of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.
                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                 Donald Thompson, (410) 786-4487, and Michele Hudson, (410) 786-
                4487, Operating Prospective Payment, MS-DRG Relative Weights, Wage
                Index, Hospital Geographic Reclassifications, Graduate Medical
                Education, Capital Prospective Payment, Excluded Hospitals, Medicare
                Disproportionate Share Hospital (DSH) Payment
                [[Page 25071]]
                Adjustment, Sole Community Hospitals (SCHs), Medicare-Dependent Small
                Rural Hospital (MDH) Program, Low-Volume Hospital Payment Adjustment,
                and Critical Access Hospital (CAH) Issues.
                 Emily Lipkin, (410) 786-3633 and Jim Mildenberger, (410) 786-4551,
                Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System and MS-LTC-DRG
                Relative Weights Issues.
                 Emily Forrest, (202) 205-1922, Market-Based Data Collection and
                Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight Methodology Issues.
                 Allison Pompey, (410) 786-2348, New Technology Add On Payments and
                New COVID-19 Treatments Add-on Payments Issues.
                 Mady Hue, (410) 786-4510, and Andrea Hazeley, (410) 786-3543, MS-
                DRG Classifications Issues.
                 Mollie Knight, (410) 786-7948, and Bridget Dickensheets, (410) 786-
                8670, Rebasing and Revising the Hospital Market Baskets Issues.
                 Siddhartha Mazumdar, (410) 786-6673, Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration Program Issues.
                 Jeris Smith, (410) 786-0110, Frontier Community Health Integration
                Project Demonstration Issues.
                 Pamela Brown, [email protected], Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program--Administration Issues.
                 Jim Poyer, [email protected], Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program--Readmissions--Measures Issues.
                 Jennifer Tate, [email protected], Hospital-Acquired
                Condition Reduction Program--Administration Issues.
                 Yuling Li, (410) 786-8421, Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction
                Program--Measures Issues.
                 Julia Venanzi, [email protected], Hospital Inpatient
                Quality Reporting and Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Programs--
                Administration Issues.
                 Katrina Hoadley, [email protected], Hospital Inpatient
                Quality Reporting and Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Programs--
                Measures Issues Except Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
                Providers and Systems Issues.
                 Elizabeth Goldstein, (410) 786-6665, Hospital Inpatient Quality
                Reporting and Hospital Value-Based Purchasing--Hospital Consumer
                Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems Measures Issues.
                 Annie Hollis, [email protected], PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital
                Quality Reporting--Administration Issues.
                 Katrina Hoadley, [email protected], PPS-Exempt Cancer
                Hospital Quality Reporting Program-Measure Issues.
                 Christy Hughes, (410) 786-5662, Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
                Reporting Program--Data Reporting Issues.
                 Jessica Warren, [email protected], Dylan Podson,
                [email protected], and Elizabeth Holland,
                [email protected], Promoting Interoperability Programs.
                 Candace Anderson, (410) 786-1553, Medicaid Enrollment of Medicare
                Providers and Suppliers for Purposes of Processing Claims for Cost-
                Sharing for Services Furnished to Dually Eligible Beneficiaries.
                 Katie Lucas, (410) 786-7723, Amanda Michael, (410) 786-5834, and
                Kellie Shannon (410) 786-0416, Organ Acquisition Payment Issues.
                 Naseem Tarmohamed, (410) 786-0814, or
                [email protected], for issues related to the Shared
                Savings Program.
                SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                 Inspection of Public Comments: All comments received before the
                close of the comment period are available for viewing by the public,
                including any personally identifiable or confidential business
                information that is included in a comment. We post all comments
                received before the close of the comment period on the following
                website as soon as possible after they have been received: http://www.regulations.gov/. Follow the search instructions on that website to
                view public comments.
                Tables Available Through the Internet on the CMS Website
                 The IPPS tables for this FY 2022 proposed rule are available
                through the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html.
                Click on the link on the left side of the screen titled, ``FY 2022 IPPS
                Proposed rule Home Page'' or ``Acute Inpatient--Files for Download.''
                The LTCH PPS tables for this FY 2022 proposed rule are available
                through the internet on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/LongTermCareHospitalPPS/index.html under the list item for Regulation Number CMS-1752-P. For
                further details on the contents of the tables referenced in this
                proposed rule, we refer readers to section VI. of the Addendum to this
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule.
                 Readers who experience any problems accessing any of the tables
                that are posted on the CMS websites, as previously identified, should
                contact Michael Treitel at (410) 786-4552.
                Table of Contents
                I. Executive Summary and Background
                 A. Executive Summary
                 B. Background Summary
                 C. Summary of Provisions of Recent Legislation That Would Be
                Implemented in This Proposed Rule
                 D. Summary of the Provisions of This Proposed Rule
                 E. Advancing Health Information Exchange
                 F. Use of FY 2020 or FY 2019 Data in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH
                PPS Ratesetting
                II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Group
                (MS-DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights
                 A. Background
                 B. Adoption of the MS-DRGs and MS-DRG Reclassifications
                 C. Proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
                 D. Proposed Changes to Specific MS-DRG Classifications
                 E. Recalibration of the FY 2022 MS-DRG Relative Weights
                 F. Proposed Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies
                for FY 2022
                III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care
                Hospitals
                 A. Background
                 B. Worksheet S-3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2022 Wage Index
                 C. Verification of Worksheet S-3 Wage Data
                 D. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2022 Unadjusted Wage
                Index
                 E. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the FY 2022 Wage
                Index
                 F. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix
                Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2022 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage
                Index
                 G. Application of the Rural Floor, Application of the State
                Frontier Floor, and Continuation of the Low Wage Index Hospital
                Policy, and Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment
                 H. Proposed FY 2022 Wage Index Tables
                 I. Proposed Revisions to the Wage Index Based on Hospital
                Redesignations and Reclassifications
                 J. Proposed Out-Migration Adjustment Based on Commuting Patterns
                of Hospital Employees
                 K. Reclassification From Urban to Rural Under Section
                1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act Implemented at 42 CFR 412.103
                 L. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections
                 M. Proposed Labor-Related Share for the FY 2022 Wage Index
                IV. Proposed Rebasing and Revising of the Hospital Market Baskets
                for Acute Care Hospitals
                 A. Background
                 B. Rebasing and Revising the IPPS Market Basket
                 C. Market Basket for Certain Hospitals Presently Excluded From
                the IPPS
                 D. Rebasing and Revising the Capital Input Price Index (CIPI)
                V. Other Decisions and Changes to the IPPS for Operating System
                [[Page 25072]]
                 A. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient Hospital Updates for FY
                2021 (Sec. 412.64(d))
                 B. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs)--Proposed Annual Updates to
                Case-Mix Index and Discharge Criteria (Sec. 412.96)
                 C. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals (Sec.
                412.101)
                 D. Proposed Indirect Medical Education (IME) Payment Adjustment
                Factor (Sec. 412.105)
                 E. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Medicare Disproportionate
                Share Hospitals (DSHs) for FY 2022 (Sec. 412.106)
                 F. Counting Days Associated With Section 1115 Demonstration
                Projects in the Medicaid Fraction
                 G. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: Proposed Updates and
                Changes (Sec. Sec. 412.150 Through 412.154)
                 H. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program: Proposed
                Updates and Changes (Sec. Sec. 412.160 Through 412.167)
                 I. Hospital-Acquired Conditions (HAC) Reduction Program:
                Proposed Updates and Changes (Sec. 412.170)
                 J. Proposed Payments for Indirect and Direct Graduate Medical
                Education Costs (Sec. Sec. 412.105 and 413.75 through 413.83)
                 K. Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program
                 L. Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight--Proposed Policy Changes
                (Sec. 413.20)
                 M. Payment Adjustment for CAR T-cell Clinical Trial and Expanded
                Use for Immunotherapy Cases (Sec. Sec. 412.85 and 412.312)
                VI. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
                 A. Overview
                 B. Additional Provisions
                 C. Proposed Annual Update for FY 2022
                VII. Proposed Changes for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS
                 A. Proposed Rate-of-Increase in Payments to Excluded Hospitals
                for FY 2022
                 B. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
                VIII. Proposed Changes to the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
                Payment System (LTCH PPS) for FY 2022
                 A. Background of the LTCH PPS
                 B. Medicare Severity Long-Term Care Diagnosis-Related Group (MS-
                LTC-DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights for FY 2021
                 C. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS Payment Rates and Other
                Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS for FY 2022
                IX. Proposed Quality Data Reporting Requirements for Specific
                Providers and Suppliers
                 A. Advancing to Digital Quality Measurement and the Use of Fast
                Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR) in Hospital Quality
                Programs--Request for Information
                 B. Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Hospital Quality
                Programs--Request For Information
                 C. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                 D. Changes to the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting
                (PCHQR) Program
                 E. Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP)
                 F. Proposed Changes to the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Programs
                X. Proposed Changes for Hospitals and Other Providers and Suppliers
                 A. Medicaid Enrollment of Medicare Providers and Suppliers for
                Purposes of Processing Claims for Cost-Sharing for Services
                Furnished to Dually Eligible Beneficiaries--Proposed Policy Changes
                (Sec. 455.410)
                 B. Organ Acquisition Payment--Proposed Policy Changes (Part 413,
                Subpart L)
                 C. Medicare Shared Savings Program--Proposed Policy Changes
                (Sec. 425.600)
                XI. MedPAC Recommendations
                XII. Other Required Information
                 A. Publicly Available Files
                 B. Collection of Information Requirements
                 C. Response to Public Comments
                Regulation Text
                Addendum--Schedule of Standardized Amounts, Update Factors, and
                Rate-of-Increase Percentages Effective With Cost Reporting Periods
                Beginning on or After October 1, 2021 and Payment Rates for LTCHs
                Effective for Discharges Occurring on or After October 1, 2021
                I. Summary and Background
                II. Proposed Changes to Prospective Payment Rates for Hospital
                Inpatient Operating Costs for Acute Care Hospitals for FY 2022
                 A. Calculation of the Proposed Adjusted Standardized Amount
                 B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage Levels and Cost-of-Living
                 C. Calculation of the Proposed Prospective Payment Rates
                III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Acute Care Hospital
                Inpatient Capital-Related Costs for FY 2022
                 A. Determination of the Proposed Federal Hospital Inpatient
                Capital-Related Prospective Payment Rate Update for FY 2022
                 B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient Capital-Related
                Prospective Payments for FY 2022
                 C. Capital Input Price Index
                IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Excluded Hospitals: Rate-
                of-Increase Percentages for FY 2022
                V. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rates for the LTCH PPS for FY
                2022
                 A. Proposed LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate for FY 2022
                 B. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage Levels Under the LTCH PPS
                for FY 2022
                 C. Proposed Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for LTCHs Located
                in Alaska and Hawaii
                 D. Proposed Adjustment for LTCH PPS High-Cost Outlier (HCO)
                Cases
                 E. Proposed Update to the IPPS Comparable/Equivalent Amounts to
                Reflect the Statutory Changes to the IPPS DSH Payment Adjustment
                Methodology
                 F. Computing the Proposed Adjusted LTCH PPS Federal Prospective
                Payments for FY 2022
                VI. Tables Referenced in This Proposed Rule Generally Available
                Through the Internet on the CMS Website
                Appendix A--Economic Analyses
                I. Regulatory Impact Analysis
                 A. Statement of Need
                 B. Overall Impact
                 C. Objectives of the IPPS and the LTCH PPS
                 D. Limitations of Our Analysis
                 E. Hospitals Included in and Excluded From the IPPS
                 F. Effects on Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the
                IPPS
                 G. Quantitative Effects of the Policy Changes Under the IPPS for
                Operating Costs
                 H. Effects of Other Proposed Policy Changes
                 I. Effects of Proposed Changes in the Capital IPPS
                 J. Effects of Proposed Payment Rate Changes and Policy Changes
                Under the LTCH PPS
                 K. Effects of Proposed Requirements for Hospital Inpatient
                Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                 L. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the PPS-Exempt Cancer
                Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program
                 M. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the Long-Term Care
                Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP)
                 N. Effects of Proposed Requirements Regarding the Promoting
                Interoperability Program
                 O. Alternatives Considered
                 P. Overall Conclusion
                 Q. Regulatory Review Costs
                II. Accounting Statements and Tables
                 A. Acute Care Hospitals
                 B. LTCHs
                III. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) Analysis
                IV. Impact on Small Rural Hospitals
                V. Unfunded Mandate Reform Act (UMRA) Analysis
                VI. Executive Order 13175
                VII. Executive Order 12866
                Appendix B: Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost
                Rates of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services
                I. Background
                II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2022
                 A. Proposed FY 2022 Inpatient Hospital Update
                 B. Proposed Update for SCHs and MDHs for FY 2022
                 C. Proposed FY 2022 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
                 D. Proposed Update for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS for FY
                2022
                 E. Proposed Update for LTCHs for FY 2022
                III. Secretary's Recommendation
                IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing Payment Adequacy and
                Updating Payments in Traditional Medicare
                I. Executive Summary and Background
                A. Executive Summary
                1. Purpose and Legal Authority
                 This FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule would make payment and
                policy changes under the Medicare inpatient prospective payment systems
                (IPPS) for operating and capital-related costs of acute care hospitals
                as well as for certain hospitals and hospital units excluded from the
                IPPS. In addition, it would make payment and policy changes for
                inpatient hospital services
                [[Page 25073]]
                provided by long-term care hospitals (LTCHs) under the long-term care
                hospital prospective payment system (LTCH PPS). This proposed rule also
                would make policy changes to programs associated with Medicare IPPS
                hospitals, IPPS-excluded hospitals, and LTCHs. In this FY 2022 proposed
                rule, we are continuing policies to address wage index disparities
                impacting low wage index hospitals; including a proposal to implement
                the imputed floor wage index provision of the American Rescue Plan Act
                of 2021; including proposals related to new technology add-on payments;
                and proposing to repeal the collection of market-based rate information
                on the Medicare cost report and the market-based MS-DRG relative weight
                methodology, as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. This
                proposed rule also includes proposals to implement provisions of the
                Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 relating to payments to
                hospitals for direct graduate medical education (GME) and indirect
                medical education (IME) costs.
                 We are proposing to establish new requirements and revise existing
                requirements for eligible hospitals and CAHs participating in the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program.
                 We are providing estimated and newly established performance
                standards for the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program, and
                proposing updated policies for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program, Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program, Hospital
                VBP Program, Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program, Long
                Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP), and the PPS-
                Exempt Cancer Hospital Reporting (PCHQR) Program. Additionally, due to
                the impact of the COVID-19 PHE on measure data used in our value-based
                purchasing programs, we are proposing to suppress several measures in
                the Hospital VBP, HAC Reduction, and Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Programs. As a result of these measure suppressions for the Hospital
                VBP Program we are also proposing a special scoring methodology for FY
                2022 that results in a value-based incentive payment amount that
                matches the 2 percent reduction to the base operating DRG payment
                amount.
                 Under various statutory authorities, we either discuss continued
                program implementation or are proposing to make changes to the Medicare
                IPPS, to the LTCH PPS, other related payment methodologies and programs
                for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years, and other policies and
                provisions included in this rule. These statutory authorities include,
                but are not limited to, the following:
                 Section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act (the Act),
                which sets forth a system of payment for the operating costs of acute
                care hospital inpatient stays under Medicare Part A (Hospital
                Insurance) based on prospectively set rates. Section 1886(g) of the Act
                requires that, instead of paying for capital-related costs of inpatient
                hospital services on a reasonable cost basis, the Secretary use a
                prospective payment system (PPS).
                 Section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, which specifies that
                certain hospitals and hospital units are excluded from the IPPS. These
                hospitals and units are: Rehabilitation hospitals and units; LTCHs;
                psychiatric hospitals and units; children's hospitals; cancer
                hospitals; extended neoplastic disease care hospitals, and hospitals
                located outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto
                Rico (that is, hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa). Religious nonmedical
                health care institutions (RNHCIs) are also excluded from the IPPS.
                 Sections 123(a) and (c) of the BBRA (Public Law (Pub. L.)
                106-113) and section 307(b)(1) of the BIPA (Pub. L. 106-554) (as
                codified under section 1886(m)(1) of the Act), which provide for the
                development and implementation of a prospective payment system for
                payment for inpatient hospital services of LTCHs described in section
                1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act.
                 Sections 1814(l), 1820, and 1834(g) of the Act, which
                specify that payments are made to critical access hospitals (CAHs)
                (that is, rural hospitals or facilities that meet certain statutory
                requirements) for inpatient and outpatient services and that these
                payments are generally based on 101 percent of reasonable cost.
                 Section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, which specifies that costs
                of approved educational activities are excluded from the operating
                costs of inpatient hospital services. Hospitals with approved graduate
                medical education (GME) programs are paid for the direct costs of GME
                in accordance with section 1886(h) of the Act.
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, which requires the
                Secretary to reduce the applicable percentage increase that would
                otherwise apply to the standardized amount applicable to a subsection
                (d) hospital for discharges occurring in a fiscal year if the hospital
                does not submit data on measures in a form and manner, and at a time,
                specified by the Secretary.
                 Section 1866(k) of the Act, which provides for the
                establishment of a quality reporting program for hospitals described in
                section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act, referred to as ``PPS-exempt cancer
                hospitals.''
                 Section 1886(o) of the Act, which requires the Secretary
                to establish a Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program, under
                which value-based incentive payments are made in a fiscal year to
                hospitals meeting performance standards established for a performance
                period for such fiscal year.
                 Section 1886(p) of the Act, which establishes a Hospital-
                Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program, under which payments to
                applicable hospitals are adjusted to provide an incentive to reduce
                hospital-acquired conditions.
                 Section 1886(q) of the Act, as amended by section 15002 of
                the 21st Century Cures Act, which establishes the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program. Under the program, payments for discharges from an
                applicable hospital as defined under section 1886(d) of the Act will be
                reduced to account for certain excess readmissions. Section 15002 of
                the 21st Century Cures Act directs the Secretary to compare hospitals
                with respect to the number of their Medicare-Medicaid dual-eligible
                beneficiaries (dual-eligibles) in determining the extent of excess
                readmissions.
                 Section 1886(r) of the Act, as added by section 3133 of
                the Affordable Care Act, which provides for a reduction to
                disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payments under section
                1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act and for a new uncompensated care payment to
                eligible hospitals. Specifically, section 1886(r) of the Act requires
                that, for fiscal year 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year, subsection
                (d) hospitals that would otherwise receive a DSH payment made under
                section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act will receive two separate payments:
                (1) 25 percent of the amount they previously would have received under
                section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act for DSH (``the empirically justified
                amount''), and (2) an additional payment for the DSH hospital's
                proportion of uncompensated care, determined as the product of three
                factors. These three factors are: (1) 75 percent of the payments that
                would otherwise be made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act; (2) 1
                minus the percent change in the percent of individuals who are
                uninsured; and (3) a hospital's uncompensated care amount relative to
                the uncompensated
                [[Page 25074]]
                care amount of all DSH hospitals expressed as a percentage.
                 Section 1886(m)(5) of the Act, which requires the
                Secretary to reduce by two percentage points the annual update to the
                standard Federal rate for discharges for a long-term care hospital
                (LTCH) during the rate year for LTCHs that do not submit data in the
                form, manner, and at a time, specified by the Secretary.
                 Section 1886(m)(6) of the Act, as added by section
                1206(a)(1) of the Pathway for Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) Reform Act
                of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67) and amended by section 51005(a) of the
                Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Pub. L. 115-123), which provided for the
                establishment of site neutral payment rate criteria under the LTCH PPS,
                with implementation beginning in FY 2016. Section 51005(b) of the
                Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 amended section 1886(m)(6)(B) by adding
                new clause (iv), which specifies that the IPPS comparable amount
                defined in clause (ii)(I) shall be reduced by 4.6 percent for FYs 2018
                through 2026.
                 Section 1899B of the Act, as added by section 2(a) of the
                Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation Act of 2014 (IMPACT
                Act) (Pub. L. 113-185), which provides for the establishment of
                standardized data reporting for certain post-acute care providers,
                including LTCHs.
                 Section 1899 of the Act which established the Medicare
                Shared Savings Program (Shared Savings Program) to facilitate
                coordination and cooperation among providers and suppliers to improve
                the quality of care for Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) beneficiaries
                and reduce the rate of growth in expenditures under Medicare Parts A
                and B.
                 Section 1902(a)(23) of the Act, which specifies Medicaid
                provider enrollment requirements. States may set reasonable standards
                relating to the qualifications of providers but may not restrict the
                right of beneficiaries to obtain services from any person or entity
                that is both qualified and willing to furnish such services.
                2. Summary of the Major Provisions
                 The following is a summary of the major provisions in this proposed
                rule. In general, these major provisions are being proposed as part of
                the annual update to the payment policies and payment rates, consistent
                with the applicable statutory provisions. A general summary of the
                proposed changes in this proposed rule is presented in section I.D. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule.
                a. Proposed MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
                 Section 631 of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA, Pub.
                L. 112- 240) amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 to require
                the Secretary to make a recoupment adjustment to the standardized
                amount of Medicare payments to acute care hospitals to account for
                changes in MS-DRG documentation and coding that do not reflect real
                changes in case-mix, totaling $11 billion over a 4-year period of FYs
                2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017. The FY 2014 through FY 2017 adjustments
                represented the amount of the increase in aggregate payments as a
                result of not completing the prospective adjustment authorized under
                section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90 until FY 2013. Prior to the
                ATRA, this amount could not have been recovered under Public Law 110
                90. Section 414 of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of
                2015 (MACRA) (Pub. L. 114-10) replaced the single positive adjustment
                we intended to make in FY 2018 with a 0.5 percent positive adjustment
                to the standardized amount of Medicare payments to acute care hospitals
                for FYs 2018 through 2023. (The FY 2018 adjustment was subsequently
                adjusted to 0.4588 percent by section 15005 of the 21st Century Cures
                Act.) Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to make an adjustment of
                +0.5 percent to the standardized amount.
                b. Proposed Changes to the New COVID-19 Treatments Add-On Payment
                (NCTAP)
                 In response to the COVID-19 PHE, we established the New COVID-19
                Treatments Add-on Payment (NCTAP) under the IPPS for COVID-19 cases
                that meet certain criteria (85 FR 71157 and 71158). We believe that as
                drugs and biological products become available and are authorized for
                emergency use or approved by Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the
                treatment of COVID-19 in the inpatient setting, it is appropriate to
                increase the current IPPS payment amounts to mitigate any potential
                financial disincentives for hospitals to provide new COVID-19
                treatments during the PHE. Therefore, effective for discharges
                occurring on or after November 2, 2020 and until the end of the PHE for
                COVID-19, CMS established the NCTAP.
                 We anticipate that there might be inpatient cases of COVID-19,
                beyond the end of the PHE, for which payment based on the assigned MS-
                DRG may not adequately reflect the additional cost of new COVID-19
                treatments. In order to continue to mitigate potential financial
                disincentives for hospitals to provide these new treatments, and to
                minimize any potential payment disruption immediately following the end
                of the PHE, we believe that the NCTAP should remain available for cases
                involving eligible treatments for the remainder of the fiscal year in
                which the PHE ends (for example, until September 30, 2022). At the same
                time, we also believe that any new technology add-on payments that may
                be approved for a COVID-19 treatment would also serve to mitigate any
                potential financial disincentives for hospitals to provide that new
                COVID-19 treatment, such that the NCTAP would no longer be needed for
                that same product.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to extend NCTAP for eligible products
                that are not approved for new technology add-on payments through the
                end of the fiscal year in which the PHE ends (for example, September
                30, 2022). We also are proposing to discontinue the NCTAP for
                discharges on or after October 1, 2021 for a product that is approved
                for new technology add-on payments beginning FY 2022.
                c. Use of FY 2020 or FY 2019 Data in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS
                Ratesetting
                 For the IPPS and LTCH PPS ratesetting, our longstanding goal is
                always to use the best available data overall. In section I.F. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule we discuss our analysis of the best
                available data for use in the development of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule given the potential impact of the public health emergency
                (PHE) for the Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19). As discussed in section
                I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to use the
                FY 2019 data, such as the FY 2019 MedPAR file, for the FY 2022
                ratesetting for circumstances where the FY 2020 data is significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, primarily in that the utilization of
                inpatient services reflect generally markedly different utilization for
                certain types of services in FY 2020 than would have been expected in
                the absence of the PHE. In section I.O. of Appendix A of this proposed
                rule, we are also considering, as an alternative to this proposal, the
                use of the same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes
                of FY 2022 ratesetting, and which we may consider finalizing based on
                consideration of comments received.
                d. Proposed Continuation of the Low Wage Index Hospital Policy
                 To help mitigate wage index disparities between high wage and low
                hospitals, in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH
                [[Page 25075]]
                PPS rule (84 FR 42326 through 42332), we adopted a policy to increase
                the wage index values for certain hospitals with low wage index values
                (the low wage index hospital policy). This policy was adopted in a
                budget neutral manner through an adjustment applied to the standardized
                amounts for all hospitals. We also indicated that this policy would be
                effective for at least 4 years, beginning in FY 2020, in order to allow
                employee compensation increases implemented by these hospitals
                sufficient time to be reflected in the wage index calculation.
                Therefore, for FY 2022, we are continuing the low wage index hospital
                policy, and are also proposing to apply this policy in a budget neutral
                manner by applying an adjustment to the standardized amounts.
                e. Proposed Implementation of Section 9831 of the American Rescue Plan
                Act of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-2) Imputed Floor Wage Index Policy for All-
                Urban States
                 Section 9831 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-
                2) amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(3)(E))
                to establish a minimum area wage index for hospitals in all-urban
                States. Specifically, section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act (as added by
                section 9831(a)(2) of Pub. L. 117-2) reinstates the imputed floor wage
                index policy for all-urban states effective for discharges on or after
                October 1, 2021 (FY 2022) with no expiration date using the methodology
                described in 42 CFR 412.64(h)(4)(vi) as in effect for FY 2018.
                Furthermore, section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(III) of the Act provides that
                the imputed floor wage index shall not be applied in a budget neutral
                manner. We refer readers to section III.G.2. of this proposed rule for
                a summary of the provisions of section 9831 of Public Law 117-2 that we
                are proposing to implement in this proposed rule.
                f. Proposed DSH Payment Adjustment and Additional Payment for
                Uncompensated Care
                 Section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act modified the Medicare
                disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payment methodology beginning in
                FY 2014. Under section 1886(r) of the Act, which was added by section
                3133 of the Affordable Care Act, starting in FY 2014, FY 2014, Medicare
                DSHs receive 25 percent of the amount they previously would have
                received under the statutory formula for Medicare DSH payments in
                section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act. The remaining amount, equal to 75
                percent of the amount that otherwise would have been paid as Medicare
                DSH payments, is paid as additional payments after the amount is
                reduced for changes in the percentage of individuals that are
                uninsured. Each Medicare DSH will receive an additional payment based
                on its share of the total amount of uncompensated care for all Medicare
                DSHs for a given time period.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to update our estimates of
                the three factors used to determine uncompensated care payments for FY
                2022. We are also proposing to continue to use uninsured estimates
                produced by CMS' Office of the Actuary (OACT) as part of the
                development of the National Health Expenditure Accounts (NHEA) in the
                calculation of Factor 2. Consistent with the policy adopted in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years,
                we are using a single year of data on uncompensated care costs from
                Worksheet S-10 of the FY 2018 cost reports to calculate Factor 3 in the
                FY 2022 methodology for all eligible hospitals with the exception of
                Indian Health Service (IHS) and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico
                hospitals. For IHS and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals we
                are proposing to continue to use the low-income insured days proxy to
                calculate Factor 3 for these hospitals for FY 2022. We are proposing
                certain methodological changes for calculating Factor 3 for FY 2022.
                 Additionally, we are proposing to revise our regulation governing
                the calculation of the Medicaid fraction of the DSH calculation. Under
                this proposal, patient days of individuals receiving benefits under a
                section 1115 waiver program would be counted in the numerator of the
                Medicaid fraction only if the patient directly receives inpatient
                hospital insurance coverage on that day under a waiver authorized under
                section 1115(a)(2) of the Act.
                g. Reduction of Hospital Payments for Excess Readmissions
                 We are proposing to make changes to policies for the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program, which was established under section
                1886(q) of the Act, as amended by section 15002 of the 21st Century
                Cures Act. The Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program requires a
                reduction to a hospital's base operating DRG payment to account for
                excess readmissions of selected applicable conditions. For FY 2017 and
                subsequent years, the reduction is based on a hospital's risk-adjusted
                readmission rate during a 3-year period for acute myocardial infarction
                (AMI), heart failure (HF), pneumonia, chronic obstructive pulmonary
                disease (COPD), elective primary total hip arthroplasty/total knee
                arthroplasty (THA/TKA), and coronary artery bypass graft (CABG)
                surgery. In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing
                the following policies: (1) To adopt a cross-program measure
                suppression policy; (2) to suppress the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following Pneumonia
                Hospitalization measure (NQF #0506) for the FY 2023 program year; (3)
                to modify the remaining five condition-specific readmission measures to
                exclude COVID-19 diagnosed patients from the measure denominators,
                beginning with the FY 2023 program year; (4) to use the MedPAR data
                that aligns with the applicable period for FY 2022; (5) to
                automatically adopt the use of MedPAR data corresponding to the
                applicable period beginning with the FY 2023 program year and all
                subsequent program years, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary;
                and (6) to update the regulatory text to reflect that our Hospital
                Compare website has been renamed and is now referred to as Care
                Compare. We are clarifying our Extraordinary Circumstances Exceptions
                (ECE) policy, and we are also requesting public comment on
                opportunities to advance health equity through possible future
                stratification of results by race and ethnicity for condition/
                procedure-specific readmission measures and by expansion of
                standardized data collection to additional social factors, such as
                language preference and disability status. We are also seeking comment
                on mechanisms of incorporating other demographic characteristics into
                analyses that address and advance health equity, such as the potential
                to include administrative and self-reported data to measure co-
                occurring disability status.
                h. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
                 Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a
                Hospital VBP Program under which value-based incentive payments are
                made in a fiscal year to hospitals based on their performance on
                measures established for a performance period for such fiscal year. In
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to: (1) Establish a measure
                suppression policy for the duration of the public health emergency for
                COVID-19; (2) suppress the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
                Providers and Systems (HCAHPS), Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary
                (MSPB), and five Healthcare-Associated Infection (HAI) measures, for
                the FY 2022 Program year; and (3) suppress the Hospital 30-Day,
                [[Page 25076]]
                All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Pneumonia (PN)
                Hospitalization (MORT-30-PN) measure for the FY 2023 program year. We
                are also proposing to revise the scoring and payment methodology for
                the FY 2022 program year such that hospitals' Total Performance Scores
                will not include calculations based on these measures. We believe that
                awarding a TPS to any hospital based off the remaining measures that
                are not suppressed would not result in a fair national comparison and,
                as a result, are proposing not to award a TPS to any hospital for the
                FY 2022 program year. Instead, we are proposing to award each hospital
                a payment incentive multiplier that results in a value-based incentive
                payment that is equal to the amount withheld for the fiscal year (2
                percent). We are proposing to remove the CMS Patient Safety and Adverse
                Events Composite (PSI 90) measure beginning with FY 2023 because the
                costs associated with the measure outweigh the benefit of its use in
                the program. We are also proposing to update the baseline periods for
                certain measures affected by the ECE granted in response to the COVID-
                19 PHE and to make a technical update to our terminology used in the
                Hospital VBP Program regulations.
                i. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program
                 Section 1886(p) of the Act establishes an incentive to hospitals to
                reduce the incidence of hospital-acquired conditions by requiring the
                Secretary to make an adjustment to payments to applicable hospitals,
                effective for discharges beginning on October 1, 2014. This 1-percent
                payment reduction applies to hospitals that rank in the worst-
                performing quartile (25 percent) of all applicable hospitals, relative
                to the national average, of conditions acquired during the applicable
                period and on all of the hospital's discharges for the specified fiscal
                year. In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to:
                (1) Clarify our ECE policy; (2) adopt a cross-program measure
                suppression policy; (3) apply that measure suppression policy to
                suppress certain program data; and (4) update the regulatory text to
                reflect that our Hospital Compare website has been renamed and is now
                referred to as Care Compare.
                j. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                 Under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, subsection (d)
                hospitals are required to report data on measures selected by the
                Secretary for a fiscal year in order to receive the full annual
                percentage increase that would otherwise apply to the standardized
                amount applicable to discharges occurring in that fiscal year.
                 In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to
                make several changes. We are proposing to adopt five new measures: (1)
                A new structural measure--Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure--
                beginning with a shortened reporting period from October 1, 2021
                through December 31, 2021 affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY
                2023 payment determination; (2) the Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Risk
                Standardized Mortality (Hybrid HWM) measure in a stepwise fashion,
                beginning with a voluntary reporting period from July 1, 2022 through
                June 30, 2023, and followed by mandatory reporting from July 1, 2023
                through June 30, 2024, affecting the FY 2026 payment determination and
                for subsequent years; (3) the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among
                Health Care Personnel (HCP) measure beginning with a shortened
                reporting period from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021,
                affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination
                and with quarterly reporting beginning with the FY 2024 payment
                determination and for subsequent years; and two medication-related
                adverse event eCQMs beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination; (4) Hospital Harm-Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM (NQF
                #3503e); and (5) Hospital Harm-Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM (NQF #3533e).
                 We are also proposing to remove five measures: (1) Death Among
                Surgical Inpatients with Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04)
                beginning with the FY 2023 payment determination; (2) Exclusive Breast
                Milk Feeding (PC-05) (NQF #0480) beginning with the FY 2026 payment
                determination; (3) Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for
                Admitted Patients (ED-2) (NQF #0497) beginning with the FY 2026 payment
                determination; and two stroke-related eCQMs beginning with the FY 2026
                payment determination; (4) Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial
                Fibrillation/Flutter eCQM (STK-03) (NQF #0436); and (5) Discharged on
                Statin Medication eCQM (STK-06) (NQF #0439).
                 We are requesting comment from stakeholders on the potential future
                development and inclusion of two measures: (1) A mortality measure for
                patients admitted with COVID-19; and (2) a patient-reported outcomes
                measure following elective total hip and/or total knee arthroplasty
                (THA/TKA). We are also requesting comment from stakeholders on ways we
                can leverage measures to address gaps in existing health equity
                generally as well as comment on: (1) Potential future confidential
                stratified reporting for the Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned
                Readmission (HWR) measure using both dual eligibility and race/
                ethnicity; and (2) potential future reporting of a structural measure
                to assess the degree of hospital leadership engagement in health equity
                performance data. In this proposed rule, we are also requesting
                feedback across programs on potential actions and priority areas that
                would enable the continued transformation of our quality measurement
                toward greater digital capture of data and use of the FHIR standard.
                 In addition, beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination, we are proposing to require hospitals to use
                certified technology that has been updated consistent with the 2015
                Edition Cures Update and clarifying that certified technology must
                support the reporting requirements for all available eCQMs. We also are
                proposing that hybrid measures comply with the same certification
                requirements as eCQMs, specifically that EHR technology must be
                certified to the 2015 Edition Cures Update. We are proposing an update
                to revise 42 CFR 412.140(a)(2) and 42 CFR 412.140(e)(2)(iii) replacing
                the terms ``Security Administrator'' and ``System Administrator'' with
                the term ``security official'' in alignment with other CMS quality
                programs. Due to an updated URL for the QualityNet website from
                QualityNet.org to QualityNet.cms.gov, we are also proposing to revise
                Hospital IQR Program regulations at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(1) and 42 CFR
                412.140(c)(2)(i) to reflect updates to the QualityNet website. Lastly,
                we are proposing to extend the effects of the educational review
                process for chart-abstracted measures beginning with validations
                affecting the FY 2024 payment determination.
                k. PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting Program
                 Section 1866(k)(1) of the Act requires, for purposes of FY 2014 and
                each subsequent fiscal year, that a hospital described in section
                1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act (a PPS-exempt cancer hospital, or a PCH)
                submit data in accordance with section 1866(k)(2) of the Act with
                respect to such fiscal year. There is no financial impact to PCH
                Medicare payment if a PCH does not participate.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove the Oncology:
                Plan of Care for Pain--Medical Oncology and
                [[Page 25077]]
                Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383) (PCH-15) measure beginning with the FY
                2024 program year, adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among
                Healthcare Personnel measure beginning with the FY 2023 program year,
                make a technical update to the terminology we use in the program, and
                codify existing PCHQR Program policies in our regulations.
                l. Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                 For purposes of reducing the burden on eligible hospitals and CAHs,
                we are proposing several changes to the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program. Specifically, we are proposing: (1) To
                continue the EHR reporting period of a minimum of any continuous 90-day
                period for new and returning eligible hospitals and CAHs for CY 2023
                and to increase the EHR reporting period to a minimum of any continuous
                180-day period for new and returning eligible hospitals and CAHs for CY
                2024; (2) to maintain the Electronic Prescribing Objective's Query of
                PDMP measure as optional while increasing its available bonus from five
                points to 10 points for the EHR reporting period in CY 2022; (3) to
                modify the Provide Patient's Electronic Access to Their Health
                Information measure to establish a data availability requirement
                beginning with encounters with a date of service on or after January 1,
                2016, beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022; (4) to add a
                new Health Information Exchange (HIE) Bi-Directional Exchange measure
                as a yes/no attestation, to the HIE objective as an optional
                alternative to the two existing measures beginning with the EHR
                reporting period in CY 2022; (5) to require reporting a ``yes'' on four
                of the existing Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective
                measures (Syndromic Surveillance Reporting, Immunization Registry
                Reporting, Electronic Case Reporting, and Electronic Reportable
                Laboratory Result Reporting) or requesting the applicable exclusion(s);
                (6) adding a new measure to the Protect Patient Health Information
                objective that requires eligible hospitals and CAHs to attest to having
                completed an annual assessment of SAFER Guides beginning with the EHR
                reporting period in CY 2022; (7) to remove attestation statements 2 and
                3 from the Promoting Interoperability Program's prevention of
                information blocking requirement; (8) to increase the minimum required
                score for the objectives and measures from 50 points to 60 points (out
                of 100 points) in order to be considered a meaningful EHR user; and (9)
                to adopt two new eCQMs to the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program's eCQM measure set beginning with the reporting period in CY
                2023, in addition to removing four eCQMs from the measure set beginning
                with the reporting period in CY 2024 which is in alignment with the
                proposals for the Hospital IQR Program. We are amending our regulation
                texts as necessary to incorporate several of these proposed changes.
                m. Proposed Repeal of Market-Based Data Collection and Market-Based MS-
                DRG Relative Weight Methodology
                 As discussed in section V.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                we are proposing to repeal the requirement that a hospital report on
                the Medicare cost report the median payer-specific negotiated charge
                that the hospital has negotiated with all of its MA organization
                payers, by MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods ending on or after
                January 1, 2021. We are also proposing to repeal the market-based MS-
                DRG relative weight methodology adopted for calculating the MS-DRG
                relative weights effective in FY 2024, and to continue using the
                existing cost-based methodology for calculating the MS-DRG relative
                weights for FY 2024 and subsequent fiscal years. Lastly, we are
                soliciting comment on alternative approaches or data sources that could
                be used in Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) ratesetting. The proposed
                repeal of these policies would result in a reduction of 63,780 annual
                burden hours for all hospitals.
                n. Proposed Implementation of Sections 126, 127 and 131 of the
                Consolidated Appropriations Act (CAA) of 2021
                 In this proposed rule, we are including proposals to implement
                sections 126, 127 and 131 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act (CAA)
                of 2021. Section 126(a) of the CAA amended section 1886(h) of the Act
                by adding a new section 1886(h)(9) of the Act requiring the
                distribution of additional residency positions to qualifying hospitals.
                Section 127 of the CAA amended section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act to
                specify that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area that
                established or establishes a medical residency training program (or
                rural track) in a rural area, the hospital, and each such hospital
                located in a rural area that participates in such a training, is
                allowed to receive an adjustment to its full-time equivalent (FTE)
                resident limit. Section 131 of the CAA amended section 1886(h)(2)(F) of
                the Act to provide an opportunity to hospitals with such extremely low
                or $0 per resident amounts (PRAs) that meet certain criteria to reset
                and establish new PRAs if the hospital trains resident(s) in a cost
                reporting period beginning on or after enactment [December 27, 2020]
                and before the date that is 5 years after enactment [December 26,
                2025]. Section 131 also amended section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of the Act to
                provide an opportunity for hospitals that meet certain criteria and
                that have very small FTE resident caps to replace those caps if the
                Secretary determines the hospital begins training residents in a new
                program beginning on or after enactment (December 27, 2020) and before
                5 years after enactment (December 26, 2025). We refer readers to
                section V.J.2. of this proposed rule for rule for a summary of the
                provisions of sections 126, 127, and 131 of the CAA that we are
                proposing to implement in this proposed rule.
                o. Proposed Changes to Organ Acquisition Payment Policy
                 In section X.B.2.h. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to revise and codify the Medicare usable organ counting
                policy to count only organs transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries so
                that Medicare more accurately records and pays its share of organ
                acquisition costs.
                p. Medicare Shared Savings Program
                 We are proposing to make changes to policies for the Shared Savings
                Program, which was established under section 1899 of the Act, to allow
                eligible ACOs participating in the BASIC track's glide path the option
                to elect to forgo automatic advancement along the glide path's
                increasing levels of risk and potential reward for performance year
                (PY) 2022. Under this proposal, prior to the automatic advancement for
                PY 2022, an eligible ACO may elect to remain in the same level of the
                BASIC track's glide path in which it participated during PY 2021. For
                PY 2023, an ACO that elects this advancement deferral option would be
                automatically advanced to the level of the BASIC track's glide path in
                which it would have participated during PY 2023 if it had advanced
                automatically to the required level for PY 2022 (unless the ACO elects
                to advance more quickly before the start of PY 2023).
                3. Summary of Costs and Benefits
                 The following table provides a summary of the costs, savings,
                benefits associated with the major provisions described in section
                I.A.3. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25078]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.000
                [[Page 25079]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.001
                [[Page 25080]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.002
                [[Page 25081]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.003
                [[Page 25082]]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                B. Background Summary
                1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment System (IPPS)
                 Section 1886(d) of the Act sets forth a system of payment for the
                operating costs of acute care hospital inpatient stays under Medicare
                Part A (Hospital Insurance) based on prospectively set rates. Section
                1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to use a prospective payment
                system (PPS) to pay for the capital-related costs of inpatient hospital
                services for these ``subsection (d) hospitals.'' Under these PPSs,
                Medicare payment for hospital inpatient operating and capital-related
                costs is made at predetermined, specific rates for each hospital
                discharge. Discharges are classified according to a list of diagnosis-
                related groups (DRGs).
                 The base payment rate is comprised of a standardized amount that is
                divided into a labor-related share and a nonlabor-related share. The
                labor-related share is adjusted by the wage index applicable to the
                area where the hospital is located. If the hospital is located in
                Alaska or Hawaii, the nonlabor-related share is adjusted by a cost-of-
                living adjustment factor. This base payment rate is multiplied by the
                DRG relative weight.
                 If the hospital treats a high percentage of certain low-income
                patients, it receives a percentage add-on payment applied to the DRG-
                adjusted base payment rate. This add-on payment, known as the
                disproportionate share hospital (DSH) adjustment, provides for a
                percentage increase in Medicare payments to hospitals that qualify
                under either of two statutory formulas designed to identify hospitals
                that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. For
                qualifying hospitals, the amount of this adjustment varies based on the
                outcome of the statutory calculations. The Affordable Care Act revised
                the Medicare DSH payment methodology and provides for a new additional
                Medicare payment beginning on October 1, 2013, that considers the
                amount of uncompensated care furnished by the hospital relative to all
                other qualifying hospitals.
                 If the hospital is training residents in an approved residency
                program(s), it receives a percentage add-on payment for each case paid
                under the IPPS, known as the indirect medical education (IME)
                adjustment. This percentage varies, depending on the ratio of residents
                to beds.
                 Additional payments may be made for cases that involve new
                technologies or medical services that have been approved for special
                add-on payments. In general, to qualify, a new technology or medical
                service must demonstrate that it is a substantial clinical improvement
                over technologies or services otherwise available, and that, absent an
                add-on payment, it would be inadequately paid under the regular DRG
                payment. In addition, certain transformative new devices and certain
                antimicrobial products may qualify under an alternative inpatient new
                technology add-on payment pathway by demonstrating that, absent an add-
                on payment, they would be inadequately paid under the regular DRG
                payment.
                 The costs incurred by the hospital for a case are evaluated to
                determine whether the hospital is eligible for an additional payment as
                an outlier case. This additional payment is designed to protect the
                hospital from large financial losses due to unusually expensive cases.
                Any eligible outlier payment is added to the DRG-adjusted base payment
                rate, plus any DSH, IME, and new technology or medical service add-on
                adjustments.
                 Although payments to most hospitals under the IPPS are made on the
                basis of the standardized amounts, some categories of hospitals are
                paid in whole or in part based on their hospital-specific rate, which
                is determined from their costs in a base year. For example, sole
                community hospitals (SCHs) receive the higher of a hospital-specific
                rate based on their costs in a base year (the highest of FY 1982, FY
                1987, FY 1996, or FY 2006) or the IPPS Federal rate based on the
                standardized amount. SCHs are the sole source of care in their areas.
                Specifically, section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of the Act defines an SCH as a
                hospital that is located more than 35 road miles from another hospital
                or that, by reason of factors such as an isolated location, weather
                conditions, travel conditions, or absence of other like hospitals (as
                determined by the Secretary), is the sole source of hospital inpatient
                services reasonably available to Medicare beneficiaries. In addition,
                certain rural hospitals previously designated by the Secretary as
                essential access community hospitals are considered SCHs.
                 Under current law, the Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital
                (MDH) program is effective through FY 2022. For discharges occurring on
                or after October 1, 2007, but before October 1, 2022, an MDH receives
                the higher of the Federal rate or the Federal rate plus 75 percent of
                the amount by which the Federal rate is exceeded by the highest of its
                FY 1982, FY 1987, or FY 2002 hospital-specific rate. MDHs are a major
                source of care for Medicare beneficiaries in their areas. Section
                1886(d)(5)(G)(iv) of the Act defines an MDH as a hospital that is
                located in a rural area (or, as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of
                2018, a hospital located in a State with no rural area that meets
                certain statutory criteria), has not more than 100 beds, is not an SCH,
                and has a high percentage of Medicare discharges (not less than 60
                percent of its inpatient days or discharges in its cost reporting year
                beginning in FY 1987 or in two of its three most recently settled
                Medicare cost reporting years).
                 Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the
                capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services in accordance with
                a prospective payment system established by the Secretary. The basic
                methodology for determining capital prospective payments is set forth
                in our regulations at 42 CFR 412.308 and 412.312. Under the capital
                IPPS, payments are adjusted by the same DRG for the case as they are
                under the operating IPPS. Capital IPPS payments are also adjusted for
                IME and DSH, similar to the adjustments made under the operating IPPS.
                In addition, hospitals may receive outlier payments for those cases
                that have unusually high costs.
                 The existing regulations governing payments to hospitals under the
                IPPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, subparts A through M.
                2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS
                 Under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, as amended, certain
                hospitals and hospital units are excluded from the IPPS. These
                hospitals and units are: Inpatient rehabilitation facility (IRF)
                hospitals and units; long-term care hospitals (LTCHs); psychiatric
                hospitals and units; children's hospitals; cancer hospitals; extended
                neoplastic disease care hospitals, and hospitals located outside the 50
                States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is, hospitals
                located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands,
                and American Samoa). Religious nonmedical health care institutions
                (RNHCIs) are also excluded from the IPPS. Various sections of the
                Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) (Pub. L. 105-33), the Medicare,
                Medicaid and SCHIP [State Children's Health Insurance Program] Balanced
                Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA, Pub. L. 106-113), and the
                Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and Protection Act
                of 2000 (BIPA, Pub. L. 106-554) provide for the implementation of PPSs
                for IRF hospitals and units, LTCHs, and psychiatric hospitals and units
                (referred to as inpatient psychiatric facilities (IPFs)). (We note that
                the annual
                [[Page 25083]]
                updates to the LTCH PPS are included along with the IPPS annual update
                in this document. Updates to the IRF PPS and IPF PPS are issued as
                separate documents.) Children's hospitals, cancer hospitals, hospitals
                located outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto
                Rico (that is, hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa), and RNHCIs continue to
                be paid solely under a reasonable cost-based system, subject to a rate-
                of-increase ceiling on inpatient operating costs. Similarly, extended
                neoplastic disease care hospitals are paid on a reasonable cost basis,
                subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling on inpatient operating costs.
                 The existing regulations governing payments to excluded hospitals
                and hospital units are located in 42 CFR parts 412 and 413.
                3. Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System (LTCH PPS)
                 The Medicare prospective payment system (PPS) for LTCHs applies to
                hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act, effective
                for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. The
                LTCH PPS was established under the authority of sections 123 of the
                BBRA and section 307(b) of the BIPA (as codified under section
                1886(m)(1) of the Act). Section 1206(a) of the Pathway for SGR Reform
                Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67) established the site neutral payment rate
                under the LTCH PPS, which made the LTCH PPS a dual rate payment system
                beginning in FY 2016. Under this statute, effective for LTCH's cost
                reporting periods beginning in FY 2016 cost reporting period, LTCHs are
                generally paid for discharges at the site neutral payment rate unless
                the discharge meets the patient criteria for payment at the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate. The existing regulations governing
                payment under the LTCH PPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, subpart O.
                Beginning October 1, 2009, we issue the annual updates to the LTCH PPS
                in the same documents that update the IPPS.
                4. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
                 Under sections 1814(l), 1820, and 1834(g) of the Act, payments made
                to critical access hospitals (CAHs) (that is, rural hospitals or
                facilities that meet certain statutory requirements) for inpatient and
                outpatient services are generally based on 101 percent of reasonable
                cost. Reasonable cost is determined under the provisions of section
                1861(v) of the Act and existing regulations under 42 CFR part 413.
                5. Payments for Graduate Medical Education (GME)
                 Under section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, costs of approved educational
                activities are excluded from the operating costs of inpatient hospital
                services. Hospitals with approved graduate medical education (GME)
                programs are paid for the direct costs of GME in accordance with
                section 1886(h) of the Act. The amount of payment for direct GME costs
                for a cost reporting period is based on the hospital's number of
                residents in that period and the hospital's costs per resident in a
                base year. The existing regulations governing payments to the various
                types of hospitals are located in 42 CFR part 413.
                C. Summary of Provisions of Recent Legislation That Would Be
                Implemented in This Proposed Rule
                1. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (Pub. L.
                114-10)
                 Section 414 of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of
                2015 (MACRA, Pub. L. 114-10) specifies a 0.5 percent positive
                adjustment to the standardized amount of Medicare payments to acute
                care hospitals for FYs 2018 through 2023. These adjustments follow the
                recoupment adjustment to the standardized amounts under section 1886(d)
                of the Act based upon the Secretary's estimates for discharges
                occurring from FYs 2014 through 2017 to fully offset $11 billion, in
                accordance with section 631 of the ATRA. The FY 2018 adjustment was
                subsequently adjusted to 0.4588 percent by section 15005 of the 21st
                Century Cures Act.
                2. Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (Pub. L. 116-260)
                 Sections 126, 127 and 131 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act,
                2021 made a number of changes to various sections of the Act relating
                to payment for direct GME and IME costs to hospitals.
                a. Section 126 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021
                 Section 126 amended section 1886(h) of the Act by adding a new
                section 1886(h)(9) requiring the distribution of additional residency
                positions to qualifying hospitals. Section 1886(h)(9)(A) requires that
                for FY 2023, and for each succeeding fiscal year until the aggregate
                number of full-time equivalent residency positions distributed is equal
                to 1,000, the Secretary shall initiate separate rounds of applications
                from hospitals for these additional residency positions. The Secretary
                is required, subject to certain provisions in the law, to increase the
                otherwise applicable resident limit for each qualifying hospital that
                submits a timely application by the number of positions that may be
                approved by the Secretary for that hospital. The Secretary is required
                to notify hospitals of the number of positions distributed to them by
                January 31 of the fiscal year of the increase, and the increase is
                effective beginning July 1 of that fiscal year. Section 1886(h)(9)(A)
                also limits the aggregate number of such positions made available in a
                single fiscal year across all hospitals to no more than 200.
                 In determining the qualifying hospitals for which an increase is
                provided, section 1886(h)(9)(B) requires the Secretary to take into
                account the demonstrated likelihood of the hospital filling the
                positions made available within the first 5 training years beginning
                after the date the increase would be effective, as determined by the
                Secretary.
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(B) of the Act also requires a minimum
                distribution for certain categories of hospitals. Specifically, the
                Secretary is required to distribute at least 10 percent of the
                aggregate number of total residency positions available to each of four
                categories of hospitals. Stated briefly, and discussed in greater
                detail in later in this proposed rule, the categories are as follows:
                (1) Hospitals located in rural areas or that are treated as being
                located in a rural area; (2) hospitals in which the reference resident
                level of the hospital is greater than the otherwise applicable resident
                limit; (3) hospitals in states with new medical schools or additional
                locations and branches of existing medical schools; and (4) hospitals
                that serve areas designated as Health Professional Shortage Areas
                (HPSAs). Additionally, section 1886(h)(9)(F)(ii) of the Act defines a
                qualifying hospital as a hospital in one of these four categories.
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(C) of the Act places certain limitations on the
                distribution of the residency positions. First, a hospital may not
                receive more than 25 additional full-time equivalent residency
                positions. Second, no increase in the otherwise applicable resident
                limit of a hospital may be made unless the hospital agrees to increase
                the total number of full-time equivalent residency positions under the
                approved medical residency training program of the hospital by the
                number of positions made available to that hospital.
                b. Section 127 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021
                 Section 127 of the CAA amended section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act
                to
                [[Page 25084]]
                specify that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area that
                established or establishes a medical residency training program (or
                rural tracks) in a rural area, the hospital, and each such hospital
                located in a rural areas that participates in such a training, is
                allowed to receive an adjustment to its full-time equivalent (FTE)
                resident limit.
                c. Sections 131 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021
                 Section 131 of the CAA amended section 1886(h)(2)(F) of the Act to
                provide an opportunity to hospitals with such extremely low or $0 per
                resident amounts (PRAs) that meet certain criteria to reset and
                establish new PRAs if the hospital trains resident(s) in a cost
                reporting period beginning on or after enactment [December 27, 2020]
                and before the date that is 5 years after enactment [December 26,
                2025]. Section 131 of the CAA also amended section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of
                the Act to provide an opportunity for hospitals that meet certain
                criteria and that have very small FTE resident caps to replace those
                caps if the Secretary determines the hospital begins training residents
                in a program year beginning on or after enactment (December 27, 2020)
                and before 5 years after enactment (December 26, 2025).
                D. Summary of the Provisions of This Proposed Rule
                 In this proposed rule, we set forth proposed payment and policy
                changes to the Medicare IPPS for FY 2022 operating costs and capital-
                related costs of acute care hospitals and certain hospitals and
                hospital units that are excluded from IPPS. In addition, we set forth
                proposed changes to the payment rates, factors, and other payment and
                policy-related changes to programs associated with payment rate
                policies under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022.
                 The following is a general summary of the changes that we are
                proposing to make in this proposed rule.
                1. Proposed Changes to MS-DRG Classifications and Recalibrations of
                Relative Weights
                 In section II. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we include--
                 Proposed changes to MS-DRG classifications based on our
                yearly review for FY 2022.
                 Proposed adjustment to the standardized amounts under
                section 1886(d) of the Act for FY 2022 in accordance with the
                amendments made to section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 by section
                414 of the MACRA.
                 Proposed recalibration of the MS-DRG relative weights.
                 A discussion of the proposed FY 2022 status of new
                technologies approved for add-on payments for FY 2022, a presentation
                of our evaluation and analysis of the FY 2022 applicants for add-on
                payments for high-cost new medical services and technologies (including
                public input, as directed by Public Law 108-173, obtained in a town
                hall meeting) for applications not submitted under an alternative
                pathway, and a discussion of the proposed status of FY 2022 new
                technology applicants under the alternative pathways for certain
                medical devices and certain antimicrobial products.
                 A proposal to extend the New COVID-19 Treatments Add-on
                Payment (NCTAP) through the end of the fiscal year in which the PHE
                ends for certain products and discontinue NCTAP for products approved
                for new technology add-on payments in FY 2022.
                2. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care Hospitals
                 In section III. of the preamble of this proposed rule we are
                proposing to make revisions to the wage index for acute care hospitals
                and the annual update of the wage data. Specific issues addressed
                include, but were not limited to, the following:
                 The proposed FY 2022 wage index update using wage data
                from cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2018.
                 Calculation, analysis, and implementation of the proposed
                occupational mix adjustment to the wage index for acute care hospitals
                for FY 2022 based on the 2019 Occupational Mix Survey.
                 Proposed application of the rural floor and the frontier
                State floor, and continuation of the low wage index hospital policy.
                 Proposed implementation of the imputed floor wage index
                policy for all-urban states under section 9831 of the American Rescue
                Plan Act of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-2).
                 Proposed revisions to the wage index for acute care
                hospitals, based on hospital redesignations and reclassifications under
                sections 1886(d)(8)(B), (d)(8)(E), and (d)(10) of the Act.
                 Proposed revisions to the regulations at Sec. 412.278
                regarding the Administrator's Review of MGCRB decisions.
                 Proposed changes to rural reclassification cancellation
                requirements at Sec. 412.103(g).
                 Proposed adjustment to the wage index for acute care
                hospitals for FY 2022 based on commuting patterns of hospital employees
                who reside in a county and work in a different area with a higher wage
                index.
                 Proposed labor-related share for the proposed FY 2022 wage
                index.
                3. Proposed Rebasing and Revising of the Hospital Market Baskets
                 In section IV. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to rebase and revise the hospital market baskets for acute
                care hospitals and update the labor-related share.
                4. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs
                 In section V. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                proposed changes or clarifications of a number of the provisions of the
                regulations in 42 CFR parts 412 and 413, including the following:
                 Proposed inpatient hospital update for FY 2022.
                 Proposed updated national and regional case-mix values and
                discharges for purposes of determining RRC status.
                 The statutorily required IME adjustment factor for FY
                2022.
                 Proposed changes to the methodologies for determining
                Medicare DSH payments and the additional payments for uncompensated
                care.
                 Proposed requirements for payment adjustments under the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program for FY 2022.
                 The provision of estimated and newly established
                performance standards for the calculation of value-based incentive
                payments, as well as a proposal to suppress multiple measures and
                provide net-neutral payment adjustments under the Hospital Value-Based
                Purchasing Program.
                 Proposed requirements for payment adjustments to hospitals
                under the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2022.
                 Discussion of and proposed changes relating to the
                implementation of the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program in
                FY 2022.
                 Proposed revisions to the regulations regarding the
                counting of days associated with section 1115 demonstration projects in
                the Medicaid fraction.
                 Proposals to implement provisions of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act relating to payments to hospitals for direct
                graduate medical education (GME) and indirect medical education (IME)
                costs.
                 Proposed repeal of the market-based data collection
                requirement and market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology.
                [[Page 25085]]
                5. Proposed FY 2022 Policy Governing the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
                 In section VI. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we discuss
                the proposed payment policy requirements for capital-related costs and
                capital payments to hospitals for FY 2022.
                6. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rates for Certain Excluded
                Hospitals: Rate-of-Increase Percentages
                 In section VII. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss--
                 Proposed changes to payments to certain excluded hospitals
                for FY 2022.
                 Proposed continued implementation of the Frontier
                Community Health Integration Project (FCHIP) Demonstration.
                7. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS
                 In section VIII. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we set
                forth proposed changes to the LTCH PPS Federal payment rates, factors,
                and other payment rate policies under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022.
                8. Proposed Changes Relating to Quality Data Reporting for Specific
                Providers and Suppliers
                 In section IX. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we address
                the following:
                 Proposed requirements for the Hospital Inpatient Quality
                Reporting (IQR) Program.
                 Proposed changes to the requirements for the quality
                reporting program for PPS-exempt cancer hospitals (PCHQR Program).
                 Proposed changes to the requirements under the LTCH
                Quality Reporting Program (QRP). We are also seeking information on
                CMS's future plans to define digital quality measures (dQMs) for the
                LTCH QRP and on CMS' continued efforts to close the health equity gap.
                 Proposed changes to requirements pertaining to eligible
                hospitals and CAHs participating in the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                9. Other Proposals Included in This Proposed Rule
                 Section X. of the preamble to this proposed rule includes the
                following proposals:
                 Proposed changes pertaining to Medicaid enrollment of
                Medicare-enrolled providers and suppliers to 42 CFR part 455.410 and
                request for comment on provider experiences where state Medicaid
                agencies apply the Medicaid payment and coverage rules to a claim for a
                Medicare service rather than adjudicating the claim for Medicare cost-
                sharing liability.
                 Proposed changes pertaining to Medicare's share of organ
                acquisition costs transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries and the
                charges for services provided to cadaveric organ donors by donor
                community hospitals and transplants hospitals.
                 Proposed changes pertaining to the Shared Savings Program
                that would allow eligible ACOs participating in the BASIC track's glide
                path to maintain their current level of participation for PY 2022.
                10. Other Provisions of This Proposed Rule
                 Section XI. of the preamble to this proposed rule includes our
                discussion of the MedPAC Recommendations.
                 Section XII. of the preamble to this proposed rule includes the
                following:
                 A descriptive listing of the public use files associated
                with the proposed rule.
                 The collection of information requirements for entities
                based on our proposals.
                 Information regarding our responses to public comments.
                11. Determining Prospective Payment Operating and Capital Rates and
                Rate-of-Increase Limits for Acute Care Hospitals
                 In sections II. and III. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we
                set forth proposed changes to the amounts and factors for determining
                the proposed FY 2022 prospective payment rates for operating costs and
                capital-related costs for acute care hospitals. We proposed to
                establish the threshold amounts for outlier cases. In addition, in
                section IV. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we address the
                proposed update factors for determining the rate-of-increase limits for
                cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2022 for certain hospitals
                excluded from the IPPS.
                12. Determining Prospective Payment Rates for LTCHs
                 In section V. of the Addendum to the proposed rule, we set forth
                proposed changes to the amounts and factors for determining the
                proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate and other
                factors used to determine LTCH PPS payments under both the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate and the site neutral payment rate in FY
                2022. We are proposing to establish the adjustments for the wage index,
                labor-related share, the cost-of-living adjustment, and high-cost
                outliers, including the applicable fixed-loss amounts and the LTCH
                cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) for both payment rates.
                13. Impact Analysis
                 In Appendix A of the proposed rule, we set forth an analysis of the
                impact the proposed changes would have on affected acute care
                hospitals, CAHs, LTCHs, PCHs and other entities.
                14. Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates of
                Payment for Hospital Inpatient Services
                 In Appendix B of the proposed rule, as required by sections
                1886(e)(4) and (e)(5) of the Act, we provide our recommendations of the
                appropriate percentage changes for FY 2022 for the following:
                 A single average standardized amount for all areas for
                hospital inpatient services paid under the IPPS for operating costs of
                acute care hospitals (and hospital-specific rates applicable to SCHs
                and MDHs).
                 Target rate-of-increase limits to the allowable operating
                costs of hospital inpatient services furnished by certain hospitals
                excluded from the IPPS.
                 The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate and the site
                neutral payment rate for hospital inpatient services provided for LTCH
                PPS discharges.
                15. Discussion of Medicare Payment Advisory Commission Recommendations
                 Under section 1805(b) of the Act, MedPAC is required to submit a
                report to Congress, no later than March 15 of each year, in which
                MedPAC reviews and makes recommendations on Medicare payment policies.
                MedPAC's March 2021 recommendations concerning hospital inpatient
                payment policies address the update factor for hospital inpatient
                operating costs and capital-related costs for hospitals under the IPPS.
                We address these recommendations in Appendix B of this proposed rule.
                For further information relating specifically to the MedPAC March 2021
                report or to obtain a copy of the report, contact MedPAC at (202) 220-
                3700 or visit MedPAC's website at: http://www.medpac.gov.
                E. Advancing Health Information Exchange
                 The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has a number of
                initiatives designed to encourage and support the adoption of
                interoperable health information technology and to promote nationwide
                health information exchange to improve health care and patient access
                to their health information.
                 To further interoperability in post-acute care settings, CMS and
                the Office of the National Coordinator for Health
                [[Page 25086]]
                Information Technology (ONC) participate inin the Post-Acute Care
                Interoperability Workgroup (PACIO http://pacioproject.org/) to
                facilitate collaboration with industry stakeholders to develop FHIR
                standards. These standards could support the exchange and reuse of
                patient assessment data derived from the Minimum Data Set (MDS),
                Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility-Patient Assessment Instrument (IRF-
                PAI), LTCH Continuity Assessment Record and Evaluation (CARE Data Set
                (LCDS), Outcome and Assessment Information Set (OASIS), and other
                sources. The PACIO Project has focused on FHIR implementation guides
                for functional status, cognitive status and new use cases on advance
                directives and speech language pathology. We encourage post-acute care
                (PAC) provider and health information technology (IT) vendor
                participation as the efforts advance.
                 The CMS Data Element Library (DEL) continues to be updated and
                serves as the authoritative resource for PAC assessment data elements
                and their associated mappings to health IT standards, such as Logical
                Observation Identifiers Names and Codes (LOINC) and Systematized
                Nomenclature of Medicine Clinical Terms (SNOMED). The DEL furthers CMS'
                goal of data standardization and interoperability. These interoperable
                data elements can reduce provider burden by allowing the use and
                exchange of healthcare data; supporting provider exchange of electronic
                health information for care coordination, person-centered care; and
                supporting real-time, data driven, clinical decision-making. Standards
                in the Data Element Library (https://del.cms.gov/DELWeb/pubHome)can be
                referenced on the CMS website and in the ONC Interoperability Standards
                Advisory (ISA). The 2021 ISA is available at https://www.healthit.gov/isa.
                 The 21st Century Cures Act (Cures Act) (Pub. L. 114-255, enacted
                December 13, 2016) requires HHS to take new steps to enable the
                electronic sharing of health information ensuring interoperability for
                providers and settings across the care continuum. The Cures Act
                includes a trusted exchange framework and common agreement (TEFCA)
                provision \1\ that will enable the nationwide exchange of electronic
                health information across health information networks and provide an
                important way to enable bi-directional health information exchange in
                the future. For more information on current developments related to
                TEFCA, we refer readers to https://www.healthit.gov/topic/interoperability/trusted-exchange-framework-and-common-agreement and
                https://rce.sequoiaproject.org/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1\ ONC, Draft 2 Trusted Exchange Framework and Common
                Agreement, https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/page/2019-04/FINALTEFCAQTF41719508version.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The ONC final rule entitled ``21st Century Cures Act:
                Interoperability, Information Blocking, and the ONC Health IT
                Certification Program'' (85 FR 25642) published in the May 1, 2020
                Federal Register, (hereinafter referred to as ``ONC Cures Act Final
                Rule'') implemented policies related to information blocking as
                authorized under section 4004 of the 21st Century Cures Act.
                Information blocking is generally defined as a practice by a health IT
                developer of certified health IT, health information network, health
                information exchange, or health care provider that, except as required
                by law or specified by the HHS Secretary as a reasonable and necessary
                activity, is likely to interfere with access, exchange, or use of
                electronic health information. For a health care provider (as defined
                in 45 CFR 171.102), the definition of information blocking (see 45 CFR
                171.103) specifies that the provider knows that the practice is
                unreasonable, as well as likely to interfere with access, exchange, or
                use of electronic health information.\2\ To deter information blocking,
                health IT developers of certified health IT, health information
                networks and health information exchanges whom the HHS Inspector
                General determines, following an investigation, have committed
                information blocking, are subject to civil monetary penalties of up to
                $1 million per violation. Appropriate disincentives for health care
                providers need to be established by the Secretary through rulemaking.
                Stakeholders can learn more about information blocking at https://www.healthit.gov/curesrule/final-rule-policy/information-blocking. ONC
                has posted information resources including fact sheets (https://www.healthit.gov/curesrule/resources/fact-sheets), frequently asked
                questions (https://www.healthit.gov/curesrule/resources/information-blocking-faqs), and recorded webinars (https://www.healthit.gov/curesrule/resources/webinars).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \2\ For other types of actors (health IT developers of certified
                health IT and health information network or health information
                exchange, as defined in 45 CFR 171.102), the definition of
                ``information blocking'' (see 45 CFR 171.103) specifies that the
                actor ``knows, or should know, that such practice is likely to
                interfere with access, exchange, or use of electronic health
                information.''
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite providers to learn more about these important
                developments and how they are likely to affect LTCHs.
                F. Use of FY 2020 or FY 2019 Data in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS
                Ratesetting
                 We primarily use two data sources in the IPPS and LTCH PPS
                ratesetting: Claims data and cost report data. The claims data source
                is the MedPAR file, which includes fully coded diagnostic and procedure
                data for all Medicare inpatient hospital bills for discharges in a
                fiscal year. Our goal is always to use the best available data overall
                for ratesetting. Ordinarily, the best available MedPAR data would be
                the most recent MedPAR file that contains claims from discharges for
                the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the fiscal year that is the
                subject of the rulemaking. For FY 2022 ratesetting, under ordinary
                circumstances, the best available data would be the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file. The cost report data source is the Medicare hospital cost report
                data files from the most recent quarterly HCRIS release. For example,
                ordinarily, the best available cost report data used in relative weight
                calculations would be based on the cost reports beginning 3 fiscal
                years prior to the fiscal year that is the subject of the rulemaking.
                For the FY 2022 ratesetting, under ordinary circumstances, that would
                be the FY 2019 cost report data from HCRIS, which would contain many
                cost reports ending in FY 2020 based on each hospital's cost reporting
                period.
                 The FY 2020 MedPAR claims file and the FY 2019 HCRIS dataset both
                contain data significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, primarily in
                that the utilization of inpatient services was generally markedly
                different for certain types of services in FY 2020 than would have been
                expected in the absence of the PHE, as we discuss in this section.
                Accordingly, we question whether these data sources are the best
                available data to use for the FY 2022 ratesetting. One factor in
                assessing whether these data sources represent the best available data
                is to what extent the FY 2019 data from before the COVID-19 PHE is a
                better overall approximation of FY 2022 inpatient experience (for
                example, whether the share of total inpatient utilization for elective
                surgeries will be more similar to FY 2019 than to FY 2020), or
                alternatively, to what extent the FY 2020 data which include the COVID-
                19 PHE time period is a better overall approximation of FY 2022
                inpatient experience (for example, whether the share of total inpatient
                utilization for respiratory infections will be more similar to FY 2020
                than to FY
                [[Page 25087]]
                2019). Another factor is to what extent the decision to use the FY 2019
                or FY 2020 data differentially impacts the FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting.
                 In order to help assess likely inpatient utilization in FY 2022, we
                examined the trend in the number of COVID-19 vaccinations in the United
                States as reported to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) (see
                https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/covid-data/covidview/index.html, accessed April 16, 2021).
                 The U.S. COVID-19 Vaccination Program began December 14, 2020. As
                of April 15, 2021, 198.3 million vaccine doses have been administered.
                Overall, about 125.8 million people, or 37.9 percent of the U.S.
                population, have received at least one dose of vaccine as of this date.
                About 78.5 million people, or 23.6 percent of the U.S. population have
                been fully vaccinated.\3\ As of April 15, the 7-day average number of
                administered vaccine doses reported to CDC per day was 3.3 million, a
                10.3 percent increase from the previous week. As of April 15, 80
                percent of people 65 or older have received at least one dose of
                vaccine; 63.7 percent are fully vaccinated. Nearly one-half (48.3
                percent) of people 18 or older have received at least one dose of
                vaccine; 30.3 percent are fully vaccinated. Nationally, COVID-19-
                related emergency department visits as well as both hospital admissions
                and current hospitalizations have risen among patients ages 18 to 64
                years in recent weeks, but emergency department visits and
                hospitalizations among people ages 65 years and older have decreased,
                likely demonstrating the important role vaccination plays in protecting
                against COVID-19.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \3\ People who are fully vaccinated (formerly receiving 2 doses)
                represents the number of people who have received the second dose in
                a two-dose COVID-19 vaccine series or one dose of the single-dose
                J&J/Janssen COVID-19 vaccine.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As indicated by the CDC, COVID-19 vaccines are effective at
                preventing COVID-19.\4\ For example, a recent CDC report on the
                effectiveness of the Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines when
                administered in real-world conditions found that after being fully
                vaccinated with either of these vaccines a person's risk of infection
                is reduced by up to 90 percent. With respect to inpatient utilization
                in FY 2020, we believe that COVID-19 and the risk of disease were
                drivers of the different utilization patterns observed. Therefore, the
                continuing rapid increase in vaccinations coupled with the overall
                effectiveness of the vaccines leads us to conclude based on the
                information available to us at this time that there will be
                significantly lower risk of COVID-19 in FY 2022 and fewer
                hospitalizations for COVID-19 for Medicare beneficiaries in FY 2022
                than there were in FY 2020. This calls into question the applicability
                of inpatient data from FY 2020 to the FY 2022 time period for hospitals
                paid under the IPPS and LTCH PPS.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \4\ Interim Estimates of Vaccine Effectiveness of BNT162b2 and
                mRNA-1273 COVID-19 Vaccines in Preventing SARS-CoV-2 Infection Among
                Health Care Personnel, First Responders, and Other Essential and
                Frontline Workers--Eight U.S. Locations, December 2020-March 2021,
                available at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/70/wr/mm7013e3.htm?s_cid=mm7013e3_e&ACSTrackingID=USCDC_921-DM53321&ACSTrackingLabel=MMWR%20Early%20Release%20-%20Vol.%2070%2C%20March%2029%2C%202021&deliveryName=USCDC_921-DM53321, accessed April 2, 2021).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We also reviewed CDC guidance to healthcare facilities during the
                COVID-19 PHE (see https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/guidance-hcf.html). In its most recent guidance, the CDC described how
                the COVID-19 pandemic has changed how health care is delivered in the
                United States and has affected the operations of healthcare facilities.
                Effects cited by the CDC include increases in patients seeking care for
                respiratory illnesses, patients deferring and delaying non-COVID-19
                care, disruptions in supply chains, fluctuations in facilities'
                occupancy, absenteeism among staff because of illness or caregiving
                responsibilities, and increases in mental health concerns.
                 In order to investigate the effects cited by the CDC, we examined
                the claims data from the FY 2020 MedPAR compared to the FY 2019 MedPAR.
                Overall, in FY 2020, inpatient admissions under the IPPS dropped by
                approximately 14 percent compared to FY 2019. Elective surgeries
                declined significantly, and the share of admissions for MS-DRGs
                associated with the treatment of COVID-19 increased. For example, the
                number of inpatient admissions for MS-DRG 470 (Major Hip and Knee Joint
                Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity without MCC) dropped by
                40 percent in FY 2020. Its share of inpatient admissions dropped from
                4.0 percent in FY 2019 to 2.8 percent in FY 2020. The number of
                inpatient admissions for MS-DRG 177 (Respiratory Infections and
                Inflammations with MCC) increased by +133 percent. Its share of
                inpatient admissions increased from 0.8 percent in FY 2019 to 2.2
                percent in FY 2020. This data analysis is consistent with the
                observations in the CDC's guidance that COVID-19 increased the number
                of patients seeking care for respiratory illnesses, and caused patients
                to defer and delay non-COVID-19 care. We note that these observed
                changes in the claims data also extend to the cost reports submitted by
                hospitals that include the COVID-19 PHE time period, since those cost
                reports that extend into the COVID-19 PHE are based in part on the
                discharges that occurred during that time.
                 The effects noted by the CDC are specific to the pandemic and to
                the extent that the effects on healthcare facilities noted by the CDC
                are not expected to continue into FY 2022, it would suggest that the
                inpatient data from FY 2020 impacted by the COVID-19 PHE may be less
                suitable for use in the FY 2022 ratesetting.
                 We also considered the analysis of 2020 IPPS real case-mix included
                in the notice titled ``CY 2021 Inpatient Hospital Deductible and
                Hospital and Extended Care Services Coinsurance Amounts'' that appeared
                in the Federal Register on November 12, 2020 (85 FR 71916). Section
                1813(b) of the Act prescribes the method for computing the amount of
                the inpatient hospital deductible. The inpatient hospital deductible is
                an amount equal to the inpatient hospital deductible for the preceding
                CY, adjusted by the best estimate of the payment-weighted average of
                the applicable percentage increases used for updating the payment rates
                to hospitals, and adjusted to reflect changes in real case-mix.
                 To develop the adjustment to reflect changes in real case-mix, we
                first calculated an average case-mix for each hospital that reflected
                the relative costliness of that hospital's mix of cases compared to
                those of other hospitals. We then computed the change in average case-
                mix for hospitals paid under the IPPS in FY 2020 compared to FY 2019,
                using Medicare bills from IPPS hospitals received as of July 2020.
                Those bills represented a total of about 6.1 million Medicare
                discharges for FY 2020 and provided the most recent case-mix data
                available at the time of that analysis. Based on these bills, the
                change in average case-mix in FY 2020 was 2.8 percent. Based on these
                bills and past experience, we expected the overall case-mix change to
                be 3.8 percent as the year progressed and more FY 2020 data became
                available.
                 Real case-mix is that portion of case-mix that is due to changes in
                the mix of cases in the hospital and not due to coding optimization. As
                stated in the November 2020 notice, COVID-19 has complicated the
                determination of real case-mix increase. COVID-19 cases typically group
                to higher-weighted MS-DRGs, and hospitals have experienced a concurrent
                reduction in cases that group
                [[Page 25088]]
                to lower weighted MS-DRGs. Both of these factors cause a real increase
                in case-mix. We compared the average case-mix for February 2020 through
                July 2020 (COVID-19 period) with average case-mix for October 2019
                through January 2020 (pre-COVID-19 period). Since this increase applies
                for only a portion of CY 2020, we allocated this increase by the
                estimated discharges over the 2 periods--a 2.5 percent increase for FY
                2020. The 1.3-percent residual case-mix increase is a mixture of real
                case-mix and coding optimization. Over the past several years, we have
                observed total case-mix increases of about 0.5 percent per year and
                have assumed that they are real. Thus, based on the information
                available, we expect that 0.5 percent of the residual 1.3 percent
                change in average case-mix for FY 2020 will be real. The combination of
                the 2.5 percent COVID-19 effect and the remaining residual 0.5-percent
                real case-mix increase results in an estimated 3.0 percent increase in
                real case-mix for FY 2020.
                 Because this analysis was based on Medicare bills from IPPS
                hospitals received as of July 2020, for this proposed rule, we
                calculated case-mix values for FY 2019 and FY 2020 based on the full
                year FY 2019 and FY 2020 MedPAR files to help assess the change in
                case-mix based on more complete data. For FY 2019 we calculated a case-
                mix value of 1.813 and for FY 2020 we calculated a case-mix value of
                1.883, an increase in total case-mix of 3.9 percent. These were
                calculated using the MS-DRG relative weights in effect for those time
                periods.\5\ This is consistent with the estimate in the Notice of the
                CY 2021 Inpatient Hospital Deductible and Hospital and Extended Care
                Services Coinsurance Amounts that the change in total case-mix for FY
                2020 would be 3.8 percent when more complete data was available.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \5\ Section 3710 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic
                Security (CARES) Act directs the Secretary of HHS to increase the
                weighting factor of the assigned DRG by 20 percent for an individual
                diagnosed with COVID-19 discharged during the COVID-19 PHE period.
                In order to make the case-mix values more comparable, the 20 percent
                increase is not included.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The increases in patients seeking care for respiratory illnesses
                and patients deferring and delaying non-COVID-19 care during FY 2020,
                the increasing number of vaccinations for COVID-19, and the high
                estimate of FY 2020 real case-mix growth all lead us to believe that FY
                2020 is not the best overall approximation of inpatient experience in
                FY 2022. We believe that FY 2019 as the most recent complete FY prior
                to the COVID-19 PHE is a better approximation of FY 2022 inpatient
                experience.
                 As we indicated earlier, whether the data is a better overall
                approximation of FY 2022 inpatient experience is one factor in
                assessing which data source represents the best available data for the
                FY 2022 rulemaking. Another factor is to what extent the decision to
                use the FY 2019 or FY 2020 data differentially impacts the FY 2022
                ratesetting. One way to assess this factor is to model the change in
                the total case-mix, which is a driver of spending, if our assumption
                regarding the FY 2022 inpatient experience used in calculating the MS-
                DRG relative weights turns out to be less accurate based on actual FY
                2022 experience. We estimated the difference in the total case-mix if
                we calculated the MS-DRG relative weights based on the FY 2019 claims
                data and the actual utilization is ultimately more similar to the FY
                2020 data, as compared to if we calculated the MS-DRG relative weights
                based on the FY 2020 data and the actual utilization is ultimately more
                similar to the FY 2019 data.
                 We first calculated a set of MS-DRG relative weights using an
                assumption that the FY 2022 inpatient experience would be similar to
                the FY 2019 data. Specifically, we used the proposed version 39 GROUPER
                (which would be applicable to discharges occurring in FY 2022) and the
                FY 2019 MedPAR data to calculate MS-DRG relative weights. We refer to
                these MS-DRG relative weights as the FY 2019-based weights.
                 We next calculated a set of MS-DRG relative weights using an
                assumption that the FY 2022 inpatient experience would be more similar
                to the FY 2020 data. Specifically, we used the proposed version 39
                GROUPER and the FY 2020 MedPAR data to calculate MS-DRG relative
                weights. This is how we would ordinarily calculate the proposed FY 2022
                MS-DRG relative weights. We refer to these MS-DRG relative weights as
                the FY 2020-based weights.
                 We then estimated the difference in case-mix under the FY 2019-
                based weights and the FY 2020-based weights if the FY 2022 inpatient
                experience ended up being the reverse of the assumption made when
                calculating that set of relative weights. In other words, we compared
                estimated case-mix calculated under four different scenarios. For the
                FY 2019-based weights, we calculated the case-mix using claims from the
                FY 2019 MedPAR as an approximation of the actual FY 2022 experience
                (Scenario A), and using claims from the FY 2020 MedPAR as an
                approximation of the actual FY 2022 experience (Scenario B). For the FY
                2020-based weights, we calculated the case-mix using claims from the FY
                2020 MedPAR as an approximation of the actual FY 2022 experience
                (Scenario C), and using claims from the FY 2019 MedPAR as an
                approximation of the actual FY 2022 experience (Scenario D).
                 The results are shown in the following table.
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.004
                
                [[Page 25089]]
                 In Scenario A and Scenario C, there is by definition no
                differential impact on total case-mix due to a less accurate assumption
                made when the MS-DRG relative weights were calculated: The FY 2022
                inpatient experience matches the assumption used when the MS-DRG
                relative weights were calculated. In Scenario B and Scenario D, it is
                the reverse of the assumption used when the MS-DRG relative weights
                were calculated.
                 In Scenario B, when the FY 2019-based weights were used, but the FY
                2022 inpatient experience turns out to be more similar to FY 2020 data,
                the less accurate assumption does not differentially impact the
                modelled case-mix. This can be seen by comparing the modelled case-mix
                under Scenario B (1.885) with the modelled case-mix under Scenario C
                (also 1.885). In other words, if the FY 2019-based weights and
                inpatient experience turn out to be more similar to the FY 2020 data,
                then the modelled case-mix is approximately the same as if we had used
                the FY 2020-based weights. The results show that use of the FY 2019-
                based weights did not impact the modelled case-mix compared to using
                the FY 2020-based weights.
                 The same conclusion is not true of Scenario D where the FY 2020-
                based weights were used, but the FY 2022 inpatient experience turns out
                to be more similar to FY 2019 data. Here the less accurate assumption
                does differentially impact the modelled case-mix, by -0.2 percent. This
                can be seen by comparing the modelled case-mix under Scenario D (1.816)
                with the modelled case-mix under Scenario A (1.820). In other words, if
                we use the FY 2020-based weights, and FY 2022 inpatient experience
                turns out to be more similar to FY 2019 data, the modelled case-mix is
                -0.2 percent lower than if we had used the FY 2019-based weights. This
                shows that use of the FY 2020-based weights does impact the modelled
                case-mix compared to a result from using the FY 2019-based weights.
                 Putting aside that we believe FY 2019 is a more likely
                approximation of the FY 2022 inpatient experience for the reasons
                discussed earlier, the previous analysis indicates that the
                differential effect of the FY 2022 MS-DRG relative weights is more
                limited if the FY 2019-based weights are used than it is if the FY
                2020-based weights are used, should the FY 2022 inpatient experience
                not match the assumption used to calculate the MS-DRG relative weights.
                 Another payment factor that is impacted by the use of the FY 2019
                or FY 2020 data in the FY 2022 ratesetting is the outlier fixed-loss
                threshold. As discussed in section II.A.4.j. of this proposed rule,
                section 1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act provides for payments in addition to
                the basic prospective payments for ``outlier'' cases involving
                extraordinarily high costs. To qualify for outlier payments, a case
                must have costs greater than the sum of certain payments and the
                ``outlier threshold'' or ``fixed-loss'' amount (a dollar amount by
                which the costs of a case must exceed payments in order to qualify for
                an outlier payment). In accordance with section 1886(d)(5)(A)(iv) of
                the Act, outlier payments for any year are projected to be not less
                than 5 percent nor more than 6 percent of total operating DRG payments
                plus outlier payments. We target 5.1 percent within this range. Section
                1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act requires the Secretary to reduce the average
                standardized amount by a factor to account for the estimated proportion
                of total DRG payments made to outlier cases. In other words, outlier
                payments are prospectively estimated to be budget neutral overall under
                the IPPS.\6\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \6\ More information on outlier payments may be found on the CMS
                website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-forService-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/outlier.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Under an assumption that the FY 2022 inpatient experience will be
                more similar to FY 2019 data, we estimate an outlier fixed-loss amount
                of $30,967. Under an assumption that FY 2022 inpatient experience will
                be more similar to FY 2020 data, we estimate an outlier fixed-loss
                amount of $36,843, a difference of $5,876 or approximately 20 percent
                higher. Again, putting aside that we believe FY 2019 is a better
                approximation of the FY 2022 inpatient experience for the reasons
                discussed earlier, the difference between the two estimated outlier
                fixed-loss amounts means there is a consequence to making a decision as
                to the best available data for estimating the FY 2022 outlier fixed-
                loss amount in the form of potentially exceeding or falling short of
                the targeted 5.1 percent of total operating DRG payments plus outlier
                payments.
                 In summary, we have highlighted two factors in the decision
                regarding the best available data to use in the FY 2022 ratesetting.
                The first factor is to what extent the FY 2019 data from before the
                COVID-19 PHE is a better overall approximation of FY 2022 inpatient
                experience, or alternatively, to what extent the FY 2020 data including
                the COVID-19 PHE time period is a better overall approximation of FY
                2022 inpatient experience. After analyzing this issue and for the
                reasons discussed, we believe for purposes of this proposed rule that
                FY 2019 is generally a better overall approximation of FY 2022. The
                second factor is to what extent the decision to use the FY 2019 or FY
                2020 data differentially impacts the FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting. After
                analyzing this issue, and as discussed previously, we have determined
                that the decision does differentially impact the overall FY 2022 IPPS
                ratesetting in two primary ways. First, a decision to base the MS-DRG
                relative weights on the FY 2020 data has an impact of -0.2 percent if
                the FY 2022 inpatient experience is more like FY 2019 data. Second, the
                decision to use the FY 2019 or FY 2020 data results in an approximately
                20 percent difference in the estimate of the outlier fixed-loss amount.
                 Taking these factors into account, we are proposing to use the FY
                2019 data for the FY 2022 ratesetting for circumstances where the FY
                2020 data is significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, primarily in
                that the data reflect generally markedly different utilization for
                certain types of services in FY 2020 than would have been expected in
                the absence of the PHE, as discussed previously. For example, we are
                proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR claims data for purposes where we
                ordinarily would have used the FY 2020 MedPAR claims data, such as in
                our analysis of changes to MS-DRG classifications (as discussed in
                greater detail section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule).
                Similarly, we are proposing to use cost report data from the FY 2018
                HCRIS file for purposes where we ordinarily would have used the FY 2019
                HCRIS file, such as in determining the proposed FY 2022 IPPS MS-DRG
                relative weights (as discussed in greater detail section II.E. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule). (As noted previously, the FY 2019
                HCRIS data would contain many cost reports ending in FY 2020 based on
                each hospital's cost reporting period.) We note that MedPAR claims data
                and cost report data from the HCRIS file are examples of the data
                sources for which we discuss the proposed use of the FY 2019 data for
                the FY 2022 ratesetting in this proposed rule. We have clearly
                identified throughout this proposed rule where and how we are proposing
                to use alternative data than what ordinarily would be used for the
                proposed FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS ratesetting, including certain
                provider specific information.
                 As discussed in section I.O. of Appendix A of this proposed rule,
                we are also considering, as an alternative to this proposal, the use of
                the same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY
                2022 ratesetting, and
                [[Page 25090]]
                which we may consider finalizing based on consideration of comments
                received. To facilitate comment on this alternative for FY 2022, we are
                making available the FY 2020 MedPAR file and the FY 2019 HCRIS file
                that we would ordinarily have provided in conjunction with this
                proposed rule. We are also making available the MS-DRG and MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weighting factors and length of stay information calculated
                using the FY 2020 data we would have ordinarily used. We are providing
                a file comparing the budget neutrality and other ratesetting
                adjustments calculated under our proposal with those adjustments
                calculated under this alternative approach. Finally, we are making
                available other proposed rule supporting data files based on the use of
                the FY 2020 data that we ordinarily would have provided, including: The
                IPPS and LTCH PPS Impact Files; the AOR/BOR File; the Case Mix Index
                File; and, the Standardizing File. We refer the reader to section I.O.
                of Appendix A of this proposed rule for more information on where these
                supplemental files may be found.
                II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Group (MS-
                DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights
                A. Background
                 Section 1886(d) of the Act specifies that the Secretary shall
                establish a classification system (referred to as diagnosis-related
                groups (DRGs) for inpatient discharges and adjust payments under the
                IPPS based on appropriate weighting factors assigned to each DRG.
                Therefore, under the IPPS, Medicare pays for inpatient hospital
                services on a rate per discharge basis that varies according to the DRG
                to which a beneficiary's stay is assigned. The formula used to
                calculate payment for a specific case multiplies an individual
                hospital's payment rate per case by the weight of the DRG to which the
                case is assigned. Each DRG weight represents the average resources
                required to care for cases in that particular DRG, relative to the
                average resources used to treat cases in all DRGs.
                 Section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the Act requires that the Secretary adjust
                the DRG classifications and relative weights at least annually to
                account for changes in resource consumption. These adjustments are made
                to reflect changes in treatment patterns, technology, and any other
                factors that may change the relative use of hospital resources.
                B. Adoption of the MS-DRGs and MS-DRG Reclassifications
                 For information on the adoption of the MS-DRGs in FY 2008, we refer
                readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47140
                through 47189).
                 For general information about the MS-DRG system, including yearly
                reviews and changes to the MS-DRGs, we refer readers to the previous
                discussions in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
                43764 through 43766) and the FYs 2011 through 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rules (75 FR 50053 through 50055; 76 FR 51485 through 51487; 77 FR
                53273; 78 FR 50512; 79 FR 49871; 80 FR 49342; 81 FR 56787 through
                56872; 82 FR 38010 through 38085, 83 FR 41158 through 41258, 84 FR
                42058 through 42165, and 85 FR 58445 through 58596 respectively).
                C. Proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
                1. Background on the Prospective MS-DRG Documentation and Coding
                Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by Public Law 110-90 and
                the Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment Authorized by Section 631 of the
                American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA)
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47140
                through 47189), we adopted the MS-DRG patient classification system for
                the IPPS, effective October 1, 2007, to better recognize severity of
                illness in Medicare payment rates for acute care hospitals. The
                adoption of the MS-DRG system resulted in the expansion of the number
                of DRGs from 538 in FY 2007 to 745 in FY 2008. By increasing the number
                of MS-DRGs and more fully taking into account patient severity of
                illness in Medicare payment rates for acute care hospitals, MS-DRGs
                encourage hospitals to improve their documentation and coding of
                patient diagnoses.
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47175
                through 47186), we indicated that the adoption of the MS-DRGs had the
                potential to lead to increases in aggregate payments without a
                corresponding increase in actual patient severity of illness due to the
                incentives for additional documentation and coding. In that final rule
                with comment period, we exercised our authority under section
                1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act, which authorizes us to maintain budget
                neutrality by adjusting the national standardized amount, to eliminate
                the estimated effect of changes in coding or classification that do not
                reflect real changes in case-mix. Our actuaries estimated that
                maintaining budget neutrality required an adjustment of -4.8 percentage
                points to the national standardized amount. We provided for phasing in
                this -4.8 percentage point adjustment over 3 years. Specifically, we
                established prospective documentation and coding adjustments of -1.2
                percentage points for FY 2008, -1.8 percentage points for FY 2009, and
                -1.8 percentage points for FY 2010.
                 On September 29, 2007, Congress enacted the TMA [Transitional
                Medical Assistance], Abstinence Education, and QI [Qualifying
                Individuals] Programs Extension Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-90). Section
                7(a) of Public Law 110-90 reduced the documentation and coding
                adjustment made as a result of the MS-DRG system that we adopted in the
                FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period to -0.6 percentage point
                for FY 2008 and -0.9 percentage point for FY 2009.
                 As discussed in prior year rulemakings, and most recently in the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56780 through 56782), we
                implemented a series of adjustments required under sections 7(b)(1)(A)
                and 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90, based on a retrospective review of
                FY 2008 and FY 2009 claims data. We completed these adjustments in FY
                2013 but indicated in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53274
                through 53275) that delaying full implementation of the adjustment
                required under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90 until FY 2013
                resulted in payments in FY 2010 through FY 2012 being overstated, and
                that these overpayments could not be recovered under Public Law 110-90.
                 In addition, as discussed in prior rulemakings and most recently in
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38008 through 38009),
                section 631 of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) amended
                section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 to require the Secretary to
                make a recoupment adjustment or adjustments totaling $11 billion by FY
                2017. This adjustment represented the amount of the increase in
                aggregate payments as a result of not completing the prospective
                adjustment authorized under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
                until FY 2013.
                [[Page 25091]]
                2. Adjustments Made for FYs 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 as Required Under
                Section 414 of Public Law 114-10 (MACRA) and Section 15005 of Public
                Law 114-255
                 As stated in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56785),
                once the recoupment required under section 631 of the ATRA was
                complete, we had anticipated making a single positive adjustment in FY
                2018 to offset the reductions required to recoup the $11 billion under
                section 631 of the ATRA. However, section 414 of the MACRA (which was
                enacted on April 16, 2015) replaced the single positive adjustment we
                intended to make in FY 2018 with a 0.5 percentage point positive
                adjustment for each of FYs 2018 through 2023. In the FY 2017
                rulemaking, we indicated that we would address the adjustments for FY
                2018 and later fiscal years in future rulemaking. Section 15005 of the
                21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255), which was enacted on December
                13, 2016, amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of the TMA, as amended by section
                631 of the ATRA and section 414 of the MACRA, to reduce the adjustment
                for FY 2018 from a 0.5 percentage point positive adjustment to a 0.4588
                percentage point positive adjustment. As we discussed in the FY 2018
                rulemaking, we believe the directive under section 15005 of Public Law
                114-255 is clear. Therefore, in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (82 FR 38009) for FY 2018, we implemented the required +0.4588
                percentage point adjustment to the standardized amount. In the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41157), the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (84 FR 42057), and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58444-58445), consistent with the requirements of section 414 of the
                MACRA, we implemented 0.5 percentage point positive adjustments to the
                standardized amount for FY 2019, FY 2020, and FY 2021, respectively. We
                indicated the FY 2018, FY 2019, FY 2020, and FY 2021 adjustments were
                permanent adjustments to payment rates. We also stated that we plan to
                propose future adjustments required under section 414 of the MACRA for
                FYs 2022 and 2023 in future rulemaking.
                3. Proposed Adjustment for FY 2022
                 Consistent with the requirements of section 414 of the MACRA, we
                are proposing to implement a 0.5 percentage point positive adjustment
                to the standardized amount for FY 2022. This would constitute a
                permanent adjustment to payment rates. We plan to propose the final
                adjustment required under section 414 of the MACRA for FY 2023 in
                future rulemaking.
                D. Proposed Changes to Specific MS-DRG Classifications
                1. Discussion of Changes to Coding System and Basis for Proposed FY
                2022 MS-DRG Updates
                a. Conversion of MS-DRGs to the International Classification of
                Diseases, 10th Revision (ICD-10)
                 As of October 1, 2015, providers use the International
                Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision (ICD-10) coding system to
                report diagnoses and procedures for Medicare hospital inpatient
                services under the MS-DRG system instead of the ICD-9-CM coding system,
                which was used through September 30, 2015. The ICD-10 coding system
                includes the International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision,
                Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) for diagnosis coding and the
                International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure
                Coding System (ICD-10-PCS) for inpatient hospital procedure coding, as
                well as the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Official Guidelines for Coding and
                Reporting. For a detailed discussion of the conversion of the MS-DRGs
                to ICD-10, we refer readers to the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81
                FR 56787 through 56789).
                b. Basis for Proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG Updates
                 Given the need for more time to carefully evaluate requests and
                propose updates, as discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (82 FR 38010), we changed the deadline to request updates to the MS-
                DRGs to November 1 of each year, which provided an additional five
                weeks for the data analysis and review process. In the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS proposed rule (85 FR 32472), we stated that with the continued
                increase in the number and complexity of the requested changes to the
                MS-DRG classifications since the adoption of ICD-10 MS-DRGs, and in
                order to consider as many requests as possible, more time is needed to
                carefully evaluate the requested changes, analyze claims data, and
                consider any proposed updates. We further stated we were changing the
                deadline to request changes to the MS-DRGs to October 20 of each year
                to allow for additional time for the review and consideration of any
                proposed updates. However, in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85
                FR 58445), due to the unique circumstances for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule for which we waived the delayed effective date, we
                maintained the deadline of November 1, 2020 for FY 2022 MS-DRG
                classification change requests. We also noted that we expected to
                reconsider a change in the deadline beginning with comments and
                suggestions submitted for FY 2023. While we continue to believe that a
                change in the deadline from November 1 to October 20 will provide
                hospitals sufficient time to assess potential impacts and inform future
                MS-DRG recommendations, we are maintaining the deadline of November 1
                for FY 2023 MS-DRG classification change requests.
                 As noted, interested parties had to submit MS-DRG classification
                change requests for FY 2022 by November 1, 2020, and the comments that
                were submitted in a timely manner for FY 2022 are discussed in this
                section of the preamble of this proposed rule. As we discuss in the
                sections that follow, we may not be able to fully consider all of the
                requests that we receive for the upcoming fiscal year. We have found
                that, with the implementation of ICD-10, some types of requested
                changes to the MS-DRG classifications require more extensive research
                to identify and analyze all of the data that are relevant to evaluating
                the potential change. We note in the discussion that follows those
                topics for which further research and analysis are required, and which
                we will continue to consider in connection with future rulemaking.
                Interested parties should continue to submit any comments and
                suggestions for FY 2023 by November 1, 2021 via the CMS MS-DRG
                Classification Change Request Mailbox located at:
                [email protected].
                 As we did for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, for this FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule we are providing a test version of the
                ICD-10 MS-DRG GROUPER Software, Version 39, so that the public can
                better analyze and understand the impact of the proposals included in
                this proposed rule. We note that this test software reflects the
                proposed GROUPER logic for FY 2022. Therefore, it includes the new
                diagnosis and procedure codes that are effective for FY 2022 as
                reflected in Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022 and Table 6B.--New
                Procedure Codes--FY 2022 associated with this proposed rule and does
                not include the diagnosis codes that are invalid beginning in FY 2022
                as reflected in Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022 and Table
                6D.--Invalid Procedure Codes--FY 2022 associated with this proposed
                rule. These tables are not published in the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, but are available via the
                [[Page 25092]]
                internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html as described in
                section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. Because the
                diagnosis and procedure codes no longer valid for FY 2022 are not
                reflected in the test software, we are making available a supplemental
                file in Table 6P.1a that includes the mapped Version 39 FY 2022 ICD-10-
                CM codes and the deleted Version 38 FY 2021 ICD-10-CM codes that should
                be used for testing purposes with users' available claims data. In
                addition, we are making available a supplemental file in Table 6P.1b
                that includes the mapped Version 39 FY 2022 ICD-10-PCS codes and the
                deleted Version 38 FY 2021 ICD-10-PCS codes that should be used for
                testing purposes with users' available claims data. Therefore, users
                will have access to the test software allowing them to build case
                examples that reflect the proposals included in this proposed rule. In
                addition, users will be able to view the draft version of the ICD-10
                MS-DRG Definitions Manual, Version 39.
                 The test version of the ICD-10 MS-DRG GROUPER Software, Version 39,
                the draft version of the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual, Version 39,
                and the supplemental mapping files in Table 6P.1a and Table 6P.1b of
                the FY 2021 and FY 2022 ICD-10-CM diagnosis and ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes are available at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software.
                 Following are the changes that we are proposing to the MS-DRGs for
                FY 2022. We are inviting public comments on each of the MS-DRG
                classification proposed changes, as well as our proposals to maintain
                certain existing MS-DRG classifications discussed in this proposed
                rule. In some cases, we are proposing changes to the MS-DRG
                classifications based on our analysis of claims data and consultation
                with our clinical advisors. In other cases, we are proposing to
                maintain the existing MS-DRG classifications based on our analysis of
                claims data and consultation with our clinical advisors. As discussed
                in section I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing
                to use claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file in our analysis of proposed MS-DRG classification changes for FY
                2022, consistent with our goal of using the best available data overall
                for ratesetting. Alternatively, we are also providing the results of
                our analysis of proposed MS-DRG classification changes using claims
                data from the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file. As a
                result, for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, our MS-DRG
                analysis was based on ICD-10 claims data from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file, which contains hospital bills received from
                October 1, 2018 through March 31, 2020, for discharges occurring
                through September 30, 2019. In addition, we also analyzed ICD-10 claims
                data from the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, which
                contains hospital bills received from October 1, 2019 through September
                30, 2020, for discharges occurring through September 30, 2020. In our
                discussion of the proposed MS-DRG reclassification changes, we refer to
                these claims data as the ``March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file'' and ``the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file.''
                 As explained in previous rulemaking (76 FR 51487), in deciding
                whether to propose to make further modifications to the MS-DRGs for
                particular circumstances brought to our attention, we consider whether
                the resource consumption and clinical characteristics of the patients
                with a given set of conditions are significantly different than the
                remaining patients represented in the MS-DRG. We evaluate patient care
                costs using average costs and lengths of stay and rely on the judgment
                of our clinical advisors to determine whether patients are clinically
                distinct or similar to other patients represented in the MS-DRG. In
                evaluating resource costs, we consider both the absolute and percentage
                differences in average costs between the cases we select for review and
                the remainder of cases in the MS-DRG. We also consider variation in
                costs within these groups; that is, whether observed average
                differences are consistent across patients or attributable to cases
                that are extreme in terms of costs or length of stay, or both. Further,
                we consider the number of patients who will have a given set of
                characteristics and generally prefer not to create a new MS-DRG unless
                it would include a substantial number of cases.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58448), we finalized
                our proposal to expand our existing criteria to create a new
                complication or comorbidity (CC) or major complication or comorbidity
                (MCC) subgroup within a base MS-DRG. Specifically, we finalized the
                expansion of the criteria to include the NonCC subgroup for a three-way
                severity level split. We stated we believed that applying these
                criteria to the NonCC subgroup would better reflect resource
                stratification as well as promote stability in the relative weights by
                avoiding low volume counts for the NonCC level MS-DRGs. We noted that
                in our analysis of MS-DRG classification requests for FY 2021 that were
                received by November 1, 2019, as well as any additional analyses that
                were conducted in connection with those requests, we applied these
                criteria to each of the MCC, CC, and NonCC subgroups. We also noted
                that the application of the NonCC subgroup criteria going forward may
                result in modifications to certain MS-DRGs that are currently split
                into three severity levels and result in MS-DRGs that are split into
                two severity levels. We stated that any proposed modifications to the
                MS-DRGs would be addressed in future rulemaking consistent with our
                annual process and reflected in Table 5--Proposed List of Medicare
                Severity Diagnosis Related Groups (MS-DRGs), Relative Weighting
                Factors, and Geometric and Arithmetic Mean Length of Stay for the
                applicable fiscal year.
                 In our analysis of the MS-DRG classification requests for FY 2022
                that we received by November 1, 2020, as well as any additional
                analyses that were conducted in connection with those requests, we
                applied these criteria to each of the MCC, CC, and NonCC subgroups, as
                described in the following table.
                [[Page 25093]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.005
                 In general, once the decision has been made to propose to make
                further modifications to the MS-DRGs as described previously, such as
                creating a new base MS-DRG, or in our evaluation of a specific MS-DRG
                classification request to split (or subdivide) an existing base MS-DRG
                into severity levels, all five criteria must be met for the base MS-DRG
                to be split (or subdivided) by a CC subgroup. We note that in our
                analysis of requests to create a new MS-DRG, we typically evaluate the
                most recent year of MedPAR claims data available. For example, we
                stated earlier that for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, our
                MS-DRG analysis was based on ICD-10 claims data from both the March
                2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of
                the FY 2020 MedPAR file. However, in our evaluation of requests to
                split an existing base MS-DRG into severity levels, as noted in prior
                rulemaking (80 FR 49368), we typically analyze the most recent two
                years of data. This analysis includes 2 years of MedPAR claims data to
                compare the data results from 1 year to the next to avoid making
                determinations about whether additional severity levels are warranted
                based on an isolated year's data fluctuation and also, to validate that
                the established severity levels within a base MS-DRG are supported. The
                first step in our process of evaluating if the creation of a new CC
                subgroup within a base MS-DRG is warranted is to determine if all the
                criteria is satisfied for a three way split. If the criteria fail, the
                next step is to determine if the criteria are satisfied for a two way
                split. If the criteria for both of the two way splits fail, then a
                split (or CC subgroup) would generally not be warranted for that base
                MS-DRG. If the three way split fails on any one of the five criteria
                and all five criteria for both two way splits (1_23 and 12_3) are met,
                we would apply the two way split with the highest R2 value. We note
                that if the request to split (or subdivide) an existing base MS-DRG
                into severity levels specifies the request is for either one of the two
                way splits (1_23 or 12_3), in response to the specific request, we will
                evaluate the criteria for both of the two way splits, however we do not
                also evaluate the criteria for a three way split.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, using the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file, we also analyzed how applying the NonCC subgroup
                criteria to all MS-DRGs currently split into three severity levels
                would affect the MS-DRG structure beginning in FY 2022. Findings from
                our analysis indicated that approximately 32 MS-DRGs would be subject
                to change based on the three-way severity level split criterion
                finalized in FY 2021. Specifically, we found that applying the NonCC
                subgroup criteria to all MS-DRGs currently split into three severity
                levels would result in the deletion of 96 MS-DRGs (32 MS-DRGs x 3
                severity levels = 96) and the creation of 58 new MS-DRGs. These updates
                would also involve a redistribution of cases, which would impact the
                relative weights, and, thus, the payment rates proposed for particular
                types of cases. We refer the reader to Table 6P.1c for the list of the
                96 MS-DRGs that would be subject to deletion and the list of the 58 new
                MS-DRGs that would be proposed for creation for FY 2022 under this
                policy if the NonCC subgroup criteria were applied.
                [[Page 25094]]
                 In light of the public health emergency (PHE), we have concerns
                about the impact of implementing this volume of MS-DRG changes at this
                time, and believe it may be appropriate to delay application of the
                NonCC subgroup criteria to existing MS-DRGs in order to maintain more
                stability in the current MS-DRG structure. Therefore, we are proposing
                to delay the application of the NonCC subgroup criteria to existing MS-
                DRGs with a three-way severity level split until FY 2023, and proposing
                for FY 2022 to maintain the current structure of the 32 MS-DRGs that
                currently have a three-way severity level split (total of 96 MS-DRGs)
                that would otherwise be subject to these criteria.
                2. Pre-MDC: MS-DRG 018 Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-Cell Therapy
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58451 through
                58453), we finalized our proposal to create Pre-MDC MS-DRG 018
                (Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell Immunotherapy) and to reassign
                cases reporting ICD-10-PCS procedure codes XW033C3 (Introduction of
                engineered autologous chimeric antigen receptor t-cell immunotherapy
                into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new technology group 3) or
                XW043C3 (Introduction of engineered autologous chimeric antigen
                receptor t-cell immunotherapy into central vein, percutaneous approach,
                new technology group 3) from Pre-MDC MS-DRG 016 (Autologous Bone Marrow
                Transplant with CC/MCC or T-cell Immunotherapy), to new Pre-MDC MS-DRG
                018 effective with discharges on and after October 1, 2020. We also
                finalized our proposal to revise the title for MS-DRG 016 from
                ``Autologous Bone Marrow Transplant with CC/MCC or T-cell
                Immunotherapy'' to ``Autologous Bone Marrow Transplant with CC/MCC'' to
                reflect these changes.
                 Additionally, in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule in response
                to public comments expressing concern that Pre-MDC MS-DRG 018 is
                specific to one mechanistic approach to cellular therapy, and in
                response to commenters who sought clarification on how future CAR T-
                cell and non-CAR T-cell therapy products would be assigned, we stated
                that if additional cellular therapies should become available, we would
                use our established process to determine the MS-DRG assignment. The
                commenters requested that CMS provide flexibility for future cellular
                therapies, as they are made available and not restrict Pre-MDC MS-DRG
                018 to CAR T-cell therapies alone. In this section of this rule, we
                discuss the assignment of these therapies in more detail.
                 During the September 8-9, 2020 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee meeting, several topics involving requests for new procedure
                codes related to CAR T-cell therapies, non-CAR T-cell therapies and
                other immunotherapies were discussed. We refer the reader to the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/C-and-M-Meeting-Materials for additional detailed information regarding these requests
                for new procedure codes. As noted in prior rulemaking (85 FR 32543),
                for new procedure codes that have been finalized through the ICD-10
                Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting process and are proposed
                to be classified as O.R. procedures or non-O.R. procedures affecting
                the MS-DRG, our clinical advisors recommend the MS-DRG assignment which
                is then made available in association with the proposed rule (Table
                6B.--New Procedure Codes) and subject to public comment. These proposed
                assignments are generally based on the assignment of predecessor codes
                or the assignment of similar codes. As discussed in section II.D.13 of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes,
                lists the new procedure codes that have been approved to date that will
                be effective with discharges on and after October 1, 2021. Included in
                Table 6B are the following new procedure codes that describe the
                administration of CAR T-cell and non-CAR T-cell therapies and other
                immunotherapies. Consistent with our established process, we examined
                the MS-DRG assignment for the predecessor codes to determine the most
                appropriate MS-DRG assignment and, consistent with the assignment of
                those predecessor codes, we are proposing to classify the following new
                procedure codes as non-O.R. procedures affecting Pre-MDC MS-DRG 018, as
                shown in Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes associated with this proposed
                rule and available via the internet on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index/.
                [[Page 25095]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.006
                 In connection with our proposed assignment of the listed procedure
                codes to Pre-MDC MS-DRG 018, we are also proposing to revise the title
                for Pre-MDC MS-DRG 018 ``Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell
                Immunotherapy'' to ``Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell and Other
                Immunotherapies'' to better reflect the cases reporting the
                administration of non-CAR T-cell therapies and other immunotherapies
                that would also be assigned to this MS-DRG (for example, Introduction
                of lifileucel immunotherapy into peripheral vein, percutaneous
                approach, new technology group 7), in addition to CAR T-cell therapies.
                3. MDC 03 (Diseases and Disorders of Ear, Nose and Throat)
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58462 through
                58471), we finalized our proposal to create two new base MS-DRGs, 140
                and 143, with a three-way severity level split for new MS-DRGs 140,
                141, and 142 (Major Head and Neck Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) and new MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145 (Other
                Ear, Nose, Mouth And Throat O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively). We provided the list of procedure codes
                that were finalized to define the logic for the new MS-DRGs in Tables
                6P.2a, 6P.2b, and 6P.2c associated with the final rule and available
                via the internet on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/
                [[Page 25096]]
                Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index/. We
                received two separate but related requests to review and reconsider the
                MS-DRG assignments for a subset of the procedure codes listed in Table
                6P.2a (procedure codes assigned to MS-DRGs 140, 141, and 142) and Table
                6P.2b (procedure codes assigned to MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145). In this
                section of this proposed rule, we discuss each of these separate, but
                related requests.
                a. Major Head and Neck Procedures
                 The requestor provided the following procedure codes from Table
                6P.2a associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for CMS to
                examine.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.368
                 The requestor stated that the listed procedure codes do not appear
                appropriately assigned to MS-DRGs 140, 141, and 142. According to the
                requestor, if any one of the five procedure codes describing a
                procedure performed on the cranial cavity (0W9100Z, 0W910ZZ, 0WC10ZZ,
                0WC13ZZ, or 0WX14ZZ) is assigned in conjunction with a principal
                diagnosis from MDC 03 (Diseases and Disorders of Ear, Nose, Mouth, and
                Throat), it appears more appropriate that cases reporting the diagnosis
                and procedure combination would group to MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27
                (Craniotomy and Endovascular Intracranial Procedures with MCC, with CC,
                and without CC/MCC, respectively) (for example, ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs)
                in MDC 01 (Diseases and Disorders of the Central Nervous System) or to
                MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively). The requestor stated that drainage and extirpation from
                the cranial cavity always involves drilling or cutting through the
                skull regardless of the approach, therefore the five procedure codes
                identified warrant assignment to the ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs. For the
                three procedure codes describing excision of subcutaneous tissue of
                chest, back, or abdomen (0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and 0JB80ZZ), the requestor
                stated those codes should group to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-
                extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) because they are not
                pertinent to the ear, nose, mouth, or throat.
                 We reviewed this request and note that the five procedure codes
                describing procedures performed on the cranial cavity are already
                assigned to MDC 01 and group to the ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs (25, 26, and
                27) when reported with a principal diagnosis from MDC 01, and are also
                currently classified as Extensive O.R. procedures, resulting in
                assignment to MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 when any one of the five
                procedure codes is reported on the claim and is unrelated to the MDC to
                which the case was assigned based on the principal diagnosis. We also
                note that in addition to MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27, MS-DRG 23 (Craniotomy
                with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex CNS Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC or Chemotherapy Implant or Epilepsy with Neurostimulator) and MS-
                DRG 24 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex CNS
                Principal Diagnosis without MCC) include procedures performed on
                structures located within the cranial cavity, are included in the range
                of MS-DRGs known as the ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs in MDC 01, and the five
                procedure codes submitted by the requestor describing procedures
                performed on the cranial cavity are also assigned to these MS-DRGs. We
                refer the requestor to Appendix E of the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions
                Manual for further discussion of how each procedure code may be
                assigned to multiple MDCs and MS-DRGs under the IPPS. The ICD-10 MS-DRG
                Definitions Manual is located on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software. We also note
                that these five procedure codes were previously assigned to MS-DRGs 131
                and 132 (Cranial and Facial Procedures with and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) in MDC 03 under version 37 of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs prior to
                the restructuring that was finalized effective FY 2021 for MS-DRG 129
                (Major Head and Neck Procedures with CC/MCC or Major Device) and MS-DRG
                130 (Major Head and Neck Procedures without CC/MCC), MS-DRGs 131 and
                132, and MS-DRGs 133 and 134 (Other Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat O.R.
                Procedures with and without CC/MCC, respectively).
                 With regard to the three procedure codes describing excision of
                subcutaneous tissue of chest, back, or abdomen (0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and
                0JB80ZZ), the requestor suggested that the codes should group to MS-
                DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) specifically because they are not pertinent to the ear,
                nose, mouth, or throat, however, it is unclear if the requestor was
                concerned more broadly that the three procedure codes should not group
                to any MS-DRGs in MDC 03 (Diseases and Disorders of Ear, Nose and
                Throat), given the stated rationale for the request.
                 Upon our review, we believe that the three procedure codes
                describing excision of subcutaneous tissue of chest, back, and abdomen
                (0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and 0JB80ZZ), which do not describe major head and
                neck procedures, were inadvertently included in Table 6P.2a for
                assignment to MS-DRGs 140, 141, and 142. However, we also believe that
                the codes are appropriate for assignment
                [[Page 25097]]
                in MDC 03 and note that the three procedure codes were previously
                assigned to MS-DRGs 133 and 134 (Other Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat O.R.
                Procedures with and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 03 prior to
                the restructuring that was finalized effective FY 2021 for MS-DRGs 129,
                130, 131, 132, 133, and 134. We also provided the following
                clarification in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58470), as
                stated in the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual, ``In each MDC there is
                usually a medical and a surgical class referred to as ``other medical
                diseases'' and ``other surgical procedures,'' respectively. The
                ``other'' medical and surgical classes are not as precisely defined
                from a clinical perspective. The other classes would include diagnoses
                or procedures, which were infrequently encountered or not well defined
                clinically. For example, the ``other'' medical class for the
                Respiratory System MDC would contain the diagnoses ``other somatoform
                disorders'' and ``congenital malformation of the respiratory system,''
                while the ``other'' surgical class for the female reproductive MDC
                would contain the surgical procedures ``excision of liver'' (liver
                biopsy in ICD-9-CM) and ``inspection of peritoneal cavity''
                (exploratory laparotomy in ICD-9-CM). The ``other'' surgical category
                contains surgical procedures which, while infrequent, could still
                reasonably be expected to be performed for a patient in the particular
                MDC.''
                 During our review of procedure codes 0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and 0JB80ZZ
                (describing excision of subcutaneous tissue of chest, back, and
                abdomen, respectively) we also confirmed that these procedures are
                currently designated as Extensive O.R. procedures. Consistent with
                other procedure codes on the Non-extensive procedure code list, we do
                not believe the procedures described by these procedure codes
                necessarily utilize the resources or have the level of technical
                complexity as the procedures on the Extensive O.R. procedures list.
                Therefore, we agree that the procedure codes describing these
                procedures would be more appropriately designated as Non-extensive
                procedures and group to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R.
                Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) when any one of the three procedure codes
                is reported on a claim and is unrelated to the MDC to which the case
                was assigned based on the principal diagnosis. We refer the reader to
                section II.D.10. of the preamble of this proposed rule for further
                discussion regarding our proposal to reassign these procedure codes
                from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R.
                Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY 2022.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to reassign the three procedure codes
                describing excision of subcutaneous tissue of chest, back, or abdomen
                (0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and 0JB80ZZ) from MS-DRGs 140, 141, and 142 (Major
                Head and Neck Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) to MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145 (Other Ear, Nose, Mouth And
                Throat O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) in MDC 03 for FY 2022. We refer the reader to section
                II.D.10. of the preamble of this proposed rule for further discussion
                regarding the designation of these codes as Extensive O.R. procedures
                versus Non-extensive O.R. procedures and our proposed reassignment of
                these codes from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989
                for FY 2022.
                b. Other Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat O.R. Procedures
                 As stated earlier, we received two separate but related requests to
                review and reconsider the MS-DRG assignments for a subset of the
                procedure codes listed in Table 6P.2a and Table 6P.2b. In this section
                of this proposed rule, we discuss the second request related to
                procedure codes listed in Table 6P.2b associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule and currently assigned to MS-DRGs 143, 144 and 145.
                 The requestor provided a list of 82 procedure codes from Table
                6P.2b associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for CMS to
                examine. We refer the reader to Table 6P.1d associated with this FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule and available via the internet at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index/ for the list of procedure codes that were
                provided by the requestor. According to the requestor, if any one of
                the 82 procedure codes is assigned in conjunction with a principal
                diagnosis code from MDC 03, it appears more appropriate that cases
                reporting the diagnosis and procedure code combination would group to
                MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) or to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R.
                Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) versus MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145 (Other
                Ear, Nose, Mouth And Throat O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively). However, the requestor also stated that
                of the 82 procedure codes, the following three procedure codes
                describing control of bleeding in the cranial cavity warrant grouping
                to MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27 (for example, ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs) in MDC
                01, for the same reasons previously described in the prior section
                pertaining to the five other procedures performed on the cranial
                cavity.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.007
                 We reviewed this request and similar to the discussion in the prior
                section for the separate but related request, we note that the
                ``other'' surgical category contains surgical procedures which, while
                infrequent, could still reasonably be expected to be performed for a
                patient in the particular MDC. We continue to believe that the 82
                [[Page 25098]]
                procedure codes provided by the requestor are appropriately assigned to
                MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145 in MDC 03. With regard to the requestor's
                assertion that cases reporting any one of the 82 procedure codes would
                more appropriately group to the MS-DRGs for Extensive O.R. procedures
                or Non-extensive O.R. procedures when reported in conjunction with a
                principal diagnosis from MDC 03, we note that, as shown in Table 6P.2b
                associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the procedure
                codes that were finalized for assignment to MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145
                were previously assigned to MS-DRGs 129 and 130, 131 and 132, or 133
                and 134 in MDC 03. We also note that, as discussed in prior rulemaking,
                cases that contain O.R. procedures will map to MS-DRG 981, 982, or 983
                (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) or MS-DRG 987, 988, or 989
                (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) when they do not
                contain a principal diagnosis that corresponds to one of the MDCs to
                which that procedure is assigned. For these reasons, we are proposing
                to maintain the current structure for MS-DRGs 143, 144, and 145 for FY
                2022.
                 With regard to the three procedure codes describing control of
                bleeding in the cranial cavity (0W310ZZ, 0W313ZZ, and 0W314ZZ), and the
                requestor's suggestion that the codes should group to MS-DRGs 25, 26,
                and 27 in MDC 01, we consulted with our clinical advisors who stated
                these procedures are consistent with the existing procedure codes
                included in the logic for case assignment to MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27. We
                refer the reader to section II.D.10. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for further discussion of this request, as well as our proposed
                assignment of these codes to MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 for FY
                2022.
                4. MDC 04 (Diseases and Disorders of the Respiratory System)
                a. Bronchiectasis
                 We received a request to reassign cases reporting diagnosis codes
                describing bronchiectasis from MS-DRGs 190, 191, and 192 (Chronic
                Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) to MS-DRGs 177, 178, and 179 (Respiratory Infections and
                Inflammation with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
                Bronchiectasis is described by the following diagnosis codes
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.008
                 According to the requestor, the underlying pathophysiology of
                bronchiectasis is more similar to cystic fibrosis than it is to chronic
                obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). The requestor stated that in
                bronchiectasis, there is an inciting event that creates scarring in the
                lung which prevents the lung from clearing out mucous like it normally
                would. The accumulation of abnormal mucous results in an environment
                conducive to bacterial growth and commonly found bacteria in this
                setting is very similar to those of cystic fibrosis with staphylococcus
                aureus, pseudomonas aeruginosa, and non-tuberculous mycobacterium. The
                requestor reported that when patients develop an exacerbation of
                bronchiectasis, this is because of a buildup of mucous compounded by
                overwhelming growth of the previously mentioned bacteria. The requestor
                also stated that patients admitted to the hospital for bronchiectasis
                exacerbation are treated aggressively with intravenous (IV) antibiotics
                to suppress the bacterial infection in combination with airway
                clearance therapies. The requestor further stated that, unlike in an
                acute COPD exacerbation, these patients do not always require steroids
                as there is not necessarily airway reactivity.
                 The requestor maintained that the underlying reason for admission
                to the hospital for these patients is the bacterial infection component
                of the exacerbation, with the standard course of treatment for these
                pulmonary bacterial infections averaging a minimum of 10-14 days due to
                the slow growing nature of the bacteria commonly encountered in these
                patients.
                 We reviewed this request and believe that bronchiectasis is
                appropriately assigned to MS-DRGs 190, 191, and 192 (Chronic
                Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) because bronchiectasis, like COPD, is a chronic
                condition. With respect to the requestor's comments, cystic fibrosis, a
                genetic disease that affects mucous producing cells resulting in
                recurring lung infections, can lead to bronchiectasis. However, our
                clinical advisors indicated that the cause of bronchiectasis can be
                multifactorial or even remain undefined. Regardless of the cause, when
                present, bronchiectasis is an irreversible chronic pulmonary condition
                due to abnormal change to or destruction of normal pulmonary anatomy
                (the major bronchi and bronchiole walls), resulting in impaired air
                movement in and out of the lungs. COPD, regardless of the cause
                (smoking, pollution, other exposures), is a chronic pulmonary condition
                due to change/destruction of normal pulmonary anatomy, resulting in
                impaired air movement in and out of the lungs. Both bronchiectasis and
                COPD patients have abnormal pulmonary function tests and abnormal
                anatomic findings on chest x-ray and/or chest CT. Therefore, for these
                reasons, we are proposing to maintain the structure of MS-DRGs 190,
                191, and 192 for FY 2022.
                b. Major Chest Procedures
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed (84 FR 19234) and final rules
                (84 FR 42148), we stated that in review of the procedures that are
                currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 (Major Chest Procedures
                with MCC, with CC and without CC/MCC, respectively) and 166, 167, and
                168 (Other Respiratory System O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively), that further refinement of these MS-DRGs
                may be warranted. In this section of this proposed rule, we discuss our
                review of the procedures and our proposal for
                [[Page 25099]]
                restructuring these MS-DRGs for FY 2022.
                 We began our review of MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 by
                first examining all the procedures currently assigned to these MS-DRGs.
                We refer the reader to the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual Version
                38.1, which is available via the internet on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS for complete documentation of the GROUPER logic for
                MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168.
                 In our review of the procedures currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163,
                164, 165, 166, 167, and 168, we found 17 procedure codes in MS-DRGs
                163, 164, and 165 describing laser interstitial thermal therapy (LITT)
                of body parts that do not describe areas within the respiratory system,
                which would not be clinically appropriate to maintain in the logic.
                These procedure codes are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.009
                 During our review of these 17 procedure codes, we identified
                additional MDCs and MS-DRG assignments that are also not clinically
                appropriate to maintain in the logic because the body parts described
                by the codes are not consistent with the organ system, etiology or
                clinical specialty of the MDC to which the procedure code is currently
                assigned. For example, 16 of the 17 procedure codes (all except
                procedure code DVY0KZZ) are included in the logic for case assignment
                to MDC 12 (Diseases and Disorders of the Male Reproductive System) in
                MS-DRGs 715 and 716 (Other Male Reproductive System O.R. Procedures for
                Malignancy with and without CC/MCC, respectively) and MS-DRGs 717 and
                718 (Other Male Reproductive System O.R. Procedures Except Malignancy
                with and without CC/MCC, respectively) which is not clinically
                appropriate. Therefore, we are proposing to reassign these 17 procedure
                codes from their current MS-DRG assignments in MDC 04, and from the
                additional MDCs and MS-DRGs identified during our review that were
                found to be clinically inappropriate, to their clinically appropriate
                MDC and MS-DRGs as shown in Table 6P.2b associated with this proposed
                rule (which is available via the internet on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS).
                 During our review of the procedure codes describing LITT of various
                body parts we also confirmed that these procedures are currently
                designated as Extensive O.R. procedures. We do not believe the
                procedures described by these procedure codes necessarily utilize the
                resources or have the level of technical complexity as the other
                procedures on the Extensive O.R. procedures list. We believe that the
                procedure codes describing these procedures would be more appropriately
                designated as Non-extensive procedures and group to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis
                with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) when any one of
                the procedure codes is reported on a claim and is unrelated to the MDC
                to which the case was assigned based on the principal diagnosis. We
                refer the reader to section II.D.10. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for further discussion regarding our proposal to reassign these
                procedure codes from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R.
                Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-
                extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY 2022.
                 We also identified five procedure codes describing repair of the
                esophagus procedures currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165
                that would not be clinically appropriate to maintain in the logic. The
                procedure codes are 0DQ50ZZ (Repair esophagus, open approach), 0DQ53ZZ
                (Repair esophagus, percutaneous approach), 0DQ54ZZ (Repair esophagus,
                percutaneous
                [[Page 25100]]
                endoscopic approach), 0DQ57ZZ (Repair esophagus, via natural or
                artificial opening), and 0DQ58ZZ (Repair esophagus, via natural or
                artificial opening endoscopic), and are currently assigned to the
                following MDCs and MS-DRGs.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25101]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.010
                [[Page 25102]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.011
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The five procedure codes describing repair of esophagus procedures
                are not clinically coherent with the other procedures in MS-DRGs 163,
                164, and 165 that describe procedures performed on major chest
                structures. Therefore, we are proposing to remove procedure codes
                0DQ50ZZ, 0DQ53ZZ, 0DQ54ZZ, 0DQ57ZZ, and 0DQ58ZZ from the logic in MDC
                04 for FY 2022.
                 During our review of procedure codes 0DQ50ZZ, 0DQ53ZZ, 0DQ54ZZ,
                0DQ57ZZ, and 0DQ58ZZ (describing repair of esophagus procedures) we
                also confirmed that these procedures are currently designated as
                Extensive O.R. procedures. We do not believe the procedures described
                by procedure codes 0DQ53ZZ, 0DQ57ZZ, and 0DQ58ZZ necessarily utilize
                the resources or have the level of technical complexity as the other
                procedures on the Extensive O.R. procedures list. We believe that the
                procedure codes describing these procedures would be more appropriately
                designated as Non-extensive procedures and group to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis
                with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) when any one of
                the three procedure codes is reported on a claim and is unrelated to
                the MDC to which the case was assigned based on the principal
                diagnosis. We refer the reader to section II.D.10. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule for further discussion regarding our proposal to
                reassign these procedure codes from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983
                (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989
                (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY 2022.
                 Next, we examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file for all cases in MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168. Our
                findings are shown in the following tables.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.012
                [[Page 25103]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.013
                 As shown in the tables, there were a higher number of cases
                reported in MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 from the March
                2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file in comparison to the September
                2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file and overall, the cases reported
                have comparable average lengths of stay and comparable average costs
                for both fiscal years.
                 We then examined claims data from both the March 2020 update of the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file for MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 to compare costs,
                complexity of service and clinical coherence for each procedure code
                currently assigned to these MS-DRGs to assess any potential
                reassignment of the procedures. We refer the reader to Table 6P.1e and
                Table 6P.1f associated with this proposed rule (which is available via
                the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS) for the detailed
                claims data analysis. Table 6P.1e contains the data analysis findings
                of procedure codes currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166,
                167, and 168 from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and
                Table 6P.1f contains the data analysis findings of procedure codes
                currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 from the
                September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file. We note that if a
                procedure code that is currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165,
                166, 167, or 168 is not displayed, it is because there were no cases
                found reporting that code in the assigned MS-DRG.
                 As shown in Table 6P.1e and Table 6P.1f associated with this
                proposed rule, in our examination of the claims data from both the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and September 2020 update
                of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, we found there is wide variation in the
                volume, length of stay, and average costs for the procedures currently
                assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168. There were
                several instances in which only one occurrence of a procedure was
                reported with a procedure code from MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, or
                168, and the average length of stay for these specific cases ranged
                from 1 day to 97 days. For example, in the analysis of claims data from
                the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, during our review of
                MS-DRG 163, we found 153 procedures for which only one occurrence of
                the procedure was reported with the average length of stay ranging from
                2 days to 65 days and the average costs ranging from $3,760 to $195,447
                for these cases. For MS-DRG 164, we found 145 procedures for which only
                one occurrence of the procedure was reported with the average length of
                stay ranging from 1 day to 28 days and the average costs ranging from
                $1,886 to $137,810 for these cases. For MS-DRG 165, we found 111
                procedures for which only one occurrence of the procedure was reported
                with the average length of stay ranging from 1 day to 23 days and the
                average costs ranging from $2,656 to $73,092 for these cases. For MS-
                DRG 166, we found 150 procedures for which only one occurrence of the
                procedure was reported with the average length of stay ranging from 1
                day to 61 days and the average costs ranging from $3,230 to $246,679
                for these cases. For MS-DRG 167, we found 110 procedures for which only
                one occurrence of the procedure was reported with the average length of
                stay ranging from 1 day to 23 days and the average costs ranging from
                $2,058 to $149,220 for these cases. For MS-DRG 168, we found 68
                procedures for which only one occurrence of the procedure was reported
                with the average length of stay ranging from 1 day to 18 days and the
                average costs ranging from $2,033 to $35,576 for these cases.
                 Our analysis of the claims data from the September 2020 update of
                the FY 2020 MedPAR file resulted in similar findings to those from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file; there were several
                instances in which only one occurrence of a procedure was reported with
                a procedure code from MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, or 168. During
                our review of MS-DRG 163, we found 139 procedures for which only one
                occurrence of the procedure was reported with the average length of
                stay ranging from 2 days to 97 days and the average costs ranging from
                $5,697 to $205,696 for these cases. For MS-DRG 164, we found 122
                procedures for which only one occurrence of the procedure was reported
                with the average length of stay ranging from 1 day to 35 days and the
                average costs ranging from $3,204 to $120,128 for these cases. For MS-
                DRG 165, we found 92 procedures for which only one occurrence of the
                procedure was reported with the average length of stay ranging from 1
                day to 16 days and the average costs ranging from $2,682 to $164,014
                for these cases. For MS-DRG 166, we found 141 procedures for which only
                one occurrence of the procedure was reported with the average length of
                stay ranging from 1 day to 45 days and the average costs ranging from
                $3,230 to $246,679 for these cases. For MS-DRG 167, we found 105
                procedures for which only one occurrence of the procedure was reported
                with the average length of stay ranging from 1 day to 22 days and the
                average costs ranging from $2,150 to $112,465 for these cases. For MS-
                DRG 168, we found 72 procedures for which only one occurrence of the
                procedure was reported with the average length of stay ranging from 1
                day to 9 days and the average costs ranging from $1,563 to $76,061 for
                these cases.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed the procedures currently assigned to
                MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 to identify the patient
                attributes that currently define each of these procedures and to group
                them with respect to complexity of service and resource intensity. This
                process included separating the procedures according to the surgical
                approach (open, percutaneous, percutaneous endoscopic, via natural or
                artificial opening, via natural or artificial opening endoscopic, and
                external).
                [[Page 25104]]
                 We also considered the claims data from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020
                MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168 to further
                analyze the average length of stay and average costs for the cases
                reporting procedures assigned to any one of these MS-DRGs as well as
                clinical coherence for these cases. For example, procedures that we
                believe represent greater treatment difficulty and reflect a class of
                patients who are similar clinically with regard to consumption of
                hospital resources were grouped separately from procedures that we
                believe to be less complex but still reflect patients who are similar
                clinically with regard to consumption of hospital resources. This
                approach differentiated the more complex procedures, such as procedures
                performed on the sternum and ribs (for example, major chest) from the
                less complex procedures such as bypass procedures performed on
                peripheral vessels or diagnostic biopsies.
                 As an initial step in our proposed restructuring of these MS-DRGs,
                we identified the following 26 procedure codes that are currently
                assigned to MS-DRGs 166, 167, and 168 that we believe represent
                procedures performed on structures that align more appropriately with
                the procedures assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 that describe
                major chest procedures.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.014
                 We analyzed claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file for the listed procedure codes in MS-DRGs 166, 167, and
                168. We note that if a listed procedure code is not displayed, it is
                because there were no cases found reporting that code among MS-DRGs
                166, 167, and 168. Our findings are shown in the following table.
                [[Page 25105]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.015
                 We then analyzed claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for the listed procedure codes in MS-DRGs 166, 167,
                and 168. We note that if a listed procedure code is not displayed, it
                is because there were no cases found reporting that code among MS-DRGs
                166, 167, and 168. Our findings are shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.016
                [[Page 25106]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.017
                 We refer the reader to Tables 6P.1e and 6P.1f for detailed claims
                data for the previously listed procedures in MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165,
                166, 167, and 168 from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file
                and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, respectively,
                and note that while some of the 26 listed procedure codes identified in
                MS-DRGs 166, 167, and 168 may not have been reported in either year's
                MedPAR claims data or only had one occurrence in which the procedure
                was reported, we believe these procedures described by the listed 26
                procedure codes are clinically coherent with the other procedures that
                are currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165. For example, in
                our analysis of the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, as
                shown in the table, we found procedure code 02QW0ZZ reported with one
                occurrence with an average length of stay of 15 days and average costs
                of $46,829. Despite finding only one case, we believe procedures
                described by this procedure code, as well as related procedure codes
                describing procedures performed on the great vessels, are more
                clinically coherent with the procedures assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164,
                and 165 and align more appropriately with the average length of stay
                and average costs of those MS-DRGs. Similarly, in our analysis of the
                September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, as shown in the
                table, we found procedure code 0PS204Z reported with 344 occurrences
                with an average length of stay of 9.6 days and average costs of
                $48,340. We believe procedures described by this procedure code, as
                well as related procedure codes describing procedures performed to
                repair or resect the ribs, are more clinically coherent with the
                procedures assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 and also align more
                appropriately with the average length of stay and average costs of
                those MS-DRGs.
                 As a result of our preliminary review of MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165,
                166, 167, and 168, for FY 2022 we are proposing the reassignment of the
                listed 26 procedure codes (9 procedure codes describing repair of
                pulmonary or thoracic structures, and 17 procedure codes describing
                procedures performed on the sternum or ribs) from MS-DRGs 166, 167, and
                168 to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 in MDC 04. Our data analysis shows
                that for the cases reporting any one of the 26 procedure codes,
                generally, they have an average length of stay and average costs that
                appear more consistent with the average length of stay and average
                costs of cases in MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165. Our clinical advisors also
                agree that these procedures clinically align with the other procedures
                that are currently assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165. We refer the
                reader to Table 6P.2c associated with this proposed rule for the list
                of procedure codes we are proposing for reassignment from MS-DRGs 166,
                167, and 168 to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 in MDC 04.
                 After this initial review of all the procedures currently assigned
                to MS-DRGs 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, and 168, in combination with the
                results of the data analysis as reflected in Tables 6P.1e and 6P.1f,
                our clinical advisors support a phased restructuring of these MS-DRGs.
                We believe further analysis of the procedures assigned to these MS-DRGs
                is warranted based on the creation of new procedure codes that have
                been assigned to these MS-DRGs in recent years for which claims data
                are not yet available and the need for additional time to examine the
                procedures currently assigned to those MS-DRGs by clinical intensity,
                complexity of service and resource utilization. We will continue to
                evaluate the procedures assigned to these MS-DRGs as additional claims
                data become available.
                5. MDC 05 (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System)
                a. Short-Term External Heart Assist Device
                 Impella[supreg] Ventricular Support Systems are temporary heart
                assist devices intended to support blood pressure and provide increased
                blood flow to critical organs in patients with cardiogenic shock, by
                drawing blood out of the heart and pumping it into the aorta, partially
                or fully bypassing the left ventricle to provide adequate circulation
                of blood (replace or supplement left ventricle pumping) while also
                allowing damaged heart muscle the opportunity to rest and recover in
                patients who need short-term support for up to 6 days. The ICD-10-PCS
                codes that describe the insertion of Impella[supreg] heart assist
                devices are
                [[Page 25107]]
                currently assigned to MS-DRG 215 (Other Heart Assist System Implant).
                We refer the reader to the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual Version
                38.1, which is available via the internet on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software for complete
                documentation of the GROUPER logic for MS-DRG 215.
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41159 through
                41170), we discussed public comments that recommended that CMS continue
                to monitor the data in MS-DRG 215 for future consideration of
                distinctions (for example, different approaches and evolving
                technologies) that may impact the clinical and resource use of
                procedures utilizing heart assist devices. Our data analysis showed a
                wide range in the average length of stay and the average costs for
                cases reporting procedures that involve a biventricular short-term
                external heart assist system versus a short-term external heart assist
                system. We noted we were aware that the AHA published Coding Clinic
                advice that clarified coding and reporting for certain external heart
                assist devices due to the technology being approved for new indications
                but the claims data current at that time did not yet reflect that
                updated guidance. We also noted that there had been recent updates to
                the descriptions of the codes for heart assist devices. The qualifier
                ``intraoperative'' was added effective October 1, 2017 (FY 2018) to the
                procedure codes describing the insertion of short-term external heart
                assist system procedures to distinguish between procedures where the
                device was only used intraoperatively and was removed at the conclusion
                of the procedure versus procedures where the device was not removed at
                the conclusion of the procedure and for which that qualifier would not
                be reported. We agreed with the commenters that continued monitoring of
                the data and further analysis was necessary prior to proposing any
                modifications to MS-DRG 215 and finalized our proposal to maintain the
                current structure of MS-DRG 215 for FY 2019.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42167) we discussed
                public comments on our proposals related to recalibration of the FY
                2020 relative weights and the changes in relative weights from FY 2019.
                Several commenters expressed concern about significant reductions to
                the relative weight for MS-DRG 215. Commenters stated that the
                reduction in the proposed relative weight was 29 percent, the largest
                decrease of any MS-DRG; commenters also noted that the cumulative
                decrease to the relative weight for MS-DRG 215 would be 43 percent
                since FY 2017. Commenters stated that the proposed relative weights
                would result in significant underpayments to facilities, which would in
                turn limit access to heart assist devices. After reviewing the comments
                received and the data used in our ratesetting calculations, we
                acknowledged an outlier circumstance where the weight for a MS-DRG was
                seeing a significant reduction for each of the 3 years since CMS began
                using the ICD-10 data in calculating the relative weights. Therefore,
                for the reasons discussed in the FY 2020 final rule, we adopted a
                temporary one-time measure for FY 2020 where the FY 2020 relative
                weight was set equal to the FY 2019 relative weight, which in turn had
                been set equal to the FY 2018 relative weight.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58598) we again
                acknowledged an outlier circumstance where the weight for MS-DRG 215
                was seeing a significant reduction for each of the 4 years since CMS
                began using the ICD-10 data in calculating the relative weights. We
                stated while we would ordinarily consider this weight change to be
                appropriately driven by the underlying data, given the comments
                received, and in an abundance of caution because this may be the MS-DRG
                assigned when a hospital provides temporary right ventricular support
                for up to 14 days in critical care patients for the treatment of acute
                right heart failure or decompensation caused by complications related
                to COVID-19, including pulmonary embolism, we adopted a temporary one-
                time measure for FY 2021 for MS-DRG 215. Specifically, we set the 2021
                relative weight for MS-DRG 215 equal to the average of the FY 2020
                relative weight and the otherwise applicable FY 2021 weight.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we received a request
                to reassign certain cases reporting procedure codes describing the
                insertion of a percutaneous short-term external heart assist device
                from MS-DRG 215 to MS-DRGs 216, 217, and 218 (Cardiac Valve and Other
                Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively). According to the requestor,
                there are two distinct clinical populations within MS-DRG 215: High-
                risk Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI) patients receiving short
                term ``intraoperative'' external heart assist systems where the device
                is only used intraoperatively and is removed at the conclusion of the
                procedure, and those patients in or at risk of cardiogenic shock
                requiring longer heart pump support and ICU stays. The requestor stated
                that cases in which short-term external heart assist systems are placed
                intraoperatively require fewer resources. The requestor suggested that
                moving the less resource intensive cases that report a procedure code
                that describes the intraoperative insertion of short-term external
                heart assist systems from MS-DRG 215 into MS-DRG 216, 217, and 218,
                will clinically align the two distinctly different patient populations,
                and consequently will address the potential decrease in the relative
                weight of MS-DRG 215.
                 The requestor stated it performed its own analysis of claims in MS-
                DRG 215 that involve the intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device (as identified by the presence of ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA3RJ (Insertion of short-term external heart assist system
                into heart, intraoperative, percutaneous approach) and 5A0221D
                (Assistance with cardiac output using impeller pump, continuous). The
                requestor stated that its analysis found that if procedures involving
                intraoperative placement of a short-term external heart assist device
                were moved into MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218, it would result in an
                increase in the average costs and average lengths of stay for the cases
                that would remain to be assigned to MS-DRG 215.
                 During our review of this issue, we noted that when a patient is
                admitted and has an Impella[supreg] external heart assist device
                inserted two ICD-10-PCS codes are assigned: A code that describes the
                insertion of the device and code 5A0221D that describes assistance with
                an impeller pump. Therefore, our analysis included procedure code
                02HA3RJ as identified by the requestor as well as similar procedure
                codes 02HA0RJ (Insertion of short-term external heart assist system
                into heart, intraoperative, open approach) and 02HA4RJ (Insertion of
                short-term external heart assist system into heart, intraoperative,
                percutaneous endoscopic approach) that also describe the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term heart assist device, differing only in
                approach. Because the assistance with an Impella[supreg] is coded with
                ICD-10-PCS code 5A0221D whether the device is used only
                intraoperatively or in instances where the device is left in place at
                the conclusion of the procedure, we did not include this code in our
                analysis. We also note that the requestor suggested that the cases
                reporting a procedure code describing
                [[Page 25108]]
                the intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist
                device be moved to MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218 but these MS-DRGs are
                defined by the performance of cardiac catheterization. Therefore, we
                expanded our analysis to also include MS-DRGs 219, 220 and 221 (Cardiac
                Valve and Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures without Cardiac
                Catheterization with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
                 First, we examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRG 215 to identify cases reporting ICD-10-PCS
                codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ and a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization. Our findings are shown in the
                following table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.018
                 As shown in the table, we identified a total of 7,741 cases within
                MS-DRG 215 with an average length of stay of 7.8 days and average costs
                of $68,234. Of these 7,741 cases, there are 2,943 cases that include
                both a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a
                short-term external heart assist device and a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of
                stay of 7.1 days and average costs of $60,449. Of these 2,943 cases,
                there are 23 cases reporting a procedure code describing the open
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                with a procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac
                catheterization with an average length of stay of 8.9 days and average
                costs of $85,806. There are 2,904 cases reporting a procedure code
                describing a percutaneous intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of stay
                of 7.1 days and average costs of $60,227. There are 16 cases reporting
                a procedure code describing a percutaneous endoscopic intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization approach
                with an average length of stay of 6.4 days and average costs of
                $64,217. The data analysis shows that for the cases in MS-DRG 215
                reporting ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization,
                generally, the average length of stay is shorter and the average costs
                are lower than the average length of stay and average costs (with the
                exception of the average costs and length of stay for the 23 cases
                reporting a procedure code describing the open intraoperative insertion
                of a short-term external heart assist device with a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization which are
                higher) compared to all cases in that MS-DRG.
                 We also examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218. Our findings are shown
                in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.019
                 Because MS-DRG 215 is a base DRG and there is a three-way split
                within MS-DRGs 216, 217, and 218, we also analyzed the cases reporting
                a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-
                term external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization for the presence or absence of
                a secondary diagnosis designated as a complication or comorbidity (CC)
                or a major complication or comorbidity (MCC).
                [[Page 25109]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.020
                 This data analysis shows the cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ with a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization when distributed based on
                the presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis designated as a
                complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major complication or comorbidity
                (MCC) have average costs generally more similar to the average costs in
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218 respectively,
                while the average lengths of stay are shorter. While the cases from MS-
                DRG 215 reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization ``with
                CC'' and ``without CC/MCC'' have higher average costs than the average
                costs of MS-DRGs 217 and 218, these costs are closer to the average
                costs of those MS-DRGs than they are to the average costs of MS-DRG
                215. The average costs of the cases from MS-DRG 215 reporting a
                procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization ``with MCC'' are lower than
                the average costs of both MS-DRGs 215 and 216.
                 Next, we examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRG 215 to identify cases reporting ICD-10-PCS
                codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ without a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization. Our findings are shown in
                the following table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.021
                 As shown in the table, of the 7,741 cases within MS-DRG 215, there
                are 432 cases that include a procedure code describing the
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                without a procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac
                catheterization with an average length of stay of 4.8 days and average
                costs of $53,607. Of these 432 cases, there are eight cases reporting a
                procedure code describing the open intraoperative insertion of a short-
                term external heart assist device without a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of
                stay of 8.8 days and average costs of $141,242. There are 423 cases
                reporting a procedure code describing a percutaneous intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device without a
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization
                with an average length of stay of 4.7 days and average costs of
                $51,964. There is one case reporting a procedure code describing a
                percutaneous endoscopic intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device without a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization approach with a length of stay
                of 2 days and costs of $47,289. The data analysis shows that for the
                cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or
                02HA4RJ without a
                [[Page 25110]]
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization,
                generally, the average length of stay is shorter and the average costs
                are lower than the average length of stay and average costs (with the
                exception of the average costs and length of stay for the eight cases
                describing the open intraoperative insertion of a short-term external
                heart assist device without a procedure code describing the performance
                of a cardiac catheterization which are higher) compared to all cases in
                that MS-DRG.
                 We also examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 219, 220 and 221. Our findings are shown
                in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.022
                 Similarly, because MS-DRG 215 is a base DRG and there is a three-
                way split within MS-DRGs 219, 220 and 221, we also analyzed the cases
                reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a
                short-term external heart assist device without a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization for the
                presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis designated as a
                complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major complication or comorbidity
                (MCC).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.023
                 This data analysis shows the cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ without a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization when
                distributed based on the presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis
                designated as a complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major
                complication or comorbidity (MCC) have average costs generally more
                similar to the average costs in the FY 2019 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs
                219, 220 and 221 respectively, while the average lengths of stay are
                shorter. While the cases from MS-DRG 215 reporting a procedure code
                describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart
                assist device, without a procedure code describing the performance of a
                cardiac catheterization ``with MCC'', ``with CC'' and ``without CC/
                MCC'' have higher average costs than the average costs MS-DRGs 219, 220
                and 221, respectively, these costs are closer to the average costs of
                those MS-DRGs than they are to the average costs of MS-DRG 215.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRG 215 to identify cases reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ with a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization. Our findings are shown in
                the following table:
                [[Page 25111]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.024
                 As shown in the table, we identified a total of 6,275 cases within
                MS-DRG 215 with an average length of stay of 7.9 days and average costs
                of $72,144. Of these 6,275 cases, there are 2,395 cases that include
                both a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a
                short-term external heart assist device and a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of
                stay of 6.8 days and average costs of $62,260. Of these 2,395 cases,
                there were 25 cases reporting a procedure code describing the open
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                with a procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac
                catheterization with an average length of stay of 8.2 days and average
                costs of $85,954. There are 2,360 cases reporting a procedure code
                describing a percutaneous intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of stay
                of 6.8 days and average costs of $61,965. There are 10 cases reporting
                a procedure code describing a percutaneous endoscopic intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization approach
                with an average length of stay of 6.9 days and average costs of
                $72,564. The data analysis shows that for the cases in MS-DRG 215
                reporting ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization, when
                examined collectively, the average length of stay is shorter (6.8 days
                versus 7.9 days) and the average costs are lower ($62,260 versus
                $72,144) than the average length of stay and average costs (of all
                cases in that MS-DRG). There were some differences noted in cases
                reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a
                short-term external heart assist device with a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization when examined
                by operative approach. For the 25 cases reporting a procedure code
                describing the open intraoperative insertion of a short-term external
                heart assist device with a procedure code describing the performance of
                a cardiac catheterization, the average costs were higher ($85,954
                versus $72,144) and average length of stay was slightly longer (8.2
                days versus 7.9 days) when compared to all cases in that MS-DRG. For
                the 10 cases reporting a procedure code describing the percutaneous
                endoscopic intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart
                assist device with a procedure code describing the performance of a
                cardiac catheterization, the average costs were nearly equal ($72,564
                versus $72,144) and average length of stay was shorter (6.9 days versus
                7.9 days) when compared to all cases in that MS-DRG.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218. Our findings are
                shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.025
                 Because MS-DRG 215 is a base DRG and there is a three-way split
                within MS-DRGs 216, 217, and 218, we also analyzed the cases reporting
                a procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-
                term external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization for the presence or absence of
                a secondary diagnosis designated as a complication or comorbidity (CC)
                or a major complication or comorbidity (MCC).
                [[Page 25112]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.026
                 This data analysis shows the cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ with a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization when distributed based on
                the presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis designated as a
                complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major complication or comorbidity
                (MCC) have average costs generally more similar to the average costs in
                the FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 216, 217 and 218 respectively,
                while the average lengths of stay are shorter. While the cases from MS-
                DRG 215 reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device with a procedure
                code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization ``with
                CC'' and ``without CC/MCC'' have higher average costs than the average
                costs of MS-DRGs 217 and 218, these costs are closer to the average
                costs of those MS-DRGs than they are to the average costs of MS-DRG
                215. The average costs of the cases from MS-DRG 215 reporting a
                procedure code describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device with a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization ``with MCC'' are lower than
                the average costs of both MS-DRGs 215 and 216.
                 Next, we examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRG 215 to identify cases reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ without a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization. Our findings
                are shown in the following table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.027
                 As shown in the table, of the 6,275 cases within MS-DRG 215, there
                are 331 cases that include a procedure code describing the
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                without a procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac
                catheterization with an average length of stay of 4.5 days and average
                costs of $52,181. Of these 331 cases, there are eight cases reporting a
                procedure code describing the open intraoperative insertion of a short-
                term external heart assist device without a procedure code describing
                the performance of a cardiac catheterization with an average length of
                stay of 8.9 days and average costs of $80,314. There are 332 cases
                reporting a procedure code describing a percutaneous intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device without a
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization
                with an average length of stay of 4.4 days and average costs of
                $51,569. There is one case reporting a procedure code describing a
                percutaneous endoscopic intraoperative insertion of a short-term
                external heart assist device without a procedure code describing the
                performance of a cardiac catheterization approach with a length of stay
                of 2 days and costs of $24,379. The data analysis shows that for the
                cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or
                02HA4RJ without a
                [[Page 25113]]
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization,
                generally, the average length of stay is shorter and the average costs
                are lower than the average length of stay and average costs (with the
                exception of the average costs and length of stay for the eight cases
                reporting a procedure code describing the open intraoperative insertion
                of a short-term external heart assist device without a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization which are
                higher) compared to all cases in that MS-DRG.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 219, 220 and 221. Our findings are
                shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.028
                 Similarly, because MS-DRG 215 is a base DRG and there is a three-
                way split within MS-DRGs 219, 220 and 221, we also analyzed the 331
                cases reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device without a
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization
                for the presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis designated as a
                complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major complication or comorbidity
                (MCC).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.029
                 This data analysis shows the cases in MS-DRG 215 reporting ICD-10-
                PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ without a procedure code
                describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization when
                distributed based on the presence or absence of a secondary diagnosis
                designated as a complication or comorbidity (CC) or a major
                complication or comorbidity (MCC) have average costs generally more
                similar to the average costs in the FY 2020 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs
                219, 220 and 221 respectively, while the average lengths of stay are
                shorter. While the cases from MS-DRG 215 reporting a procedure code
                describing the intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart
                assist device without a procedure code describing the performance of a
                cardiac catheterization ``with CC'' and ``without CC/MCC'' have higher
                average costs than the average costs of MS-DRGs 220 and 221, these
                costs are closer to the average costs of those MS-DRGs than they are to
                the average costs of MS-DRG 215. The average costs of the cases from
                MS-DRG 215 reporting a procedure code describing the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device without a
                procedure code describing the performance of a cardiac catheterization
                ``with MCC'' are lower than the average costs of both MS-DRGs 215 and
                219.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed the clinical issues and the claims
                data and agreed that cases reporting a procedure code that describes
                the intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist
                device are generally less resource intensive and are clinically
                distinct from other cases reporting procedure codes describing the
                insertion of other types of heart assist devices currently assigned to
                MS-DRG 215. Our clinical advisors state that critically ill patients
                who are experiencing or at risk for cardiogenic shock from an emergent
                event such as heart attack or virus that impacts the functioning of the
                heart and requires longer heart pump support are different from those
                patients who require intraoperative support only. Patients receiving a
                short-term external heart assist device intraoperatively during
                coronary interventions often have an underlying disease pathology such
                as heart failure related to occluded coronary vessels that is broadly
                similar in kind to other patients also receiving these interventions
                without the need for an insertion of a short-term external heart assist
                device. In the post-operative period, these patients can recover and
                can be sufficiently rehabilitated prior to discharge. For these
                reasons, our clinical advisors support reassigning
                [[Page 25114]]
                ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ, and 02HA4RJ that describe the
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                to MS-DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221 in MDC 05. They stated this
                reassignment would improve clinical coherence in these MS-DRGs.
                 To compare and analyze the impact of our suggested modifications,
                we ran a simulation using the Version 38.1 ICD-10 MS-DRG GROUPER and
                the claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file.
                The following table reflects our simulation for ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ that describe the intraoperative
                insertion of a short-term external heart assist device if they were
                moved to MS-DRGS 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.030
                 We believe the resulting proposed MS-DRG assignments would be more
                clinically homogeneous, coherent and better reflect hospital resource
                use while at the same time addressing concerns related to the relative
                weight of MS-DRG 215. A review of this simulation shows that this
                distribution of ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ that
                describe the intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart
                assist device if moved to MS-DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221,
                increases the average costs of the cases remaining in MS-DRG 215 by
                over $4,500, while generally having a more limited effect on the
                average costs of MS-DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221.
                 We also ran a simulation using the Version 38.1 ICD-10 MS-DRG
                GROUPER and the claims data from the September 2020 update of the FY
                2020 MedPAR file. The following table reflects our simulation for ICD-
                10-PCS procedure codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ that describe the
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                if they were moved to MS-DRGS 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221.
                [[Page 25115]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.031
                 As with our simulation based on the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file, we believe that this simulation supports that the
                resulting proposed MS-DRG assignments would be more clinically
                homogeneous, coherent and better reflect hospital resource use while at
                the same time addressing concerns related to the relative weight of MS-
                DRG 215. A review of this simulation shows that this distribution of
                ICD-10-PCS codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ or 02HA4RJ that describe the
                intraoperative insertion of a short-term external heart assist device
                if moved to MS-DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221, increases the
                average costs of the cases remaining in MS-DRG 215 by over $6,000,
                while generally having a more limited effect on the average costs of
                MS-DRGS 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221.
                 Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to reassign ICD-10-PCS
                codes 02HA0RJ, 02HA3RJ, and 02HA4RJ from MDC 05 in MS-DRG 215 to MS-
                DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220 and 221 in MDC 05.
                b. Type II Myocardial Infarction
                 We received a request to review the MS-DRG assignment of ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis code I21.A1 (Myocardial infarction type 2). The requestor
                stated that when a type 2 myocardial infarction is documented, per
                coding guidelines, it is to be coded as a secondary diagnosis since it
                is due to an underlying cause. This requestor also noted that when a
                type 2 myocardial infarction is coded with a principal diagnosis in MDC
                05 (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System), the GROUPER
                logic assigns MS-DRGs 280 through 282 (Acute Myocardial Infarction,
                Discharged Alive with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
                The requestor questioned if this GROUPER logic was correct or if the
                logic should be changed so that a type 2 myocardial infarction, coded
                as a secondary diagnosis, does not result in the assignment of a MS-DRG
                that describes an acute myocardial infarction.
                 To begin our analysis, we reviewed the GROUPER logic. The requestor
                is correct that when diagnosis code I21.A1 is reported as a secondary
                diagnosis in combination with a principal diagnosis in MDC 05, the case
                currently groups to medical MS-DRGs 280 through 282 in the absence of a
                surgical procedure, when the patient is discharged alive. We note that
                if the patient expires, GROUPER logic instead will assign MS-DRGs 283
                through 285 (Acute Myocardial Infarction, Expired with MCC, with CC,
                and without CC/MCC, respectively) when diagnosis code I21.A1 is
                reported as a secondary diagnosis in combination with a principal
                diagnosis in MDC 05.
                 According to the Universal Definition of Myocardial Infarction
                (MI), developed by a global task force that included the European
                Society of Cardiology, the American College of Cardiology, the American
                Heart Association and the World Heart Federation (WHF), the diagnosis
                of MI requires the rise and/or fall of cardiac biomarkers with clinical
                evidence of ischemia in which there is evidence of myocardial injury or
                necrosis, defined by symptoms, electrocardiographic (ECG) changes, or
                new regional wall motion abnormalities. Since 2007, this definition
                further classifies myocardial infarctions into five distinct subtypes.
                While a type 1 MI is defined as a MI due to an acute coronary syndrome,
                type 2 MI is defined as a mismatch in myocardial oxygen supply and
                demand due to other causes such as coronary dissection, vasospasm,
                emboli, or hypotension that is not attributed to unstable coronary
                artery disease (CAD).
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and do not recommend
                changing the current MS-DRG assignment of ICD-10-CM diagnosis code
                I21.A1. As noted by the requestor, the ICD-10-CM Official Guidelines
                for Coding and Reporting state ``Type 2 myocardial infarction,
                (myocardial infarction due to demand ischemia or secondary to ischemic
                imbalance) is assigned to code I21.A1, Myocardial infarction type 2
                with a code for the underlying cause coded first.'' Our clinical
                advisors believe that cases reporting diagnosis code I21.A1 as a
                secondary diagnosis are associated with a severity of illness on par
                with cases reporting a principal diagnosis of another type myocardial
                infarction. They state the diagnosis of myocardial infarction describes
                myocardial cell death due to inadequate
                [[Page 25116]]
                oxygen supply to the myocardium for a prolonged period, regardless of
                the subtype. Our clinical advisors state, for clinical consistency, it
                is more appropriate to maintain the current assignment of ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis code I21.A1 with the other codes that describe myocardial
                infarction. Therefore, we are not proposing to reassign diagnosis code
                I21.A1 from MS-DRGs 280 through 285.
                 During our review of this issue we noted that code I21.A1
                (Myocardial infarction type 2) is currently one of the listed principal
                diagnoses in the GROUPER logic for MS-DRGs 222 and 223 (Cardiac
                Defibrillator Implant with Cardiac Catheterization with AMI, HF or
                Shock with and without MCC, respectively). However, code I21.A1 is not
                currently recognized in these same MS-DRGs when coded as a secondary
                diagnosis. As a result, when coded as a secondary diagnosis in
                combination with a principal diagnosis in MDC 05, MS-DRGs 224 and 225
                (Cardiac Defibrillator Implant with Cardiac Catheterization without
                AMI, HF, or Shock with and without MCC, respectively) are instead
                assigned when reported with a listed procedure code. We refer the
                reader to the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual Version 38.1, which is
                available via the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software for complete documentation of the GROUPER
                logic for MS-DRGs 222, 223, 224, and 225.
                 Acknowledging that coding guidelines instruct to code I21.A1 after
                the diagnosis code that describes the underlying cause, our clinical
                advisors recommend adding special logic in MS-DRGs 222 and 223 to have
                code I21.A1 also qualify when coded as a secondary diagnosis in
                combination with a principal diagnosis in MDC 05 since these diagnosis
                code combinations also describe acute myocardial infarctions.
                 As a result, we are proposing modifications to the GROUPER logic to
                allow cases reporting diagnosis code I21.A1 (Myocardial infarction type
                2) as a secondary diagnosis to group to MS-DRGs 222 and 223 when
                reported with a listed procedure code for clinical consistency with the
                other MS-DRGs describing acute myocardial infarction.
                 A diagnosis code may define the logic for a specific MS-DRG
                assignment in three different ways. The diagnosis code may be listed as
                principal or as any one of the secondary diagnoses, as a secondary
                diagnosis, or only as a secondary diagnosis as noted in more detail in
                this proposed rule.
                 Principal or secondary diagnoses. Indicates that a
                specific set of diagnoses are used in the definition of the MS-DRG. The
                diagnoses may be listed as principal or as any one of the secondary
                diagnoses. A special case of this condition is MS-DRG 008 in which two
                diagnoses (for example, renal and diabetic) must both be present
                somewhere in the list of diagnoses in order to be assigned to MS-DRG
                008.
                 Secondary diagnoses. Indicates that a specific set of
                secondary diagnoses are used in the definition of the MS-DRG. For
                example, a secondary diagnosis of acute leukemia with chemotherapy is
                used to define MS-DRG 839.
                 Only secondary diagnoses. Indicates that in order to be
                assigned to the specified MS-DRG no secondary diagnoses other than
                those in the specified list may appear on the patient's record. For
                example, in order to be assigned to MS-DRG 795, only secondary
                diagnoses from the specified list may appear on the patient's record.
                 We note that whenever there is a secondary diagnosis component to
                the MS-DRG logic, the diagnosis code can either be used in the logic
                for assignment to the MS-DRG or to act as a CC/MCC. For this specific
                scenario, we propose that code I21.A1, as a secondary diagnosis, be
                used in the definition of the logic for assignment to MS-DRGs 222 and
                223, similar to the example described previously, where a secondary
                diagnosis of acute leukemia with chemotherapy is used to define MS-DRG
                839, and therefore will not act as a MCC in these MS-DRGs.
                 In summary, for FY 2022, we are proposing to maintain the current
                structure of MS-DRGs 280 through 285. We are also proposing to modify
                the GROUPER logic to allow cases reporting diagnosis code I21.A1
                (Myocardial infarction type 2) as a secondary diagnosis to group to MS-
                DRGs 222 and 223 when reported with qualifying procedures.
                c. Viral Cardiomyopathy
                 We received three separate but related requests to add ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis code B33.24 (Viral cardiomyopathy) to the list of principal
                diagnoses for MS-DRGs 314, 315, and 316 (Other Circulatory System
                Diagnoses with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC
                05. The requestors noted that a discontinuity exists in the current MDC
                assignment of diagnosis codes in ICD-10-CM subcategory B33.2. The list
                of the five ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes in subcategory B33.2, as well as
                their current MDC assignments, is found in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.369
                 A requestor noted ICD-10-CM codes B33.20, B33.21, B33.22, and
                B33.23 are assigned to MDC 05 (Diseases and Disorders of the
                Circulatory System), while code B33.24 is assigned to MDC 18
                (Infectious and Parasitic Diseases, Systemic or Unspecified Sites). The
                requestor stated that the placement of ICD-10-CM diagnosis code B33.24
                within subcategory B33.2 is clinically appropriate, as all the
                diagnoses within this subcategory share a common etiology, involve the
                heart and supporting structures, and require the same intensity of
                hospital care. However, the assignment of code B33.24 to a different
                MDC is clinically incongruous with the placement of the other codes in
                the subcategory. According to the requestor, all of the conditions
                share similar etiology, anatomic location, and needs for care,
                therefore the five codes should all be assigned to MDC 05. This
                requestor also stated that reassigning code B33.24 to MDC 05 would
                ensure both clinical continuity and coding consistency within the B33.2
                subcategory. Another requestor stated MDC 05 surgical MS-DRGs should be
                assigned when
                [[Page 25117]]
                procedures such as cardiac catheterization or coronary angioplasty are
                performed for a principal diagnosis of viral cardiomyopathy.
                 To begin our analysis, we reviewed the GROUPER logic. Currently,
                cases reporting ICD-10-CM diagnosis code B33.24 as a principal
                diagnosis group to medical MS-DRGs 865 and 866 (Viral Illness with and
                without MCC, respectively) in MDC 18 in the absence of a surgical
                procedure. Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and noted viral
                cardiac infections may present as endocarditis (inflammation of the
                heart's inner lining), myocarditis (inflammation of the middle layer of
                the heart), pericarditis (inflammation of the pericardium), or
                cardiomyopathy (disease of the heart muscle). The infection usually
                begins somewhere other than the heart, often in the nose, lungs, or
                stomach. As the infection progresses, and the microbe multiplies and
                gets into the bloodstream, it can infiltrate the heart muscle. The
                growth and replication of viruses inside the heart can endanger the
                heart by destroying heart cells. The management of viral cardiomyopathy
                is similar to the management of other viral cardiac infections and can
                include bed rest, control of pain with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory
                agents and anti-microbial therapy to avoid permanent myocardial damage,
                cardiomegaly, and/or congestive cardiac failure.
                 Our clinical advisors agree that the diagnosis of viral
                cardiomyopathy is clinically related to the other diagnoses in ICD-10-
                CM subcategory B33.2. They believe it is clinically appropriate for all
                five diagnoses in subcategory B33.2 to group to MDC 05 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Circulatory System) as these conditions describe
                circulatory system conditions and complications and that this
                modification will improve clinical coherence. Therefore, we are
                proposing to reassign ICD-10-CM diagnosis code B33.24 from MDC 18 in MS
                DRGs 865 and 866 (Viral Illness with and without MCC, respectively) to
                MDC 05 in MS DRGs 314, 315, and 316 (Other Circulatory System Diagnoses
                with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively). Under this
                proposal, cases reporting procedure codes from MDC 05 in conjunction
                with principal diagnosis B33.24, would group to MS-DRGs in MDC 05.
                d. Left Atrial Appendage Closure (LAAC)
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58471 through
                58477), we identified nine ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that describe
                Left Atrial Appendage Closure (LAAC) procedures and noted their
                corresponding MS-DRG assignments in the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 37 as
                listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.032
                 As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we examined
                claims data from the September 2019 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file
                for cases reporting LAAC procedures with an open approach in MS-DRGs
                250 and 251 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures without Coronary
                Artery Stent with and without MCC, respectively). Our analysis showed
                that the cases reporting a LAAC procedure with an open approach in MS-
                DRGs 250 and 251 had higher average costs and longer average length of
                stay compared to all cases in MS-DRGs 250 and 251. We also stated our
                clinical advisors believed that ICD-10-PCS codes 02L70CK, 02L70DK, and
                02L70ZK that describe a LAAC procedure with an open approach were more
                suitably grouped to MS-DRGs 273 and 274 (Percutaneous Intracardiac
                Procedures with and without MCC, respectfully). Therefore, we finalized
                our proposal to reassign ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 02L70CK, 02L70DK,
                and 02L70ZK from MS-DRGs 250 and 251 to MS-DRGs 273 and 274. We also
                finalized a revision to the titles for MS-DRG 273 and 274 to
                Percutaneous and Other Intracardiac Procedures with and without MCC,
                respectively to reflect this reassignment for FY 2021.
                 In response to this final policy, for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we received a request to again review the MS-DRG
                assignment of cases involving LAAC procedures with an open approach.
                The requestor disagreed with CMS's FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                decision to move the three procedure codes describing the open
                occlusion of left atrial appendage to MS-DRGs 273 and 274 (Percutaneous
                and Other Intracardiac Procedures with and without MCC, respectively).
                The requestor stated they believe that MS-DRGs 228 and 229 (Other
                Cardiothoracic Procedures with and without MCC, respectively), would
                more appropriately correspond with the open procedural resources and
                longer length of stay expected with open heart procedures.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and continue to support
                the reassignment of ICD-10-PCS procedure
                [[Page 25118]]
                codes 02L70CK, 02L70DK, and 02L70ZK from MS-DRGs 250 and 251 to MS-DRGs
                273 and 274 because it allows all LAAC procedures to be grouped
                together under the same MS-DRGs and improves clinical coherence. Our
                clinical advisors state open LAAC procedures are primarily performed in
                the absence of another O.R. procedure and generally are not performed
                with a more intensive open chest procedure. When performed as
                standalone procedures, open LAAC procedures share similar factors such
                as complexity and resource utilization with all other LAAC procedures.
                Our clinical advisors continue to state our FY 2021 final policy
                results in MS-DRG assignments that are more clinically homogeneous and
                better reflect hospital resource use. Therefore, we are proposing to
                maintain the assignment of codes 02L70CK, 02L70DK, and 02L70ZK that
                describe the open occlusion of the left atrial appendage in MS-DRGs 273
                and 274.
                e. Surgical Ablation
                 We received a two-part request to review the MS-DRG assignments for
                cases involving the surgical ablation procedure for atrial
                fibrillation. Atrial fibrillation (AF) is an irregular and often rapid
                heart rate that occurs when the two upper chambers of the heart
                experience chaotic electrical signals. AF presents as either paroxysmal
                (lasting 7 days, but less than 1 year),
                or long standing persistent (chronic) (lasting >1 year) based on time
                duration and can increase the risk for stroke, heart failure, and
                mortality. Management of AF has two primary goals: Optimizing cardiac
                output through rhythm or rate control, and decreasing the risk of
                cerebral and systemic thromboembolism. Patients that worsen in
                symptomology or fail to respond to pharmacological treatment or other
                interventions may be referred for surgical ablation to treat their AF.
                Surgical ablation is a procedure that works by burning or freezing
                tissue on the inside of the heart to disrupt faulty electrical signals
                causing the arrhythmia, which can help the heart maintain a normal
                heart rhythm.
                 The first part of this request was to create a new classification
                of surgical ablation MS-DRGs to better accommodate the costs of open
                concomitant surgical ablations. According to the requestor, patients
                undergoing surgical ablation are treated under two potential scenarios:
                (1) Open concomitant (combination) surgical ablation, meaning open
                surgical ablation performed during another open-heart surgical
                procedure such as mitral valve repair or replacement (MVR), aortic
                valve repair or replacement (AVR), or coronary artery bypass grafting
                (CABG) and (2) minimally invasive, percutaneous endoscopic, standalone
                surgical ablation as the sole therapeutic procedure performed.
                According to the requestor, open concomitant surgical ablation is an
                efficient procedure, as it allows treatment of AF and another clinical
                pathology in one procedure thereby decreasing the risk of future
                readmits, need for future repeat catheter ablation procedures, and
                patient mortality.
                 The requestor identified the following potential procedure
                combinations that would comprise an ``open concomitant surgical
                ablation'' procedure.
                 Open CABG + open surgical ablation
                 Open MVR + open surgical ablation
                 Open AVR + open surgical ablation
                 Open MVR + open AVR + open surgical ablation
                 Open MVR + open CABG + open surgical ablation
                 Open MVR + open AVR + open CABG + open surgical ablation
                 Open AVR + open CABG + open surgical ablation
                 The requestor performed its own analysis of these procedure code
                combinations and stated that it found the average costs for open
                concomitant surgical ablation procedures were consistently higher
                compared to the average costs within their respective MS-DRGs, which
                could limit beneficiary access to these procedures.
                 The requestor suggested that the following four MS-DRGs be created
                to address the differences in average costs and average lengths of stay
                it found in its data analysis:
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Open Surgical Ablation with or
                without Other Cardiothoracic Procedure with Cardiac Catheterization
                with MCC;
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Open Surgical Ablation with or
                without Other Cardiothoracic Procedure with Cardiac Catheterization
                without MCC;
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Open Surgical Ablation with or
                without Other Cardiothoracic Procedure without Cardiac Catheterization
                with MCC; and
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Open Surgical Ablation with or
                without Other Cardiothoracic Procedure without Cardiac Catheterization
                without MCC.
                 In reviewing this request, we identified nine ICD-10-PCS codes that
                describe open surgical ablation. These codes and their corresponding
                MDC and MS-DRG assignments are listed in the following table.
                [[Page 25119]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.033
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, for open
                concomitant surgical ablation procedures, the GROUPER logic assigns MS-
                DRGs 228 and 229 (Other Cardiothoracic Procedures with and without MCC,
                respectively) in most instances because MS-DRGs 228 and 229 are high in
                the surgical hierarchy GROUPER logic of MDC 05 (Diseases and Disorders
                of the Circulatory System). Since patients can have multiple procedures
                reported with a principal diagnosis during a particular hospital stay,
                and a patient can be assigned to only one MS-DRG, the surgical
                hierarchy GROUPER logic provides a hierarchical order of surgical
                classes from the most resource-intensive to the least resource-
                intensive. Patients with multiple procedures are generally assigned to
                the MS-DRG that correlates to the most resource-intensive surgical
                class.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this grouping issue and noted in
                open concomitant surgical ablation procedures, the CABG, MVR, and/or
                AVR components of the procedure are more technically complex than the
                open surgical ablation procedure. Our clinical advisors stated that in
                open concomitant surgical ablation procedures, the MS-DRG assigned
                should be based on the most resource-intensive procedure performed.
                Therefore, we believe this request would be better addressed by
                proposing to revise the surgical hierarchy in MDC 05 rather than
                creating four new MS-DRGs. For FY 2022, we are proposing to revise the
                surgical hierarchy for the MS-DRGs in MDC 05 to sequence MS-DRGs 231-
                236 (Coronary Bypass) above MS-DRGs 228 and 229 to enable more
                appropriate MS-DRG assignment for these types of cases. Under this
                proposal, if a procedure code describing a CABG and a procedure code
                describing an open surgical ablation are present, the GROUPER logic
                would assign the CABG surgical class because a CABG would be sequenced
                higher in the hierarchy than an open surgical ablation. We refer the
                reader to section II.D.15. of the preamble of this proposed rule for
                the discussion of the surgical hierarchy and the complete list of our
                proposed modifications to the surgical hierarchy in MDC 05.
                 As mentioned earlier in this section, this request involved two
                parts. The second part of the request was to reassign cases describing
                standalone percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation. According to the
                requestor, standalone, percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation is a
                rapidly growing therapy, indicated for highly symptomatic patients that
                have already failed medical management and/or percutaneous catheter
                ablation procedures. The requestor identified nine ICD-10-PCS codes
                that they stated describe percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation.
                These codes and their corresponding MDC and MS-DRG assignments are
                listed in the following table.
                [[Page 25120]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.034
                 The requestor performed its own analysis and stated that it found
                the most common MS-DRG assignment for cases describing standalone
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation was MS-DRGs 228 and 229
                (Other Cardiothoracic Procedures with and without MCC, respectively)
                and that in those MS-DRGs, the standalone surgical ablation procedures
                cost more than all the procedures in their currently assigned MS-DRGs
                228 and 229. Therefore, the requestor recommended CMS reassign these
                procedures to higher weighted MS-DRGs 219 and 220 (Cardiac Valve and
                Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures without Cardiac Catheterization
                with MCC and with CC, respectively).
                 We examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file for all cases in MS-DRGs 228 and 229 and compared the
                results to cases with a procedure code describing a standalone
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation procedure. Our findings are
                shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.035
                 As shown in the table, the data analysis performed indicates that
                the 99 cases in MS-DRG 228 reporting a procedure code that describes
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation have an average length of
                stay that is shorter than the average length of stay for all the cases
                in MS-DRG 228 (7.1 days versus 10.7 days) and higher average costs when
                compared to all the cases in MS-DRG 228 ($48,281 versus $45,772). The
                497 cases in MS-DRG 229 reporting a procedure code that describes
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation have an average length of
                stay that is shorter than the average length of stay for all the cases
                in MS-DRG 229 (3.7 days versus 5.8 days) and higher average costs when
                compared to all the cases in MS-DRG 229 ($35,516 versus $29,454).
                 We then examined the claims data from the March 2020 update of the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file to identify the average length of stay and average
                costs for all cases in MS-DRGs 219 and 220. Our findings are shown in
                the table.
                [[Page 25121]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.036
                 As shown in the table, for MS-DRG 219, there were a total of 15,597
                cases with an average length of stay of 10.9 days and average costs of
                $57,845. For MS-DRG 220, there were a total of 15,074 cases with an
                average length of stay of 6.5 days and average costs of $39,565.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for all cases in MS-DRGs 228 and 229 and compared
                the results to cases with a procedure code describing a standalone
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation procedure. Our findings are
                shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.037
                 As shown in the table, the data analysis performed indicates that
                the 84 cases in MS-DRG 228 reporting a procedure code that describes
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation have an average length of
                stay that is shorter than the average length of stay for all the cases
                in MS-DRG 228 (6.9 days versus 10.2 days) and lower average costs when
                compared to all the cases in MS-DRG 228 ($44,710 versus $46,508). The
                393 cases in MS-DRG 229 reporting a procedure code that describes
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation have an average length of
                stay that is shorter than the average length of stay for all the cases
                in MS-DRG 229 (3.4 days versus 4.9 days) and higher average costs when
                compared to all the cases in MS-DRG 229 ($34,237 versus $29,885).
                 We then examined the claims data from the September 2020 update of
                the FY 2020 MedPAR file to identify the average length of stay and
                average costs for all cases in MS-DRGs 219 and 220. Our findings are
                shown in the table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.038
                 As shown in the table, for MS-DRG 219, there were a total of 11,863
                cases with an average length of stay of 10.9 days and average costs of
                $61,934. For MS-DRG 220, there were a total of 10,072 cases with an
                average length of stay of 6.5 days and average costs of $41,800.
                 Our analysis indicates that MS-DRGs 219 and 220 generally have much
                higher average costs and longer average lengths of stay than the cases
                with a procedure code describing a standalone percutaneous endoscopic
                surgical ablation procedure currently assigned to MS-DRGs 228 and 229.
                Instead, the average costs and average length of stay for cases
                reporting a standalone percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation appear
                to be generally more aligned with the average costs and average length
                of stay for all cases in MS-DRGs 228 and 229, where they are currently
                assigned. Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and do not
                recommend changing the assignment of procedure codes describing
                percutaneous endoscopic surgical ablation. Therefore, for these
                reasons, we are proposing to maintain the current structure of MS-DRGs
                219 and 220.
                f. Drug-Eluting Stents
                 We received a request to review the MS-DRG assignments of claims
                involving the insertion of coronary stents in percutaneous coronary
                interventions. The requestor suggested that CMS eliminate the
                distinction between drug-eluting and bare-metal coronary stents in the
                MS-DRG classification. According to the requestor, coated stents have a
                clinical performance comparable to drug-eluting stents however they are
                grouped with bare-metal stents because they do not contain a drug. The
                requestor asserted that this comingling muddies the
                [[Page 25122]]
                clinical coherence of the MS-DRG structure, as one cannot infer
                distinctions in clinical performance or benefits among the groups and
                potentially creates a barrier (based on hospital decision-making) to
                patient access to modern coated stents.
                 The requestor listed the following MS-DRGs in its request.
                 MS-DRG 246 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures with
                Drug-Eluting Stent with MCC or 4+ Arteries or Stents);
                 MS-DRG 247 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures with
                Drug-Eluting Stent without MCC);
                 MS-DRG 248 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures with
                Non-Drug-Eluting Stent with MCC or 4+ Arteries or Stents); and
                 MS-DRG 249 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedures with
                Non-Drug-Eluting Stent without MCC).
                 According to the requestor, the non-drug-eluting stent MS-DRGs have
                outlived their usefulness in the stent market. The requestor performed
                its own analysis of MedPAR data from FY 2015 through FY 2019 and stated
                that it found the volume of cases describing non-drug-eluting coronary
                stents has declined since 2015, culminating in FY 2019, with drug-
                eluting stents accounting for 96.1% of all stent cases within the
                Medicare program, while non-drug-eluting stents accounted for only 3.9%
                that year. The requestor asserted that the assignment of coated stents
                to the non-drug-eluting stent category creates a market distortion as
                this newer technology is being comingled with very old technology at a
                payment disadvantage large enough to influence hospitals' willingness
                to prescribe, while at the same time acknowledging that the separation
                in average charges and costs between the non-drug-eluting stent
                category and the drug-eluting stent category is minimal in their
                analysis of the claims data.
                 Based on a review of the procedure codes that are currently
                assigned to MS-DRGs 246, 247, 248 and 249, our clinical advisors agree
                that further refinement of these MS-DRGs may be warranted. However, in
                ICD-10-PCS, a stent is considered an intraluminal device. The
                distinction between drug-eluting and non-drug eluting intraluminal
                devices is found elsewhere in the ICD-10-PCS procedure code
                classification and evaluating this request requires a more extensive
                analysis to assess potential impacts across the MS-DRGs. For these
                reasons, at this time, our clinical advisors recommend that rather than
                evaluating the procedure codes assigned to MS-DRGs 246, 247, 248 and
                249 in isolation, additional analysis should be performed for this
                subset of procedure codes across the MS-DRGs, as part of the
                comprehensive procedure code review described in section II.D.11. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule. Therefore, we believe it would be
                more appropriate to consider this request further during our
                comprehensive procedure code review in future rulemaking.
                6. MDC 08 (Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and
                Connective Tissue)
                a. Knee Joint Procedures
                 We received a request to examine the procedure code combinations
                for procedures describing a right knee joint removal and replacement
                and procedures describing a left knee joint removal and replacement in
                MS-DRGs 466, 467, and 468 (Revision of Hip or Knee Replacement with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively). According to the
                requestor, when using the MS-DRG GROUPER software version 37, the left
                knee joint procedure combinations group correctly to MS-DRG 468, while
                the exact same right knee procedure code combinations group incorrectly
                to MS-DRG 465 (Wound Debridement and Skin Graft Except Hand for
                Musculoskeletal and Connective Tissue Disorders without CC/MCC).
                 The requestor provided the following procedure codes that describe
                the procedure code combinations for the left knee joint removal and
                replacement procedures currently assigned to MS-DRGs 466, 467, and 468.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.039
                 The requestor also provided the following procedure codes that
                describe the procedure code combinations for right knee joint removal
                and replacement procedures for CMS's review and consideration.
                [[Page 25123]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.040
                 We reviewed the procedure code combinations listed and agree with
                the requestor that the procedure codes that describe the procedure code
                combinations for right knee joint removal and replacement procedures
                were inadvertently excluded from the logic for MS-DRGs 466, 467, and
                468.
                 During our review of the previously listed procedure code
                combinations describing removal and replacement of the right and left
                knee joints, we identified additional MS-DRGs in which the listed
                procedure code combinations for the left knee joint are in the logic,
                however, the listed procedure code combinations for the right knee
                joint were inadvertently excluded from the logic. Specifically, the
                listed procedure code combinations describing removal and replacement
                of the left knee joint are also included in the logic for case
                assignment to MS-DRGs 461 and 462 (Bilateral or Multiple Major Joint
                Procedures of Lower Extremity with and without MCC, respectively) in
                MDC 08 and in the logic for case assignment to MS-DRGs 628, 629, and
                630 (Other Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic O.R. Procedures with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 10 (Endocrine,
                Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases and Disorders). Our clinical
                advisors stated that the procedure code combinations describing removal
                and replacement of the right knee joint should be added to MS-DRGs 461,
                462, 466, 467, and 468 in MDC 08 and MS-DRGs 628, 629, and 630 in MDC
                10 for consistency with the procedure code combinations describing
                removal and replacement of the left knee joint that are currently
                assigned to those MS-DRGs. Adding these procedure codes will improve
                clinical coherence and ensure more appropriate MS-DRG assignment for
                these cases.
                 Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to add the three procedure
                code combinations listed previously describing removal and replacement
                of the right knee joint that were inadvertently omitted from the logic
                to MS-DRGs 461, 462, 466, 467, and 468 in MDC 08 and MS-DRGs 628, 629,
                and 630 in MDC 10.
                b. Pelvic Trauma With Internal Fixation
                 We received a request to reassign cases reporting a diagnosis code
                describing a pelvic fracture in combination with a procedure code
                describing repair of a pelvic fracture with internal fixation, from the
                lower (NonCC) severity level MS-DRG of its current base MS-DRG
                assignment to the higher (MCC) severity level MS-DRG of its current
                base MS-DRG assignment. According to the requestor, there has been
                steady growth in the volume of internal fixation procedures performed
                for pelvic fractures since 2008. The requestor stated that due to this
                growth rate and the anticipated increase in utilization of these
                internal fixation devices in these procedures in the future that CMS
                should reconsider the payment structure for these cases it referred to
                as ``internal fixation for pelvic trauma''.
                 The requestor provided data for the Healthcare Common Procedural
                Coding System (HCPCS) code G0413 (Percutaneous skeletal fixation of
                posterior pelvic bone fracture and/or dislocation, for fracture
                patterns which disrupt the pelvic ring, unilateral or bilateral,
                (includes ileum, sacroiliac joint and/or sacrum) and current procedural
                terminology (CPT) code 22848 (Pelvic fixation (attachment of caudal end
                of instrumentation to pelvic bony structures) other than sacrum) from
                2008 through 2018 that it crosswalked to ICD-10-PCS procedure codes.
                The requestor stated that this CPT coded data indicated that physicians
                have used pelvic fracture fixation, and pelvic instrumentation, for an
                increasing number of trauma/fracture repair cases, demonstrating
                expanded use of these devices in the pelvic area overall.
                 The requestor reported that sacral fractures are often
                underdiagnosed and once the diagnosis is made, bedrest is common,
                although prolonged bedrest is not recommended for the elderly. In
                addition, the requestor stated that pelvic fractures may be isolated or
                they may be associated with surrounding structures. For example, the
                requester reported that the sacroiliac joint is involved in
                approximately 30 to 35% of pelvic fracture cases. According to the
                requestor, the standard of care has also transitioned, from bedrest-
                only to surgery, and current medical practice has evolved to lower the
                threshold for fracture repair surgery. For instance, the requestor
                stated that smaller 5mm
                [[Page 25124]]
                fractures that were once left untreated now have standard treatment
                protocols involving the use of pelvic instrumentation. As a result, the
                requestor asserted that there will be greater utilization of internal
                fixation devices to treat these smaller pelvic fractures.
                 The requestor provided the following procedure codes that it stated
                describe procedures involving the use of internal fixation devices for
                pelvic fracture repair.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.041
                 The requestor also provided the following diagnosis code
                subcategories that it stated identify diagnoses describing pelvic
                fracture.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.042
                 The requestor performed its own analysis of claims data and
                reported findings for cases reporting a combination of the diagnosis
                codes found in the listed diagnosis code subcategories and the listed
                procedure codes (internal fixation for pelvic trauma) for MS-DRGs 515,
                516, and 517 (Other Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue O.R.
                Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively); MS-
                DRGs 907, 908, and 909 (Other O.R. Procedures for Injuries with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively); and MS-DRGs 957, 958, and
                959 (Other O.R. Procedures for Multiple Significant Trauma with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively). According to the requestor,
                its findings support reassignment of these internal fixation for pelvic
                trauma cases from the lower severity level MS-DRG 517 to the higher
                severity level MS-DRG 515, from the lower severity level MS-DRG 909 to
                the higher severity level 907, and from the lower severity level MS-DRG
                959 to the higher severity level 957. The requestor suggested that
                approximately 2,000 cases would be impacted by its recommendation to
                reassign internal fixation for pelvic trauma cases. The requestor also
                stated that these internal fixation for pelvic trauma cases currently
                result in a high rate of CMS outlier payments to institutions that
                perform a high volume of these procedures. Finally, the requestor
                stated that there is precedent for reassignment of cases from the lower
                severity level MS-DRGs to the higher severity level MS-DRG for cases
                involving the use of a device in orthopedic surgery. The requestor
                provided the examples of total ankle replacement procedures, spinal
                disc replacement procedures and neurostimulator implantation procedures
                to demonstrate how CMS has previously reassigned cases from the lower
                severity level MS-DRG to the higher severity level MS-DRG.
                 We first examined the claims data from the March 2020 update of the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file for all cases in MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517; MS-DRGs 907, 908, and
                909; and MS-DRGs 957, 958, and 959. Our findings are shown in the
                following tables.
                [[Page 25125]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.043
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.044
                 We then examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file for cases reporting any combination of the diagnosis and procedure
                codes that the requestor provided to identify internal fixation for
                pelvic trauma cases in MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517; MS-DRGs 907, 908, and
                909; and MS-DRGs 957, 958, and 959.
                 We note that our analysis identified two types of cases in which
                the combination of a diagnosis code and a procedure code (that the
                requestor provided to identify internal fixation for pelvic trauma
                cases) was reported. The first type of case consisted of a diagnosis
                code describing a pelvic fracture reported in combination with a single
                procedure code describing repair of a pelvic fracture with internal
                fixation on a claim, and the second type of case consisted of a
                diagnosis code describing a pelvic fracture reported in combination
                with two procedure codes describing repair of a pelvic fracture with
                internal fixation (for example, one for the right side and one for the
                left side) on a claim. These cases are described as single and
                bilateral internal fixation procedures for pelvic trauma, respectively.
                We refer the reader to Tables 6P.1h and 6P.1i associated with this
                proposed rule (which are available via the internet on the CMS website
                at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS) for the list of diagnosis and procedure code
                combinations reflecting single internal fixation for pelvic trauma
                procedures reported by case ID in each MS-DRG, by fiscal year, along
                with the detailed claims analysis. We refer the reader to Tables 6P.1j
                and 6P.1k associated with this proposed rule (which are available via
                the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS) for the list of
                diagnosis and procedure code combinations reflecting bilateral internal
                fixation for pelvic trauma procedures reported by case ID in each MS-
                DRG, by fiscal year, along with the detailed claims analysis. For
                example, Table 6P.1h shows the claims data analysis findings from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file. Line 2 identifies the
                section for single cases reported in MS-DRG 515, line 13 identifies the
                section for single cases reported in MS-DRG 516, and line 42 identifies
                the single cases reported in MS-DRG 517. The following table summarizes
                the information found in each column of the tables.
                [[Page 25126]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.045
                 As shown in Table 6P.1h, line 4, column A, displays the Case ID
                ``Single-A'' for the first case; column B displays MS-DRG 515; column C
                displays the diagnosis code S32.111A; column D displays the description
                of the diagnosis code (Minimally displaced Zone 1 fracture of sacrum,
                initial encounter for closed fracture); column E displays the procedure
                code 0QS234Z; column F displays the description of the procedure code
                (Reposition right pelvic bone with internal fixation device,
                percutaneous approach); column G displays the case count 1; column H
                displays an average length of stay of 3.0 days; column I displays
                average costs of $8,433 for the case; column J displays the frequency
                of the procedure reported was one (1) occurrence; column K displays a
                3.0 day length of stay for the case; and column L displays $8,433 for
                the cost of the case.
                 In our analysis of the claims data from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file, we found that there were no cases reporting
                any combination of the diagnosis codes and procedure codes previously
                listed in MS-DRGs 907, 908, and 909 or MS-DRGs 957, 958, and 959. Our
                findings are shown in the following table for any cases found to report
                a diagnosis code describing a pelvic trauma in combination with a
                procedure code describing single internal fixation in MS-DRGs 515, 516,
                and 517.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.046
                [[Page 25127]]
                 As shown in the table, there were only three cases found in MS-DRG
                517 reporting single internal fixation for pelvic trauma procedures,
                with an average length of stay of 5.33 days and average costs of
                $12,147. The average length of stay is longer and the average costs of
                these three cases higher compared to the average length of stay and the
                average costs for all cases in MS-DRG 517 (5.33 days versus 2.6 days
                and $12,147 versus $10,316, respectively); however, overall, we believe
                the data findings are comparable. Our clinical advisors did not support
                reassignment of the three cases from MS-DRG 517 to MS-DRG 515 based on
                the claims data analysis and also stated it would not be appropriate to
                reassign these cases into the higher severity level MS-DRG in the
                absence of a MCC and noted that the cases would not be clinically
                coherent with regard to resource utilization.
                 In our analysis of the claims data from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file for cases in which a bilateral internal
                fixation for pelvic trauma procedure was performed, we identified one
                case in MS-DRG 517. As shown in Table 6P.1j, the average length of stay
                for this case was 4.0 days and the average costs were $24,258, which is
                longer than the average length of stay and greater than the average
                costs for all cases in MS-DRG 517 (2.6 days and $10,316, respectively).
                We also identified cases reporting various code combinations for MS-
                DRGs 515 and 516, and provide the details in Table 6P.1j associated
                with this proposed rule (which is available via the internet on the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS).
                 In our analysis of the claims data from the September 2020 update
                of the FY 2020 MedPAR file we found that there were no cases reporting
                any combination of the diagnosis codes and procedure codes previously
                listed in MS-DRG 909 or in MS-DRGs 957, 958, and 959. Our findings are
                shown in the following table for any cases found to report a diagnosis
                code describing a pelvic trauma in combination with a procedure code
                describing single internal fixation in MS-DRGs 515, 516, 517, 907, and
                908.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.047
                 As shown in the table, there were only four cases found in MS-DRG
                517 reporting single internal fixation for pelvic trauma procedures,
                with an average length of stay of 2.5 days and average costs of
                $10,136. For the same reasons described previously based on the FY 2019
                analysis, our clinical advisors did not support reassignment of the
                cases in the lower severity level MS-DRG 517 to the higher severity
                level MS-DRG 515. In addition, the average length of stay and average
                costs for these four cases reporting single internal fixation for
                pelvic trauma procedures are less than the average length of stay and
                average costs for all the cases in MS-DRG 517 (2.5 days versus 2.6 days
                and $10,136 versus $11,301, respectively)); however, overall, we
                believe the data findings are comparable.
                 In our analysis of the claims data from the September 2020 update
                of the FY 2020 MedPAR file for cases in which a bilateral internal
                fixation for pelvic trauma procedure was performed, we identified one
                case in MS-DRG 517. As shown in Table 6P.1k, the average length of stay
                for this case was 2.0 days and the average costs were $10,103, which is
                shorter than the average length of stay and less than the average costs
                for all cases in MS-DRG 517 (2.6 days and $11,301, respectively). We
                also identified cases reporting various combinations for MS-DRGs 515,
                516 and MS-DRG 907, and provide the details in Table 6P.1k associated
                with this proposed rule (which is available via the internet on the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS).
                 We believe further analyses of these internal fixation for pelvic
                trauma cases in the claims data is warranted. We note that our analysis
                for both the single and bilateral cases was centered on the reporting
                of a principal diagnosis code describing a pelvic trauma (fracture) in
                combination with a procedure code describing internal fixation based on
                the codes provided by the requestor. However, we also identified cases
                in the claims data in which a pelvic trauma diagnosis code was reported
                as a secondary diagnosis code in combination with a procedure code
                describing internal fixation and believe these cases require further
                evaluation. In addition, during our review of the diagnosis and
                procedure codes that the requestor provided, we identified diagnosis
                codes that we believe do not warrant consideration for purposes of this
                request and additional procedure codes that describe internal fixation
                for pelvic trauma procedures, which we believe do warrant further
                analysis. For example, as previously noted, the requestor provided the
                subcategories for
                [[Page 25128]]
                the diagnosis codes that it requested we consider for analysis. We do
                not agree that diagnosis codes describing a pelvic fracture that
                include the term ``sequela'' should be considered in the analysis to
                examine this request because, in the ICD-10-CM classification, the term
                sequela is defined as the residual effect (condition produced) after
                the acute phase of an illness or injury has terminated.
                 We refer the reader to Table 6P.1g for the list of diagnosis codes
                that are included in the diagnosis subcategories provided by the
                requestor and the list of procedure codes provided by the requestor,
                which also contains the procedure codes we identified. Additional time
                is needed for data analysis given the volume of these code combinations
                and corresponding data. We also believe that additional time is needed
                to allow for further analysis of the claims data to determine the
                causes of the fractures and other possible contributing factors with
                respect to the length of stay and costs of these cases, as well as the
                rate of outlier payments as identified by the requestor. Our clinical
                advisors also believe that future data findings may demonstrate
                additional variance in resource utilization for this patient
                population. We further note that, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we finalized the addition of 161 procedure codes to MS-
                DRGs 957, 958, and 959 in MDC 24 (Multiple Significant Trauma) that
                include the insertion of internal fixation devices. We believe it would
                be beneficial to examine future claims data to determine if there is a
                change in the volume of cases in those specific MS-DRGs as a result of
                that update. For these reasons, we are proposing to maintain the
                structure of MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517; MS-DRGs 907, 908, and 909; and
                MS-DRGs 957, 958, and 959 for FY 2022.
                7. MDC 11 (Diseases and Disorders of the Kidney and Urinary Tract):
                Chronic Renal Replacement Therapy (CRRT)
                 We received a request to create new MS-DRGs for cases where the
                patient receives continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) during the
                inpatient stay. According to the requestor, hospitals incur higher
                costs related to CRRT and current MS-DRG definitions do not adequately
                account for the clinical and resource requirements of CRRT. The
                requestor stated Medicare reimbursement is insufficient to cover the
                costs of administering CRRT, creating a disincentive in offering this
                dialysis modality and is a barrier to further adoption of CRRT. The
                requestor suggested that the following two new MS-DRGs be created:
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Continuous Renal Replacement
                Therapy with CC/MCC; and
                 Suggested New MS-DRG XXX--Continuous Renal Replacement
                Therapy without CC/MCC.
                 Renal replacement therapy (RRT) replaces kidney function by
                exchanging solute and removing fluid from the blood as a means to
                prevent or treat renal failure in patients with acute kidney injury
                (AKI). Modalities of renal support include CRRT, conventional
                intermittent hemodialysis (IHD), and prolonged intermittent renal
                replacement therapies (PIRRTs), which are a hybrid of CRRT and IHD. IHD
                provides solute clearance and filtration during relatively brief
                treatment sessions, generally lasting from three to five hours. CRRT
                provides gradual fluid removal and solute clearance over prolonged
                treatment times, typically over a 24-hour period, mimicking the natural
                function of the kidney to allow for the continuous removal or
                replacement of fluid. The most common CRRT modalities are continuous
                venovenous hemofiltration, continuous venovenous hemodialysis, and
                continuous venovenous hemodiafiltration.
                 According to the requestor, CRRT is used primarily to treat
                critically ill, hospitalized patients who experience AKI requiring more
                intensive and continuous treatment than other dialysis modalities. The
                requestor stated that CRRT offers fluid balance and convective
                clearance that may be precisely adjusted for each patient, and has been
                associated with a higher likelihood of kidney recovery as compared to
                other modalities of RRT. The requestor asserted that IHD may worsen the
                neurological status of patients with acute brain injury or other causes
                of increased intracranial pressure by compromising their cerebral
                perfusion by raising intracranial pressure. The ongoing modulation of
                fluid balance and targeted fluid management capabilities of CRRT
                enables its use in situations other than renal failure. According to
                the requestor, CRRT, a slow continuous therapy, is preferred for
                patients who are hemodynamically unstable because it helps prevent the
                hemodynamic fluctuations common with the more rapid IHD. In light of
                the COVID-19 pandemic, the requestor noted the National Institutes of
                Health's Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) Treatment Guidelines and
                The American Society of Nephrology recommend CRRT as the preferred
                renal replacement therapy for critically ill, COVID-19 patients
                experiencing AKI, who develop indications for renal replacement
                therapy, due to the hemodynamic instability often experienced in this
                condition.
                 The requestor acknowledged that under the current MS-DRG
                definitions, Medicare cases with beneficiaries receiving CRRT are
                assigned to more than 300 MS-DRGs. Although these beneficiaries are
                clinically similar in that they are critically ill patients who
                experience AKI requiring more intensive and continuous treatment than
                other dialysis modalities, the principal diagnoses for their inpatient
                stays vary. The requestor stated their analysis of the variability in
                principal diagnosis of the cases examined with beneficiaries receiving
                CRRT indicated that, in general, IHD tends to be used more for patients
                with chronic illnesses, and CRRT tends to be used for more acute
                injuries and end of life scenarios. Therefore, the requestor suggested
                that CMS create new MS-DRGs specific to CRRT, without regard to
                principal diagnosis, in order to group the resource intensive,
                clinically coherent, CRRT cases together in contrast to the existing
                GROUPER definitions.
                 According to the requestor, continuing to assign CRRT to existing
                MS-DRGs would be clinically inappropriate and remain financially
                devastating to providers even when treating the most routine,
                uncomplicated CRRT patients. The requestor performed its own data
                analysis and stated hospitals lose over $22,000 per CRRT case on
                average, even when outliers are considered, which they state is a
                shortfall of more than 30 percent. The requestor asserted these losses
                create a disincentive for providers to offer CRRT despite its clinical
                benefits. The requestor also asserted the magnitude of financial losses
                associated with the provision of CRRT at the current level of MS-DRG
                payment could force many hospitals to examine the capacity and scope of
                their CRRT programs if facilities continue to determine that the
                financial burden of treating Medicare beneficiaries with CRRT is more
                than the facility can sustain. As COVID-19 continues to strain hospital
                resources, the requestor asserts the availability of CRRT should not be
                impeded by inadequate MS-DRG payments related to CRRT.
                 The following ICD-10-PCS procedure code identifies the performance
                of CRRT.
                [[Page 25129]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.048
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                code 5A1D90Z is currently recognized as a non-O.R. procedure that
                affects the MS-DRG to which it is assigned. Our clinical advisors agree
                that the principal diagnosis assigned for inpatient admissions where
                continuous renal replacement of therapy is utilized can vary. To
                examine the impact of the use of CRRT, we examined claims data from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file for the top ten MS-DRGs
                reporting the use of CRRT. Our findings are reflected in the following
                table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.049
                [[Page 25130]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.050
                 As shown in this table, our data findings demonstrate the average
                lengths of stay were longer and the average costs were higher for the
                cases reporting the use of CRRT when compared to all cases in their
                respective MS-DRG. We note that the claims data demonstrate that the
                MS-DRG with the largest number of cases reporting CRRT is MS-DRG 871
                with 2,912 cases. Of the top 10 MS-DRGs reporting CRRT, the MS-DRG with
                the smallest number of cases is MS-DRG 682 with 401 cases. The average
                length of stay of this subset of cases ranges from a high of 35.5 days
                in MS-DRG 004 to a low of 7.9 days in MS-DRG 871 for cases reporting
                the use of CRRT. The average costs of this subset of cases ranges from
                a high of $174,085 in MS-DRG 003 to a low of $27,681 in MS-DRG 871 for
                cases reporting the use of CRRT.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for the top ten MS-DRGs reporting the use of CRRT.
                Our similar findings are reflected in the following table:
                [[Page 25131]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.051
                 As shown in this table, our data findings show that the average
                lengths of stay were longer and the average costs were higher for the
                cases reporting the use of CRRT when compared to all cases in their
                respective MS-DRG. We note that the claims data demonstrate that the
                MS-DRG with the largest number of cases reporting CRRT is MS-DRG 871
                with 3,023 cases. Of the top 10 MS-DRGs reporting CRRT, the MS-DRG with
                the smallest number of cases is MS-DRG 219 with 374 cases. The average
                length of stay of this subset of cases ranges from a high of 34.9 days
                in MS-DRG 004 to a low of 7.9 days in MS-DRG 871 for cases reporting
                the use of CRRT. The average costs of this subset of cases ranges from
                a high of $182,952 in MS-DRG 003 to a low of $29,248 in MS-DRG 871 for
                cases reporting the use of CRRT.
                 While the results of the claims analysis indicate that the average
                costs and average lengths of stay for cases reporting the use of CRRT
                are higher compared to the average costs for all cases in their
                assigned MS-DRG, we are unable to ascertain from the claims data the
                resource use specifically attributable to CRRT during a hospital stay.
                There is large variability in the differences in average costs from MS-
                DRG to MS-DRG, indicating there may have been other factors
                contributing to the higher costs. When reviewing consumption of
                hospital resources for this subset of cases, the claims data clearly
                demonstrate the patients typically have a major complication or co-
                morbid (MCC) condition reported based on the MS-DRGs assigned. The
                claims data also reflects, based on the top ten MS-DRGS, that the
                procedure frequently occurs in cases with other procedures with higher
                than average resource use such as mechanical ventilation, tracheostomy,
                extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) and other major
                cardiovascular procedures that also may be contributing to the higher
                average costs for these cases.
                 To further examine the variability in cases reporting the use of
                CRRT, we also reviewed the claims data to identify the number
                (frequency) and types of principal diagnoses that were reported to
                determine what factors may also be contributing to the higher average
                costs for these cases.
                [[Page 25132]]
                 Our findings for the top 10 principal diagnoses that were reported
                within the claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file for this subset of cases is shown in the following table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.052
                 The claims data in this table reflects a wide variance with regard
                to the frequency and types of principal diagnoses that were reported
                along with the procedure code describing the use of CRRT. We note that
                the claims data demonstrate that the diagnosis with the largest number
                of cases reporting CRRT is A41.9 (Sepsis, unspecified organism) with
                4,226 cases. Of the top 10 principal diagnoses reporting CRRT, the
                diagnosis with the smallest number of cases is A41.01 (Sepsis due to
                Methicillin susceptible Staphylococcus aureus) with 271 cases. The
                average length of stay of this subset of cases ranges from a high of 20
                days with a diagnosis of I13.0 (Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney
                disease with heart failure and stage 1 through stage 4 chronic kidney
                disease, or unspecified chronic kidney disease) to a low of 12.6 days
                with a diagnosis of A41.9 (Sepsis, unspecified organism) for cases
                reporting the use of CRRT. The average costs of this subset of cases
                ranges from a high of $85,557 with a diagnosis of I21.4 (Non-ST
                elevation (NSTEMI) myocardial infarction) to a low of $40,908 with a
                diagnosis of N17.9 (Acute kidney failure, unspecified) for cases
                reporting the use of CRRT.
                 Our findings for the top 10 principal diagnoses that were reported
                within the claims data from the September 2020 update of the FY 2020
                MedPAR file for this subset of cases is shown in the following table:
                [[Page 25133]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.053
                 The claims data in this table also reflects a wide variance with
                regard to the frequency and types of principal diagnoses that were
                reported along with the procedure code describing the use of CRRT. As
                shown, the claims data demonstrate that the diagnosis with the largest
                number of cases reporting CRRT is A41.9 (Sepsis, unspecified organism)
                with 4,128 cases. Of the top 10 principal diagnoses reporting CRRT, the
                diagnosis with the smallest number of cases is N17.0 (Acute kidney
                failure with tubular necrosis) with 270 cases. The average length of
                stay of this subset of cases ranges from a high of 21.4 days with a
                diagnosis of U07.1 (COVID-19) to a low of 11.8 days with a diagnosis of
                J96.01 (Acute respiratory failure with hypoxia) for cases reporting the
                use of CRRT. The average costs of this subset of cases ranges from a
                high of $ 86,717 with a diagnosis of I21.4 (Non-ST elevation (NSTEMI)
                myocardial infarction) to a low of $ 48,882 with a diagnosis of J96.01
                (Acute respiratory failure with hypoxia) for cases reporting the use of
                CRRT.
                 To evaluate the frequency with which the use of CRRT is reported
                for different clinical scenarios, we examined claims from the March
                2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file across each of the 25 MDCs to
                determine the number of cases reporting the use of CRRT. Our findings
                are shown in this table.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25134]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.054
                [[Page 25135]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.055
                 As shown in the table, the top five MDCs with the largest number of
                cases reporting CRRT are MDC 18, with 6,761 cases; MDC 05, with 6,027
                cases; MDC 04, with 1,370 cases; MDC 11, with 1,134 cases; and MDC 06,
                with 987 cases. The top five MDCs with the highest average costs for
                cases reporting the use of CRRT were MDC 13, with average costs of
                $131,252; MDC 22, with average costs of $104,749; MDC 17, with average
                costs of $95,309; MDC 07, with average costs of $87,272; and MDC 05,
                with average costs of $86,024. The claims data indicate that the
                average length of stay ranges from a high of 47.3 days in MDC 13 to a
                low of 8 days in MDC 14 for cases reporting the use of CRRT across each
                of the 25 MDCs.
                 We also examined claims from the September 2020 update of the FY
                2020 MedPAR file across each of the 25 MDCs to determine the number of
                cases
                [[Page 25136]]
                reporting the use of CRRT. Our findings are shown in this table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.056
                [[Page 25137]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.057
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in the table, the top five MDCs with the largest number of
                cases reporting CRRT are MDC 18, with 7,678 cases; MDC 05, with 5,516
                cases; MDC
                [[Page 25138]]
                04, with 2,191 cases; MDC 11, with 1,066 cases; and MDC 06, with 838
                cases. The top five MDCs with the highest average costs for cases
                reporting the use of CRRT were MDC 22, with average costs of $139,244;
                MDC 17, with average costs of $88,182; MDC 05, with average costs of
                $87,875; MDC 07, with average costs of $86,894; and MDC 08, with
                average costs of $ 77,515. The claims data indicate that the average
                length of stay ranges from a high of 26.7 days in MDC 22 to a low of 11
                days in MDC 20 for cases reporting the use of CRRT across each of the
                25 MDCs.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed the clinical issues and the claims
                data, and did not support creating new MS-DRGs for CRRT without regard
                to principal diagnosis. Our clinical advisors noted that more than one
                modality for RRT can be utilized for managing patients with AKI given
                the needs of the patient. For example, a patient may initially start on
                CRRT when they are hemodynamically unstable, but transition to IHD as
                their condition is managed during the admission. While patients
                requiring CRRT can be more resource intensive, it would not be
                practical to create new MS-DRGs specifically for this subset of
                patients given the various clinical presentations for which CRRT may be
                utilized, and the variation of costs in their assigned MS-DRGs. We
                believe that additional analysis and efforts toward a broader approach
                to refining the MS-DRGs for cases of patients requiring renal
                replacement therapy would be needed to address the concerns expressed
                by the requestor. These data do show cases reporting the use of CRRT
                can present greater treatment difficulty. However, when reviewing
                consumption of hospital resources for this subset of cases, the claims
                data also suggest that the increased costs may be attributable to the
                severity of illness of the patient and other circumstances of the
                admission.
                 In summary, the claims data reflect a wide variance with regard to
                the frequency and average costs for cases reporting the use of CRRT.
                Depending on the number of cases in each MS-DRG, it is difficult to
                detect patterns of complexity and resource intensity. We believe the
                creation of new MS-DRGs for cases with procedure codes reporting the
                use of CRRT has the potential for creating instability in the relative
                weights and disrupting the integrity of the MS-DRG system. Therefore,
                we are not proposing to create new MS-DRGs for cases reporting the use
                of continuous renal replacement therapy.
                8. MDC 16 (Diseases and Disorders of Blood, Blood Forming Organs and
                Immunologic Disorders)
                a. ANDEXXA[supreg] (Coagulation Factor Xa (Recombinant), Inactivated-
                zhzo)
                 ANDEXXA[supreg] (coagulation factor Xa (recombinant), inactivated-
                zhzo) is a recombinant decoy protein that rapidly reverses the
                anticoagulant effects of two direct oral anticoagulants, apixaban and
                rivaroxaban, when reversal of anticoagulation is needed due to life-
                threatening or uncontrolled bleeding in indications such as
                intracranial hemorrhages (ICHs) and gastrointestinal bleeds (GIBs).
                ANDEXXA[supreg] received FDA approval on May 3, 2018. When administered
                as a bolus followed by continuous infusion, ANDEXXA[supreg] blocks the
                anticoagulants ability to inhibit FXa. ANDEXXA[supreg] was approved for
                new technology add on payments in FY 2019 (83 FR 41362). We refer
                readers to section II.H.5.j. of the preamble of the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (83 FR 41355 through 41362), and section II.H.4.k. of
                the preamble of the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42193
                through 42194) for a complete discussion of the new technology add on
                payment application and payment amount for ANDEXXA[supreg] for FY 2019
                and FY 2020.
                 In section II.H.4.i. of the preamble of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58614 through 58615), we noted the 3-year anniversary
                date of the entry of ANDEXXA[supreg] onto the U.S. market (May 3, 2021)
                will occur in the second half of FY 2021. We stated in general, we
                extend new technology add-on payments for an additional year only if
                the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry onto the U.S. market
                occurs in the latter half of the upcoming fiscal year. After
                consideration of the public comments received, we finalized our
                proposal to continue new technology add-on payments for this technology
                for FY 2021.
                 We received a request from the manufacturer to review potential
                access issues in the inpatient setting for this drug in the future. The
                requestor acknowledged that CMS approved the new technology add-on
                payment for ANDEXXA[supreg] beginning in FY 2019 and noted that FY 2021
                will be the last year before the add-on payments expire. According to
                the requestor, ANDEXXA[supreg] is the only indicated factor Xa
                inhibitor reversal agent, and the requestor stated a concern for the
                future of access to ANDEXXA[supreg] for patients experiencing
                uncontrolled bleeds caused by factor Xa inhibitors. The requestor
                stated their claims modeling showed a significant drop in hospital
                payment for cases involving use of ANDEXXA[supreg] following the
                expiration of new technology add-on payments. Specifically, after new
                technology add-on payments expire, the requestor stated their model
                projects that approximately 59% of cases are likely to be paid less
                than the wholesale acquisition costs for ANDEXXA[supreg].
                 The following ICD-10-PCS procedure codes identify the intravenous
                administration of ANDEXXA[supreg].
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.058
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes XW03372 and XW04372 are designated as non-O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical advisors agree that the
                principal diagnosis assigned for inpatient admissions where the
                intravenous administration of ANDEXXA[supreg] is indicated can vary.
                 To evaluate the frequency with which the intravenous administration
                of
                [[Page 25139]]
                ANDEXXA[supreg] is reported for different clinical scenarios, we
                examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file across the Pre-MDC category, each of the 25 MDCs and the surgical
                class referred to as ``unrelated operating room procedures'' to
                determine the number of cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg]. Our
                findings are shown in the following table.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.059
                [[Page 25140]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.060
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in the table, there were 461 cases reporting the
                intravenous administration of ANDEXXA[supreg] with procedure codes
                XW03372 or XW04372. The top five MDCs with the largest number of cases
                reporting ANDEXXA[supreg] are MDC 01, with 250 cases; MDC 06 with 53
                cases; MDC 05, with 33 cases; MDC 18, with 25 cases; and the Pre-MDC
                category, with 16 cases. The claims data indicate that the average
                costs range from a high of $107,741 in the Pre-MDC category to a low of
                $22,242 in MDC 09 for cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg] across
                the claims data. The claims data also indicates that the average length
                of stay ranges from a high of 19.9 days in the Pre-MDC category to a
                low of 4 days in MDC 09 for cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg].
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file across the Pre-MDC category, each of the 25 MDCs
                and the surgical class referred to as ``unrelated operating room
                procedures'' to determine the number of cases reporting the use of
                ANDEXXA[supreg]. Our findings are shown in the following table.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25141]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.061
                [[Page 25142]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.062
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in the table, there were 719 cases reporting the
                intravenous administration of ANDEXXA[supreg] with procedure codes
                XW03372 or XW04372. The top five MDCs with the largest number of cases
                reporting ANDEXXA[supreg] are MDC 01, with 364 cases; MDC 06 with 98
                cases; MDC 18, with 52 cases; MDC 05, with 50 cases; and MDC 24, with
                30 cases. The claims data indicate that the average costs range from a
                high
                [[Page 25143]]
                of $123,750 in the Pre-MDC category to a low of $27,922 in MDC 09 for
                cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg] across the claims data. The
                claims data also indicates that the average length of stay ranges from
                a high of 25 days in the Pre-MDC category to a low of 4.2 days in MDC
                21 for cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg] across the claims
                data.
                 To further examine the impact of the intravenous administration of
                ANDEXXA[supreg], we examined claims data from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file for the top ten MS-DRGs reporting procedure
                codes XW03372 or XW04372. Our findings are reflected in the following
                table:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.063
                [[Page 25144]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.064
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in this table, the claims data demonstrate that the MS-DRG
                with the largest number of cases reporting ANDEXXA[supreg] is MS-DRG
                064 with 78 cases. Of the top 10 MS-DRGs reporting ANDEXXA[supreg], the
                MS-DRG with the smallest number of cases is MS-DRG 003 with 13 cases.
                The average length of stay of this subset of cases ranges from a high
                of 21.5 days in MS-DRG 003 to a low of 4.2 days in MS-DRG 086 for cases
                reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg]. The average costs of this subset
                of cases ranges from a high of $117,265 in MS-DRG 003 to a low of
                $26,992 in MS-DRG 083 for cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg].
                We note while our data findings demonstrate the average costs were
                higher for the cases reporting the intravenous administration of
                ANDEXXA[supreg] when compared to all cases in their respective MS-DRG,
                these cases represent a very small percentage of the total number of
                cases reported in these MS-DRGs. We also note that the top 10 MS-DRGs
                identified only account for 239 of the 461 cases in total that were
                identified in the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file
                reporting ICD-10-PCS codes XW03372 or XW04372. The remainder of the
                cases are distributed in small numbers across the MS-DRGs.
                 We also examined claims data from the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file for the top ten MS-DRGs reporting procedure codes
                XW03372 or XW04372. Our findings are reflected in the following table:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25145]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.065
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in this table, the claims data demonstrate that the MS-DRG
                with the largest number of cases reporting ANDEXXA[supreg] is MS-DRG
                064 with 111 cases. Of the top 10 MS-DRGs reporting ANDEXXA[supreg],
                the MS-DRG with the smallest number of cases is MS-DRG 083 with 23
                cases. The average length of stay of this subset of cases ranges from a
                high of 10 days in MS-DRG 023 to a low of 3.5 days in MS-DRG 378 for
                cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg]. The average costs of this
                subset of cases ranges from a high of $59,478 in MS-DRG 025 to a low of
                $24,348 in MS-DRG 378 for cases reporting the use of ANDEXXA[supreg].
                As with our analysis of the
                [[Page 25146]]
                FY 2019 claims data, while these data findings demonstrate the average
                costs were higher for the cases reporting the intravenous
                administration of ANDEXXA[supreg] when compared to all cases in their
                respective MS-DRG, these cases represent a very small percentage of the
                total number of cases reported in these MS-DRGs. We also note that the
                top 10 MS-DRGs identified only account for 385 of the 719 cases in
                total that were identified in the September 2020 update of the FY 2020
                MedPAR file reporting ICD-10-PCS codes XW03372 or XW04372. The
                remainder of the cases are distributed in small numbers across the MS-
                DRGs.
                 After reviewing the claims data, we believe it is premature to
                consider a proposal for cases involving ANDEXXA[supreg] therapy for FY
                2022. While the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the
                September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file do contain claims
                reporting the procedure codes identifying the intravenous
                administration of ANDEXXA[supreg], the number of cases is small across
                the MDCs and MS-DRGs. The claims data also reflect a wide variance with
                regard to the frequency and average costs for these cases reporting the
                use of ANDEXXA[supreg]. Moreover, we were unable to identify another
                MS-DRG that would be a more appropriate MS-DRG assignment for these
                cases based on the indication for this therapeutic drug. As noted
                previously, ANDEXXA[supreg] reverses the anticoagulant effects of
                apixaban and rivaroxaban, when reversal of anticoagulation is needed
                due to life-threatening or uncontrolled bleeding. The underlying cause
                of the life-threatening or uncontrolled bleeding can vary which means
                the principal diagnosis assigned for inpatient admissions where
                ANDEXXA[supreg] is administered can vary. The MS-DRGs are a
                classification system intended to group together diagnoses and
                procedures with similar clinical characteristics and utilization of
                resources. We generally seek to identify sufficiently large sets of
                claims data with a resource/cost similarity and clinical similarity in
                developing diagnostic-related groups rather than smaller subsets based
                on the drugs administered. In reviewing this issue, our clinical
                advisors expressed concern regarding making potential MS-DRG changes
                based on a specific, single therapeutic agent, identified by unique
                procedure codes rather than based on a group of related procedure codes
                that can be reported to describe that same type or class of treatment
                or technology, which is more consistent with the intent of the MS-DRGs.
                 We recognize the average costs of the small numbers of cases
                involving the intravenous administration of ANDEXXA[supreg] are greater
                when compared to the average costs of all cases in their respective MS-
                DRG. The MS-DRG system is a system of averages and it is expected that
                within the diagnostic related groups, some cases may demonstrate higher
                than average costs, while other cases may demonstrate lower than
                average costs. We further note that section 1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act
                provides for Medicare payments to Medicare-participating hospitals in
                addition to the basic prospective payments for cases incurring
                extraordinarily high costs.
                 We acknowledge the importance of ensuring that patients diagnosed
                with an indication for a factor Xa inhibitor reversal agent have
                adequate access to care and receive the necessary treatment. While we
                are sensitive to the requestors' concerns about continued access to
                treatment for beneficiaries who require the reversal of anticoagulation
                due to life-threatening or uncontrolled bleeding, additional time is
                needed to explore options and other mechanisms through which to address
                low volume high-cost drugs outside of the MS-DRGs.
                 Furthermore, we note that we are proposing to continue new
                technology add-on payments for ANDEXXA[supreg] for FY 2022. We refer
                the reader to section II.F.4.b of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for further discussion regarding our proposal to allow a one-time
                extension of new technology add-on payments for FY 2022 for 15
                technologies for which the new technology add-on payment would
                otherwise be discontinued, in connection with our proposal to use the
                FY 2019 data to develop the proposed FY 2022 relative weights.
                 Therefore for the reasons stated previously, for FY 2022 we are not
                proposing any MS-DRG changes for cases involving the intravenous
                administration of ANDEXXA[supreg].
                b. Cytokine Release Syndrome (CRS) Logic
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58557 through
                58561), we finalized modifications to the proposed severity level
                designations for a subset of the diagnosis codes describing Cytokine
                Release Syndrome (CRS) based upon further review of the conditions and
                in response to public comments. We provided the following table to
                display the finalized severity level designations and stated that we
                will continue to monitor the CRS codes and their impact on resource use
                once the claims data becomes available to determine if further
                modifications to the severity level are warranted.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.066
                 In connection with the finalized severity level designations for
                the listed CRS codes, we also finalized modifications to the ICD-10 MS-
                DRG GROUPER logic V38 for MS-DRGs 814, 815, and 816
                (Reticuloendothelial and Immunity Disorders with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) to conform to the updates the CDC
                finalized in the ICD-10-CM Tabular List instructions for assigning and
                reporting the CRS codes effective with discharges on and after October
                1, 2020. The following modifications to the GROUPER logic were
                finalized effective with discharges on and after October 1, 2020, for
                case assignment involving CRS following CAR T-cell therapy to MS-
                [[Page 25147]]
                DRGs 814, 815, and 816. We noted that the GROUPER logic for MS-DRGs
                814, 815, and 816 will include a principal diagnosis of T89.89XA with a
                secondary diagnosis of any CRS code as shown in this section of this
                proposed rule.
                Principal Diagnosis
                T80.89XA Other complications following infusion, transfusion and
                therapeutic injection, initial encounter
                with
                Secondary Diagnosis
                D89.831 Cytokine release syndrome, grade 1
                D89.832 Cytokine release syndrome, grade 2
                D89.833 Cytokine release syndrome, grade 3
                D89.834 Cytokine release syndrome, grade 4
                D89.835 Cytokine release syndrome, grade 5
                D89.839 Cytokine release syndrome, grade unspecified
                 As discussed in section II.D.13 of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, Table 6A.-New Diagnosis Codes, lists the new diagnosis codes that
                have been approved to date and will be effective with discharges on and
                after October 1, 2021. Included in Table 6A are the following codes
                that describe complication of immune effector cellular therapy
                identifying the timeframe of the encounter.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.067
                 Also included in Table 6A are the following diagnosis codes that
                describe immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome
                (ICANS), with varying degrees of severity.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.068
                 Consistent with the Tabular List instruction for these two sets of
                diagnosis codes as presented and discussed by the CDC at the September
                8-9, 2020 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting, the
                diagnosis codes describing a complication of the immune effector
                cellular therapy (T80.82XA, T80.82XD, and T80.82XS) are to be sequenced
                first, followed by the applicable diagnosis code to identify the
                specified condition resulting from the complication. For example, the
                types of complications that may result from immune effector cellular
                therapy treatment (for example, CAR T-cell therapy) include ICANS or
                CRS, as described by the listed diagnosis codes. Accordingly, the CDC
                included the following instructional note in the Tabular List
                modifications for code T80.82-
                 ``Use additional code to identify the specific complication, such
                as:
                 cytokine release syndrome (D89.83-) immune effector cell-associated
                neurotoxicity syndrome (G92.0-)''
                 Materials relating to the discussions involving the diagnosis codes
                from the September 8-9, 2020 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee meeting can be obtained from the CDC website at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm_maintenance.htm.
                 As noted previously, the current logic for case assignment
                involving CRS following CAR T-cell therapy to MS-DRGs 814, 815, and 816
                includes a principal diagnosis of T89.89XA with a secondary diagnosis
                of any CRS code. However, with the finalization of new diagnosis code
                T80.82-, diagnosis code T89.89XA would no longer be reported and these
                cases would instead report new diagnosis code T80.82XA, effective with
                discharges on and after October 1, 2020. As shown in Table 6A
                associated with this proposed rule, we are proposing to assign
                diagnosis code T80.82XA to MDC 16 (Diseases and Disorders of Blood,
                Blood Forming Organs, and Immunologic Disorders) in MS-DRGs 814, 815,
                and 816. If the MDC and MS-DRG assignment for new diagnosis code
                T80.82XA is finalized, the current logic for MS-DRGs 814, 815, and 816
                that includes a principal diagnosis code of T89.89XA with a secondary
                diagnosis code of any CRS code would no longer be appropriate or
                necessary.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to revise the structure of MS-DRGs 814,
                815, and 816 by removing the logic that includes a principal diagnosis
                of T89.89XA with a secondary diagnosis of any CRS code from MS-DRGs
                814, 815, and 816 effective FY 2022.
                9. MDC 17 (Myeloproliferative Diseases and Disorders, and Poorly
                Differentiated Neoplasms): Inferior Vena Cava Filter Procedures
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58517 through
                58520), we
                [[Page 25148]]
                discussed the ICD-10-PCS codes that describe the insertion of an
                intraluminal device into the inferior vena cava that are listed in the
                following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.069
                 We finalized a change in the designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure
                code 06H03DZ from O.R. procedure to non-O.R. procedure and maintained
                the O.R. designation of procedure codes 06H00DZ and 06H04DZ. In that
                discussion, we noted our clinical advisors supported changing the O.R.
                designation of procedures describing insertion of an intraluminal
                device into the inferior vena cava performed via a percutaneous
                approach since the procedure does not require the resources of an
                operating room, while concurring that procedures describing the
                insertion of an intraluminal device into the inferior vena cava
                performed via an open or a percutaneous endoscopic approach could
                require greater resources than a procedure describing insertion of an
                intraluminal device into the inferior vena cava performed via a
                percutaneous approach. We also noted that the goals of changing the
                designation of procedures from non-O.R. to O.R., or vice versa, are to
                better clinically represent the resources involved in caring for these
                patients and to enhance the overall accuracy of the system and not
                whether the change in designation would impact payment in a particular
                direction.
                 In response to this final policy, for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we received a request to revise MS-DRGs 829 and 830
                (Myeloproliferative Disorders or Poorly Differentiated Neoplasms with
                Other Procedures with and without CC/MCC, respectively) by removing the
                current two-way severity level split and creating a three-way severity
                level split. The requestor respectfully disagreed with the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule decision to change the designation of the
                procedure code describing the insertion of an inferior vena cava
                intraluminal device via percutaneous approach to a non-O.R. procedure,
                and stated vena cava filters are most often placed in interventional
                radiology suites and require a high level of skill to prevent rupture
                of the vena cava; and although they are long-term devices, they must be
                placed skillfully to allow for removal later if needed.
                 According to the requestor, it is a conundrum that patients with
                principal and secondary diagnoses that qualify for medical MS-DRGs 837
                (Chemotherapy with Acute Leukemia as Secondary Diagnosis or with High
                Dose Chemotherapy Agent with MCC), MS-DRG 838 (Chemotherapy with Acute
                Leukemia as Secondary Diagnosis with CC or High Dose Chemotherapy
                Agent), and MS-DRG 839 (Chemotherapy with Acute Leukemia as Secondary
                Diagnosis without CC/MCC) group to lower weighted surgical MS-DRGs 829
                and 830 (Myeloproliferative Disorders or Poorly Differentiated
                Neoplasms with Other Procedures with and without CC/MCC, respectively)
                when a non-major O.R. procedure is performed. The requestor stated the
                difference in relative weights might be occurring because of the two-
                way split within MS-DRGs 829 and 830 and the three-way split within MS-
                DRGs 837, 838 and 839. The requestor theorized that removing the
                current two-way severity level split of MS-DRGs 829 and 830 and
                creating a three-way severity level split could help resolve the
                relative weight discrepancy when any non-major O.R. procedures are
                performed during hospitalizations for chemotherapy for acute leukemia.
                 This requestor also suggested that if CMS' analysis did not support
                creating a three-way split for MS-DRGs 829 and 830, exclusion of PCS
                code 06H03DZ from the list of qualifying procedures and reinstatement
                of O.R. procedure status to appropriately compensate providers for the
                cost of devices and resources to place inferior vena cava filters
                across the patient population should be proposed.
                 To evaluate the request to create a three-way severity split MS-DRG
                for cases reporting myeloproliferative disorders or poorly
                differentiated neoplasms with other procedures, we conducted an
                analysis of base MS-DRG 829. This analysis includes 2 years of MedPAR
                claims data to compare the data results from 1 year to the next to
                avoid making determinations about whether additional severity levels
                are warranted based on an isolated year's data fluctuation and also, to
                validate that the established severity levels within a base MS-DRG are
                supported.
                 Therefore, we reviewed the claims data for base MS-DRG 829 using
                the September 2018 update of the FY 2018 MedPAR file and the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, which were used in our analysis of
                claims data for MS-DRG reclassification requests for FY 2020 and FY
                2022, respectively. Our findings are shown in the table:
                [[Page 25149]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.070
                 We applied the criteria to create subgroups for the three-way
                severity level split. We found that the criterion that there be at
                least 500 cases for each subgroup was not met based on the data in both
                the FY 2018 and FY 2019 MedPAR files, as shown in the table for both
                years. Specifically, for the ``with MCC'', ``with CC'', and ``without
                CC/MCC'' split, there were only 333 cases in the ``without CC/MCC''
                subgroup based on the data in the FY 2019 MedPAR file and only 333
                cases in the ``without CC/MCC'' subgroup based on the data in the FY
                2018 MedPAR file. Accordingly, the claims data do not support a three-
                way severity level split for base MS-DRG 829.
                 We also reviewed the claims data for base MS-DRG 829 using the
                September 2019 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020
                update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, which were used in our analysis of
                claims data for MS-DRG reclassification requests for FY 2021 and FY
                2022, respectively. Our findings are shown in the table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.071
                 We applied the criteria to create subgroups for the three-way
                severity level split. We found that the criterion that there be at
                least 500 cases for each subgroup was not met based on the data in both
                the FY 2019 and FY 2020 MedPAR files, as shown in the table for both
                years. Specifically, for the ``with MCC'', ``with CC'', and ``without
                CC/MCC'' split, there were only 303 cases in the ``without CC/MCC''
                subgroup based on the data in the FY 2020 MedPAR file and, as
                previously noted, only 333 cases in the ``without CC/MCC'' subgroup
                based on the data in the FY 2019 MedPAR file. As shown in both sets of
                data and stated previously, the claims data do not support a three-way
                severity level split for base MS-DRG 829.
                 In response to the request to exclude ICD-10-PCS code 06H03DZ from
                a list of qualifying procedures if CMS's analysis did not support
                creating a three-way split for MS-DRGs 829 and 830, by definition,
                procedure codes designated as non-O.R. procedures, not further
                classified as ``affecting the MS-DRG assignment'', do not influence the
                MS-DRG assignment. As stated previously, in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule we finalized our proposal to change the designation of ICD-
                10-PCS procedure code 06H03DZ from O.R. procedure to non-O.R.
                procedure, therefore as a non-O.R. procedure, there is no need to
                exclude ICD-10-PCS code 06H03DZ from a list of qualifying procedure
                codes for MS-DRGs 829 and 830.
                 In response to the request to reinstate the O.R. procedure
                designation of ICD-10-PCS code 06H03DZ if CMS's analysis did not
                support creating a three-way split for MS-DRGs 829 and 830, the change
                in designation from O.R. procedure to non-O.R. procedure is recent,
                only becoming effective October 1, 2020. Our clinical advisors continue
                to indicate that code 06H03DZ, describing the percutaneous insertion of
                an intraluminal device into the inferior vena cava, does not require
                the resources of an operating room, that the procedure to insert an IVC
                filter percutaneously is not surgical in nature and that the resources
                involved in furnishing this procedure are comparable to the related
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that describe the insertion of infusion
                devices into the inferior vena cava that are currently designated as
                non-O.R. procedures. Our clinical advisors state our FY 2021 final
                policy results in an O.R. designation of 06H03DZ that better reflects
                the associated technical complexity and hospital resource use of this
                procedure. We continue to explore alternatives on how we may
                restructure the current O.R. and non-O.R. designations for procedures
                by leveraging the detail that is now available in the ICD-10 claims
                data, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and in
                section II.D.11. of the preamble of this proposed rule. We continue to
                develop our process and methodology, and will provide more detail in
                future rulemaking.
                 In summary, based on the results of our analysis, for FY 2022, we
                are proposing to maintain the current structure of MS-DRGs 829 and 830.
                10. Review of Procedure Codes in MS-DRGs 981 Through 983 and 987
                Through 989
                 We annually conduct a review of procedures producing assignment to
                MS-DRGs 981 through 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) or MS-DRGs 987 through 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure
                Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) on the basis of volume, by procedure, to see if it would
                be appropriate to move cases reporting these procedure codes out of
                these MS-DRGs into one of the surgical MS-DRGs for the MDC into which
                the principal diagnosis falls. The data are arrayed in two ways for
                comparison purposes. We look at a frequency count of each major
                operative procedure code. We also compare procedures across MDCs by
                volume of procedure codes within each MDC. We use this information to
                determine which procedure codes and diagnosis codes to examine.
                 We identify those procedures occurring in conjunction with certain
                principal diagnoses with sufficient frequency to justify adding them to
                one of the surgical MS-DRGs for the MDC in which the diagnosis falls.
                We also consider whether it would be more appropriate to move the
                principal diagnosis codes into the MDC to which the procedure is
                currently assigned.
                 In addition to this internal review, we also consider requests that
                we receive to examine cases found to group to MS-DRGs 981 through 983
                or MS-DRGs 987 through 989 to determine if it would be appropriate to
                add procedure codes to one of the surgical MS DRGs for the MDC into
                which the principal diagnosis falls or to move the principal diagnosis
                to the surgical MS DRGs to which the procedure codes are assigned.
                [[Page 25150]]
                 Based on the results of our review of the claims data from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020
                update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, as well as our review of the
                requests that we received to examine cases found to group to MS-DRGs
                981 through 983 or MS-DRGs 987 through 989, we are proposing to move
                the cases reporting the procedures and/or principal diagnosis codes
                described in this section of this rule from MS-DRGs 981 through 983 or
                MS-DRGs 987 through 989 into one of the surgical MS-DRGs for the MDC
                into which the principal diagnosis or procedure is assigned.
                 As discussed in section II.D.3.b. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we received a request to reassign cases with procedures
                describing control of bleeding in the cranial cavity when reported with
                a central nervous system diagnosis from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983
                (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) to MDC 01 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Central Nervous System) in MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27
                (Craniotomy and Endovascular Intracranial Procedures with MCC, with CC,
                and without CC/MCC, respectively (for example, ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs).
                We note that in addition to MS-DRGs 25, 26, and 27, MS-DRG 23
                (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex CNS Principal
                Diagnosis with MCC or Chemotherapy Implant or Epilepsy with
                Neurostimulator) and MS-DRG 24 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or
                Acute Complex CNS Principal Diagnosis without MCC) also include
                procedures performed on structures located within the cranial cavity
                and are included in the range of MS-DRGs known as the ``craniotomy''
                MS-DRGs in MDC 01.
                 The management and treatment for bleeding (or hemorrhage) within
                the cranial cavity varies depending on the location, cause and the
                severity (or extent) of the bleed. Common causes include head trauma or
                cerebral aneurysm. Control of bleeding in the cranial cavity procedures
                are identified by ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0W310ZZ (Control bleeding
                in cranial cavity, open approach), 0W313ZZ (Control bleeding in cranial
                cavity, percutaneous approach) and 0W314ZZ (Control bleeding in cranial
                cavity, percutaneous endoscopic approach) and are currently assigned to
                the following MDCs and MS-DRGs.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25151]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.072
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 According to the requestor, procedures performed within the cranial
                cavity always involve drilling or cutting through the skull regardless
                of the
                [[Page 25152]]
                approach, therefore the three procedure codes identified (0W310ZZ,
                0W313ZZ, and 0W314ZZ) warrant assignment to the ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs.
                 Our analysis of this grouping issue confirmed that when a procedure
                describing control of bleeding in the cranial cavity is reported with a
                principal diagnosis from MDC 01, these cases group to MS-DRGs 981, 982,
                and 983. Whenever there is a surgical procedure reported on the claim
                that is unrelated to the MDC to which the case was assigned based on
                the principal diagnosis, it results in a MS-DRG assignment to a
                surgical class referred to as ``unrelated operating room procedures''.
                 We examined claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file
                for cases reporting any one of the three procedure codes (0W310ZZ,
                0W313ZZ or 0W314ZZ) in MS-DRGs 981 through 983 with a principal
                diagnosis from MDC 01. Our findings are shown in the following tables.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.074
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.075
                 As noted previously, the requestor asked that we consider
                reassignment of these cases to the craniotomy MS-DRGs (identified as
                MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27). We therefore examined the data for all
                cases in MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27. Our findings are shown in the
                following tables.
                [[Page 25153]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.076
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.077
                 As shown, in our analyses of the claims data for MS-DRGs 981
                through 983, we found a total of ten cases reporting procedures
                describing control of bleeding in cranial cavity with a principal
                diagnosis from MDC 01 in the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file, and a total of two cases reporting procedures describing control
                of bleeding in cranial cavity with a principal diagnosis from MDC 01 in
                the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file.
                 Our clinical advisors stated these procedures describing control of
                bleeding in the cranial cavity are consistent with the existing
                procedure codes included in the logic for case assignment to MS-DRGs
                25, 26, and 27, in addition to MS-DRG 23 (Craniotomy with Major Device
                Implant or Acute Complex CNS Principal Diagnosis with MCC or
                Chemotherapy Implant or Epilepsy with Neurostimulator) and MS-DRG 24
                (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant or Acute Complex CNS Principal
                Diagnosis without MCC) that also describe procedures performed on
                structures located within the cranial cavity and are included in the
                range of MS-DRGs known as the ``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs. While the claims
                analysis based on the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file
                identified only ten cases and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020
                MedPAR file identified only two cases for which these procedures were
                reported as a stand-alone procedure resulting in assignment to MS-DRGs
                981 through 983, and the average length of stay and average costs for
                these cases vary in comparison to the average length of stay and
                average costs of all cases in MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27, given the
                nature of head trauma cases, the resource use would be expected to vary
                based on the extent of the patient's injuries. We believe it is
                clinically appropriate to add these procedure codes describing control
                of bleeding in the cranial cavity to MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27 in
                MDC 01.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to add procedure codes 0W310ZZ,
                0W313ZZ, and 0W314ZZ to MDC 01 in MS-DRGs 23, 24, 25, 26, and 27
                (``craniotomy'' MS-DRGs) for FY 2022.
                 We also review the list of ICD-10-PCS procedures that, when in
                combination with their principal diagnosis code, result in assignment
                to MS-DRGs 981 through 983, or 987 through 989, to ascertain whether
                any of those procedures should be reassigned from one of those two
                groups of MS-DRGs to the other group of MS-DRGs based on average costs
                and the length of stay. We look at the data for trends such as shifts
                in treatment practice or reporting practice that would make the
                resulting MS-DRG assignment illogical. If we find these shifts, we
                would propose to move cases to keep the MS-DRGs clinically similar or
                to provide payment for the cases in a similar manner.
                 In addition to this internal review, we also consider requests that
                we receive to examine cases found to group to MS-DRGs 981 through 983
                or MS-DRGs 987 through 989 to determine if it would be appropriate for
                the cases to be reassigned from one of the MS-DRG groups to the other.
                 Based on the results of our review of the claims data from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020
                update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, as well as our review of the
                requests that we received to examine cases found to group to MS-DRGs
                981 through 983 or MS-DRGs 987 through 989, we are proposing to move
                the cases reporting the procedures codes described in this section of
                this rule from MS-DRGs 981 through 983 to MS-DRGs 987 through 989.
                [[Page 25154]]
                 As discussed in section II.D.3.a. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we received a request that we understood to be for our
                consideration of the reassignment of the following three procedure
                codes from Extensive O.R. procedures to Non-extensive O.R. procedures.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.078
                 In conducting our review of this request, our clinical advisors
                noted that ICD-10-PCS codes 0JB60ZZ, 0JB70ZZ, and 0JB80ZZ currently
                group to MS-DRGs 981 through 983 when reported with a principal
                diagnosis that is not assigned to one of the MDCs to which these
                procedure codes are assigned. While our claims analysis of both the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the September 2020
                update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file did not identify any cases reporting
                any one of the three listed procedure codes in MS-DRGs 981, 982, or
                983, our clinical advisors believe that these procedures would be more
                appropriately designated as Non-extensive procedures because they are
                more consistent with other procedures on the Non-extensive procedure
                code list. They stated that these procedures do not consume the
                resources or require a similar level of technical complexity as the
                procedures on the Extensive O.R. procedures list.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to reassign the three procedure codes
                listed from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure
                Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC,
                respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-Extensive Procedure
                Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC,
                respectively) for FY 2022.
                 As discussed in section II.D.4.b. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we identified 17 procedure codes describing laser interstitial
                thermal therapy (LITT) that are currently designated as extensive O.R.
                procedures. In addition to those 17 procedure codes, we identified
                additional procedure codes describing LITT of various body parts that
                are also designated as extensive O.R. procedures. The ICD-10-PCS codes
                describing LITT of various body parts are as follows.
                [[Page 25155]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.079
                 Whenever one of these listed procedure codes is reported on a claim
                that is unrelated to the MDC to which the case was assigned based on
                the principal diagnosis, it currently results in assignment to MS-DRGs
                981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
                Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively). Our
                clinical advisors stated that all of the listed procedure codes warrant
                redesignation from the extensive procedure list and MS-DRGs 981, 982,
                and 983 to the non-extensive procedure list and to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-Extensive Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively). Specifically, our clinical
                advisors stated the procedures described by these codes are minimally
                invasive and are consistent with other ablation (root operation
                Destruction) type procedures that are designated as non-extensive
                procedures in the ICD-10-PCS classification.
                 In our analysis of claims from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file, we identified a total of six cases reporting procedure
                codes describing LITT of various body sites in MS-DRGs 981, 982, and
                983 with an average length of stay of 2.5 days and average costs of
                $7,734. Specifically, we found one case reporting procedure code
                DVY0KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal therapy of prostate) in MS-DRG 981
                with an average length of stay of 4.0 days and average costs of $7,348.
                For MS-DRG 982, we found five cases in which procedure codes describing
                LITT of various body sites were reported. The first case reported
                procedure code D0Y0KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal therapy of brain)
                with an average length of stay of 1.0 day and average costs of $4,142,
                the second case reported procedure code D0Y6KZZ (Laser interstitial
                thermal therapy of spinal cord) with an average length of stay of 3.0
                days and average costs of $20,007, the third case reported procedure
                code DDY1KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal therapy of stomach) with an
                average length of stay of 2.0 days and average costs of $3,424, the
                fourth case reported procedure code DDY7KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal
                therapy of rectum) with an average length of stay of 3.0 days and
                average costs of $3,735, and
                [[Page 25156]]
                the fifth case reported procedure code DVY0KZZ (Laser interstitial
                thermal therapy of prostate) with an average length of stay of 2.0 days
                and average costs of $7,750. There were no cases found to report
                procedures describing LITT in MS-DRG 983. Our findings are summarized
                in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.081
                 In our analysis of claims from the September 2020 update of the FY
                2020 MedPAR file, we identified one case reporting procedure code
                D0Y6KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal therapy of spinal cord) with an
                average length of stay of 6 days and average costs of $5,130, and two
                cases reporting procedure code DVY0KZZ (Laser interstitial thermal
                therapy of prostate) with an average length of stay of 8.5 days and
                average costs of $20,329 in MS-DRGs 981, 982, or 983. Although our
                claims analysis identified a limited number of cases reporting
                procedures describing LITT, our clinical advisors believe that these
                procedures would be more appropriately designated as Non-extensive
                procedures because they are more consistent with other procedures on
                the Non-extensive procedure code list.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to reassign the listed procedure codes
                describing LITT of various body parts from MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983
                (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989
                (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY 2022.
                 As also discussed in section II.D.4.b. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we identified five procedure codes describing repair of
                the esophagus that are currently designated as extensive O.R.
                procedures. The procedure codes are 0DQ50ZZ (Repair esophagus, open
                approach), 0DQ53ZZ (Repair esophagus, percutaneous approach), 0DQ54ZZ
                (Repair esophagus, percutaneous endoscopic approach), 0DQ57ZZ (Repair
                esophagus, via natural or artificial opening), and 0DQ58ZZ (Repair
                esophagus, via natural or artificial opening endoscopic). Whenever one
                of these five procedure codes is reported on a claim that is unrelated
                to the MDC to which the case was assigned based on the principal
                diagnosis, it currently results in assignment to MS-DRGs 981, 982, and
                983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively). Our clinical advisors
                stated that three of these five procedures warrant redesignation from
                the extensive procedure list and MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 to the non-
                extensive procedure list and to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-
                Extensive Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC,
                without CC/MCC, respectively). Specifically, our clinical advisors
                stated the procedures identified by procedure codes 0DQ53ZZ, 0DQ57ZZ,
                and 0DQ58ZZ do not involve the same utilization of resources with
                respect to the performance of the procedure in comparison to the
                procedures identified by procedure codes 0DQ50ZZ and 0DQ540ZZ. In our
                analysis of claims from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file, we identified three cases reporting procedure code 0DQ58ZZ in MS-
                DRGs 981, 982, and 983 with an average length of stay of 14 days and
                average costs of $34,894. In our analysis of claims from the September
                2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, we identified two cases
                reporting procedure code 0DQ58ZZ in MS-DRGs 981, 982, or 983 with an
                average length of stay of 8 days and average costs of $12,037. Our
                clinical advisors believe that these procedures would be more
                appropriately designated as Non-extensive procedures because they are
                more consistent with other procedures on the Non-extensive procedure
                code list. Therefore, we are proposing to reassign these three
                procedure codes (0DQ53ZZ, 0DQ57ZZ, and 0DQ58ZZ) from MS-DRGs 981, 982,
                and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis
                with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS-DRGs 987,
                988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to Principal
                Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY
                2022.
                 As discussed in section II.D.11.c.24. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we identified procedure code 0T9D0ZZ (Drainage of
                urethra, open approach) during our review of procedure code 0U9L0ZZ
                (Drainage of vestibular gland, open approach), which is currently
                designated as a non-O.R. procedure. We noted that the procedure
                described by procedure code 0T9D0ZZ represents the male equivalent of
                the female procedure described by procedure code 0U9L0ZZ. Procedure
                code 0T9D0ZZ is currently designated as an extensive O.R. procedure and
                is reported to describe procedures performed on the Cowper's
                (bulbourethral) gland in males. Whenever this procedure code is
                reported on a claim that is unrelated to the MDC to which the case was
                assigned based on the principal diagnosis, it currently results in
                assignment to MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure
                Unrelated to Principal
                [[Page 25157]]
                Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively).
                 Our clinical advisors stated that this procedure warrants
                redesignation from the extensive procedure list and MS-DRGs 981, 982,
                and 983 to the non-extensive procedure list and to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-Extensive Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
                MCC, with CC, without CC/MCC, respectively). Specifically, our clinical
                advisors stated that the procedure described by procedure code 0T9D0ZZ
                continues to warrant an O.R. designation because it is performed on
                deeper structures and requires a higher level of technical skill and it
                is a more complex procedure when compared to the non-O.R. procedure
                described by procedure code 0U9L0ZZ, however, abscess formation in the
                Cowper's (bulbourethral) glands is uncommon and can often be treated
                with ultrasound guided percutaneous aspiration. The need for open
                surgical management is rare and includes chronic infection unresponsive
                to non-operative management and complicated acute infection such as
                perineal fistula formation. Open surgical management would require use
                of the operating room for both appropriate anesthesia and for the
                resources required to perform the more invasive perineal surgical
                dissection. Therefore, our clinical advisors believe a non-extensive
                O.R. designation is suitable for this procedure.
                 We analyzed claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file and the September 2020 update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file
                for cases reporting procedure code 0T9D0ZZ in MS-DRGs 981, 982, and
                983. We found one case in MS-DRG 981 with an average length of stay of
                8.0 days and average costs of $23,566 in the March 2020 update of the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file, and no cases in the September 2020 update of the
                FY 2020 MedPAR file. Although our claims analysis identified only one
                case reporting procedure code 0T9D0ZZ, our clinical advisors believe
                that these procedures would be more appropriately designated as Non-
                extensive procedures because they are more consistent with other
                procedures on the Non-extensive procedure code list.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to reassign procedure code 0T9D0ZZ from
                MS-DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedures Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) to MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-extensive O.R.
                Procedures Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) for FY 2022.
                11. Operating Room (O.R.) and Non-O.R. Issues
                a. Background
                 Under the IPPS MS-DRGs (and former CMS MS-DRGs), we have a list of
                procedure codes that are considered operating room (O.R.) procedures.
                Historically, we developed this list using physician panels that
                classified each procedure code based on the procedure and its effect on
                consumption of hospital resources. For example, generally the presence
                of a surgical procedure which required the use of the operating room
                would be expected to have a significant effect on the type of hospital
                resources (for example, operating room, recovery room, and anesthesia)
                used by a patient, and therefore, these patients were considered
                surgical. Because the claims data generally available do not precisely
                indicate whether a patient was taken to the operating room, surgical
                patients were identified based on the procedures that were performed.
                Generally, if the procedure was not expected to require the use of the
                operating room, the patient would be considered medical (non-O.R.).
                 Currently, each ICD-10-PCS procedure code has designations that
                determine whether and in what way the presence of that procedure on a
                claim impacts the MS-DRG assignment. First, each ICD-10-PCS procedure
                code is either designated as an O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment (``O.R. procedures'') or is not designated as an O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment (``non-O.R. procedures'').
                Second, for each procedure that is designated as an O.R. procedure,
                that O.R. procedure is further classified as either extensive or non-
                extensive. Third, for each procedure that is designated as a non-O.R.
                procedure, that non-O.R. procedure is further classified as either
                affecting the MS-DRG assignment or not affecting the MS-DRG assignment.
                We refer to these designations that do affect MS-DRG assignment as
                ``non O.R. affecting the MS-DRG.'' For new procedure codes that have
                been finalized through the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee meeting process and are proposed to be classified as O.R.
                procedures or non-O.R. procedures affecting the MS-DRG, our clinical
                advisors recommend the MS-DRG assignment which is then made available
                in association with the proposed rule (Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes)
                and subject to public comment. These proposed assignments are generally
                based on the assignment of predecessor codes or the assignment of
                similar codes. For example, we generally examine the MS-DRG assignment
                for similar procedures, such as the other approaches for that
                procedure, to determine the most appropriate MS-DRG assignment for
                procedures proposed to be newly designated as O.R. procedures. As
                discussed in section II.D.13 of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                are making Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes--FY 2022 available on the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html. We also refer readers to the ICD-
                10 MS-DRG Version 38.1 Definitions Manual at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software.html for detailed information regarding
                the designation of procedures as O.R. or non-O.R. (affecting the MS-
                DRG) in Appendix E--Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG
                Index.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we stated that, given
                the long period of time that has elapsed since the original O.R.
                (extensive and non-extensive) and non-O.R. designations were
                established, the incremental changes that have occurred to these O.R.
                and non-O.R. procedure code lists, and changes in the way inpatient
                care is delivered, we plan to conduct a comprehensive, systematic
                review of the ICD-10-PCS procedure codes. This will be a multi year
                project during which we will also review the process for determining
                when a procedure is considered an operating room procedure. For
                example, we may restructure the current O.R. and non O.R. designations
                for procedures by leveraging the detail that is now available in the
                ICD-10 claims data. We refer readers to the discussion regarding the
                designation of procedure codes in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (82 FR 38066) where we stated that the determination of when a
                procedure code should be designated as an O.R. procedure has become a
                much more complex task. This is, in part, due to the number of various
                approaches available in the ICD-10-PCS classification, as well as
                changes in medical practice. While we have typically evaluated
                procedures on the basis of whether or not they would be performed in an
                operating room, we believe that there may be other factors to consider
                with regard to resource utilization,
                [[Page 25158]]
                particularly with the implementation of ICD-10.
                 We discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule that as a
                result of this planned review and potential restructuring, procedures
                that are currently designated as O.R. procedures may no longer warrant
                that designation, and conversely, procedures that are currently
                designated as non-O.R. procedures may warrant an O.R. type of
                designation. We intend to consider the resources used and how a
                procedure should affect the MS-DRG assignment. We may also consider the
                effect of specific surgical approaches to evaluate whether to subdivide
                specific MS DRGs based on a specific surgical approach. We plan to
                utilize our available MedPAR claims data as a basis for this review and
                the input of our clinical advisors. As part of this comprehensive
                review of the procedure codes, we also intend to evaluate the MS-DRG
                assignment of the procedures and the current surgical hierarchy because
                both of these factor into the process of refining the ICD-10 MS-DRGs to
                better recognize complexity of service and resource utilization.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58540 through
                58541), we provided a summary of the comments we had received in
                response to our request for feedback on what factors or criteria to
                consider in determining whether a procedure is designated as an O.R.
                procedure in the ICD-10-PCS classification system for future
                consideration.
                 In consideration of the PHE, we believe it may be appropriate to
                allow additional time for the claims data to stabilize prior to
                selecting the timeframe to analyze for this review. Additional time is
                also necessary as we continue to develop our process and methodology.
                Therefore, we will provide more detail on this analysis and the
                methodology for conducting this review in future rulemaking.
                 In this proposed rule, we are addressing requests that we received
                regarding changing the designation of specific ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes from non-O.R. to O.R. procedures, or changing the designation
                from O.R. procedure to non-O.R. procedure. In this section of the rule
                we discuss the process that was utilized for evaluating the requests
                that were received for FY 2022 consideration. For each procedure, our
                clinical advisors considered--
                 Whether the procedure would typically require the
                resources of an operating room;
                 Whether it is an extensive or a nonextensive procedure;
                and
                 To which MS-DRGs the procedure should be assigned.
                 We note that many MS-DRGs require the presence of any O.R.
                procedure. As a result, cases with a principal diagnosis associated
                with a particular MS-DRG would, by default, be grouped to that MS-DRG.
                Therefore, we do not list these MS-DRGs in our discussion in this
                section of this rule. Instead, we only discuss MS-DRGs that require
                explicitly adding the relevant procedure codes to the GROUPER logic in
                order for those procedure codes to affect the MS-DRG assignment as
                intended. In cases where we are proposing to change the designation of
                procedure codes from non-O.R. procedures to O.R. procedures, we also
                are proposing one or more MS-DRGs with which these procedures are
                clinically aligned and to which the procedure code would be assigned.
                 In addition, cases that contain O.R. procedures will map to MS-DRG
                981, 982, or 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
                Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) or MS-
                DRG 987, 988, or 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
                respectively) when they do not contain a principal diagnosis that
                corresponds to one of the MDCs to which that procedure is assigned.
                These procedures need not be assigned to MS-DRGs 981 through 989 in
                order for this to occur. Therefore, if requestors included some or all
                of MS-DRGs 981 through 989 in their request or included MS-DRGs that
                require the presence of any O.R. procedure, we did not specifically
                address that aspect in summarizing their request or our response to the
                request in this section of this rule.
                 For procedures that would not typically require the resources of an
                operating room, our clinical advisors determined if the procedure
                should affect the MS-DRG assignment.
                 We received several requests to change the designation of specific
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes from non-O.R. procedures to O.R. procedures,
                or to change the designation from O.R. procedures to non-O.R.
                procedures. In this section of this rule, we detail and respond to some
                of those requests. With regard to the remaining requests, our clinical
                advisors believe it is appropriate to consider these requests as part
                of our comprehensive review of the procedure codes as previously
                discussed.
                b. O.R. Procedures to Non-O.R. Procedures
                (1) Open Drainage of Subcutaneous Tissue and Fascia
                 One requestor identified the following ICD-10-PCS procedure code
                that describes the open drainage of right lower leg subcutaneous tissue
                and fascia, shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.082
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 38.1 Definitions Manual, this ICD-10-
                PCS procedure code is currently recognized as an O.R. procedure for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor noted that this procedure
                consumes resources comparable to related ICD-10-PCS procedure code
                0J9N00Z (Drainage of right lower leg subcutaneous tissue and fascia
                with drainage device, open approach) that describes the open drainage
                of right lower leg subcutaneous tissue and fascia with a drainage
                device, which is currently designated as a Non-O.R. procedure. The
                requestor stated that these comparable procedures should be recognized
                similarly for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 During our review of this issue, we identified 21 ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes that describe the open drainage of subcutaneous tissue
                and fascia, shown in the following table that are clinically similar to
                ICD-10-PCS code 0J9N0ZZ, and are also designated as O.R.
                [[Page 25159]]
                procedures in the ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 38.1 Definitions Manual.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.083
                 We reviewed these procedures and our clinical advisors agree that
                procedures that describe the open drainage of subcutaneous tissue and
                fascia consume resources comparable to the related ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes that describe the open drainage of subcutaneous tissue and fascia
                with a drainage device that are currently designated as non-O.R.
                procedures. These procedures do not typically require the resources of
                an operating room, and are not surgical in nature. Therefore, we are
                proposing to remove the 22 codes listed in the following table from the
                FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--
                Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as O.R.
                procedures. Under this proposal, these procedures would no longer
                impact MS-DRG assignment.
                [[Page 25160]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.084
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.085
                [[Page 25161]]
                c. Non-O.R. Procedures to O.R. Procedures
                (1) Percutaneous Introduction of Substance Into Cranial Cavity and
                Brain
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code XW0Q316
                (Introduction of eladocagene exuparvovec into cranial cavity and brain,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 6) that the requestor
                stated is currently not recognized as an O.R. procedure for purposes of
                MS-DRG assignment. The requestor recommended that this procedure be
                designated as an O.R. procedure because the procedure requires
                traversing the skull in order to place a substance within the cranial
                cavity or brain. The requestor noted that CMS disagreed with
                designating this procedure as an O.R. procedure last year in the
                absence of claims data; however, the requestor stated that because the
                skull must be opened by drilling or cutting a burr hole through the
                skull, this procedure warrants O.R. status similar to other
                transcranial procedures performed with an open or percutaneous approach
                that are classified as O.R. procedures.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                code XW0Q316 is currently designated as a non-O.R. procedure for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. We agree with the requestor that
                procedure code XW0Q316 describes a procedure that involves the creation
                of a burr hole in the skull. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 58579 through 58580), we stated that, consistent with our annual
                process of assigning new procedure codes to MDCs and MS-DRGs, and
                designating a procedure as an O.R. or non-O.R. procedure, we reviewed
                the predecessor procedure code assignment. The predecessor code for
                procedure code XW0Q316 is procedure code 3E0Q3GC (Introduction of other
                therapeutic substance into cranial cavity and brain, percutaneous
                approach) which is designated as a non-O.R. procedure. In the absence
                of claims data, our clinical advisors also considered the indication
                for the specific procedure being described by the new procedure code,
                the treatment difficulty, and the resources utilized.
                 Upon further review and consideration, our clinical advisors agree
                that procedure code XW0Q316 describing a procedure that is performed by
                creating a burr hole in the skull warrants designation as an O.R.
                procedure consistent with other percutaneous procedures performed on
                the cranial cavity and brain body parts. Therefore, we are proposing to
                add this procedure code to the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39
                Definitions Manual in Appendix E- Operating Room Procedures and
                Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as an O.R. procedure, assigned to MS-DRGs
                628, 629, and 630 (Other Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic O.R.
                Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC
                10 (Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases and Disorders) and to
                MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to
                Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC and without MCC/CC,
                respectively).
                (2) Open Drainage of Maxilla and Mandible
                 One requestor identified three ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe the open drainage of maxilla or mandible that the requestor
                stated are currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of
                MS-DRG assignment. The three procedure codes are listed in the
                following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.086
                 The requestor stated that procedures that describe the open
                drainage of the maxilla or mandible should be designated as O.R.
                procedures because these procedures, indicated for diagnoses such as
                subperiosteal abscesses, are performed in the operating room under
                general anesthesia and involve making open incisions through muscle and
                stripping away the periosteum. The requestor identified procedure codes
                0W950ZZ (Drainage of lower jaw, open approach) and 0W940ZZ (Drainage of
                upper jaw, open approach) that are currently designated as O.R.
                procedures. The requestor noted that ICD-10-PCS guidelines instruct
                that the procedure codes in Anatomical Regions, General, can be used
                when the procedure is performed on an anatomical region rather than a
                specific body part, or on the rare occasion when no information is
                available to support assignment of a code to a specific body part. The
                requestor stated that because bone is a specific body part in ICD-10-
                PCS, procedure codes should be assigned for subperiosteal drainage of
                mandible and maxilla bones from table 0N9, Drainage of Head and Facial
                Bones, instead of codes from table 0W9, Drainage of Anatomical Regions,
                General, when these procedures are performed. Therefore, the requestor
                stated that procedure codes 0N9R0ZZ, 0N9T0ZZ, and 0N9V0ZZ should also
                be recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0N9R0ZZ, 0N9T0ZZ, and 0N9V0ZZ are currently designated as non-
                O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical
                advisors reviewed this issue and disagree that the procedures
                describing the open drainage of the maxilla or mandible are typically
                performed in the operating room under general anesthesia. Our clinical
                advisors state that these procedures can be done in an oral surgeon's
                office or an outpatient setting and are rarely performed in the
                inpatient setting. Our clinical advisors also state a correlation
                cannot be made between procedures performed in general anatomic regions
                and procedures performed in specific body parts because these
                procedures coded with the general anatomic regions body part represent
                a broader range of procedures that cannot be coded to a specific body
                part. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0N9R0ZZ, 0N9T0ZZ, and
                0N9V0ZZ.
                (3) Thoracoscopic Extirpation of Pleural Cavities
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0WC94ZZ
                (Extirpation of matter from right pleural cavity, percutaneous
                endoscopic approach) and 0WCB4ZZ (Extirpation of matter from left
                pleural cavity, percutaneous
                [[Page 25162]]
                endoscopic approach) that the requestor stated are currently not
                recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The
                requestor stated that these procedures should be designated as O.R.
                procedures because they are thoracoscopic procedures that are always
                performed in the operating room under general anesthesia. The requestor
                stated procedure codes 0W994ZZ (Drainage of right pleural cavity,
                percutaneous endoscopic approach) and 0W9B4ZZ (Drainage of left pleural
                cavity, percutaneous endoscopic approach) are currently designated as
                O.R. procedures, therefore procedure codes 0WC94ZZ and 0WCB4ZZ should
                also be recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment
                because they utilize the same resources.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0WC94ZZ and 0WCB4ZZ are currently designated as non-O.R.
                procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical advisors
                reviewed this issue and disagree that procedure codes describing the
                thoracoscopic drainage of the pleural cavities should necessarily have
                the same designation as procedure codes describing the thoracoscopic
                extirpation of matter from the pleural cavities. We note that our
                review of the designation of ICD-10-PCS codes as an O.R. procedure or a
                non-O.R. procedure considers the resources used as well as whether that
                procedure should affect the MS-DRG assignment, and if so, in what way.
                Our clinical advisors state that thoracoscopic drainage of the pleural
                cavities is performed for distinct indications in clinically different
                scenarios. Our clinical advisors state that drainage is the process of
                taking out, or letting out, fluids and/or gases from a body part and is
                typically performed in the pleural cavity for indications such as
                congestive heart failure, infection, hemothorax and empyema. In
                contrast, the procedures describing the thoracoscopic extirpation of
                the pleural cavities are performed for a wider range of indications
                because the solid matter removed may be an abnormal byproduct of a
                biological function or a foreign body. Our clinical advisors note that
                the thoracoscopic extirpation of the pleural cavities is generally
                performed with other procedures such as heart transplant, lung
                transplant mechanical ventilation, and other major chest procedures and
                would not be the main reason for inpatient hospitalization or be
                considered the principal driver of resource expenditure.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0WC94ZZ and 0WCB4ZZ.
                (4) Open Pleural Biopsy
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0BBN0ZX
                (Excision of right pleura, open approach, diagnostic) and 0BBP0ZX
                (Excision of left pleura, open approach, diagnostic), that describe an
                open pleural biopsy that the requestor stated are performed in the
                operating room with general anesthesia. The requestor also stated that
                procedure codes 0BBN0ZZ (Excision of right pleura, open approach) and
                0BBP0ZZ (Excision of left pleura, open approach) describing open
                pleural biopsy for non-diagnostic purposes are justifiably designated
                as O.R. procedures. According to the requestor, these procedure codes
                describing an open pleural biopsy should be designated as O.R.
                procedures regardless of whether they are performed for diagnostic or
                therapeutic purposes.
                 We note that under the ICD-10-PCS procedure classification, biopsy
                procedures are identified by the 7th digit qualifier value
                ``diagnostic'' in the code description. In response to the requestor's
                suggestion that procedures performed for a pleural biopsy by an open
                approach, regardless of whether it is a diagnostic or therapeutic
                procedure, should be designated as an O.R. procedure, we examined
                procedure codes 0BBN0ZX, 0BBN0ZZ, 0BBP0ZX, and 0BBP0ZZ.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0BBN0ZZ and 0BBP0ZZ are currently designated as O.R. procedures,
                however, procedure codes 0BBN0ZX and 0BBP0ZX are not recognized as O.R.
                procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. We agree with the
                requestor that procedure codes 0BBN0ZX and 0BBP0ZX would typically
                require the resources of an operating room. Our clinical advisors also
                agree that procedure codes 0BBN0ZX and 0BBP0ZX would typically require
                the resources of an operating room. Therefore, we are proposing to add
                these 2 procedure codes to the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39
                Definitions Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room Procedures and
                Procedure Code/MS- DRG Index as O.R. procedures, assigned to MS-DRGs
                166, 167, and 168 (Other Respiratory System O.R. Procedures with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 04 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Respiratory System).
                (5) Percutaneous Revision of Intraluminal Devices
                 One requestor identified five ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe the percutaneous revision of intraluminal vascular devices
                that the requestor stated are currently not recognized as O.R.
                procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The five procedure codes
                are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.087
                 The requestor stated that the procedure codes that describe the
                percutaneous revision of intraluminal vascular devices within arteries,
                veins, and great vessels should be designated as O.R. procedures to
                compensate for the resources needed to perform these procedures. The
                requestor also stated procedures to reattach, realign, or otherwise
                revise intraluminal devices percutaneously require anesthesia,
                specialized equipment for intravascular visualization, significant
                skill, and time, therefore, it is important for these codes
                [[Page 25163]]
                to be designated with O.R. procedure status.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 02WY3DZ, 03WY3DZ, 04WY3DZ, 05WY3DZ, and 06WY3DZ are currently
                designated as non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. We
                agree with the requestor that these five ICD-10-PCS procedure codes
                typically require the resources of an operating room. Therefore, to the
                FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--
                Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index, we are
                proposing to add code 02WY3DZ as an O.R. procedure assigned to MS-DRGs
                270, 271, and 272 (Other Major Cardiovascular Procedures, with MCC,
                with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 05 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Circulatory System). We are also proposing to add
                codes 03WY3DZ, 04WY3DZ, 05WY3DZ, and 06WY3DZ as O.R. procedures
                assigned to MS-DRGs 252, 253, and 254 (Other Vascular Procedures with
                MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 05 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Circulatory System).
                (6) Occlusion of Left Atrial Appendage
                 One requestor identified nine ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe left atrial appendage closure (LAAC) procedures that the
                requestor stated are currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment in all instances. The nine procedure
                codes are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.088
                 The requestor stated that these procedures are currently designated
                as non-O.R. procedures that route to surgical MS-DRGs only when
                assigned in combination with a principal diagnosis within MDC 05
                (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System). The requestor
                stated these procedures should also be designated as O.R. procedures
                when assigned in combination with diagnoses outside of the circulatory
                system, such as sepsis or trauma, to compensate for the associated
                resource use, skill requirements, and device costs.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 38.1 Definitions Manual, the nine ICD-
                10-PCS procedure codes that describe left atrial appendage closure are
                currently recognized as non-O.R. procedures that affect the MS-DRG to
                which they are assigned. We refer readers to section II.D.5.d of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, where we address ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes 02L70CK, 02L70DK, and 02L70ZK that describe a LAAC procedure
                performed with an open approach. These codes were discussed in response
                to a request to reassign these codes to MS-DRGs 228 and 229 (Other
                Cardiothoracic Procedures with and without MCC, respectively) and, for
                the reasons discussed, we are proposing to maintain the assignment in
                MS-DRGs 273 and 274 (Percutaneous and Other Intracardiac Procedures
                with and without MCC, respectively) in MDC 05.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this related issue and believe the
                current designation of LAAC procedures as non-O.R. procedures that
                affect the assignment for MS-DRGs 273 and 274 is clinically appropriate
                to account for the subset of patients undergoing left atrial appendage
                closure specifically. LAAC is indicated and approved as a treatment
                option for patients diagnosed with atrial fibrillation, a heart rhythm
                disorder that can lead to cardiovascular blood clot formation, who are
                also at increased risk for stroke. LAAC procedures block off the left
                atrial appendage to prevent emboli that may form in the left atrial
                appendage from exiting and traveling to other sites in the vascular
                system, thereby preventing the occurrence of ischemic stroke and
                systemic thromboembolism. The ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes used to report
                atrial fibrillation are currently assigned to MDC 05 (Diseases and
                Disorders of the Circulatory System). Our clinical advisors believe
                that circumstances in which a patient is admitted for a principal
                diagnosis outside of MDC 05 and a left atrial appendage closure is
                performed as the only surgical procedure in the same admission are
                infrequent, and if they do occur, the LAAC procedure would not be a
                significant contributing factor in the increased intensity of resources
                needed for facilities to manage these complex cases. Our clinical
                advisors state LAAC procedures generally do not require the resources
                of an operating room. LAAC procedures are most often performed
                percutaneously in settings such as cardiac catheterization laboratories
                and take approximately one hour. When performed with an open approach
                or percutaneous endoscopic approach, these procedures share similar
                factors such as complexity, and resource
                [[Page 25164]]
                utilization with all other LAAC procedures. Therefore, we are proposing
                to maintain the current designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes
                02L70CK, 02L70DK, 02L70ZK, 02L73CK, 02L73DK, 02L73ZK, 02L74CK, 02L74DK,
                and 02L74ZK as non-O.R. procedures affecting the MS-DRGs to which they
                are assigned.
                (7) Arthroscopic Drainage of Joints
                 One requestor identified six ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe the percutaneous endoscopic drainage of joints that the
                requestor stated are currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The six procedure codes are listed in
                the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.089
                 The requestor stated that these procedures should be designated as
                O.R. procedures because procedures describing the arthroscopic drainage
                of major joints such as knee, hip, and shoulder are performed in the
                operating room under general anesthesia. The requestor stated these
                procedures are indicated for conditions such as symptomatic septic/
                pyogenic arthritis, which can require inpatient admission for
                intravenous antibiotics and arthroscopic drainage to resolve infection.
                Therefore, the requestor stated it is reasonable for these arthroscopic
                procedures to be designated as O.R. procedures to compensate for
                operating room resources.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0S9C4ZZ, 0S9D4ZZ, 0S994ZZ, 0S9B4ZZ, 0R9J4ZZ, and 0R9K4ZZ are
                currently designated as non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and disagree that
                procedures describing the percutaneous endoscopic drainage of major
                joints such as knee, hip, and shoulder are typically performed in the
                operating room under general anesthesia. With development of better
                instrumentation and surgical techniques, many patients now have
                arthroscopic procedures performed in an outpatient setting and return
                home several hours after the procedure. Our clinical advisors also
                state the percutaneous endoscopic drainage of joints can be performed
                using local or regional anesthesia, and general anesthesia is not
                always required. In cases where the patient is admitted for diagnoses
                such as septic/pyogenic arthritis, as identified by the requestor, the
                requirement for intravenous antibiotics would be the main reason for
                admission because the percutaneous endoscopic drainage procedure could
                be done as an outpatient. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the
                current non-O.R. designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0S9C4ZZ,
                0S9D4ZZ, 0S994ZZ, 0S9B4ZZ, 0R9J4ZZ, and 0R9K4ZZ.
                (8) Arthroscopic Irrigation of Joints
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 3E1U48X
                (Irrigation of joints using irrigating substance, percutaneous
                endoscopic approach, diagnostic) and 3E1U48Z (Irrigation of joints
                using irrigating substance, percutaneous endoscopic approach) that the
                requestor stated are currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor stated that these
                procedures should be designated as O.R. procedures because the
                arthroscopic irrigation of joints such as knee, hip, and shoulder is
                performed in the operating room under general anesthesia. The requestor
                states procedure codes 3E1U48X and 3E1U48Z are used to describe
                surgical joint irrigations in the absence of more definitive
                procedures, therefore procedure codes 3E1U48X and 3E1U48Z should be
                recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 3E1U48X and 3E1U48Z are currently designated as non-O.R.
                procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical advisors
                reviewed this issue and disagree that procedure codes describing the
                arthroscopic irrigation of joints should be designated as O.R.
                procedures. Our clinical advisors note the arthroscopic irrigation of
                joints is rarely performed independently as a standalone procedure in
                the inpatient setting to be considered the principal driver of resource
                expenditure in those admissions. Instead, the arthroscopic irrigation
                of joints is generally performed with other definitive procedures such
                as debridement or synovectomy. We note that in the operative note sent
                by the requestor to support the requested change in O.R. status, the
                arthroscopic irrigation of the joint was performed along with a
                surgical debridement procedure. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain
                the current non-O.R. designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 3E1U48X
                and 3E1U48Z.
                (9) Percutaneous Reposition With Internal Fixation
                 One requestor identified four ICD-10-PCS procedure codes describing
                procedures performed on the sacroiliac and hip joints that involve
                percutaneous repositioning with internal fixation that the requestor
                stated are not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment but warrant an O.R. designation. The procedure codes are
                listed in the following table.
                [[Page 25165]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.090
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed the procedures described by these
                four procedure codes and agree that these percutaneous reposition
                procedures involving internal fixation in the sacroiliac and hip joint
                warrant an O.R. designation. They noted that these procedures are major
                operations that would require the resources of an operating room,
                involve a higher level of technical complexity and a greater
                utilization of hospital resources.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to add the two procedure codes
                describing percutaneous reposition of the sacroiliac joint with
                internal fixation procedures (0SS734Z and 0SS834Z) to the FY 2022 ICD-
                10 MS-DRGs Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room
                Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as O.R. procedures, assigned
                to MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 (Other Musculoskeletal System and
                Connective Tissue O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/
                MCC, respectively) in MDC 08 (Diseases and Disorders of the
                Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) and to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis
                with MCC, with CC and without MCC/CC, respectively). We are also
                proposing to add the two procedure codes describing percutaneous
                reposition of the hip joint with internal fixation procedures (0SS934Z
                and 0SSB34Z) to the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 Definitions
                Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-
                DRG Index as O.R. procedures, assigned to MS-DRGs 480, 481, and 482
                (Hip and Femur Procedures Except Major Joint with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 08 (Diseases and Disorders of the
                Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) and to MS-DRGs 987, 988,
                and 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis
                with MCC, with CC and without MCC/CC, respectively).
                (10) Open Insertion and Removal of Spacer Into Shoulder Joint
                 One requestor identified four ICD-10-PCS procedure codes describing
                procedures performed on the shoulder joint that involve the insertion
                or removal of a spacer by an open approach that the requestor stated
                are not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. The procedure codes are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.091
                 According to the requestor, insertion and removal of joint spacers
                from the hips and knees are designated with an O.R. procedure status
                and although similar procedures performed on the shoulder joint may be
                performed less frequently, these procedures warrant an O.R. designation
                because they are performed in the operating room under general
                anesthesia. During our review, we noted that the following procedure
                codes describing procedures performed on the shoulder joint that
                involve the insertion or removal of a spacer by a percutaneous
                endoscopic approach are also not recognized as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.092
                [[Page 25166]]
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed the procedures described by these
                eight procedure codes and agree that these procedures involving the
                insertion or removal of a spacer in the shoulder joint with an open or
                percutaneous endoscopic approach warrant an O.R. designation. They
                noted that the insertion of a spacer is typically performed to treat an
                infection at the site of a previously placed prosthesis and the removal
                of a spacer is typically performed once the infection is healed and the
                site is ready for a new prosthetic replacement or to exchange for a new
                spacer if the infection is not yet healed.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to add the listed procedure codes
                describing the insertion or removal of spacer in the shoulder joint to
                the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix
                E--Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as O.R.
                procedures, assigned to MS-DRGs 510, 511, and 512 (Shoulder, Elbow or
                Forearm Procedures, Except Major Joint Procedures with MCC, with CC,
                and without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 08 (Diseases and Disorders of
                the Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) and to MS-DRGs 987,
                988, and 989 (Non-Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
                Diagnosis with MCC, with CC and without MCC/CC, respectively).
                (11) Open/Percutaneous Extirpation of Jaw
                 One requestor identified four ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe the extirpation of matter from the upper or lower jaw that the
                requestor stated are currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The four procedure codes are listed in
                the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.093
                 The requestor stated that the procedure codes that describe the
                extirpation of matter from the upper or lower jaw by an open or
                percutaneous endoscopic approach should be designated as O.R.
                procedures. The requestor stated these procedures would commonly be
                performed under general anesthesia and require the resources of an
                operating room. The requestor also stated that these ICD-10-PCS codes
                were specifically created to describe the surgical evacuation of solid
                matter from deep jaw structures therefore, it is important for these
                codes to be designated with O.R. procedure status.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0WC40ZZ, 0WC44ZZ, 0WC50ZZ, 0WC54ZZ are currently designated as
                non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. We agree with
                the requestor that these four ICD-10-PCS procedure codes typically
                require the resources of an operating room. Therefore, to the FY 2022
                ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--Operating
                Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index, we are proposing to
                add codes 0WC40ZZ, 0WC44ZZ, 0WC50ZZ, 0WC54ZZ as O.R. procedures
                assigned to MS-DRGs 143, 144 and 145 (Other Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat
                O.R. procedures, with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively)
                in MDC 03 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat).
                (12) Open Extirpation of Subcutaneous Tissue and Fascia
                 One requestor identified 22 ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe the open extirpation of matter from the subcutaneous tissue
                and fascia that the requestor stated are currently not recognized as
                O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The 22 procedure
                codes are listed in the following table.
                [[Page 25167]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.094
                 The requestor stated that procedure codes that describe the open
                extirpation of matter from the subcutaneous tissue and fascia should be
                designated as O.R. procedures because these procedures are performed
                through open incisions with direct visualization of subcutaneous tissue
                and fascia in the operating room under general anesthesia. The
                requestor noted procedure codes that describe the open drainage of
                subcutaneous tissue and fascia and use comparable resources are
                currently designated as O.R. procedures. The requestor noted that root
                operation ``Drainage'' is assigned when fluid is drained; and root
                operation of ``Extirpation'' is assigned when any of the substance
                evacuated is solid. The requestor stated whether the evacuated
                substance is fluid, gelatinous, or solid, a procedure involving an open
                incision with direct visualization of subcutaneous tissue and fascia
                for evacuation of substances should be classified as an O.R. procedure.
                Therefore, the requestor stated that these procedures should also be
                recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, the 22 ICD-
                10-PCS procedure codes listed in the table are currently designated as
                non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. While we
                disagree that drainage procedures are comparable to extirpation
                procedures, we agree with the requestor that these 22 ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes typically require the resources of an operating room.
                Our clinical advisors state that drainage is the process of taking out,
                or letting out, fluids and/or gases from a body part and is typically
                performed for indications such as abscess, infection, and other
                systemic conditions. In contrast, extirpation procedures are performed
                for a wider range of indications because the solid matter removed may
                be an abnormal byproduct of a biological function or a retained foreign
                body. Therefore, to the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 39 Definitions
                Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-
                DRG Index, we are proposing to add the 22 ICD-10-PCS listed previously
                as O.R. procedures assigned to MS-DRGs 579, 580 and 581 (Other Skin,
                Subcutaneous Tissue and Breast Procedures, with MCC, with CC, and
                without CC/MCC, respectively) in MDC 09 (Diseases and Disorders of the
                Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue and Breast) and MS-DRGs 907, 908, and 909
                (Other O.R. Procedures for Injuries with MCC, with CC, and without CC/
                MCC, respectively) in MDC 21 (Injuries, Poisonings and Toxic Effects of
                Drugs).
                (13) Open Revision and Removal of Devices From Subcutaneous Tissue and
                Fascia
                 One requestor identified six ICD-10-PCS procedure codes describing
                open revision and removal of neurostimulator generators, monitoring
                devices, and totally implantable vascular access devices (TIVADs)
                procedures that are not currently designated as O.R. procedures for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The six procedure codes are listed in
                the following table.
                [[Page 25168]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.096
                 The requestor stated that although removal of these devices is
                often performed in outpatient surgery, device complications can require
                removal or revision during inpatient hospitalizations. The requestor
                indicated it is reasonable for these open procedures to be designated
                as O.R. procedures to compensate for operating room resources during
                such inpatient stays.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and do not agree that
                these procedures warrant an O.R. designation. They noted that these
                procedures are generally performed in the outpatient setting and when
                performed during a hospitalization, it is typically in conjunction with
                another O.R. procedure. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the
                current non-O.R. designation for procedure codes 0JPT0MZ, 0JPT02Z,
                0JPT0WZ, 0JWT0MZ, 0JWT0WZ, and 0JWT03Z for FY 2022.
                (14) Open Insertion of Feeding Device
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0DHA0UZ
                (Insertion of feeding device into jejunum, open approach) that the
                requestor stated is currently not recognized as an O.R. procedure for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor stated the open insertion
                of a feeding device into the jejunum should be designated as an O.R.
                procedure because this procedure is performed in the operating room
                under general anesthesia. The requestor noted comparable procedure code
                0DH60UZ (Insertion of feeding device into stomach, open approach) is
                currently designated as an O.R. procedure. Therefore, the requestor
                stated that procedure code 0DHA0UZ should also be recognized as an O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 Our analysis of this issue confirmed that in the ICD-10 MS-DRG
                Version 38.1 Definitions Manual, for purposes of MS-DRG assignment,
                0DHA0UZ is recognized as a non-O.R. procedure and 0DH60UZ is currently
                recognized as an O.R. procedure. In reviewing this request, we also
                identified the following four related codes:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.097
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 38.1, these four ICD-10-PCS codes are
                currently recognized as non-O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. While we agree with the requestor that procedures
                describing the open insertion of a feeding device into the jejunum are
                comparable to procedures describing the open insertion of a feeding
                device into the stomach, we do not agree that these procedures should
                be designated as O.R. procedures. Our clinical advisors state the
                procedures that describe the open insertion of a feeding device into
                the jejunum or the stomach should instead have the same designation as
                the related ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that describe the open insertion
                of a feeding device into the esophagus, small intestine, duodenum and
                ileum that are currently designated as non-O.R. procedures.
                 With advancements in procedural techniques, feeding devices are
                most commonly placed using a percutaneous endoscopic approach. Our
                clinical advisors state feeding devices are usually not placed using an
                open surgical approach; this approach is
                [[Page 25169]]
                generally only used if the patient requires another surgical procedure
                at the same time. When placed at the same time as another surgical
                procedure, our clinical advisors state the surgical procedure, as the
                main determinant of resource use for those cases, should drive the MS-
                DRG assignment, not the procedure that describes the open insertion of
                a feeding device. For these reasons, our clinical advisors state
                procedures that describe the open insertion of a feeding device in the
                gastrointestinal system should all have the same non-O.R. designation
                in the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 for coherence.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0DHA0UZ. We are also proposing
                to remove ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0DH60UZ from the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-
                DRG Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room
                Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as an O.R. procedure. Under
                this proposal, this procedure would no longer impact MS-DRG assignment.
                (15) Laparoscopic Insertion of Feeding Tube
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0DH64UZ
                (Insertion of feeding device into stomach, percutaneous endoscopic
                approach) and 0DHA4UZ (Insertion of feeding device into jejunum,
                percutaneous endoscopic approach) that the requestor stated are
                currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. The requestor stated the procedures describing the
                percutaneous endoscopic insertion of a feeding device into the stomach
                or the jejunum should be designated as O.R. procedures because these
                procedures are performed in the operating room under general
                anesthesia. The requestor stated all laparoscopic procedures,
                regardless if they are diagnostic or therapeutic, should be classified
                as O.R. procedures to compensate for operating room resources.
                 Our analysis of this issue confirmed that in the ICD-10 MS-DRG
                Version 38.1 Definitions Manual, 0DH64UZ and 0DHA4UZ are currently
                designated as non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. In
                reviewing this request, we also identified the following four related
                codes:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.098
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 38.1, these four ICD-10-PCS codes are
                currently recognized as non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and do not
                agree that unilaterally all laparoscopic procedures should be
                designated as O.R. procedures. While the procedural approach is an
                important consideration in the designation of a procedure, there are
                other clinical factors such as the site of procedure, the procedure
                complexity, and resource utilization that should also be considered. In
                this regard, our clinical advisors indicated that codes 0DH64UZ and
                0DHA4UZ describing the percutaneous endoscopic insertion of a feeding
                device into the stomach or the jejunum, do not require the resources of
                an operating room, are not surgical in nature, and are generally
                performed in the outpatient setting. The percutaneous endoscopic
                insertion of a feeding device also does not require general anesthesia.
                As opposed to being rendered unconscious, patients can receive a local
                anesthetic (usually a lidocaine spray), an intravenous (IV) pain
                reliever, and a mild sedative if needed. Patients receiving these
                devices usually return home the same day after placement, unless they
                are in the hospital for treatment of another condition.
                 Our clinical advisors state the percutaneous endoscopic insertion
                of a feeding device into the stomach or the jejunum is comparable to
                the related ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that describe the insertion of
                feeding devices of other gastrointestinal system body parts that are
                currently designated as non-O.R. procedures. Our clinical advisors
                believe all procedures that describe the percutaneous endoscopic
                insertion of a feeding device in the gastrointestinal system should
                continue to have the same non-O.R. designation in the ICD-10 MS-DRGs
                Version 39 for coherence. Therefore, for the reasons discussed, we are
                proposing to maintain the current non-O.R. designation of ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes 0DH64UZ and 0DHA4UZ.
                (16) Endoscopic Fragmentation and Extirpation of Matter of Urinary
                Tract
                 One requestor sent two separate but related requests related to
                endoscopic procedures performed in the urinary system. With regard to
                the first request, the requestor identified six ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes that describe endoscopic fragmentation in the kidney pelvis,
                ureter, bladder, and bladder neck that the requestor stated are
                currently not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. The six procedure codes are listed in the following table.
                [[Page 25170]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.099
                 The requestor stated that these procedures should be designated as
                O.R. procedures because procedures such as the endoscopic fragmentation
                of calculi within the kidney pelvis, ureter, bladder, and bladder neck
                are performed in the operating room under anesthesia. The requestor
                stated that procedures that describe the endoscopic extirpation of
                calculi from the kidney pelvis or ureter use comparable resources, and
                are designated as O.R. procedures. Therefore, the requestor asserted it
                is reasonable that procedure codes that describe endoscopic
                fragmentation in kidney pelvis, ureter, bladder, and bladder neck also
                be designated as O.R. procedures.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0TF38ZZ, 0TF48ZZ, 0TF68ZZ, 0TF78ZZ, 0TFB8ZZ, and 0TFC8ZZ are
                designated as non-O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and disagree that procedures
                describing the endoscopic fragmentation of calculi within the kidney
                pelvis, ureter, bladder, and bladder neck are typically performed in
                the operating room. In endoscopic fragmentation procedures in the
                kidney pelvis, ureter, bladder, and bladder neck, the scope is passed
                through a natural or artificial orifice. The procedure is not surgical
                in nature and involves no skin incisions. With advancements in scope
                size, deflection capabilities, video imaging, and instrumentation, many
                patients now have these endoscopic urinary procedures performed in an
                outpatient setting, instead of the inpatient setting. Therefore, we are
                proposing to maintain the current non-O.R. designation of ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes 0TF38ZZ, 0TF48ZZ, 0TF68ZZ, 0TF78ZZ, 0TFB8ZZ, and
                0TFC8ZZ.
                 In the second request, the requestor also identified two ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes that describe endoscopic extirpation of matter from the
                bladder and bladder neck that the requestor stated are also currently
                not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                The two procedure codes are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.100
                 The requestor stated that these procedures also should be
                designated as O.R. procedures because they performed in the operating
                room under anesthesia.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0TCB8ZZ and 0TCC8ZZ are currently designated as a non-O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. To review the request to
                designate 0TCB8ZZ and 0TCC8ZZ as O.R. procedures and in response to the
                requestor's suggestion that resource consumption is comparable in
                procedures describing endoscopic fragmentation in the urinary system
                and procedures describing the endoscopic extirpation in the urinary
                system, we examined the following procedure codes:
                [[Page 25171]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.101
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRG Version 38.1 Definitions Manual, these six
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes are currently recognized as O.R. procedures
                for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical advisors indicated that
                these procedures are not surgical in nature. In endoscopic extirpation
                procedures, the scope enters the urinary tract through the urethra,
                which is the tube that carries urine out of the body, or through an
                artificial orifice. Our clinical advisors state the urinary system is
                one conduit so the scope continues to pass through the urethra,
                bladder, and into the ureter or kidney (if necessary) to access the
                stone. For that reason, the procedures describing endoscopic
                extirpation from a urinary body part should all have the same non-O.R.
                designation in the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 for coherence.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0TCB8ZZ and 0TCC8ZZ. We are
                also proposing to remove ICD-10-PCS procedure codes 0TC08ZZ, 0TC18ZZ,
                0TC38ZZ, 0TC48ZZ, 0TC68ZZ, and 0TC78ZZ from the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRG
                Version 39 Definitions Manual in Appendix E--Operating Room Procedures
                and Procedure Code/MS-DRG Index as O.R. procedures. Under this
                proposal, these procedures would no longer impact MS-DRG assignment.
                (17) Endoscopic Removal of Ureteral Stent
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0TP98DZ (Removal
                of intraluminal device from ureter, via natural or artificial opening
                endoscopic) that the requestor stated is not recognized as an O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor suggested
                that this procedure warrants an O.R. designation because the procedure
                code describes a procedure that is performed in the operating room with
                anesthesia. The requestor stated that while most ureteral stents can be
                removed by string, some complicated cases require endoscopic removal
                using forceps in the operating room under general anesthesia and may be
                performed during inpatient stays precipitated by severe urinary tract
                infection, sepsis, or urinary obstructions. The requestor asserted that
                procedure codes for insertion of ureteral stent(s) via a ureteroscopic,
                endoscopic approach have been justifiably designated as O.R. procedures
                because they are performed in the O.R. under anesthesia. Therefore, the
                requestor suggested it is reasonable for endoscopic removal of the
                stent to be designated with OR procedure status to compensate for
                operating room resources and anesthesia.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this procedure and do not agree that
                it warrants an O.R. designation. They noted that this procedure is
                generally not the focus of the admission when it is performed and does
                not reflect the technical complexity or resource intensity in
                comparison to other procedures that are designated as O.R. procedures.
                Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation for procedure code 0TP98DZ for FY 2022.
                (18) Endoscopic/Transorifice Inspection of Ureter
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0TJ98ZZ
                (Inspection of ureter, via natural or artificial opening endoscopic),
                that describes procedures involving endoscopic viewing of the ureter
                that the requestor stated is currently not recognized as an O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 The requestor stated this ureteroscopy procedure is performed in
                the operating room with anesthesia. According to the requestor, the
                inspection of ureter procedure code is assigned when obstruction is
                found during the ureteroscopy and procedures to break up
                (fragmentation), remove calculi (extirpation), or place a ureteral
                stent cannot be performed.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this procedure and disagree that it
                warrants an O.R. designation. They noted that this procedure typically
                does not require hospitalization and is generally not the reason for
                the patient's admission since it is often performed in connection with
                another O.R. procedure when it is performed. Therefore, we are
                proposing to maintain the current non-O.R. designation for procedure
                code 0TJ789ZZ for FY 2022.
                (19) Endoscopic Biopsy of Ureter and Kidney
                 One requestor identified six ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that
                describe endoscopic biopsy procedures performed on the ureter and
                kidney structures that the requestor stated are currently not
                recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                According to the requestor, regardless of whether it is a diagnostic or
                therapeutic procedure, these procedures should be designated as O.R.
                procedures because the procedures utilize operating room, anesthesia
                and recovery room resources. The requestor stated that after the
                surgeon places the scope into the bladder that ureteral orifices must
                be identified and instruments carefully navigated to obtain excisional
                biopsies from within the ureter or further within the kidney.
                [[Page 25172]]
                The six procedure codes are listed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.102
                 We note that under the ICD-10-PCS procedure classification, biopsy
                procedures are identified by the 7th digit qualifier value
                ``diagnostic'' in the code description.
                 Our clinical advisors do not agree that endoscopic biopsy
                procedures performed on the ureter and kidney structures warrant an
                O.R. designation. They stated these procedures are typically not the
                focus for the patient's admission and are frequently performed in
                conjunction with another O.R. procedure. Therefore, we are proposing to
                maintain the current non-O.R. designation for procedure codes 0TB08ZX,
                0TB18ZX, 0TB38ZX, 0TB48ZX, 0TB68ZX, and 0TB78ZX for FY 2022.
                (20) Transorifice Insertion of Ureteral Stent
                 One requestor identified three ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that the
                requestor stated are not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of
                MS-DRG assignment. The requestor suggested that the procedure described
                by these procedure codes warrants an O.R. designation because it
                involves the insertion of an indwelling ureteral stent through a
                nephrostomy with image-guidance in the interventional radiology suite.
                According to the requestor, image-guided technology now allows
                placement of ureteral stents through nephrostomy tracts. The requestor
                stated this procedure may or may not be performed in the operating
                room, however, it involves placement of device(s), interventional
                radiology resources, sedation, and continuous monitoring of vital
                signs. The three procedure codes are shown in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.103
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and do not agree that
                this procedure warrants an O.R. designation. They noted that this
                procedure is not surgical in nature, does not require the resources of
                an operating room and is not a technically complex procedure requiring
                increased hospital resources. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain
                the current non-O.R. designation for procedure codes 0T767DZ, 0T777DZ,
                and 0T787DZ for FY 2022.
                (21) Percutaneous Insertion of Ureteral Stent
                 One requestor identified three ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that the
                requestor stated are not recognized as O.R. procedures for purposes of
                MS-DRG assignment. The requestor suggested that the procedure described
                by these procedure codes warrants an O.R. designation because the
                procedure is typically performed following a failed ureteral stent
                insertion procedure in the operating room, which can only be reported
                as a cystoscopy or ureteroscopy, neither of which are designated as
                O.R. procedures. According to the requestor, percutaneous ureteral
                stenting through the abdominal wall is subsequently performed in an
                interventional radiology suite with image-guidance, sedation, and
                continuous vital sign monitoring. The three procedure codes are shown
                in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.104
                [[Page 25173]]
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and do not agree that
                the procedure warrants an O.R. designation. They noted that this
                procedure is not surgical in nature, does not involve technical
                complexity or require the resources of an operating rom. Therefore, we
                are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R. designation for
                procedure codes 0T763DZ, 0T773DZ, and 0T783DZ for FY 2022.
                (22) Endoscopic Dilation of Urethra
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0T7D8DZ
                (Dilation of urethra with intraluminal device, via natural or
                artificial opening endoscopic) that the requestor stated is not
                recognized as an O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The
                requestor suggested that this procedure warrants an O.R. designation
                because the procedure code describes a procedure that utilizes the
                UroLift[supreg] System, a minimally invasive technology to treat lower
                urinary tract symptoms (LUTS) due to benign prostatic hyperplasia
                (BPH). According to the requestor, the technology is placed
                endoscopically within the prostatic urethra in the operating room under
                anesthesia.
                 Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and do not agree that
                the procedure warrants an O.R. designation. They noted that this
                procedure is performed without incision, resection or thermal injury to
                the prostate and is primarily performed in the outpatient setting. It
                is generally not the cause for the patient's admission and utilization
                of resources when it is performed. Therefore, we are proposing to
                maintain the current non-O.R. designation for procedure code 00T7D8DZ
                for FY 2022.
                (23) Open Repair of Scrotum
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0VQ50ZZ (Repair
                scrotum, open approach) that the requestor stated is not recognized as
                an O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor
                suggested that this procedure warrants an O.R. designation because it
                involves repair of scrotal tissue deeper than the skin with direct
                visualization and utilizes general anesthesia in the operating room.
                 Our clinical advisors do not agree that open repair of the scrotum
                merits an O.R. designation. They stated this procedure would not
                typically require the resources of an operating room and would
                generally not be a contributing factor impacting hospital resource use
                during the patient's admission when it is performed. Therefore, we are
                proposing to maintain the current non-O.R. designation for procedure
                code 0VQ50ZZ for FY 2022.
                (24) Open Drainage of Vestibular Gland
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0U9L0ZZ
                (Drainage of vestibular gland, open approach) that describes a
                procedure commonly performed for the treatment of an abscess that the
                requestor stated is performed in the operating room under general
                anesthesia and therefore warrants an O.R designation. The requestor
                stated this procedure is comparable to the procedure described by
                procedure code 0UBL0ZZ (Excision of vestibular gland, open approach)
                which is currently designated as an O.R. procedure.
                 During our review of procedure code 0U9L0ZZ, we also examined
                procedure codes 0U9L0ZX (Drainage of vestibular gland, open approach,
                diagnostic), 0U9LXZX (Drainage of vestibular gland, external approach,
                diagnostic), and 0UBL0ZZ. Separately, we reviewed procedure code
                0T9D0ZZ (Drainage of urethra, open approach) because it represents the
                male equivalent of the female procedure described by procedure code
                0U9L0ZZ.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                codes 0T9D0ZZ, 0U9L0ZX, 0U9LXZX, and 0UBL0ZZ are currently designated
                as O.R. procedures, however, procedure code 0U9L0ZZ is not recognized
                as an O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. We examined
                procedure code 0U9L0ZZ and do not believe this drainage procedure
                warrants an O.R. designation, nor do we agree that this drainage of the
                vestibular gland procedure (0U9L0ZZ) is comparable to an excision of
                the vestibular gland procedure (0UBL0ZZ), which is currently designated
                as an O.R. procedure.
                 In the ICD-10-PCS classification, drainage is defined as taking or
                letting out fluids and/or gases from a body part and excision is
                defined as cutting out or off, without replacement, a portion of a body
                part. Therefore, the classification specifically defines and
                distinguishes the underlying objectives of each distinct procedure. Our
                clinical advisors stated a drainage procedure is frequently performed
                in the outpatient setting and is generally not the cause for the
                patient's admission and utilization of resources when it is performed.
                Drainage of the vestibular gland, also known as Bartholin's glands, is
                typically indicated when a cyst or abscess is present and may or may
                not involve the placement of a Word catheter. Conversely, excision of
                the vestibular gland is not considered an office-based procedure and is
                generally reserved for a vulvar mass or for patients who have not
                responded to more conservative attempts to create a drainage tract. In
                addition, after review, our clinical advisors recommended changing the
                O.R. status for procedure codes 0U9L0ZX and 0U9LXZX from O.R. to non-
                O.R. for similar reasons. These procedures do not typically require the
                resources of an operating room.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to remove procedure codes 0U9L0ZX and
                0U9LXZX from the FY 2022 ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 39 Definitions Manual
                in Appendix E- Operating Room Procedures and Procedure Code/MS-DRG
                Index as O.R. procedures. Under this proposal, these procedure codes
                would no longer impact MS-DRG assignment. We refer the reader to
                section II.D.10 of the preamble of this proposed rule for further
                discussion related to procedure code 0T9D0ZZ.
                (25) Transvaginal Repair of Vagina
                 One requestor identified ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0UQG7ZZ (Repair
                vagina, via natural or artificial opening) that the requestor stated is
                currently not recognized as an O.R. procedure for purposes of MS-DRG
                assignment. The requestor stated that procedures described by this code
                such as the non-obstetric transvaginal repair of the vaginal cuff and
                the non-obstetric transvaginal repair of vaginal lacerations should be
                designated as O.R. procedures because these procedures are performed in
                the operating room under general anesthesia. The requestor noted
                procedure codes 0USG7ZZ (Reposition vagina, via natural or artificial
                opening), 0UBG7ZZ (Excision of vagina, via natural or artificial
                opening), and 0UQG8ZZ (Repair vagina, via natural or artificial opening
                endoscopic) are currently designated as O.R. procedures, therefore
                procedure code 0UQG7ZZ should also be recognized as an O.R. procedure
                for purposes of MS-DRG assignment.
                 In the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Definitions Manual Version 38.1, procedure
                code 0UQG7ZZ is currently designated as a non-O.R. procedure for
                purposes of MS-DRG assignment. Our clinical advisors reviewed this
                issue and disagree that a correlation can be made between procedures
                described as the transvaginal repair of the vagina and the procedures
                described by ICD-10-PCS codes 0USG7ZZ, 0UBG7ZZ, and 0UQG8ZZ. The root
                operation ``repair'' represents a broad range of procedures for
                restoring the anatomic structure of a body part such as suture of
                lacerations, while the root operations ``reposition,'' and ``excision''
                define procedures with more
                [[Page 25174]]
                distinct objectives. Also the approach ``via natural or artificial
                opening'', for example, transvaginal, is defined as the entry of
                instrumentation through a natural or artificial external opening to
                reach the site of the procedure while the ``via natural or artificial
                opening endoscopic approach'' is defined as the entry of
                instrumentation (for example a scope) through a natural or artificial
                external opening to both reach and visualize the site of the procedure.
                Our clinical advisors also disagree that procedures described as the
                transvaginal repair of the vagina are typically performed in the
                operating room under general anesthesia. Our clinical advisors state
                transvaginal repair can be performed using regional anesthesia, used to
                numb only the area of the body that requires surgery instead of
                rendering the patient unconscious. Therefore, for the reasons
                described, we are proposing to maintain the current non-O.R.
                designation of ICD-10-PCS procedure code 0UQG7ZZ.
                (26) Percutaneous Tunneled Vascular Access Devices
                 One requestor identified ten ICD-10-PCS procedure codes describing
                percutaneous insertion of tunneled vascular access devices into various
                body parts that the requestor stated are not recognized as an O.R.
                procedure for purposes of MS-DRG assignment. The requestor suggested
                that these procedures warrant an O.R. designation because they are
                placed in an interventional radiology suite or in the operating room
                under anesthesia. The ten procedure codes are shown in the following
                table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.105
                 According to the requestor, it does not make sense for tunneled
                vascular access devices to group to procedural MS-DRGs in limited
                circumstances as is the case currently with the logic in MDC 9
                (Diseases and Disorders of the Skin, Subcutaneous Tissue and Breast)
                and MDC 11 (Diseases and Disorders of the Kidney and Urinary Tract).
                The requestor stated that these procedures should be grouping to
                procedural MS-DRGs across all MDCs.
                 We note that we have addressed requests related to these procedures
                in previous rulemaking (85 FR 58511 through 58517). Our clinical
                advisors reviewed this request and disagree that procedures performed
                to insert a tunneled vascular access device should group to procedural
                MS-DRGs across all MDCs. They stated that these percutaneous procedures
                are generally performed in the outpatient setting and when performed
                during a hospitalization, they are frequently performed in combination
                with another O.R. procedure. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain
                the current non-O.R. status for the ten procedure codes listed
                previously for FY 2022.
                12. Proposed Changes to the MS-DRG Diagnosis Codes for FY 2022
                a. Background of the CC List and the CC Exclusions List
                 Under the IPPS MS-DRG classification system, we have developed a
                standard list of diagnoses that are considered CCs. Historically, we
                developed this list using physician panels that classified each
                diagnosis code based on whether the diagnosis, when present as a
                secondary condition, would be considered a substantial complication or
                comorbidity. A substantial complication or comorbidity was defined as a
                condition that, because
                [[Page 25175]]
                of its presence with a specific principal diagnosis, would cause an
                increase in the length-of-stay by at least 1 day in at least 75 percent
                of the patients. However, depending on the principal diagnosis of the
                patient, some diagnoses on the basic list of complications and
                comorbidities may be excluded if they are closely related to the
                principal diagnosis. In FY 2008, we evaluated each diagnosis code to
                determine its impact on resource use and to determine the most
                appropriate CC subclassification (NonCC, CC, or MCC) assignment. We
                refer readers to sections II.D.2. and 3. of the preamble of the FY 2008
                IPPS final rule with comment period for a discussion of the refinement
                of CCs in relation to the MS-DRGs we adopted for FY 2008 (72 FR 47152
                through 47171).
                b. Overview of Comprehensive CC/MCC Analysis
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47159), we described
                our process for establishing three different levels of CC severity into
                which we would subdivide the diagnosis codes. The categorization of
                diagnoses as a MCC, a CC, or a NonCC was accomplished using an
                iterative approach in which each diagnosis was evaluated to determine
                the extent to which its presence as a secondary diagnosis resulted in
                increased hospital resource use. We refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47159) for a complete discussion of our
                approach. Since the comprehensive analysis was completed for FY 2008,
                we have evaluated diagnosis codes individually when assigning severity
                levels to new codes and when receiving requests to change the severity
                level of specific diagnosis codes.
                 We noted in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (84 FR 19235
                through 19246) that with the transition to ICD-10-CM and the
                significant changes that have occurred to diagnosis codes since the FY
                2008 review, we believed it was necessary to conduct a comprehensive
                analysis once again. Based on this analysis, we proposed changes to the
                severity level designations for 1,492 ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes and
                invited public comments on those proposals. As summarized in the FY
                2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, many commenters expressed concern with
                the proposed severity level designation changes overall and recommended
                that CMS conduct further analysis prior to finalizing any proposals.
                After careful consideration of the public comments we received, as
                discussed further in the FY 2020 final rule, we generally did not
                finalize our proposed changes to the severity designations for the ICD-
                10-CM diagnosis codes, other than the changes to the severity level
                designations for the diagnosis codes in category Z16- (Resistance to
                antimicrobial drugs) from a NonCC to a CC. We stated that postponing
                adoption of the proposed comprehensive changes in the severity level
                designations would allow further opportunity to provide additional
                background to the public on the methodology utilized and clinical
                rationale applied across diagnostic categories to assist the public in
                its review. We refer readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (84 FR 42150 through 42152) for a complete discussion of our response
                to public comments regarding the proposed severity level designation
                changes for FY 2020.
                 We discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58550
                through 58554) that we plan to continue a comprehensive CC/MCC
                analysis, using a combination of mathematical analysis of claims data
                as discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (84 FR 19235)
                and the application of nine guiding principles and plan to present the
                findings and proposals in future rulemaking. The nine guiding
                principles are as follows:
                 Represents end of life/near death or has reached an
                advanced stage associated with systemic physiologic decompensation and
                debility.
                 Denotes organ system instability or failure.
                 Involves a chronic illness with susceptibility to
                exacerbations or abrupt decline.
                 Serves as a marker for advanced disease states across
                multiple different comorbid conditions.
                 Reflects systemic impact.
                 Post-operative/post-procedure condition/complication
                impacting recovery.
                 Typically requires higher level of care (that is,
                intensive monitoring, greater number of caregivers, additional testing,
                intensive care unit care, extended length of stay).
                 Impedes patient cooperation and/or management of care.
                 Recent (last 10 years) change in best practice, or in
                practice guidelines and review of the extent to which these changes
                have led to concomitant changes in expected resource use.
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a
                complete discussion of our response to public comments regarding the
                nine guiding principles. We continue to solicit feedback regarding
                these guiding principles, as well as other possible ways we can
                incorporate meaningful indicators of clinical severity. When providing
                additional feedback or comments, we encourage the public to provide a
                detailed explanation of how applying a suggested concept or principle
                would ensure that the severity designation appropriately reflects
                resource use for any diagnosis code.
                 For new diagnosis codes approved for FY 2022, consistent with our
                annual process for designating a severity level (MCC, CC or NonCC) for
                new diagnosis codes, we first review the predecessor code designation,
                followed by review and consideration of other factors that may be
                relevant to the severity level designation, including the severity of
                illness, treatment difficulty, complexity of service and the resources
                utilized in the diagnosis and/or treatment of the condition. We note
                that this process does not automatically result in the new diagnosis
                code having the same designation as the predecessor code. We refer the
                reader to II.D.13 of this proposed rule for the discussion of the
                proposed changes to the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS coding systems for FY
                2022.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we received several
                requests to change the severity level designations of specific ICD-10-
                CM diagnosis codes. Our clinical advisors believe it is appropriate to
                consider these requests in connection with our continued comprehensive
                CC/MCC analysis in future rulemaking, rather than proposing to change
                the designation of individual ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes at this time.
                As stated earlier in this section, we plan to continue a comprehensive
                CC/MCC analysis, using a combination of mathematical analysis of claims
                data and the application of nine guiding principles. We will consider
                these individual requests received for changes to severity level
                designations as we continue our comprehensive CC/MCC analysis and will
                provide more detail in future rulemaking.
                c. Potential Change to Severity Level Designation for Unspecified
                Diagnosis Codes for FY 2022
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, as another interval
                step as we continue to address the comprehensive review of the severity
                designations of ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes in which we have been engaged
                over the past two years, we are requesting public comments on a
                potential change to the severity level designations for ``unspecified''
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes that we are considering adopting for FY 2022.
                [[Page 25176]]
                Specifically, we are considering changing the severity level
                designation of all ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes to a NonCC where
                there are other codes available in that code subcategory that further
                specify the anatomic site, effective for FY 2022, after consideration
                of the public comments we receive in response to this proposed rule.
                 According to the ICD-10-CM Official Guidelines for Coding and
                Reporting, codes titled ``unspecified'' are for use when the
                information in the medical record is insufficient to assign a more
                specific code. In our review of severity level designation of the codes
                in the ICD-10-CM classification, we noted 3,490 ``unspecified''
                diagnosis codes designated as either CC or MCC, where there are other
                codes available in that code subcategory that further specify the
                anatomic site with an equivalent severity level designation. For
                example, ICD-10-CM code L89.003 (Pressure ulcer of unspecified elbow,
                stage 3) is currently designated as a MCC. In the same code subcategory
                of L89.0- (Pressure ulcer of elbow), ICD-10-CM codes L89.013 (Pressure
                ulcer of right elbow, stage 3) and code L89.023 (Pressure ulcer of left
                elbow, stage 3) are also designed as MCCs.
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47159), we described
                the categorization of diagnoses as an MCC, a CC, or a NonCC,
                accomplished using an iterative approach in which each diagnosis was
                evaluated to determine the extent to which its presence as a secondary
                diagnosis resulted in increased hospital resource use. As such, the
                designation of CC or MCC is intended to account for the increased
                resources required to address a condition as a secondary diagnosis. The
                usage of ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes where there are other codes
                available in that code subcategory that further specify the anatomic
                site may contribute to and eventually result in less reliable data for
                researching clinical outcomes. If documentation is not available to
                code to the highest level of specificity as to the laterality of the
                condition treated, and an unspecified code is reported by the hospital,
                it may be harder to quantify in the claims data what additional
                resources were expended to address that condition in terms of requiring
                clinical evaluation, therapeutic treatment, diagnostic procedures,
                extended length of hospital stay, increased nursing care and/or
                monitoring.
                 As stated previously, we discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58550 through 58554) that we plan to continue a
                comprehensive CC/MCC analysis, using a combination of mathematical
                analysis of claims data, and the application of nine guiding
                principles, and plan to present the findings and proposals in future
                rulemaking. As patients present with a variety of diagnoses, in
                examining the secondary diagnoses, we stated we would consider what
                additional resources are required, that surpasses those that are
                already being utilized to address the principal diagnosis and/or other
                secondary diagnoses that might also be present on the claim. The goal
                of our comprehensive analysis is to create stratification for
                reimbursing inpatient hospitalization in the fewest amount of
                categories with the most explanatory power in a clinically cohesive
                way. We believe more robust claims data would facilitate this effort to
                determine the impact on resource use and inform our decision-making in
                determining the most appropriate CC subclass (NonCC, CC, or MCC)
                assignment for each diagnosis as a secondary diagnosis. As part of this
                effort, we are soliciting comments on adopting a change to the severity
                level designation of the 3,490 ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes
                currently designated as either CC or MCC, where there are other codes
                available in that code subcategory that further specify the anatomic
                site, to a NonCC for FY 2022.
                 As discussed in the HIPAA Administrative Simplification:
                Modification to Medical Data Code Set Standards To Adopt ICD-10-CM and
                ICD-10-PCS proposed rule (73 FR 49796 through 49803), in proposing the
                adoption of ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS, we listed that the addition of
                laterality in ICD-10-CM-- specifying which organ or part of the body is
                involved when the location could be on the right, the left, or could be
                bilateral, was one of several improvements over ICD-9-CM. We also noted
                that in comparison to ICD-9-CM, ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes are very
                specific and that this specificity improves the richness of data for
                analysis and improves the accuracy of data used for medical research.
                In the Modifications to Medical Data Code Set Standards To Adopt ICD-
                10-CM and ICD-10-PCS final rule (74 FR 3328 through 3362), we adopted
                the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS as medical data code sets under HIPAA,
                replacing ICD-9-CM Volumes 1 and 2, and Volume 3 and noted that ICD-10-
                CM and ICD-10-PCS provide specific diagnosis and treatment information
                that can improve quality measurements and patient safety, and the
                evaluation of medical processes and outcomes. We continue to believe
                that reporting the most specific diagnosis codes supported by the
                available medical record documentation and clinical knowledge of the
                patient's health condition would more accurately reflect the health
                care encounter and improve the reliability and validity of the coded
                data.
                 We believe that changing the severity level for these ``unspecified
                codes'' as compared to the more specific codes in the same subcategory
                recognizing laterality would leverage the additional specificity
                available under the ICD-10 system, by fostering the reporting of the
                most specific diagnosis codes supported by the available medical record
                documentation and clinical knowledge of the patient's health condition
                to more accurately reflect each health care encounter and improve the
                reliability and validity of the coded data. However in consideration of
                the PHE, and to the extent that some providers may not currently have
                programs in place that focus on improving documentation, we are
                requesting public comments on making this change to the severity level
                designation for these unspecified ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes for FY
                2022.
                 The diagnosis codes for which we are soliciting comments on a
                change in severity level designation as described in this proposed rule
                are shown in Table 6P.2a (which is available via the internet on the
                CMS website at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html). We note we are also
                making available the data describing the impact on resource use when
                reported as a secondary diagnosis for all 3,490 ICD-10-CM unspecified
                diagnosis codes. While these claims data were not used in our
                identification of the ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes for which there
                are other codes available in the code subcategory that further specify
                the anatomic site, as mentioned earlier in this section, these data are
                consistent with data historically used to mathematically measure impact
                on resource use for secondary diagnoses, and the data which we plan to
                use in combination with application of the nine guiding principles as
                we continue a comprehensive CC/MCC analysis. Therefore, we are
                displaying the data on these unspecified codes in order to facilitate
                public comment on these potential changes in the severity level
                designation for these codes.
                 In Table 6P.2a associated with this proposed rule, column C
                displays the FY 2020 severity level designation for these diagnosis
                codes in MS-DRG Grouper Version 37.2. Column D displays CMS' current FY
                2021 severity level designation in MS-DRG Grouper
                [[Page 25177]]
                Version 38.1 and column E displays the potential changes to the
                severity level designation that we are considering adopting. Columns F-
                O show data on the impact on resource use generated using discharge
                claims from the September 2019 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and
                MS-DRG Grouper Version 37.2. Columns Q-Z show data on the impact on
                resource use generated using discharge claims from the September 2020
                update of the FY 2020 MedPAR file and MS-DRG Grouper Version 38.1.
                 For further information on the data on the impact on resource use
                as displayed in Columns F-O and Columns Q-Z, we refer readers to the FY
                2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47159) for a complete discussion
                of the methodology utilized to mathematically measure the impact on
                resource use. Also, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
                rule (85 FR 32550), to provide the public with more information on the
                CC/MCC comprehensive analysis discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed and final rules, CMS hosted a listening session on October 8,
                2019. The listening session included a review of this methodology
                utilized to mathematically measure the impact on resource use. We refer
                readers to https://www.cms.gov/Outreach-and-Education/Outreach/OpenDoorForums/PodcastAndTranscripts.html for the transcript and audio
                file of the listening session. We also refer readers to https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/MedicareFee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software.html for the supplementary file
                containing the data describing the impact on resource use of specific
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes when reported as a secondary diagnosis that
                was made available for the listening session.
                 This table shows the Version 38.1 ICD-10 MS-DRG categorization of
                diagnosis codes by severity level.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.106
                 We are requesting public comments on a modification to the Version
                38.1 severity level subclass assignments for 4.8 percent of the ICD-10-
                CM diagnosis codes, potentially effective with the Version 39 ICD-10
                MS-DRG MCC/CC list. The following table compares the Version 38.1 ICD-
                10 MS-DRG MCC/CC list and the potential Version 39 ICD-10 MS-DRG MCC/CC
                list. There are 17,957 diagnosis codes on the Version 38.1 MCC/CC
                lists. These potential MCC/CC severity level changes would reduce the
                number of diagnosis codes on the MCC/CC lists to 14,467 (2,771+
                11,696).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.107
                 The net result of these potential changes to the Version 39 ICD-10
                MS-DRG MCC/CC list, for the 72,621 diagnosis codes in the ICD-10-CM
                classification, would be a decrease of 507 (3,278-2,771) codes
                designated as an MCC, a decrease of 2,983 (14,679-11,696) codes
                designated as a CC, and an increase of 3,490 (58,154-54,664) codes
                designated as a NonCC.
                 The following table compares the Version 38.1 ICD-10 MS-DRG
                severity level list and the potential Version 39 ICD-10 MS-DRG severity
                level list by each of the 22 chapters of the ICD-10-CM classification
                to display how each chapter of ICD-10-CM might be affected by these
                modifications.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25178]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.108
                [[Page 25179]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.109
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 As shown in the table, the Diseases of the Musculoskeletal System
                and Connective Tissue (M00-M99) chapter of ICD-10-CM would have the
                largest percentage reduction in codes designated as CC/MCC. Twelve
                chapters would have a zero percentage change to the percentage of codes
                designated as CC/MCC.
                 As stated previously, we are requesting public comments on our
                possible adoption of a change to the severity level designation of
                these 3,490 ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes currently designated as
                either CC or MCC, where there are other codes available in that code
                subcategory that further specify the anatomic site, to a NonCC,
                potentially effective with the Version 39 ICD-10 MS-DRG MCC/CC list. As
                part of this request, we would be interested in comments regarding
                whether this modification might present operational challenges and how
                we might otherwise foster the reporting of the most specific diagnosis
                codes supported by the available medical record documentation and
                clinical knowledge of the patient's health condition to more accurately
                [[Page 25180]]
                reflect each health care encounter and improve the reliability and
                validity of the coded data.
                d. Proposed Additions and Deletions to the Diagnosis Code Severity
                Levels for FY 2022
                 The following tables identify the proposed additions and deletions
                to the diagnosis code MCC severity levels list and the proposed
                additions to the diagnosis code CC severity levels list for FY 2022 and
                are available via the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html.
                 Table 6I.1--Proposed Additions to the MCC List--FY2022;
                 Table 6I.2-- Proposed Deletions to the MCC List--FY2022; and
                 Table 6J.1-- Proposed Additions to the CC List--FY2022.
                e. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2022
                 In the September 1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33143) concerning
                changes to the DRG classification system, we modified the GROUPER logic
                so that certain diagnoses included on the standard list of CCs would
                not be considered valid CCs in combination with a particular principal
                diagnosis. We created the CC Exclusions List for the following reasons:
                (1) To preclude coding of CCs for closely related conditions; (2) to
                preclude duplicative or inconsistent coding from being treated as CCs;
                and (3) to ensure that cases are appropriately classified between the
                complicated and uncomplicated DRGs in a pair.
                 In the May 19, 1987 proposed notice (52 FR 18877) and the September
                1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33154), we explained that the excluded
                secondary diagnoses were established using the following five
                principles:
                 Chronic and acute manifestations of the same condition
                should not be considered CCs for one another;
                 Specific and nonspecific (that is, not otherwise specified
                (NOS)) diagnosis codes for the same condition should not be considered
                CCs for one another;
                 Codes for the same condition that cannot coexist, such as
                partial/total, unilateral/bilateral, obstructed/unobstructed, and
                benign/malignant, should not be considered CCs for one another;
                 Codes for the same condition in anatomically proximal
                sites should not be considered CCs for one another; and
                 Closely related conditions should not be considered CCs
                for one another.
                 The creation of the CC Exclusions List was a major project
                involving hundreds of codes. We have continued to review the remaining
                CCs to identify additional exclusions and to remove diagnoses from the
                master list that have been shown not to meet the definition of a CC. We
                refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50541
                through 50544) for detailed information regarding revisions that were
                made to the CC and CC Exclusion Lists under the ICD-9-CM MS-DRGs.
                 The ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 38.1 CC Exclusion List is included as
                Appendix C in the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual, which is available
                via the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html, and
                includes two lists identified as Part 1 and Part 2. Part 1 is the list
                of all diagnosis codes that are defined as a CC or MCC when reported as
                a secondary diagnosis. For all diagnosis codes on the list, a link is
                provided to a collection of diagnosis codes which, when reported as the
                principal diagnosis, would cause the CC or MCC diagnosis to be
                considered as a NonCC. Part 2 is the list of diagnosis codes designated
                as a MCC only for patients discharged alive; otherwise, they are
                assigned as a NonCC.
                 As discussed in section II.D.12.c. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are requesting public comments on potential changes to the
                severity level for 3,490 diagnosis codes describing an ``unspecified''
                anatomic site, from a CC severity level to a NonCC severity level, for
                FY 2022. We refer the reader to Table 6P.3a associated with this
                proposed rule (which is available via the internet on the CMS website
                at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html) for the list of the 3,490 diagnosis codes
                that are currently listed in Part 1 of the CC Exclusions List and are
                defined as a CC when reported as a secondary diagnosis. Table 6P.3a is
                divided into several tabs, with the first tab titled ``SDX Codes and
                Exclu Categories'' containing columns A, B, and C. Column A (titled
                ``ICD-10-CM Code'') lists the ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes that are
                currently listed in Part 1 of Appendix C of the CC Exclusions List,
                column B (titled ``Description'') lists the narrative description of
                each diagnosis code, and column C (titled Exclusion Category) contains
                a hyperlink to the collection of diagnosis codes which, when reported
                as the principal diagnosis, would cause the CC diagnosis to be
                considered as a NonCC. For example, for line 2, Column A displays
                diagnosis code C34.00, column B displays ``Malignant neoplasm of
                unspecified main bronchus'' and column C displays a hyperlink to
                Exclusion Category number 280. When the user clicks on the hyperlink
                for number 280, they are directed to another tab labeled ``PDX Category
                280'' that contains the list of diagnosis codes which, when reported as
                the principal diagnosis, would cause the corresponding CC diagnosis to
                be considered as a NonCC. In connection with the request for public
                comments on the potential changes to the severity level for 3,490
                diagnosis codes describing an ``unspecified'' anatomic site, from a CC
                severity level to a NonCC severity level for FY 2022, Table 6P.3a is
                being made available for readers to review and consider the list of the
                3,490 ``unspecified'' diagnosis codes that are currently included in
                Part 1 of the CC Exclusions List and the principal diagnosis exclusion
                category with which they are currently associated. If we were to
                finalize the potential changes to the severity level for the 3,490
                diagnosis codes describing an ``unspecified'' anatomic site from a CC
                severity level to a NonCC severity level for FY 2022, we would also
                finalize the removal of these codes from the CC Exclusions List for FY
                2022.
                 We received three requests related to the CC Exclusions List logic,
                as we discuss in this section of this proposed rule.
                 We received a request to review the secondary diagnoses that are
                excluded as a CC or MCC in the CC Exclusions List logic when any one of
                the following three diagnosis codes is reported as the principal
                diagnosis.
                [[Page 25181]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.110
                 According to the requestor, in the ICD-10 MS-DRGs version 37.2 CC
                Exclusions List logic, the predecessor code for the listed diagnosis
                codes, diagnosis code O99.89 (Other specified diseases and conditions
                complicating pregnancy, childbirth and the puerperium) is listed in the
                collection of principal diagnosis list number 1000, therefore, when a
                CC or MCC secondary diagnosis associated with that principal diagnosis
                list describes a condition as occurring in pregnancy, childbirth or the
                puerperium, the CC Exclusions List logic will render that diagnosis
                code as a NonCC. The requestor stated that because diagnosis code
                O99.89 under version 37.2 of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs is now a subcategory
                under version 38.1 of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs, with three unique diagnosis
                codes to specify which obstetric stage the patient is in, that further
                analysis of the new diagnosis codes (O99.891, O99.892, and O99.893)
                should occur to determine if changes to the collection of principal
                diagnosis list is warranted. The requestor provided three examples for
                CMS to review and consider for possible changes to the CC Exclusions
                List logic.
                 In the first example, the requestor noted that diagnosis code O72.1
                (Other immediate postpartum hemorrhage) is listed as a CC secondary
                diagnosis associated with the collection of principal diagnosis list
                number 1000, and that under the ICD-10 MS-DRGs version 38.1 CC
                Exclusions List logic, the diagnosis listed in principal diagnosis
                collection 1000 is now diagnosis code O99.893 (Other specified diseases
                and conditions complicating puerperium). Thus, both diagnosis codes
                (O72.1 and O99.893) are describing conditions occurring specifically in
                the postpartum or puerperium period. The postpartum period is defined
                as the period beginning immediately after delivery and continues for
                six weeks following delivery. A postpartum complication is any
                complication occurring within the six-week period. The requestor stated
                that because diagnosis code O72.1 is assigned for documented postpartum
                uterine atony with hemorrhage when it occurs immediately following the
                delivery of the baby and placenta, that CMS should review diagnosis
                code O99.892 (Other specified diseases and conditions complicating
                childbirth) and determine if it should be added to the collection of
                principal diagnosis list number 1000 to cause diagnosis code O72.1 to
                be considered as a NonCC when diagnosis code O99.892 is reported as the
                principal diagnosis.
                 In the second example, the requestor noted that diagnosis code
                O98.32 (Other infections with a predominantly sexual mode of
                transmission complicating childbirth) is associated with principal
                diagnosis collection number 1012. The requestor also noted that
                principal diagnosis collection number 1012 does not list diagnosis
                codes O99.891, O99.892, or O99.893 as a principal diagnosis to exclude
                the CC secondary diagnosis code O98.32, however, it does list diagnosis
                codes O98.311 (Other infections with a predominantly sexual mode of
                transmission complicating pregnancy, first trimester), O98.312 (Other
                infections with a predominantly sexual mode of transmission
                complicating pregnancy, second trimester), and O98.313 (Other
                infections with a predominantly sexual mode of transmission
                complicating pregnancy, third trimester) as a principal diagnosis to
                exclude the CC secondary diagnosis code O98.32. The requestor
                recommended CMS review diagnosis codes O98.32 (Other infections with a
                predominantly sexual mode of transmission complicating childbirth) and
                O98.33 (Other infections with a predominantly sexual mode of
                transmission complicating the puerperium), to determine if diagnosis
                codes O99.891, O99.892 or O99.893, when reported as a principal
                diagnosis, should exclude CC secondary diagnosis codes O98.32 and
                O98.33. Thus, the requestor suggested CMS consider if it is appropriate
                to add diagnosis codes O99.891, O99.892 and O99.893 to principal
                diagnosis collection number 1012 to cause diagnosis code O98.32 to be
                considered as a NonCC when diagnosis codes O99.891, O99.892 or O99.893
                are reported as the principal diagnosis.
                 In the third example, the requestor noted that diagnosis code O87.2
                (Hemorrhoids in the puerperium) is associated with principal diagnosis
                collection number 4041. The requestor also noted that principal
                diagnosis collection number 4041 lists diagnosis code O99.893 as a
                principal diagnosis to exclude the CC diagnosis code O87.2, however, it
                does not list diagnosis code O99.892. The requestor further noted that
                the ``Includes'' note at Category O87 (Venous complications and
                hemorrhoids in the puerperium) in the FY 2021 ICD-10-CM Tabular List
                includes ``venous complications in labor, delivery and the
                puerperium'', therefore, diagnosis code O87.2 would also be reported
                for documented hemorrhoids during labor and delivery. The requestor
                recommended CMS review diagnosis code O99.892 to determine if, when
                reported as a principal diagnosis, it should exclude CC diagnosis code
                O87.2. Thus, the requestor suggested CMS consider if it is appropriate
                to add diagnosis code O99.892 to principal diagnosis collection number
                4041 to cause diagnosis code O87.2 to be considered as a NonCC when
                diagnosis code O99.892 is reported as the principal diagnosis.
                 We reviewed diagnosis codes O99.891, O99.892 and O99.893 with
                respect to the principal diagnosis collection list and because these
                diagnosis codes are specifically describing ``other specified diseases
                and conditions complicating pregnancy, childbirth, and the
                puerperium,'' respectively, we do not believe that any of these three
                diagnosis codes, when reported as a principal diagnosis, should exclude
                any CC secondary diagnosis. In cases where any one of these three
                diagnosis codes is reported as a principal diagnosis, which are
                generally anticipated to be rare, it is understood that there is not a
                more specific diagnosis code available in the classification to report
                as the principal diagnosis that identifies the underlying or associated
                cause of the disease or the condition complicating the specific
                obstetric stage (pregnancy, childbirth, or puerperium), hence the
                ``other specified'' in the code title. Specifically, the title of
                category O99 is ``Other maternal diseases classifiable elsewhere but
                complicating pregnancy, childbirth and the puerperium'' and there are
                nine subcategories, each of which is generally associated with a single
                organ
                [[Page 25182]]
                system or etiology, with the exception of the ``other specified''
                subcategory (O99.8) as displayed in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.111
                 The instructional note at category O99 states ``use additional code
                to identify specific condition'' and included at each subcategory
                (O99.0-O99.7) are a range of codes that refer to diagnoses that are
                associated with the condition in the title of the subcategory that are
                to be reported in addition to the applicable code within the respective
                subcategory. For example, at subcategory O99.0 (Anemia complicating
                pregnancy, childbirth, and the puerperium), the range of associated
                codes to identify the specific condition (for example, type of anemia)
                includes conditions in diagnosis code range D50-D64, meaning that when
                any one of the diagnosis codes under subcategory O99.0 describing
                anemia complicating a specific obstetric stage (pregnancy, childbirth,
                or puerperium) is reported, a code within the D50-D64 code range to
                identify the specific type of anemia would also be expected to be
                reported when supported by the medical record documentation. It is
                therefore reasonable to associate the two conditions (one from
                subcategory O99.0 and one from code range D50-D64) when reported on a
                claim. However, the same cannot be stated for subcategory O99.8. There
                is no range of associated codes from which users are instructed to
                report located at this particular subcategory in addition to the
                specific code under sub-subcategory O99.89 (Other specified diseases
                and conditions complicating pregnancy, childbirth and the puerperium).
                We note that subcategory O99.8 and sub-subcategory O99.89 have the same
                title. Therefore, when a diagnosis code from other than that sub-
                subcategory is reported that describes a condition occurring in any one
                of the obstetric stages (pregnancy, childbirth, or puerperium) it is
                not clear if the condition can reasonably be associated to correspond
                to the ``other specified diseases and conditions'' diagnosis. In
                addition, the code ranges included at subcategory O99.8 are D00-D48,
                H00-H95, M00-N99, and Q00-Q99. Consequently, diagnosis codes within
                those code ranges would be expected to be reported with one of the
                diagnosis codes under subcategory O99.8 when reported as a principal
                diagnosis.
                 In all three of the requestor's examples, the diagnosis codes
                provided for CMS to review and consider are located in the ``O'' code
                range (O72.1, O98.32, and O87.2 in addition to O99.891, O99.892, and
                O99.893). As noted previously, the code ranges included at subcategory
                O99.8 as listed, do not include any codes in ``O'' code range. Upon
                review of the diagnosis codes provided by the requestor, it is also
                reasonable to expect that any one of those diagnosis codes (O72.1,
                O98.32, and O87.2) could be reported as a principal diagnosis alone.
                For instance, there are no instructional notes at diagnosis code O72.1
                that preclude that diagnosis code from being reported as the principal
                diagnosis.
                 During our review of the CC Exclusions List logic in response to
                the requestor's recommendations, we also identified some diagnosis
                codes describing the specific trimester of pregnancy that we believe
                warrant further examination. We are unable to fully evaluate these
                conditions for FY 2022, therefore, we will continue to analyze for
                future rulemaking.
                 For the reasons discussed, we do not believe that any of the three
                diagnosis codes (O99.891, O99.892, and O99.893), when reported as a
                principal diagnosis, should exclude any CC secondary diagnosis.
                Therefore, we are proposing to remove diagnosis codes O99.891, O99.892,
                and O99.893 from the CC Exclusions List logic principal diagnosis
                collection lists. Specifically, we are proposing to remove those
                diagnosis codes from the following principal
                [[Page 25183]]
                diagnosis collection list numbers 0085, 0954, 0956 through 0963, 0972,
                0988, 0991 through 0998, 1000 through 1002, 1004, 1006, 1009, 1011,
                1014, 1015, 1019, 3999, 4000, 4002 through 4006, 4008, 4010, through
                4013, 4017, 4020, 4021, 4023 through 4026, 4030, 4031, 4033 through
                4043, 4050 through 4054, 4059 through 4063, 4065 and 4067, effective FY
                2022.
                 We also received a request to review diagnosis codes describing
                oxygen dependence, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease with
                exacerbation, and chronic respiratory failure with regard to assignment
                in MS-DRG 191 (Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease with CC) and to
                consider whether any changes to principal diagnosis collection number
                0744 in the CC Exclusions List logic are warranted.
                 The requestor provided diagnosis codes J44.1 (Chronic obstructive
                pulmonary disease with (acute) exacerbation), J96.11 (Chronic
                respiratory failure with hypoxia (CC)) and Z99.81 (Dependence on
                supplemental oxygen) for CMS to review. Specifically, the requestor
                suggested that if oxygen dependence, by definition, is clinically
                inherent to chronic respiratory failure, then CMS should consider
                adding diagnosis code J44.1 to the CC Exclusions List logic principal
                diagnosis collection list number 0744 and cause diagnosis code J96.11
                to be considered as a NonCC when J44.1 is reported as the principal
                diagnosis.
                 We reviewed the diagnosis codes and MS-DRG assignment as the
                requestor suggested. We confirmed that when diagnosis code J44.1 is
                reported as the principal diagnosis with the CC secondary diagnosis
                code J96.11, and secondary diagnosis code Z99.81, the resulting MS-DRG
                assignment is MS-DRG 191. We believe that diagnosis code J96.11 should
                continue to group as a CC, to the ``with CC'' MS-DRG 191, when reported
                as a secondary diagnosis code with diagnosis code J44.1 reported as the
                principal diagnosis. We disagree with the requestor's suggestion that
                every oxygen-dependent COPD patient has chronic respiratory failure,
                and that separately reporting the chronic respiratory failure is
                clinically redundant. Patients can be oxygen-dependent with COPD and
                not have a diagnosis of chronic respiratory failure. Therefore, we are
                proposing to maintain the structure of principal diagnosis collection
                list number 0744 in the CC Exclusions List logic for FY 2022.
                 Finally, we received a request to reconsider the MCC exclusions for
                diagnosis code I11.0 (Hypertensive heart disease with heart failure)
                when reported as the principal diagnosis. According to the requestor,
                there appears to be an inconsistency for the CC Exclusions List logic.
                Specifically, the requestor noted that when diagnosis code I11.0 is
                reported as the principal diagnosis, it causes the following MCC
                secondary diagnosis codes to be considered as a NonCC.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.112
                 However, the requestor stated that diagnosis codes I50.21 (Acute
                systolic (congestive) heart failure) and I50.31 (Acute diastolic
                (congestive) heart failure) are not excluded from acting as MCCs when
                diagnosis code I11.0 is reported as the principal diagnosis. The
                requestor also stated that all diagnosis codes in category I50 (Heart
                Failure) share common etiologies and demonstrate comparable severity of
                illness. Therefore, the requestor suggested that none of the conditions
                in this category (I50) should be excluded from acting as a MCC when
                diagnosis code I11.0 is reported as a principal diagnosis.
                 We examined all the diagnosis codes in category I50 with regard to
                the CC Exclusions List logic. In addition to diagnosis code I11.0, we
                also reviewed diagnosis code I13.2 (Hypertensive heart and chronic
                kidney disease with heart failure and with stage 5 chronic kidney
                disease, or end stage renal disease) when reported as a principal
                diagnosis because that diagnosis code also has the Tabular instruction
                ``use additional code to identify the type of heart failure''.
                 We found additional inconsistencies in the CC secondary diagnosis
                heart failure codes where some diagnoses were excluded depending on the
                principal diagnosis reported and others were not excluded. As a result,
                we are proposing to revise the CC Exclusions Logic list for diagnosis
                codes I11.0 and I13.2 when reported as a principal diagnosis to ensure
                they are consistent in the CC and MCC diagnoses they exclude. In the
                following table we show the findings for each diagnosis code in
                category I50 with respect to the current severity level (MCC, CC or
                NonCC), if it is currently excluded as a CC or MCC when reported with
                either diagnosis code I11.0 or I13.2 as the principal diagnosis, and
                what our proposal is under the CC Exclusions List logic for FY 2022.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25184]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.113
                [[Page 25185]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.114
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 We are proposing additional changes to the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version
                39 CC Exclusion List based on the diagnosis and procedure code updates
                as discussed in section II.D.13. of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
                rule. Therefore, we have developed Table 6G.1.--Proposed Secondary
                Diagnosis Order Additions to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022; Table
                6G.2.--Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Additions to the CC
                Exclusions List--FY 2022; Table 6H.1.--Proposed Secondary Diagnosis
                Order Deletions to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022; and Table 6H.2.--
                Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Deletions to the CC Exclusions
                List--FY 2022. For Table 6G.1, each secondary diagnosis code proposed
                for addition to the CC Exclusion List is shown with an asterisk and the
                principal diagnoses proposed to exclude the secondary diagnosis code
                are provided in the indented column immediately following it. For Table
                6G.2, each of the principal diagnosis codes for which there is a CC
                exclusion is shown with an asterisk and the conditions proposed for
                addition to the CC Exclusion List that will not count as a CC are
                provided in an indented column immediately following the affected
                principal diagnosis. For Table 6H.1, each secondary diagnosis code
                proposed for deletion from the CC Exclusion List is shown with an
                asterisk followed by the principal diagnosis codes that currently
                exclude it. For Table 6H.2, each of the principal diagnosis codes is
                shown with an asterisk and the proposed deletions to the CC Exclusions
                List are provided in an indented column immediately following the
                affected principal diagnosis. Tables 6G.1., 6G.2., 6H.1., and 6H.2.
                associated with this proposed rule are available via the internet on
                the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html.
                [[Page 25186]]
                13. Proposed Changes to the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Coding Systems
                 To identify new, revised and deleted diagnosis and procedure codes,
                for FY 2022, we have developed Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, Table
                6B.--New Procedure Codes, Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes, Table
                6D.--Invalid Procedure Codes and Table 6E.--Revised Diagnosis Code
                Titles for this proposed rule.
                 These tables are not published in the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, but are available via the internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html as described in section VI. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule. As discussed in section II.D.16. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, the code titles are adopted as part of
                the ICD-10 (previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee
                meeting process. Therefore, although we publish the code titles in the
                IPPS proposed and final rules, they are not subject to comment in the
                proposed or final rules.
                 We are proposing the MDC and MS-DRG assignments for the new
                diagnosis codes and procedure codes as set forth in Table 6A.--New
                Diagnosis Codes and Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes. In addition, the
                proposed severity level designations for the new diagnosis codes are
                set forth in Table 6A. and the proposed O.R. status for the new
                procedure codes are set forth in Table 6B. Consistent with our
                established process, we examined the MS-DRG assignment and the
                attributes (severity level and O.R. status) of the predecessor
                diagnosis or procedure code, as applicable, to inform our proposed
                assignments and designations. Specifically, we review the predecessor
                code and MS-DRG assignment most closely associated with the new
                diagnosis or procedure code, and in the absence of claims data, we
                consider other factors that may be relevant to the MS-DRG assignment,
                including the severity of illness, treatment difficulty, complexity of
                service and the resources utilized in the diagnosis and/or treatment of
                the condition. We note that this process does not automatically result
                in the new diagnosis or procedure code being proposed for assignment to
                the same MS-DRG or to have the same designation as the predecessor
                code.
                 We are making available on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html
                the following tables associated with this proposed rule:
                 Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022;
                 Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes--FY 2022;
                 Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022;
                 Table 6D.--Invalid Procedure Codes--FY 2022;
                 Table 6E.--Revised Diagnosis Code Titles--FY 2022;
                 Table 6G.1.--Proposed Secondary Diagnosis Order Additions
                to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022;
                 Table 6G.2.--Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Additions
                to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022;
                 Table 6H.1.--Proposed Secondary Diagnosis Order Deletions
                to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022;
                 Table 6H.2.--Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Deletions
                to the CC Exclusions List--FY 2022;
                 Table 6I.1.--Proposed Additions to the MCC List--FY 2022;
                 Table 6I.2.--Proposed Deletions to the MCC List--FY 2022;
                and
                 Table 6J.1.--Proposed Additions to the CC List--FY 2022.
                14. Proposed Changes to the Medicare Code Editor (MCE)
                 The Medicare Code Editor (MCE) is a software program that detects
                and reports errors in the coding of Medicare claims data. Patient
                diagnoses, procedure(s), and demographic information are entered into
                the Medicare claims processing systems and are subjected to a series of
                automated screens. The MCE screens are designed to identify cases that
                require further review before classification into an MS-DRG.
                 As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58448),
                we made available the FY 2021 ICD-10 MCE Version 38 manual file. The
                manual contains the definitions of the Medicare code edits, including a
                description of each coding edit with the corresponding diagnosis and
                procedure code edit lists. The link to this MCE manual file, along with
                the link to the mainframe and computer software for the MCE Version 38
                (and ICD-10 MS-DRGs) are posted on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we address the MCE
                requests we received by the November 1, 2020 deadline. We also discuss
                the proposals we are making based on our internal review and analysis.
                a. External Causes of Morbidity Codes as Principal Diagnosis
                 In the MCE, the external cause codes (V, W, X, or Y codes) describe
                the circumstance causing an injury, not the nature of the injury, and
                therefore should not be used as a principal diagnosis.
                 As discussed in section II.D.13. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, lists the diagnosis codes that
                have been approved to date which will be effective with discharges on
                and after October 1, 2021. We are proposing to add the following new
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes to the External Causes of Morbidity edit code
                list.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.115
                [[Page 25187]]
                b. Age Conflict Edit
                 In the MCE, the Age conflict edit exists to detect inconsistencies
                between a patient's age and any diagnosis on the patient's record; for
                example, a 5-year-old patient with benign prostatic hypertrophy or a
                78-year-old patient coded with a delivery. In these cases, the
                diagnosis is clinically and virtually impossible for a patient of the
                stated age. Therefore, either the diagnosis or the age is presumed to
                be incorrect. Currently, in the MCE, the following four age diagnosis
                categories appear under the Age conflict edit and are listed in the
                manual and written in the software program:
                 Perinatal/Newborn--Age 0 years only; a subset of diagnoses
                which will only occur during the perinatal or newborn period of age 0
                (for example, tetanus neonatorum, health examination for newborn under
                8 days old).
                 Pediatric--Age is 0-17 years inclusive (for example,
                Reye's syndrome, routine child health exam).
                 Maternity--Age range is 9-64 years inclusive (for example,
                diabetes in pregnancy, antepartum pulmonary complication).
                 Adult--Age range is 15-124 years inclusive (for example,
                senile delirium, mature cataract).
                (1) Pediatric Diagnoses
                 Under the ICD-10 MCE, the Pediatric diagnoses category for the Age
                conflict edit considers the age range of 0 to 17 years inclusive. For
                that reason, the diagnosis codes on this Age conflict edit list would
                be expected to apply to conditions or disorders specific to that age
                group only.
                 As discussed in section II.D.13. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, lists the diagnosis codes that
                have been approved to date which will be effective with discharges on
                and after October 1, 2021. We are proposing to add the following new
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes to the Pediatric diagnoses category code list
                under the Age conflict edit.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.116
                c. Sex Conflict Edit
                 In the MCE, the Sex conflict edit detects inconsistencies between a
                patient's sex and any diagnosis or procedure on the patient's record;
                for example, a male patient with cervical cancer (diagnosis) or a
                female patient with a prostatectomy (procedure). In both instances, the
                indicated diagnosis or the procedure conflicts with the stated sex of
                the patient. Therefore, the patient's diagnosis, procedure, or sex is
                presumed to be incorrect.
                (1) Diagnoses for Females Only Edit
                 As discussed in section II.D.13. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, lists the new diagnosis codes
                that have been approved to date which will be effective with discharges
                on and after October 1, 2021. We are proposing to add the following new
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes to the edit code list for the Diagnoses for
                Females Only edit.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.117
                d. Unacceptable Principal Diagnosis Edit
                 In the MCE, there are select codes that describe a circumstance
                which influences an individual's health status but does not actually
                describe a current illness or injury. There also are codes that are not
                specific manifestations but may be due to an underlying cause. These
                codes are considered unacceptable as a principal diagnosis. In limited
                situations, there are a few codes on the MCE Unacceptable Principal
                Diagnosis edit code list that are considered ``acceptable'' when a
                specified secondary diagnosis is also coded and reported on the claim.
                 As discussed in Section II.D.13. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, lists the new diagnosis codes
                that have been approved to date which will be effective with discharges
                on and after October 1, 2021. In addition, as a result of proposed new
                instructional notes to ``Code first underlying disease'' (which
                indicate the proper sequencing order of the codes) for existing
                diagnosis codes found at subcategory M40.1 (Other secondary kyphosis)
                and subcategory M41.5 (Other secondary scoliosis) discussed at the
                September 8-9, 2020 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee
                meeting, we are proposing to add the following new and, if these
                instructional notes are finalized, existing ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes
                at subcategories M40.1 and M41.5, to the Unacceptable Principal
                Diagnosis edit code list.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25188]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.118
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 In addition, as discussed in section II.D.13. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes, lists the
                diagnosis codes that are
                [[Page 25189]]
                no longer effective October 1, 2021. Included in this table are the
                following ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes that are currently listed on the
                Unacceptable Principal Diagnosis edit code list. We are proposing to
                delete these codes from the Unacceptable Principal Diagnosis edit code
                list.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.119
                e. Unspecified Codes
                 As discussed in section II.D.12.c. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are requesting public comments on a potential change to the
                severity level designations for ``unspecified'' ICD-10-CM diagnosis
                codes that we are considering adopting for FY 2022. In connection with
                that request, we are also requesting public comments on the potential
                creation of a new MCE code edit involving these ``unspecified'' codes
                for FY 2022. Specifically, this MCE code edit could trigger when an
                ``unspecified'' diagnosis code currently designated as either a CC or
                MCC, that includes other codes available in that code subcategory that
                further specify the anatomic site, is entered. We refer the reader to
                table 6P.3a (which is available via the internet on the CMS website at:
                http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html) for the list of unspecified diagnosis
                codes that would be subject to this edit. This edit could signal to the
                provider that a more specific code is available to report. We believe
                this edit aligns with documentation improvement efforts and leverages
                the specificity within ICD-10. As part of our request for comment on
                the potential creation of this new MCE code edit for these
                ``unspecified'' codes, we are interested in comments on how this MCE
                code edit may be developed for FY 2022 to more accurately reflect each
                health care encounter and improve the reliability and validity of the
                coded data.
                f. Future Enhancement
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38053 through 38054)
                we noted the importance of ensuring accuracy of the coded data from the
                reporting, collection, processing, coverage, payment and analysis
                aspects. Subsequently, in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (83
                FR 20235) we stated that we engaged a contractor to assist in the
                review of the limited coverage and non-covered procedure edits in the
                MCE that may also be present in other claims processing systems that
                are utilized by our MACs. The MACs must adhere to criteria specified
                within the National Coverage Determinations (NCDs) and may implement
                their own edits in addition to what is already incorporated into the
                MCE, resulting in duplicate edits. The objective of this review is to
                identify where duplicate edits may exist and to determine what the
                impact might be if these edits were to be removed from the MCE.
                 We have also noted that the purpose of the MCE is to ensure that
                errors and inconsistencies in the coded data are recognized during
                Medicare claims processing. As we indicated in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (83 FR 41228), we are considering whether the inclusion
                of coverage edits in the MCE necessarily aligns with that specific goal
                because the focus of coverage edits is on whether or not a particular
                service is covered for payment purposes and not whether it was coded
                correctly.
                 As we continue to evaluate the purpose and function of the MCE with
                respect to ICD-10, we encourage public input for future discussion. As
                we have discussed in prior rulemaking, we recognize a need to further
                examine the current list of edits and the definitions of those edits.
                We continue to encourage public comments on whether there are
                additional concerns with the current edits, including specific edits or
                language that should be removed or revised, edits that should be
                combined, or new edits that should be added to assist in detecting
                errors or inaccuracies in the coded data. Comments should be directed
                to the MS-DRG Classification Change Mailbox located at
                [email protected] by November 1, 2021.
                15. Proposed Changes to Surgical Hierarchies
                 Some inpatient stays entail multiple surgical procedures, each one
                of which, occurring by itself, could result in assignment of the case
                to a different MS-DRG within the MDC to which the principal diagnosis
                is assigned. Therefore, it is necessary to have a decision rule within
                the GROUPER by which these cases are assigned to a single MS-DRG. The
                surgical hierarchy, an ordering of surgical classes from most resource-
                intensive to least resource-intensive, performs that function.
                Application of this hierarchy ensures that cases involving multiple
                surgical procedures are assigned to the MS-DRG associated with the most
                resource-intensive surgical class.
                 A surgical class can be composed of one or more MS-DRGs. For
                example, in MDC 11, the surgical class ``kidney transplant'' consists
                of a single MS-DRG (MS-DRG 652) and the class ``major bladder
                procedures'' consists of three MS-DRGs (MS-DRGs 653, 654, and 655).
                Consequently, in many cases, the surgical hierarchy has an impact on
                more than one MS-DRG. The methodology for determining the most
                resource-intensive surgical class involves weighting the average
                resources for each MS-DRG by frequency to determine the weighted
                average resources for each surgical class. For example, assume surgical
                class A includes MS-DRGs 001 and 002 and surgical class B includes MS-
                DRGs 003, 004, and 005. Assume also that the average costs of MS-DRG
                001 are higher than that of MS-DRG 003, but the average costs of MS-
                DRGs 004 and 005
                [[Page 25190]]
                are higher than the average costs of MS-DRG 002. To determine whether
                surgical class A should be higher or lower than surgical class B in the
                surgical hierarchy, we would weigh the average costs of each MS-DRG in
                the class by frequency (that is, by the number of cases in the MS-DRG)
                to determine average resource consumption for the surgical class. The
                surgical classes would then be ordered from the class with the highest
                average resource utilization to that with the lowest, with the
                exception of ``other O.R. procedures'' as discussed in this proposed
                rule.
                 This methodology may occasionally result in assignment of a case
                involving multiple procedures to the lower-weighted MS-DRG (in the
                highest, most resource-intensive surgical class) of the available
                alternatives. However, given that the logic underlying the surgical
                hierarchy provides that the GROUPER search for the procedure in the
                most resource-intensive surgical class, in cases involving multiple
                procedures, this result is sometimes unavoidable.
                 We note that, notwithstanding the foregoing discussion, there are a
                few instances when a surgical class with a lower average cost is
                ordered above a surgical class with a higher average cost. For example,
                the ``other O.R. procedures'' surgical class is uniformly ordered last
                in the surgical hierarchy of each MDC in which it occurs, regardless of
                the fact that the average costs for the MS-DRG or MS-DRGs in that
                surgical class may be higher than those for other surgical classes in
                the MDC. The ``other O.R. procedures'' class is a group of procedures
                that are only infrequently related to the diagnoses in the MDC, but are
                still occasionally performed on patients with cases assigned to the MDC
                with these diagnoses. Therefore, assignment to these surgical classes
                should only occur if no other surgical class more closely related to
                the diagnoses in the MDC is appropriate.
                 A second example occurs when the difference between the average
                costs for two surgical classes is very small. We have found that small
                differences generally do not warrant reordering of the hierarchy
                because, as a result of reassigning cases on the basis of the hierarchy
                change, the average costs are likely to shift such that the higher-
                ordered surgical class has lower average costs than the class ordered
                below it.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we received a request
                to examine the MS-DRG hierarchy within MDC 05 (Diseases and Disorders
                of the Circulatory System). The requestor stated its request to review
                the hierarchy within MDC 05 was based on the relative weights within
                each MS-DRG subdivision which they stated are supportive of higher
                position within the hierarchy. The requestor stated that when multiple
                procedures are performed, it is reasonable for providers to be
                compensated for the highest weighted procedure. The requestor did not
                specify which data year it analyzed to identify the relative weights.
                As discussed in this section, in reviewing the surgical hierarchy, we
                weigh the average costs of each MS-DRG in the class by frequency (that
                is, by the number of cases in the MS-DRG), not the relative weights of
                each MS-DRG as suggested by the requestor, to determine average
                resource consumption for the surgical class; therefore, consistent with
                our annual process, we used the methodology as described previously to
                review the surgical hierarchy within MDC 05.
                 Based on our review of the surgical hierarchy within MDC 05 in
                response to this request, and in response to the request we received to
                review the MS-DRG assignments for cases involving the surgical ablation
                procedure for atrial fibrillation as discussed in section II.D.5.e. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to revise the
                surgical hierarchy for the MS-DRGs in MDC 05 for FY 2022. Specifically,
                we are proposing to sequence MS-DRGs 231-236 above MS-DRGs 222-227 and
                below MS-DRGs 216-221, sequence MS-DRGs 222-227 above MS-DRGs 266-227
                and below MS-DRGs 231-236, sequence MS-DRGs 266-267 above MS-DRGs 268-
                269 and below MS-DRGs 222-227, sequence MS-DRGs 228-229 above MS-DRGs
                319-320 and below MS-DRGs 268-269.
                 Our proposal for Appendix D MS-DRG Surgical Hierarchy by MDC and
                MS-DRG of the ICD-10 MS-DRG Definitions Manual Version 39 is
                illustrated in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.120
                16. Maintenance of the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Coding Systems
                 In September 1985, the ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee was formed. This is a Federal interdepartmental committee,
                co-chaired by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC)
                National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) and CMS, charged with
                maintaining and updating the ICD-9-CM system. The final update to ICD-
                9-CM codes was made on October 1, 2013. Thereafter, the name of the
                Committee was changed to the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee, effective with the March 19-20, 2014 meeting. The ICD-10
                Coordination and Maintenance Committee addresses updates to the ICD-10-
                CM and ICD-10-PCS coding systems. The Committee is jointly responsible
                for approving coding changes, and developing errata, addenda, and other
                modifications to the coding systems to reflect newly developed
                procedures and technologies and newly identified diseases. The
                Committee is also responsible for promoting the use of Federal and non-
                Federal educational programs and other communication techniques with a
                view toward standardizing coding applications and upgrading the quality
                of the classification system.
                 The official list of ICD-9-CM diagnosis and procedure codes by
                fiscal year can be found on the CMS website at: http://cms.hhs.gov/
                Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
                [[Page 25191]]
                codes.html. The official list of ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS codes can be
                found on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/index.html.
                 The NCHS has lead responsibility for the ICD-10-CM and ICD-9-CM
                diagnosis codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index for
                Diseases, while CMS has lead responsibility for the ICD-10-PCS and ICD-
                9-CM procedure codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index
                for Procedures.
                 The Committee encourages participation in the previously mentioned
                process by health-related organizations. In this regard, the Committee
                holds public meetings for discussion of educational issues and proposed
                coding changes. These meetings provide an opportunity for
                representatives of recognized organizations in the coding field, such
                as the American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA), the
                American Hospital Association (AHA), and various physician specialty
                groups, as well as individual physicians, health information management
                professionals, and other members of the public, to contribute ideas on
                coding matters. After considering the opinions expressed during the
                public meetings and in writing, the Committee formulates
                recommendations, which then must be approved by the agencies.
                 The Committee presented proposals for coding changes for
                implementation in FY 2022 at a public meeting held on September 8-9,
                2020 and finalized the coding changes after consideration of comments
                received at the meetings and in writing by November 09, 2020.
                 The Committee held its 2021 meeting on March 9-10, 2021. The
                deadline for submitting comments on these code proposals was April 9,
                2021. It was announced at this meeting that any new diagnosis and
                procedure codes for which there was consensus of public support and for
                which complete tabular and indexing changes would be made by June 2021
                would be included in the October 1, 2021 update to the ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis and ICD-10-PCS procedure code sets. As discussed in earlier
                sections of the preamble of this proposed rule, there are new, revised,
                and deleted ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes and ICD-10-PCS procedure codes
                that are captured in Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes, Table 6B.--New
                Procedure Codes, Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes, Table 6D.--Invalid
                Procedure Codes, and Table 6E.--Revised Diagnosis Code Titles for this
                proposed rule, which are available via the internet on the CMS website
                at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html. The code titles are adopted as part of
                the ICD-10 (previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee
                process. Therefore, although we make the code titles available for the
                IPPS proposed rule, they are not subject to comment in the proposed
                rule. Because of the length of these tables, they are not published in
                the Addendum to the proposed rule. Rather, they are available via the
                internet as discussed in section VI. of the Addendum to the proposed
                rule.
                 Recordings for the virtual meeting discussions of the procedure
                codes at the Committee's September 8-9, 2020 meeting and the March 9-
                10, 2021 meeting can be obtained from the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/C-and-M-Meeting-Materials. The
                materials for the discussions relating to diagnosis codes at the
                September 8-9, 2020 meeting and March 9-10, 2021 meeting can be found
                at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm_maintenance.html. These
                websites also provide detailed information about the Committee,
                including information on requesting a new code, participating in a
                Committee meeting, timeline requirements and meeting dates.
                 We encourage commenters to submit questions and comments on coding
                issues involving diagnosis codes via Email to: cdc.gov">[email protected]cdc.gov.
                 Questions and comments concerning the procedure codes should be
                submitted via Email to: [email protected].
                 As a result of the ongoing COVID-19 public health emergency, the
                CDC implemented six new diagnosis codes describing conditions related
                to COVID-19 into the ICD-10-CM effective with discharges on and after
                January 1, 2021. The diagnosis codes are
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.121
                 We refer the reader to the CDC web page at https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm.htm for additional details regarding the
                implementation of these new diagnosis codes.
                 We provided the MS-DRG assignments for the six diagnosis codes
                effective with discharges on and after January 1, 2021, consistent with
                our established process for assigning new diagnosis codes.
                Specifically, we review the predecessor diagnosis code and MS-DRG
                assignment most closely associated with the new diagnosis code, and
                consider other factors that may be relevant to the MS-DRG assignment,
                including the severity of illness, treatment difficulty, and the
                resources utilized for the specific condition/diagnosis. We note that
                this process does not automatically result in the new
                [[Page 25192]]
                diagnosis code being assigned to the same MS-DRG as the predecessor
                code. The assignments for the previously listed diagnosis codes are
                reflected in Table 6A- New Diagnosis Codes (which is available via the
                internet on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS). As with the other new
                diagnosis codes and MS-DRG assignments included in Table 6A of this
                proposed rule, we are soliciting public comments on the most
                appropriate MDC, MS-DRG, and severity level assignments for these codes
                for FY 2022, as well as any other options for the GROUPER logic.
                 In addition, CMS implemented 21 new procedure codes describing the
                introduction or infusion of therapeutics, including monoclonal
                antibodies and vaccines for COVID-19 treatment, into the ICD-10-PCS
                effective with discharges on and after January 01, 2021. The 21
                procedure codes listed in this section of this rule are designated as
                non-O.R. and do not affect any MDC or MS-DRG assignment as shown in the
                following table
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.122
                [[Page 25193]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.123
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The ICD-10 MS-DRG assignment for cases reporting any one of the 21
                procedure codes is dependent on the reported principal diagnosis, any
                secondary diagnoses defined as a CC or MCC, procedures or services
                performed, age, sex, and discharge status. The 21 procedure codes are
                reflected in Table 6B--New Procedure Codes (which is available via the
                internet on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS.) As with the other new
                procedure codes and MS-DRG assignments included in Table 6B of this
                proposed rule, we are soliciting public comments on the most
                appropriate MDC, MS-DRG, and operating room status assignments for
                [[Page 25194]]
                these codes for FY 2022, as well as any other options for the GROUPER
                logic.
                 We note that Change Request (CR) 11895, Transmittal 10654, titled
                ``Fiscal Year (FY) 2021 Annual Update to the Medicare Code Editor (MCE)
                and International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision, Clinical
                Modification (ICD-10-CM) and Procedure Coding System (ICD-10-PCS)'',
                was issued on March 12, 2021 (available via the internet on the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/Transmittals/r10654cp) regarding the release of an updated
                version of the ICD-10 MS-DRG GROUPER and Medicare Code Editor software,
                Version 38.1, effective with discharges on and after January 1, 2021,
                reflecting the new diagnosis and procedure codes. The updated software,
                along with the updated ICD-10 MS-DRG V38.1 Definitions Manual and the
                Definitions of Medicare Code Edits V38.1 manual is available at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/MS-DRG-Classifications-and-Software.
                 In the September 7, 2001 final rule implementing the IPPS new
                technology add-on payments (66 FR 46906), we indicated we would attempt
                to include proposals for procedure codes that would describe new
                technology discussed and approved at the Spring meeting as part of the
                code revisions effective the following October.
                 Section 503(a) of Public Law 108-173 included a requirement for
                updating diagnosis and procedure codes twice a year instead of a single
                update on October 1 of each year. This requirement was included as part
                of the amendments to the Act relating to recognition of new technology
                under the IPPS. Section 503(a) of Public Law 108-173 amended section
                1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act by adding a clause (vii) which states that the
                Secretary shall provide for the addition of new diagnosis and procedure
                codes on April 1 of each year, but the addition of such codes shall not
                require the Secretary to adjust the payment (or diagnosis-related group
                classification) until the fiscal year that begins after such date. This
                requirement improves the recognition of new technologies under the IPPS
                by providing information on these new technologies at an earlier date.
                Data will be available 6 months earlier than would be possible with
                updates occurring only once a year on October 1.
                 While section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act states that the
                addition of new diagnosis and procedure codes on April 1 of each year
                shall not require the Secretary to adjust the payment, or DRG
                classification, under section 1886(d) of the Act until the fiscal year
                that begins after such date, we have to update the DRG software and
                other systems in order to recognize and accept the new codes. We also
                publicize the code changes and the need for a mid-year systems update
                by providers to identify the new codes. Hospitals also have to obtain
                the new code books and encoder updates, and make other system changes
                in order to identify and report the new codes.
                 The ICD-10 (previously the ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee holds its meetings in the spring and fall in order to update
                the codes and the applicable payment and reporting systems by October 1
                of each year. Items are placed on the agenda for the Committee meeting
                if the request is received at least 3 months prior to the meeting. This
                requirement allows time for staff to review and research the coding
                issues and prepare material for discussion at the meeting. It also
                allows time for the topic to be publicized in meeting announcements in
                the Federal Register as well as on the CMS website. A complete addendum
                describing details of all diagnosis and procedure coding changes, both
                tabular and index, is published on the CMS and NCHS websites in June of
                each year. Publishers of coding books and software use this information
                to modify their products that are used by health care providers.
                Historically, this 5-month time period has proved to be necessary for
                hospitals and other providers to update their systems.
                 A discussion of this timeline and the need for changes are included
                in the December 4-5, 2005 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee Meeting minutes. The public agreed that there was a need to
                hold the fall meetings earlier, in September or October, in order to
                meet the new implementation dates. The public provided comment that
                additional time would be needed to update hospital systems and obtain
                new code books and coding software. There was considerable concern
                expressed about the impact this April update would have on providers.
                 In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we implemented section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act, as added by section 503(a) of Public Law
                108-173, by developing a mechanism for approving, in time for the April
                update, diagnosis and procedure code revisions needed to describe new
                technologies and medical services for purposes of the new technology
                add-on payment process. We also established the following process for
                making these determinations. Topics considered during the Fall ICD-10
                (previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting
                are considered for an April 1 update if a strong and convincing case is
                made by the requestor during the Committee's public meeting. The
                request must identify the reason why a new code is needed in April for
                purposes of the new technology process. Meeting participants and those
                reviewing the Committee meeting materials are provided the opportunity
                to comment on this expedited request. All other topics are considered
                for the October 1 update. Participants of the Committee meeting and
                those reviewing the Committee meeting materials are encouraged to
                comment on all such requests. There were no code requests approved for
                an expedited April 1, 2021 implementation at the September 8-9, 2020
                Committee meetings. Therefore, there were no new codes implemented
                April 1, 2021.
                 At the March 9-10, 2021 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee meeting we announced our consideration of an April 1
                implementation date for ICD-10-CM diagnosis and ICD-10-PCS procedure
                code updates, in addition to the current October 1 annual update for
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes and ICD-10-PCS procedure codes. We stated
                that this April 1 code update would be in addition to the existing
                April 1 update under section 1886(d)(5)(k)(vii) of the Act for
                diagnosis or procedure code revisions needed to describe new
                technologies and medical services for purposes of the new technology
                add-on payment process. As explained during the March 9-10, 2021
                meeting, we believe this additional April 1 implementation date for new
                codes would allow for earlier recognition of diagnoses, conditions, and
                illnesses as well as procedures, services, and treatments in the claims
                data. We also believe this earlier recognition would be beneficial for
                purposes of reporting, data collection, tracking clinical outcomes,
                claims processing, surveillance, research, policy decisions and data
                interoperability. We note, as previously summarized, that in 2005, in
                connection with the implementation of the current April 1 update for
                diagnosis or procedure code revisions for purposes of the new
                technology add-on payment process, stakeholders expressed concerns with
                an April 1 update, specifically with regard to the time needed to
                update hospital systems and obtain new code books and coding software.
                We believe that the advances in technology that have occurred since
                [[Page 25195]]
                that time, including the use of electronic health records (EHRs),
                electronic coding books, and updated encoder software that are now
                utilized by the majority of providers, would alleviate those concerns
                and make a broader April 1 update more feasible today. Consistent with
                our established process for the existing April 1 update under section
                1886(d)(5)(k)(vii) of the Act, if adopted, any new ICD-10 code updates
                finalized for implementation on the following April 1 would be
                announced in November of the prior year, which would provide a 4-month
                timeframe for the public to receive notice about the diagnosis and/or
                procedure code updates with respect to the codes, code descriptions,
                code designations (severity level for diagnosis codes or O.R. status
                for procedure code) and code assignment under the ICD-10 MS-DRGs. As
                discussed during the March 9-10, 2021 meeting, all April 1 code update
                files would be made publicly available by February 1, providing a 2-
                month timeframe for providers to incorporate systems updates. We also
                do not anticipate any need for code book publishers to issue new code
                books as a result of an April 1 code update, if adopted. Rather, as was
                done in the past at the publisher's discretion, supplemental pages
                containing the code update information were made available and sent to
                purchasers of the code book products. We further note that
                historically, coders would hand-write any updates or notes directly
                into their code books. In addition, with the availability of electronic
                code book files, we would anticipate any April 1 code updates, if
                adopted, could be reasonably completed in the allotted timeframe. For
                these same reasons, we also do not believe a 5-month time period would
                continue to be needed to update providers' systems to reflect newly
                approved coding changes. We further note that if an April 1 update were
                to be adopted, it could be through a phased approach, such that
                initially, the number and nature of the code updates would be fewer and
                less comprehensive as compared to the existing October 1 update. For
                example, it was discussed during the meeting that consideration could
                first be given to proposals identified as ``Addenda''. For diagnosis
                codes, the proposed addenda updates typically consist primarily of
                minor revisions to the Index and Tabular List, such as corrections to
                typos and changes to instructional notes. For procedure codes, the
                proposed addenda updates typically consist primarily of minor revisions
                to the Index and Tables, such as adding or deleting entries to describe
                a body part or approach value or making changes to the Substance and
                Device Keys. We would use our established process to implement an April
                1 code update, which would include presenting proposals for April 1
                consideration at the September ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee meeting, requesting public comments, reviewing the public
                comments, finalizing codes, and announcing the new codes with their
                assignments consistent with the new GROUPER release information. Under
                our contemplated process, requestors would indicate whether they are
                submitting their code request for consideration for an April 1
                implementation date, if adopted, or an October 1 implementation date.
                The ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee would make efforts to
                accommodate the requested implementation date for each request
                submitted. However, the Committee would determine which requests would
                be presented for consideration for an April 1 implementation date or an
                October 1 implementation date. We refer the reader to the Agenda packet
                from the meeting at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/C-and-M-Meeting-Materials for additional information regarding this
                announcement and our request for comments.
                 If this new April 1 implementation date is adopted, we would assign
                the codes approved for the April 1 update to an MS-DRG(s) using our
                established process for GROUPER assignments for new diagnosis and
                procedure codes. Specifically, consistent with our established process
                for assigning new diagnosis and procedure codes, we would review the
                predecessor code and MS-DRG assignment most closely associated with the
                new diagnosis or procedure code, and in the absence of claims data, we
                would consider other factors that may be relevant to the MS-DRG
                assignment, including the severity of illness, treatment difficulty,
                complexity of service and the resources utilized in the diagnosis and/
                or treatment of the condition. We note that this process would not
                automatically result in the new diagnosis or procedure code being
                assigned to the same MS-DRG or having the same designation as the
                predecessor code.
                 ICD-9-CM addendum and code title information is published on the
                CMS website at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/index.html?redirect=/icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/01overview.asp#TopofPage. ICD-10-CM and
                ICD-10-PCS addendum and code title information is published on the CMS
                website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/index.html. CMS
                also sends electronic files containing all ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
                coding changes to its Medicare contractors for use in updating their
                systems and providing education to providers.
                 Information on ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes, along with the Official
                ICD-10-CM Coding Guidelines, can be found on the CDC website at:
                https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm.htm.
                 Additionally, information on new, revised, and deleted ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis and ICD-10-PCS procedure codes is provided to the AHA for
                publication in the Coding Clinic for ICD-10. The AHA also distributes
                coding update information to publishers and software vendors.
                 For FY 2021, there are currently 72,621 diagnosis codes and 78,136
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes. As displayed in Table 6A.--New Diagnosis
                Codes and in Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes associated with this
                proposed rule (and available via the internet on the CMS website at
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index/, there are 147 new diagnosis codes and 106 new
                procedure codes that have been finalized for FY 2022 at the time of the
                development of this proposed rule. The code titles are adopted as part
                of the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee process. Thus,
                although we publish the code titles in the IPPS proposed and final
                rules, they are not subject to comment in the proposed or final rules.
                We will continue to provide the October updates in this manner in the
                IPPS proposed and final rules.
                17. Replaced Devices Offered Without Cost or With a Credit
                a. Background
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47246
                through 47251), we discussed the topic of Medicare payment for devices
                that are replaced without cost or where credit for a replaced device is
                furnished to the hospital. We implemented a policy to reduce a
                hospital's IPPS payment for certain MS-DRGs where the implantation of a
                device that subsequently failed or was recalled determined the base MS-
                DRG assignment. At that time, we specified that we will reduce a
                hospital's IPPS payment for those MS-DRGs where the hospital received a
                credit for a replaced device equal to 50 percent or more of the cost of
                the device.
                [[Page 25196]]
                 In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51556 through
                51557), we clarified this policy to state that the policy applies if
                the hospital received a credit equal to 50 percent or more of the cost
                of the replacement device and issued instructions to hospitals
                accordingly.
                b. Proposed Changes for FY 2022
                 For FY 2022 we are proposing not to add any MS-DRGs to the policy
                for replaced devices offered without cost or with a credit. We are
                proposing to continue to include the existing MS-DRGs currently subject
                to the policy as displayed in the following table.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25197]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.124
                [[Page 25198]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.125
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The final list of MS-DRGs subject to the IPPS policy for replaced
                devices offered without cost or with a credit will be included in the
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and also will be issued to providers
                in the form of a Change Request (CR).
                II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Group (MS-
                DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights
                E. Recalibration of the FY 2022 MS-DRG Relative Weights
                1. Data Sources for Developing the Relative Weights
                 In accordance with our proposal as discussed in section I.F. of
                this proposed rule, for the purposes of establishing the FY 2022 MS-DRG
                relative weights, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR claims
                data, based on claims received by CMS through March 31, 2020, and the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2018 HCRIS file where we ordinarily would
                have used the FY 2020 MedPAR claims data, based on claims received by
                CMS through December 31, 2020, and the December 2020 update of the FY
                2019 HCRIS file. We refer the reader to section I.F. of this
                [[Page 25199]]
                proposed rule for further discussion of our analysis of the best
                available data for purposes of the FY 2022 ratesetting and our related
                proposals.
                 Consistent with our established policy, in developing the MS-DRG
                relative weights for FY 2022, we are proposing to use two data sources:
                Claims data and cost report data. The claims data source is the MedPAR
                file, which includes fully coded diagnostic and procedure data for all
                Medicare inpatient hospital bills. The FY 2019 MedPAR data used in this
                proposed rule include discharges occurring on October 1, 2018, through
                September 30, 2019, based on bills received by CMS through March 31,
                2020, from all hospitals subject to the IPPS and short-term, acute care
                hospitals in Maryland (which at that time were under a waiver from the
                IPPS).
                 The FY 2019 MedPAR file used in calculating the proposed relative
                weights includes data for approximately 9,217,828 Medicare discharges
                from IPPS providers. Discharges for Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in
                a Medicare Advantage managed care plan are excluded from this analysis.
                These discharges are excluded when the MedPAR ``GHO Paid'' indicator
                field on the claim record is equal to ``1'' or when the MedPAR DRG
                payment field, which represents the total payment for the claim, is
                equal to the MedPAR ``Indirect Medical Education (IME)'' payment field,
                indicating that the claim was an ``IME only'' claim submitted by a
                teaching hospital on behalf of a beneficiary enrolled in a Medicare
                Advantage managed care plan. In addition, the March 31, 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file complies with version 5010 of the X12 HIPAA
                Transaction and Code Set Standards, and includes a variable called
                ``claim type.'' Claim type ``60'' indicates that the claim was an
                inpatient claim paid as fee-for-service. Claim types ``61,'' ``62,''
                ``63,'' and ``64'' relate to encounter claims, Medicare Advantage IME
                claims, and HMO no-pay claims. Therefore, the calculation of the
                proposed relative weights for FY 2022 also excludes claims with claim
                type values not equal to ``60.'' The data exclude CAHs, including
                hospitals that subsequently became CAHs after the period from which the
                data were taken. We note that the proposed FY 2022 relative weights are
                based on the ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes and ICD-10-PCS procedure codes
                from the FY 2019 MedPAR claims data, grouped through the ICD-10 version
                of the proposed FY 2022 GROUPER (Version 39).
                 The second data source used in the cost-based relative weighting
                methodology is the Medicare cost report data files from the HCRIS.
                Normally, we use the HCRIS dataset that is 3 years prior to the IPPS
                fiscal year. However, as discussed earlier in this section, we are
                proposing to use the March 31, 2020 update of the FY 2018 HCRIS for
                calculating the proposed FY 2022 cost-based relative weights.
                Consistent with our historical practice, for this FY 2022 proposed
                rule, we are providing the version of the HCRIS from which we
                calculated these proposed 19 CCRs on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html. Click on the link on the left side of the
                screen titled ``FY 2022 IPPS Proposed Rule Home Page'' or ``Acute
                Inpatient Files for Download.'' We note that this file is identical to
                the file used for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. As discussed
                previously, we are also making available the FY 2019 HCRIS and the FY
                2020 MedPAR file as well as other related information and data files
                for purposes of public comment on our alternative approach of using the
                same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting.
                2. Methodology for Calculation of the Relative Weights
                a. General
                 We calculated the proposed FY 2022 relative weights based on 19
                CCRs, as we did for FY 2021. The methodology we are proposing to use to
                calculate the FY 2022 MS-DRG cost-based relative weights based on
                claims data in the FY 2019 MedPAR file and data from the FY 2018
                Medicare cost reports is as follows:
                 To the extent possible, all the claims were regrouped
                using the proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG classifications discussed in sections
                II.B. and II.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 The transplant cases that were used to establish the
                relative weights for heart and heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and
                lung transplants (MS-DRGs 001, 002, 005, 006, and 007, respectively)
                were limited to those Medicare-approved transplant centers that have
                cases in the FY 2019 MedPAR file. (Medicare coverage for heart, heart-
                lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants is limited to those
                facilities that have received approval from CMS as transplant centers.)
                 Organ acquisition costs for kidney, heart, heart-lung,
                liver, lung, pancreas, and intestinal (or multivisceral organs)
                transplants continue to be paid on a reasonable cost basis.
                 Because these acquisition costs are paid separately from the
                prospective payment rate, it is necessary to subtract the acquisition
                charges from the total charges on each transplant bill that showed
                acquisition charges before computing the average cost for each MS-DRG
                and before eliminating statistical outliers.
                 Section 108 of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020
                provides that, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2020, costs related to hematopoietic stem cell acquisition for the
                purpose of an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant shall be
                paid on a reasonable cost basis. We refer the reader to the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for further discussion of the reasonable cost
                basis payment for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2020 (85 FR 58835 to 58842). For FY 2022 and subsequent years, we
                are proposing to subtract the hematopoietic stem cell acquisition
                charges from the total charges on each transplant bill that showed
                hematopoietic stem cell acquisition charges before computing the
                average cost for each MS-DRG and before eliminating statistical
                outliers.
                 Claims with total charges or total lengths of stay less
                than or equal to zero were deleted. Claims that had an amount in the
                total charge field that differed by more than $30.00 from the sum of
                the routine day charges, intensive care charges, pharmacy charges,
                implantable devices charges, supplies and equipment charges, therapy
                services charges, operating room charges, cardiology charges,
                laboratory charges, radiology charges, other service charges, labor and
                delivery charges, inhalation therapy charges, emergency room charges,
                blood and blood products charges, anesthesia charges, cardiac
                catheterization charges, CT scan charges, and MRI charges were also
                deleted.
                 At least 92.8 percent of the providers in the MedPAR file
                had charges for 14 of the 19 cost centers. All claims of providers that
                did not have charges greater than zero for at least 14 of the 19 cost
                centers were deleted. In other words, a provider must have no more than
                five blank cost centers. If a provider did not have charges greater
                than zero in more than five cost centers, the claims for the provider
                were deleted.
                 Statistical outliers were eliminated by removing all cases
                that were beyond 3.0 standard deviations from the geometric mean of the
                log distribution of both the total charges per case and the total
                charges per day for each MS-DRG.
                [[Page 25200]]
                 Effective October 1, 2008, because hospital inpatient
                claims include a POA indicator field for each diagnosis present on the
                claim, only for purposes of relative weight-setting, the POA indicator
                field was reset to ``Y'' for ``Yes'' for all claims that otherwise have
                an ``N'' (No) or a ``U'' (documentation insufficient to determine if
                the condition was present at the time of inpatient admission) in the
                POA field.
                 Under current payment policy, the presence of specific HAC codes,
                as indicated by the POA field values, can generate a lower payment for
                the claim. Specifically, if the particular condition is present on
                admission (that is, a ``Y'' indicator is associated with the diagnosis
                on the claim), it is not a HAC, and the hospital is paid for the higher
                severity (and, therefore, the higher weighted MS-DRG). If the
                particular condition is not present on admission (that is, an ``N''
                indicator is associated with the diagnosis on the claim) and there are
                no other complicating conditions, the DRG GROUPER assigns the claim to
                a lower severity (and, therefore, the lower weighted MS-DRG) as a
                penalty for allowing a Medicare inpatient to contract a HAC. While the
                POA reporting meets policy goals of encouraging quality care and
                generates program savings, it presents an issue for the relative
                weight-setting process. Because cases identified as HACs are likely to
                be more complex than similar cases that are not identified as HACs, the
                charges associated with HAC cases are likely to be higher as well.
                Therefore, if the higher charges of these HAC claims are grouped into
                lower severity MS-DRGs prior to the relative weight-setting process,
                the relative weights of these particular MS-DRGs would become
                artificially inflated, potentially skewing the relative weights. In
                addition, we want to protect the integrity of the budget neutrality
                process by ensuring that, in estimating payments, no increase to the
                standardized amount occurs as a result of lower overall payments in a
                previous year that stem from using weights and case-mix that are based
                on lower severity MS-DRG assignments. If this would occur, the
                anticipated cost savings from the HAC policy would be lost.
                 To avoid these problems, we reset the POA indicator field to ``Y''
                only for relative weight-setting purposes for all claims that otherwise
                have an ``N'' or a ``U'' in the POA field. This resetting ``forced''
                the more costly HAC claims into the higher severity MS-DRGs as
                appropriate, and the relative weights calculated for each MS-DRG more
                closely reflect the true costs of those cases.
                 In addition, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for FY 2013
                and subsequent fiscal years, we finalized a policy to treat hospitals
                that participate in the Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI)
                initiative the same as prior fiscal years for the IPPS payment modeling
                and ratesetting process without regard to hospitals' participation
                within these bundled payment models (77 FR 53341 through 53343).
                Specifically, because acute care hospitals participating in the BPCI
                Initiative still receive IPPS payments under section 1886(d) of the
                Act, we include all applicable data from these subsection (d) hospitals
                in our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting calculations as if the
                hospitals were not participating in those models under the BPCI
                initiative. We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                for a complete discussion on our final policy for the treatment of
                hospitals participating in the BPCI initiative in our ratesetting
                process. For additional information on the BPCI initiative, we refer
                readers to the CMS' Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation's
                website at: http://innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/Bundled-Payments/index.html and to section IV.H.4. of the preamble of the FY 2013 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53341 through 53343).
                 The participation of hospitals in the BPCI initiative concluded on
                September 30, 2018. The participation of hospitals in the BPCI Advanced
                model started on October 1, 2018. The BPCI Advanced model, tested under
                the authority of section 1115A of the Act, is comprised of a single
                payment and risk track, which bundles payments for multiple services
                beneficiaries receive during a Clinical Episode. Acute care hospitals
                may participate in BPCI Advanced in one of two capacities: As a model
                Participant or as a downstream Episode Initiator. Regardless of the
                capacity in which they participate in the BPCI Advanced model,
                participating acute care hospitals will continue to receive IPPS
                payments under section 1886(d) of the Act. Acute care hospitals that
                are Participants also assume financial and quality performance
                accountability for Clinical Episodes in the form of a reconciliation
                payment. For additional information on the BPCI Advanced model, we
                refer readers to the BPCI Advanced web page on the CMS Center for
                Medicare and Medicaid Innovation's website at: https://innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/bpci-advanced/. Consistent with our
                policy for FY 2021, and consistent with how we have treated hospitals
                that participated in the BPCI Initiative, for FY 2022, we continue to
                believe it is appropriate to include all applicable data from the
                subsection (d) hospitals participating in the BPCI Advanced model in
                our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting calculations because, as
                noted previously, these hospitals are still receiving IPPS payments
                under section 1886(d) of the Act. Consistent with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we are also proposing to include all applicable data
                from subsection (d) hospitals participating in the Comprehensive Care
                for Joint Replacement (CJR) Model in our IPPS payment modeling and
                ratesetting calculations. The charges for each of the 19 cost groups
                for each claim were standardized to remove the effects of differences
                in area wage levels, IME and DSH payments, and for hospitals located in
                Alaska and Hawaii, the applicable cost-of-living adjustment. Because
                hospital charges include charges for both operating and capital costs,
                we standardized total charges to remove the effects of differences in
                geographic adjustment factors, cost-of-living adjustments, and DSH
                payments under the capital IPPS as well. Charges were then summed by
                MS-DRG for each of the 19 cost groups so that each MS-DRG had 19
                standardized charge totals. Statistical outliers were then removed.
                These charges were then adjusted to cost by applying the proposed
                national average CCRs developed from the FY 2018 cost report data,
                consistent with our proposed FY 2022 ratesetting discussed in section
                II.A.4 of the Addendum of this proposed rule.
                 The 19 cost centers that we used in the proposed relative weight
                calculation are shown in a supplemental data file, Cost Center HCRIS
                Lines Supplemental Data File, posted via the internet on the CMS
                website for this proposed rule and available at http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html.
                The supplemental data file shows the lines on the cost report and the
                corresponding revenue codes that we used to create the proposed 19
                national cost center CCRs. If we receive comments about the groupings
                in this supplemental data file, we may consider these comments as we
                finalize our policy.
                 Consistent with historical practice, we account for rare situations
                of non-monotonicity in a base MS-DRG and its severity levels, where the
                mean cost in the higher severity level is less than the mean cost in
                the lower severity level, in determining the relative weights for the
                different severity levels. If there are initially non-monotonic
                relative weights
                [[Page 25201]]
                in the same base DRG and its severity levels, then we combine the cases
                that group to the specific non-monotonic MS-DRGs for purposes of
                relative weight calculations. For example, if there are two non-
                monotonic MS-DRGs, combining the cases across those two MS-DRGs results
                in the same relative weight for both MS-DRGs. The relative weight
                calculated using the combined cases for those severity levels is
                monotonic, effectively removing any non-monotonicity with the base DRG
                and its severity levels. For this FY 2022 proposed rule, this
                calculation was applied to address non-monotonicity for cases that
                grouped to MS-DRG 504 and MS-DRG 505. We note that cases were also
                combined in calculating the relative weights for these two MS-DRGs for
                FY 2021. In the supplemental file titled AOR/BOR File, we include
                statistics for the affected MS-DRGs both separately and with cases
                combined.
                 We are inviting public comments on our proposals related to
                recalibration of the proposed FY 2022 relative weights and the changes
                in relative weights from FY 2021.
                b. Relative Weight Calculation for MS-DRG 018
                 As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58599
                through 58600), we created MS-DRG 018 for cases that include procedures
                describing CAR T-cell therapies, which were reported using ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes XW033C3 or XW043C3. We refer the reader to section
                II.D.2. of this proposed rule for discussion of the procedure codes for
                CAR T-cell and non-CAR T-cell therapies and other immunotherapies that
                we are proposing for assignment to MS-DRG 018 for FY 2022.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized our proposals
                to modify our existing relative weight methodology to ensure that the
                relative weight for new MS-DRG 018 appropriately reflects the relative
                resources required for providing CAR T-cell therapy outside of a
                clinical trial, while still accounting for the clinical trial cases in
                the overall average cost for all MS-DRGs, with additional refinements
                in response to comments. For cases that group to MS-DRG 018, we
                finalized to not include claims determined to be clinical trial claims
                that group to new MS-DRG 018 when calculating the average cost for new
                MS-DRG 018 that is used to calculate the relative weight for this MS-
                DRG, with the additional refinements that (a) when the CAR T-cell
                therapy product is purchased in the usual manner, but the case involves
                a clinical trial of a different product, the claim will be included
                when calculating the average cost for new MS-DRG 018 to the extent such
                claims can be identified in the historical data, and (b) when there is
                expanded access use of immunotherapy, these cases will not be included
                when calculating the average cost for new MS-DRG 018 to the extent such
                claims can be identified in the historical data (85 FR 58600). We also
                finalized our proposal to calculate an adjustment to account for the
                CAR T-cell therapy cases determined to be clinical trial cases, as
                described in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, with the additional
                refinement of including revenue center 891 in our calculation of
                standardized drug charges for MS-DRG 018. Applying this finalized
                methodology, based on the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file
                for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we estimated that the average
                costs of CAR T-cell therapy cases determined to be clinical trial cases
                ($46,062) were 17 percent of the average costs of CAR T cell therapy
                cases determined to be non-clinical trial cases ($276,042), and
                therefore, in calculating the national average cost per case for
                purposes of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, each case identified
                as a clinical trial case was adjusted by 0.17. We also noted that we
                were applying this adjustor for cases determined to be CAR T-cell
                therapy clinical trial cases for purposes of budget neutrality and
                outlier simulations. We refer the reader to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule for complete discussion of our finalized modifications to
                the relative weight calculation for MS-DRG 018.
                 Since we are proposing to use the same FY 2019 MedPAR claims data
                for FY 2022 ratesetting that we did for the FY 2021 final rule, we are
                also proposing to continue to use the same process to identify clinical
                trial claims in the FY 2019 MedPAR for purposes of calculating the FY
                2022 relative weights. We continue to use the proxy of standardized
                drug charges of less than $373,000, which was the average sales price
                of KYMRIAH and YESCARTA, which are the two CAR T-cell biological
                products in the MedPAR data used for the FY 2021 final rule and this
                proposed rule. Using the same methodology from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we are proposing to apply an adjustment to account for
                the CAR T cell therapy cases identified as clinical trial cases in
                calculating the national average standardized cost per case that is
                used to calculate the relative weights for all MS-DRGs:
                 Calculate the average cost for cases to be assigned to new
                MS-DRG 018 that contain ICD-10-CM diagnosis code Z00.6 or contain
                standardized drug charges of less than $373,000.
                 Calculate the average cost for cases to be assigned to new
                MS-DRG 018 that do not contain ICD-10-CM diagnosis code Z00.6 or
                standardized drug charges of at least $373,000.
                 Calculate an adjustor by dividing the average cost
                calculated in step 1 by the average cost calculated in step 2.
                 Apply the adjustor calculated in step 3 to the cases
                identified in step 1 as clinical trial cases, then add this adjusted
                case count to the non-clinical trial case count prior to calculating
                the average cost across all MS-DRGs.
                 Additionally, we are continuing our finalized methodology for
                calculating this payment adjustment, such that: (a) When the CAR T-cell
                therapy product is purchased in the usual manner, but the case involves
                a clinical trial of a different product, the claim will be included
                when calculating the average cost for cases not determined to be
                clinical trial cases and (b) when there is expanded access use of
                immunotherapy, these cases will be included when calculating the
                average cost for cases determined to be clinical trial cases. However,
                we continue to believe to the best of our knowledge there are no claims
                in the historical data (FY 2019 MedPAR) used in the calculation of the
                adjustment for cases involving a clinical trial of a different product,
                and to the extent the historical data contain claims for cases
                involving expanded access use of immunotherapy we believe those claims
                would have drug charges less than $373,000. Consistent with our
                proposal to use the FY 2019 data for the FY 2022 ratesetting, we are
                also proposing to calculate this adjustor based on the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file for purposes of establishing the FY
                2022 relative weights. Accordingly, as we did for FY 2021, we are
                proposing to adjust the transfer-adjusted case count for MS-DRG 018 by
                applying the proposed adjustor of 17 percent to the applicable clinical
                trial cases, and to use this adjusted case count for MS-DRG 018 in
                calculating the national average cost per case, which is used in the
                calculation of the relative weights. Therefore, in calculating the
                national average cost per case for purposes of this proposed rule, each
                case identified as a clinical trial case was adjusted by 17 percent. As
                we did for FY 2021, we are proposing to apply this same adjustor for
                the applicable cases that group to MS-DRG 018 for purposes of budget
                neutrality and outlier simulations.
                 As discussed in section I.F. of this proposed rule, we are also
                soliciting
                [[Page 25202]]
                comments on an alternative approach of using the same FY 2020 data that
                we would ordinarily use for purposes of the FY 2022 rulemaking, which
                we may consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on consideration of
                comments received. We note that using the methodology as finalized in
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we calculated an adjustor of 0.25
                based on this alternative approach of using the FY 2020 MedPAR file.
                3. Development of Proposed National Average CCRs
                 Consistent with our proposal to use the FY 2019 data for the FY
                2022 ratesetting, as discussed earlier in this section, we are
                proposing to continue to use the national average CCRs that were
                calculated for the FY 2021 final rule using that same data.
                Specifically, we calculated these national average CCRs as follows:
                 Using the FY 2018 cost report data, we removed CAHs, Indian Health
                Service hospitals, all-inclusive rate hospitals, and cost reports that
                represented time periods of less than 1 year (365 days). We included
                hospitals located in Maryland because we include their charges in our
                claims database. Then we created CCRs for each provider for each cost
                center (see the supplemental data file for line items used in the
                calculations) and removed any CCRs that were greater than 10 or less
                than 0.01. We normalized the departmental CCRs by dividing the CCR for
                each department by the total CCR for the hospital for the purpose of
                trimming the data. Then we took the logs of the normalized cost center
                CCRs and removed any cost center CCRs where the log of the cost center
                CCR was greater or less than the mean log plus/minus 3 times the
                standard deviation for the log of that cost center CCR. Once the cost
                report data were trimmed, we calculated a Medicare-specific CCR. The
                Medicare-specific CCR was determined by taking the Medicare charges for
                each line item from Worksheet D-3 and deriving the Medicare-specific
                costs by applying the hospital-specific departmental CCRs to the
                Medicare-specific charges for each line item from Worksheet D-3. Once
                each hospital's Medicare-specific costs were established, we summed the
                total Medicare-specific costs and divided by the sum of the total
                Medicare-specific charges to produce national average, charge-weighted
                CCRs.
                 After we multiplied the total charges for each MS-DRG in each of
                the 19 cost centers by the corresponding national average CCR, we
                summed the 19 ``costs'' across each MS-DRG to produce a total
                standardized cost for the MS-DRG. The average standardized cost for
                each MS-DRG was then computed as the total standardized cost for the
                MS-DRG divided by the transfer-adjusted case count for the MS-DRG. The
                average cost for each MS-DRG was then divided by the national average
                standardized cost per case to determine the proposed relative weight.
                 The proposed FY 2022 cost-based relative weights were then
                normalized by an adjustment factor of 1.820783 so that the average case
                weight after recalibration was equal to the average case weight before
                recalibration. The normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that
                recalibration by itself neither increases nor decreases total payments
                under the IPPS, as required by section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act.
                 The proposed 19 national average CCRs for FY 2022 are as follows:
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.126
                
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.127
                
                [[Page 25203]]
                 Since FY 2009, the relative weights have been based on 100 percent
                cost weights based on our MS-DRG grouping system.
                 When we recalibrated the DRG weights for previous years, we set a
                threshold of 10 cases as the minimum number of cases required to
                compute a reasonable weight. We are proposing to use that same case
                threshold in recalibrating the proposed MS-DRG relative weights for FY
                2022. Using data from the FY 2019 MedPAR file, there were 7 MS-DRGs
                that contain fewer than 10 cases. For FY 2022, because we do not have
                sufficient MedPAR data to set accurate and stable cost relative weights
                for these low-volume MS-DRGs, we are proposing to compute relative
                weights for the low-volume MS-DRGs by adjusting their final FY 2021
                relative weights by the percentage change in the average weight of the
                cases in other MS-DRGs from FY 2021 to FY 2022. The crosswalk table is
                as follows.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.128
                F. Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies for FY 2022
                1. Background
                 Sections 1886(d)(5)(K) and (L) of the Act establish a process of
                identifying and ensuring adequate payment for new medical services and
                technologies (sometimes collectively referred to in this section as
                ``new technologies'') under the IPPS. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vi) of the
                Act specifies that a medical service or technology will be considered
                new if it meets criteria established by the Secretary after notice and
                opportunity for public comment. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act
                specifies that a new medical service or technology may be considered
                for new technology add-on payment if, based on the estimated costs
                incurred with respect to discharges involving such service or
                technology, the DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable to
                such discharges under this subsection is inadequate. We note that,
                beginning with discharges occurring in FY 2008, CMS transitioned from
                CMS-DRGs to MS-DRGs. The regulations at 42 CFR 412.87 implement these
                provisions and 42 CFR 412.87(b) specifies three criteria for a new
                medical service or technology to receive the additional payment: (1)
                The medical service or technology must be new; (2) the medical service
                or technology must be costly such that the DRG rate otherwise
                applicable to discharges involving the medical service or technology is
                determined to be inadequate; and (3) the service or technology must
                demonstrate a substantial clinical improvement over existing services
                or technologies. In addition, certain transformative new devices and
                antimicrobial products may qualify under an alternative inpatient new
                technology add-on payment pathway, as set forth in the regulations at
                Sec. 412.87(c) and (d). We note that section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the
                Act requires that the Secretary establish a mechanism to recognize the
                costs of new medical services and technologies under the payment system
                established under that subsection, which establishes the system for
                paying for the operating costs of inpatient hospital services. The
                system of payment for capital costs is established under section
                1886(g) of the Act. Therefore, as discussed in prior rulemaking (72 FR
                47307 through 47308), we do not include capital costs in the add-on
                payments for a new medical service or technology or make new technology
                add-on payments under the IPPS for capital-related costs. In this rule,
                we highlight some of the major statutory and regulatory provisions
                relevant to the new technology add-on payment criteria, as well as
                other information. For a complete discussion of the new technology add-
                on payment criteria, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (76 FR 51572 through 51574), FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (84 FR 42288 through 42300) and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58736 through 58742).
                a. New Technology Add On Payment Criteria
                (1) Newness Criterion
                 Under the first criterion, as reflected in Sec. 412.87(b)(2), a
                specific medical service or technology will no longer be considered
                ``new'' for purposes of new medical service or technology add-on
                payments after CMS has recalibrated the MS-DRGs, based on available
                data, to reflect the cost of the technology. We note that we do not
                consider a service or technology to be new if it is substantially
                similar to one or more existing technologies. That is, even if a
                medical product receives a new FDA approval or clearance, it may not
                necessarily be considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on
                payments if it is ``substantially similar'' to another medical product
                that was approved or cleared by FDA and has been on the market for more
                than 2 to 3 years. In the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74
                FR 43813 through 43814), we established criteria for evaluating whether
                a new technology is substantially similar to an existing technology,
                specifically: (1)
                [[Page 25204]]
                Whether a product uses the same or a similar mechanism of action to
                achieve a therapeutic outcome; (2) whether a product is assigned to the
                same or a different MS-DRG; and (3) whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population. If a technology
                meets all three of these criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments. For a detailed
                discussion of the criteria for substantial similarity, we refer readers
                to the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47351 through 47352) and the FY
                2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43813 through 43814).
                (2) Cost Criterion
                 Under the second criterion, Sec. 412.87(b)(3) further provides
                that, to be eligible for the add-on payment for new medical services or
                technologies, the MS-DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable
                to discharges involving the new medical service or technology must be
                assessed for adequacy. Under the cost criterion, consistent with the
                formula specified in section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act, to assess
                the adequacy of payment for a new technology paid under the applicable
                MS-DRG prospective payment rate, we evaluate whether the charges of the
                cases involving a new medical service or technology will exceed a
                threshold amount that is the lesser of 75 percent of the standardized
                amount (increased to reflect the difference between cost and charges)
                or 75 percent of one standard deviation beyond the geometric mean
                standardized charge for all cases in the MS-DRG to which the new
                medical service or technology is assigned (or the case-weighted average
                of all relevant MS-DRGs if the new medical service or technology occurs
                in many different MS-DRGs). The MS-DRG threshold amounts generally used
                in evaluating new technology add-on payment applications for FY 2022
                are presented in a data file that is available, along with the other
                data files associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and
                correction notice, on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.
                 We note that, under the policy finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (85 FR 58603 through 58605), beginning with FY 2022, we
                use the proposed threshold values associated with the proposed rule for
                that fiscal year to evaluate the cost criterion for all applications
                for new technology add-on payments and previously approved technologies
                that may continue to receive new technology add-on payments, if those
                technologies would be assigned to a proposed new MS-DRG for that same
                fiscal year.
                 As finalized in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41275),
                beginning with FY 2020, we include the thresholds applicable to the
                next fiscal year (previously included in Table 10 of the annual IPPS/
                LTCH PPS proposed and final rules) in the data files associated with
                the prior fiscal year. Accordingly, the proposed thresholds for
                applications for new technology add-on payments for FY 2023 are
                presented in a data file that is available on the CMS website, along
                with the other data files associated with this FY 2022 proposed rule,
                by clicking on the FY 2022 IPPS Proposed Rule Home Page at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index. We note, for the reasons discussed in section
                I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to use the
                FY 2019 MedPAR claims data where we ordinarily would have used the FY
                2020 MedPAR claims data for purposes of proposed FY 2022 ratesetting.
                We refer the reader to section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for further discussion of our analysis of the best available data
                for FY 2022 ratesetting and our related proposals. For the FY 2023
                proposed threshold values, consistent with our proposal, we are
                proposing to use FY 2019 claims data to evaluate whether the charges of
                the cases involving a new medical service or technology will exceed a
                threshold amount that is the lesser of 75 percent of the proposed FY
                2022 standardized amount (increased to reflect the difference between
                cost and charges) or 75 percent of one standard deviation beyond the
                geometric mean standardized charge (using FY 2019 claims data) for all
                cases in the MS-DRG (using FY 2019 claims data) to which the new
                medical service or technology is assigned (or the case-weighted average
                of all relevant MS-DRGs if the new medical service or technology occurs
                in many different MS-DRGs), rather than the FY 2020 data we would
                otherwise use. As discussed in section I.F of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we are also considering, as an alternative to our
                proposal, the use of the same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use
                for purposes of FY 2022 ratesetting. If we were to finalize this
                alternative approach for FY 2022, we would use the FY 2020 claims data
                for purposes of the final thresholds for applications for new
                technology add-on payments for FY 2023 in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule. We are making available the threshold values calculated
                using the FY 2020 claims data at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS. In the September 7, 2001
                final rule that established the new technology add-on payment
                regulations (66 FR 46917), we discussed that applicants should submit a
                significant sample of data to demonstrate that the medical service or
                technology meets the high-cost threshold. Specifically, applicants
                should submit a sample of sufficient size to enable us to undertake an
                initial validation and analysis of the data. We also discussed in the
                September 7, 2001 final rule (66 FR 46917) the issue of whether the
                Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) Privacy
                Rule at 45 CFR parts 160 and 164 applies to claims information that
                providers submit with applications for new medical service or
                technology add-on payments. We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (76 FR 51573) for complete information on this issue.
                (3) Substantial Clinical Improvement Criterion
                 Under the third criterion at Sec. 412.87(b)(1), a medical service
                or technology must represent an advance that substantially improves,
                relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or
                treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (84 FR 42288 through 42292), we prospectively codified in our
                regulations at Sec. 412.87(b) the following aspects of how we evaluate
                substantial clinical improvement for purposes of new technology add-on
                payments under the IPPS:
                 The totality of the circumstances is considered when
                making a determination that a new medical service or technology
                represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services
                or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of
                Medicare beneficiaries.
                 A determination that a new medical service or technology
                represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services
                or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of
                Medicare beneficiaries means--
                 ++ The new medical service or technology offers a treatment option
                for a patient population unresponsive to, or
                [[Page 25205]]
                ineligible for, currently available treatments;
                 ++ The new medical service or technology offers the ability to
                diagnose a medical condition in a patient population where that medical
                condition is currently undetectable, or offers the ability to diagnose
                a medical condition earlier in a patient population than allowed by
                currently available methods, and there must also be evidence that use
                of the new medical service or technology to make a diagnosis affects
                the management of the patient;
                 ++ The use of the new medical service or technology significantly
                improves clinical outcomes relative to services or technologies
                previously available as demonstrated by one or more of the following: A
                reduction in at least one clinically significant adverse event,
                including a reduction in mortality or a clinically significant
                complication; a decreased rate of at least one subsequent diagnostic or
                therapeutic intervention; a decreased number of future hospitalizations
                or physician visits; a more rapid beneficial resolution of the disease
                process treatment including, but not limited to, a reduced length of
                stay or recovery time; an improvement in one or more activities of
                daily living; an improved quality of life; or, a demonstrated greater
                medication adherence or compliance; or
                 ++ The totality of the circumstances otherwise demonstrates that
                the new medical service or technology substantially improves, relative
                to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of
                Medicare beneficiaries.
                 Evidence from the following published or unpublished
                information sources from within the United States or elsewhere may be
                sufficient to establish that a new medical service or technology
                represents an advance that substantially improves, relative to services
                or technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of
                Medicare beneficiaries: Cinical trials, peer reviewed journal articles;
                study results; meta-analyses; consensus statements; white papers;
                patient surveys; case studies; reports; systematic literature reviews;
                letters from major healthcare associations; editorials and letters to
                the editor; and public comments. Other appropriate information sources
                may be considered.
                 The medical condition diagnosed or treated by the new
                medical service or technology may have a low prevalence among Medicare
                beneficiaries.
                 The new medical service or technology may represent an
                advance that substantially improves, relative to services or
                technologies previously available, the diagnosis or treatment of a
                subpopulation of patients with the medical condition diagnosed or
                treated by the new medical service or technology.
                 We refer the reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for
                additional discussion of the evaluation of substantial clinical
                improvement for purposes of new technology add-on payments under the
                IPPS.
                 We note, consistent with the discussion in the FY 2003 IPPS final
                rule (67 FR 50015), that although we are affiliated with the FDA and we
                do not question the FDA's regulatory responsibility for decisions
                related to marketing authorization (for example, approval, clearance,
                etc.), we do not rely upon FDA criteria in our determination of what
                drugs, devices, or technologies qualify for new technology add-on
                payments under Medicare. Our criteria do not depend on the standard of
                safety and efficacy on which the FDA relies but on a demonstration of
                substantial clinical improvement in the Medicare population
                (particularly patients over age 65).
                c. Alternative Inpatient New Technology Add-On Payment Pathway
                 Beginning with applications for FY 2021 new technology add-on
                payments, under the regulations at Sec. 412.87(c), a medical device
                that is part of FDA's Breakthrough Devices Program may qualify for the
                new technology add-on payment under an alternative pathway.
                Additionally, under the regulations at Sec. 412.87(d) for certain
                antimicrobial products, beginning with FY 2021, a drug that is
                designated by the FDA as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP),
                and, beginning with FY 2022, a drug that is approved by the FDA under
                the Limited Population Pathway for Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs
                (LPAD), may also qualify for the new technology add-on payment under an
                alternative pathway. We refer the reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (84 FR 42292 through 42297) and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58737 through 58739) for a complete discussion on
                this policy. We note that a technology is not required to have the
                specified FDA designation at the time the new technology add-on payment
                application is submitted. CMS will review the application based on the
                information provided by the applicant under the alternative pathway
                specified by the applicant. However, to receive approval for the new
                technology add-on payment under that alternative pathway, the
                technology must have the applicable FDA designation and meet all other
                requirements in the regulations in Sec. 412.87(c) and (d), as
                applicable.
                (1) Alternative Pathway for Certain Transformative New Devices
                 For applications received for new technology add-on payments for FY
                2021 and subsequent fiscal years, if a medical device is part of FDA's
                Breakthrough Devices Program and received FDA marketing authorization,
                it will be considered new and not substantially similar to an existing
                technology for purposes of the new technology add-on payment under the
                IPPS, and will not need to meet the requirement under Sec.
                412.87(b)(1) that it represent an advance that substantially improves,
                relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or
                treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. This policy is codified at Sec.
                412.87(c). Under this alternative pathway, a medical device that has
                received FDA marketing authorization (that is, has been approved or
                cleared by, or had a De Novo classification request granted by, FDA)
                and that is part of FDA's Breakthrough Devices Program will need to
                meet the cost criterion under Sec. 412.87(b)(3), and will be
                considered new as reflected in Sec. 412.87(c)(2). We note, in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58734 through 58736), we clarified
                our policy that a new medical device under this alternative pathway
                must receive marketing authorization for the indication covered by the
                Breakthrough Devices Program designation. We refer the reader to the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58734 through 58736) for a
                complete discussion regarding this clarification.
                (2) Alternative Pathway for Certain Antimicrobial Products
                 For applications received for new technology add-on payments for
                certain antimicrobial products, beginning with FY 2021, if a technology
                is designated by FDA as a QIDP and received FDA marketing
                authorization, and, beginning with FY 2022, if a drug is approved under
                FDA's LPAD pathway and used for the indication approved under the LPAD
                pathway, it will be considered new and not substantially similar to an
                existing technology for purposes of new technology add-on payments and
                will not need to meet the requirement that it represent an advance that
                substantially improves, relative to technologies previously available,
                the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. We codified this
                policy at Sec. 412.87(d). Under this alternative pathway for QIDPs and
                LPADs, a medical product that has received FDA marketing authorization
                and is designated by FDA
                [[Page 25206]]
                as a QIDP or approved under the LPAD pathway will need to meet the cost
                criterion under Sec. 412.87(b)(3), and will be considered new as
                reflected in Sec. 412.87(d)(2).
                 We refer the reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                42292 through 42297) and FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58737
                through 58739) for a complete discussion on this policy. We note, in
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58737 through 58739), we
                clarified that a new medical product seeking approval for the new
                technology add-on payment under the alternative pathway for QIDPs must
                receive marketing authorization for the indication covered by the QIDP
                designation. We also finalized our policy to expand our alternative new
                technology add-on payment pathway for certain antimicrobial products to
                include products approved under the LPAD pathway and used for the
                indication approved under the LPAD pathway.
                d. Additional Payment for New Medical Service or Technology
                 The new medical service or technology add-on payment policy under
                the IPPS provides additional payments for cases with relatively high
                costs involving eligible new medical services or technologies, while
                preserving some of the incentives inherent under an average-based
                prospective payment system. The payment mechanism is based on the cost
                to hospitals for the new medical service or technology. As noted
                previously, we do not include capital costs in the add-on payments for
                a new medical service or technology or make new technology add-on
                payments under the IPPS for capital-related costs (72 FR 47307 through
                47308).
                 For discharges occurring before October 1, 2019, under Sec.
                412.88, if the costs of the discharge (determined by applying operating
                cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) as described in Sec. 412.84(h)) exceed
                the full DRG payment (including payments for IME and DSH, but excluding
                outlier payments), CMS made an add-on payment equal to the lesser of:
                (1) 50 percent of the costs of the new medical service or technology;
                or (2) 50 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed
                the standard DRG payment.
                 Beginning with discharges on or after October 1, 2019, for the
                reasons discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42297
                through 42300), we finalized an increase in the new technology add-on
                payment percentage, as reflected at Sec. 412.88(a)(2)(ii).
                Specifically, for a new technology other than a medical product
                designated by FDA as a QIDP, beginning with discharges on or after
                October 1, 2019, if the costs of a discharge involving a new technology
                (determined by applying CCRs as described in Sec. 412.84(h)) exceed
                the full DRG payment (including payments for IME and DSH, but excluding
                outlier payments), Medicare will make an add-on payment equal to the
                lesser of: (1) 65 percent of the costs of the new medical service or
                technology; or (2) 65 percent of the amount by which the costs of the
                case exceed the standard DRG payment. For a new technology that is a
                medical product designated by FDA as a QIDP, beginning with discharges
                on or after October 1, 2019, if the costs of a discharge involving a
                new technology (determined by applying CCRs as described in Sec.
                412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment (including payments for IME and
                DSH, but excluding outlier payments), Medicare will make an add-on
                payment equal to the lesser of: (1) 75 percent of the costs of the new
                medical service or technology; or (2) 75 percent of the amount by which
                the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment. For a new
                technology that is a medical product approved under FDA's LPAD pathway,
                beginning with discharges on or after October 1, 2020, if the costs of
                a discharge involving a new technology (determined by applying CCRs as
                described in Sec. 412.84(h)) exceed the full DRG payment (including
                payments for IME and DSH, but excluding outlier payments), Medicare
                will make an add-on payment equal to the lesser of: (1) 75 percent of
                the costs of the new medical service or technology; or (2) 75 percent
                of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG
                payment. As set forth in Sec. 412.88(b)(2), unless the discharge
                qualifies for an outlier payment, the additional Medicare payment will
                be limited to the full MS-DRG payment plus 65 percent (or 75 percent
                for certain antimicrobial products (QIDPs and LPADs)) of the estimated
                costs of the new technology or medical service.
                 We refer the reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                42297 through 42300) for complete discussion on the increase in the new
                technology add on payment beginning with discharges on or after October
                1, 2019.
                 Section 503(d)(2) of Public Law 108-173 provides that there shall
                be no reduction or adjustment in aggregate payments under the IPPS due
                to add-on payments for new medical services and technologies.
                Therefore, in accordance with section 503(d)(2) of Public Law 108-173,
                add-on payments for new medical services or technologies for FY 2005
                and subsequent years have not been subjected to budget neutrality.
                e. Evaluation of Eligibility Criteria for New Medical Service or
                Technology Applications
                 In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48561 through 48563), we
                modified our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to codify our longstanding
                practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility criteria for new medical
                service or technology add-on payment applications. That is, we first
                determine whether a medical service or technology meets the newness
                criterion, and only if so, do we then make a determination as to
                whether the technology meets the cost threshold and represents a
                substantial clinical improvement over existing medical services or
                technologies. We specified that all applicants for new technology add-
                on payments must have FDA approval or clearance by July 1 of the year
                prior to the beginning of the fiscal year for which the application is
                being considered. In the FY 2021 IPPS final rule, to more precisely
                describe the various types of FDA approvals, clearances and
                classifications that we consider under our new technology add-on
                payment policy, we finalized a technical clarification to the
                regulation to indicate that new technologies must receive FDA marketing
                authorization (such as pre-market approval (PMA); 510(k) clearance; the
                granting of a De Novo classification request, or approval of a New Drug
                Application (NDA)) by July 1 of the year prior to the beginning of the
                fiscal year for which the application is being considered. Consistent
                with our longstanding policy, we consider FDA marketing authorization
                as representing that a product has received FDA approval or clearance
                when considering eligibility for the new technology add-on payment
                under Sec. 412.87(e)(2) (85 FR 58742).
                 Additionally, in the FY 2021 IPPS final rule (85 FR 58739 through
                58742), we finalized our proposal to provide conditional approval for
                new technology add-on payment for a technology for which an application
                is submitted under the alternative pathway for certain antimicrobial
                products at Sec. 412.87(d) that does not receive FDA marketing
                authorization by the July 1 deadline specified in Sec. 412.87(e)(2),
                provided that the technology otherwise meets the applicable add-on
                payment criteria. Under this policy, cases involving eligible
                antimicrobial products would begin receiving the new technology add-on
                payment sooner, effective for discharges the quarter after the date of
                FDA marketing authorization provided
                [[Page 25207]]
                that the technology receives FDA marketing authorization by July 1 of
                the particular fiscal year for which the applicant applied for new
                technology add-on payments.
                f. Council on Technology and Innovation (CTI)
                 The Council on Technology and Innovation at CMS oversees the
                agency's cross-cutting priority on coordinating coverage, coding and
                payment processes for Medicare with respect to new technologies and
                procedures, including new drug therapies, as well as promoting the
                exchange of information on new technologies and medical services
                between CMS and other entities. The CTI, composed of senior CMS staff
                and clinicians, was established under section 942(a) of Public Law 108-
                173. The Council is co-chaired by the Director of the Center for
                Clinical Standards and Quality (CCSQ) and the Director of the Center
                for Medicare (CM), who is also designated as the CTI's Executive
                Coordinator.
                 The specific processes for coverage, coding, and payment are
                implemented by CM, CCSQ, and the local Medicare Administrative
                Contractors (MACs) (in the case of local coverage and payment
                decisions). The CTI supplements, rather than replaces, these processes
                by working to assure that all of these activities reflect the agency-
                wide priority to promote high-quality, innovative care. At the same
                time, the CTI also works to streamline, accelerate, and improve
                coordination of these processes to ensure that they remain up to date
                as new issues arise. To achieve its goals, the CTI works to streamline
                and create a more transparent coding and payment process, improve the
                quality of medical decisions, and speed patient access to effective new
                treatments. It is also dedicated to supporting better decisions by
                patients and doctors in using Medicare-covered services through the
                promotion of better evidence development, which is critical for
                improving the quality of care for Medicare beneficiaries.
                 To improve the understanding of CMS' processes for coverage,
                coding, and payment and how to access them, the CTI has developed an
                ``Innovator's Guide'' to these processes. The intent is to consolidate
                this information, much of which is already available in a variety of
                CMS documents and in various places on the CMS website, in a user
                friendly format. This guide was published in 2010 and is available on
                the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coverage/CouncilonTechInnov/Downloads/Innovators-Guide-Master-7-23-15.pdf.
                 As we indicated in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48554), we
                invite any product developers or manufacturers of new medical services
                or technologies to contact the agency early in the process of product
                development if they have questions or concerns about the evidence that
                would be needed later in the development process for the agency's
                coverage decisions for Medicare.
                 The CTI aims to provide useful information on its activities and
                initiatives to stakeholders, including Medicare beneficiaries,
                advocates, medical product manufacturers, providers, and health policy
                experts. Stakeholders with further questions about Medicare's coverage,
                coding, and payment processes, or who want further guidance about how
                they can navigate these processes, can contact the CTI at
                [email protected].
                g. Application Information for New Medical Services or Technologies
                 Applicants for add-on payments for new medical services or
                technologies for FY 2023 must submit a formal request, including a full
                description of the clinical applications of the medical service or
                technology and the results of any clinical evaluations demonstrating
                that the new medical service or technology represents a substantial
                clinical improvement (unless the application is under one of the
                alternative pathways as previously described), along with a significant
                sample of data to demonstrate that the medical service or technology
                meets the high-cost threshold. Complete application information, along
                with final deadlines for submitting a full application, will be posted
                as it becomes available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/newtech.html. To allow interested parties to identify the new medical
                services or technologies under review before the publication of the
                proposed rule for FY 2023, the CMS website also will post the tracking
                forms completed by each applicant. We note that the burden associated
                with this information collection requirement is the time and effort
                required to collect and submit the data in the formal request for add-
                on payments for new medical services and technologies to CMS. The
                aforementioned burden is subject to the PRA and approved under OMB
                control number 0938-1347.
                 As discussed previously, in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                we adopted an alternative inpatient new technology add-on payment
                pathway for certain transformative new devices and for Qualified
                Infectious Disease Products, as set forth in the regulations at Sec.
                412.87(c) and (d). The change in burden associated with these changes
                to the new technology add-on payment application process were discussed
                in a revision of the information collection requirement (ICR) request
                currently approved under OMB control number 0938-1347. In accordance
                with the implementing regulations of the PRA, we detailed the revisions
                of the ICR and published the required 60-day notice on August 15, 2019
                (84 FR 41723) and 30-day notice on December 17, 2019 (84 FR 68936) to
                solicit public comments.
                2. Public Input Before Publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
                on Add-On Payments
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(viii) of the Act, as amended by section
                503(b)(2) of Public Law 108-173, provides for a mechanism for public
                input before publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding
                whether a medical service or technology represents a substantial
                clinical improvement or advancement. The process for evaluating new
                medical service and technology applications requires the Secretary to--
                 Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for public
                input regarding whether a new service or technology represents an
                advance in medical technology that substantially improves the diagnosis
                or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries;
                 Make public and periodically update a list of the services
                and technologies for which applications for add-on payments are
                pending;
                 Accept comments, recommendations, and data from the public
                regarding whether a service or technology represents a substantial
                clinical improvement; and
                 Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for a
                meeting at which organizations representing hospitals, physicians,
                manufacturers, and any other interested party may present comments,
                recommendations, and data regarding whether a new medical service or
                technology represents a substantial clinical improvement to the
                clinical staff of CMS.
                 In order to provide an opportunity for public input regarding add-
                on payments for new medical services and technologies for FY 2022 prior
                to publication of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
                published a notice in the Federal Register on October 16, 2020 (85 FR
                65815), and held a virtual town hall meeting on December 15 and 16,
                2020. In the announcement notice for the meeting,
                [[Page 25208]]
                we stated that the opinions and presentations provided during the
                meeting would assist us in our evaluations of applications by allowing
                public discussion of the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                the FY 2022 new medical service and technology add on payment
                applications before the publication of the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule.
                 Approximately 330 individuals registered to attend the 2-day
                virtual town hall meeting. We posted the recordings of the 2-day
                virtual town hall on the CMS web page at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/newtech. We
                considered each applicant's presentation made at the town hall meeting,
                as well as written comments received by the December 28, 2020 deadline,
                in our evaluation of the new technology add on payment applications for
                FY 2022 in the development of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule.
                 In response to the published notice and the December 15-16, 2020
                New Technology Town Hall meeting, we received written comments
                regarding the applications for FY 2022 new technology add on payments.
                As explained earlier and in the Federal Register notice announcing the
                New Technology Town Hall meeting (85 FR 65815 through 65817), the
                purpose of the meeting was specifically to discuss the substantial
                clinical improvement criterion with regard to pending new technology
                add-on payment applications for FY 2022. Therefore, we are not
                summarizing those written comments in this proposed rule that are
                unrelated to the substantial clinical improvement criterion. In section
                II.H.5. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are summarizing
                comments regarding individual applications, or, if applicable,
                indicating that there were no comments received in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice or New Technology Town Hall
                meeting, at the end of each discussion of the individual applications.
                3. ICD-10-PCS Section ``X'' Codes for Certain New Medical Services and
                Technologies
                 As discussed in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49434),
                the ICD-10-PCS includes a new section containing the new Section ``X''
                codes, which began being used with discharges occurring on or after
                October 1, 2015. Decisions regarding changes to ICD-10-PCS Section
                ``X'' codes will be handled in the same manner as the decisions for all
                of the other ICD-10-PCS code changes. That is, proposals to create,
                delete, or revise Section ``X'' codes under the ICD-10-PCS structure
                will be referred to the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee.
                In addition, several of the new medical services and technologies that
                have been, or may be, approved for new technology add-on payments may
                now, and in the future, be assigned a Section ``X'' code within the
                structure of the ICD-10-PCS. We posted ICD-10-PCS Guidelines on the CMS
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/icd-10/2021-icd-10-pcs,
                including guidelines for ICD-10-PCS Section ``X'' codes. We encourage
                providers to view the material provided on ICD-10-PCS Section ``X''
                codes.
                4. Proposed FY 2022 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2021 New
                Technology Add-On Payments
                 In this section of the proposed rule, we discuss the proposed FY
                2022 status of 23 technologies approved for FY 2021 new technology add-
                on payments, as set forth in the tables that follow. In general, we
                extend new technology add-on payments for an additional year only if
                the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry onto the U.S. market
                occurs in the latter half of the upcoming fiscal year. We refer the
                reader to section II.F.6.b.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for discussion of CONTEPO, which we conditionally approved for FY 2021
                new technology add-on payments under the alternative pathway for
                certain antimicrobial products, subject to the technology receiving FDA
                marketing authorization by July 1, 2021. As of the time of the
                development of this proposed rule, CONTEPO has not yet received FDA
                marketing authorization.
                a. Proposed Continuation of New Technology Add-On Payments for FY 2022
                for Technologies Still Considered To Be New
                 In the table in this section of the proposed rule, we present our
                proposals to continue the new technology add-on payment for FY 2022 for
                those technologies that were approved for the new technology add-on
                payment for FY 2021 and which would still considered ``new'' for
                purposes of new technology add-on payments for FY 2022.
                 Our policy is that a medical service or technology may continue to
                be considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on payments
                within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
                available reflecting the inpatient hospital code assigned to the new
                service or technology. Our practice has been to begin and end new
                technology add-on payments on the basis of a fiscal year, and we have
                generally followed a guideline that uses a 6-month window before and
                after the start of the fiscal year to determine whether to extend the
                new technology add-on payment for an additional fiscal year. In
                general, we extend new technology add-on payments for an additional
                year only if the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry onto
                the U.S. market occurs in the latter half of the fiscal year (70 FR
                47362).
                 The table in this section lists the technologies for which we are
                proposing to continue making new technology add-on payments for FY 2022
                because they would still be considered new for purposes of new
                technology add-on payments. This table also presents the newness start
                date, new technology add-on payment start date, relevant final rule
                citations from prior fiscal years, proposed maximum add-on payment
                amount, and coding assignments. We refer readers to the cited final
                rules in the following table for a complete discussion of the new
                technology add-on payment application, coding and payment amount for
                these technologies, including the applicable indications and discussion
                of the newness start date.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25209]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.129
                [[Page 25210]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.130
                [[Page 25211]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.131
                b. Proposal To Extend New Technology Add-On Payments
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(II) of the Act provides for the
                collection of data with respect to the costs of a new medical service
                or technology described in subclause (I) for a period of not less than
                2 years and not more than 3 years beginning on the date on which an
                inpatient hospital code is issued with respect to the service or
                technology. As explained in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49002),
                the intent of section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act and regulations under
                Sec. 412.87(b)(2) is to pay for new medical services and technologies
                for the first 2 to 3 years that a product comes on the market, during
                the period when the costs of the new technology are not yet fully
                reflected in the DRG weights. Generally, we use FDA approval (that is,
                marketing authorization) as the indicator of the time when a technology
                begins to become available on the market and data reflecting the costs
                of the technology begin to become available for recalibration of the
                DRGs. The costs of the new medical service or technology, once paid for
                by Medicare for this 2-year to 3-year period, are accounted for in the
                MedPAR data that are used to recalibrate the DRG weights on an annual
                basis. Therefore, we limit the add-on payment window for those
                technologies that have passed this 2- to 3-year timeframe.
                 As discussed in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47349) and
                subsequent years, we do not believe that case volume is a relevant
                consideration for making the determination as to whether a product is
                ``new.'' Consistent with the statute, a technology no longer qualifies
                as ``new'' once it is more than 2 to 3 years old, irrespective of how
                frequently it has been used in the Medicare population. Therefore, if a
                product is more than 2 to 3 years old, we have historically considered
                its costs to be included in the MS-DRG relative weights whether its use
                in the Medicare population has been frequent or infrequent.
                 However, in light of the unique circumstances for FY 2022
                ratesetting, for which we are proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR
                claims data where we ordinarily would have used the FY 2020 MedPAR
                claims data for purposes of developing the FY 2022 relative weights,
                for the reasons discussed in section I.F. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we believe it may be appropriate to make a one-time
                exception to this long-standing policy for all technologies approved
                for new technology add-on payments for FY 2021, but for which the add-
                on payments would otherwise be discontinued beginning in FY 2022
                because the technologies would no longer be considered new.
                 As discussed in section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                ordinarily, the best available MedPAR data for ratesetting would be the
                most recent MedPAR file that contains claims from discharges for the
                fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the fiscal year that is the
                subject of the rulemaking. For FY 2022 ratesetting, under ordinary
                circumstances, the best available data would be the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file. As discussed in section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, the FY 2020 MedPAR claims file contains data significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, primarily in that the utilization of
                inpatient services was generally markedly different for certain types
                of services in FY 2020 than would have been expected in the absence of
                the PHE. Accordingly, we question whether the FY 2020 MedPAR claims
                file is the best available data to use for the FY 2022 ratesetting.
                 In our discussion in section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we highlighted two factors we considered in assessing which data
                sources would represent the best available data to use in the FY 2022
                ratesetting. The first factor is whether the FY 2019 data, which is
                from before the COVID-19 PHE, or the FY 2020 data, which includes the
                COVID-19 PHE time period, is a better overall approximation of the FY
                2022 inpatient experience. After analyzing this issue, for the reasons
                discussed in section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                believe for purposes of this proposed rule that FY 2019 data are
                generally a better overall approximation of FY 2022. The second factor
                is to what extent the decision to use the FY 2019 or FY 2020 data
                differentially impacts the FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting. As discussed more
                fully in section I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, after
                analyzing this issue, we determined that the decision does
                differentially impact the overall FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting. For
                example, we determined that the effect on the FY 2022 MS-DRG relative
                weights is more limited if the FY 2019-based weights are used rather
                than the FY 2020-based weights, should the FY 2022 inpatient experience
                not match the assumption used to calculate the MS-DRG relative weights.
                 Based on our analyses, we are proposing to use FY 2019 data for the
                FY 2022 ratesetting for circumstances
                [[Page 25212]]
                where the FY 2020 data is significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE.
                Because we believe the FY 2020 MedPAR claims data is significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, we are proposing to use the FY 2019
                MedPAR claims data for purposes where we ordinarily would have used the
                FY 2020 MedPAR claims data, including for purposes of developing the FY
                2022 relative weights. We refer the reader to section I.F. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule for a further discussion on our analysis
                of the best available data for FY 2022 ratesetting.
                 As discussed previously, in general, we extend new technology add-
                on payments for an additional year only if the 3-year anniversary date
                of the product's entry onto the U.S. market occurs in the latter half
                of the upcoming fiscal year. Because we are proposing to use FY 2019
                MedPAR data instead of FY 2020 MedPAR data for the FY 2022 IPPS
                ratesetting, the costs for a new technology for which the 3-year
                anniversary date of the product's entry onto the U.S. market occurs
                prior to the latter half of the upcoming fiscal year (FY 2022) may not
                be fully reflected in the MedPAR data used to recalibrate the MS-DRG
                relative weights for FY 2022. Therefore, in light of our proposal to
                use FY 2019 data instead of FY 2020 data to develop the FY 2022
                relative weights, we believe it would be appropriate to allow for a
                one-year extension of new technology add-on payments for those
                technologies for which the new technology add-on payment would
                otherwise be discontinued beginning with FY 2022. Accordingly, we are
                proposing to use our authority under section 1886(d)(5)(I) of the Act
                to provide for a one-year extension of new technology add-on payments
                for FY 2022 for those technologies listed in the table that follows. We
                note that if we were to finalize our alternative approach of using the
                same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting, including development of the FY 2022 relative weights, as
                discussed in section I.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                would also finalize to discontinue the new technology add-on payments
                for these expiring technologies beginning in FY 2022, consistent with
                our historic policies.
                 We note that this table also presents the newness start date, new
                technology add-on payment start date, relevant final rule citations
                from prior fiscal years, proposed maximum add-on payment amount, and
                coding assignments for these technologies. We refer readers to the
                final rules cited in the table for a complete discussion of the new
                technology add-on payment application, coding and payment amount for
                these technologies, including the applicable indications and discussion
                of the newness start date.
                 We are inviting public comment on our proposal to use our authority
                under section 1886(d)(5)(I) of the Act to provide for a 1-year
                extension of new technology add-on payments for FY 2022 for those
                technologies for which the new technology add-on payment would
                otherwise be discontinued beginning with FY 2022.
                 We finally note, with regard to ContaCT which is a technology sold
                on a subscription basis, we continue to welcome comments from the
                public as to the appropriate method to determine a cost per case for
                technologies sold on a subscription basis, including comments on
                whether the cost per case should be estimated based on subscriber
                hospital data as described previously, and if so, whether the cost
                analysis should be updated based on the most recent subscriber data for
                each year for which the technology may be eligible for the new
                technology add-on payment.
                [[Page 25213]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.132
                [[Page 25214]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.133
                [[Page 25215]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.134
                [[Page 25216]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.135
                [[Page 25217]]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                5. FY 2022 Applications for New Technology Add-On Payments (Traditional
                Pathway)
                a. Aidoc Briefcase for PE
                 Aidoc Medical Ltd. (Aidoc) submitted an application for new
                technology add-on payments for Aidoc Briefcase for PE (``Briefcase for
                PE'') for FY 2022. According to the applicant, Briefcase for PE is an
                FDA cleared, artificial intelligence (AI)-based solution for triage and
                notification of suspected pulmonary embolism (PE) cases.
                 The applicant stated that the device assists hospitals and
                radiologists by flagging and communicating suspected positive findings
                of PE in computed tomography (CT) pulmonary angiography (CTPA)
                examinations, which prompts the radiologist to assess relevant Digital
                Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM) imaging files, allowing
                suspect cases to receive attention sooner than otherwise would have
                occurred, which in turn improves clinical outcomes. According to the
                applicant, patients with PE or suspected PE typically present at
                hospital emergency departments (EDs). The applicant stated that for
                these patients, ED physicians complete a brief evaluation and order
                imaging, which typically includes CTPA. With Briefcase for PE, CTPA
                images are automatically forwarded to the applicant's cloud-based
                engine where they are analyzed by an AI algorithm. The applicant claims
                that when Briefcase for PE detects a suspected PE, the radiologist is
                alerted via the user interface of the Aidoc Worklist Application that
                is installed on the radiologist's desktop. The applicant asserted that
                the notification prompts the radiologist to review the CTPA images and
                communicate with the emergency room team currently caring for the
                patient so that the appropriate clinical action may be taken sooner
                than it would otherwise have occurred in the absence of the tool.
                 The applicant stated that acute PE is a severe manifestation of
                venous thromboembolism (VTE) and occurs when a blood clot (thrombus)
                forms in a vein and then dislodges and travels to the pulmonary
                arteries in the lungs. The applicant stated acute symptomatic PE can
                cause death within 1 hour of onset in up to 10 percent of cases \7\ and
                it is estimated to be the third largest cause of cardiovascular death
                after coronary artery disease and stroke.8 9 10 11 The
                applicant further noted that acute PE is a life-threatening medical
                emergency that demands urgent intervention and clinical studies have
                demonstrated a strong correlation between time to communication of PE
                findings, treatment, and clinical outcomes.12 13 14
                According to the applicant, in a typical workflow, a patient presenting
                to a hospital with signs or symptoms of PE would move through the
                system as follows: (1) Patient presents with suspected PE to the ED;
                (2) Patient receives contrast-enhanced CTPA imaging; (3) Technologist
                processes and reconstructs the CT images and manually routes them to
                the hospital picture archiving and communication system (PACS); (4) The
                exam enters a first-in-first-out (FIFO) reading queue, where it awaits
                radiological interpretation; (5) Radiologist reads the CT images and
                makes the diagnosis of PE; (6) The radiologist informs the referring
                physician of positive PE either verbally or through the radiologist
                report; (7) ED physician and/or on-call pulmonologist decide on the
                management strategy; (8) If appropriate, the patient proceeds to
                treatment.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \7\ Naess IA, Christiansen SC, Romundstad P, Cannegieter SC,
                Rosendaal FR, Hammerstr[oslash]m J. Incidence and mortality of
                venous thrombosis: A population-based study. J Thromb Haemost. 2007
                Apr;5(4):692-9. doi: 10.1111/j.1538-7836.2007.02450.x. PMID:
                17367492.
                 \8\ Giuntini C, Di Ricco G, Marini C, Melillo E, Palla A.
                Pulmonary embolism: Epidemiology. Chest. 1995 Jan;107(1 Suppl):3S-
                9S. doi: 10.1378/chest.107.1_supplement.3s. PMID: 7813326.
                 \9\ Becattini C, Agnelli G. Risk factors for adverse short-term
                outcome in patients with pulmonary embolism. Thromb Res. 2001 Sep
                15;103(6):V239-44. doi: 10.1016/s0049-3848(01)00291-2. PMID:
                11567661.
                 \10\ Goldhaber SZ, Visani L, De Rosa M. Acute pulmonary
                embolism: Clinical outcomes in the International Cooperative
                Pulmonary Embolism Registry (ICOPER). Lancet. 1999 Apr
                24;353(9162):1386-9. doi: 10.1016/s0140-6736(98)07534-5. PMID:
                10227218.
                 \11\ Klok FA, Mos IC, Huisman MV. Brain-type natriuretic peptide
                levels in the prediction of adverse outcome in patients with
                pulmonary embolism: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J
                Respir Crit Care Med. 2008 Aug 15;178(4):425-30. doi: 10.1164/
                rccm.200803-459OC. Epub 2008 Jun 12. PMID: 18556626.
                 \12\ Smith SB, Geske JB, Maguire JM, Zane NA, Carter RE,
                Morgenthaler TI. Early anticoagulation is associated with reduced
                mortality for acute pulmonary embolism. Chest. 2010 Jun;137(6):1382-
                90. doi: 10.1378/chest.09-0959. Epub 2010 Jan 15. PMID: 20081101;
                PMCID: PMC3021363.
                 \13\ Soh S, Kim JM, Park JH, Koh SO, Na S. Delayed
                anticoagulation is associated with poor outcomes in high-risk acute
                pulmonary embolism. J Crit Care. 2016 Apr;32:21-5. doi: 10.1016/
                j.jcrc.2015.11.024. Epub 2015 Dec 8. PMID: 26764578.
                 \14\ Wood KE. Major pulmonary embolism: Review of a
                pathophysiologic approach to the golden hour of hemodynamically
                significant pulmonary embolism. Chest. 2002 Mar;121(3):877-905.
                PMID: 11888976.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that the FIFO workflow is the standard of
                care. The applicant stated that Briefcase for PE allows facilities to
                substantially shorten the period of time between when the patient
                receives CTPA imaging (Step 2) and when the radiologist informs the
                referring physician of positive PE (Step 5). The applicant stated that
                Briefcase for PE streamlines this workflow using AI to analyze CTPA
                images of the chest automatically and notifies the radiologist that a
                suspected PE has been identified, enabling the radiologist to review
                imaging and make diagnostic decisions faster by prioritizing these
                images for review in the queue.
                 With respect to the newness criterion, Briefcase for PE received
                FDA 510(k) clearance on April 15, 2019 to market the device under FDA
                510(k) number K190072. The FDA clearance for Briefcase for PE was based
                on substantial equivalence to the legally marketed predicate device,
                Briefcase for Intracranial Hemorrhage (ICH) (FDA 510(k) number
                K180647), as both of these devices use AI algorithms to analyze images
                and highlight cases for further action based on CT images. Briefcase
                for ICH received FDA 510(k) clearance on August 1, 2018. The predicate
                device for Briefcase for ICH is Viz.AI's ContaCT, which received De
                Novo premarket approval in February of 2018. The applicant asserted
                Briefcase for ICH is indicated for use in the analysis of non-enhanced
                head CT images, whereas Briefcase for PE is indicated for use in the
                analysis of non-enhanced CTPA images. According to the applicant, there
                are currently no ICD-10-PCS procedure codes to adequately describe
                Briefcase for PE. The applicant submitted a request for approval of a
                unique ICD-10-PCS procedure code to identify use of the technology
                beginning FY 2022.
                 Under the newness criterion, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                according to the applicant, Briefcase for PE is the only FDA-cleared
                technology that uses computer-aided triage and notification to rapidly
                detect PE and shorten time to notification of the radiologist. The
                applicant claimed that no other FDA approved or cleared technology uses
                the same mechanism of action for computer-aided triage and
                prioritization of PE.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated it expects that
                patients evaluated for PE or suspected PE using Briefcase for PE will
                be assigned to the
                [[Page 25218]]
                same DRGs as patients evaluated for PE or suspected PE under the
                current workflow or standard of care. The applicant estimates that
                under the MS-DRG grouper for FY 2021, Briefcase for PE could map to 279
                different MS-DRGs, with MS-DRGs 175 (Pulmonary embolism with major
                complication or comorbidity (MCC) or acute cor pulmonale) and 176
                (Pulmonary embolism without MCC) accounting for approximately 45
                percent of the estimated cases.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant did not directly respond to the
                criterion but reiterated that no other existing technology is
                comparable to Briefcase for PE and that Briefcase for PE is the only
                FDA-cleared technology that uses computer aided triage and notification
                to rapidly detect PE and shorten time to notification of the
                radiologist.
                 We have the following concerns regarding whether the technology
                meets the substantial similarity criteria and whether it should be
                considered new. We note that the applicant asserted that Briefcase for
                ICH, the predicate device for Briefcase for PE, is identical in all
                aspects and differs only with respect to the training of the algorithm
                on PE (that is, non-enhanced head CT) and ICH (that is, non-enhanced
                CTPA) images. We are unclear whether the training of the algorithim on
                PE and ICH images would distinguish the mechanism of action for
                Briefcase for PE from Briefcase for ICH, or its predicate device,
                ContaCT, and we invite comment on whether Briefcase for PE represents a
                new mechanism of action. We note that although the applicant did not
                directly state whether Briefcase for PE involves the treatment of the
                same or similar type of disease and the same or similar patient
                population, we believe that Briefcase for PE would be used for a
                different disease and patient population than Briefcase for ICH and
                ContaCT.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding issues
                related to determining newness for technologies that use AI, an
                algorithm, or software, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58628). Specifically, we are interested in public comment
                on how these technologies, including devices classified as radiological
                computer aided triage and notification software and radiological
                computer-assisted diagnostic software, may be considered for the
                purpose of identifying a unique mechanism of action; how updates to AI,
                an algorithm or software would affect an already approved technology or
                a competing technology; whether software changes for an already
                approved technology could be considered a new mechanism of action, and
                whether an improved algorithm by competing technologies would represent
                a unique mechanism of action if the outcome is the same as an already
                approved AI new technology.
                 We invite public comments on whether Briefcase for PE meets the
                newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant presented the
                following analysis. The applicant first identified the principal
                diagnoses associated with the PE-related MS-DRGs 175 (``Pulmonary
                embolism with MCC or acute cor pulmonale'') and 176 (``Pulmonary
                embolism without MCC''). The applicant then searched the FY 2019
                proposed rule MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS) for claims where the
                principal diagnoses were listed in any position on an inpatient claim.
                The applicant mapped the 2,517 identified claims to the list of unique
                MS-DRGs corresponding to these claims and aggregated the claims by MS-
                DRG. Per the applicant, under the MS-DRG grouper for FY 2021, potential
                cases representing patients who may be eligible for treatment using
                Briefcase for PE map to 279 MS-DRGs, with MS-DRGs 175 and 176
                accounting for approximately 45 percent of estimated cases. The
                applicant also provided a table of the top 10 MS-DRGs, which represent
                approximately 69 percent of estimated cases.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.136
                 The applicant standardized the charges and applied the 2-year
                charge inflation factor used to adjust the outlier threshold
                determination, which the applicant stated was 10.22 percent. We note
                that the actual 2-year inflation factor in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule was 13.2 percent (85 FR 59039), which would have increased
                the inflated charges figure. The applicant did not remove charges for
                prior technology as the applicant maintained that no existing
                technology is comparable to Briefcase for PE. However, the applicant
                removed 31.9 percent of total accommodation charges, which the
                applicant maintained is consistent with their internal study which
                indicated that Briefcase for PE reduced the length of stay for PE-
                diagnosed patients.\15\ Per the applicant, the study demonstrated a
                mean length of stay of 8.77 and 5.97 days for pre-AI and post-AI time
                periods, respectively.\16\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \15\ Maya M. et al. Artificial Intelligence Software for
                Flagging Pulmonary Embolism on CTPA Associated with Reduced Length
                of Stay. Abstract draft of an internal study performed by the
                applicant (unpublished).
                 \16\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, the applicant added charges for the new technology. To
                calculate the charges for the new technology, the applicant multiplied
                the cases involving Briefcase for PE from each of its subscribing
                providers by a Medicare share of 52 percent to obtain the total
                estimated Medicare and non-Medicare cases. The applicant obtained the
                52 percent Medicare share figure from a
                [[Page 25219]]
                nationwide sample of inpatient claims provided by the Agency for
                Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ). Specifically, the applicant
                searched data from the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project for
                discharges with the following codes: I2699, I2609, I2692, I2602, I2782,
                T790XXA, T800XXA, T791XXA, I2693, I2694, and I2601.\17\ The applicant
                found 189,575 discharges, of which 52 percent identified Medicare as
                the payer. The applicant divided the total cost of the technology by
                the estimated total number of cases for each customer to obtain a
                provider-specific cost per case, which it then averaged across all
                customers to obtain an overall average cost per case. Finally, the
                applicant divided the average cost per case by the national average CCR
                for the CT cost center of 0.034 from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58601).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \17\ Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project. Free Health Care
                Statistics. https://hcupnet.ahrq.gov/#setup.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $87,483, which exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $71,312. Because the final inflated
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount, the applicant maintained that Briefcase
                for PE meets the cost criterion.
                 We would like more information regarding the methodology by which
                the applicant selected the diagnosis codes associated with MS-DRGs 175
                and 176, as well as subanalyses that limit the cases to MS-DRGs 175 and
                176 and the top 10 MS-DRGs, which per the applicant represent 45
                percent of estimated cases and 69 percent of estimated cases,
                respectively. Additionally, the applicant appears to have used a single
                list price of Briefcase for PE per hospital with a cost per patient
                that can vary based on the volume of cases. We question whether the
                cost per patient varies based on the utilization of the technology by
                the hospitals. We are interested in more information about the
                applicant's cost per case calculation, including how the applicant
                selected the codes it used to search for discharges from the Healthcare
                Cost and Utilization Project, as well as the per unit cost of Briefcase
                for PE and how the total cost of the technology was calculated for each
                subscribing provider.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58630), we stated
                our understanding that there are unique circumstances to determining a
                cost per case for a technology that utilizes a subscription for its
                cost. We stated our intent to continue to consider the issues relating
                to the calculation of the cost per unit of technologies sold on a
                subscription basis as we gain more experience in this area. We continue
                to welcome comments from the public as to the appropriate method to
                determine a cost per case for such technologies, including comments on
                whether the cost per case should be estimated based on subscriber
                hospital data as described previously, and if so, whether the cost
                analysis should be updated based on the most recent subscriber data for
                each year for which the technology may be eligible for the new
                technology add-on payment. We also invite public comment on whether
                Briefcase for PE meets the cost criterion, particularly in light of the
                subscription model, for which the number of subscribers and the
                estimated cost per case based on that subscriber data may change over
                time.
                 With regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant claimed that Briefcase for PE represents an advance that
                substantially improves the ability to diagnose pulmonary embolism by
                pre-reading images of CTPAs, automatically identifying suspected PE in
                CTPA images, and notifying the radiologist before the radiologist would
                have opened the study in the standard of care, which the applicant
                claims is the FIFO workflow. The applicant also asserted that because
                of a reduction in time-to-exam-open, where Briefcase for PE notifies
                the radiologist to open and read CTPA studies that have a high
                probability of being positive for PE sooner than the radiologist would
                have under the FIFO workflow, the treating physician can initiate
                treatment sooner, which can reduce mortality and reduce length of stay
                related to PE.
                 The applicant provided data from an FDA pivotal study in support of
                its assertion that Briefcase for PE reduces time-to-exam-open compared
                to the standard of care and helps in prioritization of diagnosis.\18\
                For the FDA pivotal study, the applicant conducted a retrospective,
                blinded, multicenter, multinational study of the assessment of 184
                CTPAs from 3 clinical sites (2 US and 1 outside US) using Briefcase for
                PE. The primary endpoint was to evaluate the software's performance in
                identifying pulmonary embolism on an approximately equal number of
                positive and negative cases (images with PE versus without PE), with a
                performance goal of at least 80 percent sensitivity (true positive
                rate) and specificity (true negative rate). Per the applicant, both
                measures exceeded the performance goal, with 90.6 percent sensitivity
                (95 percent CI: 82.2 percent-95.9 percent) and 89.9 percent specificity
                (95 percent CI: 82.2 percent-95.1 percent).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \18\ Aidoc Briefcase for PE--Pivotal Study 1--FDA 510(k)--
                K190072. http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf19/K190072.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the secondary endpoint of the FDA
                pivotal study was to evaluate time-to-notification for true positive PE
                cases compared to the FIFO workflow. The study showed that time-to-
                notification with Briefcase for PE is 3.9 minutes (95 percent CI: 3.7-
                4.1). The applicant noted that, in contrast, the time-to-exam-open in
                the FIFO workflow was significantly longer at 64.1 minutes (95 percent
                CI 36.6-91.5). The applicant stated the mean difference of 60.2 minutes
                (95 percent CI 32.7-87.6) for these two metrics is statistically
                significant, and assuming the radiologist receives a notification on a
                true positive PE case and acts on it immediately, it can save an
                average of 60.2 minutes (95 percent CI 32.7-87.6) compared to the time-
                to exam-open in a FIFO reading queue. Based on this data, the applicant
                concluded Briefcase for PE substantially shortened the time to
                diagnosis for PE cases as compared with the FIFO workflow.
                 The applicant further claimed that clinical studies and other real-
                world data have demonstrated comparable performance characteristics and
                shown that the integration of the Briefcase for PE software into the
                radiology workflow markedly improves time to notification for PE
                patients across a variety of clinical settings, geographies, and
                facilities. The applicant submitted a retrospective, single-site study
                by Weikert T., et al., which evaluated Briefcase for PE performance on
                1,465 retrospective CTPA examinations from 2017 in an academic center
                outside the US.\19\ The sensitivity and specificity were measured to be
                92.7 percent (95 percent CI: 88.3-95.5 percent) and 95.5 percent (95
                percent CI: 94.2-96.6 percent), respectively. The researchers concluded
                that the system has high diagnostic performance for the automatic
                detection of PE on CTPA exams and as such, speeds up the diagnostic
                workup of critical cases.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \19\ Weikert T, Winkel DJ, Bremerich J, Stieltjes B, Parmar V,
                Sauter AW, Sommer G. Automated detection of pulmonary embolism in CT
                pulmonary angiograms using an AI-powered algorithm. Eur Radiol. 2020
                Jul 3. doi: 10.1007/s00330-020-06998-0. Epub ahead of print. PMID:
                32621243
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that unpublished data maintained by Aidoc
                suggest that real-world performance of Briefcase for PE is consistent
                with what was found in
                [[Page 25220]]
                the FDA pivotal study.20 21 The applicant stated that across
                26 sites encompassing a variety of geographic locations across the
                United States, a total of 36,084 CTPA examinations were analyzed over a
                90-day period (July 13, 2020-October 11, 2020). Time-to-notification
                metrics were calculated for all 4,748 CTPAs analyzed by the software
                and identified as positive for PE. Time-to-notification was calculated
                as the time to get the DICOM exam, de-identify it, upload it to the
                cloud, analyze and send a notification back to the worklist
                application. The applicant claimed that the mean time-to-notification
                for PE was 7.0 minutes (median: 6.1/IQR: 4.8). According to the
                applicant, over 85 percent of CTPA examinations identified as positive
                for PE were notified in under 10 minutes. The applicant concluded that
                the study demonstrates the ability of Briefcase for PE to provide fast
                time-to-notification on positive PE cases and its generalizability
                across different centers and patient populations.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \20\ Avondo, J. Yalon R., Ashkenasi C. Time-to-notification
                Analysis Across US Facilities with Aidoc Briefcase for PE. Internal
                study performed by the applicant (unpublished).
                 \21\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted additional unpublished data from the 26
                sites spread across a variety of geographic locations of the United
                States aggregated over a different 90-day period (September 17, 2020 to
                December 17, 2020).\22\ Seven sites were excluded from the analysis due
                to having third-party integrations that prevented the ability to
                capture engagement metrics. Two engagement metrics were calculated: The
                open percentage and the time-to-open. The open percentage metric was
                calculated as the percentage of notifications that were presented to
                the radiologist and opened by at least one radiologist. The time-to-
                open metric was measured by calculating the time between the arrival of
                the Briefcase for PE notification and the time first opened by a
                radiologist. A total of 2,138 notifications for CTPA examinations found
                to be positive for PE by Briefcase for PE were analyzed. The open
                percentage was found to be 97 percent across all sites (min: 80
                percent, max: 100 percent), and the mean time-to-open was found to be
                2.13 minutes (median: 1.0/interquartile range: 2.0). The data provided
                by the applicant indicated over 90 percent of notifications were found
                to be opened in under 5 minutes. Based on this data, the study
                concluded that radiologists in the US readily engage with notifications
                for positive PE cases provided by Briefcase for PE and do so in a
                timely manner. The study asserted that engagement is an important
                metric to assess radiologist adoption of this technology, which is
                critical to its practical utility in shortening time to diagnosis and
                communication of PE to reduce the time to treatment and improve
                clinical outcomes.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \22\ Avondo, J. Yalon R., Ashkenasi C. Radiologist Engagement
                Analysis Across US Facilities with Aidoc Briefcase for PE. Internal
                study performed by the applicant (unpublished).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also claimed that Briefcase for PE significantly
                improves clinical outcomes relative to the current standard of care
                using the FIFO workflow because the use of Briefcase for PE reduces
                time to diagnosis and treatment by notifying the radiologist to review
                the image for suspected PE faster in the workflow. The applicant
                claimed early diagnosis and treatment is important in acute PE where
                there exists a ``golden hour,'' during which a timely approach to
                diagnosis and therapy can affect outcomes by reducing mortality and
                reducing length of stay.\23\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \23\ The term ``golden hour'' references a critical period of
                time which may be longer or shorter than a literal hour.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided two unpublished internal studies in support
                of the impact of Briefcase for PE on clinical outcomes. The applicant
                stated that in a single-site retrospective study, Maya M., et al. have
                shown a reduction in hospital length of stay for PE patients following
                the use of the Briefcase for PE system, compared to an equivalent time
                period prior to the use of the system.\24\ The applicant stated that
                Maya M., et al. compared mean length of stay for 366 patients with a
                positive PE diagnosis during 10-month periods before and after
                Briefcase for PE was implemented at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in
                December 2018 (206 patients before the use of Briefcase for PE and 160
                patients after the AI intervention). 3,997 patient encounters that
                underwent CTPA imaging but that were not diagnosed with PE were split
                as 1,926 and 2,071 patient encounters for the pre/post-AI periods based
                on the admission dates. Hip fracture was chosen as a comparison group
                due to acuity, treatment-related factors, and similar length of stay to
                PE. 2,422 patient encounters for patients diagnosed with hip fractures,
                identified by ICD9 code 820 and 821, were split as 1,279 and 1,143
                patient encounters for the pre/post-AI periods based on the admission
                dates. According to the applicant, the pre- and post-implementation had
                similar seasonality and numbers of ``hospital-wide patient encounters''
                (103,626 vs 104,733 encounters). The applicant noted that for the PE
                diagnosed patients, a mean length of stay of 8.77 and 5.97 days was
                observed for the pre-AI and post-AI time periods, respectively. The
                applicant stated that the mean difference was 2.80 days (p-value
                0.05). Additionally, for the
                hospital wide patients, a mean length of stay of 5.78 and 5.96 days was
                observed for the pre-AI and post-AI time periods, respectively. The
                mean difference was -0.18 days (p-value 1.5
                hours of CTPA acquisition) in direct communication of acute PE
                diagnosis from radiologists to referring physicians was significantly
                correlated with a higher risk of delayed treatment initiation and death
                within 30 days. Another prospective, single-site study, Kline J., et
                al., concluded that patients with a delayed diagnosis had a higher rate
                of in-hospital adverse events (9 percent vs. 30 percent; p = 0.01). An
                additional retrospective, single-site study by Smith S., et al.
                observed an association between early administration of anticoagulation
                therapy and reduced mortality for patients with acute PE. Lastly, a
                retrospective, single-site study asserting a ``golden hour'' by Soh S.,
                et al. was submitted by the applicant to demonstrate an association
                between early initiation of anticoagulation therapy and in-hospital
                mortality in high-risk PE patients who needed ICU care. According to
                the applicant, Soh S., et al. concluded that their analysis showed that
                the cutoff point of anticoagulation initiation to achieve improved
                survival rates was 5.2 hours (that is, golden hour). The applicant
                stated that the study observed an association between early
                anticoagulation and reduced mortality for patients with acute PE.
                 In reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part of
                its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application for Briefcase for
                PE, we note that the clinical literature provided by the applicant only
                compares the technology to unassisted FIFO workflows and not against
                existing electronic (for example, EHR ``stat'' orders) or manual (for
                example, verbal communication to radiologist) forms of prioritization,
                or other types of existing risk stratification tools or features
                currently available in EHRs. Additionally, we note that some of the
                studies provided by the applicant that took place over many years may
                not have accounted for confounding variables (for example, improvements
                in care for patients with suspected PE) that may have occurred during
                the study period. Comparing to the FIFO workflow alone assumes that no
                other changes occurred before and after the adoption of the system and
                that the hospitals in question did not implement any other changes to
                their standard operating procedures to stratify suspected PE cases over
                the period of time many of the provided studies took place. We also
                note that the applicant has not provided data on potential outcome
                concerns associated with this type of clinical decision support tool
                (for example, treatment delays due to false negatives, false positives,
                or multiple workflow prioritization alerts presented to the physician
                at the same time). We invite public comment on whether these issues may
                affect the tool's ability to help diagnose a medical condition earlier
                in a patient population.
                 Lastly, we note that the applicant does not measure the effect of
                its technology on actual treatment outcomes, instead relying on the
                assumption that faster treatment results in better outcomes. Without
                measuring this impact on treatment outcomes, we are uncertain if the
                technology will lead to substantive clinical outcomes. Given that the
                applicant references a critical ``golden hour'' which may be as long as
                5.2 hours, the potential time savings resulting from the use of
                Briefcase for PE may be insubstantial in relation to the time within
                which outcomes are affected in the setting of PE.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Briefcase for PE meets
                the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We received a written public comment from the applicant in response
                to the New Technology Town Hall meeting regarding the application of
                Briefcase for PE for new technology add-on payments.
                 Comment: The applicant responded to questions received at the New
                Technology Town Hall Meeting. First the applicant was asked what the
                sensitivity and specificity of the standalone device is for identifying
                pulmonary embolism and how the sensitivity and specificity of the
                radiologist alone compare to the sensitivity and specificity of the
                radiologist when using the device. The applicant responded by
                reiterating the sensitivity and specificity data provided in the FDA
                pivotal study and restating that Briefcase for PE is a computer-aided
                triage and notification system that is not intended to aid in the
                diagnosis of PE but rather, Briefcase for PE identifies cases of
                suspected PE on CTPAs and, via triage and notification, prioritizes
                these cases for radiologist review.26 27 The applicant
                further restated that this triage and notification modifies the
                traditional radiology workflow in which images are reviewed on a FIFO
                basis to reduce the time-to-open-exam from over one hour to several
                minutes (standard of care vs. Briefcase for PE). The applicant restated
                that this reduction in time-to-open-exam has been demonstrated to
                improve patient outcomes, including hospital length of stay and post-
                discharge mortality. The applicant further noted that, because
                Briefcase for PE is a triage and notification system, no patient harm
                results from false positives or false negatives that may occur. The
                applicant explained that with respect to false positives, these
                suspected cases of PE will be triaged and the radiologist will be
                notified, prompting earlier review and diagnosis of the CTPA image by
                the radiologist. The applicant explained that for cases of PE that are
                missed by Briefcase for PE (that is, false negatives), the radiologist
                will review these CTPA images on a FIFO basis the same as today's
                standard of care and that triage and notification do not occur in the
                standard of care.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \26\ Aidoc Briefcase for PE--Pivotal Study 1--FDA 510(k)--
                K190072. http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf19/K190072.pdf.
                 \27\ Weikert T, Winkel DJ, Bremerich J, et al. Automated
                detection of pulmonary embolism in CT pulmonary angiograms using an
                AI-powered algorithm. Eur Radiol. 2020;30(12):6545-6553.
                doi:10.1007/s00330-020-06998-0.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Second, the applicant was asked if Briefcase for PE decreased time
                outside of clinical trial protocols and how the applicant can be
                certain reducing time-to-notification affects the time period between
                when the CTPA is completed and the study is interpreted. In response,
                the applicant again reiterated data from the FDA pivotal study in
                restating that implementation of Briefcase for PE saves on average 60.2
                minutes relative to the standard of care FIFO clinical workflow and
                that data maintained by Aidoc demonstrate that real-world performance
                of Briefcase for PE is consistent with the results achieved in the FDA
                study. The
                [[Page 25222]]
                applicant also submitted data summarized previously indicating mean
                time-to-open, as measured by calculating the time between when a
                notification first became available in the application and the time of
                open, was 2.13 minutes (median: 1.0/IQR: 2.0). The applicant restated
                that in addition to measuring the mean time-to-open, the open rate, or
                the percentage of notifications opened, was measured for this same
                population and the open rate was found to be 97 percent (min: 80
                percent, max: 100 percent), with over 90 percent of notifications found
                to be opened in under 5 minutes.\28\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \28\ Avondo, J. Yalon R., Ashkenasi C. Radiologist Engagement
                Analysis Across US Facilities with Aidoc Briefcase for PE. Internal
                study performed by the applicant (unpublished).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Also in response to this second question, the applicant reiterated
                data describing an independent analysis performed by Raskin, et al.,
                examining the impact of Briefcase for PE implementation on 30- and 120-
                day all-cause mortality for all patients age 18 years or older with a
                diagnosis of PE on CTPA and admitted to Sheba Medical Center in Tel
                Aviv, Israel. The applicant restated data described previously
                indicating that investigators found that the post- Briefcase cohort had
                significantly reduced 30- and 120-day all-cause mortality compared to
                the pre-Briefcase cohort--14.9 percent vs 11.0 percent and 26.1 percent
                vs 20.4 percent, respectively. The applicant stated these observed
                effects equate to a reduction ratio of 26.6 percent (p 31 32 and of those, at
                least 9 percent have atypical EGFR mutations like exon 20 ins.\33\ The
                applicant selected 0.93% (82.5% * 12.5% * 9%) of the cases identified
                based on the lung cancer diagnosis codes listed previously. The
                applicant stated this is the target population for amivantamab, which
                the applicant used for the cost analysis.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \30\ ``What is Lung Cancer?'' American Cancer Society. 1 October
                2019: https://www.cancer.org/content/cancer/en/cancer/lung- cancer/
                about/what-is.html.
                 \31\ Wee, P., & Wang, Z. (2017). Epidermal growth factor
                receptor cell proliferation signaling pathways. Cancers, 9(5), 52.
                 \32\ Pao, W., & Girard, N. (2011). New driver mutations in non-
                small-cell lung cancer. The Lancet Oncology, 12(2), 175-180.
                 \33\ Arcila, M. E., Nafa, K., Chaft, J. E., Rekhtman, N., Lau,
                C., Reva, B. A., and Ladanyi, M. (2013). EGFR exon 20 insertion
                mutations in lung adenocarcinomas: Prevalence, molecular
                heterogeneity, and clinicopathologic characteristics. Molecular
                Cancer Therapeutics, 12(2), 220-229.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant then accounted for the circumstances where
                amivantamab would be administered during an inpatient stay. The
                applicant stated that amivantamab will typically be administered in the
                outpatient setting, and that it assumed that amivantamab would be
                administered during an inpatient stay, possibly for care unrelated to a
                patient's cancer treatment, when that stay coincided with the 2-week
                cycle during which a patient receiving amivantamab would undergo an
                infusion in the outpatient setting were it not for their inpatient
                admission. The applicant stated that, because it is very important that
                patients receive continuity of cancer care, it assumed that some
                patients would receive their amivantamab infusion during their hospital
                stay. To account for this scenario, the applicant calculated the
                average length of stay for all of the cases in its patient population,
                which it asserted was about 5.862 days. The applicant then divided the
                average length of stay for all of the cases by 14, as per the applicant
                amivantamab is administered on 28-day cycle, with a weekly
                administration for the first cycle, and an administration every 2 weeks
                thereafter.
                 The applicant stated that current clinical guidelines are expected
                to give medical professionals discretion to administer amivantamab
                during the hospitalization or pause the treatment cycle. To account for
                physician discretion, the applicant included only 50 percent of these
                cases in the final cost analysis.
                 The applicant identified 349 cases mapping to the following MS-
                DRGs. The applicant has not made a request for amivantamab to map to a
                new or different MS-DRG for FY 2022.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.140
                 The applicant assumed patients receiving amivantamab would receive
                one dose of the drug during their inpatient stay. Because amivantamab
                would be administered in addition to any other drugs the patient was
                receiving during their inpatient admission, the applicant did not
                remove costs associated with any previous technology. The applicant
                then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule Impact file. Then the applicant applied the 2-year inflation
                factor of 13.2 percent (1.13218) from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 59039). The applicant then added charges for amivantamab,
                which the applicant determined using the inverse of the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule pharmacy national average cost to charge ratio
                (CCR) of 0.187 (85 FR 58601).
                 Because the applicant calculated a final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case of $108,159, which exceeds the
                case weighted threshold of $64,736, the applicant maintains the
                technology meets the cost criterion.
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, we have several
                concerns with regard to whether the technology meets the cost
                criterion. In its cost analysis, the applicant combined 234 cases from
                multiple MS-DRGs into one group with a case-weight of 67 percent of
                cases. We do not believe this is appropriate for the cost analysis. As
                reflected in Sec. 412.87(b)(3), where cases eligible for a particular
                technology may be assigned to multiple MS-DRGs, in performing the cost
                analysis, the applicant should compare the charges of the cases to a
                threshold amount that is the lesser of 75 percent of the standardized
                amount or 75 percent of one standard deviation beyond the case-weighted
                average of all MS-DRGs to which the cases map. In the event that a
                single MS-DRG has fewer than 11 cases, the applicant should impute a
                minimum case number of 11 rather than the actual value. In this way,
                the appropriate threshold and case weighted threshold value can be
                calculated.
                [[Page 25225]]
                 In its analysis, the applicant appears to take a sample of a larger
                case population based on clinical data. It is unclear whether the
                applicant is taking a simple random sample or a targeted sample of
                cases. We note that, if the applicant obtained a random sample, this
                sample may not be any more representative of the larger population of
                cases identified by the lung cancer diagnosis codes listed previously.
                If the applicant instead non-randomly sampled cases from the larger
                population, we would like to understand the process used by the
                applicant to identify this targeted sample. Under either approach, we
                would request information on how a sampling of cases from the greater
                population is more representative of potential amivantamab patients.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether amivantamab meets the
                cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that amivantamab represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies. The applicant asserted several
                claims of substantial clinical improvement for amivantamab: (1)
                Amivantamab is anticipated to be the first therapy to treat the
                metastatic NSCLC with exon 20 insertion mutations for patients whose
                disease has progressed on or after platinum-based chemotherapy; (2) the
                objective response rate (ORR) was higher than what would be expected
                with chemotherapy or immunotherapy; (3) a clinical benefit rate higher
                than what would be expected with chemotherapy or immunotherapy; (4) a
                duration of response higher than what would be expected with
                chemotherapy or immunotherapy; (5) the median progression free survival
                was higher than what would be expected with chemotherapy or
                immunotherapy; and (6) the incidence and severity of diarrhea was lower
                than what would be expected with any oral EGFR inhibitor.
                 The applicant stated that patients with NSCLC and EGFR exon 20
                insertion mutations have a form of disease that is generally
                insensitive to available EGFR TKI treatments and, as a result, carries
                a worse prognosis compared to patients with more common EGFR
                mutations.\34\ Per the applicant, the current standard of care for the
                initial treatment of exon 20 insertion metastatic NSCLC is platinum-
                based chemotherapy; \35\ and, after a patient with EGFR exon 20
                insertion metastatic NSCLC disease progresses on or during platinum-
                based chemotherapy, there is no standard of care. The applicant stated
                there are currently no FDA-approved targeted therapies for patients
                with lung cancer who have EGFR exon 20 insertion mutations.\36\ The
                applicant cited an analysis of the Flatiron Health database, which
                includes electronic health data records from over 265 cancer clinics
                representing over 2 million active US cancer patients, that found
                prescribers use a wide variety of treatment strategies, all of which
                have an unclear role in the second-line treatment of exon 20 insertion
                mutated metastatic NSCLC or are known to be ineffective and/or have
                potential tolerability issues.\37\ Specifically, the analysis showed
                that in the second-line treatment of exon 20 insertion metastatic
                NSCLC, approximately 33 percent of patients received single-agent
                immunotherapy, 14.1 percent received an EGFR-targeting oral agent, 5.9
                percent received chemoimmunotherapy combination, 5.9 percent received
                chemotherapy with a VEGF inhibitor, 5.9 percent received a clinical
                study drug, and the remainder received a variety of single-agent
                chemotherapies or other regimens. The applicant stated this re-iterates
                the lack of an accepted standard of care for the second-line treatment
                of exon 20 insertion metastatic NSCLC and thus underscores the unmet
                need of these patients. According to the applicant, based on the
                Breakthrough Therapy designation for amivantamab, it is anticipated
                that amivantamab's first expected approval will be for the second-line
                treatment of exon 20 insertion metastatic NSCLC.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \34\ Vyse, S., and Huang, P. H. (2019). Targeting EGFR exon 20
                insertion mutations in non-small cell lung cancer. Signal
                Transduction and Targeted Therapy, 4(1), 1-10.
                 \35\ Chantharasamee, J., Poungvarin, N., Danchaivijitr, P., and
                Techawatanawanna, S. (2019). Clinical outcome of treatment of
                metastatic non-small cell lung cancer in patients harboring uncommon
                EGFR mutation. BMC Cancer, 19(1), 701.
                 \36\ Yasuda, H., Kobayashi, S., and Costa, D. B. (2012). EGFR
                exon 20 insertion mutations in non-small-cell lung cancer:
                Preclinical data and clinical implications. The Lancet Oncology,
                13(1), e23-e31.
                 \37\ Flatiron Health database, Second Line Treatment Regimens in
                Advanced NSCLC (January 2015-October 2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided three references to support a finding of
                substantial clinical improvement for amivantamab as well as some
                supplementary information in the application itself. The first
                reference was a conference presentation given at the 2019 Annual
                Meeting of the Society for Clinical Oncology titled ``JNJ-61186372
                (JNJ-372), an EGFR-cMet bispecific antibody, in EGFR-driven advanced
                non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)'' by Haura et al. The second was a
                poster presented at the 2020 Annual Meeting of the American Society for
                Clinical Oncology titled ``Amivantamab (JNJ-61186372), an anti-EGFR-MET
                bispecific antibody, in patients with EGFR Exon 20 insertion
                (Exon20ins)-mutated non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)'' by Park et al.
                The third was a conference presentation given in January 2021 at the
                World Conference on Lung Cancer titled ``Amivantamab in Post-platinum
                EGFR Exon 20 Insertion Mutant Non-small Cell Lung Cancer'' by Sabari et
                al.
                 These three references all describe the ongoing Phase 1 trial
                titled ``A Phase 1, First-in-Human, Open-Label, Dose Escalation Study
                of JNJ-61186372, a Human Bispecific EGFR and cMet Antibody, in Subjects
                With Advanced Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer'' (https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02609776). This open label, multicenter, first-in-human
                study, also known as ``CHRYSALIS,'' consists of two parts.\38\ Part 1
                was a dose escalation study used to establish the recommended Phase 2
                dosing regimen.\39\ Part 2 was a dose expansion study to assess safety
                and efficacy at the recommended Phase 2 dosing regimen.\40\ The primary
                efficacy endpoint was the overall response rate per Response Evaluation
                Criteria in Solid Tumors v1.1.\41\ Key secondary endpoints included
                clinical benefit rate (CBR), duration of response (DOR), progression-
                free survival (PFS), and overall survival (OS).\42\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \38\ https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/study/NCT02609776
                https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/study/NCT02609776
                 \39\ Sabari JK, Shu CA, Park K, et al. Amivantamab in post-
                platinum EGFR exon 20 insertion mutant non-small cell lung cancer.
                Oral presentation presented at: International Association for the
                Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC) 2020 World Conference on Lung Cancer
                Singapore (WCLC 2020); January 28-31, 2021; Worldwide Virtual Event.
                 \40\ Ibid.
                 \41\ Ibid.
                 \42\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Key eligibility criteria for the post-platinum population of
                patients enrolled in the study included: Metastatic/unresectable NSCLC,
                EGFR exon 20 insertion mutation, and progression on platinum-based
                chemotherapy.\43\ Patients received the recommended Phase 2 dose of
                1050 mg (1400 mg for patients >=80 kg) amivantamab intravenously once
                weekly for the first cycle and biweekly thereafter.\44\ The safety
                population
                [[Page 25226]]
                (N=114) included all post-platinum exon 20 ins patients who received
                amivantamab at the recommended Phase 2 dose, and the response-evaluable
                population (n=81) included post-platinum exon 20 ins patients who had
                at least three disease assessments or had discontinued, progressed, or
                died prior to the third post-baseline assessment at the time of
                clinical cut-off.\45\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \43\ Ibid.
                 \44\ Ibid.
                 \45\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the efficacy population, the median age was 62.\46\ In addition,
                59 percent of the patients were female, 49 percent of the patients were
                Asian, and 47 percent had a history of smoking.\47\ Median time from
                initial diagnosis was 17 months with a range of 1-130 months.\48\ All
                patients, by definition, had a prior history of platinum-based
                chemotherapy while 46 percent had prior immuno-oncology therapy and 25
                percent had a history of EGFR TKI treatment.\49\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \46\ Ibid.
                 \47\ Ibid.
                 \48\ Ibid.
                 \49\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the safety population, 98 percent of patients experienced a
                treatment-related adverse event.\50\ Of these, 16 percent were Grade 3
                or higher, 9 percent were serious, 4 percent led to discontinuation, 13
                percent led to dose reduction, and 21 percent led to dose
                interruption.\51\ Of note, 2 percent discontinued due to rash and 10
                percent had treatment-related diarrhea with 8.5 percent at grade 1-2
                and 3.5 percent at grade 3.\52\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \50\ Ibid.
                 \51\ Ibid.
                 \52\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that preliminary safety results from the
                CHRYSALIS trial presented at the 2020 ASCO meeting appear to
                demonstrate that amivantamab has a manageable safety profile, with 60%
                of adverse events at grade 1 to 2.\53\ Per the applicant, this appears
                to be an improvement relative to the types and frequency of adverse
                events reported for platinum based chemotherapies overall in advanced
                NSCLC, with over half of patients reporting adverse events of grade 3
                to 5, such as neutropenia, nausea, and vomiting.\54\ The applicant
                noted the best tolerated EGFR-targeting oral agent osimertinib was
                associated with a rate of discontinuation due to adverse events of 13
                percent in the phase 3 FLAURA study.\55\ In addition, the applicant
                noted osimertinib was associated with a rate of any grade diarrhea of
                58 percent with 2 percent of patients having grade 3 or higher in this
                study.\56\ In the same phase 3 FLAURA study, the applicant noted the
                comparator arm (gefitinib or erlotinib) was associated with a 57
                percent incidence of any grade diarrhea with 2 percent of patients
                experiencing grade 3 or higher.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \53\ 2020 ASCO Annual Meeting: Park, K, et al. J Clin Oncol
                38:2020 (suppl; abstr 9512).
                 \54\ Schiller, JH et al. (2002). Comparison of four chemotherapy
                regimens for advanced non-small-cell lung cancer. New England
                Journal of Medicine, 346(2), 92-98.
                 \55\ Ibid.
                 \56\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Regarding efficacy, in the Sabari et al reference, a blinded
                independent central review found an ORR in the efficacy population of
                40 percent (95 percent CI 29-51) and a median DOR of 11.1 months (95
                percent CI 6.9-not reached).\57\ Patients experienced a complete
                response in 4 percent of cases, partial response in 36 percent of
                cases, stable disease in 48 percent of cases, progressive disease in 10
                percent of cases, and one percent of patients was not evaluable.\58\
                Finally, the CBR (defined as complete response, partial response, or
                stable disease for at least two disease assessments) was 74 percent (95
                percent CI 63-83).\59\ The median patient follow-up in this most recent
                analysis was 9.7 months (range 1.1-29.3). Of note, 47 percent of
                patients remained on treatment at time of data cutoff and 63 percent
                had responses of at least six months.\60\ The median PFS was 8.3 months
                (95 percent CI 6.5-10.9), and the median overall survival was 22.8
                months (95 percent CI 14.6-not reached).\61\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \57\ Sabari JK, Shu CA, Park K, et al. Amivantamab in post-
                platinum EGFR exon 20 insertion mutant non-small cell lung cancer.
                Oral presentation presented at: International Association for the
                Study of Lung Cancer (IASLC) 2020 World Conference on Lung Cancer
                Singapore (WCLC 2020); January 28-31, 2021; Worldwide Virtual Event.
                 \58\ Ibid.
                 \59\ Ibid.
                 \60\ Ibid.
                 \61\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that, while direct comparison between
                therapies cannot be definitively made in the absence of comparative
                trials, amivantamab results appear promising and numerically better
                than those expected with current therapies (chemotherapy,
                immunotherapy, chemoimmunotherapy combination, or oral EGFR tyrosine
                kinase inhibitors) based on available data. The applicant stated
                platinum-based chemotherapy has been associated with a median
                progression free survival of 5.1 to 6.0 months in patients with exon 20
                T790m mutations-the most common mutation observed following resistance
                to small molecule TKI inhibitors commonly used in advanced EGFR
                mutation positive NSCLC.\62\ The applicant stated that oral EGFR
                tyrosine kinase inhibitors (for example, erlotinib, gefitinib,
                afatinib, dacomitinib, osimertinib) and immunotherapies are also used
                to treat patients with exon 20 insertion metastatic NSCLC but generally
                have limited efficacy as exon 20 insertion mutations have been
                associated with resistance to EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors.\63\ The
                applicant stated most immunotherapy and chemoimmunotherapy studies have
                excluded patients with EGFR mutation because single-agent
                immunotherapies have very limited efficacy in patients with EGFR-
                mutated NSCLC.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \62\ Yoshida, T., Kuroda, H., Oya, Y., Shimizu, J., Horio, Y.,
                Sakao, Y., et al. . . . and Yatabe, Y. (2017). Clinical outcomes of
                platinum-based chemotherapy according to T790M mutation status in
                EGFR-positive non-small cell lung cancer patients after initial
                EGFR-TKI failure. Lung Cancer, 109, 89-91.
                 \63\ Vyse, S., & Huang, P. H. (2019). Targeting EGFR exon 20
                insertion mutations in non-small cell lung cancer. Signal
                Transduction and Targeted Therapy, 4(1), 1-10.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided the following table 1, which outlines median
                progression free survival (mPFS) and response rate (ORR) data among
                patients with exon 20 insertion mutation for amivantamab and some of
                the currently existing therapies. The applicant noted this table is
                intended to provide general information about individual therapies and
                is not intended for making direct comparisons between therapies as
                differences between study populations, follow-up time, prior
                treatments, and other factors may exist.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.141
                [[Page 25227]]
                 Finally, the applicant cited an analysis presented at the 2020
                American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) Annual Meeting, which
                found patients experienced a median ORR of 13% and PFS of 3.5 months
                when receiving a wide variety of different therapies, including
                immunotherapies, chemoimmunotherapies, EGFR-targeting TKIs, and other
                chemotherapy regimens as second-line treatment.\64\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \64\ Park, K. (2020, May). Amivantamab (JNJ-61186372), an anti-
                EGFR-MET bispecific antibody, in patients with EGFR Exon 20
                insertion (Exon20ins)-mutated non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
                Poster presented at the 2020 Annual Meeting of the American Society
                of Clinical Oncology.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After review of the information provided by the applicant, we have
                the following concerns regarding whether the technology meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion. Currently, results provided
                by the applicant are based on an ongoing Phase 1 trial. We are
                concerned that these are potentially partial results, from which end
                conclusions may not be drawn, and also about the potential for
                overestimating treatment effects when trials stop early or report
                interim results. We further note that the only study cited by the
                application to establish substantial clinical improvement is a single-
                armed study assessing the safety and efficacy of amivantamab in the
                target population. As noted by the applicant, no formal comparisons to
                other therapies have been made. Without the ability to control for
                factors such as study design, patient characteristics, etc., we may be
                unable to determine whether any differences seen are the result of
                amivantamab's potentially superior efficacy or confounding variables.
                We also note that the single-arm study design results in an inability
                to distinguish between the effect of amivantamab treatment, a placebo
                effect, and the effect of natural course of the disease.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether amivantamab meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                amivantamab.
                c. Breyanzi[supreg] (lisocabtagene maraleucel)
                 Juno Therapeutics, a Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, submitted an
                application for new technology add-on payment for FY 2022 for
                Breyanzi[supreg]. Breyanzi[supreg] is a CD19-directed, autologous
                chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell immunotherapy that is comprised
                of individually formulated CD8 (killer) and CD4 (helper) CAR T-cells
                indicated for the treatment of adult patients with relapsed or
                refractory (r/r) large B-cell lymphoma after at least two prior
                therapies. We note that Juno Therapeutics previously submitted an
                application for new technology add-on payments for Breyanzi[supreg] for
                FY 2021, as summarized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule,
                under the name lisocabtagene maraleucel (85 FR 32647-32652).
                 According to the National Comprehensive Cancer Network, Diffuse
                Large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is the most common type of Non-Hodgkin's
                Lymphoma (NHL) in the U.S. and worldwide, accounting for nearly 30% of
                newly diagnosed cases of B-cell NHL in U.S.\65\ DLBCL is characterized
                by spreading of B-cells through the body that have either arrived de
                novo or by the transformation from indolent lymphoma.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \65\ Ferlay J, Colombet M, Soerjomataram, et al., Estimating the
                global cancer incidence and mortality in 2018: GLOBOCAN sources and
                methods, Int J Cancer. 144: 1941-1953 (Ferlay, 2019); NCCN Clinical
                Practice Guidelines in Oncology (NCCN Guidelines[supreg]) for B-Cell
                Lymphomas V. 5.2019. (copyright) National Comprehensive Cancer
                Network, Inc. 2019 (NCCN, 2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the standard-of-care, first-line
                immune-chemotherapy for DLBCL includes regimens such as
                cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone plus
                rituximab (R-CHOP).\66\ These regimens result in long-lasting remission
                in more than 50% of patients.\67\ However, approximately 10% to 15% of
                patients will have primary refractory disease (that is, nonresponse or
                relapse within 3 months of first-line therapy), and an additional 20%
                to 25% will relapse following an initial response to therapy.\68\
                Patients with relapses of aggressive B-cell lymphomas are believed to
                have a poor prognosis because of potential treatment resistance and
                rapid tumor growth, with only about 30% to 40% responding to salvage
                chemotherapy (for example, R-ICE, DHAP, or Gem-ox) followed by high-
                dose therapy and autologous stem cell transplantation for patients
                demonstrating chemotherapy-sensitive disease.69 70 Among
                patients eligible to undergo autologous stem cell transplantation
                (ASCT), only 50% will achieve a remission adequate to proceed to ASCT,
                and approximately 50% will relapse after transplantation.\71\ The
                applicant also noted that transplant eligibility is also restricted
                based on age and tolerance to high dose chemotherapy and thus excludes
                a moderate subset of patients with r/r DLBCL.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \66\ Coiffier, BBertrand et. al, Long-term outcome of patients
                in the LNH-98.5 trial, the first randomized study comparing
                rituximab-CHOP to standard CHOP chemotherapy in DLBCL patients: a
                study by Group d'Etudes des Lymphomes de l'Adulte, blood 2010 116:
                2040-2045. (Coiffier, 2010).
                 \67\ Ibid
                 \68\ Ibid
                 \69\ Crump M, Neelapu SS, Farooq U, et al., Outcomes in
                refractory diffuse large B-cell lymphoma: results from the
                international SCHOLAR-1 study, Blood. 2017; 130(16): 1800-1808
                (Crump, 2017).);
                 \70\ Cunningham D, Hawkes EA, Jack A, et al. Rituximab plus
                cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisolone in
                patients with newly diagnosed diffuse large B-cell non-Hodgkin
                lymphoma: a phase 3 comparison of dose intensification with 14-day
                versus 21-day cycles Lancet. 2013; 381: 1817-1826 (Cunningham,
                2013).
                 \71\ Ibid
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Additionally, the applicant explained that the available therapies
                for 3L+ large B-cell lymphoma include the following:
                 CD19-directed genetically modified autologous CAR T-cell
                immunotherapy axicabtagene ciloleucel (YESCARTA[supreg]), approved in
                October 2017 for the treatment of adult patients with r/r large B-cell
                lymphoma after two or more lines of systemic therapy, including DLBCL
                not otherwise specified, primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma,
                high grade B-cell lymphoma, and DLBCL arising from follicular lymphoma
                (FL).\72\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \72\ YESCARTA[supreg]'s approval was based on a single arm study
                (ZUMA-1) demonstrating an IRC-assessed ORR of 72%, CR of 51%, and an
                estimated median DOR of 9.2 months in 101 subjects included in the
                modified intent-to-treat (mITT population).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 CAR T-cell therapy tisagenlecluecel (KYMRIAH[supreg]),
                approved in May 2018, for the treatment of adult patients with r/r
                large B-cell lymphoma after two or more lines of systemic therapy,
                including DLBCL not otherwise specified, high grade B-cell lymphoma,
                and DLBCL arising from FL.\73\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \73\ KYMRIAH[supreg]'s approval was based on a single-arm study
                (JULIET) demonstrating an ORR of 50% and a CR rate of 32% in 68
                efficacy-evaluable subjects. A median DOR was not reached with a
                median follow-up of 9.4 months.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Programmed death receptor-1 (PD-1)-blocking antibody
                (KEYTRUDA[supreg]), approved in 2018, for the treatment of adult and
                pediatric patients with refractory primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma
                (PMBCL), or who have relapsed after two or more prior lines of
                therapy.\74\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \74\ KEYTRUDA is not recommended for treatment of patients with
                PMBCL who require urgent cytoreductive therapy. Keytruda USPI
                (2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 CD79b-directed antibody-drug conjugate polatuzumab vedotin
                (POLIVY[supreg]), in combination with bendamustine and rituximab,
                approved in 2019, for the treatment of adult patients with r/r DLBCL,
                not otherwise specified, after at least two prior therapies.
                [[Page 25228]]
                 According to the applicant, despite the availability of these
                therapies, r/r large B-cell lymphoma remains a major cause of morbidity
                and mortality due to the aggressive disease course. The applicant noted
                that the safety profiles of these therapies exclude many r/r large B-
                cell lymphoma patients from being able to undergo treatment with these
                therapies.\75\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \75\ Smith SD, Reddy P, Sokolova A, et al., Eligibility for CAR
                T-cell therapy: An analysis of selection criteria and survival
                outcomes in chemorefractory DLBCL, Am. J. Hematol. 2019; E119: 1-4
                (Smith, 2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant submitted a
                BLA for Breyanzi[supreg] in October 2019, and was approved by FDA on
                February 5, 2021. Breyanzi[supreg] was granted Breakthrough Therapy
                Designation (BTD) on December 15, 2016 and Regenerative Medicine
                Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation on October 20, 2017, for the
                treatment of patients with r/r aggressive large B-cell NHL, including
                DLBCL, not otherwise specified (DLBCL NOS; de novo or transformed from
                indolent lymphoma), primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma (PMBCL), or
                follicular lymphoma Grade 3B (FL3B)). Breyanzi[supreg] is a CD19-
                directed genetically modified autologous T cell immunotherapy indicated
                for the treatment of adult patients with relapsed or refractory large
                B-cell lymphoma after two or more lines of systemic therapy, including
                diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) not otherwise specified
                (including DLBCL arising from indolent lymphoma), high-grade B-cell
                lymphoma, primary mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, and follicular
                lymphoma grade 3B. Breyanzi[supreg] is not indicated for the treatment
                of patients with primary central nervous system lymphoma. We note that
                effective October 1, 2021 the following ICD-10-PCS codes may be used to
                uniquely describe procedures involving the infusion of
                Breyanzi[supreg]: XW033N7 (Introduction of lisocabtagene maraleucel
                immunotherapy into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new
                technology group 7) and XW043N7 (Introduction of lisocabtagene
                maraleucel immunotherapy into central vein, percutaneous approach, new
                technology group 7). The applicant also submitted a request for a new
                HCPCS code, which will uniquely describe procedures involving the use
                of Breyanzi[supreg]. The applicant noted in their application that
                Breyanzi[supreg] would likely map to the same MS-DRG as other CAR T-
                cell therapies, MS-DRG 018 (Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell
                Immunotherapy).
                 As previously discussed, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant described two ways in which it believes the mechanism of
                action for Breyanzi[supreg] differs from previously approved therapies
                for DLBCL. First, the applicant described the therapy as being
                comprised of individually formulated cryopreserved patient-specific
                helper (CD4) and killer (CD8) CAR T-cells in suspension that are
                administered as a defined composition of CAR-positive viable T-cells
                (from individually formulated CD8 and CD4 components). The applicant
                stated that the therapy involves a different mechanism of action from
                other CAR-T cell therapies because the CD4 and CD8 T-cells are purified
                and cultured separately to maintain compositional control of each cell
                type. Furthermore, during culture, each cell type is separately
                modified to have the CAR on the cell surface, expanded and quantified,
                and frozen in two separate cell suspensions. The applicant then
                described how Breyanzi[supreg] is infused with the same target dose of
                CD4 and CD8 CAR T-cells for every patient. The applicant asserted that
                because Breyanzi[supreg] controls the same dosage for both CD4 and CD8,
                it differs from other CAR T-cell therapies for DLBCL and could
                potentially provide for higher safety and efficacy; the applicant
                stated that CAR T-cell therapies that do not control for CD8 CAR T-cell
                dosage have demonstrated higher rates of severe and life-threatening
                toxicities, such as cytokine release syndrome (CRS) and neurotoxicity
                (NT).
                 The second feature the applicant described as distinguishing
                Breyanzi[supreg]'s mechanism of action from existing CD19-directed CAR
                T-cell therapies was the presence of an EGFRt cell surface tag. The
                applicant explained that the EGFRt cell surface tag could
                hypothetically be targeted for CAR T-cell clearance by separately
                administering cetuximab, a monoclonal antibody. According to the
                applicant, if the patient was separately administered cetuximab, the
                presence of the EGFRt cell surface tag within Breyanzi[supreg] would
                allow cetuximba to bind to the CAR T-cells and clear the cells from the
                patient. The applicant highlighted studies that showed that persistent
                functional CD19-directed CAR T-cells in patients caused sustained
                depletion of a patient's normal B-cells that expressed CD19, resulting
                in hypogammaglobulinemia and an increased risk of life-threatening or
                chronic infections.\76\ The applicant further explained that such
                prolonged low levels of normal B-cells could place a patient at risk of
                life-threatening or chronic infections. According to the applicant, the
                ability to deplete CAR T-cells, via the administration of cetuximab,
                when a patient achieves a long-term remission could hypothetically
                allow recovery of normal B-cells and potentially reduce the risk of
                life-threatening or chronic infections. The applicant noted that
                experiments in a laboratory setting showed that targeting EGFRt with
                the monoclonal antibody cetuximab eliminated CAR T-cells expressing the
                EGFRt marker, which resulted in long-term reversal of B-cell aplasia in
                mice.\77\ However, the applicant noted that this mechanism of CAR T-
                cell clearance, via administration of cetuximab and EGFRt cell surface
                tags/markers, has not been tested in humans, including patients treated
                with Breyanzi[supreg].
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \76\ Kalos M, Levine BL, Porter DL, et al., T Cells with
                Chimeric Antigen Receptors Have Potent Antitumor Effects and Can
                Establish Memory in Patients with Advanced Leukemia, Sci Transl Med.
                2011; 3(95): 1-21 (Kalos, 2011).
                 \77\ Paszkiewicz PJ, Frable SP, Srivastava S, et al., Targeted
                antibody-mediated depletion of murine CD19 CAR T cells permanently
                reverses B cell aplasia, J Clin Invest. 2016; 126(11): 4262-4272
                (Paszkiewicz, 2016).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant acknowledged that the
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes used to uniquely identify procedures
                involving the administration of Breyanzi[supreg] XW033N7 (Introduction
                of lisocabtagene maraleucel Immunotherapy into peripheral vein,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 7) and XW043N7
                (Introduction of lisocabtagene maraleucel Immunotherapy into central
                vein, percutaneous approach, new technology group 7) are assigned to
                MS-DRG 018 (Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell Immunotherapy). The
                applicant has not made a request for the technology to map to a new or
                different MS-DRG for FY 2022.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, according to the
                applicant, Breyanzi[supreg] fills an unmet need in the treatment of
                large B-cell lymphoma because Breyanzi[supreg] would be indicated as a
                third-line treatment option for patients with r/r DLBCL, who cannot be
                treated with existing CAR T-
                [[Page 25229]]
                cell therapies. The applicant asserted that Breyanzi[supreg] would be
                able to treat these patients that present with uncommon subtypes of
                DLBCL including, PMBCL, FL3B, and DLBCL transformed from indolent
                lymphoma from other follicular lymphoma, elderly patients (>= 65 years
                old), patients with secondary CNS involvement by lymphoma, and those
                with moderate renal or cardiac comorbidities. The applicant asserted
                that these patient populations were excluded from registrational trials
                for YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg], and therefore represent an
                unmet patient need.
                 Regarding newness, we are concerned whether a differing production
                and/or dosage represents a different mechanism of action as compared to
                previously FDA-approved CAR T-cell therapies. We are also concerned
                about whether the existence of an EGFRt cell surface tag equates to a
                new mechanism of action given that in order to activate this cell
                surface tag, an additional medication, cetuximab, which targets the CAR
                T-cells for clearance, would be needed. We also express concern that,
                based on our understanding, the presence of the EGFRt cell surface tag
                is a potential way to treat an adverse event of the Breyanzi[supreg]
                therapy and is not critical to the way the drug treats the underlying
                disease. We note that the applicant referenced that while this EGFRt
                cell surface tag is included within the Breyanzi[supreg] compound, it
                remains dormant without activation by cetuximab. Finally, the applicant
                noted that Breyanzi[supreg] has been shown safe and effective for
                patient populations excluded from registrational trials for
                YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg], including patients with uncommon
                subtypes of large B-cell lymphoma, including PMBCL, FL3B, and DLBCL
                transformed from indolent lymphoma other than FL, elderly patients (>=
                65 years old), patients with secondary CNS involvement by lymphoma and
                those with moderate renal or cardiac comorbidities.\78\ We note that
                the FDA label for YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg] does not appear
                to specifically exclude these patient populations or NHL subtypes. As
                such, it is unclear whether Breyanzi[supreg] would in fact treat a
                patient population different from other CAR T-cell therapies that treat
                patients with DLBCL.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \78\ Lisocabtagene maraleucel Biologics License Application
                (BLA).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Breyanzi[supreg] is
                substantially similar to other technologies and whether
                Breyanzi[supreg] meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR correction notice (December 1, 2020) data file to identify
                potential cases representing patients who may be eligible for treatment
                using Breyanzi[supreg]. The applicant identified claims that reported
                an ICD-10-CM diagnosis code of: C83.30 (DLBCL, unspecified site);
                C83.31 (DLBCL, lymph nodes of head, face and neck); C83.32 (DLBCL,
                intrathoracic lymph nodes); C83.33 (DLBCL, intra-abdominal lymph
                nodes); C83.34 (DLBCL, lymph nodes of axilla and upper limb); C83.35
                (DLBCL, lymph nodes of inquinal region and lower limb); C83.36 (DLBCL,
                intrapelvic lymph nodes); C83.37 (DLBCL, spleen); or C83.38 (DLBCL,
                lymph nodes of multiple sites) in one of the first five diagnosis code
                positions on the claim. The applicant excluded claims if they had one
                or more diagnoses from the list below because these conditions would
                preclude use of Breyanzi[supreg].
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.142
                [[Page 25230]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.143
                [[Page 25231]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.144
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 However, the applicant noted that the aforementioned C83.XX ICD-10-
                CM codes do not differentiate r/r patients from the broader DLBCL
                population. A clinical literature search completed by the applicant
                found that the r/r population makes up one-fourth of the DLBCL
                population, but since r/r patients typically have higher inpatient
                costs the applicant selected 19.36 percent of the cases with the
                highest total charges for their cost analysis. Applying the previously
                mentioned parameters, the applicant found a total of 991 cases mapped
                to 12 MS-DRGs.
                 The applicant stated that the use of Breyanzi[supreg]'s therapy
                would replace chemotherapy or other drug therapies, including other CAR
                T-cell therapies. Because of this, the applicant stated they removed
                all charges in the drug cost center since it was not possible to
                differentiate between different drugs on inpatient claims. The
                standardized charges per case were then calculated using the 2019 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule Impact file and the 2-year inflation factor of 13.2
                percent (1.3218) was applied. Finally, to determine the charges for
                Breyanzi[supreg], the applicant used the inverse of a simulated
                alternative cost-to-charge ratio (CCR) specifically for CAR T-CELL
                therapies to account for CAR T-cell therapies' higher costs compared to
                other drugs. To determine this alternative CCR for CAR T-cell
                therapies, the applicant referred to the FY 2021 IPPS final rule AOR/
                BOR file and calculated an alternative markup percentage by dividing
                the AOR drug charges within MS-DRG 018 by the number of cases to
                determine a per case drug charge. The applicant then divided the drug
                charges per case by $373,000, the acquisition cost of YESCARTA and
                KYMRIAH, the CAR T-cell products used in those claims, to arrive at a
                CCR of 0.295. The applicant noted that the cost of Breyanzi[supreg] had
                not yet been determined at the time of application. However, for the
                purposes of its cost analysis, the applicant assumed the per-patient
                cost to the hospital will be $373,000. Based on the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule correction notice data file thresholds for FY 2022, the
                applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $1,377,616 which exceeded the MS-DRG
                018 average case-weighted threshold of $1,251,127 by $126,489.
                Therefore, the applicant stated that Breyanzi[supreg] met the cost
                criterion.
                 As noted in previous discussions, the submitted costs for CAR T-
                cell therapies vary widely due to differences in provider billing and
                charging practices for this therapy. Therefore, with regard to the use
                of this data for purposes of calculating a CAR T-cell CCR, we are
                uncertain how representative this data is for use in the applicant's
                cost analyses given this potential for variability.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding the
                eligibility of CAR T-cell technologies for new technology add-on
                payments when assigned to MS-DRG 018. As we have noted in prior
                rulemaking with regard to the CAR T-cell therapies (83 FR 41172 and 85
                FR 58603 through 58608), if a new MS-DRG were to be created, then
                consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ix) of the Act, there may no
                longer be a need for a new technology add-on payment under section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act. We welcome comment on this issue.
                [[Page 25232]]
                 We invite public comment on whether Breyanzi[supreg] meets the cost
                criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that Breyanzi[supreg] represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing technologies because: (1) The
                totality of the circumstances regarding Breyanzi[supreg]'s clinical
                efficacy, safety, and data make clear that Breyanzi[supreg]
                substantially improves, relative to services or technologies previously
                available, the treatment of Medicare beneficiaries with R/R NHL; (2)
                Breyanzi[supreg] offers a treatment option for a patient population
                unresponsive to, or ineligible for, currently available treatments; (3)
                Breyanzi[supreg] has, overall, an improved safety profile compared to
                YESCARTA and KYMRIAH; (4) Breyanzi[supreg] has a comparable or superior
                effectiveness compared to existing therapies; and (5)
                Breyanzi[supreg]'s patient population in its registrational study more
                accurately reflects real-world NHL patients compared to the studies of
                currently available CAR T-cell therapies.
                 The applicant asserts that the totality of the clinical efficacy
                and safety data from the TRANSCEND NHL 001 trial, which is a
                prospective, single arm, multicenter study of Breyanzi[supreg] in
                patients with r/r aggressive B-cell NHL, and the supportive safety data
                from the Breyanzi[supreg] clinical studies included in their Biologics
                License Application (BLA) submission demonstrate that Breyanzi[supreg]
                has equal or better efficacy and a better safety profile in a broad R/R
                patient population that better approximates the real world large B-cell
                lymphoma patient population--a population that the applicant asserted
                includes NHL subtypes not studied or approved for treatment with
                current approved or conditionally approved agents.
                 The applicant shared the results of the Phase I TRANSCEND NHL 001
                trial, which was a prospective, single arm, multicenter study of
                lisocabtagene maraleucel in patients with relapsed/refractory
                aggressive B-cell NHL. The applicant noted that TRANSCEND NHL 001
                included subjects with the average age of 63 years with 111 subjects
                (41%) over 65 years of age and 27 (10%) subjects older than 75 years of
                age. These patients also failed previous therapies. Of the total number
                of subjects studied (efficacy: n=256; safety: n=269), 137 subjects
                (51%) had DLBCL, 60 (22%) had DLBCL transformed from FL, 18 (7%) had
                DLBCL transformed other indolent lymphomas, 36 patients (13%) had high
                grade lymphoma, 15 (6%) had PMBCL and 3 (1%) had FL3B.\79\
                Additionally, the applicant explained that TRANSCEND NHL 001 was more
                inclusive, compared to the registrational trials for KYMRIAH[supreg]
                and YESCARTA[supreg], of Medicare aged patients with comorbidities and
                NHL disease subtypes seen in the real world presentation of the
                disease. To support this, the applicant referenced that within this
                study, between 40% to 50% of subjects studied had cardiac ejection
                fraction, 3% had secondary CNS lymphoma, 51 patients (19%) had a
                creatinine clearance between 30-60 mL/min and 39 patients (14.6%) had
                grade >= 3 cytopenias. Furthermore, the applicant noted that 51
                patients (19%) had decreased renal function and 13 patients (4.9%) had
                decreased cardiac function. The applicant stated that the TRANSCEND NHL
                001 study showcased that the patient population treated during the
                study better reflected the real world large B-cell lymphoma patient
                population, a population that the applicant asserted included NHL
                subtypes not studied or approved for treatment with currently approved
                or conditionally approved agents, while providing similar safety and
                efficacy. The applicant contended that these high-unmet need large B-
                cell lymphoma subsets included patients with DLBCL transformed from
                rare indolent lymphomas other than FL, patients with FL3B, patients 65
                years of age and older, as well as patients with moderate comorbidities
                of renal and cardiac insufficiency.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \79\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant further explained that Breyanzi[supreg] provided
                improved effectiveness as compared to existing therapies. Patients with
                aggressive large B-cell NHL who have failed at least 2 prior therapies
                or SCT are treated with combinations of agents or monotherapy based on
                institutional preferences, but there is no standard of care for salvage
                therapies beyond first treatment therapy.\80\ The applicant noted that
                commonly used salvage therapies (non-CAR T-cell therapies) for
                relapsed, large B-cell lymphoma demonstrated objective response rates
                (ORRs) in the range of 12% to 46% and complete response (CR) rates of
                6% to 38%. Among the patients who did achieve a response, the median
                duration of response (DOR) ranges from approximately 6 to 17 months and
                median overall survival was generally less than 12
                months.81 82 83 84 85 86 87 Comparatively, TRANSCEND NHL
                001, which provided subjects with Breyanzi[supreg], met its primary
                endpoint of Independent Review Committee (IRC)-assessed ORR in adult
                patients with r/r large lymphoma after at least 2 prior therapies, as
                reported by the applicant. In the 256 efficacy evaluable patients, the
                ORR was 73% (95% confidence interval (CI): 67.0% to 78.3%), and the CR
                rate was 53% (95% CI: 46.6% to 59.2%). With a median follow-up of 10.8
                months, the median DOR per IRC assessment was 13.3 months and the
                median DOR for CR was not reached. By comparison, the applicant
                summarized that YESCARTA[supreg], as demonstrated in the Phase I-II
                ZUMA-1 study (see the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule 83 FR 41295 for
                a description of this study), had an ORR of 72.0% (95% confidence
                interval (CI: 62.0% to 81.0%)). Also, according to the applicant,
                KYMRIAH[supreg], as demonstrated by the Phase II JULIET study (see the
                FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule 83 FR 41293 for a description of this
                study), had an ORR of 50.0% (95% confidence interval (CI: 38.0% to
                62.0%)). The applicant contended that the results for Breyanzi[supreg]
                (ORR of 73% (95% confidence interval (CI): 67.0% to 78.3%), and the CR
                rate of 53% (95% CI: 46.6% to 59.2%) were observed across all subgroups
                tested, including
                [[Page 25233]]
                elderly subjects, those with high burden disease or high baseline
                inflammatory biomarkers, those requiring anti-lymphoma therapy for
                disease control, as well as rare patient populations with a high unmet
                medical need (for example, PMBCL, DLBCL transformed from indolent
                lymphoma other than FL, and FL3B). The applicant contended that this
                data supports that Breyanzi[supreg] demonstrates comparable or superior
                effectiveness compared to existing therapies for patients with r/r
                large B-cell NHL.88 89
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \80\ National Comprehensive CancerNetwork Treatment of Cancer:
                Guidelines, 2019. NCCN, 2019.
                 \81\ Czuczman MS, Davies A, Linton KM, et al., A Phase 2/3
                Multicenter, Randomized Study Comparing the Efficacy and Safety of
                Lenalidomide Versus Investigator's Choice in Relapsed/Refractory
                DLBCL, Blood. 2014; 124: 628 (Czuczman, 2014).
                 \82\ Jacobsen ED, Sharman JP, Oki Y, et al., Brentuximab vedotin
                demonstrates objective responses in a phase 2 study of relapsed/
                refractory DLBCL with variable CD30 expression, Blood. 2015; 125(9):
                1394-1402 (Jacobsen, 2015).
                 \83\ Nagle SJ, Woo K, Schuster SJ, et al., Outcomes of patients
                with relapsed/refractory diffuse large B-cell lymphoma with
                progression of lymphoma after autologous stem cell transplantation
                in the rituximab era, Am. J. Hematol. 2013; 88: 890-894 (Nagle,
                2013).
                 \84\ Pettengell R, Coiffier B, Narayanan G, et al., Pixantrone
                dimaleate versus other chemotherapeutic agents as a single-agent
                salvage treatment in patients with relapsed or refractory aggressive
                non-Hodgkin lymphoma: a phase 3, multicenter, open-label, randomised
                trial, Lancet Oncol. 2012; 13: 696-706 (Pettengell, 2012).
                 \85\ Rigacci L, Puccini B, Cortelazzo S, et al., Bendamustine
                with or without rituximab for the treatment of heavily pretreated
                non-Hodgkin's lymphoma patients, Ann Hematol. 2012; 91: 1013-1022
                (Rigacci, 2012).
                 \86\ Van Den Neste E, Schmitz N, Mounier N, et al., Outcome of
                patients with relapsed diffuse large B-cell lymphoma who fail
                second-line salvage regimens in the International CORAL study, Bone
                Marrow Transplantation. 2016; 51: 51-57 (Van Den Neste, 2016).
                 \87\ Wang M, Fowler N, Wagner-Bartak N, et al., Oral
                lenalidomide with rituximab in relapsed or refractory diffuse large
                cell, follicular and transformed lymphoma: a phase II clinical
                trial, Leukemia. 2013; 27: 1902-1909 (Wang, 2013).
                 \88\ YESCARTA[supreg] United States Prescribing Information USPI
                (2019).
                 \89\ KYMRIAH[supreg] United States Prescribing Information USPI
                (2018).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Furthermore, the applicant stated that Breyanzi[supreg] had an
                improved safety profile in comparison to YESCARTA[supreg] and
                KYMRIAH[supreg]. The applicant stated that both of these FDA-approved
                CAR T-cell therapies had higher rates of toxicity as compared to
                Breyanzi[supreg]. In the TRANSCEND NHL 001 registrational study
                (n=268), 42% and 2% of subjects developed all-grade and Grade > 3 CRS,
                respectively, and 30% and 10% developed all-grade and Grade > 3 NT. The
                applicant compared these results to the results of the JULIET study as
                found in KYMRIAH's[supreg] prescribing information and summarized that
                KYMRIAH[supreg] had higher rates of all-grade and Grade > 3 CRS (74%
                and 23%, respectively) and all-grade and Grade > 3 NT (58% and 18%,
                respectively). The applicant provided the same comparison of the
                toxicity results of Breyanzi[supreg] to the results showcased in the
                ZUMA-1 study featuring YESCARTA[supreg] as found in YESCARTA[supreg]'s
                prescribing information and summarized that YESCARTA[supreg] had higher
                rates of all-grade and Grade > 3 CRS (94% and 13%, respectively) and
                all-grade and Grade > 3 NT (87% and 31%, respectively).90 91
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \90\ YESCARTA[supreg] USPI (2019).
                 \91\ KYMRIAH[supreg] USPI (2018).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part
                of its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application, we are
                concerned that there are no published studies directly comparing
                Breyanzi[supreg] and the two currently available CAR T-cell therapies
                for r/r DLBCL, YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg]. Additionally, we
                are concerned with the lack of long-term data supporting the
                effectiveness and efficacy of Breyanzi[supreg] and whether the lack of
                long-term data may limit the generalizability of the findings from the
                TRANSCEND NHL 001 study to the general Medicare population. While there
                have been no direct comparison studies of Breyanzi[supreg],
                YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg], the applicant does provide a
                comparison of the ORR, CR, PR and DOR across all three CAR T-cell
                therapies. While we note that Breyanzi[supreg] does appear to provide
                an improved ORR, CR, PR, and DOR compared to the other FDA-approved CAR
                T-cell therapies based on the data presented by the applicant, we
                further note that these differences appear to be small in magnitude,
                between 1-2% for the ORR, CR, and PR. Without a direct comparison of
                outcomes between these therapies, we are concerned as to whether these
                differences translate to clinically meaningful differences or
                improvements. Breyanzi[supreg] appears to demonstrate similar patient
                outcomes to that of YESCARTA[supreg] and we question whether the
                TRANSCEND NHL 001 study is evidence that Breyanzi[supreg] is a more
                effective therapy to treat DLBCL over existing CAR T-cell therapies.
                Additionally, as previously discussed, the applicant noted that
                Breyanzi[supreg] has been shown safe and effective for patient
                populations excluded from registrational trials for YESCARTA[supreg]
                and KYMRIAH[supreg]. However, it is unclear whether this suggests that
                Breyanzi[supreg] is a treatment option for patients who cannot be
                treated with these existing CAR T-cell therapies, given that the FDA
                label for YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg] appears to not
                specifically exclude these patient populations. Finally, we are
                concerned that the use of the EGFRt cell surface tag was not activated
                in patients receiving Breyanzi[supreg] to study the impact of clearing
                these CAR T-cells after remission and that this feature has not yet
                been tested on humans or in conjunction with patients treated with
                Breyanzi[supreg]. We express concern regarding the safety and efficacy
                of this feature given its lack of testing.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Breyanzi[supreg] meets
                the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                Breyanzi[supreg] or at the New Technology Town Hall meeting.
                d. Ciltacabtagene Autoleucel
                 Janssen Biotech, Inc., submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for ciltacabtagene autoleucel for FY 2022.
                Ciltacabtagene autoleucel is an autologous chimeric-antigen receptor
                (CAR) T-cell therapy directed against B cell maturation antigen (BCMA)
                for the treatment of patients with multiple myeloma.
                 Ciltacabtagene autoleucel refers to both JNJ-4528, an
                investigational BCMA-directed CAR T-cell therapy for previously treated
                patients with multiple myeloma, and LCAR-B38M, the investigational
                product (ciltacabtagene autoleucel) being studied in China. Both JNJ-
                4528 and LACAR-B38M are representative of the same CAR T-cell therapy,
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel. Ciltacabtagene autoleucel has not yet
                received FDA approval.
                 Multiple myeloma (MM) is typically characterized by the neoplastic
                proliferation of plasma cells producing a monoclonal immunoglobulin.
                The plasma cells proliferate in the bone marrow and can result in
                extensive skeletal destruction with osteolytic lesions, osteopenia,
                and/or pathologic fractures. The diagnosis of MM is often suspected
                because of one (or more) of the following clinical presentations:
                 Bone pain with lytic lesions discovered on routine
                skeletal films or other imaging modalities.
                 An increased total serum protein concentration and/or the
                presence of a monoclonal protein in the urine or serum.
                 Systemic signs or symptoms suggestive of malignancy, such
                as unexplained anemia.
                 Hypercalcemia, which is either symptomatic or discovered
                incidentally.
                 Acute renal failure with a bland urinalysis or rarely
                nephrotic syndrome due to concurrent immunoglobulin light chain (AL)
                amyloidosis.
                 It is important to distinguish MM both from other causes of the
                clinical presentations mentioned previously and from other plasma cell
                dyscrasias for the purposes of prognosis and treatment.\92\ Data from
                the US Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) registry
                estimate 32,000 new cases of MM and 13,000 deaths from MM annually in
                the U.S. This correlates with an annual incidence of approximately 7
                per 100,000 men and women per year. MM is largely a disease of older
                adults. The median age at diagnosis is 65 to 74 years. MM is also
                slightly more frequent in men than in women (approximately 1.4:1). MM
                is associated with substantial morbidity and mortality \93\
                [[Page 25234]]
                and approximately 25% of patients have a median survival of 2 years or
                less.\94\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \92\ Laubauch, J.P. (2021). Multiple myeloma: Clinical features,
                laboratory manifestations, and diagnosis. UptoDate. Available from
                https://www.uptodate.com/contents/multiple-myeloma-clinical-
                features-laboratory-manifestations-
                anddiagnosis?search=multiple%20myeloma&source=search_result&selectedT
                itle=1~150& usage_type=default&display_rank=1.
                 \93\ Cowan AJ, Allen C, Barac A, Basaleem H, Bensenor I, Curado
                MP, Foreman K, Gupta R, Harvey J, Hosgood HD, Jakovljevic M, Khader
                Y, Linn S, Lad D, Mantovani L, Nong VM, Mokdad A, Naghavi M, Postma
                M, Roshandel G, Shackelford K, Sisay M, Nguyen CT, Tran TT, Xuan BT,
                Ukwaja KN, Vollset SE, Weiderpass E, Libby EN, Fitzmaurice C. Global
                Burden of Multiple Myeloma: A Systematic Analysis for the Global
                Burden of Disease Study 2016. JAMA Oncol. 2018 Sep 1;4(9):1221-1227.
                 \94\ Biran N, Jagannath S, Chari A. Risk stratification in
                multiple myeloma, part 1: characterization of high-risk disease.
                Clin Adv Hematol Oncol. 2013 Aug;11(8):489-503.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, introduction of new treatment options
                in the last 2 decades has extended the median survival of multiple
                myeloma patients. The applicant asserted that the introduction of
                proteasome inhibitors (PI) (e.g., bortezomib, carfilzomib, and
                ixazomib), histone deacetylase inhibitors (e.g., panobinostat,
                vorinostat), immunomodulatory agents (IMiD) (e.g., thalidomide,
                lenalidomide, and pomalidomide), monoclonal antibodies (daratumumab and
                elotuzumab), and stem cell transplantation, have allowed numerous
                therapeutic options for patients with multiple myeloma (Rajkumar 2020).
                According to the applicant, the National Comprehensive Cancer Network
                (NCCN) recommended treatment regimen for first-line therapy of multiple
                myeloma is Bortezomib (a proteosome inhibitor (PI)), lenalidomide (an
                immunomodulatory agent (IMiD)) and dexamethasone.\95\ The strategy of
                triplet therapies for patients with newly diagnosed multiple myeloma,
                followed by high-dose chemotherapy and autologous stem-cell
                transplantation for eligible patients, and subsequently consolidation
                and maintenance therapy, is the current treatment roadmap for
                patients.\96\ However, despite these treatments, according to the
                applicant, most patients will relapse after first-line treatment and
                require further treatment \97\ with only 50% survival of relapsed
                patients after 5 years.98 99 As multiple myeloma progresses,
                each subsequent line of treatment is associated with shorter
                progression free survival (PFS) and decreased rate, depth, and
                durability of response and worsening of quality of life.\100\ In
                addition, cumulative and long-term toxicities are often associated with
                long-term therapy (Ludwig, 2018). Thus, according to the applicant,
                there remains an ongoing need for additional therapeutic approaches
                when the disease is resistant to available therapy.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \95\ National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) NCCN clinical
                practice guidelines in oncology. Multiple Myeloma. Version 2. 2021-
                September 9, 2020.
                 \96\ Branagan A, Lei M, Lou U, Raje N. Current Treatment
                Strategies for Multiple Myeloma. JCO Oncol Pract. 2020 Jan;16(1):5-
                14.
                 \97\ Sonneveld P, Broij lA. Treatment of relapsed and refractory
                multiple myeloma. Haematologica. 2016;101(4):396-406.
                 \98\ SEER database 2020; https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/mulmy.html.
                 \99\ GLOBOCAN database 2018; https://gco.iarc.fr/today/data/factsheets/populations/900-world-fact-sheets.pdf.
                 \100\ Yong K, Delforge M, Driessen C, Fink L, Flinois A,
                Gonzalez-McQuire S, Safaei R, Karlin L, Mateos MV, Raab MS, Schoen
                P, Cavo M. Multiple myeloma: patient outcomes in real-world
                practice. Br J Haematol. 2016 Oct;175(2):252-264.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserts that relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma
                (RRMM) constitutes a specific unmet medical need. According to the
                applicant, patients with r/r disease are defined as those who, having
                achieved a minor response or better, relapse and then progress while on
                therapy, or experience progression within 60 days of their last
                therapy.\101\ The introduction of a new class of agents, CD38-targeting
                monoclonal antibodies (CD38 MoABs), daratumumab and isatuximab, have
                improved options in r/r patients.\102\ The applicant asserts that given
                these advances, guideline recommendations following first-line therapy
                are varied, with treatment options including combinations of novel
                agents with existing standard of care regimens, and triplet and
                quadruplet regimens, creating a complex treatment landscape.\103\
                According to the applicant, while triplet regimens should be used as
                the standard therapy for patients with multiple myeloma, elderly or
                frail patients may be treated with double regimens.104 95
                The applicant further states that for patients with RRMM who have
                received at least 3 prior lines of therapy including a PI, an IMiD and
                an anti-CD38, there does not exist a standard or consensus for
                treatment at this time, and often, supportive care/palliative care is
                the only option.\105\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \101\ Castelli R, Orofino N, Losurdo A, Gualtierotti R, Cugno M.
                Choosing treatment options for patients with relapsed/refractory
                multiple myeloma. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther. 2014 Feb;14(2):199-
                215.
                 \102\ Van de Donk NWCJ, Richardson PG, Malavasi F. CD38
                antibodies in multiple myeloma: back to the future. Blood. 2018 Jan
                4;131(1):13-29.
                 \103\ National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) NCCN clinical
                practice guidelines in oncology. Multiple Myeloma. Version 2. 2021--
                September 9, 2020.
                 \104\ Ibid.
                 \105\ Maples KT, Joseph NS, Harvey RD. Current developments in
                the combination therapy of relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma.
                Expert Rev Anticancer Ther. 2020 Sep 24.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, multiple myeloma remains incurable and
                most patients eventually relapse, even with the advent of new
                treatments.\106\ The applicant further states that novel, innovative
                therapies are needed to improve long-term survival and outcomes. The
                applicant asserts that CAR T-cell-based therapies offer potential
                advantages over current therapeutic strategies. According to the
                applicant, while other therapies require long-term repetitive
                administration generally until progression of disease, CAR T-cell
                therapy is a single infusion treatment due to live T-cell expansion in
                the patient and long-term disease response. The applicant asserts that
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel is an autologous CAR T-cell therapy directed
                against B cell maturation antigen (BCMA) for the treatment of patients
                with multiple myeloma. The applicant states that BCMA, a protein that
                is highly expressed on myeloma cells \107\ and is a member of the tumor
                necrosis factor (TNF) receptor family, plays a central role in
                regulating B-cell maturation and differentiation into plasma
                cells.\108\ BCMA is selectively expressed on a subset of B cells
                (plasma cell neoplasms including myeloma cells) and is more stably
                expressed specifically on the B cell lineage, compared with key plasma
                cell marker CD138 which is also expressed on normal fibroblasts and
                epithelial cells.109 110 111 These expression
                characteristics, per the applicant, make BCMA an ideal therapeutic
                target for the treatment of multiple myeloma.112 113
                Ciltacabtagene autoleucel, according to the applicant, is a unique,
                structurally differentiated BCMA-targeting chimeric antigen receptor
                with two distinct BCMA-binding domains that can identify and eliminate
                myeloma cells.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \106\ Rajkumar SV, Kumar S. Multiple myeloma current treatment
                algorithms. Blood Cancer J. 2020 Sep 28;10(9):94.
                 \107\ Cho SF, Anderson KC, Tai YT. Targeting B Cell Maturation
                Antigen (BCMA) in Multiple Myeloma: Potential Uses of BCMA-Based
                Immunotherapy. Front Immunol. 2018 Aug 10;9:1821.
                 \108\ Ibid.
                 \109\ Ibid.
                 \110\ Tai YT, Anderson KC. Targeting B-cell maturation antigen
                in multiple myeloma. Immunotherapy. 2015;7(11):1187-99.
                 \111\ Palaiologou M, Delladetsima I, Tiniakos D. CD138
                (syndecan-1) expression in health and disease. Histol Histopathol.
                2014 Feb;29(2):177-89.
                 \112\ Ibid.
                 \113\ Frigyesi I, Adolfsson J, Ali M, Christophersen MK,
                Johnsson E, Turesson I, Gullberg U, Hansson M, Nilsson B. Robust
                isolation of malignant plasma cells in multiple myeloma. Blood. 2014
                Feb 27;123(9):1336-40.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserts that CAR T-cell technology is a form of
                immunotherapy and is a ``living drug'' that utilizes specially altered
                T cells, part of the immune system, to fight cancer. A
                [[Page 25235]]
                sample of the patient's T cells are collected from the blood, then
                modified in a laboratory setting to express a chimeric antigen receptor
                (CAR).\114\ Chimeric antigen receptors are specifically designed
                receptor proteins that are made up of three distinct features: (1) A
                target recognition domain (typically derived from a single domain of an
                antibody) that sits on the cell's exterior, (2) a co-stimulatory domain
                on the cell's interior that boosts activation, enhances survival and
                expansion of the modified cells, and (3) an interior stimulatory domain
                that supports activation and target killing.\115\ The binding domain
                expressed on the surface of T cells gives them the new ability to
                target a specific protein. When the target is recognized, the
                intracellular portions of the receptor send signals within the T cells
                to destroy the target cells. These engineered CAR T-cells are reinfused
                back into the same patient which enables these specialized T cells to
                latch onto the target antigen and abolish the tumor cells.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \114\ June CH, Sadelain M. Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy. N
                Engl J Med. 2018 Jul 5;379(1):64-73.
                 \115\ Sadelain M. Chimeric antigen receptors: driving immunology
                towards synthetic biology. Curr Opin Immunol. 2016 Aug;41:68-76.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, ciltacabtagene autoleucel is a CAR T-
                cell immunotherapy designed to recognize myeloma cells and target their
                destruction. Ciltacabtagene autoleucel's CAR T-cell technology consists
                of harvesting the patient's own T cells, programming them to express a
                chimeric antigen receptor that identifies BCMA, a protein highly
                expressed on the surface of malignant multiple myeloma B-lineage cells,
                and reinfusing these modified cells back into the patient where they
                bind to and eliminate myeloma tumor cells. The applicant asserts that,
                unlike the chimeric antigen receptor design of currently approved CAR
                T-cell immunotherapies, which are composed of a single-domain antibody
                (sdAbs), ciltacabtagene autoleucel is composed of two antibody binding
                domains that allow for high recognition of human BCMA (CD269) and
                elimination of BCMA expressing myeloma cells. The two distinct BCMA-
                binding domains, according to the applicant, confer avidity and
                distinguish ciltacabtagene autoleucel from other BCMA-targeting
                products. The BCMA binding domains are linked to the receptor's
                interior costimulatory (4-1BB) and signaling (CD3[zeta]) domains
                through a transmembrane linker (CD8a). These intracellular domains are
                critical components for T cell growth and anti-tumor activity \116\ in
                the body once CAR T-cells are bound to a BCMA target on multiple
                myeloma cells.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \116\ Maher J, Brentjens RJ, Gunset G, Rivi[egrave]re I,
                Sadelain M. Human T-lymphocyte cytotoxicity and proliferation
                directed by a single chimeric TCRzeta/CD28 receptor.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, according to the applicant,
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel was granted Breakthrough Therapy designation
                in December 2019 for the treatment of patients with RRMM who have
                previously received a PI, an IMiD, and an anti-CD38 antibody. In
                December 2020, the applicant submitted a Biologic License Application
                (BLA) with the FDA but at the time of the development of this proposed
                rule, it has not yet received FDA approval. The applicant stated that
                procedures involving the administration of ciltacabtagene autoleucel
                can be reported using the following ICD-10-PCS procedure codes: XW033C3
                (Introduction of engineered autologous chimeric antigen receptor t-cell
                immunotherapy into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new
                technology group 3); and XW043C3 (Introduction of engineered autologous
                chimeric antigen receptor t-cell immunotherapy into central vein,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 3). The applicant noted
                that there are currently no ICD-10-PCS codes that uniquely identify
                procedures involving the use of ciltacabtagene autoleucel. The
                applicant submitted a request for unique ICD-10-PCS codes to describe
                the administration of ciltacabtagene autoleucel beginning in FY 2022.
                The applicant also noted that they will submit a request for a
                Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) code specific to the
                administration of ciltacabtagene autoleucel once the product is
                eligible for such a code.
                 As previously stated, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria as previously described, it would be
                considered substantially similar to an existing technology and
                therefore would not be considered ``new'' for purposes of new
                technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to whether a product uses the same or a similar
                mechanism of action when compared to an existing technology to achieve
                a therapeutic outcome, the applicant asserts that ciltacabtagene
                autoleucel has a unique mechanism of action because it has two distinct
                binding domains that confer avidity to the BCMA antigen, a 4-1BB
                costimulatory domain and a CD3z signaling domain, whereas other CAR T-
                cell products have only one target binding domain. However, we note
                that idecabtagnene vicleucel, another CAR T-cell therapy for which an
                application for new technology add-on payments was submitted for FY
                2022, as discussed later in this section, appears to have a mechanism
                of action that is similar to that of ciltabatagene: A chimeric antigen
                receptor (CAR)-positive T cell therapy targeting B-cell maturation
                antigen (BCMA), which is expressed on the surface of normal and
                malignant plasma cells. The idecabtagene vicleucel CAR construct
                includes an anti-BCMA scFv-targeting domain for antigen specificity, a
                transmembrane domain, a CD3-zeta T cell activation domain, and a 4-1BB
                costimulatory domain. Antigen-specific activation of idecabtagene
                vicleucel results in CAR-positive T cell proliferation, cytokine
                secretion, and subsequent cytolytic killing of BCMA-expressing cells.
                 The applicant also asserts that its mechanism of action differs
                from Blenrep's mechanism of action. Blenrep is a BCMA-targeting agent
                indicated in the treatment of RRMM. According to the applicant, Blenrep
                belongs to the class of antibody-drug conjugates, which are therapies
                that are essentially composed of a monoclonal antibody linked to a
                toxic drug. Once the antibody portion of Blenrep recognizes BCMA on
                multiple myeloma cells, the toxin is released into cells, resulting in
                cell death. Therefore, according to the applicant, ciltacbtagene
                autoleucel's mechanism of action differs from Blenrep's. Additionally,
                the applicant states that there is currently no commercially available
                CAR T-cell product that binds to the BCMA antigen. Lastly, the
                applicant provided a list of other currently available treatments for
                multiple myeloma and a description of their mechanisms of action (Table
                1).
                [[Page 25236]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.145
                 With regard to whether a product is assigned to the same DRG when
                compared to an existing technology, the applicant expects that cases
                involving the administration of ciltacabtagene autoleucel will be
                assigned to the same MS-DRG, MS-DRG 018 (Chimeric Antigen Receptor
                (CAR) T-cell Immunotherapy), as other CAR T-cell therapies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \117\ Cook G, et al. Crit Rev Oncol Hematol. 2018;121:74-89.
                 \118\ Nejadmoghaddam MR, et al. Avicennna J Med Biotechnol.
                2019;11(1):3-23.
                 \119\ Pufall MA. Adv Exp Med Biol. 2015;872:315-33.
                 \120\ Siddik ZH. The Cancer Handbook. New York: John Wiley &
                Sons, Ltd; 2002.
                 \121\ Podar K, et al. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2020
                Mar;21(4):399-408.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to whether the new use of the technology involves the
                treatment of the same or similar type of disease and the same or
                similar patient population when compared to an existing technology, the
                applicant asserts that ciltacabtagene autoleucel is indicated for a
                broader population than other available therapies, specifically
                multiple myeloma patients having received three prior therapies.
                 In summary, the applicant asserts that ciltacabtagene autoleucel
                meets the newness criterion and is not substantially similar to other
                available therapies because it has a unique mechanism of action with
                two distinct binding domains that confer avidity to the BCMA antigen,
                and because it treats a different patient population, RRMM patients who
                received three prior therapies. However, we note that ciltacabtagene
                autoleucel may have a similar mechanism of action to that of
                idecabtagene vicleucel, for which we received an application for new
                technology add-on payments for FY 2022 for the treatment of adult
                patients with relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma after four or
                more prior lines of therapy, including an immunomodulatory agent, a
                proteasome inhibitor, and an anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody. Per the new
                technology add-on payment application for idecabtagene vicleucel, the
                technology's mechanism of action is described as targeting B-cell
                maturation antigen (BCMA), which is expressed on the surface of normal
                and malignant plasma cells. The chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)
                construct includes an anti-BCMA scFv-targeting domain for antigen
                specificity, a transmembrane domain, a CD3-zeta T cell activation
                domain, and a 4-1BB costimulatory domain. Antigen-specific activation
                of idecabtagene vicleucel results in CAR-positive T cell proliferation,
                cytokine secretion, and subsequent cytolytic killing of BCMA-expressing
                cells. Because of the potential similarity with the BCMA antigen and
                other actions, we believe that the mechanism of action for
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel may be the same or similar to that of
                idecabtagene vicleucel.
                 We believe that ciltacabtagene autoleucel may not treat the same or
                similar patient population as currently existing treatments. However,
                we believe that ciltacabtagene autoleucel and idecabtagene vicleucel
                may treat the same or similar disease (RRMM) in the same or similar
                patient population (patients who have previously received a proteasome
                inhibitor (PI), and immunomodulatory agent (IMiD) and an anti-CD38
                antibody). Accordingly, as it appears that ciltacabtagene autoleucel
                and idecabtagene vicleucel are purposed to achieve the same therapeutic
                outcome using the same or similar mechanism of action and would be
                assigned to the same MS-DRG, we believe that these technologies may be
                substantially similar to each other such that they should be considered
                as a single application for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                We are interested in information on how these two technologies may
                differ from each other with respect to the substantial similarity
                criteria and newness criterion, to inform our analysis of whether
                idecabtagene vicleucel and ciltacabtagne autoleucel are substantially
                similar to each other and therefore should be considered as a single
                application for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether ciltacabtagene autoleucel
                meets the newness criterion, including whether ciltacabtagene
                autoleucel is substantially similar to idecabtagene vicleucel and
                whether these technologies should be evaluated as a single technology
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                [[Page 25237]]
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR correction notice (December 1, 2020) file to identify
                potential cases representing patients who may be eligible for treatment
                using Ciltacabtagene autoleucel. In its analysis, the applicant
                identified a primary cohort to assess whether this therapy met the cost
                criterion. The following ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes were used to
                identify claims involving multiple myeloma procedures.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.146
                 The applicant chose to limit its analysis to MS-DRG 016 (Autologous
                Bone Marrow Transplant W CC/MCC or T-Cell Immunotherapy) because
                patients receiving autologous bone marrow transplant (BMT) are
                generally patients with relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma and are
                most similar to patients who would be eligible to receive CAR T-cell
                therapy. The claim search conducted by the applicant resulted in 1,215
                claims mapped to MS-DRG 016 using the FY 2019 MedPAR. The applicant
                determined an average unstandardized case weighted charge per case of
                $1,237,393. The applicant used the New Technology Threshold for FY 2022
                from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for MS-DRG 018. The applicant
                removed all charges in the drug cost center for the prior technology
                because, according to the applicant, it is not possible to
                differentiate between different drugs on inpatient claims. The
                applicant added that this is likely an overestimate of the charges that
                would be replaced by the use of ciltacabtagene autoleucel. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 final rule
                impact file. Next, the applicant applied the 2-year inflation factor
                used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate outlier
                threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges for the new
                technology, the applicant used the inverse of a simulated alternative
                cost-to-charge ratio (CCR) specifically for CAR T cell therapies to
                account for CAR T-cell therapies' higher costs compared to other drugs
                and the potential for hospitals' charging practices to differ for these
                drugs. To determine this alternative CCR for CAR T-cell therapies, the
                applicant referred to the FY 2021 IPPS final rule AOR/BOR file and
                calculated an alternative markup percentage by dividing the AOR drug
                charges within MS-DRG 018 by the number of cases to determine a per
                case drug charge. The applicant then divided the drug charges per case
                by $373,000, the acquisition cost of YESCARTA and KYMRIAH, the CAR T-
                cell products used in those claims, to arrive at a CCR of 0.295. The
                applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $1,646,522, which it stated exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount of $1,251,126. The applicant
                stated that because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost criterion.
                 As noted in previous discussions, the submitted costs for CAR T-
                cell therapies vary widely due to differences in provider billing and
                charging practices for this therapy. Therefore, with regard to the use
                of this data for purposes of calculating a CAR T-cell CCR, we are
                uncertain how representative this data is for use in the applicant's
                cost analyses given this potential for variability.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding the
                eligibility of CAR T-cell technologies for new technology add-on
                payments when assigned to MS-DRG 018. As we have noted in prior
                rulemaking with regard to the CAR T-cell therapies (83 FR 41172 and 85
                FR 58603 through 58608), if a new MS-DRG were to be created, then
                consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ix) of the Act, there may no
                longer be a need for a new technology add-on payment under section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act.
                 We invite public comment on whether ciltacabtagene autoleucel meets
                the cost criterion.
                 With regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that it believes that ciltacabtagene autoleucel
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because it: (1) Offers a treatment for a patient
                population with limited options and continued disease progression,
                despite having been treated with multiple prior therapies; and (2)
                provides a significantly improved clinical outcome relative to other
                therapies, either approved or still under FDA review, used in the
                relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma setting. With regard to the
                applicant's assertion that ciltacabtagene autoleucel offers a treatment
                for a patient population with limited options and continued disease
                progression, despite having been treated with multiple prior therapies,
                the applicant cited results from the CARTITUDE-1 STUDY, a Phase 1b/2,
                open-label, multicenter, multi-national (including US) study to
                evaluate the safety and efficacy of ciltacabtagene autoleucel in adult
                patients who have RRMM who have previously received a PI, an IMiD, and
                an anti-CD38 antibody. The applicant asserts that ciltacabtagene
                autoleucel was granted Breakthrough Therapy designation for patients
                who have RRMM who have previously received a PI, an IMiD, and an anti-
                CD38 antibody, based on data from the Phase1b/2 CARTITUDE-1 study. One
                hundred thirteen patients were enrolled in the study. Sixteen patients
                discontinued the study, including 9 patients who died due to
                progressive disease. Ninety-seven patients received ciltacabtagene
                autoleucel. The Phase 1b portion of the study included 29 of the 97
                patients.
                 Two patients died during the study: one due to CRS and one due to
                acute myeloid leukemia (not treatment-related). Twenty-four of the
                remaining patients were ongoing in the Phase 1b dose confirmation
                period, with an additional 59 patients ongoing in the Phase 2 portion.
                The primary objective of the Phase 1b portion of the trial was to
                confirm the safety of the selected dose based on the data from the
                ongoing Phase 1 trial in China (Legend-2), as discussed later in this
                section. The primary objective of the Phase 2 portion of the trial is
                to evaluate the efficacy of ciltacabtagene autoleucel.
                 The applicant asserts that at median follow-up of 12.4 months,
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel led to a 97% overall response rate (ORR) in
                all 97 study patients who
                [[Page 25238]]
                received ciltacabtagene autoleucel.\122\ The applicant asserts that
                this unprecedented overall response rate of (97%), represents early,
                deep, and durable responses in all patients, minimal residual disease
                negativity (meaning minimal residual cancer cells after treatment to
                the -nth degree) in the majority of patients who achieved a complete
                response (CR) and a very manageable toxicity profile. The applicant
                provided a comparison of the ORR in phase 1 studies for other therapies
                used to treat RRMM and noted the following: idecabtagene vicleucel ORR
                73%,\123\ daratumumab ORR 31%,\124\ Selinexor ORR 26% \125\ and Blenrep
                ORR 31%.\126\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \122\ Madduri D et. al. CARTITUDE-1: Phase 1b/2 Study of
                Ciltacabtagene Autoleucel, a B-Cell Maturation Antigen-Directed
                Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy, in Relapsed/Refractory
                Multiple Myeloma
                 \123\ Munshi et al. ASCO 2020
                 \124\ Usmari et al. Blood 2016, 128(1), 37-44.
                 \125\ Chari A et al N Engl J Med 22019, 38 2(8);727-738
                 \126\ DREAMM2 Lonai S et al Lancet 2019.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant further asserts that ciltacabtagene autoleucel led to
                early and deep clinical responses in the phase1b/2 portion of the
                CARTITUDE-1 study at median follow up of 12.4 months. Results of
                CARTITUDE-1 showed a 97% overall response rate (ORR) with 67% of
                patients attaining a stringent complete response (sCR) and 93% of
                patients attaining a very good partial response (VGPR) or better after
                receiving a low dose (median of 0.72 million CAR T-cells per kilogram)
                of ciltacabtagene autoleucel within approximately a year. ORR and depth
                of response were independent of BCMA expression on myeloma cells at
                baseline. The median time to first response was one month (range, 0.9-
                8.5).\127\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \127\ Berdeja JG, Madduri D, Usmani SZ, Singh I, Zudaire E, Yeh
                TM, Allred AJ, Olyslager Y, Banerjee A, Goldberg JD, Schecter S,
                Geng D, Wu X, Carrasco-Alfonso M, Rizvi S, Fan F, Jakubowiak AJ,
                Jagannath S. Update of CARTITUDE-1: A phase Ib/II study of JNJ-4528,
                a B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA)-directed CAR-T cell therapy, in
                relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma. Journal of Clinical Oncology.
                2020 38:15_suppl, 8505-8505.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also asserted that most patients attained a status of
                minimal residual disease (MRD)-negativity by the time they were
                evaluable for a complete response (CR). Of evaluable patients, 93.0%
                achieved MRD 10-5 negativity. Fifty-eight percent of
                patients were both MRD negative and in sCR at MRD detection level of
                10-5. Median time to MRD 10-5 negativity: 1 month
                (0.8-7.7). Among patients with 6 months individual follow-up, most had
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel CAR+ T-cells below the level of
                quantification (2 cells/[mu]L) in peripheral blood.
                 In addition, progression-free survival (PFS) at 12 months was 77%
                (95% CI; 66.0-84.37).\128\ The applicant believes this represents a
                substantial clinical improvement when compared to existing technologies
                that treat RRMM. The applicant further asserts that nearly all of the
                individuals participating in the study (22 of the 29 patients) were
                alive and continued showing no signs of disease progression after a
                period of 9 months. Median PFS was not reached. At median follow-up of
                12.4 months, there were 14 deaths during the Phase 1b/2 study: One due
                to cytokine release syndrome (CRS) and hemophagocytic
                lymphohistiocytosis (HLH), one due to neurotoxicity, and 12 due to
                other causes.\98\ The applicant asserts that the CRS was manageable in
                most patients. CRS was the most common adverse event (AE) (94.8%)
                observed in the CARTITUDE-1 study. The median time to onset of CRS was
                7 days (range 1-12 days) post ciltacabtagene autoleucel infusion. The
                median duration of CRS was 4 days. Eighty-seven patients (94.6%)
                experienced Grade 1-2 CRS and 5 patients (5% experienced grade 3 or
                greater CRS)122.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \128\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant noted that neurotoxicity with immune effector cell-
                associated neurotoxicity syndrome (ICANS) was infrequently observed in
                the context of CRS and was generally low grade. Neurotoxicity with
                ICANS was observed in 20 patients (20.6%) including 10 patients (10.3%)
                with Grade 3 or above toxicity.122
                 The LEGEND-2 study \129\ is an ongoing Phase 1, single-arm, open-
                label, multicenter, first-in-human trial to determine the safety and
                efficacy of ciltacabtagene autoleucel (LCAR-B38M in China) in the
                treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma.
                Enrollment in this investigator-initiated study (study proposed,
                initiated, and conducted by an investigator that is funded by industry)
                completed in November 2017; a total of 74 patients with RRMM have been
                treated with ciltacabtagene autoleucel CAR T-cell therapy. The clinical
                cutoff for the analysis of these 74 patients was February 6, 2018 with
                updated survival and efficacy data as of November 26, 2019 (which
                represents 2 years of follow-up from the date of the last subject's
                infusion). Seventeen patients (17/57-29%) died during the study and
                follow up period (19 months) mostly due to progressive disease. None
                were related to cytokine release syndrome or neurotoxicity, the two
                most common adverse events associated with CAR T-cell therapy. At data
                cutoff, 57 patients had received LCAR-B38M CAR T-cells.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \129\ Zhao et al. Journal of Hematology and Oncology. (2018)
                11:141.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant further asserts that outcomes from the LEGEND-2 study
                show that cilltacabtagene autoleucel provides a significantly improved
                clinical outcome relative to other therapies, either approved or still
                under FDA review, used in the RRMM setting. At cutoff, the median
                follow-up was 19 months [17-22]. The overall survival (OS) rate at 18
                months was 68% with a median duration of response (mDOR) of 22 months.
                Of MRD-negative patients with CR, 91% were still alive at data cut,
                with a 27 month mDOR. The median time to first response was 1.1 months.
                There was no relationship between best response and baseline BCMA
                expression level or weight-adjusted CAR T-cells infused.\105\
                 The applicant asserts that of patients in the LEGEND-2 study with
                CR, 39 of 42 were minimal residual disease negative (MRD-neg) and
                remained RRMM progression-free. The median PFS rate for all treated
                patients was 20 months; median PFS for MRD-neg patients with CR was 28
                months. At 18 months, the PFS rate was 50% for all patients and 71% for
                MRD-neg patients with CR. Seventeen patients died during the study and
                the follow-up period. The causes of death included progressive disease
                (PD; n=11), disease relapse, PD with lung infection, suicide after PD,
                esophageal carcinoma, infection, pulmonary embolism and acute coronary
                syndrome (n=1 each). Of these, 4 did not achieve partial response (PR)
                or better; and 1 was not evaluable.
                 From the LEGEND-2 study, the median time to onset of CRS was 9 days
                (range, 1-19) with a median duration of 9 days (range, 3-57); all but 1
                CRS events resolved. Tocilizumab (46%), oxygen (35%), vasopressor
                (11%), and intubation (1 patient) were used to treat CRS. Neurotoxicity
                with grade 1 aphasia, agitation and seizure-like activity was observed
                in 1 patient in the LEGEND-2 study. The applicant believes that since
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel displayed a manageable CRS safety profile
                that it represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                therapies.
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part
                of its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application for
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel, we note that there are no head-to-head
                comparisons of ciltacabtagene autoleucel and other CAR T-cell therapies
                and BCMA-targeted
                [[Page 25239]]
                therapies. We also note that the applicant chose to use ORR data as a
                measure of substantial clinical improvement rather than the available,
                and more clinically relevant, OS data.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether ciltacabtagene autolecuel
                meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                ciltacabtagene autoleucel.
                e. COSELA (trilaciclib)
                 G1 Therapeutics submitted an application for new technology add-on
                payments for Trilaciclib for FY 2022. COSELA (trilaciclib) is indicated
                to decrease the incidence of chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression in
                adult patients when administered prior to a platinum/etoposide-
                containing regimen or topotecan-containing regimen for extensive-stage
                small cell lung cancer (ES-SCLC).\130\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \130\ G1 Therapeutics Inc., Rev. 2/2021, COSELA prescribing
                information: https://www.g1therapeutics.com/cosela/pi/
                #:~:text=COSELA%20is%20indicated%20to%20decrease,cancer%20(ES%2DSCLC)
                .&text=The%20recommended%20dose%20of%20COSELA%20is%20240%20mg%2Fm2%20
                per%20dose.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, Trilaciclib is a first-in-class
                myelopreservation therapy that has the potential to mitigate
                chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression (CIM). Trilaciclib is a
                selective, transient inhibitor of cyclin dependent kinases 4 and 6
                (CDK4/6) with potential antineoplastic and chemoprotective activities.
                CDK4 and CDK6 are key regulators of the G1 cell-cycle checkpoint and
                play important roles in cell proliferation and associated biological
                processes. One of the most common pathways dysregulated in cancer is
                the cyclin D-cyclin-dependent kinase four or six (CDK4/6)-
                retinoblastoma (RB) pathway. Trilaciclib arrests hematopoietic stem and
                progenitor (HSPCs) bone marrow cells in the G1 phase of the cell cycle
                during chemotherapy exposure, protecting them from chemotherapy-induced
                damage.
                 According to the applicant, the defining characteristic of cancer
                is uncontrolled cellular proliferation, a phenomenon that requires
                tumor cells to avoid or disable normal, physiologic cell-cycle
                regulation. While there are both CDK 4/6 independent and dependent
                cells, HSPCs and immune cells are CDK 4/6 dependent whereas SCLC cells
                are CDK 4/6 independent. According to the applicant, the transient
                arrest of HSPCs and lymphocytes by trilaciclib during the
                administration of chemotherapy is thought to have a number of
                beneficial effects, including a reduction in chemotherapy-induced
                myelosuppression and preservation of immune function, as well as an
                enhanced immune response.131 132 133 Specifically, SCLC
                cells replicate independently of CDK 4/6 and therefore these cells are
                damaged by chemotherapy. Because HSPCs and lymphocytes are CDK 4/6
                dependent, trilaciclib's mechanism of action is believed to preserve
                these cells by temporarily arresting their proliferation during
                chemotherapy. In this way, trilaciclib reduces chemotherapy-induced
                myelosuppression in patients with extensive-stage small-cell lung
                cancer (ES-SCLC).\134\ The applicant also asserted that in preclinical
                models, CDK4/6 inhibition by trilaciclib also alters the tumor immune
                microenvironment through transient inhibition of the immune cells known
                as lymphocytes that are also dependent on CDK4/6 activity for
                proliferation.\135\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \131\ Daniel D, Kuchava V, Bondarenko I, et al. Trilaciclib (T)
                decreases myelosuppression in extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
                (ES-SCLC) patients receiving first-line chemotherapy plus
                atezolizumab. Ann Oncol. 2019;30:v713, Abstract 1742PD: https://www.g1741therapeutics.com/file.cfm/1734/docs/tr-G1741_ESMO2019_Daniel.pdf.
                 \132\ Weiss JM, Csoszi T, Maglakelidze M, et al.
                Myelopreservation with the CDK4/6 inhibitor trilaciclib in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer receiving first-line chemotherapy: a
                phase Ib/randomized phase II trial. Ann Oncol. 2019;30(10):1613-
                1621.
                 \133\ Hart LL, Andric ZG, Hussein MA, et al. Effect of
                trilaciclib, a CDK 4/6 inhibitor, on myelosuppression in patients
                with previously treated extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
                receiving topotecan. J Clin Oncol. 2019;37(15_suppl): Abstract 8505:
                https://www.g8501therapeutics.com/file.cfm/8534/docs/tr-G8501T8528-8503%8520ASCO%202019%202020Oral%202020Presentation%20060119-20060111.pdf.
                 \134\ Donjerkovic D, Scott DW. Regulation of the G1 phase of the
                mammalian cell cycle. Cell Res. 2000;10(1):1-16.
                 \135\ Lai AY, Sorrentino JA, Dragnev KH, et al. CDK4/6
                inhibition enhances antitumor efficacy of chemotherapy and immune
                checkpoint inhibitor combinations in preclinical models and enhances
                T-cell activation in patients with SCLC receiving chemotherapy. J
                Immunother Cancer. 2020;0:e000847. doi:10.1136/jitc-2020-000847.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, chemotherapy remains the cornerstone of
                treatment for extensive stage small cell lung cancer (ES-SCLC). The
                applicant asserted that almost all of the ~18,600 ES-SCLC patients
                diagnosed each year are treated with platinum/etoposide-containing or
                topotecan-containing chemotherapy regimens. Chemotherapy drugs target
                cells at different phases of the cell cycle. According to the
                applicant, systemic chemotherapy, alone or in combination with immune
                checkpoint inhibitors, is the standard of care for patients with
                advanced SCLC. Additionally, per the applicant, rescue interventions,
                including growth factors and blood transfusions, are commonly routine
                therapies for SCLC. The applicant also indicated that granulocyte
                colony-stimulating factors (G-CSFs) only address neutropenia, while
                erythropoiesis stimulating agent (ESAs) and red blood cell (RBC)
                transfusions only address anemia, and there is no available treatment
                that broadly mitigates myelosuppressive effects and their corresponding
                impact on patient well-being before chemotherapy damage occurs.
                 COSELA (trilaciclib) received FDA's New Drug Application approval
                on February 12, 2021. COSELA is for intravenous use only. The
                recommended dose of COSELA is 240 mg/m2 as a 30-minute intravenous
                infusion completed within four hours prior to the start of chemotherapy
                on each day chemotherapy is administered.\136\ The applicant also
                stated that in 2019, trilaciclib was granted Breakthrough Therapy
                Designation for the mitigation of clinically significant chemotherapy-
                induced myelosuppression in adult patients with SCLC. The applicant
                submitted a request for a new ICD-10-PCS code as the applicant states
                that there are no existing ICD-10-PCS codes that uniquely identify the
                administration of trilaciclib.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \136\ G1 Therapeutics Inc., Rev. 2/2021, COSELA prescribing
                information: https://www.g1therapeutics.com/cosela/pi/
                #:~:text=COSELA%20is%20indicated%20to%20decrease,cancer%20(ES%2DSCLC)
                .&text=The%20recommended%20dose%20of%20COSELA%20is%20240%20mg%2Fm2%20
                per%20dose.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As previously discussed, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and, therefore, would not be
                considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                the applicant asserted that trilaciclib, also referred to as G1T28, has
                a unique mechanism of action as a small molecule, competitive inhibitor
                of CDK4/6, with potential antineoplastic and chemoprotective
                activities. The applicant stated that upon administration, trilaciclib
                binds to and inhibits the activity of CDK4/6, thereby blocking the
                phosphorylation of
                [[Page 25240]]
                the retinoblastoma protein (Rb) in early G1. This prevents G1/S phase
                transition, causing cell cycle arrest in the G1 phase and induced
                apoptosis, which inhibits the proliferation of CDK4/6-overexpressing
                tumor cells. In patients with CDK4/6-independent tumor cells, G1T28 may
                protect against multi-lineage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression
                (CIM) by transiently and reversibly inducing G1 cell cycle arrest in
                hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs) and preventing
                transition to the S phase. Per the applicant, this protects all
                hematopoietic lineages, including red blood cells, platelets,
                neutrophils and lymphocytes, from the DNA-damaging effects of certain
                chemotherapeutics and preserves the function of the bone marrow and the
                immune system.
                 The applicant stated that the cell cycle consists of four distinct
                phases, Gap 1 phase (G1), S phase, Gap 2 (G2)
                post-synthesis phase, and the M phase.\137\ Regulation of this process
                is maintained by a series of highly conserved proteins referred to as
                cyclins, and their catalytic binding partners, CDKs. The CDKs are a
                family of enzymes that control several cellular processes in mammalian
                cells, including the modulation of the cell cycle via binding to
                cyclins A-E, which results in the activation of transcription factors
                that regulate the cellular transition from G1 (growth phase) to S (DNA
                replication) and G2 (growth phase) to M (mitosis).\138\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \137\ Ferrarotto R, Anderson I, Medgyasszay B, et al.
                Trilaciclib reduces the need for growth factors and red blood cell
                transfusions to manage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression. Poster
                presented at: IASLC: 2020 North America Conference on Lung Cancer;
                October 16-17, 2020; Virtual congress.
                 \138\ Asghar U, Witkiewicz AK, Turner NC, Knudsen ES. The
                history and future of targeting cyclin-dependent kinases in cancer
                therapy. Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2015;14(2):130-146.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the G1-to-S checkpoint is a critical
                restriction point in the process of cell division. Cells are maintained
                in a quiescent state until the proper signal is achieved for reentry
                into the cell cycle. Throughout G1, expression of the D-type cyclins
                (D1, D2, D3) increases until active complexes with CDK4/6 are formed.
                Active CDK4/6 complexes partially phosphorylate RB, which allows
                partial depression of the transcription factor E2F. This induces
                additional transcript production of cyclin E1, which binds CDK2 to form
                active complexes that result in the hyperphosphorylation of RB and
                drives the cells through late G1 into S phase. Inhibition of cyclin D-
                CDK4/6 by the tumor suppressor CDKN2A leads to a G1 arrest and cell-
                cycle progression is halted.\139\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \139\ Donjerkovic D, Scott DW. Regulation of the G1 phase of the
                mammalian cell cycle. Cell Res. 2000;10(1):1-16.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant asserted that
                trilaciclib will be assigned the same MS-DRG as existing technologies.
                The applicant did not explicitly state to which MS-DRG(s) trilaciclib
                would be assigned, but included MS-DRGs 180 (Respiratory Neoplasms with
                MCC), 181 (Respiratory Neoplasms with CC), and 182 (Respiratory
                Neoplasms without CC/MCC) in its cost analysis.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant stated that trilaciclib is the only
                proactive (preventive) multilineage (erythrocytes, leukocytes, and
                thrombocytes, neutrophils and lymphocytes) therapy given as a 30-minute
                infusion administered prior to chemotherapy on each day of
                chemotherapy. Due to its mechanism of action, trilaciclib's benefit is
                coupled to its administration schedule (that is, trilaciclib must be
                administered prior to chemotherapy to ensure G1 arrest of HSPCs when
                those cells are exposed to cytotoxic chemotherapy). According to the
                applicant, this therapeutic paradigm contrasts with standard available
                treatment options and interventions that are administered after
                chemotherapy to reactively reduce or treat chemotherapy side effects.
                The applicant asserted that typical supportive care rescue
                interventions such as growth factors (G-CSFs, ESAs) and red blood cell
                (RBC) transfusions are used after chemotherapy causes damage to stem
                cells. Current supportive care therapies are used reactively to treat
                single cell lineage specific (leukocytes and erythrocytes)
                complications,\140\ such as neutropenia and anemia. Additionally, the
                applicant indicated that growth factor and RBC transfusion use are
                known to carry a number of risks and cause complications and adverse
                events.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \140\ National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Clinical
                Practice Guidelines in Oncology. Hematopoietic Growth Factors.
                Version 1.2020. 27 January. 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note that the information provided by the applicant in response
                to whether trilaciclib treats the same or similar type of disease or
                the same or similar patient population, appears to only speak to the
                first criterion and whether trilaciclib has a mechanism of action that
                is different than existing technologies; however, we believe
                trilaciclib appears to treat the same patient population and disease as
                existing therapies. We are inviting public comments on whether
                trilaciclib is substantially similar to an existing technology and
                whether it meets the newness criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted the
                following analysis to demonstrate that trilaciclib meets the cost
                criterion. In identifying the cost of trilaciclib, the applicant stated
                that dosing is based on body surface area, 240 mg/m\2\ with an average
                of two vials (300mg each) per patient per dose. To identify cases that
                may be eligible for the use of trilaciclib, the applicant searched the
                FY 2019 MedPAR LDS file for claims reporting an ICD-10-PCS code of
                category C34 through C34.92 (Malignant neoplasm related to the
                bronchus, lobe, or lung) as noted in the following table.
                [[Page 25241]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.147
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.148
                 According to the applicant, based on the advice of clinical
                experts, it limited case selection criteria to claims that included one
                of MS-DRGs 180, 181, or 182. The applicant then randomly selected 15%
                of the claims from the sample to account for the fact that SCLC
                comprises 15% of lung cancer cases.\141\ Based on the FY 2019 MedPAR
                LDS file, the applicant identified 3,500 cases. The applicant noted
                that 2,346 cases mapped to MS-DRG 180; 1,085 cases
                [[Page 25242]]
                mapped to MS-DRG 181; and 69 cases mapped to MS-DRG 182.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \141\ Govindan R, et al. J Clin Oncol. 2006;24:4539-44. Byers
                LA, Rudin CM. Cancer. 2015;121:664-72.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Using these 3,500 cases, the applicant then calculated the
                unstandardized average charges per case for each MS-DRG. Because the
                use of trilaciclib results in approximately half of patients no longer
                needing drugs used to counter the effects of chemotherapy during the
                inpatient stay, the applicant removed 50% of the drug charges for the
                technology being replaced.
                 The applicant then standardized the charges using the 2019 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule impact file and inflated the charges by 1.13218 or
                13.2 percent, the same inflation factor used by CMS to update the
                outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. The
                applicant then added the charges for trilaciclib by converting the
                costs to a charge by dividing the cost by the national average cost-to-
                charge ratio of 0.187 for pharmacy from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule.
                 Using the data file thresholds associated with the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule correction notice, the average case-weighted
                threshold amount was $57,031. In the applicant's analysis, the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case was
                $95,701. Because the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case exceeds the average case-weighted threshold amount, the
                applicant maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, we note that in listing the
                codes it used to identify cases that may be eligible for the use of
                trilaciclib, the applicant provided several ICD-10 codes that lack four
                digits and thus, are considered invalid. We would be interested in
                understanding the basis for the applicant's choice of codes. We also
                note that in its analysis, the applicant randomly selected 15% of the
                claims from the sample to account for the fact that SCLC comprises 15%
                of lung cancer cases. In so doing, the applicant is making the
                assumption that SCLC cases are randomly distributed amongst all cases
                from which the applicant sampled. By randomly sampling the population,
                the applicant is selecting a subsample that is ideally similar to the
                population with less variance. It may be the case that SCLC cases are
                systematically different from other cases in the population. If this is
                true, then a random sample may not be appropriate. Accordingly, we
                question the appropriateness of the sampling used and whether it
                accurately represents cases that would use the technology.
                 Finally, with respect to pricing, it appears that the applicant's
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                reflects pricing prior to the availability of more current total
                wholesale acquisition cost. We therefore request that the applicant
                update its cost analysis to reflect the final inflated average case
                weighted standardized charge per case based on this more current
                information. We are inviting public comment on whether trilaciclib
                meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that trilaciclib represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies because it offers a treatment
                option for patients unresponsive to or ineligible for currently
                available treatments and improves clinical outcomes for a patient
                population as compared to currently available treatments. The applicant
                stated that chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression (CIM) is typically
                managed with treatment dose delays and reductions due to the slow
                recovery of bone marrow after a course of chemotherapy.\142\ The
                applicant also stated that CIM is managed with rescue interventions
                including hematopoietic growth factors (G-CSFs and ESAs) and by RBC and
                platelet transfusions.143 144 Per the applicant, despite the
                availability and use of these treatment options, CIM continues to be of
                clinical significance and remains a central concern in the delivery of
                chemotherapy.145 146 The applicant further stated that
                myelosuppression results in dose reductions, dose delays, and/or dose
                discontinuations, affecting the dose intensity and intended antitumor
                efficacy of chemotherapy.\147\ Per the applicant, the supportive care
                interventions for treatment of myelosuppression are suboptimal and are
                often administered reactively, do not protect the bone marrow from
                chemotherapy-induced cytotoxic effects, are specific to single
                hematopoietic lineages, and impart their own risks for adverse
                reactions.\148\ The applicant concluded by stating that new approaches
                that proactively prevent chemotherapy-induced damage and its associated
                consequences, whilst not decreasing the efficacy of chemotherapy, are
                urgently needed to improve care of patients with ES-SCLC.\149\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \142\ Crawford J, Dale DC, Lyman GH. Chemotherapy-induced
                neutropenia: Risks, consequences, and new directions for its
                management. Cancer. 2004;100(2):228.
                 \143\ Kurtin S. Myeloid Toxicity of Cancer Treatment. J Adv
                Pract Oncol 2012;3:209-24.
                 \144\ Asghar U, Witkiewicz AK, Turner NC, Knudsen ES. The
                history and future of targeting cyclin-dependent kinases in cancer
                therapy. Nat Rev Drug Discov. 2015;14(2):130-46.
                 \145\ Crawford J, Dale DC, Lyman GH. Chemotherapy-induced
                neutropenia: Risks, consequences, and new directions for its
                management. Cancer. 2004;100(2):228.
                 \146\ Lyman GH. Chemotherapy dose intensity and quality cancer
                care. Oncology (Williston Park). 2006;20(14 Suppl 9):16-25.
                 \147\ Smith RE. Trends in recommendations for myelosuppressive
                chemotherapy for the treatment of solid tumors. J Natl Compr Canc
                Netw. 2006;4(7):649-58.
                 \148\ Bisi JE, Sorrentino JA, Roberts PJ, Tavares FX, Strum JC.
                Preclinical characterization of G1T28: a novel CDK4/6 inhibitor for
                reduction of chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression. Mol Cancer Ther.
                2016;15(5):783-93.
                 \149\ Nurgali K, Jagoe T, Raquel Abalo R. Editorial: Adverse
                Effects of Cancer Chemotherapy: Anything New to Improve Tolerance
                and Reduce Sequelae? Front Pharmacol. 2018;9:245.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In regard to the claim that the use of trilaciclib significantly
                improves clinical outcomes for a patient population as compared to
                currently available treatments, the applicant stated that the
                administration of trilaciclib prior to chemotherapy in patients with
                SCLC prevented chemotherapy-induced neutropenia, reduced chemotherapy-
                induced anemia, reduced CIM or sepsis-related hospitalizations, and has
                the potential to improve the management and quality of life of patients
                receiving myelosuppressive chemotherapy as compared to placebo.\150\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \150\ Ferrarotto R, Anderson I, Medgyasszay B, et al.
                Trilaciclib reduces the need for growth factors and red blood cell
                transfusions to manage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression. Poster
                presented at: IASLC: 2020 North America Conference on Lung Cancer;
                October 16-17, 2020; Virtual congress.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant presented eight claims in support of the assertion
                that trilaciclib represents substantial clinical improvement over
                existing technologies in the mitigation of clinically significant
                chemotherapy-induced myelosupression in adult patients with SCLC.
                 In its first and second claims, the applicant asserted that
                trilaciclib reduces the mean duration of severe G4 neutropenia in cycle
                1 of chemotherapy and reduces the proportion of patients experiencing
                severe G4 neutropenia in comparison to placebo. The applicant submitted
                three sources in support of these claims. First, the applicant
                submitted a poster presentation from Daniel, et. al., describing a
                global, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter,
                phase 2 study that assessed the potential of trilaciclib to reduce the
                incidence and consequences of chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression in
                patients with newly diagnosed ES-SCLC treated with etoposide,
                carboplatin, and atezolizumab. One hundred seven eligible patients were
                randomized to
                [[Page 25243]]
                receive trilaciclib (n = 53) or placebo (n = 54). The primary endpoints
                were mean duration of severe neutropenia (SN) in cycle 1 and percent of
                patients with grade 4 SN. Results summarized mean duration of SN in
                cycle 1 as 0 days with trilaciclib and 4 days with placebo, and percent
                of patients with grade 4 SN as 1.9% vs 49.1%, respectively.\151\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \151\ Daniel D, Kuchava V, Bondarenko I et al. Trilaciclib
                Decreases Myelosuppression in Extensive-Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer
                (ES-SCLC) Patients Receiving First-Line Chemotherapy Plus
                Atezolizumab [Poster Presentation]. European Society of Medical
                Oncology (ESMO). October, 2019; Barcelona, Spain.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Second, the applicant submitted an article by Weiss, et. al.,
                summarizing a phase II randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled
                study of the safety, efficacy and pharmacokinetics (PK) of trilaciclib
                in combination with etoposide/carboplatin (E/P) therapy for treatment-
                naive extensive-stage small-cell lung cancer patients. Thirty-nine
                patients were included in the trilaciclib group versus 38 in the
                placebo group. The applicant stated that treatment with trilaciclib
                resulted in a reduced mean duration of severe G4 neutropenia in cycle 1
                (0 days versus 3 days in placebo) and reduced proportion of patients
                experiencing severe G4 neutropenia for trilaciclib (5% versus
                43%).\152\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \152\ Weiss JM, Csoszi T, Maglakelidze M et al.
                Myelopreservation with the CDK4/6 inhibitor Trilaciclib in Patients
                with Small-Cell Lung Cancer Receiving First-Line Chemotherapy: A
                Phase Ib/Randomized Phase II Trial. Ann Oncol. 2019 ;30(10):1613-
                1621.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Third, the applicant submitted a presentation from Hart, et. al.,
                describing a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, phase 2
                study to compare the results of 32 patients receiving Trilaciclib
                versus 28 receiving placebo in patients being treated with topotecan
                for previously treated ES-SCLC. Primary endpoints were mean duration of
                SN in cycle 1 and the percentage of patients with SN. Results
                demonstrated that the mean duration of severe G4 neutropenia in cycle 1
                was reported at 2 days for trilaciclib versus eight days for placebo.
                The proportion of patients experiencing severe G4 neutropenia was
                reported at 41% for trilaciclib versus 76% for placebo.\153\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \153\ Hart LL, Andric ZG, Hussein MA et al. Effect of
                Trilaciclib, a CDK4/6 Inhibitor, on Myelosuppression in Patients
                with Previously Treated Extensive-Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer [Oral
                Presentation]. Presented at: American Society of Clinical Oncology
                (ASCO). June 2019; Chicago, US.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the third claim, the applicant asserted that trilaciclib reduces
                the proportion of patients experiencing febrile neutropenia treatment
                emergent adverse events (TEAE) in comparison to placebo. In the fourth
                claim, the applicant asserted that trilaciclib decreases the rate of
                therapeutic intervention with G-CSF in comparison to placebo, noting
                that growth factors are known to carry a number of risks, cause
                complications and adverse events. In the fifth claim, the applicant
                asserted that trilaciclib reduces the proportion of patients
                experiencing grade 3/4 anemia in comparison to placebo. In the sixth
                claim, the applicant asserted that trilaciclib decreases the rate of
                therapeutic intervention with red blood cell transfusions in comparison
                to placebo. To support these claims, the applicant submitted a 2020
                poster presentation from Weiss, et. al., describing a pooled analysis
                across three RCTs that compared the proportion of ES-SCLC patients
                experiencing febrile neutropenia between trilaciclib and placebo. The
                trilaciclib group included 122 patients and the placebo group included
                118 patients. The presentation reflected the following results: The
                proportion of patients experiencing febrile neutropenia for trilaciclib
                was 3% versus placebo at 9%; the rate of therapeutic intervention with
                G-CSF for trilaciclib at 29% versus 56% for placebo; the proportion of
                patients experiencing grade 3/4 anemia for trilaciclib at 20% versus
                32% for placebo; and the rate of therapeutic intervention with red
                blood cell transfusions for trilaciclib at 15% versus 26% for
                placebo.\154\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \154\ Weiss J, Goldschmidt J, Andric Z et al. Myelopreservation
                and Reduced Use of Supportive Care with Trilaciclib in Patients with
                Small Cell Lung Cancer [Poster Presentation]. Presented at: American
                Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO). May 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the seventh claim, the applicant asserted that trilaciclib
                delays time to deterioration in symptoms and functioning domains of
                patient-reported quality of life measures on Functional Assessment of
                Cancer Therapy (FACT) scores. The applicant submitted a 2019
                presentation from Weiss, et. al., describing a pooled analysis across
                three RCTs. The applicant stated that trilaciclib delays time to
                confirmed deterioration in a variety of symptoms and functioning
                domains compared to placebo, for example: median of 4.7 months delay to
                deterioration for fatigue; median of 3.5 months delay for anemia; and
                median of 4 months delay for functional well-being.\155\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \155\ Weiss J, Skaltsa K, Gwaltney C, et al: Results from three
                phase 2 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled small cell lung
                cancer trials. 2019 Multinational Association of Supportive Care in
                Cancer/International Society of Oral Oncology International
                Symposium on Supportive Care in Cancer. Abstract eP723. Presented
                June 21, 2019.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the eighth claim, the applicant asserted that trilaciclib
                decreases the number of hospitalizations due to myelosuppression or
                sepsis. The applicant submitted a conference agenda referring to an
                oral presentation by Ferrarotto, et. al., at the North America
                Conference on Lung Cancer, October 16, 2020. The applicant stated that
                hospitalizations due to myelosuppression or sepsis occurred in
                significantly fewer patients and significantly less often among
                patients receiving trilaciclib prior to chemotherapy versus placebo
                though we were unable to locate support for this claim in the
                conference agenda submitted with the application.\156\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \156\ Ferrarotto R, Anderson I, Medgyasszay B, et al.
                Trilaciclib reduces the need for growth factors and red blood cell
                transfusions to manage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression. [Oral
                Presentation]. Presented at: North America Conference on Lung
                Cancer, October 2020. https://naclc2020.iaslc.org/program-at-a-glance/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, we
                note that the data submitted by the applicant included one published
                peer reviewed article from Weiss, et. al.,\157\ abstracts from Daniel,
                et. al.,\158\ and Hart, et. al.,\159\ and references to trials
                exploring broader cohorts of small cell lung cancer, breast cancer and
                colon cancer patients. In addition, as summarized previously, we note
                that most of the studies submitted by the applicant had sample sizes
                fewer than 100 participants which may limit generalizability of the
                studies. With respect to the Weiss, et. al., study, we note that
                trilaciclib was compared with placebo at a significance level of two-
                sided [alpha] = 0.2 which is much lower than the typical cutoff of 0.05
                and may have increased the risk of false positives and interfered with
                the ability to draw conclusions that are based on statistical methods.
                We also note the lack of any statistical correction for multiple
                comparisons. We note that
                [[Page 25244]]
                in sources provided by the applicant, mean duration of severe
                neutropenia was assessed in day increments.160 161 162 163
                However, it is not clear that zero days would indicate that those
                patients experienced no severe neutropenia. Specifically, we question
                whether mean hours in severe neutropenia was evaluated or whether, in
                addition to the groupings by days, one day or less would be an
                appropriate value for inclusion. Finally, while the applicant referred
                to decreases in the number of hospitalizations, we note that the source
                provided was limited to a conference agenda that only linked to an
                abstract pertaining to reductions in utilization of supportive care
                interventions but did not reflect hospitalization rates.\164\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \157\ Weiss JM, Csoszi T, Maglakelidze M, et al.
                Myelopreservation with the CDK4/6 inhibitor trilaciclib in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer receiving first-line chemotherapy: A
                phase Ib/randomized phase II trial. Ann Oncol. 2019;30(10):1613-
                1621.
                 \158\ Daniel D, Kuchava V, Bondarenko I, et al. Trilaciclib (T)
                decreases myelosuppression in extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
                (ES-SCLC) patients receiving first-line chemotherapy plus
                atezolizumab. Ann Oncol. 2019;30:v713, Abstract 1742PD. https://www.g1741therapeutics.com/file.cfm/1734/docs/tr-G1741_ESMO2019_Daniel.pdf.
                 \159\ Hart LL, Andric ZG, Hussein MA, et al. Effect of
                trilaciclib, a CDK \4/6\ inhibitor, on myelosuppression in patients
                with previously treated extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
                receiving topotecan. J Clin Oncol. 2019;37(15_suppl): Abstract 8505:
                https://www.g8501therapeutics.com/file.cfm/8534/docs/tr-G8501T8528-8503%8520ASCO%202019%202020Oral%202020Presentation%20060119-20060111.pdf.
                 \160\ Weiss JM, Csoszi T, Maglakelidze M, et al.
                Myelopreservation with the CDK4/6 inhibitor trilaciclib in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer receiving first-line chemotherapy: A
                phase Ib/randomized phase II trial. Ann Oncol. 2019;30(10):1613-
                1621.
                 \161\ Daniel D, Kuchava V, Bondarenko I, et al. Trilaciclib (T)
                decreases myelosuppression in extensive-stage small cell lung cancer
                (ES-SCLC) patients receiving first-line chemotherapy plus
                atezolizumab. Ann Oncol. 2019;30:v713, Abstract 1742PD: https://www.g1741therapeutics.com/file.cfm/1734/docs/tr-G1741_ESMO2019_Daniel.pdf.
                 \162\ Hart LL, Andric ZG, Hussein MA et al. Effect of
                Trilaciclib, a CDK4/6 Inhibitor, on Myelosuppression in Patients
                with Previously Treated Extensive-Stage Small Cell Lung Cancer [Oral
                Presentation]. Presented at: American Society of Clinical Oncology
                (ASCO). June 2019; Chicago, US.
                 \163\ Weiss J, Goldschmidt J, Andric Z et al. Myelopreservation
                and Reduced Use of Supportive Care with Trilaciclib in Patients with
                Small Cell Lung Cancer [Poster Presentation]. Presented at: American
                Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO). May 2020.
                 \164\ Ferrarotto R, Anderson I, Medgyasszay B, et al.
                Trilaciclib reduces the need for growth factors and red blood cell
                transfusions to manage chemotherapy-induced myelosuppression. [Oral
                Presentation]. Presented at: North America Conference on Lung
                Cancer, October 2020. https://naclc2020.iaslc.org/program-at-a-glance/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite public comments as to whether trilaciclib meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                trilaciclib.
                f. Ellipsys[supreg] Vascular Access System
                 Avenu Medical, Inc. submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for the Ellipsys[supreg] Vascular Access System
                (``Ellipsys'') for FY 2022. Ellipsys is a device that enables
                percutaneous creation of an arteriovenous fistula (AVF), which is used
                to access the bloodstream for hemodialysis for the treatment of end-
                stage renal disease (ESRD). According to the applicant, to create the
                fistula, a physician inserts a crossing needle through the perforating
                vein and into the proximal radial artery in the forearm. A specialized
                catheter is then used to bring the artery and vein together. The two
                vessels are ``welded'' together with thermal resistance energy,
                creating an anastomosis. According to the applicant, the only means of
                creating an AVF was through open surgery before the approval of
                Ellipsys, and percutaneous AVF (pAVF) offers a number of advantages
                over surgical AVF (sAVF).
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant for Ellipsys
                received 510(k) clearance from the FDA on August 9, 2019, with an
                indication for the creation of a proximal radial artery to perforating
                vein anastomosis via a retrograde venous access approach in patients
                with a minimum vessel diameter of 2.0mm and less than 1.5mm of
                separation between the artery and vein at the fistula creation site who
                have chronic kidney disease requiring dialysis.\165\ The subject of
                this 510(k) clearance was an update to the Instructions for Use (IFU)
                to allow an additional procedural step for balloon dilation of the
                anastomosis junction at the radial artery and adjacent outflow vein of
                the AVF immediately after creation with the Ellipsys catheter. Per the
                applicant, the device was immediately available on the market. The
                applicant further stated that the device was originally approved under
                a De Novo clearance on June 22, 2018. Ellipsys also received two
                additional 510(k) clearances dated January 25, 2019 (minor change in
                the packaging of components) and October 5, 2018 (minor technological
                differences in the power control unit and minor enhancements to the
                catheter design) but the applicant states they are not regarded as
                material for this application. The FDA has classified Ellipsys as a
                Class II device under the generic name percutaneous catheter for
                creation of an arteriovenous fistula for hemodialysis access. The
                applicant stated that currently, two ICD-10-PCS codes identify
                procedures using Ellipsys: 031B3ZF (Bypass right radial artery to lower
                arm vein, percutaneous approach); and 031C3ZF (Bypass left radial
                artery to lower arm vein, percutaneous approach). However, since these
                codes also identify the WavelinQTM EndoAVF System
                (``WavelinQ''), another percutaneous fistula device, Avenu Medical
                submitted a code request for a unique ICD-10-PCS code to distinctly
                identify Ellipsys beginning in FY 2022. The applicant stated this
                technology was first assigned HCPCS code C9754 on January 1, 2019,
                which was then replaced by HCPCS code G2170 on July 1, 2020. Per the
                applicant, WavelinQ was assigned HCPCS codes (C9755 replaced by G2171)
                with the same timing, and the codes for the 2 pAVF technologies are
                differentiated by the use of thermal resistance energy for Ellipsys and
                the use of radiofrequency energy for WavelinQ.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \165\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Center for
                Devices and Radiological Health. 510(k) Summary No. K1191114. 2019.
                Retrieved from: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf19/K191114.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that hemodialysis access for the treatment of
                ESRD can be provided by catheter, graft, or AVF, of which AVF is
                generally preferred for patients whose vascular anatomy and condition
                permit it. Per the applicant, the only method for creating an AVF was
                through an open surgical approach until the introduction of Ellipsys
                and WavelinQ, two devices that use a percutaneous approach.
                 As discussed earlier, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant asserted that Ellipsys uses a new mechanism of action
                compared to its initial clearance. Per the applicant, the current
                device included an additional step in the IFU, creating a different
                procedure profile and a different mechanism of action. The applicant
                states that the addition of this step, a balloon angioplasty performed
                within the same operative session as the creation of the pAVF, instead
                of days or weeks later, typically contributes to decreased time to
                maturation, improved initial flow, and helps avoid early thrombosis of
                the newly-created access, in addition to decreasing the number of
                secondary procedures required for maturation and maintenance. According
                to the applicant, the explicit inclusion of the step in the IFU, where
                it was not previously explicitly included, represents a new mechanism
                of action.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or different MS-DRG, the applicant generally stated that
                Ellipsys is assigned to the same MS-DRGs as existing technologies.
                According to information provided by the applicant,
                [[Page 25245]]
                these MS-DRGs appear to be MS-DRGs 264, 356, 357, 358, 628, 629, 630,
                673, 674, 675, 907, 908, 909, 981, 982, and 983. With respect to the
                third criterion, whether the new use of the technology involves the
                treatment of the same or similar type of disease and the same or
                similar patient population, the applicant generally stated that
                Ellipsys will be used to treat the same or similar type of disease and
                the same or similar patient population as the current standard-of-care
                treatments.
                 In summary, the applicant believes that Ellipsys is not
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies because it uses a new mechanism of action and that
                therefore, the technology meets the ``newness'' criterion. However, we
                believe that the mechanism of action for Ellipsys may be the same or
                similar to the original version of the Ellipsys system, which received
                FDA approval on June 22, 2018. Though the current IFU includes an
                additional procedure as part of the index procedure, it is not clear
                that this step of balloon angioplasty done concurrently changes the
                mechanism of action of the Ellipsys system. Per the FDA's 510(k)
                summary, compared to the predicate device, there were no changes to the
                device or the manner in which it creates a percutaneous anastomosis,
                and other than the additional procedural step of balloon dilation, all
                characteristics remain unchanged.\166\ In addition, clinicians were not
                precluded from performing this step before the change in the IFU, and
                in fact, balloon dilation was already performed during the index
                procedure in some cases.\167\ Though the applicant maintains that
                performing this additional step in all cases, as opposed to some, leads
                to superior clinical outcomes, we are unclear if this has any bearing
                on newness for this technology or if it represents a change in the
                mechanism of action of this device. We note that if the current device
                is substantially similar to the original version of Ellipsys, we
                believe the newness period for this technology would begin on June 22,
                2018 with the De Novo approval date and, therefore, because the 3-year
                anniversary date of the technology's entry onto the U.S. market (June
                22, 2021) would occur in FY 2021, the technology would no longer be
                considered new and would not be eligible for new technology add-on
                payments for FY 2022. We welcome public comments on whether the change
                in the Ellipsys IFU represents a change to the device's mechanism of
                action.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \166\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Center for
                Devices and Radiological Health. 510(k) Summary No. K1191114. 2019.
                Retrieved from: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf19/K191114.pdf.
                 \167\ Hull JE, Jennings W, et al., ``The Pivotal Multicenter
                Trial of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistula
                Creation for Hemodialysis Access,'' Journal of Vascular and
                Interventional Radiology 2018; 29: 149-158.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We also note that differences in mechanism of action between
                Ellipsys and WavelinQ were not included. We note that CMS stated in the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58702) that WavelinQ uses a
                unique mechanism of action that differed from that of other
                commercially available devices.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Ellipsys is
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies and whether this technology meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted the
                following analysis to demonstrate that the technology meets the cost
                criterion.
                 The applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR claims data file with the
                FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule correction notice IPPS Impact File to
                identify potential cases representing patients who may be eligible for
                treatment using the Ellipsys. The applicant stated that currently,
                there are two ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that describe percutaneous AVF
                in the radial artery: 031B3ZF (Bypass right radial artery to lower arm
                vein, percutaneous approach) and 031C3ZF (Bypass left radial artery to
                lower arm vein, percutaneous approach). The applicant stated that these
                codes are not specific to percutaneous AVF formation using thermal
                energy. We note that the applicant submitted a request for approval for
                a unique ICD-10-PCS code for the use of the Ellipsys beginning FY 2022.
                The applicant stated that if the procedure were reported with the
                previously mentioned procedure codes, Ellipsys would be mapped to the
                following MS-DRGs:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.149
                 The applicant added that ICD-10 codes 031B3ZF and 031C3ZF were new
                effective October 1, 2019 and therefore do not appear in the 2019
                claims data. According to the applicant, the most common MS-DRGs for
                patients admitted with chronic kidney disease and who received an open
                procedure for creation of an AVF are shown below.
                [[Page 25246]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.150
                 The applicant has not made a request for Ellipsys to be mapped to a
                new MS-DRG for FY 2022.
                 The applicant stated that claims which had a diagnosis code for
                Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD) stage IV, CKD stage V, or ESRD and which
                included an open bypass of the subclavian artery to upper arm vein or
                the radial artery to lower arm vein during the same stage were included
                in the cost analysis. The applicant stated they used the following ICD-
                10 codes in their analysis to identify claims.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.151
                 Cases mapping to the top five MS-DRGs by volume were selected,
                which resulted in 689 cases or 79% of case volume.
                 The applicant determined an average unstandardized case weighted
                charge per case of $91,190.
                 The applicant did not remove charges for prior technology because
                the cases identified included an open procedure that is not performed
                using a specific device. However, the applicant stated that all charges
                for the operating room (OR) were removed as the procedures involving
                the technology would not always be performed in an OR. The applicant
                stated that departmental charges were standardized using the factors
                from the standardization file released with the FY 2021 final rule. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 Final Rule
                with Correction Notice Impact File. Next, the applicant applied the 2-
                year inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges
                for the technology, the applicant used the national average CCR for the
                Supplies and Equipment cost center of 0.297 from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule. The applicant added charges for other items and
                services related to the technology; half of the average departmental
                charges for the OR removed in a prior step were added back to the per
                case charge, by MS-DRG, as procedures using the technology would
                sometimes be performed in an OR. The applicant calculated a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $119,158, which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $91,190 by $27,967. The applicant stated that because the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost
                criterion.
                 We note that the applicant used claims with open subclavian artery
                bypass to upper arm vein, in addition to radial lower arm fistulas, as
                a proxy for Ellipsys cases. The applicant stated that Ellipsys may
                provide an alternative to these cases in some instances where AVF
                placement in the radial arteries is possible but the surgeons are
                unfamiliar with the procedure. However, we question if these are the
                most appropriate proxy, as Ellipsys should not replace radiocephalic
                fistulas, per standard guidelines that recommend wrist fistulas first;
                and it would be more likely that surgeons would use Ellipsys over upper
                arm fistulas than a subclavian fistula, which is used rarely in
                standard practice.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Ellipsys[supreg]
                Vascular Access System meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that the Ellipsys[supreg] Vascular Access System
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies. Broadly, the applicant outlined three comparators with
                respect to which it asserted Ellipsys provides a substantial clinical
                improvement: (1) Percutaneous AVF with the WavelinQTM (4F)
                EndoAVF System; (2) percutaneous AVF (pAVF) with the prior version of
                Ellipsys; and (3) surgical AVF (sAVF).
                 With respect to the first comparison, Ellipsys as compared to
                WavelinQ, the applicant stated that Ellipsys has improved outcomes
                including technical success and cumulative patency. The applicant cited
                the following to support superiority of Ellipsys over WavelinQ: (1)
                Higher fraction of cases with clinically functional AVFs; (2) speedier
                maturation; (3) more durable AVFs; and (4) smaller failure rate.
                According to the applicant, no head-to-head clinical trial is
                available, but they provided one retrospective study that provides a
                direct comparison between the two pAVF systems to support their claims.
                 Shahverdyan et al. performed a retrospective review of 100 patients
                undergoing percutaneous fistula creation at a single site in Germany
                between December 2017 and December 2019 to compare outcomes with pAVF
                [[Page 25247]]
                creation using the Ellipsys and WavelinQ systems.\168\ In this single-
                operator, comparative case series, 65 Ellipsys procedures and 35
                WavelinQ procedures were completed, following a procedure sequence
                algorithm for selecting the type of vascular access. Per the study,
                wrist sAVF was the first choice as per standard practice guidelines,
                followed by proximal forearm pAVF, resulting in 100 pAVFs using
                Ellipsys (n=65) and WavelinQ (n=35). Demographics for the study
                patients included 69 percent male and median age of 64.1 years. There
                were no significant differences between WavelinQ and Ellipsys patients
                in age, Body Mass Index (BMI), Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD) status, AVF
                history, or presence of diabetes, though the WavelinQ group had a
                higher proportion of males. The primary endpoints were technical
                success, time to maturation, functional patency, and time to first
                clinical use, and median follow-up was 186.5 days. The study reported
                technical success, defined as post-procedure ultrasound examination
                demonstrating a patent anastomosis and fistula flow, with Ellipsys at
                100 percent vs. 97 percent with WavelinQ (p=0.35). Interventions were
                performed in approximately 27 percent of cases for both technologies,
                and the number of interventions per patient-year was 0.96 vs. 0.46,
                respectively.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \168\ Shahverdyan et al., ``Comparison of Outcomes of
                Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistulae Creation by Ellipsys and
                WavelinQ Devices,'' Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology
                2020; 31(9): 1365-1372. (Published on-line August 11, 2020.)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Per the applicant, the study demonstrated a higher fraction of
                cases with clinically functional AVFs using Ellipsys, as fistula
                maturation at four weeks was 68.3 percent with Ellipsys vs. 54.3
                percent with WavelinQ (p=0.1709), and at the end of the study period,
                83.3% and 71.4% respectively. In addition, the applicant stated that
                successful dialysis access was achieved in 79.5 percent of Ellipsys
                cases vs. 60.9 percent for WavelinQ cases among patients on dialysis
                (p=0.0711). The applicant also stated that the study demonstrated that
                Ellipsys results in speedier maturation with Ellipsys demonstrating a
                median time to cannulation of 60 days vs. 90 days with WavelinQ
                (p=0.3676). Next, the applicant stated that use of Ellipsys
                demonstrated more durable AVFs, with a secondary patency rate (the time
                from fistula creation to fistula abandonment, including any
                interventions) at 12 months of 82 percent as compared to 60 percent
                with WavelinQ, and a functional patency rate of 100% vs 85.7%,
                respectively. We note that primary patency (the time from fistula
                creation to the first intervention) between groups was not
                significantly different. Lastly, access failure occurred in 15.4
                percent of Ellipsys patients vs 37.1 percent of WavelinQ patients
                (p=0.0137), which demonstrated that use of Ellipsys results in a
                smaller failure rate, according to the applicant.
                 With regard to the second comparison, Ellipsys compared to the
                previous version of the technology, the applicant states that since the
                IFU dated 8/9/19 now states that balloon angioplasty should be
                performed at the time of the creation procedure, they believe that
                Ellipsys should be considered a different device. Per the applicant,
                this subtle difference is of key clinical importance to successful use
                of Ellipsys, as this method decreases the time to two-needle
                cannulation (2NC) and also improves initial flow, resolving vascular
                spasm at the time of the procedure and reducing early thrombosis. The
                applicant further states that performing balloon angioplasty 100
                percent of the time also decreases the number of secondary procedures.
                To support these claims, the applicant compared results from the
                Ellipsys pivotal trial that used the earlier IFU, in which angioplasty
                was performed simultaneously on 19% of patients, with the Ellipsys
                post-market registry that implemented the change and performed the
                additional step on 100% of patients.
                 Ellipsys's pivotal trial was a prospective, single-arm, non-
                inferiority study of 107 patients at five sites to compare Ellipsys
                with a 90-day performance goal based on a meta-analysis of surgical
                results from the literature.\169\ Inclusion criteria included vascular
                anatomy specific to the indications for Ellipsys, age between 18 and 80
                years old, and CKD stage IV or V. Exclusion criteria included recent
                surgery or major illness within 6 weeks, acute or active infection, and
                use of immunosuppressive medication. Of 261 patients evaluated, a total
                of 117 met inclusion and exclusion criteria, with 28 percent excluded
                due to unsuitable anatomy. 107 were included in the intent to treat
                (ITT) population after each study site completed 2 proctored
                procedures. Demographics included 73 percent male, mean patient age of
                56.7 years, and mean BMI of 31.2 percent. All patients in the ITT
                population received a pAVF with Ellipsys between the proximal radial
                artery and perforating vein, followed by separate maturation
                procedures. The primary efficacy endpoint of the study was maturation
                success, defined as brachial artery flow volume greater than or equal
                to 500ml/min and target vein diameter greater than or equal to 4mm in
                more than 49 percent of patients at 90 days. This performance goal was
                obtained from a meta-analysis of 8 studies of open sAVF, where the
                weighted least squares mean success rate was 62 percent, and the lower
                bound from a 2-sided 95 percent lower confidence interval was 49
                percent. The primary safety endpoint was the absence of device-related
                complications at 90 days. Access failure occurred in 4/107, with a
                technical success rate of 95 percent. The primary endpoint was met by
                86 percent at 90 days (the 97.5 percent lower confidence interval was
                77.9 percent), exceeding the 49 percent performance goal (p 66.2 (34-345 days). Per the authors, spasm of the perforating
                vein was easily treated with vasodilators and balloon dilation as a
                matter of routine care. Nineteen percent of patients (20/107) received
                balloon dilation during the index procedure, and second stage
                maturation procedures included 113 balloon dilations in 77 patients. A
                total of 205 maturation procedures were performed on 99 patients at a
                mean of 35.1 days. An additional 66 maintenance procedures were
                performed in 35 patients at a mean of 17 days, for a total of 271
                secondary procedures during the 12 months of the study (2.7 per patient
                year).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \169\ Hull JE, Jennings W, et al., ``The Pivotal Multicenter
                Trial of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistula
                Creation for Hemodialysis Access,'' Journal of Vascular and
                Interventional Radiology 2018; 29: 149-158.et al.,
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Ellipsys post-market registry by Hull et al. was a prospective
                single-operator study of 60 patients receiving a pAVF with Ellipsys at
                a single outpatient US site in an attempt to understand patient
                selection, maturation, and cannulation with pAVFs.\170\ Patient
                demographics included 57 percent male, mean age of 64, and mean BMI of
                30.7. 123 patients with ESRD stages IV and V were evaluated by
                ultrasound to determine suitability for AVF. Ninety-two percent were
                eligible for sAVF and 61 percent
                [[Page 25248]]
                were eligible for pAVF. Of the 95 patients who received an AVF, 63
                percent (60) received pAVF and 37 percent (35) received sAVF. All 60
                pAVF patients underwent pAVF creation under ultrasound guidance,
                followed by balloon dilation, as compared to the pivotal trial where
                only 19 percent had balloon dilation as part of the index procedure.
                After 4 weeks, maturation and suitability for dialysis were assessed.
                The fistulas were considered suitable when palpable on examination and
                the target vein had 500ml/min flow volume and 5mm diameter. Fifty-two
                additional maturation procedures, including balloon dilation in 62
                percent, were performed in 40 of 60 patients to achieve adequate flow
                volume and diameter in the target vein. Physiologic maturation was
                achieved in 93 percent (56 of 60 patients) with a mean time of 40.4
                days 4.3, and of the remaining 4 patients, one thrombosed
                and three died prior to maturation. In the 54 patients requiring
                dialysis, 87 percent achieved 2NC at a mean of 76.8 days. Six month
                cumulative patency and functional patency were both 94 percent. 70
                maintenance procedures were performed in 63 percent. Only 2 patients
                achieved 2NC without an additional procedure. The authors noted that
                this study is limited by a modest sample size and single-site study
                with surgeons experienced in pAVF creation, and that results were not
                compared to surgery.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \170\ Hull JE, Deitrick J, Groome K, ``Maturation for
                Hemodialysis in the Ellipsys[supreg] EndoAVF Post-Market Registry,''
                Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology 2020; 31(9): 1373-
                1381. (Published on-line August 13, 2020.)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the post-market registry demonstrated
                the significant clinical differences between performing balloon
                angioplasty as part of the index procedure 19 percent of the time (as
                seen in the pivotal trial) compared to 100 percent of the time. The
                results showed that the average time to 2NC decreased from 100 days to
                70 days. The study also compared initial AVF flow between the studies,
                which increased to 649 ml/min from 330.4 ml/min, attributed to the
                reduction in instances of venospasm due to balloon dilation.\171\
                According to the study investigators, this decrease in venospasm and
                higher flow led to a reduction in early thrombosis from 11 percent to 2
                percent. Lastly, the applicant compared the number of secondary
                procedures between the two studies with the following table:
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \171\ Hull JE, Deitrick J, Groome K, ``Maturation for
                Hemodialysis in the Ellipsys[supreg] EndoAVF Post-Market Registry,''
                Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology 2020; 31(9): 1373-
                1381. (Published on-line August 13, 2020.)
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.152
                 Per the applicant, despite the higher standard for maturation in
                the second study (5mm target vein diameter vs 4mm in the pivotal
                study), the number of maturation procedures decreased, while
                maintenance procedures increased. Overall, secondary procedures
                decreased with the new protocol, as described in the table submitted by
                the applicant.
                 With respect to the third comparison, Ellipsys as compared to sAVF,
                the applicant stated that Ellipsys creates a side-to-side fistula with
                a percutaneous approach while sAVFs for the most part create end-to-
                side fistulas. According to the applicant, in patients that have
                suitable anatomy for pAVF creation, this method of fistula creation
                contributes to improved outcomes in five ways: (1) Higher fraction of
                cases with clinically functional AVFs; (2) decreased time to two-needle
                cannulation; (3) more durable AVFs; (4) decreased need for secondary
                interventions; and (5) patient satisfaction with Ellipsys AVFs.
                According to the applicant, no head-to-head studies or randomized
                trials between Ellipsys and sAVFs are available, and instead, results
                of key variables of interest were compared using studies with
                comparable results for sAVFs from published literature. The applicant
                provided 2 prospective single-arm studies and 5 retrospective studies,
                including the studies previously discussed, to support these claims.
                They also submitted data from one unpublished study. Aside from the
                Ellipsys pivotal trial, the Ellipsys post-market registry, and the
                comparison study with WavelinQ already summarized, the remaining
                studies are summarized below.
                 The 2-year results of the pivotal trial were analyzed
                retrospectively by Beathard.\172\ 105 patients with 2 year follow-up
                data were included, and of these, 103 had functioning fistulas and all
                were receiving dialysis except 3. Cumulative patency at 18 and 24
                months was 92.8 percent and 91.6 percent, respectively. Patient
                experience with pAVF was assessed among those who had received a
                previous access procedure (\1/3\). When compared to their previous
                procedure, patients rated Ellipsys as the same in 68 percent, better or
                much better in 29 percent, and worse in 3 percent. Patients mentioned
                difficulty with cannulation due to unfamiliarity of dialysis staff with
                pAVF, but commented on the lack of surgical scar and short recovery
                time. Among all patients who responded, 93 percent rated their access
                as very good or excellent.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \172\ Beathard et al., ``Two-year cumulative patency of
                endovascular AVF'' JVA 2020; 21: 350-356.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 A retrospective review of 34 patients who received pAVF between May
                2017 and November 2018 at a clinic in France was submitted.\173\
                Patients included had ESRD, were not candidates for wrist fistulas, and
                met the anatomic criteria for use of Ellipsys. Demographics included
                patients that were 58 percent male, 65 percent Caucasian and 35 percent
                African, and a mean age of 62 years old. After fistula creation with
                Ellipsys, all anastomoses received balloon dilation. Twenty-four of 34
                patients had successful 2NC within 6 weeks. Forty-four percent of
                patients did not require secondary interventions, and 12 percent
                required additional dilation within 4 weeks to improve maturation. Two
                patients converted to a surgical fistula due to cannulation
                difficulties. No patients developed steal syndrome or aneurysmal
                changes in the one year follow-up period. Study authors noted that one
                benefit of pAVF over sAVF is the potential for multiple outflow
                cannulation veins, as compared to a sAVF in the same location, where
                the median cubital vein is ligated to augment flow into a single
                vessel.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \173\ Hebibi et al, ``Clinical hemodialysis experience with
                percutaneous arteriovenous fistulas created using the
                Ellipsys[supreg] vascular access system,'' Hemodialysis
                International 2019; 23(2): 168-172.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Another study provided was a retrospective cohort study of 232
                [[Page 25249]]
                consecutive patients who underwent pAVF creation with Ellipsys at a
                single center in France.\174\ An Ellipsys pAVF was the second choice
                after a radiocephalic surgical wrist fistula. Patients were 63 percent
                male, with a mean age of 64 years old (25-92). Balloon angioplasty was
                considered part of the index procedure and performed in all cases.
                Technical success was achieved in 99 percent. At 1 year, the primary
                patency rate was 54 percent and the secondary patency rate was 96
                percent with a mean follow up of 252 days. The most frequent
                intervention (35 percent of patients) was additional balloon
                angioplasty. Eleven percent of patients underwent procedures for
                superficialization of deep veins. Average maturation time by clinical
                or ultrasound criteria was 4 weeks, and successful cannulation was
                established in less than 2 weeks in 10 percent of patients. No
                significant adverse events related to the procedures occurred. Three
                patients (1 percent) required later conversion to sAVF, two due to
                occlusion of the anastomosis and one due to rupture of the perforator
                during an angioplasty procedure and pseudoaneurysm. The authors
                conclude that pAVFs have reduced need for reinterventions and result in
                a moderate-flow fistula with shared venous drainage. They further state
                that minimally invasive AVF creation with the low risk of complications
                seen using Ellipsys can be particularly beneficial in older patients,
                especially since the lower flow fistula as compared to brachial artery
                inflow AVFs decreases the risk of cardiac issues. They conclude that
                large-scale randomized studies are needed to confirm their findings.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \174\ Mallios et al., ``Mid-term results of percutaneous
                arteriovenous fistula creation with Ellipsys vascular access system,
                technical recommendations and an algorithm for maintenance,''
                Journal of Vascular Surgery 2020; 72(6): 2097-2106. (Published on-
                line April 7, 2020.).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In another study, a case series of 14 patients who achieved early
                cannulation with an Ellipsys pAVF underwent retrospective review at an
                outpatient department in Europe.\175\ In these patients, cannulation
                within 14 days post creation was performed using plastic cannulas in
                order to avoid catheter insertion or replacement for dialysis. The
                procedure was successful in all except one case. Primary patency at 12
                months was 66 percent and cumulative patency was 100 percent, with the
                authors concluding that this success suggests that pAVF could serve as
                an alternative to catheter for immediate dialysis.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \175\ Mallios et al., ``Early cannulation of percutaneously
                created AVFs'', Journal of Vascular Access 2020; 21(6): 997-1002.
                (Published on-line December 19, 2019.)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also submitted preliminary unpublished results from a
                3-year follow up of 99 of the pivotal trial patients, stating that
                while Ellipsys AVFs required more maturation procedures, in the 2 years
                following creation they required fewer maintenance procedures as
                compared to results for sAVF reported in the literature, with an
                average of 0.83 vs. 3.41, respectively. Additionally, they stated that
                at every follow-up period, Ellipsys showed improved cumulative patency
                over sAVF results from the literature, with rates of 90 percent vs 46
                percent at 36 months.
                 The applicant summarized results from all of the studies to support
                each claim of Ellipsys's superiority over sAVF by comparing to
                historical controls in the literature. For the claim of more clinically
                functional AVFs, the applicant summarized results from 4 studies,
                demonstrating 2NC in 88 percent at one year and 95 percent at 2 years,
                87 percent with an average follow up of 282 days, and 82 percent within
                6 weeks.176 177 178 179 This was compared to a value of 53.4
                percent successful cannulation for sAVF from a study that looked at the
                effect of age over 65 on clinical outcomes for radiocephalic and
                brachiocephalic AVF.\180\ For the claim of decreased time to 2NC, the
                applicant summarized the results from 5 studies, demonstrating a mean
                time to 2NC for Ellipsys of 100.2 days, 65.5 45.7 days, a
                range of 10 days to 6 weeks, 4 weeks, and 60
                days.181 182 183 184 185 This was compared to a mean of 136
                days for sAVFs, taken from the United States Renal Data System.\186\
                For the claim of more durable AVFs, the applicant summarized results
                from 5 studies demonstrating Ellipsys's cumulative patency at 12
                months, ranging from 82 percent to 100 percent, and 91.6 percent at 24
                months.187 188 189 190 The applicant compared these results
                to a patency rate of 65 percent for sAVFs found in the USRDS
                database.\191\ The applicant further stated that preliminary results
                from the pivotal trial 3 year follow-up reinforce this claim, as they
                found that the cumulative patency using Ellipsys was 90 percent at 36
                months, compared to a historical value of 46 percent for sAVFs. For the
                claim of decreased secondary interventions (including maturation and
                maintenance procedures), the applicant summarized outcomes from 3
                studies demonstrating 0.96 secondary interventions per patient year in
                the study by Shahverdyan et al.; 2.63 interventions per year in the
                pivotal trial; and an average of 0.83 maintenance inventions per
                patient in the 2 years following creation in the preliminary results of
                the 3 year follow-up by Hull et al. The applicant stated that a
                comparable value for sAVFs is
                [[Page 25250]]
                3.41 over 2 years.\192\ Finally, for the claim of patient satisfaction,
                the applicant cited results of the patient survey performed by Beathard
                et al., stating that the survey indicated a high level of satisfaction
                with Ellipsys, with 93 percent rating their access as very good or
                excellent, and 95 percent rating their lack of pain as very good or
                excellent. Additionally, patients noted the lack of scar, short
                recovery time, and ease of use with Ellipsys.\193\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \176\ Hull JE, Jennings W, et al., ``The Pivotal Multicenter
                Trial of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistula
                Creation for Hemodialysis Access,'' Journal of Vascular and
                Interventional Radiology 2018; 29: 149-158.
                 \177\ Beathard GA, et al., ``Two-year cumulative patency of
                endovascular arteriovenous fistula,'' Journal of Vascular Access
                2020; 21: 350-356.
                 \178\ Hull JE, Deitrick J, Groome K, ``Maturation for
                Hemodialysis in the Ellipsys[supreg] EndoAVF Post-Market Registry,''
                Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology 2020; 31(9): 1373-
                1381. (Published on-line August 13, 2020.)
                 \179\ Hebibi H, et al., ``Clinical hemodialysis experience with
                percutaneous arteriovenous fistulas created using the
                Ellipsys[supreg] vascular access system,'' Hemodialysis
                International 2019; 23(2): 16 8-172.
                 \180\ Weale A, et al., ``Radiocephalic and Brachiocephalic
                Arteriovenous Fistula Outcomes in the Elderly,'' Journal of Vascular
                Surgery 2008; 47(1): 144-150.
                 \181\ Hull JE, Jennings W, et al., ``The Pivotal Multicenter
                Trial of Ultrasound-Guided Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistula
                Creation for Hemodialysis Access,'' Journal of Vascular and
                Interventional Radiology 2018; 29: 149-158.
                 \182\ Hull JE, Deitrick J, Groome K, ``Maturation for
                Hemodialysis in the Ellipsys[supreg] EndoAVF Post-Market Registry,''
                Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology 2020; 31(9): 1373-
                1381. (Published on-line August 13, 2020.)
                 \183\ Hebibi H, et al., ``Clinical hemodialysis experience with
                percutaneous arteriovenous fistulas created using the
                Ellipsys[supreg] vascular access system,'' Hemodialysis
                International 2019; 23(2): 168-172.
                 \184\ Mallios A, Bourquelot P, Franco G, et al., ``Mid-term
                results of percutaneous arteriovenous fistula creation with Ellipsys
                vascular access system, technical recommendations and an algorithm
                for maintenance,'' Journal of Vascular Surgery 2020; 72(6): 2097-
                2106. (Published on-line April 7, 2020.)
                 \185\ Shahverdyan R, et al., ``Comparison of Outcomes of
                Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistulae Creation by Ellipsys and
                WavelinQ Devices,'' Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology
                2020; 31(9): 1365-1372. (Published on-line August 11, 2020.)
                 \186\ United States Renal Data System. 2016 USRDS Annual Data
                Report: Epidemiology of kidney disease in the United States.
                National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and
                Digestive and Kidney Diseases, Bethesda, MD, 2016.
                 \187\ Beathard GA, et al., ``Two-year cumulative patency of
                endovascular arteriovenous fistula,'' Journal of Vascular Access
                2020; 21: 350-356.
                 \188\ Mallios A, Bourquelot P, Franco G, et al., ``Mid-term
                results of percutaneous arteriovenous fistula creation with Ellipsys
                vascular access system, technical recommendations and an algorithm
                for maintenance,'' Journal of Vascular Surgery 2020; 72(6): 2097-
                2106. (Published on-line April 7, 2020.)
                 \189\ Shahverdyan R, et al., ``Comparison of Outcomes of
                Percutaneous Arteriovenous Fistulae Creation by Ellipsys and
                WavelinQ Devices,'' Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology
                2020; 31(9): 1365-1372. (Published on-line August 11, 2020.)
                 \190\ Mallios A, et al., ``Early cannulation of percutaneously
                created arteriovenous hemodialysis fistulae,'' Journal of Vascular
                Access 2020; 21(6): 997-1002. (Published on-line December 19, 2019.)
                 \191\ Al-Jaishi, Ahmed A., et al. ``Patency rates of the
                arteriovenous fistula for hemodialysis: a systematic review and
                meta-analysis.'' American Journal of Kidney Diseases (2014) 63(3):
                464-47.
                 \192\ Lee T, et al., ``Long-Term Outcomes of Arteriovenous
                Fistulas with Unassisted versus Assisted Maturation: A Retrospective
                National Hemodialysis Cohort Study,'' Journal on American Nephrology
                2019; 30(11):2209-2218.
                 \193\ Beathard GA, et al., ``Two-year cumulative patency of
                endovascular arteriovenous fistula,'' Journal of Vascular Access
                2020; 21: 350-356.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note that only one of the studies submitted by the applicant in
                support of a finding of substantial clinical improvement for Ellipsys
                has a comparator arm (retrospective comparison), and none were created
                with a methodology to demonstrate superiority. In addition, some
                studies may be limited by potential bias due to single operator and/or
                single site design, and comparisons to sAVF were made using various
                historical controls from different studies with no statistical
                analyses, making it difficult to account for confounding variables. We
                further note that the studies used physiologic endpoints as a surrogate
                outcome for fistula maturity instead of a clinically functional fistula
                as determined by successful 2-needle cannulation. Of interest, a number
                of the studies submitted concluded that there is a further need for
                head-to-head, larger scale, or longer trials to confirm claims of
                superiority of pAVF over surgical AVF and other pAVF devices. We note
                that the applicant provided one retrospective study with a small sample
                size to support the claim of superiority of Ellipsys over WavelinQ.
                Though this study by Shahverdyan et al. demonstrated numerically better
                outcomes for multiple endpoints with Ellipsys, we note that outcomes
                did not reach statistical significance for primary patency, technical
                success, maturation rates, time to cannulation, or fistula success, and
                we note the potential for bias with the single operator/single site
                study design.
                 We note that the decreased interventions and time to 2NC using
                Ellipsys were reported from studies performed outside of the US, where
                practice patterns are different. Per the Hull et al. study, practice in
                the US is to direct flow into a single upper arm vein to meet
                established guidelines for fistula flow diameter depth and length,
                whereas in the European studies, multiple outflow veins were
                accepted.\194\ The authors further state that allowing multiple outflow
                veins decreases the number of secondary maturation procedures used to
                direct flow, but requires advanced cannulation techniques, ultrasound
                guidance, and plastic access cannulas that are not available in the US.
                These techniques and the use of plastic cannulas also allow for early
                cannulation of the fistula in European studies. For these reasons, we
                question whether the European results are generalizable to the US
                population.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \194\ Hull et al., ``Maturation for Hemodialysis in the Ellipsys
                EndoAVF Post-Market Registry,'' Journal of Vascular and
                Interventional Radiology 2020; 31(9): 1373-1381. (Published on-line
                August 13, 2020.)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 When comparing the new protocol for Ellipsys (always performing
                balloon angioplasty) to the De Novo protocol (sometimes performing
                balloon angioplasty), Ellipsys demonstrated a reduced number of
                maturation procedures and faster time to cannulation; however, more
                maintenance procedures were required than the De Novo protocol. In
                addition, the investigators did not account for potential confounding
                variables between the different studies, which could have affected
                outcomes in order to compare the two studies used to claim superiority.
                We further note that previously, balloon angioplasty was nearly always
                performed, whether as part of the index procedure, as a maturation
                procedure, or as a maintenance procedure, and it continued to be a
                necessary secondary intervention after adoption of the new procedural
                step.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Ellipsys[supreg]
                Vascular Access System demonstrates improvement over each of the three
                comparators and meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We received public comments in response to the New Technology Town
                Hall meeting regarding the application of the Ellipsys[supreg] Vascular
                Access System for new technology add-on payments.
                 Comment: The applicant submitted a public comment providing an
                additional study and addressing questions posed at the town hall
                meeting. The study provided is a single-center retrospective comparison
                article in press of Ellipsys and sAVF by Harika et al. 107 patients who
                received pAVF with Ellipsys at this center between May 2017 and May
                2018 were compared to an equal number of consecutive patients who
                received a surgical fistula in the same time period. Patients with
                grafts or lower extremity fistulae were excluded and baseline
                characteristics and demographics were comparable between groups. All
                pAVFs were created by a single surgeon, while the sAVFs were created by
                4 surgeons. Primary outcomes were primary and secondary patency rates,
                as well as maturation as determined by AVF utilization, or >4mm
                diameter and >500ml/lt flow for pre-dialysis patients. Secondary
                outcomes assessed secondary interventions and rate of complications.
                Per the applicant, at 6 weeks, pAVF maturation rates were higher
                compared to the sAVF arm (65 percent vs 50 percent, p=0.01). In
                addition, primary patency in the sAVF group was higher than pAVF at 12
                months (86 percent vs 61 percent, phttps://wearesrna.org/living-with-myelitis/disease-information/neuromyelitis-optica-spectrum-disorder/diagnosis/#nmosd. Accessed August 19, 2020.
                 \206\ Etemadifar M, Nasr Z, Khalili B, Taherioun M, Vosoughi R.
                Epidemiology of Neuromyelitis Optica in the World: A Systematic
                Review and Meta-analysis. Mult Scler Int. 2015;2015:174720.
                doi:10.1155/2015/174720.
                 \207\ Simon KC, Schmidt H, Loud S, Ascherio A. Risk Factors For
                Multiple Sclerosis, Neuromyelitis Optica And Transverse Myelitis.
                Mult Scler. 2015;21(6):703-709. doi:10.1177/1352458514551780.
                 \208\ Wingerchuk DM, Lennon VA, Lucchinetti CF, et al. The
                spectrum of neuromyelitis optica. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6(9)805-815.
                doi:10.1016/s1474-4422(07)70216-8.
                 \209\ Siegel Rare Neuroimmune Association. Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder (NMOSD). https://wearesrna.org/living-with-myelitis/disease-information/neuromyelitis-optica-spectrum-disorder/diagnosis/#nmosd. Accessed August 19, 2020.
                 \210\ National Organization for Rare Disorders (NORD[supreg]).
                Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. https://rarediseases.org/rare-diseases/neuromyelitis-optica/. Accessed August 19, 2020.
                 \211\ Wingerchuk DM. Diagnosis and Treatment of Neuromyelitis
                Optica. Neurologist 2007;13(1)2-11. doi:10.1097/
                01.nrl.0000250927.21903.f8.
                 \212\ Wingerchuk DM, Lennon VA, Lucchinetti CF, et al. The
                spectrum of neuromyelitis optica. Lancet Neurol. 2007;6(9)805-815.
                doi:10.1016/s1474-4422(07)70216-8.
                 \213\ Jarius S, Ruprecht K, Wildemann B, et al. Contrasting
                disease patterns in seropositive and seronegative neuromyelitis
                optica: A multicentre study of 175 patients. J. Neuroinflammation
                2012;9(1) doi:10.1186/1742-2094-9-14.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the negative impact of NMOSD on patient
                quality of life (QoL) is predominantly a result of physical disability,
                pain, vision impairment, and bowel and bladder dysfunction.\214\
                Disease-induced disability and symptoms have a considerable impact on
                patients' ability to work and thrive in social activities and personal
                relationships.\215\ The applicant added that the loss of motor and
                sensory function leads to approximately 50% of patients requiring a
                wheelchair \216\ and 62% of patients becoming functionally blind \217\
                within 5 years of diagnosis.\218\ Therefore, according to the
                applicant, it is critical that treatments that consistently and
                effectively reduce the risk of relapse are initiated rapidly in
                patients diagnosed with NMOSD.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \214\ Beekman J, Keisler A, Pedraza O, et al. Neuromyelitis
                optica spectrum disorder. Neurol.-Neuroimmunol. Neuroinflammation
                2019;6(4)e580. doi:10.1212/nxi.0000000000000580.
                 \215\ Ibid.
                 \216\ Kessler RA, Mealy MA, Levy M. Treatment of Neuromyelitis
                Optica Spectrum Disorder: Acute, Preventive, and Symptomatic. Curr.
                Treat. Options Neurol. 2015;18(1) doi:10.1007/s11940-015-0387-9.
                 \217\ Wingerchuk DM, Hogancamp WF, O'Brien PC, et al. The
                clinical course of neuromyelitis optica (Devic's syndrome).
                Neurology 2012;53(5)1107-1107. doi:10.1212/wnl.53.5.1107.
                 \218\ Wingerchuk DM, Weinshenker BG. Neuromyelitis optica:
                Clinical predictors of a relapsing course and survival. Neurology
                2012;60(5)848-853. doi:10.1212/01.wnl.0000049912.02954.2c.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, ENSPRYNG received FDA BLA
                approval on August 14, 2020. The applicant added that ENSPRYNG was
                granted Fast Track designation \219\ and Breakthrough Therapy
                designation \220\ by the FDA. The applicant stated that ENSPRYNG was
                not commercially available until August 24, 2020 because the applicant
                had to wait for final approval for printing and labeling as well as
                customs and importation. The recommended loading dosage of ENSPRYNG for
                the first three administrations is 120 mg by subcutaneous injection at
                Weeks 0, 2, and 4, followed by a maintenance dosage of 120 mg every
                four weeks. The applicant submitted a request for an ICD-10-PCS code to
                uniquely identify the administration of ENSPRYNG beginning FY 2022.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \219\ US Department of Health and Human Services. FDA Approves
                Treatment for Rare Disease Affecting Optic Nerves, Spinal Cord.
                https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-treatment-rare-disease-affecting-optic-nerves-spinal-cord. Accessed
                September 10, 2020.
                 \220\ Genentech, USA Inc. FDA Approves Genentech's Enspryng for
                Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. https://www.gene.com/media/press-releases/14873/2020-08-14/fda-approves-genentechs-enspryng-for-neu. Accessed September 10, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As discussed earlier, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposed of new technology add-on payments. The applicant stated
                that there are limited treatment guidelines available for NMOSD with
                the most recent US guidelines published in 2012. These US NMOSD
                treatment guidelines exclusively recommend off-label drugs:
                Azathioprine, with or without prednisone; mycophenolate mofetil, with
                or without prednisone; rituximab; or prednisone alone.\221\ The
                applicant stated that there are presently two other FDA-approved
                therapies for patients with AQP4-IgG positive NMOSD: SOLIRIS
                (eculizumab),\222\ which was approved in 2019, and UPLIZNA
                (inebilizumab-cdon), which was approved in 2020.\223\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \221\ Kimbrough DJ, Fujihara K, Jacob A, et al. Treatment of
                Neuromyelitis Optica: Review And Recommendations. Mult Scler Relat
                Disord. 2012;1(4):180-187. doi:10.1016/j.msard.2012.06.002.
                 \222\ SOLIRIS (eculizumab) [prescribing information]. Boston,
                MA: Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2019.
                 \223\ UPLIZNA (inebilizumab) [prescribing information].
                Gaithersburg, MD: Viela Bio, Inc.; 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                application stated that ENSPRYNG is an interleukin-6 (IL-6) receptor
                antagonist indicated for the treatment of NMOSD in adult patients who
                are AQP4-IgG positive.\224\ According to the applicant, ENSPRYNG
                targets soluble and membrane-bound IL-6 receptors to inhibit IL-6
                signaling and subsequently disrupt downstream inflammatory
                [[Page 25253]]
                effects that contribute to the pathophysiology of NMOSD; \225\ ENSPRYNG
                dissociates from the IL-6 receptor at an acidic pH within endosomes and
                is recycled to circulation, prolonging the plasma half-life of the
                drug.\226\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \224\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                 \225\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \226\ Igawa T, Ishii S, Tachibana T, et al. Antibody Recycling
                By Engineered Ph-Dependent Antigen Binding Improves The Duration of
                Antigen Neutralization. Nat Biotechnol. 2010;28(11):1203-1207.
                doi:10.1038/nbt.1691. Heo Y. Satralizumab: First Approval. Drugs
                2020;80(14)1477-1482. doi:10.1007/s40265-020-01380-2.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant next identified other drugs used to treat NMOSD and
                their corresponding mechanisms of action. According to the applicant,
                these current treatments include: SOLIRIS, for which a precise
                mechanism of action is unknown but is presumed to involve inhibition of
                AQP4-IgG-induced terminal complement C5b-9 deposition; \227\ UPLIZNA,
                for which a precise mechanism of action is unknown but is presumed to
                involve binding to CD19, a surface antigen present on pre-B and mature
                B cells; \228\ azathioprine, for which a precise mechanism of action is
                unknown; \229\ Rituxan, which targets CD20 antigen on B cells and leads
                to profound B cell depletion, principally over an antibody-dependent
                cell cytotoxicity mechanism; \230\ mycophenolate mofetil, which is an
                immunosuppressive and an inhibitor of inosine monophosphate
                dehydrogenase and therefore of the guanosine nucleotide synthesis
                pathway upon which T and B cells depend; \231\ and prednisone, which is
                a synthetic adrenocortical steroid drug with predominately
                corticosteroid properties.\232\ The applicant concluded that none of
                these current drugs are characterized by their binding and blocking of
                soluble and membrane-bound IL-6 receptors to inhibit IL-6 signaling.
                Therefore, the applicant believes ENSPRYNG has a unique and distinct
                mechanism of action.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \227\ SOLIRIS (eculizumab) [prescribing information]. Boston,
                MA: Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2019.
                 \228\ UPLIZNA (inebilizumab) [prescribing information].
                Gaithersburg, MD: Viela Bio, Inc.; 2020.
                 \229\ IMURAN (azathioprine) [prescribing information]. Roswell,
                GA: Sebela Pharmaceuticals Inc.; 2018.
                 \230\ RITUXAN (rituximab) [prescribing information]. South San
                Francisco, CA: Genentech, Inc.; 2019.
                 \231\ Allison AC, Eugui EM. Mycophenolate Mofetil And Its
                Mechanisms of Action. Immunopharmacology 2000;47(2-3)85-118.
                doi:10.1016/s0162-3109(00)00188-0.
                 \232\ RAYOS (prednisone) [prescribing information]. Lake Forest,
                IL: Horizon Therapeutics USA, Inc.; 2019.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or different MS-DRG, the applicant acknowledged that
                ENSPRYNG may be assigned to the same MS-DRG when compared to existing
                technology. Per the applicant, cases representing patients who may be
                eligible for treatment with ENSPRYNG map to MS-DRGs 058, 059, and 060.
                With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                stated that the use of ENSPRYNG may not involve the treatment of the
                same or similar patient population when compared with an existing
                technology because: (1) Current technologies such as SOLIRIS may be
                contraindicated in patients with unresolved serious Neisseria
                meningitidis infections; and (2) SOLIRIS and UPLIZNA are administered
                as IV infusions which not all patients may be willing to receive.
                 In summary, the applicant asserts ENSPRYNG meets the newness
                criterion because it is the only treatment for NMOSD that works
                specifically by suppressing IL-6 signaling, and because it may not
                involve the treatment of the same or similar patient population as
                existing technology. We note that the applicant states that the use of
                ENSPRYNG may not involve treatment of the same or similar patient
                population when compared to SOLIRIS with regard to the treatment of
                patients with unresolved serious Neisseria meningitidis infection and
                with regard to the treatment of patients unwilling to receive an IV
                infusion. However, we question if UPLIZNA may also be a treatment
                option for patients with meningococcal disease. We further question
                whether patients who are unwilling to receive an IV infusion would
                constitute a new patient population for NMOSD. We invite public comment
                on whether ENSPRYNG involves the treatment of the same or similar
                patient population when compared to existing technologies.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether ENSPRYNG is
                substantially similar to other technologies and whether ENSPRYNG meets
                the newness criterion. With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant
                provided two cost analyses, with the first being an update of the
                analysis used in FY 2021 by the applicant for SOLIRIS, which is also
                indicated for NMOSD, and the second which is specific to ENSPRYNG.
                 Under the first analysis, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR
                database for cases reporting ICD-10-CM code G36.0 in the primary and/or
                admitting position, which resulted in 583 cases. The applicant imputed
                one case where an MS-DRG had a case volume lower than 11, resulting in
                556 cases mapping to 30 MS-DRGs. The applicant stated that it
                restricted the analysis to MS-DRGs 058, 059, and 060, which accounted
                for 92.1% of all cases identified. The applicant also excluded cases
                that were not included in the FY 2021 Proposed Rule Impact File from
                this analysis, resulting in a final case count of 466 cases mapping to
                three MS-DRGs. Using a CCR of 0.343 (national other services average
                CCR), the applicant then removed all charges in the drug cost center,
                all charges in the blood cost center, and an additional $12,000 of cost
                for plasma exchange procedural costs for cases with non-zero charges in
                the blood cost center, for charges for related and prior technologies.
                The applicant applied an inflation factor of 13.1%, which per the
                applicant is the outlier charge inflation factor used in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to update the standardized charges from FY
                2019 to FY 2021. We note that the applicant appears to have used the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule inflation factor rather than the 2-
                year inflation factor from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule of 13.2
                percent (85 FR 59038), which would have increased the inflated charges.
                Finally, the applicant added charges for the technology by multiplying
                the cost of ENSPRYNG, based on an average of 1.22 doses per patient, by
                the inverse of the national average drug CCR of 0.187 from the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58601). The applicant calculated a
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $150,154, which exceeds the case-weighted threshold of $47,813.
                 For the second analysis, the applicant used the same sample of
                cases (466) from the first analysis, as identified in the FY 2019
                MedPAR database with the ICD-10-CM code G36.0 and with the same sample
                restrictions. In this analysis, the applicant did not remove charges
                for related or prior technologies because, per the applicant, ENSPRYNG
                is anticipated to neither replace plasma exchange nor be used as a
                monotherapy in all patients. The applicant standardized and inflated
                the charges, as well as added charges for ENSPRYNG using the same
                methodology as the first analysis, described previously. The applicant
                calculated a final inflated
                [[Page 25254]]
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $175,021, which
                exceeded the case-weighted threshold of $47,813. The applicant asserted
                that ENSPRYNG meets the cost criterion based on these analyses.
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, it is uncertain
                to us why the national other services average CCR was used to inflate
                costs to charges in the first analysis when the applicant indicated
                that it removed charges from the drugs cost center and blood cost
                center. We are seeking public comment on whether this or another CCR,
                such as a CCR for drugs or blood and blood products, would be more
                appropriate. Furthermore, in the event that a MS-DRG has fewer than 11
                cases, the applicant should impute a minimum case number of 11. We are
                inviting public comments on whether ENSPRYNG meets the cost criterion,
                including whether the use of another CCR would substantially alter the
                results of the applicant's analysis.
                 With regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserts that ENSPRYNG represents a substantial clinical
                improvement in the following ways: (1) It significantly improves
                clinical outcomes relative to services or technologies previously
                available for the treatment of NMOSD in adult patients who are AQP4-IgG
                positive; (2) these improvements are not accompanied by serious safety
                concerns; (3) ENSPRYNG is the only FDA-approved treatment for NMOSD
                that is subcutaneously administered; \233\ and (4) the totality of
                circumstances demonstrates ENSPRYNG, relative to technologies
                previously available, substantially improves the treatment of Medicare
                beneficiaries. The applicant submitted two recent studies to support
                their claims of substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \233\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The SAkuraStar (NCT02073279) \234\ study was a Phase 3, double-
                blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group trial at 44 investigational
                sites in 13 countries to assess the safety and efficacy of ENSPRYNG
                monotherapy in patients with NMOSD. 95 (57%) of 168 screened
                participants aged 18-74 years with AQP4-IgG positive or negative NMOSD
                met the inclusion criteria and were randomly assigned (2:1) to
                treatment with ENSPRYNG 120mg (n=63) or visually matched placebo
                (n=32). Inclusion criteria included participants who had experienced at
                least one documented NMOSD attack or relapse in the previous 12 months
                and had a score of 6.5 or less on the Expanded Disability Status Scale,
                while exclusion criteria included clinical relapse 30 days or fewer
                before baseline. The primary endpoint was time to the first protocol-
                defined relapse, based on the intention-to-treat (ITT) population
                (AQP4-IgG positive and negative) (n=95), and analyzed with
                stratification for two randomization factors (previous therapy for
                prevention of attacks and nature of the most recent attack). Treatment
                in both arms was given subcutaneously at weeks 0, 2, 4, and every 4
                weeks thereafter. The double-blind phase was due to last until 44
                protocol-defined relapses occurred or 1.5 years after random assignment
                of the last patient enrolled, whichever occurred first. Participants
                could enter an open-label phase after the occurrence of a protocol-
                defined relapse or at the end of the double-blind phase. Protocol-
                defined relapses occurred in 19 (30%) patients receiving satralizumab
                and 16 (50%) receiving placebo (hazard ratio 0.45, 95% CI 0.23-0.89;
                p=0.018). 473.9 adverse events per 100 patient-years occurred in the
                satralizumab group and 495.2 per 100 patient-years in the placebo
                group. The authors noted that the incidence of serious adverse events
                and adverse events leading to withdrawal was similar between groups.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \234\ Traboulsee A, Greenberg BM, Bennett JL, et al. Safety And
                Efficacy of Satralizumab Monotherapy In Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder: A Randomised, Double-Blind, Multicentre, Placebo-
                Controlled Phase 3 Trial. Lancet Neurol. 2020;19(5):402-412.
                doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(20)30078-8.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, this study demonstrated that the time
                to the first relapse was significantly longer in ENSPRYNG-treated
                patients compared with patients who received a placebo (risk reduction,
                55%; hazard ratio, 0.45 (95% CI 0.23, 0.89); p = 0.0184). In the AQP4-
                IgG positive population, there was a 74% risk reduction and a hazard
                ratio of 0.26 (95% CI 0.11, 0.63; p = 0.0014). The results in the
                subgroup of AQP4-IgG negative patients were not statistically
                significant.235 236 The annualized relapse rate for AQP4-IgG
                positive patients was 0.1 (95% CI, 0.05-0.2) in the ENSPRYNG group and
                0.5 (95% CI, 0.3-0.9) in the placebo group.\237\ The proportion of
                relapse-free AQP4-IgG positive patients at week 96 was 77% in the
                ENSPRYNG group and 41% in the placebo group.\238\ According to the
                applicant, the study concluded that ENSPRYNG monotherapy reduced the
                rate of NMOSD relapse compared with placebo in the overall trial
                population and had a favorable safety profile.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \235\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020. Traboulsee A, et al.
                Efficacy of satralizumab monotherapy in prespecified subgroups of
                SAkuraStar, a phase 3 study in patients with neuromyelitis optica
                spectrum disorder. Oral Presentation at: Annual Americas Committee
                for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis (ACTRIMS) Forum;
                West Palm Beach, FL, USA; February 27-29, 2020.
                 \236\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020. Traboulsee A, et al.
                Efficacy of satralizumab monotherapy in prespecified subgroups of
                SAkuraStar, a phase 3 study in patients with neuromyelitis optica
                spectrum disorder. Oral Presentation at: Annual Americas Committee
                for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis (ACTRIMS) Forum;
                West Palm Beach, FL, USA; February 27-29, 2020.
                 \237\ Traboulsee A, et al. Efficacy of satralizumab monotherapy
                in prespecified subgroups of SAkuraStar, a phase 3 study in patients
                with neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder. Oral Presentation at:
                Annual Americas Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple
                Sclerosis (ACTRIMS) Forum; West Palm Beach, FL, USA; February 27-29,
                2020.
                 \238\ Traboulsee A, Greenberg BM, Bennett JL, et al. Safety And
                Efficacy of Satralizumab Monotherapy In Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder: A Randomised, Double-Blind, Multicentre, Placebo-
                Controlled Phase 3 Trial. Lancet Neurol. 2020;19(5):402-412.
                doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(20)30078-8.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the second Phase 3, randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled
                study submitted by the applicant, the SAkuraSky (NCT02028884) \239\
                trial, 83 patients with NMOSD who were seropositive or seronegative for
                AQP4-IgG were randomly assigned (1:1) to receive either 120 mg of
                satralizumab (n=41) or placebo (n=42) administered subcutaneously at
                weeks 0, 2, and 4 and every 4 weeks thereafter, in addition to stable
                IST. The primary end point was the first protocol-defined relapse in a
                time-to-event analysis. Key secondary end points were the change from
                baseline to week 24 in the visual-analogue scale (VAS) pain score
                (range, 0 to 100, with higher scores indicating more pain) and the
                Functional Assessment of Chronic Illness Therapy-Fatigue (FACIT-F)
                score (range, 0 to 52, with lower scores indicating more fatigue).
                Safety was also assessed.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \239\ US Department of Health and Human Services. Active Study
                 Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/results?cond=&term=NCT02028884&cntry=&state=&city=&dist=. Accessed
                August 14, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The results of the SAkuraSky trial demonstrated that the median
                treatment duration with satralizumab in the double-blind period was
                107.4 weeks. Relapse occurred in 8 patients (20%) receiving
                satralizumab and in 18 (43%) receiving placebo (hazard ratio, 0.38; 95%
                confidence interval [CI], 0.16 to 0.88). Multiple imputations for
                censored data (including patients who discontinued the trial, received
                rescue therapy, had a change in baseline treatment, or were continuing
                in the
                [[Page 25255]]
                trial at the data-cutoff date) resulted in hazard ratios ranging from
                0.34 to 0.44 (with corresponding P values of 0.01 to 0.04). Among the
                55 AQP4-IgG-seropositive patients, relapse occurred in 11% of those in
                the satralizumab group and in 43% of those in the placebo group (hazard
                ratio, 0.21; 95% CI, 0.06 to 0.75); among 28 AQP4-IgG-seronegative
                patients, relapse occurred in 36% and 43%, respectively (hazard ratio,
                0.66; 95% CI, 0.20 to 2.24). The between-group difference in the change
                in the mean VAS pain score was 4.08 (95% CI, -8.44 to 16.61); the
                between-group difference in the change in the mean FACIT-F score was -
                3.10 (95% CI, -8.38 to 2.18). The rates of serious adverse events and
                infections did not differ between groups.
                 In support of the applicant's claim that ENSPRYNG significantly
                improves clinical outcomes relative to services or technologies
                previously available for the treatment of NMOSD in adult patients who
                are AQP4-IgG positive, the applicant stated that patients treated with
                ENSPRYNG plus IST exhibited a significantly longer time to first
                relapse when compared to placebo. This also included a risk reduction
                of 62% in patients treated with ENSPRYNG plus IST when compared with
                patients who received a placebo plus IST and a 79% risk reduction in
                the AQP4-IgG positive population. Results in the AQP4-IgG negative
                patient subgroup were not statistically significant.\240\ The
                proportion of relapse free AQP4-IgG positive patients at week 96 was
                92% in ENSPRYNG plus IST group and 53% in the placebo plus IST
                group.\241\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \240\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                 \241\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant's second claim, substantial improvements
                in clinical efficacy are not accompanied by serious concerns. In the
                SAkuraSky trial, 90% of patients in the ENSPRYNG plus IST group had at
                least one adverse event compared to 95% in the placebo plus IST
                group.\242\ The safety profile of ENSPRYNG in the OST period was
                consistent with the double-blind period. There were no deaths or
                anaphylactic reactions, rates of AEs and serious AEs did not increase
                with longer exposure to ENSPRYNG; and the most frequently reported AEs
                in the OST period were consistent with the double-blind period.\243\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \242\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \243\ Greenberg B, Seze JD, Fox E. et al. Safety of satralizumab
                in neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder (NMOSD): Results from the
                open-label extension periods of SAkuraSky and SAkuraStar
                Presentation at: Americas Committee for treatment and research in
                Multiple Sclerosis (ACTRIMS); September 2020; Virtual.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant's third claim concerns the flexibility provided to
                patients by the option to self-administer ENSPRYNG. According to the
                applicant, ENSPRYNG is the only FDA-approved treatment for NMOSD that
                is administered subcutaneously.\244\ Once treatment is initiated during
                inpatient hospital admission, upon discharge and having received
                adequate training on how to perform the injection, an adult patient/
                caregiver may administer all subsequent doses of ENSPRYNG at home if
                the treating physician determines that it is appropriate and the adult
                patient/caregiver can perform the injection technique. According to the
                applicant, self-administration provides the patient the option to
                continue the therapy initiated in the hospital while in the convenience
                of their own home, with reduced disruption to daily life. The applicant
                states that additionally, the option to self-administer provides
                flexibility to patients, as they can bring their medication with them
                while traveling without having to worry if there is an infusion site
                nearby. The applicant claims this may potentially reduce the rate of
                hospital readmissions.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \244\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In their fourth claim, the applicant states the totality of
                circumstances otherwise demonstrate that ENSPRYNG, relative to
                technologies previously available, substantially improves the treatment
                of Medicare beneficiaries. The applicant asserts that a cross trial
                comparison between ENSPRYNG and SOLIRIS (approved for new technology
                add-on payment in FY 2021) cannot be made due to differences in trial
                design and study population. However, the applicant noted the following
                distinctions between ENSPRYNG and SOLIRIS and their clinical trials.
                Per the applicant, the first distinction is that in the registrational
                study for SOLIRIS, a higher proportion of patients receiving SOLIRIS
                than those receiving a placebo discontinued their participation in the
                clinical trial (17% vs 6%).\245\ During the double-blind period of
                SAkuraSky trial, however, a total of three patients (7%) in the
                ENSPRYNG group and 10 patients (24%) in the placebo group discontinued
                the trial agent.\246\ The applicant states that discontinuation of
                SOLIRIS may be associated with relapse and hospitalization. The second
                distinction made by the applicant is that the prescribing information
                for ENSPRYNG \247\ does not bear a black-box warning, in contrast to
                that of SOLIRIS.\248\ The third distinction is that patients must be
                vaccinated against Neisseria meningitidis before receiving SOLIRIS
                \249\ and no such requirement applies to ENSPRYNG.\250\ The fourth and
                final distinction made by the applicant highlights duration of
                treatment. In the SAkuraSky trial, the mean period of treatment in the
                double-blind period was 94.172.6 weeks in the ENSPRYNG
                group and 66.061.4 weeks in the placebo group.\251\
                However, the median trial durations were shorter in the SOLIRIS trial,
                at 90.93 and 43.14 weeks (minimum-maximum, 6.4-211.1 and 8.0-208.6) for
                the SOLIRIS and placebo groups, respectively.\252\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \245\ Pittock SJ, Berthele A, Fujihara K, et al. Eculizumab in
                Aquaporin-4-Positive Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N.
                Engl. J. Med. 2019;381(7)614-625. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1900866.
                 \246\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \247\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                 \248\ SOLIRIS (eculizumab) [prescribing information]. Boston,
                MA: Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2019.
                 \249\ SOLIRIS (eculizumab) [prescribing information]. Boston,
                MA: Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; 2019.
                 \250\ ENSPRYNG (satralizumab) [prescribing information]. South
                San Francisco, CA: Genentech USA, Inc.; 2020.
                 \251\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \252\ Pittock SJ, Berthele A, Fujihara K, et al. Eculizumab in
                Aquaporin-4-Positive Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N.
                Engl. J. Med. 2019;381(7)614-625. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1900866.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In connection with the applicant's fourth claim to support
                substantial clinical improvement, the applicant stated that both the
                SAkuraStar \253\ and SAkuraSky \254\ clinical trials included
                comparator arms. In SAkuraStar, an exclusion criterion was IST use,
                whereas in SAkuraSky, patients were permitted to continue baseline
                treatment with a stable dose of the IST agents in addition to the trial
                drug. This allowed the efficacy of ENSPRYNG to be assessed both in
                patients who were
                [[Page 25256]]
                receiving one of the IST agents for their NMOSD and in the others who
                were receiving nothing at all. The applicant stated that in contrast,
                SOLIRIS was tested only in a single Phase 3 clinical trial where the
                primary end point was the first adjudicated relapse in the population
                of patients taking stable-dose IST and either SOLIRIS or placebo; the
                efficacy of SOLIRIS monotherapy was a sub analysis,\255\ and UPLIZNA
                was tested only in a single Phase 3 clinical trial as a monotherapy
                with only a 28-week randomized, controlled period.\256\ According to
                the applicant, ENSPRYNG has received approval by regulatory authorities
                in Japan,\257\ Canada, and Switzerland \258\ for the treatment of both
                adults and adolescents (12-17 years of age) with NMOSD. The applicant
                asserts that patients in the ENSPRYNG clinical trials likely are
                representative of Medicare patients despite their mean ages (45.3 years
                for the ENSPRYNG arm of SAkuraStar \259\ and 40.8 years for the
                ENSPRYNG arm of SAkuraSky \260\) being less than 65, as NMOSD is so
                severe that patients may qualify for disability accompanied by Medicare
                benefits regardless of their age.\261\ The applicant explained that a
                severe onset attack causing increased disability is reported to occur
                in 45% of patients with NMOSD \262\ and that 52.4% of US-based NMOSD
                patients report severe problems with mobility,\263\ which is consistent
                with definitions of disability used by the Social Security
                Administration (SSA).\264\ Per the applicant, SSA maintains a list of
                impairments considered severe enough to prevent gainful activity.
                Though NMOSD is not listed, multiple sclerosis (MS) is,\265\ and the
                two conditions are frequently confused due to similarities between
                clinical presentations.\266\ According to the applicant, the SSA is
                open to allowing people to qualify for disability by showing their
                condition is as severe as one that is on the list.\267\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \253\ Traboulsee A, Greenberg BM, Bennett JL, et al. Safety And
                Efficacy of Satralizumab Monotherapy In Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder: A Randomised, Double-Blind, Multicentre, Placebo-
                Controlled Phase 3 Trial. Lancet Neurol. 2020;19(5):402-412.
                doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(20)30078-8.
                 \254\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019; 381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \255\ Pittock SJ, Berthele A, Fujihara K, et al. Eculizumab in
                Aquaporin-4-Positive Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N.
                Engl. J. Med. 2019;381(7)614-625. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1900866.
                 \256\ Cree BAC, Bennett JL, Kim HJ, et al. Inebilizumab for the
                treatment of neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder (N-MOmentum): a
                double-blind, randomised placebo-controlled phase 2/3 trial. Lancet
                2019;394(10206)1352-1363. doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(19)31817-3.
                 \257\ F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. Roche's ENSPRYNG (satralizumab)
                Approved In Japan For Adults And Children With Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder. https://www.roche.com/media/releases/med-cor-2020-06-29.htm. Accessed August 14, 2020.
                 \258\ Heo Y. Satralizumab: First Approval. Drugs
                2020;80(14)1477-1482. doi:10.1007/s40265-020-01380-2.
                 \259\ Traboulsee A, Greenberg BM, Bennett JL, et al. Safety And
                Efficacy of Satralizumab Monotherapy In Neuromyelitis Optica
                Spectrum Disorder: A Randomised, Double-Blind, Multicentre, Placebo-
                Controlled Phase 3 Trial. Lancet Neurol. 2020;19(5):402-412.
                doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(20)30078-8.
                 \260\ Yamamura T, Kleiter I, Fujihara K, et al. Trial of
                Satralizumab in Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder. N. Engl. J.
                Med. 2019;381(22)2114-2124. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1901747.
                 \261\ Social Security Administration. Medicare Information.
                https://www.ssa.gov/disabilityresearch/wi/medicare.htm. Accessed
                September 10, 2020.
                 \262\ Kim S, Mealy MA, Levy M, et al. Racial differences in
                neuromyelitis optica spectrum disorder. Neurology 2018;91(22)e2089-
                e2099. doi:10.1212/wnl.0000000000006574.
                 \263\ Mealy MA, Boscoe A, Caro J, et al. Assessment of Patients
                with Neuromyelitis Optica Spectrum Disorder Using the EQ-5D. Int. J.
                MS Care 2018; 21(3)129-134. doi:10.7224/1537-2073.2017-076.
                 \264\ Social Security Administration. How You Qualify. https://www.ssa.gov/benefits/disability/qualify.html. Accessed October 2,
                2020.
                 \265\ Social Security Administration. Disability Evaluation
                Under Social Security. https://www.ssa.gov/disability/professionals/bluebook/11.00-Neurological-Adult.htm#11_09. Accessed September 10,
                2020.
                 \266\ Etemadifar M, Nasr Z, Khalili B, Taherioun M, Vosoughi R.
                Epidemiology of Neuromyelitis Optica In The World: A Systematic
                Review And Meta-Analysis. Mult Scler Int. 2015;2015:174720.
                doi:10.1155/2015/174720.
                 \267\ Social Security Administration. How You Qualify. https://www.ssa.gov/benefits/disability/qualify.html. Accessed October 2,
                2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part
                of its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application for ENSPRYNG,
                we note that while the applicant provided data comparing ENSPRYNG to
                placebo with or without IST, the applicant did not provide data to
                demonstrate improved outcomes over existing FDA approved treatments for
                NMOSD. While the applicant states reasons why a comparison could not be
                made, additional information would help inform our assessment of
                whether ENSPRYNG demonstrates a significant clinical improvement over
                existing technologies for outcomes such as time to first relapse and
                annual relapse rate. In addition, while we understand that there may be
                potential benefits related to the self-administrative delivery of
                ENSPRYNG, we question if the benefits are related only to the
                outpatient administration of the medication and whether they would
                demonstrate improved clinical outcomes that represent a substantial
                clinical improvement in the inpatient setting. We are inviting public
                comments on whether ENSPRYNG meets the substantial clinical improvement
                criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for ENSPRYNG.
                h. ABECMA[supreg] (idecabtagene vicleucel)
                 Celgene Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Bristol-Myers
                Squibb (BMS), submitted an application for new technology add-on
                payment for idecabtagene vicleucel for FY 2022. Idecabtagene viclecuel
                is a, B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA)-directed genetically modified
                autologous chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell immunotherapy for the
                treatment of adult patients with relapsed or refractory (RR) multiple
                myeloma (MM) (RRMM) who have received at least four prior therapies
                including an immunomodulatory agent (IMiD), a proteasome inhibitor
                (PI), and an anti-CD38 antibody (for example, triple-class-exposed).
                Idecabtagene vicleucel is expected to be a 5th line plus (5L+)
                treatment.
                 Multiple myeloma (MM) is typically characterized by the neoplastic
                proliferation of plasma cells producing a monoclonal immunoglobulin.
                The plasma cells proliferate in the bone marrow and can result in
                extensive skeletal destruction with osteolytic lesions, osteopenia,
                and/or pathologic fractures. The diagnosis of MM is often suspected
                because of one (or more) of the following clinical presentations:
                 Bone pain with lytic lesions discovered on routine skeletal
                films or other imaging modalities
                 An increased total serum protein concentration and/or the
                presence of a monoclonal protein in the urine or serum
                 Systemic signs or symptoms suggestive of malignancy, such as
                unexplained anemia
                 Hypercalcemia, which is either symptomatic or discovered
                incidentally
                 Acute renal failure with a bland urinalysis or rarely
                nephrotic syndrome due to concurrent immunoglobulin light chain (AL)
                amyloidosis
                 It is important to distinguish MM both from other causes of these
                clinical presentations and from other plasma cell dyscrasias for the
                purposes of prognosis and treatment.\268\ Data from the U.S.
                Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) registry estimate
                32,000 new cases of MM and
                [[Page 25257]]
                13,000 deaths from MM annually in the U.S. This correlates with an
                annual incidence of approximately 7 per 100,000 men and women per year.
                MM is largely a disease of older adults. The median age at diagnosis is
                65 to 74 years. MM is also slightly more frequent in men than in women
                (approximately 1.4:1). MM is associated with substantial morbidity and
                mortality \269\ and approximately 25% of patients have a median
                survival of 2 years or less.\270\ With respect to the newness
                criterion, idecabtagene vicleucel received FDA approval on March 26,
                2021, and has marketing authorization under the name of Abecma[supreg]
                and is indicated for the treatment of adult patients with relapsed or
                refractory multiple myeloma after four or more prior lines of therapy,
                including an immunomodulatory agent, a proteasome inhibitor, and an
                anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody. A single dose of idecabtagene vicleucel
                contains a cell suspension of 300 to 460 x 106 CAR T-cells.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \268\ Laubauch, J.P. (2021). Multiple myeloma: Clinical
                features, laboratory manifestations, and diagnosis. UptoDate.
                Available from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/multiple-myeloma-clinical-features-laboratory-manifestations-and-diagnosis?search=multiple%20myeloma&;source=search_result&selectedTit
                le=1~150&usage_type=default&display_rank=1.
                 \269\ R?owan AJ, Allen C, Barac A, et al. Global Burden of
                Multiple Myeloma: A Systematic Analysis for the Global Burden of
                Disease Study 2016. JAMA Oncol. 2018;4(9):1221-1227. doi:10.1001/
                jamaoncol.2018.2128.
                 \270\ Biran, N., Jagannath, S., Risk Stratification in Multiple
                Myeloma, Part 1: Characterization of High-Risk Disease 2013.
                Clinical Adv in Hematology & Oncology 11(8); 489-503.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted a request for unique ICD-10-PCS codes that
                describe the administration of idecabtagene vicleducel at the September
                2020 Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting. The following
                codes were approved to describe procedures involving the administration
                of idecabtagene vicleucel: XW033L7 (Introduction of idecabtagene
                vicleucel immunotherapy into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach,
                new technology group 7) and XW043L7 (Introduction of idecabtagene
                vicleucel immunotherapy into central vein, percutaneous approach, new
                technology group 7). These codes will be effective starting October 1,
                2021.
                 As previously stated, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria as previously described, it would be
                considered substantially similar to an existing technology and
                therefore would not be considered ``new'' for purposes of new
                technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to whether a product uses the same or a similar
                mechanism of action when compared to an existing technology to achieve
                a therapeutic outcome, the applicant asserts that idecabtagene
                viceleucel does not use the same or similar mechanism of action as
                other therapies approved to treat 4L+ RRMM or CAR T-cell therapies
                approved to treat different diseases. According to the applicant, with
                regard to its mechanism of action, idecabtagene viceleucel is a
                chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)-positive T cell therapy targeting B-
                cell maturation antigen (BCMA), which is expressed on the surface of
                normal and malignant plasma cells. The CAR construct includes an anti-
                BCMA scFv-targeting domain for antigen specificity, a transmembrane
                domain, a CD3-zeta T cell activation domain, and a 4-1BB costimulatory
                domain. Antigen-specific activation of idecabtagene viceleucel results
                in CAR-positive T cell proliferation, cytokine secretion, and
                subsequent cytolytic killing of BCMA-expressing cells.
                 According to the applicant, with respect to the non-CAR T-cell
                therapies to treat 4L+ RRMM, specifically Xpovio[supreg], Blenrep, and
                chemotherapy, idecabtagene vicleucel's mechanism of action is different
                because it is a CAR T-cell therapy. The applicant states that the
                mechanism of action for Xpovio[supreg] is reversible inhibition of
                nuclear export of tumor suppressor proteins (TSPs), growth regulators,
                and mRNAs of oncogenic proteins by blocking exportin 1 (XPO1). XPO1
                inhibition by Xpovio[supreg] leads to accumulation of TSPs in the
                nucleus, reductions in several oncoproteins, such as c-myc (a ``master
                regulator'' which controls many aspects of cellular growth regulation
                and cellular metabolism) and cyclin D1, cell cycle arrest, and
                apoptosis of cancer cells. The applicant states that Blenrep's
                mechanism of action is cell destruction via microtubule inhibition,
                where the microtubule inhibitor is conjugated to a BCMA-specific
                antibody (antibody-drug conjugate). The applicant further states that
                the mechanism of action for chemotherapy regimens generally is
                disruption of normal processes required for cell survival, such as
                deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) replication and protein synthesis or
                degradation.
                 With respect to the mechanism of action of other currently FDA
                approved CAR T-cell therapies, according to the applicant, there are no
                other FDA approved CAR T-cell therapies that are indicated for
                treatment of RRMM with the same or similar mechanism of action as
                idecabtagene vicleucel. The applicant stated that CAR T-cell therapies
                employ a unique mechanism of action which modifies the patient's own T-
                cell to express a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) that programs T-cells
                to destroy cells that express a specific target. In the case of
                idecabtagene vicleucel, this target is BCMA, which is a protein that is
                highly expressed on the surface of MM cells making it an ideal target
                for the treatment of MM. The applicant asserts that the key feature
                that distinguishes idecabtagene vicleucel from CD-19 directed CAR T-
                cell therapies is the BCMA targeting domain. According to the
                applicant, idecabtagene vicleucel's BCMA targeting domain means that
                idecabtagene vicleucel has a completely different mechanism of action
                from other currently FDA approved CAR T-cell therapies. In its
                application, the applicant asserted that since there are currently no
                FDA approved anti-BCMA CAR T-cell therapies, if approved, idecabtagene
                vicleucel is the first CAR T-cell therapy approved for the treatment of
                RRMM and the only approved CAR T-cell therapy with a BCMA targeting
                domain which makes it unique as compared to other currently approved
                FDA therapies used to treat RRMM.
                 With regard to whether a product is assigned to the same DRG when
                compared to an existing technology, the applicant stated that it
                expects that cases involving the administration idecabtagene vicleucel
                will be assigned to the same MS-DRG, MS-DRG 018 (Chimeric Antigen
                Receptor (CAR) T-cell Immunotherapy), as other CAR T-cell therapies.
                 With regard to whether the new use of the technology involves the
                treatment of the same or similar type of disease and the same or
                similar patient population when compared to an existing technology, the
                applicant asserted that, if FDA approved, idecabtagene vicleucel will
                be the first and only anti-BCMA CAR T-cell therapy available to treat
                RRMM. The applicant further asserted that idecabtagene vicleucel would
                be indicated for a broader population than other currently FDA-approved
                available therapies, specifically multiple myeloma patients having
                received four prior therapies.
                 In summary, according to the applicant, because idecabtagene
                vicleucel has a unique mechanism of action when compared to other
                currently FDA approved treatments for RRMM, and does not involve the
                treatment of the same or similar type of disease (RRMM) or the same or
                similar patient population (triple-class-exposed adult patients with
                RRMM), the technology is not substantially similar to an existing
                technology and therefore meets the newness criterion. However, we
                question whether idecabtagnene vicleucel's mechanism of action may be
                similar to that of ciltacabtagene autoleucel, another CAR T-cell
                therapy for which an application for new technology add-on payments was
                [[Page 25258]]
                submitted for FY 2022 as discussed previously. Both idecabtagene
                vicleucel and ciltacabtagene autoleucel seem to be intended for similar
                patient populations; multiple myeloma patients with three or more prior
                therapies, and would involve the treatment of the same conditions;
                adult patients with relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. We are
                interested in information on how these two technologies may differ from
                each other with respect to the substantial similarity criteria and
                newness criterion, to inform our analysis of whether idecabtagene
                vicleucel and ciltacabtagne autoleucel, if approved by July 1, 2021,
                are substantially similar to each other and therefore should be
                considered as a single application for purposes of new technology add-
                on payments.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether idecabtagene vicleucel
                is substantially similar to an existing technology and whether it meets
                the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR correction notice (December 1, 2020) file to identify
                potential cases representing patients who may be eligible for treatment
                using idecabtagene vicleucel. In its analysis, the applicant identified
                a primary cohort to assess whether this therapy met the cost criterion.
                The following ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes were used to identify claims
                involving multiple myeloma procedures.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.153
                 The applicant chose to limit its analysis to MS-DRG 016 (Autologous
                Bone Marrow Transplant W CC/MCC or T-Cell Immunotherapy, MS-DRG 840
                (Lymphoma & Non-Acute Leukemia W MCC) and MS-DRG 841 (Lymphoma & Non-
                Acute Leukemia W CC). The claim search conducted by the applicant
                resulted in 1,955 claims mapped to MS-DRG 016, MS-DRG 840 and MS-DRG
                841 using the FY 2019 MedPAR. The applicant determined an average
                unstandardized case weighted charge per case of $1,237,393. The
                applicant used the MS-DRG-018 New Technology Threshold for FY 2022 from
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 The applicant removed all charges in the drug cost center for the
                prior technology because, according to the applicant, it is not
                possible to differentiate between different drugs on inpatient claims.
                The applicant added that this is likely an overestimate of the charges
                that would be replaced by the use of idecabtagene vicleucel. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 final rule
                impact file. Next, the applicant applied the 2-year inflation factor
                used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate outlier
                threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges for the new
                technology, the applicant used a national average CCR for the CAR T-
                cell therapies of 0.295. To determine this alternative CCR for CAR T-
                cell therapies, the applicant referred to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule AOR/BOR file and calculated an alternative markup percentage
                by dividing the AOR drug charges within DRG 018 by the number of cases
                to determine a per case drug charge. The applicant then divided the
                drug charges per case by $373,000, the acquisition cost of YESCARTA and
                KYMRIAH. The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case of $1,329,540, which exceeded the
                average case-weighted threshold amount of $1,251,127 by $78,413. The
                applicant stated that because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost criterion.
                 As noted in previous discussions, the submitted costs for CAR T-
                cell therapies vary widely due to differences in provider billing and
                charging practices for this therapy. Therefore, with regard to the use
                of this data for purposes of calculating a CAR T-cell CCR, we are
                uncertain how representative this data is for use in the applicant's
                cost analyses given the potential for variability.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding the
                eligibility of CAR T-cell technologies for new technology add-on
                payments when assigned to MS-DRG 018. As we have noted in prior
                rulemaking with regard to the CAR T-cell therapies (83 FR 41172 and 85
                FR 58603 through 58608), if a new MS-DRG were to be created, then
                consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ix) of the Act, there may no
                longer be a need for a new technology add-on payment under section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act.
                 We invite public comment on whether idecabtagene vicleucel meets
                the cost criterion.
                 With regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that it believes that idecabtagene vicelucel
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because: (1) The totality of the circumstances regarding
                idecabtagene vicleucel's clinical efficacy, safety, and data make clear
                that idecabtagene vicleucel substantially improves, relative to
                services or technologies currently available, the treatment of Medicare
                beneficiaries with RRMM; (2) idecabtagene vicleucel has superior
                effectiveness compared to existing therapies; (3) idecabtagene
                vicleucel fills an unmet need as demonstrated by the patient population
                in its registrational study, which is reflective of real-world RRMM
                patients and (4) idecabtagene vicleucel improves quality of life for
                patients with RRMM.
                 In support of its assertion that the totality of the circumstances
                regarding idecabtagene vicleucel's clinical efficacy, safety, and data
                make clear that idecabtagene vicleucel substantially improves, relative
                to services or technologies currently available, the treatment of
                Medicare beneficiaries with RRMM, the applicant cited results from the
                KarMMA study, a single-arm, open-label, phase 2 trial of idecabtagene
                vicleucel. The primary outcome measure for the KarMMA study was overall
                response rate (ORR). Secondary endpoints were; complete response rate
                (CRR) (key secondary; null hypothesis 271 272 273 274 275 276 Response
                rates, according to the applicant, were also high even in patients
                refractory to five therapies (defined as 2 IMiD agents, 2 PIs, and 1
                anti-CD38 antibody), reflecting the novel mechanism of action,
                according to the applicant. The applicant asserts that compared with
                anti-CD-19 CAR T-cell therapies, the adverse event profile revealed low
                rates of grade 3+ CRS (5%) and neurotoxicity (NT) (3%).\277\ According
                to the applicant, these safety results confirm that idecabtagene
                vicleucel has the potential to offer a meaningful benefit to Medicare
                beneficiaries. The applicant also asserts that idecabtagene vicluecel
                has been demonstrated to be effective and with a manageable safety
                profile for patients with a high-unmet need (older age, aggressive
                disease). The applicant asserts that the results from the pivotal
                KarMMa study confirm the clinical benefit of idecabtagene vicleucel in
                a heavily pre-treated RRMM patient population.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \271\ Munshi NC, Anderson, Jr LD, Shah N, et al. Idecabtagene
                vicleucel (ide-cel; bb2121), a BCMA-targeted CAR T-cell therapy, in
                patients with relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM):
                Initial KarMMa results. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(15_suppl):8503-8503.
                doi:10.1200/JCO.2020.38.15_suppl.8503.
                 \272\ Rodriguez-Otero P, Weisel K, Davies F, et al. Matching-
                adjusted indirect comparisons of efficacy outcomes for idecabtagene
                vicleucel from the KARMMA study vs selinexor plus dexamethasone
                (STORM part 2) and belantamab mafodotin (DREAMM-2). In: European
                Hematology Association.; 2020.
                 \273\ Jagannath S, Lin Y, Goldschmidt H, et al. KarMMa-RW: A
                study of real-world treatment patterns in heavily pretreated
                patients with relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM) and
                comparison of outcomes to KarMMa. J Clin Oncol.
                2020;38(15_suppl):8525-8525. doi:10.1200/jco.2020.38.15_suppl.8525.
                 \274\ Raje N, Berdeja J, Lin Y, et al. Anti-BCMA CAR T-cell
                therapy bb2121 in relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. N Engl J
                Med. 2019;380(18):1726-1737. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1817226.
                 \275\ Lonial S, Lee HC, Badros A, et al. Belantamab mafodotin
                for relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma (DREAMM-2): a two-arm,
                randomised, open-label, phase 2 study. Lancet Oncol. 2020;21(2):207-
                221. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(19)30788-0.
                 \276\ Chari A, Vogl DT, Gavriatopoulou M, et al. Oral Selinexor-
                Dexamethasone for Triple-Class Refractory Multiple Myeloma. N Engl J
                Med. 2019;381(8):727-738. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1903455.
                 \277\ Munshi NC, Anderson, Jr LD, Shah N, et al. Idecabtagene
                vicleucel (ide-cel; bb2121), a BCMA-targeted CAR T-cell therapy, in
                patients with relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM):
                Initial KarMMa results. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(15_suppl):8503-8503.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note that in contrast with anti-CD-19 CAR T-cell therapies (for
                leukemia or lymphoma) where a high fraction of responders remained in
                remission even after 5 years, idecabtagene vicleucel does not appear to
                result in long-term remission. In the KarMMA study, among responding
                patients, over 75% relapsed by 20 months, with no plateauing of the
                response curve.\278\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \278\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To support its assertion that idecabtagene vicleucel has superior
                effectiveness compared to existing therapies, the applicant provided
                results from the KarMMa-RW study,\279\ a single-arm, open-label, phase
                2 trial, examining real-world treatment patterns in heavily pretreated
                patients with RRMM. The study also provides a comparison against
                outcomes in the KarMMa study. The KarMMa-RW study was conducted to
                assess treatment patterns in real-world RRMM patients with
                characteristics similar to the KarMMa population and to compare
                outcomes with currently available therapies in this synthetic cohort vs
                idecabtagene vicleucel therapy in the KarMMa study. The primary
                endpoint of the KarMMA-RW study was overall response rate (ORR).
                Secondary endpoints of the study were complete response rate (CRR),
                very good partial response (VGPR) rate, progression free survival (PFS)
                and overall survival (OS). Subgroup analyses by age, sex, double-class
                refractory (IMiD agents and PIs) and number of prior anti-myeloma
                regimens per year (1) were conducted to compare ORR
                and PFS between the KarMMa cohort and eligible RRMM cohort. Since
                complete response assessment requires a bone marrow biopsy evaluation,
                per International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) uniform response
                criteria for multiple myeloma, when data to assess a complete response
                were not available in eligible RRMM cohort, analyses were summarized
                for VGPR or better (>=VGPR) to avoid underestimating the response in
                the eligible RRMM cohort.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \279\ Jagannath S, Lin Y, Goldschmidt H, et al. KarMMa-RW: A
                study of real-world treatment patterns in heavily pretreated
                patients with relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM) and
                comparison of outcomes to KarMMa. J Clin Oncol.
                2020;38(15_suppl):8525-8525.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Of 1,949 real-world RRMM patients, 1,171 were refractory to their
                last treatment regimen at baseline. Patients who had exposure to any
                BCMA-directed therapy or gene-modified therapy were excluded. Of the
                1,171 patients in the refractory RRMM cohort, 528 received the next
                line of therapy; 643 patients were excluded due to no new treatment due
                to death (n = 441) and no new treatment due to no follow-up (n = 202).
                Of the remaining 528 patients, 190 triple class exposed patients were
                selected as the eligible RRMM cohort based on the KarMMa eligibility
                criteria. The ORR in the KarMMa and eligible RRMM cohorts was 76% and
                32% (p= =65 years.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \280\ Cancer Stat Facts: Myeloma, NCI SEER, https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/mulmy.html (last visited October. 7,
                2020).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also provided a comparison of the efficacy of
                idecabtagene and Xpovio[supreg] from the STORM study and Blenrep from
                the DREAMM-2 study. STORM is a prospective, multicenter phase 2 study
                of Xpovio[supreg] and dexamethasone in patients with RRMM (n=122) in
                the 4L+ setting. The STORM trial served as the basis for regulatory
                approval in the US and demonstrated the clinical efficacy and safety of
                Xpovio[supreg]. The ORR was 26% for patients in the STORM study vs 73%
                for patients treated with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa study,
                CR was 1% for patients in the STORM study vs 33% for patients treated
                with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa study, medium duration of
                response (mDOR) was 4.4 months for patients in the STORM study vs 10.7
                months for patients treated with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa
                study, and PFS was 3.7 months for patients in the STORM study vs 8.8
                months for patients treated with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa
                study. The DREAMM-2 study is a prospective, multicenter Phase 2 study
                of Blenrep in patients with RRMM (n=122) in the 4L+ setting. The ORR
                was 31% for patients in the DREAMM-2 study vs 73% for patients treated
                with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa study, CR was 3% for patients
                in the DREAMM-2 study vs 33% for patients treated with idecabtagene
                vicleucel in the KarMMa study, medium duration of response (mDOR) was
                not reached in the Blenrep group whereas it was 10.7 months for
                patients treated with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa study, and
                PFS was 2.9 months for patients in the DREAMM-2 study vs 8.8 months for
                patients treated with idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMa study.
                 Because idecabtagne vicleucel showed improved ORR, CR, medDOR and
                PFS when compared to Xpovio[supreg] and Blenrep, the applicant asserts
                that idecabtagne vicleucel provides a substantial clinical improvement
                over these existing therapies.
                 To support that idecabtagene vicleucel fills an unmet need as
                demonstrated by the patient population in its registrational study, the
                Phase 2 KarMMa study, the applicant asserts that in addition to showing
                deep and durable responses and a manageable safety profile in heavily
                pretreated, highly refractory RRMM patients in the context of
                controlled clinical studies, comparisons of outcomes in real world
                patients (that is, patients not enrolled in clinical trials) support
                the assertion that idecabtagene vicleucel offers significantly improved
                outcomes for RRMM compared with currently available therapies. The
                applicant asserts that when compared to myeloma patients generally
                included in clinical studies, the real world myeloma patient population
                is older (MM incidence is known to increase with age, with over 60
                percent of all new cases occurring in adults aged >=65 years) \281\ and
                sicker (due to the high proportion of elderly patients in this
                population, those with MM commonly also have additional comorbidities
                associated with increased age, including conditions such as
                osteoporosis, arthritis, diabetes, additional malignancies,
                cardiovascular disease, and renal dysfunction, amongst others).\282\
                The applicant provided an abstract from the MAMMOTH study, a
                noninterventional, retrospective cohort analysis conducted to assess
                outcomes in patients after they become refractory to anti-CD38
                monoclonal antibodies, including a subset of patients who were triple-
                class-exposed. Patients in STORM (analyzing Xpovio[supreg] plus
                dexamethasone) had an ORR of 32.8% versus 25% for patients receiving
                conventional care in MAMMOTH (p=0.078) and STORM patients had better OS
                than patients in MAMMOTH (median 10.4 vs 6.9 months) (p=0.043). The
                applicant asserts that these results highlight a high unmet need in a
                patient population refractory to anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody,
                including a subset of triple-class exposed patients.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \281\ Cancer Stat Facts: Myeloma, NCI SEER, https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/mulmy.html (last visited Oct. 7,
                2020).
                 \282\ Hari P et al. The impact of age and comorbidities on
                practice patterns and outcomes in patients with relapsed/refractory
                multiple myeloma in the era of novel therapies. Journal of Geriatric
                Oncology. 2018;9(2):138-144 (Hari, 2018).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To support the assertion that idecabtagene vicleucel improves
                quality of life for patients with RRMM, the applicant referenced
                idecabtagene vicleucel's impact on Health-related quality of life
                (HRQoL) as assessed in the KarMMa study as a secondary endpoint. HRQoL
                was assessed using the European Organization for Research and Treatment
                of Cancer (EORTC) Quality of Life C30 Questionnaire (QLQ-C30) and the
                EORTC Multiple Myeloma Module (MY20). The QLQ-C30 consists of 30
                questions addressing 5 functional domain scales, 3 symptom scales, a
                Global ealth/QoL scale, and 6 single item measures.\283\ The QLQ-MY20
                consists of 20 questions addressing 4 myeloma-specific HRQoL domains
                (disease symptoms, side effects of treatment, future perspectives, and
                body image).\283\ Primary subscales of interest were QLQ-C30 Fatigue,
                Pain, Physical Functioning, Cognitive Functioning, and Global Health/
                QoL subscales and QLQ-MY20 Symptom and Side Effects subscales.
                Subscales were preselected based on their relevance to this patient
                population. The data are based on a minimum of 10 months post-infusion.
                Median follow-up durations at the target dose levels of 150, 300, and
                450 x 10\6\ CAR T-cells were 17.8, 13.9, and 9.7 months, respectively.
                Of 140 patients enrolled in KarMMa, 128 received idecabtagene
                vicleucel, of whom 121 (94.5%) and 120 (93.8%) were evaluable for HRQoL
                by QLQ-C30 and QLQ-MY20, respectively. At baseline, idecabtagene
                vicleucel treated patients had less favorable scores for all QLQ-C30
                domains of interest (fatigue, pain, Global Health/QoL, physical
                functioning and cognitive functioning) than the general population.
                From baseline at multiple time points through month 9 post-infusion,
                the applicant asserts that clinically meaningful improvements were
                observed in QLQ-C30 Fatigue, Pain, Physical Functioning, and Global
                Health subscale scores relative to baseline, as the mean score from
                baseline showed improvement in all domains. The applicant asserts that
                these results support that idecabtagene vicleucel provides meaningful
                improvements in HRQoL and self-reported symptoms associated with
                heavily pretreated RRMM and demonstrate that idecabtagene vicleucel
                provides meaningful improvement in both global function and symptoms
                related to MM.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \283\ Helena Maes & Michel Delforge (2015) Optimizing quality of
                life in multiple myeloma patients: current options, challenges and
                recommendations, Expert Review of Hematology, 8:3, 355-366, DOI:
                10.1586/17474086.2015.1021772.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part
                of its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application for
                idecabtagene vicleucel, we question whether, due to the lack of
                randomization, there is sufficient evidence to establish the efficacy
                of idecabtagene vicleucel compared with current alternatives. It is
                unknown whether the superior
                [[Page 25261]]
                outcomes for idecabtagene vicleucel in the KarMMA study, which has not
                been peer-reviewed, were due to more effective therapy or other
                factors, such as differences in patient population or treating
                oncologist. We also note that the applicant chose to use ORR data as a
                measure of substantial clinical improvement rather than the more
                clinically relevant and available OS data.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether idecabtagene vicleucel
                meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Techology Add-on Payment Town Hall meeting notice published in the
                Federal Register regarding the substantial clinical improvement
                criterion for idecabtagene vicleucel.
                i. INDIGO Aspiration System With Lightning Aspiration Tubing
                 Penumbra, Inc. submitted an application for the INDIGO[supreg]
                Aspiration System with Lightning Tubing (``INDIGO[supreg] with
                Lightning'') for FY 2022. Per the applicant, INDIGO[supreg] with
                Lightning is a mechanical thrombectomy aspiration system used in the
                treatment of pulmonary embolism, deep vein thrombosis and peripheral
                arterial thromboembolism that optimizes thrombus removal by
                differentiating between thrombus and blood.
                 According to the applicant, INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning performs
                clot detection and removal via smart technology which enables the
                physician to determine when the catheter is in thrombus and when it is
                in patent flow resulting in blood loss reduction through intermittent
                aspiration mechanical thrombectomy. The applicant stated that
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning is used for the removal of fresh, soft
                emboli and thrombi from vessels of the peripheral arterial and venous
                systems, and for the treatment of pulmonary embolism. The applicant
                stated that the INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning is composed of a
                mechanical thrombectomy aspiration pump (known as the Penumbra Engine)
                that is packaged with INDIGO[supreg] CAT12 (12 French) and CAT8 (8
                French) catheters as well as Lightning, a clot detection/blood loss
                reduction technology embedded in the Penumbra Engine pump and tubing.
                 Arterial thromboembolism can result in acute limb ischemia (ALI)
                which requires emergent treatment. Venous thromboembolism is a
                condition which includes both deep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary
                embolism (PE) and occurs in 1 to 2 individuals per 1000 per year and is
                predominantly a disease of older age.\284\ The 2020 American Society of
                Hematology guidelines for venous thromboembolism include
                recommendations for the treatment of patients with both pulmonary
                embolism and deep vein thrombosis, and recommended treatments include
                home care, systemic pharmacological thrombolysis, and procedural
                care.\285\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \284\ Heit, John A. ``Epidemiology of venous thromboembolism.''
                Nature reviews. Cardiology vol. 12,8 (2015): 464-74. doi:10.1038/
                nrcardio.2015.83
                 \285\ Thomas L. Ortel, Ignacio Neumann, Walter Ageno, Rebecca
                Beyth, Nathan P. Clark, Adam Cuker, Barbara A. Hutten, Michael R.
                Jaff, Veena Manja, Sam Schulman, Caitlin Thurston, Suresh Vedantham,
                Peter Verhamme, Daniel M. Witt, Ivan D. Florez, Ariel Izcovich,
                Robby Nieuwlaat, Stephanie Ross, Holger J. Sch[uuml]nemann, Wojtek
                Wiercioch, Yuan Zhang, Yuqing Zhang; American Society of Hematology
                2020 guidelines for management of venous thromboembolism: treatment
                of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism. Blood Adv 2020; 4
                (19): 4693-4738. doi: https://doi.org/10.1182/bloodadvances.2020001830.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Procedural care may include open procedures as well as catheter-
                directed thrombolysis and percutaneous mechanical thrombectomy.\286\ In
                catheter-directed thrombolysis, a thrombolytic agent is infused
                intravascularly adjacent to the clot burden through a percutaneous
                transcatheter.\287\ In percutaneous mechanical thrombectomy, the
                thrombus is lysed or removed mechanically. The therapies may be used
                separately or in conjunction with one another.\288\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \286\ Karthikesalingam A, Young EL, Hinchliffe RJ, Loftus IM,
                Thompson MM, Holt PJ. A systematic review of percutaneous mechanical
                thrombectomy in the treatment of deep venous thrombosis. Eur J Vasc
                Endovasc Surg. 2011 Apr;41(4):554-65. doi: 10.1016/
                j.ejvs.2011.01.010. Epub 2011 Feb 1. PMID: 21288745.
                 \287\ Brown KN, Devarapally SR, Lee L, et al. Catheter Directed
                Thrombolysis Of Pulmonary Embolism. [Updated 2020 Apr 10]. In:
                StatPearls [internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing;
                2020 Jan. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK536918/.
                 \288\ Karthikesalingam A, Young EL, Hinchliffe RJ, Loftus IM,
                Thompson MM, Holt PJ. A systematic review of percutaneous mechanical
                thrombectomy in the treatment of deep venous thrombosis. Eur J Vasc
                Endovasc Surg. 2011 Apr;41(4):554-65. doi: 10.1016/
                j.ejvs.2011.01.010. Epub 2011 Feb 1. PMID: 21288745.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that mechanical thrombectomy may be performed
                with a variety of devices. These methods include aspiration
                thrombectomy, rheolytic thrombectomy, and fragmentation
                thrombectomy.\289\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \289\ Haude, M. Mechanical thrombectomy catheter systems.
                Interventional Cardiology 2007;2(1):58-60.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning differs
                from other mechanical thrombectomy devices on the basis of the use of a
                mechanical pump to generate a vacuum for aspiration and ``intelligent
                aspiration'' which differentiates clots and patient blood flow, thereby
                limiting blood loss. The applicant states that other endovascular
                mechanical thrombectomy devices do not provide aspiration using a
                vacuum. According to the applicant, the Lightning tubing performs clot
                detection using a proprietary algorithm. According to the applicant,
                once this ``smart technology'' detects free-flowing blood, it indicates
                patent flow to the physician and begins intermittent aspiration
                resulting in less blood loss during the procedure.
                 The applicant indicated that there is no unique ICD-10-PCS
                procedure code to describe the use of INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning.
                The applicant submitted a request for a unique ICD-10-PCS code to
                identify the technology beginning FY 2022.
                 INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning is a system with multiple components
                which have been reviewed by FDA both separately and as part of an
                overall system which includes catheters, tubing, and a vacuum pump. For
                the catheter portion of the system, INDIGO[supreg] aspiration catheter
                12 (12 French) and separator 12 received FDA 510(k) clearance on May
                28, 2020 for the removal of fresh, soft emboli and thrombi from vessels
                of the peripheral arterial and venous systems under FDA submission
                number K192981. The applicant states that they submitted an application
                for FDA 510(k) clearance for that same technology (with a predicate
                which received clearance mentioned previously under submission number
                K192981) for indication of pulmonary embolism under FDA submission
                number K202821 for which clearance was completed on November 18, 2020.
                The INDIGO[supreg] aspiration catheter 12 and separator 12 received FDA
                510(k) clearance for the peripheral arterial and venous system on the
                basis of similarity to an earlier version of the same catheter and
                separator, which itself received FDA 510(k) clearance on May 26, 2015
                under FDA 510(k) number K142870 as part of the Penumbra Embolectomy
                System for the same indication. We note that the overall system
                received a second 510(k) clearance on December 20, 2019 under FDA
                510(k) number K192833 for the added indication of PE.
                 With respect to the newness criterion for the tubing, the Lightning
                tubing received FDA 510(k) authorization for the removal of fresh, soft
                emboli and thrombi from vessels of the peripheral arterial and venous
                systems on March 13, 2020 under FDA 510(k) number K193244. The same
                tubing received FDA 510(k) authorization for pulmonary embolism on
                April 22, 2020 under FDA
                [[Page 25262]]
                510(k) number K200771, which was granted based on substantial
                similarity to the same manufacturer's device. The predicate device for
                the peripheral arterial and venous system was an earlier version of the
                tubing without Lighting which itself received FDA 510(k) authorization
                on May 3, 2018 under FDA 510(k) number K180939.
                 With respect to the newness criterion for the vacuum pump, the
                Penumbra Engine Pump and Canister received FDA 510(k) clearance for use
                in the peripheral arterial and venous systems (PAVS) on March 8, 2018
                under FDA 510(k) number K180105. The following table summarizes the FDA
                approval information listed in this section.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.154
                 The applicant has applied for new technology add-on payments for
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning when used for the treatment of venous
                thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism, and pulmonary
                thromboembolism.
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant stated that INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning does not use the
                same or a similar mechanism of action when compared to an existing
                technology to achieve a therapeutic outcome. The applicant described
                differences between INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning and existing
                technologies based on the use of a mechanical pump to generate a vacuum
                for aspiration and the Lightning tubing, which the applicant stated
                limits blood loss and indicates clot versus patent flow. For pulmonary
                embolism and the peripheral system, the applicant identified Inari
                Flowtriever as an existing technology and noted that any aspiration
                provided using this system is provided via syringe as opposed to a
                vacuum pump. For the peripheral system, the applicant also identified
                Inari Flowtriever as using the same syringe method of aspiration. The
                applicant also identified two additional aspiration thrombectomy
                catheters, Angiojet[supreg] and Angiovac[supreg], used in the
                peripheral system and suggested that Angiojet[supreg] also uses a
                syringe for aspiration and that Angiovac[supreg] utilizes an
                extracorporeal bypass circuit that is created outside the body
                consisting of an outflow line, a centrifugal pump, a filter and an
                inflow line.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that services
                provided using this device would be captured under MS-DRGs 163-165 and
                270-272. MS-DRGs 163-165 address major chest procedures and MS-DRGs
                270-272 address other major cardiovascular procedures.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant did not address this criterion
                directly in the application, but stated that the new use of the
                INDIGO[supreg] System with Lighting is for the most recent FDA
                indication (April 2020) in PE. The applicant further states that PE is
                not the same disease as arterial and venous thromboembolism; the
                patient populations may overlap, but are not identical.
                 We have the following concerns regarding whether the technology
                meets the substantial similarity criteria and whether it should be
                considered new. While the applicant discussed the differences between
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lighting and products made by other manufacturers,
                the applicant does not provide enough information regarding how
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning differs in its components from the
                existing aspiration thrombectomy catheters on the market to determine
                whether the technology uses a unique mechanism of action. We question
                whether the mechanism of action of the pump is different than that of
                the existing aspiration thrombectomy systems that also use a pump
                rather than a syringe, and how the mechanism of action of the
                separator, which is part of the catheter portion of the device, is
                different from that of existing thrombectomy systems that deploy a
                device through the lumen of the catheter to break up the thrombus. It
                is also unclear what mechanism of action is used within the ``smart
                technology'' and how it may differ from other products which are
                intended to similarly reduce blood loss during the procedure. It is
                unclear if the ``smart technology'' resides within the pump, which was
                cleared by FDA 510(k) on March 8, 2018, or within the tubing, which was
                most recently cleared by FDA 510(k) on April 22, 2020. We note that
                while the applicant did not directly address the third criterion within
                the application, based on the clinical uses of the device described in
                the application, we believe the INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning is
                intended for a patient population that is similar to the patient
                population treated by existing thrombectomy devices, including patients
                who receive percutaneous interventions for PE and peripheral arterial
                thromboembolism.
                 We note that the predicate device for the vacuum pump, the Penumbra
                Engine Pump and Canister, received FDA 510(k) clearance for use in the
                peripheral arterial and venous systems on March 8, 2018 under FDA
                510(k) number K180105 and therefore appears to no longer be considered
                new. We further note that the catheter and tubing, as described in the
                510(k) applications, appear to only have minor differences from their
                predicate devices such as length of tubing and shelf life, as opposed
                to elements that would affect the mechanism of action. If we determine
                that the catheter and tubing are substantially similar to the predicate
                [[Page 25263]]
                devices cleared under FDA 510(k) numbers K142870 (May 26, 2015) and
                K180939 (May 3, 2018), respectively, the newness date of the
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning would correspond to the dates listed and
                therefore may no longer be considered new. We also note that it is
                unclear whether the components of the system may be substantially
                similar to the overall system and whether the applicable newness date
                for each indication would therefore be the date of the overall system
                clearance for each indication, specifically May 26, 2015 for peripheral
                arterial and venous systems and December 20, 2019 for pulmonary
                embolism.
                 We invite public comment on whether INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning
                is substantially similar to other technologies and whether
                INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR claims data file with the FY 2019 Final Rule with
                Correction Notice IPPS Impact File to identify potential cases
                representing patients who may be eligible for treatment using the
                INDIGO[supreg] System. The applicant identified claims with any one of
                the following ICD-10-PCS codes for percutaneous mechanical
                thrombectomy:
                [[Page 25264]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.155
                 In its analysis, the applicant identified a primary cohort to
                assess whether this therapy met the cost criterion. The previously
                listed ICD-10-PCS procedure codes were used to identify claims
                involving percutaneous procedures. The claim search conducted by the
                applicant resulted in 15,580 claims mapping to six MS-DRGs: 270 (Other
                Major Cardiovascular Procedures with MCC), 271 (Other Major
                Cardiovascular Procedures with CC), 272 (Other Major Cardiovascular
                Procedures without CC/MCC), 163 (Major Chest Procedures with MCC), 164
                (Major Chest Procedures with CC), and 165 (Major Chest Procedures
                without CC/MCC).
                 The applicant determined an average unstandardized case weighted
                charge per case of $126,211.
                [[Page 25265]]
                 The applicant did not remove charges for prior technology. The
                applicant stated that no prior technology is being replaced. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 Final Rule
                with Correction Notice Impact File. Next, the applicant applied the 2-
                year inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges
                for the new technology, the applicant used what it stated was the
                national average CCR for the Supplies and Equipment cost center of
                0.299 from the FY 2021 IPPS final rule. However, we note that the
                actual value for this cost center for FY 2021 was 0.297. The applicant
                calculated a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case of $180,036, which exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $126,211 by $53,825. The applicant stated that
                because the final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount, the
                therapy meets the cost criterion.
                 We invite public comment on whether INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning
                meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that the INDIGO[supreg] with Lightning represents a
                substantial clinical improvement over existing technologies because it
                results in lower rates of aspirated blood loss during the procedure,
                low major bleeding event rate, reduces blood loss, reduces ICU stays,
                and reduces procedure time. The applicant also suggested that the
                technology allows for revascularization without thrombolytics and no
                recurrence of pulmonary embolism after 30 days.
                 To support its application, the applicant submitted a reference to
                the EXTRACT-PE prospective, single-arm study across 22 sites comparing
                the use of INDIGO[supreg] without Lightning to systemic thrombolysis in
                119 patients with PE who had not been previously treated with anti-
                thrombolytics or an adjunctive device within 48 hours. The applicant
                stated that this study was completed under FDA Investigational Device
                Exception (IDE) G170064. The applicant claimed that the EXTRACT-PE
                study showed the INDIGO[supreg] without Lightning led to a significant
                mean reduction of 0.43 in right ventricle/left ventricle (RV/LV) ratio
                (a measure associated with poor clinical outcomes when greater than 1)
                that corresponded to a 27.3 percent reduction at 48 hours after
                intervention. They also cited a low major adverse event composite rate
                of 1.7 percent within 48 hours, device usage of only 37 minutes and
                median ICU length of stay of 1 day. According to the applicant, rates
                of cardiac injury, pulmonary vascular injury, clinical deterioration,
                major bleeding, and device-related death at 48 hours were 0%, 1.7%,
                1.7%, 1.7%, and 0.8%, respectively.
                 The applicant cited a poster of an unpublished retrospective case
                review study by Hastings \290\ of 18 patients with DVT treated with
                INDIGO[supreg] followed by anticoagulation. Primary technical success
                (defined as restoration of blood flow with minimal residual thrombus
                (=5. The NIHSS measures stroke-related
                neurologic deficit and has predictive validity for long-term stroke
                outcome.\294\ Per the applicant, the ISC-REST kit is intended for use
                at the time of the standard evaluation, at the same time that normal
                blood samples are collected when a patient is admitted to the hospital
                for stroke. According to the applicant, to use the ISC-REST kit, blood
                is drawn into a PaxGene tube (for the ISCDx test), a nasal swab is
                obtained (for the QIAstat-Dx Respiratory SARS-CoV-2 Panel), and an
                additional blood sample is drawn (for the QIAGEN Access Anti-SARS-CoV-2
                Total Test). Per the applicant, the hospital sends all three samples to
                a single laboratory, the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments
                (CLIA) certified Ischemia Care laboratory, for processing and
                reporting. According to the applicant, three results are reported: (1)
                A result for whether the gene expression in the blood sample was
                consistent with CE stroke or LA stroke, (2) a result for respiratory
                screening that includes COVID-19, influenza, and other respiratory
                illnesses, and (3) a result for COVID-19 antibodies to determine
                whether the patient previously had COVID-19.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \294\ Schlegel, Daniel et al., ``Utility of the NIH Stroke Scale
                as a Predictor of Hospital Disposition,'' Stroke, 2003;34:134-137,
                https://doi.org/10.1161/01.STR.0000048217.44714.02.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the number of cryptogenic ischemic
                strokes, or ischemic strokes where the cause is unknown, is concerning.
                The applicant states that there are 695,000 ischemic strokes each year
                in the United States, with 185,000 of these events being recurrent
                strokes. Per the applicant, for up to 40% of ischemic strokes, or
                roughly 250,000 ischemic strokes, the cause is cryptogenic.\295\ The
                applicant states that when the cause of stroke is identified, secondary
                stroke prevention protocols may be adapted to prevent a bigger, more
                costly, and severe recurrent stroke. The applicant explains that
                cryptogenic stroke leads to high recurrence risk in cases of undetected
                atrial fibrillation. The applicant also explains that typically the
                diagnosis of the causes of stroke is complex, inconsistent across
                hospitals, expensive, and inconclusive. Further, the applicant claims
                that the cryptogenic rate is higher for stroke patients with COVID-19
                than stroke patients without COVID-19, citing a retrospective study of
                patients hospitalized at a major New York health system between March
                and April 2020 that found that the cryptogenic rate was 65% for COVID-
                19 positive patients.\296\ In that study, out of 3,556 patients that
                were hospitalized and diagnosed with COVID-19 during that time, 32
                patients or under 1% of the sample size experienced an ischemic stroke.
                The study found that the standard stroke diagnostic workup did not
                establish the ischemic stroke etiology for a significant proportion of
                patients in the study with concurrent
                [[Page 25267]]
                COVID-19 infection and ischemic stroke: cryptogenic stroke diagnosis
                was twice more prevalent in COVID-19-positive patients (65.6%),
                compared with both COVID-19-negative contemporary stroke patients
                (30.4%) and ischemic stroke patients hospitalized in the same hospital
                system during the same time period the year prior (25.0%).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \295\ Saver, Jeffrey L., ``Cryptogenic Stroke,'' N Engl J Med,
                May 26, 2016, [374:2065-2074] DOI: 10.1056/NEJMcp1503946, available
                at: https://www.nejm.org/doi/10.1056/NEJMcp1503946.
                 \296\ Shadi Yaghi, et al. SARS-CoV-2 and Stroke in a New York
                Healthcare System, Stroke. 2020; 51:2002-2011. DOI: 10.1161/
                STROKEAHA.120.030335, available at: https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/STROKEAHA.120.030791.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 While the applicant states in the application that there is no
                standard of care pathway to determine the cause of stroke, a stroke
                patient presenting at the hospital is typically evaluated using a
                standard evaluation that includes imaging and hematologic testing to
                determine if the patient is a candidate for intervention. Diagnosing
                the cause of stroke, per the applicant, often requires expensive
                testing, risk to the patient, and invasive procedures, without a
                guarantee of a definitive diagnosis. The applicant explains that each
                suspected cause requires a focused workup to confirm the suspicion.
                Additionally, the applicant points out, a negative result in one
                pathway does not mean a positive result in another pathway. The
                applicant claims that the inability to accurately stratify patients by
                cause of stroke often results in either limiting use of advanced
                patient testing or performing too many tests. The applicant further
                claims that diagnosing the cause of stroke and preventing recurrent
                stroke using a standard evaluation is even more challenging for
                ischemic stroke patients with COVID-19 because these patients are
                presenting at younger ages and without traditional comorbidities,
                eliminating many of the traditional causes of stroke.
                 While the applicant states that it is unclear to clinicians whether
                COVID-19 is a separate cause of stroke or aggravates comorbidities to
                cause a stroke, the applicant claims that the information that the ISC-
                REST kit would provide is important, as clinicians currently know very
                little about the vascular effects of COVID-19. The applicant states
                that the ISC-REST kit ties all of the clinical diagnosis pieces
                together: Respiratory viral and bacterial organism presence, COVID-19
                antibody presence, and CE or LA stroke. Per the applicant, this
                combined testing is convenient for the clinician and also raises
                awareness about the COVID-stroke connection by providing real world
                evidence.297 298 Additionally, the applicant explains that
                traditional diagnosis of ischemic stroke cause is often complex,
                inconsistent, expensive, inconclusive and may require more invasive
                diagnosis procedures, such as implantable cardiac monitoring or
                transcranial doppler. Ultimately, according to the applicant, the
                traditional process to stratify the cause of stroke may require months
                or years of additional tests post event.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \297\ Patients with Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) vs
                Patients With Influenza, JAMA Neurol. 2020;77(11):1366-1372.
                 \298\ COVID-19 Is an Independent Risk Factor for Acute Ischemic
                Stroke, American Journal of Neuroradiology, August 2020, 41(8):1361-
                1364.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, each of the three tests in
                ISC-REST, as well as the ISC-REST test kit as a whole, have varying FDA
                authorization statuses and separate indications. The applicant stated
                in their application that they are seeking Emergency Use Authorization
                (EUA) from the FDA for the ISC-REST test kit. The applicant shared that
                the intended indication of ISC-REST is to provide three critical
                diagnostic tests in the same kit for convenience of the user during the
                COVID-19 public health emergency. For the ISCDx test, the applicant
                stated that the test had completed the requirements of the Clinical
                Laboratories Improvement Amendments (CLIA) analytical validations and
                is available as a Laboratory Developed Test. ISCDx's intended
                indication is to aid in the diagnosis of CE and LA stroke, when
                hemorrhagic stroke is ruled out, in conjunction with standard clinical
                evaluation and in the context of the patient's clinical history and
                other diagnostic test results. The test could also be used as part of
                the clinical evaluation and patient risk assessment. The QIAstat-Dx
                Respiratory SARS-CoV-2 Panel was granted an EUA on March 30, 2020 and
                is intended for patients suspected of COVID-19 by their healthcare
                provider for the detection and differentiation of nucleic acid from
                SARS-CoV-2 and the following organism types and subtypes: Adenovirus,
                Coronavirus 229E, Coronavirus HKU1, Coronavirus NL63, Coronavirus OC43,
                SARS-CoV-2, Human Metapneumovirus A+B, Influenza A, Influenza A H1,
                Influenza A H3, Influenza A H1N1/pdm09, Influenza B, Parainfluenza
                virus 1, Parainfluenza virus 2, Parainfluenza virus 3, Parainfluenza
                virus 4, Rhinovirus/Enterovirus, Respiratory Syncytial Virus A+B,
                Bordetella pertussis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, and Mycoplasma
                pneumoniae. The applicant states that results are for the
                identification of SARS-CoV-2 RNA, however, negative results do not
                preclude SARS-CoV-2 infection and should not be used as the sole basis
                for patient management decisions. According to the applicant, there is
                no EUA request pending approval for the QIAGEN Access Anti-SARS-CoV-2
                Total Test.
                 The applicant stated that there are currently no ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes that uniquely identify the use of ISC-REST. The
                applicant submitted a request for approval of a unique ICD-10-PCS
                procedure code to identify use of the technology beginning FY 2022. The
                applicant provided 81 ICD-10-PCS codes that they stated could be used
                to identify cases involving the use of ISC-REST in the interim. These
                81 ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes are associated with cerebral infarctions,
                occlusions, and other neurological conditions consistent with ischemic
                stroke presentations.
                 As previously discussed, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                according to the applicant, there are no blood tests for stroke or its
                causes. The applicant also stated that there is no blood testing for
                the cause of stroke combined with COVID-19 screening.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG when compared to an existing
                technology, the applicant stated that the ISC-REST kit is not replacing
                an existing technology and reiterated that ISCDx is a blood test that
                stratifies ischemic stroke patients into CE and LA stroke causes The
                applicant stated that the technology would map to MS-DRGs 061,062, 063,
                064, 065, 066, 067, 068 and that it is not requesting for ISC-REST to
                map to a new or different MS-DRG for FY 2022.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                stated that there are no existing technologies to stratify stroke
                populations by cause.
                 We note the following concerns regarding whether the applicant
                meets the newness criterion. Under the regulations at 42 CFR
                412.87(e)(2), CMS only considers, for add-on payments for a particular
                fiscal year, an application for which the new technology has received
                FDA marketing authorization by July 1 prior to the particular fiscal
                year. While the applicant stated that ISCDx, one of the three tests in
                ISC-REST test kit, has completed the requirements of the Clinical
                Laboratories Improvement
                [[Page 25268]]
                Amendments, we note that this is not considered FDA marketing
                authorization as required in our regulations for the new technology
                add-on payment.\299\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \299\ 42 CFR 412.87(e)(2).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48561 through 48563), we
                revised our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to codify our longstanding
                practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility criteria for new medical
                service or technology add-on payment applications. We stated that new
                technologies that have not received FDA approval do not meet the
                newness criterion. In addition, we stated we do not believe it is
                appropriate for CMS to determine whether a medical service or
                technology represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies before the FDA makes a determination as to whether the
                medical service or technology is safe and effective. For these reasons,
                we first determine whether a new technology meets the newness
                criterion, and only if so, do we make a determination as to whether the
                technology meets the cost threshold and represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing medical services or technologies. We
                also finalized at 42 CFR 412.87(c) (subsequently redesignated as
                412.87(e)) that all applicants for new technology add-on payments must
                have FDA approval or clearance by July 1 of the year prior to the
                beginning of the fiscal year for which the application is being
                considered.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to more precisely describe
                the various types of FDA approvals, clearances, licensures, and
                classifications that we consider under our new technology add-on
                payment policy, we finalized a technical clarification to Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) to indicate that new technologies must receive FDA
                marketing authorization (for example, pre-market approval (PMA); 510(k)
                clearance; the granting of a De Novo classification request; approval
                of a New Drug Application (NDA); or Biologics License Application (BLA)
                licensure) by July 1 of the year prior to the beginning of the fiscal
                year for which the application is being considered. As noted in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, this technical clarification did not
                change our longstanding policy for evaluating whether a technology is
                eligible for new technology add-on payment for a given fiscal year, and
                we continue to consider FDA marketing authorization as representing
                that a product has received FDA approval or clearance for purposes of
                eligibility for the new technology add-on payment under Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) (85 FR 58742).
                 As previously summarized, the applicant is seeking an EUA from the
                FDA for the ISC-REST test kit. An EUA by the FDA allows a product to be
                used for emergency use, but under our longstanding policy, we believe
                it would not be considered an FDA marketing authorization for the
                purpose of new technology add-on payments, as a product that is
                available only through an EUA is not considered to have an FDA approval
                or clearance. Therefore, under the current regulations at 42 CFR
                412.87(e)(2) and consistent with our longstanding policy of not
                considering eligibility for new technology add-on payments prior to a
                product receiving FDA approval or clearance, we believe a product
                available only through an EUA would not be eligible for new technology
                add-on payments.
                 We also refer the reader to our comment solicitation in section
                II.F.7 of the preamble of this proposed rule regarding how data
                reflecting the costs of a product with an EUA, which may become
                available upon authorization of the product for emergency use (but
                prior to FDA approval or clearance), should be considered for purposes
                of the 2-year to 3-year period of newness for new technology add-on
                payments for a product with or expected to receive an EUA, including
                whether the newness period should begin with the date of the EUA.
                 Additionally, we are uncertain whether the mechanism of action of
                ISC-REST can be considered new. While the applicant claims that there
                is currently no other blood test available that identifies the cause of
                ischemic stroke through RNA biomarkers, we note that clinicians may
                order blood tests as part of the stroke consultation to gather
                information about stroke risk factors and other medical problems which
                may have caused the stroke.\300\ In addition, we note that there are
                several types of RNA biomarker tests for stroke that have been
                developed and used in other settings, and we therefore note that this
                may not represent a new mechanism of action for ISC-REST. Similarly, we
                are not certain whether the QIAstat-Dx Respiratory SARS-CoV-2 Panel and
                QIAGEN Access Anti-SARS-CoV-2 Total Test components of ISC-REST have
                unique mechanisms of action, as they may be similar to other PCR nasal
                swabs and serology tests for COVID-19 that are currently in use during
                the COVID-19 public health emergency. We welcome public comment
                regarding whether ISC-REST has a unique mechanism of action even if
                some or all of its test components do not have unique mechanisms of
                action individually. Because ISC-REST delivers three separate test
                results through three separate tests, it is unclear whether the
                combination of the tests in one kit could be viewed as representing a
                unique mechanism of action over and above the mechanisms of action of
                the tests if they were to be performed separately.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \300\ Mayo Clinic Staff, Stroke Diagnosis, Feb. 9, 2021, https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/stroke/diagnosis-treatment/drc-20350119.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to whether the technology maps to the same or different
                MS-DRG as existing technologies, though the applicant did not state
                whether it believes the technology meets this criterion, we believe
                that under the proposed indication for ISCDx, ISC-REST would not be
                used until a patient had a confirmed ischemic stroke. Therefore, under
                the proposed indication, it seems that the technology would map to the
                same MS-DRGs as cases involving the standard of care for ischemic
                stroke and cerebral infarction. However, it appears that there may be
                scenarios where a patient has an occlusion or some other neurological
                condition that makes the patient present with stroke-like symptoms,
                without having had a stroke or infarction. We invite comments on
                whether, for this reason, cases involving the use of the technology may
                be assigned to the same or different MS-DRGs as cases not only
                involving the standard of care for ischemic stroke and cerebral
                infarction, but also nonspecific cerebrovascular accidents and pre-
                cerebral occlusions.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, we note the
                applicant's statement that there are no existing technologies to
                stratify stroke populations by cause does not address whether the
                technology meets this criterion. CMS requests comments on whether ISC-
                REST kit would be used as a diagnostic aid in the treatment of similar
                diseases and patient populations as the current standard-of-care
                ischemic stroke diagnosis evaluation.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether ISC-REST is
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies and whether this technology meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant provided the
                following analysis. The applicant used claims data from one hospital
                system, made up of
                [[Page 25269]]
                three hospitals with a total of 87 health care providers. The average
                percentage of patients across the three hospitals with Medicare or
                Medicare Advantage coverage was 69%, per the applicant. The applicant
                stated that raw data was provided from January 2020 through September
                2020, then annualized for 2020. Per the applicant, the average
                standardized charges were calculated per MS-DRG by the hospital system
                that provided the data.
                 As mentioned previously, the applicant stated that the technology
                would map to the following MS-DRGs: MS-DRG 061 (Ischemic Stroke,
                Precerebral Occlusion or Transient Ischemia with Thrombolytic Agent
                with MCC), 062 (Ischemic Stroke, Precerebral Occlusion or Transient
                Ischemia with Thrombolytic Agent with CC), 063 (Ischemic Stroke,
                Precerebral Occlusion or Transient Ischemia with Thrombolytic Agent
                without CC/MCC), 064 (Intracranial Hemorrhage Or Cerebral Infarction
                with MCC), 065 (Intracranial Hemorrhage or Cerebral Infarction with CC
                or TPA in 24 Hours), 066 (Intracranial Hemorrhage or Cerebral
                Infarction without CC/MCC), 067 (Nonspecific CVA And Precerebral
                Occlusion without Infarction with MCC), and 068 (Nonspecific CVA And
                Precerebral Occlusion Without Infarction Without MCC). The applicant's
                data included a total of 385 cases mapping to those MS-DRGs. The
                applicant did not submit claims data for two of the listed MS-DRGs, MS-
                DRG 063 and 067, because the data source that the applicant used did
                not have any cases under those MS-DRGs for the time period that the
                sample data was collected. The applicant imputed 11 claims for two
                other MS-DRGs, 061 and 068, because there were fewer than 11 claims
                submitted for these MS-DRGs.
                 The applicant stated that it compared the distribution of MS-DRGs
                in the hospital data to the distribution of MS-DRGs in the FY 2022 New
                Technology Add-On Payment thresholds, which includes the number of
                cases per MS-DRG. The applicant asserted that because the MS-DRG
                distributions were highly similar, the data sample obtained from the
                hospital system was representative of the distribution of MS-DRGs
                nationally.
                 The applicant did not remove charges for a prior technology
                because, as the applicant noted, ISC-REST is not replacing any other
                technology. The applicant then applied the one-year charge inflation
                factor of 1.06353 included in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
                (85 FR 59039) to inflate the charges from FY 2020 to FY 2021. To add
                charges for the new technology, the applicant multiplied the cost of
                ISC-REST by the cost-to-charge ratio for acute care hospitals found in
                the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. The applicant explained that the
                urban and rural hospital cost-to-charge ratios were combined to yield a
                national average of 0.3095. However, we note that the applicant appears
                to have used the cost-to-charge ratios in Table 8A, which lists the
                statewide average operating cost-to-charge ratios for acute care
                hospitals.
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $87,842 which exceeds the average case-
                weighted threshold amount, $57,110. The applicant contended that ISC-
                REST meets the cost criterion based on these analyses.
                 We have the following concerns regarding the cost criterion. It is
                not clear whether the applicant's use of private data from three
                hospitals is representative of the Medicare population. While the
                applicant states that the average Medicare and Medicare Advantage
                percentage of patients across the 3 hospitals was 69%, CMS is unsure
                whether the claims under the MS-DRGs the applicant provided are for
                Medicare patients, or private insurance patients in those hospitals.
                Similarly, because the applicant annualized data from the months of
                January to September 2020, it is not clear whether the portion of time
                selected by the applicant is representative of the entire year.
                Additionally, while the applicant points to the fact that the sample of
                claims data from the 3 hospitals had similar MS-DRG distributions as
                the FY 2022 New Technology Add-on Payment Thresholds, it is not clear
                whether this would indicate that the charging practices of the
                hospitals or their patient costs are similar to Medicare claims data
                nationally. It is also not clear whether the applicant's cost analysis
                is representative of the cost of the technology as the applicant did
                not use the applicable cost-to-charge ratio of 0.107 for laboratory
                services as provided in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58601). Finally, we note that it is not possible for CMS to verify the
                claims data submitted, as the applicant used hospital claims data that
                is not publicly available and did not identify the source. We are
                inviting public comments on whether ISC-REST meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that ISC-REST represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies for several reasons. First, the
                applicant asserts that ISC-REST has the ability to stratify ischemic
                stroke patients early in the diagnosis process to reduce the number of
                cryptogenic stroke diagnoses, which leads to appropriate medical
                management that can better reduce the risk of a recurrent stroke.
                Second, the applicant asserts that ISC-REST will lead to appropriate
                utilization of subsequent diagnostic testing, or decrease the necessary
                use of subsequent diagnostic testing, to determine stroke etiology,
                including: Implantable cardiac monitoring, hypercoagulation panels,
                magnetic resonance angiography, and other commonly used tests for
                ischemic stroke. Third, the applicant asserts that use of ISC-REST will
                lead to a reduction in at least one clinically significant adverse
                event, a recurrent stroke, including a reduction in mortality or a
                clinically significant complication. Fourth, the applicant further
                asserts that use of ISC-REST will result in a decreased use of, or more
                appropriate utilization of, therapeutic intervention, in cases where
                patients are medically managed for a comorbidity and a stroke occurs.
                Fifth, the applicant asserts that use of ISC-REST will result in a
                decreased number of future hospitalizations by reducing recurrent
                stroke risk and physician visits, as in some cases ISC-REST will result
                in a diagnosis pathway that will not require surgical or invasive
                procedures. Additionally, once ISC-REST identifies the cause of the
                stroke, the applicant asserts that the opportunity to manage a chronic
                population may include telemedicine approach, rather than in-person
                physician visits. Finally, the applicant asserts that ISC-REST will
                result in improved quality of life by helping avoid a recurrent stroke.
                 The applicant submitted five information sources to address the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion, as well as supplementary
                information in the application itself and additional narrative
                responses. First, the applicant submitted a poster presentation by
                Jauch E.C., on the results and methodology of a Biomarkers of Acute
                Stroke Etiology (BASE) study to determine whether RNA expression can
                accurately differentiate LA stroke from CE stroke in the acute
                setting.\301\ Similarly, the applicant submitted an unpublished
                manuscript detailing another BASE study on stroke biomarkers to
                determine
                [[Page 25270]]
                if the etiology of acute ischemic stroke could be objectively
                determined by RNA expression using BASE blood samples.\302\ Third, the
                applicant submitted a published study methodology paper by Jauch et
                al., on the methodology of an ongoing (at the time of publication) BASE
                study to identify serum markers defining the etiology of acute ischemic
                stroke.\303\ The fourth information source, by Jickling et al., was a
                published article from 2010 on a study to design genetic probes for
                ischemic stroke. The fifth and final information source submitted was a
                2016 journal article by Jeffrey L. Saver, with background information
                on etiologies of stroke.\304\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \301\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                 \302\ Peacock, W.F. and Edward Jauch., ``Cardioembolic vs Large
                Artery Atherosclerotic Stroke: Can we answer Hobson's question?'',
                pre-publication manuscript.
                 \303\ Jauch, Edward C., et al. ``Biomarkers of Acute Stroke
                Etiology (BASE) Study Methodology,'' May 5, 2017.
                 \304\ Saver, Jeffrey L., ``Cryptogenic Stroke,'' N Engl J Med,
                May 26, 2016.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The first three information sources all describe the BASE trial
                (NCT02014896), a prospective, multicenter, observational, convenience,
                sample cohort study of patients presenting to the hospital within 24
                hours of stroke onset, which looked to determine if the etiology of
                acute ischemic stroke can be objectively determined by RNA expression
                from patient blood samples.305 306 307 The primary objective
                of the BASE study was to confirm the diagnostic accuracy of the ISCDx
                test to identify stroke subtypes in patients with acute ischemic
                stroke. According to the BASE Study Methodology paper by Jauch et al.,
                while enrollment for this multisite study was ongoing at the time of
                publication, it was expected to hit 1000 patients by March 2017.\308\
                The Base Study Methodology paper explains that blood samples were first
                collected from patients presenting to the hospital within 24 hours of
                stroke onset, and then again collected 24 hours and 48 hours
                later.\309\ The tubes were kept at room temperature for up to 24 hours
                and then frozen -20 [deg]C until shipped to the Ischemia Care CLIA
                laboratory where the ISCDx testing was performed. From these blood
                samples, RNA gene expression was utilized to identify stroke etiology
                marker candidates. Patients who met the inclusion criteria: (1) Had
                experienced a suspected acute ischemic stroke within 24(+/-6) hours of
                symptom onset; (2) had a normal baseline CT, without hemorrhage or
                alternate explanation for symptoms; (3) were older than 18 years old;
                and (4) gave informed consent. Control samples consisted of 100 non-
                stroke Emergency Department patients matched on clinical risk factors
                of age, race, gender, smoking history, diabetes, hypertension, atrial
                fibrillation, and hyperlipidemia. We note that there are changes from
                the previously stated study methodology in the two sources the
                applicant included with BASE study results.310 311 For
                example, while the study methodology as described in the Jauch et al.
                paper stated that the blood samples were kept at room temperature for
                up to 24 hours and then frozen,\312\ in the poster presentation by
                Jauch, E.C., the samples were frozen within 72 hours of
                collection.\313\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \305\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                 \306\ Peacock, W.F. and Edward Jauch., ``Cardioembolic vs Large
                Artery Atherosclerotic Stroke: Can we answer Hobson's question?'',
                pre- publication manuscript.
                 \307\ Jauch, Edward C., et al. ``Biomarkers of Acute Stroke
                Etiology (BASE) Study Methodology,'' May 5, 2017.
                 \308\ Jauch, Edward C., et al. ``Biomarkers of Acute Stroke
                Etiology (BASE) Study Methodology,'' May 5, 2017.
                 \309\ Ibid.
                 \310\ Peacock, W.F. and Edward Jauch., ``Cardioembolic vs Large
                Artery Atherosclerotic Stroke: Can we answer Hobson's question?'',
                pre- publication manuscript.
                 \311\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                 \312\ Jauch, Edward C., et al. ``Biomarkers of Acute Stroke
                Etiology (BASE) Study Methodology,'' May 5, 2017.
                 \313\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant describes a set of study results, which are detailed
                in the unpublished manuscript by Peacock et al. and the poster
                presentation by Jauch, E.C.314 315 These analyses used
                adjudicated stroke diagnoses, classified as CE and LA, and determined
                by two board-certified neurologists blinded to each other's diagnosis
                and biomarker results. The 218 patients enrolled were randomly assigned
                to a derivation cohort (70%) or validation cohort (30%). Using the
                derivation set gene expression levels, a signature was created to
                distinguish between CE and LA ischemic stroke, with the derived model
                then applied to the validation cohort. 59% of the participants in the
                study were male with a median age of 70.7 years. The median time from
                symptom onset to blood collection was 1200 minutes (ranging from 448 to
                1568 minutes). The applicant explains that, of the 218 patients
                enrolled with an NIHSS>5, 149 were adjudicated as CE and 69 were
                adjudicated as LA. Additionally, sample analysis of the derivation
                cohort resulted in 9,513 unique gene-level probe-sets for signature
                inclusion, with the best set containing 45 genes. The diagnostic gene
                signature results in the early validation cohort distinguished CE
                stroke from LA stroke with a C-statistic of 0.78 (0.50-1.0, 95% CI),
                sensitivity of 0.90 and specificity of 0.70. The study concluded that
                RNA expression accurately identifies stroke etiology.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \314\ Peacock, W.F. and Edward Jauch., ``Cardioembolic vs Large
                Artery Atherosclerotic Stroke: Can we answer Hobson's question?'',
                pre- publication manuscript.
                 \315\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also provided the following supplemental information
                to support that combining three tests in the ISC-REST kit improves
                patient outcomes over performing the lab tests separately. Though the
                applicant noted that there is no direct evidence currently available
                regarding the impact of using the ISC-REST kit, they explain that, in
                their experience, clinical supporters of the ISC-REST kit claim that
                they would order ISC-REST kit testing 100% of the time versus ordering
                three separate tests. The applicant claims that there is a convenience,
                cost effectiveness, and time savings associated with ISC-REST during a
                time when hospital resources are limited. Second, the applicant states
                that because the QIAstat-Dx Respiratory SARS-CoV-2 Panel tests for
                COVID-19 as well as 12 other common respiratory illnesses, in testing
                for several respiratory illnesses, ISC-REST may inform care decisions.
                Third, the applicant states that collecting the samples for each test
                together and testing them in the same laboratory will ensure high
                levels of quality control. The applicant also claims that using the
                ISC-REST test kit has investigative benefits, including the ability to
                help track and study how long the COVID-19 antibodies last in a chronic
                population based upon consistent measurement of the index events
                (stroke and COVID-19). Finally, the applicant states that the ISC-REST
                kit and adoption of guideline-directed appropriate care will result in
                prevention of recurrent strokes because it will impact clinician choice
                of therapeutics.
                 After a review of the information provided by the applicant, we
                have the
                [[Page 25271]]
                following concerns with regard to the substantial clinical improvement
                criterion.
                 We note that all of the BASE study results that the applicant
                submitted provide information on the ISCDx test on its own rather than
                the ISC-REST test kit, for which the applicant has submitted an
                application for new technology add-on payment
                consideration.316 317 As stated in the BASE Study
                methodology paper by Jauch, et al., the primary objective of the BASE
                study is to confirm the diagnostic accuracy of the ISCDx test to
                identify stroke subtypes in patients with acute ischemic stroke.\318\
                No data were provided with regard to the complete ISC-REST kit, the
                other components individually, or any combination. We are therefore
                unclear as to whether it is possible to draw conclusions about
                substantial clinical improvement for the ISC-REST kit using the limited
                data provided on the ISCDx test and without any data or studies on the
                ISC-REST kit. Specifically, the applicant did not submit data or
                studies on how treatment decisions are impacted after the ISC-REST kit
                is used or if there is any impact on patient outcomes as a result of
                using the technology. While the applicant has made claims regarding
                reducing downstream diagnostic tests and avoiding inappropriate medical
                intervention by using the ISC-REST kit, it did not provide any studies
                or data regarding these claims. The applicant also made claims as to
                how the individual parts of the test impact care decisions, but
                similarly did not provide data to demonstrate this. For example, the
                applicant claimed that, in testing for several respiratory illnesses,
                the QIAstat-Dx Respiratory SARS-CoV-2 Panel will inform care decisions,
                but did not submit any evidence that this is the case. We also note
                that, because the applicant has not submitted evidence to demonstrate
                the utility of the ISC-REST kit, it seems that the additional tests
                outside of the ISCDx test could result in clinical burden and
                additional cost without demonstrated benefits.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \316\ Ibid.
                 \317\ Peacock, W.F. and Edward Jauch., ``Cardioembolic vs Large
                Artery Atherosclerotic Stroke: Can we answer Hobson's question?'',
                pre- publication manuscript.
                 \318\ Jauch, Edward C., et al. ``Biomarkers of Acute Stroke
                Etiology (BASE) Study Methodology,'' May 5, 2017.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the studies submitted on ISCDx, we are unsure
                whether they demonstrate or examine the impacts of using the test on
                patient care and clinical outcomes. The applicant did not submit
                evidence to demonstrate that a recurrent stroke did not happen, that
                the use of more invasive investigational or further diagnostic tools
                was avoided, or that there was an increase in appropriate treatment and
                recurrent stroke prevention protocols after using the test. In the
                study methodology paper by Jauch et al., the applicant did not include
                full survey results because they were not available at the time the
                application was submitted. Additionally, we are unsure how to interpret
                the results from the small BASE study for ISCDx because there are
                variations between the study methodology as explained in the Jauch,
                E.C. et al. paper and the way the studies were actually conducted. For
                example, while the study methodology as described in the Jauch et al.,
                paper stated that the blood samples were kept at room temperature for
                up to 24 hours and then frozen,\319\ in the poster presentation by
                Jauch, E.C., the samples were frozen within 72 hours of
                collection.\320\ We also have concerns regarding the testing accuracy
                of the ISCDx test. In the BASE study results that were submitted on the
                ISCDx test, the sensitivity was 0.90 and specificity was 0.70 for a
                sample size of 218 survey subjects.\321\ Due to these figures, we
                question whether ISC-REST would alter the standard care ischemic stroke
                patients receive. Further, we note that the only trials submitted on
                the ISCDx test included patients whose cause of stroke was already
                determined. While the applicant claims that ISC-REST has the ability to
                stratify ischemic stroke patients early in the diagnosis process to
                reduce the number of cryptogenic stroke diagnoses and more
                appropriately manage stroke to reduce secondary recurrence, we question
                if there is sufficient evidence to evaluate this claim because the
                cause of stroke had already been determined in the study results the
                applicant submitted.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \319\ Ibid.
                 \320\ Jauch, Edward C., on behalf of BASE clinical trial
                principal investigators, ``RNA Expression for Diagnosis of Stroke
                Etiology Differentiating Large Artery and Cardioembolic Stroke:
                Analytical Validation of Testing From the BASE Clinical Trial,''
                2020 AHA International Stroke Conference.
                 \321\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that there is no guideline standard of care
                pathway to determine cause of stroke, and uses this assertion as an
                underlying assumption for its claims in support of substantial clinical
                improvement. CMS notes that while there is room for clinicians to order
                certain additional tests over others depending on a patient's
                circumstances, there are algorithms developed by professional societies
                for the diagnosis and treatment of ischemic stroke.\322\ These best
                practices are updated frequently to reflect current clinical research,
                and detail prehospital care, urgent and emergency evaluation and
                treatment, and in-hospital management, including early secondary
                prevention measures. CMS notes that by assuming that there is no
                guideline standard of care to determine the cause of stroke, the
                applicant has not presented information to compare the technology
                against a standard of care or other technology to allow for an
                assessment of whether the technology is a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies to diagnose the cause of stroke.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \322\ Power, William J. ``Guidelines for the Early Management of
                Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke: 2019 Update to the 2018
                Guidelines for the Early Management of Acute Ischemic Stroke: A
                Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the American Heart
                Association/American Stroke Association,'' Stroke. 2019 Dec; 50:e344
                https://doi.org/10.1161/STR.0000000000000211.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are also unsure whether the way the ISC-REST test kit is used
                will limit its ability to impact any care decisions and prevent
                hospital use. Specifically, we question if the extended 30-hour window
                for obtaining the patient samples, as well as the added element of
                shipping the ISC-REST kit to a single laboratory, is in line with
                stroke protocols, which focus on diagnosing a stroke as quickly as
                possible to maximize patient outcomes. There has been extensive
                research regarding the time-outcome relationship for stroke; because
                brain cells die rapidly after the event of the stroke, effective
                treatment must start as early as possible.\323\ Since every minute
                matters in stroke treatment and secondary prevention, we believe that
                clinicians may order further diagnostic tests and begin a treatment
                plan before the ISC-REST kit results become available, which may limit
                the utility of the technology and its ability to impact care decisions.
                In other words, CMS questions whether ISC-REST would improve or alter
                the standard course of treatment for ischemic stroke due to the delay
                in receiving test results. We further note that sending the ISC-REST
                test kit to an external lab may cause a delay in COVID-19 test results
                as well. Therefore, we remain unclear as to the clinical benefit of
                combining these tests and are unsure how this potential for delay in
                results affects the technology's ability to impact care decisions.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \323\ Harpaz, Dorin., et al., ``Point-of-Care-Testing in Acute
                Stroke Management: An Unmet Need Ripe for Technological Harvest,''
                Biosensors (Basel), 2017 Sep; 7(3): 30. Published online 2017 Aug 3.
                DOI: 10.3390/bios7030030.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25272]]
                 The applicant also submitted various narrative responses claiming
                that testing for COVID-19 at the same time as testing for the cause of
                the ischemic stroke constitutes substantial clinical improvement over
                existing technologies. Regarding the applicant's claims that the ISC-
                REST test kit is convenient for clinicians, CMS is unsure whether there
                is currently a need to order testing for COVID-19 along with the ISCDx
                test because, during the COVID-19 public health emergency, many
                hospitals automatically test for COVID-19 upon hospital admission to
                ensure proper treatment and containment. Further, CMS is unsure whether
                convenience for clinicians is evidence of substantial clinical
                improvement. With regard to the applicant's claim that, in its
                experience, clinical supporters of the ISC-REST kit claim that they
                would order ISC-REST kit testing 100% of the time versus ordering three
                separate tests, it is unclear whether clinical supporters of the ISC-
                REST kit are representative of all providers, including those
                participating in Medicare. Similarly, the applicant did not provide
                evidence to support its claim that ISC-REST will help gather data on
                any connection between COVID-19 and stroke, including a tracking
                mechanism for how long COVID-19 antibodies last, such as how ISC-REST
                would be better at gathering data on COVID-19 and stroke than other
                COVID-19 diagnostics.
                 Regarding the applicant's claims that knowing the results of all
                three tests in the ISC-REST kit, including COVID-19 status, impacts
                clinicians' choice of therapeutics for secondary stroke prevention or
                other treatment decisions, we are not sure that this conclusion can be
                reached as the connection between COVID-19 and stroke has not been
                established. As evidence of the connection between COVID-19 and stroke,
                the applicant claims that the cryptogenic rate is higher for stroke
                patients with COVID-19 than stroke patients without COVID-19 and
                references a study of one hospital, where 32 patients hospitalized for
                COVID-19 or positive for COVID-19 experienced an ischemic stroke during
                a one-month period of time in the spring of 2020. Other studies have
                been conducted researching the possible link between COVID-19 and
                stroke, including one study with a larger sample size, analyzing over
                27,000 participants across 54 health care facilities, that suggests
                that stroke in COVID-19 patients is infrequent, and is associated with
                typical stroke risk factors.\324\ Another study, analyzing data from
                close to 25,000 discharges from a large New York-based health care
                system from January to April 2020, did not identify a positive
                association between ischemic stroke and COVID-19.\325\ Based on the
                information that the applicant submitted, it is also unclear whether
                stroke treatment for an ischemic stroke patient, who is also COVID-19
                positive, would be different than for an ischemic stroke patient who is
                COVID-19 negative. For example, it is unclear whether a stroke patient
                would not receive antiplatelet or anticoagulative treatment due to a
                COVID-19 diagnosis. Because the connection between stroke and COVID-19
                is unclear and is still in the preliminary stages of research, we are
                unsure whether testing for the type of ischemic stroke as well as
                COVID-19 status is a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies. As stated previously, the applicant did not submit
                studies or data on how using the ISC-REST kit has an impact on
                downstream treatment decisions or patient outcomes to determine whether
                knowing a patient's COVID-19 status and the type of ischemic stroke
                they experienced is a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies. Furthermore, as there is research that casts doubt on the
                connection between COVID-19 and stroke,326 327 we question
                whether placing an emphasis on COVID-19 status and stroke may
                discourage a clinician from continuing to investigate the cause or
                treat an underlying predisposing condition for stroke, once the patient
                has recovered from COVID-19, and whether this could potentially lead to
                negative patient outcomes.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \324\ Qureshi, et al. ``Acute Ischemic Stroke and COVID-19: An
                Analysis of 27,676 Patients,'' Stroke, 4 Feb 2021, https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/abs/10.1161/STROKEAHA.120.031786.
                 \325\ Bekelis, et al. Ischemic Stroke Occurs Less Frequently in
                Patients With COVID-19: A Multicenter Cross-Sectional Study, Stroke,
                51(12):3570-3476, 27 Oct 2020, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33106109/#affiliation-1.
                 \326\ Qureshi, et al. ``Acute Ischemic Stroke and COVID-19: An
                Analysis of 27,676 Patients,'' Stroke, 4 Feb 2021, https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/abs/10.1161/STROKEAHA.120.031786. Qureshi,
                et al., 2021, Ibid.
                 \327\ Bekelis, et al. Ischemic Stroke Occurs Less Frequently in
                Patients With COVID-19: A Multicenter Cross-Sectional Study, Stroke,
                51(12):3570-3476, 27 Oct 2020, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33106109/#affiliation-1. Bekelis, et al., 2020, Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are inviting public comments on whether ISC-REST meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for ISC-REST.
                j. Lifileucel
                 Iovance Biotherapeutics submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for lifileucel for FY 2022. According to the applicant,
                lifileucel is a proprietary, one-time autologous Tumor Infiltrating
                Lymphocytes (TIL) cell-based therapy being studied for effectiveness in
                solid tumors. TIL cell therapy with lifileucel involves the adoptive
                cell transfer (ACT) of autologous T-cells directly isolated from the
                tumor tissue and expanded ex vivo without any prior selection or
                genetic modification. Tumor antigen-specific T-cells are located within
                tumor lesions, where a dysfunctional state and low numbers prevent them
                from effectively eradicating the tumor. By isolating autologous TIL
                from the tumor microenvironment and expanding them, the lifileucel
                manufacturing process produces large numbers of reinvigorated T-cells.
                Following the infusion of lifileucel, the TIL migrate back into the
                tumor, including metastases, where they trigger specific tumor cell
                killing upon recognition of tumor antigens.
                 According to the applicant, relapsed and refractory metastatic
                melanoma presents a high unmet medical need with low survival rates and
                limited durable treatment options.\328\ Despite the advances in
                available treatments, responses in patients with metastatic melanoma
                are at times inadequate, with many patients either not responding (40%
                to 65%) 329 330 or displaying primary or acquired resistance
                (>70%) and the disease progresses.331 332 333 334 335 The
                applicant
                [[Page 25273]]
                stated there are currently no approved agents for the treatment of
                patients with metastatic melanoma who fail available standard-of-care
                therapies, which include immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICI) and BRAF/
                MEK inhibitors. According to the applicant, the only commonly used
                available therapy for these patients post progression is chemotherapy.
                The applicant stated that as demonstrated in the literature referenced
                previously, retreatment with chemotherapy 336 337 338 or
                experimental combined ICIs \339\ offers a poor Objective Response Rate
                (ORR) \340\ of 4%-10%,341 342 a median PFS of 2.7-3.7 months
                343 344 345 and a median OS of ~7-8
                months.346 347
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \328\ Sarnaik A, et al. Safety and efficacy of lifileucel (LN-
                144) tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy in metastatic melanoma
                patients after progression on multiple therapies--independent review
                committee data update. Poster presented at SITC 2019. Poster Number:
                P865 and abstract; Journal: J Immunotherapy Cancer 2020;8:A12.
                 \329\ Mooradian MJ and Sullivan RJ. What to do when anti-PD-1
                therapy fails in patients with melanoma. Oncology (Williston Park)
                2019;33:141-8.
                 \330\ Gide TN, et al. Primary and acquired resistance to immune
                checkpoint inhibitors in metastatic melanoma. Clin Cancer Res
                2018;24:1260-70.
                 \331\ Luke JJ, et al. Targeted agents and immunotherapies:
                Optimizing outcomes in melanoma. Nature Reviews Clinical Oncology.
                Doi:10.1038/ncrclinonc.2017.43. Published online April 4, 2017.
                 \332\ Mooradian MJ and Sullivan RJ. What to do when anti-PD-1
                therapy fails in patients with melanoma. Oncology (Williston Park)
                2019;33:141-8.
                 \333\ Gide TN, et al. Primary and acquired resistance to immune
                checkpoint inhibitors in metastatic melanoma. Clin Cancer Res
                2018;24:1260-70.
                 \334\ Schachter J, et al. Pembrolizumab versus ipilimumab for
                advanced melanoma: Final overall survival results of a multicenter,
                randomized, open-label phase 3 study (KEYNOTE-006). Lancet 2017;
                390:1853-62.
                 \335\ Ugurel S, et al. Survival of patients with advanced
                metastatic melanoma: The impact of novel therapies-update 2017. Eur
                J Cancer 2017; 83:247-257.
                 \336\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                 \337\ Larkin J, et al. Overall survival in patients with
                advanced melanoma who received nivolumab versus investigator's
                Choice chemotherapy in CheckMate 037: A randomized, controlled,
                open-label Phase III trial. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:383-90.
                 \338\ Ribas A, et al. Pembrolizumab versus investigator-choice
                chemotherapy for ipilimumab-refractory melanoma (KEYNOTE-002): A
                randomised, controlled, phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015; 16(8):
                908-18.
                 \339\ Kirchberger MC, et al. Combined low-dose ipilimumab and
                pembrolizumab after sequential ipilimumab and pembrolizumab failure
                in advanced melanoma. Eur J Cancer. 2016;65:182-184. doi:10.1016/
                j.ejca. 2016.07.003.
                 \340\ As used by the applicant and the studies provided,
                Objective Response Rate (ORR) is the combination of Complete and
                Partial Responses.
                 \341\ Larkin J, et al. Overall survival in patients with
                advanced melanoma who received nivolumab versus investigator's
                Choice chemotherapy in CheckMate 037: A randomized, controlled,
                open-label Phase III trial. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:383-90.
                 \342\ Ribas A, et al. Pembrolizumab versus investigator-choice
                chemotherapy for ipilimumab-refractory melanoma (KEYNOTE-002): A
                randomised, controlled, phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015; 16(8):
                908-18.
                 \343\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                 \344\ Larkin J, et al. Overall survival in patients with
                advanced melanoma who received nivolumab versus investigator's
                Choice chemotherapy in CheckMate 037: A randomized, controlled,
                open-label Phase III trial. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:383-90.
                 \345\ Ribas A, et al. Pembrolizumab versus investigator-choice
                chemotherapy for ipilimumab-refractory melanoma (KEYNOTE-002): A
                randomised, controlled, phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015; 16(8):
                908-18.
                 \346\ Kirchberger MC, et al. Combined low-dose ipilimumab and
                pembrolizumab after sequential ipilimumab and pembrolizumab failure
                in advanced melanoma. Eur J Cancer. 2016;65:182-184. doi:10.1016/
                j.ejca. 2016.07.003.
                 \347\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated that
                they are currently awaiting FDA approval of the Biologics License
                Application (BLA) for lifileucel as an autologous TIL immunotherapy
                indicated for the treatment of patients with unresectable or metastatic
                melanoma who have been previously treated with at least one systemic
                therapy, including a PD-1 blocking antibody and, if BRAF V600 mutation
                positive, a BRAF inhibitor or BRAF inhibitor with MEK inhibitor. The
                applicant stated that currently, there are no ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes to uniquely identify procedures involving lifileucel. We note
                that the applicant has submitted a request for approval for a unique
                ICD-10-PCS code for the administration of lifileucel beginning in FY
                2022.
                 If a technology meets all three of the substantial similarity
                criteria, it would be considered substantially similar to an existing
                technology and would not be considered ``new'' for purposes of new
                technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant asserted that lifileucel is not the same or similar to the
                mechanism of action of currently available products used in the
                treatment of advanced melanoma. According to the applicant, prior to
                2011, the most common first-line treatment for patients with Stage III
                unresectable or Stage IV unresectable metastatic melanoma was single-
                agent therapy using dacarbazine (DTIC) or another alkylating agent, or
                combination chemotherapy using DTIC together with a platinum-based drug
                such as carboplatin and/or a microtubule inhibitor such as
                paclitaxel.348 349 350 IL-2 therapy has also been used as
                part of a biochemotherapy (BCT) antineoplastic regimen. The applicant
                asserted that since 2011, treatment options for advanced-stage melanoma
                have included kinase inhibitors such as BRAF and MEK inhibitors,
                cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated antigen 4 (CTLA-4) and programmed
                cell-death protein 1 (PD-1) blocking antibodies. According to the
                applicant, the currently available first and second line treatments for
                advanced melanoma include kinase inhibitors (BRAF and MEK inhibitors)
                and ICIs (anti-CTLA-4 antibody and anti-PD1 antibody).\351\ The
                applicant asserts that there are no approved treatment options for
                patients with metastatic melanoma that have progressed after two lines
                of therapy.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \348\ Gogas HD, et al. The role of taxanes in the treatment of
                metastatic melanoma. Melanoma Res. 2004;14(5): 415-420.
                 \349\ Yang AS and Chapman PB. The history and future of
                chemotherapy for melanoma. Hematol Oncol Clin North Am. 2009;23(3):
                583-597.
                 \350\ Yushak M, et al. Advances in the systemic treatment of
                metastatic melanoma. Oncology (Williston Park). 2013; 27(5).
                 \351\ Luke JJ, et al. Targeted agents and immunotherapies:
                Optimizing outcomes in melanoma. Nature Reviews Clinical Oncology.
                Doi:10.1038/ncrclinonc.2017.43. Published online April 4, 2017.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, TIL cell therapy with lifileucel uses a
                novel and distinct mechanism of action which delivers a highly
                customized, personalized, and targeted treatment for unresectable or
                metastatic melanoma. Lifileucel TIL cell therapy involves the ACT of
                autologous T-cells directly isolated from the patient's tumor tissue
                and expanded ex vivo. Following the infusion of lifileucel, the TIL
                migrates back into the patient's tumor deposits, including metastases,
                where they trigger specific tumor cell killing upon recognition of
                tumor antigens. According to the applicant, after approval, lifileucel
                will be the only personalized, cellular therapy indicated for the
                treatment of unresectable or metastatic melanoma.
                 The applicant asserted TIL cell therapy with lifileucel is also
                highly differentiated from currently approved chimeric antigen receptor
                (CAR) T-cell therapies which treat liquid tumors: YESCARTA[supreg]
                (axicabtagene ciloleucel) and KYMRIAH[supreg] (tisagenlecleucel), both
                approved for the treatment of large B-cell lymphoma in adults, and
                recently approved TECARTUSTM (brexucabtagene autoleucel)
                indicated for the treatment of relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma
                (MCL). According to the applicant, CAR T-cell therapies mainly target
                only single/surface tumor antigens, versus TIL cell therapy which
                targets multiple tumor antigens. The applicant stated that there are no
                examples of successful utility of CAR T-cell therapy in solid tumors.
                The applicant further stated that the TIL mechanism of action does not
                rely on genetically engineered receptors, but maintains some
                physiologic control and therefore avoids hyperactivation that may be
                responsible for complications from CAR T-cell therapy such as cytokine
                release syndrome (CRS) or neurotoxicity.\352\ Per the applicant,
                [[Page 25274]]
                there have been no off-tissue effects found to date following treatment
                with TIL cell therapy, and TIL therefore offers a differentiated safety
                profile compared to CAR T-cell products or ICIs and confirms the
                mechanism of action differentiation discussed previously.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \352\ Fardis M, et al. Current and future directions for tumor
                infiltrating lymphocyte therapy for the treatment of solid tumors.
                Cell and Gene Therapy Insights, 2020; 6(6), 855-863.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that CMS has not
                yet determined the MS-DRG mapping for cellular therapies such as
                lifileucel. The applicant asserted that while TIL cell therapy is
                different from CAR T-cell therapy mechanistically, from tumor (solid
                vs. liquid) activity, and from a safety perspective, there are other
                similarities that support grouping the two technologies into a common
                MS-DRG for autologous T-cell immunotherapy. The applicant asserted that
                both CAR T-cell and TIL require collection of a patient's lymphocyte
                cells which are the core component of a complicated and lengthy
                manufacturing process to produce a patient-specific therapeutic dose.
                The applicant added that both are primarily administered in a hospital
                inpatient setting because of the risk of significant but treatable
                adverse events. Lastly, the applicant stated because of the complex
                process required to develop a personalized treatment and the total cost
                of caring for patients who have received TIL cell therapy that is
                similar to CAR T-cell therapy, these cases are expected to be
                comparably resource intensive.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                stated that with FDA approval, lifileucel will be the only FDA-approved
                cellular treatment for patients with unresectable or metastatic
                melanoma who have been previously treated with at least one systemic
                therapy.
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, we have several
                questions with regard to the newness criterion. With respect to the
                first criterion for substantial similarity, we note that for FY 2019
                (83 FR 41299), CMS approved two CD19 directed CAR T-cell therapies,
                YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg], for new technology add-on
                payments. The applicant asserted that CAR T-cell therapies and TIL
                therapies can be differentiated by multiple criteria as listed
                previously. We are seeking public comment on whether the mechanism of
                action for lifileucel is different from existing therapies, in
                particular whether the distinguishing criteria identified by the
                applicant are sufficient to differentiate the mechanism of action of
                TIL from CAR T-cell therapies.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether lifileucel is
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies and whether this technology meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant provided the
                following analysis to demonstrate the technology meets the cost
                criterion. The applicant conducted multiple analyses to include a
                primary cohort, a cohort with a principle or admitting ICD-10 diagnosis
                of melanoma and metastasis and a cohort with any ICD-10 diagnosis of
                melanoma and metastasis. The ICD-10 codes and MS-DRGs identified by the
                applicant (for the primary cohort) are listed in the following tables.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.156
                 To conduct the primary analysis, the applicant identified a cohort
                of patients that would be eligible for lifileucel that met the criteria
                of having any ICD-10 diagnosis of melanoma from the following table,
                and any ICD-10 diagnosis of metastasis from the following table, and
                any ICD-10 procedure code indicating administration of IL-2 or other
                chemotherapy via central or peripheral vein from the following table.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25275]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.157
                [[Page 25276]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.158
                [[Page 25277]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.159
                [[Page 25278]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.160
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.161
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The applicant used the FY 2019 MedPAR file dataset with the FY 2019
                Final Rule with Correction Notice IPPS Impact File and the FY 2022 New
                Technology Thresholds to perform their cost analyses. Using the FY 2019
                MedPAR file dataset, the applicant's search resulted in the
                identification of 20 MS-DRGs to which cases in the primary cohort
                mapped, as previously listed. The applicant provided two sensitivity
                cohorts: (1) A principal or admitting ICD-10 diagnosis of melanoma and
                metastasis; and (2) any ICD-10 diagnosis of melanoma and metastasis.
                The applicant stated that the analysis was limited to Medicare
                discharges from facilities paid under the IPPS by only including
                hospitals listed in the FY 2019 Final Rule IPPS Impact File. The
                previously discussed criteria resulted in 220 claims from 20 MS-DRGs in
                the primary cohort, 1,052 claims from 79 MS-DRGs in the sensitivity
                cohort 1, and 6,988 claims from 369 MS-DRGs in sensitivity cohort 2.
                The applicant imputed a case count of 11 for those MS-DRGs with fewer
                than 11 cases, which per the applicant resulted in a significantly
                higher case count than if it used the actual case counts. The applicant
                stated that imputing the cases did not change the results of the charge
                threshold analyses presented below, and the final inflated average
                case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeded the case-weighted
                threshold in all scenarios regardless of whether the actual case count
                or minimimum case count of 11 is used. For each cohort, the applicant
                provided multiple analyses, by first using the threshold from each MS-
                DRG included, second using the MS-DRG 018 threshold for all included
                MS-DRGs and the national pharmacy CCR (0.187) to calculate charges, and
                lastly using the MS-DRG 018 threshold for all included MS-DRGs and the
                applicant-calculated CAR T-cell CCR (0.314) to calculate charges. For
                example, in the first analysis, the applicant used a threshold amount
                of $62,724 for MS-DRG 838 but in second and third analyses the
                applicant used a threshold of $1,251,126 for MS-DRG 838 (the same
                threshold for MS-DRG 018). The applicant first calculated a case
                weighted threshold of $70,220, $72,889, and $67,947 for the primary,
                sensitivity one, and sensitivity two cohorts respectively based on a
                case-weighted average of the threshold amounts for the MS-DRGs to which
                the cases identified based on the claims data search mapped. The
                applicant calculated a case weighted threshold of $1,251,126 for all
                secondary calculations where the MS-DRG 018 threshold was applied for
                all MS-DRGs identified. We note, in section II.D. of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to assign other immunotherapies MS-DRG 018 (for
                example Introduction of lifileucel immunotherapy into peripheral vein,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 7), in addition to CAR T-
                cell therapies. Therefore, it seems the appropriate threshold for
                comparison is that of MS-DRG 018, with an average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $1,251,126.
                 For the analyses using the MS-DRG 018 thresholds, to calculate the
                average charge per case, the applicant used the cases identified based
                on the claims data search and mapped them to the MS-DRG 018 threshold.
                To determine the charges for lifileucel, the applicant converted cost
                to charges by dividing by the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule national
                average pharmacy CCR of 0.187, and in secondary analyses, by a CAR T-
                cell CCR of 0.314 calculated by the applicant. To estimate the CAR T-
                cell CCR, the applicant obtained the MS-DRG 018 arithmetic mean charge
                in the AOR/BOR FY2021 Proposed Rule File released by CMS ($1,387,946).
                The applicant subtracted publicly reported non-drug charges for
                TECARTUS of $201,610 from the total arithmetic mean charge to estimate
                CAR T-cell charges (approximately $1,186,336). The applicant then
                divided a CAR T-cell wholesale acquisition cost of $373,000 (WAC for
                those CAR T-cell products approved as of FY 2019) by the estimated CAR
                T-cell charges, to estimate a CAR T-cell CCR of 0.314 (CCR = 373,000/
                1,186,336).
                 The applicant stated no charges were removed for the prior
                technology because previous treatments will continue to be reflected in
                cases where
                [[Page 25279]]
                lifileucel is administered. Next the applicant calculated the average
                standardized charge per case using the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                Impact file. The 2-year inflation factor of 13.2% (1.13218) was
                obtained from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and applied to the
                average standardized charge per case.
                 The applicant calculated the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case by adding the estimated charges for the
                technology to the inflated average standardized charge per case. The
                applicant determined a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $2,188,043 and $1,355,334 from the
                primary cohort, pharmacy and CAR T-cell CCR analyses with CAR T-cell
                thresholds respectively, which both exceed the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $1,251,126.
                 The applicant determined a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $2,134,830 and $1,302,121 from the
                sensitivity cohort one using the pharmacy and CAR T-cell CCR analyses
                with CAR T-cell thresholds respectively, which both exceed the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $1,251,126.
                 The applicant determined a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $2,131,524 and $1,298,815 from the
                sensitivity cohort two using the pharmacy and CAR T-cell CCR analyses
                with CAR T-cell thresholds respectively, which both exceed the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $1,251,126. Because the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case for all the
                analyses exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount, the
                applicant maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, we have the
                following concerns regarding the cost analysis.
                 As noted in previous discussions, the submitted costs for CAR T-
                cell therapies vary widely due to differences in provider billing and
                charging practices for this therapy. Therefore, with regard to the use
                of this data for purposes of calculating a CAR T-cell CCR, we are
                uncertain how representative this data is for use in the applicant's
                cost analyses given this potential for variability.
                 The applicant also uses both ICD-10 diagnosis code categories and
                subcategories which are not valid diagnosis codes and therefore, not
                appropriate to include for purposes of the cost analysis. There is a
                potential that inappropriately including ICD-10 diagnosis code
                categories and subcategories may alter the number of cases identified
                for inclusion in the cost analysis. We are seeking public comment on
                whether this issue may affect the cost analysis.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding the
                eligibility of CAR T-cell technologies for new technology add-on
                payments when assigned to MS-DRG 018. As we have noted in prior
                rulemaking with regard to the CAR T-cell therapies (83 FR 41172 and 85
                FR 58603 through 58608), if a new MS-DRG were to be created, then
                consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ix) of the Act, there may no
                longer be a need for a new technology add-on payment under section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act. We invite public comments on whether
                lifileucel meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that lifileucel represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies. In support of this assertion,
                the applicant provided data from two cohorts of the C-144-01 study, an
                ongoing phase 2, multicenter study (NCT02360579) consisting of four
                cohorts:
                 Cohort 1 (n=30 generation 1 non-cryopreserved TIL
                product), not included for review as part of the applicant's new
                technology add-on payment application.
                 Cohort 2 (n=60 generation 2 cryopreserved TIL product),
                included for review as part of the applicant's new technology add-on
                payment application.
                 Cohort 3 (a sub-sample of n=10 from cohorts 1, 2, and 4),
                not included for review as part of the applicant's new technology add-
                on payment application.
                 Cohort 4 (n=75 generation 2 cryopreserved TIL product),
                included for review as part of the applicant's new technology add-on
                payment application and also provided to the FDA as part of the
                applicant's BLA application.
                 The applicant stated that C-144-01 (NCT02360579) is a multi-cohort,
                Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating the safety and efficacy of lifileucel
                in patients that have been diagnosed with unresectable or metastatic
                Stage IIIc or IV melanoma. In addition to what the applicant previously
                described, the authors stated that in a sub-group analysis of 42
                patients who were primary refractory to anti-PD-1, the ORR was 40.5%
                comparable to the overall cohort.
                 According to the applicant, the primary objective of this study was
                to evaluate the efficacy of lifileucel in patients with unresectable or
                metastatic melanoma using the objective response rate (ORR), as
                assessed by the independent review committee (IRC) per Response
                Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) version 1.1.\353\ The
                applicant added that secondary objectives were to: (1) Evaluate the
                efficacy endpoints of duration of response (DOR), disease control rate
                (DCR), and progression free survival (PFS); (2) further evaluate the
                efficacy of lifileucel in patients with unresectable or metatstatic
                melanoma by assessing ORR, DOR, DCR, and PFS; (3) to evaluate overall
                survival (OS); and (4) to characterize the safety profile of
                lifileucel. For cohort 2, 60 patients were determined to allow
                estimation of the ORR using the maximum half width of the two-sided 95%
                confidence limit of less than 13.2% when ORR is expected to range from
                20-50%. For cohort 4, approximately 75 patients were planned to be
                infused based on the null hypothesis of 10% ORR (based on historical
                control) which resulted in over 90% power to demonstrate superiority to
                this control. Patients included in this study were 18 years or older,
                had an ECOG (Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group) performance status of
                0 or 1 upon entry, an estimated life expectancy of less than or equal
                to 3 months, and had unresectable or metastatic melanoma (stage IIIC or
                IV) treated with at least one prior systemic therapy including an anti-
                PD-1 antibody and a BRAF/MEK inhibitor. Patients were required to have
                a washout period of at least 28 days from prior anticancer therapy(ies)
                to the start of the planned nonmyeloablative lymphodeletion (NMA-LD)
                preconditioning regimen. The applicant explained that prior to the
                infusion of lifileucel, the patient receives NMA-LD with
                cyclophosphamide (60 mg/kg) intravenously daily for 2 days followed by
                fludarabine (25 mg/m\2\) intravenously for 5 days to eliminate
                potentially suppressive immune cells which support the tumor and to
                maximize engraftment and potency of the lifileucel therapy through
                homeostatic proliferation.\354\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \353\ Eisenhauer EA, et al. New response evaluation criteria in
                solid tumours: Revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). European
                Journal of Cancer. 45 (2009) 228-247.
                 \354\ Rosenberg, SA and Restifo, N. Adoptive cell transfer as
                personalized immunotherapy for human cancer, Science. 2015;348
                (6230):62-68.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that the patients in this study had a high
                tumor burden at baseline and had received a mean of 3.3 lines (range,
                1-9) of prior therapies. Twenty-eight patients (42%) had liver and/or
                brain lesions at baseline. Each prior line of therapy was defined as
                any
                [[Page 25280]]
                concomitant therapy given to the patient even if more than one target
                for each treatment was involved.\355\ The applicant added that 77% of
                patients had progressed on prior anti-CTLA-4 blockade therapy, 99% had
                progressed on prior anti-PD-1/PD-L1 therapy, and 23% had received BRAF/
                MEK inhibitors. All patients had received PD on their prior therapy
                before study entry.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \355\ Ghate S, et al. Patterns of treatment and BRAF testing
                with immune checkpoint inhibitors and targeted therapy in patients
                with metastatic melanoma presumed to be BRAF positive. Melanoma Res
                2019;29:301-10.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As justification for the null hypothesis of ORR less than or equal
                to 10%, the applicant stated that according to the NCCN guideline for
                metastatic melanoma, the only approved treatment is dacarbazine (DTIC)
                whereas other agents such as carboplatin, paclitaxel, docetaxel, nab-
                paclitaxel, and temozolomide are not approved by the FDA and are not
                appropriate as comparators. The applicant next presented the results
                from four studies which had at least one treatment arm receiving DTIC:
                (1) An abstract of a sample with metastatic melanoma previously treated
                with post-anti-PD-1 (no prior BRAF/MEK, metastatic melanoma) which
                resulted in a 10% ORR in the DTIC arm; \356\ (2) a sample with advanced
                melanoma previously treated with post-ipilimumab (+/- BRAF inhibitor)
                which resulted in a 10.6% ORR in the DTIC arm, (3) a sample of
                treatment-na[iuml]ve patients with unresectable stage IIIc or IV
                melanoma which resulted in a 9.8% ORR in the DTIC arm,\357\ and (4) a
                sample of chemo-na[iuml]ve patients with metastatic melanoma of which
                9% had received prior therapy for metastatic disease which resulted in
                an 11% ORR in the DTIC arm.\358\ The applicant stated that the
                historical control ORR of 10% for advanced melanoma was used for two
                reasons. First, the results from the first study (post-anti-PD-1) \359\
                most closely represent patients in the C-144-01 study because they
                received prior anti-PD-1 treatment while the other studies did not.
                Second, the applicant stated that response rates to chemotherapy,
                including DTIC, in recent phase 3 melanoma trials ranged from 4% to
                10%.\360\ \361\ Also included in the application is a summary of
                results from six studies in patients treated with a DTIC monotherapy in
                advanced or metastatic melanoma prior to checkpoint inhibitor FDA
                approval which showed ORRs ranging from 5%-20%.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \356\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                 \357\ Ribas A, et al. Phase III randomized clinical trial
                comparing tremelimumab with standard-of-care chemotherapy in
                patients with advanced melanoma. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(5):616-622.
                 \358\ Hersh EM, et al. A randomized, controlled phase III trial
                of nab-Paclitaxel versus dacarbazine in chemotherapynaive patients
                with metastatic melanoma. Ann Oncol. 2015;26(11):2267-2274.
                 \359\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                 \360\ NCCN Clinical Guidelines in Oncology (NCCN Guidelines.
                Cutaneous Melanoma. Versions 2018 and 2019. https://www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/#site.
                 \361\ Ribas A, et al. Pembrolizumab versus investigator-choice
                chemotherapy for ipilimumab-refractory melanoma (KEYNOTE-002): A
                randomised, controlled, phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015; 16(8):
                908-18.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, the applicant discussed the efficacy results from the C-144-
                01 study. The applicant stated that regardless of location of tumor
                resected and BRAF mutational status, and across ages (20-79), patients
                responded to lifileucel therapy. Among patients in cohort 2 (n=66)
                there was an ORR of 36% (95% CI 25, 49) and a DCR of 80% (95% CI 69,
                89). When considering best overall response, two patients (3%) achieved
                complete response (CR), 22 patients (33%) achieved partial response
                (PR), 29 patients (44%) achieved stable disease, 9 patients (14%) had
                progressive disease, and 4 patients (6%) were non-evaluable. The
                applicant highlighted that the ORR (36.5% for those less than 65 years
                and 35.7% for those 65 and older) and DCR (71.2% for those less than 65
                years and 78.6% for those 65 and older) were consistent across age
                groups. The applicant contends that these results following the one-
                time, single infusion of lifileucel represent a substantial improvement
                over chemotherapy which offers poor ORR of 4%-10%.\362\ \363\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \362\ Larkin J, et al. Overall survival in patients with
                advanced melanoma who received nivolumab versus investigator's
                Choice chemotherapy in CheckMate 037: a randomized, controlled,
                open-label Phase III trial. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:383-90.
                 \363\ Ribas A, et al. Pembrolizumab versus investigator-choice
                chemotherapy for ipilimumab-refractory melanoma (KEYNOTE-002): A
                randomised, controlled, phase 2 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015; 16(8):
                908-18.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, the applicant asserted that, because the median duration of
                response (DOR) had not been reached at a median follow-up of 18.7
                months, the treatment effect will be durable and provide long-term
                benefit to those treated with lifileucel. The applicant stated that at
                the median follow-up, 50% (n=12) of responders showed ongoing response
                to lifileucel. The applicant added that the median DOR for treatment
                with DTIC is 5 to 6 months \364\ \365\ and that retreatment with an
                immune checkpoint inhibitor or chemotherapy has demonstrated a median
                overall survival of around 7-8 months.\366\ \367\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \364\ Gogas HJ, et al. Chemotherapy for metastatic melanoma:
                Time for a change? Cancer 2007;109:455-64.
                 \365\ Serrone L, et al. Dacarbazine-based chemotherapy for
                metastatic melanoma: Thirty-year experience overview. J Exp Clin
                Cancer Res 2000;19: 21-34.
                 \366\ Kirchberger MC, et al. Combined low-dose ipilimumab and
                pembrolizumab after sequential ipilimumab and pembrolizumab failure
                in advanced melanoma. Eur J Cancer. 2016;65: 182-184. doi:10.1016/
                j.ejca. 2016.07.003.
                 \367\ Goldinger SM, et al. The utility of chemotherapy after
                immunotherapy failure in metastatic melanoma: A multicenter case
                series. J Clin Oncol 2018;36:e21588-e.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Lastly, the applicant stated that the safety profile of lifileucel
                was consistent with the underlying advanced disease and the known
                toxicities associated with the single course of lymphodepleting
                preconditioning regimen and IL-2. The applicant stated that all
                patients experienced at least one treatment-emergent adverse event
                (TAEA) during the course of the study with the most common adverse
                event of any grade being hematologic along with chills, pyrexia,
                fatigue, tachycardia, and hypotension.\368\ The applicant added that
                the most common grade \3/4\ TEAEs included thrombocytopenia (82%),
                anemia (56%), febrile neutropenia (55%), neutropenia (39%),
                hypophosphatemia (35%), leukopenia (35%), and lymphopenia (32%),\369\
                which were consistent with the lymphodepletion regimen and known
                profile of IL-2.\370\ \371\ \372\ One patient died due to intra-
                abdominal hemorrhage reported as possibly related to TIL and one due to
                acute respiratory failure
                [[Page 25281]]
                assessed as not related to TIL.\373\ The applicant stated that there
                was no difference in the incidence of TEAEs (for example any grade,
                among grades 3 to 4, and among grade 5) in patients 65 or older as
                compared to those younger than 65. Furthermore, the applicant stated
                that AEs occurred and generally resolved within the first 14 days
                following TIL infusion and IL-2 administration, during which time
                patients typically remained in the inpatient setting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \368\ Sarnaik A, et al. Long-term follow up of lifileucel (LN-
                144) cryopreserved autologous tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy
                in patients with advance melanoma progressed on multiple prior
                therapies. Oral presentation at ASCO2020. Abstract Number: 10006;
                Journal: J Clin Oncol 38:2020.
                 \369\ Sarnaik A, et al. Long-term follow up of lifileucel (LN-
                144) cryopreserved autologous tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy
                in patients with advance melanoma progressed on multiple prior
                therapies. Oral presentation at ASCO2020. Abstract Number: 10006;
                Journal: J Clin Oncol 38:2020.
                 \370\ Rosenberg SA, et al. Durable complete responses in heavily
                pretreated patients with metastatic melanoma using Tcell transfer
                Immunotherapy. Clinical Cancer Research. 2011; 17(13):4550-4557.
                doi:10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-11-0116. 2,75,101
                 \371\ Goff SL, et al. Randomized, prospective evaluation
                comparing intensity of lymphodepletion before adoptive transfer of
                tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes for patients with metastatic
                melanoma. J Clin Oncol. 2016 Jul 10;34(20):2389-97. PubMed PMID:
                27217459. Pubmed Central PMCID:PMC4981979.
                 \372\ Dudley ME, et al. Adoptive cell therapy for patients with
                metastatic melanoma: Evaluation of intensive myeloablative
                chemoradiation preparative regimens. J Clin Oncol. 2008; 26(32):
                5233-5239.
                 \373\ Sarnaik A, et al. Long-term follow up of lifileucel (LN-
                144) cryopreserved autologous tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy
                in patients with advance melanoma progressed on multiple prior
                therapies. Oral presentation at ASCO2020. Abstract Number: 10006;
                Journal: J Clin Oncol 38:2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In support of its claims regarding substantial clinical
                improvement, the applicant submitted four additional pieces of
                evidence.\374\ \375\ \376\ \377\ First is an article which describes
                the tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL) manufacturing process, the
                mechanism of action of these products, what the authors identify as
                clear advantages of TIL in the treatment of solid tumors, and lastly
                the results of C-144-01.\378\ The authors stated that this onetime
                autologous treatment involves a product individually derived for each
                patient, is not selected for the recognition of shared antigens that
                would be expressed in normal tissues, and is specific to the tumor
                neoantigens, reducing the risk for autoimmune toxicity. The authors
                also stated that the TIL mechanism of action does not rely on
                engineered receptors but maintains some physiologic control and avoids
                hyperactivation, which therefore suggests that TIL offers a different
                safety profile compared to CAR T-cell products or ICIs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \374\ Fardis M, et al. Current and future directions for tumor
                infiltrating lymphocyte therapy for the treatment of solid tumors.
                Cell and Gene Therapy Insights, 2020; 6(6), 855-863.
                 \375\ Sarnaik A, et al. Long-term follow up of lifileucel (LN-
                144) cryopreserved autologous tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy
                in patients with advance melanoma progressed on multiple prior
                therapies. Oral presentation at ASCO2020. Abstract Number: 10006;
                Journal: J Clin Oncol 38:2020.
                 \376\ Sarnaik A, et al. Safety and efficacy of lifileucel (LN-
                144) tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy in metastatic melanoma
                patients after progression on multiple therapies--independent review
                committee data update. Poster presented at SITC 2019. Poster Number:
                P865 and abstract; Journal: J Immunotherapy Cancer 2020;8:A12.
                Sarnaik, et al. SITC 2019
                 \377\ Sarnaik A, et al. Lifileucel therapy leads to durable
                response in heavily pretreated, refractory, advanced melanoma.
                Poster presented at SMR 2019. Pending publication; online access:
                Advanced Melanoma, Practice Update, March 11, 2020.
                 \378\ Fardis M, et al. Current and future directions for tumor
                infiltrating lymphocyte therapy for the treatment of solid tumors.
                Cell and Gene Therapy Insights, 2020; 6(6), 855-863.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The second piece of evidence provided by the applicant is a
                presentation given at the 2020 ASCO annual meeting \379\ which, per the
                applicant, focused on the C-144-01 study design, overview, patient
                procedures, TIL manufacturing, and patient characteristics of cohort 2.
                The presentation asserts, as the applicant has previously, that there
                are currently no approved agents for patients with metastatic melanoma
                whose disease progressed after ICIs and BRAF/MEK inhibitors. The
                presentation repeats study design, patient characteristics of cohort 2,
                safety outcomes, and efficacy outcomes, as previously described by the
                applicant. The presentation states that the adverse event profile was
                consistent with the underlying advanced disease and the safety profile
                of the lymphodepletion and IL-2 regimens and adds that the median
                number of IL-2 doses administered was six. The author concluded that
                lifileucel had demonstrated potential efficacy and durability of
                response for patients with metastatic melanoma and that it represented
                a viable therapeutic option warranting further investigation (that is,
                pivotal Cohort 4).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \379\ Sarnaik A, et al. Long-term follow up of lifileucel (LN-
                144) cryopreserved autologous tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy
                in patients with advance melanoma progressed on multiple prior
                therapies. Oral presentation at ASCO2020. Abstract Number: 10006;
                Journal: J Clin Oncol 38:2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant next submitted an abstract from a poster presentation
                \380\ that discusses the TIL manufacturing process and the previously
                discussed study C-144-01. The presentation adds that tumors resected at
                local institutions were processed in central Good Manufacturing
                Practice (GMP) facilities for TIL production in a 22-day process. Final
                TIL infusion product was cryopreserved and shipped to sites. Patients
                received one week of cyclophosphamide/fludarabine preconditioning
                lymphodepletion, a single lifileucel infusion, followed by up to 6
                doses of IL-2. The authors conclude by stating that response per IRC
                assessment and concordance between investigator read ORR and IRC will
                be reported.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \380\ Sarnaik A, et al. Safety and efficacy of lifileucel (LN-
                144) tumor infiltrating lymphocyte therapy in metastatic melanoma
                patients after progression on multiple therapies--independent review
                committee data update. Poster presented at SITC 2019. Poster Number:
                P865 and abstract; Journal: J Immunotherapy Cancer 2020;8:A12.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Lastly, the applicant submitted a peer-reviewed and published post
                summary presented at the Society for Melanoma Research 2019 annual
                meeting \381\ that discusses the results of the C-144-01 study as
                previously discussed by the applicant and other presentations. The
                author added that TIL therapy uses a patient's own immune cells to
                attack cancer. Tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte cells are extracted from a
                patient's own tumor tissue, expanded through a proprietary process, and
                infused back into the patient. After infusion, tumor-infiltrating
                lymphocytes reach tumor tissue, where they attack tumor cells. Lastly
                the author concluded that lifileucel treatment resulted in a 36.4%
                overall response rate with a median duration of response having not
                been reached after a median of one year in patients with heavily
                pretreated metastatic melanoma with high baseline disease burden who
                received prior anti-PD-1 and BRAF/MEK inhibitors.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \381\ Sarnaik A, et al. Lifileucel therapy leads to durable
                response in heavily pretreated, refractory, advanced melanoma.
                Poster presented at SMR 2019. Pending publication; online access:
                Advanced Melanoma, Practice Update, March 11, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After review of the information provided by the applicant, we have
                the following concerns concerning the substantial clinical improvement
                criterion. We note that results provided by the applicant are based on
                an ongoing phase two trial, C-144-01, and that these are potentially
                partial results from which we may not be able to draw end conclusions.
                We also note the potential for overestimating treatment effects when
                trials stop early or report interim results.\382\ \383\ \384\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \382\ Pocock SJ. When (not) to stop a clinical trial for
                benefit. JAMA 2005; 294:2228e30.
                 \383\ Pocock SJ, Hughes MD. Practical problems in interim
                analyses, with particular regard to estimation. Control Clin Trials
                1989; 10(4 Suppl): 209Se21S.
                 \384\ Montori VM, Devereaux PJ, Adhikari NK, Burns KE, Eggert
                CH, Briel M, et al. Randomized trials stopped early for benefit: A
                systematic review. JAMA 2005; 294:2203e9.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We question the selection of ORR as the primary outcome, which
                combines the results of complete and partial responders. Specifically,
                we question if the results experienced by those who are complete
                responders may substantially differ from those who are partial
                responders. We also question the appropriateness of combining these two
                groups together. Further, we note that the applicant used a surrogate
                endpoint (ORR) rather than overall survival or other measure. We
                believe that this measure may not be the most appropriate measure with
                which to evaluate substantial clinical improvement in this patient
                population because it may not capture patients' clinical experience as
                fully as a measure of overall survival at some later time point. We are
                seeking public comment on whether the ORR is an appropriate measure of
                efficacy of this and other treatments when considering substantial
                clinical improvement.
                [[Page 25282]]
                 Lastly, we note that a historical control is used for all of the
                studies provided and that the analyses using this historical control do
                not account for baseline differences between the groups being compared.
                This makes it difficult to determine if the results seen are due to the
                treatment, random occurrences, or bias. Further, we note that the
                patient sample or samples used to construct the historical control may
                not be representative of the C-144-01 cohort. We are unable to verify
                the appropriateness of this historical control because the evidence
                describing the historical control takes the form of abstracts or was
                not provided.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether lifileucel meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                lifileucel.
                k. Narsoplimab
                 The Omeros Corporation submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for narsoplimab for FY 2022. Narsoplimab is a fully
                human monoclonal antibody for the treatment of HSCT-TMA, also known as
                transplant-associated thrombotic microangiopathy (TA-TMA), for which
                the applicant has submitted a Biologics License Application (BLA).
                According to the applicant, narsoplimab inhibits mannan-binding lectin
                serine protease 2 (MASP-2), the effector enzyme of the lectin pathway
                of the complement system, and activation of the lectin pathway that
                prevents complement-mediated inflammation and exhibits anticoagulant
                effects while leaving intact the respective functions of the classical
                and alternative pathways of innate immunity. According to the
                applicant, there are currently no FDA-approved products indicated for
                the treatment of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy (HSCT-TMA).
                 According to the applicant, HSCT-TMA is a lethal complication of
                hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) that results in
                thrombosis in the small blood vessels, leading to organ failure.\385\
                \386\ \387\ According to the applicant, clinical guidelines for the
                treatment of HSCT-TMA are being developed by members of the American
                Society for Transplant and Cellular Therapy (ASTCT) and are expected to
                be published in 2021. The applicant stated that current management of
                HSCT-TMA includes modification or cessation of any immune-suppressive
                regimen, appropriate treatment of infections and/or graft-versus-host
                disease (GvHD) if present, aggressive control of hypertension, and
                other supportive therapy as deemed appropriate by the treating
                physician.\388\ However, according to the applicant, the withdrawal of
                immunosuppressive therapies and ongoing monitoring for resolution of
                TMA symptoms has been determined to be ineffective.\389\ The applicant
                stated that there are multiple off-label treatments for HSCT-TMA which
                have either not been reviewed by the FDA or have been reviewed and not
                deemed adequate for registration purposes; these unapproved treatments
                include therapeutic plasma exchange (TPE), eculizumab, defibrotide
                sodium, rituximab, and vincristine sulfate. The applicant asserted that
                available evidence for agents used off-label to treat HSCT-TMA is
                derived from observational studies and case series with mixed results,
                and none of the agents have been evaluated for efficacy or safety in a
                robust clinical trial in patients with HSCT-TMA.\390\ In summary, the
                applicant stated with regard to these unapproved therapies that: (1)
                The use of TPE is based on the extrapolation of its effectiveness for
                thrombocytopenic purpura with poor outcomes leading the Blood and
                Marrow Transplant Clinical Trials Network Toxicity Committee in 2005 to
                recommend that TPE not be considered as a standard of care for HSCT-
                TMA; \391\ (2) eculizumab is a C5 inhibitor that blocks activation of
                the terminal cascade of complement \392\ of which the use is
                constrained by lack of efficacy and safety evaluations by the FDA \393\
                and associated increased susceptibility to infections; \394\ \395\ (3)
                defibrotide (Defitelio[supreg]), an oligonucleotide mixture with
                profibrinolytic properties whose mechanism of action has not been fully
                elucidated \396\ is not approved by the FDA for the treatment of HSCT-
                TMA nor considered a standard of care; (4) rituximab (Rituxan[supreg]),
                a monoclonal antibody that targets the CD20 antigen expressed on the
                surface of pre-B and mature B-lymphocytes,\397\ is not approved by the
                FDA for the treatment of HSCT-TMA; and (5) Vincristine sulfate, a vinca
                alkaloid isolated as a 1:1 sulfate salt from the periwinkle plant is
                not approved by the FDA for the treatment of HSCT-TMA.\398\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \385\ Gavriilaki, E et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy: Opening Pandora's box. Bone Marrow Transplantation
                (2017) 52, 1355-1360.
                 \386\ Jodele, S et al (2016). New approaches in the diagnosis,
                pathophysiology, and treatment of pediatric hematopoietic stem cell
                transplantation-associated thrombotic microangiopathy. Transfus
                Apher Sci. 2016 April; 54(2): 181-190.
                 \387\ Rosenthal, J Hematopoietic cell transplantation-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy: A review of pathophysiology, diagnosis,
                and treatment. Journal of Blood Medicine 2016:7 181-186.
                 \388\ Khosla J et al. Hematopoietic stem cell transplant-
                associated thrombotic microangiopathy: Current paradigm and novel
                therapies. Bone Marrow Transplant. 2018; 53(2):129-137.
                 \389\ Li A et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy is a multifactorial disease unresponsive to
                immunosuppressant withdrawal. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant. 2019;
                25(3):570-576.
                 \390\ Li A et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy is a multifactorial disease unresponsive to
                immunosuppressant withdrawal. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant. 2019;
                25(3):570-576.
                 \391\ Schwatz, J et al. Guidelines on the Use of Therapeutic
                Apheresis in Clinical Practice-- Evidence-Based Approach from the
                Writing Committee of the American Society for Apheresis: The Seventh
                Special Issue. Journal of Clinical Apheresis 31:149-338 (2016).
                 \392\ FDA. (2019, june). Soliris Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2019/125166s431lbl.pdf.
                 \393\ Li A et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy is a multifactorial disease unresponsive to
                immunosuppressant withdrawal. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant.
                2019;25(3):570-576.
                 \394\ Bohl SR, Kuchenbauer F, von Harsdorf S, Kloevekorn N,
                Schonsteiner SS, Rouhi A, et al. Thrombotic Microangiopathy after
                Allogeneic Stem Cell Transplantation: A Comparison of Eculizumab
                Therapy and Conventional Therapy. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant.
                2017; 23(12):2172-7.
                 \395\ Khosla J et al. Hematopoietic stem cell transplant-
                associated thrombotic microangiopathy: Current paradigm and novel
                therapies. Bone Marrow Transplant. 2018; 53(2):129-137.
                 \396\ FDA. (2016, march). Defitelio Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2016/208114lbl.pdf
                Defitelio PI. 3/2016.
                 \397\ FDA. (2019, september). Rituxan Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/103705s5450lbl.pdf
                Rituxan PI. 9/2019.
                 \398\ FDA. (2020, july). Vincristine Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2020/202497s011lbl.pdf
                Vincristine PI. 7/2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated in its
                application that it is in the process of completing a rolling
                submission of a Biologics License Application (BLA) to the FDA for
                narsoplimab for the treatment of HSCT-TMA. According to the applicant,
                narsoplimab has received Orphan Drug designation and Breakthrough
                Therapy Designation from FDA for the treatment of patients with HSCT-
                TMA who have persistent thrombotic microangiopathy despite modification
                of immunosuppressive therapy. The applicant submitted a request for
                approval for a unique ICD-10-CM code for HSCT-TMA and an
                [[Page 25283]]
                ICD-10-PCS code for the administration of narsoplimab; there are
                currently no ICD-10-CM codes that describe HSCT-TMA or ICD-10-PCS codes
                that describe narsoplimab.
                 If a technology meets all three of the substantial similarity
                criteria, it would be considered substantially similar to an existing
                technology and would not be considered ``new'' for purposes of new
                technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant asserted that narsoplimab has a unique mechanism of action as
                it is the first therapeutic to target mannan-binding lectin serine
                protease 2 (MASP-2) and the first to inhibit the lectin pathway of the
                complement system. The applicant stated that MASP-2 inhibition
                specifically blocks the lectin pathway of complement but does not
                inhibit the classical and alternative pathways, leaving the complement
                system's effector function in adaptive immunity intact, which is
                important for fighting infection.\399\ \400\ According to the
                applicant, the mechanism of action of narsoplimab not only results in
                inhibition of lectin pathway-mediated activation of complement, but
                also blocks the MASP-2 mediated procoagulant activities in the
                coagulation cascade. The procoagulant effects of MASP-2, independent of
                its role in the complement system, include the conversion of
                prothrombin to thrombin as well as the activation of Factor XII to
                XIIa.\401\ \402\ \403\ In addition, MASP-2 is activated by fibrin and
                activated platelets, further augmenting a procoagulant state.\404\ The
                applicant asserted that by inhibiting these procoagulant activities of
                MASP-2, narsoplimab provides important anticoagulant benefits, without
                affecting bleeding parameters (that is, prothrombin time, activated
                partial thromboplastin time, international normalized ratio, or
                bleeding time). According to the applicant, narsoplimab is the only
                drug that addresses all the components of HSCT-TMA and is the only
                product that inhibits complement activation and has anticoagulant
                activity. Therefore, the applicant asserts that the mechanism of action
                of narsoplimab differs from that of the products occasionally used off
                label: eculizumab, defibrotide sodium, rituximab, and vincristine.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \399\ Rambaldi, A et al. Improved survival following OMS721
                treatment following hematopoietic stem cell transplant-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy (HCTTMA). European Hematology Society.
                Stockholm, June 15, 2018. Abstract PF724.
                 \400\ Elhadad, S et al 2020. MASP2 levels are elevated in
                thrombotic microangiopathies: association with microvascular
                endothelial cell injury and suppression by anti-MASP2 antibody
                narsoplimab. Clinical and Experimental Immunology, 0: 2-9.
                 \401\ Demopulos, Gregory, A. Dudler, Thomas, Nilsson, Bo.
                Compositions and methods of inhibiting MASP-2 for the treatment of
                various thrombotic diseases and disorders. WO2019246367
                (US20200140570A1). World International Property Organization. 26
                December 2019.
                 \402\ Krarup, A et al. Simultaneous Activation of Complement and
                Coagulation by MBLAssociated Serine Protease 2. 2007. PLoS ONE 2(7):
                e623.
                 \403\ Gulla, KC et al. Activation of mannan-binding lectin-
                associated serine proteases leads to generation of a fibrin clot.
                Immunology, 2009. 129, 482-495.
                 \404\ Kozarcanin, H et al. The lectin complement pathway serine
                proteases (MASPs) represent a possible crossroad between the
                coagulation and complement systems in thromboinflammation. Journal
                of Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 2016. 14: 531-545.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that patients who
                receive narsoplimab will be assigned to the same DRGs as patients who
                are diagnosed with HSCT-TMA/transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy (TA-TMA) regardless of the treatment.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                stated that narsoplimab treats a different disease than existing
                technologies. According to the applicant, when treating HSCT-TMA,
                clinicians may rely on approaches that have limited efficacy \405\ such
                as to reduce or discontinue anti-GVHD therapies (for example,
                calcineurin inhibitors), initiate therapeutic plasma exchange (TPE),
                and/or administer anti-CD20 antibody therapies, terminal complement
                inhibitors and/or oligonucleotide therapies.\406\ \407\ \408\ The
                applicant stated that narsoplimab will be the first technology
                specifically indicated to treat HSCT-TMA.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \405\ Li A et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy is a multifactorial disease unresponsive to
                immunosuppressant withdrawal. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant. 2019;
                25(3):570-576.
                 \406\ Dhakal P et al. Is complement blockade an acceptable
                therapeutic strategy for hematopoietic cell transplant-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy? Bone Marrow Transplant. 2017; 52(3):352-
                356.
                 \407\ Khosla J et al. Hematopoietic stem cell transplant-
                associated thrombotic microangiopathy: current paradigm and novel
                therapies. Bone Marrow Transplant. 2018; 53(2):129-137.
                 \408\ Li A et al. Transplant-associated thrombotic
                microangiopathy is a multifactorial disease unresponsive to
                immunosuppressant withdrawal. Biol Blood Marrow Transplant. 2019;
                25(3):570-576.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, existing products that are currently
                used off-label to treat HSCT-TMA patients are indicated for the
                treatment of other distinct diseases. Eculizumab is indicated for: (1)
                The treatment of patients with paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
                (PNH) to reduce hemolysis; (2) the treatment of patients with atypical
                hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS) to inhibit complement-mediated
                thrombotic microangiopathy; (3) the treatment of anti-acetylcholine
                antibody-positive generalized myasthenia gravis; and (4) the treatment
                of anti-aquaporin-4 (AQP4) antibody-positive neuromyelitis optica
                spectrum disorder (NMOSD).\409\ Defibrotide sodium is indicated for the
                treatment of adult and pediatric patients with hepatic veno-occlusive
                disease (VOD) with renal or pulmonary dysfunction following HSCT.\410\
                The applicant further asserted that HSCT-TMA is different from aHUS due
                to varying underlying causes (that is, Shiga toxin infection, genetic
                mutation),\411\ its association with receipt of a stem cell transplant
                and associated endothelial cell injury,\412\ and aHUS resulting from
                mutations and/or polymorphisms in complement genes rather than having
                received an HSCT.\413\ \414\ In regard to VOD, the applicant asserts
                that while this patient population is similar to HSCT-TMA patients with
                regard to both having received HSCT, VOD is a separate disease
                affecting only the liver whereas HSCT-TMA is a multi-factorial disease
                impacting many organ systems, such as the kidneys, the lungs, the CNS
                and the gastrointestinal tract.\415\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \409\ FDA. (2019, june). Soliris Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2019/125166s431lbl.pdf
                Soliris PI. 6/2019.
                 \410\ FDA. (2016, march). Defitelio Prescribing Information.
                Retrieved from Highlights of Prescribing Information: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2016/208114lbl.pdf
                Defitelio PI. 3/2016.
                 \411\ Lee, H et al. Consensus regarding diagnosis and management
                of atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome. 2020. Korean J Intern Med
                2020; 35:25-40.
                 \412\ Rosenthal, J Hematopoietic cell transplantation-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy: a review of pathophysiology, diagnosis,
                and treatment. Journal of Blood Medicine 2016:7 181-186.
                 \413\ Rosenthal, J Hematopoietic cell transplantation-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy: a review of pathophysiology, diagnosis,
                and treatment. Journal of Blood Medicine 2016:7 181-186.
                 \414\ Masias, C et al. None of the above: thrombotic
                microangiopathy beyond TTP and HUS. Blood. 2017; 129(21):2857-2863.
                 \415\ Bonifazi, F et al. Diagnosis and Treatment of VOD/SOS
                After Allogeneic Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation. Front
                Immunol. 2020; 11: 489.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Furthermore, the applicant summarized key distinctions between
                HSCT-TMA and the diseases for which
                [[Page 25284]]
                the other off-label therapeutics are indicated (eculizumab, defibrotide
                sodium, plasmapheresis with fresh frozen plasma and rituximab).
                According to the applicant, HSCT-TMA is associated with HSCT
                endothelial cell injury, has unique triggers such as immune
                dysregulation caused by infection, chemotherapy, and GVHD, and involves
                the initiation of the complement system including the lectin pathway.
                Atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS), treated by eculizumab, is
                associated with unchecked abnormal activation of alternative complement
                system due to genetic mutations in complement factors or inhibitory
                autoantibodies to factor H and I and has an onset that is idiopathic or
                secondary to triggers such as infection, fever, pregnancy, malignant
                hypertension, transplant, and diarrheal illnesses. Veno-occlusive
                disease (VOD), treated by defibrotide sodium, is a complication
                observed after HSCT where sinusoidal endothelial cells and hepatocytes
                in zone 3 of the hepatic acinus are damaged by toxic metabolites
                generated during the conditioning regimen. Thrombocytopenic purpura
                (TTP), treated by plasmapheresis with fresh frozen plasma and
                rituximab, is characterized by an ADAMTS-13 deficiency that is not
                commonly seen in HSCT-TMA with decreased ADAMTS activity due to genetic
                alterations to the gene or presence of inhibitory autoantibodies.
                 In summary, the applicant believes that narsoplimab is not
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies and meets the ``newness'' criterion. We note that the
                applicant asserts that there are no FDA-approved products indicated for
                the treatment of HSCT-TMA and we are inviting public comment on whether
                narsoplimab therefore has a unique mechanism of action. In addition, we
                note that although the cause or triggers of thrombotic microangiopathy
                may be different between HSCT and for example HUS or TTP, the resulting
                disease may be similar. We welcome public comments on whether HSCT-TMA
                is a similar disease to other forms of TMA.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether narsoplimab is
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies and whether this technology meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant provided the
                following analysis to demonstrate the technology meets the cost
                criterion. The applicant stated that due to what it described as a lack
                of sufficient coding in the HSCT-TMA space, the applicant provided
                multiple scenarios to show that narsoplimab meets the cost criterion.
                The applicant stated they are not requesting that narsoplimab map to a
                new or different MS-DRG.
                 The applicant used the full calendar year 2019 National Medicare
                100% inpatient Limited Dataset to identify patients with a combined
                diagnosis of history of stem cell transplantation (SCT, ICD-10 code
                Z94.84) OR complications of stem cell transplant (ICD-10 code T86.5)
                AND thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA, ICD-10 code M31.1) OR hemolytic-
                uremic syndrome (HUS, ICD-10 code D59.3). Claims from PPS-exempt
                hospitals were excluded. In the base case analysis where all MS-DRGs
                were included, a total of 83 cases across 38 MS-DRGs were identified.
                The applicant imputed a case count of 11 for those MS-DRGs with fewer
                than 11 cases, which increased the number of claims from 83 to 396
                because all MS-DRGs had fewer than 11 claims. The applicant then varied
                this initial analysis in two ways. First, sensitivity analyses one and
                two varied the reduction for the charges related to the prior
                technology to 25 percent and 50 percent of prior related therapy
                charges, respectively, which are possibly tied to decreased length of
                stay and/or decreased ICU utilization. Second, the applicant provided
                four scenarios which varied the price of narsoplimab from zero to three
                greater values.
                 The applicant first calculated a case weighted threshold of $96,810
                for all scenarios based upon the dollar threshold for each MS-DRG
                grouping and the proportion of cases in each MS-DRG. The applicant then
                calculated the average charge per case. The applicant stated that
                because narsoplimab is an adjunctive therapy, no charges for a prior
                technology or a technology being replaced were removed. In the base
                case analysis, no charges related to the prior technology were removed
                because narsoplimab is not anticipated to offset standard of care
                costs. However, according to the applicant, because of a reduction in
                complications leading to mortality and other clinically significant
                complications, narsoplimab is anticipated to decrease the rate of
                hospitalization and length of stay. Therefore, two sensitivity analyses
                were included which removed 25 percent and 50 percent of prior related
                therapy charges which could potentially be related to a decrease in
                length of stay and/or decrease in ICU utilization in sensitivity
                analyses one and two, respectively. The applicant stated the 50% charge
                reduction analysis was performed as an extreme analysis to examine the
                unlikely possibility that narsoplimab offsets a considerable amount of
                costs associated with treating TMA. Because of the reduction in
                complications leading to mortality and other clinically significant
                complications, the applicant asserted that for many with long-term
                sequelae, narsoplimab is anticipated to decrease the rate of
                hospitalization and length of stay. Next the applicant calculated the
                average standardized charge per case using the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule Impact file. The 2-year inflation factor of 13.2% (1.13218)
                was obtained from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and applied to
                the average standardized charge per case.
                 To determine the charges for narsoplimab, the applicant converted
                cost to charges by dividing by the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                national average drug CCR of 0.187. No charges related to the use of
                the technology were added by the applicant because utilization of
                narsoplimab is not anticipated to result in incremental costs. The
                applicant calculated the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case by adding the charges for the technology
                to the inflated average standardized charge per case. In the base
                analysis where a technology related price of $0 was used, the applicant
                determined a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case of $363,815, which exceeds the average case-weighted threshold
                amount of $96,810. In the same base analysis, the applicant determined
                a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $272,861 in scenario one of the sensitivity analyses, which exceeds the
                average case-weighted threshold amount of $96,810. Lastly, in the same
                base analysis, the applicant determined a final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case of $181,908 in scenario two of
                the sensitivity analyses, which exceeds the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $96,810. The applicant then provided a secondary
                cost analysis where the price of narsoplimab was the average of the
                three greater values used as the charges for the technology, and
                identified a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case of $898,574, $807,621, and $716,667 in the base, 25 percent
                sensitivity, and 50 percent sensitivity analyses respectively.
                 We note that in its application, the applicant only provided, in
                Excel format, the primary base analysis without sensitivity scenarios.
                We are therefore unable to verify all other analyses, to include the
                sensitivity
                [[Page 25285]]
                analyses, discussed in this section and in the application. The
                applicant includes many MS-DRGs which are defined by other factors
                which may or may not be related to the intended indication for
                narsoplimab. For instance, the applicant identified MS-DRG 193 (Simple
                Pneumonia and Pleurisy with MCC) for inclusion in the cost analysis.
                Therefore, we are uncertain if the cases identified in the preceding
                cost analysis adequately identify potential cases eligible for
                narsoplimab. We are seeking public comment with regard to whether the
                MS-DRGs used in these cost analyses are appropriately representative of
                the cases that would be eligible for use of the technology. We invite
                public comments on whether narsoplimab meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that narsoplimab represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies. According to the applicant,
                compared to the current recommendation of cessation of
                immunosuppressive therapies, narsoplimab demonstrates a substantial
                clinical improvement for the treatment of HSCT-TMA because it fulfills
                an unmet need for patients, demonstrated a statistically significant
                complete response rate in the pivotal clinical trial, provides a
                reduction in clinically significant adverse events, resulted in higher
                100-day survival rates, decreases the rate of subsequent therapeutic
                interventions, and is anticipated to decrease the rate of
                hospitalizations and length of stay.
                 The applicant asserts that narsoplimab offers a treatment option
                for a patient population unresponsive to current available treatments.
                According to the applicant, the FDA awarded narsoplimab Breakthrough
                Therapy designation after reviewing literature for patients similar to
                those in the applicant's pivotal trial. The applicant states that if
                approved by the FDA, narsoplimab will be the only drug or biological
                approved for the treatment of HSCT-TMA.
                 In support of the assertion that narsoplimab offers a treatment
                option for patients unresponsive to currently available treatments, the
                applicant provided an abstract of their pivotal trial, a single-arm
                trial of 28 adult HSCT-TMA patients.\416\ The abstract states that
                patients who had not responded to immunosuppression modification and
                who had thrombocytopenia, evidence of microangiopathic hemolytic
                anemia, and increased creatinine were included in the study. The
                applicant adds that patients with mild disease were excluded from the
                study. Patients received narsoplimab intravenously once weekly for four
                or eight weeks with a 6-week follow up period. The primary endpoint was
                a response-based composite measure requiring improvement both in
                laboratory TMA markers (platelet count and Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH))
                and in clinical status (that is organ function). Secondary endpoints
                were surivival and changes in laboratory TMA markers. The applicant
                asserts that a complete response rate of 15% was identified in
                conjunction with the FDA as the threshold to demonstrate efficacy for
                narsoplimab. The applicant states that narsoplimab resulted in a 61%
                complete response rate (CRR) in patients with HSCT-TMA who received at
                least one dose of the drug; the per protocol analysis (that is,
                patients who received at least the per-protocol-specified 4 weeks of
                treatment) resulted in a 74% complete response rate. The applicant
                states that these complete response rates are higher than the expected
                response of 10% to 15% in the absence of narsoplimab.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \416\ Rambaldi, A et al. Narsoplimab for the treatment of Adult
                Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplant-Associated Thrombotic
                Microangiopathy European Hematology Society. Abstract S262. 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In applying for Breakthrough Therapy designation, the applicant
                states that a literature review was conducted to identify studies in a
                patient population similar to that in the pivotal trial. Searching in
                PubMed using pre-identified search terms (transplant-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy; thrombotic microangiopathy stem cell; and
                cancer-associated thrombotic microangiopathy), the applicant identified
                nine references that met inclusion criteria and excluded an unknown
                number of articles because the patient data was not included in the
                publication. Studies were included if they were published in the year
                2000 or later and included: (1) Survival data for patients; (2)
                documentation that immunosuppression was modified; and (3)
                documentation of patient response to immunosuppression
                modification.\417\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \417\ Rambaldi, A et al. Improved survival following OMS721
                treatment following hematopoietic stem cell transplant-associated
                thrombotic microangiopathy (HCTTMA). European Hematology Society.
                Stockholm, June 15, 2018. Abstract PF724.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Of the nine studies included, there was a mean sample size of 7.4
                ranging from 1-17 totaling 67 participants. The applicant identified a
                median overall survival of 21 days (95% CI 15-29) which ranged from 7
                to 43 days. The applicant compared these results to those of the
                pivotal trial, where 16 of 28 patients died with a median overall
                survival of 274 days (p TM
                 Vericel Corporation submitted an application for
                NexoBridTM for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022.
                According to the applicant, NexoBridTM is a novel, non-
                surgical option for eschar removal (debridement). Eschar is the dead
                tissue and dried secretions from a skin wound following a burn, and
                removal is essential for wound healing. According to the applicant,
                NexoBridTM is a mixture of proteolytic enzymes (enriched in
                bromelain) and has been developed for patients with deep partial
                thickness (DPT) and/or full thickness
                [[Page 25287]]
                (FT) thermal burns. According to the applicant, NexoBridTM
                has not yet received approval from FDA. The applicant further noted
                that NexoBridTM was approved by the European Medicines
                Agency (EMA) in 2012 and is currently commercially available in many
                countries.
                 The applicant stated that timely, rapid debridement of eschar in
                burn patients is necessary for assessing the burn injury, initiating
                the wound healing process, and preventing further complications, such
                as local infection, sepsis and extension of the burn
                injury.427 428 429 The applicant stated that
                NexoBridTM has been identified by the Biomedical Advanced
                Research and Development Authority (BARDA) as a critical medical
                countermeasure to address the public health emergency need for a
                debridement product for the treatment of burns in adults, especially
                for mass casualty events, where surgical capacity is limited, and rapid
                assessment of burn severity and intervention are imperative.\430\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \427\ Edmondson, S. J., Jumabhoy, I. A., & Murray, A. (2018).
                Time to start putting down the knife: A systematic review of burns
                excision tools of randomised and non-randomised trials. Burns,
                44(7), 1721-1737.
                 \428\ Gibran, N. S., et al. (2013). Summary of the 2012 ABA burn
                quality consensus conference. Journal of Burn Care & Research,
                34(4), 361-385.
                 \429\ Xiao-Wu, et al. (2002). Effects of delayed wound excision
                and grafting in severely burned children. Archives of surgery,
                137(9), 1049-1054.
                 \430\ BARDA Initiates the Procurement of NexoBrid for Emergency
                Response. http://ir.mediwound.com/newsreleases/news-release-details/barda-initiates-procurement-nexobrid-emergency-response.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that the current standard of care for burn
                debridement includes surgical and non-surgical approaches. The
                applicant stated that the surgical approach relies primarily on
                surgical tangential excision through use of sharp instruments such as
                scalpels and dermatomes.431 432 The applicant stated that
                surgical procedures include minor excision, avulsion, hydrosurgery (for
                example, VERSAJETTM), scraping, brushing, dermabrasion, and
                excisions.\433\ The applicant stated that non-surgical standard of care
                treatments include enzymatic debridement such as clostridial
                collagenase ointment (example, SANTYL[supreg]), antimicrobial agents
                such as silver sulfadiazine (example, SILVADENE[supreg]), or various
                hydrogels.434 435 436 437 438 439
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \431\ Edmondson, S. J., et al. (2018). Time to start putting
                down the knife: A systematic review of burns excision tools of
                randomised and non-randomised trials. Burns, 44(7), 1721-1737.
                 \432\ Hindocha, S., et al. (2013). Burn eschar debridement: a
                review. J. Wound. Technol. July, 12-14.
                 \433\ Legemate, C. M., et al. ``Application of hydrosurgery for
                burn wound debridement: an 8-year cohort analysis.'' Burns 45.1
                (2019): 88-96.
                 \434\ Loo, Y. L., Goh, B. K., & Jeffery, S. (2018). An overview
                of the use of bromelain-based enzymatic debridement
                (NexoBrid[supreg]) in deep partial and full thickness burns:
                appraising the evidence. Journal of Burn Care & Research, 39(6),
                932-938.
                 \435\ Pham, C. H., et al. (2019). The role of collagenase
                ointment in acute burns: a systematic review and meta-analysis.
                Journal of wound care, 28(Sup2), S9-S15.
                 \436\ Cancio, L. C., Barillo, D. J., Kearns, R. D., Holmes IV,
                J. H., Conlon, K. M., Matherly, A. F., . . . & Palmieri, T. (2017).
                Guidelines for burn care under austere conditions: surgical and
                nonsurgical wound management. Journal of Burn Care & Research,
                38(4), 203-214.
                 \437\ Hansbrough, J. F., et al (1995). Wound healing in partial-
                thickness burn wounds treated with collagenase ointment versus
                silver sulfadiazine cream. The Journal of burn care &
                rehabilitation, 16(suppl_3_pt_1), 241-247.,
                 \438\ Klasen, H. J. (2000). A historical review of the use of
                silver in the treatment of burns. II. Renewed interest for silver.
                Burns, 26(2), 131-138.,
                 \439\ Soroff, H. S., & Sasvary, D. H. (1994). Collagenase
                ointment and polymyxin B sulfate/bacitracin spray versus silver
                sulfadiazine cream in partial-thickness burns: A pilot study. The
                Journal of burn care & rehabilitation, 15(1), 13-17.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, NexoBridTM is a botanical
                and biologic product for topical use and is comprised of two
                components: The NexoBridTM powder that contains the active
                pharmaceutical ingredient (API) and a Gel Vehicle. The
                NexoBridTM API is a concentrate of proteolytic enzymes
                enriched in bromelain extracted from pineapple stems. The applicant
                stated that the mechanism of action of NexoBridTM is
                mediated by the proteolytic activity of its enzymes and is associated
                with selective debridement of eschar and denatured collagen while
                sparing healthy tissue.
                 The applicant stated that according to the American Hospital
                Association (AHA) Coding Clinic, ``Non-excisional debridement is coded
                with root operation `extraction' ''.\440\ The applicant added that
                NexoBridTM could be identified with ICD-10-PCS code series
                0HD Extraction of Skin or 0JD Extraction of subcutaneous tissue and
                fascia. The applicant stated that it has not requested that its
                technology map to a new or different MS-DRG.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \440\ American Hospital Association (AHA) Coding Clinic, Volume
                2, number 1, 2015, pg 23
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated they
                have not yet received FDA approval. The applicant submitted a Biologic
                License Application (BLA) for NexoBridTM for FDA approval on
                June 30, 2020 on the basis of two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials. In
                September 2020, the FDA accepted the application and communicated a
                PDUFA date of June 29, 2021.
                 The applicant indicated that the ICD-10-PCS code series for non-
                excisional debridement, 0HD (Extraction of Skin) or 0JD (Extraction of
                subcutaneous tissue and fascia) could be used to identify
                NexoBridTM use. The applicant indicated that
                NexoBridTM is not separately identified with a unique ICD-
                10-PCS code. The applicant submitted a request for an ICD-10-PCS code
                to uniquely identify the use of NexoBridTM beginning in FY
                2022.
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would, therefore, not be
                considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                the applicant stated that NexoBridTM is unique due to the
                bromelain active ingredient, which is extracted from pineapple stems.
                The applicant claimed that a search of the FDA website for the key
                words ``bromelain'' and ``pineapple'' did not yield any approved
                applications under section 505(b)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                Cosmetic (FD&C Act) or section 351(a) of the Public Health Service
                (PHS) Act.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant did not address the
                question directly, but stated that no existing technology used now or
                previously is similar to NexoBridTM that would be captured
                under burn MS-DRGs as identified in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.162
                [[Page 25288]]
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease, and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant stated that NexoBridTM
                does treat the same patient population as existing approaches to eschar
                removal. The applicant further stated that the ability to use
                NexoBridTM at the bedside offers an effective option for
                rapid eschar removal that avoids the operating room, and that the
                ability to use NexoBridTM in delicate areas offers
                particular value in burn treatment.
                 We have the following concerns regarding whether the technology
                meets the substantial similarity criteria and whether it should be
                considered new. While the applicant discussed the differences between
                NexoBridTM and products made by other manufacturers, we note
                the applicant does not provide enough information regarding the
                composition of the proteolytic enzymes used within the
                NexoBridTM active pharmaceutical ingredient, its mechanism
                of action, and how the ingredient(s) differs from other enzymatic
                debridement products on the market. Specifically, it is not clear
                whether the proteolytic enzyme is a type of collagenase similar to
                existing collagenase based enzymatic debridement products, since the
                applicant claimed that NexoBridTM debrides denatured
                collagen in the wound. In addition, the applicant states that
                NexoBridTM uses a new ingredient but does not explain how
                this represents a new mechanism of action. We also note that, while the
                applicant did not state so directly, we believe that patients treated
                using NexoBridTM would be assigned to the same MS-DRGs as
                those patients who were treated with competitive products or services
                used for burns. We further note that the applicant did not suggest that
                NexoBridTM was used to treat a different population from
                existing treatments.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether NexoBridTM is
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies and/or
                technologies, and whether NexoBridTM meets the newness
                criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant provided two
                scenarios: Scenario 1: without grafting, which excluded cases with an
                ICD-10-PCS code for replacement of skin, and Scenario 2: with grafting,
                which required at least one ICD-10-PCS code for replacement of skin.
                Under the first scenario, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR
                dataset for cases reporting ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes for second- or
                third-degree burns as a primary diagnosis, and an ICD-10-PCS code(s)
                for excision or extraction of skin or subcutaneous tissue and fascia;
                these criteria resulted in the identification of 347 cases mapping to
                three unique MS-DRGs. Under the second scenario, the applicant again
                searched the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset for the same ICD-10 codes but with
                an additional ICD-10-PCS code for replacement of skin. Under the second
                scenario, the applicant identified 1,283 cases mapping to five unique
                MS-DRGs. In the following tables the applicant lists the MS-DRGs to
                which cases are assigned in each scenario:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.163
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.164
                 With respect to the MS-DRGs identified based on the claims search
                and included in the cost analysis, particularly MS-DRG 003, the
                applicant confirmed that this MS-DRG was appropriately representative
                of potential NexoBridTM patients.
                 The applicant used the FY 2019 MedPAR LDS file with the FY 2022 New
                Technology thresholds to calculate the case-weighted thresholds, and
                the FY 2019 FR IPPS/LTCH PPS standardizing file to standardize charges.
                The applicant then removed 100 percent of the operating room charges
                and 24.5 percent of the blood charges from the identified cases to
                conservatively estimate the charges that potentially may be avoided
                through the use of NexoBridTM. After standardizing the
                charges, the applicant applied what it indicated was the 2-year
                inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges of 13.1 percent. We note that the
                inflation factor was 13.2 percent (1.13218) for FY 2021 (85 FR 59039),
                which would have resulted in higher inflated charges. To calculate the
                charges for the technology, the applicant divided the cost of the
                technology by the national average CCR for the Drugs cost center of
                0.187 from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 Under scenario one, the applicant calculated a final inflated case-
                weighted average standardized charge per case of $95,828, which
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $55,536. Under
                scenario two, the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case of $334,405 exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $168,985. The applicant stated that because the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount for both scenarios,
                the technology meets the cost criterion.
                [[Page 25289]]
                 According to the applicant, NexoBridTM is indicated for
                the treatment of thermal burns. The cost analysis performed by the
                applicant includes MS-DRG 003 (ECMO or Tracheostomy w MV >96 Hours or
                Principal Diagnosis Except Face, Mouth and Neck w Major O.R.
                Procedures), which per the applicant is appropriately representative of
                potential NexoBridTM patients. However, MS-DRG 003 does not
                appear to be representative of the target patient population for
                NexoBridTM. We are seeking public comment on whether the use
                of this MS-DRG and others for the cost analysis appropriately reflects
                the potential cases treated by the technology.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether NexoBrid[supreg] meets
                the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that NexoBridTM can be used in a patient
                population that is unresponsive to, or ineligible for currently
                available treatments because NexoBridTM can be used at the
                bedside and is therefore an effective eschar removal option for
                patients for whom surgery or general anesthesia may be contraindicated.
                The applicant asserted that NexoBridTM allows for the
                diagnosis of a medical condition in a manner different from existing
                technology because it allows for depth-of-burn diagnoses of
                indeterminant depth and/or mixed depth wounds. The applicant also
                asserted that NexoBridTM represents a substantial clinical
                improvement due to significantly improved clinical outcomes in the
                following ways: (1) Reduction in clinically significant adverse events
                by reducing the surgical burden associated with surgical excision,
                reducing donor site morbidity due to reduced autografting, reducing
                blood loss due to adoption of a non-surgical approach, and reduced
                usage of surgical escharotomies; (2) decreased rate in a subsequent
                diagnostic or therapeutic intervention by reducing the need for
                surgical excision and reducing the need for autografts; (3) improved
                quality of life due to reduced scarring associated with reduction in
                autografting; and (4) NexoBridTM is aligned with key
                benefits to elderly burn patients who may be too unwell for surgical
                excision.
                 The applicant asserted that because NexoBridTM can be
                used at the bedside, it provides a unique non-surgical option for
                rapid, consistent eschar removal in patients for whom surgery or
                general anesthesia may be contraindicated. The applicant claimed that
                currently available non-surgical eschar removal procedures are
                generally considered inefficient, can result in a lengthy sloughing
                period, and have the potential for development of granulation tissue
                and increased infection and scarring.441 442 443
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \441\ Hansbrough, J. F., et al. (1995). Wound healing in
                partial-thickness burn wounds treated with collagenase ointment
                versus silver sulfadiazine cream. The Journal of burn care &
                rehabilitation, 16(suppl_3_pt_1), 241-247.
                 \442\ Klasen, H. J. (2000). A historical review of the use of
                silver in the treatment of burns. II. Renewed interest for silver.
                Burns, 26(2), 131-138.
                 \443\ Soroff, H. S., & Sasvary, D. H. (1994). Collagenase
                ointment and polymyxin B sulfate/bacitracin spray versus silver
                sulfadiazine cream in partial-thickness burns: a pilot study. The
                Journal of burn care & rehabilitation, 15(1), 13-17.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials to
                primarily support its claims of substantial clinical improvement. The
                DETECT study (NCT02148705) is a multi-center, multi-national, assessor
                blinded, randomized, 3:3:1 controlled, three-arm study from which data
                is not yet publicly available. Per the applicant, this study aimed to
                demonstrate superiority of NexoBridTM treatment over Gel
                Vehicle (placebo) control and standard of care treatment, in
                hospitalized adult subjects with DPT and/or FT thermal burn of 3-30%
                total body surface area (TBSA) and total burn wounds of no more than
                30% TBSA. A total of 175 subjects were randomized in to the DETECT
                study with 169 subjects being treated with NexoBrid, SOC consisting of
                surgical and/or nonsurgical treatment as per the investigators'
                discretion, or placebo.\444\ NCT00324311 is an earlier multi-center,
                open-label, randomized, controlled clinical trial including 156
                patients aged 4-55 years with deep partial and full thickness burns
                covering 5-30% TBSA. Patients were randomly assigned to burn
                debridement with NexoBridTM or standard of care, which
                included surgical excisional or non-surgical debridement.\445\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \444\ NexoBrid Draft Labeling Text
                 \445\ Rosenberg, L., et al, A novel rapid and selective
                enzymatic debridement agent for burn wound management: A multi-
                center RCT. Burns 2014, Vol 40(3): 466-474.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that in patients with indeterminant partial-
                thickness and/or mixed depth burns, NexoBridTM debridement
                allows for a more accurate assessment of burn depth. The applicant
                stated, ``each additional non-autografted NexoBridTM-treated
                patient (relative to standard of care eschar removal) has an
                indeterminate superficial partial thickness wound that would otherwise
                have been incorrectly diagnosed as a deep partial thickness wound.''
                The applicant suggested that deep partial thickness wounds require
                autografting. The applicant noted that the Phase 3 clinical trial
                NCT00324311 of patients with DPT and FT thickness had burns ranging
                from 5-30%TBSA.\446\ The applicant claimed that it can be estimated
                that approximately 16.2% of NexoBridTM treated wounds (34.1%
                autograft rate in standard of care group minus 17.9% autograft rate in
                the NexoBridTM treated group) would have been autografted
                had other standard of care methods for burn debridement been used.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \446\ Ibid. Rosenberg, L., et al, A novel rapid and selective
                enzymatic debridement agent for burn wound management: A multi-
                center RCT. Burns 2014, Vol 40(3): 466-474.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that the use of NexoBridTM as a
                non-surgical option for treatment reduces potential adverse events that
                may be associated with surgery or general anesthesia such as blood
                loss. The applicant noted that in the DETECT trial, median blood loss
                during eschar removal was significantly higher in the standard of care
                arm compared with NexoBridTM. It also noted that the
                NCT00324311 trial demonstrated smaller reductions in hemoglobin and
                hematocrit values before and after treatment in the
                NexoBridTM arm compared to the standard of care arm.
                 The applicant asserted that the use of NexoBridTM may
                reduce instances of surgical escharotomies which may be needed when a
                circumferential eschar produces a tourniquet effect that compromises
                circulation or movement.447 448 449 According to the
                applicant, this requires an emergency escharotomy involving incising
                through areas of burnt skin to release the eschar and its constrictive
                effects, restore distal circulation, and allow adequate ventilation.
                The applicant claimed that reducing the need for an escharotomy also
                reduces the need for subsequent surgical reconstruction of the
                escharotomy wound, and potential complications, including uncontrolled
                bleeding, incomplete release, damage to deep structures, functional
                deficits, and scarring.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \447\ Kreiger et al, Efficacy of enzymatic debridement of deeply
                burned hands. Burns 2012, Vol 38: 108-112.
                 \448\ Giudice et al, Cost Analysis of a Novel Enzymatic
                Debriding Agent for Management of Burn Wounds. Biomed Res Int 2017,
                Vol 2017.
                 \449\ Palao et al, Use of a selective enzymatic debridement
                agent (NexoBrid[supreg]) for wound management: Learning curve. World
                J of Dermatology 2017, Vol 6(2): 32-41.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To support the claim that NexoBridTM reduces the time to
                eschar removal, the applicant asserted that NexoBridTM has
                been shown in the two phase 3 multi-center, randomized-controlled
                trials to have a lower average time of eschar removal compared to the
                standard of
                [[Page 25290]]
                care, with the DETECT study demonstrating 1.0 day eschar removal versus
                3.8 days and NCT00324311 demonstrating 2.2 days versus 8.7 days
                (pTM can
                lead to decreased need for surgical excision. The applicant stated that
                in a pooled analysis of both Phase 3 clinical trials,
                NexoBridTM exhibited lower incidence of surgical excision to
                complete eschar removal (26.9% vs 70.6%), lower mean percent wound area
                surgically excised (11.5% vs 55.1%), and a higher rate of complete
                eschar removal without rescue surgical excision (90.5% vs 70.1%)
                compared to standard of care. The applicant cited these results as
                proof of the tissue-sparing effects compared with standard of care. The
                applicant further stated that the NCT00324311 study \452\ showed that
                among patients with wounds comprised entirely of deep partial thickness
                (DPT) burns in this study, the incidence of excision or dermabrasion
                after debridement was statistically significantly lower with
                NexoBridTM compared with standard of care (15.1% vs 65.5%,
                pTM, 14.6%
                versus 44.5% in standard of care group (p TM group was 93.35% (70 of 75
                patients) versus 100% in the standard of care group (which included
                both surgical and non-surgical debridement) versus 4.0% in the gel
                vehicle placebo group. The applicant stated that the incidence of
                excision to complete eschar removal was statistically significantly
                lower with NexoBridTM, 4.0% versus 72% for the standard of
                care group (pTM has been shown
                to be associated with effective prevention of the subsequent need for
                autografting. The applicant stated that in the first published Phase 3
                pivotal clinical trial NCT00324311,\453\ the autograft rate was 17.9%
                in the NexoBridTM treated arm vs. 34.1% in the standard of
                care treated group (p=0.009), and the percentage of wound autografted
                was lower in the NexoBridTM group, 8.4% vs. 21.5% in the
                standard of care group (p=0.0054). The applicant further stated that
                among patients with at least one wound that was entirely a DPT burn,
                significantly fewer wound autografts were performed in the
                NexoBridTM group, 17.9% (19/106 wounds) versus 34% (30/88
                wounds) in the standard of care group (p=0.0099), and the percent
                treated wound area autografted was also significantly lower in the
                NexoBridTM group, 8.4% versus 21.5% in the standard of care
                group (p=0.0054).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \453\ Rosenberg, L., et al, A novel rapid and selective
                enzymatic debridement agent for burn wound management: A multi-
                center RCT. Burns 2014, Vol 40(3): 466-474.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also stated that a prospective single-arm study of
                NexoBridTM showed that 25 patients with partial thickness
                burns who were treated with NexoBridTM experienced a
                reduction in the need for autografting compared to patients treated
                with standard of care.\454\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \454\ Palao, R., et al. (2017). Use of a selective enzymatic
                debridement agent (NexoBrid[supreg]) for wound management: Learning
                curve. World Journal of Dermatology, 6(2), 32-41.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also cited studies comparing NexoBridTM to
                surgical debridement in hand and facial burns. The applicant stated
                that a single center controlled study of 40 hand burns demonstrated a
                reduced need for autografting with NexoBridTM, with 15% of
                patients receiving NexoBridTM compared to 95% of patients
                treated with the standard of care (excisional surgical debridement)
                requiring autografting (p=0.034).\455\ The single center controlled
                study of 26 face burns demonstrated a reduced need for autografting
                with NexoBrid[supreg], with 15% of patients receiving
                NexoBridTM compared to 77% of patients treated with the
                standard of care requiring autografting (p=-0.002).\456\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \455\ Schulz, A., et al. (2017). Enzymatic versus traditional
                surgical debridement of severely burned hands: a comparison of
                selectivity, efficacy, healing time, and three-month scar quality.
                Journal of Burn Care & Research, 38(4), e745-e755.
                 \456\ Schulz, A., et al. (2017). Enzymatic debridement of deeply
                burned faces: healing and early scarring based on tissue
                preservation compared to traditional surgical debridement. Burns,
                43(6), 1233-1243.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that because the use of
                NexoBridTM reduces areas that require autografting, this
                results in decreased donor site morbidity, which is particularly useful
                for patients with limited donor site area (example, high total body
                surface area burns), or risk factors for delayed wound healing
                (example, advanced age).457 458
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \457\ Holmes Iv, J. H., et al. (2018). A comparative study of
                the ReCell[supreg] device and autologous split-thickness meshed skin
                graft in the treatment of acute burn injuries. Journal of Burn Care
                & Research, 39(5), 694-702.
                 \458\ Gould, L., et al. (2015). Chronic wound repair and healing
                in older adults: current status and future research. Wound Repair
                and Regeneration, 23(1), 1-13.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Per the applicant, by selectively debriding only non-viable tissue,
                NexoBridTM reduces the area of burn that requires
                autografting compared to surgical excision and other non-surgical
                approaches of eschar debridement. Per the applicant,
                NexoBridTM's selective debridement of non-viable tissue is
                especially useful in delicate areas such as face,\459\
                hands,460 461 feet, and genitals which are difficult areas
                to excise eschar surgically.462 463 The applicant also
                claimed that the use of NexoBridTM results in decreased
                scarring from the reduced need for autografting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \459\ Schulz, A., et al. (2017). Enzymatic debridement of deeply
                burned faces: healing and early scarring based on tissue
                preservation compared to traditional surgical debridement. Burns,
                43(6), 1233-1243.
                 \459\ Rosenberg et al, A novel rapid and selective enzymatic
                debridement agent for burn wound management: A multi-center RCT.
                Burns 2014, Vol 40(3): 466-474.
                 \460\ Schulz, A., et al. (2017). Enzymatic versus traditional
                surgical debridement of severely burned hands: a comparison of
                selectivity, efficacy, healing time, and three-month scar quality.
                Journal of Burn Care & Research, 38(4), e745-e755.
                 \461\ Krieger, Y., et al. (2012). Efficacy of enzymatic
                debridement of deeply burned hands. Burns, 38(1), 108-112.
                 \462\ Cordts, T., et al. (2016). Enzymatic debridement for the
                treatment of severely burned upper extremities-early single center
                experiences. BMC dermatology, 16(1), 1-7.
                 \463\ Hirche, C., et al. (2020). Eschar removal by bromelain
                based enzymatic debridement (NexoBrid[supreg]) in burns: European
                consensus guidelines update. Burns.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that the two single-center controlled trials
                discussed in this section, one of patients with hand burns\464\ and one
                of patients with
                [[Page 25291]]
                facial burns,\465\ demonstrated that cosmesis of the healed wound using
                NexoBridTM was comparable if not better than traditional
                surgical debridement (standard of care arm). In addition, per the
                applicant, a single arm prospective study of 36 patients showed that
                only 11.1% of patients treated with NexoBridTM developed
                hypertrophic scars.\466\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \464\ Schultz et al, Enzymatic Versus Traditional Surgical
                Debridement of Severely Burned Hands: A Comparison of Selectivity,
                Efficacy, Healing Time, and Three-Month Scar Quality. J Burn Care
                and Research 2016, Vol 38(4): 745-755.
                 \465\ Schultz et al, Enzymatic debridement of deeply burned
                faces: Healing and early scarring based on tissue preservation
                compared to traditional surgical debridement. Burns 2017b, Vol
                43(2017): 1233-1243.
                 \466\ Corrales-Benitez et al, Reduced need for grafting and low
                incidence of hypertrophic scarring in burns after enzymatic
                debridement. J. Plastic Surgery Latin America 2016, Vol 42(4).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In further support of their statements suggesting that the use of
                NexoBridTM results in reduced time to complete debridement,
                reduced need for surgery, and reduced need for autografting, the
                applicant submitted a literature review that identified studies
                published between 2012 and 2017 involving the use of
                NexoBridTM in deep partial and full thickness burns.\467\ In
                this article, studies were evaluated for proposed benefits of
                NexoBridTM and categorized under supporting evidence,
                contradicting evidence, and anecdotal opinions. Seven prospective
                studies met the inclusion criteria including four randomized controlled
                trials. Six proposed benefits associated with the use of
                NexoBridTM were extracted from the studies including reduced
                time to complete debridement, need for surgery, area of burns excised,
                need for autograft, time to wound closure, and improved scar quality.
                The authors of the literature review stated that most of the proposed
                benefits had strong supporting evidence from controlled trials as well
                as some anecdotal data. The authors further stated that for the
                proposed benefits of scar quality improvement and reduced time to wound
                healing, three sources and one anecdotal study provided refuting
                evidence. Incidence of pain was also evaluated and was mainly
                anecdotal, lacking formal objective assessment or cohort study.\468\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \467\ Loo, Y. L., Goh, B. K., & Jeffery, S. (2018). An overview
                of the use of bromelain-based enzymatic debridement
                (NexoBrid[supreg]) in deep partial and full thickness burns:
                appraising the evidence. Journal of Burn Care & Research, 39(6),
                932-938.
                 \468\ Loo, Y. L., Goh, B. K., & Jeffery, S. (2018). An overview
                of the use of bromelain-based enzymatic debridement
                (NexoBrid[supreg]) in deep partial and full thickness burns:
                appraising the evidence. Journal of Burn Care & Research, 39(6),
                932-938.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion, we have
                the following concerns. We note that the applicant's claims of
                superiority of NexoBridTM to standard of care debridement
                methods are non-specific because the studies cited were not designed to
                compare NexoBridTM to a specific non-surgical method or an
                enzymatic debridement product. In addition, we are unclear whether
                comparing NexoBridTM to a surgical treatment modality is the
                most appropriate comparator since mechanical means of debridement have
                different clinical indications, risks, and benefits compared to
                enzymatic debridement. We note that studies also did not demonstrate
                that NexoBridTM selectively debrides eschar and does not
                injure viable skin. In addition, it may be difficult to generalize
                across studies of NexoBridTM because the wound care and
                timing of the debridement and subsequent autografting varies across
                different burn centers and studies. We note that we are unable to
                verify the results of the DETECT study as it does not appear that this
                data has been published or provided by the applicant. Finally, we note
                that a review of seven studies of NexoBridTM \469\ observed
                that when compared to the standard of care, there were variable reports
                of the cosmetic outcome of NexoBridTM, prolonged wound
                closure, longer lengths of stay, and significant pain associated with
                NexoBridTM eschar debridement.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \469\ Loo, Y.L., et al, An Overview of the Use of Bromelain-
                Based Enzymatic Debridement (NexoBrid[supreg]) in Deep Partial and
                Full Thickness Burns: Appraising the Evidence. J Burn Care and
                Research 2018, Vol 39(6): 932-938.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite public comment on whether NexoBridTM meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for the
                NexoBridTM.
                m. Olumiant[supreg] (baricitinib)
                 Eli Lilly and Company submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for Olumiant[supreg] (baricitinib) for FY 2022.
                Olumiant[supreg] is a Janus kinase (JAK) 1 and 2 inhibitor used in
                combination with remdesivir as a treatment option for coronavirus
                disease 2019 (COVID-19), a respiratory disease caused by severe acute
                respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). Olumiant[supreg] has
                not yet received marketing approval from FDA to treat COVID-19, but has
                received an emergency use authorization (EUA) by the FDA.
                Olumiant[supreg] has been previously approved by FDA for the treatment
                of adult patients with moderately to severely active rheumatoid
                arthritis, who have had inadequate response to one or more tumor
                necrosis factor (TNF) antagonist therapies.\470\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \470\ Olumiant (baricitinib) [package insert]. US Food and Drug
                Administration. Available at https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2020/207924s002lbl.pdf. Revised July 8, 2020.
                Accessed October 8, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that patients diagnosed with COVID-19 are at
                an elevated risk for excess morbidity and mortality due to the
                underlying SARS-CoV-2 infection and subsequent cytokine activation. The
                applicant stated that the cause of respiratory failure in COVID-19 is a
                hyperinflammatory state characterized by upregulation of multiple
                cytokines and that Olumiant[supreg] may be a viable treatment in
                patients with COVID-19 requiring supplemental oxygen, invasive
                mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO)
                because of its anti-inflammatory activity and ability to reverse
                dysregulated inflammatory markers in patients with COVID-19.\471\ The
                applicant noted treatment with baricitinib 4 mg resulted in reduced
                plasma levels of the cytokine IL-6 in hospitalized patients with COVID-
                19, a finding that was replicated after being observed in patients with
                rheumatoid arthritis.472 473 474 The applicant also claimed
                that Olumiant[supreg] potentially has anti-viral activity in inhibiting
                SARS-CoV-2 from entering and infecting lung cells due to its affinity
                for adaptor-associated kinase-1 (AAK1).\475\ The applicant noted that
                there are ongoing
                [[Page 25292]]
                studies to evaluate the impact of the antiviral host activity of
                Olumiant[supreg].
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \471\ McInnes IB, Byers NL, Higgs RE, et al. Comparison of
                baricitinib, upadacitinib, and tofacitinib mediated regulation of
                cytokine signaling in human leukocyte subpopulations. Arthritis Res
                Ther. 2019;21(1):183. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13075-019-1964-1.
                 \472\ Bronte V, Ugel S, Tinazzi E, et al. Baricitinib restrains
                the immune dysregulation in severe COVID-19 patients [published
                online August 18, 2020]. J Clin Invest. https://doi.org/10.1172/JCI141772.
                 \473\ Sims JT, Krishnan V, Chang CY, et al. Characterization of
                the cytokine storm reflects hyperinflammatory endothelial
                dysfunction in COVID-19 [published online September 10, 2020]. J
                Allergy Clin Immunol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.08.031.
                 \474\ Stebbing J, Krishnan V, de Bono S, et al; Sacco
                Baricitinib Study Group. Mechanism of baricitinib supports
                artificial intelligence-predicted testing in COVID-19 patients. EMBO
                Mol Med. 2020;12(8):e12697. https://doi.org/10.15252/emmm.202012697.
                 \475\ Richardson P, Griffin I, Tucker C, Smith D, Oechsle O,
                Phelan A, Rawling M, Savory E, Stebbing J. Baricitinib as potential
                treatment for 2019-nCoV acute respiratory disease. Lancet. 2020 Feb
                15; 395(10223):e30-e31. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30304-4. Epub
                2020 Feb 4. Erratum in: Lancet. 2020 Jun 20; 395(10241):1906. PMID:
                32032529; PMCID: PMC7137985.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, Olumiant[supreg] received
                Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) from FDA on November 19, 2020 for the
                emergency use of Olumiant[supreg], indicated for use in combination
                with remdesivir for the treatment of suspected or laboratory confirmed
                COVID-19 in certain hospitalized patients requiring supplemental
                oxygen, invasive mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal membrane
                oxygenation (ECMO). The applicant stated that it intends to submit a
                supplemental new drug application (sNDA) for Olumiant[supreg].
                 In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48561 through 48563), we
                revised our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to codify our longstanding
                practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility criteria for new medical
                service or technology add-on payment applications. We stated that new
                technologies that have not received FDA approval do not meet the
                newness criterion. In addition, we stated we do not believe it is
                appropriate for CMS to determine whether a medical service or
                technology represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies before the FDA makes a determination as to whether the
                medical service or technology is safe and effective. For these reasons,
                we first determine whether a new technology meets the newness
                criterion, and only if so, do we make a determination as to whether the
                technology meets the cost threshold and represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing medical services or technologies. We
                also finalized at 42 CFR 412.87(c) (subsequently redesignated as
                412.87(e)) that all applicants for new technology add-on payments must
                have FDA approval or clearance by July 1 of the year prior to the
                beginning of the fiscal year for which the application is being
                considered.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to more precisely describe
                the various types of FDA approvals, clearances, licensures, and
                classifications that we consider under our new technology add-on
                payment policy, we finalized a technical clarification to Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) to indicate that new technologies must receive FDA
                marketing authorization (for example, pre-market approval (PMA); 510(k)
                clearance; the granting of a De Novo classification request; approval
                of a New Drug Application (NDA); or Biologics License Application (BLA)
                licensure) by July 1 of the year prior to the beginning of the fiscal
                year for which the application is being considered. As noted in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, this technical clarification did not
                change our longstanding policy for evaluating whether a technology is
                eligible for new technology add-on payment for a given fiscal year, and
                we continue to consider FDA marketing authorization as representing
                that a product has received FDA approval or clearance for purposes of
                eligibility for the new technology add-on payment under Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) (85 FR 58742).
                 An EUA by the FDA allows a product to be used for emergency use,
                but under our longstanding policy, we believe it would not be
                considered an FDA marketing authorization for the purpose of new
                technology add-on payments, as a product that is available only through
                an EUA is not considered to have FDA approval or clearance. Therefore,
                under the current regulations at 42 CFR 412.87(e)(2) and consistent
                with our longstanding policy of not considering eligibility for new
                technology add-on payments prior to a product receiving FDA approval or
                clearance, we believe a product available only through an EUA would not
                be eligible for new technology add-on payments.
                 We also refer the reader to our comment solicitation in section
                II.F.7 of the preamble of this proposed rule regarding how data
                reflecting the costs of a product with an EUA, which may become
                available upon authorization of the product for emergency use (but
                prior to FDA approval or clearance), should be considered for purposes
                of the 2-year to 3-year period of newness for new technology add-on
                payments for a product with or expected to receive an EUA, including
                whether the newness period should begin with the date of the EUA. With
                respect to Olumiant[supreg], we are specifically requesting comment on
                whether the newness period for this technology would begin on November
                19, 2020, the date of its EUA, when the product became available on the
                market.
                 In response to the COVID-19 public health emergency (PHE), we
                established the New COVID-19 Treatments Add-on Payment (NCTAP) under
                the IPPS for COVID-19 cases that meet certain criteria (85 FR 71155).
                We believe that as drugs and biological products become available and
                are authorized for emergency use or approved by FDA for the treatment
                of COVID-19 in the inpatient setting, it is appropriate to increase the
                current IPPS payment amounts to mitigate any potential financial
                disincentives for hospitals to provide new COVID-19 treatments during
                the PHE. Therefore, effective for discharges occurring on or after
                November 2, 2020 and until the end of the PHE for COVID-19, we
                established the NCTAP to pay hospitals the lesser of (1) 65 percent of
                the operating outlier threshold for the claim or (2) 65 percent of the
                amount by which the costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment,
                including the adjustment to the relative weight under section 3710 of
                the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act, for
                certain cases that include the use of a drug or biological product
                currently authorized for emergency use or approved for treating COVID-
                19.\476\ Qualifying inpatient cases involving the use of
                Olumiant[supreg], in combination with VEKLURY[supreg], are currently
                eligible for NCTAP beginning November 19, 2020, the date
                Olumiant[supreg] received EUA, through the end of the PHE.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \476\ Additional Policy and Regulatory Revisions in Response to
                the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency, 85 FR 71142, 71155 (November
                6, 2020). https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2020-11-06/pdf/2020-24332.pdf.; For more information on NCTAP, refer to CMS'
                provider toolkit at https://www.cms.gov/medicare/covid-19/new-covid-19-treatments-add-payment-nctap.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We anticipate that there might be inpatient cases of COVID-19,
                beyond the end of the PHE, for which payment based on the assigned MS-
                DRG may not adequately reflect the additional cost of new COVID-19
                treatments. In order to continue to mitigate potential financial
                disincentives for hospitals to provide new treatments, and to minimize
                any potential payment disruption immediately following the end of the
                PHE, we believe that the NCTAP should remain available for cases
                involving eligible treatments, including Olumiant[supreg], in
                combination with VEKLURY[supreg], for the remainder of the fiscal year
                in which the PHE ends (for example, until September 30, 2022). We refer
                the reader to our proposal in section II.F.8. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule to extend the NCTAP through the end of the fiscal year in
                which the PHE ends for certain products and discontinue the NCTAP for
                products approved for new technology add-on payments in FY 2022.
                 The applicant indicated that Olumiant[supreg] could be reported
                using the ICD-10-PCS codes 3E0DXGC (Introduction of other therapeutic
                substance into mouth and pharynx, external approach) or 3E0G7GC
                (Introduction of other therapeutic substance into upper GI, via natural
                or artificial opening) but stated that these codes do not uniquely
                identify the administration of Olumiant[supreg]. We note that ICD-10-
                PCS codes XW0DXF5 (Introduction of other new technology therapeutic
                substance into mouth and pharynx, external approach, new technology
                group 5) and 3E0H7GC (Introduction of other therapeutic
                [[Page 25293]]
                substance into lower G.I. via natural or artificial opening) could also
                be used to report use of Olumiant[supreg]. We note that as of January
                1, 2021, Olumiant[supreg] is uniquely identified by ICD-10-PCS codes
                XW0DXM6 (Introduction of baricitinib into mouth and pharynx, external
                approach, new technology group 6), XW0G7M6 (Introduction of baricitinib
                into upper GI, via natural or artificial opening, new technology group
                6), and XW0H7M6 (Introduction of baricitinib into lower GI, via natural
                or artificial opening, new technology group 6).
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                according to the applicant, Olumiant[supreg] does not use the same or a
                similar mechanism of action when compared to an existing technology to
                achieve a therapeutic outcome, as there are no JAK inhibitor therapies
                that have received an EUA or an approval from FDA to treat COVID-19.
                 The applicant notes that currently there is one therapy approved by
                FDA to treat COVID-19 in hospital inpatients, remdesivir, and one
                therapy, besides Olumiant[supreg], that has received EUA for the
                treatment of COVID-19, convalescent plasma.\477\ The applicant claims
                that the mechanism of action for both of these treatments differs from
                Olumiant[supreg], which works as a JAK inhibitor.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \477\ The Federal Drug and Food Administration. Emergency Use
                Authorizations: Drug and Biological Products. 2020. https://www.fda.gov/emergency-preparedness-andresponse/mcm-legal-regulatory-and-policy-framework/emergency-useauthorization#coviddrugs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that there are
                no JAK inhibitor therapies that have received an EUA or an approval
                from FDA for the treatment of patients with COVID-19 and that
                Olumiant[supreg] could therefore not be assigned to the same MS-DRG as
                existing technologies.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, according to the
                applicant, Olumiant[supreg] represents a potential new treatment option
                for adult and pediatric patients 2 years or older with suspected or
                laboratory-confirmed COVID-19 requiring supplemental oxygen, invasive
                mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO).
                The applicant also stated that COVID-19 is an entirely distinct disease
                from those caused by other coronaviruses including severe acute
                respiratory syndrome (SARS) and the Middle East respiratory syndrome
                coronavirus (MERS-CoV).
                 In summary, the applicant asserted that Olumiant[supreg] is not
                substantially similar to other available therapies because, as a JAK
                inhibitor, it has a unique mechanism of action; there are no other
                products assigned to the same MS-DRG; and it treats a different patient
                population and disease--COVID-19. However, although there may not be
                any other JAK inhibitors for the treatment of COVID-19 assigned to the
                same MS-DRG as Olumiant[supreg], we note that Olumiant[supreg] may map
                to the same MS-DRG as other existing COVID-19 treatments. We also note
                that Olumiant[supreg] involves the treatment of the same patient
                population and disease as other treatments for COVID-19, as
                Olumiant[supreg] is given to the same patients as remdesivir due to the
                EUA indication.
                 As discussed in section II.F.7 of the preamble, we are requesting
                comment regarding how data reflecting the costs of a product with an
                EUA, which may become available upon authorization of the product for
                emergency use (but prior to FDA approval or clearance), should be
                considered for purposes of the 2-year to 3-year period of newness for
                new technology add-on payments for a product with or expected to
                receive an EUA, including whether the newness period should begin with
                the date of the EUA. We are also specifically requesting comment on
                whether the newness period for Olumiant[supreg] would begin on November
                19, 2020, the date of its EUA, when the product became available on the
                market.
                 As previously discussed, under the regulations at 42 CFR
                412.87(e)(2) and consistent with our longstanding policy of not
                considering eligibility for new technology add-on payments prior to a
                product receiving FDA approval or clearance, we believe a product
                available only through an EUA would not be eligible for new technology
                add-on payments.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether Olumiant[supreg] meets
                the newness criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant performed four
                analyses. Two of these analyses were based on proxy COVID-19 cases
                using ICD-10-CM B97.29 with additional coding to identify
                manifestation. The applicant stated that these cases were then
                differentiated into proxy COVID-19 cases with supplemental oxygen and
                all proxy COVID-19 cases. The applicant stated that they also conducted
                two supplemental analyses to confirm that actual COVID-19 cases using
                Olumiant[supreg] would meet the cost threshold using linked 837 and 835
                inpatient Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transaction sets that were
                processed during February through June of 2020. The applicant then
                identified COVID-19 cases with supplemental oxygen and all COVID-19
                cases.
                 For the first analysis, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR
                LDS claims data file for potential cases representing patients who may
                be eligible for treatment using Olumiant[supreg]. The applicant
                identified proxy COVID-19 cases with supplemental oxygen by using ICD-
                10-CM diagnosis code B97.29 with one of the following ICD-10-CM codes:
                J12.89, J20.8, J40, J22, J98.8, and J80. The applicant excluded ICD-10-
                CM codes B34.2 and Z03.818. The applicant stated that this coding
                methodology was based on CDC guidance for coding COVID-19 cases prior
                to April 1, 2020. The applicant then limited the group to those cases
                that had ICD-10-PCS codes for supplemental oxygen. The ICD-10-PCS codes
                included ventilation (5A1935Z, 5A1945Z, 5A1955Z, 5A09357, 5A09358,
                5A09359, 5A0935B, 5A0935Z, 5A09457, 5A09458, 5A09459, 5A0945B, 5A0945Z,
                5A09557, 5A09558, 5A09559, 5A0955B, and 5A0955Z), extracorporeal
                membrane oxygenation (5A15223, 5A1522F, 5A1522G, 5A1522H, 5A15A2F,
                5A15A2G, and 5A15A2H), and ICD-10-CM code Z99.81. This resulted in 473
                cases mapping to the 11 MS-DRGs listed below.
                [[Page 25294]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.165
                 For the second analysis, the applicant identified all proxy COVID-
                19 cases using the same ICD-10-CM codes that were previously described;
                however, the applicant did not include or exclude any cases based on
                the ICD-10-PCS codes listed in claims. This resulted in 1,726 cases
                mapping to the following 25 MS-DRGs.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.166
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.167
                 For the third analysis, the applicant used Inovalon provider-
                sourced pre- and post-adjudicated claims data to identify CY 2020
                claims for COVID-19 cases that may be eligible for treatment involving
                Olumiant[supreg]. Specifically, the applicant used linked 837 and 835
                inpatient Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transaction sets that were
                processed between February and June of 2020. For discharges prior to
                April 1, 2020, the applicant identified cases using ICD-10-CM diagnosis
                code B97.29 with one of the following ICD-10-CM codes: J12.89, J20.8,
                J40, J22, J98.8, and J80. The applicant excluded ICD-10-CM codes B34.2
                and Z03.818. For cases discharged on or after April 1, 2020, the
                applicant identified cases using ICD-10-CM code U07.1 and excluded
                codes B34.2 and Z03.818. The applicant then limited the group to those
                cases that had ICD-10-PCS codes for supplemental oxygen. The ICD-10-PCS
                codes included ventilation (5A1935Z, 5A1945Z, 5A1955Z, 5A09357,
                5A09358, 5A09359, 5A0935B, 5A0935Z, 5A09457, 5A09458, 5A09459, 5A0945B,
                5A0945Z, 5A09557, 5A09558, 5A09559, 5A0955B, and 5A0955Z) and
                extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (5A15223, 5A1522F, 5A1522G,
                5A1522H, 5A15A2F, 5A15A2G, and 5A15A2H), and ICD-10-CM code Z99.81
                Dependence on supplemental oxygen. This resulted in 966 cases, which
                were mapped to the following 7 MS-DRGs:
                [[Page 25295]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.168
                 For the fourth analysis, the applicant identified all COVID-19
                cases using the same ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes as previously described.
                For discharges prior to April 1, 2020, the applicant identified cases
                using ICD-10-CM diagnosis code B97.29 with one of the following ICD-10-
                CM codes: J12.89, J20.8, J40, J22, J98.8, and J80. The applicant
                excluded ICD-10-CM codes B34.2 and Z03.818. For cases discharged on or
                after April 1, 2020, the applicant identified cases using ICD-10-CM
                code U07.1 and excluded codes B34.2 and Z03.818. The applicant did not
                include or exclude any cases based on the ICD-10-PCS codes listed in
                claims. Based on this analysis, the applicant found 3,826 cases, which
                map to 21 MS-DRGs listed below.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.169
                 For each analysis, the applicant then removed 12.5 percent of the
                length of stay charges from the relevant cases to estimate the
                reduction in charges due to decrease in number of hospitalization days
                that may be avoided through use of baricitinib. The applicant
                determined this percentage based on findings from the ACTT-2
                trial,\478\ sponsored by the National Institute of Allergy and
                Infection Diseases (NIAID), which found an improved median time to
                recovery from 8 to 7 days (that is, a 12.5 percent improvement).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \478\ Kalil, A.C., Patterson, T.F., Mehta, A.K., et al.
                Baricitinib plus remdesivir for adults with Covid-19. (2020). New
                England Journal of Medicine. DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2031994
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For the first two analyses, the applicant then standardized the
                charges and applied a 2-year inflation factor of 1.131096 that the
                applicant stated was used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges. We note that the 2-year inflation
                factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate
                outlier threshold charges is 1.13218, which would have increased the
                inflated charges figure. For analysis three and four, the applicant
                standardized the charges and applied a one-year inflation factor of 6.4
                percent, the one-year inflation factor published in the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule.
                 For each analysis, the applicant then calculated and added the
                charges for Olumiant[supreg] by taking the estimated per patient cost
                of the drug, and converting it to a charge by dividing the costs by the
                national average CCR (cost-to-charge ratio) of 0.187 for drugs from the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58601).
                 In the first analysis, which included proxy COVID-19 with
                supplemental oxygen cases, the applicant computed a final inflated
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $88,728, which
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $69,276.
                 In the second analysis, which included all proxy COVID-19 cases,
                the applicant computed a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $68,562, which exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $56,643.
                 In the third analysis, which included COVID-19 with supplemental
                oxygen cases, the applicant computed a final inflated average case-
                weighted
                [[Page 25296]]
                standardized charge per case of $198,114, which exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $123,238.
                 In the fourth analysis, which included all COVID-19 cases, the
                applicant computed a final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case of $99,870, which exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $75,891.
                 Because the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount
                under both analyses described previously, the applicant asserted that
                the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 We invite public comments on whether Olumiant[supreg] meets the
                cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that Olumiant[supreg] in combination with remdesivir
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because it improves time to recovery, improves the odds of
                improvement in clinical status at Day 15 after enrollment, and reduces
                mortality in the treatment of COVID-19 compared to remdesivir
                alone.\479\ The applicant also stated that the combination of
                Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir has a favorable risk/benefit profile in
                comparison to remdesivir alone. The applicant also claimed that
                Olumiant[supreg] improves respiratory function in patients treated with
                corticosteroids for SARS-CoV-2 pneumonia when compared with
                corticosteroids alone.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \479\ Kalil, A.C., Patterson, T.F., Mehta, A.K., et al.
                Baricitinib plus remdesivir for adults with Covid-19. (2020). New
                England Journal of Medicine. DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa2031994.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In support of these claims, the applicant submitted the results of
                the Adaptive COVID-19 Treatment Trial (ACTT-2) \480\ which was a
                randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial sponsored
                by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID),
                part of the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The ACTT-2 trial
                included 1,033 hospitalized patients with COVID-19 and assessed whether
                the combination of Olumiant[supreg] plus remdesivir was superior to
                remdesivir + placebo. There were 515 patients randomized to the
                treatment group and 518 to the control group. Of those in the treatment
                group, 507 (98.4 percent) received treatment as assigned. Of those in
                the control group, 509 (98.3 percent) received treatment as assigned. A
                total of 498 patients in the treatment group and 495 in the control
                group completed the trial through day 29, recovered, or died. The mean
                age of the patients was 55.4 years, and 63.1 percent were male. An
                ordinal scale was used in the study that identified the patient's
                baseline disease severity at enrollment and ranged from 1 (not
                hospitalized, no limitations on activities) to 8 (death). This scale is
                displayed in the table below. The intention-to-treat population
                included 706 patients with moderate disease (ordinal score of 4
                [hospitalized, not requiring supplemental oxygen--requiring ongoing
                medical care] or 5 [hospitalized, requiring supplemental oxygen]) and
                327 with severe disease (ordinal score of 6 [hospitalized, on non-
                invasive ventilation or high flow oxygen devices] or 7 [hospitalized,
                on mechanical ventilation or ECMO]). Patients received remdesivir
                intravenously as a 200-mg loading dose on day 1, followed by a 100-mg
                maintenance dose administered daily on days 2 through 10 or until
                hospital discharge or death. Baricitinib was administered as a 4-mg
                daily dose (either orally [two 2-mg tablets] or through a nasogastric
                tube) for 14 days or until hospital discharge.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \480\ Ibid.
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.170
                
                 In support of its claim that Olumiant[supreg] in combination with
                remdesivir improves time to recovery from COVID-19 compared to
                remdesivir alone, the applicant cited the primary outcome of the ACTT-2
                study, which showed that the median time to recovery for the
                Olumiant[supreg] plus remdesivir (treatment) group was 7 days and the
                median time to recovery for remdesivir plus placebo (control) group was
                8 days (rate ratio for recovery, 1.16 (1.01-1.32); p=0.03). Recovery
                was defined as the participant being well enough for hospital
                discharge, meaning the participant either no longer required
                supplemental oxygen or ongoing medical care in the hospital, or was no
                longer hospitalized at Day 29.
                 The applicant also stated that the median time to recovery among
                patients receiving noninvasive ventilation or high-flow oxygen
                (baseline ordinal score of 6) was 10 days for the treatment group and
                18 days in the control group (rate ratio for recovery, 1.51; 95 percent
                CI, 1.10-2.08). The applicant stated that the median time to recovery
                was one day shorter among patients receiving supplemental oxygen
                (baseline ordinal score of 5) in the Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir
                group (5 days vs. 6 days) rate ratio 1.17; CI, 0.98-1.39). The
                applicant noted that for those receiving mechanical ventilation or ECMO
                at enrollment (baseline ordinal score of 7), the rate ratio for
                recovery was 1.08 (95 percent CI, 0.59 to 1.97).
                 The applicant asserted that the secondary outcome of the ACTT-2
                study supports its claim of improved odds of improvement in clinical
                status at Day 15 based on the eight-category ordinal scale. The
                applicant summarized the results of the study which showed that the
                odds of improvement in clinical status at Day 15 were greater in the
                Olumiant[supreg] group compared to the placebo group (odds ratio 1.3;
                95 percent CI, 1.0-1.6). The applicant also stated that the odds of
                [[Page 25297]]
                improvement in clinical status at Day 15 were greater for patients
                receiving noninvasive ventilation or high-flow oxygen (baseline ordinal
                score of 6) in the Olumiant[supreg] group versus the control group
                (odds ratio 2.2; 95 percent CI, 1.4-3.6).
                 The applicant asserted that the study conducted by Kalil et al.
                (2020) supports its claim of reduced mortality in the Olumiant[supreg]
                and remdesivir group compared to the control group because the Kaplan-
                Meier estimates of mortality at day 28 after randomization were 5.1
                percent (95 percent CI, 3.5-7.6) in the combination (Olumiant[supreg]
                and remdesivir) group and 7.8 percent (95 percent CI, 5.7 to 10.6) in
                the control group (hazard ratio for death, 0.65; 95 percent CI, 0.39 to
                1.09). The applicant also stated that the greatest numerical
                differences in mortality between patients in the combination group and
                those in the control group were observed among those with a baseline
                ordinal score of 5 (1.9 percent vs. 4.7 percent; hazard ratio, 0.40; 95
                percent CI, 0.14 to 1.14) or 6 (7.5 percent vs. 12.9 percent; hazard
                ratio, 0.55; 95 percent CI, 0.22 to 1.38). The applicant also cited the
                Kaplan-Meier estimates of mortality at 14 days after randomization,
                which were 1.6 percent in the combination group and 3.0 percent in the
                control group (hazard ratio, 0.54; 95 percent CI, 0.23 to 1.28).
                 The applicant also asserted that the incidence of new use of oxygen
                was lower in patients treated with Olumiant[supreg] in combination with
                remdesivir compared to remdesivir alone (22.9 percent vs. 40.3 percent
                respectively; difference, -17.4 percentage points; 95 percent CI, -31.6
                to -2.1) and that the incidence of new use of mechanical ventilation or
                ECMO was lower in the combination group (10.0 percent vs. 15.2 percent;
                difference, -5.2 percentage points; 95 percent CI, -9.5 to -0.9) based
                on Kalil et al. (2020). The applicant also stated that there were fewer
                median days of receipt of mechanical ventilation or ECMO among the 128
                patients for which these interventions were started after enrollment or
                who died with no observed new use in the Olumiant[supreg] in
                combination with remdesivir group compared to the remdesivir group (16
                median days in the combination group and 27 median days in the control
                group (difference, -11.0; 95 percent CI, -18.3 to -3.7)). The applicant
                also stated that the incidence of progression to death or noninvasive
                or invasive ventilation was lower in the combination group than in the
                control group (22.5 percent vs. 28.4 percent; rate ratio, 0.77; 95
                percent CI, 0.60 to 0.98) and that the incidence of progression to
                death or invasive ventilation was also lower (12.2 percent vs. 17.2
                percent; rate ratio, 0.69; 95 percent CI, 0.50 to 0.95).
                 The applicant asserted that the study conducted by Kalil et al.
                (2020) supports its claim that the combination of Olumiant[supreg] in
                combination with remdesivir has a favorable benefit/risk profile
                compared to remdesivir alone. The applicant states that serious adverse
                events occurred in 81 patients (16.0 percent) in the combination group
                (six of these were thought to be related to the trial product) and in
                107 patients (21.0 percent) in the control group (five of these were
                thought to be related to the trial product) and the between-group
                difference was -5.0 percentage points (95 percent CI, -9.8 to -0.3; P =
                0.03). The applicant also states that Grade 3 or 4 adverse events
                occurred in 207 patients (40.7 percent) in the combination group and
                238 (46.8 percent) in the control group.
                 The applicant also cited an observational study \481\ to support
                the claim that there was greater improvement in pulmonary function in
                patients receiving lopinavir/ritonavir and hydroxychloroquine with
                Olumiant[supreg] and corticosteroids when compared to patients
                receiving lopinavir/ritonavir and hydroxychloroquine with
                corticosteroids alone. In this study, the primary end point was the
                change in oxygen saturation as measured by pulse oximetry (SpO2)/FiO2
                from hospitalization to discharge. The applicant stated that there was
                a greater improvement in SpO2/FiO2 from hospitalization to discharge
                observed in the Olumiant[supreg] in combination with corticosteriods
                versus the corticosteroids alone group (mean differences adjusted for
                IPSW, 49; 95 percent CI: 22, 77; phttps://www.idsociety.org/practice-guideline/covid-19-guideline-treatment-and-management/. * Severe patients defined as defined as patients
                with SpO2 https://www.covid19treatmentguidelines.nih.gov/immunomodulators/kinase-inhibitors/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We welcome public comment on whether Olumiant[supreg] meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 In this section, we summarize and respond to written public
                comments
                [[Page 25298]]
                received in response to the New Technology Town Hall meeting notice
                published in the Federal Register regarding the substantial clinical
                improvement criterion for Olumiant[supreg].
                 Comment: The applicant responded to questions elicited by its
                presentation at the New Technology Town Hall Meeting held in December
                2020.
                 The applicant was asked to elaborate on the efficacy of
                Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir as monotherapies versus in combination
                and how to think about appropriate use. The applicant stated that the
                evidence generated in randomized controlled clinical trials designed to
                evaluate remdesivir, Olumiant[supreg], and the combination of
                Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir has come primarily from the Adaptive
                Covid-19 Treatment Trial (ACTT) trials sponsored by NIAID. The
                applicant also stated that ACTT-1 was the first trial of the ACTT
                program and showed that remdesivir, when compared to placebo, is an
                effective treatment for hospitalized adult patients with coronavirus
                disease 2019 (Covid-19) pneumonia who were receiving standard of care
                as background treatment. The applicant stated that to address unmet
                medical needs still identified after the completion of ACTT-1 (namely
                morbidity and mortality due to Covid-19), ACTT-2 was designed to
                evaluate the combination of Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir versus
                remdesivir in hospitalized adult patients with Covid-19 pneumonia who
                were receiving standard of care as background treatment. The applicant
                stated that the study did not evaluate Olumiant[supreg] alone;
                therefore, they do not have results generated by a RCT on the efficacy
                and safety profile of Olumiant[supreg] alone for the treatment of
                Covid-19 patients. The applicant stated that the ACTT-2 trial results
                show that the combination of Olumiant[supreg] was superior to
                remdesivir and placebo in reducing recovery time and accelerating
                improvement in clinical status among hospitalized patients with Covid-
                19, notably among those receiving high-flow oxygen or noninvasive
                ventilation.
                 The applicant was asked what the mechanism of action is for
                baricinitib's antiviral activity. The applicant stated that patients
                diagnosed with COVID-19 are at an elevated risk for excess morbidity
                and mortality due to the underlying severe acute respiratory syndrome
                coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) infection and subsequent cytokine
                activation. Management of COVID-19 is supportive; and respiratory
                failure from acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) is the leading
                cause of mortality. The cause of respiratory failure in COVID-19 is a
                hyperinflammatory state characterized by upregulation of multiple
                cytokines. The applicant stated that in Wuhan, China, COVID-19-infected
                patients admitted to the ICU exhibited increased plasma concentrations
                of IL-2, IL-7, IL-10, GM-CSF, IP-10, MCP-1, MIP1-[alpha], and TNF-
                [alpha], compared with the non-ICU patients. Elevated IL-6 and
                hyperferritinemia were predictors of death in these patients with
                COVID-19.485 486 487
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \485\ Huang C, Wang Y, Li X, et al. Clinical features of
                patients infected with 2019 novel coronavirus in Wuhan, China.
                Lancet. 2020; 395(10223):497-506. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30183-5.
                 \486\ Ruan Q, Yang K, Wang W, et al. Clinical predictors of
                mortality due to COVID-19 based on an analysis of data of 150
                patients from Wuhan, China. Intensive Care Med. 2020; 46(5):846-848.
                https://doi.org/10.1007/s00134-020-05991-x.
                 \487\ Zhou F, Yu T, Du R, et al. Clinical course and risk
                factors for mortality of adult inpatients with COVID-19 in Wuhan,
                China: A retrospective cohort study. Lancet. 2020;395(10229):1054-
                1062. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30566-3.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that Olumiant[supreg] may be a viable
                treatment in patients with COVID-19 requiring supplemental oxygen,
                invasive mechanical ventilation, or ECMO because of its anti-
                inflammatory activity and ability to reverse dysregulated inflammatory
                markers in patients with COVID-19.488 489 Relevant to COVID-
                19 and the potential role played by IL-6, the applicant stated that it
                is notable that treatment with Olumiant[supreg] 4 mg resulted in
                reduced plasma levels of IL-6 in hospitalized patients with COVID-19, a
                finding that was replicated after being observed in patients with
                RA.490 491 492
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \488\ McInnes IB, Byers NL, Higgs RE, et al. Comparison of
                baricitinib, upadacitinib, and tofacitinib mediated regulation of
                cytokine signaling in human leukocyte subpopulations. Arthritis Res
                Ther. 2019; 21(1):183. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13075-019-1964-1.
                 \489\ Sims JT, Krishnan V, Chang CY, et al. Characterization of
                the cytokine storm reflects hyperinflammatory endothelial
                dysfunction in COVID-19 [published online September 10, 2020]. J
                Allergy Clin Immunol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.08.031.
                 \490\ Bronte V, Ugel S, Tinazzi E, et al. Baricitinib restrains
                the immune dysregulation in severe COVID-19 patients [published
                online August 18, 2020]. J Clin Invest. https://doi.org/10.1172/JCI141772.
                 \491\ Sims JT, Krishnan V, Chang CY, et al. Characterization of
                the cytokine storm reflects hyperinflammatory endothelial
                dysfunction in COVID-19 [published online September 10, 2020]. J
                Allergy Clin Immunol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.08.031.
                 \492\ Stebbing J, Krishnan V, de Bono S, et al; Sacco
                Baricitinib Study Group. Mechanism of baricitinib supports
                artificial intelligence-predicted testing in COVID-19 patients. EMBO
                Mol Med. 2020; 12(8):e12697. https://doi.org/10.15252/emmm.202012697.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that the biochemical inhibitory effects of
                Olumiant[supreg] on human numb-associated kinase (NAK) members,
                responsible for SARS-CoV-2 viral propagation, measuring nanomolar
                affinities for AAK1, BIKE, and GAK were recently confirmed.\493\ In
                addition, the applicant noted that some plasma markers that were
                dysregulated in moderate to severe hospitalized patients with COVID-19,
                that represent myeloid dysregulation, endothelial and cardiovascular
                inflammation, along with reduced antigen presenting plasmacytoid
                dendritic cells, were normalized over time with Olumiant[supreg]
                treatment.\494\ The applicant stated that the impact of this antiviral
                host activity in patients with COVID-19 is being evaluated through
                collection of nasopharyngeal swabs, serum and whole blood for RNA,
                epigenetic analysis, and cellular phenotyping in the ongoing randomized
                Study KHAA.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \493\ Stebbing J, Krishnan V, de Bono S, et al; Sacco
                Baricitinib Study Group. Mechanism of baricitinib supports
                artificial intelligence-predicted testing in COVID-19 patients. EMBO
                Mol Med. 2020; 12(8):e12697. https://doi.org/10.15252/emmm.202012697.
                 \494\ Sims JT, Krishnan V, Chang CY, et al. Characterization of
                the cytokine storm reflects hyperinflammatory endothelial
                dysfunction in COVID-19 [published online September 10, 2020]. J
                Allergy Clin Immunol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.08.031.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that previous studies of corticosteroids in
                other viral pneumonias, especially SARS and Middle East respiratory
                syndrome (MERS), found an association with delayed viral clearance, and
                reinforced concerns that corticosteroids may impair host response to
                SARS-CoV-2.495 496 In contrast, treatment with
                Olumiant[supreg] from 2 distinct clinical case series indicate that the
                adaptive immune response responsible to generate IgG antibodies against
                SARS-CoV-2-specific spike proteins remains intact after treatment with
                Olumiant[supreg].497 498 The applicant stated that the
                effects of corticosteroid treatment on adaptive immunity are
                [[Page 25299]]
                believed to occur through the non-canonical signaling pathways. The
                applicant asserted that the immunomodulatory pathway targeted by
                Olumiant[supreg], JAK1/JAK2 signaling, opposed to NFKB (nuclear factor
                kappa-B cells) signaling targeted by corticosteroids, may offer an
                explanation to these effects.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \495\ Lee N, Allen Chan KC, Hui DS, et al. Effects of early
                corticosteroid treatment on plasma SARS associated coronavirus RNA
                concentrations in adult patients. J Clin Virol. 2004; 31(4):304-309.
                https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcv.2004.07.006.
                 \496\ Arabi YM, Mandourah Y, Al-Hameed F, et al; Saudi Critical
                Care Trial Group. Corticosteroid therapy for critically ill patients
                with Middle East Respiratory Syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med.
                2018; 197(6):757-767. https://doi.org/10.1164/rccm.201706-1172OC.
                 \497\ Bronte V, Ugel S, Tinazzi E, et al. Baricitinib restrains
                the immune dysregulation in severe COVID-19 patients [published
                online August 18, 2020]. J Clin Invest. https://doi.org/10.1172/JCI141772.
                 \498\ Stebbing J, Krishnan V, de Bono S, et al; Sacco
                Baricitinib Study Group. Mechanism of baricitinib supports
                artificial intelligence-predicted testing in COVID-19 patients. EMBO
                Mol Med. 2020; 12(8):e12697. https://doi.org/10.15252/emmm.202012697.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also noted differences between Olumiant[supreg] and
                dexamethasone. The applicant stated that drugs acting on glucocorticoid
                receptors, such as dexamethasone, have a broad pathway approach to
                reduce inflammation that is known to be associated with profound
                immunosuppression, secondary hospital-acquired infections,
                gastrointestinal bleeding, hyperglycemia, and post-hospital
                neuromuscular weakness. JAK inhibitors, such as Olumiant[supreg], act
                on several critical pathways to reduce inflammation while minimizing
                biological redundancy and have favorable PK properties and less
                immunosuppression.\499\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \499\ Stebbing J, Krishnan V, de Bono S, et al; Sacco
                Baricitinib Study Group. Mechanism of baricitinib supports
                artificial intelligence-predicted testing in COVID-19 patients. EMBO
                Mol Med. 2020; 12(8):e12697. https://doi.org/10.15252/emmm.202012697.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that the anti-inflammatory effects of
                Olumiant[supreg] have also been demonstrated by the reduction of serum
                levels of IFN-[gamma], IP-10, GM-CSF, and MCP-1 in pediatric patients
                with steroid-dependent chronic inflammation, resulting in control of
                disease activity and the ability to wean or taper steroids.\500\ The
                applicant went on to state that, furthermore, dose[hyphen]dependent
                decreases in IFN biomarkers confirmed an in vivo effect of
                Olumiant[supreg] on type[hyphen]1 IFN signaling in pediatric patients
                suffering from CANDLE and SAVI.\501\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \500\ Sanchez GAM, Reinhardt A, Ramsey S, et al. JAK1/2
                inhibition with baricitinib in the treatment of autoinflammatory
                interferonopathies. J Clin Invest. 2018; 128(7):3041-3052. https://doi.org/10.1172/JCI98814.
                 \501\ Kim H, Brooks KM, Tang CC, et al. Pharmacokinetics,
                pharmacodynamics, and proposed dosing of the oral JAK1 and JAK2
                inhibitor baricitinib in pediatric and young adult CANDLE and SAVI
                patients. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 2018; 104(2):364-373. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpt.936.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant was asked if the adverse events were higher or
                unchanged among at risk subgroup populations over 65 years with
                comorbidities such as diabetes or chronic lung or renal disease in
                patients with COVID-19 and treated with Olumiant[supreg]. The applicant
                responded that there were 71 and 78 patients in the remdesivir+placebo
                groups and Olumiant[supreg]+remdesivir groups, respectively, who were
                over 65 years of age and had diabetes, chronic lung disease or renal
                disease in ACTT-2. The applicant stated that treatment emergent adverse
                events were reported in 62.0 percent of remdesivir+placebo and 57.7
                percent of Olumiant[supreg]+remdesivir patients. Serious adverse events
                were reported in 33.8 percent of remdesivir+placebo and 28.2 percent of
                Olumiant[supreg]+remdesivir patients. The applicant stated that these
                findings are consistent with that in the overall population; fewer
                events in the Olumiant[supreg]+remdesivir group compared to remdesivir
                and placebo group.
                 Lastly, the applicant was asked to explain the difference in median
                time to recovery between patients who did not receive oxygen, which was
                5 days in the Olumiant[supreg] and remdesivir group, and 4 days in the
                remdesivir and placebo group. For patients that did receive
                supplemental O2 and other respiratory interventions, the median time to
                recovery was shorter in those patients who received Olumiant[supreg]
                and remdesivir compared to the remdesivir and placebo group. The
                applicant replied that across all outcome measures, a more pronounced
                treatment effect was observed in patients with more severe disease at
                baseline. These data did not show additional benefit of adding
                Olumiant[supreg] to remdesivir for patients in the milder disease
                status. The applicant also stated that the ACTT-2 trial was not
                designed or powered to evaluate efficacy in each subgroup of patients
                per baseline ordinal scale. The applicant stated that these data led
                the applicant to request Emergency Use Authorization for
                Olumiant[supreg] and FDA authorized the use of Olumiant[supreg] in
                combination with remdesivir, for treatment of suspected or laboratory
                confirmed COVID-19 in hospitalized adults and pediatric patients 2
                years of age or older, requiring supplemental oxygen, invasive
                mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO).
                 Response: We appreciate the applicant's comment. We will take the
                responses into consideration when deciding whether to approve new
                technology add-on payments for Olumiant[supreg].
                n. Pure-Vu[supreg] System
                 Motus GI holdings, Inc. submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for the Pure-Vu[supreg] System for FY 2022. The Pure-
                Vu[supreg] System is an FDA cleared system designed to connect to
                currently marketed colonoscopes to provide high intensity, intra-
                procedural cleansing of the colon during a colonoscopy. According to
                the applicant, the Pure-Vu[supreg] System is indicated for use in
                patients requiring therapeutic or diagnostic colonoscopies where the
                bowel has not been adequately prepared. The applicant asserted that the
                Pure-Vu[supreg] System would be used in situations such as a lower
                gastrointestinal bleed (LGIB), as LGIB does not allow for adequate
                bowel preparation.
                 The applicant asserted that the Pure-Vu[supreg] System device helps
                to avoid aborted and delayed colonoscopy procedures due to poor
                visualization of the colon mucosa by creating a unique High Intensity,
                Pulsed Vortex Irrigation Jet that consists of a mixture of air and
                water to break-up fecal matter, blood clots, and other debris, and
                scrub the walls of the colon while simultaneously removing the debris
                through two suction channels. The applicant stated that the suction
                channels have a sensor to detect the formation of a clog in the
                channels, triggering the system to automatically purge and then revert
                to suction mode once the channel is clear. According to the applicant,
                this combination of the agitation of the fluid in the colon via the
                pulsed vortex irrigation and simultaneous removal of the debris allows
                the physician to visualize the colon and achieve a successful
                colonoscopy or other advanced procedure through the colonoscope even if
                the patient is not properly prepped and has debris either blocking the
                ability to navigate the colon or covering the colon wall obscuring the
                mucosa and any pathology that may be present. The applicant asserted
                that the constant volume suction pumps do not cause the colon to
                collapse, which allows the physician to continue to navigate the colon
                while cleansing and avoids the need to constantly insufflate the colon,
                which may be required with other colonoscopy irrigation systems.
                 The applicant stated that the Pure-Vu[supreg] System is comprised
                of a workstation that controls the function of the system, a disposable
                oversleeve that is mounted on a colonoscope and inserted into the
                patient, and a disposable connector with tubing (umbilical tubing with
                main connector) that provides the interface between the workstation,
                the oversleeve, and off the shelf waste containers.
                 The applicant explained that the workstation has two main
                functions: Cleansing via irrigation and evacuation, and acting as the
                user interface of the system. The applicant explained that the
                irrigation into the colon is achieved by an electrical pump that
                supplies pressurized gas (air) and a peristaltic
                [[Page 25300]]
                pump that supplies the liquid (water or saline). According to the
                applicant, the pressurized gas and liquid flow through the ``main
                connector'' and are mixed upon entry into the umbilical tubing that
                connects to the oversleeve. The applicant explained that the gas
                pressure and flow are controlled via regulators and the flow is
                adjusted up or down depending on the cleansing mode selected. The
                applicant stated that a foot pedal connected to the user interface
                activates the main functions of the system so that the user's hands are
                free to perform the colonoscope procedure in a standard fashion.
                 The applicant stated that the evacuation mode (also referred to as
                suction) removes fecal matter and fluids out of the colon. The
                applicant noted that the evacuation function is active during cleansing
                so that fluid is inserted and removed from the colon simultaneously.
                The applicant explained that the evacuation pumps are designed in a
                manner that prevents the colon from collapsing when suctioning, which
                facilitates the ability to simultaneously irrigate and evacuate the
                colon. According to the applicant, during evacuation, the system
                continuously monitors the pressure in the evacuation channels of the
                oversleeve and if the pressure drops below pre-set limits the pumps
                will automatically reverse the flow. The applicant explained that the
                clog sensor triggers the system to automatically purge the material out
                of the channel and back into the colon where it can be further
                emulsified by the Pulsed Vortex Irrigation Jet, and then automatically
                reverts back into evacuation mode once the channel is cleared. The
                applicant stated that the evacuation (suction) that drains fecal matter
                and fluids out of the colon is generated by peristaltic pumps that can
                rotate in both directions, either to evacuate fluids and fecal matter
                from the colon through the evacuation tubes and into a waste container,
                or while in the reverse direction, to purge the evacuation tubes. The
                applicant claimed the suction created by this type of pump creates a
                constant volume draw of material from the colon and therefore prevents
                the colon from collapsing rapidly. According to the applicant, purging
                of evacuation tubes may be activated in two ways: The purging cycle is
                automatically activated when low pressure is noted by the evacuation-
                line sensor (it is also activated for the first 0.5 seconds when
                evacuation is activated to make sure the line is clear from the start);
                or a manual purge may be activated by the user by pushing the ``manual
                purge'' button on the foot pedal. The applicant claimed the pressure-
                sensing channel is kept patent by using an air perfusion mechanism
                where an electrical pump is used to perfuse air through the main
                connector and into the oversleeve, while the sensor located in the
                workstation calculates the pressure via sensing of the channel.
                 The applicant explained the Pure-Vu[supreg] System is loaded over a
                colonoscope and that the colonoscope with the Pure-Vu[supreg]
                Oversleeve is advanced through the colon in the same manner as a
                standard colonoscopy. The applicant stated that the body of the
                oversleeve consists of inner and outer sleeves with tubes intended for
                providing fluid path for the cleansing irrigation (2X), the evacuation
                of fluids (2X), the evacuation sensor (1X) and that the flexible head
                is at the distal end of the oversleeve and is designed to align with
                the colonoscope's distal end in a consistent orientation. The applicant
                explained that the distal cleansing and evacuation head contains the
                irrigation ports, evacuation openings, and a sensing port. According to
                the applicant, the system gives the physician the control to cleanse
                the colon as needed based on visual feedback from the colonoscope to
                make sure they have an unobstructed view of the colon mucosa to detect
                and treat any pathology. The applicant noted that since the Pure-
                Vu[supreg] System does not interfere with the working channel of the
                colonoscope, the physician is able to perform all diagnostic or
                therapeutic interventions in a standard fashion with an unobstructed
                field of view.
                 According to the applicant, multiple studies have shown that
                inadequate bowel visualization leads to missed pathology, delayed
                diagnosis, extended hospital stay, and in some cases, additional
                therapy being administered, especially in the acute LGIB population,
                which is the most common indication for inpatients that require
                colonoscopy.502 503 Unknown abdominal pain, infection, and
                foreign body removal were also cited by the applicant as being common
                indications for an inpatient colonoscopy.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \502\ Garber A, Sarvepalli S, Burke CA, Bhatt A, Ibrahim M,
                McMichael J, et al. Modifiable Factors Associated with Quality of
                Bowel Preparation Among Hospitalized Patients Undergoing
                Colonoscopy. J Hosp Med. 2019; 14(5):278-83.
                 \503\ Yadlapati R, Johnston ER, Gregory DL, Ciolino JD, Cooper
                A, Keswani RN. Predictors of Inadequate Inpatient Colonoscopy
                Preparation and Its Association with Hospital Length of Stay and
                Costs. Dig Dis Sci. 2015; 60(11):3482-90.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that when a patient with LGIB is admitted
                to the hospital, they are stabilized and then started on bowel
                preparation for the colonoscopy procedure. The applicant claimed that
                the patient typically is placed on a liquid-only diet while consuming
                4-6 liters of polyethylene glycol (PEG) based solution until the rectal
                effluent is clear. If the rectal effluent is not clear, additional
                bowel preparation is prescribed. The applicant stated that for severe
                LGIB cases, a patient is prescribed to consume a rapid purge of 1 liter
                every 30-45 minutes with a total volume of 4-14 liters, which could
                lead to purgative intolerance or vomiting. The applicant claimed that
                even in situations where bowel preparation has been completed, and
                clear rectal effluent while on a clear liquid diet has been confirmed,
                there are no guarantees that a patient's bowel is clean for a
                successful colonoscopy. The applicant submitted data from a study by
                the Cleveland Clinic showing 51 percent of 8,819 patients observed over
                a 4-year period were inadequately prepared for colonoscopies, leading
                to one extra day in the hospital compared to patients that were
                adequately prepared.\504\ The applicant cited another study, by
                Northwestern University, demonstrating an association between
                inadequate bowel preparation and increased length of stay (LOS) in
                hospitals, with inadequately prepared patients staying two more days
                than adequately prepared patients on average.\505\ The applicant
                claimed additional time spent in hospitals increases the patient's
                exposure to risks of hospital-acquired infections. The applicant
                claimed this risk is especially impactful to patients who are admitted
                for LGIB, which is seen at a higher prevalence in the elderly
                population.506 507 The applicant stated in the elderly
                population, continuous bowel preparation also poses increased risk due
                to their higher comorbidities and potential for electrolyte imbalances
                such as hyperphosphatemia, hypocalcemia, and hypokalemia.\508\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \504\ Garber A, Sarvepalli S, Burke CA, Bhatt A, Ibrahim M,
                McMichael J, et al. Modifiable Factors Associated with Quality of
                Bowel Preparation Among Hospitalized Patients Undergoing
                Colonoscopy. J Hosp Med. 2019; 14(5):278-83.
                 \505\ Yadlapati R, Johnston ER, Gregory DL, Ciolino JD, Cooper
                A, Keswani RN. Predictors of Inadequate Inpatient Colonoscopy
                Preparation and Its Association with Hospital Length of Stay and
                Costs. Dig Dis Sci. 2015; 60(11):3482-90.
                 \506\ Parra-Blanco A, Ruiz A, Alvarez-Lobos M, Amoros A, Gana
                JC, Ibanez P, et al. Achieving the best bowel preparation for
                colonoscopy. World J Gastroenterol. 2014; 20(47):17709-26.
                 \507\ Hauck K, Zhao X. How dangerous is a day in hospital? A
                model of adverse events and length of stay for medical inpatients.
                Med Care. 2011; 49(12):1068-75.
                 \508\ Parra-Blanco A, Ruiz A, Alvarez-Lobos M, Amoros A, Gana
                JC, Ibanez P, et al. Achieving the best bowel preparation for
                colonoscopy. World J Gastroenterol. 2014; 20(47):17709-26.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25301]]
                 The applicant cited a practical guide authored by Kim B., et al.,
                to assert that poor visualization of the colon mucosa has a direct
                effect on the ability to detect the presence of a GI bleed or the
                aftermath stigmata and administer treatment successfully.\509\ The
                applicant used the Boston Bowel Preparation Scale (BBPS), developed by
                Lai E. et al,\510\ as a reliable method to measure bowel preparation.
                The applicant stated that the scale is a range (0-9) of dirtiest to
                cleanest for the whole colon and 0 to 3 for each of the 3 segments of
                the colon; the right colon (including the cecum and ascending colon),
                the transverse colon (including the hepatic and splenic flexures), and
                the left colon (including the descending colon, sigmoid colon, and
                rectum). Therefore, the maximum BBPS score for a perfectly clean colon
                without any residual liquid is nine and the minimum BBPS score for an
                unprepared colon is zero. The points are assigned as follows: Zero =
                Unprepared colon segment with mucosa not seen due to solid stool that
                cannot be cleared; one = Portion of mucosa of the colon segment seen,
                but other areas of the colon segment not well seen due to staining,
                residual stool and/or opaque liquid; two = Minor amount of residual
                staining, small fragments of stool and/or opaque liquid, but mucosa of
                colon segment seen well; three = Entire mucosa of colon segment seen
                well with no residual staining, small fragments of stool or opaque
                liquid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \509\ Kim BS, Li BT, Engel A, et al. Diagnosis of
                gastrointestinal bleeding: A practical guide for clinicians. World J
                Gastrointest Pathophysiol. 2014; 5(4):467-478.doi:10.4291/
                wjgp.v5.i4.467.
                 \510\ Lai EJ, Calderwood AH, Doros G, Fix OK, Jacobson BC. The
                Boston Bowel Preparation Scale: A valid and reliable instrument for
                colonoscopy-oriented research. Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. 2009;
                69(3):620-625.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that evidence-based guidelines and clinical
                reviews in high impact biomedical journals recommend colonoscopy as the
                preferred initial modality for the diagnosis and treatment of acute
                lower gastrointestinal bleeding.511 512 The applicant stated
                that colonoscopy has been less frequently utilized than might otherwise
                be indicated because it suffers from the significant disadvantage of
                requiring the need for a large volume bowel preparation.\513\ The
                applicant states that even with a bowel preparation, poor visualization
                often occurs because of a poorly prepared colon. Based on these
                assertions, the applicant inferred that colonoscopy for acute lower
                gastrointestinal bleeding would be much more utilized and lead to more
                diagnoses and interventions with intraprocedural bowel preparation,
                which puts the control of the visualization (cleanliness) of the colon
                mucosa in the hands of the endoscopist. The applicant further stated it
                is important to appreciate that alternatives to colonoscopy, including
                angiography and vascular embolization treatments to create hemostasis,
                have risks of ischemic vascular injury, retroperitoneal bleeding and
                acute renal injury.\514\ The applicant stated that aside from the
                colonoscopy, other modalities such as tagged red blood cell scans,
                computed tomography (CT) angiograms, and mesenteric angiographies all
                require an active source of bleed in order to achieve a successful
                diagnostic yield. The applicant claimed that even when diagnosis is
                achieved using these modalities, a colonoscopy may still be ordered to
                treat the source of the bleed via epinephrine injections and clipping
                and thermal therapies, to prevent potential surgical interventions.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \511\ Strate LL, Gralnek IM. ACG Clinical Guideline: Management
                of Patients With Acute Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding. Am J
                Gastroenterol. 2016 Apr;111(4):459-74. doi: 10.1038/ajg.2016.41.
                Epub 2016 Mar 1. Erratum in: Am J Gastroenterol. 2016
                May;111(5):755. PMID: 26925883; PMCID: PMC5099081.
                 \512\ Gralnek IM, Neeman Z, Strate LL. Acute Lower
                Gastrointestinal Bleeding. N Engl J Med. 2017 Mar 16;376(11):1054-
                1063. doi: 10.1056/NEJMcp1603455. PMID: 28296600.
                 \513\ Carney BW, Khatri G, Shenoy-Bhangle AS. The role of
                imaging in gastrointestinal bleed. Cardiovasc Diagn Ther. 2019
                Aug;9(Suppl 1):S88-S96. doi: 10.21037/cdt.2018.12.07. PMID:
                31559156; PMCID: PMC6732104.
                 \514\ Ibid. Carney BW, Khatri G, Shenoy-Bhangle AS. The role of
                imaging in gastrointestinal bleed. Cardiovasc Diagn Ther. 2019
                Aug;9(Suppl 1):S88-S96. doi: 10.21037/cdt.2018.12.07. PMID:
                31559156; PMCID: PMC6732104.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the Pure-Vu[supreg] System
                first received FDA 510(k) clearance on September 22, 2016 under 510(k)
                number K60015. Per the applicant, this initial device was very
                cumbersome to set up and required direct support from the company and
                therefore was not viable for a small company with limited resources to
                market the device. The applicant noted that the initial device could
                have been sold starting on January 27, 2017 when the first device came
                off the manufacturing line. Per the applicant, the device was allocated
                for clinical evaluations but 10 institutions throughout the country
                purchased the device outside of a clinical study, primarily to allow
                physicians to try the product prior to committing to a clinical trial.
                The applicant further noted that minor modifications were made to the
                Pure-Vu System in additional 510(k) clearances dated December 12, 2017
                and June 21, 2018. The current marketed Pure-Vu System was then granted
                510(k) clearance on June 6, 2019 under 510(k) number K191220. Per the
                applicant, this clearance changed the entire set-up of the device,
                redesigned the user interface, and reduced the size, among other
                changes. According to the applicant, this updated version was
                commercially available as of September 19, 2019.
                 Currently, there are no ICD-10-PCS procedure codes to uniquely
                identify procedures involving the Pure-Vu[supreg] System. We note that
                the applicant has submitted a request for approval for a unique ICD-10-
                PCS code for the use of the Pure-Vu[supreg] System beginning FY 2022.
                 If a technology meets all three of the substantial similarity
                criteria, it would be considered substantially similar to an existing
                technology and therefore would not be considered ``new'' for purposes
                of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                the applicant asserted that the Pure-Vu[supreg] System has a different
                mechanism of action than existing technologies due to its ability to
                break up and remove a high volume of debris from the colon and dislodge
                adherent films from the colon wall in a safe manner that cannot be
                achieved with irrigation done through the working channel of a
                colonoscope. The applicant also asserted that due to the controlled
                simultaneous removal of the debris and fluid by the evacuation pumps in
                the system, the Pure-Vu[supreg] System eliminates the likelihood of
                creating a fluid load in the colon, which cannot be achieved with any
                other device on the market. The applicant further asserted a differing
                mechanism of action via the ability to sense and automatically clear a
                blockage versus manual suction through the working channel of a
                colonoscope, which can clog quickly if there is any appreciable debris.
                Lastly, the applicant explained that the Pure-Vu[supreg] System is an
                oversleeve device that allows use of the working channel of the
                colonoscope to be open and allows therapy to be administered in tandem
                with cleansing, unlike existing technologies on the market.
                 The applicant noted that the ClearPath system, a colonoscopy system
                by the company Easy Glide, received FDA clearance, but according to the
                applicant, was never fully brought to the US market. ClearPath was
                listed as the predicate device for the initial version of the Pure-Vu
                System[supreg] approved on September 22, 2016 (FDA 510(K) number
                K160015), in which both
                [[Page 25302]]
                devices are described as able to irrigate and suction at any time
                during the procedure without any tools needing to be removed from the
                colonoscope working channel.\515\ The applicant claimed that this
                system did not have the High Intensity Pulsed Vortex Irrigation Jet and
                controlled suction capabilities with the sensing and auto purge
                technology that is critical to get the desired clinical outcome.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \515\ FDA. 2016, September. Pure Vu System 510(k) premarket
                notification. Deparment of Health and Human Services. Accessed at
                https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf16/K160015.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that the Pure-
                Vu System is assigned to the same MS-DRGs as existing technologies. The
                applicant lists 21 MS-DRGs as being applicable, with MS-DRG 378
                (gastrointestinal hemorrhage with complication or comorbidity (CC))
                accounting for 37.1 percent of cases, and MS-DRG 377 (gastrointestinal
                hemorrhage with major complication or comorbidity (MCC)) accounting for
                18.9 percent of total cases.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant stated that the Pure-Vu
                System[supreg] does involve treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and patient population as existing technology.
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant, we are
                unclear whether the Pure-Vu[supreg] System's mechanism of action is
                similar to that of the version of the product that received initial
                510(k) clearance that was approved on September 22, 2016 or other
                versions of the system. In addition, with regard to the previous
                versions of Pure-Vu, we are unsure if the limited availability noted by
                the applicant would allow the technology to be considered commercially
                available. We are also unclear what the applicant means regarding the
                ClearPath system being not fully brought to the U.S. market. If the
                ClearPath system and/or earlier versions of the Pure-Vu System were
                considered to be available on the U.S. market, then we are concerned
                that the current version of Pure-Vu[supreg] would no longer be
                considered new, as we believe it may be substantially similar to
                ClearPath and/or earlier versions of the Pure-Vu[supreg] System because
                they also allow for irrigation and suction of the colon without
                utilizing the working channel. If the current version of Pure-Vu is
                substantially similar to ClearPath and/or previous versions, then it
                appears that the current Pure-Vu system may no longer be within the
                newness period. We further note that though the applicant states the
                Pure-Vu[supreg] System features a high intensity pulsed vortex
                irrigation jet and controlled suction capabilities with sensing and
                auto purge technology, the Pure-Vu[supreg] System irrigates the colon
                using water and gas like other existing irrigation methods. We are
                therefore uncertain as to whether these features of the Pure-Vu[supreg]
                System result in a new mechanism of action. We invite public comment on
                whether the Pure-Vu[supreg] System has a new mechanism of action
                compared to these predicate devices.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Pure-Vu[supreg]
                System is substantially similar to existing technologies and whether it
                meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR claims data file with the FY 2019 Final Rule with
                Correction Notice IPPS Impact File to identify potential cases
                representing patients who may be eligible for treatment using the Pure-
                Vu[supreg] System. The applicant identified claims that reported an
                ICD-10-CM diagnosis code of ICD-10-CM Z12.11 (Encounter for screening
                for malignant neoplasm of colon), K92.2 (Gastrointestinal hemorrhage,
                unspecified), D50.0 (Iron deficiency anemia secondary to blood loss
                (chronic)), and C18._ 516 (malignant neoplasm of colon). The
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes listed in the following table were used to
                identify claims involving colonoscopy procedures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \516\ Fourth character is required to describe specific location
                of neoplasm.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.171
                 The claim search conducted by the applicant resulted in 163,236
                claims mapping to 633 MS-DRGs. The applicant stated that MS-DRGs 377
                (G.I. Hemorrhage W MCC), 378 (G.I. Hemorrhage W CC), and 379 (G.I.
                Hemorrhage W/O CC/MCC) were the most common MS-DRGs to which cases
                reporting the listed ICD-10-PCS codes were assigned. The applicant
                stated that the large number of DRGs to which these cases were assigned
                suggests that patients were admitted to the hospital for a wide variety
                of reasons, but during the course of their hospital stay the patients
                received a colonoscopy. According to the applicant, since GI bleeding
                is among the most common reasons for a patient needing an urgent
                colonoscopy, MS-DRGs 377-379 would be expected to be the most common
                MS-DRGs to which cases involving the Pure-Vu technology would be
                assigned. Lastly, the applicant did not have any data available to
                suggest any specific reasons why potential patients who would be
                eligible for the Pure-Vu technology would map to specific MS-DRGs
                identified based on the claims search, such as MS-DRG 291 (Heart
                Failure and Stroke).
                 The applicant determined an average unstandardized case weighted
                charge per case of $63,265.
                 The applicant did not remove charges for prior technology. The
                applicant stated that no prior technology is being replaced. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 Final Rule
                with Correction Notice Impact File. Next, the applicant applied the 2-
                year inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges
                for the new technology, the applicant used the national average CCR for
                the
                [[Page 25303]]
                Supplies and Equipment cost center of 0.297 from the FY 2021 Final IPPS
                rule. The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $93,914, which exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $63,265 by $30,649. The applicant
                stated that because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost criterion.
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant as part
                of its FY 2022 new technology add-on payment application for the Pure-
                Vu[supreg] System, we note that the MS-DRGs used in the cost analysis
                were not limited to those describing conditions likely to require a
                colonoscopy. For example, the applicant included cases assigned to MS-
                DRG 291 (Heart Failure and Shock with MCC). When included in the cost
                analysis, the assumption made is that all 1,948 cases for heart failure
                also had a colonoscopy performed where the technology could have
                potentially been utilized. We question whether all cases identified by
                the applicant appropriately represent potential cases eligible for the
                Pure-Vu[supreg] System. We invite public comment on whether the Pure-
                Vu[supreg] System meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that the Pure-Vu[supreg] System offers the ability
                to achieve rapid beneficial resolution of the disease process treatment
                by achieving rapid and full visualization of the colon, which will
                improve diagnostic yield and the effectiveness of treatment of diseases
                of the bowel. The applicant claimed that due to the Pure-Vu[supreg]
                System's ability to cleanse the colon during the colonoscopy procedure
                in conjunction with a standard bowel preparation, or with an enema (to
                allow entry into the rectum) and without any purgative based
                preparation, the technology allows for earlier intervention. The
                applicant stated that in the case of an LGIB, this will reduce bleeding
                by achieving more rapid hemostasis and reduce the overall length of
                stay in the hospital for a portion of this population. The applicant
                also asserted the technology reduces the subsequent diagnostic and, in
                some instances, therapeutic interventions by minimizing aborted and
                early repeat procedures due to poor visualization caused by inadequate
                preparation. The applicant stated that the system can provide cleansing
                and removal of fecal matter, blood and other debris while maintaining
                the visibility of the colonoscope's camera and availability of the
                working channel to apply critical therapies.
                 In support of its claims, the applicant submitted a self-sponsored,
                U.S.-based, multicenter, prospective, single arm study in the inpatient
                setting, analyzing 94 patients, 65 of which (68 percent) had a GI
                bleed.\517\ Of the 94 patients (41 percent females/59 percent males),
                the mean age was 62 years. According to the applicant, the study's
                primary endpoint was the rate of improved bowel cleansing level from
                baseline to after use of the Pure-Vu[supreg] System per colon segment
                using the Boston Bowel Preparation Scale (BBPS). The BBPS score was
                recorded for each colorectal segment (left colon, transverse colon, and
                right colon segments) both prior to (baseline) and after colon
                cleansing with the Pure-Vu[supreg] System. An adequate cleansing level
                was a priori defined as a BBPS >=2 in all evaluated colon segments. The
                study found that in 79 of the 94 patients (84 percent), the physician
                was able to successfully diagnose or rule out a GI bleed in the colon
                per the patients' colonoscopy indication using only the Pure-Vu[supreg]
                System. The analysis showed statistically significant visualization
                improvement in each colon segment after Pure-Vu[supreg] use with a mean
                BBPS score in the descending colon, sigmoid, and rectum of 1.74 pre-
                Pure-Vu[supreg] use and 2.89 post-Pure-Vu[supreg] use (P=2 in
                each colon segment) increased significantly from 31 percent (15/49)
                prior to use of the Pure-Vu System (baseline) to 98 percent (48/49)
                after use of the Pure-Vu[supreg] System (P9.48 years. The study found that
                each of the 3 study arms revealed significant differences in BBPS score
                between the baseline preparation and post-cleansing via Pure-Vu. All
                the preparation regimens resulted in inadequately prepped colons.
                Comparing the mean BBPS rating for both pre- and post- Pure-Vu[supreg]
                use, the MiraLAX arm was inferior (P https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf20/K200760.pdf.
                 \523\ QuantX De Novo decision summary from FDA: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/reviews/DEN170022.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note the applicant submitted a request for approval of a unique
                ICD-10-PCS procedure code to identify use of the technology beginning
                FY 2022. According to the applicant, this new ICD-10-PCS code would be
                reported in addition to the non-contrast CT using the appropriate code
                as listed in current coding systems.
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant asserted Rapid ASPECTS uses a new mechanism of action
                (machine learning) to assess CT scans and synthesize a single ASPECT
                score when compared to existing options which are limited to clinical
                assessment by a human reader. According to the applicant, this software
                remains the only FDA-cleared ASPECTS software and the only stroke
                imaging software to receive a CADx clearance by the FDA. The applicant
                asserted Rapid ASPECTS is fully automated and produces a score for each
                of the 10 ASPECTS regions, as well as a total score in approximately 2
                minutes.
                 With regard to the second criterion, whether the technology is
                assigned to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that
                cases involving Rapid ASPECTS would be assigned to the same MS-DRGs as
                cases involving patients confirmed with an eligible LVO by a positive
                CTA. According to the applicant, in these cases, the traditional
                clinical pathway requires a physician to determine the ASPECT score
                through an imaging evaluation. The applicant noted that Rapid ASPECTS
                may result in patients being assigned to a different MS-DRG depending
                on whether or not a mechanical thrombectomy is performed as a result of
                the Rapid ASPECTS results.
                 With regard to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                asserted Rapid ASPECTS addresses the current stroke population.
                 In summary, the applicant believes that Rapid ASPECTS is not
                substantially similar to other currently available therapies because
                Rapid ASPECTS uses a new mechanism of action (machine learning) to
                assess CT scans and synthesize a single ASPECT score. We are unclear as
                to whether machine learning to assess CT scans and synthesize a single
                ASPECT score would represent a unique mechanism of action, or how the
                mechanism of action by which Rapid ASPECTS assesses stroke imaging is
                distinct from other automated stroke imaging analysis tools, or the
                traditional hospital workflow.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding issues
                related to determining newness for technologies that use AI, an
                algorithm or software, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58628). Specifically, we are interested in public comment
                on how these technologies, including devices classified as radiological
                computer aided triage and notification software and radiological
                computer-assisted diagnostic software, may be considered for the
                purpose of identifying a unique mechanism of
                [[Page 25306]]
                action; how updates to AI, an algorithm or software would affect an
                already approved technology or a competing technology; whether software
                changes for an already approved technology could be considered a new
                mechanism of action, and whether an improved algorithm by competing
                technologies would represent a unique mechanism of action if the
                outcome is the same as an already approved AI new technology.
                 We invite public comments on whether Rapid ASPECTS is substantially
                similar to existing technologies, including specifically with respect
                to the mechanism of action, and whether it meets the newness criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant provided three
                analyses: (1) A baseline analysis containing all cases reporting one of
                the targeted ICD-10-CM codes below as the principal diagnosis code for
                cerebral infarction that map to one of the applicant's targeted MS-
                DRGs; (2) an analysis limited to MS-DRGs with a case volume over 100;
                and (3) an analysis limited to MS-DRGs 023, 062, 064, 065, and 066,
                which per the applicant would reflect 80 percent of all stays. For the
                baseline analysis, the applicant first extracted all inpatient stays
                from the CY 2018 Limited Data Set Standard Analytic File (LDS SAF) that
                contained a principal ICD-10-CM diagnosis code for cerebral infarction.
                The applicant used the following ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes.
                [[Page 25307]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.172
                [[Page 25308]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.173
                 The applicant then removed cases for hospitals that are not paid
                under the IPPS. The applicant also removed inpatient stays and their
                assigned MS-DRGs from its analysis where the assigned MS-DRG met any of
                the following conditions: (1) The MS-DRG is for a part of the body not
                related to the head; (2) the MS-DRG is a psychiatric MS-DRG, alcohol-
                related MS-DRG, or a catchall MS-DRG; (3) the MS-DRG has a very small
                number of cases; or (4) the MS-DRG is unlikely to involve an LVO. The
                applicant identified 66,990 cases mapping to 27 MS-DRGs, as listed in
                the following table, in descending order by volume:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.174
                 The applicant then standardized the charges and applied the 2-year
                charge inflation factor of 13.2 percent used to adjust the outlier
                threshold determination (85 FR 59039). The applicant did not remove
                charges for prior technology, as the applicant believes Rapid ASPECTS
                does not eliminate or replace any prior technology or services. The
                applicant also noted that it did not remove charges related to the
                prior technology, as the applicant believes Rapid ASPECTS does not
                reduce costs during the inpatient stay.
                [[Page 25309]]
                 The applicant then added charges for the technology. The applicant
                stated that it estimated the cost per case of Rapid ASPECTS using
                historical utilization data gathered from its Rapid CTA module. The
                applicant anticipates Rapid ASPECTS will be used in the same hospital
                sites as Rapid CTA, which also provides the applicant with a baseline
                number of Medicare and non-Medicare patients who were identified with a
                suspected LVO. The applicant estimated that approximately 20.5 percent
                of all patients who received a RAPID CTA scan qualified as inpatients
                eligible for a Rapid ASPECTS scan. The applicant divided the total
                number of qualified Medicare and non-Medicare inpatients by the total
                number of subscriber hospitals to arrive at an average number of
                inpatients eligible to be scanned with Rapid ASPECTS per subscriber
                hospital per year. The applicant then took the estimated average sales
                price per annual contract of Rapid ASPECTS per hospital and divided it
                across the estimated annual number of Rapid ASPECTS inpatients per site
                to estimate the average cost per case per subscriber hospital. Finally,
                the applicant divided the average cost per case by the national average
                CCR for radiology of 0.136 (85 FR 58601).
                 The applicant calculated a case-weighted threshold amount of
                $76,398 and a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case of $90,097. Based on this analysis, the applicant asserted
                that Rapid ASPECTS meets the cost criterion because the final inflated
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeds the case-
                weighted threshold amount. The applicant submitted two additional
                scenarios to demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion
                using the same methodology described but with limits on the cases. The
                first scenario limited the analysis to MS-DRGs with at least 100 cases.
                This resulted in a case-weighted threshold of $76,457 and a final
                inflated average case weighted standardized charge per case of $90,172.
                The second scenario limited the analysis to MS-DRGs 023, 062, 064, 065,
                and 066, which per the applicant reflect 80 percent of all stays. This
                second alternative method resulted in a case-weighted threshold of
                $67,890 and a final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case of $77,614. Across all three analyses, the applicant
                maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion because the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                exceeds the average case-weighted threshold amount.
                 We note the following concerns regarding the cost analysis for
                Rapid ASPECTS. The applicant stated it removed from its analysis those
                cases and their assigned MS-DRG where the assigned MS-DRG was for a
                body part that is not the head; however the list of MS-DRGs the
                applicant presented included MS-DRGs 37 (Extracranial Procedures w/MCC)
                and 38 (Extracranial Procedures w/CC), which by definition describe
                procedures outside of the head. We would like to understand why these
                MS-DRGs and their assigned cases were included in the baseline
                analysis. We would also like to understand the time period of the
                claims the applicant selected from the CY 2018 SAF, as this could have
                implications for the inflation factor used to update charges if the
                applicant selected claims from FY 2018 as opposed to FY 2019.
                 The applicant appears to have used a single list price of Rapid
                ASPECTS per hospital with a cost per patient that can vary based on the
                volume of cases. We note that the cost per patient varies based on the
                utilization of the technology by the hospitals. The cost per patient
                could be skewed by the small number of hospitals utilizing the
                technology and their low case volumes. It is possible, if hospitals
                with large patient populations adopt Rapid ASPECTS, the cost per
                patient would be significantly lower.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58630), we stated
                our understanding that there are unique circumstances to determining a
                cost per case for a technology that utilizes a subscription for its
                cost. We stated our intent to continue to consider the issues relating
                to the calculation of the cost per unit of technologies sold on a
                subscription basis as we gain more experience in this area. We continue
                to welcome comments from the public as to the appropriate method to
                determine a cost per case for such technologies, including comments on
                whether the cost per case should be estimated based on subscriber
                hospital data as described previously, and if so, whether the cost
                analysis should be updated based on the most recent subscriber data for
                each year for which the technology may be eligible for the new
                technology add-on payment.
                 We invite public comment on whether Rapid ASPECTS meets the cost
                criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted Rapid ASPECTS represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies because it improves diagnostic
                decisions by improving accuracy of ASPECT scoring. The applicant also
                asserted it improves diagnostic decisions by reducing inter-rater
                variability of ASPECT scoring. The applicant also asserted it
                represents a substantial clinical improvement by improving treatment
                decisions and by improving time to treatment.
                 According to the applicant, the first stroke treatment, tissue
                plasminogen activator (tPA), was first approved in the United States
                for intravenous administration to patients with acute stroke in 1996,
                and a study demonstrating successful catheter-directed intra-arterial
                infusion of a thrombolytic agent for this indication was first
                published in 1999.\524\ The applicant asserted that the first positive
                randomized controlled studies using modern mechanical thrombectomy
                devices for LVO stroke were published in 2015 and support combined
                treatment with tPA and catheter-based thrombectomy as the most
                effective treatment approach for patients who can be treated within six
                hours of symptom onset.\525\ According to the applicant, following the
                publication of these trials, the American Heart Association (AHA) and
                American Stroke Association (ASA) released new guidelines in 2016, 2018
                and 2019 that all specified the following Level 1A recommendation:
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \524\ Furlan A, Higashida R, et al. Intra[hyphen]arterial
                prourokinase for acute ischemic stroke: the PROACT II study: a
                randomized controlled trial: Prolyse in Acute Cerebral
                Thromboembolism. JAMA. 1999;282:2003-2011.
                 \525\ Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES collaborators.
                Endovascular thrombectomy after large[hyphen]vessel ischaemic
                stroke: a meta[hyphen]analysis of individual patient data from five
                randomised trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Patients should receive mechanical thrombectomy with a stent
                retriever if they meet all the following criteria:
                 Pre-stroke modified Rankin Score (mRS) score of 0 to 1.
                 Causative occlusion of the internal carotid artery (ICA)
                or middle cerebral artery (MCA) segment 1 (M1).
                 Age >=18 years.
                 NIH Stroke Scale (NIHSS) score of >=6.
                 Alberta stroke program early CT score (ASPECTS) of >=6.
                 Treatment can be initiated (groin puncture) within 6 hours
                of symptom onset.\526\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \526\ Powers WJ, Rabinstein A, Ackerson T, et al. Guidelines for
                the Early Management of Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke: 2019
                Update to the 2018 Guidelines for the Early Management of Acute
                Ischemic Stroke A Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the
                American Heart Association/American Stroke Association. Stroke.
                2019;50:e344-e418.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the above-recommended guidelines from
                the
                [[Page 25310]]
                AHA/ASA have been widely accepted and outline the key requirements that
                are still used today to select early window (less than 6 hours)
                candidates for thrombectomy. The applicant asserted the imaging
                requirements (the second and the fifth criterion) require that patients
                be screened for an LVO with CTA and then once an LVO in the ICA or MCA
                is discovered, the ASPECTS score must be assessed to verify that it is
                6 or higher. According to the applicant, the ASPECTS score is an
                assessment of the CT scan in a stroke patient to determine if there is
                evidence of irreversible injury in ten different brain regions. The
                applicant stated that patients who have more than five regions that are
                already irreversibly injured are not candidates for thrombectomy.
                 According to the applicant, it is well validated in the stroke
                literature that faster treatment leads to better outcomes. The
                applicant stated that compared with the best medical therapy alone, in
                the first five positive LVO endovascular thrombectomy trials that were
                published in the New England Journal of Medicine and subsequently
                summarized in a pooled analysis by the HERMES group, thrombectomy was
                associated with improved outcomes when procedure start (arterial
                puncture) could be performed within the first 7.3 hours after symptom
                onset among patients meeting the brain imaging entry criteria for
                inclusion in these randomized trials.\527\ The applicant asserted that
                within this period, functional outcomes were better the sooner after
                symptom onset that endovascular reperfusion was achieved, emphasizing
                the importance of programs to enhance patient awareness, out-of-
                hospital care, and in-hospital management to shorten symptom onset-to-
                treatment times. The applicant asserted that the magnitude of the
                association between time to treatment and outcome is clinically
                meaningful. According to the applicant, in patients with acute ischemic
                stroke due to LVO, among every 1000 patients achieving substantial
                endovascular reperfusion, for every 15-minutes faster emergency
                department door-to-reperfusion time, an estimated 39 patients would
                have a less-disabled outcome at 3 months, including 25 more who would
                achieve functional independence (mRS 0-2).\528\ The applicant stated
                that in addition to faster time from emergency department door to
                reperfusion, faster time from brain imaging to reperfusion was
                associated with better 3-month functional outcomes.\529\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \527\ Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES collaborators.
                Endovascular thrombectomy after large[hyphen]vessel ischaemic
                stroke: a meta[hyphen]analysis of individual patient data from five
                randomised trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                 \528\ Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES collaborators.
                Endovascular thrombectomy after large[hyphen]vessel ischaemic
                stroke: a meta[hyphen]analysis of individual patient data from five
                randomised trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                 \529\ Ibid. Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES
                collaborators. Endovascular thrombectomy after large[hyphen]vessel
                ischaemic stroke: a meta[hyphen]analysis of individual patient data
                from five randomised trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the interpretation of early infarct
                signs in CT first became clinically important following the FDA
                approval of tPA for stroke treatment in 1996 because it was shown that
                the response to tPA could be predicted based on the degree of early
                brain injury that could be visualized on the CT scan. The applicant
                asserted it was clear that intravenous tPA could be harmful in patients
                with advanced early infarct signs because they had a high risk of
                intracranial hemorrhage. The applicant stated, however, only rough
                qualitative estimates of the degree of early infarct signs were
                performed. The applicant asserted stroke clinicians generally felt safe
                to give tPA if the early infarct signs were confined to less than one-
                third of the middle cerebral artery territory.\530\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \530\ von Kummer R, Allen KL, Holle R, et al. Acute stroke:
                usefulness of early CT findings before thrombolytic therapy.
                Radiology 1997; 205:327-33.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, beginning in the 2000s, a more detailed
                and quantitative analysis of early infarct signs was proposed: The
                Alberta Stroke Program Early CT score (ASPECTS).\531\ The applicant
                stated this score requires the evaluation of 10 pre-defined MCA
                vascular territories. The applicant asserted these individual regions
                are assessed for focal hypoattenuation of the cortex and in the basal
                ganglia, reduction of gray and white matter differentiation, and the
                loss of the insular ribbon sign. According to the applicant, ASPECTS is
                calculated by subtracting 1 point for each involved region; scores less
                than 6 typically signify patients with an irreversible large
                hemispheric infarction.\532\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \531\ Barber PA, Demchuk AM, et al. Validity and reliability of
                a quantitative computed tomography score in predicting outcome of
                hyperacute stroke before thrombolytic therapy. ASPECTS Study Group.
                Alberta Stroke Programme Early CT Score. Lancet. 2000 May
                13;355(9216):1670-4.
                 \532\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the ASPECTS evaluation became
                clinically essential in 2015 after mechanical thrombectomy was found to
                be effective for treatment of patients with a large vessel occlusion
                within the 6-hour time frame.533 534 The applicant stated
                that some of the large randomized controlled trials that ultimately led
                to the establishment of thrombectomy as a standard procedure required
                an ASPECTS greater than or equal to 6 for inclusion. According to the
                applicant, the MR CLEAN trial, which enrolled patients with lower
                ASPECT scores than the other four trials, reported the smallest overall
                treatment effect and in particular, patients with an ASPECT score less
                than 5 did not show benefit with an adjusted odds ratio close to
                1.0.\535\ The applicant asserted that for these reasons, an ASPECTS
                evaluation is required in most national and international thrombectomy
                guidelines. The applicant stated most guidelines, including the AHA/ASA
                guidelines discussed above, require an ASPECT score greater than or
                equal to six 6 for a patient to qualify for thrombectomy in the early
                treatment window.\536\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \533\ Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES collaborators.
                Endovascular thrombectomy after large-vessel ischaemic stroke: A
                meta[hyphen]analysis of individual patient data from five randomised
                trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                 \534\ Powers WJ, Rabinstein A, Ackerson T, et al. Guidelines for
                the Early Management of Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke: 2019
                Update to the 2018 Guidelines for the Early Management of Acute
                Ischemic Stroke A Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the
                American Heart Association/American Stroke Association. Stroke.
                2019;50:e344-e418.
                 \535\ Berkhemer OA, Fransen PS, et al; MR CLEAN Investigators. A
                randomized trial of intraarterial treatment for acute ischemic
                stroke. N Engl J Med. 2015;372:11-20.
                 \536\ Powers WJ, Rabinstein A, Ackerson T, et al. Guidelines for
                the Early Management of Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke: 2019
                Update to the 2018 Guidelines for the Early Management of Acute
                Ischemic Stroke A Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the
                American Heart Association/American Stroke Association. Stroke.
                2019;50:e344-e418.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted ASPECT score determination is challenging
                because early infarct signs are often very subtle and challenging to
                interpret correctly. According to the applicant, there is often
                disagreement between experts on the exact score and sometimes these
                disagreements preclude a definite answer regarding if the patient
                qualifies for thrombectomy or not. The applicant asserted these
                interpretation challenges are manifested by limited inter-rater
                [[Page 25311]]
                agreement, even among experts.537 538 539 The applicant
                cited the DEFUSE 2 study in which two expert readers graded ischemic
                change on NCCT using the ASPECT score. The applicant asserted that
                full-scale agreement (measured by the intraclass correlation
                coefficient) for CT-ASPECTS was only moderate at 0.579.\540\ According
                to the applicant, these inter-rater differences can have important
                clinical implications, as discussed further. The applicant asserted
                that many physicians who evaluate acute stroke patients are not
                confident that they can accurately determine an ASPECT score, and
                oftentimes there are significant delays before a radiologist reads the
                scan.
                 The applicant stated current AHA/ASA guidelines recommend a CT scan
                be performed within 25 minutes of Emergency Department arrival and the
                radiologist interpretation of the scan occur within 45 minutes of
                arrival.\541\ According to the applicant, based on these guidelines,
                radiologists have about 20 minutes to read the scan, however, many
                hospitals, especially community and primary stroke centers, do not meet
                these guidelines. The applicant asserted Medicare data indicate that
                only 72% of patients meet these guidelines. The applicant stated that
                automated software, such as Rapid ICH, Rapid LVO and Rapid ASPECTS can
                assess CT and CTA findings (both to rule out hemorrhage, confirm an LVO
                and to assess early signs of infarction with ASPECTS) within minutes.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \537\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                 \538\ Kobkitsuksakul C, Tritanon O, Suraratdecha V.
                Interobserver agreement between senior radiology resident,
                neuroradiology fellow, and experienced neuroradiologist in the
                rating of Alberta Stroke Program Early Computed Tomography Score
                (ASPECTS). Diagn Interv Radiol. 2018.
                 \539\ McTaggart RA, Jovin TG, Lansberg MG, et al. Alberta stroke
                program early computed tomographic scoring performance in a series
                of patients undergoing computed tomography and MRI: Reader
                agreement, modality agreement, and outcome prediction. Stroke. 2015
                Feb;46(2):407[hyphen]12.
                 \540\ McTaggart RA, Jovin TG, Lansberg MG, et al. Alberta stroke
                program early computed tomographic scoring performance in a series
                of patients undergoing computed tomography and MRI: Reader
                agreement, modality agreement, and outcome prediction. Stroke 2015
                Feb;46(2):407[hyphen]12.
                 \541\ AHA/ASA. Target: Stroke Campaign Manual, published 2010.
                http://www.strokeassociation.org/idc/groups/heart-public/@wcm/@hcm/@gwtg/documents/downloadable/ucm_308277.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the limited inter-rater agreement for
                traditional ASPECT scoring can lead to triaging ineligible patients to
                thrombectomy or failing to treat eligible patients. The applicant cited
                a study in which four experienced readers rated ASPECT scores in
                patients who presented with LVO and severe strokes. The applicant
                stated the inter-rater agreement between these raters was poor with an
                interclass correlation of 0.32.\542\ According to the applicant, the
                range of agreement for individual raters with the gold standard
                assessment of the score (obtained with a concurrent MRI) for
                identifying patients with a score less than six 6 ranged from 35% to
                94%. The applicant asserted this study demonstrates there can be
                substantial disagreement between physicians regarding if a patient is
                eligible for thrombectomy based on their assessment of the ASPECT
                score, which can lead to eligible patients not receiving this highly
                effective therapy, as well as the performance of unnecessary
                procedures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \542\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients with Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that particularly the Medicare population
                might be at risk and impacted by these limitations as the majority of
                LVOs occur in the Medicare population. The applicant stated that the
                average age of patients in the HERMES pooled analysis of thrombectomy
                studies was 68 years.\543\ Therefore, according to the applicant,
                inaccuracy of traditional ASPECT scoring translates into a substantial
                percentage of Medicare patients having erroneous triage decisions made
                regarding their eligibility for thrombectomy, which it asserted can
                result in unnecessary procedures and increased Medicare costs, as well
                as increased disability in eligible patients who are not treated
                because of inaccurate ASPECT scoring.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \543\ Goyal M, Menon BK, et al for the HERMES collaborators.
                Endovascular thrombectomy after large[hyphen]vessel ischaemic
                stroke: a meta-analysis of individual patient data from five
                randomised trials. Lancet 2016; 387: 1723-31.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As stated previously, the applicant asserted Rapid ASPECTS
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because it improves diagnostic decisions by improving
                accuracy of ASPECT scoring. The applicant presented three retrospective
                cohort studies (two peer-reviewed and one under review) to support the
                claim that diagnostic decisions made by clinicians would have been
                improved with use of Rapid ASPECTS. According to the applicant, two of
                the studies showed that the automated Rapid ASPECTS score is
                significantly more accurate than the scores obtained by experienced
                clinicians.544 545
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \544\ Maegerlein C, Fischer J, M[ouml]nch S, MD et al. Automated
                Calculation of the Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score:
                Feasibility and Reliability. Radiology 2019; 291:141-148.
                 \545\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted a retrospective cohort study which compared
                ASPECT scoring of CT images from patients with MCA occlusion (n=100)
                between Rapid ASPECTS software and two expert neuroradiologist reads.
                According to the applicant, Rapid ASPECTS showed a substantial
                agreement (k=0.78) when imaging took place more than 1 hour after
                symptom onset, which increased to high agreement (k=0.92) for imaging
                occurring after 4 hours. The applicant asserted that the
                neuroradiologist raters did not achieve comparable results to the
                software until the time interval of greater than 4 hours (k=0.83 and
                k=0.76). In this study, experts developed the reference consensus score
                and then, after 6 weeks, the same two neuroradiologists again
                determined ASPECTS by using only the baseline CT. The experts had
                moderate agreement with the consensus score (k=0.57 and k=0.57) while
                Rapid ASPECTS had better agreement (k=0.9). There was minimal agreement
                across experts and software in the timeframe of less than 1 hour
                between symptom onset and imaging, but better software agreement when
                the time was between 1 and 4 hours. There was agreement across experts
                for imaging occurring after 4 hours. According to the applicant, this
                study showed that in acute stroke of the MCA, Rapid ASPECTS had better
                agreement than that of human readers with a predefined consensus
                score.\546\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \546\ Maegerlein C, Fischer J, M[ouml]nch S, MD et al. Automated
                Calculation of the Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score:
                Feasibility and Reliability. Radiology 2019; 291:141-148.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted another retrospective cohort study to
                compare Rapid ASPECTS, as well as the mean score from four experienced
                readers, with a diffusion-weighted magnetic resonance imaging (DW-MRI)
                ASPECTS obtained following the baseline CT in patients (n=65) with
                large hemispheric infarcts.\547\ DW-MRI is sensitive in the detection
                of small and early infarcts. Small infarcts might not appear on CT
                scans for days. The AHA/ASA guidelines state that DW-MRI can be useful
                for selecting candidates for mechanical thrombectomy between 6 and 24
                hours after the patient was last known well (that is, the time at which
                the patient was known to be without signs and symptoms of the current
                stroke).\548\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \547\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                 \548\ Powers WJ, Rabinstein A, Ackerson T, et al. Guidelines for
                the Early Management of Patients With Acute Ischemic Stroke: 2019
                Update to the 2018 Guidelines for the Early Management of Acute
                Ischemic Stroke A Guideline for Healthcare Professionals From the
                American Heart Association/American Stroke Association. Stroke.
                2019;50:e344-e418.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25312]]
                 According to the applicant, Rapid ASPECTS' automated score had a
                higher level of agreement with the mean of the DW-MRI ASPECTS, both for
                the full scale and for the dichotomized scale of either =6 which
                is the difference for treatment/no treatment (difference in intraclass
                correlation coefficient, p553 554 555 As stated previously, the applicant
                asserted that one study showed that agreement regarding whether a
                patient had a treatment-eligible score based on a concurrent MRI scan
                interpreted by two experts was significantly higher for the Rapid
                ASPECTS score than for experienced clinicians.\556\ According to the
                applicant, Rapid ASPECTS has also been shown to improve the reads of a
                typical CT scan reader to become as accurate as a neuroradiologist
                read.\557\ The applicant asserted that since radiologists are not
                immediately available at the time when many LVO patients present, and
                obtaining a read from a neuroradiologist often takes even longer, the
                time to determine an ASPECT score will be substantially improved with
                the software, leading to faster treatment times which have been shown
                to reduce disability. According to the applicant, Rapid ASPECTS
                provides an opportunity to impact the current selection and allocation
                pathway for stroke care.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \553\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                 \554\ Delio PR, Wong ML, Tsai JP, et al. Assistance from
                Automated ASPECTS Software Improves Reader Performance (under review
                2020).
                 \555\ Maegerlein C, Fischer J, M[ouml]nch S, MD et al. Automated
                Calculation of the Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score:
                Feasibility and Reliability. Radiology 2019; 291:141-148.
                 \556\ Albers GW, MD, Wald MJ, Mlynash M, et al. Automated
                Calculation of Alberta Stroke Program Early CT Score Validation in
                Patients With Large Hemispheric Infarct. Stroke. 2019;50:3277-3279.
                 \557\ Delio PR, Wong ML, Tsai JP, et al. Assistance from
                Automated ASPECTS Software Improves Reader Performance (under review
                2020).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After reviewing the information submitted by the applicant, we have
                the following questions regarding whether Rapid ASPECTS meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 In the studies provided by the applicant, the reference ASPECT
                score to which Rapid ASPECTS was compared was generally derived from a
                mean value of the ASPECT scores rated from a small sample of expert
                radiologists. We note that the radiologists used to identify the
                reference to which Rapid ASPECTS was compared may not be representative
                of radiologists in the United States. We are also unclear whether a
                mean ASPECT score, identified from radiologists whom
                [[Page 25313]]
                the applicant describes as having low levels of agreement, is
                representative of a meaningful value as it does not represent the score
                of any particular radiologist. We further question whether individuals
                participating in these studies may have altered their behavior in a
                substantive way by interacting with computer-generated ratings, which
                would complicate study findings.
                 We further note that the correlation between the ASPECT scoring of
                expert and Rapid ASPECTS is the primary outcome in many of the articles
                provided. Though this information may be important and informative, it
                is not clear that a high correlation between expert and Rapid ASPECTS
                scoring is necessarily indicative of substantial clinical improvement.
                Furthermore, whether these providers agree with the technology does not
                determine whether they are correct, and it could be the case that both
                AI and radiologists agree on an incorrect score.
                 We note that the applicant stated that inter-rater disagreement
                with ASPECT scores leads to erroneous triage and treatment of Medicare
                patients. It is unclear how the applicant determined that disagreement
                between scores translates into inappropriate treatment, or necessarily
                shows that the scoring class (=6) was inaccurate. The applicant
                also asserted that many physicians who evaluate acute stroke patients
                are not confident that they can accurately determine an ASPECT score,
                but it did not provide evidence to support this claim. Additionally, we
                observe that the studies provided did not demonstrate improvements in
                clinical outcomes such as disability, mortality, or length of stay;
                rather, improved outcomes were inferred by relying on the assumption
                that faster treatment results in better outcomes. Without measuring the
                impact of the technology on treatment outcomes, we are uncertain
                whether Rapid ASPECTS represents a substantial clinical improvement.
                 Lastly, we note that the applicant submitted the AHA/ASA guidelines
                and a review of stroke literature as support for clinical improvement.
                It is unclear how the guidelines support a finding of substantial
                clinical improvement for Rapid ASPECTS because the guidelines are for
                the current standard of care. Additionally, the applicant did not
                provide evidence to support its assertion that hospitals are not
                meeting the AHA/ASA guideline that radiologists read the CT scan of
                acute ischemic stroke patients within 20 minutes. The stroke literature
                review identified the inter-rater differences among ASPECT scoring, but
                did not demonstrate that inter-rater disagreements have led to triaging
                ineligible patients to thrombectomy or failing to treat eligible
                patients in clinical practice. It is unclear how the literature on
                inter-rater reliability for ASPECT scoring would demonstrate a
                substantial clinical improvement in how Rapid ASPECTS supports improved
                triaging of stroke care. The applicant's stroke literature review also
                identified that faster treatment leads to better outcomes. While this
                supports the urgency of stroke care, we are unsure how it demonstrates
                a substantial clinical improvement in how Rapid ASPECTS supports the
                urgency of stroke care.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Rapid ASPECTS meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 In this section, we summarize and respond to written public
                comments received in response to the New Technology Town Hall meeting
                notice published in the Federal Register regarding the substantial
                clinical improvement criterion for Rapid ASPECTS.
                 Comment: Several commenters, some of whom participated in one of
                the retrospective studies assessing Rapid ASPECTS, asserted that Rapid
                ASPECTS offers a substantial clinical improvement over the current
                standard of care for evaluation and treatment of patients diagnosed
                with LVO. They cited the studies summarized in this section and their
                clinical experience with Rapid ASPECTS and stated that Rapid ASPECTS
                improves treatment decisions by improving the accuracy of the
                assessment of candidates eligible for thrombectomy as well as reducing
                the time to appropriate treatment, which leads to better outcomes.
                 Response: We thank the commenters for their input and will take
                this information into consideration when deciding whether to approve
                new technology add-on payments for Rapid ASPECTS.
                 Comment: The applicant responded to the questions received at the
                New Technology Town Hall Meeting held in December 2020.
                 First, the applicant was asked if an ROC analysis had been
                performed with Rapid ASPECTS. The applicant stated that an ROC analysis
                had been performed for one of the retrospective studies assessing Rapid
                ASPECTS (Delio et al., 2020, under review). According to the applicant,
                using the scores for the 500 ASPECT regions for all 8 readers shows the
                AUC improved from 0.78 without RAPID to 0.85 with RAPID-assisted reads.
                The applicant stated the reference standard was the read from three
                experienced neuroradiologists who were provided access to a follow-up
                MRI scan to help enhance the accurary of the reference standard. The
                applicant asserted that the difference of 0.06 between the AUCs is
                statistically significant (p=0.0049).
                 Second, the applicant was asked if clinical benefits of RAPID
                Aspects were directly observed in prospective studies using the Rapid
                ASPECTS software. The applicant cited a recent retrospective study
                reporting a series of 176 patients from one hospital in Alexandria,
                Egypt diagnosed with Acute Ischemic Stroke (AIS) and subsequently
                treated with tPA between January 2018 and December 2019. Results were
                reported on 122 of these patients; 36 had their NCCT images analyzed by
                Rapid ASPECTS and 86 had their NCCT images analyzed by a remote
                neuroradiologist who received the image by the text messaging platform
                WhatsApp. The applicant asserted that Rapid ASPECTS had excellent
                agreement (k=0.80) with the neuroradiologist's read. The door-to-needle
                time for the 86 WhatsApp-read patients was 52.3 16 minutes
                and for the 36 Rapid ASPECTS patients was 36.8 11 minutes
                (p=0.001), representing a 14-minute reduction in the door-to-treatment
                time in Rapid ASPECTS group compared with the WhatsApp standard care
                group. According to the applicant, there was also a significantly
                increased likelihood of functional independence and fewer hemorrhagic
                complications in patients treated with reperfusion therapy in the Rapid
                ASPECTS group (p6, while the score was TM Blood Collection System
                 Magnolia Medical Technologies, Inc. submitted an application for
                new technology add-on payments for the Steripath[supreg]
                MicroTM Blood Collection System, which is also referred to
                as the Steripath[supreg] MicroTM Initial Specimen Diversion
                Device (ISDD[supreg]), for FY 2022. The applicant described the
                Steripath[supreg] MicroTM ISDD[supreg] (``Steripath Micro'')
                as a proprietary and patent-protected single-use, disposable device,
                which is indicated for use in the collection of blood cultures by
                nurses, phlebotomists, and technicians in emergency departments and
                inpatient units in acute care hospitals to reduce blood culture
                contamination and false positive diagnostic test results for sepsis.
                According to the applicant, Steripath[supreg] MicroTM
                ISDD[supreg], along with the Steripath and Steripath[supreg] Gen2, are
                part of a product portfolio utilizing their Steripath[supreg]
                ISSD[supreg] technology.
                 The applicant explained that the Steripath[supreg]
                MicroTM ISDD[supreg] uses a syringe-driven (or blood culture
                bottle-driven) architecture that uses negative pressure to flip a
                proprietary internal bladder, which, in turn, creates gentle negative
                pressure to divert and sequester the initial 0.6 to 0.9 mL of blood,
                the portion known to most likely contain contaminants. According to the
                applicant, once diversion is complete, the user presses a side button
                to isolate the diverted blood. The applicant further explained that
                once the blood is isolated, a second independent blood flow pathway is
                opened to collect the blood specimen into the syringe (or blood culture
                bottle) for blood culture testing.
                 The applicant stated that the design and development of the
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] was inspired by patients who
                present with symptoms concerning for sepsis and who are hypotensive
                (low blood pressure) and hypovolemic (low blood volume), have difficult
                intravenous access (DIVA), or are small in stature with lower blood
                volume. According to the applicant, clinicians typically utilize a
                syringe technique to collect blood from this patient population to
                enable management of negative pressure (attempting to avoid vein
                collapse) while improving the opportunity to collect a sufficient
                volume of blood to culture, which the applicant stated is a critical
                determinant of blood culture sensitivity (that is, avoiding false
                negative results). The applicant claimed that this patient population
                is generally ineligible for existing ISDD[supreg] technologies due to
                risk of vein collapse. According to the applicant, the negative
                pressure created by Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]'s bladder-
                driven mechanism is designed to achieve initial specimen diversion
                while avoiding collapsing of the veins (losing venous access) of this
                patient population. The applicant stated that the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] is available with a preassembled sterile
                integrated syringe for syringe-driven diversion and blood culture
                sample collection, and components of the system may be used for
                infusion following sample collection after disconnection of the
                ISDD[supreg].
                 According to the applicant, blood culture is the gold standard
                diagnostic test for bloodstream infections, including septicemia. The
                applicant explained that blood cultures are drawn from patients
                displaying symptoms of a potential bloodstream infection with results
                guiding therapeutic decisions and influencing outcomes for patients for
                their duration in acute care. The applicant stated that the standard of
                care is to collect two separate blood cultures, each consisting of two
                blood culture bottles containing aerobic or anaerobic medium. The
                applicant further noted that the major automated microbial blood
                culture detection systems (BACTEC and BacT/ALERT) recommend 8-10 mL of
                blood in each of the aerobic and anaerobic bottles--up to 40 mL total
                distributed across all four bottles.
                 The applicant stated that despite the critical role blood culture
                plays in providing diagnoses, an estimated 20 percent to over 50
                percent of all positive blood culture results for sepsis are suspected
                to be false positive due to blood culture contamination, as explained
                in greater detail below.\559\ The applicant stated that blood culture
                contamination creates clinical confusion which leads to a risk of
                inappropriate antibiotic therapy,560 561 562 563 extended
                length of stay of an average of 2.0 to 2.4 days,564 565
                Clostridium difficile (CDI) infection,566 567 multidrug
                resistance organism (MDRO) infections, Acute Kidney Injury (AKI),\568\
                hospital-acquired infection (HAI) or hospital-acquired condition
                (HAC),\569\ false-positive Central Line-Associated Blood Stream
                Infection (CLABSI) treatment, false positives reported to National
                Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN)/CMS (thus biasing the data), and
                additional lab and/or other diagnostic testing.\570\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \559\ Snyder S, et al. Effectiveness of practices to reduce
                blood culture contamination: A Laboratory Medicine Best Practices
                systematic review and meta-analysis. Clinical Biochemistry. 2012;
                45(0):999-1011.
                 \560\ Rupp M, et al. Reduction in Blood Culture Contamination
                Through Use of Initial Specimen Diversion Device. Clinical
                Infectious Diseases. 2017; 65(2):201-205.
                 \561\ Bell M, et al. Effectiveness of a novel specimen
                collection system in reducing blood culture contamination rates.
                Journal of Emergency Nursing 44.6 (2018): 570-575.
                 \562\ Doern G, et al. A Comprehensive Update on the Problem of
                Blood Culture Contamination and a Discussion of Methods for
                Addressing the Problem. Clinical Microbiology Reviews. 2020;
                33:e00009-19.
                 \563\ Chang D, et al. Impact of blood culture diversion device
                on molecular pathogen identification on vancomycin use. Poster
                presented at: Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America (2017).
                 \564\ Skoglund E et al. Estimated Clinical and Economic Impact
                through Use of a Novel Blood Collection Device To Reduce Blood
                Culture Contamination in the Emergency Department: A Cost-Benefit
                Analysis. 2019; 57:e01015-18.
                 \565\ Geisler B, et al. Model to evaluate the impact of
                hospital-based interventions targeting false-positive blood cultures
                oneconomic and clinical outcomes. Journal of Hospital Infection.
                2019; 102:438-444.
                 \566\ Ibid. Geisler B, et al. Model to evaluate the impact of
                hospital-based interventions targeting false-positive blood cultures
                oneconomic and clinical outcomes. Journal of Hospital Infection.
                2019; 102:438-444.
                 \567\ Doern G, et al. A Comprehensive Update on the Problem of
                Blood Culture Contamination and a Discussion of Methods for
                Addressing the Problem. Clinical Microbiology Reviews. 2020;
                33:e00009-19.
                 \568\ Khalili H, et al. ``Antibiotics induced acute kidney
                injury: Incidence, risk factors, onset time and outcome.'' Acta
                Medica Iranica (2013): 51(12): 871-878.
                 \569\ Doern G, et al. A Comprehensive Update on the Problem of
                Blood Culture Contamination and a Discussion of Methods for
                Addressing the Problem. Clinical Microbiology Reviews. 2020;
                33:e00009-19.
                 \570\ Ibid. Doern G, et al. A Comprehensive Update on the
                Problem of Blood Culture Contamination and a Discussion of Methods
                for Addressing the Problem. Clinical Microbiology Reviews. 2020;
                33:e00009-19.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25315]]
                 The applicant explained that the detection of bacteremia is of
                particular concern for Medicare beneficiaries, given that the mean age
                for United States patients afflicted with sepsis in 2014 was 66.5, with
                sepsis present in 35 percent of all United States hospitalizations that
                resulted in death.\571\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \571\ Rhee C, et al. Incidence and Trends of Sepsis in US
                Hospitals Using Clinical vs Claims Data, 2009-2014. JAMA. 2017;
                318:1241-1249.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the newness criterion, the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] is a Class II medical device that received
                510(k) clearance from the FDA on October 8, 2020. The 510(k) clearance
                was based on substantial equivalence to an earlier version of the
                device, Steripath[supreg] Gen2, which received 510(k) clearance on
                February 28, 2020. According to the applicant, the Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] product portfolio, including the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg], is the only FDA 510(k)-cleared family of
                devices indicated to reduce blood culture contamination.\572\ According
                to the applicant, a supplemental Special 510(k) submission and
                clearance is anticipated for an additional configuration of the
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] device that incorporates a
                butterfly safety venipuncture needle.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \572\ Bell, Mary, et al. Effectiveness of a novel specimen
                collection system in reducing blood culture contamination rates.
                Journal of Emergency Nursing 44.6 (2018): 570-575.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, there are currently no ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes to distinctly identify the use of the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]. The applicant submitted a request for a new
                ICD-10-PCS procedure code for implementation on October 1, 2021.
                 As discussed above, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 According to the applicant, diversion techniques use the same basic
                principle to reduce blood culture contamination by sequestering blood
                most likely to contain dislodged skin fragments and/or flora. With
                regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same or
                similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant discussed current/alternative treatments to avoid blood
                contamination, but states that manual diversion, passive diversion, and
                the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 device are not comparable alternatives to
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\.
                 According to the applicant, manual diversion, which involves the
                phlebotomist or other medical professional first collecting blood into
                a waste tube and then manually switching to a sample collection tube,
                is not a replacement for Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]
                because manual diversion inherently entails additional opportunities
                for human error through touch contamination and process variation,
                without the ability to manage and ensure healthcare worker compliance.
                The applicant further explained that manual diversion techniques
                introduce, at a minimum, one additional surface (waste tube top), which
                must either be sterilized (or carefully handled if pre-packaged
                sterile) to avoid cross contamination through the inoculation needle.
                The applicant noted that if the inoculation needle is contaminated in
                this manner, both blood culture bottles can become contaminated, which
                can be interpreted (inaccurately) as a true positive through laboratory
                testing. The applicant explained that Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg] is a closed system to prevent opportunities for touch
                contamination beyond conventional methods of blood culture sample
                acquisition. The applicant further explained that since
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] is a pre-assembled and
                packaged sterile kit that does not require manual connections, it
                avoids touch-point contamination and prevents the need for additional
                time, focus, and manual diversion procedural compliance from the
                operator.
                 The applicant stated that the Kurin product, a competitor diversion
                device that uses passive diversion (or relying on the patients blood
                pressure), is not a comparable alternative to Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] as it is not FDA-cleared to reduce blood-culture
                contamination. The applicant claimed that passive diversion, because of
                its limitations, is integrated into the Kurin product to redirect 0.15
                mL of blood. The applicant stated that passive devices are susceptible
                to bypassing diversion when the culture bottle is inoculated before
                diversion is complete, and that this limitation is not present within
                the Steripath[supreg] MicroTM ISDD[supreg] architecture. The
                applicant asserted that the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]
                uses a novel syringe-driven (or blood culture bottle-driven) negative
                pressure to flip an internal bladder which, in turn, creates gentle
                negative pressure to divert and sequester the initial 0.6 to 0.9 mL of
                blood.
                 The applicant further stated that the Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                ISDD[supreg] is not a comparable product to Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg], as it uses greater negative pressure to divert an initial
                1.5-2.0 mL of blood for the adult patient population. According to the
                applicant, the Steripath[supreg] MicroTM ISDD[supreg]
                platform leverages ISDD[supreg] technology but is smaller, easier-to-
                use, and employs a novel proprietary diversion bladder technology to
                address patients who are hypotensive and hypovolemic, have difficult
                intravenous access, or are small in stature with lower blood volume.
                 Specifically, the applicant explained that the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] uses syringe-driven (or blood culture bottle-
                driven) negative pressure to flip an internal bladder which in turn
                creates gentle negative pressure to effectively and consistently divert
                and sequester the initial 0.6 to 0.9 mL of blood, the portion known to
                most likely contain contaminants, with this patient population. The
                applicant asserts this differentiates the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                from the Steripath[supreg] Gen2. The applicant further explained that
                once diversion is complete, the user presses a button to isolate the
                diverted blood and, automatically, a second independent blood flow
                pathway opens to collect the blood specimen into the syringe (or blood
                culture bottle) for culture.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether the technology is
                assigned to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant did not
                indicate whether the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] would be
                assigned to the same MS-DRGs as cases representing patients who receive
                diagnostic information from competing technologies or traditional blood
                collection methods.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                stated that the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] was
                fundamentally designed to address a specific and broader patient
                population than any other technology that is currently available and
                FDA 510(k) cleared to prevent blood culture contamination. The
                applicant explained that in a certain subset of `hard-stick' (low blood
                volume, hypovolemic and hypotensive) patients, blood culture using
                passive diversion or the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] is not
                possible. According to the applicant, Steripath[supreg]
                MicroTM is the first ISDD designed specifically to address
                the unmet needs of the low blood volume, hypovolemic and hypotensive,
                `hard-stick' patient populations (many requiring integrated sterile
                syringe collection) that is FDA 510(k) cleared indicated to reduce
                blood culture contamination.
                 We have the following concerns regarding whether the technology
                meets
                [[Page 25316]]
                the substantial similarity criteria and whether it should be considered
                new. Although we understand that the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg] version may divert less blood volume and utilize less
                negative pressure than the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg], we note
                that both devices utilize negative pressure and, according to the
                applicant, leveraged Magnolia Medical Technologies' foundational
                ISDD[supreg] technology, and it is unclear whether this represents a
                new mechanism of action. We further note that the applicant also
                appears to consider the devices as similar, as they exclusively rely on
                studies conducted using the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] to
                demonstrate substantial clinical improvement. We therefore believe that
                the newness date for Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] would
                begin on February 28, 2020, the date on which the predicate device
                received 510(k) clearance.
                 We also note that the applicant claimed that the Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] product portfolio, including the Steripath[supreg]
                MicroTM ISDD[supreg], is the only FDA 510(k)-cleared family
                of devices indicated to reduce blood culture contamination and we are
                inviting public comment on whether there are other FDA-cleared products
                designed to reduce blood culture contamination.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] is substantially similar to other technologies
                and whether the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] meets the
                newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR FR claims data file with the FY 2019 Final Rule IPPS Impact
                File to identify potential cases representing patients who may be
                eligible for treatment using Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg].
                 The applicant used 37 Infection ICD-10-CM Diagnosis Codes and 15
                Sepsis ICD-10-CM Diagnosis codes to identify patients who could
                potentially benefit from the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]
                during an inpatient stay. These ICD-10-CM codes are provided in the
                following table:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.175
                [[Page 25317]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.176
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.177
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 In its analysis, the applicant identified a primary cohort to
                assess whether this therapy met the cost criterion. The applicant
                stated that clinical literature suggests the DIVA population represents
                anywhere from 17 percent to 59 percent of all patients that present as
                symptomatic for sepsis and require blood
                cultures.573 574 575 The applicant added that the literature
                did not provide any additional information on the distribution of the
                DIVA population within the larger infection/sepsis population. To
                account for this, the applicant randomly selected 33% of claims that
                included one of the ICD-10 codes listed above in one of the first two
                diagnosis code positions on the claim to include in the cost analysis.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \573\ Sou, V., et al. A clinical pathway for the management of
                difficult venous access. BMC Nursing 16, 64 (2017).
                 \574\ Armenteros-Yeguas V., et al. Prevalence of difficult
                venous access and associated risk factors in highly complex
                hospitalized patients. J Clin Nurs. 2017;26(23-24):4267-4275.
                 \575\ Van Loon, FH, et al. Development of the A-DIVA Scale: A
                Clinical Predictive Scale to Identify Difficult Intravenous Access
                in Adult Patients Based on Clinical Observations. Medicine. 2016
                Apr;95(16)e3428.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant removed MS-DRGs describing kidney and urinary tract
                infections and renal failure because these cases are not likely to
                benefit from use of the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]. The
                applicant stated that these diagnoses rely on technologies not relevant
                to Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg], such as urine cultures and
                blood cultures specific to urea and creatinine. Lastly the applicant
                excluded cases in MS-DRGs that accounted for less than 1% of the total
                cases in the identified sample.
                 The claim search conducted by the applicant resulted in 295,790
                claims mapping to six MS-DRGs: 871 (Septicemia or severe sepsis w/o mv
                >96 hours w mcc), 872 (Septicemia or severe sepsis w/o mv >96 hours w/o
                mcc), 853 (Infectious & parasitic diseases w o.r. procedure w mcc), 870
                (Septicemia or severe sepsis w mv >96 hours or peripheral
                extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ecmo)), 854 (Infectious &
                parasitic diseases w o.r. procedure w cc), and 177 (Respiratory
                infections & inflammations w mcc). The applicant determined an average
                unstandardized case weighted charge per case of $69,973.
                 The applicant stated that studies show blood culture contamination
                (BCC) increases length of stay (LOS) and leads to unnecessary
                antimicrobial therapy and/or hospital-acquired conditions. The
                applicant stated that a retrospective analysis involving hospitalized
                patients with septicemia-compatible symptoms found that avoiding BCC
                would decrease costs by $6,463, including $4,818 in savings for
                inpatient care. 53 percent of savings were attributed to reduced LOS
                and 26 percent to reduced antibiotic use.\576\ The applicant stated
                that to account for these savings, they removed $2,500 by inflating
                costs to charges using the national average cost-to-charge ratio (CCR)
                for routine days and $2,300 by inflating costs to charges using the
                pharmacy national average CCR. Because the previous study cited did not
                describe where non-LOS related inpatient savings arose, the applicant
                assumed that the savings arose from reduced drug use and therefore the
                pharmacy national average CCR was used.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \576\ Geisler, BP, et al. Model to evaluate the impact of
                hospital-based interventions targeting false-positive blood cultures
                on economical and clinical outcomes. J Hosp Infect. 2019
                Aug;102(4):438-444.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Because, according to the applicant, savings accrue in around 3% of
                cases where the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] is used, the
                applicant applied three percent of the savings described above to every
                case in the sample population. The applicant stated that removing the
                $4,800 in cost savings from 3 percent of the cases is mathematically
                the same as removing 3 percent of the cost savings from all cases. The
                applicant then standardized the charges using the FY 2019 Final Rule
                Impact File. Next, the applicant applied the 2-year inflation factor
                used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate outlier
                threshold charges (1.13218). To calculate the charges for the
                technology, the applicant used the national average CCR for the
                Supplies and Equipment cost center of 0.297 from the FY 2021 Final IPPS
                rule. The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-
                [[Page 25318]]
                weighted standardized charge per case of $76,796, which exceeded the
                average case-weighted threshold amount of $69,973 by $6,824. The
                applicant stated that because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost criterion.
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, we note the
                following concerns with regard to the cost criterion. In its analysis,
                the applicant stated it randomly selected 33% of claims that included
                one of the ICD-10 codes listed above in one of the first two diagnosis
                code positions on the claim to include in the cost analysis. Implicit
                in this decision to randomly select a subsample is the belief that
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] cases are randomly distributed
                across all cases identified. If performed properly, the intent of
                random sampling from a population is to identify a smaller group of
                cases which remains representative or similar to the greater
                population. An added effect of proper random sampling is that the
                sample often has less variance than the population from which it was
                drawn. We are therefore concerned that random sampling may be
                inappropriate in this situation if the potential cases are not
                similarly randomly distributed.
                 Furthermore, if it is true that a subset of cases would be more
                representive of cases eligible for use of the Steripath[supreg] Micro
                \TM\ ISDD[supreg], it may be more likely that those cases will be
                distributed based on certain characteristics, not randomly distributed.
                We are seeking public comment on whether the random sample used by the
                applicant would appropriately identify the cases eligible for the use
                of Steripath.
                 In its cost analysis, the applicant stated that, in order to
                account for savings from the use of Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg], it removed $2,500 by inflating costs to charges using the
                national average cost-to-charge ratio (CCR) for routine days and $2,300
                by inflating costs to charges using the pharmacy national average CCR.
                From a methodological standpoint, we are not certain that the data from
                which savings were calculated are generalizable to the broader Medicare
                population's experience if Steripath[supreg] MicroTM Blood
                Collection System is used. Specifically, we are not certain that the
                patient population and the resulting conclusions from the
                aforementioned study \577\ adequately generalize to the Medicare
                population.
                 Lastly, the applicant stated that because savings accrue in around
                three percent of cases where the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg] is used, the applicant applied three percent of the
                savings described previously to every case in its sample population. We
                are unclear whether the three percent of cases which experienced
                savings in the one study provided by the applicant is adequately
                representative of the Medicare population. We are not certain that
                three percent of a sample experiencing some level of savings is the
                same as all cases experiencing three percent savings. Therefore, we are
                not certain that it is appropriate to apply three percent of savings
                across all cases in the applicant's cost analysis. As with the
                reduction in charges discussed previously, while the applicant's
                approach provides a more conservative estimate for purposes of the cost
                criterion, we question whether it accurately reflects the experiences
                of providers and Medicare beneficiaries.
                 We invite public comment on whether Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg] meets the cost criterion. With respect to the substantial
                clinical improvement criterion, the applicant asserted that the
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing technologies. The applicant stated
                that data from studies show that Steripath Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]
                offers the ability to reduce blood collection contamination with skin
                flora and asserted that it improves clinical outcomes relative to
                services or technologies previously available as demonstrated by
                reducing clinically significant adverse events (that is, a decrease in
                inappropriate antibiotic use and a decrease in inappropriate
                hospitalizations).
                 The applicant submitted with its application 17 Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] technology-specific studies, including 5 peer-reviewed
                studies published in scientific journals, that it stated support the
                contamination rate reduction with Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD [supreg]
                of 73.6 percent to 100 percent, with resulting sustained contamination
                rates of 0.97 percent to 0.0 percent, which the applicant stated is
                below the 3.0 percent gold standard benchmark rate for blood culture
                contamination.\578\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \578\ Zimmerman, F. et al. ``Reducing blood culture
                contamination using an initial specimen diversion device.''American
                Journal of Infection Control 47.7 (2019): 822-826.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted a retrospective controlled study by Bell M,
                et al.\579\ that showed that investigators seeking to lower the blood
                culture contamination rate at four different Lee Health (a healthcare
                system in Florida) emergency departments found that Steripath[supreg]
                Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced their blood culture
                contamination rate by 83.0 percent when compared to conventional
                methods of sample acquisition, (that is without diversion). The Lee
                Health emergency departments compared contamination rates obtained
                using Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] device as the standard of
                care from May 2016 through November 2016 to conventional methods which
                were collected from October 2015 through November 2016. The applicant
                stated that these findings support their claim that Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] reduces the risk of blood culture contamination.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \579\ Bell M, et al. Effectiveness of a novel specimen
                collection system in reducing blood culture contamination rates.
                Journal of Emergency Nursing 44.6 (2018): 570-575.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Bauman, K, poster,\580\ where
                investigators seeking to lower the blood culture contamination rate at
                the Inova Fairfax Medical Center found that Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                implementation reduced their blood culture contamination rate by 81.5%
                when compared to conventional methods of sample acquisition. The trial
                use of Steripath[supreg] Gen2 lasted for one year, and results were
                compared to conventional methods for the year preceding the trial.
                According to the applicant, findings support the claim that
                Steripath[supreg] reduces the risk of blood culture contamination,
                while historical patient data from this hospital supported the claim
                that the lower contamination rate Steripath[supreg] enables will
                translate into a reduced patient length of stay of one day per avoided
                false positive event.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \580\ Bauman, K. ``Don't Stick Me Again! Reducing Blood Culture
                Contamination'' Poster presented at: Emergency Nursing Annual
                Conference.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Blakeney J, et al.\581\ poster, a
                prospective controlled study comparing the use of Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] to standard collection methods and the effect on blood
                culture contamination rates. Over a 16-week period, participants' blood
                was collected using both the Steripath[supreg] and conventional
                methods, with each being recorded. Per the applicant, outcomes showed
                that Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced Beebe
                Healthcare's blood culture contamination rate by 74.6 percent when
                compared to conventional methods of sample acquisition. The applicant
                stated that the findings support the claim that Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] reduces the risk of blood culture contamination.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \581\ Blakeney J, et al. ``Reduction of Blood Culture
                Contamination Using Initial Specimen Diversion Device''Poster
                presented at: American Society for Microbiology Annual Meeting
                (2018).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25319]]
                 The applicant submitted the Church K, et al.\582\ prospective
                controlled study, which showed that investigators at the Medical
                University of South Carolina emergency department found that
                Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced their blood
                culture contamination rate by 73.6 percent when compared to
                conventional methods of sample acquisition. In this 20-month study,
                nurses were given autonomy to decide if a patient would be best served
                by the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 device or conventional methods, with
                choices being recorded. The uptake rate of the Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                device was 66%, with exclusions being uncooperative patients and
                difficult to stick patients.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \582\ Church K, et al. ``Novel Blood Culture Collection Device
                Reduces False-Positive Blood Cultures, Saves Costs, and Increases
                Accuracy of Bloodstream Infection Diagnosis'' Poster presented at:
                IHI National Forum (2017).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Gauld L, et al.\583\ study, an eight
                month long prospective controlled study which showed that investigators
                seeking to lower the blood culture contamination rate at the Medical
                University of South Carolina emergency department found that
                Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced their blood
                culture contamination rate by 86.3 percent when compared to
                conventional methods of sample acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \583\ Gauld L, et al. ``Reducing the laboratory cost of false-
                positive blood cultures in the adult emergency department.'' Poster
                presented at: IHI National Forum on Quality Improvement in
                Healthcare (2016).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted a poster, Lanteri C, et al.,\584\ with
                preliminary data and a paper, Huss, J, et al.,\585\ that includes all
                of the poster data with additional data gathered. This prospective
                controlled study at Brooke Army Medical Center showed that
                Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced blood
                culture contamination rate by 91.7 percent from September 2015 through
                January 2016, and 89.7 percent from September 2015 through March 2016
                when compared to conventional methods of sample acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \584\ Lanteri C, et al. ``Reduction of Blood Culture
                Contaminations in the Emergency Department.'' Poster presented at:
                Department of Defense Healthcare Quality and Safety Awards (2016).
                 \585\ Huss, Jody L, et al. ``Reducing Blood Culture
                Contamination with the Steripath[supreg] Blood Collection Kit.''
                Uniformed Services University, 2016
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Rupp M, et al.\586\ paper, which is a
                12-month, single center, prospective, controlled, open label trial.
                Investigators at the University of Nebraska Medical Center emergency
                department seeking to gauge the efficacy of the Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                ISDD[supreg] without confounding variables conducted a matched-set
                controlled study and found that Steripath[supreg] implementation
                reduced their blood culture contamination rate by 87.6 percent when
                compared to conventional methods of sample acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \586\ Rupp M, et al. ``Reduction in blood culture contamination
                through use of initial specimen diversion device.'' Clinical
                Infectious Diseases 65.2 (2017): 201-205.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Stonecypher K, et al.\587\ 8 week pilot
                study, which showed that investigators at the Michael E. DeBakey VA
                Medical Center emergency department found that Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced their blood culture contamination
                rate by 83.1 percent when compared to conventional methods of sample
                acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \587\ Stonecypher K, et al. ``ER Pilot Leads to Hospital-wide
                Implementation of Blood Culture Device'' Poster presented at:
                Emergency Nurses Association Annual Conference (2018)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Tompkins L, et al.\588\ abstract, which
                showed that investigators seeking to lower the blood culture
                contamination rate at Stanford Health Care found that Steripath[supreg]
                Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced their blood culture
                contamination rate by 100 percent over a 4-month period when compared
                to conventional methods of sample acquisition. According to the
                applicant, full results are anticipated but not presently published.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \588\ Tompkins L, et al. ``Eliminating Blood Culture
                Contamination with an Initial-Specimen Diversion Device'' Abstract
                presented at: IDWeek (2020).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Tongma C, et al.\589\ prospective
                controlled study, which showed that investigators seeking to lower the
                blood culture contamination rate at Rush University Medical Center
                emergency department found that Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg]
                implementation reduced their blood culture contamination rate by 87.0
                percent when compared to conventional methods of sample acquisition.
                The 6-month study was split into an initial 3 months of usual care and
                a subsequent 3 months using the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg].
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \589\ Tongma C, et al. ``Significant Reduction of Blood Culture
                Contamination in the Emergency Department (ED) Using the
                Steripath[supreg] Blood Diversion Device.'' Poster presented:
                Infectious Diseases Society of America IDWeek Conference, Fall
                (2017).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided the following studies to support secondary
                claims of substantial clinical improvement:
                 The applicant submitted the Buchta C, et al.\590\ animal (pig)
                model study, in which investigators hypothesized that despite proper
                skin antiseptic use, contamination may occur because flora from deeper
                regions (such as pores) are not effectively eliminated. The applicant
                stated that results confirmed the hypothesis that cannula may cause
                tissue fragments to be punched in the process of blood sample
                acquisition, supporting the mechanism by which Steripath[supreg] Gen2
                ISDD[supreg] primarily addresses blood culture contamination (that is,
                diversion).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \590\ Buchta C, et al. Skin plugs in phlebotomy puncture for
                blood donation. Wiener klinische Wochenschrift 117.4 (2005): 141-
                144.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Rhee C, et al.\591\ retrospective
                cohort study, which featured adult patients admitted to 409 academic,
                community, and Federal hospitals from 2009-2014. Investigators sought
                to estimate national sepsis incidence and trends, concluding that
                sepsis was present in 6 percent of adult hospitalizations and 35
                percent of hospitalizations resulting in death. According to the
                applicant, this helps put into context the role of Steripath[supreg]
                ISDD[supreg] in improving the efficacy of the primary tool used to
                guide therapy for bloodstream infections: blood culture.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \591\ Rhee C, et al. Incidence and trends of sepsis in US
                hospitals using clinical vs claims data, 2009-2014. JAMA 318.13
                (2017): 1241-1249.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant submitted the Zimmerman F, et al.\592\ paper (a
                randomized clinical trial) and the Binkhamis K and Forward K \593\
                paper (a prospective controlled study), which demonstrated that manual
                diversion reduced blood culture contamination rate by 60.0 percent and
                28.2 percent, respectively, when compared to conventional methods of
                sample acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \592\ Zimmerman F, et al. Modification of blood test draw order
                to reduce blood culture contamination: a randomized clinical trial.
                Clinical Infectious Diseases 71.5 (2020): 1215-1220.
                 \593\ Binkhamis K and Forward K. Effect of the initial specimen
                diversion technique on blood culture contamination rates. Journal of
                Clinical Microbiology 52.3 (2014): 980-981.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also submitted the Patton R and Schmitt T \594\
                prospective controlled study, which showed that investigators seeking
                to trial manual diversion of 1 mL to lower the blood culture
                contamination rate at the Northwest Hospital and Medical Center
                Emergency Department found that manual diversion reduced their blood
                culture contamination rate by 43.8 percent when compared to
                conventional methods of sample acquisition. The applicant further
                stated that the findings additionally support the volume of diversion
                utilized by Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg].
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \594\ Patton R and Schmitt T. Innovation for reducing blood
                culture contamination: initial specimen diversion technique. Journal
                of Clinical Microbiology 48.12 (2010): 4501-4503.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25320]]
                 The applicant also submitted the Syed S, et al.\595\
                preintervention and postintervention study, which showed that
                investigators at the AMITA Health Saint Francis Hospital Emergency
                Department found that manual diversion reduced their blood culture
                contamination rate by 30.9 percent when compared to conventional
                methods of sample acquisition.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \595\ Syed S, et al. Diversion Principle Reduces Skin Flora
                Contamination Rates in a Community Hospital. Archives of Pathology &
                Laboratory Medicine 144.2 (2020): 215-220.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the findings from these four studies
                support the claim that manual diversion reduces the risk of blood
                culture contamination relative to conventional methods of sample
                acquisition. We note that these studies discussed manual diversion and
                not Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ or other diversion devices.
                 The applicant submitted the Alahmadi Y, et al.\596\ study, which is
                a retrospective case-control study that showed that false positive
                blood cultures were associated with an average 5.4 day increase in
                patient length of stay and average increases of more than $7,500 in
                total charges to a healthcare system. The applicant also submitted the
                Bates D, et al.,\597\ which is a prospective controlled study that
                showed false positive blood cultures were associated with an average of
                a 4.5 day increase in patient length of stay and average increases of
                more than $4,000 in total charges to a healthcare system. According to
                the applicant, investigators also noted that contaminants were
                independently correlated with a 39 percent increase in antibiotic
                charges.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \596\ Alahmadi Y, et al. Clinical and economic impact of
                contaminated blood cultures within the hospital setting. Journal of
                Hospital Infection 77.3 (2011): 233-236.
                 \597\ Bates D, et al. Contaminant blood cultures and resource
                utilization: the true consequences of false-positive results. JAMA
                265.3 (1991): 365-369.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided a study to support its claim that the
                Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] reduces the average length of stay for
                patients requiring blood culture, thereby lowering their risk of
                hospital-acquired infections (HAI) and conditions (HAC). The applicant
                explained that the Skoglund E, et al.\598\ decision tree health care
                economic model paper showed that investigators found that overall, each
                false positive blood culture was on average associated with 2 day
                increases in patient length of stay and an average increase of more
                than $4,500 in total charges to a healthcare system. According to the
                applicant, Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] implementation may reduce
                costs associated with contamination and reduce the average patient
                length of stay.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \598\ Skoglund E, et al. Estimated clinical and economic impact
                through use of a novel blood collection device to reduce blood
                culture contamination in the emergency department: a cost-benefit
                analysis.
                 Journal of Clinical Microbiology 57.1 (2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided four studies to support its claim that
                Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] reduces the inappropriate administration
                of vancomycin and other antibiotics to drive antibiotic stewardship.
                The applicant submitted the Chang D, et al.\599\ poster, a
                retrospective, nonrandomized study that recorded the San Antonio
                Military Medical Center Emergency Department's days of therapy (DOT) of
                vancomycin for 18 months as a baseline. Then, the hospital implemented
                a new blood culture test, and recorded the DOT of vancomycin for 7
                months. Subsequently, the hospital implemented the Steripath[supreg]
                Gen2 device and recorded the DOT of vancomycin for an additional 14
                months to complete the 39-month trial. Investigators found that
                Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg] implementation reduced vancomycin
                days of therapy by 14.4 days per 1,000 patient days when compared to
                conventional methods of sample acquisition. According to the applicant,
                findings from the study, as reported by the study authors, support the
                claim that Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] reduces the unnecessary
                administration of antibiotics by reducing the rate of false positive
                blood cultures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \599\ Chang D, et al. ``Impact of blood culture diversion device
                on molecular pathogen identification on vancomycin use.'' Poster
                presented at: Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America (2017).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also submitted the Souvenir D, et al.\600\ cohort
                study of 3,276 cultures of blood from 1,433 patients in which
                investigators found that physicians treated almost half of all patients
                receiving a false positive blood culture result with antibiotics, with
                vancomycin misuse occurring in 34 percent of patients. The applicant
                also submitted the Heijden Y, et al.\601\ study in which investigators
                found that physicians treated 27% of patients receiving a false
                positive blood culture result with antibiotics unnecessarily, with the
                median antibiotic regimen being 7 days in length. The applicant also
                submitted the Bates study,\602\ as discussed previously, which showed
                contaminants were independently correlated with a 39 percent increase
                in antibiotic charges.
                 According to the applicant, as Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] is
                designed to reduce the incidence of blood culture contamination,
                Steripath[supreg] ISDD[supreg] implementation may reduce unnecessary
                antibiotic administration while supporting antimicrobial stewardship.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \600\ Souvenir D, et al. Blood cultures positive for coagulase-
                negative staphylococci: antisepsis, pseudobacteremia, and therapy of
                patients. Journal of Clinical Microbiology 36.7 (1998): 1923-1926.
                 \601\ Heijden, Yuri F., et al. ``Clinical impact of blood
                cultures contaminated with coagulase-negative staphylococci at an
                academic medical center.'' Infection Control and Hospital
                Epidemiology 32.6 (2011): 623.
                 \602\ Bates D, et al. Contaminant blood cultures and resource
                utilization: the true consequences of false-positive results. JAMA
                265.3 (1991): 365-369
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We have the following concerns regarding the substantial clinical
                improvement criterion. We note that much of the evidence submitted by
                the applicant to support that Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ represents a
                substantial clinical improvement over existing technologies speaks to
                the overall clinical value of reducing blood contamination, or the
                benefit of manual diversion over no diversion, but does not directly
                link the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ to improved clinical endpoints. We
                note that the applicant stated that all of the studies provided that
                address the specific technology used to reduce blood contamination
                through diversion of the initial sample during blood collection
                utilized the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg], not the
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] and we therefore question
                whether we have sufficient information to assess the clinical impact of
                Steripath[supreg] MicroTM. Furthermore, the applicant did
                not present any clinical data to compare Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                ISDD[supreg] to the Steripath[supreg] Gen2 ISDD[supreg]. We also note
                that comparative studies between Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ and either
                manual diversion or competitor devices were not provided, and we
                question whether the standard of care used in the studies (that is, no
                diversion) is an appropriate comparator against which to test this
                technology. Additionally, we note that the applicant did not provide
                any clinical data demonstrating that the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\
                directly reduced length of stay, C. difficile infections, or other
                secondary results of antibiotic overuse. We are interested in any
                clinical data that directly links the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ to
                these outcomes.
                 Finally, we note that the claim of gentle negative pressure in
                support of the applicant's assertion that the technology would provide
                a treatment option for a new patient population was not addressed by
                any of the studies submitted. In addition, no data was supplied that
                quantified appropriate levels of negative pressure for either the
                [[Page 25321]]
                typical or DIVA populations. Furthermore, no data was provided which
                compared the asserted appropriate level of negative pressure to levels
                of negative pressure created by the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ and
                Steripath[supreg] Gen2 devices. We are interested in any evidence of
                clinical improvement using the Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg]
                in the specific population identified by the applicant, the difficult
                intravenous access population.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Steripath[supreg]
                Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg] meets the substantial clinical improvement
                criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                Steripath[supreg] Micro\TM\ ISDD[supreg].
                q. StrataGraft\TM\ Skin Tissue
                 Stratatech Corporation, a Mallinckrodt company, submitted an
                application for new technology add-on payments for the StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue (``StrataGraft'') for topical application for FY 2022. The
                applicant describes StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue as a viable,
                bioengineered, regenerative skin construct (BRSC) consisting of an
                epidermal layer of viable, fully stratified, allogeneic human
                NIKS[supreg] \603\ keratinocytes growing on a dermal layer composed of
                viable human dermal fibroblasts embedded in a collagen-rich matrix. The
                applicant noted that StrataGraft\TM\ is intended for the treatment of
                adult patients with severe thermal burns that contain intact dermal
                elements and require surgical intervention (hereinafter referred to as
                severe thermal burns [STB]). The applicant stated that StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue is produced in a rectangular format of approximately 100
                cm\2\, approximately 8 cm by 12.5 cm.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \603\ Registered trademark of Stratatech Corporation, Madison,
                WI
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that the StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue
                promotes durable wound closure and regenerative healing for adult
                patients with STB. The applicant stated that in addition to providing
                immediate wound coverage and epidermal barrier function, the viable and
                metabolically active keratinocytes and fibroblasts in StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue provide sustained expression and secretion of growth
                factors, cytokines, and wound healing factors, which are anticipated to
                promote regenerative healing. The applicant stated that the
                StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue does not engraft; rather, it promotes
                regenerative healing and is replaced by the patient's own cells,
                eliminating the need for autografting to attain definitive closure of
                treated wounds.
                 The applicant explained that a thermal burn is the most common type
                of burn injury and accounts for approximately 86 percent of burn
                cases.\604\ The applicant noted that burns are classified according to
                the depth of tissue injury as superficial (first-degree burns),
                partial-thickness (superficial and deep partial-thickness; second-
                degree burns), full-thickness (FT, third-degree burns), and fourth-
                degree burns (burns that have injured deeper structures such as muscle,
                fascia, and bone).605 606 The applicant also noted the
                percentage of total body surface area (TBSA) determines burn severity
                and directly correlates with mortality.\607\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \604\ Schaefer TJ, Tannan SC. Thermal Burns. [Updated 2020 Jun
                7]. In: StatPearls [internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls
                Publishing; 2020 Jan-. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430773//.
                 \605\ Kagan RJ, Peck MD, Ahrenholz DH, et al. Surgical
                management of the burn wound and use of skin substitutes: an expert
                panel white paper. J Burn Care Res. 2013;34(2):e60-e79.
                 \606\ Rice PL, Orgill DP. Assessment and classification of burn
                injury. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/assessment-and-classification-of-burn-injury. Literature review current through
                September 2020. Accessed September 25, 2020.
                 \607\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that in the U.S., approximately 500,000 burn
                injuries receive emergency medical treatment each year, leading to
                40,000 burn injury hospitalizations with 30,000 at hospital burn
                centers.608 609 The applicant noted that children and the
                elderly represent especially vulnerable populations at increased risk
                for death due to the skin loss and its complications.\610\ The
                applicant explained that in 2013, the rate of burn-related hospital
                stays was highest for infants aged younger than 1 year (29.6 per
                100,000 population) and older adults (20.7 per 100,000 population for
                adults aged 65-84 and 26.3 per 100,000 population for adults aged 85
                and older).\611\ The applicant also stated that unintentional fire or
                burn injuries was the 8th leading cause of death in those 65 years or
                older.\612\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \608\ Burn Injury Fact Sheet. American Burn Association. https://ameriburn.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/nbawfactsheet_121417-1.pdf. Published February 2018. Accessed July 1, 2020
                 \609\ HCUPnet, Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project. Agency
                for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. https://hcupnet.ahrq.gov/. Accessed June 5, 2019.
                 \610\ Burn Injury Fact Sheet. American Burn Association. https://ameriburn.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/nbawfactsheet_121417-1.pdf. Published February 2018. Accessed July 1, 2020.
                 \611\ McDermott KW, Weiss AJ, Elixhauser A. Burn-Related
                Hospital Inpatient Stays and Emergency Department Visits, 2013:
                Statistical Brief #217. 2016 Dec. In: Healthcare Cost and
                Utilization Project (HCUP) Statistical Briefs [internet]. Rockville
                (MD): Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (US); 2006 Feb.
                https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK409513/. Accessed September
                30, 2020.
                 \612\ Burn Injury Fact Sheet. American Burn Association. https://ameriburn.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/nbawfactsheet_121417-1.pdf. Published February 2018. Accessed July 1, 2020
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that today, 96.7 percent of burn patients
                treated in burn centers will survive. The applicant noted that many of
                those survivors will sustain serious scarring and life-long physical
                disabilities.\613\ The applicant stated that burn injuries pose a
                significant burden to patients; they can have a considerably negative
                effect on the patient's health-related quality of life (HRQoL), which
                was estimated to be reduced by 30 percent at the time of injury and by
                9 percent in the long term.\614\ The applicant explained that although
                most functional domains affected by burn injuries recover over time,
                HRQoL scores pertaining to physical and emotional role participation,
                anxiety, depression, pain, work, and heat sensitivity remained low at
                12 months after the injury.\615\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \613\ Burn Injury Fact Sheet. American Burn Association. https://ameriburn.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/nbawfactsheet_121417-1.pdf. Published February 2018. Accessed July 1, 2020.
                 \614\ Miller T, Bhattacharya S, Zamula W, et al. Quality-of-life
                loss of people admitted to burn centers, United States. Qual Life
                Res. 2013;22(9):2293-2305.
                 \615\ Spronk I, Legemate C, Oen I, van Loey N, Polinder S, van
                Baar M. Health related quality of life in adults after burn
                injuries: A systematic review. PLoS One. 2018;13(5):e0197507.
                Published 2018 May 24.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that the standard of care for STB injuries
                is early excision and skin grafting. 616 617 618 The
                applicant noted that common surgical interventions for burn injury
                include: escharotomy, debridement, excision, and skin grafting.\619\
                The applicant explained that these burns have been treated with
                autografts, allografts, and xenografts in the past. The applicant
                stated that autologous grafts (autografts) are used most frequently
                because of the
                [[Page 25322]]
                problems of infection and rejection when using allografts or
                xenografts.\620\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \616\ Bittner EA, Shank E, Woodson L, Martyn JA. Acute and
                perioperative care of the burn-injured patient. Anesthesiology.
                2015;122(2):448-464.
                 \617\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                 \618\ Ibid.
                 \619\ Kagan RJ, Peck MD, Ahrenholz DH, et al. Surgical
                management of the burn wound and use of skin substitutes: an expert
                panel white paper. J Burn Care Res. 2013;34(2):e60-e79.
                 \620\ Shevchenko RV, James SL, James SE. A review of tissue-
                engineered skin bioconstructs available for skin reconstruction. J R
                Soc Interface. 2010;7(43):229-258.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that autografting involves surgical
                harvesting of healthy tissue from the patient (donor site) and
                transplantation of this skin to an injured site on the same
                patient.\621\ The applicant noted that autografts can be harvested as
                split thickness or full thickness. According to the applicant, split-
                thickness skin grafts (STSGs), also called partial-thickness grafts,
                transfer a portion of the donor site skin, including the epidermis and
                some of the underlying dermis. The applicant also explained that this
                allows the donor site to heal from the epidermal elements left behind.
                The applicant also stated that full-thickness skin grafts (FTSGs)
                harvest the entire layer of skin as the graft; no dermal or epidermal
                elements remain at the donor site, which must be closed by local
                advancement of the adjoining skin or by a secondary local flap. The
                applicant stated that the process of revascularization takes longer for
                an FTSG than for an STSG because of the increased thickness of the
                tissue.\622\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \621\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                 \622\ Leon-Villapalos J. Skin autografting. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/skin-autografting. Literature review
                current through September 2020. Accessed October 1, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that early excision and skin grafting
                reduce the chance of wound infections and systemic sepsis, and have
                become the standard of care.623 624 625 The applicant noted
                that without autografting, an STB that contains some dermal elements
                usually requires greater than 3 weeks to heal, thereby increasing the
                risk for infection and other complications that may lead to the
                development of significant scarring and
                contracture.626 627 628 The applicant stated that while STBs
                require surgical debridement and grafting, superficial first-degree
                burns do not; \629\ however, in the acute phase of the burn injury, the
                clinical presentation of the severely injured burn patient usually
                involves a range of burn depths from a superficial burn to a FT
                burn.\630\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \623\ Bittner EA, Shank E, Woodson L, Martyn JA. Acute and
                perioperative care of the burn-injured patient. Anesthesiology.
                2015;122(2):448-464.
                 \624\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82
                 \625\ Id.
                 \626\ Deitch EA, Wheelahan TM, Rose MP, Clothier J, Cotter J.
                Hypertrophic burn scars: analysis of variables. J Trauma.
                1983;23(10):895-898.
                 \627\ Kagan RJ, Peck MD, Ahrenholz DH, et al. Surgical
                management of the burn wound and use of skin substitutes: an expert
                panel white paper. J Burn Care Res. 2013; 34(2):e60-79.
                 \628\ Shupp JW, Nasabzadeh TJ, Rosenthal DS, Jordan MH, Fidler
                P, Jeng JC. A review of the local pathophysiologic bases of burn
                wound progression. J. Burn Care Res. 2010; 31(6):849-873.
                 \629\ Bittner EA, Shank E, Woodson L, Martyn JA. Acute and
                perioperative care of the burn-injured patient. Anesthesiology.
                2015;122(2):448-464.
                 \630\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that although autografting is effective in
                closing wounds and has been a standard treatment for decades, it has
                limitations. The applicant stated that donor sites are often associated
                with several complications, including excessive pain, pruritus,
                infection, dyschromia, hypertrophic scarring, delayed healing, and the
                potential for conversion to a FT wound.\631\ The applicant also noted
                that donor-site pain is typically more painful than that in the
                treatment (burned) site and may become chronic.632 633 In
                patients with burns of 50-60 percent TBSA, autograft is limited by
                donor-site availability.\634\ The applicant explained that donor sites
                may be re-harvested if they heal in time without infection; however,
                this practice can lead to prolonged hospitalization and decreased
                quality of the skin from re-harvested sites. The applicant stated that
                after patients undergo skin grafting, in the long term, both the
                grafted wound site and the donor site require continuous physical and
                rehabilitative therapy to maintain the range of movement, minimize scar
                and contracture development, and maximize functional ability.\635\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \631\ 4 Osborne SN, Schmidt MA, Harper JR. An Automated and
                Minimally Invasive Tool for Generating Autologous Viable Epidermal
                Micrografts. Adv Skin Wound Care. 2016;29(2):57-64.
                 \632\ Birchall MA, Varma S, Milward TM. The Moriarty sign: an
                appraisal. Br J Plast Surg. 1991;44(2):149-150.
                 \633\ Sinha S, Schreiner AJ, Biernaskie J, et al. Treating pain
                on skin graft donor sites. J. Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2017;83(5)954-
                964.
                 \634\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                 \635\ Procter F. Rehabilitation of the burn patient. Indian J
                Plast Surg. 2010;43(Suppl):S101-S113.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant noted that autografting is especially undesirable in
                vulnerable patient populations, such as the elderly. The applicant
                stated that the healing of donor sites may be delayed or even lacking
                in elderly patients or patients whose wound-healing capabilities are
                compromised.\636\ The applicant explained that because patients in
                these populations have thinner dermis and epidermis than non-elderly
                adults,637 638 there is a higher likelihood that the donor
                sites will go deep into the dermis during harvest or transform into FT
                wounds with their anatomical characteristics. The applicant stated that
                these patients are disproportionately affected and are at increased
                risk for death due to the skin loss and its complications.\639\ The
                applicant also noted that the American College of Surgeons (ACS)
                developed guidelines to educate surgeons and other medical
                professionals about the significance of older adult burns and evidence-
                based prevention activities.\640\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \636\ Bradow BP, Hallock GG, Wilcock SP. Immediate Regrafting of
                the Split Thickness Skin Graft Donor Site Assists Healing. Plast
                Reconstr Surg Glob Open. 2017;5(5):e1339. Published 2017 May 23.
                 \637\ King A, Balaji S, Keswani SG. Biology and function of
                fetal and pediatric skin. Facial Plast Surg Clin North Am.
                2013;21(1):1-6.
                 \638\ Wainwright DJ, Bury SB. Acellular dermal matrix in the
                management of the burn patient. Aesthet Surg J. 2011;31(7
                Suppl):13S-23S.
                 \639\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114
                 \640\ Statement on Older Adult Burn Prevention. American College
                of Surgeons (ACS). https://www.facs.org/aboutacs/statements/81-older-adult-burn. Published January 1, 2018. Accessed September 26,
                2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that burn injuries result in substantial
                economic burden for healthcare systems and society. The applicant noted
                the average total hospital charges for a surviving patient with burns
                was estimated to be $98,062 and a patient who did not survive burns was
                estimated at $309,546.\641\ For patients undergoing inpatient
                autografting, the applicant asserted that significant healthcare costs
                were observed during the first year, including per patient mean all-
                cause healthcare costs which ranged from $155,272 to $184,805.\642\ The
                applicant explained that the primary cost driver in the first year was
                the cost incurred from the initial inpatient episode with autografting,
                accounting for 85 percent of the total costs.\643\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \641\ American Burn Association. National Burn Repository 2019
                update. 2019.
                 \642\ Yu TC, Zhang X, Smiell J, Zhou H, Tan R, Boing E, Tan H.
                Healthcare resource utilization, treatment patterns, and cost of
                care among patients with thermal burns and inpatient autografting in
                two large privately insured populations in the United States. Burns.
                2020;46(4):825-835.
                 \643\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that there is currently no skin replacement
                product approved or available that leads to durable wound closure while
                [[Page 25323]]
                eliminating the need for harvesting an autograft.644 645
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \644\ Kagan RJ, Peck MD, Ahrenholz DH, et al. Surgical
                management of the burn wound and use of skin substitutes: an expert
                panel white paper. J Burn Care Res. 2013;34(2):e60-e79.
                 \645\ Carter JE, Holmes JH. The Surgical Management of Burn
                Wounds. 2016.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that skin substitutes are a heterogeneous
                group of biologic, synthetic, or biosynthetic materials that can
                provide temporary or permanent coverage of open skin wounds. The
                applicant stated that the aim of skin substitutes is to replicate the
                properties of the normal skin,\646\ and to provide the protective
                barrier function until definitive closure of the skin.\647\ The
                applicant noted that synthetic skin substitutes need to be removed or
                undergo biodegradation or resorption so the skin can heal and
                regenerate.\648\ The applicant also stated that biological skin
                substitutes have an architecture that resembles native skin and may
                allow the construction of a more natural new dermis.\649\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \646\ Shahrokhi S. Skin substitutes. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/skin-substitutes. Literature review
                current through August 2020.
                 \647\ MacNeil S. Progress and opportunities for tissue-
                engineered skin. Nature 2007;445(7130)874-880.
                 \648\ Halim A, Khoo T, Shah JY. Biologic and synthetic skin
                substitutes: An overview. Indian J. Plast. Surg. 2010;43(3)23
                 \649\ Ibid. Halim A, Khoo T, Shah JY. Biologic and synthetic
                skin substitutes: An overview. Indian J. Plast. Surg. 2010;43(3)23.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that skin substitutes are an important
                adjunct in the management of acute or chronic wounds and can be used to
                cover defects following burns or other injuries, or for reconstruction,
                such as for release of extensive severe post-burn
                contractures.650 651 The applicant also stated that Kumar's
                3-category system, as shown in the table that follows, is currently the
                most frequently used classification system in the field. However, the
                applicant notes that there is no universally accepted classification
                system that allows for simple categorization of all the products that
                are commercially available.\652\ The applicant stated that several
                biologic and biosynthetic materials are currently used as skin
                substitutes to temporarily cover wounds. The applicant provided the
                following table which, according to the applicant, classifies skin
                substitutes according to Kumar (2008) and summarizes the applicant's
                assertions regarding existing skin substitute products.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \650\ Shahrokhi S. Skin substitutes. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/skin-substitutes. Literature review
                current through August 2020.
                 \651\ Leon-Villapalos J. Skin autografting. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/skin-autografting. Literature review
                current through September 2020. Accessed October 1, 2020.
                 \652\ Shahrokhi S. Skin substitutes. UpToDate. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/skin-substitutes. Literature review
                current through August 2020. Accessed September 25, 2020.
                 \653\ Kumar P. Classification of skin substitutes. Burns.
                2008;34(1):148-149.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.178
                 The applicant stated that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is a novel
                BRSC which possesses many of the physical and biological properties of
                an ideal skin substitute, including both epidermis and dermis with a
                barrier function comparable to that of intact human skin.\654\ The
                applicant asserted that upon FDA approval, StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue
                will be the only skin substitute for treatment of STB classified by the
                FDA as a biologic (as
                [[Page 25324]]
                opposed to other available treatments that are medical devices) that
                promotes durable wound closure and regenerative healing, thereby
                reducing or eliminating the need of autologous skin harvesting.
                According to the applicant, on June 5, 2020, Mallinckrodt finalized the
                rolling submission of a Biologics License Application (BLA) to the FDA
                seeking approval to market StrataGraftTM skin tissue for the
                treatment of adult patients with STB. Currently, there are no ICD-10-
                PCS procedure codes to uniquely identify procedures involving
                StratagraftTM. We note that the applicant submitted a
                request for approval for a unique ICD-10-PCS code for the use of
                StratagraftTM beginning FY 2022.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \654\ Schurr MJ, Foster KN, Centanni JM, et al. Phase I/II
                clinical evaluation of StrataGraft: a consistent, pathogen-free
                human skin substitute. J Trauma. 2009;66(3):866-874.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is a
                viable BRSC that may be applied universally to patients, that is, it is
                not a patient-specific product. The applicant stated that the active
                cellular components of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue are the viable and
                metabolically active allogeneic human NIKS[supreg] keratinocytes and
                normal human dermal fibroblasts (NHDF).
                 The applicant noted that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue comprises an
                epidermal layer and a dermal layer. The applicant explained that the
                epidermal layer of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is composed of
                differentiated, multilayered, viable epidermal keratinocytes that are
                adherent through normal hemidesmosomes to a dermal equivalent.\655\ The
                applicant stated that human epidermal keratinocytes used are
                NIKS[supreg] keratinocytes, a continuous and consistent source of well-
                characterized, non-tumorigenic, long-lived keratinocyte precursors that
                are derived from a single neonatal human foreskin donor. The applicant
                asserted that NIKS[supreg] keratinocytes have normal steady state of
                messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) and protein expression levels for
                autocrine regulators and growth factors such as transforming growth
                factor (TGF)-[alpha], TGF-[beta]1, epidermal growth factor, and c-myc,
                providing further evidence of the normal function of these cells.\656\
                The applicant also explained that NIKS[supreg] keratinocytes produce
                normal adhesion proteins (example, integrins and cadherins) that permit
                tight adherence to each other and the dermal equivalent.\657\ The
                applicant stated that cell-cell and cell-substratum adhesions confer
                excellent handling characteristics to StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue,
                enabling it to be meshed and secured in place as is routinely done with
                STSGs. The applicant noted that the dermal layer of StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue contains NHDF derived from a single healthy tissue donor.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \655\ Schurr MJ, Foster KN, Centanni JM, et al. Phase I/II
                clinical evaluation of StrataGraft skin tissue: a consistent,
                pathogen-free human skin substitute. J Trauma.
                2009;66(3):866[hyphen]874.
                 \656\ Allen-Hoffmann BL, Schlosser SJ, Ivarie CA, Sattler CA,
                Meisner LF, O'Connor SL. Normal growth and differentiation in a
                spontaneously immortalized near-diploid human keratinocyte cell
                line, NIKS. J Invest Dermatol. 2000;114(3):444-455
                 \657\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that viable cells within StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue express and secrete a wide variety of peptides, growth
                factors, and cytokines that are known to promote healing, thereby
                reducing or eliminating the need for autograft in the management of
                thermal burns.\658\ The applicant also stated that no currently
                available technology (competitor) for the treatment of STB is
                characterized by the autologous (endogenous) tissue regeneration of the
                burned skin.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \658\ Harvestine J, Pradhan-Bhatt S, Steiglitz BM, Maher RJ,
                Comer AR, Gratz KR, Allen-Hoffmann BL. StrataGraft[supreg] Skin
                Tissue, a Bioengineered Regenerative Skin Construct for Severe Acute
                Wounds. Poster presented at: 2020 Biomedical Engineering Society
                (BMES) Virtual Annual Meeting, October 14-17, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that the StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is
                manufactured through organotypic culture under aseptic conditions in
                compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices. The applicant
                explained that in organotypic culture, NIKS[supreg] keratinocytes
                undergo tissue-appropriate differentiation and stratification to
                produce a skin tissue that exhibits many of the structural and
                biological properties of intact human skin. The applicant noted that
                the epidermal layer of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue exhibits typical
                production and organization of cell-type specific proteins (example,
                keratin, filaggrin, involucrin, and transglutaminase), development of a
                normal cornified envelope, and production of lipid-filled granules that
                are necessary for the generation and maintenance of robust epidermal
                barrier function similar to that found in vivo.\659\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \659\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                according to the applicant, the mechanism of action of StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue in severe thermal burns is not the same or similar to an
                existing technology. The applicant states that StrataGraft\TM\ skin
                tissue will be the first and only FDA-approved biologic for the
                treatment of STB that reduces or eliminates the need of autograft and
                for which the mechanism of action is a sustained expression and
                secretion of growth factors, cytokines, and wound healing factors,
                which are anticipated to promote regenerative healing and durable wound
                closure.660 661 The applicant explains that this unique
                mechanism of action is the reason StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue reduces
                or eliminates the need for harvest of donor site tissue.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \660\ Proposed prescribing information. for Stratagraft\TM\ skin
                tissue;. Submitted to FDA, April 2020.
                 \661\ Harvestine J, Pradhan-Bhatt S, Steiglitz BM, Maher RJ,
                Comer AR, Gratz KR, Allen-Hoffmann BL. StrataGraft[supreg] Skin
                Tissue, a Bioengineered Regenerative Skin Construct for Severe Acute
                Wounds. Poster presented at: 2020 Biomedical Engineering Society
                (BMES) Virtual Annual Meeting, October 14-17, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product would be
                assigned to the same MS-DRGs as existing technologies, the applicant
                indicated that the StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue would be assigned to the
                same MS-DRGs as cases representing patients who receive standard of
                care (autograft) or existing technologies used to treat STB. The
                applicant stated that the MS-DRGs in question do not differentiate
                between patients with burns of differential severity degree, in
                different body sites, due to thermal injury or corrosion, or with
                different percent TBSA involved.\662\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \662\ MDC 22 Burns. Non-Extensive Burns. In: ICD-10-CM/PCS MS-
                DRG v37.2 Definitions Manual. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
                Services. https://www.cms.gov/icd10m/version372-fullcode-cms/fullcode_cms/P0353.html. Accessed October 1, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether a product would be
                used to treat the same or similar type of disease and patient
                population, the applicant asserted that StrataGraft\TM\ will treat the
                same or similar type of disease but not the same or similar patient
                population when compared to existing technologies. The applicant
                claimed that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue will treat a burn patient
                population for whom the current standard of care and/or other available
                technologies may not be clinically feasible solutions to achieve
                durable wound closure. The applicant explains that in patients with
                burns of 50-60 percent of the TBSA, donor-site availability is
                limited.\663\ The applicant also stated that autografting is especially
                [[Page 25325]]
                undesirable in vulnerable patient populations, such as the elderly;
                healing of donor sites may be delayed or even lacking in elderly
                patients or patients whose wound-healing capabilities are
                compromised.\664\ The applicant explained that these patients are
                disproportionately affected and are at increased risk for death due to
                the skin loss and its complications.\665\ The applicant also states
                that the label for StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue will not be reserved for
                a patient population diagnosed with STB for whom standard-of-care
                treatment is not feasible or clinically desirable. The applicant
                asserts that this does not imply that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue will
                not offer a treatment option to a new patient population.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \663\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                 \664\ Bradow BP, Hallock GG, Wilcock SP. Immediate Regrafting of
                the Split Thickness Skin Graft Donor Site Assists Healing. Plast
                Reconstr Surg Glob Open. 2017;5(5):e1339. Published 2017 May 23.
                 \665\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the first criterion, we note that there may be
                other biologic dressings that use some combination of keratinocytes,
                collagen, glycosaminoglycans (GAGs), cytokines, chemokines, and/or
                other growth factors in either a single, double, or triple layer
                configuration. While StrataGraft\TM\ may have a unique combination of
                these features, we are interested in further information on whether
                there are any dressings with a regenerative mechanism of action that
                may be approved for burns.
                 With respect to the third criterion, StrataGraft\TM\ may treat the
                same or similar patient population as the standard of care or existing
                technologies to treat STB. While we agree that in patients with burns
                of 50-60 percent of the TBSA, donor-site availability is more limited,
                we observe that neither of the two pivotal studies included patients
                with burns of 50 percent or greater of the TBSA.\666\ We are unclear
                whether this suggests StratagraftTM is intended for
                treatment of patients with burns of less than 50 percent TBSA. We also
                question whether vulnerable patients, such as the elderly, are a new
                population as they are currently treated using standard of care or
                other technologies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \666\ Girard D, Laverdet B, Buh[eacute] V, et al.
                Biotechnological Management of Skin Burn Injuries: Challenges and
                Perspectives in Wound Healing and Sensory Recovery. Tissue Eng Part
                B Rev. 2017;23(1):59-82.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are inviting public comments on whether StratagraftTM
                is substantially similar to other technologies and whether
                StratagraftTM meets the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant stated that
                StratagraftTM skin tissue is seeking FDA approval for the
                proposed indication of treatment of adult patients with STBs that
                contain intact dermal elements and require surgical intervention. In
                order to identify the range of MS-DRGs that eligible patients may map
                to, the applicant conducted a claims search for cases that include ICD-
                10-CM codes for thermal burns of second, third degree, or those
                classified according to TSBA to identify cases eligible for use of
                StratagraftTM skin tissue utilization. The applicant
                identified cases reporting ICD-10-CM codes for diagnoses of second-
                degree thermal burns, any location (T20.2XXX to T25.2XXX); third-degree
                thermal burns, any location (T20.3XXX to T25.3XXX); and thermal burns
                classified according to extent of body surface involved (T31.XX).
                 The applicant used the FY 2019 MedPAR Hospital LDS with the FY 2022
                thresholds, and the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH Final Rule Impact File and
                Standardizing File. The appliant's claim search in the aggregate
                identified 58,624 cases mapping to 21 MS-DRGs as listed in the
                following table. Of the total 21 MS-DRGs, only six had case volume
                greater than or equal to one percent across all cohorts and
                cumulatively represent 97.54 percent of cases. In cases where MS-DRGs
                had fewer than 11 discharges, the applicant imputed a minimum value of
                11 cases for each MS-DRG.
                [[Page 25326]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.179
                 To demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion, the
                applicant first identified four separate patient cohorts: Cohort (1)
                Patients with thermal burns of second or third degree in any body area,
                or thermal burns classified according to TBSA, who received autograft
                for reasons only related to thermal burns (n=14,774, MS-DRGs=21);
                Cohort (2) Patients with thermal burns of second or third degree in any
                body area, or thermal burns classified according to TBSA, who received
                autograft for reasons only related to thermal burns, and who underwent
                excisional debridement in the inpatient setting (n= 13,640, MS-
                DRGs=20); Cohort (3) Patients with thermal burns of second or third
                degree in any body area, or thermal burns classified according to TBSA,
                who received autograft for thermal burns, with or without other
                conditions (n=15,744, MS-DRGs=21); and Cohort (4) Patients with thermal
                burns of second or third degree in any body area, or thermal burns
                classified according to TBSA, who received autograft for thermal burns,
                with or without other conditions, and who underwent excisional
                debridement in the inpatient setting (n= 14,466, MS-DRGs=20). The
                applicant then identified eight analyses for the cost criterion: (1)
                Calculations for Cohort one (all MS-DRGs); (2) Calculations for cohort
                two (all MS-DRGs); (3) Calculations for Cohort three (all MS-DRGs); (4)
                Calculations for cohort four (all MS-DRGs); (5) Calculations for Cohort
                one (top 4 MS-DRGs by case volume); (6) Calculations for Cohort two
                (top 4 MS-DRGs by case volume); (7) Calculations for Cohort three (top
                4 MS-DRGs by case volume); and (8) Calculations for Cohort 4 (top 4 MS-
                DRGs by case volume).
                 The applicant determined an average unstandardized case weighted
                charge per case of $173,650 for analysis one, $168,282 for analysis
                two, $178,530 for analysis three, $172,277 for analysis four, $158,851
                for analysis five, $155,700 for analysis six, $162,377 for analysis
                seven, and $158,452 for analysis eight.
                 The applicant stated that charges for and related to the prior
                technologies were not removed from the cost analysis.
                [[Page 25327]]
                 After calculating the average standardized charge per case for all
                scenarios, the applicant calculated the standardized charge per case
                for each MS-DRG. Next, the applicant applied the 2-year inflation
                factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate
                outlier threshold charges of 13.2 percent (1.13218). The applicant
                stated that the price for StratagraftTM skin tissue has not
                yet been established and therefore it did not add charges for the
                technology. Lastly, the applicant calculated the final average inflated
                standardized charge per case and the inflated case weighted
                standardized charge per case for each scenario.
                 The applicant stated that, for analysis one, the final inflated
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $304,347 exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount of $173,650 by $130,697. For
                analysis two, the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case of $279,373 exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $168,282 by $111,091. For analysis three, the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $332,006
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $178,530 by
                $153,477. For analysis four, the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $299,228 exceeded the average case-
                weighted threshold amount of $172,277 by $126,951. For analysis five,
                the final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                of $241,186 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $158,851 by $82,336. For analysis six, the final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case of $229,661 exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount of $155,700 by $73,961. For analysis
                seven, the final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per
                case of $257,800 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $162,377 by $95,423. For analysis eight, the final inflated average
                case-weighted standardized charge per case of $244,042 exceeded the
                average case-weighted threshold amount of $158,452 by $85,590.
                 The applicant stated that because the final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-
                weighted threshold amount, StratagraftTM meets the cost
                criterion.
                 We invite public comment on whether StratagraftTM meets
                the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing technology for the treatment of
                adult patients with severe thermal burns with intact dermal elements
                because it achieves a significant rate of durable wound closure for
                patients with severe burns while minimizing or eliminating the
                complications associated with autograft harvest.
                 According to the applicant, the totality of the circumstances
                otherwise demonstrates that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue, relative to
                technologies previously available, substantially improves the treatment
                of STB patients including Medicare beneficiaries. The applicant stated
                that because the benefits associated with its use are not accompanied
                by an increased incidence of adverse events as compared to autograft,
                StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is a substantial clinical improvement.
                 The applicant explained that by significantly reducing or
                eliminating the harvest of donor sites, patients who receive
                StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue are spared short- and long-term sequelae
                and complications and, to a lesser extent, infection or conversion to a
                full-thickness wound of the donor sites.\667\ The applicant stated that
                by significantly reducing or eliminating the need for autograft,\668\
                StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is especially relevant for the elderly
                population where autograft is undesirable; these patients are
                disproportionately affected and are at increased risk for death due to
                the skin loss and its complications.\669\ The applicant explained that
                aging and environmental factors can influence the severity of burns in
                vulnerable skin.670 671 The applicant stated that geriatric
                skin also exhibits slower wound healing and is at increased risk of
                excessive scarring.672 673 674 675 676 According to the
                applicant, age-related changes in wound healing capacity can include
                delayed infiltration of immune cells, decreased secretion of growth
                factors, and altered collagen remodeling.\677\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \667\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114.
                 \668\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                 \669\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114
                 \670\ Gosain A, DiPietro LA. Aging and wound healing. World J
                Surg. 2004;28(3):321-326.
                 \671\ Landau M. Exogenous factors in skin aging. Curr Probl
                Dermatol. 2007;35:1-13.
                 \672\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114.
                 \673\ Gosain A, DiPietro LA. Aging and wound healing. World J
                Surg. 2004;28(3):321-326.
                 \674\ Greenhalgh DG. Management of the skin and soft tissue in
                the geriatric surgical patient. Surg Clin North Am. 2015;95(1):103-
                114.
                 \675\ Ibid.
                 \676\ Gosain A, DiPietro LA. Aging and wound healing. World J
                Surg. 2004;28(3):321-326.
                 \677\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant further explained that use of StrataGraft\TM\ skin
                tissue can preserve limited donor sites for the treatment of other
                wounds, such as areas of FT injury and wounds in cosmetically sensitive
                areas. The applicant noted that it may also reduce the need for
                repeated harvest of autograft donor sites, potentially reducing the
                number of surgical procedures and total length of time to wound
                closure. The applicant explained that burn injury is associated with a
                high prevalence of posttraumatic stress disorder, ranging between 11
                percent and 50 percent across studies,\678\ and may also lead to
                anxiety and depression due to scarring and body image concerns.\679\
                Lastly, the applicant stated that use of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue
                reduces pain while offering a comparable scar quality to
                autograft.\680\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \678\ Summer GJ, Puntillo KA, Miaskowski C, et al. Burn Injury
                Pain: The Continuing Challenge. J. Pain 2007;8(7)533-548.
                 \679\ Calot[abreve] DR, Ni[tcedil]escu C, Marinescu S, et al.
                Correlations between morphological appearance and psychosocial
                difficulties in patients with extensive burns who received
                allotransplant. Rom J Morphol Embryol. 2012;53(3 Suppl):703-711.
                 \680\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant provided two controlled and randomized studies,
                STRATA2011 and STRATA2016, to support its claims of substantial
                clinical improvement. The applicant stated that with the exception of
                subject age (STRATA2011, 18 to 64 years of age; STRATA2016, >=18 years
                of age), the inclusion and exclusion criteria for the two studies were
                similar. According to the applicant, the STRATA2016 study
                (NCT03005106--Phase 3 trial--71 patients) 681 682 was a 12-
                month, open-
                [[Page 25328]]
                label, multicenter, controlled, randomized study that evaluated the
                efficacy and safety of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue in promoting
                autologous skin tissue regeneration of severe thermal burns. The
                applicant explained that the STRATA2011 study (NCT01437852--Phase 1b
                trial--30 patients) 683 684 was a 12-month, open-label,
                multicenter, controlled, randomized, dose-escalation study that
                evaluated the safety, tolerability, and efficacy of StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue in promoting the healing of the STB component of complex
                skin defects due to thermal injury as an alternative to autografting.
                The applicant noted that, in both studies, eligible subjects had 3
                percent to 49 percent TBSA burns with two comparable treatment sites
                that were prospectively identified, and the sites were randomized to
                receive either a single topical application of StrataGraft\TM\ skin
                tissue or autograft, such that each subject received both treatments.
                The applicant noted that in this intrapatient comparator design, the
                area that was autografted served as a subject's own paired control.
                 To support the claim that the use of StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue
                significantly reduces the percent area of the treatment sites
                autografted, the applicant explained that the STRATA2016 study showed
                the average percent area of the StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue treatment
                site autografted by Month 3 was lower than the average percent area of
                the autograft control treatment site autografted by Month 3 (mean
                difference: 97.77 percent; P ClinicalTrials.gov. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT03005106.
                Accessed June 15, 2020.
                 \682\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                 \683\ StrataGraft skin tissue[supreg] Skin Tissue as an
                Alternative to Autografting Deep Partial-Thickness Burns.
                ClinicalTrials.gov. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01437852.
                Accessed June 15, 2020.
                 \684\ Holmes JH, Schurr MJ, King BT, et al. An open-label,
                prospective, randomized, controlled, multicenter, phase 1b study of
                StrataGraft skin tissue versus autografting in patients with deep
                partial-thickness thermal burns. Burns 2019;45(8)1749-1758.
                 \685\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To support the claim that StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue is effective
                in achieving durable wound closure similar to that of autografting, the
                applicant states that the STRATA2016 study showed that the majority of
                subjects (59 of 71 subjects, or 83.1 percent, with a 95 percent CI of
                74.4 to 91.8) achieved durable wound closure of the StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue-treated site at Month 3 without the need for autograft
                harvest and placement.\686\ The applicant also explained that the
                STRATA2011 study showed that no StrataGraft\TM\ treatment sites
                required autografting by Day 28. The applicant noted that at Month 3 in
                the STRATA2016 study, 93.1 percent of StrataGraft\TM\ treatment sites
                were assessed as closed. The applicant stated that all StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue-treated areas evaluated at 6 months and 12 months remained
                closed. The applicant noted that, when comparing these results to that
                of autografting, the proportion of wounds that achieved closure was not
                statistically different.\687\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \686\ Ibid.
                 \687\ Holmes JH, Schurr MJ, King BT, et al. An open-label,
                prospective, randomized, controlled, multicenter, phase 1b study of
                StrataGraft skin tissue versus autografting in patients with deep
                partial-thickness thermal burns. Burns 2019;45(8)1749-1758.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To support the claim of reduction in donor site pain using
                StrataGraft, the applicant stated that the STRATA2016 study showed that
                the difference between the donor sites preserved for StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue treatment site failure and autograft donor sites in the
                average pain intensity through Day 14 based on the Wong-Baker
                FACES[supreg] Pain Rating Scale (FPRS) \688\ was 2.40
                1.313 (P https://wongbakerfaces.org/.
                Accessed July 1, 2020.
                 \689\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                 \690\ Holmes JH, Schurr MJ, King BT, et al. An open-label,
                prospective, randomized, controlled, multicenter, phase 1b study of
                StrataGraft skin tissue versus autografting in patients with deep
                partial-thickness thermal burns. Burns 2019;45(8)1749-1758.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the elimination of autografting leads
                to superior scar quality outcome of the presumptive StrataGraft\TM\
                skin tissue donor site (that is lack of scarring in the donor sites
                reserved for StrataGraft\TM\ treatment site failure), which is a
                substantial clinical improvement. The applicant explained that the
                STRATA2016 study showed that the evaluation of scarring using the
                Patient and Observer Scar Assessment Scale (POSAS) 691 692
                observer total scores demonstrated a significant difference in scar
                quality between the StrataGraft\TM\ skin tissue and autograft donor
                sites at Month 3, 10.0 7.92 (P 698 699 The applicant further stated that
                reparative healing mechanisms, used by most available skin substitutes,
                are more likely to result in scarring when compared with regenerative
                healing mechanisms used by StrataGraft.\700\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \691\ Van de Kar AL, Corion LUM, Smeulders MJC, et al. Reliable
                and Feasible Evaluation of Linear Scars by the Patient and Observer
                Scar Assessment Scale. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005;116(2)514-522.
                 \692\ The Patient and Observer Scar Assessment Scale (POSAS).
                https://www.posas.nl/. Accessed July 1, 2020.
                 \693\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                 \694\ Ibid.
                 \695\ Holmes JH, Schurr MJ, King BT, et al. An open-label,
                prospective, randomized, controlled, multicenter, phase 1b study of
                StrataGraft skin tissue versus autografting in patients with deep
                partial-thickness thermal burns. Burns 2019;45(8)1749-1758.
                 \696\ Ibid.
                 \697\ Stone Ii R, Natesan S, Kowalczewski CJ, et al.
                Advancements in Regenerative Strategies Through the Continuum of
                Burn Care. Front Pharmacol. 2018;9:672. Published 2018 Jul 9.
                 \698\ Holmes JH, Schurr MJ, King BT, et al. An open-label,
                prospective, randomized, controlled, multicenter, phase 1b study of
                StrataGraft skin tissue versus autografting in patients with deep
                partial-thickness thermal burns. Burns 2019;45(8)1749-1758.
                 \699\ Holmes JH, Shupp JW, Smith DJ, et al. T5: Preliminary
                analysis of a phase 3 open-label, controlled, randomized trial
                evaluating the efficacy and safety of a bioengineered regenerative
                skin construct in patients with deep partialthickness thermal burns.
                J. Burn Care Res. 2020;41(Supplement_1)S3-S4.
                 \700\ Hu MS, Maan ZN, Wu JC, et al. Tissue engineering and
                regenerative repair in wound healing. Ann Biomed Eng.
                2014;42(7):1494-1507.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After reviewing the information provided by the applicant with
                regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, we note a
                lack of study data provided comparing StrataGraft\TM\ to other biologic
                dressings and we are interested in further information related to
                whether there are any dressings that may be approved for burns that
                demonstrate durable wound closure. The applicant provided published
                results of one randomized trial (STRATA2011), but we question whether
                the sample size of 30 is adequately generalizable to the larger
                Medicare population. In addition, we note that the STRATA2016 study has
                not been published and the results of this study were not submitted in
                full, and we therefore may not have the complete outcomes and study
                results for these additional patients. We further note that in the
                studies provided, patients with 50 percent or greater TBSA burns were
                excluded. The applicant indicated that the product could be especially
                meaningful for patients with burns of 50-60 percent TBSA, but we
                question whether we can fully evaluate this claim because these
                patients were not assessed.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether StrataGraftTM
                meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                StrataGraftTM skin tissue.
                r. TecartusTM (brexucabtagene autoleucel)
                 Kite Pharma submitted an application for new technology add-on
                payment for FY 2022 for Tecartus\TM\ (brexucabtagene autoleucel)
                (``Tecartus''). Tecartus is a CD19 directed genetically modified
                autologous T-cell immunotherapy for the treatment of adult patients
                with relapsed and refractory (r/r) mantle cell lymphoma (MCL). We note
                that Kite Pharma previously submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for Tecartus for FY 2021, as summarized in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, under the name KTE-X19 (85 FR 32634).
                 Tecartus is a form of chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell
                immunotherapy that modifies the patient's own T-cells to target and
                eliminate tumor cells. More specifically, according to the applicant,
                Tecartus is a single infusion product consisting of autologous T-cells
                that have been engineered to express an anti-CD19 chimeric antigen
                receptor. According to the applicant, this therapy targets the CD19
                antigen on the cell surface of normal and malignant B-cells. The
                applicant stated that Tecartus is different from other previously
                approved technologies because it has a distinct cellular product that
                requires a unique manufacturing process.
                 According to the applicant, MCL is a rare and aggressive subtype of
                non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL) with distinct
                characteristics701 702 that accounts for 3-10% of all cases
                of NHL in the United States and differs from diffuse large B-cell
                lymphoma (another subtype of NHL).703 704 705
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \701\ Fakhri B, Kahl B. Current and emerging treatment options
                for mantle cell lymphoma. Ther Adv Hematol. 2017;8(8):223-34.
                 \702\ National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Clinical Practice
                Guidelines in Oncology; B-cell Lymphomas, Version 1.2019 [November
                30, 2018]. 2017 Available from: https://www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/pdf/b-cell.pdf.
                 \703\ The Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma Classification Project. A
                clinical evaluation of the International Lymphoma Study Group
                classification of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Blood. 1997;89(11):3909-
                3918.
                 \704\ Zhou Y, et al. Incidence trends of mantle cell lymphoma in
                the United States between 1992 and 2004. Cancer. 2008;113(4):791-
                798.
                 \705\ Teras LR, et al. 2016 US lymphoid malignancy statistics by
                World Health Organization subtypes CA Cancer J Clin. 2016;6:443-459.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that MCL has an annual incidence of 0.5 to 1
                cases per 100,000 population with a male-to-female ratio of 3:1 with a
                median age at diagnosis for patients with MCL of 68 years.\706\ MCL
                results from a malignant transformation of the B lymphocyle in the
                outer edge of a lymph node follicle (the mantle zone). Prognosis varies
                for r/r MCL, but the median survival for MCL is 3-5 years depending on
                the risk group (the Mantle Cell Lymphoma International Prognostic Index
                categorizes patients into low, intermediate and high risk groups),
                according to the applicant.\707\ According to the applicant, the
                preferred first line therapy is bendamustine-rituximab which has
                decreased toxicity and improved progression-free survival as compared
                to rituximab with cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and
                prednisone.\708\ According to the applicant, rituximab is also the only
                approved therapy for maintenance for patients in remission. The
                applicant stated the median progression free survival ranges from 29-51
                months with most of MCL patients eventually relapsing. The applicant
                contended that approximately 40% of patients end up with durable long-
                term remission after a chemoimmunotherapy first line
                therapy.709 710 711
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \706\ Fu S, et al. Trends and variations in mantle cell lymphoma
                incidence from 1995 to 2013: A comparative study between Texas and
                National SEER areas. Oncotarget. 2017;8(68):112516-29.
                 \707\ Cheah CY, et al. Mantle cell lymphoma. J Clin Oncol.
                2016;34:1256-1269.
                 \708\ Rummel MJ, et al. Bendamustine plus rituximab versus CHOP
                plus rituximab as first-line treatment for patients with indolent
                and mantle-cell lymphomas: an open-label, multicentre, randomized,
                phase 3 non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2013;381: 1203-1210.
                 \709\ Flinn IW, et al. First-line treatment of patients with
                indolent non-Hodgkin lymphoma or mantle-cell lymphoma with
                bendamustine plus rituximab versus R-CHOP or R-CVP: results of the
                BRIGHT 5-year follow-up study. J Clin Oncol. 2019 Apr 20;37(12):984-
                991. doi: 10.1200/JCO.18.00605. Epub 2019 Feb 27.
                 \710\ LaCasce AS, et al. Comparative outcome of initial therapy
                for younger patients with mantle cell lymphoma: an analysis from the
                NCCN NHL Database. Blood. 2012;19(9):2093-2099.
                 \711\ Lenz G, et al. Immunochemotherapy with rituximab and
                cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisone
                significantly improves response and time to treatment failure, but
                not long-term outcome in patients with previously untreated mantle
                cell lymphoma: results of a prospective randomized trial of the
                German Low Grade Lymphoma Study Group (GLSG). J Clin Oncol.
                2005:23(9): 1984-1992.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant indicated that there is no standard of care that
                exists for second-line and higher chemotherapy when a patient has
                relapsed or refractory MCL.\712\ According to the applicant, second
                line therapies typically depend on the front line therapy utilized,
                comorbidities, the tumor's sensitivity to chemotherapy, and overall
                risk-benefit. According to the applicant, currently available options
                for second line therapy include:
                [[Page 25330]]
                Cytotoxic chemotherapy, proteasome inhibitors (PI), immunomodulatory
                drugs (IMiD), tyrosine kinase inhibitors, and stem cell transplant
                (both autologous and allogenic stem cell transplant [ASCT, allo-SCT]).
                According to the applicant, Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitors,
                ibrutinib, zanubrutinib, and acalabrutinib, are common third-line
                therapy used for patients with r/r MCL and have shown to offer
                improvements over other chemotherapy-based regimens for r/r MCL
                patients. The applicant performed a literature review and meta-analysis
                of patients with r/r MCL whose disease had progressed during or
                following treatment with a BTK inhibitor and found that despite high
                initial response rates, most patients eventually developed progressive
                disease.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \712\ Campo E, Rule S. Mantle cell lymphoma: evolving management
                strategies. Blood. 2015;125(1):48-55.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Therefore, according to the applicant, new therapeutic strategies
                are needed to improve the prognosis of patients with r/r MCL whose
                disease has not been effectively controlled with chemo-immunotherapy,
                stem cell transplant, and BTK inhibitors.
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant indicated that
                the FDA approved the Tecartus Biologics License Application (BLA) on
                July 24, 2020 for the indication of the treatment of adult patients
                with relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma (MCL). According to the
                applicant, Tecartus was granted Breakthrough Therapy designation for
                the treatment of patients with r/r MCL on June 15, 2018 and received
                Orphan Drug designation in 2016 for the treatment of MCL, acute
                lymphoblastic leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia. The following
                ICD-10-PCS codes were established effective October 1, 2020 to identify
                the administration of Tecartus: XW23346 (Transfusion of brexucabtagene
                autoleucel immunotherapy into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach,
                new technology group 6) and XW24346 (Transfusion of brexucabtagene
                autoleucel immunotherapy into central vein, percutaneous approach, new
                technology group 6).
                 As previously discussed, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion for substantial similarity,
                whether a product uses the same or similar mechanism of action to
                achieve a therapeutic outcome, according to the applicant, Tecartus is
                the first CAR T-cell immunotherapy indicated for the treatment of r/r
                MCL. The applicant further asserted that it does not use a
                substantially similar mechanism of action. The applicant asserts the
                FDA concluded and approved Tecartus as distinct from YESCARTA[supreg]
                based on differences in the manufacturing process, certain product
                specifications and impurities, and formulation of the final products.
                Furthermore, the applicant stated that Tecartus is distinct from
                currently available CAR T-cell immunotherapies, namely YESCARTA[supreg]
                and KYMRIAH[supreg], because neither prior CAR T-cell therapy is
                indicated for the treatment of patients with r/r MCL, and other
                differences include the manufacturing process, certain product
                specifications and impurities, and the final dose formulation as
                determined by the FDA. The applicant stated that MCL is a unique
                subtype of B-cell Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL) and is distinct from
                DLBCL as determined by the 2016 WHO classification. The applicant
                stated it reviewed data from the FY 2019 100 percent MedPAR Hospital
                Limited Data Set to obtain a reference of currently available products
                used in the treatment of r/r MCL. The applicant stated that based on
                this analysis, available products used in the treatment of r/r MCL
                included: chemotherapies, PIs, IMiDs, or BTK inhibitors. The applicant
                described Tecartus as an autologous CAR T-cell immunotherapy, which
                genetically modifies the patient's own T-cells to target and eliminate
                tumor cells for the treatment of r/r MCL and asserted that because
                Tecartus is an autologous CAR T-cell immunotherapy, it does not use the
                same mechanism of action as other treatments currently used to treat r/
                r MCL (chemotherapies, PIs, IMiDs, or BTK inhibitors).
                 To further note the differences between Tecartus's mechanism of
                action and other available therapies for r/r MCL, the applicant stated
                that Tecartus represents a unique product that is customized for B-cell
                malignancies bearing high levels of circulating CD19-expressing tumor
                cells. Given these genetic modifications and differences, as previously
                described, the applicant described Tecartus as having a different
                mechanism of action from existing r/r MCL therapies.
                 The applicant stated that Tecartus is a distinct cellular product
                and is produced by a unique manufacturing process customized for B-cell
                malignancies characterized by circulating tumor cells and is designed
                to minimize the number of CD19-expressing tumor cells in the final
                product. The T cells in the leukapheresis product are enriched by
                positive selection, activated by culturing with anti-CD3 and anti-CD28
                antibodies, and then transduced with a retroviral vector containing the
                anti-CD19 CAR gene. These engineered T cells are then propagated in
                culture to generate a sufficient number of cells to achieve a
                therapeutic effect upon infusion back into the patient. The applicant
                further stated that Tecartus has a different mechanism of action as
                compared to YESCARTA[supreg] given that the European Medicines Agency
                (EMA) deemed Tecartus and YESCARTA[supreg] as different products.
                 With respect to the second criterion for substantial similarity,
                whether a product is assigned to the same or a different MS-DRG, the
                applicant noted that CMS has established the new MS-DRG 018 (Chimeric
                Antigen Receptor (CAR) T-cell Immunotherapies), effective October 1,
                2020, for CAR T-cell therapies. However, the applicant asserted that
                Tecartus will be uniquely identified by ICD-10-PCS codes different from
                those used to identify YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg]. As
                previously noted, under the current coding system, cases reporting the
                use of Tecartus would be coded with ICD-10-PCS codes XW23346 and
                XW24346, which are currently assigned to MS-DRG 018, and therefore we
                believe that cases reporting the use of Tecartus would be assigned to
                the same MS-DRG as existing CAR T-cell therapies.
                 With respect to the third criterion for substantial similarity,
                whether the new use of the technology involves the treatment of the
                same or similar type of disease and the same or similar patient
                population, the applicant stated that Tecartus is the first and only
                CAR T-cell immunotherapy indicated for the treatment of r/r MCL which
                is identified by ICD-10-CM C83.1X, mantle cell lymphoma, unspecified
                site. The applicant noted that the patients treated by YESCARTA[supreg]
                and KYMRIAH[supreg] are not assigned ICD-10-CM diagnosis code C83.1X
                (Mantle cell lymphoma, unspecified site), as would patients treated
                with Tecartus. As previously mentioned, the applicant described that
                MCL results from a malignant transformation of a B lymphocyte in the
                outer edge of the lymph node follicle. The applicant further stated
                that diffuse large b-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), which YESCARTA[supreg] and
                KYMRIAH[supreg] treat, is defined as a neoplasm of large B cells
                arranged in a diffuse pattern. The applicant described this distinction
                as evidence that Tecartus treats a different subtype of NHL, r/r MCL,
                as compared to other FDA approved CAR T-cell therapies. However, we
                note that the applicant recognized in its application that MCL and
                DLBCL patients share
                [[Page 25331]]
                similar clinical presentation of lymphadenopathy, splenomegaly and
                constitutional symptoms. The applicant also noted that the disease
                courses for MCL and DLBCL are different given that MCL has a unique
                molecular pathogenesis. The applicant stated that patients with r/r MCL
                often present with high levels of circulating tumor cells which are
                inherent to the disease 713 714 or due to peripheral
                mobilization of tumor cells induced by BTK inhibitor therapy.\715\
                According to the applicant, MCL requires a customized CAR T-cell
                therapy for B-cell malignancies bearing high levels of circulating
                CD19-expressing tumor cells in order to provide a functional autologous
                cellular therapy. Unlike MCL, the presence of circulating tumor cells
                occurs only rarely in patients with DLBCL.\716\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \713\ Argatoff LH, et al. Mantle cell lymphoma: a
                clinicopathologic study of 80 cases. Blood. 1997;89 (6):2067-78
                 \714\ Gu J, et al. Evaluation of peripheral blood involvement of
                mantle cell lymphoma by fluorescence in situ hybridization in
                comparison with immunophenotypic and morphologic findings. Mod
                Pathol. 2004;17 (5):553-60.
                 \715\ Chang BY, et al. Egress of CD19(+)CD5(+) cells into
                peripheral blood following treatment with the Bruton tyrosine kinase
                inhibitor ibrutinib in mantle cell lymphoma patients. Blood.
                2013;122(14):2412-24.
                 \716\ Muringampurath-John D, et al. Characteristics and outcomes
                of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma presenting in leukaemic phase. B.
                J. Haematol. (2012) 158: 608-614
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the first criterion, the applicant asserted that
                Tecartus would provide a new treatment option for adult patients with
                r/r MCL and therefore is not substantially similar to any existing
                technologies. We note that for FY 2019 (83 FR 41299), CMS approved two
                CD19 directed CAR T-cell therapies, YESCARTA[supreg] and
                KYMRIAH[supreg], for new technology add-on payments. In regard to the
                mechanism of action, the applicant acknowledged that Tecartus is a form
                of CAR T-cell immunotherapy that modifies the patient's own T-cells, as
                are YESCARTA[supreg] and KYMRIAH[supreg]. However, the applicant
                asserted that the manufacturing process used by Tecartus makes the
                therapy significantly different from YESCARTA[supreg]. The applicant
                further asserted that its unique manufacturing process which includes a
                T-cell selection step for patients with MCL, ALL, and CLL is distinct
                from that used for the manufacture of YESCARTA[supreg] for the
                treatment of patients with malignancies characterized by high numbers
                of circulating tumor types.
                 Similar to our discussion of the FY 2021 application in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (85 FR 32636-32637), we are concerned as to
                whether the differences the applicant described in the manufacturing
                process should be considered a different mechanism of action as
                compared to previous CAR T-cell therapies. We note, in their review,
                the FDA identified many similarities between Tecartus and
                YESCARTA[supreg] to include that, ``the YESCARTA[supreg] and KTE-X19
                final products are very similar and are formulated identically. The
                same release testing methods are used for both products.'' \717\
                Further, as Tecartus is also a CD19-directed T-cell immunotherapy for
                the treatment of patients with an aggressive subtype of NHL, we
                continue to question whether the differences identified by the
                applicant would mean that Tecartus does not have a similar mechanism of
                action to existing CD19-directed CAR T-cell therapies. We are seeking
                public comment as to whether the differences the applicant described in
                the manufacturing process should be considered a different mechanism of
                action, as compared to previous CAR T-cell therapies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \717\ Price G, Reiser J, Salz T. CBER CMC BLA Review Memorandum,
                BLA #125703, TECARTUS brexucabtagene autoleucel. FDA.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the third criterion for substantial similarity,
                though the applicant described differences between MCL and DLBCL, the
                applicant also stated that patients with MCL and DLBCL share similar
                clinical presentation of lymphadenopathy, splenomegaly and
                constitutional symptoms, and they are both subtypes of NHL. We
                therefore question whether this therapy may involve the treatment of a
                similar type of disease when compared to existing CAR T-cell therapies.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Tecartus is
                substantially similar to other technologies and whether Tecartus meets
                the newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR claims data file with the FY 2019 Final Rule IPPS Impact
                File to identify potential cases representing patients who may be
                eligible for treatment using Tecartus.
                 The applicant identified claims that reported an ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis code of ICD-10-CM C83.1X (Mantle cell lymphoma, unspecified
                site). The applicant stated that claims reporting ICD-10-CM code C83.1X
                would not involve the use of the other two approved CAR T-cell
                therapies because those therapies are not used to treat this diagnosis,
                MCL. As such, the applicant stated that it used C83.1X to identify
                potential MCL cases and ICD-10-PCS codes XW033C3 and XW043C3 to
                identify patients receiving CAR T-cell therapy. In its analysis, the
                applicant identified two sets of cohorts (Primary Cohort and
                Sensitivity Analysis Cohort) to assess whether this therapy met the
                cost criterion. The ICD-10-PCS procedure codes listed in the following
                table were used to identify claims involving chemotherapy and the
                applicant noted that these were used for both cohorts.
                [[Page 25332]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.180
                 The applicant identified two cohorts for these analyses and used
                two CCRs to account for the cost of their technology. The Primary
                Cohort included cases with an ICD-10-CM primary diagnosis of MCL, at
                least one procedure code indicating receipt of chemotherapy, and no
                ICD-10-PCS procedure codes indicating CAR T-cell therapy. The applicant
                believed the Primary Cohort most closely aligned with the
                characteristics and health of r/r MCL patients who would receive
                Tecartus given that this cohort includes patients with far advanced
                disease (comparable to the ZUMA-2 study, as discussed later in this
                section). The Sensitivity Analysis Cohort included patients with the
                ICD-10-CM principal or secondary diagnosis of MCL, at least one
                procedure code indicating receipt of chemotherapy, and no ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes indicating CAR T-cell therapy. For each cohort, the
                applicant performed two sub-analyses that varied the CCR used to
                calculate Tecartus charges: (1) The national pharmacy CCR of 0.187; and
                (2) the applicant calculated CAR T-cell CCR of 0.314.
                 According to the applicant, based on the primary diagnosis code and
                the presence of chemotherapy, these cases signify that the primary
                reason for hospitalization was treatment of the patient's MCL,
                including the complications of their advancing disease and
                chemotherapy-related complications, and resulted in charges and longer
                lengths of stay believed to be most reflective of the r/r MCL
                population that is treated by TECARTUS. The applicant added that this
                group of MCL cases with MCL as a primary diagnosis most closely
                compares with the characteristics and health resource utilization of r/
                r MCL patients that will receive TECARTUS. Furthermore, the applicant
                stated that the cases in the Primary Cohort had higher charges across
                all categories than the cases with MCL as a secondary diagnosis. The
                cases with MCL as a primary diagnosis are according to the applicant
                more reflective of the r/r MCL population as those cases were more
                likely being treated for the complications of their advancing disease
                and chemotherapy-related complications. The average length of stay for
                hospitalizations in the Primary Cohort was 15.1 days. Lastly, in
                explaining why CAR T-cell MCL cases from FY 2019 were excluded from the
                cost analysis, the applicant stated that they could not identify
                specific charges for CAR T-cell therapy, no individual revenue center
                had charges similar to those expected for CAR T-cell therapy, and there
                were no CAR T-cell therapy products approved for the treatment of MCL
                in FY 2019.
                 The applicant stated that to estimate the CAR T-cell CCR, they
                obtained the MS-DRG 018 arithmetic mean charge in the AOR/BOR FY 2021
                Proposed Rule File released by CMS ($1,387,946). The applicant
                subtracted non-drug charges for TECARTUS of $201,610 (based on the
                TECARTUS FY 2021 new technology add-on payment application) from total
                arithmetic mean charge to estimate CAR T-cell charges (approximately
                $1,186,336). The applicant then divided a WAC of CAR T-cell therapy of
                $373,000 by the estimated CAR T-cell charges to estimate a charge-to-
                cost ratio of 0.314 (CCR = 373,000/1,186,336).
                 The claim search conducted by the applicant resulted in 267 claims
                in the Primary Cohort, mapped to 13 MS-DRGs, and 1,100 claims in the
                Sensitivity Analysis Cohort, mapped to 59 MS-DRGs using the FY 2019
                MedPAR Hospital LDS based on the requirements for each cohort outlined
                by the applicant. The applicant stated that because TECARTUS cases are
                mapped to MS-DRG 018, the cost criterion analysis utilized the
                threshold for MS-DRG 018 for all MS-DRGs included in each cohort rather
                than the MS-DRG specific threshold. The applicant determined an average
                unstandardized case weighted charge per case of $1,251,126 for the
                Primary cohort and $1,251,126 for the Sensitivity Analysis Cohort.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25333]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.181
                [[Page 25334]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.182
                [[Page 25335]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.183
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The applicant then removed charges for prior technology. The
                applicant stated that the cases representing patients who had received
                chemotherapy, as reflected by the Medicare claims data, would generally
                not receive both chemotherapy and Tecartus as an inpatient because
                conditioning chemotherapy would be administered in the outpatient
                setting before the patient would be admitted for Tecartus infusion and
                monitoring. Otherwise, the applicant asserted that patients receiving
                Tecartus would be expected to incur similar charges to those cases in
                the Medicare claims data for patients with a primary diagnosis of MCL
                and receiving chemotherapy (Primary Cohort). In its analysis, the
                applicant noted that in the FY 2019 MedPAR Hospital LDS, charges for
                chemotherapy drugs were grouped with charges for oncology, diagnostic
                radiology, therapeutic radiology, nuclear medicine, CT scans, and other
                imaging services. The applicant believed that removing all radiology
                charges would understate the cost of adverse event (AE) clinical
                management for Tecartus patients needed. The applicant found that when
                using data from the Q4 2017 and Q1 Q3 2018 Standard Analytic files and
                comparing total chemotherapy charges to total radiology charges, 2
                percent of radiology charges were chemotherapy charges, on average.
                Therefore, instead of removing all radiology charges, the applicant
                excluded 2 percent of the radiology charge amount to capture the effect
                of removing chemotherapy pharmacy charges.
                 The applicant then standardized the charges and applied the 2-year
                inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
                calculate outlier threshold charges (1.13218). For the Primary and
                Sensitivity cohorts, the applicant performed two sub-analyses that
                varied the CCR used to calculate Tecartus charges: (1) using the
                national pharmacy CCR (0.187); and (2) using the CAR T-cell CCR
                (0.314).
                 The applicant stated that when comparing the Primary Cohort to the
                MS-DRG 018 average case-weighed threshold amount (based on the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule) and using the national pharmacy CCR, the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $2,207,969 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $1,251,126 by $956,843. When using the CAR T-cell CCR, the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $1,399,653 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $1,251,126 by $148,527. The applicant stated that because the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost
                criterion.
                 When conducting the same review to assess cost for the Sensitivity
                Analysis Cohort, the applicant noted that the sensitivity analysis
                cohort also meets the cost criterion when compared to the MS-DRG 018
                average case-weighted threshold amount (based on the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS data file thresholds for FY 2022). As reported by the applicant,
                when using the national pharmacy CCR in the sensitivity analysis cohort
                the final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                of $2,142,149 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $1,251,126 by $891,023. When using the CAR T-cell CCR in the
                sensitivity analysis cohort, the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $1,333,833 exceeded the average case-
                weighted threshold amount of $1,251,126 by $82,707. The applicant
                stated that because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the therapy meets the cost criterion. Because the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case for
                both the Primary Cohort and the Sensitivity Analysis Cohort exceeds the
                average case-weighted threshold amount for MS-DRG 018, the applicant
                maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion. As noted in
                previous discussions, the submitted costs for CAR T-cell therapies vary
                widely due to differences in provider billing and charging practices
                for this therapy. Therefore, with regard to the use of this data for
                purposes of calculating a CAR T-cell CCR we are uncertain how
                representative this data is for use in the applicant's cost analyses
                given this potential for variability.
                 We continue to be interested in public comments regarding the
                eligibility of CAR T-cell technologies for new technology add-on
                payments when assigned to MS-DRG 018. As we have noted in prior
                rulemaking with regard to the CAR T-cell therapies (83 FR 41172 and 85
                FR 58603 through 58608), if a new MS-DRG were to be created, then
                consistent with section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ix) of the Act, there may no
                longer be a need for a new technology add-on payment under section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Act.
                 We invite public comment on whether Tecartus meets the cost
                criterion based on this proposal.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that Tecartus represents a new treatment option for
                an adult patient population unresponsive to, or ineligible for,
                currently available treatments. The applicant also believes that the
                use of Tecartus significantly improves clinical outcomes for a patient
                with r/r MCL as compared to currently available therapies, including
                BTK inhibitors. The applicant stated that Tecartus provides access to a
                treatment option for patients with r/r MCL who have not been responsive
                to first line or second line therapies. The applicant provided further
                detail regarding these
                [[Page 25336]]
                assertions, referencing the results of a Phase 2 study (Zuma-2) and
                historical and meta analyses, which are summarized in this section of
                this rule.
                 According to the applicant, because no effective standard therapy
                for subjects with r/r MCL who have progressed following a prior BTK
                inhibitor therapy exists, ZUMA-2 lacked a comparison arm. The applicant
                described how a historical control was the only ethical and feasible
                study design for patients with r/r MCL who had not responded to the
                most promising therapies available, including BTK inhibitors.
                Therefore, the historical control was identified from prior studies
                identified in a meta-analysis of six studies, which included two
                studies by Martin et al., (2016) and Cheah et al., (2015), and covered
                255 subjects. The ORRs in these six studies ranged from 20%-42% with
                the applicant identifying 26% \718\ and 32% \719\ for use as their
                comparator.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \718\ Martin P, et al. Postibrutinib outcomes in patients with
                mantle cell lymphoma. Blood. 2016;127 (12):1559-63.
                 \719\ Cheah CY, et al. Patients with mantle cell lymphoma
                failing ibrutinib are unlikely to respond to salvage chemotherapy
                and have poor outcomes. Ann Oncol. 2015;26(6):1175-9.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the Martin et al. (2016) retrospective cohort study
                referenced by the applicant, the investigators reported best response
                rate (RR) to ibrutinib was 55% (43% partial response [PR], 12% complete
                response [CR]), with 35% of patients having a best response of
                progressive disease. But among patients who received subsequent
                therapy, local clinicians reported that 13 patients (19%) achieved PR,
                and 5 (7%) achieved CR. The median overall survival (OS) following
                cessation of ibrutinib was 2.9 months (95% confidence interval [CI],
                1.6-4.9). Of the 104 patients with data available, 73 underwent at
                least one additional line of currently available treatment after
                stopping ibrutinib with a median OS of 5.8 months (95% confidence
                interval [CI], 3.7-10.4).\720\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \720\ Martin P, et al. Postibrutinib outcomes in patients with
                mantle cell lymphoma. Blood. 2016;127 (12):1559-63.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 A second retrospective study by Cheah et al. identified 42 (54%)
                who had discontinued therapy of 78 patients with MCL who had been
                treated at MD Anderson Cancer Center between 2011 and 2014. \721\ All
                42 patients had received ibrutinib with a median number of cycles of
                6.5 (range 1--43). Twenty-eight patients (67%) had disease progression
                as the main reason for therapy discontinuation. Of the 31 patients who
                experienced disease progression following ibrutinib and underwent
                salvage therapy, the overall objective response rate (ORR) and complete
                response rate (CRR) was 32% and 19%, respectively. After a median
                follow-up of 10.7 (range 2.4-38.9) months from discontinuation of
                ibrutinib, the median OS among patients with disease progression was
                8.4 months and the estimated one-year OS was 22.1% (95% CI 8.3% to
                40.2%).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \721\ Cheah CY, et al. Patients with mantle cell lymphoma
                failing ibrutinib are unlikely to respond to salvage chemotherapy
                and have poor outcomes. Ann Oncol. 2015;26(6):1175-9.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant summarized further studies that featured BTK therapy.
                Dreyling et al. and Epperla et al. identified ORRs of 20% and 42%
                respectively while Wang et al. identified an ORR of 29%, CR rate of
                14%, and PR rate of 15% and Jaln et al. identified an ORR of 29%, CR
                rate of 14%, and PR rate of 15%.722 723 724 725
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \722\ Dreyling M, et al. Ibrutinib versus temsirolimus in
                patients with relapsed or refractory mantle-cell lymphoma: An
                international, randomised, open-label, phase 3 study. Lancet.
                2016;387(10020):770-8.
                 \723\ Epperla N, et al. Predictive factors and outcomes for
                ibrutinib therapy in relapsed/refractory mantle cell lymphoma--a
                ``real world'' study. Hematological Oncology. 2017:1-8.
                 \724\ Wang M, et al. Observational study of lenalidomide in
                patients with mantle cell lymphoma who relapsed/progressed after or
                were refractory/intolerant to ibrutinib (MCL-004). J Hematol Oncol.
                2017;10:171.
                 \725\ Jain P, et al. Long-term outcomes and mutation profiling
                of patients with mantle cell lymphoma (MCL) who discontinued
                ibrutinib. Br J Haematol. 2018a;183:578-87.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To evaluate the effectiveness of Tecartus, the applicant noted it
                used an ORR comparison of 25%, which was derived from two
                aforementioned studies (Martin et al. and Cheah et al.) with patients
                with r/r MCL who progressed on the most predominantly prescribed BTK
                inhibitor, ibrutinib. The results of these two studies showed a median
                OS of 5.8 months after receiving at least 1 additional line of
                currently available therapy to treat r/r MCL. Those who did not receive
                salvage therapy had a median OS of 0.8 months.\726\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \726\ Martin P, et al. Postibrutinib outcomes in patients with
                mantle cell lymphoma. Blood. 2016;127 (12):1559-63.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the ZUMA-2 study of Tecartus is the
                only pivotal study of CAR T-cell therapy for r/r MCL. ZUMA-2 is a
                multicenter, open label, Phase 2 study which evaluated the safety and
                efficacy of Tecartus in patients with r/r MCL that relapsed or are
                refractory to prior therapy, including BTK inhibitors. The primary
                endpoint compared the ORR from the study to the ORR 25% historical
                control at a one-sided alpha level of 0.025. The applicant stated that
                ZUMA-2 was not designed to compare the efficacy and safety of TECARTUS
                to BTK inhibitors, and the results of ZUMA-2 are not intended to
                indicate that TECARTUS should definitively be utilized to replace any
                existing therapies. Participants were required to have received prior
                treatment for MCL, no more than five prior regimens, which must have
                included anthracycline (or bendamustine containing chemotherapy), an
                anti-CD20 monoclonal antibody and BTK inhibitor. The ZUMA-2 study
                included 68 subjects treated with Tecartus out of 75 patients enrolled.
                The safety analysis included a review of all 68 subjects, with the
                primary analysis of efficacy reviewing the first 60 subjects treated
                with Tecartus. ZUMA-2 was conducted at 20 sites in the United States
                and Europe. Of the 60 subjects in the primary analysis set, 59 were
                from U.S. sites. Of the 68 subjects in the safety analysis set, 62 were
                from U.S. sites. Among the 68 subjects, the median age was 65 years
                (range 38-79) and 57 subjects (84%) were male. Additionally, 58
                subjects (85%) had stage IV disease. The sample had a median of 3 prior
                therapies with 55 (81%) having received >=3 prior therapies. In
                addition, 43% had relapsed after a prior autologous stem cell
                transplant (ASCT); the remaining subjects had either relapsed after or
                were refractory to their last therapy for MCL.
                 The applicant asserted that the use of Tecartus significantly
                improves clinical outcomes for a patient population as compared to
                currently available treatments. The applicant contended that ibrutinib,
                a BTK inhibitor, is the most common third-line therapy used for
                patients with r/r MCL 727 728 and has been shown to offer
                improvements over other chemotherapy-based regimens for r/r MCL
                patients. The applicant also referenced a more selective BTK inhibitor,
                acalabrutinib, which was approved in the US for the treatment of
                patients with r/r MCL.729 730 In registrational trials, the
                ORR and CRR were 66% and 17%, respectively for ibrutinib, and 81% and
                40%, respectively, for acalabrutinib.731 732 The
                [[Page 25337]]
                applicant contended that primary and secondary resistance to BTK
                inhibitors \733\ is common, and subsequent therapies currently
                available are minimally effective.734 735 736
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \727\ Campo E, Rule S. Mantle cell lymphoma: Evolving management
                strategies. Blood. 2015;125(1):48-55.
                 \728\ Vose JM. Mantle cell lymphoma: 2017 update on diagnosis,
                risk-stratification, and clinical management. Am J Hematol.
                2017;92(8):806-813.
                 \729\ Kantar Health. CancerMPact[supreg] United States.
                September 2018, v1.2.
                 \730\ Vose JM. Mantle cell lymphoma: 2017 update on diagnosis,
                risk-stratification, and clinical management. Am J Hematol.
                2017;92(8):806-813.
                 \731\ Ibrutinib USPI. Available from: https://www.imbruvica.com/docs/librariesprovider7/default-document-library/prescribing_information.pdf.
                 \732\ Acalabrutinib USPI. Available from: https://www.azpicentral.com/calquence/calquence.pdf#page=1.
                 \733\ Rule S, et al. Median 3.5-year follow-up of ibrutinib
                treatment in patients with relapsed/refractory Mantle Cell Lymphoma:
                A pooled analysis. Blood Dec. 2017;130(Suppl 1):151.
                 \734\ Cheah CY, et al. Patients with mantle cell lymphoma
                failing ibrutinib are unlikely to respond to salvage chemotherapy
                and have poor outcomes. Ann Oncol. 2015;26(6):1175-9.
                 \735\ Martin P, et al. Postibrutinib outcomes in patients with
                mantle cell lymphoma. Blood. 2016;127 (12):1559-63.
                 \736\ DerSimonian R, Laird N. Meta-analysis in clinical trials.
                Control Clin Trials. 1986;7(3):177-88.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Among the 68 patients treated in the ZUMA-2 study, the primary
                efficacy analysis was conducted after 60 patients had been enrolled,
                treated, and evaluated for response for six months after the week four
                disease assessment. Based on the primary analysis of the 60 subjects
                included in the ZUMA-2 study, there was an ORR of 93% after a single
                dose of Tecartus (56 of 60 subjects with a 95% CI of 83.8%, 98.2%). The
                applicant reported that the complete response rate was 67% (40 of 60
                subjects with a 95% CI of 53.3%, 78.3%). The applicant noted the ORR of
                93% and CR 67% were observed across age groups (94% ages >=65; 93% ages
                =65
                and 18 were aged =24 months. Among these
                subjects, the OS rate estimate at 24 months was 67.9% and the median OS
                was not reached. In comparison, the Cheah et al. (2015) post-ibrutinib
                salvage therapy study reported a lower one-year survival rate of 22%.
                Additionally, among the subjects in CR at month 3 who had the
                opportunity to be followed to month 12, 90% remained in CR at month 12.
                The applicant contended that this statistic showcased that early
                responses to Tecartus are likely indicative of long-term remission
                after the single infusion of Tecartus. Furthermore, the applicant
                suggested that a substantial number of patients with r/r MCL treated
                with Tecartus will achieve a CR, and that this suggests these patients
                will likely experience a long-term remission after a single infusion of
                Tecartus. The applicant also noted that these results were consistent
                across age groups at the time of the primary data analysis cut-off
                (July 24, 2019). By contrast, the applicant noted that patients with r/
                r MCL who had prior BTK inhibitor treatment had CR rates ranging from
                7-22%. Additionally, the applicant noted that the majority of patients
                on BTK inhibitor treatment go on to have progressive disease given that
                the responses achieved with currently available salvage therapies are
                short lived and have a DOR ranging from 3 to 5.8
                months.737 738 739 740
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \737\ Kochenderfer JN, et al. Lymphoma Remissions Caused by
                Anti-CD19 Chimeric Antigen Receptor T Cells Are Associated With High
                Serum Interleukin-15 Levels. J Clin Oncol. 2017a;35(16):1803-13.
                 \738\ Kochenderfer JN, et al. Long-Duration Complete Remissions
                of Diffuse Large B Cell Lymphoma after Anti-CD19 Chimeric Antigen
                Receptor T Cell Therapy. Mol Ther. 2017b;25(10):2245-53.
                 \739\ Gupta S, et al. Recommendations for the design,
                optimization, and qualification of cell-based assays used for the
                detection of neutralizing antibody responses elicited to biological
                therapeutics. Journal of Immunological Methods. 2007;321(1-2):1-18.
                 \740\ Davila ML, et al. Efficacy and toxicity management of 19-
                28z CAR T cell therapy in B cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia. Sci
                Transl Med. 2014;6(224):224ra25.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the safety of Tecartus, the applicant argued that
                the ZUMA-2 study demonstrated a positive benefit-risk of Tecartus over
                the current therapy options for patients with r/r MCL. The applicant
                stated that the toxicity profile that is associated with Tecartus
                therapy can be managed based upon established guidance. The applicant
                further stated that the risk evaluation and mitigation strategies
                (REMS) program will ensure that hospitals providing Tecartus therapy
                are certified so that all who prescribe, dispense, or administer
                Tecartus are aware of how to manage the risk of cytokine release
                syndrome (CRS) and neurologic events. However, the applicant notes that
                patients who were >=65 years old showed a trend toward a higher
                incidence of Grade 3 or higher CRS compared to those =65 years of age showed a
                trend toward a higher incidence of Grade 3 or higher neurologic events
                (36% versus 24%). The applicant noted that these neurologic events
                resolved for all but 6 subjects and that among those whose neurologic
                events had resolved, the median duration was 12 days. Additionally, no
                patient died from neurologic events.
                [[Page 25338]]
                 In response to CMS's concern as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS proposed rule (85 FR 32646-32647) regarding the generalizability of
                the findings from ZUMA-2 to the general Medicare population, the
                applicant stated that the ZUMA-2 study sample is representative of the
                Medicare population. The applicant stated that 57% of the sample were
                65 to 79 years of age, and that MCL predominantly affects older adults,
                with a median age at diagnosis ranging from 65 to 73.741 742
                The applicant asserted that the advanced disease characteristics,
                including Stage IV disease in 85%, bone marrow involvement in 54%, and
                splenic involvement in 34%, closely align with those observed in the
                general MCL population where newly diagnosed and previously untreated
                patients present with stage III/IV disease and commonly exhibit
                splenomegaly and bone marrow infiltration.\743\ The applicant added
                that the key baseline characteristics of the ZUMA-2 population mirror
                the r/r MCL Medicare population refractory to BTK inhibitors, including
                age of study subjects and stage of disease at study initiation.
                Overall, ZUMA-2 primary results showed that at the time of the analysis
                cutoff (July 2019), 16 of 68 subjects (24%) had died; 4 deaths occurred
                >30 days through 3 months after infusion of Tecartus and 12 deaths
                occurred >=3 months after infusion of Tecartus. Fourteen of the 16
                subjects died as a result of progressive disease and two of the 16
                subjects died due to AEs (Grade 5 AE of staphylococcal bacteremia and
                Grade 5 AE of organizing pneumonia).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \741\ Smith A, et al. Lymphoma incidence, survival and
                prevalence 2004-2014: sub-type analyses from the UK's Haematological
                Malignancy Research Network. Br J Cancer. 2015;112(9):1575-84.
                 \742\ Romaguera JE, et al. High rate of durable remissions after
                treatment of newly diagnosed aggressive mantle-cell lymphoma with
                rituximab plus hyper-CVAD alternating with rituximab plus high-dose
                methotrexate and cytarabine. J Clin Oncol. 2005;23(28):7013-23
                 \743\ McKay P, et al. Guidelines for investigation and
                management of mantle cell lymphoma. Br J Haematol. (2012) 159, 405-
                426.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Based on the information provided by the applicant, we have several
                concerns with regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                As we noted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, the combined
                sample size from the literature search and ZUMA-2 study performed by
                the applicant is relatively small. While the applicant stated that it
                closely communicated with FDA in the development of the ZUMA-2 study,
                including in the development of the sample size, we question whether
                the ZUMA-2 study results would support a determination of substantial
                clinical improvement given the small sample size. Although the
                applicant's analysis of the ZUMA-2 study concluded that Tecartus offers
                a treatment option for a patient population unresponsive to, or
                ineligible for, currently available treatments, we question whether the
                sample size and research presented in this application support
                extrapolating these results across the Medicare population.
                 Relatedly, we have concerns regarding the potential for selection
                bias and its effects on results from the ZUMA-2 study. Seventy-four
                patients were enrolled in the trial and underwent leukapheresis, of
                which Tecartus was successfully manufactured for 71 (96%) and
                administered for 68 (92%).\744\ According to the authors, the primary
                efficacy analysis was performed among the 60 first treated patients who
                had at least 7 months of follow up. We also note that the reported ORR
                among the first 60 is 93% (95% CI 84-98) and the ORR among all 74
                patients enrolled is 85%. We have concerns, given the small sample,
                about the potential effects of selection bias and of patients being
                selected out of a study on the results of ZUMA-2, which forms the
                keystone of the applicant's assertions regarding substantial clinical
                improvement. Further, some research suggests that trials stopped early
                for benefit overestimate treatment effects 745 746 747 and
                that formal stopping rules do not reduce this bias, particularly in
                samples less than 500 events or cases.\748\ Given the lack of
                confidence intervals around the ORR among all 74 patients and the
                potential for the overestimation of treatment effects, it is unclear
                whether there is sufficient information to determine a substantial
                clinical improvement.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \744\ Wang M, et al. KTE-X19 CAR T-Cell therapy in relapsed or
                refractory mantle-cell lymphoma. N Engl J Med. (2020) 382(14): 1331-
                1342.
                 \745\ Pocock SJ. When (not) to stop a clinical trial for
                benefit. JAMA 2005;294:2228e30.
                 \746\ Pocock SJ, Hughes MD. Practical problems in interim
                analyses, with particular regard to estimation. Control Clin Trials
                1989;10(4 Suppl): 209Se21S.
                 \747\ Montori VM, Devereaux PJ, Adhikari NK, Burns KE, Eggert
                CH, Briel M, et al. Randomized trials stopped early for benefit: a
                systematic review. JAMA 2005;294:2203e9.
                 \748\ Bassler D, Briel M, Montori VM, Lane M, Glasziou P, Zhou
                Q, et al. Stopping randomized trials early for benefit and
                estimation of treatment effects: systematic review and meta-
                regression analysis. JAMA 2010;303:1180e7.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As noted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, there has not
                been a direct study completed comparing outcomes of patients with r/r
                MCL treatment with Tecartus and BTK inhibitors. According to the
                applicant, ZUMA-2 remains the only study to evaluate patient outcomes
                after receiving Tecartus for the treatment of r/r MCL, but this study
                does not include a direct comparison to other existing therapies for r/
                r MCL. Despite there being no standard of second-line care for r/r MCL
                patients that failed on previous therapies, according to the applicant,
                a BTK inhibitor reflects the best currently available therapy for
                treating r/r MCL.\749\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \749\ Campo E, Rule S. Mantle cell lymphoma: evolving management
                strategies. Blood. 2015;125(1):48-55.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant's assertions of substantial clinical improvement are
                based on the ZUMA-2 trial that uses a historical control ORR of 25%.
                Given that the ORR in the provided literature review of six articles
                ranges from 20%-42%, and that, according to the applicant, two specific
                articles were used to develop the pre-specified historical control rate
                (26% \750\ and 32% \751\ respectively), it is unclear whether the
                historical control is appropriate or representative of r/r MCL
                patients. Furthermore, given that the applicant states that ZUMA-2 was
                not designed to compare efficacy and safety of Tecartus to BTK
                inhibitors, we are uncertain whether it would support a determination
                of substantial clinical improvement.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \750\ Martin P, et al. Postibrutinib outcomes in patients with
                mantle cell lymphoma. Blood. 2016;127 (12):1559-63.
                 \751\ Cheah CY, et al. Patients with mantle cell lymphoma
                failing ibrutinib are unlikely to respond to salvage chemotherapy
                and have poor outcomes. Ann Oncol. 2015;26(6):1175-9.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As noted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, a longer-term
                analysis of this population is not available to evaluate the overall
                survival and mortality data. We note that the applicant did conduct an
                additional analysis of OS among the first 28 subjects (ZUMA-2 interim
                analysis) which showed an OS rate estimate at 24 months of 67.9% while
                the median OS was not reached. Additionally, the applicant referenced
                that all subjects in the ZUMA-2 primary analysis had at least 1 adverse
                event, and that throughout the course of the ZUMA-2 study, 16 deaths
                were recorded. However, while the applicant noted only 2 of these 16
                deaths were related to adverse events, we remain concerned that further
                analysis may be needed to evaluate the safety of Tecartus and the
                longer term effects of the CRS and neurological events associated with
                the Tecartus therapy.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether Tecartus meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                [[Page 25339]]
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for Tecartus.
                s. TERLIVAZ[supreg] (Terlipressin)
                 Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals submitted an application for new
                technology add-on payments for TERLIVAZ[supreg] (terlipressin) for FY
                2022. Per the applicant, TERLIVAZ[supreg] is for intravenous use in the
                treatment of adults with hepatorenal syndrome type 1 (HRS-1). The
                applicant stated that TERLIVAZ[supreg] (N[alpha]-tryglycl-8-lysine-
                vasopressin) is a pro-drug for the endogenous/natural porcine hormone
                [Lys8]-vasopressin and a synthetic vasopressin analog derived from the
                natural/endogenous human hormone [Arg8]-vasopressin.\752\ According to
                the applicant, TERLIVAZ[supreg] has greater selectivity for the
                vasopressin receptors (V1) versus vasopressin receptors (V2) and
                inhibits portal hypertension with simultaneous reduction of blood
                circulation in portal vessels.\753\ The applicant stated that the V1
                receptor mediated vasoconstrictor activity of TERLIVAZ[supreg],
                particularly in the splanchnic area, results in an increase in
                effective arterial volume, an increase in mean arterial pressure (MAP),
                and normalization of endogenous vasoconstrictor systems (renin-
                angiotensin-aldosterone and sympathetic nervous system) resulting in
                increased renal blood flow.\754\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \752\ Jamil K, Pappas SC, Devarakonda KR. In vitro binding and
                receptor-mediated activity of terlipressin at vasopressin receptors
                V1 and V2. J Exp Pharmacol. 2017;10:1-7.
                 \753\ Wong F. Recent advances in our understanding of
                hepatorenal syndrome. Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2012;9(7):382-
                391.
                 \754\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant described HRS-1 as a serious, life-threatening
                condition characterized by development of acute or sub-acute renal
                failure in patients with advanced chronic liver disease (CLD). The
                applicant stated that HRS-1 is estimated to affect between 30,000 and
                40,000 patients in the U.S. annually 755 756 and is the
                leading cause of hospitalizations among all patients with advanced
                CLD.\757\ The applicant asserted that the high mortality and
                significant rates of HRS-1-related readmissions support the need for
                better disease awareness and more effective treatment
                options.758 759 760 The applicant asserted that there are
                currently no FDA-approved medications available in the US indicated
                specifically for the treatment of HRS-1,\761\ but several agents are
                used off-label. The applicant stated that in the U.S., the standard of
                care and initial treatment for HRS-1 is a combination of midodrine and
                octreotide, which are used off-label.762 763 According to
                the applicant, this combination is concomitantly administered with
                albumin. The applicant also stated that in patients who are admitted to
                the ICU, initial treatment with norepinephrine, also used off-label, in
                combination with albumin is recommended.\764\ The applicant stated that
                the ideal therapy for HRS-1 is improvement of liver function from
                either recovery of alcoholic hepatitis, treatment of decompensated
                hepatitis B with effective antiviral therapy, recovery from acute
                hepatic failure, or liver transplantation.\765\ According to the
                applicant, TERLIVAZ[supreg] is approved as the first-line treatment for
                HRS-1 in European and Asian countries under appropriate marketing
                authorizations in those countries.\766\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \755\ Pant C, Jani BS, Desai M, et al. Hepatorenal syndrome in
                hospitalized patients with chronic liver disease: results from the
                Nationwide Inpatient Sample 2002-2012. J Investig Med.
                2016;64(1):33-38.
                 \756\ Quick Facts. The United States Census Bureau. https://www.census.gov/quickfacts/fact/table/US/PST045218. Accessed January
                24, 2021.
                 \757\ Allegretti AS, Ortiz G, Wenger J, et al. Prognosis of
                Acute Kidney Injury and Hepatorenal Syndrome in Patients with
                Cirrhosis: A Prospective Cohort Study. Int J Nephrol.
                2015;2015:108139.
                 \758\ Rice JB, White AG, Galebach P, et al. The burden of
                hepatorenal syndrome among commercially insured and Medicare
                patients in the United States. Curr Med Res Opin. 2017;33(8):1473-
                1480.
                 \759\ Low G, Alexander GJ, Lomas DJ. Hepatorenal syndrome:
                Aetiology, diagnosis, and treatment. Gastroenterol Res Pract.
                2015;2015:207012.
                 \760\ Angeli P, Bernardi M, Villanueva C, et al. EASL Clinical
                Practice Guidelines for the management of patients with
                decompensated cirrhosis. J Hepatol. 2018;69(2):406-460.
                 \761\ Jamil K, Huang X, Lovelace B, Pham AT, Lodaya K, Wan G.
                The burden of illness of hepatorenal syndrome (HRS) in the United
                States: A retrospective analysis of electronic health records. J Med
                Econ. 2019;22(5):421-429.
                 \762\ Mindikoglu AL, Pappas SC. New Developments in Hepatorenal
                Syndrome [published correction appears in Clin Gastroenterol
                Hepatol. 2018 Jun;16(6):988]. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.
                2018;16(2):162-177.e1.
                 \763\ Runyon BA. Hepatorenal syndrome. UpToDate.com. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/hepatorenal-syndrome. Updated April 13,
                2020. Accessed January 26, 2020.
                 \764\ Ibid.
                 \765\ Runyon BA. Hepatorenal syndrome. UpToDate.com. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/hepatorenal-syndrome. Updated April 13,
                2020. Accessed January 26, 2020.
                 \766\ Sarin S, Sharma P. Terlipressin: An Asset for
                Hepatologists! Hepatology. 2011;54(2):724-728.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated that in
                2005, a New Drug Application (NDA) filing for TERLIVAZ[supreg] was
                granted Fast Track designation by the FDA and was considered under
                Priority Review in May 2008, but a Complete Response Letter (CRL) was
                issued by the FDA in November 2009. A CRL indicates that the review
                cycle for an application is complete and that the application is not
                ready for approval (73 FR 39588). The applicant also stated that in
                2016, Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals and the FDA reached agreement on
                their trial protocol design and data analysis under the agency's
                special protocol assessment (SPA) process. In April 2020, the applicant
                submitted the current NDA application with FDA as a Class 2
                resubmission of the original NDA. On July 15, 2020, the Cardiovascular
                and Renal Drugs Advisory Committee of the FDA voted to recommend
                approval of the investigational agent TERLIVAZ[supreg] to treat adults
                with HRS-1, but on September 14, 2020, Mallinckrodt received a CRL from
                the FDA for this NDA. At the time of the development of this proposed
                rule, TERLIVAZ[supreg] had not received FDA marketing authorization.
                The applicant submitted a request for a unique ICD-10-PCS code to
                identify the intravenous infusion of TERLIVAZ[supreg].
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                according to the applicant, there are currently no FDA-approved
                treatments for HRS-1 that have a mechanism of action of selectivity for
                vasopressin V1 receptors. The applicant also stated that
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] represents a different compound type, vasoconstrictor
                class, and mechanism of action than those of currently available off-
                label treatments for HRS-1. The applicant submitted the following table
                that compares the mechanism of action for TERLIVAZ[supreg] to the
                mechanism of action for existing technologies used off-label to treat
                HRS-1 including midodrine, octreotide, and norepinephrine.
                [[Page 25340]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.184
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] may be assigned to the same MS-DRG as existing
                technologies currently used to treat HRS-1. In particular, the
                applicant stated that cases involving the use of Terlivaz[supreg] may
                map to the three MS-DRGs included in Major Diagnostic Category (MDC) 7
                (Diseases & Disorders of the Hepatobiliary System & Pancreas); MS-DRG
                441--Disorders of Liver Except Malignancy, Cirrhosis or Alcoholic
                Hepatitis with CC; MS-DRG 442--Disorders of Liver Except Malignancy,
                Cirrhosis or Alcoholic Hepatitis with CC; and MS-DRG 443--Disorders of
                Liver Except Malignancy, Cirrhosis or Alcoholic Hepatitis without CC/
                MCC. The applicant stated that although TERLIVAZ[supreg] may be
                assigned to the same MS-DRG when compared with an existing technology,
                this does not mean that TERLIVAZ[supreg] is not new for the purposes of
                new technology add-on payments because, according to the applicant, the
                existing technologies are not specifically indicated for the treatment
                of HRS-1. The applicant stated that none of the current standard-of-
                care drugs used to treat HRS-1, namely midodrine, octreotide, and
                norepinephrine are FDA-approved for the treatment of this disease. The
                applicant referenced the discussion in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (80 FR 49445) of BLINCYTO[supreg], as an example of another
                technology that was the only FDA-approved product available on the U.S.
                market to treat the relevant indication, and stated that CMS agreed
                that eligible cases involving the BLINCYTO technology would map to a
                different MS-DRG than cases treated with similar technologies. The
                applicant also stated that the MS-DRG system does not differentiate
                between patients with HRS and non-HRS conditions that are assigned to
                the three MS-DRGs included in Major Diagnostic Category (MDC) 7
                (Diseases & Disorders of the Hepatobiliary System & Pancreas) and
                further that the current MS-DRGs do not differentiate between HRS type
                1 and type 2. The applicant states that because of this, both
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] and an existing technology used to treat non-HRS
                conditions of HRS type 2 may be assigned to MS-DRGs 441, 442, and 443.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \767\ Midodrine. Drugs.com. https://www.drugs.com/pro/midodrine.html. Updated August 1, 2020. Accessed January 25, 2021.
                 \768\ Compound Summary of Octreotide acetate. U.S. National
                Library of Medicine.
                 \769\ Norepinephrine. Drugs.com. https://www.drugs.com/ppa/norepinephrine.html. Updated June 15, 2020. Accessed January 4,
                2021.
                 \770\ Cavallin M, Kamath PS, Merli M, et al. Terlipressin plus
                albumin versus midodrine and octreotide plus albumin in the
                treatment of hepatorenal syndrome: a randomized trial. Hepatology.
                2015;62:567-574.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, according to the
                applicant, TERLIVAZ[supreg] will treat the same type of disease but
                will not treat the same or similar population when compared to existing
                technologies currently treating HRS-1 in the U.S. The applicant stated
                that TERLIVAZ[supreg] will offer treatment to a new patient population
                that is a subset of the larger patient population for which
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] will receive an FDA label, if approved, and that this
                subset includes patients for which existing technologies offer a lower
                rate of recovery of renal function compared to TERLIVAZ[supreg]. The
                applicant states that while the FDA label for TERLIVAZ[supreg] will not
                be reserved for a subset of the patient population that has been
                diagnosed with HRS-1 and has failed to respond to standard-of-care
                treatment options, it does not logically follow that because of this
                label, TERLIVAZ[supreg] will not offer a treatment option to a new
                patient population.
                 Based on the applicant's statements as summarized above, the
                applicant believes that TERLIVAZ[supreg] is not substantially similar
                to other currently available therapies and/or technologies and meets
                the ``newness'' criterion. We note that while TERLIVAZ[supreg] may
                address an unmet need because it will be the first treatment indicated
                specifically for the treatment of HRS-1, the applicant's assertion that
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] involves the treatment of a different patient
                population on the basis that there is a lower rate of renal function
                recovery using standard of care treatments does not necessarily support
                the unmet need for HRS-1 treatment. We are inviting public comments on
                whether TERLIVAZ[supreg] is substantially similar to other technologies
                and whether TERLIVAZ[supreg] meets the newness criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2018 MedPAR dataset for cases reporting the ICD-10-CM code K76.7--
                Hepatorenal syndrome. The applicant stated that average covered charges
                were obtained at the provider level and case counts for provider
                instances with fewer than 11
                [[Page 25341]]
                discharges at the MS-DRG level were redacted and replaced with the
                number 1. The applicant initially identified 2,592 providers and 35,806
                cases. The applicant excluded 315 providers and 1,149 cases that were
                not listed in the Impact File FY 2021 Proposed Rule, as the average
                charges for these cases/providers could not be standardized. The
                applicant further stated that there were initially 255 MS-DRGs in the
                data set. However, three MS-DRGs were not found in FY 2022 New
                Technology Thresholds file posted with the FY 2021 IPPS final rule and
                correction notice, and an additional three MS-DRGs were excluded
                because providers were not listed in the Impact File FY 2021 Proposed
                Rule. The exclusion of those 6 MS-DRGs resulted in an additional 6
                excluded cases. Thus, the final data set for analysis included 34,651
                cases spanning across a total of 249 MS-DRGs.
                 The applicant then presented six analyses with defined cohorts. The
                applicant considered the following factors in defining the cohorts:
                 The applicant explained that, because HRS is not always
                the primary or admitting diagnosis in cases where ICD-10-CM code K76.7
                is present, and that K76.7 is commonly coded to cases such as sepsis,
                they included cases where HRS is the primary and/or admitting diagnosis
                code in cohorts 1, 3, and 5 and cases where HRS can be the primary, the
                admitting, or any secondary diagnosis in cohorts 2, 4, and 6.
                 The applicant stated that it filtered out cases without a
                2-day minimum length of inpatient stay. Per the applicant, the ICD-10-
                CM diagnosis code K76.7 covers type 1 and type 2 HRS. The applicant
                stated that HRS type 1 and type 2 have clinical differentiators that
                make HRS-1 the condition requiring greater hospital resource
                utilization to treat. The applicant stated that, to produce a cost
                threshold calculation for an indication of HRS-1, HRS-2 cases must be
                redacted from any inpatient case population used to ensure charge
                averages are not dampened by lower costs to treat cases not described
                by an HRS-1 indication. The applicant explained that HRS-1 is diagnosed
                by the exclusion of other causes of acute kidney injury in cirrhotic
                patients, and that no response to 2 consecutive days of diuretic
                withdrawal and volume expansion with albumin is one of the diagnostic
                criteria in patients with cirrhosis. Accordingly, per the applicant,
                patients who do not fulfill this criterion within 48 hours cannot be
                considered HRS-1 cases and were excluded from the analysis.
                 The applicant also stated that the clinical presentation
                of HRS-1 means the more serious cases requiring stabilization will be
                treated in the ICU and other cases will be treated in the general
                medical ward. The applicant included cases with an ICU indicator for
                Cohorts 1 and 2, representing serious cases where the patient needed
                stabilization procedures and/or conditions needing immediate attention.
                The applicant stated that these could be conditions related to, caused
                by, or leading to the HRS diagnosis or having no relationship to HRS
                other than a concurrent presence. The applicant also included cases
                without an ICU indicator for cohorts 3 and 4 and included all cases
                without differentiation in ICU utilization for cohorts 5 and 6.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.185
                 The applicant then removed the charges for the technology being
                replaced. For analyses 1 and 2, the applicant removed the estimated
                cost of generic norepinephrine based on HRS-1 dosing regimens from each
                case, which was $1,699 (AnalySource 2018 U.S. Pricing). For analyses 3
                and 4, the applicant removed the estimated cost of midodrine plus
                octreotide based on HRS-1 dosing regimens from each case, which was
                $3,391 (AnalySource 2018 U.S. Pricing). For analyses 5 and 6, the
                applicant removed the estimated cost of generic norepinephrine ($1,699)
                from ICU cases and the estimated cost of midodrine plus octreotide
                ($3,391) from non-ICU cases.
                 Across all analyses, the applicant standardized the charges and
                applied a 2-year inflation factor of 13.1 percent that the applicant
                stated was used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate
                outlier threshold charges. We note that the 2-year inflation factor
                used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate outlier
                threshold charges is 1.13218, which would have increased the inflated
                charges. The applicant stated that it did not add any charges for and
                related to the new technology or any charges related to the prior
                technologies.
                 In the first analysis, (Cohort 1), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $135,189, which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $70,629.
                 In the second analysis, (Cohort 2), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $181,617, which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $88,445.
                 In the third analysis, (Cohort 3), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $59,184,
                which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $56,994.
                 In the fourth analysis, (Cohort 4), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized
                [[Page 25342]]
                charge per case of $66,974, which exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $63,976.
                 In the fifth analysis, (Cohort 5), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $96,783,
                which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $63,738.
                 In the sixth analysis, (Cohort 6), the applicant computed a final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $132,324, which exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $78,101.
                 Because the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount
                under all analyses, the applicant asserted that the technology meets
                the cost criterion. However, based on the information provided by the
                applicant, we have the following concerns regarding the cost criterion.
                We question whether the analyses conducted by applicant may include MS-
                DRGs that are defined by other factors and which may or may not be
                related to the intended indication for TERLIVAZ[supreg]. Per the
                applicant, on average, MS-DRGs 441 and 442, used for disorders of the
                liver, covered 83.41 percent of cases included in cohorts where HRS is
                the primary and/or admitting diagnosis code, and may therefore be a
                more refined representation of current reimbursement for cases of HRS-
                1. We also note that the applicant identified cases using the FY 2018
                MedPAR dataset instead of the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset. We invite public
                comments on whether TERLIVAZ[supreg] meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserts that TERLIVAZ[supreg] represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing technologies because the use of
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] is associated with a more rapid resolution of the HRS-
                1 disease process and a reduced rate of mortality compared to placebo,
                midodrine and octreotide, and norepinephrine. The applicant also stated
                that the use of TERLIVAZ[supreg] is associated with a decreased rate of
                several subsequent diagnostic or therapeutic interventions, compared
                with placebo and the overall benefit-risk profile of TERLIVAZ[supreg]
                as a treatment for HRS-1 is favorable.
                 In support of the claim that the use of TERLIVAZ[supreg] is
                associated with a more rapid resolution of the HRS-1 disease process
                and a reduced rate of mortality compared to placebo, the applicant
                submitted a PowerPoint presentation that discussed the results of the
                CONFIRM study. The CONFIRM study \771\ was a randomized (2:1), double-
                blind, placebo-controlled study comparing TERLIVAZ[supreg] to placebo
                in 300 adult patients, 18 years of age or older with HRS-1 (defined as
                rapidly progressive worsening in renal function to a serum creatinine
                (SCr) >=2.25 mg/dL and meeting a trajectory for SCr to double over 2
                weeks). TERLIVAZ[supreg] or placebo were administered as a 1 mg IV
                bolus injection every 6 hours for a maximum of 14 days.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \771\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Terlipressin Briefing
                Document. NDA # 022231. Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory
                Committee, July 15, 2020. https://www.fda.gov/media/139963/download.
                Accessed February 17, 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The primary objective of the study was to confirm the efficacy and
                safety of TERLIVAZ[supreg] versus placebo in the treatment of adult
                subjects with HRS-1 receiving standard of care albumin therapy. The
                primary endpoint was the incidence of verified HRS reversal, defined as
                2 consecutive serum creatinine values =5 mg/
                dL) and coagulopathy (international normalized ratio [INR] >=1.5)
                complicated within 4 weeks by ascites and/or encephalopathy in a
                patient with previously diagnosed or undiagnosed chronic liver disease
                or cirrhosis. HRS-AKI was defined as ICA-AKI stage >=II when other
                causes of AKI were excluded and the patient was nonresponsive to volume
                expansion with intravenous albumin.
                 A total of 120 patients were randomized and 60 patients were
                allocated to the intention to treat group for both the TERLIVAZ[supreg]
                and norepinephrine arms. Adverse events requiring discontinuation of
                the drug were reported in 9 of 60 (15%) patients in the
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] arm compared to 5 of 60 (8.3%) in the norepinephrine
                arm (P=0.39). These events included diarrhea, abdominal pain, atrial
                fibrillation, cyanosis, and chest pain in the TERLIVAZ[supreg] arm. In
                the norepinephrine arm, patients experienced the previously mentioned
                adverse events as well as ventricular premature complex (VPCs) and
                hypertension. The per protocol analysis included 51 patients in the
                TERLIVAZ[supreg] arm and 55 patients in the norepinephrine arm. A
                response rate of 56% for TERLIVAZ[supreg], a response rate of 43% for
                norepinephrine, and a 10% noninferiority margin was assumed. For an
                alpha level of 5 percent and power of 80 percent, it was determined
                that 57 patients were needed in each arm.
                 According to the applicant, the results showed that a higher
                percentage of patients achieved HRS reversal at day 14 (primary
                endpoint) in the TERLIVAZ[supreg] group compared to the norepinephrine
                group in both the intention to treat analysis (ITT) and per-protocol
                analysis (PPA) (ITT 40 percent (n=24) vs. 16.7 percent (n=10); p=0.004;
                PPA 43.13 percent (n=22) vs. 16.3 percent (n=9); p=0.002). Complete
                response was defined as return of serum creatinine (SCr) to a value
                within 0.3 mg/dL of baseline.
                 In support of its claims that TERLIVAZ[supreg] is associated with a
                more rapid resolution of the HRS-1 disease process and a reduced rate
                of mortality compared to midodrine and octreotide, the applicant
                summarized the results of the Cavallin et al. study,\778\ which
                compared TERLIVAZ[supreg] plus albumin versus midodrine and octreotide
                plus albumin in a multi-center randomized controlled trial. Patients in
                the study were from eight hospitals in Italy. The researchers
                hypothesized a response rate of 60 percent for TERLIVAZ[supreg] and of
                30 percent for midodrine plus octreotide (MID/OCT), with an alpha error
                of 5 percent and power of 80 percent. An interim analysis after
                enrollment of half the sample size set a stopping rule for the
                randomized clinical trial if the difference in recovery of renal
                function was significant at P=50% serum creatinine decrease from
                baseline to a final value >133 [micro]mol/L (>1.5 mg/dL). No response
                was defined as a serum creatinine decrease of https://www.fda.gov/media/139963/download.
                Accessed February 17, 2021.
                 \784\ Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals. Terlipressin Briefing
                Document. NDA #022231. Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory
                Committee, July 15, 2020. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. https://www.fda.gov/media/139965/download. Accessed February 18, 2021.
                 \785\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Terlipressin Briefing
                Document. NDA #022231. Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs Advisory
                Committee, July 15, 2020. https://www.fda.gov/media/139963/download.
                Accessed February 17, 2021.
                 \786\ Israelsen M, Krag A, Allegretti AS, et al. Terlipressin
                versus other vasoactive drugs for hepatorenal syndrome. Cochrane
                Database Syst Rev [internet] 2017 [cited 2019 Nov 5]; 2017(9).
                Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6483765/.
                 \787\ Cavallin M, Kamath PS, Merli M, et al. Terlipressin plus
                albumin versus midodrine and octreotide plus albumin in the
                treatment of hepatorenal syndrome: A randomized trial. Hepatology.
                2015;62:567-574.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We welcome public comment on whether TERLIVAZ[supreg] meets the
                substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                TERLIVAZ[supreg].
                s. VEKLURY[supreg] (remdesivir)
                 Gilead Sciences, Inc. submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for VEKLURY[supreg] (remdesivir) for FY 2022.
                VEKLURY[supreg] is a nucleotide analog that inhibits viral RNA-
                dependent RNA polymerases, demonstrating activity countering viral
                pathogens such as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2
                (SARS-CoV-2), the virus that causes coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-
                19).
                 According to the applicant, spread of COVID-19 is presumed largely
                to occur through respiratory droplets and approximately 80% is
                predicted to occur by pre- and asymptomatic
                [[Page 25345]]
                individuals. The applicant asserted viral incubation averages 3-7 days
                and can occur for up to 2 weeks.\788\ According to the applicant, once
                infected, approximately 81% of COVID-19 patients experience mild
                disease, 14% experience severe disease, and 5% experience critical
                disease.\789\ The applicant stated that severity of disease changes
                with age--approximately 113 in 100,000 people aged 18-49 years are
                hospitalized, compared to 250 in 100,000 aged 50-64 years and 451 in
                100,000 aged 65+.\790\ The applicant asserted that other risk factors
                for severity include underlying comorbidities but severe illness can
                occur in otherwise healthy individuals at any age.\791\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \788\ Cascella M, Rajnik M, Cuomo A, et al. Features,
                Evaluation, and Treatment of Coronavirus (COVID-19). StatPearls,
                published August 10, 2020. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK554776/.
                 \789\ McIntosh K, Hirsch MS (ed), and Bloom A (ed). Coronavirus
                disease 2019 (COVID-19): Clinical features. UpToDate, updated
                September 14, 2020. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/coronavirusdisease-2019-covid-19-clinical-features.
                 \790\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
                COVIDView A weekly Surveillance Summary of U.S. COVID-19 Activity,
                published September 11, 2020. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/covid-data/covidview/index.html.
                 \791\ McIntosh K, Hirsch MS (ed), and Bloom A (ed). Coronavirus
                disease 2019 (COVID-19): Clinical features. UpToDate, updated
                September 14, 2020. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/coronavirusdisease-2019-covid-19-clinical-features.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, patients who present to the hospital
                with evidence of pneumonia may require supplemental oxygen in severe
                cases, or, those with critical illness may develop hypoxemic
                respiratory failure, acute respiratory distress syndrome, and
                multiorgan failure that requires ventilation support.\792\ The
                applicant cited one study of 2,482 hospitalized COVID-19 patients, in
                which 32% of patients were admitted to the intensive care unit (ICU)
                for a median stay of 6 days and 19% received invasive mechanical
                ventilation, 53% of whom died in the hospital.\793\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \792\ Ibid.
                 \793\ Kim L, Garg S, O'Halloran A, et al. Risk Factors for
                Intensive Care Unit Admission and Inhospital Mortality Among
                Hospitalized Adults Identified through the US Coronavirus Disease
                2019 (COVID-19)-Associated Hospitalization Surveillance Network
                (COVID-NET). Clinical Infectious Diseases. 2020; ciaa1012, https://doi.org/10.1093/cid/ciaa1012.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, VEKLURY[supreg] received FDA approval
                for use in the inpatient setting on October 22, 2020 via Priority
                Review and had received Fast Track designation.\794\ Under the New Drug
                Application (NDA) FDA approval, VEKLURY[supreg] is indicated for adults
                and pediatric patients (12 years of age and older and weighing at least
                40 kg) for the treatment of COVID-19 requiring
                hospitalization.795 796 Prior to its approval, on May 1,
                2020, VEKLURY[supreg] received an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA)
                from FDA for the treatment of suspected or laboratory-confirmed COVID-
                19 in adults and children hospitalized with severe disease.\797\
                VEKLURY[supreg] continues to have an EUA for pediatric patients (12
                years of age or younger weighing at least 3.5 kg or weighing 3.5 kg to
                less than 40 kgs) for emergency use to treat suspected or laboratory-
                confirmed COVID-19 in hospitalized pediatric
                patients.798 799
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \794\ FDA. FDA News Release: FDA Approves First Treatment for
                COVID-19, published October 22, 2020. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-treatment-covid-19.
                 \795\ VEKLURY[supreg] NDA approval: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/appletter/2020/214787Orig1s000ltr.pdf; https://www.fda.gov/media/143189/download.
                 \796\ FDA. Fact Sheet for Health Care Providers Emergency Use
                Authorization (EUA) of VEKLURY[supreg] (remdesivir): https://www.fda.gov/media/137566/download.
                 \797\ FDA News Release: Coronavirus (COVID-19) Update: FDA
                Issues Emergency Use Authorization for Potential COVID-19 Treatment.
                Published May 1, 2020. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/coronavirus-covid-19-update-fda-issues-emergency-use-authorization-potential-covid-19-treatment.
                 \798\ VEKLURY[supreg] EUA: https://www.fda.gov/media/137564/download.
                 \799\ FDA News Release: COVID-19 Update: FDA Broadens Emergency
                Use Authorization for VEKLURY[supreg] (remdesivir) to Include All
                Hospitalized Patients for Treatment of COVID-19, published August
                28, 2020. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/covid-19-update-fda-broadens-emergency-use-authorization-VEKLURY[supreg]-
                remdesivir-include-all-hospitalized.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, VEKLURY[supreg] has been available
                under the EUA since it was first issued in May 2020 for emergency use
                in the inpatient setting for patients with COVID-19. The applicant
                asserted that between July 1, 2020 and September 30, 2020, it entered
                into an agreement with the U.S. Government to allocate and distribute
                commercially-available VEKLURY[supreg] across the country.\800\ The
                applicant stated that under this agreement, the first sale of
                VEKLURY[supreg] was completed on July 10, 2020. The applicant stated
                that they transitioned to a more traditional, unallocated model of
                distribution as of October 1, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \800\ Veklury (remdesivir)--ASPR's Portfolio of COVID-19 Medical
                Countermeasures Made Available as a Licensed Product https://www.phe.gov/emergency/events/COVID19/investigation-MCM/Pages/Veklury.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, as of August 1, 2020, VEKLURY[supreg]
                is uniquely identified by ICD-10-PCS codes XW033E5 (Introduction of
                remdesivir anti-infective into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach,
                new technology group 5) and XW043E5 (Introduction of remdesivir anti-
                infective into central vein, percutaneous approach, new technology
                group 5). Prior to August 1, 2020, the generic, non-COVID-19 ICD-10-PCS
                codes 3E033GC (Introduction of other therapeutic substance into
                peripheral vein, percutaneous approach) and 3E043GC (Introduction of
                other therapeutic substance into central vein, percutaneous approach)
                could be reported for the use of VEKLURY[supreg].
                 As discussed previously, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and would not be considered ``new''
                for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With regard to the first criterion, whether a product uses the same
                or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome, the
                applicant asserted VEKLURY[supreg] is a SARS-CoV-2 nucleotide analog
                RNA polymerase inhibitor, and that there are no other antiretroviral
                therapies that have received an EUA or an approval from FDA to treat
                COVID-19. The applicant stated, however, that convalescent plasma has
                also received an EUA for the treatment of hospitalized patients with
                COVID-19.801 802 According to the applicant, convalescent
                plasma is collected from individuals who have been infected with SARS-
                CoV-2 and have developed antibodies to the virus. The applicant stated
                that plasma is transfused into infected patients with the expectation
                that the antibodies present will neutralize the virus.\803\ The
                applicant asserted this mechanism of action is different from
                VEKLURY[supreg] which works as a nucleotide analog to inhibit viral
                replication. We note that, as a result of their evaluation of the most
                recent information available, on February 4, 2021 FDA reissued the EUA
                for convalescent plasma. The EUA authorizes only the use of high titer
                COVID-19 convalescent plasma, for the treatment of hospitalized
                patients early in the course of disease. The use of low titer COVID-19
                convalescent plasma is not authorized under the EUA.\804\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \801\ Convalescent plasma EUA: https://www.fda.gov/media/141477/download.
                 \802\ FDA. Emergency Use Authorizations: Drug and Biological
                Products. 2020. https://www.fda.gov/emergency-preparedness-and-response/mcm-legal-regulatory-and-policy-framework/emergency-use-authorization#coviddrugs.
                 \803\ Liu STH, Li MH, Baine I, at al. Convalescent plasma
                treatment of severe COVID-19: A propensity score-matched control
                study. Nature Medicine. 2020. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-020-1088-9.
                 \804\ FDA reissued the EUA on March 9, 2021. FDA In Brief: FDA
                Updates Emergency Use Authorization for COVID-19 Convalescent Plasma
                to Reflect New Data, published February 4, 2021. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/fda-brief/fda-brief-fda-updates-emergency-use-authorization-covid-19-convalescent-plasma-reflect-new-data and
                https://www.fda.gov/media/141477/download.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25346]]
                 We note that another inpatient treatment for COVID-19,
                Olumiant[supreg] (baricitinib), in combination with VEKLURY[supreg],
                has received an EUA. Specifically, the EUA for Olumiant[supreg], which
                should be administered in combination with VEKLURY[supreg], is for the
                treatment of COVID-19 in certain hospitalized patients requiring
                supplemental oxygen, invasive mechanical ventilation, or extracorporeal
                membrane oxygenation (ECMO).\805\ Olumiant[supreg] is a Janus kinase
                (JAK) inhibitor with prior FDA approval for another indication--the
                treatment of adult patients with moderately to severely active
                rheumatoid arthritis who have had inadequate response to one or more
                tumor necrosis factor (TNF) antagonist therapies.\806\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \805\ Olumiant[supreg] EUA: https://www.fda.gov/media/143822/download.
                 \806\ Olumiant[supreg] (baricitinib) [package insert]. FDA,
                revised July 8, 2020. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2020/207924s002lbl.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, because of the rapidly evolving nature
                of the COVID-19 pandemic, there is not a current standard of care used
                across hospitals in the United States.
                 With regard to the second criterion, whether the technology is
                assigned to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant asserted that
                as there no other antiretroviral therapies for the treatment of
                patients with COVID-19, VEKLURY[supreg] could not be assigned to the
                same MS-DRG as existing technologies.
                 With regard to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population, the applicant
                asserted VEKLURY[supreg] represents a novel treatment option for
                patients with COVID-19 who are hospitalized. The applicant stated
                COVID-19 is a completely separate disease from those caused by other
                coronaviruses. The applicant asserted severe acute respiratory syndrome
                (SARS) is caused by the coronavirus SARS-CoV and was first reported in
                2003. The applicant stated SARS symptoms were similar to COVID-19 and
                included high fever, body aches, and mild respiratory symptoms but no
                treatments specific to SARS-CoV have been developed.\807\ According to
                the applicant, MERS-CoV, the Middle east respiratory syndrome
                coronavirus, was first identified in 2012 and has some similarities in
                etiology to SARS-CoV-2 but lacks treatment options.\808\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \807\ CDC. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), updated
                December 6, 2017. https://www.cdc.gov/sars/index.html.
                 \808\ CDC. About MERS, Updated August 2, 2019. https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/mers/about/index.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Based on the applicant's statements as summarized previously, the
                applicant believes that VEKLURY[supreg] is not substantially similar to
                other currently available therapies and/or technologies and meets the
                ``newness'' criterion. We note that although there may not be other
                antiretrovirals available for the treatment of COVID-19, cases
                involving VEKLURY[supreg] may map to the same MS-DRGs as other
                treatments for COVID-19. We also note that VEKLURY[supreg] may not
                treat a different disease or patient population as existing treatments
                for COVID-19, as Olumiant[supreg] (administered with VEKLURY[supreg])
                and convalescent plasma appear to treat the same disease and similar
                patient population.
                 In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48561 through 48563), we
                revised our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to codify our longstanding
                practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility criteria for new medical
                service or technology add-on payment applications. We stated that new
                technologies that have not received FDA approval do not meet the
                newness criterion. In addition, we stated we do not believe it is
                appropriate for CMS to determine whether a medical service or
                technology represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies before the FDA makes a determination as to whether the
                medical service or technology is safe and effective. For these reasons,
                we first determine whether a new technology meets the newness
                criterion, and only if so, do we make a determination as to whether the
                technology meets the cost threshold and represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing medical services or technologies. We
                also finalized at 42 CFR 412.87(c) (subsequently redesignated as
                412.87(e)) that all applicants for new technology add-on payments must
                have FDA approval or clearance by July 1 of the year prior to the
                beginning of the fiscal year for which the application is being
                considered.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to more precisely describe
                the various types of FDA approvals, clearances, licensures, and
                classifications that we consider under our new technology add-on
                payment policy, we finalized a technical clarification to Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) to indicate that new technologies must receive FDA
                marketing authorization (for example, pre-market approval (PMA); 510(k)
                clearance; the granting of a De Novo classification request; approval
                of a New Drug Application (NDA); or Biologics License Application (BLA)
                licensure) by July 1 of the year prior to the beginning of the fiscal
                year for which the application is being considered. As noted in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, this technical clarification did not
                change our longstanding policy for evaluating whether a technology is
                eligible for new technology add-on payment for a given fiscal year, and
                we continue to consider FDA marketing authorization as representing
                that a product has received FDA approval or clearance for purposes of
                eligibility for the new technology add-on payment under Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) (85 FR 58742).
                 An EUA by the FDA allows a product to be used for emergency use,
                but under our longstanding policy, we believe it would not be
                considered an FDA marketing authorization for the purpose of new
                technology add-on payments, as a product that is available only through
                an EUA is not considered to have FDA approval or clearance. Therefore,
                under the current regulations at 42 CFR 412.87(e)(2) and consistent
                with our longstanding policy of not considering eligibility for new
                technology add-on payments prior to a product receiving FDA approval or
                clearance, we believe a product available only through an EUA would not
                be eligible for new technology add-on payments. Therefore, cases
                involving hospitalized pediatric patients (12 years of age or younger
                weighing at least 3.5 kg or weighing 3.5 kg to less than 40 kgs)
                receiving VEKLURY[supreg] for emergency use to treat suspected or
                laboratory-confirmed COVID-19 would not be eligible for new technology
                add-on payment, if VEKLURY[supreg] is approved for new technology add-
                on payment for the patient population indicated in its FDA approval.
                 We refer the reader to our comment solicitation in section II.F.7
                of the preamble of this proposed rule regarding how data reflecting the
                costs of a product with an EUA, which may become available upon
                authorization of the product for emergency use (but prior to FDA
                approval or clearance), should be considered for purposes of the 2-year
                to 3-year period of newness for new technology add-on payments for a
                product with or expected to receive an EUA, including whether the
                newness period should begin with the date of the EUA.
                 We also invite public comments on any implications of the
                distribution agreement described previously with regard to the market
                availability of VEKLURY[supreg] .
                [[Page 25347]]
                 We also refer the reader to our proposal in section II.F.8 of the
                preamble of this proposed rule to extend the new COVID-19 treatments
                add-on payment (NCTAP) through the end of the fiscal year in which the
                PHE ends for certain products and discontinue NCTAP for products
                approved for new technology add-on payments in FY 2022.
                 We invite public comments on whether VEKLURY[supreg] meets the
                newness criterion.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant used the FY 2019
                MedPAR LDS and the February through June 2020 Electronic Data
                Interchange (EDI) transaction data to identify applicable cases. The
                applicant used the FY 2022 thresholds and the FY 2019 NPRM IPPS/LTCH
                impact file to standardize charges. As COVID-19 is an emergent disease,
                the applicant asserted that FY 2019 MedPAR claims may not be reflective
                of actual cases. Accordingly, and as summarized below, the applicant
                identified the FY 2019 MedPAR cases as proxy COVID-19 cases in its cost
                analysis. To supplement and confirm its MedPAR findings, the applicant
                used EDI data that includes actual COVID-19 cases from February through
                June 2020 to capture what the applicant described as true COVID-19 MS-
                DRG mapping and charges.
                 For the MedPAR LDS cases, the applicant used B97.29 with a
                manifestation code (J12.89 or J20.8 or J40 or J22 or J98.8 or J80).
                According to the applicant, this is based on the CDC guidance which
                specifies use of B97.29 with additional coding to identify the
                manifestation prior to the April 1, 2020 COVID-19 code. The applicant
                developed 3 sensitivity scenarios to further differentiate the MedPAR
                cases; Scenario 1: All Proxy COVID-19, Scenario 2: Proxy COVID-19
                without ventilation, and Scenario 3: Proxy COVID19 with ventilation.
                Next, the applicant analyzed linked 837 and 835 inpatient EDI
                transaction sets that were processed February through June of 2020. The
                837 and 835 transaction sets are updated daily and stored in the
                Inovalon provider research datasets, accounting for approximately 5-7%
                of the total Medicare FFS volume nationally on average. For cases prior
                to April 1, the applicant used the same coding as the MedPAR analysis.
                For claims on or after April 1, 2020, the applicant used the actual
                COVID-19 code U07.1. The applicant then identified cases using the 3
                sensitivity scenarios; Scenario 4: All COVID-19, Scenario 5: COVID-19
                without ventilation, and Scenario 6: COVID-19 with ventilation.
                 The claim search conducted by the applicant identified 1,726 cases
                mapping to 25 MS-DRGs for scenario one, 274 cases mapping to eight MS-
                DRGs for scenario two, 1,393 cases mapping to 21 MS-DRGs for scenario
                three, 3,826 cases mapping to 21 MS-DRGs for scenario four, 859 cases
                mapping to seven MS-DRGs for scenario five, and 2,917 cases mapping to
                14 MS-DRGs for scenario six. The MS-DRGs identified in each scenario
                are listed in the following tables.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25348]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.187
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.188
                [[Page 25349]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.189
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.190
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.191
                [[Page 25350]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.192
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.193
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The applicant determined an average unstandardized case weighted
                charge per case of $56,643 for Scenario 1; $82,733 for Scenario 2;
                $51,100 for Scenario 3; $75,891 for Scenario 4; $131,004 for Scenario
                5; and $59,393 for Scenario 6.
                 The applicant stated that 33 percent of the length of stay charges
                from relevant cases were removed as charges for and related to the
                prior technologies in order to estimate the potential decrease in
                length of stay achieved by use of VEKLURY[supreg]. The applicant stated
                that these length of stay charges were removed from relevant cases to
                conservatively estimate the potential reduction in charges due to
                decreased length of stay through use of VEKLURY[supreg]. The applicant
                asserted that this offset was determined based on findings from the
                Adaptive COVID-19 Treatment Trial (ACTT-1), which found those treated
                with VEKLURY[supreg] had a median recovery time of 10 days, as compared
                with 15 days for those who received placebo.
                 After calculating the average standardized charge per case for all
                scenarios, the applicant calculated the standardized charge per case
                for each MS-DRG. Next, for the analysis involving MedPAR, the applicant
                indicated that it applied the 2-year inflation factor used in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate outlier threshold charges of
                13.1 percent. We note that the inflation factor used in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule was 13.2 percent (1.13218) (85 FR 59039),
                which would have increased the inflated charges. For the analysis
                involving the EDI, the applicant used an inflation factor of 1.06353 or
                6.4%, which it indicated was the same inflation factor used in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59039). We note that the inflation
                factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule was 6.4% (1.06404)
                (85 FR 59039), but this does not affect the cost analysis. To calculate
                the charges for the technology, the applicant used the national average
                CCR for the Drugs cost center of 0.187 from the FY 2021 Final IPPS
                rule. Lastly, the applicant calculated the case-weighted threshold
                amount and the final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge
                per case for each scenario.
                 The applicant stated that for Scenario 1, the final inflated
                average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $69,741 exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount of $56,643 by $13,098. For
                Scenario 2, the final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case of $107,860 exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $82,733 by $25,127. For Scenario 3, the final
                inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $60,749
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $51,100 by
                $9,649. For Scenario 4, the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $110,553 exceeded the average case-
                weighted threshold amount of $75,891 by $34,662. For Scenario 5, the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
                $203,406 exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $131,004 by $72,402. For Scenario 6, the final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case of $63,915
                [[Page 25351]]
                exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount of $59,393 by
                $4,522.
                 The applicant stated that because the final inflated average case-
                weighted standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-
                weighted threshold amount, VEKLURY[supreg] meets the cost criterion.
                 We invite public comment on whether VEKLURY[supreg] meets the cost
                criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that VEKLURY[supreg] represents a substantial
                clinical improvement over existing technologies because it shortens
                time to recovery in patients hospitalized with severe COVID-19. The
                applicant also asserted that it represents a substantial clinical
                improvement because the technology results in improved clinical status
                and a trend toward reduced mortality, with the most significant
                reduction seen in a post-hoc analysis of patients with COVID-19 on low-
                flow oxygen treated with VEKLURY[supreg]. The applicant further
                asserted VEKLURY[supreg] results in better clinical status for patients
                hospitalized with moderate COVID-19.
                 As stated above, the applicant asserted that VEKLURY[supreg]
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because it shortens time to recovery in patients
                hospitalized with severe COVID-19. To support this claim, the applicant
                referenced published, peer-reviewed results from the ACTT-1 study, a
                multi-center, multi-country adaptive, double-blinded, placebo-
                controlled, randomized clinical trial. Patients with confirmed COVID-19
                and evidence of lung involvement were randomly assigned to receive
                either VEKLURY[supreg] (n=532; 200 mg loading dose on day 1, followed
                by 100 mg daily for up to 9 additional days) or placebo (n=516) for up
                to 10 days. Patients could receive other treatments if a participating
                hospital had a written policy or guideline for treating COVID-19. The
                study was conducted in 60 trial sites across the world with a majority
                of trial sites within the United States (45 trial sites plus 13 sub-
                sites within the United States). The other sites were in Denmark (8),
                the United Kingdom (5), Greece (4), Germany (3), Korea (2), Mexico (2),
                Spain (2), Japan (1), and Singapore (1). The primary outcome measure of
                the ACTT-1 study was time to recovery, defined as the first day, from
                the time of enrollment into the study, that patients exhibited
                improvement in conditions based on hospitalization activity limitation,
                oxygen requirement, and medical care requirement.\809\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \809\ Beigel JH, Tomashek KM, Dodd LE, et al. Remdesivir for the
                Treatment of Covid-19--Final Report. N Engl J Med. 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, as part of the trial design, an interim
                analysis was planned to determine if the study should be stopped early
                for futility, efficacy, or safety, if there was clear and substantial
                evidence of a treatment difference between study drug and placebo. An
                independent data and safety monitoring board met to review interim data
                and determined VEKLURY[supreg] was better than a placebo for the
                primary endpoint, time to recovery.\810\ The applicant stated those
                treated with VEKLURY[supreg] had a median recovery time of 10 days, as
                compared with 15 days for those who received placebo (rate ratio for
                recovery, 1.29; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.12 to 1.49; Phttps://www.nih.gov/news-events/news-releases/nih-clinical-trial-shows-remdesivir-accelerates-recovery-advanced-covid-19.
                 \811\ Beigel JH, Tomashek KM, Dodd LE, et al. Remdesivir for the
                Treatment of Covid-19--Final Report. N Engl J Med. 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As stated previously, the applicant asserted VEKLURY[supreg]
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing
                technologies because use of VEKLURY[supreg] results in improved
                clinical status and reduced mortality in patients with COVID-19 on low-
                flow oxygen. According to the applicant, the pivotal ACTT-1 study
                showed an overall trend toward reduction in mortality with the most
                significant reduction observed in a post-hoc analysis of patients on
                low-flow oxyen treated with VEKLURY[supreg]. The overall mortality
                effect was not statistically significant. The applicant stated those
                treated with VEKLURY[supreg] continued to receive oxygen for fewer days
                (median, 13 days vs. 21 days) and the incidence of new oxygen use was
                lower in the VEKLURY[supreg] group (incidence, 36%; 95% CI, 26% to 47%)
                compared with the placebo group (incidence, 44%; 95% CI, 33% to 57%).
                In the post-hoc analysis, those receiving low-flow supplemental oxygen
                (that is, not those receiving noninvasive ventilation or high-flow
                oxygen, nor those receiving invasive mechanical ventilation or ECMO)
                treated with VEKLURY[supreg] had the largest reduction in mortality
                compared to the same cohort receiving the placebo (hazard ratio, 0.30;
                95% CI, 0.14 to 0.64).\812\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \812\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As stated previously, the applicant asserted VEKLURY[supreg]
                results in better clinical status for patients hospitalized with
                moderate COVID-19. To support this claim, the applicant referenced
                published, peer-reviewed results from an open label, placebo
                controlled, randomized clinical trial. Patients with moderately severe
                COVID-19 (pulmonary infiltrates on imaging but oxygen saturation >94
                percent on room air) were randomly assigned to receive either
                VEKLURY[supreg] plus continued standard of care for 10 days (n=197),
                VEKLURY[supreg] plus continued standard of care for 5 days (n=199), or
                continued standard of care (n=200). Standard of care could include use
                of concomitant medications such as steroids, hydroxychloroquine/
                chloroquine, lopinavir-ritonavir, tocilizumab, and azithromycin. The
                median time to start VEKLURY[supreg] treatment was 8 days after start
                of symptoms. The median length of treatment in the 10-day group was
                actually 6 days. Patients who improved could be discharged from the
                hospital before completing their assigned course of treatment. The
                study was conducted in 105 trial sites in the United States, Europe and
                Asia. The primary end point was assessment of clinical status on day 11
                after initiation of treatment. Clinical status was assessed on a 7-
                point ordinal scale ranging from death (category 1) to discharged
                (category 7).\813\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \813\ Spinner CD, Gottlieb RL, Criner GJ, et al. Effect of
                Remdesivir vs Standard Care on Clinical Status at 11 Days in
                Patients With Moderate COVID-19 A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA.
                2020; 342(11):1048-1057.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, on day 11, patients with moderate
                COVID-19 treated with VEKLURY[supreg] for 5 days had a better clinical
                status compared with the standard of care (odds ratio 1.65; 95% CI,
                1.09 to 2.48, P=0.02). The applicant stated the difference was not
                statistically significant between those treated with VEKLURY[supreg]
                for 10 days compared with the standard of care (P=0.18 by Wilcoxon rank
                sum test; the proportional odds assumption was not met for this
                comparison). The applicant asserted that post hoc analyses demonstrated
                improved clinical status in both the 5- and 10-day treated cohorts at
                14 days (P=.03 for both groups). The applicant stated there were no
                significant differences in adverse events for those treated with
                Veklury for 5 days.\814\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \814\ Ibid. Spinner CD, Gottlieb RL, Criner GJ, et al. Effect of
                Remdesivir vs Standard Care on Clinical Status at 11 Days in
                Patients With Moderate COVID-19 A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA.
                2020; 342(11):1048-1057.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note that the articles submitted by the applicant in support of
                substantial
                [[Page 25352]]
                clinical improvement used study designs that may be subject to bias,
                such as the adaptive and open label design. The ACTT-1 study included a
                prespecified interim analysis as part of its adaptive design but no
                changes were made to the placebo arm. We are unclear whether this may
                suggest that VEKLURY[supreg] did not demonstrate superiority over the
                control. We also note the ACTT-1 study showed considerable differences
                between geographic regions in median time to recovery for patients
                assigned to VEKLURY[supreg] compared to those assigned to placebo. For
                example, for the patient population studied at U.S. sites, the median
                time to recovery in the VEKLURY[supreg] group (n=310) vs. the placebo
                group (n=271) was 11 days vs. 16 days, respectively, whereas at non-US
                sites, patients treated with VEKLURY[supreg] (n=89) vs. placebo (n=81)
                experienced a median time to recovery of 8 vs. 12 days,
                respectively.\815\ Furthermore, the ACTT-1 study allowed other
                simultaneous treatments based on individual hospital policies or
                guidelines, which may have potentially confounded the results of the
                trial.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \815\ Beigel JH, Tomashek KM, Dodd LE, et al. Remdesivir for the
                Treatment of Covid-19--Final Report. N Engl J Med. 2020. See
                Supplementary Table S6.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are inviting public comments on whether VEKLURY[supreg] meets
                the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 In this section, we summarize and respond to written public
                comments received in response to the New Technology Town Hall meeting
                notice published in the Federal Register regarding the substantial
                clinical improvement criterion for VEKLURY[supreg].
                 Comment: The applicant responded to questions elicited by its
                presentation at the New Technology Town Hall Meeting held in December
                2020.
                 First, the applicant was asked to provide information on adverse
                events and readmissions specifically in patients over 65 years with co-
                morbidities. The applicant stated that in the pivotal ACTT-1 study, the
                incidence of overall adverse events was similar among participants >=65
                years of age in both the VEKLURY[supreg] and placebo groups
                (VEKLURY[supreg] 65.6%; placebo: 69.7%).\816\ The applicant asserted
                that reported clinical experience has not identified differences in
                responses between patients over 65 years old and patients under 65
                years old and no dosage adjustment is required in patients over the age
                of 65 years. The applicant stated the NDA for VEKLURY[supreg] notes
                that ``appropriate caution should be exercised in the administration of
                Veklury and monitoring of elderly patients, reflecting the greater
                frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of
                concomitant disease or other drug therapy.'' \817\ According to the
                applicant, subanalyses of readmission rates among participants who were
                at least 65 years of age with comorbidities have not been conducted
                because the overall rate of readmission is too low for any subanalyses
                to be meaningful. The applicant stated that in the ACTT-1 study
                overall, readmittance was reported in 26 participants (5%) in the
                VEKLURY[supreg] group and in 15 participants (3%) in the placebo group.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \816\ Ibid. Beigel JH, Tomashek KM, Dodd LE, et al. Remdesivir
                for the Treatment of Covid-19--Final Report. N Engl J Med. 2020.
                 \817\ VEKLURY[supreg] NDA approval (re-issued): https://www.fda.gov/media/143189/download.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Second, the applicant was asked to comment on findings of the World
                Health Organization (WHO)-sponsored SOLIDARITY trial. According to the
                applicant, the SOLIDARITY trial is an ongoing, multi center, open-label
                global trial that was designed to (1) provide access to treatments that
                the WHO expert groups recommended for mortality studies and (2) collect
                in-hospital mortality data from a large number of participants without
                posing a significant burden on overstressed healthcare systems. The
                applicant stated that the trial prioritizes broad access to
                investigational treatments, particularly in countries where ongoing
                trials of these treatments were not available, resulting in significant
                heterogeneity in trial adoption, implementation, controls, and patient
                populations.
                 According to the applicant, interim results from the WHO study were
                published in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) on December 2,
                2020.\818\ The applicant stated that between March 22, 2020 and October
                4, 2020, 11,330 adult participants were enrolled at 405 hospitals in 30
                countries with vastly different healthcare systems. Of these, 2,743
                participants were treated with VEKLURY[supreg] and 2,708 were
                designated as the VEKLURY[supreg] control group (received local
                standard of care only without placebo). The primary endpoint of
                mortality at Day 28 was 12.5% in the VEKLURY[supreg] group and 12.7% in
                the standard of care group (Kaplan-Meier rate ratio: 0.95 [95% CI: 0.81
                to 1.11; p=0.50]). The authors also reported progression to ventilation
                and time to discharge as secondary endpoints. At the time of the
                interim analysis, 11.9% in the VEKLURY[supreg] group and 11.5% in the
                standard of care group had progressed to mechanical ventilation and
                there were no differences between the VEKLURY[supreg] and standard of
                care groups in time to discharge. None of the three drugs evaluated
                definitively reduced mortality (overall or in any subgroup), initiation
                of ventilation, or duration of hospitalization.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \818\ WHO Solidarity Trial Consortium. Repurposed Antiviral
                Drugs for Covid-19--Interim WHO Solidarity Trial Results. NEJM.
                December 2, 2020. https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJMoa2023184.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated concerns that the data from WHO's open-label
                global trial has limitations in light of the trial design. According to
                the applicant, the variations in the clinical settings of some
                countries may result in heterogeneity in local standards of care,
                access to earlier care, or access to mechanical ventilation, which
                could account for the high observed mortality rate in ventilated
                patients in SOLIDARITY. Additionally, the applicant stated that lack of
                detail on the level of oxygen support (low versus high), duration of
                symptom onset prior to randomization, and the number of VEKLURY[supreg]
                doses administered precludes subanalyses that could elucidate
                subpopulations who derived benefit from VEKLURY[supreg] treatment.
                Consequently, according to the applicant, it is unclear what conclusive
                findings can be drawn from the study results at this time.
                 The applicant stated that according to a perspective piece by
                Rubin, et al., the FDA approval for VEKLURY[supreg] was based on robust
                evidence from three pivotal studies, including the randomized, double-
                blind, placebo-controlled ACTT-1 study. The applicant stated that in
                the opinion of Rubin, et al., the results of SOLIDARITY were not
                inconsistent with the results of ACTT-1 and any apparent
                inconsistencies arose from differences in the designs and purposes of
                the studies. The applicant asserted that the authors of the perspective
                piece stated that the effect of VEKLURY[supreg] appears to be on the
                course of hospitalization rather than on mortality.\819\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \819\ Rubin D, Chan-Tack K, Farley J, Sherwat A. FDA approval of
                remdesivir--a step in the right direction. N Engl J Med. DOI:
                10.1056/NEJMp2032369.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, an editorial by Harrington, et al.
                indicated that the authors consider it likely that the estimated
                treatment effects on mortality that were observed in SOLIDARITY are
                largely accurate given the size of the SOLIDARITY study; however,
                aspects of the study design that allowed for the rapid execution of the
                study undermine the ability of the
                [[Page 25353]]
                study to evaluate more subtle endpoints, such as time to recovery.\820\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \820\ Harrington David P., Baden Lindsey R., Hogan Joseph W.
                (2020) A Large, Simple Trial Leading to Complex Questions. N Engl J
                Med DOI: 10.1056/NEJMe2034294.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant noted that treatment guidelines from the US National
                Institute of Health and the Infectious Disease Society of America,
                which have been updated since publication of the interim data from the
                SOLIDARITY study, continue to recommend treatment with VEKLURY[supreg]
                in hospitalized patients who require supplemental oxygen. Further, the
                applicant asserted, these efficacy and safety data have supported
                regulatory approvals or temporary authorizations to treat COVID-19 in
                approximately 50 countries worldwide.
                 Third, the applicant was asked to provide more information on the
                evidence showing there was a trend towards lower mortality, notably in
                patients who received low flow oxygen. The applicant stated that in the
                overall ACTT-1 population, there was a numerical trend toward lower
                mortality in the VEKLURY[supreg] group (11.4%) compared to the placebo
                group (15.2%), which did not reach statistical significance
                (p=0.07).\821\ The applicant asserted that a post-hoc analysis of
                participants receiving low-flow supplemental oxygen (baseline ordinal
                scale score of 5), revealed that VEKLURY[supreg] reduced mortality by
                70% compared with placebo (4.0% vs. 12.7%; hazard ratio: 0.30 [95% CI:
                0.14 to 0.64]).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \821\ Beigel JH, Tomashek KM, Dodd LE, et al. Remdesivir for the
                Treatment of Covid-19--Final Report. New England Journal of Medicine
                2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Lastly, the applicant was asked to provide more information to
                justify the claim that all subgroups consistently improved with
                VEKLURY[supreg], given that Medicare patients are older and frequently
                have co-morbidities. According to the applicant, across the clinical
                spectrum, hospitalized patients with COVID-19 receiving VEKLURY[supreg]
                recovered 5 days faster, on average, than those receiving placebo (10
                days vs. 15 days; rate ratio: 1.29; 95% CI: 1.12-1.49; pTM (lurbinectedin)
                 Jazz Pharmaceuticals submitted an application for new technology
                add-on payments for ZEPZELCATM for FY 2022. According to the
                applicant, ZEPZELCATM is an alkylating drug indicated for
                the treatment of adult patients with metastatic small cell lung cancer
                (SCLC) with disease progression on or after platinum-based
                chemotherapy. ZEPZELCATM is a marine-derived, synthetic
                antineoplastic compound that inhibits transcription-dependent
                replication stress and genome instability in tumor cells.
                 According to the applicant, small cell lung cancer (SCLC) is an
                aggressive type of lung cancer where patients that progress after
                first-line chemotherapy have a poor prognosis due to limited clinical
                benefit from currently available second-line chemotherapy. Patients
                relapsing or progressing more than 90 days after completion of first-
                line treatment are considered platinum sensitive and may be
                rechallenged with platinum-based chemotherapy.\823\ The majority of
                SCLC treated patients show disease relapse and are eligible for second-
                line therapy; however, few second-line treatment options exist.\824\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \823\ Garassino MC, et al. Outcomes of small-cell lung cancer
                patients treated with second-line chemotherapy: A multi-
                institutional retrospective analysis. Lung Cancer 72 (2011) 378-383.
                 \824\ Trigo J, et al. Lurbinectedin as second-line treatment for
                patients with small-cell lung cancer: a single-arm, open-label,
                phase 2 basket trial. Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, lung cancer overall is the second most
                common malignancy in the United States with 234,030 new cases and
                154,050 deaths estimated in 2018.\825\ Per the applicant, where most
                lung cancers are classified as non-SCLC, SCLC now comprises
                approximately 15% of all lung cancers. According to the applicant, SCLC
                is the most aggressive form of lung cancer characterized by rapid
                disease progression and early metastatic spread
                826 827 828--doubling in cell number about every 30 days and
                spreading quickly to lymph nodes and other organs.\829\ The applicant
                stated that the Veterans Lung Cancer Study Group used a two-stage
                system for describing SCLC, with a limited-stage (30% of cases) which
                is confined to a smaller portion of the body, and an extensive-stage
                (70% of cases) where the tumor was widespread.830 831 Many
                patients with SCLC have substantial comorbidities that may affect
                performance status and treatment options.\832\ A restrospective review
                analysis of Extensive-stage SCLC (ES-SCLC) patients found that when
                compared to patients at diagnosis, patients receiving second-line
                therapy were more likely to have congestive heart failure (67% vs 49%),
                thromboembolism (9% vs 2%), and depression (11% vs 7%).\833\ Further,
                these patients receiving second-line therapy were more likely to have
                infectious disease (57% vs 43%), electrolyte disorders (50% vs 22%),
                anemia (45% vs 19%), neutropenia (17% vs Emedicine.medscape.com.
                 \826\ Ibid.
                 \827\ Naito Y, et al. Rechallenge treatment with a platinum-
                based regimen in patients with sensitive relapsed small-cell lung
                cancer. Medical Oncology (2018) 35:61.
                 \828\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 \829\ Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results Program
                (SEER). Cancer stat facts: lung and bronchus cancer. https://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/lungb.html. Accessed September 2020.
                 \830\ Ibid.
                 \831\ PDQ Adult Treatment Editorial Board. PDQ small cell lung
                cancer treatment. Bethesda, MD: National Cancer Institute. Updated
                March 20, 2020. https://www.cancer.gov/types/lung/hp/small-cell-lung-treatment-pdq. Accessed March 22, 2020. [PMID: 26389347].
                 \832\ Kalemkerian GP. Small cell lung cancer. Semin Respir Crit
                Care Med. 2016;6(37):783-796.
                 \833\ Danese M, et al. Comorbidity in patients with extensive
                disease small cell lung cancer. Presented at the AMCP Managed Care &
                Specialty Pharmacy Annual Meeting; March 27-30, 2017; Denver, CO.
                 \834\ Ibid. Danese M, et al. Comorbidity in patients with
                extensive disease small cell lung cancer. Presented at the AMCP
                Managed Care & Specialty Pharmacy Annual Meeting; March 27-30, 2017;
                Denver, CO.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, the standard of care for first-line
                chemotherapy for both limited-stage SCLC and ES-SCLC is platinum
                doublet and, in the case of ES-SCLC, platinum doublet in combination
                with a checkpoint inhibitor. SCLC is sensitive to platinum-based
                chemotherapy in the first-line setting but almost universally relapses,
                requiring subsequent lines of therapy.835 836 837 Once a
                patient
                [[Page 25354]]
                relapses, the likelihood of response is highly dependent on time from
                initial therapy to relapse,\838\ with survival based on the duration of
                remission.\839\ According to the applicant, ES-SCLC is incurable;
                patients are treated with palliative intent, with a median survival of
                7 to 11 months after diagnosis and with less than 5% survival at 2
                years.840 841 Even limited-stage disease is rarely cured
                with radical local therapy (surgery or radiotherapy), and systemic
                chemotherapy (platinum plus etoposide) remains the cornerstone of
                first-line treatment in SCLC.\842\ Despite best management, the 5-year
                overall survival (OS) of even limited-stage SCLC is still only 15% to
                25%.843 844
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \835\ Shao C, et al. Chemotherapy treatments, costs of care, and
                survival for patients diagnosed with small cell lung cancer: A SEER-
                Medicare study. Cancer Med. 2019;8:7613-7622.
                 \836\ He J, et al. Survival, chemotherapy treatments, and health
                care utilization among patients with advanced small cell lung
                cancer: An observational study. Adv Ther. 2020;37:552-565.
                 \837\ Karve SJ, et al. Comparison of demographics, treatment
                patterns, health care utilization, and costs among elderly patients
                with extensive-stage small cell and metastatic non-small cell lung
                cancers. BMC Health Serv Res. 2014;14:555.
                 \838\ Shao C, et al. Chemotherapy treatments, costs of care, and
                survival for patients diagnosed with small cell lung cancer: A SEER-
                Medicare study. Cancer Med. 2019;8:7613-7622.
                 \839\ Pietanza MC, et al. Small cell lung cancer: Will recent
                progress lead to improved outcomes? Clin Cancer Res.
                2015;21(10):2244-2255.
                 \840\ Simos D, et al. Third-line chemotherapy in small-cell lung
                cancer: An international analysis. Clin Lung Cancer (2014) 15 (2):
                110-8.
                 \841\ Pelayo AM, et al. Chemotherapy versus best supportive care
                for extensive small cell lung cancer. Cochrane Database Syst Rev
                (2013) 11: CD001990.
                 \842\ Trigo J, et al. Lurbinectedin as second-line treatment for
                patients with small-cell lung cancer: A single-arm, open-label,
                phase 2 basket trial. Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                 \843\ Simos D, et al. Third-line chemotherapy in small-cell lung
                cancer: An international analysis. Clin Lung Cancer (2014) 15 (2):
                110-8.
                 \844\ Pelayo AM, et al. Chemotherapy versus best supportive care
                for extensive small cell lung cancer. Cochrane Database Syst Rev
                (2013) 11: CD001990.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant asserted that while SCLC shows high sensitivity to
                first-line chemotherapy and radiotherapy, most patients develop disease
                relapse or progression within one year of
                treatment.845 846 847 It is reported that about 80% of
                limited-disease SCLC patients and almost all patients with ES-SCLC will
                develop relapse or progression after first-line treatment. Without
                second-line chemotherapy, the median survival time is 2 to 4
                months.848 849 The applicant stated that for patients
                classified as sensitive to first line treatment, due to remaining
                relapse-free for at least 3 months after treatment, rechallenge with
                the same chemotherapy regimen given as first line treatment is
                reasonable. For those classified as refractory (disease progression
                through first line treatment) and resistant (patients who show initial
                response to treatment but whose disease progresses within 3 months of
                completing chemotherapy), the second line treatment is Hycamtin
                (topotecan). According to the applicant, topotecan was the only
                preferred agent in the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN)
                Clinical Practice Guidelines for second-line treatment of patients with
                a Chemotherapy-free Interval (CTFI) 850 851 852
                progression free survival of 2.7 to 3.5 months,853 854 855
                and a median time to progression of 13.3 weeks.\856\ Furthermore, the
                applicant asserted that topotecan is associated with hematological
                toxicities such as anemia, neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, and febrile
                neutropenia.857 858 859
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \845\ Naito Y, et al. Rechallenge treatment with a platinum-
                based regimen in patients with sensitive relapsed small-cell lung
                cancer. Medical Oncology (2018) 35:61.
                 15437.
                 \846\ Shiozawa, T. Rechallenge with first-line platinum
                chemotherapy for sensitive-relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Case Rep
                Oncol. 2018;11:622-632.
                 \847\ Horita N, et al. Topotecan for relapsed small-cell lung
                cancer: Systematic review and meta-analysis of 1347 patients. Sci
                Rep 2015;5: 15437.
                 \848\ Shiozawa, T. Rechallenge with first-line platinum
                chemotherapy for sensitive-relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Case Rep
                Oncol. 2018;11:622-632.
                 \849\ Wakuda K et al. Efficacy of second-line chemotherapy in
                patients with sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer. In vivo.
                33:2229-2234 (2019).
                 \850\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                 von Pawel J TopotecanTopotecancyclophosphamidecyclophosphamide,
                doxorubicin, and vincristine for the treatment of recurrent. J
                ClinVolVol 17, No 2, 1999: 658-667.
                 \851\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 \852\ Von Pawel J, et al. Topotecan versus cyclophosphamide,
                doxorubicin, and vincristine for the treatment of recurrent small-
                cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. Vol 17, No 2, 1999: 658-667.
                 \853\ vonVon Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients with
                small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                 \854\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 \855\ von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients with
                small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                 \856\ vonVvon Pawel J, et al. Topotecan versus cyclophosphamide,
                doxorubicin, and vincristine for the treatment of recurrent small-
                cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. Vol 17, No 2, 1999: 658-667.
                 \857\ vonvVon Pawel J.
                 Evans TL, et al. CabazitaxelRandomized phase III trial of
                amrubicinCabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients with small-cell
                lung cancer with progressive disease during or after first-line
                platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10: 1221-1228.
                 Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for patients with small-cell lung cancer. J
                Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35. sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                 \858\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 \859\ Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant stated that since topotecan's approval in 1998, no
                other second-line SCLC treatment option had been approved until
                ZEPZELCATM gained approval in June 2020. According to the
                applicant, ZEPZELCATM is the first second-line treatment
                option for SCLC since 1998.
                 According to the applicant, the FDA approved ZEPZELCATM
                on June 15, 2020 under the FDA's Accelerated Approval Program with
                Priority Review. ZEPZELCATM was also granted Orphan Drug
                Designation by the FDA. ZEPZELCATM is administered
                intravenously as a 3.2 mg/m\2\ dose over one hour, repeated every 21
                days until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.
                ZEPZELCATM will typically be administered in an outpatient
                clinic. However, per the applicant, because many patients with SCLC
                have substantial comorbidities that may necessitate hospitalization and
                initiation of treatment, the first infusion and possibly some
                additional infusions will be administered in the inpatient
                [[Page 25355]]
                hospital setting.\860\ The applicant stated that there are no existing
                ICD-10-PCS codes that uniquely identify the administration of
                ZEPZELCATM. The applicant submitted a request for a unique
                ICD-10-PCS code to identify the technology beginning FY 2022.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \860\ Danese M, et al. Comorbidity in patients with extensive
                disease small cell lung cancer. Presented at the AMCP Managed Care &
                Specialty Pharmacy Annual Meeting; March 27-30, 2017; Denver, CO.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As previously discussed, if a technology meets all three of the
                substantial similarity criteria, it would be considered substantially
                similar to an existing technology and, therefore, would not be
                considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on payments.
                 With respect to the first criterion, whether a product uses the
                same or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome,
                the applicant asserted that the mechanism of action of
                ZEPZELCATM is not the same or similar to the mechanism of
                action of currently available products used in the treatment of
                patients with metastatic SCLC with disease progression on or after
                platinum-based chemotherapy. Per the applicant, ZEPZELCATM
                is a novel synthetic antineoplastic marine derived compound with a
                unique mode of action and chemical structure, with a terminal half-life
                of 51 hours and total plasma clearance of 11 L/h
                (50%).861 862 According to the applicant,
                ZEPZELCATM is a transcription inhibitor that binds DNA
                preferentially in quinine-rich sequences located within gene regulatory
                elements and induces a rapid degradation of transcribing RNA polymerase
                II that induces the eviction of oncogenic transcription factors and the
                silencing of their transcription program. The applicant states that
                ZEPZELCATM has preclinical data which suggests that
                oncogenic transcription of DNA to RNA was selectively inhibited via the
                dual actions of RNA polymerase II degradation and the formation of DNA
                breaks, which leads to apoptosis.\863\ The applicant further states
                that ZEPZELCATM has been shown to induce immunogenic cell
                death,\864\ and based on preclinical data, impacts the tumor
                microenvironment by altering the survival of tumor-associated
                macrophages (TAMs) and the production and function of key oncogenic
                inflammatory and growth factors.\865\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \861\ ZEPZELCA website, ZEPZELCATM prescribing
                information., Rev. 6/2020: https://www.zepzelcapro.com/.
                 \862\ Romano M. et al. Travectedin and lurbinectedin are
                effective against leukemic cells derived from patients affected by
                chronic and juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia. European Journal of
                Cancer. 50 (6 Suppl):48.
                 \863\ Santamaria G, et al. Lurbinectedin reverses platinum
                dependent IRFI overexpression and nuclear localization, partially
                responsible for resistance to platinum drugs in ovarian cancer.
                Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research (2017)
                58:311.
                 \864\ Xie W, et al. Lurbinectedin synergizes with immune
                checkpoint blockade to generate anticancer immunity. Oncoimmunology.
                2019;5;8(11):e1656502.
                 \865\ Farago AF, et al. ATLANTIS: A phase III study of
                lurbinectedin/doxorubicin versus topotecan or cyclophosphamide/
                doxorubicin/vincristine in patients with small-cell lung cancer who
                have failed one prior platinum-containing line. Future Oncol.
                2019;15(3):231-239.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 According to the applicant, topotecan is a semi-synthetic
                derivative of camptothecin with topoisomerase I-inhibitory activity
                that relieves torsional strain in DNA by inducing reversible single
                strand breaks. The pharmacokinetics of topotecan have been evaluated in
                cancer patients following doses of 0.5 to 1.5 mg/m\2\ administered as a
                30-minute infusion. Topotecan exhibits multiexponential
                pharmacokinetics with a terminal half-life of 2 to 3 hours. Total
                exposure area under the curve (AUC) is approximately dose
                proportional.\866\ The applicant asserts that a clinical differentiator
                of ZEPZELCATM from topotecan is the rate of hematologic
                adverse reactions including neutropenia, anemia, thrombocytopenia, and
                febrile neutropenia.867 868 869
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \866\ FDA website, Hycamtin (topotecan) prescribing
                information., Rev. 2/2014: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2014/022453s002lbl.pdf.
                 \867\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 \868\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 \869\ Monnet I, et al. Carboplatin-etoposide versus topotecan as
                second-line treatment for sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer:
                Phase 3 trial (ID 546) IASLC. 2019 World Conference on Lung Cancer;
                Barcelona, Spain; September 7-10, 2019 (abstr OA15.02).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Lastly, the applicant asserted that ZEPZELCATM is not
                substantially similar to the more recently approved first-line
                treatments for ES-SCLC, TECENTRIQ[supreg] (atezolizumab) and
                IMFINZI[supreg] (durvalumab), both of which are PD-L1 blocking
                antibodies.
                 With respect to the second criterion, whether a product is assigned
                to the same or a different MS-DRG, the applicant stated that
                ZEPZELCATM will not map to MS-DRGs distinct from other
                treatments for SCLC.
                 With respect to the third criterion, whether the new use of the
                technology involves the treatment of the same or similar type of
                disease and the same or similar patient population when compared to an
                existing technology, the applicant stated that there have been no
                approved treatments for second-line treatment of SCLC since 1998 when
                topotecan was approved. Topotecan is indicated for the treatment of
                small cell lung cancers in patients with chemotherapy-sensitive disease
                after failure of first-line chemotherapy.\870\ The applicant states
                that topotecan is approved for relapses at least 60 days after
                initiation of a platinum-containing first-line regimen.
                ZEPZELCATM is indicated for the treatment of adult patients
                with metastatic small cell lung cancer (SCLC) with disease progression
                on or after platinum-based chemotherapy.\871\ The applicant also stated
                that ZEPZELCA was listed as a preferred regimen by the NCCN Clinical
                Practice Guidelines for second-line treatment of patients with a
                chemotherapy free interval (CTFI) 6 months.\872\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \870\ FDA website, Hycamtin (topotecan) prescribing
                information., Rev. 2/2014: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2014/022453s002lbl.pdf.
                 \871\ ZEPZELCA website, ZEPZELCATM prescribing
                information., Rev. 6/2020: https://www.zepzelcapro.com/.
                 \872\ NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology, Small Cell
                Lung Cancer. Version 4.2020, July 7, 2020. https://nccn.org.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant repeated results concerning the efficacy of topotecan
                and asserted that the efficacy results were achieved with a high rate
                of grade three and four hematologic Treatment Emergent Adverse Events
                (TEAEs).
                 In summary, the applicant asserted that ZEPZELCATM meets
                the newness criterion because its mechanism of action is not the same
                or similar to the mechanism of action of currently available products
                used in the treatment of adult patients with metastatic SCLC and
                because it is indicated in patients with disease progression on or
                after platinum-based chemotherapy.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether ZEPZELCATM is
                substantially similar to an existing technology and whether it meets
                the newness criterion.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted the
                following analysis to demonstrate that ZEPZELCATM meets the
                cost criterion. For the primary cost analysis cohort the applicant used
                the selection criteria of the presence of a lung cancer code as defined
                by ICD-10-CM family C34 (Malignant neoplasm of bronchus and lung) as
                the principal diagnosis and the presence of any chemotherapy code as
                [[Page 25356]]
                defined by ICD_10-CM Z51.11 (Encounter for antineoplastic
                chemotherapy), ICD-10-CM Z51.12 (Encounter for antineoplastic
                immunotherapy), or any ICD-10-PCS chemotherapy code. Additionally, the
                applicant performed three sensitivity analyses for the cost criterion.
                The first is a broad cohort with the selection criteria of the presence
                of at least one lung cancer code (C34xx) and the presence of any
                chemotherapy code as defined by ICD-10-CM code Z51.11 (Encounter for
                antineoplastic chemotherapy), Z51.12 (Encounter for antineoplastic
                immunotherapy), or any ICD-10PCS chemotherapy code. The second and
                third analyses involved TECENTRIQ[supreg] and IMFINZI[supreg] which are
                both immunotherapy drugs that have FDA approval for use as part of the
                first-line treatment in patients with SCLC. These drugs are to be used
                along with chemotherapy. The second analysis is the
                ``TECENTRIQ[supreg]'' cohort with the selection criteria of the
                presence of at least one lung cancer code (C34xx) as either the
                principal or admitting diagnosis, and excluding cases with any ES-SCLC
                surgical codes. The final analysis, the ``IMFINZI[supreg]'' cohort, has
                the selection criteria of at least one of the following: (1) Presence
                of at least one lung cancer code (C34xx) and presence of any platinum-
                based chemotherapy code as defined by ICD-10-CM Z51.11 (Encounter for
                antineoplastic chemotherapy) or Z51.12 (Encounter for antineoplastic
                immunotherapy); (2) Presence of at least one lung cancer code (C34xx)
                and assigned to MS-DRGs for respiratory neoplasms (180-182). The
                applicant stated that ZEPZELCATM is supplied in 4 mg single-
                dose vials with the recommended dose of 3.2 mg/m\2\ by intravenous
                infusion over 60 minutes every 21 days until disease progression or
                unacceptable toxicity. Based on clinical study, the applicant stated
                that a single dose of ZEPZELCATM ranged from 4.05 mg to 6.4
                mg. To identify cases that may be eligible for the use of
                ZEPZELCATM, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR LDS
                file using these cohort selection criteria. The applicant stated that
                in all analyses, they imputed a case count of 11 for MS-DRGs with fewer
                than 11 cases and calculated the weighted average standardized charges
                across all MS-DRGs.
                 Based on the FY 2019 MedPAR LDS file, the applicant identified a
                total of 1,100 cases in the primary cohort (mapped to 17 MS-DRGs),
                4,034 cases in the first sensitivity cohort (mapped to 195 MS-DRGs),
                34,437 cases in the second sensitivity cohort (mapped to 253 MS-DRGs),
                and 24,209 cases in the third sensitivity cohort (mapped to 128 MS-
                DRGs). The applicant utilized the FY 2019 Final Rule with Correction
                Notice IPPS Impact File. Using the cases identified, the applicant then
                calculated the unstandardized average charges per case for each MS-DRG.
                The applicant expects that ES-SCLC patients will receive their initial
                dose of ZEPZELCATM in the inpatient setting. The applicant
                then standardized the charges and inflated the charges by 1.13218 or
                13.2 percent, the same inflation factor used by CMS to update the
                outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. The
                applicant removed charges associated with chemotherapy since treatment
                with ZEPZELCATM would replace chemotherapy. To do so the
                applicant found the ratio of chemotherapy charges to radiology charges
                (0.14470075) from claims in the FY 2019 inpatient standard analytic
                file with a primary diagnosis of lung cancer (ICD-10-CM C34xx) and
                chemotherapy charges greater than zero. The applicant then added the
                charges for ZEPZELCATM by converting the costs of a single
                treatment (two single-dose vials) to a charge by dividing the cost by
                the national average cost-to-charge ratio of 0.187 for pharmacy from
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. The applicant calculated a final
                inflated average case weighted standardized charge per case for the
                primary cohort as $206,030, and $182,895, $146,174, and $130,975 for
                sensitivity cohorts 1, 2 and 3, respectively. The applicant referred to
                the FY 2022 New Technology Thresholds data file to determine the
                average case-weighted threshold amount for the primary cohort as
                $79,420, and $70,499, $70,226, and $57,383 for sensitivity cohorts 1, 2
                and 3, respectively. The final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case in the primary cohort and three
                sensitivity cohorts exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount
                by $126,610, $112,396, $75,948, and $73,592 respectively. Because the
                final inflated average case-weighted standardized charge per case
                exceeds in all scenarios the average case-weighted threshold amount,
                the applicant maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 While we would not expect a significant difference, we note that
                instead of referring to the correction notice tab within the FY 2022
                New Technology Thresholds data file, the applicant referred to the
                final rule tab. The FY 2022 New Technology Thresholds data file is
                available on the CMS IPPS home page at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/acute-inpatient-pps/fy-2021-ipps-final-rule-home-page#Data.
                 We also note that the analysis provided by the applicant includes
                many MS-DRGs that are defined by factors that may or may not be related
                to ZEPZELCATM's indication for metastatic SCLC. For example,
                it is not clear that MS-DRG 004 Trach w MV >96 Hrs or Pdx Exc Face,
                Mouth & Neck w/o Maj O.R has a direct connection to small cell lung
                cancer though it may be related.
                 We are inviting public comment on whether ZEPZELCATM
                meets the cost criterion.
                 With respect to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
                applicant asserted that ZEPZELCATM significantly improves
                clinical outcomes over existing treatment options for adult patients
                with metastatic SCLC with disease progression on or after platinum-
                based chemotherapy in five ways. First, ZEPZELCATM offers an
                improved treatment option from both a safety and efficacy standpoint.
                Second, ZEPZELCATM offers safety improvement for treatment
                of patients with metastatic SCLC with disease progression on or after
                platinum-based chemotherapy over safety results previously reported in
                the literature for a comparable patient population. Third, patients
                with metastatic SCLC whose disease progresses on or after platinum-
                based chemotherapy achieved higher overall response rates (ORRs)
                following treatment with ZEPZELCATM than ORR that had been
                previously reported in the literature for a comparable patient
                population. Fourth, overall survival (OS) rates achieved with
                ZEPZELCATM are clinically meaningful and are the highest
                rates reported for patients with metastatic SCLC whose disease
                progresses on or after platinum-based chemotherapy in more than 2
                decades. Fifth, the applicant asserted that ZEPZELCATM may
                represent a valuable treatment alternative to platinum rechallenge. The
                applicant submitted (or in some cases, referred to) multiple sources in
                support of these claims including retrospective analyses and other
                studies, a meta-analysis, data abstracts, literature reviews,
                prescribing information, FDA approved cancer therapies, practice
                guidelines, workgroup deliberations, a commentary, and an opinion
                regarding survival outcomes.
                 With regard to the first claim, the applicant stated that
                ZEPZELCATM is the first second-line treatment option
                approved for SCLC since 1998 and is
                [[Page 25357]]
                indicated for the treatment of adult patients with metastatic SCLC with
                disease progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy, a patient
                population with dismal outcomes. The applicant also stated that
                ZEPZELCATM offers an improved treatment option from both a
                safety and efficacy standpoint. The applicant outlined the nature of
                small cell lung cancer, patient treatment and prognosis. The applicant
                also stated that ZEPZELCATM could represent a valuable
                option for a patient population with high unmet medical need.\873\
                Specifically, the applicant referred to four analyses, an epidemiology
                review, prescribing information, practice guidelines, a literature
                review inclusive of four articles, and one ZEPZELCATM study.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \873\ Trigo J, et al. Lurbinectedin as second-line treatment for
                patients with small-cell lung cancer: A single-arm, open-label,
                phase 2 basket trial. Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 First, an analysis stated that although small cell lung cancer
                shows high sensitivity to first-line chemotherapy and radiotherapy,
                most patients develop disease relapse or progression.\874\ Another
                analysis stated that most patients experience relapse of small cell
                lung cancer within 1 year of treatment.\875\ A separate analysis
                indicated that most patients who have initially responded to
                chemotherapy and radiotherapy eventually experience recurrence of the
                cancer in a few months.\876\ The fourth analysis indicated that almost
                all patients with extended disease will develop disease relapse or
                progression after first-line treatment and that without second-line
                chemotherapy, the median survival time is 2 to 4 months.\877\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \874\ Shiozawa, T. Rechallenge with first-line platinum
                chemotherapy for sensitive-relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Case Rep
                Oncol. 2018;11:622-632.
                 \875\ Naito Y, et al. Rechallenge treatment with a platinum-
                based regimen in patients with sensitive relapsed small-cell lung
                cancer. Medical Oncology (2018) 35:61.
                 \876\ Horita N, et al. Topotecan for relapsed small-cell lung
                cancer: Systematic review and meta-analysis of 1347 patients. Sci
                Rep 2015;5:15437.
                 \877\ Wakuda K et al. Efficacy of second-line chemotherapy in
                patients with sensitive relapsed small-cell lung cancer. In vivo.
                33:2229-2234 (2019).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, in referring to the epidemiology review, the applicant stated
                that most cases of small cell lung cancer occur in individuals aged 60-
                80.\878\ In referring to prescribing information, the applicant stated
                that in 1998, Hycamtin (topotecan) was approved for patients with SCLC
                sensitive disease after failure of first-line chemotherapy. The
                applicant further stated that in the topotecan Phase 3 clinical study,
                sensitive disease was defined as disease responding to chemotherapy,
                but subsequently progressing at least 60 days after chemotherapy.\879\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \878\ Tan WT, et al. Small Cell Lung Cancer (SCLC), Medscape,
                Oncology. Updated June 19, 2020. Emedicine.medscape.com.
                 \879\ FDA website, Hycamtin (topotecan) prescribing
                information., Rev. 2/2014: https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2014/022453s002lbl.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, in referring to practice guidelines, the applicant stated
                that ZEPZELCA was studied in a broader (resistant disease and sensitive
                disease) population of SCLC patients and that prespecified subgroup
                analyses of ZEPZELCA results were done for patients with SCLC by CTFI
                in patients with resistant disease (CTFI =90 days). The applicant further noted that
                NCCN guidelines list ZEPZELCA as a preferred regimen for second-line
                treatment of patients with a CTFI 6 months.\880\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \880\ NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology, Small Cell
                Lung Cancer. Version 4.2020, July 7, 2020. https://nccn.org.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Next, the applicant referred to a literature review and submitted
                four sources. First, per the applicant, Iams et. al. describes
                available data on clinical efficacy, the emerging evidence regarding
                biomarkers and ongoing clinical trials using immune checkpoint
                inhibitors and other immunotherapies in patients with SCLC. The article
                included a discussion of the significant unmet needs in second-line
                therapy for SCLC.\881\ Second, per the applicant, Tsiouprou et. al.
                reported on a literature review of immunotherapy in treatment of ES-
                SCLC and included a discussion of the significant unmet needs in
                second-line therapy for SCLC.\882\ Third, per the applicant, Wang et.
                al. presented a review of SCLC development, current therapy and
                included a discussion of the significant unmet needs in second-line
                therapy for SCLC.\883\ Fourth, per the applicant, Taniguchi et. al., is
                an opinion article discussing recent developments in the treatment of
                SCLC and includes a discussion of the significant unmet needs in
                second-line therapy for SCLC.\884\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \881\ Iams WT, et al. Immunotherapeutic approaches for small-
                cell lung cancer. Nat Rev Clin Oncol. 2020 May; 17(5):300-312. doi:
                10.1038/s41571-019-0316-z. Epub 2020 Feb 13.
                 \882\ Tsiouprou I, et al. The r[ocirc]le of immunotherapy in
                extensive stage small-cell lung cancer: A review of the literature.
                Can Respir J. 2019 Nov 3;2019:6860432. doi: 10.1155/2019/6860432.
                eCollection 2019.
                 \883\ Wang Y, et al. New insights into small-cell lung cancer
                development and therapy. Cell Biol Int. 2020 Aug;44(8):1564-1576.
                doi: 10.1002/cbin.11359. Epub 2020 Apr 18.
                 \884\ Taniguchi H, et al. Targeted therapies and biomarkers in
                small cell lung cancer. Front Oncol. 2020 May 20;10:741. doi:
                10.3389/fonc.2020.00741. eCollection 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Finally, the applicant referred to Trigo, et. al., and stated that
                authors expressed that ZEPZELCA could present a valuable potential new
                treatment option after first-line platinum based chemotherapy.\885\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \885\ Trigo J, et al. Lurbinectedin as second-line treatment for
                patients with small-cell lung cancer: A single-arm, open-label,
                phase 2 basket trial. Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the second claim, the applicant asserted that
                ZEPZELCATM offers safety improvement for treatment of
                patients with metastatic SCLC with disease progression on or after
                platinum-based chemotherapy over safety results previously reported in
                the literature for a comparable patient population. The applicant
                asserted that safety is of particular importance for patients >=65 with
                age being a major patient-related risk factor.\886\ The applicant also
                referred to a meeting abstract stating that several acute comorbidities
                were more common in Medicare patients initiating second-line
                chemotherapy than in all patients at diagnosis: Infectious disease (57%
                versus 43%), electrolyte disorder (50% versus 22%), anemia (45% versus
                19%), neutropenia (17% versus 0.1%), thrombocytopenia (12% versus 2%),
                and diarrhea (7% versus 3%).\887\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \886\ Simeone E, et al. Nivolumab for the treatment of small
                cell lung cancer. Exp Rev Resp Med. 2020;14(1):5-13.
                 \887\ Danese M, et al. Comorbidity in patients with extensive
                disease small cell lung cancer. Presented at the AMCP Managed Care &
                Specialty Pharmacy Annual Meeting; March 27-30, 2017; Denver, CO.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also referred to six studies to support this claim.
                First, the applicant submitted Trigo et. al., that was based on Study
                B-005 (NCT01454972), a single-arm, open label, phase II basket trial to
                evaluate the activity and safety of lurbinectedin in patients with SCLC
                after failure of platinum-based chemotherapy. One hundred five patients
                with a diagnosis of SCLC and pre-treated with only one previous
                chemotherapy-containing line of treatment were included. Treatment
                consisted of 3.2mg/m2 lurbinectedin intravenously every 3 weeks until
                disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. The safety-related
                outcomes demonstrated the following adverse events: Anemia 9%,
                leucopenia 29%, neutropenia 46%, and thrombocytopenia 7%. Serious
                treatment-related adverse events occurred in 10% of patients, of which
                [[Page 25358]]
                neutropenia and febrile neutropenia were the most common with 5% of
                patients for each.\888\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \888\ Trigo J, et al. Lurbinectedin as second-line treatment for
                patients with small-cell lung cancer: A single-arm, open-label,
                phase 2 basket trial. Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Second, the applicant submitted an article from Von Pawel, et. al.,
                of a randomized phase 3 study of a total of 637 patients with
                refractory or sensitive SCLC treated with topotecan and reported
                hematologic toxicities of grade >=3 anemia, 30.5%; neutropenia, 53.8%;
                thrombocytopenia, 54.3%; febrile neutropenia, 3%.\889\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \889\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Third, the applicant submitted an open label phase 2 study of 179
                patients with SCLC who relapsed after initial platinum-based
                chemotherapy, treated with topotecan and reported hematologic
                toxicities of neutropenia, 78.4%; thrombocytopenia, 45.5%; and febrile
                neutropenia/neutropenic infection/neutropenic sepsis, 18%.\890\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \890\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol.
                2015;10:1221-1228.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Fourth, the applicant submitted an abstract from Monnet, et. al. of
                an open-label, multicenter, phase 3 trial that randomized patients with
                SCLC that responded to first-line platin-etoposide doublet treatment
                but showed evidence of disease relapse or progression at least 90 days
                after completion of the first-line treatment. Eighty-two patients were
                assigned to each treatment group: Those receiving combination
                chemotherapy (carboplatin and etoposide) versus those receiving oral
                topotecan. The abstract indicated that grade \3/4\ neutropenia was
                significantly more common in the topotecan group at 35.8% versus 19.7%;
                insignificantly more febrile neutropenia in the topotecan arm at 13.6%
                versus 6.2%; no difference for grade \3/4\ thrombocytopenia, 35.8%
                versus 30.9%; and anemia, 24.6% versus 21%.\891\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \891\ Monnet, 2 L., et. al. Carboplatin-Etoposide Versus
                Topotecan as Second-Line Treatment for Sensitive Relapsed Small-Cell
                Lung Cancer: Phase 3 Trial. Journal of Thoracic Oncology Vol. 14 No.
                10S.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Fifth, the applicant submitted an abstract from Leary, et. al.,
                that is described as a pooled safety analysis with data from the phase
                II, single arm basket study by Trigo, et. al. (discussed previously),
                and a phase III RCT, the CORAIL study. The pooled analysis included a
                total of 554 patients treated with lurbinectedin. Of the 554, 335 were
                from the phase II basket study with selected solid tumors (9
                indications including 105 patients with small cell lung cancer) and 219
                were from the phase III CORAIL study with platinum resistant ovarian
                cancer. Authors presented an indirect exploratory comparison (pooled
                data from CORAIL + basket) and a direct comparison (data from CORAIL)
                of lurbinectedin vs. topotecan. Authors reported adverse events with
                lurbinectedin were grade \1/2\ fatigue, nausea and vomiting. Treatment-
                related lurbinectedin/topotecan outcomes showed: Dose reductions: 22.9/
                48.3%; delays: 25.8/52.9%; grade >=3 serious adverse events: 15.0/
                32.2%; discontinuations: 3.2/5.7%; deaths: 1.3/1.5%; granulocyte colony
                stimulating factor (G-CSF) use: 23.8/70.1%; and transfusions: 15.9/
                52.9%. Authors concluded by stating that a significant safety advantage
                was observed when lurbinectedin was compared with topotecan in the
                CORAIL trial in terms of hematological toxicities. Authors also noted
                that with the limitations of indirect comparisons, in the pooled safety
                analysis, fewer lurbinectedin-treated patients had severe hematological
                toxicities, severe adverse events, dose adjustments, treatment
                discontinuations and use of supportive treatments than topotecan-
                treated patients.\892\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \892\ Leary A, et al. Pooled safety analysis of single-agent
                lurbinectedin versus topotecan (Results from a randomized phase III
                trial CORAIL and a phase II basket trial). ASCO2020 (American
                Society of Oncology); May 29-31, 2020. Abstract and poster.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Sixth, the applicant provided a presentation summarizing results
                from the randomized phase 3 CORAIL study. The patient population was
                comprised of platinum resistant ovarian, fallopian or primary
                peritoneal cancer. Enrolled patients were randomly assigned to receive
                lurbinectedin or investigator choice of pegylated liposomal doxorubicin
                (PLD) or topotecan. The applicant stated that ZEPZELCATM was
                better tolerated than the control arm and that, overall, the data
                support a favorable safety profile for ZEPZELCATM.\893\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \893\ Gaillard S, et al. Phase III trial of lurbinectedin versus
                PLD or topotecan in platinum-resistant ovarian cancer patients:
                Results of the CORAIL trial. 2018 ESMO Presentation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the third claim, the applicant stated that patients
                with metastatic SCLC whose disease progresses on or after platinum-
                based chemotherapy achieved higher ORRs following treatment with
                ZEPZELCATM than ORR that had been previously reported in the
                literature for a comparable patient population. The applicant referred
                to four primary resources in support of ZEPZELCATM. First,
                as described previously, the applicant submitted Trigo, et. al., in
                which the primary endpoint is described as lurbinectedin anti-tumor
                activity in terms of investigator-assessed overall response (OR) and
                duration of response (DOR) as a secondary endpoint.\894\ The OR rate
                was identified as 35.2% and the mean DOR as 5.3 months. Second, the
                applicant submitted an abstract from Subbiah, et. al., a sub-study from
                Study B-005, that concluded that time from randomization to response
                was similar regardless of prior resistance or sensitivity to platinum-
                based chemotherapy, and clinically meaningful DOR was noted in both
                subgroups of responders.\895\ Third, the applicant submitted an
                abstract from a second sub-study from Study B-005, indicating that ORR
                was similar across baseline characteristics: Age =65
                = 32.4%; female = 31%; male = 38.1%; 1 prior line of therapy = 34.7%;
                >=2 prior lines of therapy = 42.9%; BSA 1.8m2
                = 36%. The authors concluded by noting that response to lurbinectedin
                appeared consistent regardless of baseline patient
                characteristics.\896\ Fourth, the applicant submitted a commentary from
                Arrieta, et. al., and stated that ZEPZELCATM outperformed
                all previously reported results for topotecan.\897\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \894\ Additional secondary endpoints are discussed with the
                overall survival claim.
                 \895\ Subbiah V, et al. Phase 2 basket trial of lurbinectedin in
                second-line SCLC: Characteristics and outcomes in treatment
                responders. IASLC 2020 North American Conference on Lung Cancer.
                Accepted for presentation October 16-17, 2020.
                 \896\ Sands J, et al. Phase 2 basket trial of lurbinectedin in
                small-cell lung cancer (SCLC): Analysis of efficacy by baseline
                characteristics. IASLC 2020 North American Conference on Lung
                Cancer. Accepted for presentation October 16-17, 2020.
                 \897\ Arrieta O, et al. New opportunities in a challenging
                disease: lurbinectedin for relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Comment
                in Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology, Published online
                March 27, 2020..https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(20)30097-8.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also referred to three additional sources reflecting
                ORRs following treatment with topotecan. The Phase 3 trial of a total
                of 637 patients with refractory or sensitive SCLC treated with
                topotecan demonstrated an ORR of 16.9% and DOR of 4.2 months.\898\ In
                the open-label, multicenter, phase 3 trial of 164 patients with
                sensitive relapsed SCLC that responded to first-line platin etoposide
                doublet treatment but showed evidence of disease relapse or progression
                at least 90 days after
                [[Page 25359]]
                completion of the first-line treatment, patients randomized to the
                topotecan group demonstrated an ORR of 25%.\899\ Lastly, a randomized,
                multi-center phase 3 trial of 107 patients treated with topotecan
                reported an ORR of 24.3%.\900\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \898\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 \899\ Monnet, 2 L., et. al. Carboplatin-Etoposide Versus
                Topotecan as Second-Line Treatment for Sensitive Relapsed Small-Cell
                Lung Cancer: Phase 3 Trial. Journal of Thoracic Oncology Vol. 14 No.
                10S
                 \900\ Von Pawel J, et al. Topotecan versus cyclophosphamide,
                doxorubicin, and vincristine for the treatment of recurrent small-
                cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. Vol 17, No 2, 1999: 658-667.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the fourth claim, the applicant stated that the OS
                rates achieved with ZEPZELCATM are clinically meaningful and
                are the highest rates reported for patients with metastatic SCLC whose
                disease progresses on or after platinum-based chemotherapy in more than
                2 decades. The applicant submitted two studies in support of its claim
                of improved survival rates in patients treated with
                ZEPZELCATM. First, as described previously, the applicant
                submitted Trigo, et. al. and highlighted secondary endpoints including
                progression-free survival, progression-free survival at 4 and 6 months,
                overall survival and overall survival at 6 and 12 months. The mean
                progression free survival was identified as 3.5 months, mean overall
                survival 9.3 months in the overall population, 11.9 months in patients
                with a CTFI >=90 days and 5.0 months in those with CTFI www.thelancet.com/oncology,
                Published online March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Second, the applicant submitted an abstract from Subbiah, et. al.,
                that summarized a sub-study from Study B-005 in which overall survival
                was a secondary endpoint. Authors report that patients treated with
                lurbinectedin had CTFI >=180 days and form the basis for their
                analysis. Sixty percent of patients were male, had ECOG PS 0-1, and had
                a median age of 57 years. Extensive stage disease at initial diagnosis
                was present in 35% of patients. All 20 patients had received prior
                platinum/etoposide, with no prior immunotherapy. Authors also reported
                that with a censoring of 55.0%, the median overall survival was 16.2
                months. Per the abstract, eleven patients (55.0%) were censored for
                survival analysis: Eight were on follow-up after disease progression,
                two were ongoing lurbinectedin treatment, and one had treatment
                discontinuation because of a treatment-related adverse event (worsening
                of prior peripheral neuropathy). Median follow-up was 15.6 months.
                Authors concluded time from randomization to response was similar
                regardless of prior resistance or sensitivity to platinum-based
                chemotherapy.\902\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \902\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity of lurbinectedin in second-line
                SCLC patients who are candidates for platinum rechallenge IASLC 2020
                North American Conference on Lung Cancer. Accepted for presentation
                October 16-17, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also referred to several randomized phase I and II
                studies of patients undergoing alternate therapies and highlighted
                those OS rates. The applicant provided an abstract from Monnet, et.
                al., (as mentioned previously with respect to applicant's second and
                third claims) summarizing results from a study that investigated
                whether the doublet carboplatin-etoposide was superior to topotecan
                monotherapy as second-line treatment in patients with sensitive
                relapsed SCLC. Authors reported patients treated with topotecan had
                progression free survival (PFS) of 2.7 months and OS of 7.4
                months.\903\ The applicant also referred to Evans, et. al., summarizing
                results from a study of patients with SCLC who relapsed after initial
                platinum-based chemotherapy who were divided into subgroups,
                chemosensitive vs. chemo-resistant/refractory disease. Patients were
                treated with topotecan. Authors reported topotecan PFS of 3.0 months
                and OS of 6.8 months.\904\ The applicant referred to Von Pawel, et.
                al., summarizing the results of a phase 3 trial of a total of 637
                patients with refractory or sensitive SCLC, including topotecan PFS of
                3.5 months and OS of 7.8 months (5.7 months for refractory).\905\
                Lastly, the applicant referred to Von Pawel, et. al., that reported
                randomized, multi-center phase 3 results for topotecan with time to
                progression of 13.3 weeks and median OS of 25 weeks.\906\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \903\ Monnet, 2 L., et. al. Carboplatin-Etoposide Versus
                Topotecan as Second-Line Treatment for Sensitive Relapsed Small-Cell
                Lung Cancer: Phase 3 Trial. Journal of Thoracic Oncology Vol. 14 No.
                10S.
                 \904\ Evans TL, et al. Cabazitaxel versus topotecan in patients
                with small-cell lung cancer with progressive disease during or after
                first-line platinum-based chemotherapy. J Thorac Oncol. 2015;10:
                1221-1228.
                 \905\ Von Pawel J, et al. Randomized phase III trial of
                amrubicin versus topotecan as second-line treatment for patients
                with small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. (2014) 32:35.
                 \906\ Von Pawel J, et al. Topotecan versus cyclophosphamide,
                doxorubicin, and vincristine for the treatment of recurrent small-
                cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. Vol 17, No 2, 1999: 658-667.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant explained that a statement from an American Society
                of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) workgroup indicated that relative
                improvements in median OS of at least 20% are necessary to define a
                clinically meaningful improvement in outcome.\907\ The applicant
                summarized oncology literature reviews between 2014 and 2016 asserting
                that ASCO's threshold for OS was met in only 12% of studies (6 of 49)
                and 19% of therapies.908 909
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \907\ Ellis LM, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology
                perspective: Raising the bar for clinical trials by defining
                clinically meaningful outcomes. J Clin Oncol. 2014;32(12:1277-1280).
                 \908\ Dreicer JJ, et al. Clinically meaningful benefit: real
                world use compared against the American and European guidelines.
                Blood Cancer Journal. 7,10.1038/s41408-017-0009-8.
                 \909\ Kumar H, et al. An appraisal of clinically meaningful
                outcomes guidelines for oncology clinical trials, JAMA Oncology.
                Published online: Vol 2, No 9, 1238-1240.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant further stated that ZEPZELCATM's median OS
                for the overall population compared to the literature, meets the ASCO
                threshold and, for subsets of patient groups, median OS exceeds the
                ASCO threshold for clinically meaningful.
                 The applicant concluded by stating that there is an urgent need for
                new treatment options for the SCLC population.\910\ The applicant
                asserted that CMS's new technology add-on payment approval of
                TECENTRIQ[supreg] for the treatment of patients with ES-SCLC effective
                for FY 2021 (85 FR 58684) further supports the urgency, referring to
                its 2 month improvement in survival.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \910\ NCI Staff. For small cell lung cancer, immunotherapy drug
                finally brings improved survival. National Cancer Institute. October
                3, 2018. https://www.cancer.gov/news-events/cancer-currents-blog/2018/small-cell-lung-cancer-atezolizumab-survival.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant also referred to comments from specialists in the
                field of lung cancer stating that despite small trial sizes,
                improvement in overall survival is a major achievement and that any
                advance in survival is important given that few patients diagnosed with
                SCLC survive for even a year despite treatment.\911\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \911\ NCI Staff. For small cell lung cancer, immunotherapy drug
                finally brings improved survival. National Cancer Institute. October
                3, 2018. https://www.cancer.gov/news-events/cancer-currents-blog/2018/small-cell-lung-cancer-atezolizumab-survival.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the fifth claim, that ZEPZELCATM may
                represent a valuable treatment alternative to platinum rechallenge, the
                applicant submitted several sources pertaining to
                ZEPZELCATM. First, the applicant submitted two sub-analyses
                from Subbiah, et. al., that were based on Study B-005 as its primary
                support for ZEPZELCATM. In both of these sub-analyses,
                patients had been pre-treated with one prior platinum-containing line.
                The first analysis included 20 patients from a subset of patients with
                CTFI >180 and authors report that patients
                [[Page 25360]]
                treated with lurbinectedin had an ORR at 60.0% and a median DoR of 5.5
                months. The second analysis included 60 patients from a SCLC cohort of
                the basket trial, with CTFI >90 d (20 pts with CTFI >180 d). The
                applicant states that ZEPZELCATM was shown to be effective
                and well-tolerated in the platinum-sensitive relapsed SCLC population
                especially when CTFI >180 days. From these results, the authors
                concluded that ZEPZELCATM may represent a valuable
                alternative to platinum rechallenge.912 913 The applicant
                also referenced Arrieta et. al., stating that ZEPZELCATM
                data outperformed less established treatment schemes including platinum
                rechallenge.\914\ The applicant stated that the July 7, 2020 NCCN
                Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology indicate that lurbinectedin is
                identified as a Preferred Regimen in relapse 6 months.\915\ The applicant referred
                to the authors' conclusion in Genestreti et. al., stating that the
                outcome for second line chemotherapy for SCLC is poor and that
                rechallenge platinum/etoposide is a reasonable option with potentially
                better outcomes than standard chemotherapy.\916\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \912\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity of lurbinectedin in second-line
                SCLC patients who are candidates for platinum rechallenge IASLC 2020
                North American Conference on Lung Cancer. Accepted for presentation
                October 16-17, 2020.
                 \913\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity in second-line SCLC patient
                candidates for platinum rechallenge. ESMO (European Society for
                Medical Oncology) 2020 Congress; September 19-21, 2020. Poster
                1784P.
                 \914\ Arrieta O, et al. New opportunities in a challenging
                disease: Lurbinectedin for relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Comment
                in Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology, Published online
                March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(20)30097-8.
                 \915\ NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology, Small Cell
                Lung Cancer. Version 4.2020, July 7, 2020. https://nccn.org.
                 \916\ Genestreti G, et al. Outcomes of platinum-sensitive small-
                cell lung cancer patients treated with platinum/etoposide
                rechallenge: A multi-institutional retrospective analysis. Clinical
                Lung Cancer, Vol. 16, No. 6, e223-8.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Finally, the applicant referred to Monnet, et. al., stating that
                patients treated with combination therapy, carboplatin and etoposide,
                achieved a median OS of 7.4 months and ORR of 49%.\917\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \917\ Monnet, 2 L., et. al. Carboplatin-Etoposide Versus
                Topotecan as Second-Line Treatment for Sensitive Relapsed Small-Cell
                Lung Cancer: Phase 3 Trial. Journal of Thoracic Oncology Vol. 14 No.
                10S.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 After review of the information provided by the applicant, we have
                the following concerns. The evidence submitted by the applicant in
                support of ZEPZELCATM's improvement in overall response and
                survival rates is based on one single-arm, open label, phase II basket
                study (Study B-005 (NCT01454972)) and several smaller subsetted
                analyses that were based on the basket study, and we note that without
                a direct comparison arm it may be more difficult to draw definitive
                conclusions.918 919 920 921 We note the following
                differences between the historical control patients and patients
                treated with ZEPZELCATM in these studies, which may confound
                the comparisons: First, patients with central nervous system
                involvement (brain metastases) were excluded from ZEPZELCATM
                treatment, and we note that Arrieta, et. al., noted that this criterion
                is of particular interest when translating results to the clinical
                setting, since patients with SCLC are known to be prone to develop
                brain metastases, and up to 50% do so throughout the disease
                course.\922\ Second, patients treated with ZEPZELCATM had
                access to immunotherapy during first line treatment, which may support
                patients' immune systems in fighting cancer. Third, the CTFI used in
                the single arm basket trial differs from those used in the historical
                controls of topotecan studies, and we note that CTFIs can impact
                treatment response and outcome. As, per the applicant,
                ZEPZELCATM was listed as a preferred regimen by the NCCN
                Clinical Practice Guidelines for second-line treatment of patients with
                a CTFI 6 months,
                while topotecan is only FDA approved for chemotherapy-sensitive cases,
                defined using a 60 day CTFI, we note that the appropriate comparator
                treatment for ZEPZELCATM would differ depending on the CTFI
                subset. However, the historical controls relied on an overall topotecan
                population with CTFI >60. To the extent that this group was more
                heavily weighted with patients in the lower CTFI group, it is unclear
                whether this may partially explain the poorer outcomes of patients in
                the historical control groups. We also note that, while the claim of
                improved hematological outcomes using ZEPZELCATM appears to
                be mostly supported by the female-only arm of the CORAIL study, results
                from the pooled sample of the basket trial still appeared to
                demonstrate an improvement over the topotecan arm. We believe that this
                may suggest that the inclusion of male patients did not alter the
                conclusion that patients treated with ZEPZELCATM appeared
                more favorable than those treated with topotecan. We further note that
                bone marrow stimulating drugs were allowed in the topotecan arm of the
                CORAIL study so the observed adverse hematologic effects may have been
                the best case for that arm of the study. Finally, we note that the
                subsetted analyses generated from the primary basket study have small
                sample sizes and the authors of these studies stated that further
                research on larger populations is required to draw firm
                conclusions.923 924
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \918\ Sands J, et al. Phase 2 basket trial of lurbinectedin in
                small-cell lung cancer (SCLC): Analysis of efficacy by baseline
                characteristics. IASLC 2020 North American Conference on Lung
                Cancer. Accepted for presentation October 16-17, 2020.
                 \919\ Subbiah V, et al. Phase 2 basket trial of lurbinectedin in
                second-line SCLC: Characteristics and outcomes in treatment
                responders. IASLC 2020 North American Conference on Lung Cancer.
                Accepted for presentation October 16-17, 2020.
                 \920\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity of lurbinectedin in second-line
                SCLC patients who are candidates for platinum rechallenge IASLC 2020
                North American Conference on Lung Cancer. Accepted for presentation
                October 16-17, 2020.
                 \921\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity in second-line SCLC patient
                candidates for platinum rechallenge. ESMO (European Society for
                Medical Oncology) 2020 Congress; September 19-21, 2020. Poster
                1784P.
                 \922\ Arrieta O, et al. New opportunities in a challenging
                disease: Lurbinectedin for relapsed small-cell lung cancer. Comment
                in Lancet Oncology. www.thelancet.com/oncology, Published online
                March 27, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(20)30097-8.
                 \923\ Subbiah V, et al. Activity in second-line SCLC patient
                candidates for platinum rechallenge. ESMO (European Society for
                Medical Oncology) 2020 Congress; September 19-21, 2020. Poster 1784P
                 \924\ Sands J, et al. Phase 2 basket trial of lurbinectedin in
                small-cell lung cancer (SCLC): Analysis of efficacy by baseline
                characteristics. IASLC 2020 North American Conference on Lung
                Cancer. Accepted for presentation October 16-17, 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite public comments on whether ZEPZELCATM meets
                the substantial clinical improvement criterion.
                 We did not receive any written comments in response to the New
                Technology Town Hall meeting notice published in the Federal Register
                regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion for
                ZEPZELCATM.
                6. Proposed FY 2022 Applications for New Technology Add-On Payments
                (Alternative Pathways)
                 As discussed previously, beginning with applications for FY 2021, a
                medical device that is part of FDA's Breakthrough Devices Program and
                has received marketing authorization for the indication covered by the
                Breakthrough Device designation may qualify for the new technology add-
                on payment under an alternative pathway. Additionally, beginning with
                FY 2021, a medical product that is designated by the FDA as a Qualified
                Infectious Disease Product (QIDP) and has received marketing
                authorization for the indication covered by the QIDP
                [[Page 25361]]
                designation, and, beginning with FY 2022, a medical product that is a
                new medical product approved under FDA's Limited Population Pathway for
                Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs (LPAD) and used for the indication
                approved under the LPAD pathway, may also qualify for the new
                technology add-on payment under an alternative pathway. Under an
                alternative pathway, a technology will be considered new and not
                substantially similar to an existing technology for purposes of the new
                technology add-on payment under the IPPS and will not need to meet the
                requirement that it represents an advance that substantially improves,
                relative to technologies previously available, the diagnosis or
                treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. These technologies must still meet
                the cost criterion.
                 We note, section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(II) of the Act provides for the
                collection of data with respect to the costs of a new medical service
                or technology described in subclause (I) for a period of not less than
                2 years and not more than 3 years beginning on the date on which an
                inpatient hospital code is issued with respect to the service or
                technology. Our regulations in Sec. 412.87(c)(2) for breakthrough
                devices and Sec. 412.87(d)(2) for certain antimicrobial products state
                that a medical device/product that meets the condition in paragraph
                (c)(1) or (d)(1) of Sec. 412.87 will be considered new for not less
                than 2 years and not more than 3 years after the point at which data
                begin to become available reflecting the inpatient hospital code (as
                defined in section 1886(d)(5)(K)(iii) of the Act) assigned to the new
                technology (depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the
                new technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has
                recalibrated the DRGs, based on available data, to reflect the costs of
                an otherwise new medical technology, the medical technology will no
                longer be considered ``new'' under the criterion of this section.
                 We received 17 applications for new technology add-on payments for
                FY 2022 under the alternative new technology add-on payment pathway.
                One applicant withdrew its application prior to the issuance of this
                proposed rule. Of the remaining 16 applications, 13 of the technologies
                received a Breakthrough Device designation from FDA and three were
                designated as a QIDP by FDA. We did not receive any applications for
                technologies approved through the LPAD pathway.
                 In accordance with the regulations under Sec. 412.87(e)(2),
                applicants for new technology add-on payments, including Breakthrough
                Devices, must have FDA marketing authorization by July 1 of the year
                prior to the beginning of the fiscal year for which the application is
                being considered. Under the policy finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (85 FR 58742), we revised the regulations at Sec.
                412.87(e) by adding a new paragraph (3) which provides for conditional
                approval for a technology for which an application is submitted under
                the alternative pathway for certain antimicrobial products (QIDPs and
                LPADs) at Sec. 412.87(d) that does not receive FDA marketing
                authorization by the July 1 deadline specified in Sec. 412.87(e)(2),
                provided that the technology receives FDA marketing authorization by
                July 1 of the particular fiscal year for which the applicant applied
                for new technology add-on payments. We refer the reader to the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH final rule for a complete discussion of this policy (85 FR
                58737 through 58742).
                 As we did in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, for
                applications under the alternative new technology add-on payment
                pathway, in this proposed rule we are making a proposal to approve or
                disapprove each of these 16 applications for FY 2022 new technology
                add-on payments. Therefore, in this section of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we provide background information on each alternative
                pathway application and propose whether or not each technology would be
                eligible for the new technology add-on payment for FY 2022. We refer
                readers to section II.H.8. of the preamble of the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (84 FR 42292 through 42297) and FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58715 through 58733) for a complete discussion of the
                alternative new technology add-on payment pathways for these
                technologies.
                a. Alternative Pathway for Breakthrough Devices
                (1) AprevoTM Intervertebral Body Fusion Device
                 Carlsmed, Inc. submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for the aprevoTM Intervertebral Fusion Device
                (aprevoTM) for FY 2022. Per the applicant, the device is an
                interbody fusion implant that stabilizes the lumbar spinal column and
                facilitates fusion during lumbar fusion procedures indicated for the
                treatment of spinal deformity. The applicant states that the implant
                device is custom made for patient-specific features, by using patient
                CT scans to create 3D virtual models of the deformity. The device is
                used during anterior lumbar interbody fusion, lateral lumbar interbody
                fusion, transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion, or standalone anterior
                lumbar interbody fusion procedures. According to the applicant, the
                aprevoTM device is additively manufactured and made from
                Titanium Alloy (Ti-6Al-4V) per ASTM F3001, and has a cavity intended
                for the packing of bone graft. In addition, the applicant explained
                that aprevoTM is used with supplemental fixation devices and
                bone graft packing. Per the applicant, the device was formerly known as
                ``CorraTM.''
                 The aprevoTM device received FDA Breakthrough Device
                designation under the name ``Corra'' on July 1, 2020 for the Corra
                Anterior, Corra Transforaminal and Corra Lateral Lumbar Fusion System
                interbody device which is intended for use in anterior lumbar interbody
                fusion (ALIF), lateral lumbar interbody fusion (LLIF), and
                transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion (TLIF) under this designation.
                The applicant was granted FDA 510(k) clearance as a Class II medical
                device for the anterior lumbar interbody fusion and lateral lumbar
                interbody fusion indications on December 3, 2020. The applicant
                anticipates that the aprevoTM device will receive FDA
                marketing authorization by May 2021 for the additional indications of
                transforaminal interbody fusion and standalone anterior lumbar
                interbody fusion (which incorporates supplemental fixation). Since the
                anterior and lateral lumbar fusion indications that received marketing
                authorization on December 3, 2020 correspond to the indications that
                received Breakthrough Device designation, it appears that the newness
                date for these indications would be December 3, 2020. The
                transforaminal interbody fusion indication, which also corresponds to
                the indication that received Breakthrough Device designation, would
                have a different newness date, depending on when marketing
                authorization is received for that indication. We note that under the
                eligibility criteria for approval under the alternative pathway for
                certain transformative new devices, only the use of aprevoTM
                for the ALIF, LLIF, and TLIF indications, and the FDA Breakthrough
                Device designations it received for these uses, are relevant for
                purposes of the new technology add-on payment application for FY 2022.
                 According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-
                PCS codes describing the device. The applicant submitted a request to
                the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for approval of a
                code for FY
                [[Page 25362]]
                2022 to uniquely identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant provided the
                following analysis. The applicant used the MS-DRG grouping function
                within FindACode software in conjunction with the online MS-DRG v37.0
                Definitions Manual to identify the appropriate MS-DRGs to which
                potential cases that may be eligible for treatment involving
                aprevoTM patient-specific interbody cages would most likely
                map. The applicant identified the following six relevant MS-DRGs:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.194
                 The applicant conducted a review of ICD-10-PCS codes for procedures
                in which the aprevoTM patient-specific intervertebral body
                fusion cases might be placed into the lumbar spine of an adult patient
                diagnosed with spinal curvature. For MS-DRGs 453, 454, and 455, the
                applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset for cases with any of the
                following procedure codes:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.195
                 For MS-DRGs 456, 457, and 458, the applicant searched the FY 2019
                MedPAR dataset for cases reporting a procedure code in Table A in
                combination with a primary diagnosis code in Table B or a secondary
                diagnosis code in Table C.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.196
                [[Page 25363]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.197
                [[Page 25364]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.198
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.199
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The applicant identified 45,331 cases across all six MS-DRGs. The
                applicant first removed charges to account for the two types of prior
                technology devices that the applicant asserted are most likely to be
                replaced by aprevoTM Intervertebral Body Fusion Device.
                Specifically, the applicant calculated an average cost for the top five
                selling devices in each category of prior technology, which include
                standalone ALIF and LLIF lateral expandable cages.\925\ The applicant
                then multiplied the cost of the technology being replaced by three,
                which, per the applicant, is the number of lumbar cages implanted for
                the correction of spinal curvature, to arrive at an estimated hospital
                cost per case.\926\ The applicant converted costs to charges by
                weighting the operating cost-to-charge ratios for each of the 3,315
                hospitals in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule and correction notice
                impact file by each hospital's share of the 9,235,824 submitted bills
                to obtain a national average CCR of 0.2546, of which the inverse is a
                national-average hospital markup of 393 percent. The applicant then
                standardized the charges and applied an inflation factor of 13.1
                percent, which, per the applicant, is the outlier charge inflation
                factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 59038), to
                update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. We note that the applicant
                appears to have used the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule inflation
                factor rather than the 2-year inflation factor from the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule of 13.2 percent (85 FR 59039), which would have
                resulted in a higher inflated charge figure.
                 The applicant then added charges for the new technology by
                multiplying the estimated average cost for the aprevoTM
                Intervertebral Body Fusion Device by three devices per case and
                converting the cost to charges using the 393 percent hospital charge
                markup.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \925\ Orthopedic Network News. ``2019 Spinal Surgery update.''
                Volume 30, No. 4. October 2019.
                 \926\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $247,648 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $157,600. Because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that the aprevoTM
                Intervertebral Body Fusion meets the cost criterion and therefore are
                proposing to approve the aprevoTM Intervertebral Body Fusion
                device for the indications of ALIF and LLIF, and for the indication of
                TLIF, subject to the technology receiving FDA marketing authorization
                for that indication by July 1, 2021, as these indications correspond to
                the Breakthrough Device designation, for new technology add-on payments
                for FY 2022.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the aprevoTM Intervertebral
                Body Fusion is $31,500, or an estimated average cost of $10,500 per
                device multiplied by three, which, according to the applicant, is the
                average number of devices used per procedure. We note that the cost
                information for this technology may be updated in the final rule based
                on revised or additional information CMS receives prior to the final
                rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments
                to the lesser of 65 percent of the average cost of the technology, or
                65 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case.
                As a result, we are proposing that the maximum new technology add-on
                payment for a case involving the use of the aprevoTM
                Intervertebral Body Fusion Device would be $20,475 for FY 2022
                [[Page 25365]]
                (that is 65 percent of the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the aprevoTM
                Intervertebral Body Fusion Device meets the cost criterion and our
                proposal to approve new technology add-on payments for
                aprevoTM Intervertebral Body Fusion Device for FY 2022 for
                ALIF and LLIF, and for TLIF, subject to the technology receiving
                marketing authorization for that indication by July 1, 2021.
                (2) aScopeTM Duodeno
                 Ambu, Inc. submitted an application for new technology add on
                payments for the aScopeTM Duodeno for FY 2022. The device is
                a sterile, single-use endoscope for endoscopy and endoscopic surgery
                indicated for treatment of the upper gastrointestinal (GI) tract. Per
                the applicant, the device includes a flexible insertion tube with a
                bendable tip equipped with lighting and camera. According to the
                applicant, the aScopeTM Duodeno is inserted into the mouth
                of the patient and steered via the esophagus and stomach to the
                duodenum. The applicant states that single-use scopes eliminate the
                risk of patient-to-patient transmission of infection related to
                reprocessing. The applicant also states the device is designed to be
                used with aBox Duodeno, which is a video processor that outputs video
                imaging for observation and recording. Per the applicant, the device
                may also be used with existing external video monitors for image
                display as well as other endoscopic accessories and equipment.
                 The aScopeTM Duodeno (formerly aScope 1 Duo) was
                designated as a Breakthrough Device, indicated for use with the aScope
                Base (now aBox Duodeno), endo-therapy accessories (for example, biopsy
                forceps) and other ancillary equipment (for example, video monitor) for
                endoscopy and endoscopic surgery within the duodenum, and received FDA
                510(k) clearance as a Class II medical device on July 17, 2020 for the
                same indication. Per the applicant, the device was available on the
                market immediately after FDA clearance. According to the applicant,
                there are currently no unique ICD-10-PCS codes describing the device.
                The applicant stated that the applicant for EXALTTM Model D,
                another technology discussed in this section, submitted a request to
                the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for FY 2022 for a
                unique code to identify use of single-use duodenoscopes. The applicant
                further stated that since this code would describe and identify use of
                aScope, they did not submit a request for approval of a code to
                uniquely identify the technology.
                 To demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion, the
                applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS) for cases
                reporting one of the following ICD-10-PCS codes commonly used to report
                endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and use of
                duodenoscopes:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.200
                 The applicant excluded MS-DRGs that had fewer than 100 cases from
                the analysis. The applicant did not say how many cases it excluded
                based on this criterion.
                 In total, the applicant identified 54,848 cases across 40 unique
                MS-DRGs. The applicant then removed charges for prior technology by
                dividing the per use cost for reusable duodenoscopes and related
                components \927\ by the hospital-specific cost-to-charge ratio from the
                FY 2021
                [[Page 25366]]
                IPPS/LTCH Proposed Rule Impact File at the claims level and averaging
                the resulting estimated charges by MS-DRG. The applicant then
                standardized the charges and applied an inflation factor of 13.2
                percent, or the 2-year inflation factor used to update the outlier
                threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 59039), to update
                the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. The applicant added charges for
                the aScopeTM Duodeno and related components by dividing the
                cost per use by the national cost-to-charge ratio of 0.2970 for
                Supplies and Equipment (85 FR 58601).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \927\ Derived from Travis, et al. minus the 20 percent overhead
                cost.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case of $89,945 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $64,894. Because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that the aScopeTM Duodeno
                meets the cost criterion; and therefore, we are proposing to approve
                the aScopeTM Duodeno for new technology add-on payments for
                FY 2022.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the aScopeTM Duodeno is
                $2,184.27. However, the applicant noted in its application that this
                cost is broken down into three components, including the disposable
                sleeve, the aBox Duodeno (a video processor and light source), and
                other endoscopic accessories and equipment. We believe it is
                appropriate to only consider the cost of the disposable sleeve as the
                cost of the technology, as the other two components, which include the
                aBox Duodeno and an external monitor that, per the applicant, do not
                incur new costs per use, would thus be paid for under the IPPS for
                capital-related costs. As noted previously, because section
                1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act requires that the Secretary establish a
                mechanism to recognize the costs of new medical services or
                technologies under the payment system established under that
                subsection, which establishes the system for paying for the operating
                costs of inpatient hospital services, we do not include capital costs
                in the add-on payments for a new medical service or technology or make
                new technology add on payments under the IPPS for capital-related
                costs. Thus, we believe the operating cost of the aScopeTM
                Duodeno is $1,995.
                 Based on the information available at the time of this proposed
                rule, it appears that both aScopeTM Duodeno and
                EXALTTM Model D will be identified by the same ICD-10-PCS
                code and share the same indication for endoscopy and endoscopic surgery
                within the duodenum. As we are unable to separately identify these
                cases to apply two separate payment amounts for these technologies, we
                are proposing to use a case-weighted average to calculate a single cost
                that would be used to determine the new technology add-on payment
                amount for both technologies. To compute the weighted average cost, we
                summed the total number of projected cases for each of the applicants,
                which equaled 12,064 (3,750 plus 8,314). Then we divided the number of
                projected cases for each of the applicants by the total number of
                cases, which resulted in the following case-weighted percentages: 31
                percent for aScopeTM Duodeno and 69 percent for
                EXALTTM Model D. We multiplied the cost per case for the
                manufacturer specific technology by the case-weighted percentage (0.31
                * $1,995 = $620.13 for aScopeTM Duodeno and 0.69 * $2,930 =
                $2,019.23 for EXALTTM Model D). This resulted in a case-
                weighted average cost of $2,639.36 for both technologies. We are
                inviting public comments on this proposed case-weighted average, as
                well as any alternative approaches for determining and applying the new
                technology add-on payment amount for cases involving these
                technologies, for FY 2022.
                 We note that the cost information for this technology may be
                updated in the final rule based on revised or additional information
                CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we
                limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of
                the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                aScopeTM Duodeno or EXALTTM Model D would be
                $1,715.59 for FY 2022 (that is, 65 percent of the case-weighted average
                cost of both technologies).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether aScopeTM
                Duodeno meets the cost criterion and our proposal to approve new
                technology add-on payments for aScopeTM Duodeno for FY 2022.
                We are further inviting public comments on the calculation of the
                maximum new technology add-on payment amount for the
                aScopeTM Duodeno.
                (3) Caption GuidanceTM
                 Caption Health, Inc. submitted an application for new technology-
                add on payments for Caption GuidanceTM for FY 2022. Per the
                applicant, Caption GuidanceTM is an artificial intelligence
                (AI) guided medical imaging acquisition software system indicated for
                the acquisition of cardiac ultrasound images. The applicant explained
                that the system provides real-time guidance during transthoracic
                echocardiography (2D-TTE) to assist in obtaining anatomically correct
                and optimized images that represent standard 2D echocardiographic
                diagnostic views and orientations. The applicant also states that the
                technology is classified by FDA as software as a medical device (SaMD),
                so in order to use the software, the Caption GuidanceTM
                system must be installed on a compatible third-party ultrasound system.
                 Caption GuidanceTM is designated as a Breakthrough
                Device, indicated to assist medical professionals in the acquisition of
                cardiac ultrasound images, and received FDA De Novo approval on
                February 7, 2020 for the same indication. The applicant stated that an
                updated version of the system subsequently received 510(k) clearance
                under 510(k) number K200755 on April 16, 2020 on an expedited basis due
                to COVID-19. Per the applicant, an interim version of the software
                became available on March 17, 2020, though not sold, on an emergency
                basis to assist sites in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic. According
                to the applicant, the first version of the technology was released
                commercially on September 15, 2020 with a first date of sale of
                September 29, 2020. Therefore, we believe that the newness date for
                this technology is the date on which Caption GuidanceTM
                became available on the market, September 15, 2020. The item is a Class
                II medical device assigned to product code QJU with descriptor Image
                Acquisition And/Or Optimization Guided By Artificial Intelligence.
                According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-PCS
                codes describing the device. The applicant submitted a request to the
                ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for a new code to
                uniquely identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the CY
                2019 Limited Data Set (LDS)--Carrier Standard Analytic File (SAF), 5
                percent sample, for beneficiaries receiving limited echocardiography,
                as described by Current Procedural Terminology (CPT[supreg]) code 93308
                (Echocardiography, transthoracic, real-time with image documentation
                (2D), includes M-mode recording, when performed, follow-up or limited
                study) with a place of service code 21 (inpatient hospital) or 23
                [[Page 25367]]
                (emergency department) and the associated inpatient stays. Per the
                applicant, limited echocardiography, the procedure most likely to
                include Caption Guidance, is not reliably reported in the inpatient
                setting. As a result, the applicant used a multi-step approach where
                corresponding inpatient stays were identified in the CY 2019 LDS--
                Inpatient SAF for the beneficiaries identified in the Carrier SAF.
                Inpatient stays were identified by matching on the unique beneficiary
                ID and by matching the carrier claim date of service against the
                inpatient admission and discharge dates. The applicant counted an
                inpatient stay if the date of service for CPT code 93308 occurred on or
                after the inpatient admission date (or during the three days preceding
                the date of admission), but was also on or before the discharge date of
                the hospital stay. The applicant eliminated non-inpatient claims and
                claims with a payment amount less than or equal to zero, as well as
                claims from hospitals that are not used in the ratesetting process.
                 The applicant summarized the remaining claims by MS-DRG, and by
                principal diagnosis and MS-DRG. The applicant cross-walked the MS-DRG
                codes to FY 2021 MS-DRG definitions using the MS-DRG grouper for FY
                2021 and identified a list of 461 unique MS-DRGs to which cases
                representing patients who may be eligible for use of Caption
                GuidanceTM mapped. The applicant also utilized data from
                current Caption GuidanceTM customers to obtain a list of
                principal diagnoses associated with each MS-DRG. The applicant noted
                that, because this analysis began with the CY 2019 LDS Carrier SAF, 5
                percent sample, the inpatient claims captured underrepresent the total
                number of inpatient stays in which CPT code 93308 is expected to be
                performed. The applicant applied the unique MS-DRG and principal
                diagnosis combinations to all inpatient claims in the CY 2018 and CY
                2019 LDS SAF with a discharge date in FY 2019. The applicant then
                removed any claims where there were no billed charges in revenue
                centers 0480 (Cardiology-General) and 0483 (Cardiology-Echocardiology).
                The applicant explained that MS-DRG and principal diagnosis alone are
                unlikely to be a good proxy for performance of CPT code 93308. The
                applicant noted that there are charges to revenue centers 0480 and 0483
                among nearly 100 percent of cases identified, and that no other revenue
                centers were billed at such high frequency. The applicant explained
                that it did not use the FY 2021 MedPAR LDS for this reason, as the
                dataset does not report charges by revenue center.
                 The applicant identified 1,932,386 cases mapping to 461 MS-DRGs.
                Then the applicant standardized the charges and applied the 2-year
                charge inflation factor used to adjust the outlier threshold
                determination, which the applicant stated was 10.22 percent. We note
                that the applicant appears to have used an inflation factor lower than
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule of 13.2 percent (85 FR 59039),
                which would have resulted in a higher inflated charge figure. The
                applicant did not remove charges for prior technology as the applicant
                maintained that no existing technology is comparable to Caption
                GuidanceTM.
                 The applicant then added charges for the new technology. The
                applicant calculated the technology's cost per case in a multi-step
                process. First, the applicant multiplied the cost of Caption
                GuidanceTM by the number of devices under the CCN of each
                subscribing provider to obtain a provider-specific total device cost.
                Next, for each subscribing provider, the applicant identified Medicare
                inpatient cases that would be eligible for Caption
                GuidanceTM using the criteria and methodology described
                previously. The applicant then multiplied the number of inpatient cases
                by 15 percent, which per the applicant is consistent with published
                evidence that the percent of limited echocardiography cases ranged from
                12 to 15 percent of all inpatient echocardiography services.\928\ The
                applicant then added the number of Medicare hospital outpatient cases
                for CPT code 93308 for each subscribing provider to the estimated
                inpatient limited echocardiography utilization to estimate total
                Medicare limited echocardiography by provider. The applicant divided
                the total Medicare inpatient and outpatient cases receiving limited
                echocardiogram by an average Medicare share of 63 percent, which the
                applicant estimated by analyzing discharges reporting three ICD-10-PCS
                codes: B244ZZZ (Ultrasonography of right heart), B245ZZZ
                (Ultrasonography of left heart), and B246ZZZ (Ultrasonography of right
                and left heart) from HCUPnet's Nationwide Inpatient Sample, 2017, to
                obtain the total limited echocardiography cases. The applicant then
                divided the total device cost by the total limited echocardiography
                cases to obtain a provider-specific cost per case, which it then
                averaged across all subscriber hospitals. Finally, the applicant
                converted the cost per case to charges per case by dividing the cost
                per case by the national average cost-to-charge ratio for the
                cardiology cost center of 0.094 (85 FR 58601).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \928\ Ward RP, Lee L, Ward TJ, Lang RM. Utilization and
                Appropriateness of Transthoracic Echocardiography in Response to the
                COVID-19 Pandemic. J Am Soc Echocardiogr. 2020 June;33(6):690-691.
                doi: 10.1016/j.echo.2020.04.006. Epub 2020 April 10.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $113,435 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $69,197. Because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that, using the cost per case provided
                by the applicant, the Caption GuidanceTM system would meet
                the cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve the Caption
                GuidanceTM system for new technology add-on payments for FY
                2022. However, as we note later in this section, because the cost per
                case can vary based on utilization of the technology, we would like
                further information on whether the Caption GuidanceTM system
                would still meet the cost criterion if, for instance, an increase in
                utilization resulted in a cost per case that is lower than the figure
                the applicant provided.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the Caption GuidanceTM
                system is $2,874. We note that the cost information for this technology
                may be updated in the final rule based on revised or additional
                information CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under Sec.
                412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of
                65 percent of the average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the
                costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are
                proposing that the maximum new technology add-on payment for a case
                involving the use of the Caption GuidanceTM system would be
                $1,868.10 for FY 2022 (that is 65 percent of the average cost of the
                technology). However, we refer the reader to our discussion and request
                for comments regarding our concerns with respect to determining a cost
                per case for a technology that utilizes a subscription for its cost,
                and note that we may consider finalizing a different add-on payment
                amount after consideration of comments received.
                 The applicant appears to have used a single list price of Caption
                GuidanceTM per hospital with a cost per patient that can
                vary based on the volume of cases. We are interested in information
                about
                [[Page 25368]]
                whether the cost per patient varies based on the utilization of the
                technology by the hospitals. The cost per patient could be skewed by
                the small number of hospitals utilizing the technology and their low
                case volumes. It is possible, if hospitals with large patient
                populations adopt Caption GuidanceTM, the cost per patient
                would be significantly lower.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58628), in a similar
                instance, we stated our understanding that there are unique
                circumstances to determining a cost per case for a technology that
                utilizes a subscription for its cost. We continue to welcome comments
                from the public as to the appropriate method to determine a cost per
                case for such technologies, including comments on whether the cost per
                case should be estimated based on subscriber hospital data as described
                previously, and if so, whether the cost analysis should be updated
                based on the most recent subscriber data for each year for which the
                technology may be eligible for the new technology add-on payment.
                 We invite public comments on whether the Caption
                GuidanceTM system meets the cost criterion and our proposal
                to approve new technology add-on payments for Caption
                GuidanceTM system for FY 2022, including on whether the
                newness period for this technology would begin on September 15, 2020.
                (4) CERAMENT[supreg] G
                 BONESUPPORT Inc. submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for CERAMENT[supreg] G for FY 2022. Per the applicant,
                CERAMENT[supreg] G is an injectable bone-void filler made of calcium
                sulfate, hydroxyapatite, and gentamicin sulfate indicated for the
                surgical treatment of osteomyelitis. Per the applicant, this bone graft
                substitute fills gaps resulting from debridement of infected bone and
                prevents colonization of sensitive bacteria, promoting bone healing in
                two ways. The applicant stated that the primary mode of action is for
                CERAMENT[supreg] G to act as a resorbable ceramic bone-void filler
                intended to fill gaps and voids in the skeleton system created when
                infected bone is debrided. The applicant also stated that the secondary
                mode of action is to prevent the colonization of gentamicin-sensitive
                microorganisms in order to protect bone healing. Per the applicant,
                CERAMENT[supreg] G may eliminate the need to harvest autologous bone,
                avoiding pain and infection at the donor site.
                 CERAMENT[supreg] G is designated as a Breakthrough Device for use
                as a bone-void filler as an adjunct to systemic antibiotic therapy and
                surgical debridement as part of the surgical treatment of
                osteomyelitis. It has not yet received FDA 510(k) clearance. According
                to the applicant, there are no available codes that adequately describe
                the product CERAMENT[supreg] G. The applicant submitted a request to
                the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for approval of a
                code to uniquely identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant used the MS-DRG
                grouping function within FindACode software in conjunction with the
                online MS-DRG v37.0 Definitions Manual to identify the appropriate MS-
                DRGs to which potential cases that may be eligible for treatment with
                CERAMENT[supreg] G would most likely map. The applicant identified the
                following seven relevant MS-DRGs:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.201
                 The applicant conducted a review of ICD-10-PCS codes for procedures
                that would use CERAMENT[supreg] G. For each MS-DRG, the applicant
                searched for cases reporting a diagnosis code from the Osteomyelitis
                category in combination with one of the procedure codes listed in the
                table that follows.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25369]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.202
                [[Page 25370]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.203
                [[Page 25371]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.204
                [[Page 25372]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.205
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The applicant identified 7,994 cases across the seven MS-DRGs. The
                applicant then removed charges for prior technology that may be
                replaced by CERAMENT[supreg] G. The applicant conducted a market
                analysis that identified 3 types of prior technology devices: Poly
                (methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) manually mixed with antibiotics, PMMA pre-
                loaded with antibiotics, and calcium sulfate (CaS) mixed with
                antibiotics. The applicant researched the average sales price (ASP) for
                major competitors for 5cc and 10cc of each device type and calculated a
                weighted average cost of $444 per 5cc and $727 per 10 cc.\929\ Then the
                applicant converted costs to charges by weighting the operating cost-
                to-charge ratios for 3,315 hospitals in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule and correction notice impact file by each hospital's share of the
                9,235,824 submitted bills to obtain a national average CCR of 0.2546,
                of which the inverse is a national-average hospital markup of 393
                percent. The applicant then standardized the charges and applied an
                inflation factor of 13.1 percent, or the 2-year inflation factor used
                to update the outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, to update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. We note that the
                applicant appears to have used the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
                inflation factor rather than the 2-year inflation factor from the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule of 13.2 percent (85 FR 59039), which
                would have resulted in a higher inflated charge figure. The applicant
                added charges for the new technology by multiplying the estimated
                average cost for 5cc and 10cc of CERAMENT[supreg] G by the 393 percent
                hospital charge markup.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \929\ The applicant's analysis was informed by 2019 and 2020
                data for its competitors from three sources: an iData Market
                Research 2019 Sku Data Report, Global Data US Hospital Bone Grafts
                and Substitutes Q3 2019 Report, and feedback from sales
                representatives in the field.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $107,671 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $76,791. Because the final inflated average case-weighted
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that CERAMENT[supreg] G meets the cost
                criterion; and therefore, subject to the technology receiving FDA
                marketing authorization for use as a bone-void filler as an adjunct to
                systemic antibiotic therapy and surgical debridement as part of the
                surgical treatment of osteomyelitis by July 1, 2021, we are proposing
                to approve CERAMENT[supreg] G for new technology add-on payments for FY
                2022.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of CERAMENT[supreg] G is $6,020 per
                procedure. Per the applicant, the amount of CERAMENT[supreg] G used per
                patient depends on the location and size of the bone void. The
                applicant expects that a typical patient will require 5-10cc per
                procedure, with large and more complex cases requiring higher volumes.
                The applicant estimated that 70 percent of patients will receive 5cc
                and 30 percent of patients will receive 10 cc of CERAMENT[supreg] G,
                resulting in a weighted average cost of $6,020 per patient. We note
                that the cost information for this technology may be updated in the
                final rule based on revised or additional information CMS receives
                prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new
                technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the average
                cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-
                DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                the product CERAMENT[supreg] G would be $3,913 for FY 2022 (that is 65
                percent of the average cost of the technology).
                [[Page 25373]]
                 We are inviting public comments on whether CERAMENT[supreg] G meets
                the cost criterion and our proposal to approve new technology add-on
                payments for CERAMENT[supreg] G for FY 2022, subject to
                CERAMENT[supreg] G receiving FDA marketing authorization for use as a
                bone-void filler as an adjunct to systemic antibiotic therapy and
                surgical debridement as part of the surgical treatment of osteomyelitis
                by July 1, 2021.
                (5) EXALTTM Model D Single-Use Duodenoscope
                 Boston Scientific Corporation submitted an application for new
                technology-add on payments for EXALTTM Model D Single-Use
                Duodenoscope (EXALTTM) for FY 2022. Per the applicant,
                EXALTTM is a single-use, flexible duodenoscope indicated for
                diagnostic and therapeutic treatment of the pancreaticobiliary system
                during endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
                procedures. According to the applicant, the scope is most commonly used
                to facilitate therapeutic maneuvers such as removal of gallstones from
                the bile ducts, dilation of strictures in the bile or pancreatic ducts,
                or to relieve an obstruction by inserting a plastic or metal stent. The
                applicant states that EXALTTM is intended to eliminate the
                risk of patient-to-patient transmission of infection related to
                reprocessing of reusable duodenoscopes.
                 EXALTTM is designated as a Breakthrough Device,
                indicated for intended use with a Boston Scientific endoscopic video
                imaging system for endoscopy and endoscopic surgery within the
                duodenum, and received FDA 510(k) clearance as a Class II medical
                device on December 13, 2019 for the same indication. The applicant
                indicates that this device is the first FDA-cleared single-use
                duodenoscope in the U.S. According to the applicant, EXALTTM
                was available on the market immediately after FDA approval. The
                applicant listed 50 ICD-10-PCS codes that describe ERCP and other
                procedures in which EXALTTM and other duodenoscopes are
                used. The applicant submitted a request to the ICD-10 Coordination and
                Maintenance Committee for approval of a code to uniquely identify the
                technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted two
                analyses based on 100 percent of identified claims and 76 percent of
                identified claims, both of which are further described later in this
                section. To identify potential cases where EXALTTM could be
                utilized, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR file for the
                following ICD-10-PCS codes:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25374]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.206
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 For the analysis using 100 percent of cases, the applicant
                identified a total of 59,966 cases spanning 440 MS-DRGs. The applicant
                then removed 100 percent of charges associated with the service
                Medical/Surgical Supplies and Devices for the prior technology. The
                applicant stated that it does not believe use of EXALTTM
                will replace any other medical supplies but removed 100 percent of
                charges associated with service category Medical/Surgical Supply Charge
                Amount, which included the revenue center code 027x, to be as
                conservative as possible. The applicant then standardized the charges
                and applied an inflation factor of 13.2 percent, which is the same
                inflation factor used by CMS to update the outlier threshold in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to update the charges
                [[Page 25375]]
                from FY 2019 to FY 2021 (85 FR 59039). The applicant added charges for
                the new technology by multiplying the cost of the technology by the
                national CCR for implantable devices from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule. Under the analysis based on 100 percent of claims, the
                applicant determined an average case-weighted threshold amount of
                $66,588 and a final inflated case weighted average standardized charge
                per case of $96,079.
                 For the analysis using 76 percent of cases, which the applicant
                conducted due to these cases mapping to just 14 MS-DRGs, the applicant
                used the same methodology, which identified 45,530 cases across 14 MS-
                DRGs. The applicant determined an average case-weighted threshold
                amount of $63,762 and a final inflated case weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $84,631. Because the final inflated
                case-weighted average standardized charge per case exceeded the average
                case-weighted threshold amount for both analyses, the applicant
                asserted that the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 We are concerned that the applicant used the national CCR for
                implantable devices from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, as a
                duodenoscope is not an implantable device. We note that the cost
                analysis for another duodenoscope that is the subject of an application
                for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022, the aScopeTM
                Duodeno, used the national CCR for supplies and equipment to convert
                the cost of the technology to charges, and we believe that the same CCR
                should apply for purposes of the cost analysis for EXALTTM
                Model D Single-Use Duodenoscope.
                 We agree with the applicant that EXALTTM Model D Single-
                Use Duodenoscope meets the cost criterion and therefore are proposing
                to approve EXALTTM Model D Single-Use Duodenoscope for new
                technology add on payments for FY 2022.
                 As discussed previously, based on the information available at the
                time of this proposed rule, it appears that both aScopeTM
                Duodeno and EXALTTM Model D will be identified by the same
                ICD-10-PCS code and share the same indication for endoscopy and
                endoscopic surgery within the duodenum. Thus, as we are unable to
                separately identify these cases to apply two separate payment amounts
                for these technologies, we are proposing to use a case-weighted average
                to calculate a single cost that would be used to determine the new
                technology add-on payment amount for both technologies. To compute the
                weighted average cost, we summed the total number of projected cases
                for each of the applicants, which equaled 12,064 (3,750 plus 8,314).
                Then we divided the number of projected cases for each of the
                applicants by the total number of cases, which resulted in the
                following case-weighted percentages: 31 percent for aScopeTM
                Duodeno and 69 percent for EXALTTM Model D. We then
                multiplied the cost per case for the manufacturer specific technology
                by the case-weighted percentage (0.31 * $1,995 = $620.13 for
                aScopeTM Duodeno and 0.69 * $2,930 = $2,019.23 for
                EXALTTM Model D). This resulted in a case-weighted average
                cost of $2,639.36 for both technologies. We are inviting public
                comments on this proposed case-weighted average, as well as any
                alternative approaches for determining and applying the new technology
                add-on payment amount for cases involving these technologies, for FY
                2022.
                 We note that the cost information for this technology may be
                updated in the final rule based on revised or additional information
                CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we
                limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of
                the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                the product EXALTTM Model D Single-Use Duodenoscope or
                aScopeTM Duodeno would be $1,715.59 for FY 2022 (that is 65
                percent of the case-weighted average cost of both technologies).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether EXALTTM Model
                D Single-Use Duodenoscope meets the cost criterion and our proposal to
                approve new technology add-on payments for EXALTTM Model D
                Single-Use Duodenoscope for FY 2022. We are further inviting public
                comments on our calculation of the maximum new technology add-on
                payment amount for the EXALTTM Model D.
                (6) FUJIFILM EP-7000X System
                 Fujifilm Corporation submitted an application for new technology-
                add on payments for FUJIFILM EP-7000X System for FY 2022. The FUJIFILM
                EP-7000X system is an endoscopic video imaging system used for
                endoscopic observation, diagnosis, treatment, and image recording in
                minimally invasive surgeries of abdominal gynecologic and thoracic
                areas. Per the applicant, this system allows for the visualization of
                hemoglobin oxygen saturation levels of blood in superficial tissue
                under a 2D endoscopic image, which helps physicians identify tissue
                that is not appropriately oxygenated and thus potentially ischemic. The
                applicant further explains that the technology consists of four
                components: Video Laparoscope EL-R740M, Processor VP-7000, Light Source
                BL-7000X, and Image Processing Unit EX-0.
                 The FUJIFILM EP-7000X system received Breakthrough Device
                designation for endoscopic observation, diagnosis, treatment, and image
                recording in patients requiring such procedures on September 17, 2020
                and has not yet been granted FDA approval. According to the applicant,
                there are currently no unique ICD-10-PCS codes describing the system.
                The applicant submitted a request to the ICD-10 Coordination and
                Maintenance Committee for approval of a unique code for FY 2022 to
                identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR claims data file to identify potential cases representing
                patients who may be eligible for treatment with the EP-7000X System.
                The applicant identified claims that reported an ICD-10-PCS procedure
                code for gastrointestinal bypass or hernia repair, which the applicant
                listed in the following table:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25376]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.207
                [[Page 25377]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.208
                [[Page 25378]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.209
                [[Page 25379]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.210
                [[Page 25380]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.211
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 Per the applicant, oxygen saturation endoscopic imaging would not
                be necessary, as both imaging procedures are used to evaluate vascular
                perfusion and therefore the applicant excluded cases with the ICD-10-
                PCS procedure code 4A1BXSH (Monitoring of Gastrointestinal Vascular
                Perfusion using Indocyanine Green Dye, External Approach). In addition,
                the applicant compared cases with procedure code 4A1BXSH to cases
                without procedure code 4A1BXSH and found that cases with the procedure
                code have higher total standardized charges. The applicant further
                limited the cases to MS-DRGs with at least one percent of case volume,
                leaving 12,020 cases spread across 16 MS-DRGs, or 83 percent of the
                14,522 cases initially identified. The applicant standardized the
                charges and applied an inflation factor of 13.2 percent, which is the
                same inflation factor used by CMS to update the outlier threshold in
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to update the charges from FY
                2019 to FY 2021 (85 FR 59039). The applicant did not remove charges for
                the current technology as the applicant believed the use of EP-87000X
                System would not replace any other therapies except for the vascular
                perfusion monitoring procedure for which cases were already excluded.
                 The applicant then added charges for the new technology. The
                applicant explained that the total cost of the EP-87000X System
                consists of the capital equipment as well as a service contract for the
                equipment and a calibration fee required to perform a calibration
                between a video laparoscope and light source every 6 months. The
                applicant stated that it calculated the equipment cost per minute using
                the Medicare physician fee schedule formula used for calculating
                practice expense relative value units (RVUs). The applicant stated that
                it also assumed a 3 percent usage rate, a 5.5 percent interest rate, a
                0 percent maintenance factor (as the maintenance fee is built into the
                cost of the equipment), and a 5-year useful life. The applicant
                multiplied the machine cost per minute by the number of minutes of
                procedure time, which the applicant estimated to be 4.5 hours or 270
                minutes, to obtain the per patient cost. The applicant then converted
                the cost to charges by dividing the cost per patient by the national
                average cost-to-charge ratio for supplies and equipment (0.297).
                 Based on the cost information, the applicant calculated a final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $106,603
                and an average case-weighted threshold of $80,392. Because the final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount, the applicant asserted that
                the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 As noted previously, because section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act
                requires that the Secretary establish a mechanism to recognize the
                costs of new medical services or technologies under the payment system
                established under that subsection, which establishes the system for
                paying for the operating costs of inpatient hospital services, we do
                not include capital costs in the add-on payments for a new medical
                service or technology or make new technology add-on payments under the
                IPPS for capital-related costs. Based on preliminary information from
                the applicant, it appears that the costs of the FUJIFILM EP-7000X
                System do not include any operating costs. Therefore, even if the
                technology meets the cost criterion, it appears that no new technology
                add-on payment would be made for the FUJIFILM EP-7000X System because,
                as discussed in prior rulemaking and noted previously, we only make new
                technology add-on payments for operating costs (72 FR 47307 through
                47308). However, we are inviting public comments on whether the
                FUJIFILM EP-7000X System has any operating costs. If the FUJIFILM EP-
                7000X System does have operating costs, since it appears to meet the
                cost criterion as previously noted, we are proposing to approve new
                technology add-on payments for only the operating costs of the FUJIFILM
                EP-7000X System for FY 2022, subject to the technology receiving FDA
                marketing authorization for endoscopic observation, diagnosis,
                treatment, and image recording in patients requiring such procedures by
                July 1, 2021.
                (7) HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System
                 Medtronic submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV)
                System (``HarmonyTM'') for FY 2022. The system consists of a
                bioprosthetic heart valve developed from porcine pericardial tissue
                mounted on self-expanding nitinol struts sewn to a polyester fabric.
                According to the applicant, HarmonyTM is implanted in the
                patient's heart between the right ventricle and the bifurcation of the
                pulmonary arteries to treat patients with congenital heart disease who
                are indicated for a pulmonary valve replacement. The applicant states
                that HarmonyTM is the first transcatheter pulmonary valve
                that is designed to treat the patient's condition at the native site of
                the pulmonary valve without a pre-existing valve conduit or pre-
                existing bioprosthetic valve.
                 The HarmonyTM TPV System received designation as a
                Breakthrough Device on
                [[Page 25381]]
                May 1, 2019, with the indication for the treatment of symptomatic
                severe pulmonary regurgitation in patients with a surgically-repaired
                right ventricular outflow tract. The applicant anticipates receiving
                510(k) clearance for Class III medical device by June 2021.
                Additionally, the applicant noted that the proposed indication for the
                pending FDA marketing authorization is more expansive than the
                indication for the FDA Breakthrough Device status, to include patients
                who have had a prior transcatheter intervention. We note that under the
                eligibility criteria for approval under the alternative pathway for
                certain transformative new devices, only the use of the
                HarmonyTM TPV System for the treatment of symptomatic severe
                pulmonary regurgitation in patients with a surgically-repaired right
                ventricular outflow tract, and the FDA Breakthrough Device designation
                it received for that use, are relevant for purposes of the new
                technology add-on payment application for FY 2022.
                 According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-
                PCS codes describing the HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary
                Valve (TPV). The applicant noted that the HarmonyTM TPV
                System is currently reported within table 02R of the ICD-10 PCS tabular
                list (body part value Pulmonary Valve, approach value Percutaneous,
                device value as appropriate, and qualifier value No Qualifier). Per the
                applicant, this same code also applies to existing technology for
                transcatheter valve replacement within a conduit or a pre-existing
                prosthetic valve. The applicant submitted a request to the ICD-10
                Coordination and Maintenance Committee for approval of a unique code
                for FY 2022 to identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR dataset for claims representing patients with congenital
                diagnoses who received a surgical valve or a transcatheter procedure.
                The applicant identified claims across five MS-DRGs after excluding
                cases with outlier payments. Per the applicant, 6 percent of cases were
                in MS-DRG 216, 24 percent of cases were in MS-DRG 219, 12 percent of
                cases were in MS-DRG 220, 26 percent of cases were in MS-DRG 266, and
                32 percent of cases were in MS-DRG 267. The applicant did not provide
                case counts because the volume in each MS-DRG was fewer than 11 cases.
                 Next, the applicant removed charges for the prior technology and
                standardized the charges. The applicant described the charges for the
                technology that would be replaced as ``the sum of the medical-surgical
                pacemaker amount, the intraocular lens amount, the other implants
                amount, and the investigational device amount.'' The applicant also
                removed charges related to the prior technology, which it described as
                ``the sum of the medical surgical supplies amount, the durable medical
                equipment amount, and the used durable medical amount minus the prior
                technology charges.'' The applicant then applied an inflation factor of
                13.1 percent, which per the applicant is the same inflation factor used
                by CMS to update the outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, to update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. We note that
                the applicant appears to have used the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
                rule inflation factor rather than the 2-year inflation factor from the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule of 13.2 percent (85 FR 59039), which
                would have resulted in a higher inflated charge figure. The applicant
                added charges for the new technology by dividing the cost of the
                HarmonyTM TPV by the national CCR for implantable devices,
                which is 0.293 (85 FR 58601). The applicant also added charges related
                to the new technology, which the applicant estimated to be similar to
                the charges related to transcatheter procedures within MS-DRGs 266-267.
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $257,970 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $202,037. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We are concerned that the applicant's charge threshold analysis
                utilized a small sample of 55 cases, given that the applicant projected
                a case volume of over 1,000 cases for FY 2022. Subject to the applicant
                adequately addressing this concern, we would agree that the technology
                meets the cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve
                HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System for new
                technology add-on payments for FY 2022, subject to the technology
                receiving FDA marketing authorization for the treatment of symptomatic
                severe pulmonary regurgitation in patients with a surgically-repaired
                right ventricular outflow tract by July 1, 2021. As noted previously,
                only the use of the HarmonyTM TPV System for the treatment
                of symptomatic severe pulmonary regurgitation in patients with a
                surgically-repaired right ventricular outflow tract, and the FDA
                Breakthrough Device designation it received for that use, are relevant
                for purposes of the new technology add-on payment application for FY
                2022.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the HarmonyTM Transcatheter
                Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System is $41,500. Per the applicant, this cost
                is comprised of $33,000 for the HarmonyTM TPV and $8,500 for
                the HarmonyTM transcatheter pulmonary valve delivery and
                loading system. It is not clear to us whether these costs reflect the
                use of capital equipment. We note that the cost information for this
                technology may be updated in the final rule based on revised or
                additional information CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under
                Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments to the
                lesser of 65 percent of the average cost of the technology, or 65
                percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a
                result, if both components of the HarmonyTM Transcatheter
                Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System are operating costs, we are proposing that
                the maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use
                of the HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System
                would be $26,975 for FY 2022 (that is 65 percent of the average cost of
                the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the HarmonyTM
                Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System meets the cost criterion and
                our proposal to approve new technology add-on payments for
                HarmonyTM Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System for FY
                2022, subject to FDA marketing authorization of HarmonyTM
                Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve (TPV) System by July 1, 2021 for the
                treatment of patients with severe pulmonary regurgitation who have had
                prior intervention on the right ventricular outflow tract and are
                clinically indicated for a pulmonary valve replacement. We are also
                inviting public comment on whether the costs of the
                HarmonyTM TPV and HarmonyTM transcatheter
                pulmonary valve delivery and loading system reflect use of capital
                equipment.
                (8) Neovasc ReducerTM
                 Neovasc Inc. submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for the Neovasc ReducerTM System for FY 2022. The
                Neovasc ReducerTM System is a permanent implant inserted
                percutaneously into the coronary sinus and indicated for relief of
                angina symptoms in patients with refractory
                [[Page 25382]]
                angina. According to the applicant, the device creates a permanent and
                controlled narrowing of the coronary sinus to improve perfusion to
                ischemic myocardium with its hourglass shape. Per the applicant, the
                focal narrowing works to generate a pressure gradient and redistribute
                blood flow to ischemic areas of the heart.
                 The Neovasc ReducerTM System was designated as a
                Breakthrough Device on October 10, 2018, indicated for use in patients
                with refractory angina pectoris despite guideline-directed medical
                therapy who are unsuitable for revascularization by coronary artery
                bypass grafting (CABG) or by percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI),
                and anticipates receiving Pre-Market Approval as a Class III medical
                device in the first half of 2021.
                 According to the applicant, there are no unique ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes to report the implantation of the device; however, the
                applicant noted that facilities could report the insertion of the
                ReducerTM System with ICD-10-PCS code 02H43DZ (Insertion of
                intraluminal device into coronary vein, percutaneous approach).
                Similarly, the applicant indicated that there are no unique ICD-10-CM
                diagnosis codes to report refractory angina; however, facilities might
                use ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes I20.8 `Other forms of angina pectoris' or
                I20.9 `Angina pectoris, unspecified' to report refractory angina. The
                applicant submitted a request to the ICD-10 Coordination and
                Maintenance Committee for approval for a new ICD-10-PCS procedure code
                for the implantation of the device and a new ICD-10-CM diagnosis code
                for refractory angina for FY 2022 to identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR dataset for claims with an ICD-10-PCS procedure code of
                02L73DK (Occlusion of left atrial appendage with intraluminal device,
                percutaneous approach) and 027034Z (Dilation of coronary artery, one
                artery with drug-eluting intraluminal device, percutaneous approach).
                 The applicant explained that patients who may be eligible for the
                Neovasc Reducer would be those diagnosed with refractory angina. The
                applicant further explained that because there is by definition no
                treatment for refractory angina, cases admitted to an inpatient
                hospital with a diagnosis of refractory angina were almost exclusively
                assigned to medical MS-DRGs that do not resemble a cardiac procedure in
                terms of clinical or resource use.
                 Per the applicant, Left Atrial Appendage (LAA) Occlusion is most
                closely related to the new technology, as it is a venous procedure
                using a permanent implant that is generally performed on a stable
                patient and requires a 1- to 2-day hospital stay. The applicant used
                the refractory angina cases to establish the eligible case count and
                the ratio between cases ``with complication and comorbidity (CC)'' and
                ``with major complication and comorbidity (MCC)'' versus cases
                ``without CC/MCC''. The applicant stated that it used this ratio to
                weight the MS-DRGs to which the LAA procedure cases mapped, as the
                refractory angina patient population differs in terms of comorbidities
                and severity of illness compared to the patient population receiving
                LAA.
                 The applicant identified a total of 16,182 LAA cases mapping to MS-
                DRGs 273 or 274. The applicant then removed the implantable device
                charges for the prior technology. The applicant also removed charges
                for cardiac catheterization, the operating room, and supplies and
                equipment. The applicant then standardized the charges and applied an
                inflation factor of 13.2 percent, which is the same inflation factor
                used by CMS to update the outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (85 FR 89039), to update the charges from FY 2019 to FY
                2021. The applicant added charges for the new technology, which it
                calculated by dividing the cost of the Reducer device by the national
                cost-to-charge ratio for implantable devices (0.239). The applicant
                noted that the charges for the new technology were not inflated.
                 As noted previously, the refractory angina patient population
                differs in terms of comorbidities and severity of illness compared to
                the patient population receiving LAA. Therefore, the applicant adjusted
                the volume weights for MS-DRGs 274/273 to reflect the refractory angina
                population. The applicant extracted cases with an ICD-10-CM diagnosis
                code I20.8 (Other forms of angina pectoris) and I20.9 (Angina pectoris,
                unspecified) from the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset. The applicant identified
                9,548 cases with a refractory angina diagnosis spread across 513 MS-
                DRGs. The applicant divided cases into two groups--those mapping to an
                MS-DRG with a CC or MCC designation and those mapping to an MS-DRG
                without CC or MCC. The applicant found that the ratio of cases with CC/
                MCC to cases without CC/MCC was 61/39. The applicant applied this ratio
                to the refractory angina cases assigned to MS-DRGs with no CC/MCC
                designation and filled in the volumes by MS-DRG (39 percent of
                refractory angina cases were assigned to MS-DRG 274 and 61 percent to
                MS-DRG 273).
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $141,304 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $127,659. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that the Neovasc ReducerTM
                System meets the cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve
                the Neovasc ReducerTM System for new technology add-on
                payments for FY 2022, subject to the technology receiving FDA marketing
                authorization for use in patients with refractory angina pectoris
                despite guideline-directed medical therapy who are unsuitable for
                revascularization by CABG or by PCI by July 1, 2021.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the Neovasc ReducerTM System
                is $15,000. We note that the cost information for this technology may
                be updated in the final rule based on revised or additional information
                CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we
                limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of
                the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                the Neovasc ReducerTM System would be $9,750 for FY 2022
                (that is 65 percent of the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Neovasc
                ReducerTM System meets the cost criterion and our proposal
                to approve new technology add-on payments for Neovasc
                ReducerTM System for FY 2022, subject to the Neovasc
                ReducerTM receiving FDA marketing authorization by July 1,
                2021 for use in patients with refractory angina pectoris despite
                guideline-directed medical therapy who are unsuitable for
                revascularization by coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) or by
                percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI).
                (9) Phagenyx[supreg] System
                 Phagenesis Ltd. submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for Phagenyx[supreg] System for FY 2022. The Phagenyx[supreg]
                system (Phagenyx[supreg]) is a neurostimulation device for the
                treatment of neurogenic dysphagia, which is often seen after
                [[Page 25383]]
                stroke, traumatic brain injury, or prolonged mechanical ventilation.
                Per the applicant, the system is comprised of a sterile single-use per
                patient catheter, introduced nasally and extending as far as the
                patient's stomach; and a base station, described as a touch screen user
                interface that facilitates the optimization of stimulation levels and
                stores patient and treatment information. Per the applicant, treatment
                involves the use of electric pulses to stimulate sensory nerves in the
                oropharynx.
                 The Phagenyx[supreg] system received Breakthrough Device
                designation on December 4, 2019 and anticipates receiving De Novo FDA
                clearance by the second quarter of CY 2021. Per the applicant, the FDA
                granted Breakthrough Device designation for use in treating neurogenic
                dysphagia in adult tracheotomized patients weaned from ventilation. The
                applicant noted that their De Novo application to FDA has a broader
                proposed indication, which states that it is intended for the treatment
                of non-progressive neurogenic dysphagia in adult patients, and
                explained that there are current plans to request an expanded
                Breakthrough Designation to align with this broader labelling. We note
                that, under the eligibility criteria for approval under the alternative
                pathway for certain transformative new devices, only the use of the
                Phagenyx[supreg] system for the treatment of neurogenic dysphagia in
                adult tracheotomized patients weaned from ventilation, and the FDA
                Breakthrough Device designation it received for that use, are relevant
                for purposes of the new technology add-on payment application for FY
                2022, unless an expanded Breakthrough Designation that aligns with FDA
                labelling is also granted by the FDA marketing authorization deadline.
                 According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-
                PCS codes describing the Phagenyx[supreg] system. The applicant
                submitted a request to the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
                Committee for approval of a unique code for FY 2022 to identify the
                technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant performed two
                analyses based on its Breakthrough Designation indication and the
                broader proposed indication. For both scenarios, the applicant used the
                FY 2019 MedPAR dataset to assess the MS-DRGs to which potential cases
                representing patients who may be eligible for the Phagenyx[supreg]
                System would most likely map. Under the first analysis based on the
                applicant's Breakthrough designation indication, the applicant searched
                for claims reporting an ICD-10-PCS procedure code for tracheostomy in
                combination with an ICD-10-CM diagnosis code for dysphagia.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.212
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.213
                 The applicant identified 8,181 cases spanning 170 MS-DRGs. Per the
                applicant, 69 percent of the discharges were in MS-DRGs 003 and 004,
                which is consistent with the applicant's assertion that cases involving
                tracheostomized patients typically map to these MS-DRGs.
                 Under the second analysis, based on the applicant's proposed
                broader indication, the applicant searched for claims reporting an ICD-
                10-CM diagnosis code for dysphagia, then excluded claims reporting an
                ICD-10-CM code for CNS disease. The applicant identified 390,328 cases
                spanning 722 MS-DRGs.
                [[Page 25384]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.214
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.215
                 Under both analyses, the applicant did not remove any charges for
                prior technology. The applicant standardized the charges and applied an
                inflation factor of 13.2 percent, or the 2-year inflation factor used
                to update the outlier threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85
                FR 89039), to update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. The applicant
                then added charges for the Phagenyx[supreg] System by dividing the cost
                by the national cost-to-charge ratio for supplies and equipment of
                0.297 (85 FR 58601).
                 Under the analysis based on the applicant's Breakthrough
                Designation indication, the applicant calculated a final inflated case-
                weighted average standardized charge per case of $331,860 and an
                average case-weighted threshold of $276,624. Under the analysis based
                on the applicant's broader proposed indication, the applicant
                calculated a final inflated case-weighted average standardized charge
                per case of $104,346 and an average case-weighted threshold of $68,799.
                Because the final inflated case-weighted average standardized charge
                per case exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount under both
                analyses, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the cost
                criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that Phagenyx[supreg] System meets the
                cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve Phagenyx[supreg]
                System for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022, subject to the
                technology receiving FDA marketing authorization for the indication
                corresponding to the Breakthrough Device designation by July 1, 2021.
                As noted previously, only the use of the Phagenyx[supreg] System for
                the treatment of neurogenic dysphagia in adult tracheotomized patients
                weaned from ventilation, and the FDA Breakthrough Device designation it
                received for that use, are relevant for purposes of the new technology
                add-on payment application for FY 2022.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the Phagenyx[supreg] System is $5,000.
                We note that the cost information for this technology may be updated in
                the final rule based on revised or additional information CMS receives
                prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new
                technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the average
                cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-
                DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                the Phagenyx[supreg] System would be $3,250 for FY 2022 (that is, 65
                percent of the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Phagenyx[supreg]
                System meets the cost criterion and our proposal to approve new
                technology add-on payments for the Phagenyx[supreg] System for FY 2022
                for the indication corresponding to the Breakthrough Device
                designation, subject to the Phagenyx[supreg] System receiving FDA
                marketing authorization for that indication by July 1, 2021.
                (10) PRCFC
                 Cerus Corporation submitted an application for new technology-add
                on payments for FY 2022. PRCFC (pathogen reduced cryoprecipitated
                fibrinogen complex) is a blood product indicated for the treatment for
                fibrinogen deficiency-related bleeding, including massive hemorrhage.
                Per the applicant, this blood product is useful in emergency
                departments and operating rooms due to its 5-day shelf life at room
                temperature. The applicant stated that the 5-day shelf life of the
                blood product makes it immediately available in a ready-to-transfuse
                form as a fibrinogen source and thereby provides a significant benefit
                for patients with massive hemorrhage in a real time-critical fashion
                that is not achievable with other existing fibrinogen replacement
                products.
                 PRCFC is designated as a Breakthrough Device, indicated for control
                of massive bleeding associated with fibrinogen (Fg) deficiency, and
                received FDA premarket approval (PMA) on November 24, 2020 for the
                following indications: (1) Treatment and control of bleeding, including
                massive hemorrhage, associated with fibrinogen deficiency; (2) control
                of bleeding when recombinant and/or specific virally inactivated
                preparations of factor XIII or von Willebrand factor (vWF) are not
                available; (3) second-line therapy for von Willebrand disease (vWD);
                and (4) control of uremic bleeding after other treatment modalities
                have failed. The applicant stated that the product will not be
                available for sale until the second quarter of CY 2021 due to
                manufacturing lead time for system components as well as validations
                and quality control analyses that must be completed by the
                manufacturing facilities. We note that, under the eligibility criteria
                for approval under the alternative pathway for certain
                [[Page 25385]]
                transformative new devices, only the use of PRCFC for the control of
                massive bleeding associated with fibrinogen (Fg) deficiency, and the
                FDA Breakthrough Device designation it received for that use, are
                relevant for purposes of the new technology add-on payment application
                for FY 2022.
                 According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-
                PCS codes that accurately identify the transfusion of this product. The
                applicant stated while there are many ICD-10-PCS codes to describe the
                transfusion of traditional nonautologous plasma cryoprecipitate, these
                codes do not apply to this product. The applicant submitted a request
                to the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for approval of a
                unique code for FY 2022 to identify the technology.
                 With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant searched the FY
                2019 MedPAR dataset for cases reporting an ICD-10-PCS procedure code
                for nonautologous plasma cryoprecipitate. The applicant identified
                8,553 cases spanning over 369 MS-DRGs.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.216
                 Per the applicant, the top 5 MS-DRGs were 219 (Cardiac Valve and
                Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures Without Cardiac Catheterization
                with MCC), 220 (Cardiac Valve and Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures
                Without Cardiac Catheterization with CC), 871 (Septicemia or Severe
                Sepsis Without Mv >96 Hours with MCC), 003 (ECMO or Tracheostomy with
                Mv >96 Hours Or Principal Diagnosis Except Face, Mouth And Neck With
                Major O.R. Procedure), and 216 (Cardiac Valve and Other Major
                Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization with MCC) and
                accounted for 34 percent of all cases. The applicant then removed
                charges for the technology being replaced. Per the applicant, PRCFC
                would replace the current nonautologous plasma cryoprecipitate billed
                with a blood revenue code. The applicant explained that it could not
                separate nonautologous plasma cryoprecipitate from other blood charges
                and therefore removed all charges from the blood department. The
                applicant then standardized the charges and applied the 2-year outlier
                inflation factor of 13.2 percent used to update the outlier threshold
                in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 59039). To estimate the cost
                of the technology, the applicant multiplied the sale price of PRCFC by
                an average of 12.9 units of cryoprecipitate required per patient, which
                the applicant asserted as equivalent to 5.2 grams of fibrinogen based
                on a recent study in adult cardiac surgery patients with clinically
                significant bleeding and fibrinogen deficiency.\930\ The applicant
                estimated an average per-patient cost of $3,900, which the applicant
                converted to charges using the national cost-to-charge ratio for blood
                and blood products (0.271) from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 58601). The applicant indicated that the outlier inflation
                factor was not applied to charges for PRCFC.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \930\ Callum J. et al. (2019). Effect of fibrinogen concentrate
                vs cryoprecipitate on blood component transfusion after cardiac
                surgery: The FIBRES randomized clinical trial. JAMA, 322(20), 1-11.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $299,895 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $183,897. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount, the applicant asserted that the technology meets the
                cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that PRCFC meets the cost criterion and
                therefore are proposing to approve PRCFC for new technology add-on
                payments for FY 2022 when used for the control of massive bleeding
                associated with fibrinogen (Fg) deficiency. Based on preliminary
                information from the applicant at the time of this proposed rule, the
                cost of PRCFC is $750 per gram x 5.2 grams for the amount of $3,900 per
                patient. We note that the cost information for this technology may be
                updated in the final rule based on revised or additional information
                CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we
                limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of
                the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                PRCFC would be $2,535 per patient for FY 2022 (that is, 65 percent of
                the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether PRCFC meets the cost
                criterion and our proposal to approve new technology add-on payments
                for PRCFC for FY 2022 when used for the control of massive bleeding
                associated with fibrinogen (Fg) deficiency.
                (11) RECELL[supreg] Autologous Cell Harvesting Device
                 Avita Medical submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for RECELL[supreg] Autologous Cell Harvesting Device
                (RECELL[supreg]). The device is a standalone, single-use, battery-
                powered device used to process an autologous skin cell suspension for
                the treatment of acute thermal burn wounds. Per the applicant, the
                purpose of the device is to assist with harvesting a small graft from
                the patient's healthy skin and immediate processing into an autologous
                skin cell suspension which is then immediately applied to the patient's
                burn wound following surgical preparation of the acute thermal burn
                wound. The applicant describes the device components as including a
                mechanical scraping tray, wells for incubating the donor graft with a
                proprietary enzyme solution, a rinsing well, a cell strainer, a spray
                applicator as well as buttons for ``self-test'', and ``run.''
                 RECELL[supreg] was granted Expedited Access Pathway (EAP) by FDA
                (and is therefore considered part of the Breakthrough Devices Program
                by
                [[Page 25386]]
                FDA \931\) on December 10, 2015 with the indication for use at the
                patient's point-of care for preparation of an autologous epithelial
                cell suspension to be applied to a prepared wound bed; under the
                supervision of a healthcare professional, the suspension is used to
                achieve epithelial regeneration for definitive closure of burn
                injuries, particularly in patients having limited availability of donor
                skin for autografting. RECELL[supreg] received FDA premarket approval
                (PMA) on September 20, 2018 with the indication for use listed as
                indicated for the treatment of acute thermal burn wounds in patients 18
                years of age and older. Since the narrower indication for which the
                technology received PMA is included within the scope of the EAP
                indication, it appears that the PMA indication is appropriate for new
                technology add-on payment under the alternative pathway criteria. Per
                the applicant, RECELL[supreg] was available for sale upon FDA approval,
                albeit on a very limited basis primarily to burn centers involved with
                the clinical trials. According to the applicant, new ICD-10-PCS codes
                that are specific to RECELL[supreg] were created effective October 1,
                2019. Per the applicant, the first three characters of these codes are
                ``0HR,'' followed by a fourth character signifying which body part is
                impacted, then ``X72'' for the final three characters.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \931\ https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/breakthrough-devices-program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 With regard to the newness criterion, we believe that the beginning
                of the newness period for RECELL[supreg] commences from the date of
                approval by the FDA on September 20, 2018, as the applicant indicated
                the technology was available for sale from that date. Because the 3-
                year anniversary date of the entry of RECELL[supreg] onto the U.S.
                market (September 20, 2021) will occur in FY 2021, we do not believe
                that the device is eligible for new technology add on payments for FY
                2022. Accordingly, we are proposing to disapprove RECELL[supreg]
                Autologous Cell Harvesting Device for new technology add on payments
                for FY 2022. We are inviting public comments on our proposal to
                disapprove new technology add-on payments for the RECELL Autologous
                Cell Harvesting Device for FY 2022, including on whether the technology
                meets the newness criterion.
                 We also present the applicant's analysis of the cost criterion for
                this application. With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant
                searched the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset for cases representing patients who
                may be eligible for treatment with RECELL[supreg]. The applicant noted
                that the FY 2019 MedPAR dataset did not contain the ICD-10-PCS code
                0HR_X72 (Skin Replacement on the _____, Autologous Tissue Substitute,
                using Cell Suspension Technique) that identify RECELL[supreg]
                procedures because the code was first effective on October 1, 2019
                after the closing date for the FY 2019 file. For purposes of this
                application, the applicant searched for cases reporting ICD-10-PCS
                codes 0HR_X73 (Skin Replacement on the _____, Autologous Tissue
                Substitute, Full Thickness) and 0HR_X74 (Skin Replacement on the _____,
                Autologous Tissue Substitute, Partial Thickness) which describe skin
                graft procedures used to treat burn injuries. The applicant highlighted
                the potential codes in between using the following table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.217
                [[Page 25387]]
                 Per the applicant, skin grafts for burn diagnoses, including
                RECELL[supreg] procedures, are assigned to MS-DRGs 927, 928, and 929 in
                Major Diagnostic Category (MDC) 22 (Burns). No other MS-DRGs or MDCs
                were considered because RECELL[supreg] is only indicated for acute
                thermal burns. The applicant presented four analyses based on patient
                cases with increasingly conservative inputs to demonstrate that
                RECELL[supreg] meets the cost criterion. The applicant indicated that
                it varied the combination of the 2-year inflation factor from the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and charges for the new technology in
                each analysis.
                 For all four scenarios, the applicant calculated the average charge
                per case for each MS-DRG and then standardized the charges. The
                applicant did not remove any charges for the technology being replaced,
                as the applicant asserted that RECELL[supreg] is not replacing a
                technology. However, the applicant removed charges to account for a
                reduced length of stay because of utilizing RECELL[supreg]. The
                applicant applied the 2-year outlier inflation factor of 13.2 percent
                from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59039), to update the
                charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021 for two analyses. To provide a
                conservative calculation, the applicant submitted two additional
                analyses that did not apply an inflation factor to standardized
                charges.
                 The applicant added charges for the new technology after dividing
                the cost of RECELL[supreg] by the national average cost-to-charge ratio
                for supplies and equipment (0.297). Per the applicant, the anticipated
                charges for RECELL[supreg] vary depending on the size and extent of the
                burn wound. The applicant noted that one RECELL[supreg] system covers
                up to 1,920 square centimeters of body surface area, which equals
                approximately 10 percent of the total body surface area (TBSA) of an
                average-sized adult. The applicant also noted the ICD-10-CM T21
                diagnosis code category (Burn and corrosion of trunk) to describe the
                extent of a burn wound in 10 percent TBSA increments and provide an
                objective, claims-based index for the approximate number of
                RECELL[supreg] systems needed per patient. Per the applicant, more than
                one RECELL[supreg] system may be required to provide full coverage of
                the patient's burn wounds as indicated by the T31 diagnosis code
                category (Burns classified according to extent of body surface
                involved).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.218
                 Under the first analysis, which involved a case with a 27 percent
                TBSA burn injury requiring three RECELL[supreg] systems and a 13.2
                percent charge inflation factor, the applicant calculated a final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case of
                $268,119.
                 Under the second analysis, which involved the same case with a 27
                percent TBSA burn injury requiring three RECELL[supreg] systems and no
                charge inflation factor, the applicant calculated a final inflated
                case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $245,824.
                 Under the third analysis, which involved a case with a 9 percent
                TBSA injury requiring one RECELL[supreg] system and a 13.2 percent
                charge inflation factor, the applicant calculated a final inflated
                case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $217,614.
                 Under the fourth analysis, which involved the same case with a 9
                percent TBSA burn injury requiring one RECELL[supreg] system and no
                charge inflation factor, the applicant calculated a final inflated
                case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $195,319.
                 The applicant calculated a case-weighted threshold of $166,916
                under all four analyses.
                 Because the final inflated case-weighted average standardized
                charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted threshold amount
                under all four analyses, the applicant asserted that the technology
                meets the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that RECELL[supreg] meets the cost
                criterion. As stated previously, because the 3-year anniversary date of
                the entry of RECELL[supreg] onto the U.S. market (September 20, 2021)
                will occur in FY
                [[Page 25388]]
                2021, we do not believe that the device is eligible for new technology
                add-on payments for FY 2022. Therefore, we are proposing to disapprove
                RECELL[supreg] for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022. However,
                in the event we receive updated information to establish that
                RECELL[supreg] meets the newness criterion, we are providing the
                following information regarding the new technology add-on payment
                amount.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost per patient of RECELL[supreg] is $15,000
                or an estimated average cost of $7,500 per device multiplied by 2,
                which, per the applicant, is the average number of RECELL[supreg] units
                used per procedure. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology
                add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the average cost of the
                technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment
                for the case. In the event we receive supplemental information to
                establish that the technology is still within the newness period, and
                we were to approve new technology add-on payments for RECELL[supreg] in
                the final rule, the maximum new technology add-on payment for
                RECELL[supreg] would be $9,570 for FY 2022 (that is, 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology).
                (12) Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System
                 Shockwave Medical Inc. submitted an application for new technology-
                add on payments for Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System
                for FY 2022. Per the applicant, the IVL Catheter is intended for
                lithotripsy-enabled, low-pressure dilation of calcified, stenotic de
                novo coronary arteries prior to stenting. The applicant explained that
                the device is delivered through the coronary arterial system, and it
                generates intermittent sonic waves within the target treatment site
                that disrupt calcium within the lesion, allowing subsequent dilation of
                a coronary artery stenosis using low balloon pressure. The applicant
                also noted that the procedure can be used for otherwise difficult to
                treat calcified stenosis, including calcified stenosis that are
                anticipated to exhibit resistance to full balloon dilation or
                subsequent uniform coronary stent expansion.
                 Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System was designated
                as a Breakthrough Device in August 2019, indicated for lithotripsy-
                enabled, low-pressure dilation of calcified, stenotic de novo coronary
                arteries prior to stenting. The applicant stated that it anticipates
                receiving Pre-Market Approval as a Class III device from the FDA by
                March 2021 for the same proposed indication. The applicant stated that
                they expect to be shipping product within 1 month of FDA approval and
                state that they therefore estimate market availability by April 2021.
                According to the applicant, there are currently no unique ICD-10-PCS
                codes describing the device. The applicant has submitted a request to
                the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee for approval of a
                unique code for FY 2022 to identify the technology.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted two
                analyses based on 100 percent of identified claims and 81 percent of
                identified claims. To identify potential cases where Coronary IVL could
                be utilized, the applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR file for ICD-10-
                PCS codes for the placement of a coronary stent, consistent with the
                anticipated FDA indication for Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy
                (IVL). The applicant included all codes beginning with ``027'' and
                ending with ``6'' or ``Z'' in its search. The applicant highlighted the
                potential codes in between using the table that follows:
                [[Page 25389]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.219
                 For the analysis using 100 percent of cases, the applicant
                identified 160,901 cases mapping to 209 MS-DRGs. Per the applicant,
                Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) does not replace any
                current devices used for indicated patients. However, to be
                conservative, the applicant removed 50 percent of charges associated
                with revenue center 0278--other implants. The applicant then
                standardized the charges and applied the 2-year outlier inflation
                factor of 13.2 percent used to update the outlier threshold in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 59039), to update the charges from FY
                2019 to FY 2021. The applicant added charges for the new technology by
                multiplying the cost of the technology by the estimated number of
                devices per patient and then dividing by the national CCR for
                implantable devices (0.293) from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                Under the analysis based on 100 percent of identified claims, the
                applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $143,805 and an average case-weighted
                threshold of $115,693.
                 For the analysis using 81 percent of cases, the applicant
                identified 130,907 cases mapping to MS-DRGs 246 and 247. The applicant
                conducted the same analysis noted previously and determined a final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $122,020
                and an average case-weighted threshold of $104,783. Because the final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case exceeded
                the average case-weighted threshold amount under both analyses, the
                applicant asserted that the technology meets the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that Shockwave C2 Intravascular
                Lithotripsy (IVL) System meets the cost criterion and therefore are
                proposing to approve Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL)
                System for new technology add on payments for FY 2022, subject to the
                technology receiving FDA marketing authorization for lithotripsy-
                enabled, low-pressure dilation of calcified, stenotic de novo coronary
                arteries prior to stenting by July 1, 2021.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of the Shockwave C2 Intravascular
                Lithotripsy (IVL) System is $4,700 per device x 1.2 devices required
                per case for an amount of $5,640. We note that the cost information for
                this technology may be updated in the final rule based on revised or
                additional information CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under
                Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments to the
                lesser of 65 percent of the average cost of the technology, or 65
                percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a
                result, we are proposing that the maximum new technology add-on payment
                for a case involving the use of the Shockwave C2 Intravascular
                Lithotripsy (IVL) System would be $3,666 for FY 2022 (that is, 65
                percent of the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the Shockwave C2
                Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System meets the cost criterion and our
                proposal to approve new technology add-on payments for the Shockwave C2
                Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System for FY 2022, subject to
                Shockwave C2 Intravascular Lithotripsy (IVL) System receiving FDA
                marketing authorization by July 1, 2021 for lithotripsy-enabled, low-
                pressure dilation of calcified, stenotic de novo coronary arteries
                prior to stenting.
                [[Page 25390]]
                (13) ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device
                 Terumo Aortic submitted an application for new technology-add on
                payments for the ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device
                (ThoraflexTM) for FY 2022. Per the applicant, the device is
                a sterile single-use, gelatin sealed Frozen Elephant Trunk (FET)
                surgical medical device. The applicant explained that the device is
                deployed through an opened aortic arch and then positioned into the
                descending thoracic aorta. The applicant further explained that, once
                it is completely deployed, the collar is sutured to the aorta, and
                graft anastomoses are then performed in a manner depending upon the
                chosen product design (which the applicant specified as either the
                Plexus or the Ante-Flo). The device includes a proximal crimped
                polyester surgical graft, central polyester collar, and distal nitinol
                ring stents supported by thin-wall polyester fabric. The applicant also
                noted that the device has a unique gelatin sealant that acts as a seal,
                preventing blood loss through the polyester fabric product wall.
                 ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device received Breakthrough Device
                designation on March 20, 2020 with an indication for the open surgical
                repair or replacement of damaged or diseased vessels of the aortic arch
                and descending aorta, with or without involvement of the ascending
                aorta, in cases of aneurysm and/or dissection. The applicant is seeking
                Pre-Market Approval for the device under a Class III device
                designation. The applicant stated there are currently no unique ICD-10-
                PCS codes that describe the ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device, but
                the following codes may be currently utilized: 02RX08Z (Replacement of
                thoracic aorta, ascending/arch with zooplastic tissue, open approach);
                02RX0JZ (Replacement of thoracic aorta, ascending/arch with synthetic
                tissue, open approach); and 02RX0KZ (Replacement of thoracic aorta,
                ascending/arch with nonautologous tissue substitute, open approach).
                The applicant submitted a request to the ICD-10 Coordination and
                Maintenance Committee for approval of a unique code for FY 2022 to
                identify the technology.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted two
                analyses based on 100 percent of identified claims and 74 percent of
                identified claims. To identify potential cases where the
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device could be utilized, the applicant
                searched the FY 2019 MedPAR file for claims reporting the ICD-10-PCS
                codes for thoracic aortic replacement procedures noted previously. For
                the analysis using 100 percent of cases, the applicant identified 5,374
                cases mapping to 21 MS-DRGs. The applicant then removed charges for the
                technology being replaced. Per the applicant, the use of the
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid device is expected to replace a portion
                of prior technologies. The applicant explained that because an estimate
                of the percentage of these total charges that would be replaced could
                not be determined, it removed 100 percent of charges associated with
                medical/surgical supplies and devices (revenue centers 027x and 0624).
                The applicant then standardized the charges and applied the 2-year
                outlier inflation factor of 13.2 percent used to update the outlier
                threshold in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59039), to
                update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. As the average sales price
                of the ThoraflexTM has yet to be determined, the applicant
                did not add charges for the new technology. The applicant indicated
                that, once the price is determined, it will utilize the national cost-
                to-charge ratio for implantable devices from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (0.293) to calculate estimated average hospital charges
                associated with the device. Under this analysis, based on 100 percent
                of identified claims, the applicant calculated a final inflated case-
                weighted average standardized charge per case of $298,047 and an
                average case-weighted threshold of $230,079.
                 Under the analysis based on 74 percent of cases, the applicant used
                the same methodology, which identified 3,978 cases across MS-DRGs 219
                and 220. The applicant determined the average case-weighted threshold
                of $210,585 and a final inflated average standardized charge per case
                of $254,795. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount under both analyses, the applicant asserted that the
                technology meets the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that the ThoraflexTM Hybrid
                Device meets the cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve
                the ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device for new technology add-on
                payments for FY 2022, subject to the technology receiving FDA marketing
                authorization for the open surgical repair or replacement of damaged or
                diseased vessels of the aortic arch and descending aorta, with or
                without involvement of the ascending aorta, in cases of aneurysm and/or
                dissection by July 1, 2021.
                 The applicant has not provided an estimate for the cost of the
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device at the time of this proposed rule.
                We expect the applicant to submit cost information prior to the final
                rule, and we will provide an update regarding the new technology add-on
                payment amount for the technology, if approved, in the final rule. Any
                new technology add on payment for the ThoraflexTM Hybrid
                Device would be subject to our policy under Sec. 412.88(a)(2) where we
                limit new technology add-on payments to the lesser of 65 percent of the
                average cost of the technology, or 65 percent of the costs in excess of
                the MS-DRG payment for the case.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether the
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device meets the cost criterion and our
                proposal to approve new technology add-on payments for the
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device for FY 2022, subject to
                ThoraflexTM Hybrid Device receiving FDA marketing
                authorization by July 1, 2021 for the open surgical repair or
                replacement of damaged or diseased vessels of the aortic arch and
                descending aorta, with or without involvement of the ascending aorta,
                in cases of aneurysm and/or dissection.
                b. Alternative Pathways for Qualified Infectious Disease Products
                (QIDPs)
                (1) CONTEPOTM (fosfomycin)
                 Nabriva Therapeutics US, Inc. submitted an application for new
                technology-add on payments for CONTEPOTM (fosfomycin) for FY
                2022. CONTEPOTM is an intravenously administered epoxide
                antibiotic intended for the treatment of complicated urinary tract
                infections (cUTI) including acute pyelonephritis (AP) caused by
                designated susceptible bacteria. Per the applicant, the drug inhibits
                cell wall synthesis at an earlier stage and provides new treatment for
                patients with cUTIs including acute pyelonephritis caused by
                Escherichia coli and Klebsiella pneumonia that have failed to respond
                to other first-line therapies.
                 CONTEPOTM is designated as a QIDP. The applicant
                initially applied for FDA approval when submitting a New Drug
                Application (NDA) in October 2018 seeking marketing approval of IV
                fosfomycin for injection (ZTI-01) for the treatment of patients 18
                years and older with cUTI including acute pyelonephritis caused by
                designated susceptible bacteria. According to the applicant, on June
                19, 2020, the FDA rejected the applicant's resubmitted NDA due to
                unresolved manufacturing issues that required an in-person inspection,
                which the FDA was not able to conduct due to travel restrictions. The
                applicant plans to resubmit an NDA
                [[Page 25391]]
                after discussing next steps with the FDA and hopes to receive FDA
                approval prior to July 1, 2021.
                 The applicant previously applied for a new technology add-on
                payment for the same indication for FY 2021 and received conditional
                approval for new technology add-on payments for FY 2021, subject to
                CONTEPOTM receiving FDA marketing authorization before July
                1, 2021 (85 FR 58724). If CONTEPOTM receives FDA marketing
                authorization before July 1, 2021, the new technology add-on payment
                for cases involving the use of this technology would be made effective
                for discharges beginning in the first quarter after FDA marketing
                authorization is granted. If the FDA marketing authorization is
                received on or after July 1, 2021, no new technology add-on payments
                will be made for cases involving the use of CONTEPOTM for FY
                2021.
                 If CONTEPOTM receives FDA marketing authorization before
                July 1, 2021, the applicant has indicated that it would withdraw its
                application for FY 2022 and would instead seek new technology add-on
                payments for CONTEPOTM for FY 2022 as a continuation of the
                conditional approval for FY 2021. The applicant requested in its
                application for FY 2022 that if the technology does not receive FDA
                marketing authorization by July 1, 2021, CMS conditionally approve
                CONTEPOTM for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022.
                 The applicant applied for and received a unique ICD-10-PCS
                procedure code to identify cases involving the administration of
                CONTEPOTM in 2019. Effective October 1, 2019,
                CONTEPOTM administration can be identified by ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes XW033K5 (Introduction of fosfomycin anti-infective into
                peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new technology group 5) and
                XW043K5 (Introduction of fosfomycin anti-infective into central vein,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 5), which the applicant
                states are unique to CONTEPOTM administration.
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant used the FY 2019
                MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS) to assess the MS-DRGs to which potential
                cases representing hospitalized patients who may be eligible for
                treatment involving CONTEPOTM would most likely be mapped.
                According to the applicant, CONTEPOTM is anticipated to be
                indicated for the treatment of hospitalized patients who have been
                diagnosed with complicated urinary tract infections (cUTIs). The
                applicant identified 199 ICD-10-CM diagnosis code combinations that
                identify hospitalized patients who have been diagnosed with a cUTI.
                Searching the FY 2019 MedPAR data file for these ICD-10-CM diagnosis
                codes resulted in a total of 525,876 potential cases that span 507
                unique MS-DRGs. The applicant noted that the cases identified are fewer
                than in the FY 2021 new technology add-on payment application. Per the
                applicant, this change occurred because the applicant excluded
                additional claims for Medicare Advantage and inpatient ``full-
                encounter'' claims from all cohorts. The applicant maintained that
                while cohorts are smaller, the effects on the results were minimal.
                 The applicant examined associated charges per MS-DRG and removed
                charges for potential antibiotics that may be replaced by the use of
                CONTEPOTM. Specifically, the applicant identified 5
                antibiotics currently used for the treatment of patients who have been
                diagnosed with a cUTI and calculated the cost of each of these drugs
                for administration over 14-day inpatient hospitalization. Because
                patients who have been diagnosed with a cUTI would typically only be
                treated with one of these antibiotics at a time, the applicant
                estimated an average of the 14-day cost for the 5 antibiotics. The
                applicant then converted the cost to charges by dividing the costs by
                the national average CCR of 0.187 for drugs from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (85 FR 58601). The applicant then standardized the
                charges for each case and inflated each case's charges by applying the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule outlier charge inflation factor of
                13.2 percent (85 FR 59039).
                 The applicant then added the charges for the new technology by
                calculating the per-day cost per patient. The applicant noted that the
                duration of therapy of up to 14 days (patients that had a cUTI with
                concurrent bacteremia) is consistent with the prospective prescribing
                information, and that it used this 14-day duration of therapy to
                calculate total inpatient cost. The applicant then converted these
                costs to charges by dividing the costs per patient by the national
                average cost-to charge ratio of 0.187 for drugs from the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58601). The applicant calculated a final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case of $79,619
                and a case weighted threshold of $59,237. Because the final inflated
                case-weighted average standardized charge per case for
                CONTEPOTM exceeded the average case-weighted threshold
                amount, the applicant maintained it meets the cost criterion.
                 As summarized, the applicant used a 14-day duration of therapy to
                calculate total inpatient cost for purposes of its cost analysis.
                However, the applicant noted that the average number of days a patient
                would be administered CONTEPOTM will most likely fall
                between 10 to 14 days of therapy given the current guideline
                recommendations. Of these treatment days, the applicant noted that
                nearly all would occur during the inpatient hospital stay. Consistent
                with our historical practice, and as stated in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we believe the new technology add-on payment for
                CONTEPOTM, if approved, would be based on the average cost
                of the technology and not the maximum (85 FR 58724). Without further
                information from the applicant regarding the average number of days
                CONTEPOTM is administered, we continue to believe using the
                middle ground of 12.5 days, based on the 10-14 day period indicated by
                the applicant, is appropriate for this analysis to determine the
                average number of days CONTEPOTM is administered in the
                hospital. To assess whether the technology would meet the cost
                criterion using an average cost for the technology based on this 12.5-
                day period for CONTEPOTM administration, we converted the
                costs to charges by dividing the costs per patient by the national
                average cost-to charge ratio of 0.187 for drugs from the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58601). Based on data from the applicant,
                this resulted in a final inflated average case-weighted standardized
                charge per case of $77,613, which exceeds the case weighted threshold
                of $59,237.
                 Because of the large number of cases included in this cost
                analysis, the applicant supplemented the analysis as described
                previously with additional sensitivity analyses. In these analyses, the
                previous cost analysis was repeated using only the top 75 percent of
                cases and the top 20 MS-DRGs. In these two additional sensitivity
                analyses, the final inflated case-weighted average standardized charge
                per case for CONTEPOTM of $70,718 and $70,046 exceeded the
                average case-weighted threshold amount of $55,388 and $55,468,
                respectively. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case for CONTEPOTM exceeded the
                average case-weighted threshold amount, the applicant asserts that
                CONTEPOTM meets the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that CONTEPOTM (fosfomycin)
                meets the cost criterion.
                 Therefore, if CONTEPOTM does not receive FDA approval by
                July 1, 2021 to
                [[Page 25392]]
                receive new technology add on payments beginning with FY 2021, for FY
                2022, per the policy finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 58739 through 58742), we are proposing to conditionally approve
                CONTEPOTM for new technology add-on payments, subject to the
                technology receiving FDA marketing authorization by July 1, 2022 (that
                is, by July 1 of the fiscal year for which the applicant applied for
                new technology add-on payments (2022)). If CONTEPOTM
                receives FDA marketing authorization before July 1, 2022, the new
                technology add-on payment for cases involving the use of this
                technology would be made effective for discharges beginning in the
                first quarter after FDA marketing authorization is granted. If the FDA
                marketing authorization is received on or after July 1, 2022, no new
                technology add-on payments would be made for cases involving the use of
                CONTEPOTM for FY 2022. As previously noted, the applicant
                has received a unique ICD-10-PCS procedure code to identify cases
                involving the administration of CONTEPOTM. If
                CONTEPOTM receives FDA marketing authorization prior to July
                1, 2021, we are proposing to continue making new technology add-on
                payments for CONTEPOTM in FY 2022.
                 As discussed previously, without further information from the
                applicant regarding the average number of days CONTEPOTM is
                administered, and consistent with our approach for the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule, we believe using a 12.5-day duration of therapy is
                a reasonable approach for estimating the average cost of the
                technology. Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the
                time of this proposed rule, the cost of CONTEPOTM
                administered over 12.5 days is $3,500. We note that the cost
                information for this technology may be updated in the final rule based
                on revised or additional information CMS receives prior to the final
                rule. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments
                for QIDPs to the lesser of 75 percent of the average cost of the
                technology, or 75 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment
                for the case. As a result, we are proposing that if
                CONTEPOTM receives FDA marketing authorization prior to July
                1, 2022, the maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving
                the use of CONTEPOTM (fosfomycin) would be $2,625 for FY
                2022 (that is, 75 percent of the average cost of the technology). Cases
                involving the use of CONTEPOTM that would be eligible for
                new technology add-on payments will be identified by ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes XW033K5 (Introduction of Fosfomycin anti-infective into
                peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new technology group 5) or
                XW043K5 (Introduction of Fosfomycin antiinfective into central vein,
                percutaneous approach, new technology group 5).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether CONTEPOTM
                (fosfomycin) meets the cost criterion and our proposal to approve new
                technology add-on payments for CONTEPOTM (fosfomycin) for FY
                2022.
                (2) FETROJA[supreg] (cefiderocol)
                 Shionogi & Co., Ltd submitted an application for new technology-add
                on payments for FETROJA[supreg] (cefiderocol) for FY 2022.
                FETROJA[supreg] is an injectable siderophore cephalosporin indicated
                for the treatment of hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia (HABP)/
                ventilator-associated bacterial pneumonia (VABP) on September 25, 2020.
                Per the applicant, FETROJA[supreg] should be used to treat infections
                where limited or no alternative treatment options are available and
                where FETROJA[supreg] (cefiderocol) is likely to be an appropriate
                treatment option, which may include use in patients with infections
                caused by documented or highly suspected carbapenem-resistant and/or
                multidrug-resistant gram-negative (GN) pathogens. The applicant asserts
                that the principal antibacterial/bactericidal activity of
                FETROJA[supreg] occurs with inhibiting GN bacterial cell wall synthesis
                by binding to penicillin-binding proteins.
                 FETROJA[supreg] was designated as a QIDP for HABP/VABP and received
                FDA marketing approval for this indication on September 25, 2020.
                FETROJA[supreg] became available on the market for the treatment of
                HABP/VABP after FDA approval for this indication. FETROJA[supreg] also
                has a QIDP designation and is FDA approved for cUTI, and was granted a
                new technology add-on payment under the alternative new technology add-
                on payment pathway for certain antimicrobials for this indication in
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 58721). The current new
                technology add-on payment application for FY2022 is specific to the
                indication of HABP/VABP. According to the applicant, the ICD-10
                Coordination and Maintenance Committee approved the following ICD-10-
                PCS codes to specifically describe the IV administration of FETROJA,
                effective October 1, 2020: XW033A6 (Introduction of cefiderocol anti-
                infective into peripheral vein, percutaneous approach, new technology
                group 6) and XW043A6 (Introduction of cefiderocol anti-infective into
                central vein, percutaneous approach, new technology group 6).
                 With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted two
                analyses based on 100 percent and 75 percent of identified claims. For
                both scenarios, the applicant used the FY 2019 MedPAR Limited Data Set
                (LDS) to assess the MS-DRGs to which potential cases representing
                hospitalized patients who may be eligible for FETROJA[supreg] treatment
                would be mapped. The applicant identified eligible cases by searching
                the FY 2019 MedPAR for cases reporting ICD-10-CM codes for pneumonia
                and for resistance to antimicrobial drugs.
                 Under the first scenario of 100 percent of cases, the applicant
                identified 9,595 cases mapping to 203 MS-DRGs. Under the second
                scenario of 75 percent of cases, the applicant identified 7,218 cases
                mapping to 19 MS-DRGs. The applicant standardized the charges after
                calculating the average case-weighted unstandardized charge per case
                for both scenarios and removing 50 percent of charges associated with
                the drug revenue centers 025x, 026x, and 063x under both scenarios. Per
                the applicant, FETROJA[supreg] is expected to replace some of the drugs
                that would otherwise be utilized to treat these patients. The applicant
                stated that it believes 50 percent of these total charges to be a
                conservative estimate as other drugs will still be required for these
                patients during their hospital stay. The applicant then applied an
                inflation factor of 13.2 percent, which was the 2-year outlier charge
                inflation factor used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                59039), to update the charges from FY 2019 to FY 2021. The applicant
                then added charges for FETROJA[supreg] by dividing the total average
                hospital cost of FETROJA[supreg] by the national average cost-to-charge
                ratio (0.187) for drugs published in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58601).
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $164,825 for the first scenario and
                $148,821 for the second scenario and an average case-weighted threshold
                amount of $78,296 for the first scenario and $73,607 for the second
                scenario. Because the final inflated case-weighted average standardized
                charge per case for each scenario exceeds the average case-weighted
                threshold amount for each scenario, the applicant asserted that the
                technology meets the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that FETROJA[supreg] (cefiderocol)
                meets the cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve
                FETROJA[supreg] for new technology
                [[Page 25393]]
                add on payments for FY 2022 when used for the treatment of HABP/VABP.
                Cases involving the use of FETROJA[supreg] that are eligible for new
                technology add-on payments will be identified by ICD-10-PCS procedure
                codes XW03366 or XW04366.
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicant at the time of
                this proposed rule, the cost of FETROJA[supreg] administered over an
                average of 10.4 days is $11,439.79. We note that the cost information
                for this technology may be updated in the final rule based on revised
                or additional information CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under
                Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments for QIDPs
                to the lesser of 75 percent of the average cost of the technology, or
                75 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case.
                As a result, we are proposing that the maximum new technology add-on
                payment for a case involving the use of FETROJA[supreg] when used for
                the treatment of HABP/VABP would be $8,579.84 for FY 2022 (that is, 75
                percent of the average cost of the technology).
                 We are inviting public comments on whether FETROJA[supreg]
                (cefiderocol) meets the cost criterion and our proposal to approve new
                technology add-on payments for FETROJA[supreg] for FY 2022 for the
                treatment of HABP/VABP.
                (3) RECARBRIOTM (imipenem, cilastatin, and relebactam)
                 Merck & Co. submitted an application for new technology add-on
                payments for RECARBRIOTM for FY 2022. RECARBRIOTM
                is a fixed-dose combination of imipenem, a penem antibacterial;
                cilastatin, a renal dehydropeptidase inhibitor; and relebactam, a novel
                b-lactamase inhibitor (BLI) administered via intravenous infusion. Per
                the applicant, RECARBRIOTM is indicated for the treatment of
                hospital-acquired bacterial pneumonia (HABP) and ventilator-associated
                bacterial pneumonia (VABP) caused by susceptible Gram-negative
                bacteria. RECARBRIOTM is also indicated for complicated
                urinary tract infections (cUTI) and complicated intra-abdominal
                infections (cIAI) and was approved for new technology add-on payment
                for these indications in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58728).
                 The applicant explained that the recommended dose of
                RECARBRIOTM is 1.25 grams administered by intravenous
                infusion over 30 minutes every 6 hours in patients 18 years of age and
                older with creatinine clearance (CrCl) 90 mL/min or greater. Per the
                applicant, the recommended treatment course suggests that a patient
                will receive 1 vial per dose and 4 doses per day. Per
                RECARBRIOTM's prescribing information, the recommended
                duration of treatment is 4 days to 14 days.
                 RECARBRIOTM is designated as a QIDP indicated for the
                treatment of HABP/VABP and received FDA approval through a supplemental
                NDA on June 4, 2020 for this indication. According to the applicant,
                RECARBRIOTM originally submitted an NDA for the cUTI and
                cIAI indications and received FDA approval on July 16, 2019. The
                applicant previously applied for the new technology add-on payment for
                the cUTI and cIAI indications, which CMS approved in the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58728). The application for new technology
                add-on payments for FY 2022 is specific to the HABP and VABP
                indications. The applicant noted that RECARBRIOTM can be
                identified with ICD-10-PCS codes XW033U5 (Introduction of imipenem-
                cilastatin-relebactam anti-infective into peripheral vein, percutaneous
                approach, new technology group 5) or XW043U5 (Introduction of imipenem-
                cilastatin-relebactam anti-infective into central vein, percutaneous
                approach, new technology group 5).
                 To demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion, the
                applicant searched the FY 2019 MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS) for cases
                reporting ICD-10-CM diagnosis code J95.851(Ventilator assisted
                pneumonia) for VABP, and the following list of codes for HABP:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.220
                 Additionally, for HABP, the applicant identified cases that
                included present on admission indicators of N (Diagnosis was not
                present at time of inpatient admission), U (Documentation insufficient
                to determine if condition was present at the time of inpatient
                admission), W (Clinically undetermined), or 1 (Unreported/not used).
                 The applicant identified a total 106,964 cases, which were mapped
                to 355 unique MS-DRGs. The applicant removed 88 MS-DRGs with minimal
                frequencies (fewer than 11 cases), leaving 106,655 cases mapping to 267
                MS-DRGs. Per the applicant, the top 10 MS-DRGs covered approximately
                34.1 percent of all patients. The applicant examined associated charges
                per MS-DRG and removed all pharmacy charges to be replaced using
                RECARBRIOTM. The applicant then standardized and inflated
                the charges by applying the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule outlier
                [[Page 25394]]
                charge inflation factor of 1.13218 (85 FR 59039).
                 The applicant estimated an average cost of RECARBRIOTM
                for the treatment of HABP and VABP in the inpatient setting based on
                the recommended dose of 1.25 grams (imipenem 500 mg, cilastatin 500 mg,
                relebactam 250 mg) administered by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes
                every 6 hours in patients 18 years of age and older with creatinine
                clearance (CLcr) 90 mL/min or greater. As stated previously, according
                to the applicant, the recommended treatment course suggests that a
                patient will receive 1 vial per dose, 4 doses per day within a
                recommended treatment duration of 4 to 14 days. To determine the cost
                per patient, the applicant stated it used the FY 2019 MedPAR analysis
                of total cases representing hospitalized patients who may be eligible
                for treatment involving RECARBRIOTM to identify a percentage
                of total cases per indication: HABP 94.07 percent of cases and VABP
                5.93 percent. According to the applicant, it next identified the
                average length of stay per indication: HABP 14.2 days and VABP 24.2
                days. The applicant also assumed that 70 percent of patients would
                receive RECARBRIOTM beginning on the fourth day after
                admission while the remaining 30 percent of these patients would
                receive RECARBRIOTM beginning on the second day of their
                hospitalization. The applicant then multiplied the daily dose cost by
                the two scenarios for each HABP and VABP indication to determine the
                cost per stay for each indication by days of drug use. Next it
                multiplied the cost per stay for each indication by the share of cases
                by days in use (70/30 percent split) to determine the weighted cost for
                days in use estimation. The applicant then summed the 70/30 percent
                case breakdown (weighted cost) for patients initiating on day 2 and 4
                to determine the average cost per indication for HABP and VABP.
                Finally, the applicant multiplied the average cost per indication by
                the percent of total cases for HABP and VABP, then summed them to get
                the overall average cost. The applicant converted this cost to a charge
                by dividing the costs by the national average cost-to-charge ratio of
                0.187 for drugs published in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85
                FR 58601) and added the resulting charges to determine the final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charge per case.
                 The applicant calculated a final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case of $258,946 and an average case-weighted
                threshold amount of $123,172. The applicant also calculated an average
                case-weighted standardized charge per case for HABP and VABP separately
                using the same methodology previously described and determined final
                inflated case-weighted average standardized charges per case of
                $249,992 for HABP and $394,992 for VABP and average case-weighted
                thresholds of $117,466 for HABP and $214,869 for VABP.
                 In addition, because RECARBRIOTM was previously approved
                for a new technology add-on payment for the cUTI and cIAI indications,
                the applicant modified the added amount of the charge for
                RECARBRIOTM based on the cost calculation of the technology
                using all four indications. Using the same methodology previously
                described, the applicant determined final inflated case-weighted
                average standardized charges per case of $250,209 for HABP and VABP,
                $241,255 for HABP, and $386,255 for VABP and average case-weighted
                thresholds of $123,172 for HABP and VABP, $117,466 for HABP, and
                $214,869 for VABP. Because the final inflated case-weighted average
                standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-weighted
                threshold amount in each scenario, the applicant maintained that the
                technology met the cost criterion.
                 We agree with the applicant that RECARBRIOTM meets the
                cost criterion and therefore are proposing to approve
                RECARBRIOTM for new technology add on payments for FY 2022
                when used for treatment of HABP and VABP. Based on preliminary
                information from the applicant at the time of this proposed rule, the
                cost of RECARBRIOTM is $12,768.68 when used for the
                treatment of HABP and VABP. We note that the cost information for this
                technology may be updated in the final rule based on revised or
                additional information CMS receives prior to the final rule. Under
                Sec. 412.88(a)(2), we limit new technology add-on payments for QIDPs
                to the lesser of 75 percent of the costs of the new medical service or
                technology, or 75 percent of the amount by which the costs of the case
                exceed the MS-DRG payment. As a result, we are proposing that the
                maximum new technology add-on payment for a case involving the use of
                RECARBRIOTM would be $9,576.51 for FY 2022 (that is, 75
                percent of the average cost of the technology) when used for treatment
                of HABP and VABP.
                 We are inviting public comments on whether RECARBRIOTM
                (imipenem, cilastatin, and relebactam) meets the cost criterion and our
                proposal to approve new technology add-on payments for the
                RECARBRIOTM (imipenem, cilastatin, and relebactam) for the
                indications of HABP and VABP for FY 2022.
                7. Comment Solicitation on the New Technology Add-On Payment Newness
                Period for Products Available Through an Emergency Use Authorization
                (EUA) for COVID-19
                 As noted previously, and explained in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
                (69 FR 49002), the intent of section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act and
                regulations under Sec. 412.87(b)(2) is to pay for new medical services
                and technologies for the first 2 to 3 years that a product comes on the
                market, during the period when the costs of the new technology are not
                yet fully reflected in the DRG weights.
                 As we have discussed in prior rulemaking (77 FR 53348), generally,
                our policy is to begin the newness period on the date of FDA approval
                or clearance or, if later, the date of availability of the product on
                the U.S. market, when data reflecting the costs of the technology begin
                to become available for recalibration of the DRGs. In some specific
                circumstances, we have recognized a date later than FDA approval as the
                appropriate starting point for the 2-year to 3-year newness period for
                new technologies approved for add-on payments (85 FR 58734).
                 As discussed previously, in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR
                48561 through 48563), we revised our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to
                codify our longstanding practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility
                criteria for new medical service or technology add-on payment
                applications. We stated that new technologies that have not received
                FDA approval do not meet the newness criterion. In addition, we stated
                we do not believe it is appropriate for CMS to determine whether a
                medical service or technology represents a substantial clinical
                improvement over existing technologies before the FDA makes a
                determination as to whether the medical service or technology is safe
                and effective. For these reasons, we first determine whether a new
                technology meets the newness criterion, and only if so, do we make a
                determination as to whether the technology meets the cost threshold and
                represents a substantial clinical improvement over existing medical
                services or technologies. We also finalized at 42 CFR 412.87(c)
                (subsequently redesignated as 412.87(e)) that all applicants for new
                technology add-on payments must have FDA approval or clearance by July
                1 of the year prior to the beginning of the fiscal year for which the
                application is being considered.
                [[Page 25395]]
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to more precisely describe
                the various types of FDA approvals, clearances, licensures, and
                classifications that we consider under our new technology add-on
                payment policy, we finalized a technical clarification to Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) to indicate that new technologies must receive FDA
                marketing authorization (for example, pre-market approval (PMA); 510(k)
                clearance; the granting of a De Novo classification request; approval
                of a New Drug Application (NDA); or Biologics License Application (BLA)
                licensure) by July 1 of the year prior to the beginning of the fiscal
                year for which the application is being considered. As noted in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, this technical clarification did not
                change our longstanding policy for evaluating whether a technology is
                eligible for new technology add-on payment for a given fiscal year, and
                we continue to consider FDA marketing authorization as representing
                that a product has received FDA approval or clearance for purposes of
                eligibility for the new technology add-on payment under Sec.
                412.87(e)(2) (85 FR 58742).
                 An EUA by the FDA allows a product to be used for emergency use,
                but under our longstanding policy, we believe it would not be
                considered an FDA marketing authorization for the purpose of new
                technology add-on payments, as a product that is available only through
                an EUA is not considered to have an FDA approval or clearance.
                Therefore, under the current regulations at 42 CFR 412.87(e)(2) and
                consistent with our longstanding policy of not considering eligibility
                for new technology add-on payments prior to a product receiving FDA
                approval or clearance, we believe a product available only through an
                EUA would not be eligible for new technology add-on payments.
                 Although an EUA is not an FDA approval or clearance that would be
                considered FDA marketing authorization within the meaning of Sec.
                412.87(e)(2), data reflecting the costs of products that have received
                an EUA could become available as soon as the date of the EUA issuance
                and prior to receiving FDA approval or clearance. CMS also recognizes
                that the manufacturers of products with EUAs (such as some COVID-19
                treatments) might further engage with FDA to seek approval or
                clearance, and may be eligible for new technology add-on payments in
                the future. We are seeking comment on how data reflecting the costs of
                a product with an EUA, which may become available upon authorization of
                the product for emergency use (but prior to FDA approval or clearance),
                should be considered for purposes of the 2-year to 3-year period of
                newness for new technology add-on payments for a product with or
                expected to receive an EUA, including whether the newness period should
                begin with the date of the EUA.
                8. Proposal To Extend the New COVID-19 Treatments Add-On Payment
                (NCTAP) Through the End of the FY in Which the PHE Ends for Certain
                Products and Discontinue NCTAP for Products Approved for New Technology
                Add-on Payments in FY 2022
                 In response to the COVID-19 PHE, we established the New COVID-19
                Treatments Add-on Payment (NCTAP) under the IPPS for COVID-19 cases
                that meet certain criteria (85 FR 71157-71158). We believe that as
                drugs and biological products become available and are authorized for
                emergency use or approved by FDA for the treatment of COVID-19 in the
                inpatient setting, it is appropriate to increase the current IPPS
                payment amounts to mitigate any potential financial disincentives for
                hospitals to provide new COVID-19 treatments during the PHE. Therefore,
                effective for discharges occurring on or after November 2, 2020 and
                until the end of the PHE for COVID-19, we established the NCTAP to pay
                hospitals the lesser of: (1) 65 percent of the operating outlier
                threshold for the claim; or (2) 65 percent of the amount by which the
                costs of the case exceed the standard DRG payment, including the
                adjustment to the relative weight under section 3710 of the Coronavirus
                Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act, for certain cases that
                include the use of a drug or biological product currently authorized
                for emergency use or approved for treating COVID-19.
                 We anticipate that there might be inpatient cases of COVID-19,
                beyond the end of the PHE, for which payment based on the assigned MS-
                DRG may not adequately reflect the additional cost of new COVID-19
                treatments. In order to continue to mitigate potential financial
                disincentives for hospitals to provide these new treatments, and to
                minimize any potential payment disruption immediately following the end
                of the PHE, we believe that the NCTAP should remain available for cases
                involving eligible treatments for the remainder of the fiscal year in
                which the PHE ends (for example, if the PHE were to end in FY 2022,
                until September 30, 2022).\932\ At the same time, we also believe that
                any new technology add-on payments that may be approved for a COVID-19
                treatment would also serve to mitigate any potential financial
                disincentives for hospitals to provide that new COVID-19 treatment,
                such that the NCTAP would no longer be needed for that same product. We
                note that a COVID-19 treatment that is the subject of an application
                for FY 2022 new technology add-on payments and which receives FDA
                approval or clearance by July 1, 2021 would be eligible for
                consideration for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \932\ On January 22, 2021, former Acting HHS Secretary Norris
                Cochran sent a letter to governors announcing that HHS has
                determined that the public health emergency will likely remain in
                place for the entirety of 2021, and when a decision is made to
                terminate the declaration or let it expire, HHS will provide states
                with 60 days' notice prior to termination.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Therefore, we are proposing to extend the NCTAP for eligible
                products that are not approved for new technology add-on payments
                through the end of the fiscal year in which the PHE ends (for example,
                September 30, 2022). We are also proposing to discontinue the NCTAP for
                discharges on or after October 1, 2021 for a product that is approved
                for new technology add-on payments beginning FY 2022.
                 We believe this proposal to extend NCTAP for eligible products
                would allow some form of add-on payment (that is, NCTAP or new
                technology add-on payment) to continue uninterrupted for some period of
                time following the conclusion of the COVID-19 PHE, as we anticipate
                that there will continue to be inpatient cases of COVID-19 after the
                PHE ends. For example, if a drug or biological product with an EUA to
                treat COVID-19 does not receive FDA approval by July 1, 2021, and the
                PHE ends on December 31, 2021, this proposal would allow discharges
                involving that product to continue to be eligible for the NCTAP through
                September 30, 2022 (the end of FY 2022). If that same product receives
                FDA approval by July 1, 2022, it would be eligible for consideration of
                new technology add-on payments beginning FY 2023, and new technology
                add-on payments, if approved, would begin on October 1, 2022 (the
                beginning of FY 2023).
                 We invite public comment on our proposals to continue the NCTAP for
                eligible products that are not approved for new technology add-on
                payments through the end of the fiscal year in which the PHE ends and
                to discontinue the NCTAP for products that are approved for new
                technology add-on payments.
                [[Page 25396]]
                III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care
                Hospitals
                A. Background
                1. Legislative Authority
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires that, as part of the
                methodology for determining prospective payments to hospitals, the
                Secretary adjust the standardized amounts for area differences in
                hospital wage levels by a factor (established by the Secretary)
                reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area of
                the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level. We
                currently define hospital labor market areas based on the delineations
                of statistical areas established by the Office of Management and Budget
                (OMB). A discussion of the proposed FY 2022 hospital wage index based
                on the statistical areas appears under section III.A.2. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule.
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires the Secretary to update
                the wage index annually and to base the update on a survey of wages and
                wage-related costs of short-term, acute care hospitals. (CMS collects
                these data on the Medicare cost report, CMS Form 2552-10, Worksheet S-
                3, Parts II, III, and IV. The OMB control number for approved
                collection of this information is 0938-0050, which expires on March 31,
                2022.) This provision also requires that any updates or adjustments to
                the wage index be made in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments
                to hospitals are not affected by the change in the wage index. The
                proposed adjustment for FY 2022 is discussed in section II.B. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule.
                 As discussed in section III.I. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we also take into account the geographic reclassification of
                hospitals in accordance with sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and 1886(d)(10) of
                the Act when calculating IPPS payment amounts. Under section
                1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, the Secretary is required to adjust the
                standardized amounts so as to ensure that aggregate payments under the
                IPPS after implementation of the provisions of sections 1886(d)(8)(B),
                1886(d)(8)(C), and 1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal to the aggregate
                prospective payments that would have been made absent these provisions.
                The proposed budget neutrality adjustment for FY 2022 is discussed in
                section II.A.4.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act also provides for the collection
                of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for short-
                term, acute care hospitals participating in the Medicare program, in
                order to construct an occupational mix adjustment to the wage index. A
                discussion of the occupational mix adjustment that we are proposing to
                apply to the FY 2022 wage index appears under sections III.E. and F. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule.
                2. Core-Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) for the Proposed FY 2022
                Hospital Wage Index
                 The wage index is calculated and assigned to hospitals on the basis
                of the labor market area in which the hospital is located. Under
                section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, beginning with FY 2005, we delineate
                hospital labor market areas based on OMB-established Core-Based
                Statistical Areas (CBSAs). The current statistical areas (which were
                implemented beginning with FY 2015) are based on revised OMB
                delineations issued on February 28, 2013, in OMB Bulletin No. 13-01.
                OMB Bulletin No. 13-01 established revised delineations for
                Metropolitan Statistical Areas, Micropolitan Statistical Areas, and
                Combined Statistical Areas in the United States and Puerto Rico based
                on the 2010 Census, and provided guidance on the use of the
                delineations of these statistical areas using standards published in
                the June 28, 2010 Federal Register (75 FR 37246 through 37252). We
                refer readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 49951
                through 49963 and 49973 through 49982)) for a full discussion of our
                implementation of the OMB statistical area delineations beginning with
                the FY 2015 wage index.
                 Generally, OMB issues major revisions to statistical areas every 10
                years, based on the results of the decennial census. However, OMB
                occasionally issues minor updates and revisions to statistical areas in
                the years between the decennial censuses through OMB Bulletins. On July
                15, 2015, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 15-01, which provided updates to
                and superseded OMB Bulletin No. 13-01 that was issued on February 28,
                2013. The attachment to OMB Bulletin No. 15-01 provided detailed
                information on the update to statistical areas since February 28, 2013.
                The updates provided in OMB Bulletin No. 15-01 were based on the
                application of the 2010 Standards for Delineating Metropolitan and
                Micropolitan Statistical Areas to Census Bureau population estimates
                for July 1, 2012 and July 1, 2013. In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (81 FR 56913), we adopted the updates set forth in OMB Bulletin
                No. 15-01 effective October 1, 2016, beginning with the FY 2017 wage
                index. For a complete discussion of the adoption of the updates set
                forth in OMB Bulletin No. 15-01, we refer readers to the FY 2017 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38130), we continued to use the OMB delineations that were adopted
                beginning with FY 2015 to calculate the area wage indexes, with updates
                as reflected in OMB Bulletin No. 15-01 specified in the FY 2017 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule.
                 On August 15, 2017, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 17-01, which
                provided updates to and superseded OMB Bulletin No. 15-01 that was
                issued on July 15, 2015. The attachments to OMB Bulletin No. 17-01
                provided detailed information on the update to statistical areas since
                July 15, 2015, and were based on the application of the 2010 Standards
                for Delineating Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Areas to
                Census Bureau population estimates for July 1, 2014 and July 1, 2015.
                In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41362 through 41363), we
                adopted the updates set forth in OMB Bulletin No. 17-01 effective
                October 1, 2018, beginning with the FY 2019 wage index. For a complete
                discussion of the adoption of the updates set forth in OMB Bulletin No.
                17-01, we refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. In the
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42300 through 42301), we
                continued to use the OMB delineations that were adopted beginning with
                FY 2015 (based on the revised delineations issued in OMB Bulletin No.
                13-01) to calculate the area wage indexes, with updates as reflected in
                OMB Bulletin Nos. 15-01 and 17-01.
                 On April 10, 2018 OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 18-03 which
                superseded the August 15, 2017 OMB Bulletin No. 17-01. On September 14,
                2018, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 18-04 which superseded the April 10,
                2018 OMB Bulletin No. 18-03. Typically, interim OMB bulletins (those
                issued between decennial censuses) have only contained minor
                modifications to labor market delineations. However, the April 10, 2018
                OMB Bulletin No. 18-03 and the September 14, 2018 OMB Bulletin No. 18-
                04 included more modifications to the labor market areas than are
                typical for OMB bulletins issued between decennial censuses, including
                some material modifications that had a number of downstream effects,
                such as reclassification changes. These bulletins established revised
                delineations for Metropolitan Statistical Areas, Micropolitan
                Statistical Areas, and
                [[Page 25397]]
                Combined Statistical Areas, and provided guidance on the use of the
                delineations of these statistical areas. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58743 through 58755) we adopted the updates set forth
                in OMB Bulletin No. 18-04 effective October 1, 2018, beginning with the
                FY 2021 wage index. For a complete discussion of the adoption of the
                updates set forth in OMB Bulletin No. 18-04, we refer readers to the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 On March 6, 2020, OMB issued Bulletin No. 20-01, which provided
                updates to and superseded OMB Bulletin No. 18-04 that was issued on
                September 14, 2018. The attachments to OMB Bulletin No. 20-01 provided
                detailed information on the update to statistical areas since September
                14, 2018, and were based on the application of the 2010 Standards for
                Delineating Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Areas to Census
                Bureau population estimates for July 1, 2017 and July 1, 2018. (For a
                copy of this bulletin, we refer readers to the following website:
                https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Bulletin-20-01.pdf). In OMB Bulletin No. 20-01, OMB announced one new Micropolitan
                Statistical Area, one new component of an existing Combined Statistical
                Area and changes to New England City and Town Area (NECTA)
                delineations. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58744), we
                stated that if appropriate, we would propose any updates from OMB
                Bulletin No. 20-01 in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule. After
                reviewing OMB Bulletin No. 20-01, we have determined that the changes
                in Bulletin 20-01 encompassed delineation changes that would not affect
                the Medicare wage index for FY 2022. Specifically, the updates
                consisted of changes to NECTA delineations and the creation of a new
                Micropolitan Statistical Area which was then added as a new component
                to an existing Micropolitan Statistical Area. The Medicare wage index
                does not utilize NECTA definitions, and, as most recently discussed in
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58746), we include hospitals
                located in Micropolitan Statistical areas in each State's rural wage
                index. Therefore, while we are proposing to adopt the updates set forth
                in OMB Bulletin No. 20-01 consistent with our longstanding policy of
                adopting OMB delineation updates, we note that specific wage index
                updates would not be necessary for FY 2022 as a result of adopting
                these OMB updates. In other words, these OMB updates would not affect
                any hospital's geographic area for purposes of the wage index
                calculation for FY 2022.
                 For FY 2022, we would continue to use the OMB delineations that
                were adopted beginning with FY 2015 (based on the revised delineations
                issued in OMB Bulletin No. 13-01) to calculate the area wage indexes,
                with updates as reflected in OMB Bulletin Nos. 15-01, 17-01 and 18-04.
                 We note that, in connection with our adoption in FY 2021 of the
                updates in OMB Bulletin 18-04, we adopted a policy to place a 5 percent
                cap, for FY 2021, on any decrease in a hospital's wage index from the
                hospital's final wage index in FY 2020 so that a hospital's final wage
                index for FY 2021 would not be less than 95 percent of its final wage
                index for FY 2020. We refer the reader to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58753 through 58755) for a complete discussion of
                this transition. As finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                this transition is set to expire at the end of FY 2021. However, given
                the unprecedented nature of the ongoing COVID-19 PHE, we also seek
                comment on whether it would be appropriate to continue to apply a
                transition to the FY 2022 wage index for hospitals negatively impacted
                by our adoption of the updates in OMB Bulletin 18-04. For example, such
                an extended transition could potentially take the form of holding the
                FY 2022 wage index for those hospitals harmless from any reduction
                relative to their FY 2021 wage index. If we were to apply a transition
                to the FY 2022 wage index for hospitals negatively impacted by our
                adoption of the updates in OMB Bulletin 18-04, we also seek comment on
                making this transition budget neutral, as is our usual practice, in the
                same manner that the FY 2021 transition was made budget neutral as
                discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58755).
                3. Codes for Constituent Counties in CBSAs
                 CBSAs are made up of one or more constituent counties. Each CBSA
                and constituent county has its own unique identifying codes. There are
                two different lists of codes associated with counties: Social Security
                Administration (SSA) codes and Federal Information Processing Standard
                (FIPS) codes. Historically, CMS has listed and used SSA and FIPS county
                codes to identify and crosswalk counties to CBSA codes for purposes of
                the hospital wage index. As we discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38129 through 38130), we have learned that SSA county
                codes are no longer being maintained and updated. However, the FIPS
                codes continue to be maintained by the U.S. Census Bureau. We believe
                that using the latest FIPS codes will allow us to maintain a more
                accurate and up-to-date payment system that reflects the reality of
                population shifts and labor market conditions.
                 The Census Bureau's most current statistical area information is
                derived from ongoing census data received since 2010; the most recent
                data are from 2020. The Census Bureau maintains a complete list of
                changes to counties or county equivalent entities on the website at:
                https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/geography/technical-documentation/county-changes.html. We believe that it is important to
                use the latest counties or county equivalent entities in order to
                properly crosswalk hospitals from a county to a CBSA for purposes of
                the hospital wage index used under the IPPS.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38129 through
                38130), we adopted a policy to discontinue the use of the SSA county
                codes and began using only the FIPS county codes for purposes of
                crosswalking counties to CBSAs. In addition, in the same rule, we
                implemented the latest FIPS code updates, which were effective October
                1, 2017, beginning with the FY 2018 wage indexes. These updates have
                been used to calculate the wage indexes in a manner generally
                consistent with the CBSA-based methodologies finalized in the FY 2005
                IPPS final rule and the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 For FY 2022, we are continuing to use only the FIPS county codes
                for purposes of crosswalking counties to CBSAs. For FY 2022, Tables 2
                and 3 associated with this proposed rule and the County to CBSA
                Crosswalk File and Urban CBSAs and Constituent Counties for Acute Care
                Hospitals File posted on the CMS website reflect the latest FIPS code
                updates.
                B. Worksheet S-3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2022 Wage Index
                 The proposed FY 2022 wage index values are based on the data
                collected from the Medicare cost reports submitted by hospitals for
                cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2018 (the FY 2021 wage indexes
                were based on data from cost reporting periods beginning during FY
                2017).
                1. Included Categories of Costs
                 The proposed FY 2022 wage index includes all of the following
                categories of data associated with costs paid under the IPPS (as well
                as outpatient costs):
                [[Page 25398]]
                 Salaries and hours from short-term, acute care hospitals
                (including paid lunch hours and hours associated with military leave
                and jury duty);
                 Home office costs and hours;
                 Certain contract labor costs and hours, which include
                direct patient care, certain top management, pharmacy, laboratory, and
                nonteaching physician Part A services, and certain contract indirect
                patient care services (as discussed in the FY 2008 final rule with
                comment period (72 FR 47315 through 47317)); and
                 Wage-related costs, including pension costs (based on
                policies adopted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51586
                through 51590)) and other deferred compensation costs.
                2. Excluded Categories of Costs
                 Consistent with the wage index methodology for FY 2021, the
                proposed wage index for FY 2022 also excludes the direct and overhead
                salaries and hours for services not subject to IPPS payment, such as
                skilled nursing facility (SNF) services, home health services, costs
                related to GME (teaching physicians and residents) and certified
                registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs), and other subprovider components
                that are not paid under the IPPS. The proposed FY 2022 wage index also
                excludes the salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of hospital-based
                rural health clinics (RHCs), and Federally qualified health centers
                (FQHCs) because Medicare pays for these costs outside of the IPPS (68
                FR 45395). In addition, salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of CAHs
                are excluded from the wage index for the reasons explained in the FY
                2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45397 through 45398). For FY 2020 and
                subsequent years, other wage-related costs are also excluded from the
                calculation of the wage index. As discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                final rule (83 FR 41365 through 41369), other wage-related costs
                reported on Worksheet S-3, Part II, Line 18 and Worksheet S-3, Part IV,
                Line 25 and subscripts, as well as all other wage-related costs, such
                as contract labor costs, are excluded from the calculation of the wage
                index.
                3. Use of Wage Index Data by Suppliers and Providers Other Than Acute
                Care Hospitals Under the IPPS
                 Data collected for the IPPS wage index also are currently used to
                calculate wage indexes applicable to suppliers and other providers,
                such as SNFs, home health agencies (HHAs), ambulatory surgical centers
                (ASCs), and hospices. In addition, they are used for prospective
                payments to IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs, and for hospital outpatient
                services. We note that, in the IPPS rules, we do not address comments
                pertaining to the wage indexes of any supplier or provider except IPPS
                providers and LTCHs. Such comments should be made in response to
                separate proposed rules for those suppliers and providers.
                C. Verification of Worksheet S-3 Wage Data
                 The wage data for the proposed FY 2022 wage index were obtained
                from Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III of the Medicare cost report (Form
                CMS-2552-10, OMB Control Number 0938-0050 with expiration date March
                31, 2022) for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2017, and before October 1, 2018. For wage index purposes, we refer to
                cost reports during this period as the ``FY 2018 cost report,'' the
                ``FY 2018 wage data,'' or the ``FY 2018 data.'' Instructions for
                completing the wage index sections of Worksheet S-3 are included in the
                Provider Reimbursement Manual (PRM), Part 2 (Pub. 15-2), Chapter 40,
                Sections 4005.2 through 4005.4. The data file used to construct the
                proposed final FY 2022 wage index includes FY 2018 data submitted to us
                as of February 5, 2021. As in past years, we performed an extensive
                review of the wage data, mostly through the use of edits designed to
                identify aberrant data.
                 We asked our MACs to revise or verify data elements that result in
                specific edit failures. For the proposed FY 2022 wage index, we
                identified and excluded 86 providers with aberrant data that should not
                be included in the wage index. If data elements for some of these
                providers are corrected, we intend to include data from those providers
                in the final FY 2022 wage index. We also adjusted certain aberrant data
                and included these data in the wage index. For example, in situations
                where a hospital did not have documentable salaries, wages, and hours
                for housekeeping and dietary services, we imputed estimates, in
                accordance with policies established in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (79 FR 49965 through 49967). We instructed MACs to complete their
                data verification of questionable data elements and to transmit any
                changes to the wage data no later than March 19, 2021.
                 In constructing the proposed FY 2022 wage index, we included the
                wage data for facilities that were IPPS hospitals in FY 2018, inclusive
                of those facilities that have since terminated their participation in
                the program as hospitals, as long as those data did not fail any of our
                edits for reasonableness. We believe including the wage data for these
                hospitals is, in general, appropriate to reflect the economic
                conditions in the various labor market areas during the relevant past
                period and to ensure that the current wage index represents the labor
                market area's current wages as compared to the national average of
                wages. However, we excluded the wage data for CAHs as discussed in the
                FY 2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45397 through 45398); that is, any
                hospital that is designated as a CAH by 7 days prior to the publication
                of the preliminary wage index public use file (PUF) is excluded from
                the calculation of the wage index. For the proposed rule, we removed 3
                hospitals that converted to CAH status on or after January 24, 2020,
                the cut-off date for CAH exclusion from the FY 2021 wage index, and
                through and including January 24, 2021, the cut-off date for CAH
                exclusion from the FY 2022 wage index. In summary, we calculated the
                proposed FY 2021 wage index using the Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III
                wage data of 3,159 hospitals.
                 For the proposed FY 2022 wage index, we allotted the wages and
                hours data for a multicampus hospital among the different labor market
                areas where its campuses are located using campus full-time equivalent
                (FTE) percentages as originally finalized in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (76 FR 51591). Table 2, which contains the proposed FY 2022
                wage index associated with this proposed rule (available via the
                internet on the CMS website), includes separate wage data for the
                campuses of 16 multicampus hospitals. The following chart lists the
                multicampus hospitals by CSA certification number (CCN) and the FTE
                percentages on which the wages and hours of each campus were allotted
                to their respective labor market areas:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25399]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.221
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.222
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 We note that, in past years, in Table 2, we have placed a ``B'' to
                designate the subordinate campus in the fourth position of the hospital
                CCN. However, for the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final rules
                and subsequent rules, we have moved the ``B'' to the third position of
                the CCN. Because all IPPS hospitals have a ``0'' in the third position
                of the CCN, we believe that placement of the ``B'' in this third
                [[Page 25400]]
                position, instead of the ``0'' for the subordinate campus, is the most
                efficient method of identification and interferes the least with the
                other, variable, digits in the CCN.
                D. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2022 Unadjusted Wage Index
                 The method used to compute the proposed FY 2022 wage index without
                an occupational mix adjustment follows the same methodology that we
                used to compute the wage indexes without an occupational mix adjustment
                in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (see 85 FR 58758 through 58761,
                September 18, 2020), and we are not proposing any changes to this
                methodology. We have restated our methodology in this section of this
                rule.
                 Step 1.--We gathered data from each of the non-Federal, short-term,
                acute care hospitals for which data were reported on the Worksheet S-3,
                Parts II and III of the Medicare cost report for the hospital's cost
                reporting period relevant to the proposed wage index (in this case, for
                FY 2022, these were data from cost reports for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2017, and before October 1, 2018). In
                addition, we included data from some hospitals that had cost reporting
                periods beginning before October 2017 and reported a cost reporting
                period covering all of FY 2018. These data were included because no
                other data from these hospitals would be available for the cost
                reporting period as previously described, and because particular labor
                market areas might be affected due to the omission of these hospitals.
                However, we generally describe these wage data as FY 2018 data. We note
                that, if a hospital had more than one cost reporting period beginning
                during FY 2018 (for example, a hospital had two short cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after October 1, 2017, and before October 1,
                2018), we include wage data from only one of the cost reporting
                periods, the longer, in the wage index calculation. If there was more
                than one cost reporting period and the periods were equal in length, we
                included the wage data from the later period in the wage index
                calculation.
                 Step 2.--Salaries.--The method used to compute a hospital's average
                hourly wage excludes certain costs that are not paid under the IPPS.
                (We note that, beginning with FY 2008 (72 FR 47315), we included what
                were then Lines 22.01, 26.01, and 27.01 of Worksheet S-3, Part II of
                CMS Form 2552-96 for overhead services in the wage index. Currently,
                these lines are lines 28, 33, and 35 on CMS Form 2552-10. However, we
                note that the wages and hours on these lines are not incorporated into
                Line 101, Column 1 of Worksheet A, which, through the electronic cost
                reporting software, flows directly to Line 1 of Worksheet S-3, Part II.
                Therefore, the first step in the wage index calculation is to compute a
                ``revised'' Line 1, by adding to the Line 1 on Worksheet S-3, Part II
                (for wages and hours respectively) the amounts on Lines 28, 33, and
                35.) In calculating a hospital's Net Salaries (we note that we
                previously used the term ``average'' salaries in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (76 FR 51592), but we now use the term ``net'' salaries)
                plus wage-related costs, we first compute the following: Subtract from
                Line 1 (total salaries) the GME and CRNA costs reported on CMS Form
                2552-10, Lines 2, 4.01, 7, and 7.01, the Part B salaries reported on
                Lines 3, 5 and 6, home office salaries reported on Line 8, and exclude
                salaries reported on Lines 9 and 10 (that is, direct salaries
                attributable to SNF services, home health services, and other
                subprovider components not subject to the IPPS). We also subtract from
                Line 1 the salaries for which no hours were reported. Therefore, the
                formula for Net Salaries (from Worksheet S-3, Part II) is the
                following:
                ((Line 1 + Line 28 + Line 33 + Line 35)-(Line 2 + Line 3 + Line 4.01 +
                Line 5 + Line 6 + Line 7 + Line 7.01 + Line 8 + Line 9 + Line 10)).
                 To determine Total Salaries plus Wage-Related Costs, we add to the
                Net Salaries the costs of contract labor for direct patient care,
                certain top management, pharmacy, laboratory, and nonteaching physician
                Part A services (Lines 11, 12 and 13), home office salaries and wage-
                related costs reported by the hospital on Lines 14.01, 14.02, and 15,
                and nonexcluded area wage-related costs (Lines 17, 22, 25.50, 25.51,
                and 25.52). We note that contract labor and home office salaries for
                which no corresponding hours are reported are not included. In
                addition, wage-related costs for nonteaching physician Part A employees
                (Line 22) are excluded if no corresponding salaries are reported for
                those employees on Line 4. The formula for Total Salaries plus Wage-
                Related Costs (from Worksheet S-3, Part II) is the following:
                ((Line 1 + Line 28 + Line 33 + Line 35)-(Line 2 + Line 3 + Line 4.01 +
                Line 5 + Line 6 + Line 7 + Line 7.01 + Line 8 + Line 9 + Line 10)) +
                (Line 11 + Line 12 + Line 13 + Line 14.01 + 14.02 + Line 15) + (Line 17
                + Line 22 + 25.50 + 25.51 + 25.52).
                 Step 3.--Hours.--With the exception of wage-related costs, for
                which there are no associated hours, we compute total hours using the
                same methods as described for salaries in Step 2. The formula for Total
                Hours (from Worksheet S-3, Part II) is the following:
                ((Line 1 + Line 28 + Line 33 + Line 35)-(Line 2 + Line 3 + Line 4.01 +
                Line 5 + Line 6 + Line 7 + Line 7.01 + Line 8 + Line 9 + Line 10)) +
                (Line 11 + Line 12 + Line 13 + Line 14.01 + 14.02 + Line 15).
                 Step 4.--For each hospital reporting both total overhead salaries
                and total overhead hours greater than zero, we then allocate overhead
                costs to areas of the hospital excluded from the wage index
                calculation. First, we determine the ``excluded rate'', which is the
                ratio of excluded area hours to Revised Total Hours (from Worksheet S-
                3, Part II) with the following formula: (Line 9 + Line 10)/(Line 1 +
                Line 28 + Line 33 + Line 35)-(Lines 2, 3, 4.01, 5, 6, 7, 7.01, and 8
                and Lines 26 through 43). We then compute the amounts of overhead
                salaries and hours to be allocated to the excluded areas by multiplying
                the above ratio by the total overhead salaries and hours reported on
                Lines 26 through 43 of Worksheet S-3, Part II. Next, we compute the
                amounts of overhead wage-related costs to be allocated to the excluded
                areas using three steps:
                 We determine the ``overhead rate'' (from Worksheet S-3,
                Part II), which is the ratio of overhead hours (Lines 26 through 43
                minus the sum of Lines 28, 33, and 35) to revised hours excluding the
                sum of lines 28, 33, and 35 (Line 1 minus the sum of Lines 2, 3, 4.01,
                5, 6, 7, 7.01, 8, 9, 10, 28, 33, and 35). We note that, for the FY 2008
                and subsequent wage index calculations, we have been excluding the
                overhead contract labor (Lines 28, 33, and 35) from the determination
                of the ratio of overhead hours to revised hours because hospitals
                typically do not provide fringe benefits (wage-related costs) to
                contract personnel. Therefore, it is not necessary for the wage index
                calculation to exclude overhead wage-related costs for contract
                personnel. Further, if a hospital does contribute to wage-related costs
                for contracted personnel, the instructions for Lines 28, 33, and 35
                require that associated wage-related costs be combined with wages on
                the respective contract labor lines. The formula for the Overhead Rate
                (from Worksheet S-3, Part II) is the following:
                (Lines 26 through 43-Lines 28, 33 and 35)/((((Line 1 + Lines 28, 33,
                35)-(Lines 2, 3, 4.01, 5, 6, 7, 7.01, 8, and 26 through 43))-(Lines 9
                and 10)) + (Lines 26 through 43-Lines 28, 33, and 35)).
                 We compute overhead wage-related costs by multiplying the
                overhead hours
                [[Page 25401]]
                ratio by wage-related costs reported on Part II, Lines 17, 22, 25.50,
                25.51, and 25.52.
                 We multiply the computed overhead wage-related costs by
                the previously described excluded area hours ratio.
                 Finally, we subtract the computed overhead salaries, wage-related
                costs, and hours associated with excluded areas from the total salaries
                (plus wage-related costs) and hours derived in Steps 2 and 3.
                 Step 5.--For each hospital, we adjust the total salaries plus wage-
                related costs to a common period to determine total adjusted salaries
                plus wage-related costs. To make the wage adjustment, we estimate the
                percentage change in the employment cost index (ECI) for compensation
                for each 30-day increment from October 14, 2017 through April 15, 2019,
                for private industry hospital workers from the BLS' Compensation and
                Working Conditions. We use the ECI because it reflects the price
                increase associated with total compensation (salaries plus fringes)
                rather than just the increase in salaries. In addition, the ECI
                includes managers as well as other hospital workers. This methodology
                to compute the monthly update factors uses actual quarterly ECI data
                and assures that the update factors match the actual quarterly and
                annual percent changes. We also note that, since April 2006 with the
                publication of March 2006 data, the BLS' ECI uses a different
                classification system, the North American Industrial Classification
                System (NAICS), instead of the Standard Industrial Codes (SICs), which
                no longer exist. We have consistently used the ECI as the data source
                for our wages and salaries and other price proxies in the IPPS market
                basket, and we are not proposing to make any changes to the usage of
                the ECI for FY 2022. The factors used to adjust the hospital's data are
                based on the midpoint of the cost reporting period, as indicated in
                this rule.
                 Step 6.--Each hospital is assigned to its appropriate urban or
                rural labor market area before any reclassifications under section
                1886(d)(8)(B), 1886(d)(8)(E), or 1886(d)(10) of the Act. Within each
                urban or rural labor market area, we add the total adjusted salaries
                plus wage-related costs obtained in Step 5 for all hospitals in that
                area to determine the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs
                for the labor market area.
                 Step 7.--We divide the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related
                costs obtained under Step 6 by the sum of the corresponding total hours
                (from Step 4) for all hospitals in each labor market area to determine
                an average hourly wage for the area.
                 Step 8.--We add the total adjusted salaries plus wage-related costs
                obtained in Step 5 for all hospitals in the Nation and then divide the
                sum by the national sum of total hours from Step 4 to arrive at a
                national average hourly wage.
                 Step 9.--For each urban or rural labor market area, we calculate
                the hospital wage index value, unadjusted for occupational mix, by
                dividing the area average hourly wage obtained in Step 7 by the
                national average hourly wage computed in Step 8.
                 Step 10.--For each urban labor market area for which we do not have
                any hospital wage data (either because there are no IPPS hospitals in
                that labor market area, or there are IPPS hospitals in that area but
                their data are either too new to be reflected in the current year's
                wage index calculation, or their data are aberrant and are deleted from
                the wage index), we finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (84 FR 42305) that, for FY 2020 and subsequent years' wage index
                calculations, such CBSA's wage index would be equal to total urban
                salaries plus wage-related costs (from Step 5) in the State, divided by
                the total urban hours (from Step 4) in the State, divided by the
                national average hourly wage from Step 8 (see 84 FR 42305 and 42306)
                August 16, 2019). We stated that we believe that, in the absence of
                wage data for an urban labor market area, it is reasonable to use a
                statewide urban average, which is based on actual, acceptable wage data
                of hospitals in that State, rather than impute some other type of value
                using a different methodology. For calculation of the proposed FY 2022
                wage index, we note there is one urban CBSA for which we do not have
                IPPS hospital wage data. In Table 3 (which is available via the
                internet on the CMS website) which contains the area wage indexes, we
                include a footnote to indicate to which CBSAs this policy applies.
                These CBSAs' wage indexes would be equal to total urban salaries plus
                wage-related costs (from Step 5) in the respective State, divided by
                the total urban hours (from Step 4) in the respective State, divided by
                the national average hourly wage (from Step 8) (see 84 FR 42305 and
                42306) August 16, 2019). Under this step, we also apply our policy with
                regard to how dollar amounts, hours, and other numerical values in the
                wage index calculations are rounded, as discussed in this section of
                this rule.
                 We refer readers to section II. of the Appendix of the proposed
                rule for the policy regarding rural areas that do not have IPPS
                hospitals.
                 Step 11.--Section 4410 of Pub. L. 105-33 provides that, for
                discharges on or after October 1, 1997, the area wage index applicable
                to any hospital that is located in an urban area of a State may not be
                less than the area wage index applicable to hospitals located in rural
                areas in that State. The areas affected by this provision are
                identified in Table 2 listed in section VI. of the Addendum to the
                proposed rule and available via the internet on the CMS website.
                 Following is our policy with regard to rounding of the wage data
                (dollar amounts, hours, and other numerical values) in the calculation
                of the unadjusted and adjusted wage index, as finalized in the FY 2020
                IPPS/LTCH final rule (84 FR 42306; August 16, 2019). For data that we
                consider to be ``raw data,'' such as the cost report data on Worksheets
                S-3, Parts II and III, and the occupational mix survey data, we use
                such data ``as is,'' and do not round any of the individual line items
                or fields. However, for any dollar amounts within the wage index
                calculations, including any type of summed wage amount, average hourly
                wages, and the national average hourly wage (both the unadjusted and
                adjusted for occupational mix), we round the dollar amounts to 2
                decimals. For any hour amounts within the wage index calculations, we
                round such hour amounts to the nearest whole number. For any numbers
                not expressed as dollars or hours within the wage index calculations,
                which could include ratios, percentages, or inflation factors, we round
                such numbers to 5 decimals. However, we continue rounding the actual
                unadjusted and adjusted wage indexes to 4 decimals, as we have done
                historically.
                 As discussed in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, in ``Step
                5,'' for each hospital, we adjust the total salaries plus wage-related
                costs to a common period to determine total adjusted salaries plus
                wage-related costs. To make the wage adjustment, we estimate the
                percentage change in the employment cost index (ECI) for compensation
                for each 30-day increment from October 14, 2017, through April 15,
                2019, for private industry hospital workers from the BLS' Compensation
                and Working Conditions. We have consistently used the ECI as the data
                source for our wages and salaries and other price proxies in the IPPS
                market basket, and we are not proposing any changes to the usage of the
                ECI for FY 2022. The factors used to adjust the hospital's data were
                based on the midpoint of the cost reporting period, as indicated in the
                following table.
                [[Page 25402]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.223
                 For example, the midpoint of a cost reporting period beginning
                January 1, 2018, and ending December 31, 2018, is June 30, 2018. An
                adjustment factor of 1.01780 was applied to the wages of a hospital
                with such a cost reporting period.
                 Previously, we also would provide a Puerto Rico overall average
                hourly wage. As discussed in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81
                FR 56915), prior to January 1, 2017, Puerto Rico hospitals were paid
                based on 75 percent of the national standardized amount and 25 percent
                of the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount. As a result, we
                calculated a Puerto Rico specific wage index that was applied to the
                labor-related share of the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount.
                Section 601 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-
                113) amended section 1886(d)(9)(E) of the Act to specify that the
                payment calculation with respect to operating costs of inpatient
                hospital services of a subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital for
                inpatient hospital discharges on or after January 1, 2016, shall use
                100 percent of the national standardized amount. As we stated in the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56915 through 56916), because
                Puerto Rico hospitals are no longer paid with a Puerto Rico specific
                standardized amount as of January 1, 2016, under section 1886(d)(9)(E)
                of the Act, as amended by section 601 of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act, 2016, there is no longer a need to calculate a
                Puerto Rico specific average hourly wage and wage index. Hospitals in
                Puerto Rico are now paid 100 percent of the national standardized
                amount and, therefore, are subject to the national average hourly wage
                (unadjusted for occupational mix) and the national wage index, which is
                applied to the national labor-related share of the national
                standardized amount. Therefore, for FY 2022, there is no Puerto Rico-
                specific overall average hourly wage or wage index.
                 Based on the methodology, as previously discussed, the proposed FY
                2022 unadjusted national average hourly wage is the following:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.224
                E. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the FY 2022 Wage Index
                 As stated earlier, section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act provides for
                the collection of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of
                employees for each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the
                Medicare program, in order to construct an occupational mix adjustment
                to the wage index, for application beginning October 1, 2004 (the FY
                2005 wage index). The purpose of the occupational mix adjustment is to
                control for the effect of hospitals' employment choices on the wage
                index. For example, hospitals may choose to employ different
                combinations of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, nursing
                aides, and medical assistants for the purpose of providing nursing care
                to their patients. The varying labor costs associated with these
                choices reflect hospital management decisions rather than geographic
                differences in the costs of labor.
                1. Use of 2019 Medicare Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey for the FY
                2022 Wage Index
                 Section 304(c) of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2001 (Pub.
                L. 106- 554) amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to require CMS to
                collect data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for
                each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the Medicare
                program. As discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (82 FR
                19903) and final rule (82 FR 38137), we collected data in 2016 to
                [[Page 25403]]
                compute the occupational mix adjustment for the FY 2019, FY 2020, and
                FY 2021 wage indexes. A new measurement of occupational mix is required
                for FY 2022.
                 The FY 2022 occupational mix adjustment is based on a new calendar
                year (CY) 2019 survey. Hospitals were required to submit their
                completed 2019 surveys (Form CMS-10079, OMB number 0938-0907,
                expiration date September 31, 2022) to their MACs by September 3, 2020.
                The preliminary, unaudited CY 2019 survey data were posted on the CMS
                website on September 8, 2020. As with the Worksheet S-3, Parts II and
                III cost report wage data, as part of the FY 2022 desk review process,
                the MACs revised or verified data elements in hospitals' occupational
                mix surveys that resulted in certain edit failures.
                2. Calculation of the Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY 2022
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to calculate the occupational mix
                adjustment factor using the same methodology that we have used since
                the FY 2012 wage index (76 FR 51582 through 51586) and to apply the
                occupational mix adjustment to 100 percent of the proposed FY 2022 wage
                index. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42308), we
                modified our methodology with regard to how dollar amounts, hours, and
                other numerical values in the unadjusted and adjusted wage index
                calculation are rounded, in order to ensure consistency in the
                calculation. According to the policy finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (84 FR 42308 and 42309), for data that we consider to be
                ``raw data,'' such as the cost report data on Worksheets S-3, Parts II
                and III, and the occupational mix survey data, we continue to use these
                data ``as is'', and not round any of the individual line items or
                fields. However, for any dollar amounts within the wage index
                calculations, including any type of summed wage amount, average hourly
                wages, and the national average hourly wage (both the unadjusted and
                adjusted for occupational mix), we round such dollar amounts to 2
                decimals. We round any hour amounts within the wage index calculations
                to the nearest whole number. We round any numbers not expressed as
                dollars or hours in the wage index calculations, which could include
                ratios, percentages, or inflation factors, to 5 decimals. However, we
                continue rounding the actual unadjusted and adjusted wage indexes to 4
                decimals, as we have done historically.
                 Similar to the method we use for the calculation of the wage index
                without occupational mix, salaries and hours for a multicampus hospital
                are allotted among the different labor market areas where its campuses
                are located. Table 2 associated with this proposed rule (which is
                available via the internet on the CMS website), which contains the
                proposed FY 2022 occupational mix adjusted wage index, includes
                separate wage data for the campuses of multicampus hospitals. We refer
                readers to section III.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a
                chart listing the multicampus hospitals and the FTE percentages used to
                allot their occupational mix data.
                 Because the statute requires that the Secretary measure the
                earnings and paid hours of employment by occupational category not less
                than once every 3 years, all hospitals that are subject to payments
                under the IPPS, or any hospital that would be subject to the IPPS if
                not granted a waiver, must complete the occupational mix survey, unless
                the hospital has no associated cost report wage data that are included
                in the proposed FY 2022 wage index. For the proposed FY 2022 wage
                index, we are using the Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III wage data of
                3,159 hospitals, and we used the occupational mix surveys of 2,955
                hospitals for which we also had Worksheet S-3 wage data, which
                represented a ``response'' rate of 94 percent (2,955/3,159). For the
                proposed FY 2022 wage index, we are applying proxy data for
                noncompliant hospitals, new hospitals, or hospitals that submitted
                erroneous or aberrant data in the same manner that we applied proxy
                data for such hospitals in the FY 2012 wage index occupational mix
                adjustment (76 FR 51586). As a result of applying this methodology, the
                proposed FY 2022 occupational mix adjusted national average hourly wage
                is the following:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.225
                F. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix
                Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2022 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage
                Index
                 As discussed in section III.E. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, for FY 2022, we are applying the occupational mix adjustment to
                100 percent of the FY 2022 wage index. We calculated the occupational
                mix adjustment using data from the 2019 occupational mix survey data,
                using the methodology described in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (76 FR 51582 through 51586).
                 The FY 2022 national average hourly wages for each occupational mix
                nursing subcategory as calculated in Step 2 of the occupational mix
                calculation are as follows:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.226
                 The proposed national average hourly wage for the entire nurse
                category is computed in Step 5 of the occupational mix calculation.
                Hospitals with a nurse category average hourly wage (as calculated in
                Step 4) of greater than the
                [[Page 25404]]
                national nurse category average hourly wage receive an occupational mix
                adjustment factor (as calculated in Step 6) of less than 1.0. Hospitals
                with a nurse category average hourly wage (as calculated in Step 4) of
                less than the national nurse category average hourly wage receive an
                occupational mix adjustment factor (as calculated in Step 6) of greater
                than 1.0.
                 Based on the 2019 occupational mix survey data, we determined (in
                Step 7 of the occupational mix calculation) the following:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.227
                 We compared the proposed FY 2022 occupational mix adjusted wage
                indexes for each CBSA to the proposed unadjusted wage indexes for each
                CBSA. Applying the occupational mix adjustment to the wage data
                resulted in the following:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.228
                 These results indicate that a smaller percentage of urban areas
                (54.9 percent) would benefit from the occupational mix adjustment than
                would rural areas (57.4 percent).
                 We also compared the FY 2022 wage data adjusted for occupational
                mix from the 2019 survey to the FY 2022 wage data adjusted for
                occupational mix from the 2016 survey. This analysis illustrates the
                effect on area wage indexes of using the 2019 survey data compared to
                the 2016 survey data; that is, it shows whether hospitals' wage indexes
                will increase or decrease under the 2019 survey data as compared to the
                prior 2016 survey data. Applying the occupational mix adjustment to the
                wage data, based on the 2019 survey, resulted in the following:
                [[Page 25405]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.229
                 These results indicate that the wage indexes of 49.3 percent of
                CBSAs overall will decrease due to application of the 2019 occupational
                mix survey data as compared to the 2016 occupational mix survey data.
                Further, a larger percentage of urban areas (50.5 percent) will benefit
                from the use of the 2019 occupational mix survey data as compared to
                the 2016 occupational mix survey data than will rural areas (40.4
                percent).
                G. Application of the Rural Floor, Application of the State Frontier
                Floor, Continuation of the Low Wage Index Hospital Policy, and Proposed
                Budget Neutrality Adjustment
                1. Rural Floor
                 Section 4410(a) of Public Law 105-33 provides that, for discharges
                on or after October 1, 1997, the area wage index applicable to any
                hospital that is located in an urban area of a State may not be less
                than the area wage index applicable to hospitals located in rural areas
                in that State. This provision is referred to as the rural floor.
                Section 3141 of Public Law 111-148 also requires that a national budget
                neutrality adjustment be applied in implementing the rural floor.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42332 through
                42336), we removed urban to rural reclassifications from the
                calculation of the rural floor to prevent inappropriate payment
                increases under the rural floor due to rural reclassifications, such
                that, beginning in FY 2020, the rural floor is calculated without
                including the wage data of hospitals that have reclassified as rural
                under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act (as implemented in the
                regulations at Sec. 412.103). The rural floor for this FY 2022
                proposed rule continues to be calculated without the wage data of
                hospitals that have reclassified as rural under Sec. 412.103. We are
                not proposing any changes to the rural floor policy for FY 2022. Also,
                for the purposes of applying the provisions of section
                1886(d)(8)(C)(iii) of the Act, effective beginning in FY 2020, we
                remove the data of hospitals reclassified from urban to rural under
                section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act (as implemented in the regulations at
                Sec. 412.103) from the calculation of ``the wage index for rural areas
                in the State in which the county is located'' as referred to in section
                1886(d)(8)(C)(iii) of the Act. We are not proposing any changes to this
                policy for FY 2022.
                 Based on the FY 2022 wage index associated with this proposed rule
                (which is available via the internet on the CMS website) and based on
                the calculation of the rural floor without the wage data of hospitals
                that have reclassified as rural under Sec. 412.103, we estimate that
                287 hospitals would receive an increase in their FY 2022 proposed wage
                index due to the application of the rural floor.
                2. Imputed Floor
                 In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49109 through 49111), we
                adopted the imputed floor policy as a temporary 3-year regulatory
                measure to address concerns from hospitals in all-urban States that
                have argued that they are disadvantaged by the absence of rural
                hospitals to set a wage index floor for those States. We extended the
                imputed floor policy eight times since its initial
                [[Page 25406]]
                implementation, the last of which was adopted in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule and expired on September 30, 2018. (We refer readers to
                further discussions of the imputed floor in the IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rules from FYs 2014 through 2019 (78 FR 50589 through 50590, 79 FR
                49969 through 49971, 80 FR 49497 through 49498, 81 FR 56921 through
                56922, 82 FR 38138 through 38142, and 83 FR 41376 through 41380,
                respectively) and to the regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(h)(4).) For FYs
                2019, 2020, and 2021, hospitals in all-urban states received a wage
                index that was calculated without applying an imputed floor, and we no
                longer included the imputed floor as a factor in the national budget
                neutrality adjustment.
                 In computing the imputed floor for an all-urban State under the
                original methodology established beginning in FY 2005, we calculated
                the ratio of the lowest-to-highest CBSA wage index for each all-urban
                State as well as the average of the ratios of lowest-to-highest CBSA
                wage indexes of those all-urban States. We then compared the State's
                own ratio to the average ratio for all-urban States and whichever was
                higher was multiplied by the highest CBSA wage index value in the
                State--the product of which established the imputed floor for the
                State.
                 We adopted a second, alternative methodology beginning in FY 2013
                (77 FR 53368 through 53369) to address the concern that the original
                imputed floor methodology guaranteed a benefit for one all-urban State
                with multiple wage indexes (New Jersey) but could not benefit another
                all-urban State, Rhode Island, which had only one CBSA. Under the
                alternative methodology, we first determined the average percentage
                difference between the post-reclassified, pre-floor area wage index and
                the post-reclassified, rural floor wage index (without rural floor
                budget neutrality applied) for all CBSAs receiving the rural floor. The
                lowest post-reclassified wage index assigned to a hospital in an all-
                urban State having a range of such values then was increased by this
                factor, the result of which established the State's alternative imputed
                floor. Under the updated OMB labor market area delineations adopted by
                CMS beginning in FY 2015, Delaware became an all-urban State, along
                with New Jersey and Rhode Island, and was subject to an imputed floor
                as well. In addition, we adopted a policy, as reflected at Sec.
                412.64(h)(4)(vi), that, for discharges on or after October 1, 2012, and
                before October 1, 2018, the minimum wage index value for a State is the
                higher of the value determined under the original methodology or the
                value determined under the alternative methodology. The regulations
                implementing the imputed floor wage index, both the original
                methodology and the alternative methodology, were set forth at Sec.
                412.64(h)(4).
                 Section 9831 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (Pub. L. 117-
                2) enacted on March 11, 2021 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the
                Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(3)(E)(i)) and added section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)
                of the Act to establish a minimum area wage index for hospitals in all-
                urban States for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021.
                Specifically, section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(I) and (II) of the Act provides
                that for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021, the area
                wage index applicable to any hospital in an all-urban State may not be
                less than the minimum area wage index for the fiscal year for hospitals
                in that State established using the methodology described in Sec.
                412.64(h)(4)(vi) as in effect for FY 2018. Thus, effective beginning
                October 1, 2021 (FY 2022), section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act
                reinstates the imputed floor wage index policy for all-urban States,
                with no expiration date, using the methodology described in 42 CFR
                412.64(h)(4)(vi) as in effect for FY 2018. As discussed previously,
                under Sec. 412.64(h)(4)(vi), the minimum wage index value for
                hospitals in an all-urban State is the higher of the value determined
                using the original methodology (as set forth at Sec. 412.64(h)(4)(i)
                through (v)) or the value determined using alternative methodology (as
                set forth at Sec. 412.64(h)(4)(vi)(A) and (B)) for calculating an
                imputed floor. Therefore, as provided in Sec. 412.64(h)(vi), we would
                apply the higher of the value determined under original or alternative
                methodology for calculating a minimum wage index, or imputed floor, for
                all-urban States effective beginning with FY 2022. We note that the
                rural floor values used in the alternative methodology at Sec.
                412.64(h)(4)(vi)(A) and (B) would not include the wage data of
                hospitals reclassified under Sec. 412.103, because we currently
                calculate the rural floor without the wage data of such hospitals.
                 Unlike the imputed floor that was in effect from FYs 2005 through
                2018, section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(III) of the Act provides that the
                imputed floor wage index shall not be applied in a budget neutral
                manner. Specifically, section 9831(b) of Public Law 117-2 amends
                section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act to exclude the imputed floor from
                the budget neutrality requirement under section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the
                Act. In other words, the budget neutrality requirement under section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act, as amended, must be applied without taking
                into account the imputed floor adjustment under section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act. When the imputed floor was in effect from
                FY 2005 through FY 2018, to budget neutralize the increase in payments
                resulting from application of the imputed floor, we calculated the
                increase in payments resulting from the imputed floor together with the
                increase in payments resulting from the rural floor and applied an
                adjustment to reduce the wage index. By contrast, for FY 2022 and
                subsequent years, we are proposing to apply the imputed floor after the
                application of the rural floor and to apply no reductions to the
                standardized amount or to the wage index to fund the increase in
                payments to hospitals in all-urban States resulting from the
                application of the imputed floor required under section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act.
                 We note, given the recent enactment of section 9831 of Public Law
                117-2 on March 11, 2021, there was not sufficient time available to
                incorporate the changes required by this statutory provision (which
                provides for the application of the imputed floor adjustment in a non-
                budget neutral manner beginning in FY 2022) into the calculation of the
                provider wage index for this proposed rule. We will include the imputed
                floor adjustment in the calculation of the provider wage index in the
                FY 2022 final rule. We note that CMS has posted, concurrent with the
                issuance of this proposed rule, estimated imputed floor values by state
                in a separate data file on the FY 2022 IPPS Proposed Rule web page on
                the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index, and an aggregate payment
                impact for the imputed floor in the Appendix to this proposed rule.
                 The imputed floor under section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act
                applies to all-urban States, as defined in new subclause (IV). Section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(IV) provides that, for purposes of the imputed floor
                wage index under clause (iv), the term all-urban State means a State in
                which there are no rural areas (as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D) of
                the Act) or a State in which there are no hospitals classified as rural
                under section 1886 of the Act. Under this definition, given that it
                applies for purposes of the imputed floor wage index, we believe it
                would be appropriate to consider a hospital to be classified as rural
                under section 1886 of the Act if it is assigned the State's rural area
                wage index value.
                [[Page 25407]]
                Therefore, under the definition at section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(IV) of the
                Act, ``a State in which there are no hospitals classified as rural
                under this section'' would include a State that has a rural area but no
                hospitals that receive the rural area wage index under section 1886(d)
                of the Act. For purposes of this definition, hospitals redesignated as
                rural under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act (412.103 rural
                reclassifications) would be considered classified as rural if they
                receive the rural wage index; however, hospitals that are deemed urban
                under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act (in Lugar counties), or are
                reclassified to an urban area under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act
                (MGCRB reclassifications) would not be considered classified as rural
                because they do not receive the rural wage index. In contrast, we note
                that in the imputed floor policy in effect from FY 2005 through FY
                2018, we did not consider a State to qualify for ``all urban status''
                if there were one or more hospitals geographically located in the rural
                area of the State, even if all such hospitals subsequently reclassified
                to receive an urban area wage index. There is currently one State,
                Connecticut, that would be eligible for the imputed floor under this
                qualification in this proposed rule because there are currently no
                hospitals in Connecticut that are classified as rural under section
                1886(d) for purposes of the wage index--in other words, there are no
                hospitals that receive the rural wage index value. There is one rural
                county in Connecticut. All hospitals in this county are either deemed
                urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act or receive an MGCRB
                reclassification under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. While several
                Connecticut hospitals were approved for rural reclassification under
                section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act, at this point in time, all have
                received a subsequent urban reclassification under section 1886(d)(10)
                of the Act.
                 Additionally, under section 1861(x) of the Act, the term State has
                the meaning given to it in section 210(h) of the Act. Because section
                210(h) of the Act defines the word State to also include the District
                of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Washington, DC and
                Puerto Rico may also qualify as all-urban States for purposes of the
                imputed floor if the requirements of section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(IV) of
                the Act are met. Based on data available for this proposed rule, the
                following States would be all-urban States as defined in section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(IV) of the Act, and thus hospitals in such States
                would be eligible to receive an increase in their wage index due to
                application of the imputed floor for FY 2022: New Jersey, Rhode Island,
                Delaware, Connecticut, and Washington, DC.
                 We are proposing to revise the regulations at Sec. 412.64(e)(1)
                and (4) and (h)(4) and (5) to implement the imputed floor required by
                section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act for discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 2021. First, we propose to make the following
                revisions to the regulation text to specify that the imputed floor
                required under section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act would not be
                applied in a budget neutral manner:
                 We are proposing to revise the introductory language at
                Sec. 412.64(e)(4) to state that the budget neutrality adjustment for
                the imputed floor under paragraph (h)(4) applies only to discharges on
                or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2018.
                 We are proposing a conforming revision to Sec.
                412.64(e)(1)(ii) to refer to Sec. 412.64(h)(4)(vii) (proposed in this
                proposed rule) in the introductory phrase that excepts certain
                provisions from the budget neutrality requirement specified in
                paragraph (e)(1)(ii).
                 We are proposing to revise Sec. 412.64(h)(4) to add a new
                clause (vii) stating that, for discharges on or after October 1, 2021,
                the minimum wage index computed under this paragraph may not be applied
                in a budget neutral manner.
                 In addition, we are proposing to revise the introductory language
                at Sec. 412.64(h)(4) to specify that the minimum wage index and
                methodology described in that paragraph also apply for discharges on or
                after October 1, 2021. Further, we are proposing to revise Sec.
                412.64(h)(4)(vi) to specify that this clause also applies to discharges
                on or after October 1, 2021.
                 Finally, we are proposing to make the following revisions to Sec.
                412.64(h)(5). First, we are proposing to redesignate the current
                language at Sec. 412.64(h)(5) as Sec. 412.64(h)(5)(i) and to revise
                this language to reflect that it applies for purposes of applying the
                imputed floor for discharges on or after October 1, 2004 and before
                October 1, 2018. Second, we are proposing to add a new clause (ii) to
                Sec. 412.64(h)(5) to reflect the proposed definition of all-urban
                State for purposes of applying the imputed floor for discharges on or
                after October 1, 2021, as previously discussed. Specifically, we are
                proposing at Sec. 412.64(h)(5)(ii) that, for purposes of applying the
                imputed floor for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, an all-urban
                State is a State with no rural areas, as defined in Sec. 412.64, or a
                State in which there are no hospitals classified as rural under section
                1886 of the Act. We are further proposing at Sec. 412.64(h)(5)(ii)
                that a hospital would be considered classified as rural under section
                1886 of the Act if it is assigned the State's rural area wage index
                value.
                3. State Frontier Floor for FY 2022
                 Section 10324 of Public Law 111-148 requires that hospitals in
                frontier States cannot be assigned a wage index of less than 1.0000.
                (We refer readers to the regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(m) and to a
                discussion of the implementation of this provision in the FY 2011 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50160 through 50161).) In this FY 2022 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are not proposing any changes to the
                frontier floor policy for FY 2022. In this proposed rule, 44 hospitals
                would receive the frontier floor value of 1.0000 for their FY 2022
                proposed wage index. These hospitals are located in Montana, North
                Dakota, South Dakota, and Wyoming. We note that while Nevada meets the
                criteria of a frontier State, all hospitals within the State currently
                receive a wage index value greater than 1.0000.
                 The areas affected by the rural and frontier floor policies for the
                proposed FY 2022 wage index are identified in Table 2 associated with
                this proposed rule, which is available via the internet on the CMS
                website.
                4. Continuation of the Low Wage Index Hospital Policy; Proposed Budget
                Neutrality Adjustment
                 To help mitigate wage index disparities, including those resulting
                from the inclusion of hospitals with rural reclassifications under 42
                CFR 412.103 in the rural floor, in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (84 FR 42325 through 42339), we finalized policies to reduce the
                disparity between high and low wage index hospitals by increasing the
                wage index values for certain hospitals with low wage index values and
                doing so in a budget neutral manner through an adjustment applied to
                the standardized amounts for all hospitals, as well as by changing the
                calculation of the rural floor. We also provided for a transition in FY
                2020 for hospitals experiencing significant decreases in their wage
                index values as compared to their final FY 2019 wage index, and made
                these changes in a budget neutral manner.
                 We increase the wage index for hospitals with a wage index value
                below the 25th percentile wage index value for a fiscal year by half
                the difference between the otherwise applicable final wage index value
                for a year for that
                [[Page 25408]]
                hospital and the 25th percentile wage index value for that year across
                all hospitals (the low wage index hospital policy). We stated in the FY
                2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42326 through 42328) that this
                policy will be effective for at least 4 years, beginning in FY 2020, in
                order to allow employee compensation increases implemented by these
                hospitals sufficient time to be reflected in the wage index
                calculation. Therefore, the policy will continue in FY 2022. In order
                to offset the estimated increase in IPPS payments to hospitals with
                wage index values below the 25th percentile wage index value, for FY
                2022 and for subsequent fiscal years during which the low wage index
                hospital policy is in effect, we are proposing to apply a budget
                neutrality adjustment in the same manner as we applied it in FY 2021,
                as a uniform budget neutrality factor applied to the standardized
                amount. We refer readers to section II.A.4.b.of the addendum to this
                proposed rule for further discussion of the budget neutrality
                adjustment for FY 2022. For purposes of the low wage index hospital
                policy, based on the data for this proposed rule, the table below
                displays the 25th percentile wage index value across all hospitals for
                FY 2022.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.230
                H. Proposed FY 2022 Wage Index Tables
                 In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49498 and 49807
                through 49808), we finalized a proposal to streamline and consolidate
                the wage index tables associated with the IPPS proposed and final rules
                for FY 2016 and subsequent fiscal years. Effective beginning FY 2016,
                with the exception of Table 4E, we streamlined and consolidated 11
                tables (Tables 2, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, 4F, 4J, 9A, and 9C) into 2
                tables (Tables 2 and 3). In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule,
                as provided beginning with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                have included Table 4A which is titled ``List of Counties Eligible for
                the Out-Migration Adjustment under Section 1886(d)(13) of the Act'' and
                Table 4B titled ``Counties redesignated under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of
                the Act (Lugar Counties).'' We refer readers to section VI. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule for a discussion of the wage index
                tables for FY 2022.
                I. Proposed Revisions to the Wage Index Based on Hospital
                Redesignations and Reclassifications
                1. General Policies and Effects of Reclassification and Redesignation
                 Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the Medicare Geographic
                Classification Review Board (MGCRB) considers applications by hospitals
                for geographic reclassification for purposes of payment under the IPPS.
                Hospitals must apply to the MGCRB to reclassify not later than 13
                months prior to the start of the fiscal year for which reclassification
                is sought (usually by September 1). We note that this deadline was
                extended for applications for FY 2022 reclassifications to 15 days
                after the public display date of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule at
                the Office of the Federal Register, using our authority under Section
                1135(b)(5) the Act due to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency.
                Generally, hospitals must be proximate to the labor market area to
                which they are seeking reclassification and must demonstrate
                characteristics similar to hospitals located in that area. The MGCRB
                issues its decisions by the end of February for reclassifications that
                become effective for the following fiscal year (beginning October 1).
                The regulations applicable to reclassifications by the MGCRB are
                located in 42 CFR 412.230 through 412.280. (We refer readers to a
                discussion in the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39874 and 39875)
                regarding how the MGCRB defines mileage for purposes of the proximity
                requirements.) The general policies for reclassifications and
                redesignations and the policies for the effects of hospitals'
                reclassifications and redesignations on the wage index are discussed in
                the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for the FY 2012 final wage index
                (76 FR 51595 and 51596). We note that rural hospitals reclassifying
                under the MGCRB to another State's rural area are not eligible for the
                rural floor, because the rural floor may apply only to urban, not
                rural, hospitals.
                 In addition, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we discussed
                the effects on the wage index of urban hospitals reclassifying to rural
                areas under 42 CFR 412.103. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84
                FR 42332 through 42336), we finalized a policy to exclude the wage data
                of urban hospitals reclassifying to rural areas under 42 CFR 412.103
                from the calculation of the rural floor. Hospitals that are
                geographically located in States without any rural areas are ineligible
                to apply for rural reclassification in accordance with the provisions
                of 42 CFR 412.103.
                 On April 21, 2016, we published an interim final rule with comment
                period (IFC) in the Federal Register (81 FR 23428 through 23438) that
                included provisions amending our regulations to allow hospitals
                nationwide to have simultaneous Sec. 412.103 and MGCRB
                reclassifications. For reclassifications effective beginning FY 2018, a
                hospital may acquire rural status under Sec. 412.103 and subsequently
                apply for a reclassification under the MGCRB using distance and average
                hourly wage criteria designated for rural hospitals. In addition, we
                provided that a hospital that has an active MGCRB reclassification and
                is then approved for redesignation under Sec. 412.103 will not lose
                its MGCRB reclassification; such a hospital receives a reclassified
                urban wage index during the years of its active MGCRB reclassification
                and is still considered rural under section 1886(d) of the Act and for
                other purposes.
                 We discussed that when there is both a Sec. 412.103 redesignation
                and an MGCRB reclassification, the MGCRB reclassification controls for
                wage index calculation and payment purposes. We exclude hospitals with
                Sec. 412.103 redesignations from the calculation of the reclassified
                rural wage index if they also have an active MGCRB reclassification to
                another area. That is, if an application for urban reclassification
                through the MGCRB is approved, and is not withdrawn or terminated by
                the hospital within the established timelines, we consider the
                hospital's geographic CBSA and the urban CBSA to which the hospital is
                reclassified under the MGCRB for the wage index calculation. We refer
                readers to the April 21, 2016 IFC (81 FR 23428 through 23438) and the
                FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56922
                [[Page 25409]]
                through 56930) for a full discussion of the effect of simultaneous
                reclassifications under both the Sec. 412.103 and the MGCRB processes
                on wage index calculations. For a discussion on the effects of
                reclassifications under Sec. 412.103 on the rural area wage index and
                the calculation of the rural floor, we refer readers to the FY 2020
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42332 through 42336).
                 We refer readers to the interim final rule with comment period
                (IFC) (CMS-1762-IFC) simultaneously submitted for public inspection
                with this proposed rule and published elsewhere in this issue of the
                Federal Register implementing the court's decision in Bates Cnty. Mem'l
                Hosp.(``Bates'') v. Azar for further changes to the treatment of Sec.
                412.103 hospitals reclassifying under the MGCRB.
                2. MGCRB Reclassification and Redesignation Issues for FY 2022
                a. FY 2022 Reclassification Application Requirements and Approvals
                 As previously stated, under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the
                MGCRB considers applications by hospitals for geographic
                reclassification for purposes of payment under the IPPS. The specific
                procedures and rules that apply to the geographic reclassification
                process are outlined in regulations under 42 CFR 412.230 through
                412.280. At the time this proposed rule was drafted, the MGCRB had
                completed its review of FY 2022 reclassification requests. Based on
                such reviews, there are 496 hospitals approved for wage index
                reclassifications by the MGCRB starting in FY 2022. Because MGCRB wage
                index reclassifications are effective for 3 years, for FY 2022,
                hospitals reclassified beginning in FY 2020 or FY 2021 are eligible to
                continue to be reclassified to a particular labor market area based on
                such prior reclassifications for the remainder of their 3-year period.
                There were 245 hospitals approved for wage index reclassifications in
                FY 2020 that will continue for FY 2022, and 317 hospitals approved for
                wage index reclassifications in FY 2021 that will continue for FY 2022.
                Of all the hospitals approved for reclassification for FY 2020, FY
                2021, and FY 2022, based upon the review at the time of this proposed
                rule, 1,058 hospitals are in a MGCRB reclassification status for FY
                2022 (with 161 of these hospitals reclassified back to their geographic
                location).
                 Under the regulations at 42 CFR 412.273, hospitals that have been
                reclassified by the MGCRB are permitted to withdraw their applications
                if the request for withdrawal is received by the MGCRB any time before
                the MGCRB issues a decision on the application, or after the MGCRB
                issues a decision, provided the request for withdrawal is received by
                the MGCRB within 45 days of the date that CMS' annual notice of
                proposed rulemaking is issued in the Federal Register concerning
                changes to the inpatient hospital prospective payment system and
                proposed payment rates for the fiscal year for which the application
                has been filed. For information about withdrawing, terminating, or
                canceling a previous withdrawal or termination of a 3-year
                reclassification for wage index purposes, we refer readers to Sec.
                412.273, as well as the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39887 through
                39888) and the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR 50065 through 50066).
                Additional discussion on withdrawals and terminations, and
                clarifications regarding reinstating reclassifications and ``fallback''
                reclassifications were included in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule (72 FR
                47333) and the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38148 through
                38150).
                 Finally, we note that in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR
                58771-58778), CMS finalized an assignment policy for hospitals
                reclassified to CBSAs from which one or more counties moved to a new or
                different urban CBSA under the revised OMB delineations based on OMB
                Bulletin 18-04. We provided a table in that rule (85 FR 58777 and
                58778) which described the assigned CBSA for all the MGCRB cases
                subject to this policy. For such reclassifications that continue to be
                active or are reinstated for FY 2022 (and FY 2023, if applicable), the
                CBSAs assigned in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule continue to be in
                effect.
                b. Proposed Revisions to the Regulations at Sec. 412.278 for
                Administrator's Review
                 The regulation at Sec. 412.278(b) addresses the procedure for a
                hospital's request for the Administrator's review of an MGCRB decision.
                In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58788), we eliminated
                the prohibition on submitting a request by facsimile or other
                electronic means so that hospitals may also submit requests for
                Administrator review of MGCRB decisions electronically. In addition, we
                updated the regulation at Sec. 412.278(b)(1) to require the hospital
                to submit an electronic copy of its request for review to CMS's
                Hospital and Ambulatory Policy Group. We specified that copies to CMS'
                Hospital and Ambulatory Policy Group should be submitted via email to
                wage [email protected]. In this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                further revise the regulation at Sec. 412.278(b)(1) to specify that
                the hospital's request for review must be in writing and sent to the
                Administrator, in care of the Office of the Attorney Advisor, in the
                manner directed by the Office of the Attorney Advisor. We believe that
                this additional language would provide clarity and specificity by
                addressing any changes to the future technology platform for submission
                of the hospital's request for Administrator review. Hospitals will
                continue to be notified of the procedure for requesting Administrator
                review in the decision letters issued by the MGCRB.
                 The regulation at Sec. 412.278(f)(2) addresses the timing for the
                Administrator's decision. Specifically, the Administrator issues a
                decision in writing to the party with a copy to CMS not later than 90
                calendar days following the receipt of the party's request for review
                (Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(i)), or not later than 105 calendar days following
                issuance of the MGCRB decision in the case of review at the discretion
                of the Administrator (Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(ii)). While the regulation at
                Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(i) allows the Administrator to toll the 90 day
                timeframe for good cause, the regulation at Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(ii)
                does not expressly provide for tolling the 105 day timeframe in the
                case of review at the discretion of the Administrator. We believe the
                policy regarding tolling should be the same regardless of whether the
                Administrator exercises review at the request of the hospital or at her
                discretion. Therefore, we are proposing to also provide for tolling of
                the 105 day timeframe at Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(ii). Specifically, we are
                proposing to revise Sec. 412.278(f)(2)(ii) to state that the
                Administrator issues a decision in writing to the party with a copy to
                CMS not later than 105 days following issuance of the MGCRB decision in
                the case of review at the discretion of the Administrator, except the
                Administrator may, at his or her discretion, for good cause shown, toll
                such 105 days.
                3. Redesignations Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act (Lugar Status
                Determinations)
                 In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51599 through
                51600), we adopted the policy that, beginning with FY 2012, an eligible
                hospital that waives its Lugar status in order to receive the out-
                migration adjustment has effectively waived its deemed urban status
                and, thus, is rural for all purposes under the IPPS effective for the
                fiscal year in which the hospital receives the outmigration adjustment.
                In addition, in
                [[Page 25410]]
                that rule, we adopted a minor procedural change that would allow a
                Lugar hospital that qualifies for and accepts the out-migration
                adjustment (through written notification to CMS within 45 days from the
                publication of the proposed rule) to waive its urban status for the
                full 3-year period for which its out-migration adjustment is effective.
                By doing so, such a Lugar hospital would no longer be required during
                the second and third years of eligibility for the out-migration
                adjustment to advise us annually that it prefers to continue being
                treated as rural and receive the out-migration adjustment. In the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56930), we further clarified that
                if a hospital wishes to reinstate its urban status for any fiscal year
                within this 3-year period, it must send a request to CMS within 45 days
                of publication of the proposed rule for that particular fiscal year. We
                indicated that such reinstatement requests may be sent electronically
                to wage[email protected]. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82
                FR 38147 through 38148), we finalized a policy revision to require a
                Lugar hospital that qualifies for and accepts the out-migration
                adjustment, or that no longer wishes to accept the out-migration
                adjustment and instead elects to return to its deemed urban status, to
                notify CMS within 45 days from the date of public display of the
                proposed rule at the Office of the Federal Register. These revised
                notification timeframes were effective beginning October 1, 2017. In
                addition, in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38148), we
                clarified that both requests to waive and to reinstate ``Lugar'' status
                may be sent to wage[email protected]. To ensure proper accounting, we
                request hospitals to include their CCN, and either ``waive Lugar'' or
                ``reinstate Lugar'', in the subject line of these requests.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42314 and 42315), we
                clarified that in circumstances where an eligible hospital elects to
                receive the outmigration adjustment within 45 days of the public
                display date of the proposed rule at the Office of the Federal Register
                in lieu of its Lugar wage index reclassification, and the county in
                which the hospital is located would no longer qualify for an out-
                migration adjustment when the final rule (or a subsequent correction
                notice) wage index calculations are completed, the hospital's request
                to accept the outmigration adjustment would be denied, and the hospital
                would be automatically assigned to its deemed urban status under
                section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. We stated that final rule wage index
                values would be recalculated to reflect this reclassification, and in
                some instances, after taking into account this reclassification, the
                out-migration adjustment for the county in question could be restored
                in the final rule. However, as the hospital is assigned a Lugar
                reclassification under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, it would be
                ineligible to receive the county outmigration adjustment under section
                1886(d)(13)(G) of the Act.
                J. Proposed Out-Migration Adjustment Based on Commuting Patterns of
                Hospital Employees
                 In accordance with section 1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by
                section 505 of Public Law 108-173, beginning with FY 2005, we
                established a process to make adjustments to the hospital wage index
                based on commuting patterns of hospital employees (the ``out-
                migration'' adjustment). The process, outlined in the FY 2005 IPPS
                final rule (69 FR 49061), provides for an increase in the wage index
                for hospitals located in certain counties that have a relatively high
                percentage of hospital employees who reside in the county but work in a
                different county (or counties) with a higher wage index.
                 Section 1886(d)(13)(B) of the Act requires the Secretary to use
                data the Secretary determines to be appropriate to establish the
                qualifying counties. When the provision of section 1886(d)(13) of the
                Act was implemented for the FY 2005 wage index, we analyzed commuting
                data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau that were derived from a
                special tabulation of the 2000 Census journey-to-work data for all
                industries (CMS extracted data applicable to hospitals). These data
                were compiled from responses to the ``long-form'' survey, which the
                Census Bureau used at that time and which contained questions on where
                residents in each county worked (69 FR 49062). However, the 2010 Census
                was ``short form'' only; information on where residents in each county
                worked was not collected as part of the 2010 Census. The Census Bureau
                worked with CMS to provide an alternative dataset based on the latest
                available data on where residents in each county worked in 2010, for
                use in developing a new outmigration adjustment based on new commuting
                patterns developed from the 2010 Census data beginning with FY 2016.
                 To determine the out-migration adjustments and applicable counties
                for FY 2016, we analyzed commuting data compiled by the Census Bureau
                that were derived from a custom tabulation of the American Community
                Survey (ACS), an official Census Bureau survey, utilizing 2008 through
                2012 (5-year) Microdata. The data were compiled from responses to the
                ACS questions regarding the county where workers reside and the county
                to which workers commute. As we discussed in prior IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rules, most recently in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58787), we have applied the same policies, procedures, and computations
                since FY 2012. We are proposing to use them again for FY 2022, as we
                believe they continue to be appropriate. We refer readers to the FY
                2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49500 through 49502) for a full
                explanation of the revised data source.
                 For FY 2022, the out-migration adjustment will continue to be based
                on the data derived from the custom tabulation of the ACS utilizing
                2008 through 2012 (5-year) Microdata. For future fiscal years, we may
                consider determining out-migration adjustments based on data from the
                next Census or other available data, as appropriate. For FY 2022, we
                are not proposing any changes to the methodology or data source that we
                used for FY 2016 (81 FR 25071). (We refer readers to a full discussion
                of the out-migration adjustment, including rules on deeming hospitals
                reclassified under section 1886(d)(8) or section 1886(d)(10) of the Act
                to have waived the out-migration adjustment, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (76 FR 51601 through 51602).)
                 Table 2 associated with this proposed rule (which is available via
                the internet on the CMS website) includes the proposed out-migration
                adjustments for the FY 2022 wage index. In addition, Table 4A
                associated with this proposed rule, ``List of Counties Eligible for the
                Out-Migration Adjustment under Section 1886(d)(13) of the Act'' (also
                available via the internet on the CMS website) consists of the
                following: A list of counties that are eligible for the out-migration
                adjustment for FY 2022 identified by FIPS county code, the proposed FY
                2022 out-migration adjustment, and the number of years the adjustment
                will be in effect.
                K. Reclassification From Urban to Rural Under Section 1886(d)(8)(E) of
                the Act Implemented at 42 CFR 412.103
                1. Application for Rural Status and Lock-In Date
                 Under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act, a qualifying prospective
                payment hospital located in an urban area may
                [[Page 25411]]
                apply for rural status for payment purposes separate from
                reclassification through the MGCRB. Specifically, section 1886(d)(8)(E)
                of the Act provides that, not later than 60 days after the receipt of
                an application (in a form and manner determined by the Secretary) from
                a subsection (d) hospital that satisfies certain criteria, the
                Secretary shall treat the hospital as being located in the rural area
                (as defined in paragraph (2)(D)) of the State in which the hospital is
                located. We refer readers to the regulations at 42 CFR 412.103 for the
                general criteria and application requirements for a subsection (d)
                hospital to reclassify from urban to rural status in accordance with
                section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act. The FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (76 FR 51595 through 51596) includes our policies regarding the effect
                of wage data from reclassified or redesignated hospitals. We refer
                readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42332 through
                42336) for a discussion on our current policy to calculate the rural
                floor without the wage data of urban hospitals reclassifying to rural
                areas under 42 CFR 412.103.
                 Because the wage index is part of the methodology for determining
                the prospective payments to hospitals for each fiscal year, we stated
                in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56931) that we believed
                there should be a definitive timeframe within which a hospital must
                apply for rural status in order for the reclassification to be
                reflected in the next Federal fiscal year's wage data used for setting
                payment rates. Therefore, in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81
                FR 56931 through 56932), we revised Sec. 412.103(b) by adding
                paragraph (6) to add a lock-in date by which a hospital's application
                for rural status must be filed in order to be treated as rural in the
                wage index and budget neutrality calculations for payment rates for the
                next Federal fiscal year. In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83
                FR 41384 through 41386), we changed the lock-in date to provide for
                additional time in the ratesetting process and to match the lock-in
                date with another existing deadline, the usual public comment deadline
                for the IPPS proposed rule. We revised Sec. 412.103(b)(6) to specify
                that, in order for a hospital to be treated as rural in the wage index
                and budget neutrality calculations under Sec. 412.64(e)(1)(ii), (e)(2)
                and (4), and (h) for payment rates for the next Federal fiscal year,
                the hospital's application must be approved by the CMS Regional Office
                in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 412.103 no later than 60
                days after the public display date at the Office of the Federal
                Register of the IPPS proposed rule for the next Federal fiscal year.
                 The lock-in date does not affect the timing of payment changes
                occurring at the hospital-specific level as a result of
                reclassification from urban to rural under Sec. 412.103. As we
                discussed in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56931) and the
                FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41385 through 41386), this
                lock-in date also does not change the current regulation that allows
                hospitals that qualify under Sec. 412.103(a) to request, at any time
                during a cost reporting period, to reclassify from urban to rural. A
                hospital's rural status and claims payment reflecting its rural status
                continue to be effective on the filing date of its reclassification
                application, which is the date the CMS Regional Office receives the
                application, in accordance with Sec. 412.103(d). The hospital's IPPS
                claims will be paid reflecting its rural status beginning on the filing
                date (the effective date) of the reclassification, regardless of when
                the hospital applies.
                2. Proposed Changes to Cancellation Requirements at Sec. 412.103(g)
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42322), we noted
                that if an application is approved by the CMS Regional Office after our
                ratesetting lock-in date, the final rule rural wage index value would
                most likely not include the data for this hospital in the ratesetting
                calculation. Therefore, we noted that this may incentivize relatively
                low wage index hospitals to time their applications to avoid reducing
                the State's rural wage index. These hospitals could then conceivably
                cancel their rural reclassifications (effective for next FY), and then
                reapply again after the `lock-in date.' We stated in the FY 2020 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule that we planned to monitor this situation over the
                course of FY 2020, and determine if it is necessary to take action to
                prevent this type of gaming in future rulemaking.
                 We stated in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58788)
                that hospitals in certain states were indeed timing their rural
                reclassifications and applications to exploit the rural
                reclassification process in order to obtain higher wage index values.
                For example, for FY 2020, at least twenty-one hospitals in one State
                obtained Sec. 412.103 rural reclassifications after the FY 2020 lock-
                in date, effectively receiving their State's rural wage index without
                having their wage data included, which would have lowered their State's
                rural wage index. These hospitals then requested to cancel their Sec.
                412.103 rural reclassifications effective for FY 2021, in accordance
                with Sec. 412.103(g)(3). Similarly, five hospitals in another State,
                hospitals with wage data that would have lowered their State's FY 2021
                rural wage index, requested to cancel their Sec. 412.103 rural
                reclassifications for FY 2021, so that the rural wage index would be
                set using the data of one geographically rural hospital and two
                hospitals reclassified under Sec. 412.103 that withdrew their MGCRB
                reclassifications for FY 2021. All five of these hospitals that
                withdrew their rural reclassification effective October 1, 2021 have
                since reapplied and been approved for rural reclassification. At least
                a dozen additional hospitals in this State were also approved for rural
                reclassification during FY 2021. By timing their applications to be
                approved after the lock-in date, these hospitals are receiving a higher
                rural wage index without having their own data included in the rural
                wage index calculation. We believe this practice of applying for and
                canceling rural reclassification to manipulate a State's rural wage
                index is detrimental to the stability and the accuracy of the Medicare
                wage index system.
                 In the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH final rule (72 FR 47371 through 47373),
                CMS addressed an issue of hospitals applying for rural reclassification
                and then requesting cancelation soon after approval. Certain hospitals
                were using rural reclassifications to obtain RRC status, then canceling
                their rural reclassification so they could obtain an MGCRB
                reclassification, and using their prior RRC status in order to benefit
                from favorable MGCRB reclassification rules. To address this, CMS
                finalized a policy that required such hospitals to maintain rural
                status for one full cost reporting year before their rural
                reclassification could be canceled (cancelation was not effective until
                the hospital had been paid as rural for at least one 12-month cost-
                reporting period, and not until the beginning of the FY following the
                request for cancelation and the 12-month cost reporting period (Sec.
                412.103(g)(2)(ii)). As discussed in the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH proposed rule
                (72 FR 24812), we stated that we believed this policy was reasonable,
                given that acquired rural status for IPPS hospitals should be a
                considered decision for hospitals that truly wish to be considered as
                rural, and not purely as a mechanism for reclassifying. In the April
                21, 2016 interim final rule with comment period (81 FR 23428 through
                23438)), CMS implemented provisions amending our regulations to allow
                [[Page 25412]]
                hospitals nationwide to have simultaneous Sec. 412.103 and MGCRB
                reclassifications. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH final rule (42320 through
                42321), CMS removed the requirement that RRCs must be paid as rural for
                one cost reporting year before canceling rural reclassification, as
                there no longer was an incentive to obtain and then cancel rural
                reclassification status to obtain an MGCRB reclassification. However,
                given our observations over the past two fiscal years of a new form of
                wage index gaming, as described in the previous paragraph, we believe
                it is necessary and appropriate to adopt a similar measure to prevent
                rural reclassifications from being used purely as a mechanism for
                statewide wage index manipulation.
                 Specifically, we are proposing that requests to cancel rural
                reclassifications must be submitted to the CMS Regional Office not
                earlier than one calendar year after the reclassification effective
                date. For example, a hospital that was approved to receive a rural
                reclassification effective October 1, 2021 would not be eligible to
                request cancelation until October 1, 2022. We are also proposing an
                additional modification to the effective date of these cancelation
                requests. Currently, all rural reclassification requests must be
                submitted not less than 120 days before the end of a fiscal year (that
                is, assuming the fiscal year ends on September 30th, no cancellation
                requests may be submitted after June 2nd and before October 1st). This
                timeframe typically aligns closely with the rural reclassification
                lock-in date under Sec. 412.103(b)(6) (the hospital's rural
                reclassification application must be approved by the CMS Regional
                Office no later than 60 days after the public display date of the IPPS/
                LTCH PPS proposed rule at the Office of the Federal Register in order
                for a hospital to be treated as rural in the wage index and budget
                neutrality calculations for the next Federal fiscal year). The lock-in
                date and the 120 day cancelation deadline provide timeframes within
                which a hospital must be approved for rural reclassification (to have
                its rural status included in the wage index and budget neutrality
                calculations for the next fiscal year) or request cancelation of rural
                status, respectively, and also give CMS adequate time to incorporate
                these changes in the wage index and budget neutrality calculations
                under Sec. 412.64(e)(1)(ii), (e)(2) and (4), and (h) for payment rates
                for the next Federal fiscal year. Rural reclassifications are effective
                as of the date the application is received (Sec. 412.103(b)(5), (d)),
                and CMS Regional Offices are required to render a determination within
                60 days of receipt of the application (Sec. 412.103(c)). We believe
                that even with the proposed one-year minimum reclassification period
                before cancelation can be requested, there still would be a possibility
                that hospitals could time their applications around the lock-in date
                and 120 day deadline to continue to manipulate the State's rural wage
                index calculation. For example, assuming the lock-in date for a given
                year was May 30th (that is, the date by which the Regional Office must
                approve the application in order for the rural reclassification to be
                included in the wage index and budget neutrality calculations for the
                upcoming fiscal year), a hospital may choose to apply for rural
                reclassification on May 25th, virtually assuring that it could not be
                approved in time to be considered for wage index development purposes
                for the upcoming fiscal year. Assuming our one-year minimum
                reclassification period proposal is finalized, the hospital could
                request cancelation on May 25th the following year. Since that date
                would be prior to 120 day cancelation deadline, a hospital could once
                again cancel its rural reclassification, then reapply for rural
                reclassification status, and once again receive the rural wage index
                for the upcoming fiscal year while excluding its own wage data from the
                calculation. To address this rural wage index manipulation, we are
                proposing to eliminate the current rule at Sec. 412.103(g)(3) (that
                cancelation must be requested 120 days prior to the end of the fiscal
                year and is effective beginning with the next fiscal year) and replace
                it with a policy that ensures that a hospital approved for rural
                reclassification (and that does not receive an additional
                reclassification) would have its data included in the calculation of
                the rural wage index for at least one Federal fiscal year before the
                rural reclassification status could be canceled. Specifically, we are
                proposing to make cancellation requests effective for the Federal
                fiscal year that begins in the calendar year after the calendar year in
                which the cancelation request is submitted. For example, we are
                proposing that a cancelation request submitted on December 31, 2021
                would be effective October 1, 2022. But a cancellation request
                submitted one day later on January 1, 2022 would not become effective
                until October 1, 2023.
                 Specifically, we are proposing to add 412.103(g)(4) to state that
                for all written requests submitted by hospitals on or after October, 1,
                2021 to cancel rural reclassifications, a hospital may cancel its rural
                reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS Regional
                Office not less than 1 calendar year after the effective date of the
                rural reclassification. The hospital's cancellation of its rural
                reclassification would be effective beginning the Federal fiscal year
                that begins in the calendar year following the calendar year in which
                the cancelation request is submitted. We are also proposing to make
                conforming revisions to Sec. 412.103(g)(3) to reflect that the rule in
                Sec. 412.103(g)(3) applies to requests for cancelation of rural
                reclassification submitted on or after October 1, 2019 and before
                October 1, 2021.
                 We considered an alternative policy to increase the current 120 day
                cancelation deadline to a sufficient number of days to ensure that
                hospitals could not time applications and cancelations to straddle the
                lock-in date. Given the floating nature of the lock-in date due to the
                publication of the proposed rule varying year to year, it is difficult
                to determine how long that period would need to be in order to ensure
                our policy goals of preventing rural wage index manipulation are met.
                We acknowledge that our proposals would increase the amount of time a
                hospital must retain rural reclassification before it could cancel that
                status. However, we do not believe these proposed changes would have an
                undue impact on hospitals. In the FY 2021 final rule, 81 percent of
                hospitals with rural reclassifications were assigned a wage index based
                on an MGCRB or ``Lugar'' reclassification, and would not receive a wage
                index based on their rural reclassification.\933\ Another 11 percent
                received a rural wage index value that was greater than or equal to
                their geographically urban area. Since these hospitals are typically
                benefiting by maintaining rural reclassification status, we do not
                believe they would be negatively affected by our proposals. More than
                half of the remaining 9 percent of hospitals with rural
                reclassifications do so to maintain MDH or SCH status. These special
                statuses convey additional financial benefits to hospitals and are not
                typically or routinely canceled by hospitals. We note that in the FY
                2008 IPPS/LTCH final rule (72 FR 47372), we addressed a comment that
                expressed concern that the proposed requirement that a hospital must
                maintain rural status for at least a full 12 months could adversely
                affect hospitals with SCH
                [[Page 25413]]
                status since the payment rate as a rural SCH may be only slightly
                higher than the urban Federal rate. Since the form of wage index
                manipulation addressed by the proposed policy in FY 2008 specifically
                involved hospitals acquiring rural status to become RRCs, CMS opted to
                limit the policy finalized in FY 2008 to RRCs only. By contrast, the
                form of wage index manipulation we are addressing in this proposed rule
                is not limited to any specific hospital type. Therefore, we believe it
                is appropriate to apply it to all hospitals with rural reclassification
                status. We believe the proposed policy of requiring that rural
                reclassification be in effect for at least one year before cancelation
                can be requested, and the proposed policy to make rural
                reclassification cancelations effective beginning the Federal fiscal
                year that begins in the calendar year after the calendar year in which
                the cancelation request is submitted would reduce the instances of wage
                index manipulation described previously, as well as reduce volatility
                and promote accuracy in overall wage index values by ensuring that
                hospitals that are being paid a State's rural wage index are eventually
                included, when applicable, in that rural wage index calculation. We
                note that this form of manipulation (hospitals canceling rural status
                to remove their wage data from the rural wage index calculation)
                resulted in the rural wage index for one state increasing by over 4
                percent between the FY 2020 proposed rule and the FY 2020 final rule.
                Based on our analysis, that figure could have been significantly
                greater (as high as 10 percent) in certain States. We further believe
                these proposed policies provide adequate time for hospitals to review
                their reclassification status and make appropriate decisions for future
                fiscal years. Hospitals that meet the proposed one-year minimum
                requirement in proposed Sec. 412.103(g)(4) would have opportunity
                between the publication date of the final rule (and potential
                correction notices) and the end of the calendar year to evaluate
                whether to cancel or maintain their rural status for the next fiscal
                year.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \933\ ``Lugar'' hospitals may reclassify as rural and retain the
                urban wage index deemed under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, as
                discussed in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH final rule (81 FR 56929).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                3. Modification of Limitations on Redesignation by the Medicare
                Geographic Classification Review Board Interim Final Rule (CMS-1762-
                IFC) to implement Bates Co. v. Azar Adverse Court Decision
                 In the interim final rule with comment period (IFC) (CMS-1762-IFC)
                simultaneously submitted for public inspection with this proposed rule
                and publishing elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register, CMS
                made regulatory changes in order to align our policy with the decision
                in Bates County Memorial Hospital v. Azar, 464 F. Supp. 3d 43 (D.D.C.
                2020). Specifically, the IFC revised the regulations at Sec. 412.230
                to allow hospitals with a rural redesignation under Section
                1886(d)(8)(E) to reclassify under the MGCRB using the rural
                reclassified area as the geographic area in which the hospital is
                located effective with reclassifications beginning with fiscal year
                (FY) 2023. We would also apply the policy in the IFC when deciding
                timely appeals before the Administrator of applications for
                reclassifications beginning with FY 2022 that were denied by the MGCRB
                due to the policy in effect prior to the IFC, which did not permit
                hospitals with rural redesignations to use the rural area's wage data
                for purposes of reclassifying under the MGCRB.
                L. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections
                1. Process for Hospitals To Request Wage Index Data Corrections
                 The preliminary, unaudited Worksheet S-3 wage data files for the
                proposed FY 2022 wage index were made available on May 18, 2020 and the
                preliminary CY 2019 occupational mix data files for the proposed FY
                2022 wage index were made available on September 8, 2020 through the
                internet on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/medicaremedicare-fee-service-paymentacuteinpatientppswage-index-files/fy-2022-wage-index-home-page.
                 On January 29, 2021, we posted a public use file (PUF) at: https://www.cms.gov/medicaremedicare-fee-service-paymentacuteinpatientppswage-index-files/fy-2022-wage-index-home-page containing FY 2022 wage index
                data available as of January 28, 2021. This PUF contains a tab with the
                Worksheet S-3 wage data (which includes Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III
                wage data from cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2017 through September 30, 2018; that is, FY 2018 wage data), a tab
                with the occupational mix data (which includes data from the CY 2019
                occupational mix survey, Form CMS-10079), a tab containing the
                Worksheet S-3 wage data of hospitals deleted from the January 29, 2021
                wage data PUF, and a tab containing the CY 2019 occupational mix data
                of the hospitals deleted from the January 29, 2021 occupational mix
                PUF. In a memorandum dated January 22, 2021, we instructed all MACs to
                inform the IPPS hospitals that they service of the availability of the
                January 29, 2021 wage index data PUFs, and the process and timeframe
                for requesting revisions in accordance with the FY 2022 Wage Index
                Timetable.
                 In the interest of meeting the data needs of the public, beginning
                with the proposed FY 2009 wage index, we post an additional PUF on the
                CMS website that reflects the actual data that are used in computing
                the proposed wage index. The release of this file does not alter the
                current wage index process or schedule. We notify the hospital
                community of the availability of these data as we do with the current
                public use wage data files through our Hospital Open Door Forum. We
                encourage hospitals to sign up for automatic notifications of
                information about hospital issues and about the dates of the Hospital
                Open Door Forums at the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Outreach-and-Education/Outreach/OpenDoorForums.
                 In a memorandum dated April 14, 2020, we instructed all MACs to
                inform the IPPS hospitals that they service of the availability of the
                preliminary wage index data files posted on May 18, 2020, the
                requirement to submit the new CY 2019 occupational mix surveys by
                August 3, 2020 and the process and timeframe for requesting revisions.
                Subsequently, in a memorandum dated July 31, 2020, we revised the date
                hospitals were required to submit the new CY 2019 occupational mix
                surveys from August 3, 2020 to September 3, 2020, the date the
                preliminary CY 2019 occupational mix survey data files were scheduled
                to be posted from August 6, 2020 to September 8, 2020 and the timeframe
                for requesting revisions to the new CY 2019 occupational mix survey
                data.
                 If a hospital wished to request a change to its data as shown in
                the May 18, 2020 preliminary wage data files (or September 8, 2020
                preliminary CY 2019 occupational mix survey data files), the hospital
                had to submit corrections along with complete, detailed supporting
                documentation to its MAC so that the MAC received them by September 3,
                2020 (or by September 10, 2020 for preliminary CY 2019 occupational mix
                survey data files). Hospitals were notified of these deadlines and of
                all other deadlines and requirements, including the requirement to
                review and verify their data as posted in the preliminary wage index
                data files on the internet, through the letters sent to them by their
                MACs. November 16, 2020 was the deadline for MACs to complete all desk
                reviews for hospital wage and occupational mix data and transmit
                revised Worksheet S-3 wage data and occupational mix data to CMS.
                 November 5, 2020 was the date by when MACs notified State hospital
                [[Page 25414]]
                associations regarding hospitals that failed to respond to issues
                raised during the desk reviews. Additional revisions made by the MACs
                were transmitted to CMS throughout January 2021. CMS published the wage
                index PUFs that included hospitals' revised wage index data on January
                29, 2021. Hospitals had until February 16, 2021, to submit requests to
                the MACs to correct errors in the January 29, 2021 PUF due to CMS or
                MAC mishandling of the wage index data, or to revise desk review
                adjustments to their wage index data as included in the January 29,
                2021 PUF. Hospitals also were required to submit sufficient
                documentation to support their requests. Hospitals' requests and
                supporting documentation must be received by the MAC by the February
                deadline (that is, by February 16, 2021 for the FY 2021 wage index).
                 After reviewing requested changes submitted by hospitals, MACs were
                required to transmit to CMS any additional revisions resulting from the
                hospitals' reconsideration requests by March 19, 2021. Under our
                current policy as adopted in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82
                FR 38153), the deadline for a hospital to request CMS intervention in
                cases where a hospital disagreed with a MAC's handling of wage data on
                any basis (including a policy, factual, or other dispute) was April 2,
                2021. Data that were incorrect in the preliminary or January 29, 2021
                wage index data PUFs, but for which no correction request was received
                by the February 16, 2021 deadline, are not considered for correction at
                this stage. In addition, April 2, 2021 was the deadline for hospitals
                to dispute data corrections made by CMS of which the hospital was
                notified after the January 29, 2021 PUF and at least 14 calendar days
                prior to April 2, 2021 (that is, March 19, 2021), that do not arise
                from a hospital's request for revisions. The hospital's request and
                supporting documentation must be received by CMS (and a copy received
                by the MAC) by the April deadline (that is, by April 2, 2021 for the FY
                2022 wage index). We refer readers to the wage index timeline for
                complete details.
                 Hospitals are given the opportunity to examine Table 2 associated
                with this proposed rule, which is listed in section VI. of the Addendum
                to the proposed rule and available via the internet on the CMS website
                at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/acute-inpatient-pps/fy-2022-ipps-proposed-rule-home-page. Table 2 associated with the proposed rule
                contains each hospital's proposed adjusted average hourly wage used to
                construct the wage index values for the past 3 years, including the
                proposed FY 2022 wage index which was constructed from FY 2018 data..
                We note that the proposed hospital average hourly wages shown in Table
                2 only reflected changes made to a hospital's data that were
                transmitted to CMS by early February 2021.
                 We plan to post the final wage index data PUFs in late April 2021
                on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/medicaremedicare-fee-service-paymentacuteinpatientppswage-index-files/fy-2022-wage-index-home-page. The April 2021 PUFs are made available solely for the
                limited purpose of identifying any potential errors made by CMS or the
                MAC in the entry of the final wage index data that resulted from the
                correction process previously described (the process for disputing
                revisions submitted to CMS by the MACs by March 19, 2021, and the
                process for disputing data corrections made by CMS that did not arise
                from a hospital's request for wage data revisions as discussed
                earlier).
                 After the release of the April 2021 wage index data PUFs, changes
                to the wage and occupational mix data can only be made in those very
                limited situations involving an error by the MAC or CMS that the
                hospital could not have known about before its review of the final wage
                index data files. Specifically, neither the MAC nor CMS will approve
                the following types of requests:
                 Requests for wage index data corrections that were
                submitted too late to be included in the data transmitted to CMS by the
                MACs on or before March 19, 2021.
                 Requests for correction of errors that were not, but could
                have been, identified during the hospital's review of the January 29,
                2021 wage index PUFs.
                 Requests to revisit factual determinations or policy
                interpretations made by the MAC or CMS during the wage index data
                correction process.
                 If, after reviewing the April 2021 final wage index data PUFs, a
                hospital believes that its wage or occupational mix data are incorrect
                due to a MAC or CMS error in the entry or tabulation of the final data,
                the hospital is given the opportunity to notify both its MAC and CMS
                regarding why the hospital believes an error exists and provide all
                supporting information, including relevant dates (for example, when it
                first became aware of the error). The hospital is required to send its
                request to CMS and to the MAC so that it is received no later than May
                28, 2021. May 28, 2021 is also the deadline for hospitals to dispute
                data corrections made by CMS of which the hospital is notified on or
                after 13 calendar days prior to April 2, 2021 (that is, March 20,
                2021), and at least 14 calendar days prior to May 28, 2021 (that is,
                May 14, 2021), that do not arise from a hospital's request for
                revisions. (Data corrections made by CMS of which a hospital was
                notified on or after 13 calendar days prior to May 28, 2021 (that is,
                May 15, 2021) may be appealed to the Provider Reimbursement Review
                Board (PRRB)). In accordance with the FY 2022 wage index timeline
                posted on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/fy-2022-hospital-wage-index-development-time-table.pdf, the May appeals
                are required to be sent via mail and email to CMS and the MACs. We
                refer readers to the wage index timeline for complete details.
                 Verified corrections to the wage index data received timely (that
                is, by May 28, 2021) by CMS and the MACs will be incorporated into the
                final FY 2022 wage index, which will be effective October 1, 2021.
                 We created the processes previously described to resolve all
                substantive wage index data correction disputes before we finalize the
                wage and occupational mix data for the FY 2022 payment rates.
                Accordingly, hospitals that do not meet the procedural deadlines set
                forth earlier will not be afforded a later opportunity to submit wage
                index data corrections or to dispute the MAC's decision with respect to
                requested changes. Specifically, our policy is that hospitals that do
                not meet the procedural deadlines as previously set forth (requiring
                requests to MACs by the specified date in February and, where such
                requests are unsuccessful, requests for intervention by CMS by the
                specified date in April) will not be permitted to challenge later,
                before the PRRB, the failure of CMS to make a requested data revision.
                We refer readers also to the FY 2000 IPPS final rule (64 FR 41513) for
                a discussion of the parameters for appeals to the PRRB for wage index
                data corrections. As finalized in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (82 FR 38154 through 38156), this policy also applies to a hospital
                disputing corrections made by CMS that do not arise from a hospital's
                request for a wage index data revision. That is, a hospital disputing
                an adjustment made by CMS that did not arise from a hospital's request
                for a wage index data revision is required to request a correction by
                the first applicable deadline. Hospitals that do not meet the
                procedural deadlines set forth earlier will not be afforded a later
                opportunity to submit wage index data corrections or to dispute CMS'
                decision with respect to changes.
                [[Page 25415]]
                 Again, we believe the wage index data correction process described
                earlier provides hospitals with sufficient opportunity to bring errors
                in their wage and occupational mix data to the MAC's attention.
                Moreover, because hospitals had access to the final wage index data
                PUFs by late April 2021, they have an opportunity to detect any data
                entry or tabulation errors made by the MAC or CMS before the
                development and publication of the final FY 2022 wage index by August
                2021, and the implementation of the FY 2022 wage index on October 1,
                2021. Given these processes, the wage index implemented on October 1
                should be accurate. Nevertheless, in the event that errors are
                identified by hospitals and brought to our attention after May 28,
                2021, we retain the right to make midyear changes to the wage index
                under very limited circumstances.
                 Specifically, in accordance with 42 CFR 412.64(k)(1) of our
                regulations, we make midyear corrections to the wage index for an area
                only if a hospital can show that: (1) The MAC or CMS made an error in
                tabulating its data; and (2) the requesting hospital could not have
                known about the error or did not have an opportunity to correct the
                error, before the beginning of the fiscal year. For purposes of this
                provision, ``before the beginning of the fiscal year'' means by the May
                deadline for making corrections to the wage data for the following
                fiscal year's wage index (for example, May 28, 2021 for the FY 2022
                wage index). This provision is not available to a hospital seeking to
                revise another hospital's data that may be affecting the requesting
                hospital's wage index for the labor market area. As indicated earlier,
                because CMS makes the wage index data available to hospitals on the CMS
                website prior to publishing both the proposed and final IPPS rules, and
                the MACs notify hospitals directly of any wage index data changes after
                completing their desk reviews, we do not expect that midyear
                corrections will be necessary. However, under our current policy, if
                the correction of a data error changes the wage index value for an
                area, the revised wage index value will be effective prospectively from
                the date the correction is made.
                 In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47385 through 47387 and
                47485), we revised 42 CFR 412.64(k)(2) to specify that, effective on
                October 1, 2005, that is, beginning with the FY 2006 wage index, a
                change to the wage index can be made retroactive to the beginning of
                the Federal fiscal year only when CMS determines all of the following:
                (1) The MAC or CMS made an error in tabulating data used for the wage
                index calculation; (2) the hospital knew about the error and requested
                that the MAC and CMS correct the error using the established process
                and within the established schedule for requesting corrections to the
                wage index data, before the beginning of the fiscal year for the
                applicable IPPS update (that is, by the May 28, 2021 deadline for the
                FY 2022 wage index); and (3) CMS agreed before October 1 that the MAC
                or CMS made an error in tabulating the hospital's wage index data and
                the wage index should be corrected.
                 In those circumstances where a hospital requested a correction to
                its wage index data before CMS calculated the final wage index (that
                is, by the May 28, 2021 deadline for the FY 2022 wage index), and CMS
                acknowledges that the error in the hospital's wage index data was
                caused by CMS' or the MAC's mishandling of the data, we believe that
                the hospital should not be penalized by our delay in publishing or
                implementing the correction. As with our current policy, we indicated
                that the provision is not available to a hospital seeking to revise
                another hospital's data. In addition, the provision cannot be used to
                correct prior years' wage index data; it can only be used for the
                current Federal fiscal year. In situations where our policies would
                allow midyear corrections other than those specified in 42 CFR
                412.64(k)(2)(ii), we continue to believe that it is appropriate to make
                prospective-only corrections to the wage index.
                 We note that, as with prospective changes to the wage index, the
                final retroactive correction will be made irrespective of whether the
                change increases or decreases a hospital's payment rate. In addition,
                we note that the policy of retroactive adjustment will still apply in
                those instances where a final judicial decision reverses a CMS denial
                of a hospital's wage index data revision request.
                2. Process for Data Corrections by CMS After the January 29 Public Use
                File (PUF)
                 The process set forth with the wage index timeline discussed in
                section III.L.1. of the preamble of this proposed rule allows hospitals
                to request corrections to their wage index data within prescribed
                timeframes. In addition to hospitals' opportunity to request
                corrections of wage index data errors or MACs' mishandling of data, CMS
                has the authority under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to make
                corrections to hospital wage index and occupational mix data in order
                to ensure the accuracy of the wage index. As we explained in the FY
                2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49490 through 49491) and the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56914), section 1886(d)(3)(E) of
                the Act requires the Secretary to adjust the proportion of hospitals'
                costs attributable to wages and wage-related costs for area differences
                reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic areas of
                the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level. We
                believe that, under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we have
                discretion to make corrections to hospitals' data to help ensure that
                the costs attributable to wages and wage-related costs in fact
                accurately reflect the relative hospital wage level in the hospitals'
                geographic areas.
                 We have an established multistep, 15-month process for the review
                and correction of the hospital wage data that is used to create the
                IPPS wage index for the upcoming fiscal year. Since the origin of the
                IPPS, the wage index has been subject to its own annual review process,
                first by the MACs, and then by CMS. As a standard practice, after each
                annual desk review, CMS reviews the results of the MACs' desk reviews
                and focuses on items flagged during the desk review, requiring that, if
                necessary, hospitals provide additional documentation, adjustments, or
                corrections to the data. This ongoing communication with hospitals
                about their wage data may result in the discovery by CMS of additional
                items that were reported incorrectly or other data errors, even after
                the posting of the January 29 PUF, and throughout the remainder of the
                wage index development process. In addition, the fact that CMS analyzes
                the data from a regional and even national level, unlike the review
                performed by the MACs that review a limited subset of hospitals, can
                facilitate additional editing of the data that may not be readily
                apparent to the MACs. In these occasional instances, an error may be of
                sufficient magnitude that the wage index of an entire CBSA is affected.
                Accordingly, CMS uses its authority to ensure that the wage index
                accurately reflects the relative hospital wage level in the geographic
                area of the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage
                level, by continuing to make corrections to hospital wage data upon
                discovering incorrect wage data, distinct from instances in which
                hospitals request data revisions.
                 We note that CMS corrects errors to hospital wage data as
                appropriate, regardless of whether that correction will raise or lower
                a hospital's average hourly wage. For example, as discussed
                [[Page 25416]]
                in section III.C. of the preamble of the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (83 FR 41364), in situations where a hospital did not have
                documentable salaries, wages, and hours for housekeeping and dietary
                services, we imputed estimates, in accordance with policies established
                in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 49965 through 49967).
                Furthermore, if CMS discovers after conclusion of the desk review, for
                example, that a MAC inadvertently failed to incorporate positive
                adjustments resulting from a prior year's wage index appeal of a
                hospital's wage-related costs such as pension, CMS would correct that
                data error and the hospital's average hourly wage would likely increase
                as a result.
                 While we maintain CMS' authority to conduct additional review and
                make resulting corrections at any time during the wage index
                development process, in accordance with the policy finalized in the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38154 through 38156) and as first
                implemented with the FY 2019 wage index (83 FR 41389), hospitals are
                able to request further review of a correction made by CMS that did not
                arise from a hospital's request for a wage index data correction.
                Instances where CMS makes a correction to a hospital's data after the
                January 29 PUF based on a different understanding than the hospital
                about certain reported costs, for example, could potentially be
                resolved using this process before the final wage index is calculated.
                We believe this process and the timeline for requesting review of such
                corrections (as described earlier and in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule) promote additional transparency to instances where CMS
                makes data corrections after the January 29 PUF, and provide
                opportunities for hospitals to request further review of CMS changes in
                time for the most accurate data to be reflected in the final wage index
                calculations. These additional appeals opportunities are described
                earlier and in the FY 2022 Wage Index Development Time Table, as well
                as in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38154 through 38156).
                M. Proposed Labor-Related Share for the FY 2022 Wage Index
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act directs the Secretary to adjust
                the proportion of the national prospective payment system base payment
                rates that are attributable to wages and wage-related costs by a factor
                that reflects the relative differences in labor costs among geographic
                areas. It also directs the Secretary to estimate from time to time the
                proportion of hospital costs that are labor-related and to adjust the
                proportion (as estimated by the Secretary from time to time) of
                hospitals' costs that are attributable to wages and wage-related costs
                of the DRG prospective payment rates. We refer to the portion of
                hospital costs attributable to wages and wage-related costs as the
                labor-related share. The labor-related share of the prospective payment
                rate is adjusted by an index of relative labor costs, which is referred
                to as the wage index.
                 Section 403 of Public Law 108-173 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of
                the Act to provide that the Secretary must employ 62 percent as the
                labor-related share unless this would result in lower payments to a
                hospital than would otherwise be made. However, this provision of
                Public Law 108-173 did not change the legal requirement that the
                Secretary estimate from time to time the proportion of hospitals' costs
                that are attributable to wages and wage-related costs. Thus, hospitals
                receive payment based on either a 62-percent labor-related share, or
                the labor-related share estimated from time to time by the Secretary,
                depending on which labor-related share resulted in a higher payment.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38158 through
                38175), we rebased and revised the hospital market basket. We
                established a 2014-based IPPS hospital market basket to replace the FY
                2010-based IPPS hospital market basket, effective October 1, 2017.
                Using the 2014-based IPPS market basket, we finalized a labor-related
                share of 68.3 percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1,
                2017. In addition, in FY 2018, we implemented this revised and rebased
                labor-related share in a budget neutral manner (82 FR 38522). However,
                consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we did not take into
                account the additional payments that would be made as a result of
                hospitals with a wage index less than or equal to 1.0000 being paid
                using a labor-related share lower than the labor-related share of
                hospitals with a wage index greater than 1.0000. In the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58793), for FY 2021, we continued to use a
                labor-related share of 68.3 percent for discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 2020.
                 As described in section IV. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                effective beginning FY 2022, we are proposing to rebase and revise the
                IPPS market basket to reflect a 2018 base year. We also are proposing
                to recalculate the labor-related share for discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 2021 using the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket.
                As discussed in Appendix A of this proposed rule, we are proposing this
                rebased and revised labor -related share in a budget neutral manner.
                However, consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we would not
                take into account the additional payments that would be made as a
                result of hospitals with a wage index less than or equal to 1.0000
                being paid using a labor-related share lower than the labor-related
                share of hospitals with a wage index greater than 1.0000.
                 The labor-related share is used to determine the proportion of the
                national IPPS base payment rate to which the area wage index is
                applied. We include a cost category in the labor-related share if the
                costs are labor intensive and vary with the local labor market. As
                described in section IV. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                beginning with FY 2022, we are proposing to include in the labor-
                related share the national average proportion of operating costs that
                are attributable to the following cost categories in the proposed 2018-
                based IPPS market basket: Wages and Salaries; Employee Benefits;
                Professional Fees: Labor-Related; Administrative and Facilities Support
                Services; Installation, Maintenance, and Repair Services; and All Other
                Labor-Related Services, as measured in the proposed 2018-based IPPS
                market basket. Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to use a labor-
                related share of 67.6 percent for discharges occurring on or after
                October 1, 2021.
                 As discussed in section V.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                prior to January 1, 2016, Puerto Rico hospitals were paid based on 75
                percent of the national standardized amount and 25 percent of the
                Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount. As a result, we applied the
                Puerto Rico-specific labor-related share percentage and nonlabor-
                related share percentage to the Puerto Rico-specific standardized
                amount. Section 601 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub.
                L. 114-113) amended section 1886(d)(9)(E) of the Act to specify that
                the payment calculation with respect to operating costs of inpatient
                hospital services of a subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital for
                inpatient hospital discharges on or after January 1, 2016, shall use
                100 percent of the national standardized amount. Because Puerto Rico
                hospitals are no longer paid with a Puerto Rico-specific standardized
                amount as of January 1, 2016, under section 1886(d)(9)(E) of the Act as
                amended by section 601 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016,
                there is no longer a need for us to calculate a Puerto Rico-specific
                labor-related share percentage and nonlabor-related share percentage
                for application
                [[Page 25417]]
                to the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount. Hospitals in Puerto
                Rico are now paid 100 percent of the national standardized amount and,
                therefore, are subject to the national labor-related share and
                nonlabor-related share percentages that are applied to the national
                standardized amount. Accordingly, for FY 2022, we are not proposing a
                Puerto Rico-specific labor-related share percentage or a nonlabor-
                related share percentage.
                 Tables 1A and 1B, which are published in section VI. of the
                Addendum to this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule and available via
                the internet on the CMS website, reflect the proposed national labor-
                related share, which is also applicable to Puerto Rico hospitals. For
                FY 2022, for all IPPS hospitals (including Puerto Rico hospitals) whose
                wage indexes are less than or equal to 1.0000, we are proposing to
                apply the wage index to a labor-related share of 62 percent of the
                national standardized amount. For all IPPS hospitals (including Puerto
                Rico hospitals) whose wage indexes are greater than 1.000, for FY 2022,
                we are proposing to apply the wage index to the proposed labor-related
                share of 67.6 percent of the national standardized amount.
                IV. Proposed Rebasing and Revising of the Hospital Market Baskets for
                Acute Care Hospitals
                A. Background
                 Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1,
                1979, we developed and adopted a hospital input price index (that is,
                the hospital market basket for operating costs). Although ``market
                basket'' technically describes the mix of goods and services used in
                providing hospital care, this term is also commonly used to denote the
                input price index (that is, cost category weights and price proxies
                combined) derived from that market basket. Accordingly, the term
                ``market basket'' as used in this document refers to the hospital input
                price index.
                 The percentage change in the market basket reflects the average
                change in the price of goods and services hospitals purchase in order
                to provide inpatient care. We first used the market basket to adjust
                hospital cost limits by an amount that reflected the average increase
                in the prices of the goods and services used to provide hospital
                inpatient care. This approach linked the increase in the cost limits to
                the efficient utilization of resources.
                 Since the inception of the IPPS, the projected change in the
                hospital market basket has been the integral component of the update
                factor by which the prospective payment rates are updated every year.
                An explanation of the hospital market basket used to develop the
                prospective payment rates was published in the Federal Register on
                September 1, 1983 (48 FR 39764). We also refer readers to the FY 2018
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38158 through 38175) in which we
                discussed the most recent previous rebasing of the hospital input price
                index.
                 The hospital market basket is a fixed-weight, Laspeyres-type price
                index. A Laspeyres-type price index measures the change in price, over
                time, of the same mix of goods and services purchased in the base
                period. Any changes in the quantity or mix of goods and services (that
                is, intensity) purchased over time are not measured.
                 The index itself is constructed in three steps. First, a base
                period is selected (in this proposed rule, we are proposing to use 2018
                as the base period) and total base period expenditures are estimated
                for a set of mutually exclusive and exhaustive spending categories, and
                the proportion of total costs that each category represents are
                calculated. These proportions are called ``cost weights'' or
                ``expenditure weights.'' Second, each expenditure category is matched
                to an appropriate price or wage variable, referred to as a ``price
                proxy.'' In almost every instance, these price proxies are derived from
                publicly available statistical series that are published on a
                consistent schedule (preferably at least on a quarterly basis).
                Finally, the expenditure weight for each cost category is multiplied by
                the level of its respective price proxy. The sum of these products
                (that is, the expenditure weights multiplied by their price index
                levels) for all cost categories yields the composite index level of the
                market basket in a given period. Repeating this step for other periods
                produces a series of market basket levels over time. Dividing an index
                level for a given period by an index level for an earlier period
                produces a rate of growth in the input price index over that timeframe.
                 As previously noted, the market basket is described as a fixed-
                weight index because it represents the change in price over time of a
                constant mix (quantity and intensity) of goods and services needed to
                provide hospital services. The effects on total expenditures resulting
                from changes in the mix of goods and services purchased subsequent to
                the base period are not measured. For example, a hospital hiring more
                nurses to accommodate the needs of patients would increase the volume
                of goods and services purchased by the hospital, but would not be
                factored into the price change measured by a fixed-weight hospital
                market basket. Only when the index is rebased would changes in the
                quantity and intensity be captured, with those changes being reflected
                in the cost weights. Therefore, we rebase the market basket
                periodically so that the cost weights reflect recent changes in the mix
                of goods and services that hospitals purchase (hospital inputs) to
                furnish inpatient care between base periods.
                 We last rebased the hospital market basket cost weights effective
                for FY 2018 (82 FR 38158 through 38175), with 2014 data used as the
                base period for the construction of the market basket cost weights. For
                this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to rebase
                the IPPS operating market basket to reflect the 2018 cost structure for
                IPPS hospitals and to revise applicable cost categories and price
                proxies used to determine the IPPS market basket, as discussed in this
                rule. We are also proposing to rebase and revise the Capital Input
                Price Index (CIPI) as described in section IV.D. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule.
                B. Rebasing and Revising the IPPS Market Basket
                 The terms ``rebasing'' and ``revising,'' while often used
                interchangeably, actually denote different activities. ``Rebasing''
                means moving the base year for the structure of costs of an input price
                index (for example, in this proposed rule, we are proposing to shift
                the base year cost structure for the IPPS hospital index from 2014 to
                2018). ``Revising'' means changing data sources or price proxies used
                in the input price index. As published in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule
                (70 FR 47387), in accordance with section 404 of Public Law 108-173,
                CMS determined a new frequency for rebasing the hospital market basket.
                We established a rebasing frequency of every 4 years and, therefore,
                for the FY 2022 IPPS update, we are proposing to rebase and revise the
                IPPS market basket from 2014 to 2018. We are inviting public comments
                on our proposed methodology.
                1. Development of Cost Categories and Weights
                a. Use of Medicare Cost Report Data
                 The major source of expenditure data for developing the proposed
                rebased and revised hospital market basket cost weights is the 2018
                Medicare cost reports. These 2018 Medicare cost reports are for cost
                reporting periods beginning on and after October 1, 2017
                [[Page 25418]]
                and before October 1, 2018. We are proposing to use 2018 as the base
                year because we believe that the 2018 Medicare cost reports represent
                the most recent, complete set of Medicare cost report data available to
                develop cost weights for IPPS hospitals at the time of rulemaking. We
                believe it is important to regularly rebase and revise the IPPS market
                basket to reflect more recent data. Historically, the cost weights
                change minimally from year to year as they represent percent of total
                operating costs rather than cost levels; however, given the COVID-19
                public health emergency we will continue to monitor the upcoming
                Medicare cost report data to see if a more frequent rebasing schedule
                is necessary than our current schedule of every 4 years. As was done in
                previous rebasings, these cost reports are from IPPS hospitals only
                (hospitals excluded from the IPPS and CAHs are not included) and are
                based on IPPS Medicare-allowable operating costs. IPPS Medicare-
                allowable operating costs are costs that are eligible to be paid under
                the IPPS. For example, the IPPS market basket excludes home health
                agency (HHA) costs as these costs would be paid under the HHA PPS and,
                therefore, these costs are not IPPS Medicare-allowable costs.
                 The current set of instructions for the Medicare cost reports for
                hospitals (Form 2552-10, OMB Control Number 0938-0050) can be found in
                Chapter 40 at the following website (https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Paper-Based-Manuals-Items/CMS021935,
                accessed February 17, 2021). As described in these instructions,
                effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2015, Worksheet S-3, Part II was revised to add lines 14.01, 14.02,
                25.50, 25.51, 25.52, and 25.53, to enhance the wage index data
                collection. This modification was made for Transmittal 10 and is
                specifically highlighted in the instructions, which can be found at the
                following website: (https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/Downloads/R10P240.pdf, accessed February 17,
                2021). Therefore, as noted later in this section, for the 2018-based
                IPPS market basket, we are proposing to use these more detailed lines
                for the development of the market basket cost categories. These
                detailed lines were not available at the time we finalized the 2014-
                based IPPS market basket.
                 We are proposing to derive costs for eight major expenditures or
                cost categories for the 2018-based IPPS market basket from the CMS
                Medicare cost reports (Form 2552-10, OMB Control Number 0938-0050):
                Wages and Salaries, Employee Benefits, Contract Labor, Pharmaceuticals,
                Professional Liability Insurance (Malpractice), Blood and Blood
                Products, Home Office/Related Organization Contract Labor, and a
                residual ``All Other'' category. The residual ``All Other'' category
                reflects all remaining costs that are not captured in the other seven
                cost categories. These are the same major cost categories from the
                Medicare cost reports that were derived for the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket. In this rule, we describe the detailed methodology for
                obtaining costs for each of the seven cost categories directly
                determined from the Medicare cost reports.
                 In order to create a market basket that is representative of IPPS
                hospitals serving Medicare patients and to help ensure accurate major
                cost weights (which is the percent of total Medicare-allowable
                operating costs, as defined in this rule), we propose to apply edits to
                remove reporting errors and outliers. Specifically, the IPPS Medicare
                cost reports used to calculate the market basket cost weights exclude
                any providers that reported costs less than or equal to zero for the
                following categories: Total Medicare inpatient costs (Worksheet D, Part
                I, column 1, line 49); Medicare PPS payments (Worksheet E, Part A,
                column 1, line 59); Total salary costs (Worksheet S-3, Part II, column
                2, line 1). We also limited our sample to providers that had a Medicare
                cost reporting period that was between 10 and 14 months. The final
                sample used included roughly 3,200 Medicare cost reports (about 94
                percent of the universe of IPPS Medicare cost reports for 2018). The
                sample of providers is representative of the national universe of
                providers by ownership-type (proprietary, nonprofit, and government)
                and by urban/rural status.
                 First, we are proposing to calculate total Medicare-allowable
                operating costs for each hospital. We are proposing that total
                Medicare-allowable operating costs are equal to noncapital costs
                (Worksheet B, Part I, column 26 less Worksheet B, Part II, column 26)
                that are attributable to the Medicare-allowable cost centers of the
                hospital. We are proposing that Medicare-allowable cost centers are
                lines 30 through 35, 50 through 60, 62 through 76, 90, 91, 92.01, 93,
                96 and 97. This is the same general methodology that was used for the
                2014-based IPPS market basket. However, we note that for the
                development of the 2018-based IPPS market basket, we conducted a
                detailed review of the cost centers and are now proposing to include
                lines 52, 96, and 97 when deriving total Medicare-allowable operating
                costs as these reflect Medicare-allowable services that are reimbursed
                under the IPPS.
                (1) Wages and Salaries Costs
                 To derive wages and salaries costs for the Medicare-allowable cost
                centers, we are proposing to first calculate total unadjusted wages and
                salaries costs as reported on Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, line 1.
                We are then proposing to remove the wages and salaries attributable to
                non-Medicare-allowable cost centers (that is, excluded areas) as well
                as a portion of overhead wages and salaries attributable to these
                excluded areas. This is the same general methodology that was used to
                derive wages and salaries costs for the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                However, we note that we are proposing minor changes to the Medicare
                cost report lines that are used to derive excluded area wages and
                salaries as well as overhead wages and salaries attributable to these
                areas as described in this rule as we believe these represent a
                technical improvement to the Medicare cost report lines used for the
                2014-based IPPS market basket. The description of the detailed
                methodology used for the 2014-based IPPS market basket was provided in
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH final rule (82 FR 38159).
                 Specifically, we are proposing to calculate excluded area wages and
                salaries as equal to the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines
                3, 4.01, 5, 6, 7, 7.01, 8, 9, and 10 less Worksheet A, column 1, lines
                20 and 23. Overhead wages and salaries are attributable to the entire
                IPPS facility. Therefore, we are proposing to only include the
                proportion attributable to the Medicare-allowable cost centers.
                Specifically, we are proposing to estimate the proportion of overhead
                wages and salaries that are not attributable to Medicare-allowable
                costs centers (that is, excluded areas) by first calculating the ratio
                of total Medicare-allowable operating costs as previously defined to
                total facility operating costs (Worksheet B, Part I, column 26, line
                202 less Worksheet B, Part I, column 0, lines 1 and 2). We then are
                proposing to multiply this ratio by total overhead wages and salaries
                (Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines 26, 27, 29 through 32, 34, and
                36 through 43).
                 Therefore, the proposed wages and salaries costs are equal to total
                wages and salaries costs less: (a) Excluded area wages and salaries
                costs and b) overhead wages and salaries costs attributable to the
                excluded areas.
                [[Page 25419]]
                (2) Employee Benefits Costs
                 We are proposing to derive employee benefits costs using a similar
                methodology as the wages and salaries costs; that is, reflecting
                employee benefits costs attributable to the Medicare-allowable cost
                centers. First, we calculate total unadjusted employee benefits costs
                as the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines 17, 18, 20, 22,
                and 25.52. The 2014-based IPPS market basket used Worksheet S-3, Part
                II, column 4, lines 17, 18, 20 and 22 to derive the costs for this
                category. As described previously, line 25.52 reflects a newly added
                line to Worksheet S-3, Part II since the development of the 2014-based
                IPPS market basket.
                 We then exclude those employee benefits attributable to the
                overhead wages and salaries for the non-Medicare-allowable cost centers
                (that is, the excluded areas). Employee benefits attributable to the
                non-Medicare-allowable cost centers are derived by multiplying the
                ratio of total employee benefits (equal to the sum of Worksheet S-3,
                Part II, column 4, lines 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 22.01, 23, 24, 25,
                25.50, 25.51, 25.52, and 25.53) to total wages and salaries (Worksheet
                S-3, Part II, column 4, line 1) by excluded overhead wages and salaries
                (as previously described in section IV.B.1.a.(1). of the preamble of
                this proposed rule for wages and salaries costs). A similar methodology
                was used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (3) Contract Labor Costs
                 Contract labor costs are primarily associated with direct patient
                care services. Contract labor costs for services such as accounting,
                billing, and legal are estimated using other government data sources as
                described in this rule. We are proposing to derive contract labor costs
                for the 2018-based IPPS market basket as the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part
                II, column 4, lines 11, 13, and 15. A similar methodology was used in
                the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (4) Professional Liability Insurance Costs
                 We are proposing that professional liability insurance (PLI) costs
                (often referred to as malpractice costs) be equal to premiums, paid
                losses, and self-insurance costs reported on Worksheet S-2, Part I,
                columns 1 through 3, line 118.01. A similar methodology was used for
                the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (5) Pharmaceuticals Costs
                 We are proposing to calculate pharmaceuticals costs as total costs
                reported for the Pharmacy cost center (Worksheet B, Part I, column 0,
                line 15) and Drugs Charged to Patients cost center (Worksheet B, Part
                I, column 0, line 73) less wages and salaries attributable to these two
                cost centers (Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, line 40 and Worksheet
                A, column 1, line 73) less estimated employee benefits attributable to
                these two cost centers. We are proposing to estimate the employee
                benefits costs by multiplying the ratio of total employee benefits
                (equal to the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines 17, 18,
                19, 20, 21, 22, 22.01, 23, 24, 25, 25.50, 25.51, 25.52, and 25.53) to
                total wages and salaries (Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, line 1) by
                total wages and salaries costs for the Pharmacy and Drugs Charged to
                Patients cost centers (equal to the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II,
                column 4, line 40 and Worksheet A, column 1, line 73). The same general
                methodology was used for the 2014-based IPPS market basket. However, we
                note that for the 2014-based IPPS market basket, for calculating the
                total nonsalary costs we used Worksheet A, column 2 for each cost
                center instead of our proposed method of using Worksheet B, Part I,
                column 0, less salary costs. We are proposing to use Worksheet B, Part
                I, column 0 as this would reflect reclassifications and adjustments
                (which are made on columns subsequent to Worksheet A columns 1 and 2).
                (6) Blood and Blood Products Costs
                 We are proposing to calculate blood and blood products costs as
                total costs reported for the Whole Blood & Packed Red Blood Cells cost
                center (Worksheet B, Part I, column 0, line 62) and the Blood Storing,
                Processing, & Transfusing cost center (Worksheet B, Part I, column 0,
                Line 63) less wages and salaries attributable to these two cost centers
                (Worksheet A, column 1, lines 62 and 63) less estimated employee
                benefits attributable to these two cost centers. We estimate these
                employee benefits costs by multiplying the ratio of total employee
                benefits (equal to the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines
                17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 22.01, 23, 24, 25, 25.50, 25.51, 25.52, and
                25.53) to total wages and salaries (Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4,
                line 1) by total wages and salaries for the Whole Blood & Packed Red
                Blood Cells and Blood Storing, Processing, & Transfusing cost centers
                (equal to the sum of Worksheet A, Column 1, lines 62 and 63). The same
                general methodology was used for the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                However, we note that for the 2014-based IPPS market basket, for
                calculating the total nonsalary costs we used Worksheet A, column 2 for
                lines 62 and 63 instead of our proposed method of using Worksheet B,
                Part I, column 0, lines 62 and 63, less salary costs. Similar to our
                proposed method for Pharmaceuticals costs, we are proposing to use
                Worksheet B, Part I, column 0 as this would reflect reclassifications
                and adjustments (which are made on columns subsequent to Worksheet A
                columns 1 and 2).
                (7) Home Office Contract Labor/Related Organization Costs
                 We are proposing to determine home office/related organization
                contract labor costs using data reported on Worksheet S-3, Part II,
                column 4, lines 14.01, 14.02, 25.50, and 25.51. Home office/related
                organization contract labor costs in the 2014-based IPPS market basket
                were calculated using a similar method except we used data reported on
                Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, line 14. As described previously,
                effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2015 (Transmittal 10), Worksheet S-3, Part II was revised to add lines
                14.01, 14.02, 25.50, 25.51, 25.52, and 25.53, to enhance the wage index
                data collection. Therefore, for the 2018-based IPPS market basket, we
                are proposing to use these more detailed lines; however, the expenses
                captured on these lines would be similar to the expenses originally
                reported on line 14, prior to the break out of the expenses on these
                new more detailed lines.
                 In addition, for the 2014-based IPPS market basket, we then
                multiplied the home office/related organization contract labor costs by
                the ratio of total Medicare-allowable operating costs to total
                operating costs. However, for the 2018-based IPPS market basket, we are
                no longer proposing to apply this adjustment since the Medicare cost
                report instructions effective for Transmittal 10 now state that the
                costs reported on these lines should reflect costs associated with
                Medicare-allowable cost centers. Therefore, we no longer believe this
                adjustment is necessary.
                b. Final Major Cost Category Computation
                 After we derived costs for the seven major cost categories for each
                provider using the Medicare cost report data as previously described,
                we are proposing to address data outliers using the following steps.
                First, we divide the costs for each of the seven categories (calculated
                as previously described in this section) by total Medicare-allowable
                operating costs for the provider
                [[Page 25420]]
                (calculated as previously described in this section) to obtain cost
                weights for each PPS hospital.
                 For each of the major cost weights except the Home Office/Related
                Organization Contract Labor cost weight, we are proposing to trim the
                data to remove outliers (a standard statistical process) by: (1)
                Requiring that major expenses (such as Wages and Salaries costs) and
                total Medicare-allowable operating costs be greater than zero; and (2)
                excluding the top and bottom five percent of the major cost weight (for
                example, Wages and Salaries costs as a percent of total Medicare-
                allowable operating costs). We note that missing values are assumed to
                be zero consistent with the methodology for how missing values were
                treated in the 2014-based IPPS market basket. After the outliers have
                been removed, we sum the costs for each category across all remaining
                providers. We then divide this by the sum of total Medicare-allowable
                operating costs across all remaining providers to obtain a cost weight
                for the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket for the given category.
                 For the Home Office/Related Organization Contract Labor cost
                weight, we are proposing to apply a trim that excludes those reporters
                above the 99th percentile. This allows all providers' Medicare-
                allowable costs to be included, even if their home office/related
                organization contract labor costs were reported to be zero. The
                Medicare cost report data (Worksheet S-2, Part I, line 140) indicate
                that not all hospitals have a home office. IPPS hospitals without a
                home office would report administrative costs that might typically be
                associated with a home office in the Wages and Salaries and Employee
                Benefits cost weights, or in the residual ``All Other'' cost weight if
                they purchased these types of services from external contractors. We
                believe the trimming methodology that excludes those who report a Home
                Office/Related Organization Contract Labor cost weight above the 99th
                percentile is appropriate as it removes extreme outliers while also
                allowing providers with zero home office/related organization contract
                labor costs to be included in the Home Office/Related Organization
                Contract Labor cost weight calculation. Next, similar to the other cost
                weights, after the outliers have been removed, we sum the costs across
                all remaining providers. We then divide this by the sum of total
                Medicare-allowable operating costs across all remaining providers to
                obtain a cost weight for the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket.
                 The trimming process is done individually for each cost category so
                that providers excluded from one cost weight calculation are not
                automatically excluded from another cost weight calculation. We note
                that these proposed trimming methods are the same types of edits
                performed for the 2014-based IPPS market basket, as well as other PPS
                market baskets (including but not limited to SNF market basket and HHA
                market basket). We believe this trimming process improves the accuracy
                of the data used to compute the major cost weights by removing possible
                misreported data. We note that for each of the cost weights we
                evaluated the distribution of providers and costs by ownership-type,
                and by urban/rural status. For all of the cost weights, the trimmed
                sample was nationally representative.
                 Finally, we calculate the residual ``All Other'' cost weight that
                reflects all remaining costs that are not captured in the seven cost
                categories listed. Table IV-01 shows the major cost categories and
                their respective cost weights as derived from the Medicare cost reports
                for this proposed rule.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.231
                 From 2014 to 2018, the Wages and Salaries and Employee Benefits
                cost weights as calculated directly from the Medicare cost reports
                decreased by approximately 2.4 percentage points and 0.7 percentage
                point, respectively, while the Contract Labor cost weight increased
                slightly by 0.2 percentage point.
                 As we did for the 2014-based IPPS market basket (82 FR 38162), we
                are proposing to allocate contract labor costs to the Wages and
                Salaries and Employee Benefits cost weights based on their relative
                proportions for employed labor under the assumption that contract labor
                costs are comprised of both wages and salaries and employee benefits.
                The contract labor allocation proportion for wages and salaries is
                equal to the Wages and Salaries cost weight as a percent of the sum of
                the Wages and Salaries cost weight and the Employee Benefits cost
                weight. Using the 2018 Medicare cost report data, this percentage is 78
                percent. Therefore, we are proposing to allocate approximately 78
                percent of the Contract Labor cost weight to the Wages and Salaries
                cost weight and 22 percent to the Employee Benefits cost weight. The
                2014-based IPPS market basket also allocated 78 percent of the Contract
                Labor cost weight to the Wages and Salaries cost weight.
                 Table IV-02 shows the Wages and Salaries and Employee Benefits cost
                weights after contract labor allocation for the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket and the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket. In aggregate,
                the
                [[Page 25421]]
                Compensation cost weight (calculated using more detailed decimal
                places) decreased from 55.8 percent to 53.0 percent, or 2.8 percentage
                points.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.232
                c. Derivation of the Detailed Cost Weights
                 To further divide the ``All Other'' residual cost weight estimated
                from the 2018 Medicare cost report data into more detailed cost
                categories, we are proposing to use the 2012 Benchmark I-O ``Use
                Tables/Before Redefinitions/Purchaser Value'' for NAICS 622000,
                Hospitals, published by the BEA. These data are publicly available at
                the following website: http://www.bea.gov/industry/io_annual.htm. The
                BEA Benchmark I-O data are generally scheduled for publication every 5
                years on a lagged basis, with the most recent data available for 2012.
                The 2012 Benchmark I-O data are derived from the 2012 Economic Census
                and are the building blocks for BEA's economic accounts. Therefore,
                they represent the most comprehensive and complete set of data on the
                economic processes or mechanisms by which output is produced and
                distributed.\934\ BEA also produces Annual I-O estimates. However,
                while based on a similar methodology, these estimates reflect less
                comprehensive and less detailed data sources and are subject to
                revision when benchmark data become available. Instead of using the
                less detailed Annual I-O data, we are proposing to inflate the detailed
                2012 Benchmark I-O data forward to 2018 by applying the annual price
                changes from the respective price proxies to the appropriate market
                basket cost categories that are obtained from the 2012 Benchmark I-O
                data. In our calculations for this proposed rule, we repeated this
                practice for each year. We then calculated the cost shares that each
                cost category represents of the 2012 data inflated to 2018. These
                resulting 2018 cost shares were applied to the ``All Other'' residual
                cost weight to obtain the detailed cost weights for the proposed 2018-
                based IPPS market basket. For example, the cost for Food: Direct
                Purchases represents 4.8 percent of the sum of the ``All Other'' 2012
                Benchmark I-O Hospital Expenditures inflated to 2018. Therefore, the
                Food: Direct Purchases cost weight represents 4.8 percent of the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket's ``All Other'' cost category
                (32.4 percent), yielding a Food: Direct Purchases proposed cost weight
                of 1.6 percent in the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket (0.048 x
                32.4 percent = 1.6 percent). For the 2014-based IPPS market basket (82
                FR 38162), we used the same methodology utilizing the 2007 Benchmark I-
                O data (aged to 2014).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \934\ http://www.bea.gov/papers/pdf/IOmanual_092906.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Using this methodology, we are proposing to derive 17 detailed cost
                categories from the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket residual
                cost weight (32.4 percent). These categories are: (1) Fuel: Oil and
                Gas; (2) Electricity and Other Non-Fuel Utilities; (3) Food: Direct
                Purchases; (4) Food: Contract Services; (5) Chemicals; (6) Medical
                Instruments; (7) Rubber and Plastics; (8) Paper and Printing Products;
                (9) Miscellaneous Products; (10) Professional Fees: Labor-Related; (11)
                Administrative and Facilities Support Services; (12) Installation,
                Maintenance, and Repair Services; (13) All Other: Labor-Related
                Services; (14) Professional Fees: Nonlabor-Related; (15) Financial
                Services; (16) Telephone Services; and (17) All Other: Nonlabor-Related
                Services.
                 The 2014-based IPPS market basket had a separate cost category for
                Water and Sewerage. Due to the size of the estimated cost weight
                (approximately 0.1 percent), we are proposing that these costs be
                included in the Electricity and Other Non-Fuel Utilities cost category.
                2. Selection of Proposed Price Proxies
                 After computing the proposed 2018 cost weights for the IPPS market
                basket, it was necessary to select appropriate wage and price proxies
                to reflect the rate of price change for each expenditure category. With
                the exception of the proxy for professional liability insurance (PLI),
                all the proxies we are proposing are based on Bureau of Labor
                Statistics (BLS) data and are grouped into one of the following BLS
                categories:
                 Producer Price Indexes--Producer Price Indexes (PPIs)
                measure the average change over time in the selling prices received by
                domestic producers for their output. The prices included in the PPI are
                from the first commercial transaction for many products and some
                services (https://www.bls.gov/ppi/).
                 Consumer Price Indexes--Consumer Price Indexes (CPIs)
                measure the average change over time in the prices paid by urban
                consumers for a market basket of consumer goods and services (https://www.bls.gov/cpi/). CPIs are only used when the purchases are similar to
                those of retail consumers rather than purchases at the producer level,
                or if no appropriate PPIs are available.
                 Employment Cost Indexes--Employment Cost Indexes (ECIs)
                measure the rate of change in employee wage rates and employer costs
                for employee benefits per hour worked. These indexes are fixed-weight
                indexes and strictly measure the change in wage rates and employee
                benefits per hour. ECIs are superior to Average Hourly Earnings (AHE)
                as price proxies for input price indexes because they are not affected
                by shifts in occupation or industry mix, and because they measure pure
                price change and are available by both occupational group and by
                industry. The industry ECIs are based on the NAICS and the occupational
                ECIs are based on the Standard Occupational Classification System
                (SOC).
                 We evaluated the price proxies using the criteria of reliability,
                timeliness, availability, and relevance:
                 Reliability. Reliability indicates that the index is based
                on valid statistical
                [[Page 25422]]
                methods and has low sampling variability. Widely accepted statistical
                methods ensure that the data were collected and aggregated in a way
                that can be replicated. Low sampling variability is desirable because
                it indicates that the sample reflects the typical members of the
                population. (Sampling variability is variation that occurs by chance
                because only a sample was surveyed rather than the entire population.)
                 Timeliness. Timeliness implies that the proxy is published
                regularly, preferably at least once a quarter. The market basket levels
                are updated quarterly, and therefore, it is important for the
                underlying price proxies to be up-to-date, reflecting the most recent
                data available. We believe that using proxies that are published
                regularly (at least quarterly, whenever possible) helps to ensure that
                we are using the most recent data available to update the market
                basket. We strive to use publications that are disseminated frequently,
                because we believe that this is an optimal way to stay abreast of the
                most current data available.
                 Availability. Availability means that the proxy is
                publicly available. We prefer that our proxies are publicly available
                because this will help ensure that our market basket updates are as
                transparent to the public as possible. In addition, this enables the
                public to be able to obtain the price proxy data on a regular basis.
                 Relevance. Relevance means that the proxy is applicable
                and representative of the cost category weight to which it is applied.
                 We believe the proposed PPIs, CPIs, and ECIs selected meet these
                criteria. Therefore, we believe that they continue to be the best
                measure of price changes for the cost categories to which they would be
                applied.
                 In this rule, we present a detailed explanation of the price
                proxies that we are proposing for each cost category weight. We note
                that many of the proxies that we are proposing to use for the proposed
                2018-based IPPS market basket are the same as those used for the 2014-
                based IPPS market basket.
                (1) Wages and Salaries
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Wages and Salaries for All
                Civilian Workers in Hospitals (BLS series code CIU1026220000000I) to
                measure the price growth of this cost category. This is the same price
                proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (2) Employee Benefits
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Benefits for All Civilian
                Workers in Hospitals to measure the price growth of this cost category.
                This ECI is calculated using the ECI for Total Compensation for All
                Civilian Workers in Hospitals (BLS series code CIU1016220000000I) and
                the relative importance of wages and salaries within total
                compensation. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS
                market basket.
                (3) Fuel: Oil and Gas
                 Similar to the 2014-based IPPS market basket, we are proposing to
                use a blend of the PPI Industry for Petroleum Refineries and the PPI
                Commodity for Natural Gas. Our analysis of the Bureau of Economic
                Analysis' 2012 Benchmark I-O data (use table before redefinitions,
                purchaser's value for NAICS 622000 [Hospitals]), shows that
                approximately 96 percent of hospital Fuel: Oil, and Gas expenses are
                for Petroleum Refineries (NAICS 324110) and Natural Gas (NAICS 221200)
                expenses, with Petroleum Refineries expenses accounting for
                approximately 90 percent and Natural Gas expenses accounting for
                approximately 10 percent of this sum. We are proposing to create
                blended index of these expenses based on each NAICS' expenses as share
                of their sum. Therefore, we are proposing to use a blend of 90 percent
                of the PPI Industry for Petroleum Refineries (BLS series code
                PCU324110324110) and 10 percent of the PPI Commodity Index for Natural
                Gas (BLS series code WPU0531) as the price proxy for this cost
                category. The 2014-based IPPS market basket used a 70/30 blend of these
                price proxies, reflecting the 2007 I-O data (82 FR 38163). We believe
                that these two price proxies continue to be the most technically
                appropriate indices available to measure the price growth of the Fuel:
                Oil, and Gas cost category in the proposed 2018-based IPPS market
                basket.
                (4) Electricity and Other Non-Fuel Utilities
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Commercial Electric
                Power (BLS series code WPU0542) to measure the price growth of this
                cost category, as Electricity costs account for 93 percent of these
                expenses. This is the same price proxy used for the Electricity cost
                category in the 2014-based IPPS market basket. As previously noted, we
                are proposing to include Water and Sewerage costs within the
                Electricity and Other Non-Fuel Utilities cost category, and to no
                longer use the CPI for Water and Sewerage Maintenance as we did for the
                2014-based IPPS market basket, due to the small size of this estimated
                cost weight (approximately 0.1 percent).
                (5) Professional Liability Insurance
                 We are proposing to proxy price changes in hospital professional
                liability insurance premiums (PLI) using percentage changes as
                estimated by the CMS Hospital Professional Liability Index. To generate
                these estimates, we collect commercial insurance medical liability
                premiums for a fixed level of coverage while holding nonprice factors
                constant (such as a change in the level of coverage). This is the same
                price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (6) Pharmaceuticals
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Pharmaceuticals for
                Human Use, Prescription (BLS series code WPUSI07003) to measure the
                price growth of this cost category. This is the same price proxy used
                in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (7) Food: Direct Purchases
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Processed Foods and
                Feeds (BLS series code WPU02) to measure the price growth of this cost
                category. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS
                market basket.
                (8) Food: Contract Services
                 We are proposing to use the CPI for Food Away From Home (All Urban
                Consumers) (BLS series code CUUR0000SEFV) to measure the price growth
                of this cost category. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-
                based IPPS market basket.
                (9) Chemicals
                 Similar to the 2014-based IPPS market basket, we are proposing to
                use a four-part blended PPI as the proxy for the chemicals cost
                category in the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket. The proposed
                blend is composed of the PPI Industry for Industrial Gas Manufacturing,
                Primary Products (BLS series code PCU325120325120P), the PPI Industry
                for Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing (BLS series code
                PCU32518-32518-), the PPI Industry for Other Basic Organic Chemical
                Manufacturing (BLS series code PCU32519-32519-), and the PPI Industry
                for Other Miscellaneous Chemical Product Manufacturing (BLS series code
                PCU325998325998). We note that the four part blended PPI used in the
                2014-based IPPS market basket is composed of the PPI Industry for
                Industrial Gas Manufacturing (BLS series code PCU325120325120P), the
                [[Page 25423]]
                PPI Industry for Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing (BLS
                series code PCU32518-32518-), the PPI Industry for Other Basic Organic
                Chemical Manufacturing (BLS series code PCU32519-32519-), and the PPI
                Industry for Soap and Cleaning Compound Manufacturing (BLS series code
                PCU32561-32561-). For the 2018-based IPPS market basket, we are
                proposing to derive the weights for the PPIs using the 2012 Benchmark
                I-O data. The 2014-based IPPS market basket used the 2007 Benchmark I-O
                data to derive the weights for the four PPIs (82 FR 38164). We note
                that in the 2012 I-O data, the share of total chemicals expenses that
                the Soap and Cleaning Compound Manufacturing (NAICS 325610) represents
                decreased relative to the 2007 I-O data (from 5 percent to 2 percent),
                while the share of the total chemicals expenses that the All Other
                Chemical Product and Preparation manufacturing (NAICS 3259A0)
                categories represents increased (from 5 percent to 7 percent). As a
                result, we are proposing to remove the PPI Industry for Soap and
                Cleaning Compound Manufacturing from the proposed blend for the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket and replace it with the PPI
                Industry for Other Miscellaneous Chemical Product Manufacturing (BLS
                series code PCU325998325998).
                 Table IV-03 shows the proposed weights for each of the four PPIs
                used to create the blended index compared to those used for the 2014-
                based IPPS market basket.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.233
                (10) Blood and Blood Products
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Industry for Blood and Organ Banks
                (BLS series code PCU621991621991) to measure the price growth of this
                cost category. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS
                market basket.
                (11) Medical Instruments
                 We are proposing to use a blended price proxy for the Medical
                Instruments category, as shown in Table IV-04. The 2012 Benchmark I-O
                data shows the majority of medical instruments and supply costs are for
                NAICS 339112--Surgical and medical instrument manufacturing costs
                (approximately 56 percent) and NAICS 339113--Surgical appliance and
                supplies manufacturing costs (approximately 43 percent). Therefore, we
                are proposing to use a blend of these two price proxies. To proxy the
                price changes associated with NAICS 339112, we propose using the PPI--
                Commodity--Surgical and medical instruments (BLS series code WPU1562).
                This is the same price proxy we used in the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket. To proxy the price changes associated with NAICS 339113, we are
                proposing to use a 50/50 blend of the PPI--Commodity--Medical and
                surgical appliances and supplies (BLS series code WPU1563) and the
                PPI--Commodity--Miscellaneous products--Personal safety equipment and
                clothing (BLS series code WPU1571). We are proposing to include the
                latter price proxy as it would reflect personal protective equipment
                including but not limited to face shields and protective clothing. The
                2012 Benchmark I-O data does not provide specific expenses for these
                products; however, we recognize that this category reflects costs faced
                by IPPS hospitals.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.234
                (12) Rubber and Plastics
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Rubber and Plastic
                Products (BLS series code WPU07) to measure the price growth of this
                cost category. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS
                market basket.
                (13) Paper and Printing Products
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Converted Paper and
                Paperboard Products (BLS series code WPU0915) to measure the price
                growth of this cost category. This is the same price proxy used in the
                2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (14) Miscellaneous Products
                 We are proposing to use the PPI Commodity for Finished Goods Less
                Food and Energy (BLS series code WPUFD4131) to measure the price growth
                of this cost category. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-
                based IPPS market basket.
                [[Page 25424]]
                (15) Professional Fees: Labor-Related
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for Private
                Industry Workers in Professional and Related (BLS series code
                CIU2010000120000I) to measure the price growth of this category. It
                includes occupations such as legal, accounting, and engineering
                services. This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS
                market basket.
                (16) Administrative and Facilities Support Services
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for Private
                Industry Workers in Office and Administrative Support (BLS series code
                CIU2010000220000I) to measure the price growth of this category. This
                is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (17) Installation, Maintenance, and Repair Services
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for All
                Civilian Workers in Installation, Maintenance, and Repair (BLS series
                code CIU1010000430000I) to measure the price growth of this cost
                category. This is the same proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket.
                (18) All Other: Labor-Related Services
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for Private
                Industry Workers in Service Occupations (BLS series code
                CIU2010000300000I) to measure the price growth of this cost category.
                This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (19) Professional Fees: Nonlabor-Related
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for Private
                Industry Workers in Professional and Related (BLS series code
                CIU2010000120000I) to measure the price growth of this category. This
                is the same price proxy that we are proposing to use for the
                Professional Fees: Labor-Related cost category and the same price proxy
                used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (20) Financial Services
                 We are proposing to use the ECI for Total Compensation for Private
                Industry Workers in Financial Activities (BLS series code
                CIU201520A000000I) to measure the price growth of this cost category.
                This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (21) Telephone Services
                 We are proposing to use the CPI for Telephone Services (BLS series
                code CUUR0000SEED) to measure the price growth of this cost category.
                This is the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                (22) All Other: Nonlabor-Related Services
                 We are proposing to use the CPI for All Items Less Food and Energy
                (BLS series code CUUR0000SA0L1E) to measure the price growth of this
                cost category. We believe that using the CPI for All Items Less Food
                and Energy avoids double counting of changes in food and energy prices
                as they are already captured elsewhere in the market basket. This is
                the same price proxy used in the 2014-based IPPS market basket.
                 Table IV-05 sets forth the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket,
                including the cost categories and their respective weights and price
                proxies. For comparison purposes, the corresponding 2014-based IPPS
                market basket cost weights also are listed.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25425]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.235
                [[Page 25426]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.236
                 Table IV-06 compares both the historical and forecasted percent
                changes in the 2014-based IPPS market basket and the proposed 2018-
                based IPPS market basket. The forecasted growth rates in Table IV-06
                are based on IHS Global Inc.'s (IGI's) fourth quarter 2020 forecast
                with historical data through third quarter 2020.
                [[Page 25427]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.237
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 There is no difference between the average percent change in the
                2014-based and the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket over the FY
                2017 through FY 2020 time period. For FY 2022, the increase is
                projected to be 2.5 percent for both the 2014-based and proposed 2018-
                based IPPS market baskets.
                3. Labor-Related Share
                 Under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, the Secretary estimates
                from time to time the proportion of payments that are labor-related.
                Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act states that the Secretary shall adjust
                the proportion, (as estimated by the Secretary from time to time) of
                hospitals' costs which are attributable to wages and wage-related
                costs, of the DRG prospective payment rates. We refer to the proportion
                of hospitals' costs that are attributable to wages and wage-related
                costs as the ``labor-related share.''
                 The labor-related share is used to determine the proportion of the
                national PPS base payment rate to which the area wage index is applied.
                We include a cost category in the labor-related share if the costs are
                labor intensive and vary with the local labor market. For this FY 2022
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to include in the labor-
                related share the national average proportion of operating costs that
                are attributable to the following cost categories in the proposed 2018-
                based IPPS market basket: Wages and Salaries, Employee Benefits,
                Professional Fees: Labor-Related, Administrative and Facilities Support
                Services, Installation, Maintenance, and Repair Services, and All
                Other: Labor-Related Services, as we did in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38167).
                 Similar to the 2014-based IPPS market basket, we are proposing that
                the Professional Fees: Labor-Related cost category includes expenses
                associated with advertising and a proportion of legal services,
                accounting and auditing, engineering, and management consulting. As was
                done in the 2014-based IPPS market basket rebasing, we are proposing to
                determine the proportion of legal, accounting and auditing,
                engineering, and management consulting services that meet our
                definition of labor-related services based on a survey of hospitals
                conducted by CMS in 2008. We notified the public of our intent to
                conduct this survey on December 9, 2005 (70 FR 73250) and received no
                comments (71 FR 8588).
                 A discussion of the composition of the survey and
                poststratification can be found in the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (74 FR 43850 through 43856). Based on the weighted results of the
                survey, we determined that hospitals purchase, on average, the
                following portions of contracted professional services outside of their
                local labor market:
                 34 percent of accounting and auditing services.
                 30 percent of engineering services.
                 33 percent of legal services.
                 42 percent of management consulting services.
                 We are proposing to apply each of these percentages to its
                respective Benchmark I-O cost category underlying the professional fees
                cost category. This is the methodology that we used to separate the
                2014-based IPPS market basket professional fees cost category into
                Professional Fees: Labor-Related and Professional Fees: Nonlabor-
                Related cost categories. We are proposing to use the same methodology
                and survey results to separate the professional fees costs for the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket into Professional Fees: Labor-
                Related and Professional Fees: Nonlabor-Related cost categories. We
                believe these survey results are appropriate to use for the proposed
                2018-based IPPS market basket as they empirically determine the
                proportion of contracted professional services purchased by the
                industry that is attributable to local firms and the proportion that is
                purchased from national firms.
                 In the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket, nonmedical
                professional fees that were subject to allocation based on these survey
                results represent approximately 6.4 percent of total operating costs
                (and are limited to those fees related to Accounting & Auditing, Legal,
                Engineering, and Management Consulting services). Based on our survey
                results, we are proposing to apportion 4.1 percentage points of the 6.4
                percentage point figure into the
                [[Page 25428]]
                Professional Fees: Labor-Related share cost category and designate the
                remaining approximately 2.3 percentage points into the Professional
                Fees: Nonlabor-Related cost category.
                 In addition to the professional services listed earlier, we also
                classify a proportion of the Home Office/Related Organization cost
                weight into the Professional Fees: Labor-Related cost category as was
                done in the previous rebasing. We believe that many of these costs are
                labor-intensive and vary with the local labor market. However, data
                indicate that not all IPPS hospitals with home offices have home
                offices located in their local labor market. Therefore, we are
                proposing to include in the labor-related share only a proportion of
                the Home Office/Related Organization cost weight based on the
                methodology described in this rule.
                 For the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket, based on Medicare
                cost report data, we found that approximately 65 percent of IPPS
                hospitals reported some type of home office information on their
                Medicare cost report for 2018 (for example, city, State, and zip code).
                Using the data reported on the Medicare cost report, we compared the
                location of the hospital with the location of the hospital's home
                office. We then determined the proportion of costs that should be
                allocated to the labor-related share based on the percent of total
                hospital home office/related organization contract labor costs for
                those hospitals that had home offices located in their respective local
                labor markets--defined as being in the same MSA. We determined a
                hospital's and home office's MSAs using their zip code information from
                the Medicare cost report.
                 Based on these data, we determined the proportion of costs that
                should be allocated to the labor-related share based on the percent of
                hospital home office/related organization contract labor costs (equal
                to the sum of Worksheet S-3, Part II, column 4, lines 14.01, 14.02,
                25.50, and 25.51). Using this methodology, we determined that 60
                percent of hospitals' home office compensation costs were for home
                offices located in their respective local labor markets. Therefore, we
                are proposing to allocate 60 percent of Home Office/Related
                Organization cost weight to the labor-related share. This is the same
                proportion we used for the 2014-based IPPS market basket, which was
                based on 2014 Medicare cost report data.
                 In the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket, the Home Office/
                Related Organization cost weight that is subject to allocation based on
                the home office allocation methodology represent 5.9 percent of total
                operating costs. Based on the results of the home office analysis, as
                previously discussed, we are apportioning approximately 3.5 percentage
                points of the 5.9 percentage points figure into the Professional Fees:
                Labor-Related cost category and designating the remaining approximately
                2.4 percentage points into the Professional Fees: Nonlabor-Related cost
                category. In summary, based on the two previously mentioned
                allocations, we apportioned 7.6 percentage points of the professional
                fees and home office cost weights into the Professional Fees: Labor-
                Related cost category. This amount is added to the portion of
                professional fees that we already identified as labor-related using the
                I-O data such as contracted advertising and marketing costs
                (approximately 1.0 percentage point of total operating costs) resulting
                in a Professional Fees: Labor-Related cost weight of 8.6 percent.
                 Table IV-07 presents a comparison of the proposed 2018-based labor-
                related share and the 2014-based labor-related share. As discussed in
                section IV.B.1.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule, the Wages and
                Salaries and Employee Benefits cost weights reflect contract labor
                costs.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.238
                 Using the cost category weights from the proposed 2018-based IPPS
                market basket, we calculated a labor-related share of 67.6 percent,
                approximately 0.7 percentage point lower than the current labor-related
                share of 68.3 percent. This downward revision to the labor-related
                share is the net effect of two impacts. First, we updated the base year
                cost weights from 2014 to 2018 (-1.8 percentage points), which reflects
                a -2.8 percentage point revision from the compensation cost weight and
                a +1.0 percentage point revision from the labor-related portion of Home
                Office/Related Organization Contract Labor cost weight (60 percent of
                total cost weight). Second, there is an upward revision of 1.1
                percentage points from the impact of updating the detailed cost weights
                to reflect 2012 Input-Output data.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to use a labor-related share of 67.6
                percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021. We
                continue to believe, as we have stated in the past, that these
                operating cost categories are related to, influenced by, or vary with
                the local markets. Therefore, our definition of the
                [[Page 25429]]
                labor-related share continues to be consistent with section 1886(d)(3)
                of the Act. We note that section 403 of Pub. L. 108-173 amended
                sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act to provide that
                the Secretary must employ 62 percent as the labor-related share unless
                62 percent would result in lower payments to a hospital than would
                otherwise be made.
                C. Market Basket for Certain Hospitals Presently Excluded From the IPPS
                 In the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43857), we
                adopted the use of the FY 2006-based IPPS operating market basket
                percentage increase to update the target amounts for children's
                hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer hospitals and religious nonmedical
                health care institutions (RNHCIs). Children's hospitals and PPS-
                excluded cancer hospitals and RNHCIs are still reimbursed solely under
                the reasonable cost-based system, subject to the rate-of-increase
                limits. Under these limits, an annual target amount (expressed in terms
                of the inpatient operating cost per discharge) is set for each hospital
                based on the hospital's own historical cost experience trended forward
                by the applicable rate-of-increase percentages.
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50603), under the
                broad authority in sections 1886(b)(3)(A) and (B), 1886(b)(3)(E), and
                1871 of the Act and section 4454 of the BBA, consistent with our use of
                the IPPS operating market basket percentage increase to update target
                amounts, we adopted the use of the FY 2010-based IPPS operating market
                basket percentage increase to update the target amounts for children's
                hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer hospitals, and RNHCIs that are paid on
                the basis of reasonable cost subject to the rate-of-increase limits
                under Sec. 413.40. In addition, as discussed in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (79 FR 50156 through 50157), consistent with Sec. Sec.
                412.23(g), 413.40(a)(2)(ii)(A), and 413.40(c)(3)(viii), we also used
                the percentage increase in the FY 2010-based IPPS operating market
                basket to update the target amounts for short-term acute care hospitals
                located outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto
                Rico (that is, hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa). These hospitals also are
                paid on the basis of reasonable cost, subject to the rate-of-increase
                limits under Sec. 413.40. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                finalized the use of the 2014-based IPPS operating market basket for FY
                2018 and subsequent fiscal years to update the target amounts for
                children's hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and short-
                term acute care hospitals located outside the 50 states, the District
                of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is, hospitals located in the U.S.
                Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa)
                that are paid on the basis of reasonable cost subject to the rate-of-
                increase limits under Sec. 413.40. We refer the reader to the FY 2018
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38170) for discussion of why we believe
                it is appropriate to use the percentage increase in the IPPS operating
                market basket to update the target amounts for these excluded
                facilities.
                 As discussed in this section IV. of the preamble of this FY 2022
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to rebase and revise the
                IPPS operating market basket to a 2018 base year. We continue to
                believe that it is appropriate to use the increase in the IPPS
                operating market basket to update the target amounts for these excluded
                facilities, as discussed in prior rulemaking. Therefore, we are
                proposing to use the percentage increase in the proposed 2018-based
                IPPS operating market basket to update the target amounts for
                children's hospitals, the PPS-excluded cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and
                short-term acute care hospitals located outside the 50 states, the
                District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is, hospitals located in
                the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                American Samoa) for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years. Accordingly,
                for FY 2022, the rate-of increase percentage to be applied to the
                target amount for these hospitals would be the FY 2022 percentage
                increase in the 2018-based IPPS operating market basket.
                D. Rebasing and Revising the Capital Input Price Index (CIPI)
                 The CIPI was originally described in the FY 1993 IPPS final rule
                (57 FR 40016). There have been subsequent discussions of the CIPI
                presented in the IPPS proposed and final rules. The FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (82 FR 38170 through 38175) described the most recent
                rebasing and revising of the CIPI to a 2014 base year, which reflected
                the capital cost structure of IPPS hospitals available at that time.
                 For the FY 2022 IPPS update, we are proposing to rebase and revise
                the CIPI to a 2018 base year to reflect a more current structure of
                capital costs for IPPS hospitals. This proposed 2018-based CIPI was
                derived using 2018 cost reports for IPPS hospitals, which includes
                providers whose cost reporting period began on or after October 1,
                2017, and prior to September 30, 2018. We are also proposing to start
                with the same subset of Medicare cost reports from IPPS hospitals as
                previously described in section IV.B.1.a. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule. As with the 2014-based index, we are proposing to
                develop two sets of weights to derive the proposed 2018-based CIPI. The
                first set of weights identifies the proportion of hospital capital
                expenditures attributable to each expenditure category, while the
                second set of weights is a set of relative vintage weights for
                depreciation and interest. The set of vintage weights is used to
                identify the proportion of capital expenditures within a cost category
                that is attributable to each year over the useful life of the capital
                assets in that category. A more thorough discussion of vintage weights
                is provided later in this section.
                 Using 2018 Medicare cost reports, we are able to obtain capital
                costs for the following categories: Depreciation, Interest, Lease, and
                Other. Specifically, we are proposing to determine what proportion of
                total capital costs that each category represents using the data
                reported by IPPS hospitals on Worksheet A-7, Part III. As shown in the
                left column of Table IV-08, in 2018 depreciation expenses accounted for
                67.5 percent of total capital costs, interest expenses accounted for
                14.6 percent, leasing expenses accounted for 13.3 percent, and other
                capital expenses accounted for 4.7 percent.
                 We also are proposing to allocate lease costs across each of the
                remaining capital cost categories as was done in the 2014-based CIPI.
                We are proposing to proportionally distribute leasing costs among the
                cost categories of Depreciation, Interest, and Other, reflecting the
                assumption that the underlying cost structure of leases is similar to
                that of capital costs in general. As was done for the 2014-based CIPI,
                we are proposing to assume that 10 percent of the lease costs as a
                proportion of total capital costs represents overhead and to assign
                those costs to the Other capital cost category accordingly. Therefore,
                we are assuming that approximately 1.3 percent (13.3 percent x 0.1) of
                total capital costs represent lease costs attributable to overhead, and
                we are proposing to add this 1.3 percent to the 4.7 percent Other cost
                category weight. We are then proposing to distribute the remaining
                lease costs (12.0 percent, or 13.3 percent--1.3 percent) proportionally
                across the three cost categories (Depreciation, Interest, and Other)
                based on the proportion that these categories comprise of the sum of
                [[Page 25430]]
                the Depreciation, Interest, and Other cost categories (excluding lease
                expenses). For example, the Other cost category represented 5.4 percent
                of all three cost categories (Depreciation, Interest, and Other) prior
                to any lease expenses being allocated. This 5.4 percent is applied to
                the 12.0 percent of remaining lease expenses so that another 0.6
                percent of lease expenses as a percent of total capital costs is
                allocated to the Other cost category. Therefore, the resulting proposed
                Other cost weight is 6.6 percent (4.7 percent + 1.3 percent + 0.6
                percent). This is the same methodology used for the 2014-based CIPI.
                The resulting cost weights of the proposed allocation of lease expenses
                are shown in the right column of Table IV-08.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.239
                 Finally, we are proposing to further divide the Depreciation and
                Interest cost categories. We are proposing to separate the Depreciation
                cost category into the following two categories: (1) Building and Fixed
                Equipment and (2) Movable Equipment. We also are proposing to separate
                the Interest cost category into the following two categories: (1)
                Government/Nonprofit; and (2) For-profit.
                 To disaggregate the depreciation cost weight, we needed to
                determine the percent of total depreciation costs for IPPS hospitals
                (after the allocation of lease costs) that are attributable to building
                and fixed equipment, which we hereafter refer to as the ``fixed
                percentage.'' Based on Worksheet A-7, Part III data from the 2018 IPPS
                Medicare cost reports, we have determined that depreciation costs for
                building and fixed equipment account for approximately 51 percent of
                total depreciation costs, while depreciation costs for movable
                equipment account for approximately 49 percent of total depreciation
                costs. As was done for the 2014-based CIPI, we are proposing to apply
                this fixed percentage to the depreciation cost weight (after leasing
                costs are included) to derive a Depreciation cost weight attributable
                to Building and Fixed Equipment and a Depreciation cost weight
                attributable to Movable Equipment.
                 To disaggregate the interest cost weight, we needed to determine
                the percent of total interest costs for IPPS hospitals that are
                attributable to government and nonprofit facilities, which we hereafter
                refer to as the ``nonprofit percentage,'' because interest price
                pressures tend to differ between nonprofit and for-profit facilities.
                We are proposing to use interest costs data from Worksheet A-7, Part
                III of the 2018 Medicare cost reports for IPPS hospitals, which is the
                same methodology used for the 2014-based CIPI. The nonprofit percentage
                determined using this method is 90 percent. Table IV-09 provides a
                comparison of the 2014-based CIPI cost weights and the proposed 2018-
                based CIPI cost weights.
                 After the capital cost category weights were computed, it was
                necessary to select appropriate price proxies to reflect the rate-of-
                increase for each expenditure category. With the exception of the For-
                profit interest cost category, we are proposing to apply the same price
                proxies as were used in the 2014-based CIPI, which are listed in Table
                IV-09. We also are proposing to continue to vintage weight the capital
                price proxies for Depreciation and Interest to capture the long-term
                consumption of capital. This vintage weighting method is the same
                method that was used for the 2014-based CIPI and is described later in
                this section of this rule.
                 We are proposing to continue to proxy the Depreciation--Building
                and Fixed Equipment cost category by the BEA Chained Price Index for
                Private Fixed Investment in Structures, Nonresidential, Hospitals and
                Special Care (BEA Table 5.4.4. Price Indexes for Private Fixed
                Investment in Structures by Type). As stated in the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH
                final rule (74 FR 43860), for the FY 2006-based CIPI we finalized the
                use of this index to measure the price growth of this cost category.
                This BEA index is intended to capture prices for construction of
                facilities such as hospitals, nursing homes, hospices, and
                rehabilitation centers. For the Depreciation--Movable Equipment cost
                category, we are proposing to continue to measure the price growth
                using the PPI Commodity for Machinery and Equipment (BLS series code
                WPU11). This price index reflects price inflation associated with a
                variety of machinery and equipment that would be utilized by hospitals
                including but not limited to communication equipment, computers, and
                medical equipment. For the Nonprofit Interest cost category, we are
                proposing to continue to measure the price growth using the average
                yield on domestic municipal bonds (Bond Buyer 20-bond index).
                 For the For-profit Interest cost category, we are proposing to use
                the iBoxx AAA Corporate Bond Yield index instead of the Moody's AAA
                Corporate Bond Yield index that was used for the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket. Effective for December 2020, the Moody's AAA Corporate Bond
                series is no longer available for use under license to IGI, the
                nationally-recognized economic and financial forecasting firm with
                which we contract to forecast the components of the market baskets and
                MFP. Therefore, we are proposing to replace the price proxy for the
                For-profit Interest cost category. We compared the iBoxx AAA Corporate
                Bond Yield index with the Moody's AAA Corporate Bond Yield index and
                found that the average growth rates in the two series were similar.
                Over the historical time period of FY 2000 to FY 2020, the 4-quarter
                percent change moving average growth
                [[Page 25431]]
                in the iBoxx series was approximately 0.1 percentage point higher, on
                average, than the Moody's AAA corporate Bond Yield index.
                 For the Other capital cost category (including insurances, taxes,
                and other capital-related costs), we are proposing to continue to
                measure the price growth using the CPI for Rent of Primary Residence
                (All Urban Consumers) (BLS series code CUUS0000SEHA), which would
                reflect the price growth of these costs. We believe that these price
                proxies continue to be the most appropriate proxies for IPPS capital
                costs that meet our selection criteria of relevance, timeliness,
                availability, and reliability.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.240
                 Because capital is acquired and paid for over time, capital
                expenses in any given year are determined by both past and present
                purchases of physical and financial capital. The proposed vintage-
                weighted 2018-based CIPI is intended to capture the long-term
                consumption of capital, using vintage weights for depreciation
                (physical capital) and interest (financial capital). These vintage
                weights reflect the proportion of capital purchases attributable to
                each year of the expected life of building and fixed equipment, movable
                equipment, and interest.
                 Vintage weights are an integral part of the CIPI. Capital costs are
                inherently complicated and are determined by complex capital purchasing
                decisions, over time, based on such factors as interest rates and debt
                financing. In addition, capital is depreciated over time instead of
                being consumed in the same period it is purchased. By accounting for
                the vintage nature of capital, we are able to provide an accurate and
                stable annual measure of price changes. Annual nonvintage price changes
                for capital are unstable due to the volatility of interest rate changes
                and, therefore, do not reflect the actual annual price changes for IPPS
                capital costs. The CIPI reflects the underlying stability of the
                capital acquisition process.
                 To calculate the vintage weights for depreciation and interest
                expenses, we first needed a time series of capital purchases for
                building and fixed equipment and movable equipment. We found no single
                source that provides an appropriate time series of capital purchases by
                hospitals for all of the previously noted components of capital
                purchases. The early Medicare cost reports did not have sufficient
                capital data to meet this need. Data we obtained from the American
                Hospital Association (AHA) did not include annual capital purchases.
                However, we were able to obtain data on total expenses back to 1963
                from the AHA. Consequently, we are proposing to use data from the AHA
                Panel Survey and the AHA Annual Survey to obtain a time series of total
                expenses for hospitals. We then are proposing to use data from the AHA
                Panel Survey supplemented with the ratio of depreciation to total
                hospital expenses obtained from the Medicare cost reports to derive a
                trend of annual depreciation expenses for 1963 through 2018. We are
                proposing to separate these depreciation expenses into annual amounts
                of building and fixed equipment depreciation and movable equipment
                depreciation as determined earlier. From these annual depreciation
                amounts, we derived annual end-of-year book values for building and
                fixed equipment and movable equipment using the expected life for each
                type of asset category. We used the AHA data and similar methodology to
                derive the 2014-based IPPS capital market basket.
                 To continue to calculate the vintage weights for depreciation and
                interest expenses, we also needed to account for the expected lives for
                building and fixed equipment, movable equipment, and interest for the
                proposed 2018-based CIPI. We are proposing to calculate the expected
                lives using Medicare cost report data. The expected life of any asset
                can be determined by dividing the value of the asset (excluding fully
                depreciated assets) by its current year depreciation amount. This
                calculation yields the estimated expected life of an asset if the rates
                of depreciation were to continue at current year levels, assuming
                straight-line depreciation. Using this proposed method, we determined
                the average expected life of building and fixed equipment to be equal
                to 27 years, and the average expected life of movable equipment to be
                equal to 12 years. For the expected life of interest, we believe that
                vintage weights for interest should represent the average expected life
                of building and fixed equipment because, based on previous research
                described in the FY 1997 IPPS final rule (61 FR 46198), the expected
                life of hospital debt instruments and the expected life of buildings
                and fixed equipment are similar. We note that the 2014-based CIPI was
                also based on an expected average life of building and fixed
                [[Page 25432]]
                equipment of 27 years and an expected average life of movable equipment
                of 12 years.
                 Multiplying these expected lives by the annual depreciation amounts
                results in annual year-end asset costs for building and fixed equipment
                and movable equipment. We then calculated a time series, beginning in
                1964, of annual capital purchases by subtracting the previous year's
                asset costs from the current year's asset costs.
                 For the building and fixed equipment and movable equipment vintage
                weights, we are proposing to use the real annual capital-related
                purchase amounts for each asset type to capture the actual amount of
                the physical acquisition, net of the effect of price inflation. These
                real annual capital-related purchase amounts are produced by deflating
                the nominal annual purchase amount by the associated price proxy as
                provided earlier in this proposed rule. For the interest vintage
                weights, we are proposing to use the total nominal annual capital-
                related purchase amounts to capture the value of the debt instrument
                (including, but not limited to, mortgages and bonds). Using these
                capital purchases time series specific to each asset type, we are
                proposing to calculate the vintage weights for building and fixed
                equipment, for movable equipment, and for interest.
                 The vintage weights for each asset type are deemed to represent the
                average purchase pattern of the asset over its expected life (in the
                case of building and fixed equipment and interest, 27 years, and in the
                case of movable equipment, 12 years). For each asset type, we are
                proposing to use the time series of annual capital purchases amounts
                available from 2018 back to 1964. These data allow us to derive twenty-
                nine 27-year periods of capital purchases for building and fixed
                equipment and interest, and forty-four 12-year periods of capital
                purchases for movable equipment. For each 27-year period for building
                and fixed equipment and interest, or 12-year period for movable
                equipment, we are proposing to calculate annual vintage weights by
                dividing the capital-related purchase amount in any given year by the
                total amount of purchases over the entire 27-year or 12-year period.
                This calculation was done for each year in the 27-year or 12-year
                period and for each of the periods for which we have data. We then
                calculated the average vintage weight for a given year of the expected
                life by taking the average of these vintage weights across the multiple
                periods of data.
                 The vintage weights for the proposed 2018-based CIPI and the 2014-
                based CIPI are presented in Table IV-10.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25433]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.241
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                 The process of creating vintage-weighted price proxies requires
                applying the vintage weights to the price proxy index where the last
                applied vintage weight in Table IV-10 is applied to the most recent
                data point. We have provided on the CMS website an example of how the
                vintage weighting price proxies are calculated, using example vintage
                weights and example price indices. The example can be found under the
                following CMS website link: http://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/MedicareProgramRatesStats/MarketBasketResearch.html in the zip file
                titled ``Weight Calculations as described in the IPPS FY 2010 Proposed
                Rule.''
                 Table IV-11 in this section of this rule compares both the
                historical and forecasted percent changes in the 2014-based CIPI and
                the proposed 2018-based CIPI.
                [[Page 25434]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.242
                 IHS Global, Inc. forecasts a 1.0 percent increase in the proposed
                2018-based CIPI for FY 2022, as shown in Table IV-11. The underlying
                vintage-weighted price increases for depreciation (including building
                and fixed equipment and movable equipment) and interest (including
                government/nonprofit and for-profit) based on the proposed 2018-based
                CIPI are included in Table IV-12.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.243
                [[Page 25435]]
                 Rebasing the CIPI from 2014 to 2018 did not have an impact on the
                percent change in the forecasted update for FY 2022 when rounded, as
                shown in Table IV-11.
                V. Other Decisions and Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs
                A. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2022 (Sec.
                412.64(d))
                1. Proposed FY 2022 Inpatient Hospital Update
                 In accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, each year
                we update the national standardized amount for inpatient hospital
                operating costs by a factor called the ``applicable percentage
                increase.'' For FY 2022, we are setting the applicable percentage
                increase by applying the adjustments listed in this section in the same
                sequence as we did for FY 2021. (We note that section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act required an additional reduction each
                year only for FYs 2010 through 2019.) Specifically, consistent with
                section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a) and
                10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we are setting the applicable
                percentage increase by applying the following adjustments in the
                following sequence. The applicable percentage increase under the IPPS
                for FY 2022 is equal to the rate-of-increase in the hospital market
                basket for IPPS hospitals in all areas, subject to all of the
                following:
                 A reduction of one-quarter of the applicable percentage
                increase (prior to the application of other statutory adjustments; also
                referred to as the market basket update or rate-of-increase (with no
                adjustments)) for hospitals that fail to submit quality information
                under rules established by the Secretary in accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act.
                 A reduction of three-quarters of the applicable percentage
                increase (prior to the application of other statutory adjustments; also
                referred to as the market basket update or rate-of-increase (with no
                adjustments)) for hospitals not considered to be meaningful EHR users
                in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act.
                 An adjustment based on changes in economy-wide
                productivity (the multifactor productivity (MFP) adjustment).
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act, as added by section 3401(a)
                of the Affordable Care Act, states that application of the MFP
                adjustment may result in the applicable percentage increase being less
                than zero.
                 We note, in compliance with section 404 of the MMA, in this
                proposed rule, we are proposing to replace the 2014-based IPPS
                operating and capital market baskets with the rebased and revised 2018-
                based IPPS operating and capital market baskets for FY 2022.
                 We are proposing to base the proposed FY 2022 market basket update
                used to determine the applicable percentage increase for the IPPS on
                IHS Global Inc.'s (IGI's) fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the proposed
                2018-based IPPS market basket rate-of-increase with historical data
                through third quarter 2020, which is estimated to be 2.5 percent. We
                also are proposing that if more recent data subsequently become
                available (for example, a more recent estimate of the market basket
                update and the MFP adjustment), we would use such data, if appropriate,
                to determine the FY 2022 market basket update and the MFP adjustment in
                the final rule.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing an MFP adjustment of 0.2 percentage
                point. Similar to the market basket update, for this proposed rule, we
                used IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of MFP to compute the proposed
                FY 2022 MFP adjustment. As noted previously, we are proposing that if
                more recent data subsequently become available, we would use such data,
                if appropriate, to determine the FY 2022 market basket update and the
                MFP adjustment for the final rule.
                 In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51689 through
                51692), we finalized our methodology for calculating and applying the
                MFP adjustment. As we explained in that rule, section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act, as added by section 3401(a) of the
                Affordable Care Act, defines this productivity adjustment as equal to
                the 10-year moving average of changes in annual economy-wide, private
                nonfarm business MFP (as projected by the Secretary for the 10-year
                period ending with the applicable fiscal year, calendar year, cost
                reporting period, or other annual period). The Bureau of Labor
                Statistics (BLS) publishes the official measure of private nonfarm
                business MFP. We refer readers to the BLS website at http://www.bls.gov/mfp for the BLS historical published MFP data.
                 MFP is derived by subtracting the contribution of labor and capital
                input growth from output growth. The projections of the components of
                MFP are currently produced by IGI, a nationally recognized economic
                forecasting firm with which CMS contracts to forecast the components of
                the market baskets and MFP. As we discussed in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (80 FR 49509), beginning with the FY 2016 rulemaking
                cycle, the MFP adjustment is calculated using the revised series
                developed by IGI to proxy the aggregate capital inputs. Specifically,
                in order to generate a forecast of MFP, IGI forecasts BLS aggregate
                capital inputs using a regression model. A complete description of the
                MFP projection methodology is available on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/MedicareProgramRatesStats/MarketBasketResearch.html.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing an MFP adjustment of 0.2 percentage
                point. Similar to the market basket update, for this proposed rule, we
                used IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the MFP adjustment to
                compute the proposed FY 2022 MFP adjustment. As noted previously, we
                are proposing that if more recent data subsequently become available,
                we would use such data, if appropriate, to determine the FY 2022 market
                basket update and the MFP for the final rule.
                 Based on these data, we have determined four proposed applicable
                percentage increases to the standardized amount for FY 2022, as
                specified in the following table:
                [[Page 25436]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.244
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42344), we revised
                our regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(d) to reflect the current law for the
                update for FY 2020 and subsequent fiscal years. Specifically, in
                accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we added paragraph
                (d)(1)(viii) to Sec. 412.64 to set forth the applicable percentage
                increase to the operating standardized amount for FY 2020 and
                subsequent fiscal years as the percentage increase in the market basket
                index, subject to the reductions specified under Sec. 412.64(d)(2) for
                a hospital that does not submit quality data and Sec. 412.64(d)(3) for
                a hospital that is not a meaningful EHR user, less an MFP adjustment.
                (As previously noted, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act required an
                additional reduction each year only for FYs 2010 through 2019.)
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act provides that the applicable
                percentage increase to the hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs
                equals the applicable percentage increase set forth in section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the same update factor as for all
                other hospitals subject to the IPPS). Therefore, the update to the
                hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs also is subject to section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a) and
                10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act. (Under current law, the MDH
                program is effective for discharges on or before September 30, 2022, as
                discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41429 through
                41430).)
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing the following updates to the
                hospital-specific rates applicable to SCHs and MDHs: a proposed update
                of 2.3 percent for a hospital that submits quality data and is a
                meaningful EHR user; a proposed update of 0.425 percent for a hospital
                that submits quality data and is not a meaningful EHR user; a proposed
                update of 1.675 percent for a hospital that fails to submit quality
                data and is a meaningful EHR user; and a proposed update of -0.2
                percent for a hospital that fails to submit quality data and is not an
                meaningful EHR user. As noted previously, for this proposed rule, we
                are using IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the proposed 2018-based
                IPPS market basket update with historical data through third quarter
                2020. Similarly, we used IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the MFP
                adjustment. We are proposing that if more recent data subsequently
                became available (for example, a more recent estimate of the market
                basket update and the MFP adjustment), we would use such data, if
                appropriate, to determine the update in the final rule.
                2. Proposed FY 2022 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
                 Section 602 of Public Law 114-113 amended section 1886(n)(6)(B) of
                the Act to specify that subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals are
                eligible for incentive payments for the meaningful use of certified EHR
                technology, effective beginning FY 2016. In addition, section
                1886(n)(6)(B) of the Act was amended to specify that the adjustments to
                the applicable percentage increase under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
                the Act apply to subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are not
                meaningful EHR users, effective beginning FY 2022. Accordingly, for FY
                2022, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act in conjunction with section
                602(d) of Public Law 114-113 requires that any subsection (d) Puerto
                Rico hospital that is not a meaningful EHR user as defined in section
                1886(n)(3) of the Act and not subject to an exception under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act will have ``three-quarters'' of the
                applicable percentage increase (prior to the application of other
                statutory adjustments), or three-quarters of the applicable market
                basket rate-of-increase, reduced by 33\1/3\ percent. The reduction to
                three-quarters of the applicable percentage increase for subsection (d)
                Puerto Rico hospitals that are not meaningful EHR users increases to
                66\2/3\ percent for FY 2023, and, for FY 2024 and subsequent fiscal
                years, to 100 percent. (We note that section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the
                Act, which specifies the adjustment to the applicable percentage
                increase for ``subsection (d)'' hospitals that do not submit quality
                data under the rules established by the Secretary, is not applicable to
                hospitals located in Puerto Rico.) The regulations at 42 CFR
                412.64(d)(3)(ii) reflect the current law for the update for subsection
                (d) Puerto Rico hospitals for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years. In
                the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized the payment
                reductions (83 FR 41674).
                 For FY 2022, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as
                amended by section 602 of Public Law 114-113, we are setting the
                applicable percentage increase for Puerto Rico hospitals by applying
                the following adjustments in the following sequence. Specifically, the
                applicable percentage increase under the IPPS for Puerto Rico hospitals
                will be equal to the rate of-increase in the hospital market basket for
                IPPS hospitals in all areas, subject to a 33\1/3\ percent reduction to
                three-fourths of the
                [[Page 25437]]
                applicable percentage increase (prior to the application of other
                statutory adjustments; also referred to as the market basket update or
                rate-of-increase (with no adjustments)) for Puerto Rico hospitals not
                considered to be meaningful EHR users in accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, and then subject to the MFP adjustment at
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act. As noted previously, section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act states that application of the MFP
                adjustment may result in the applicable percentage increase being less
                than zero.
                 Based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the proposed 2018
                based IPPS market basket update with historical data through third
                quarter 2020, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, in accordance with
                section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as discussed previously, for Puerto
                Rico hospitals we are proposing a market basket update of 2.5 percent
                and an MFP adjustment of 0.2 percent. Therefore, for FY 2022, depending
                on whether a Puerto Rico hospital is a meaningful EHR user, there are
                two possible applicable percentage increases that can be applied to the
                standardized amount. Based on these data, we have determined the
                following proposed applicable percentage increases to the standardized
                amount for FY 2022 for Puerto Rico hospitals:
                 For a Puerto Rico hospital that is a meaningful EHR user,
                we are proposing an applicable percentage increase to the FY 2022
                operating standardized amount of 2.3 percent (that is, the FY 2022
                estimate of the proposed market basket rate-of-increase of 2.5 percent
                less an adjustment of 0.2 percentage point for the proposed MFP
                adjustment).
                 For a Puerto Rico hospital that is not a meaningful EHR
                user, we are proposing an applicable percentage increase to the
                operating standardized amount of 1.675 percent (that is, the FY 2022
                estimate of the proposed market basket rate-of-increase of 2.5 percent,
                less an adjustment of 0.625 percentage point (the proposed market
                basket rate of-increase of 2.5 percent x 0.75)/3) for failure to be a
                meaningful EHR user, less an adjustment of 0.2 percentage point for the
                proposed MFP adjustment.
                 As noted previously, we are proposing that if more recent data
                subsequently become available, we would use such data, if appropriate,
                to determine the FY 2022 market basket update and the MFP adjustment
                for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                B. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs) Proposed Annual Updates to Case-Mix
                Index (CMI) and Discharge Criteria (Sec. 412.96)
                 Under the authority of section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act, the
                regulations at Sec. 412.96 set forth the criteria that a hospital must
                meet in order to qualify under the IPPS as a rural referral center
                (RRC). RRCs receive special treatment under both the DSH payment
                adjustment and the criteria for geographic reclassification.
                 Section 402 of Public Law 108-173 raised the DSH payment adjustment
                for RRCs such that they are not subject to the 12-percent cap on DSH
                payments that is applicable to other rural hospitals. RRCs also are not
                subject to the proximity criteria when applying for geographic
                reclassification. In addition, they do not have to meet the requirement
                that a hospital's average hourly wage must exceed, by a certain
                percentage, the average hourly wage of the labor market area in which
                the hospital is located.
                 Section 4202(b) of Public Law 105-33 states, in part, that any
                hospital classified as an RRC by the Secretary for FY 1991 shall be
                classified as such an RRC for FY 1998 and each subsequent fiscal year.
                In the August 29, 1997 IPPS final rule with comment period (62 FR
                45999), we reinstated RRC status for all hospitals that lost that
                status due to triennial review or MGCRB reclassification. However, we
                did not reinstate the status of hospitals that lost RRC status because
                they were now urban for all purposes because of the OMB designation of
                their geographic area as urban. Subsequently, in the August 1, 2000
                IPPS final rule (65 FR 47089), we indicated that we were revisiting
                that decision. Specifically, we stated that we would permit hospitals
                that previously qualified as an RRC and lost their status due to OMB
                redesignation of the county in which they are located from rural to
                urban, to be reinstated as an RRC. Otherwise, a hospital seeking RRC
                status must satisfy all of the other applicable criteria. We use the
                definitions of ``urban'' and ``rural'' specified in subpart D of 42 CFR
                part 412. One of the criteria under which a hospital may qualify as an
                RRC is to have 275 or more beds available for use (Sec.
                412.96(b)(1)(ii)). A rural hospital that does not meet the bed size
                requirement can qualify as an RRC if the hospital meets two mandatory
                prerequisites (a minimum case-mix index (CMI) and a minimum number of
                discharges), and at least one of three optional criteria (relating to
                specialty composition of medical staff, source of inpatients, or
                referral volume). (We refer readers to Sec. 412.96(c)(1) through (5)
                and the September 30, 1988 Federal Register (53 FR 38513) for
                additional discussion.) With respect to the two mandatory
                prerequisites, a hospital may be classified as an RRC if--
                 The hospital's CMI is at least equal to the lower of the
                median CMI for urban hospitals in its census region, excluding
                hospitals with approved teaching programs, or the median CMI for all
                urban hospitals nationally; and
                 The hospital's number of discharges is at least 5,000 per
                year, or, if fewer, the median number of discharges for urban hospitals
                in the census region in which the hospital is located. The number of
                discharges criterion for an osteopathic hospital is at least 3,000
                discharges per year, as specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the
                Act.
                1. Proposed Amendment to Timeframe Used for Case-Mix Index (CMI) Under
                Sec. 412.96(c)(1) and Sec. 412.96(h) and Discharges Under Sec.
                412.96(i) for RRC Classification
                a. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
                 As previously noted, in addition to meeting other criteria, to
                qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after October 1 of a given fiscal year, under Sec. 412.96(c)(1), a
                hospital must meet the minimum case-mix index (CMI) value during the
                most recent Federal fiscal year that ended at least one year prior to
                the beginning of the cost reporting period for which the hospital is
                seeking RRC status. We typically use the data from the Federal fiscal
                year that is two years prior to the Federal fiscal year for which a
                hospital is seeking RRC status to compute the national and regional
                median CMI values, as these are generally the best available data at
                the time of the development of the proposed and final rules. For
                example, in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we calculated the
                national and regional median CMIs using discharges occurring during FY
                2019 (October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019).
                 However, as discussed in section I.F. of this proposed rule, the
                best available data to use for certain purposes of this FY 2022
                rulemaking may not be the FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use,
                due to the impact of the COVID-19 PHE. We believe that the differences
                in utilization for certain types of services in FY 2020 as compared to
                what would have been expected in the absence of the PHE also affects
                the calculation of the CMI values used for purposes of determining RRC
                status. We note that the CMI values calculated using the FY
                [[Page 25438]]
                2020 data are significantly different from the CMI values calculated
                using the FY 2019 data. As such, while we would normally propose to use
                data from FY 2020 to calculate CMI values for this FY 2022 proposed
                rule, we are instead proposing to use values that are based on
                discharges occurring during FY 2019 (October 1, 2018 through September
                30, 2019), and include bills posted to CMS' records through March 2020.
                We are making available for public comment the CMI values calculated
                using the FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily propose to use. We
                refer readers to the ``Alternatives Considered'' discussion in section
                I.O. of Appendix A for where these and other supplemental files may be
                found.
                 Accordingly, we are proposing to amend Sec. 412.96(c)(1) with
                regard to the data to be used in identifying the CMI value for an
                individual hospital that is used to determine whether the hospital
                meets the CMI criteria for purposes for RRC classification.
                Specifically, we are proposing to amend Sec. 412.96(c)(1) to indicate
                that the individual hospital's CMI value for discharges during the same
                Federal fiscal year used to compute the national and regional CMI
                values is used for purposes of determining whether a hospital qualifies
                for RRC classification. We are also proposing to amend Sec.
                412.96(h)(1) to provide for the use of the best available data rather
                than the latest available data in calculating the national and regional
                CMI criteria.
                b. Discharges
                 As previously noted, in addition to meeting other criteria, to
                qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after October 1 of a given fiscal year, under Sec. 412.96(c)(2), a
                hospital must meet the minimum number of discharges during its cost
                reporting period that began during the same fiscal year as the cost
                reporting periods used to compute the regional median discharges. We
                typically use the cost reporting periods that are 3 years prior to the
                fiscal year for which a hospital is seeking RRC status to compute the
                regional median discharges, as these are generally the latest cost
                report data available at the time of the development of the proposed
                and final rules. For example, in FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                calculated the regional standards based on discharges for urban
                hospitals' cost reporting periods that began during FY 2018.
                 However, as discussed in section I.F. of this proposed rule and as
                previously noted with respect to the CMI calculation, the best
                available data to use for certain purposes of this FY 2022 rulemaking
                may not be the FY 2019 cost report data that we would ordinarily use,
                due to the impact of the COVID-19 PHE. We believe that the differences
                in utilization for certain types of services in FY 2019 cost reporting
                periods that spanned the PHE as compared to what would have been
                expected in the absence of the PHE also affects the calculation of the
                regional median discharges used for purposes of determining RRC status.
                We note that the regional median discharges calculated using the FY
                2019 cost report data are different from the regional median discharges
                values calculated using the FY 2018 data. As such, while we ordinarily
                would have proposed to calculate the regional median discharges based
                on cost reports with cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2019
                (October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019), we are instead proposing
                to calculate the regional median discharges based on cost reports with
                cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2018 (October 1, 2017 through
                September 30, 2018). We are making available for public comment the
                regional median discharges calculated using FY 2019 cost report data
                that we would ordinarily propose to use. We refer readers to the
                ``Alternatives Considered'' discussion in section I.O. of Appendix A
                for where these and other supplemental files may be found.
                 Accordingly, we are proposing to amend the regulations at Sec.
                412.96(i)(1) and (2), which describe the methodology for calculating
                the number of discharges criteria, to provide for the use of the best
                available data rather than the latest available or most recent data
                when calculating the regional discharges for RRC classification.
                2. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
                 Section 412.96(c)(1) provides that CMS establish updated national
                and regional CMI values in each year's annual notice of prospective
                payment rates for purposes of determining RRC status. The methodology
                we used to determine the national and regional CMI values is set forth
                in the regulations at Sec. 412.96(c)(1)(ii), in conjunction with the
                proposed amendment to provide for the use of the best available data
                rather than the use of the latest available data. The proposed national
                median CMI value for FY 2022 is based on the CMI values of all urban
                hospitals nationwide, and the proposed regional median CMI values for
                FY 2022 are based on the CMI values of all urban hospitals within each
                census region, excluding those hospitals with approved teaching
                programs (that is, those hospitals that train residents in an approved
                GME program as provided in Sec. 413.75). For the reasons discussed
                previously, the proposed values are based on discharges occurring
                during FY 2019 (October 1, 2018 through September 30, 2019), and
                include bills posted to CMS' records through March 2020.
                 In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing that,
                in addition to meeting other criteria, if rural hospitals with fewer
                than 275 beds are to qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, they must have a CMI
                value for FY 2019 that is at least--
                 1.7049 (national--all urban); or
                 The median CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) for urban
                hospitals (excluding hospitals with approved teaching programs as
                identified in Sec. 413.75) calculated by CMS for the census region in
                which the hospital is located.
                 The proposed median CMI values by region are set forth in the table
                in this section of this rule. We may update the proposed CMI values in
                the FY 2022 final rule to reflect finalized policies for FY 2022,
                including the best available data.
                [[Page 25439]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.245
                 A hospital seeking to qualify as an RRC should obtain its hospital-
                specific CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) from its MAC. Data are
                available on the Provider Statistical and Reimbursement (PS&R) System.
                In keeping with our policy on discharges, the CMI values are computed
                based on all Medicare patient discharges subject to the IPPS MS-DRG-
                based payment.
                3. Discharges
                 Section 412.96(c)(2)(i) provides that CMS set forth the national
                and regional numbers of discharges criteria in each year's annual
                notice of prospective payment rates for purposes of determining RRC
                status. As specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(ii) of the Act, the
                national standard is set at 5,000 discharges. For FY 2022, consistent
                with our proposed amendments to Sec. 412.96(i)(1) and (2) to provide
                for the use of the best available data rather than the latest available
                or most recent data, we are proposing to update the regional standards
                based on discharges for urban hospitals' cost reporting periods that
                began during FY 2018 (that is, October 1, 2017 through September 30,
                2018). Therefore, we are proposing that, in addition to meeting other
                criteria, a hospital, if it is to qualify for initial RRC status for
                cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, must
                have, as the number of discharges for its cost reporting period that
                began during FY 2018, at least--
                 5,000 (3,000 for an osteopathic hospital); or
                 If less, the median number of discharges for urban
                hospitals in the census region in which the hospital is located. We
                refer readers to the proposed number of discharges in the table set
                forth in this section of the rule.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.246
                 We note that because the median number of discharges for hospitals
                in each census region is greater than the national standard of 5,000
                discharges, under this proposed rule, 5,000 discharges is the minimum
                criterion for all hospitals, except for osteopathic hospitals for which
                the minimum criterion is 3,000 discharges.
                C. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals (Sec. 412.101)
                1. Background
                 Section 1886(d)(12) of the Act provides for an additional payment
                to each qualifying low-volume hospital under the IPPS beginning in FY
                2005. The additional payment adjustment to a low-volume hospital
                provided for under section 1886(d)(12) of the Act is in addition to any
                payment calculated under section 1886 of the Act. Therefore, the
                additional payment adjustment is based on the per discharge amount paid
                to the qualifying hospital under section 1886 of the Act. In other
                words, the low-volume hospital payment adjustment is based on total per
                discharge payments made under section 1886 of the Act, including
                capital, DSH, IME, and outlier payments. For SCHs and MDHs, the low-
                volume hospital payment adjustment is based in part on either the
                Federal rate or the hospital-specific rate,
                [[Page 25440]]
                whichever results in a greater operating IPPS payment.
                 As discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41398
                through 41399), section 50204 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018
                (Pub. L. 115-123) modified the definition of a low-volume hospital and
                the methodology for calculating the payment adjustment for low-volume
                hospitals for FYs 2019 through 2022. (Section 50204 also extended prior
                changes to the definition of a low-volume hospital and the methodology
                for calculating the payment adjustment for low-volume hospitals through
                FY 2018.) Currently, the low-volume hospital qualifying criteria
                provide that a hospital must have fewer 3,800 total discharges during
                the fiscal year, and the hospital must be located more than 15 road
                miles from the nearest ``subsection (d)'' hospital. These criteria will
                remain in effect through FY 2022. Beginning with FY 2023, the low-
                volume hospital qualifying criteria and payment adjustment will revert
                to the statutory requirements that were in effect prior to FY 2011.
                Therefore, in order for a hospital to continue to qualify as a low-
                volume hospital on or after October 1, 2022, it must have fewer than
                200 total discharges during the fiscal year and be located more than 25
                road miles from the nearest ``subsection (d)'' hospital (see Sec.
                412.101(b)(2)(i)). (For additional information on the low-volume
                hospital payment adjustment prior to FY 2018, we refer readers to the
                FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56941 through 56943). For
                additional information on the low-volume hospital payment adjustment
                for FY 2018, we refer readers to the FY 2018 IPPS notice (CMS-1677-N)
                that appeared in the Federal Register on April 26, 2018 (83 FR 18301
                through 18308).)
                2. Temporary Changes to the Low-Volume Hospital Definition and Payment
                Adjustment Methodology for FYs 2019 Through 2022
                 As discussed earlier, section 50204 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of
                2018 further modified the definition of a low-volume hospital and the
                methodology for calculating the payment adjustment for low-volume
                hospitals for FYs 2019 through 2022. Specifically, the qualifying
                criteria for low-volume hospitals under section 1886(d)(12)(C)(i) of
                the Act were amended to specify that, for FYs 2019 through 2022, a
                subsection (d) hospital qualifies as a low-volume hospital if it is
                more than 15 road miles from another subsection (d) hospital and has
                less than 3,800 total discharges during the fiscal year. Section
                1886(d)(12)(D) of the Act was also amended to provide that, for
                discharges occurring in FYs 2019 through 2022, the Secretary shall
                determine the applicable percentage increase using a continuous, linear
                sliding scale ranging from an additional 25 percent payment adjustment
                for low-volume hospitals with 500 or fewer discharges to a zero percent
                additional payment for low-volume hospitals with more than 3,800
                discharges in the fiscal year. Consistent with the requirements of
                section 1886(d)(12)(C)(ii) of the Act, the term ``discharge'' for
                purposes of these provisions refers to total discharges, regardless of
                payer (that is, Medicare and non-Medicare discharges).
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41399), to implement
                this requirement, we specified a continuous, linear sliding scale
                formula to determine the low-volume hospital payment adjustment for FYs
                2019 through 2022 that is similar to the continuous, linear sliding
                scale formula used to determine the low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment originally established by the Affordable Care Act and
                implemented in the regulations at Sec. 412.101(c)(2)(ii) in the FY
                2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50240 through 50241). Consistent
                with the statute, we provided that qualifying hospitals with 500 or
                fewer total discharges will receive a low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment of 25 percent. For qualifying hospitals with fewer than
                3,800 discharges but more than 500 discharges, the low-volume payment
                adjustment is calculated by subtracting from 25 percent the proportion
                of payments associated with the discharges in excess of 500. As such,
                for qualifying hospitals with fewer than 3,800 total discharges but
                more than 500 total discharges, the low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment for FYs 2019 through 2022 is calculated using the following
                formula:
                Low-Volume Hospital Payment Adjustment = 0.25 - [0.25/3300] x (number
                of total discharges - 500) = (95/330) - (number of total discharges/
                13,200).
                 For this purpose, we specified that the ``number of total
                discharges'' is determined as total discharges, which includes Medicare
                and non-Medicare discharges during the fiscal year, based on the
                hospital's most recently submitted cost report. The low-volume hospital
                payment adjustment for FYs 2019 through 2022 is set forth in the
                regulations at 42 CFR 412.101(c)(3).
                3. Process for Requesting and Obtaining the Low-Volume Hospital Payment
                Adjustment
                 In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50238 through 50275
                and 50414) and subsequent rulemaking (for example, the FY 2019 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41399 through 41401), we discussed the
                process for requesting and obtaining the low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment. Under this previously established process, a hospital makes
                a written request for the low-volume payment adjustment under Sec.
                412.101 to its MAC. This request must contain sufficient documentation
                to establish that the hospital meets the applicable mileage and
                discharge criteria. The MAC will determine if the hospital qualifies as
                a low-volume hospital by reviewing the data the hospital submits with
                its request for low-volume hospital status in addition to other
                available data. Under this approach, a hospital will know in advance
                whether or not it will receive a payment adjustment under the low-
                volume hospital policy. The MAC and CMS may review available data such
                as the number of discharges, in addition to the data the hospital
                submits with its request for low-volume hospital status, in order to
                determine whether or not the hospital meets the qualifying criteria.
                (For additional information on our existing process for requesting the
                low-volume hospital payment adjustment, we refer readers to the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41399 through 41401).)
                 As explained earlier, for FY 2019 and subsequent fiscal years, the
                discharge determination is made based on the hospital's number of total
                discharges, that is, Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, as was the
                case for FYs 2005 through 2010. Under Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i) and (iii),
                a hospital's most recently submitted cost report is used to determine
                if the hospital meets the discharge criterion to receive the low-volume
                payment adjustment in the current year. As discussed in the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41399 and 41400), we use cost report
                data to determine if a hospital meets the discharge criterion because
                this is the best available data source that includes information on
                both Medicare and non-Medicare discharges. (For FYs 2011 through 2018,
                the most recently available MedPAR data were used to determine the
                hospital's Medicare discharges because non-Medicare discharges were not
                used to determine if a hospital met the discharge criterion for those
                years.) Therefore, a hospital should refer to its most recently
                [[Page 25441]]
                submitted cost report for total discharges (Medicare and non-Medicare)
                in order to decide whether or not to apply for low-volume hospital
                status for a particular fiscal year.
                 As also discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, in
                addition to the discharge criterion, for FY 2019 and for subsequent
                fiscal years, eligibility for the low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment is also dependent upon the hospital meeting the applicable
                mileage criterion specified in Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i) or (iii) for the
                fiscal year. Specifically, to meet the mileage criterion to qualify for
                the low-volume hospital payment adjustment for FY 2022, as was the case
                for FYs 2019, 2020 and 2021, a hospital must be located more than 15
                road miles from the nearest subsection (d) hospital. (We define in
                Sec. 412.101(a) the term ``road miles'' to mean ``miles'' as defined
                in Sec. 412.92(c)(1) (75 FR 50238 through 50275 and 50414).) For
                establishing that the hospital meets the mileage criterion, the use of
                a web-based mapping tool as part of the documentation is acceptable.
                The MAC will determine if the information submitted by the hospital,
                such as the name and street address of the nearest hospitals, location
                on a map, and distance from the hospital requesting low-volume hospital
                status, is sufficient to document that it meets the mileage criterion.
                If not, the MAC will follow up with the hospital to obtain additional
                necessary information to determine whether or not the hospital meets
                the applicable mileage criterion.
                 In accordance with our previously established process, a hospital
                must make a written request for low-volume hospital status that is
                received by its MAC by September 1 immediately preceding the start of
                the Federal fiscal year for which the hospital is applying for low-
                volume hospital status in order for the applicable low-volume hospital
                payment adjustment to be applied to payments for its discharges for the
                fiscal year beginning on or after October 1 immediately following the
                request (that is, the start of the Federal fiscal year).\935\ For a
                hospital whose request for low-volume hospital status is received after
                September 1, if the MAC determines the hospital meets the criteria to
                qualify as a low-volume hospital, the MAC will apply the applicable
                low-volume hospital payment adjustment to determine payment for the
                hospital's discharges for the fiscal year, effective prospectively
                within 30 days of the date of the MAC's low-volume status
                determination.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \935\ We note that for FY 2021, we established a deadline of
                September 15, 2020 for receipt of a hospital's written request by
                its MAC in order for the low-volume hospital payment adjustment to
                be applied to payments for a hospital's discharges beginning on or
                after October 1, 2020, as discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58803).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Consistent with this previously established process, for FY 2022,
                we are proposing that a hospital must submit a written request for low-
                volume hospital status to its MAC that includes sufficient
                documentation to establish that the hospital meets the applicable
                mileage and discharge criteria (as described earlier). Consistent with
                historical practice, for FY 2022, we are proposing that a hospital's
                written request must be received by its MAC no later than September 1,
                2021 in order for the low-volume hospital payment adjustment to be
                applied to payments for its discharges beginning on or after October 1,
                2021. If a hospital's written request for low-volume hospital status
                for FY 2022 is received after September 1, 2021, and if the MAC
                determines the hospital meets the criteria to qualify as a low-volume
                hospital, the MAC would apply the low-volume hospital payment
                adjustment to determine the payment for the hospital's FY 2022
                discharges, effective prospectively within 30 days of the date of the
                MAC's low-volume hospital status determination. We note that this
                proposal is generally consistent with the process for requesting and
                obtaining the low-volume hospital payment adjustment for FY 2021 (85 FR
                58802 through 58803).\936\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \936\ As noted, CMS established a deadline of September 15, 2020
                for receipt of the hospital's written request for FY 2021, as
                discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Under this process, a hospital receiving the low-volume hospital
                payment adjustment for FY 2021 may continue to receive a low-volume
                hospital payment adjustment for FY 2022 without reapplying if it
                continues to meet the applicable mileage and discharge criteria (which,
                as discussed previously, are the same qualifying criteria that apply
                for FY 2021). In this case, a hospital's request can include a
                verification statement that it continues to meet the mileage criterion
                applicable for FY 2022. (Determination of meeting the discharge
                criterion is discussed earlier in this section.) We note that a
                hospital must continue to meet the applicable qualifying criteria as a
                low-volume hospital (that is, the hospital must meet the applicable
                discharge criterion and mileage criterion for the fiscal year) in order
                to receive the payment adjustment in that fiscal year; that is, low-
                volume hospital status is not based on a ``one-time'' qualification (75
                FR 50238 through 50275). Consistent with historical policy, a hospital
                must submit its request, including this written verification, for each
                fiscal year for which it seeks to receive the low-volume hospital
                payment adjustment, and in accordance with the timeline described
                earlier.
                D. Proposed Indirect Medical Education (IME) Payment Adjustment Factor
                (Sec. 412.105)
                 Under the IPPS, an additional payment amount is made to hospitals
                with residents in an approved graduate medical education (GME) program
                in order to reflect the higher indirect patient care costs of teaching
                hospitals relative to nonteaching hospitals. The payment amount is
                determined by use of a statutorily specified adjustment factor. The
                regulations regarding the calculation of this additional payment, known
                as the IME adjustment, are located at Sec. 412.105. We refer readers
                to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51680) for a full
                discussion of the IME adjustment and IME adjustment factor. Section
                1886(d)(5)(B)(ii)(XII) of the Act provides that, for discharges
                occurring during FY 2008 and fiscal years thereafter, the IME formula
                multiplier is 1.35. Accordingly, for discharges occurring during FY
                2022, the formula multiplier is 1.35. We estimate that application of
                this formula multiplier for the FY 2022 IME adjustment will result in
                an increase in IPPS payment of 5.5 percent for every approximately 10
                percent increase in the hospital's resident-to-bed ratio.
                E. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Medicare Disproportionate Share
                Hospitals (DSHs) for FY 2022 (Sec. 412.106)
                1. General Discussion
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act provides for additional Medicare
                payments to subsection (d) hospitals that serve a significantly
                disproportionate number of low-income patients. The Act specifies two
                methods by which a hospital may qualify for the Medicare
                disproportionate share hospital (DSH) adjustment. Under the first
                method, hospitals that are located in an urban area and have 100 or
                more beds may receive a Medicare DSH payment adjustment if the hospital
                can demonstrate that, during its cost reporting period, more than 30
                percent of its net inpatient care revenues are derived from State and
                local government payments for care furnished to patients with low
                incomes. This method is commonly referred to as the ``Pickle method.''
                The second method for qualifying for the DSH payment
                [[Page 25442]]
                adjustment, which is the most common, is based on a complex statutory
                formula under which the DSH payment adjustment is based on the
                hospital's geographic designation, the number of beds in the hospital,
                and the level of the hospital's disproportionate patient percentage
                (DPP). A hospital's DPP is the sum of two fractions: The ``Medicare
                fraction'' and the ``Medicaid fraction.'' The Medicare fraction (also
                known as the ``SSI fraction'' or ``SSI ratio'') is computed by dividing
                the number of the hospital's inpatient days that are furnished to
                patients who were entitled to both Medicare Part A and Supplemental
                Security Income (SSI) benefits by the hospital's total number of
                patient days furnished to patients entitled to benefits under Medicare
                Part A. The Medicaid fraction is computed by dividing the hospital's
                number of inpatient days furnished to patients who, for such days, were
                eligible for Medicaid, but were not entitled to benefits under Medicare
                Part A, by the hospital's total number of inpatient days in the same
                period.
                 Because the DSH payment adjustment is part of the IPPS, the
                statutory references to ``days'' in section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
                have been interpreted to apply only to hospital acute care inpatient
                days. Regulations located at 42 CFR 412.106 govern the Medicare DSH
                payment adjustment and specify how the DPP is calculated as well as how
                beds and patient days are counted in determining the Medicare DSH
                payment adjustment. Under Sec. 412.106(a)(1)(i), the number of beds
                for the Medicare DSH payment adjustment is determined in accordance
                with bed counting rules for the IME adjustment under Sec. 412.105(b).
                 Section 3133 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as
                amended by section 10316 of the same Act and section 1104 of the Health
                Care and Education Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111-152), added a
                section 1886(r) to the Act that modifies the methodology for computing
                the Medicare DSH payment adjustment. (For purposes of this proposed
                rule, we refer to these provisions collectively as section 3133 of the
                Affordable Care Act.) Beginning with discharges in FY 2014, hospitals
                that qualify for Medicare DSH payments under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
                the Act receive 25 percent of the amount they previously would have
                received under the statutory formula for Medicare DSH payments. This
                provision applies equally to hospitals that qualify for DSH payments
                under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(I) of the Act and those hospitals that
                qualify under the Pickle method under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(II) of
                the Act.
                 The remaining amount, equal to an estimate of 75 percent of what
                otherwise would have been paid as Medicare DSH payments, reduced to
                reflect changes in the percentage of individuals who are uninsured, is
                available to make additional payments to each hospital that qualifies
                for Medicare DSH payments and that has uncompensated care. The payments
                to each hospital for a fiscal year are based on the hospital's amount
                of uncompensated care for a given time period relative to the total
                amount of uncompensated care for that same time period reported by all
                hospitals that receive Medicare DSH payments for that fiscal year.
                 Section 1886(r) of the Act requires that, for FY 2014 and each
                subsequent fiscal year, a subsection (d) hospital that would otherwise
                receive DSH payments made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
                receives two separately calculated payments. Specifically, section
                1886(r)(1) of the Act provides that the Secretary shall pay to such
                subsection (d) hospital (including a Pickle hospital) 25 percent of the
                amount the hospital would have received under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
                the Act for DSH payments, which represents the empirically justified
                amount for such payment, as determined by the MedPAC in its March 2007
                Report to Congress. We refer to this payment as the ``empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payment.'' In addition to this empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payment, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act provides
                that, for FY 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall
                pay to such subsection (d) hospital an additional amount equal to the
                product of three factors. The first factor is the difference between
                the aggregate amount of payments that would be made to subsection (d)
                hospitals under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act if subsection (r) did
                not apply and the aggregate amount of payments that are made to
                subsection (d) hospitals under section 1886(r)(1) of the Act for such
                fiscal year. Therefore, this factor amounts to 75 percent of the
                payments that would otherwise be made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
                the Act.
                 The second factor is, for FY 2018 and subsequent fiscal years, 1
                minus the percent change in the percent of individuals who are
                uninsured, as determined by comparing the percent of individuals who
                were uninsured in 2013 (as estimated by the Secretary, based on data
                from the Census Bureau or other sources the Secretary determines
                appropriate, and certified by the Chief Actuary of CMS), and the
                percent of individuals who were uninsured in the most recent period for
                which data are available (as so estimated and certified), minus a
                statutory adjustment of 0.2 percentage point for FYs 2018 and 2019.
                 The third factor is a percent that, for each subsection (d)
                hospital, represents the quotient of the amount of uncompensated care
                for such hospital for a period selected by the Secretary (as estimated
                by the Secretary, based on appropriate data), including the use of
                alternative data where the Secretary determines that alternative data
                are available which are a better proxy for the costs of subsection (d)
                hospitals for treating the uninsured, and the aggregate amount of
                uncompensated care for all subsection (d) hospitals that receive a
                payment under section 1886(r) of the Act. Therefore, this third factor
                represents a hospital's uncompensated care amount for a given time
                period relative to the uncompensated care amount for that same time
                period for all hospitals that receive Medicare DSH payments in the
                applicable fiscal year, expressed as a percent.
                 For each hospital, the product of these three factors represents
                its additional payment for uncompensated care for the applicable fiscal
                year. We refer to the additional payment determined by these factors as
                the ``uncompensated care payment.''
                 Section 1886(r) of the Act applies to FY 2014 and each subsequent
                fiscal year. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50620
                through 50647) and the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment
                period (78 FR 61191 through 61197), we set forth our policies for
                implementing the required changes to the Medicare DSH payment
                methodology made by section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act for FY
                2014. In those rules, we noted that, because section 1886(r) of the Act
                modifies the payment required under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act,
                it affects only the DSH payment under the operating IPPS. It does not
                revise or replace the capital IPPS DSH payment provided under the
                regulations at 42 CFR part 412, subpart M, which were established
                through the exercise of the Secretary's discretion in implementing the
                capital IPPS under section 1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act.
                 Finally, section 1886(r)(3) of the Act provides that there shall be
                no administrative or judicial review under section 1869, section 1878,
                or otherwise of any estimate of the Secretary for purposes of
                determining the factors described in section 1886(r)(2) of the Act or
                of any period selected by the Secretary for the purpose of determining
                [[Page 25443]]
                those factors. Therefore, there is no administrative or judicial review
                of the estimates developed for purposes of applying the three factors
                used to determine uncompensated care payments, or the periods selected
                in order to develop such estimates.
                2. Eligibility for Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments and
                Uncompensated Care Payments
                 As explained earlier, the payment methodology under section 3133 of
                the Affordable Care Act applies to ``subsection (d) hospitals'' that
                would otherwise receive a DSH payment made under section 1886(d)(5)(F)
                of the Act. Therefore, hospitals must receive empirically justified
                Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year in order to receive an
                additional Medicare uncompensated care payment for that year.
                Specifically, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act states that, in addition to
                the payment made to a subsection (d) hospital under section 1886(r)(1)
                of the Act, the Secretary shall pay to such subsection (d) hospitals an
                additional amount. Because section 1886(r)(1) of the Act refers to
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payments, the additional payment
                under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act is limited to hospitals that
                receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in accordance with
                section 1886(r)(1) of the Act for the applicable fiscal year.
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50622) and the FY
                2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment period (78 FR 61193), we
                provided that hospitals that are not eligible to receive empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year will not receive
                uncompensated care payments for that year. We also specified that we
                would make a determination concerning eligibility for interim
                uncompensated care payments based on each hospital's estimated DSH
                status for the applicable fiscal year (using the most recent data that
                are available). We indicated that our final determination on the
                hospital's eligibility for uncompensated care payments will be based on
                the hospital's actual DSH status at cost report settlement for that
                payment year.
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50622) and in the
                rulemaking for subsequent fiscal years, we have specified our policies
                for several specific classes of hospitals within the scope of section
                1886(r) of the Act. For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
                are proposing to determine eligibility for interim uncompensated care
                payments based on each hospital's estimated DSH status for the
                applicable fiscal year using the best available data, consistent with
                our proposal discussed in section I.F of the preamble of this proposed
                rule. For a discussion of the inpatient Provider Specific File, we
                refer the reader to section II.A.4 of the Addendum of this proposed
                rule. In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we discuss our
                specific policies regarding eligibility to receive empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments for FY
                2022 with respect to the following hospitals:
                 Subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are eligible for
                DSH payments also are eligible to receive empirically justified
                Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments under the new
                payment methodology (78 FR 50623 and 79 FR 50006).
                 Maryland hospitals are not eligible to receive empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments under
                the payment methodology of section 1886(r) of the Act because they are
                not paid under the IPPS. As discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (83 FR 41402 through 41403), CMS and the State have entered
                into an agreement to govern payments to Maryland hospitals under a new
                payment model, the Maryland Total Cost of Care (TCOC) Model, which
                began on January 1, 2019. Under the Maryland TCOC Model, Maryland
                hospitals will not be paid under the IPPS in FY 2022, and will be
                ineligible to receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and
                uncompensated care payments under section 1886(r) of the Act.
                 Sole community hospitals (SCHs) that are paid under their
                hospital-specific rate are not eligible for Medicare DSH payments. SCHs
                that are paid under the IPPS Federal rate receive interim payments
                based on what we estimate and project their DSH status to be prior to
                the beginning of the Federal fiscal year (based on the best available
                data at that time) subject to settlement through the cost report, and
                if they receive interim empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in
                a fiscal year, they also will receive interim uncompensated care
                payments for that fiscal year on a per discharge basis, subject as well
                to settlement through the cost report. Final eligibility determinations
                will be made at the end of the cost reporting period at settlement, and
                both interim empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and
                uncompensated care payments will be adjusted accordingly (78 FR 50624
                and 79 FR 50007).
                 Medicare-dependent, small rural hospitals (MDHs) are paid
                based on the IPPS Federal rate or, if higher, the IPPS Federal rate
                plus 75 percent of the amount by which the Federal rate is exceeded by
                the updated hospital-specific rate from certain specified base years
                (76 FR 51684). The IPPS Federal rate that is used in the MDH payment
                methodology is the same IPPS Federal rate that is used in the SCH
                payment methodology. Section 50205 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018
                (Pub. L. 115-123), enacted on February 9, 2018, extended the MDH
                program for discharges on or after October 1, 2017, through September
                30, 2022. Because MDHs are paid based on the IPPS Federal rate, they
                continue to be eligible to receive empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payments and uncompensated care payments if their DPP is at least 15
                percent, and we apply the same process to determine MDHs' eligibility
                for empirically justified Medicare DSH and uncompensated care payments
                as we do for all other IPPS hospitals. Due to the extension of the MDH
                program, MDHs will continue to be paid based on the IPPS Federal rate
                or, if higher, the IPPS Federal rate plus 75 percent of the amount by
                which the Federal rate is exceeded by the updated hospital-specific
                rate from certain specified base years. Accordingly, we are proposing
                to continue to make a determination concerning eligibility for interim
                uncompensated care payments based on each hospital's estimated DSH
                status for the applicable fiscal year (using the best available data).
                Our final determination on the hospital's eligibility for uncompensated
                care payments will be based on the hospital's actual DSH status at cost
                report settlement for that payment year. In addition, as we do for all
                IPPS hospitals, we will calculate a Factor 3 and an uncompensated care
                payment amount for all MDHs, regardless of whether they are projected
                to be eligible for Medicare DSH payments during the fiscal year, but
                the denominator of Factor 3 of the uncompensated care payment
                methodology will be based only on the uncompensated care data from the
                hospitals that we have projected to be eligible for Medicare DSH
                payments during the fiscal year.
                 IPPS hospitals that elect to participate in the Bundled
                Payments for Care Improvement Advanced (BPCI Advanced) model starting
                October 1, 2018, will continue to be paid under the IPPS and,
                therefore, are eligible to receive empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payments and uncompensated care payments. For further information
                regarding the BPCI Advanced model, we refer readers to the CMS website
                at:
                [[Page 25444]]
                https://innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/bpci-advanced/.
                 IPPS hospitals that participate in the Comprehensive Care
                for Joint Replacement Model (80 FR 73300) continue to be paid under the
                IPPS and, therefore, are eligible to receive empirically justified
                Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments. We refer the
                reader to the interim final rule with request for comments that
                appeared in the November 6, 2020 Federal Register for a discussion of
                the Model (85 FR 71167 through 71173). The Model's Performance Year 5
                was extended to September 30, 2021.
                 Hospitals participating in the Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration Program are not eligible to receive empirically justified
                Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments under section
                1886(r) of the Act because they are not paid under the IPPS (78 FR
                50625 and 79 FR 50008). The Rural Community Hospital Demonstration
                Program was originally authorized for a 5-year period by section 410A
                of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act
                of 2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108-173), and extended for another 5-year period
                by sections 3123 and 10313 of the Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 114-
                255). The period of performance for this 5-year extension period ended
                December 31, 2016. Section 15003 of the 21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L.
                114-255), enacted December 13, 2016, again amended section 410A of
                Public Law 108-173 to require a 10-year extension period (in place of
                the 5-year extension required by the Affordable Care Act), therefore
                requiring an additional 5-year participation period for the
                demonstration program. Section 15003 of Public Law 114-255 also
                required a solicitation for applications for additional hospitals to
                participate in the demonstration program. The Consolidated
                Appropriations Act of 2020 (Pub. L. 116-260) amended section 410A of
                Public Law 108-173 to extend the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration
                Program for an additional 5-year period. At the time of issuance of
                this proposed rule, we believe 27 hospitals may participate in the
                demonstration program at the start of FY 2022. Under the payment
                methodology that applies during the third 5-year extension period for
                the demonstration program, participating hospitals do not receive
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payments, and they are also excluded
                from receiving interim and final uncompensated care payments.
                3. Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments
                 As we have discussed earlier, section 1886(r)(1) of the Act
                requires the Secretary to pay 25 percent of the amount of the Medicare
                DSH payment that would otherwise be made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
                the Act to a subsection (d) hospital. Because section 1886(r)(1) of the
                Act merely requires the program to pay a designated percentage of these
                payments, without revising the criteria governing eligibility for DSH
                payments or the underlying payment methodology, we stated in the FY
                2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that we did not believe that it was
                necessary to develop any new operational mechanisms for making such
                payments.
                 Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50626),
                we implemented this provision by advising the Medicare Administrative
                Contractors (MACs) to simply adjust the interim claim payments to the
                requisite 25 percent of what would have otherwise been paid. We also
                made corresponding changes to the hospital cost report so that these
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payments can be settled at the
                appropriate level at the time of cost report settlement. We provided
                more detailed operational instructions and cost report instructions
                following issuance of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that are
                available on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/2014-Transmittals-Items/R5P240.html.
                4. Uncompensated Care Payments
                 As we discussed earlier, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act provides
                that, for each eligible hospital in FY 2014 and subsequent years, the
                uncompensated care payment is the product of three factors. These three
                factors represent our estimate of 75 percent of the amount of Medicare
                DSH payments that would otherwise have been paid, an adjustment to this
                amount for the percent change in the national rate of uninsurance
                compared to the rate of uninsurance in 2013, and each eligible
                hospital's estimated uncompensated care amount relative to the
                estimated uncompensated care amount for all eligible hospitals. In this
                section of this proposed rule, we discuss the data sources and
                methodologies for computing each of these factors, our final policies
                for FYs 2014 through 2021, and our proposed policies for FY 2022.
                a. Proposed Calculation of Factor 1 for FY 2022
                 Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of the Act establishes Factor 1 in the
                calculation of the uncompensated care payment. Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of
                the Act states that this factor is equal to the difference between: (1)
                The aggregate amount of payments that would be made to subsection (d)
                hospitals under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act if section 1886(r) of
                the Act did not apply for such fiscal year (as estimated by the
                Secretary); and (2) the aggregate amount of payments that are made to
                subsection (d) hospitals under section 1886(r)(1) of the Act for such
                fiscal year (as so estimated). Therefore, section 1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of
                the Act represents the estimated Medicare DSH payments that would have
                been made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act if section 1886(r) of
                the Act did not apply for such fiscal year. Under a prospective payment
                system, we would not know the precise aggregate Medicare DSH payment
                amount that would be paid for a Federal fiscal year until cost report
                settlement for all IPPS hospitals is completed, which occurs several
                years after the end of the Federal fiscal year. Therefore, section
                1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of the Act provides authority to estimate this amount,
                by specifying that, for each fiscal year to which the provision
                applies, such amount is to be estimated by the Secretary. Similarly,
                section 1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act represents the estimated
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payments to be made in a fiscal
                year, as prescribed under section 1886(r)(1) of the Act. Again, section
                1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act provides authority to estimate this
                amount.
                 Therefore, Factor 1 is the difference between our estimates of: (1)
                The amount that would have been paid in Medicare DSH payments for the
                fiscal year, in the absence of the new payment provision; and (2) the
                amount of empirically justified Medicare DSH payments that are made for
                the fiscal year, which takes into account the requirement to pay 25
                percent of what would have otherwise been paid under section
                1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act. In other words, this factor represents our
                estimate of 75 percent (100 percent minus 25 percent) of our estimate
                of Medicare DSH payments that would otherwise be made, in the absence
                of section 1886(r) of the Act, for the fiscal year.
                 As we did for FY 2021, in this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule,
                in order to determine Factor 1 in the uncompensated care payment
                formula for FY 2022, we are proposing to
                [[Page 25445]]
                continue the policy established in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (78 FR 50628 through 50630) and in the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule
                with comment period (78 FR 61194) of determining Factor 1 by developing
                estimates of both the aggregate amount of Medicare DSH payments that
                would be made in the absence of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act and the
                aggregate amount of empirically justified Medicare DSH payments to
                hospitals under 1886(r)(1) of the Act. Consistent with the policy that
                has applied in previous years, these estimates will not be revised or
                updated subsequent to the publication of our final projections in the
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 Therefore, in order to determine the two elements of proposed
                Factor 1 for FY 2022 (Medicare DSH payments prior to the application of
                section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, and empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payments after application of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act), for this
                proposed rule, we used the most recently available projections of
                Medicare DSH payments for the fiscal year, as calculated by CMS' Office
                of the Actuary (OACT) using the most recently filed Medicare hospital
                cost reports with Medicare DSH payment information and the most recent
                Medicare DSH patient percentages and Medicare DSH payment adjustments
                provided in the IPPS Impact File. The determination of the amount of
                DSH payments is partially based on OACT's Part A benefits projection
                model. One of the results of this model is inpatient hospital spending.
                Projections of DSH payments require projections for expected increases
                in utilization and case-mix. The assumptions that were used in making
                these projections and the resulting estimates of DSH payments for FY
                2019 through FY 2022 are discussed in the table titled ``Factors
                Applied for FY 2019 through FY 2022 to Estimate Medicare DSH
                Expenditures Using FY 2018 Baseline.''
                 For purposes of calculating Factor 1 and modeling the impact of
                this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we used the Office of the
                Actuary's January 2021 Medicare DSH estimates, which were based on data
                from the September 2020 update of the Medicare Hospital Cost Report
                Information System (HCRIS) and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                IPPS Impact File, published in conjunction with the publication of the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. Because SCHs that are projected to be
                paid under their hospital-specific rate are excluded from the
                application of section 1886(r) of the Act, these hospitals also were
                excluded from the January 2021 Medicare DSH estimates. Furthermore,
                because section 1886(r) of the Act specifies that the uncompensated
                care payment is in addition to the empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payment (25 percent of DSH payments that would be made without regard
                to section 1886(r) of the Act), Maryland hospitals, which are not
                eligible to receive DSH payments, were also excluded from the Office of
                the Actuary's January 2021 Medicare DSH estimates. The 27 hospitals
                that are anticipated to participate in the Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration Program in FY 2022 were also excluded from these
                estimates, because under the payment methodology that applies during
                the third 5-year extension period, these hospitals are not eligible to
                receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments or interim and
                final uncompensated care payments.
                 For this proposed rule, using the data sources as previously
                discussed, the Office of the Actuary's January 2021 estimate of
                Medicare DSH payments for FY 2022 without regard to the application of
                section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, is approximately $14.098 billion.
                Therefore, also based on the January 2021 estimate, the estimate of
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payments for FY 2022, with the
                application of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, is approximately $3.524
                billion (or 25 percent of the total amount of estimated Medicare DSH
                payments for FY 2022). Under Sec. 412.l06(g)(1)(i) of the regulations,
                Factor 1 is the difference between these two OACT estimates .
                Therefore, in this proposed rule, we are proposing that Factor 1 for FY
                2022 would be $10,573,368,841.28, which is equal to 75 percent of the
                total amount of estimated Medicare DSH payments for FY 2021
                ($14,097,825,121.71 minus $3,524,456,280.43). We note that consistent
                with our approach in previous rulemakings, OACT intends to use more
                recent data that may become available for purposes of projecting the
                final Factor 1 estimates for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 The Factor 1 estimates for proposed rules are generally consistent
                with the economic assumptions and actuarial analysis used to develop
                the President's Budget estimates under current law, and the Factor 1
                estimates for the final rule are generally consistent with those used
                for the Midsession Review of the President's Budget. As we have in the
                past, for additional information on the development of the President's
                Budget, we refer readers to the Office of Management and Budget website
                at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/budget. Consistent with historical
                practice, we expect that the Midsession Review will have updated
                economic assumptions and actuarial analysis, which would be used for
                the development of Factor 1 estimates in the final rule.
                 For a general overview of the principal steps involved in
                projecting future inpatient costs and utilization, we refer readers to
                the ``2020 Annual Report of the Boards of Trustees of the Federal
                Hospital Insurance and Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust
                Funds'' available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/ReportsTrustFunds/index.html?redirect=/reportstrustfunds/ under
                ``Downloads.'' We note that the annual reports of the Medicare Boards
                of Trustees to Congress represent the Federal Government's official
                evaluation of the financial status of the Medicare Program. The
                actuarial projections contained in these reports are based on numerous
                assumptions regarding future trends in program enrollment, utilization
                and costs of health care services covered by Medicare, as well as other
                factors affecting program expenditures. In addition, although the
                methods used to estimate future costs based on these assumptions are
                complex, they are subject to periodic review by independent experts to
                ensure their validity and reasonableness.
                 We also refer readers to the 2018 Actuarial Report on the Financial
                Outlook for Medicaid for a discussion of general issues regarding
                Medicaid projections. (available at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Research/ActuarialStudies/MedicaidReport).
                 In this proposed rule, we include information regarding the data
                sources, methods, and assumptions employed by the actuaries in
                determining OACT's estimate of Factor 1. In summary, we indicate the
                historical HCRIS data update OACT used to identify Medicare DSH
                payments, we explain that the most recent Medicare DSH payment
                adjustments provided in the IPPS Impact File were used, and we provide
                the components of all the update factors that were applied to the
                historical data to estimate the Medicare DSH payments for the upcoming
                fiscal year, along with the associated rationale and assumptions. This
                discussion also includes a description of the ``Other'' and
                ``Discharges'' assumptions, and also provides additional information
                regarding how we address the Medicaid and CHIP expansion.
                 The Office of the Actuary's estimates for FY 2022 for this proposed
                rule began
                [[Page 25446]]
                with a baseline of $13.931 billion in Medicare DSH expenditures for FY
                2018. The following table shows the factors applied to update this
                baseline through the current estimate for FY 2022:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.247
                 In this table, the discharges column shows the changes in the
                number of Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) inpatient hospital discharges.
                The figures for FY 2019 and FY 2020 are based on Medicare claims data
                that have been adjusted by a completion factor to account for
                incomplete claims data. The discharge figure for FY 2021 is based on
                preliminary data. The discharge figure for FY 2022 is an assumption
                based on recent trends recovering back to the long-term trend and
                assumptions related to how many beneficiaries will be enrolled in
                Medicare Advantage (MA) plans. The discharge figures for FY 2020 to FY
                2022 reflect the estimated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The case-
                mix column shows the estimated change in case-mix for IPPS hospitals.
                The case-mix figures for FY 2019 and FY 2020 are based on actual data
                adjusted by a completion factor. The case-mix figure for FY 2021 is
                based on preliminary data. The case-mix factor figures for FY 2020 and
                FY 2021 have been adjusted for the estimated impact of the COVID-19
                pandemic. The FY 2022 increase is an estimate based on the
                recommendation of the 2010-2011 Medicare Technical Review Panel. The
                ``Other'' column shows the increase in other factors that contribute to
                the Medicare DSH estimates. These factors include the difference
                between the total inpatient hospital discharges and the IPPS
                discharges, and various adjustments to the payment rates that have been
                included over the years but are not reflected in the other columns
                (such as the change in rates for the 2-midnight stay policy and the 20
                percent add-on for COVID-19 discharges). In addition, the ``Other''
                column includes a factor for the Medicaid expansion due to the
                Affordable Care Act. The factor for Medicaid expansion was developed
                using public information and statements for each State regarding its
                intent to implement the expansion. Based on the information available
                at the time of development of this proposed rule, it is assumed that
                approximately 55 percent of all individuals who were potentially newly
                eligible Medicaid enrollees in 2018, 2019, and 2020 resided in States
                that had elected to expand Medicaid eligibility, and approximately 60
                percent of all individuals who were potentially newly eligible Medicaid
                enrollees in 2021 and thereafter, resided in States that had elected to
                expand Medicaid eligibility. In the future, these assumptions may
                change based on actual participation by States. The ``Other'' column
                also includes the estimated impacts on Medicaid enrollment from the
                COVID-19 pandemic. We note that, based on the most recent available
                data, it is estimated that Medicaid enrollment increased by 2.9 percent
                in FY 2020 and will increase by an additional 1.2 percent in FY 2021.
                 For a discussion of general issues regarding Medicaid projections,
                we refer readers to the 2018 Actuarial Report on the Financial Outlook
                for Medicaid, which is available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Research/ActuarialStudies/Downloads/MedicaidReport2017.pdf. We note that, in
                developing their estimates of the effect of Medicaid expansion on
                Medicare DSH expenditures, our actuaries have assumed that the new
                Medicaid enrollees are healthier than the average Medicaid recipient
                and, therefore, use fewer hospital services. Specifically, based on the
                most recent available data, OACT assumed per capita spending for
                Medicaid beneficiaries who enrolled due to the expansion to be 78
                percent of the average per capita expenditures for a pre-expansion
                Medicaid beneficiary due to the better health of these beneficiaries.
                We note that this is an updated assumption based on more recent data
                compared to the data available at the time of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule. This same assumption was used for the new Medicaid
                beneficiaries who enrolled in 2020 and thereafter due to the COVID-19
                pandemic. This assumption is consistent with recent internal estimates
                of Medicaid per capita spending pre-expansion and post-expansion.
                 The following table shows the factors that are included in the
                ``Update'' column of the previous table:
                [[Page 25447]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.248
                b. Calculation of Proposed Factor 2 for FY 2022
                (1) Background
                 Section 1886(r)(2)(B) of the Act establishes Factor 2 in the
                calculation of the uncompensated care payment. Section
                1886(r)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act provides that, for FY 2018 and subsequent
                fiscal years, the second factor is 1 minus the percent change in the
                percent of individuals who are uninsured, as determined by comparing
                the percent of individuals who were uninsured in 2013 (as estimated by
                the Secretary, based on data from the Census Bureau or other sources
                the Secretary determines appropriate, and certified by the Chief
                Actuary of CMS) and the percent of individuals who were uninsured in
                the most recent period for which data are available (as so estimated
                and certified), minus 0.2 percentage point for FYs 2018 and 2019. In FY
                2020 and subsequent fiscal years, there is no longer a reduction. We
                note that, unlike section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act, which governed
                the calculation of Factor 2 for FYs 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, section
                1886(r)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act permits the use of a data source other
                than the CBO estimates to determine the percent change in the rate of
                uninsurance beginning in FY 2018. In addition, for FY 2018 and
                subsequent years, the statute does not require that the estimate of the
                percent of individuals who are uninsured be limited to individuals who
                are under 65 years of age.
                 As we discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38197), in our analysis of a potential data source for the rate of
                uninsurance for purposes of computing Factor 2 in FY 2018, we
                considered the following: (1) The extent to which the source accounted
                for the full U.S. population; (2) the extent to which the source
                comprehensively accounted for both public and private health insurance
                coverage in deriving its estimates of the number of uninsured; (3) the
                extent to which the source utilized data from the Census Bureau; (4)
                the timeliness of the estimates; (5) the continuity of the estimates
                over time; (6) the accuracy of the estimates; and (7) the availability
                of projections (including the availability of projections using an
                established estimation methodology that would allow for calculation of
                the rate of uninsurance for the applicable Federal fiscal year). As we
                explained in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, these considerations
                are consistent with the statutory requirement that this estimate be
                based on data from the Census Bureau or other sources the Secretary
                determines appropriate and help to ensure the data source will provide
                reasonable estimates for the rate of uninsurance that are available in
                conjunction with the IPPS rulemaking cycle. We are proposing to use a
                methodology similar to the one that was used in FY 2018 through FY 2021
                to determine Factor 2 for FY 2022.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38197 and 38198), we
                explained that we determined the source that, on balance, best meets
                all of these considerations is the uninsured estimates produced by OACT
                as part of the development of the National Health Expenditure Accounts
                (NHEA). The NHEA represents the government's official estimates of
                economic activity (spending) within the health sector. The information
                contained in the NHEA has been used to study numerous topics related to
                the health care sector, including, but not limited to, changes in the
                amount and cost of health services purchased and the payers or programs
                that provide or purchase these services; the economic causal factors at
                work in the health sector; the impact of policy changes, including
                major health reform; and comparisons to other countries' health
                spending. Of relevance to the determination of Factor 2 is that the
                comprehensive and integrated structure of the NHEA creates an ideal
                tool for evaluating changes to the health care system, such as the mix
                of the insured and uninsured, because this information is integral to
                the well-established NHEA methodology. A full description of the
                methodology used to develop the NHEA is available on the CMS website
                at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/definitions-sources-and-methods.pdf.
                 The NHEA estimates of U.S. population reflect the Census Bureau's
                definition of the resident-based population, which includes all people
                who usually reside in the 50 States or the District of Columbia, but
                excludes residents living in Puerto Rico and areas under U.S.
                sovereignty, members of the U.S. Armed Forces overseas, and U.S.
                citizens whose usual place of residence is outside of the U.S., plus a
                small (typically less than 0.2 percent of population) adjustment to
                reflect Census undercounts. For fiscal years 2014 through 2017, the
                estimates for Factor 2 were made using the CBO's uninsured population
                estimates for the under 65 population. For FY 2018 and subsequent
                years, the statute does not restrict the estimate to the measurement of
                the percent of individuals under the age of 65 who are uninsured.
                Accordingly, as we explained in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and
                final rules, we believe it is appropriate to use an estimate that
                reflects the rate of uninsurance in the U.S. across all age groups. In
                addition, we continue to believe that a resident-based population
                estimate more fully reflects the levels of uninsurance in the United
                States that influence uncompensated care for hospitals than an estimate
                that reflects only legal residents. The NHEA estimates of uninsurance
                are for the total U.S. population (all ages) and not by specific age
                cohort, such as the population under the age of 65.
                 The NHEA includes comprehensive enrollment estimates for total
                private
                [[Page 25448]]
                health insurance (PHI) (including direct and employer-sponsored plans),
                Medicare, Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP), and
                other public programs, and estimates of the number of individuals who
                are uninsured. Estimates of total PHI enrollment are available for 1960
                through 2019, estimates of Medicaid, Medicare, and CHIP enrollment are
                available for the length of the respective programs, and all other
                estimates (including the more detailed estimates of direct-purchased
                and employer-sponsored insurance) are available for 1987 through 2019.
                The NHEA data are publicly available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/NationalHealthExpendData/index.html. In order to compute Factor
                2, the first metric that is needed is the proportion of the total U.S.
                population that was uninsured in 2013. In developing the estimates for
                the NHEA, OACT's methodology included using the number of uninsured
                individuals for 1987 through 2009 based on the enhanced Current
                Population Survey (CPS) from the State Health Access Data Assistance
                Center (SHADAC). The CPS, sponsored jointly by the U.S. Census Bureau
                and the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), is the primary source of
                labor force statistics for the population of the United States. (We
                refer readers to the website at: http://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/cps.html.) The enhanced CPS, available from SHADAC (available
                at: http://datacenter.shadac.org) accounts for changes in the CPS
                methodology over time. OACT further adjusts the enhanced CPS for an
                estimated undercount of Medicaid enrollees (a population that is often
                not fully captured in surveys that include Medicaid enrollees due to a
                perceived stigma associated with being enrolled in the Medicaid program
                or confusion about the source of their health insurance).
                 To estimate the number of uninsured individuals for 2010 through
                2019, OACT extrapolates from the 2009 CPS data through 2018 using data
                from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) and then, for 2019,
                OACT extrapolates using the American Community Survey (ACS). In
                deriving the number of uninsured for the most recent release of the
                national health expenditure accounts, there were two concerns related
                to the data sources typically used. The NHIS underwent a redesign in
                2019 and cautioned its users against comparing the year-over-year trend
                from 2018-2019 as a result. Also, the Census Bureau indicated that it
                experienced data collection issues for the 2019 CPS, which may have
                been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, and similarly cautioned its
                users to be aware of the potential impact on trend analysis between
                2018 and 2019. Consequently, the ACS data were used for estimating
                2019. The NHIS is one of the major data collection programs of the
                National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), which is part of the
                Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). For both the NHIS and
                ACS, the U.S. Census Bureau is the data collection agent. The results
                from these data sources have been instrumental over the years in
                providing data to track health status, health care access, and progress
                toward achieving national health objectives. For further information
                regarding the NHIS, we refer readers to the CDC website at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhis/index.htm. For further information regarding the
                ACS, we refer readers to the Census Bureau's website at: https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/acs/.
                 The next metrics needed to compute Factor 2 are projections of the
                rate of uninsurance in both CY 2021 and CY 2022. On an annual basis,
                OACT projects enrollment and spending trends for the coming 10-year
                period. Those projections use the latest NHEA historical data,
                available at the time of their construction. The NHEA projection
                methodology accounts for expected changes in enrollment across all of
                the categories of insurance coverage previously listed. The sources for
                projected growth rates in enrollment for Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP
                include the latest Medicare Trustees Report, the Medicaid Actuarial
                Report, or other updated estimates as produced by OACT. Projected rates
                of growth in enrollment for private health insurance and the uninsured
                are based largely on OACT's econometric models, which rely on the set
                of macroeconomic assumptions underlying the latest Medicare Trustees
                Report. Greater detail can be found in OACT's report titled
                ``Projections of National Health Expenditure: Methodology and Model
                Specification,'' which is available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/NationalHealthExpendData/Downloads/ProjectionsMethodology.pdf.
                 The use of data from the NHEA to estimate the rate of uninsurance
                is consistent with the statute and meets the criteria we have
                identified for determining the appropriate data source. Section
                1886(r)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act instructs the Secretary to estimate the
                rate of uninsurance for purposes of Factor 2 based on data from the
                Census Bureau or other sources the Secretary determines appropriate.
                The NHEA utilizes data from the Census Bureau; the estimates are
                available in time for the IPPS rulemaking cycle; the estimates are
                produced by OACT on an annual basis and are expected to continue to be
                produced for the foreseeable future; and projections are available for
                calendar year time periods that span the upcoming fiscal year.
                Timeliness and continuity are important considerations because of our
                need to be able to update this estimate annually. Accuracy is also a
                very important consideration and, all things being equal, we would
                choose the most accurate data source that sufficiently meets our other
                criteria.
                 We refer readers to OACT's Memorandum on Certification of Rates of
                Uninsured prepared for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH proposed rule for further
                details on the methodology and assumptions that were used in the
                projection of the uninsurance rate.\937\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \937\ OACT Memorandum on Certification of Rates of Uninsured.
                March 12, 2021. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/dsh.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Proposed Factor 2 for FY 2022
                 Using these data sources and the previously described
                methodologies, OACT estimates that the uninsured rate for the
                historical, baseline year of 2013 was 14 percent and for CYs 2021 and
                2022 is 10.2 percent and 10.1 percent, respectively. The projected
                rates of uninsurance for CY 2021 and 2022 reflect the estimated impact
                of the COVID-19 pandemic. As required by section 1886(r)(2)(B)(ii) of
                the Act, the Chief Actuary of CMS has certified these estimates.
                 As with the CBO estimates on which we based Factor 2 for fiscal
                years before FY 2018, the NHEA estimates are for a calendar year. Under
                the approach originally adopted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, we have used a weighted average approach to project the rate of
                uninsurance for each fiscal year. We continue to believe that, in order
                to estimate the rate of uninsurance during a fiscal year accurately,
                Factor 2 should reflect the estimated rate of uninsurance that
                hospitals will experience during the fiscal year, rather than the rate
                of uninsurance during only one of the calendar years that the fiscal
                year spans. Accordingly, we are proposing to continue to apply the
                weighted average approach used in past fiscal years in order to
                estimate the rate of uninsurance for FY 2022.
                [[Page 25449]]
                 OACT has certified the estimate of the rate of uninsurance for FY
                2022 determined using this weighted average approach to be reasonable
                and appropriate for purposes of section 1886(r)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act.
                We may also consider the use of more recent data that may become
                available for purposes of estimating the rates of uninsurance used in
                the calculation of the final Factor 2 for FY 2022. We note that any
                potential impacts from the American Rescue Plan Act are not reflected
                in the following estimates, due to the timing for the development and
                publication of the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH proposed rule.
                 The calculation of the proposed Factor 2 for FY 2022 is as follows:
                 Percent of individuals without insurance for CY 2013: 14 percent.
                 Percent of individuals without insurance for CY 2021: 10.2 percent.
                 Percent of individuals without insurance for CY 2022: 10.1 percent.
                 Percent of individuals without insurance for FY 2022 (0.25 times
                0.0102) + (0.75 times 0.0101): 10.1 percent.
                 1- [verbar]((0.101-0.14)/0.14)[verbar] = 1-0.2786 = 0.7214 (72.14
                percent).
                 For FY 2020 and subsequent fiscal years, section 1886(r)(2)(B)(ii)
                of the Act no longer includes any reduction to the previous calculation
                in order to determine Factor 2. Therefore, we are proposing that Factor
                2 for FY 2022 would be 72.14 percent.
                 The proposed FY 2022 uncompensated care amount is
                $10,573,368,841.28* 0.7214 = $7,627,628,282.10.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.370
                 We are inviting public comments on the proposed Factor 2 for FY
                2022.
                c. Calculation of Proposed Factor 3 for FY 2022
                (1) General Background
                 Section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act defines Factor 3 in the
                calculation of the uncompensated care payment. As we have discussed
                earlier, section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act states that Factor 3 is equal
                to the percent, for each subsection (d) hospital, that represents the
                quotient of: (1) The amount of uncompensated care for such hospital for
                a period selected by the Secretary (as estimated by the Secretary,
                based on appropriate data (including, in the case where the Secretary
                determines alternative data are available that are a better proxy for
                the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for treating the uninsured, the
                use of such alternative data)); and (2) the aggregate amount of
                uncompensated care for all subsection (d) hospitals that receive a
                payment under section 1886(r) of the Act for such period (as so
                estimated, based on such data).
                 Therefore, Factor 3 is a hospital-specific value that expresses the
                proportion of the estimated uncompensated care amount for each
                subsection (d) hospital and each subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital
                with the potential to receive Medicare DSH payments relative to the
                estimated uncompensated care amount for all hospitals estimated to
                receive Medicare DSH payments in the fiscal year for which the
                uncompensated care payment is to be made. Factor 3 is applied to the
                product of Factor 1 and Factor 2 to determine the amount of the
                uncompensated care payment that each eligible hospital will receive for
                FY 2014 and subsequent fiscal years. In order to implement the
                statutory requirements for this factor of the uncompensated care
                payment formula, it was necessary to determine: (1) The definition of
                uncompensated care or, in other words, the specific items that are to
                be included in the numerator (that is, the estimated uncompensated care
                amount for an individual hospital) and the denominator (that is, the
                estimated uncompensated care amount for all hospitals estimated to
                receive Medicare DSH payments in the applicable fiscal year); (2) the
                data source(s) for the estimated uncompensated care amount; and (3) the
                timing and manner of computing the quotient for each hospital estimated
                to receive Medicare DSH payments. The statute instructs the Secretary
                to estimate the amounts of uncompensated care for a period based on
                appropriate data. In addition, we note that the statute permits the
                Secretary to use alternative data in the case where the Secretary
                determines that such alternative data are available that are a better
                proxy for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for treating
                individuals who are uninsured.
                 In the course of considering how to determine Factor 3 during the
                rulemaking process for FY 2014, the first year for which section
                1886(r) of the Act was in effect, we considered defining the amount of
                uncompensated care for a hospital as the uncompensated care costs of
                that hospital and determined that Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost
                report would potentially provide the most complete data regarding
                uncompensated care costs for Medicare hospitals. However, because of
                concerns regarding variations in the data reported on Worksheet S-10
                and the completeness of these data, we did not use Worksheet S-10 data
                to determine Factor 3 for FY 2014, or for FYs 2015, 2016, or 2017.
                Instead, we used alternative data on the utilization of insured low-
                income patients, as measured by patient days, which we believed would
                be a better proxy for the costs of hospitals in treating the uninsured
                and therefore appropriate to use in calculating Factor 3 for these
                years. Of particular importance in our decision to use proxy data was
                the relative newness of Worksheet S-10, which went into effect on May
                1, 2010. At the time of the rulemaking for FY 2014, the most recent
                available cost reports would have been from FYs 2010 and 2011 and
                submitted on or after May 1, 2010, when the new Worksheet S-10 went
                into effect. However, we indicated our belief that Worksheet S-10 could
                ultimately serve as an appropriate source of more direct data regarding
                uncompensated care costs for purposes of determining Factor 3 once
                hospitals were submitting more accurate and consistent data through
                this reporting mechanism.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38202), we stated
                that we could no longer conclude that alternative data to the Worksheet
                S-10 are available for FY 2014 that are a better proxy for the costs of
                subsection (d) hospitals for treating individuals who are uninsured.
                Hospitals were on notice as of FY 2014 that Worksheet S-10 could
                eventually become the data source for CMS to calculate uncompensated
                care payments. Furthermore, hospitals' cost reports from FY 2014 had
                been publicly available for some time, and CMS had analyses of
                Worksheet S-10, conducted both internally and by stakeholders,
                demonstrating that Worksheet S-10 accuracy had improved over time.
                Analyses performed by MedPAC had already shown that the correlation
                between audited uncompensated care data from 2009 and the data from the
                FY 2011 Worksheet S-10 was over 0.80, as compared to a correlation of
                approximately 0.50 between the audited uncompensated care data and 2011
                [[Page 25450]]
                Medicare SSI and Medicaid days. Based on this analysis, MedPAC
                concluded that use of Worksheet S-10 data was already better than using
                Medicare SSI and Medicaid days as a proxy for uncompensated care costs,
                and that the data reported on Worksheet S-10 would improve over time as
                the data are actually used to make payments (81 FR 25090). In addition,
                a 2007 MedPAC analysis of data from the Government Accountability
                Office (GAO) and the American Hospital Association (AHA) had suggested
                that Medicaid days and low-income Medicare days are not an accurate
                proxy for uncompensated care costs (80 FR 49525).
                 Subsequent analyses from Dobson/DaVanzo, originally commissioned by
                CMS for the FY 2014 rulemaking and updated in later years, compared
                Worksheet S-10 and IRS Form 990 data and assessed the correlation in
                Factor 3s derived from each of the data sources. Our analyses on
                balance led us to believe that we had reached a tipping point in FY
                2018 with respect to the use of the Worksheet S-10 data. We refer
                readers to the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38201 through
                38203) for a complete discussion of these analyses. We found further
                evidence for this tipping point when we examined changes to the FY 2014
                Worksheet S-10 data submitted by hospitals following the publication of
                the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 We also recognized commenters' concerns that, in continuing to use
                Medicaid days as part of the proxy for uncompensated care, it would be
                possible for hospitals in States that choose to expand Medicaid to
                receive higher uncompensated care payments because they may have more
                Medicaid patient days than hospitals in a State that does not choose to
                expand Medicaid. Because the earliest Medicaid expansions under the
                Affordable Care Act began in 2014, the 2011, 2012, and 2013 Medicaid
                days used to calculate uncompensated care payments in FYs 2015, 2016,
                and 2017 are the latest available data on Medicaid utilization that do
                not reflect the effects of these Medicaid expansions. Accordingly, if
                we had used only low-income insured days to estimate uncompensated care
                for FY 2018, we would have needed to hold the time period of these data
                constant and use data on Medicaid days from 2011, 2012, and 2013 in
                order to avoid the risk of any redistributive effects arising from the
                decision to expand Medicaid in certain States. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we finalized a methodology under which we calculated
                Factor 3 for all eligible hospitals, with the exception of Puerto Rico
                hospitals and Indian Health Service (IHS) and Tribal hospitals, using
                Worksheet S-10 data from FY 2014 cost reports in conjunction with low-
                income insured days proxy data based on Medicaid days and SSI days. The
                time period for the Medicaid days data was FY 2012 and FY 2013 cost
                reports (82 FR 38208 through 38213).
                 As we stated in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41414),
                with the additional steps we had taken to ensure the accuracy and
                consistency of the data reported on Worksheet S-10 since the
                publication of the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we continued to
                believe that we could no longer conclude that alternative data to the
                Worksheet S-10 are currently available for FY 2014 that are a better
                proxy for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for treating
                individuals who are uninsured. Similarly, the actions that we have
                taken to improve the accuracy and consistency of the Worksheet S-10
                data, including the opportunity for hospitals to resubmit Worksheet S-
                10 data for FY 2015, led us to conclude that there were no alternative
                data to the Worksheet S-10 data currently available for FY 2015 that
                would be a better proxy for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for
                treating uninsured individuals. Accordingly, in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (83 FR 41428), we advanced the time period of the data
                used in the calculation of Factor 3 forward by 1 year and used
                Worksheet S-10 data from FY 2014 and FY 2015 cost reports in
                combination with the low income insured days proxy for FY 2013 to
                determine Factor 3 for FY 2019. We note that, as discussed in the FY
                2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42366), the use of three years of
                data to determine Factor 3 for FY 2018 and FY 2019 had the effect of
                smoothing the transition from the use of low-income insured days to the
                use of Worksheet S-10 data.
                 As discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41424),
                we received overwhelming feedback from commenters emphasizing the
                importance of audits in ensuring the accuracy and consistency of data
                reported on the Worksheet S-10. We began auditing the Worksheet S-10
                data for selected hospitals in the Fall of 2018 so that the audited
                uncompensated care data from these hospitals would be available in time
                for use in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule. The audits began
                with 1 year of data (that is, FY 2015 cost reports) in order to
                maximize the available audit resources and not spread those audit
                resources over multiple years, potentially diluting their
                effectiveness. We chose to begin the audits with the FY 2015 cost
                reports primarily because this was the most recent year of data that we
                had broadly allowed to be resubmitted by hospitals, and many hospitals
                had already made considerable efforts to amend their FY 2015 reports in
                preparation for the FY 2019 rulemaking. We also considered that we had
                used the FY 2015 data as part of the calculation of the FY 2019
                uncompensated care payments; therefore, the data had been subject to
                public comment and scrutiny.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42368), we finalized
                our proposal to use a single year of Worksheet S-10 cost report data
                from FY 2015 in the methodology for determining Factor 3 for FY 2020.
                Although some commenters expressed support for the alternative policy
                of using the FY 2017 Worksheet S-10 data to determine each hospital's
                share of uncompensated care costs in FY 2020, given the feedback from
                commenters in response to both the FY 2019 and FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rules, emphasizing the importance of audits in ensuring the
                accuracy and consistency of data reported on the Worksheet S-10, we
                concluded that the FY 2015 Worksheet S-10 data were the best available
                audited data to be used in determining Factor 3 for FY 2020. We also
                noted that we had begun auditing the FY 2017 data in July 2019, with
                the goal of having the FY 2017 audited data available for future
                rulemaking.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58823 through
                58825), we finalized our proposal to use the most recent available
                single year of audited Worksheet S-10 data to determine Factor 3 for FY
                2021 and subsequent fiscal years. We explained our belief that using
                the most recent audited data available before the applicable Federal
                fiscal year, will more accurately reflect a hospital's uncompensated
                care costs, as opposed to averaging multiple years of data. We noted
                that if a hospital has relatively different data between cost report
                years, we potentially would be diluting the effect of our considerable
                auditing efforts and introducing unnecessary variability into the
                calculation if we were to use multiple years of data to calculate
                Factor 3. Therefore, we also believed using a single year of audited
                cost report data is an appropriate methodology to determine Factor 3
                for FY 2021 and subsequent years, except for IHS and Tribal hospitals
                and hospitals located in Puerto Rico. For IHS and Tribal hospitals and
                Puerto Rico hospitals, we finalized the use of a low-income insured
                days proxy to determine Factor 3 for FY 2021. We did not finalize a
                [[Page 25451]]
                methodology to determine Factor 3 for IHS and Tribal hospitals and
                Puerto Rico hospitals for FY 2022 and subsequent years because we
                believed further consideration and review of these hospitals' Worksheet
                S-10 data was necessary (85 FR 58825).
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized the
                definition ``uncompensated care'' for FY 2021 and subsequent fiscal
                years, for purposes of determining uncompensated care costs and
                calculating Factor 3 (85 FR 58825 through 58828). We are continuing to
                use the definition that we had initially adopted in the FY 2018 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule. Specifically, ``uncompensated care'' is defined as
                the amount on Line 30 of Worksheet S-10, which is the cost of charity
                care (Line 23) and the cost of non-Medicare bad debt and non-
                reimbursable Medicare bad debt (Line 29). We refer readers to the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS rule (85 FR 58825 through 58828) for a discussion of
                additional topics related to the definition of uncompensated care. We
                noted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that the Paper Reduction
                Act (PRA) package for Form CMS-2552-10 (OMB Control Number 0938-0050,
                expiration date March 31, 2022) would offer an additional opportunity
                to comment on the cost reporting instructions. A PRA package with
                comment period appeared in the November 10, 2020 Federal Register (85
                FR 71653). We thank stakeholders for their comments on the PRA package
                and we will respond to those comments in a separate Federal Register
                document.
                (2) Background on the Methodology Used to Calculate Factor 3 for FY
                2021 and Subsequent Fiscal Years
                 Section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act governs both the selection of the
                data to be used in calculating Factor 3, and also allows the Secretary
                the discretion to determine the time periods from which we will derive
                the data to estimate the numerator and the denominator of the Factor 3
                quotient. Specifically, section 1886(r)(2)(C)(i) of the Act defines the
                numerator of the quotient as the amount of uncompensated care for a
                subsection (d) hospital for a period selected by the Secretary. Section
                1886(r)(2)(C)(ii) of the Act defines the denominator as the aggregate
                amount of uncompensated care for all subsection (d) hospitals that
                receive a payment under section 1886(r) of the Act for such period. In
                the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50638), we adopted a
                process of making interim payments with final cost report settlement
                for both the empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and the
                uncompensated care payments required by section 3133 of the Affordable
                Care Act. Consistent with that process, we also determined the time
                period from which to calculate the numerator and denominator of the
                Factor 3 quotient in a way that would be consistent with making interim
                and final payments. Specifically, we must have Factor 3 values
                available for hospitals that we estimate will qualify for Medicare DSH
                payments and for those hospitals that we do not estimate will qualify
                for Medicare DSH payments but that may ultimately qualify for Medicare
                DSH payments at the time of cost report settlement.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we applied the following
                policies as part of the Factor 3 methodology: (1) The policy regarding
                newly merged hospitals that was initially adopted in the FY 2015 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule; (2) the policies regarding annualization and long
                cost reports that were adopted in the FY 2018 and FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rules, including a modified policy for the rare cases where a
                provider has no cost report for the fiscal year that is used in the
                Factor 3 methodology because the cost report for the previous fiscal
                year spans both years; (4) the modified new hospital policy that was
                finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule; (5) the new merger
                policy adopted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that accounts
                for the merger effective date; and (6) the policies regarding the
                application of statistical trim methodologies to potentially aberrant
                CCRs and potentially aberrant uncompensated care costs reported on the
                Worksheet S-10.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58829), we continued
                to treat hospitals that merge after the development of the final rule
                for the applicable fiscal year similar to new hospitals. As explained
                in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for these newly merged
                hospitals, we do not have data currently available to calculate a
                Factor 3 amount that accounts for the merged hospital's uncompensated
                care burden (79 FR 50021). In the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                finalized a policy under which Factor 3 for hospitals that we do not
                identify as undergoing a merger until after the public comment period
                and additional review period following the publication of the final
                rule or that undergo a merger during the fiscal year would be
                recalculated similar to new hospitals (79 FR 50021 and 50022).
                Consistent with past policy, interim uncompensated care payments for
                newly merged hospitals are based only on the data for the surviving
                hospital's CCN available the time of the development of the final rule.
                However, at cost report settlement, we will determine the newly merged
                hospital's final uncompensated care payment based on the uncompensated
                care costs reported on its FY 2021 cost report. That is, we will revise
                the numerator of Factor 3 for the newly merged hospital to reflect the
                uncompensated care costs reported on the newly merged hospital's FY
                2021 cost report.
                 In FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58829), we continued the
                policy that was finalized in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule of
                annualizing uncompensated care cost data reported on the Worksheet S-10
                if a hospital's cost report does not equal 12 months of data, except in
                the case of mergers, which would be subject to the modified merger
                policy adopted for FY 2021. In addition, we continued the policies that
                were finalized in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41415)
                regarding the use of the longest cost report available within the
                Federal fiscal year. However, we adopted a modified policy for those
                rare situations where a hospital has a cost report that starts in one
                fiscal year but spans the entirety of the following fiscal year such
                that the hospital has no cost report starting in that subsequent fiscal
                year. Under this modified policy, we use the cost report that spans
                both fiscal years for purposes of calculating Factor 3 when data from
                the latter fiscal year are used in the Factor 3 methodology.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58829 and 58830), we
                continued the modified new hospital policy for new hospitals that did
                not have data for the cost reporting period(s) used in the Factor 3
                calculation for FY 2021. Under the modified policy originally adopted
                for FY 2020, new hospitals that have a preliminary projection of being
                eligible for Medicare DSH based on their most recent available
                disproportionate patient percentages may receive interim empirically
                justified DSH payments. However, because these hospitals did not have a
                FY 2017 cost report to use in the Factor 3 calculation and the
                projection of eligibility for DSH payments was still preliminary, the
                MAC will make a final determination concerning whether the hospital is
                eligible to receive Medicare DSH payments at cost report settlement
                based on its FY 2021 cost report. If the hospital is ultimately
                determined to be eligible for Medicare DSH payments for FY 2021, the
                hospital will receive an uncompensated care payment calculated using a
                Factor 3, where the numerator is the uncompensated care
                [[Page 25452]]
                costs reported on Worksheet S-10 of the hospital's FY 2021 cost report,
                and the denominator is the sum of the uncompensated care costs reported
                on Worksheet S-10 of the FY 2017 cost reports for all DSH-eligible
                hospitals.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a new merger
                policy that accounts for the merger effective date (85 FR 58828 through
                58829). To more accurately estimate UCC for the hospitals involved in a
                merger when the merger effective date occurs partway through the
                surviving hospital's cost reporting period, we finalized a policy of
                not annualizing the acquired hospital's data. Under this policy, we use
                only the portion of the acquired hospital's unannualized UCC data that
                reflects the UCC incurred prior to the merger effective date, but after
                the start of the surviving hospital's current cost reporting period. To
                do this, we calculate a multiplier to be applied to the acquired
                hospital's UCC. This multiplier represents the portion of the UCC data
                from the acquired hospital that should be incorporated with the
                surviving hospital's data to determine UCC for purposes of determining
                Factor 3 for the surviving hospital. This multiplier is obtained by
                calculating the number of days between the start of the applicable cost
                reporting period for the surviving hospital and the merger effective
                date, and then dividing this result by the total number of days in the
                reporting period of the acquired hospital. Applying this multiplier to
                the acquired hospital's unannualized UCC data will determine the final
                portion of the acquired hospital's UCC that should be added to that of
                the surviving hospital for purposes of determining Factor 3 for the
                merged hospital.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58831 and 58832), we
                continued to apply a CCR trim methodology similar to the CCR trim
                methodology policy that has been used for purposes of determining
                uncompensated care payments since FY 2018. This CCR trim methodology is
                consistent with the approach used in the outlier payment methodology
                under Sec. 412.84(h)(3)(ii), which states that the Medicare contractor
                may use a statewide average CCR for hospitals whose operating or
                capital CCR is in excess of 3 standard deviations above the
                corresponding national geometric mean. We refer readers to the
                discussion in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58831) for a
                detailed description of the steps used to determine the applicable CCR.
                 In addition, we continued the UCC data trim methodology for rare
                situations where a hospital has potentially aberrant data that are
                unrelated to its CCR (85 FR 58832). However, because we had audited the
                FY 2017 Worksheet S-10 data for a number of hospitals, we explained
                that we no longer believe it is necessary to apply the trim methodology
                for hospitals whose cost report has been audited. Accordingly, for FY
                2021 we finalized a policy under which we exclude hospitals that were
                part of the audits from the trim methodology for potentially aberrant
                UCC. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58831), we also
                modified the potentially aberrant UCC trim methodology when it is
                applied to all-inclusive rate providers (AIRPs). Under this modified
                trim methodology, when an AIRP's total UCC are greater than 50 percent
                of its total operating costs when calculated using the CCR included on
                its FY 2017 cost report, we will recalculate the AIRP's UCC using the
                CCR reported on Worksheet S-10, line 1 of the hospital's most recent
                available prior year cost report that does not result in UCC of over 50
                percent of total operating costs.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58824 and 58825), we
                continued the policy we first adopted for FY 2018 of substituting data
                regarding FY 2013 low-income insured days for the Worksheet S-10 data
                when determining Factor 3 for IHS and Tribal hospitals and subsection
                (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that have a FY 2013 cost report. We stated
                our belief that this approach was appropriate as the FY 2013 data
                reflect the most recent available information regarding these
                hospitals' low-income insured days before any expansion of Medicaid. In
                addition, because we continued to use 1 year of insured low income
                patient days as a proxy for uncompensated care for Puerto Rico
                hospitals and residents of Puerto Rico are not eligible for SSI
                benefits, we continued to use a proxy for SSI days for Puerto Rico
                hospitals consisting of 14 percent of the hospital's Medicaid days, as
                finalized in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56953 through
                56956).
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58817) for a discussion of the approach that we continued in FY 2021 to
                determine Factor 3 for new Puerto Rico hospitals. In brief, Puerto Rico
                hospitals that do not have a FY 2013 cost report are considered new
                hospitals and subject to the new hospital policy, as discussed
                previously. Specifically, the numerator of the Factor 3 calculation
                will be the uncompensated care costs reported on Worksheet S-10 of the
                hospital's cost report for the applicable fiscal year and the
                denominator is the same denominator that is determined prospectively
                for purposes of determining Factor 3 for all DSH-eligible hospitals.
                 Therefore, for FY 2021, we finalized the following methodology to
                compute Factor 3 for each hospital:
                 Step 1: Selecting the provider's longest cost report from its
                Federal fiscal year (FFY) 2017 cost reports. (Alternatively, in the
                rare case when the provider has no FFY 2017 cost report because the
                cost report for the previous Federal fiscal year spanned the FFY 2017
                time period, the previous Federal fiscal year cost report would be used
                in this step.)
                 Step 2: Annualizing the uncompensated care costs (UCC) from
                Worksheet S-10 Line 30, if the cost report is more than or less than 12
                months. (If applicable, use the statewide average CCR (urban or rural)
                to calculate uncompensated care costs.)
                 Step 3: Combining adjusted and/or annualized uncompensated care
                costs for hospitals that merged.
                 Step 4: Calculating Factor 3 for IHS and Tribal hospitals and
                Puerto Rico hospitals that have a FY 2013 cost report using the low-
                income insured days proxy based on FY 2013 cost report data and the
                most recent available SSI ratio (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, 14
                percent of the hospital's FY 2013 Medicaid days). (Alternatively, in
                the rare case when a provider has no FFY applicable cost report because
                the cost report for the previous Federal fiscal year spanned the time
                period, the previous Federal fiscal year cost report would be used in
                this step.) The denominator is calculated using the low-income insured
                days proxy data from all DSH eligible hospitals. Consistent with the
                policy adopted in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, if a hospital
                did not have both Medicaid days for FY 2013 and SSI days for FY 2018
                available for use in the calculation of Factor 3 in Step 4, we
                considered the hospital not to have data available for Step 4.
                 Step 5: Calculating Factor 3 for the remaining DSH eligible
                hospitals using annualized uncompensated care costs (Worksheet S-10
                Line 30) based on FY 2017 cost report data (from Step 1, 2, or 3). The
                hospitals for which Factor 3 was calculated in Step 4 are excluded from
                this calculation.
                 We also stated that the methodology adopted in the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule for purposes of determining Factor 3 for FY 2021
                would apply for FY 2022 and subsequent years, using Worksheet S-10 data
                from the most recent cost reporting year for which audits have been
                conducted. However,
                [[Page 25453]]
                we did not finalize a methodology to determine Factor 3 for FY 2022 and
                subsequent years for IHS and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals
                that have a FY 2013 cost report because we believed further
                consideration and review of these hospitals' Worksheet S-10 data is
                necessary.
                 We amended the regulations at Sec. 412.106(g)(1)(iii)(C) by adding
                a new paragraph (7) to reflect the methodology for computing Factor 3
                for FY 2021. We also added a new paragraph (8) to reflect the policy
                adopted for all subsequent fiscal years of using the most recent
                available single year of audited Worksheet S-10 data to calculate
                Factor 3 for all eligible hospitals, except IHS and Tribal hospitals
                and Puerto Rico Hospitals.
                (3) Proposed Methodology for Calculating Factor 3 for FY 2022
                (a) Use of Audited FY 2018 Data To Calculate Factor 3 for FY 2022
                 Audits of FY 2018 cost reports began in 2020 and those audited
                reports are now available, in time for the development of this proposed
                rule. Feedback from the audits of the FY 2015 and FY 2017 reports and
                lessons learned were incorporated into the audit process for the FY
                2018 reports. We again chose to audit 1 year of data (that is, FY 2018)
                in order to maximize the available audit resources and not spread those
                audit resources over multiple years, potentially diluting their
                effectiveness.
                 Given that the FY 2018 Worksheet S-10 data are the most recent
                available audited data, we believe, on balance, that the FY 2018
                Worksheet S-10 data are the best available data to use for calculating
                Factor 3 for FY 2022. As discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed and final rules (84 FR 19419 and 84 FR 42364), we continue to
                believe that mixing audited and unaudited data for individual hospitals
                by averaging multiple years of data could potentially lead to a less
                smooth result. To the extent that the audited FY 2018 data for a
                hospital may be relatively different from its FY 2017 data (whether
                audited or unaudited), we potentially would be diluting the effect of
                the revisions to the cost reporting instructions and our considerable
                auditing efforts, while introducing unnecessary variability into the
                calculation if we were to use multiple years of data to calculate
                Factor 3 for FY 2022. We recognize that the FY 2017 reports include
                audited data for some hospitals. However, the FY 2018 cost reports are
                the most recent year of audited data and, and reflect the revisions to
                the Worksheet S-10 cost report instructions that were effective on
                October 1, 2017.
                 Accordingly, consistent with the policy adopted in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and codified in the regulations at Sec.
                412.106(g)(8), we have used a single year of Worksheet S-10 data from
                FY 2018 cost reports to calculate Factor 3 for FY 2022 for all eligible
                hospitals with the exception of IHS and Tribal hospitals and Puerto
                Rico hospitals that have a cost report for 2013. As discussed in a
                later section, we are proposing to continue to use the low-income
                insured days proxy to calculate Factor 3 for these hospitals for one
                more year. We note that the proposed uncompensated care payments to
                hospitals whose FY 2018 Worksheet S-10 data have been audited represent
                approximately 99.6 percent of the proposed total uncompensated care
                payments for FY 2022. For purposes of this FY 2022 proposed rule, we
                have used a HCRIS extract updated through February 19, 2021. We note
                that we intend to use the March 2021 update of HCRIS for the FY 2022
                final rule and the respective March updates for all future final rules.
                However, we may consider the use of more recent data that may become
                available after March 2021, but prior to the development of the final
                rule, if appropriate, for purposes of calculating the final Factor 3
                for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 IHS and Tribal Hospitals
                 For the reasons discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (82 FR 38209), we continue to recognize that the use of data from
                Worksheet S-10 to calculate the uncompensated care amount for IHS and
                Tribal hospitals may jeopardize these hospitals' payments due to their
                unique funding structure. Prior to the proposed rulemaking for FY 2022,
                CMS consulted with IHS and Tribal hospitals regarding uncompensated
                care reporting. We are considering the input received through this
                consultation with IHS and Tribal hospitals for future rulemaking.
                 Therefore, for IHS and Tribal hospitals, we propose to continue the
                policy first adopted in the FY 2018 rulemaking regarding the low-income
                patient proxy. Specifically, for FY 2022 we propose to determine Factor
                3 for these hospitals based on Medicaid days for FY 2013 and the most
                recent available year of data on SSI days. The aggregate amount of
                uncompensated care that is used in the Factor 3 denominator for these
                hospitals would continue to be based on the low-income patient proxy;
                that is, the aggregate amount of uncompensated care determined for all
                DSH eligible hospitals using the low-income insured days proxy. We
                continue to believe this approach is appropriate because the FY 2013
                data reflect the most recent available information regarding these
                hospitals' Medicaid days before any expansion of Medicaid. We also note
                that all IHS and Tribal hospitals have a FY 2013 cost report that can
                be used for purposes of determining Factor 3. At the time of
                development of the proposed rule, for modeling purposes, we computed
                Factor 3 for these hospitals using FY 2013 Medicaid days from a HCRIS
                extract updated through February 19, 2021, and the FY 2018 SSI days.
                 Puerto Rico Hospitals
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we proposed to
                determine Factor 3 for Puerto Rico hospitals using Worksheet S-10 data
                starting in FY 2022. We did not finalize this proposal in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58825) because we believed further
                consideration was necessary. However, we noted that we continued to
                believe Worksheet S-10 data is the appropriate long term source for
                information on uncompensated care for hospitals located in Puerto Rico.
                 We are continuing to consider the reporting challenges in Puerto
                Rico that may negatively impact the ability of Puerto Rico hospitals to
                report uncompensated care. Accordingly, for FY 2022 we are proposing to
                determine Factor 3 for Puerto Rico hospitals that have a FY 2013 cost
                report based on the low-income patient proxy. We would determine Factor
                3 for these hospitals based on Medicaid days for FY 2013 and the most
                recent available year of data on SSI days. The aggregate amount of
                uncompensated care that is used in the Factor 3 denominator for these
                hospitals would continue to be based on the low-income patient proxy;
                that is, the aggregate amount of uncompensated care determined for all
                DSH eligible hospitals using the low-income insured days proxy. At the
                time of development of the proposed rule, for modeling purposes, we
                computed Factor 3 for these hospitals using FY 2013 Medicaid days from
                a recent HCRIS extract and the most recent available data on SSI days,
                which was the FY 2018 SSI days. In addition, because we are proposing
                to continue to use 1 year of insured low-income patient days as a proxy
                for uncompensated care for Puerto Rico hospitals and residents of
                Puerto Rico are not eligible for SSI benefits, we are proposing to
                continue to use a proxy for SSI days for Puerto Rico hospitals,
                consisting of 14 percent of a hospital's Medicaid days, as finalized in
                the FY
                [[Page 25454]]
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56953 through 56956).
                (b) Methodology for Calculating Factor 3 for FY 2022
                 For purposes of determining Factor 3 for FY 2022, we will apply the
                methodology adopted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                Specifically, we are applying the following policies: (1) The merger
                policies that were initially adopted in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (79 FR 50021), as modified in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                to incorporate the use of a multiplier to account for merger effective
                date; (2) the policy for providers with multiple cost reports,
                beginning in the same fiscal year, of using the longest cost report and
                annualizing Medicaid data and uncompensated care data if a hospital's
                cost report does not equal 12 months of data; (3) the policy, as
                modified in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for the rare case
                where a hospital has a cost report that starts in one fiscal year and
                spans the entirety of the following fiscal year, such that the hospital
                has no cost report for that subsequent fiscal year, of using the cost
                report that spans both fiscal years for the latter fiscal year; (4) the
                new hospital policy, as modified in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule; (5) the newly merged hospital policy; and (6) the policies
                regarding the application of statistical trim methodologies to
                potentially aberrant CCRs and potentially aberrant uncompensated care
                costs reported on the Worksheet S-10.
                 New Hospital for Purposes of Factor 3
                 We will continue to apply the new hospital policy that was
                initially adopted in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to determine
                Factor 3 for new hospitals that do not have an FY 2018 cost report to
                use in the Factor 3 calculation (that is, hospitals with CCNs
                established on or after October 1, 2018). In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, we modified the new hospital policy that was initially
                adopted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50643) and
                continued to apply through FY 2019 (83 FR 41417). Under this modified
                policy, if a new hospital has a preliminary projection of being
                eligible for DSH payments based on its most recent available
                disproportionate patient percentage, it may receive interim empirically
                justified DSH payments. However, new hospitals will not receive interim
                uncompensated care payments during FY 2022 because we will have no FY
                2018 uncompensated care data on which to determine what those interim
                payments should be. The MAC will make a final determination concerning
                whether the hospital is eligible to receive Medicare DSH payments at
                cost report settlement based on its FY 2022 cost report. If the
                hospital is ultimately determined to be eligible for Medicare DSH
                payments for FY 2022, the hospital will receive an uncompensated care
                payment calculated using a Factor 3, where the numerator is the
                uncompensated care costs reported on Worksheet S-10 of the hospital's
                FY 2022 cost report, and the denominator is the sum of the
                uncompensated care costs reported on Worksheet S-10 of the FY 2018 cost
                reports for all DSH-eligible hospitals. This denominator will be the
                same denominator that is determined prospectively for purposes of
                determining Factor 3 for all DSH-eligible hospitals, with the exception
                of Puerto Rico hospitals and IHS and Tribal hospitals.
                 Newly Merged Hospitals
                 We are continuing to treat hospitals that merge after the
                development of the final rule for the applicable fiscal year similar to
                new hospitals. As explained in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                for these newly merged hospitals, we do not have data currently
                available to calculate a Factor 3 amount that accounts for the merged
                hospital's uncompensated care burden (79 FR 50021). In the FY 2015
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a policy under which Factor 3
                for hospitals that we do not identify as undergoing a merger until
                after the public comment period and additional review period following
                the publication of the final rule or that undergo a merger during the
                fiscal year will be recalculated similar to new hospitals (79 FR 50021
                and 50022). Consistent with the policy adopted in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we will continue to treat newly merged hospitals in a
                similar manner to new hospitals, such that the newly merged hospital's
                final uncompensated care payment will be determined at cost report
                settlement where the numerator of the newly merged hospital's Factor 3
                will be based on the cost report of only the surviving hospital (that
                is, the newly merged hospital's cost report) for the current fiscal
                year. However, if the hospital's cost reporting period includes less
                than 12 months of data, the data from the newly merged hospital's cost
                report will be annualized for purposes of the Factor 3 calculation.
                 Consistent with past policy, interim uncompensated care payments
                for the newly merged hospital will be based only on the data for the
                surviving hospital's CCN available at the time of the development of
                the final rule. In other words, for FY 2022, the eligibility of a newly
                merged hospital to receive interim uncompensated care payments and the
                amount of any interim uncompensated care payments, will be based only
                on the FY 2018 cost report available for the surviving CCN at the time
                the final rule is developed. However, at cost report settlement, we
                will determine the newly merged hospital's final uncompensated care
                payment based on the uncompensated care costs reported on its FY 2022
                cost report. That is, we will revise the numerator of Factor 3 for the
                newly merged hospital to reflect the uncompensated care costs reported
                on the newly merged hospital's FY 2022 cost report.
                 CCR Trim Methodology
                 The calculation of a hospital's total uncompensated care costs on
                Worksheet S-10 requires the use of the hospital's cost to charge ratio
                (CCR). Consistent with the process for trimming CCRs used in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58831 and 58832), we will apply
                the following steps to determine the applicable CCR:
                 Step 1: Remove Maryland hospitals. In addition, we will remove all-
                inclusive rate providers because their CCRs are not comparable to the
                CCRs calculated for other IPPS hospitals.
                 Step 2: For FY 2018 cost reports, calculate a CCR ``ceiling'' with
                the following data: For each IPPS hospital that was not removed in Step
                1 (including non-DSH eligible hospitals), we use cost report data to
                calculate a CCR by dividing the total costs on Worksheet C, Part I,
                Line 202, Column 3 by the charges reported on Worksheet C, Part I, Line
                202, Column 8. (Combining data from multiple cost reports from the same
                fiscal year is not necessary, as the longer cost report will be
                selected.) The ceiling is calculated as 3 standard deviations above the
                national geometric mean CCR for the applicable fiscal year. This
                approach is consistent with the methodology for calculating the CCR
                ceiling used for high-cost outliers. Remove all hospitals that exceed
                the ceiling so that these aberrant CCRs do not skew the calculation of
                the statewide average CCR.
                 Step 3: Using the CCRs for the remaining hospitals in Step 2,
                determine the urban and rural statewide average CCRs for FY 2018 for
                hospitals within each State (including non-DSH eligible hospitals),
                weighted by the sum of total hospital discharges from Worksheet S-3,
                Part I, Line 14, Column 15.
                [[Page 25455]]
                 Step 4: Assign the appropriate statewide average CCR (urban or
                rural) calculated in Step 3 to all hospitals, excluding all-inclusive
                rate providers, with a CCR for FY 2018 greater than 3 standard
                deviations above the national geometric mean for that fiscal year (that
                is, the CCR ``ceiling''). For this proposed rule, the statewide average
                CCR was applied to 10 hospitals, of which 3 hospitals had FY 2018
                Worksheet S-10 data.
                 Step 5: For providers that did not report a CCR on Worksheet S-10,
                Line 1, we assign them the statewide average CCR as determined in step
                3.
                 After completing the previously described steps, we re-calculate
                the hospital's uncompensated care costs (Line 30) using the trimmed CCR
                (the statewide average CCR (urban or rural, as applicable)).
                 Uncompensated Care Data Trim Methodology
                 After applying the CCR trim methodology, we note that there are
                rare situations where a hospital has potentially aberrant data that are
                unrelated to its CCR. Therefore, under the trim methodology for
                potentially aberrant UCC that was included as part of the methodology
                for purposes of determining Factor 3 in the FY 2021 final rule (85 FR
                58832), if the hospital's uncompensated care costs for FY 2018 are an
                extremely high ratio (greater than 50 percent) of its total operating
                costs, we will determine the ratio of uncompensated care costs to the
                hospital's total operating costs from another available cost report,
                and apply that ratio to the total operating expenses for the
                potentially aberrant fiscal year to determine an adjusted amount of
                uncompensated care costs. Specifically, if the hospital's FY 2018 cost
                report is determined to include potentially aberrant data, data from
                the FY 2019 cost report will be used for the ratio calculation. Thus,
                the hospital's uncompensated care costs for FY 2018 will be trimmed by
                multiplying its FY 2018 total operating costs by the ratio of
                uncompensated care costs to total operating costs from the hospital's
                FY 2019 cost report to calculate an estimate of the hospital's
                uncompensated care costs for FY 2018 for purposes of determining Factor
                3 for FY 2022.
                 We note that we have audited the FY 2018 Worksheet S-10 data for a
                number of hospitals. Because the UCC data for these hospitals have been
                subject to audit, we believe there is increased confidence that if high
                uncompensated care costs are reported by these audited hospitals, the
                information is accurate. Therefore, consistent with the policy that was
                adopted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, it is unnecessary to
                apply the trim methodology for these audited hospitals.
                 In addition to the existing UCC trim methodology, we are proposing
                to apply a new trim specific to certain hospitals that do not have
                audited FY 2018 Worksheet S-10 data. We note that in rare cases,
                hospitals that are not currently projected to be DSH eligible and that
                do not have audited Worksheet S-10 data may have a potentially aberrant
                amount of insured patients' charity care costs (line 23 column 2). We
                are proposing to use a threshold of three standard deviations from the
                mean ratio of insured patients' charity care costs to total
                uncompensated care costs (line 23 column 2 divided by line 30) and a
                dollar threshold of $7 million, which is the median total uncompensated
                care cost reported on FY 2018 cost reports for hospitals that are
                projected to be DSH eligible, excluding IHS and Tribal hospitals and
                Puerto Rico hospitals. Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing that in
                the rare case that a hospital's insured patients' charity care costs
                are greater than $7 million and the ratio of the hospital's cost of
                insured patient charity care (line 23 column 2) to total uncompensated
                care costs (line 30) is greater than 60 percent (rounded from 58
                percent), we would exclude the hospital from the prospective Factor 3
                calculation. This proposed trim would only impact hospitals that are
                not currently projected to be DSH eligible; and therefore, are not part
                of the calculation of the denominator of Factor 3, which includes only
                uncompensated care costs for projected DSH eligible hospitals. If a
                hospital would be trimmed under both the existing UCC trim methodology
                and this proposed new trim, we are proposing to apply this new trim in
                place of the existing UCC trim methodology. We believe the proposed new
                trim more appropriately addresses potentially aberrant insured patient
                charity care costs compared to the existing trim, because the existing
                trim is based solely on the ratio of total uncompensated care costs to
                total operating costs and does not consider the level of insured
                patients' charity care costs.
                 In addition, we also propose that, for the hospitals that would be
                subject to this proposed trim, if the hospital is ultimately determined
                to be DSH eligible at cost report settlement, then the MAC would
                calculate a Factor 3 after reviewing the uncompensated care information
                reported on Worksheet S-10 of the hospital's FY 2022 cost report. We
                believe if a hospital subject to this proposed trim is ultimately
                determined to be DSH eligible at cost report settlement, its
                uncompensated care payment should be calculated only after the
                hospital's reporting of insured charity care costs on its FY 2022
                Worksheet S-10 has been reviewed. We note that this approach is
                comparable to the policy for new hospitals for which we cannot
                calculate a prospective Factor 3 because they do not have Worksheet S-
                10 data for the relevant fiscal year.
                 Summary of Methodology
                 In summary, for FY 2022, we will compute Factor 3 for each hospital
                using the following steps:
                 Step 1: Select the provider's longest cost report from its Federal
                fiscal year (FFY) 2018 cost reports. (Alternatively, in the rare case
                when the provider has no FFY 2018 cost report because the cost report
                for the previous Federal fiscal year spanned the FFY 2018 time period,
                the previous Federal fiscal year cost report would be used in this
                step.)
                 Step 2: Annualize the uncompensated care costs (UCC) from Worksheet
                S-10 Line 30, if the cost report is more than or less than 12 months.
                (If applicable, use the statewide average CCR (urban or rural) to
                calculate uncompensated care costs.)
                 Step 3: Combine adjusted and/or annualized uncompensated care costs
                for hospitals that merged using the merger policy.
                 Step 4: Calculate Factor 3 for IHS and Tribal hospitals and Puerto
                Rico hospitals that have a cost report for 2013 using the low-income
                insured days proxy based on FY 2013 cost report data and the most
                recent available SSI ratio (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals, 14 percent
                of the hospital's FY 2013 Medicaid days). The denominator is calculated
                using the low-income insured days proxy data from all DSH eligible
                hospitals.
                 Step 5: Calculate Factor 3 for the remaining DSH eligible hospitals
                using annualized uncompensated care costs (Worksheet S-10 Line 30)
                based on FY 2018 cost report data (from Step 1, 2 or 3). New hospitals
                and the hospitals for which Factor 3 was calculated in Step 4 are
                excluded from this calculation.
                 We are proposing to amend the regulation at Sec. 412.106 by adding
                a new paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(9) to reflect the methodology for
                computing Factor 3 for FY 2022 for IHS and Tribal hospitals and for
                Puerto Rico hospitals that have a 2013 cost report. We also are
                proposing to make a conforming change to limit the reference to Puerto
                Rico hospitals in paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(8) to those Puerto Rico
                hospitals that have a cost report for 2013.
                [[Page 25456]]
                (c) Proposal Related to the Per Discharge Amount of Interim
                Uncompensated Care Payments
                 Since FY 2014, we have made interim uncompensated care payments
                during the fiscal year on a per discharge basis. We have used a 3-year
                average of the number of discharges for a hospital to produce an
                estimate of the amount of the hospital's uncompensated care payment per
                discharge. Specifically, the hospital's total uncompensated care
                payment amount for the applicable fiscal year, is divided by the
                hospital's historical 3-year average of discharges computed using the
                most recent available data to determine the uncompensated care payment
                per discharge for that fiscal year.
                 We are proposing to modify this calculation for FY 2022 to be based
                on the average of FY 2018 and FY 2019 historical discharge data, rather
                than a 3-year average that includes data from FY 2018, FY 2019, and FY
                2020. We believe computing a 3-year average with the FY 2020 discharge
                data would underestimate discharges, due to the decrease in discharges
                during the pandemic. Under this proposal, the resulting 2-year average
                of discharges would be used to calculate the per discharge payment
                amount that will be used to make interim uncompensated care payments to
                each projected DSH eligible hospital during FY 2022. The interim
                uncompensated care payments made to a hospital during the fiscal year
                are reconciled following the end of the year to ensure that the final
                payment amount is consistent with the hospital's prospectively
                determined uncompensated care payment for the Federal fiscal year.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58833 and 58834), we
                finalized a voluntary process through which a hospital may submit a
                request to its MAC for a lower per discharge interim uncompensated care
                payment amount, including a reduction to zero, once before the
                beginning of the Federal fiscal year and/or once during the Federal
                fiscal year. In conjunction with this request, the hospital must
                provide supporting documentation demonstrating there would likely be a
                significant recoupment (for example, 10 percent or more of the
                hospital's total uncompensated care payment or at least $100,000) at
                cost report settlement if the per discharge amount is not lowered. For
                example, a hospital might submit documentation showing a large
                projected increase in discharges during the fiscal year to support
                reduction of its per discharge uncompensated care payment amount. As
                another example, a hospital might request that its per discharge
                uncompensated care payment amount be reduced to zero midyear if the
                hospital's interim uncompensated care payments during the year have
                already surpassed the total uncompensated care payment calculated for
                the hospital.
                 Under the policy we finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, the hospital's MAC would evaluate these requests and the
                supporting documentation before the beginning of the Federal fiscal
                year and/or with midyear requests when the historical average number of
                discharges is lower than hospital's projected FY 2022 discharges. If
                following review of the request and the supporting documentation, the
                MAC agrees that there likely would be significant recoupment of the
                hospital's interim Medicare uncompensated care payments at cost report
                settlement, the only change that will be made is to lower the per
                discharge amount either to the amount requested by the hospital or
                another amount determined by the MAC to be appropriate to reduce the
                likelihood of a substantial recoupment at cost report settlement. If
                the MAC determines it would be appropriate to reduce the interim
                Medicare uncompensated care payment per discharge amount, that updated
                amount will be used for purposes of the outlier payment calculation for
                the remainder of the Federal fiscal year. We refer readers to the
                Addendum to this proposed rule for a more detailed discussion of the
                steps for determining the operating and capital Federal payment rate
                and the outlier payment calculation. No change would be made to the
                total uncompensated care payment amount determined for the hospital on
                the basis of its Factor 3. In other words, any change to the per
                discharge uncompensated care payment amount will not change how the
                total uncompensated care payment amount will be reconciled at cost
                report settlement.
                (d) Process for Notifying CMS of Merger Updates and To Report Upload
                Issues
                 As we have done for every proposed and final rule beginning in FY
                2014, in conjunction with this proposed rule, we will publish on the
                CMS website a table listing Factor 3 for all hospitals that we estimate
                will receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in FY 2022
                (that is, those hospitals that will receive interim uncompensated care
                payments during the fiscal year), and for the remaining subsection (d)
                hospitals and subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that have the
                potential of receiving a Medicare DSH payment in the event that they
                receive an empirically justified Medicare DSH payment for the fiscal
                year as determined at cost report settlement. However, we note that a
                Factor 3 will not be published for the hospitals that would be subject
                to the proposed new trim, which is similar to the approach for new
                hospitals, which also do not have a Factor 3 published. At the time of
                development of this proposed rule, the FY 2019 SSI ratios were not
                available. Accordingly, we computed Factor 3 for IHS and Tribal
                hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals using the most recent available
                data regarding SSI days from the FY 2018 SSI ratios. If more recent
                data become available, then we would use such data in the final rule.
                 We also will publish a supplemental data file containing a list of
                the mergers that we are aware of and the computed uncompensated care
                payment for each merged hospital. In the DSH uncompensated care
                supplemental data file, we list new hospitals and the ten hospitals
                that would be subject to the proposed new trim, with a N/A in the
                Factor 3 column.
                 Hospitals have 60 days from the date of public display of the FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule in the Federal Register to review the
                table and supplemental data file published on the CMS website in
                conjunction with the proposed rule and to notify CMS in writing of
                issues related to mergers and/or to report potential upload
                discrepancies due to MAC mishandling of the Worksheet S-10 data during
                the report submission process (for example, report not reflecting audit
                results due to MAC mishandling or most recent report differs from
                previously accepted amended report due to MAC mishandling). Comments
                raising issues that are specific to the information included in the
                table and supplemental data file can be submitted to the CMS inbox at
                [email protected]. All other comments submitted in response to
                our proposed policies for determining uncompensated care payments for
                FY 2022 must be submitted in one of three ways found in the ADDRESSES
                section of this proposed rule before the close of the comment period in
                order to be assured consideration. In addition, this CMS DSH inbox is
                not intended for Worksheet S-10 audit process related emails, which
                should be directed to the MACs. We will address comments related to
                mergers and/or reporting upload discrepancies submitted to the CMS DSH
                inbox as appropriate in the table and the supplemental data file that
                we publish on the CMS website in
                [[Page 25457]]
                conjunction with the publication of the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule.
                 For FY 2022, we are again proposing that hospitals will have 15
                business days from the date of public display of the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule in the Federal Register to review and submit comments on
                the accuracy of the table and supplemental data file published in
                conjunction with the final rule. Any changes to Factor 3 would be
                posted on the CMS website and would be effective beginning October 1,
                2021. We continue to believe that hospitals have sufficient opportunity
                during the comment period for the proposed rule to provide information
                about recent and/or pending mergers and/or to report upload
                discrepancies. Hospitals do not enter into mergers without advanced
                planning. A hospital can inform CMS during the comment period for the
                proposed rule regarding any merger activity not reflected in
                supplemental file published in conjunction with the proposed rule. As
                discussed in an earlier section, we currently expect to use data from
                the March 2021 HCRIS extract for the FY 2022 final rule, which
                contributes to our increased confidence that hospitals would be able to
                comment on mergers and report any upload discrepancies during the
                comment period for this proposed rule. However, we also noted that we
                may consider using more recent data that may become available after
                March 2021, but before the final rule for the purpose of calculating
                the final Factor 3s for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. In the
                event that there are any remaining merger updates and/or upload
                discrepancies after the final rule, the 15 business days from the date
                of public display of the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule deadline
                should allow for the time necessary to prepare and make any corrections
                to Factor 3 calculations before the beginning of the Federal fiscal
                year.
                 We are inviting public comments on our proposed methodology for
                calculating Factor 3 for FY 2022, including, but not limited to, our
                proposed use of FY 2018 Worksheet S-10 data.
                F. Counting Days Associated With Section 1115 Demonstration Projects in
                the Medicaid Fraction
                 Some States extend medical coverage benefits under a section
                1115(a) demonstration project (also referred to as a section 1115
                waiver) to populations that could not have been made eligible for
                medical assistance under the Medicaid State plan. These populations,
                commonly referred to as expansion populations or expansion waiver
                groups, are specific, finite populations defined in the waiver approval
                letters and special terms and conditions for each demonstration
                project.
                 On January 20, 2000, we issued an interim final rule with comment
                period (65 FR 3136) (hereinafter, January 2000 interim final rule),
                followed by a final rule issued on August 1, 2000 (65 FR 47086 through
                47087), that changed the Secretary's policy on how to treat the patient
                days of all populations that receive medical coverage benefits under a
                section 1115 demonstration project in calculating the Medicare DSH
                adjustment. Previously, hospitals could include only the days for those
                populations receiving medical coverage benefits under a section 1115
                demonstration project who were, or could have been made, eligible for
                Medicaid under the State plan. Patient days of those expansion waiver
                groups who were not and could not be made eligible for medical
                assistance under the State plan were not to be included for purposes of
                determining Medicaid patient days in calculating the Medicare DSH
                patient percentage.
                 Under the new policy adopted in the January 2000 interim final rule
                (65 FR 3137), hospitals could include in the numerator of the Medicaid
                fraction all patient days of populations eligible for Title XIX for
                which matching payment through a section 1115 expansion waiver
                demonstration project is made, whether or not those individuals were or
                could be made eligible for medical assistance under a State plan. This
                policy was effective for discharges occurring on or after January 20,
                2000. In the January 2000 interim final rule (65 FR 3137), we explained
                that allowing hospitals to include patient days for section 1115
                expansion populations in the Medicare DSH calculation is fully
                consistent with the Congressional goals of the Medicare DSH adjustment
                to recognize the higher costs to hospitals of treating low-income
                individuals covered under Medicaid.
                 In the FY 2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45420 and 45421), we further
                revised our regulations in order to limit the types of section 1115
                waiver programs for which patient days could be counted in the
                numerator of the Medicaid fraction. We explained that in allowing
                hospitals to include patient days of section 1115 expansion waiver
                populations, our intention was to include patient days of those
                populations who, under a demonstration project, receive benefits,
                including inpatient hospital coverage benefits, that are similar to the
                benefits provided to traditional Medicaid beneficiaries. We had become
                aware, however, that certain section 1115 demonstration projects serve
                expansion populations with benefit packages so limited that the
                benefits are unlike the relatively expansive health care insurance
                coverage provided under a Medicaid State plan. We explained that these
                limited section 1115 demonstration projects extend coverage only for
                specific services and do not include insurance coverage for inpatient
                hospital care. We noted that due to the limited nature of the coverage
                provided under the section 1115 waiver, these expansion populations
                could have significantly higher incomes than traditional Medicaid
                beneficiaries. Because of the limited nature of the medical coverage
                benefits provided to expansion populations under these waivers, as
                compared to the benefits provided to the traditional Medicaid
                population under a State plan, and the possible difference in income
                levels between the expansion populations in limited benefit
                demonstrations and traditional Medicaid beneficiaries, we determined it
                was appropriate to exclude patient days of patients provided limited
                benefits under a section 1115 waiver from the determination of Medicaid
                days for purposes of the DSH calculation. Specifically, we revised the
                language of Sec. 412.106(b)(4)(i) to provide that for purposes of
                determining the Medicaid fraction, a patient is deemed eligible for
                Medicaid on a given day only if the patient is eligible for inpatient
                hospital services under an approved State Medicaid plan or under a
                section 1115 waiver. Thus, under our current regulations, hospitals are
                allowed to count patient days in the numerator of the Medicaid fraction
                only if they are days of patients eligible for inpatient hospital
                services under either a State Medicaid plan or section 1115 expansion
                waiver, who are not also entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A.
                 In the FY 2004 IPPS final rule, we specifically discussed family
                planning benefits offered under a section 1115 waiver as an example of
                the kind of waiver program that should not be counted in the Medicaid
                fraction because the benefits granted to the expansion population are
                too limited and, therefore, might be offered to populations with
                significantly higher incomes. Our intention was to provide a concrete
                example of how the changes being made in the FY 2004 IPPS final rule
                would refine the Secretary's policy to allow only the days of those
                expansion waiver populations who are provided medical coverage
                benefits, and
                [[Page 25458]]
                specifically coverage of inpatient hospital care, like the health care
                coverage that traditional Medicaid beneficiaries receive under a State
                plan, to be included in the numerator of the Medicaid fraction of the
                Medicare DSH calculation. While we specifically discussed section 1115
                waiver family planning benefits, it was our intention that they would
                serve as an illustrative example of the kind of benefits offered
                through a section 1115 waiver program that are so limited that the
                patients receiving them should not be considered eligible for Medicaid
                for purposes of the DSH calculation.
                 In 2005, the Ninth Circuit held that expansion populations receive
                care ``under the State plan'' and that, accordingly, our pre-2000
                practice of excluding them from the numerator of the Medicaid fraction
                was contrary to the plain language of the Act.\938\ Subsequently, the
                District Court for the District of Columbia reached the same
                conclusion, reasoning that if our policy of counting the days of
                expansion populations after 2000 was correct, then patients in
                expansion populations were necessarily ``eligible for medical
                assistance under a State plan'' (that is Medicaid) and the Act had
                always required their inclusion.\939\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \938\ Portland Adventist Med. Ctr. v. Thompson, 399 F.3d 1091,
                1096 (9th Cir. 2005).
                 \939\ Cookeville Reg'l Med. Ctr. v. Thompson, No. 04-1053, 2005
                WL 3276219, at *4-6 (D.D.C. Oct. 28, 2005).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Shortly thereafter, in early 2006, Congress enacted the Deficit
                Reduction Act of 2005 (``the DRA''). Section 5002 of the DRA amended
                section 1886(d)(5)(F)(vi) of the Act to clarify our authority to
                include or exclude expansion populations from the DSH calculation,
                effectively overruling the earlier court decisions. Section 5002(a) of
                the DRA clarified that expansion populations receiving Medicaid
                benefits were not ``eligible for medical assistance under a State
                plan'' by referring to them as ``not so eligible.'' The statute made
                explicit that the Secretary nevertheless has the discretion to
                ``regard'' certain expansion populations as being ``eligible for
                medical assistance under a State plan'' for the purpose of the DSH
                calculation, and to include them in the numerator of the Medicaid
                fraction ``to the extent and for the period the Secretary determines
                appropriate.'' Section 5002(b) of the DRA expressly ratified our pre-
                2000 policy of not including expansion populations unless they could
                have been made eligible for Medicaid. As discussed, at the time the DRA
                was enacted, CMS ``regarded'' only a small subset of expansion
                populations as being eligible for Medicaid: Those who were eligible to
                receive inpatient hospital insurance benefits under the terms of the
                expansion waiver. In light of that history, we have not understood the
                DRA to grant CMS the authority to include in the DSH calculation any
                patient who in any way benefits from a section 1115 demonstration
                project. Rather, our authority under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(vi) of the
                Act remains limited to including expansion populations--that is,
                patients who can be ``regarded'' as ``eligible for medical assistance
                under a State plan approved under title XIX'' (that is, Medicaid)
                because they receive benefits through a section 1115 demonstration
                project that are comparable to traditional Medicaid benefits.
                 More recently, section 1115 demonstration projects have been used
                to authorize the funding of uncompensated care pools that help to
                offset the burden that treating the uninsured places on hospitals.
                These pools do not extend Medicaid benefits to uninsured individuals.
                Unlike demonstration projects that expand the population of people who
                are entitled to Medicaid benefits, these pools do not provide inpatient
                health coverage directly to patients or, like insurance, make payments
                on behalf of specific, covered individuals, but rather directly benefit
                hospitals and other providers by making Medicaid funds available to
                compensate them for the otherwise uncompensated costs that they incur
                in providing medical care to the uninsured and under-insured. Making
                these funding pools available to hospitals and other providers to
                reduce their uncompensated costs advances the objective of the Medicaid
                program, as required by section 1115 of the Act, by making these
                entities more financially viable and able to continue to serve the
                Medicaid population. Indeed, these uncompensated care pools serve
                essentially the same function as Medicaid DSH payments under sections
                1902(a)(13)(A)(iv) and 1923 of the Act by indirectly subsidizing the
                cost of treating the uninsured, while not extending Medicaid benefits
                to additional populations.
                 Consistent with our current policy of excluding patient days of
                individuals provided limited benefits (like family planning benefits)
                under a section 1115 expansion waiver from the numerator of the
                Medicaid fraction because the benefits they receive are too limited to
                be considered similar to Medicaid coverage, we believe it is also
                appropriate to exclude patient days for which hospitals receive payment
                from an uncompensated care pool or other similar funding source
                authorized by section 1115(a)(2). Uncompensated care pools and other
                funding streams provided to hospitals do not offer any medical coverage
                benefits directly to individuals, let alone benefits that are
                comparable to the panoply of benefits provided to traditional Medicaid
                beneficiaries under a State plan. As a result, we do not believe that
                the uninsured patients whose costs are partially offset by
                uncompensated care pools can be ``regarded'' as being eligible for
                Medicaid as required under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(vi) of the Act.
                Therefore, the patient days paid from such pools and other similar
                sources should not be included in the calculation of the Medicare DSH
                adjustment.
                 Similarly, we believe the days of patients who, under a section
                1115 expansion waiver, receive premium assistance--that is, financial
                assistance that can be used to help with the purchase of health
                insurance from a private entity--should also be excluded from the DSH
                calculation. Like patients receiving only a family planning or other
                limited benefit from a demonstration project, premium assistance
                patients do not receive guaranteed health insurance coverage for
                inpatient hospital services. Rather, they receive money they can use to
                buy private health insurance that may not necessarily provide the same
                type of benefits traditional Medicaid beneficiaries receive. Moreover,
                premium assistance is usually offered on a sliding scale with
                relatively wealthy individuals receiving smaller subsidies and
                individuals with lower incomes receiving higher subsidies. As a result,
                individuals who receive premium assistance under an expansion waiver
                program may be significantly wealthier than traditional Medicaid
                beneficiaries. Because individuals receiving premium assistance as part
                of an expansion waiver do not directly receive health insurance for
                inpatient hospital services and may have higher incomes than
                traditional Medicaid beneficiaries, we do not believe the days of such
                patients are properly included in the numerator of the Medicaid
                fraction.
                 Recently, however, courts have decided in a series of cases
                (Bethesda Health, Inc. v. Azar, 980 F.3d 121 (DC Cir. 2020); Forrest
                General Hospital v. Azar, 926 F.3d 221 (5th Cir. 2019); HealthAlliance
                Hosps., Inc. v. Azar, 346 F. Supp. 3d 43 (D.D.C. 2018)) that, based on
                the current language of the regulations, CMS is required to count in
                the numerator of the Medicaid fraction patient days for which hospitals
                have
                [[Page 25459]]
                received payment from an uncompensated care pool authorized by a
                section 1115 demonstration and the days of patients who receive premium
                assistance under a section 1115 demonstration program. These courts
                have concluded that if a hospital received payment for otherwise
                uncompensated inpatient hospital treatment of a patient, that patient
                is ``eligible for inpatient hospital services'' within the meaning of
                the current regulation. Likewise, the courts have concluded that
                patients who receive premium assistance to pay for private insurance
                that covers inpatient hospital services are ``eligible for inpatient
                hospital services'' within the meaning of the current regulation. As
                discussed previously, that was not our intent when we adopted the
                current language of the regulation, and we continue to believe that it
                is not appropriate to include patient days associated with these types
                of expansion programs in the Medicare DSH calculation because the
                benefits offered under these section 1115 demonstrations are not
                similar to traditional Medicaid benefits and may be provided to
                individuals with much higher incomes.
                 In light of these court decisions, we believe it is appropriate to
                further revise our regulations to ensure that the only section 1115
                days that may be counted in the numerator of the Medicaid fraction are
                the days of patients for whom a section 1115 waiver provides inpatient
                hospital insurance coverage benefits directly to that patient on that
                day. Medicaid provides inpatient hospital insurance benefits directly
                to specific individuals. Patient days associated with a section 1115
                waiver program that does not similarly directly provide inpatient
                hospital insurance coverage to specific individuals are not comparable
                to the days of patients receiving traditional Medicaid benefits, and
                therefore, should not be counted in the numerator of the Medicaid
                fraction. Accordingly, we are proposing to revise the regulation at
                Sec. 412.106(b)(4)(i) to state explicitly that a patient is deemed
                eligible for Medicaid for the purposes of the DSH calculation on a
                given day, and the corresponding patient day is included in the
                numerator of the Medicaid fraction, only if the patient is eligible for
                inpatient hospital services under an approved State Medicaid plan that
                includes coverage for inpatient hospital care on that day or directly
                receives inpatient hospital insurance coverage on that day under a
                waiver authorized under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act. We also propose
                to remove Sec. 412.106(b)(4)(ii) in its entirety as this provision
                would no longer be needed.
                 We invite comments on this proposal.
                G. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: Proposed Updates and
                Changes (Sec. Sec. 412.150 through 412.154)
                1. Statutory Basis for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                 Section 1886(q) of the Act, as amended by section 15002 of the 21st
                Century Cures Act, establishes the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program. Under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, Medicare
                payments under the acute inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS)
                for discharges from an applicable hospital, as defined under section
                1886(d) of the Act, may be reduced to account for certain excess
                readmissions. Section 15002 of the 21st Century Cures Act requires the
                Secretary to compare hospitals with respect to the proportion of
                beneficiaries who are dually eligible for Medicare and full-benefit
                Medicaid (``dually eligible beneficiaries'') in determining the extent
                of excess readmissions. We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (80 FR 49530 through 49531) and the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38221 through 38240) for a detailed discussion of and
                additional information on the statutory history of the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program.
                2. Regulatory Background
                 We refer readers to the following final rules for detailed
                discussions of the regulatory background and descriptions of the
                current policies for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program:
                 FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51660 through
                51676);
                 FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53374 through
                53401);
                 FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50649 through
                50676);
                 FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50024 through
                50048);
                 FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49530 through
                49543);
                 FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56973 through
                56979);
                 FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38221 through
                38240);
                 FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41431 through
                41439);
                 FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42380 through
                42390); and
                 FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58844 through
                58847).
                 We have also codified certain requirements of the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program at 42 CFR 412.152 through 412.154. In
                section V.G.15 of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing
                to update the regulatory text at 42 CFR 412.154(f)(4) to add the phrase
                ``or successor website'' in order to reflect the change in the CMS
                website name from Hospital Compare to Care Compare.
                3. Summary of Proposed Policies for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program
                 In section V.G.5 of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt a cross-program measure suppression policy due to
                the impact of the COVID-19 public health emergency (PHE) on quality
                measurement and pay-for-performance programs including the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program. In section V.G.6 of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to suppress the Hospital 30-Day,
                All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following
                Pneumonia Hospitalization measure (NQF #0506) and we provide
                information on technical specification updates for the remaining five
                condition/procedure-specific readmission measures to exclude COVID-19
                diagnosed patients from the measure denominators beginning in fiscal
                year (FY) 2023. In section V.G.8 of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                we are proposing to use the MedPAR data to determine aggregate payments
                that aligns with the applicable period for FY 2022. In section V.G.9 of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing the automatic
                adoption of the use of MedPAR data corresponding to the applicable
                period beginning with the FY 2023 program year and all subsequent
                program years, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary. In section
                V.G.13 of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are clarifying our
                Extraordinary Circumstances (ECE) Policy. In section V.G.14 of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, we request public comment on possible
                future stratification of results by race and ethnicity for our
                condition/procedure-specific readmission measures and by expansion of
                standardized data collection to additional social factors, such as
                language preference and disability status. We are also seeking comment
                in that section on mechanisms of incorporating other demographic
                characteristics into analysis that address and advance health equity,
                such as the potential to include administrative and self-reported data
                to measure co-occurring disability status.
                 We discuss these proposals in greater detail in this proposed rule.
                [[Page 25460]]
                4. Current Measures
                 The Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program currently includes six
                applicable conditions/procedures: acute myocardial infarction (AMI);
                heart failure (HF); pneumonia; elective primary total hip arthroplasty/
                total knee arthroplasty (THA/TKA); chronic obstructive pulmonary
                disease (COPD); and coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) surgery.
                 We continue to believe the measures we have adopted adequately meet
                the goals of the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. However, due
                to the potentially substantial relationship between pneumonia and
                COVID-19, we are proposing to suppress temporarily the inclusion of the
                Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR)
                following Pneumonia Hospitalization measure (NQF #0506) in the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program measure set for the FY 2023 applicable
                period in section V.G.6 of this preamble. We are also providing
                information on technical specification updates for the remaining five
                condition/procedure-specific readmission measures to exclude COVID-19
                diagnosed patients from the measure denominators, including the
                Hospital 30-Day All-Cause Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR)
                Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (NQF
                #0505), the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned, Risk-Standardized
                Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
                Surgery (NQF #2515), the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized
                Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
                (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1891), the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Heart Failure
                Hospitalization (NQF #0330), and the Hospital-Level 30-Day, All-Cause
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Elective Primary
                Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF
                #1551) beginning in FY 2023.
                 We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41431 through 41439) for more information about how the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program supports CMS' goal of bringing quality
                measurement, transparency, and improvement together with value-based
                purchasing to the hospital inpatient care setting through the
                Meaningful Measures Framework. We refer readers to section IX.A of this
                proposed rule, where we request information on potential actions and
                priority areas that would enable the continued transformation of our
                quality measurement enterprise toward greater digital capture of data
                and use of the FHIR standard (as described in that section). We also
                refer readers to section IX.B of this proposed rule, where we request
                information on potentially expanding the scope of our methodology to
                adjust outcomes measurement to recognize disparities in care, to
                include statistically estimated race and ethnicity information.
                5. Proposed Flexibility for Changes That Affect Quality Measures During
                a Performance Period in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                 In previous rules, we have identified the need for flexibility in
                our quality programs to account for the impact of changing conditions
                that are beyond participating facilities' or practitioners' control. We
                identified this need because we would like to ensure that participants
                in our programs are not affected negatively when their quality
                performance suffers not due to the care provided, but due to external
                factors.
                 A significant example of the type of external factor that may
                affect quality measurement is the COVID-19 public health emergency
                (PHE), which has had and continues to have significant and ongoing
                effects on the provision of medical care in the country and around the
                world. The COVID-19 PHE impedes effective quality measurement in
                several ways. Changes to clinical practices to accommodate safety
                protocols for medical personnel and patients, as well as unpredicted
                changes in the number of stays and facility-level case mixes, have
                affected the data used in quality measurement and the resulting quality
                scores. Measures used in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                need to be evaluated to determine whether their specifications need to
                be updated to account for new clinical guidelines, diagnoses or
                procedure codes, and medications that we have observed during the PHEs.
                Additionally, COVID-19 prevalence is not identical across the country,
                meaning that the medical provider community has been affected
                differently at different times throughout the calendar year. Under
                those circumstances, we remain significantly concerned that the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program's quality measurement scores
                are distorted, which would result in skewed payment incentives and
                inequitable payments, particularly for hospitals that have treated more
                COVID-19 patients than others.
                 It is not our intention to penalize hospitals for performance on
                measures that are affected significantly by global events like the
                COVID-19 PHE. As previously discussed, the COVID-19 PHE has had, and
                continues to have, significant and enduring effects on health care
                systems around the world, and affects care decisions, including
                readmissions to the hospital as measured by the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program. As a result of the PHE, hospitals could provide care
                to their patients that meets the underlying clinical standard but
                results in worse measured performance, and by extension, lower
                incentive payments in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. We
                are concerned that regional and temporal differences in COVID-19
                prevalence during the FY 2022 Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                applicable period, which includes data collected during the PHE, have
                directly affected hospitals' readmissions measure performance for the
                FY 2022 program year. Although regional and temporal differences in
                COVID-19 prevalence rates would not necessarily represent differences
                in the quality of care furnished by hospitals, they would directly
                affect the payment adjustments that these hospitals would receive and
                could result in an unfair and inequitable distribution in the
                assessment of penalties for excess readmissions. These inequities could
                be especially pronounced for hospitals that have treated a large number
                of COVID-19 patients.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to adopt a policy for the duration of
                the PHE for COVID-19 that would enable us to suppress the use of
                quality measures via adjustment to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program's scoring methodology if we determine that circumstances caused
                by the COVID-19 PHE have affected those measures and the associated
                ``excess readmissions'' calculations significantly. Under this proposed
                policy, if we determine that the suppression of a Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program measure is warranted for a Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program applicable period, we would propose to calculate the
                measure's rates for that program year but then suppress the use of
                those rates to make changes to hospitals' Medicare payments. In the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, this policy would have the
                effect of temporarily weighting the affected measure at 0% in the
                program's scoring methodology until adjustments are made, the affected
                portion of the performance period for the measure is no longer
                applicable to program scoring, or the measure is
                [[Page 25461]]
                removed entirely through rulemaking. We would still provide feedback
                reports to hospitals as part of program activities, including to inform
                their quality improvement activities, and to ensure that they are made
                aware of the changes in performance rates that we have observed. We
                would also publicly report suppressed measures' data with appropriate
                caveats noting the limitations of the data due to the PHE for COVID-19.
                 In developing this proposed policy, we considered what
                circumstances caused by the PHE for COVID-19 would affect a quality
                measure significantly enough to warrant its suppression in a value-
                based purchasing program. We believe that significant deviation in
                measured performance that can be reasonably attributed to the PHE is a
                significant indicator of changes in clinical conditions that affect
                quality measurement. Similarly, we believe that a measure may be
                focused on a clinical topic or subject that is proximal to the disease,
                pathogen, or other health impacts of the PHE. As has been the case
                during the COVID-19 PHE, we believe that rapid or unprecedented changes
                in clinical guidelines and care delivery, potentially including
                appropriate treatments, drugs, or other protocols may affect quality
                measurement significantly and should not be attributed to the
                participating facility positively or negatively. We also note that
                scientific understanding of a particular disease or pathogen may evolve
                quickly during an emergency, especially in cases of new diseases or
                conditions. Finally, we believe that, as evidenced during the COVID-19
                PHE, national or regional shortages or changes in health care
                personnel, medical supplies, equipment, diagnostic tools, and patient
                case volumes or facility-level case mix may result in significant
                distortions to quality measurement.
                 Based on these considerations, we developed a number of Measure
                Suppression Factors that we believe should guide our determination of
                whether to propose to suppress a Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program measure for one or more program years that overlap with the PHE
                for COVID-19. We are proposing to adopt these Measure Suppression
                Factors for use in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, and for
                consistency, the following value-based purchasing programs: Hospital
                VBP Program, HAC Reduction Program, Skilled Nursing Facility Value-
                Based Purchasing Program, and End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive
                Program. We believe that these Measure Suppression Factors will help us
                evaluate the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program's measures and
                that their adoption in the other value-based purchasing programs, as
                previously noted, will help ensure consistency in our measure
                evaluations across programs. The proposed Measure Suppression Factors
                are:
                 1. Significant deviation in national performance on the measure
                during the PHE for COVID-19, which could be significantly better or
                significantly worse compared to historical performance during the
                immediately preceding program years.
                 2. Clinical proximity of the measure's focus to the relevant
                disease, pathogen, or health impacts of the PHE for COVID-19.
                 3. Rapid or unprecedented changes in:
                 (i) Clinical guidelines, care delivery or practice, treatments,
                drugs, or related protocols, or equipment or diagnostic tools or
                materials; or
                 (ii) the generally accepted scientific understanding of the nature
                or biological pathway of the disease or pathogen, particularly for a
                novel disease or pathogen of unknown origin.
                 4. Significant national shortages or rapid or unprecedented changes
                in: (i) Healthcare personnel; (ii) medical supplies, equipment, or
                diagnostic tools or materials; or (iii) patient case volumes or
                facility-level case mix.
                 We also considered alternatives to this proposed policy that could
                also fulfill our objective to not hold hospitals accountable for
                measure results under the Program that are distorted due to the PHE for
                COVID-19. As previously noted, the country continues to grapple with
                the effects of the COVID-19 PHE, and in March 2020, CMS issued a
                nationwide, blanket ECE for all hospitals and other facilities
                participating in our quality reporting and value-based purchasing
                programs in response to the COVID-19 PHE. This blanket ECE waived all
                data reporting requirements for Q1 and Q2 2020 data, including waiving
                the use of claims data and data collected through the CDC's web-based
                surveillance system for this data period, and quality data collection
                resumed on July 1, 2020. We considered extending this blanket ECE for
                Q3 and Q4 2020. This alternative would protect providers and suppliers
                from having their quality data used for quality scoring purposes while
                those data are likely to have been affected significantly by the COVID-
                19 PHE. However, this option would make providers' quality data
                collection and reporting to CMS no longer mandatory and would leave no
                comprehensive data available for us to provide confidential performance
                feedback to providers nor for monitoring and to inform decision-making
                for potential future programmatic changes, particularly as the PHE is
                extended.
                 As an alternative to the proposed quality measure suppression
                policy, we also considered not making any further changes to the
                Program and implementing it as previously specified. However, this
                alternative would mean assessing hospitals using quality measure data
                that has been significantly affected by the PHE for COVID-19.
                Additionally, given the geographic disparities in the COVID-19 PHE's
                effects, implementation of the Program as previously finalized would
                place hospitals in regions that were more heavily affected by the PHE
                in Q3 and Q4 of 2020 at a disadvantage compared to hospitals in regions
                that were more heavily affected during the first two quarters of CY
                2020.
                 We view the measure suppression proposal as a necessity to ensure
                that the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program does not reward or
                penalize hospitals based on factors that the Program's measures were
                not designed to accommodate. We intend for this proposed policy to
                provide short-term relief to hospitals when we have determined that one
                or more of the Measure Suppression Factors warrants the suppression of
                one or more of the Program's measures.
                 We invite public comments on this proposal for the adoption of a
                measure suppression policy for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program for the duration of the PHE for COVID-19, and also on the
                proposed Measure Suppression Factors that we developed for purposes of
                this proposed policy.
                 We are also inviting comment on whether we should consider adopting
                a measure suppression policy in the situation of a future national PHE,
                and if so, whether under such a policy, we should have the flexibility
                to suppress certain measures without specifically proposing to do so in
                rulemaking.
                 We also request comment on whether we should in future years
                consider adopting any form of regional adjustment for the proposed
                measure suppression policy that could take into account any disparate
                effects of circumstances affecting hospitals around the country that
                would prompt us to suppress a measure. For example, COVID-19 affected
                different regions of the country at different rates depending on
                factors like time of year, geographic density, State and local
                policies, and health care system capacity. In future years and for
                future PHEs, should they arise, we also request commenters' feedback on
                whether we should, rather
                [[Page 25462]]
                than suppress a measure completely by assigning it a 0 percent weight,
                consider a suppression policy with more granular effects based on our
                assessment of the geographic effects of the circumstances, and if so,
                how region-based measure suppression could be accounted for within the
                program's scoring methodology.
                6. Proposals To Address the Impact of COVID-19 on Current Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program Measures
                a. Background
                 On March 11, 2020, the WHO publicly declared COVID-19 a pandemic.
                On March 13, 2020, the President declared the COVID-19 pandemic a
                national emergency. On April 21, 2020, July 23, 2020, October 2, 2020,
                and January 7, 2021, the Secretary renewed the January 31, 2020
                determination that a PHE for COVID-19 exists and has existed since
                January 27, 2020. The Secretary may renew the PHE every 90 days until
                such time as the Secretary determines that a public health emergency no
                longer exists.
                 In response to the PHE for COVID-19, we have conducted analyses on
                the six current Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program measures to
                determine whether and how COVID-19 may have impacted the validity of
                these condition/procedure-specific readmission measures. For the
                reasons discussed below, we have concluded that COVID-19 has severely
                impacted the validity of the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-
                Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following Pneumonia
                Hospitalization measure (NQF #0506) (hereafter referred to as the CMS
                30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506)), such that we cannot
                fairly assess this measure. The FY 2022 CMS 30-Day Pneumonia
                Readmission Measure (NQF #506) applicable period is July 1, 2017
                through June 30, 2020. However, in the September 2020 IFC, we noted
                that we would except the use of any first or second quarter CY 2020
                claims data from our calculation of performance for the applicable
                fiscal years (85 FR 54833). With this exception, the FY 2022 applicable
                period for this measure would only be affected by a shortened
                performance period (July 1, 2017 through December 1, 2019) that does
                not use data from the COVID-19 PHE. Therefore, we have determined that
                it is not necessary to suppress this measure for the FY 2022 program
                year. However, given the ongoing status of the PHE and the impact of
                COVID-19 on this measure data, we are proposing to temporarily suppress
                this measure for the FY 2023 program year.
                 Although COVID-19 has also impacted the five remaining condition/
                procedure-specific measures, we have concluded that this impact is less
                severe overall and can be further mitigated by updating the measure
                specifications to exclude Medicare beneficiaries with a secondary
                diagnosis of COVID-19. Therefore, we are not proposing to suppress the
                five remaining condition/procedure-specific measures for the FY 2022
                program year but are updating their specifications instead. The
                measures are as follows:
                 Hospital 30-Day All-Cause Risk-Standardized Readmission
                Rate (RSRR) Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization
                (NQF #0505);
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned, Risk-Standardized
                Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
                Surgery (NQF #2515);
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission
                Rate (RSRR) Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
                Hospitalization (NQF #1891);
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission
                Rate (RSRR) Following Heart Failure Hospitalization (NQF #0330); and
                 Hospital-Level 30-Day, All-Cause Risk-Standardized
                Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Elective Primary Total Hip
                Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551).
                 As discussed more fully later in this section, we are modifying
                these five condition/procedure-specific measures to exclude COVID-19
                patients from the measure denominators as technical updates to the
                measure specifications.
                b. Proposal To Suppress the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure
                (NQF #0506) for the FY 2023 Program Year
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51664 through 51666), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50649
                through 50676), the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50024
                through 50048), and the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 24490
                through 24492) for information on our policies that relate to
                refinement of the readmissions measures and related methodology for the
                current applicable conditions/procedures.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to suppress temporarily the
                CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) for the FY 2023
                program year under proposed Measure Suppression Factor 2, clinical
                proximity of the measure's focus to the relevant disease or pathogen,
                particularly for a novel disease or pathogen of unknown origin, due to
                the COVID-19 PHE. COVID-19 is caused by the SAR-CoV-2 virus, which
                begins when respiratory droplets containing the virus enter an
                individual's upper respiratory tract.\940\ Pneumonia has been
                identified as a typical characteristic of individuals infected with
                COVID-19,\941\ and our analysis based on data from CY 2020 shows that a
                substantial portion of the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure
                (NQF #0506) cohort includes admissions with a COVID-19 diagnosis. In
                addition, almost all of the admissions with a COVID-19 diagnosis have a
                principal diagnosis of sepsis; observed mortality rates for these
                admissions are extremely high and are substantially higher than
                admissions without a COVID-19 diagnosis. We are concerned that these
                higher mortality rates may also potentially distort readmissions data
                for the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) cohort.
                Based on the currently available data for this measure, there is a high
                percentage of Medicare beneficiaries with a secondary diagnosis of
                COVID-19 in the measure cohort during CY 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \940\ CDC. ``How COVID-19 Spreads''. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \941\ CDC. ``Interim Clinical Guidance for Management of
                Patients with Confirmed Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19)''. Updated
                February 16, 2021. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/clinical-guidance-management-patients.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In accordance with the previously discussed measure suppression
                policy, we would weight the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure
                (NQF #0506) at zero percent in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program payment methodology such that claims data for this measure
                would not be used to assess that hospital's performance. Additionally,
                we would continue to monitor the claims that form the basis for this
                measure's calculations to evaluate the effect of the circumstances on
                quality measurement and to determine the appropriate policies in the
                future. We would also continue to provide feedback reports to hospitals
                as part of program activities to ensure that they are made aware of the
                changes in performance rates that are observed and to inform quality
                improvement activities.
                 As previously discussed, the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission
                Measure (NQF #0506) FY 2022 applicable period is July 1, 2017 through
                June 30, 2020.
                [[Page 25463]]
                However, in the September 2020 IFC, we noted that we would not use any
                first or second quarter CY 2020 claims data to assess performance for
                the applicable fiscal years (85 FR 54833). With this exception, the FY
                2022 applicable period for this measure would only be affected by a
                shortened performance period (July 1, 2017 through December 1, 2019)
                that does not use data impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Therefore, we have
                decided that it is not necessary to suppress this measure for the FY
                2022 program year. However, given the ongoing status of the PHE and the
                impact of COVID-19 on this measure's data, we are proposing to
                temporarily suppress this measure for the FY 2023 program year.
                 Our analysis of the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF
                #0506) claims data showed that a higher proportion of patients had a
                secondary diagnosis of COVID-19 than other readmission measures and
                that these patients have a higher risk of mortality than the remainder
                of the admissions in the pneumonia measure cohort.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.249
                 Data from September 2020 showed that although admission volumes for
                this cohort were substantially lower compared to admission volumes in
                September 2019, the observed readmission rates were statistically
                significantly higher compared to the observed readmission rates for
                this cohort during the same period in 2019.
                 Our analyses performed with available data demonstrated that COVID-
                19 patients captured in the pneumonia readmission measure cohort likely
                represent a distinct, severely ill group of patients for whom it may be
                difficult to adequately ascertain appropriate risk adjustment. We want
                to ensure that the measure reflects care provided by the hospital to
                Medicare beneficiaries admitted with pneumonia and we are concerned
                that excluding a significant proportion of all eligible patients may
                not accurately reflect the care provided, particularly given the
                unequal distribution of COVID-19 patients across hospitals over time.
                Suppressing this measure for the FY 2023 program year would address
                this concern.
                 As part of our analysis, we also evaluated the impact of
                suppressing the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) on
                hospital eligibility, program calculations, and payment for the FY 2023
                program year. We note that we used data from the most recently
                completed performance period, FY 2021, to simulate removal of the CMS
                30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) as compared to the
                baseline data.\942\ We found that the suppression of the CMS 30-Day
                Pneumonia Readmission
                [[Page 25464]]
                Measure (NQF #0506) resulted in about a 1 percent decrease in
                eligibility for hospitals with at least 25 eligible discharges for any
                of the readmission measures under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program; the number of hospitals receiving a payment reduction was
                reduced by 5.17 percent; the penalty as a share of payments, or the
                weighted average payment reduction decreased by .13 percentage points;
                and the estimated Medicare savings decreased by 22.20%. Therefore, we
                believe that suppressing the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure
                (NQF #0506) measure would have a minimal negative impact on eligibility
                for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, and the number of
                hospitals receiving payment reductions. Although we note that
                suppressing the CMS 30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506)
                measure would have larger impacts on the weighted average payment
                reduction and the estimated Medicare savings under the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program, the reduction in penalty as a share of
                payments and estimated Medicare savings are expected based on the
                program methodology in which each measure contributes to the payment
                reduction additively, increasing the size of the payment reduction.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \942\ We note that, for purposes of this analysis, we removed
                the pneumonia readmission measure from program results calculated
                using a 29-month performance period.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are seeking comments on our proposal to suppress the current CMS
                30-Day Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) for FY 2023.
                c. Technical Measure Specification Update To Exclude COVID-19 Diagnosed
                Patients From All Other Condition/Procedure-Specific Readmission
                Measures Beginning With FY 2023
                 In the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH final rule, we finalized a subregulatory
                process to incorporate technical measure specification updates into the
                measure specifications we have adopted for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program (79 FR 50039). We reiterated this policy in the FY
                2020 IPPS/LTCH final rule, stating our continued belief that the
                subregulatory process is the most expeditious manner possible to ensure
                that quality measures remain fully up to date while preserving the
                public's ability to comment on updates that so fundamentally change a
                measure that it is no longer the same measure that we originally
                adopted (84 FR 42385). Due to the impact of the COVID-19 PHE on the
                measures used in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, as
                described previously, we are updating these five condition/procedure-
                specific readmission measures to exclude COVID-19 diagnosed patients
                from the measure denominators. This technical update will modify these
                five condition/procedure-specific readmission measures to exclude
                certain ICD-10 Codes that represent patients with a secondary diagnosis
                of COVID-19 from the measure denominators, but will retain the measures
                in the program.
                 We believe that excluding COVID-19 patients from the measure
                denominator will ensure that these five condition/procedure-specific
                readmission measures continue to account for readmissions as intended
                and meet the goals of the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
                Additional resources about the current measure technical specifications
                and methodology for the Hospital Technical specification of the current
                readmission measures are provided at our website in the Measure
                Methodology Reports (available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html). Readmissions Reduction Program are on the
                Resources web page of the QualityNet website (available at: https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&pagename=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier3&cid=1228772412995).
                7. Automatic Adoption of Applicable Periods for FY 2023 and Subsequent
                Years
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51671) and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53375) for
                discussion of our previously finalized policy for defining ``applicable
                period''. In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41434 through
                41435) and the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42387), we
                finalized the ``applicable period'' consistent with the definition
                specified at 42 CFR 412.152, to calculate the readmission payment
                adjustment factor for FY 2022 as the 3-year time period of July 1, 2017
                through June 30, 2020.\943\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \943\ Although the FY 2022 applicable period is July 1, 2017
                through June 30, 2020, we note that first and second quarter data
                from CY 2020 is excluded from consideration for program calculation
                purposes due to the nationwide ECE that was granted in response to
                the COVID-19 PHE.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The ``applicable period'' is the 3-year period from which data are
                being collected in order to calculate excess readmission ratios (ERRs)
                and payment adjustment factors for the fiscal year; this includes
                aggregate payments for excess readmissions and aggregate payments for
                all discharges used in the calculation of the payment adjustment. The
                ``applicable period'' for dually eligible beneficiaries is the same as
                the ``applicable period'' that we otherwise adopt for purposes of the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
                 In order to provide greater certainty around future applicable
                periods for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH final rule (85 FR 58846), we finalized the automatic adoption
                of applicable periods for FY 2023 and all subsequent program years for
                the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. We remind readers that,
                beginning in FY 2023, the applicable period for the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program will be the 3-year period beginning 1
                year advanced from the previous program fiscal year's start of the
                applicable period. Under this policy, for all subsequent years, we will
                advance this 3-year period by 1 year unless otherwise specified by the
                Secretary, which we would convey through notice and comment rulemaking.
                Similarly, the applicable period for dual eligibility will continue to
                correspond to the applicable period for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program, unless otherwise specified by the Secretary. We
                refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58845
                through 58846) for a more detailed discussion of this topic. We are not
                proposing any updates to this policy in this proposed rule.
                8. Proposal To Identify Aggregate Payments for Each Condition/Procedure
                and All Discharges for FY 2022
                 When calculating the numerator (aggregate payments for excess
                readmissions), we determine the base operating DRG payment amount for
                an individual hospital for the applicable period for each condition/
                procedure using Medicare inpatient claims from the MedPAR file with
                discharge dates that are within the applicable period. Under our
                established methodology, we use the update of the MedPAR file for each
                Federal fiscal year, which is updated 6 months after the end of each
                Federal fiscal year within the applicable period, as our data source.
                 In identifying discharges for the applicable conditions/procedures
                to calculate the aggregate payments for excess readmissions, we apply
                the same exclusions to the claims in the MedPAR file as are applied in
                the measure methodology for each of the applicable conditions/
                procedures. For the FY 2022 applicable period, this includes the
                discharge diagnoses for each applicable condition/procedure based on a
                list of
                [[Page 25465]]
                specific ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS code sets, as applicable, for that
                condition/procedure, because diagnoses and procedure codes for
                discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2015 (FY 2016) began
                reporting under the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS code sets as opposed to
                the previous ICD-9-CM code set.
                 We identify Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) claims that meet the
                criteria as previously described for each applicable condition/
                procedure to calculate the aggregate payments for excess readmissions.
                This means that claims paid for under Medicare Part C (Medicare
                Advantage) are not included in this calculation. This policy is
                consistent with the methodology to calculate ERRs based solely on
                admissions and readmissions for Medicare FFS patients. Therefore,
                consistent with our established methodology, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to continue to exclude admissions for patients enrolled in
                Medicare Advantage (MA), as identified in the Medicare Enrollment
                Database.
                 In this proposed rule, for FY 2022, we are proposing to determine
                aggregate payments for excess readmissions, and aggregate payments for
                all discharges using data from MedPAR claims with discharge dates that
                align with the FY 2022 applicable period.\944\ As we stated in the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38232), we will determine the
                neutrality modifier using the most recently available full year of
                MedPAR data. However, we note that, for the purpose of modeling the
                proposed FY 2022 readmissions payment adjustment factors for this
                proposed rule, we are using the proportion of dually eligible
                beneficiaries, excess readmission ratios, and aggregate payments for
                each condition/procedure and all discharges for applicable hospitals
                from the FY 2021 Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program applicable
                period (July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2019). For the FY 2022 program
                year, applicable hospitals will have the opportunity to review and
                correct calculations based on the FY 2022 applicable period of July 1,
                2017 to December 1, 2019, before they are made public under our policy
                regarding reporting of hospital-specific information. Again, we
                reiterate that this period is intended to review the program
                calculations, and not the underlying data. For more information on the
                review and corrections process, we refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53399 through 53401).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \944\ Although the FY 2022 applicable period is July 1, 2017
                through June 30, 2020, we note that first and second quarter data
                from CY 2020 is excluded from consideration for scoring purposes due
                to the nationwide ECE that was granted in response to the COVID-19
                PHE. Taking into consideration the 30-day window to identify
                readmissions, the period for calculating DRG payments would be
                adjusted to July 1, 2017 through December 1, 2019. Further
                information will be found in the FY 2022 Hospital Specific Report
                (HSR) User Guide located on QualityNet website at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/hrrp/reports that is anticipated to
                become available in August 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to use MedPAR
                data corresponding to the applicable period for identifying discharges
                for the applicable conditions/procedures to calculate the aggregate
                payments for excess readmissions for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program. We are proposing to use the update of the MedPAR
                file for each Federal FY, which is updated 6 months after the end of
                each Federal FY within the applicable period, as our data source.
                 We welcome public comment on this proposal to identify aggregate
                payments for each condition/procedure and all discharges for the FY
                2022 applicable period using corresponding MedPAR data.
                9. Proposed Automatic Adoption of the Use of MedPAR Data Corresponding
                to the Applicable Period Beginning in FY 2023
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53387 through 53390) for discussion of our previously finalized policy
                for the use of MedPAR claims data as our data source for determining
                aggregate payments for each condition/procedure and aggregate payments
                for all discharges during applicable periods. Most recently, in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58846), we finalized our policy on
                the continued use of the MedPAR data corresponding to the applicable
                period for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program calculations for
                the FY 2021 applicable period. We also finalized our policy to use the
                update of the MedPAR file for each Federal FY, which is updated 6
                months after the end of each Federal FY within the applicable period,
                as our data source to identify discharges within the FY 2021 applicable
                period during that fiscal year. Similarly, in section V.G.8 of this
                proposed rule, we are proposing to use MedPAR data corresponding to the
                applicable period for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                calculations for the FY 2022 applicable period, and to use the update
                of the MedPAR file for each Federal FY, which is updated 6 months after
                the end of each Federal FY within the applicable period, as our data
                source.
                 We continue to believe that the use of MedPAR claims data is the
                appropriate source for identifying aggregate payments for each
                condition/procedure and all discharges during the corresponding
                applicable period for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. In
                order to provide greater certainty around future applicable periods for
                the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                final rule (85 FR 58845 through 58846), we finalized the automatic
                adoption of applicable periods for FY 2023 and all subsequent program
                years for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. Under this
                policy, the 3-year applicable period will automatically advance by 1
                year beginning in FY 2023. Because the MedPAR data used for the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program calculations corresponds to the
                applicable period, we believe that the automatic adoption of the use of
                MedPAR data corresponding to the applicable period for Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program calculations each year will similarly
                streamline the process and provide additional clarity and consistency
                to the program.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to automatically adopt the use of
                MedPAR data corresponding to the applicable period for Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program calculations for FY 2023 and all
                subsequent program years. We propose that, beginning in FY 2023, the
                MedPAR data used to calculate aggregate payments for each condition/
                procedure and for all discharges will be the 3-year period beginning 1
                year advanced from the previous program fiscal year's MedPAR data
                corresponding to the applicable period for Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program calculations. Under this proposal, for all subsequent
                years, we would advance this 3-year period by 1 year unless otherwise
                specified by the Secretary, which we would convey through notice and
                comment rulemaking. We also propose to automatically adopt the use of
                the update of the MedPAR file for each Federal FY, which is updated 6
                months after the end of each Federal FY within the applicable period,
                as our data source, and to similarly advance this by 1 year from the
                previous program fiscal year.
                 We welcome public comment on this proposal.
                10. Calculation of Payment Adjustment Factors for FY 2022
                 As we discussed in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38226),
                [[Page 25466]]
                section 1886(q)(3)(D) of the Act requires the Secretary to group
                hospitals and apply a methodology that allows for separate comparisons
                of hospitals within peer groups, based on the proportion of dually
                eligible beneficiaries served by each hospital, in determining a
                hospital's adjustment factor for payments applied to discharges
                beginning in FY 2019. Section 1886(q)(3)(D) also states that this
                methodology could be replaced through the application of subclause
                (E)(i), which states that the Secretary may take into account the
                studies conducted and the recommendations made by the reports required
                by section 2(d)(1) of the IMPACT Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-185; 42
                U.S.C. 1395 note) with respect to risk adjustment methodologies. On
                June 29, 2020,\945\ the second Report to Congress by the Department's
                Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE) on
                social risk and Medicare's value-based purchasing programs came out. We
                are continuing our review of these recommendations and will address
                them as appropriate in future rulemaking.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \945\ Department of Health and Human Services Office of the
                Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE), ``Report to
                Congress: Social Risk Factors and Performance in Medicare's Value-
                Based Purchasing Program.'' March 2020. Available at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/263676/Second-IMPACT-SES-Report-to-Congress.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We refer readers to the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38226 through 38237) for a detailed discussion of the payment
                adjustment methodology. We are not proposing any changes to this
                payment adjustment calculation methodology for FY 2022 in this proposed
                rule.
                11. Calculation of Payment Adjustment for FY 2022
                 Section 1886(q)(3)(A) of the Act defines the payment adjustment
                factor for an applicable hospital for a fiscal year as ``equal to the
                greater of: (i) The ratio described in subparagraph (B) for the
                hospital for the applicable period (as defined in paragraph (5)(D)) for
                such fiscal year; or (ii) the floor adjustment factor specified in
                subparagraph (C).'' Section 1886(q)(3)(B) of the Act, in turn,
                describes the ratio used to calculate the adjustment factor.
                Specifically, it states that the ratio is equal to 1 minus the ratio of
                aggregate payments for excess readmissions to aggregate payments for
                all discharges, scaled by the neutrality modifier. The calculation of
                this ratio is codified at 42 CFR 412.154(c)(1) and the floor adjustment
                factor is codified at 42 CFR 412.154(c)(2). Section 1886(q)(3)(C) of
                the Act specifies the floor adjustment factor at 0.97 for FY 2015 and
                subsequent fiscal years.
                 Consistent with section 1886(q)(3) of the Act, codified in our
                regulations at 42 CFR 412.154(c)(2), for FY 2022, the payment
                adjustment factor will be either the greater of the ratio or the floor
                adjustment factor of 0.97. Under our established policy, the ratio is
                rounded to the fourth decimal place. In other words, for FY 2022, a
                hospital subject to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program would
                have an adjustment factor that is between 1.0 (no reduction) and 0.9700
                (greatest possible reduction).
                 For additional information on the FY 2022 payment calculation, we
                refer readers to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                information and resources available on our QualityNet website. We are
                not proposing any changes to our calculation of payment methodology in
                this proposed rule.
                12. Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings
                 In the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period and interim
                final rule with comment period (85 FR 86193 through 86236), we
                finalized a methodology to calculate the Overall Hospital Quality Star
                Ratings (Overall Star Ratings). The Overall Star Ratings utilize data
                collected on hospital inpatient and outpatient measures that are
                publicly reported on a CMS website, including data from the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program. We refer readers to section XVI. of the
                CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule for details (85 FR 86193 through 86236).
                13. Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE) Policy for the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program
                a. Background
                (1) Previously Established Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE)
                Policy Under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                 We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49542 through 49543) and the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38239 through 38240) for discussion of our Extraordinary Circumstances
                Exception (ECE) policy. In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49542 through 49543), we adopted an ECE policy for the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program, which recognized that there may be
                periods of time during which a hospital is not able to submit data
                (from which readmission measures data are derived) in an accurate or
                timely fashion due to an extraordinary circumstance beyond its control.
                When adopting this policy, we noted that we considered the feasibility
                and implications of excluding data for certain measures for a limited
                period of time from the calculations for a hospital's excess
                readmission ratios for the applicable performance period. By minimizing
                the data excluded from the program, the proposed policy enabled
                affected hospitals to continue to participate in the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program for a given fiscal year if they
                otherwise continued to meet applicable measure minimum threshold
                requirements. We expressed the belief that this approach would help
                alleviate the burden for a hospital that might be adversely impacted by
                a natural disaster or other extraordinary circumstance beyond its
                control, while enabling the hospital to continue to participate in the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. We further observed that
                section 1886(q)(5)(D) of the Act permits the Secretary to determine the
                applicable period for readmissions data collection, and we interpreted
                the statute to allow us to determine that the period not include times
                when hospitals may encounter extraordinary circumstances. This policy
                was similar to the ECE policy for the Hospital Inpatient Quality
                Reporting (IQR) Program, as initially adopted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (76 FR 51651) and modified in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (78 FR 50836) and the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79
                FR 50277). We also considered how best to align an extraordinary
                circumstance exception policy for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program with existing extraordinary circumstance exception policies for
                other IPPS quality reporting and payment programs, such as the Hospital
                Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program, to the extent feasible.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38239), we modified
                the requirements for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program ECE
                policy to further align with the processes used by other quality
                reporting and VBP programs for requesting an exception from program
                reporting due to an extraordinary circumstance not within a provider's
                control.
                (2) Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE) Granted in Response to
                the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency
                 On March 22, 2020, in response to COVID-19, we announced relief for
                clinicians, providers, hospitals, and facilities participating in
                Medicare quality reporting and value-based
                [[Page 25467]]
                purchasing programs.\946\ Specifically, we announced that we were
                excluding data for the first and second quarters of CY 2020. On March
                27, 2020, we published a supplemental guidance memorandum that
                described the scope and duration of the ECEs we were granting under
                each Medicare quality reporting and VBP program.\947\ For the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program, we stated that qualifying claims will
                be excluded from the measure calculations for January 1, 2020-March 31,
                2020 (Q1 2020) and April 1, 2020-June 30, 2020 (Q2 2020) from the
                readmission measures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \946\ CMS, Press Release, CMS Announces Relief for Clinicians,
                Providers, Hospitals and Facilities Participating in Quality
                Reporting Programs in Response to COVID-19 (Mar. 22, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/newsroom/press-releases/cms-announces-relief-clinicians-providers-hospitals-and-facilities-participating-quality-reporting.
                 \947\ CMS, Exceptions and Extensions for Quality Reporting
                Requirements for Acute Care Hospitals, PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospitals,
                Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Home
                Health Agencies, Hospices, Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities,
                Long-Term Care Hospitals, Ambulatory Surgical Centers, Renal
                Dialysis Facilities, and MIPS Eligible Clinicians Affected by COVID-
                19 (Mar. 27, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/files/document/guidance-memo-exceptions-and-extensions-quality-reporting-and-value-based-purchasing-programs.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Updated Application of the ECE Granted in Response to COVID-19
                 On September 2, 2020, we published the Interim Final Rule with
                comment period (IFC), ``Medicare and Medicaid Programs, Clinical
                Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA), and Patient Protection and
                Affordable Care Act; Additional Policy and Regulatory Revisions in
                Response to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency'' (85 FR 54820). The
                IFC updated the ECE we granted in response to the PHE for COVID-19, for
                the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program and several other quality
                reporting programs (85 FR 54827 through 54838).
                 In the IFC, we updated the previously announced application of our
                ECE policy for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program (85 FR 54832
                through 54833) to the COVID-19 PHE to exclude any data submitted
                regarding care provided during the first and second quarters of CY 2020
                from our calculation of performance for FY 2022, FY 2023, and FY 2024.
                We expressed concern that excess readmission ratios calculated using
                excepted claims data could affect the national comparability of these
                data due to the geographic differences of COVID-19 incidence rates and
                hospitalizations along with different impacts resulting from different
                State and local law and policy changes implemented in response to
                COVID-19, and therefore may not provide a nationally comparable
                assessment of performance in keeping with the program goal of national
                comparison.
                 In the IFC, we welcomed public comments on our policy to exclude
                any data submitted regarding care provided during first and second
                quarter of CY 2020 from our calculation of performance for FY 2022, FY
                2023, and FY 2024. We will respond to those public comments in the FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 In the September 2, 2020 IFC, we also announced that if, due to
                ECEs related to the COVID-19 PHE, we do not have enough data to
                reliably measure national performance, we may propose to not assess
                hospitals based on such limited data or make temporary payment
                adjustments to facilities under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program for the affected program year. We stated that, if circumstances
                warranted, we could propose to suspend prospective application of
                program penalties or payment adjustments through the annual IPPS/LTCH
                PPS proposed rule. We also stated that, in the interest of time and
                transparency, we would provide subregulatory advance notice of our
                intentions to suspend such penalties and adjustments through routine
                communication channels to facilities, vendors, and QIOs. The
                communications could include memos, emails, and notices on the public
                QualityNet website (https://www.qualitynet.cms.gov/).\948\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \948\ We note that the QualityNet website (previously at
                QualityNet.org) has transitioned to a QualityNet.cms.gov.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. General Clarifications to Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                ECE Policy
                 After the nationwide ECE granted in response to the COVID-19 PHE
                ended, we received several requests from hospitals for individual ECEs
                under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, due to extraordinary
                circumstances resulting from the continuing impact of the PHE. In this
                proposed rule, we would like to clarify our ECE policy to highlight
                that an ECE granted under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                would exclude claims data during the corresponding ECE period. Although
                we have considered the feasibility and implications of excluding data
                under the ECE policy for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program,
                we have never specified the types of data that would be excluded under
                an ECE granted to an individual hospital. Considering that the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program only uses claims data, we would like to
                clarify our ECE policy to specify that claims data will be excluded
                from calculations of measure performance under an approved ECE for the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
                 The FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH final rule specifies that we may waive
                reporting requirements for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                in response to ECE requests, in alignment with the Hospital Inpatient
                Quality Reporting (IQR) policy (80 FR 49542). Although the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program and the Hospital IQR Program use
                different sources of data and have different requirements depending on
                the type of measure, the ECE policy applies to both programs.
                Therefore, in this proposed rule we clarify that although an approved
                ECE for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program would exclude
                excepted data from Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program payment
                reduction calculations, we are not proposing to waive the data
                submission requirements of a hospital for claims data. For example, for
                claims data, we require a hospital to submit claims to receive payments
                for the services they provided to patients. Although an individual ECE
                approval under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program would except
                data submitted by a hospital from Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program calculations, a hospital would still need to submit its claims
                in order to receive reimbursement outside the scope of the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program for services provided.
                 We have also received a few requests from hospitals for ECEs under
                the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, in which the hospitals
                requested an exception from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                payment reduction. The ECE policy for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program is intended to provide relief for a hospital that has
                been negatively impacted as a direct result of experiencing a
                significant disaster or other extraordinary circumstance beyond the
                hospital's control by excepting data from the period during which
                performance was impacted. The hospital would still be evaluated for the
                remainder of the applicable period during which performance was not
                impacted. The ECE policy is not intended to extend to payment
                reductions. Therefore, we would like to clarify that, although an
                approved ECE for the Hospital
                [[Page 25468]]
                Readmissions Reduction Program would exclude excepted data from
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program payment reduction calculations,
                it does not exempt hospitals from payment reductions under the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program. Instead of relying upon our ECE policy,
                we are relying upon our authority under subsection 1886(q)(5)(A)(i) of
                the Act to determine the scope of ``applicable conditions'', including
                the Secretary's authority to utilize his own criteria to select
                measures to be used to calculate the excess readmission measure.
                c. Clarification of the Impact of ECE Excluded Data for the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program
                 In this proposed rule, we clarify the impact of data which has been
                excluded from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program due to the
                nationwide ECE that was granted in response to COVID-19 on upcoming
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program calculations. In order to
                determine and evaluate what kind of impact the nationwide ECE might
                have on the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, we conducted
                analyses to simulate the impact of an altered performance period on
                program eligibility and the resulting payment impacts to hospitals
                using pre-COVID-19 data from the FY 2020 Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program year. This analysis was intended to evaluate what
                patterns we might observe in Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                eligibility and payment as a result of excluding 6 months of data due
                to the ECE granted in response to the PHE for COVID-19. Our analysis
                found that there would be a minimal impact on hospitals when 6 months
                of data are removed from Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                calculations. We are performing additional analyses as CY 2020 data
                becomes available, and we will provide updated analyses as necessary
                when it becomes available.
                 Although the FY 2022 applicable period is July 1, 2017 through June
                30, 2020, due to the first and second quarter CY 2020 claims exception
                period and the 30-day window to identify readmissions, the period for
                calculating ERRs would be adjusted to July 1, 2017 through December 1,
                2019. The period for calculating DRG payments would similarly be
                adjusted to July 1, 2017 through December 1, 2019 to align with the
                period to calculate ERRs. We would also note that CY 2019 data would be
                used to calculate the Neutrality Modifier, as that would be the most
                recent full year of data (since Q1 and Q2 CY 2020 data are excluded
                from FY 2020 data under the nationwide ECE). Finally, we note that each
                of the readmission measures uses claims data for the 12 months prior to
                the index hospitalization as well as index hospitalization claims for
                risk adjustment (76 FR 51672). Due to the nationwide ECE that was
                granted in response to the COVID-19 PHE, the condition/procedure-
                specific measures will use less than 12 months of data for risk
                adjustment for admissions between July 1, 2020 and June 30, 2021 during
                the FY 2023 applicable period. For example, if not for the COVID-19 PHE
                and subsequent nationwide ECE, an admission on July 1, 2020 would have
                included 12 months of prior claims data--a lookback period of July 2,
                2019 through June 30, 2020--for risk adjustment. Because claims data
                from January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 are excluded under the
                nationwide ECE, an admission on July 1, 2020 will have a shorter
                lookback period of July 2, 2019 through December 31, 2019.
                Comorbidities from the index admission will continue to be used for all
                admissions.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized our policy to
                adopt a subregulatory process to make nonsubstantive updates to payment
                adjustment factor components to facilitate the program's operation when
                minor changes are required, but do not substantively impact the
                program's previously finalized policies (84 FR 42385 through 42387).
                Based on our analysis showing that there would be a minimal impact when
                6 months of data are removed from Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program calculations, we believe that these updates to payment
                adjustment factor components are nonsubstantive and do not
                substantially impact the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program's
                previously finalized policies. Therefore, we would like to clarify that
                the impact of the two quarters of data that were excluded from the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program due to the nationwide ECE that
                was granted in response to COVID-19 on payment adjustment factor
                components will be addressed through the subregulatory process. For
                more details on these subregulatory updates, we refer readers to the
                Hospital Specific Report (HSR) User Guide located on QualityNet website
                at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/hrrp/reports.
                14. Request for Public Comment on Possible Future Stratification of
                Results by Race and Ethnicity for Condition/Procedure-Specific
                Readmission Measures
                 We are committed to achieving equity in health care outcomes for
                our beneficiaries by supporting providers in quality improvement
                activities to reduce health inequities, enabling them to make more
                informed decisions, and promoting provider accountability for health
                care disparities.\949\ As described in section IX.B of this proposed
                rule, in response to statute and policy reports from the Assistant
                Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE) of HHS and the National
                Academies of Science, Engineering and Medicine to better account for
                social risk factors in the Medicare program,\950\ we have created two
                complementary methods to calculate disparities in condition/procedure-
                specific readmission measures (the CMS Disparity Methods). The first
                method (the Within-Hospital disparity method) promotes quality
                improvement by calculating differences in outcome rates among patient
                groups within a hospital while accounting for their clinical risk
                factors. This method also allows for a comparison of those differences,
                or disparities, across hospitals, so hospitals could assess how well
                they are closing disparity gaps compared to other hospitals. The second
                methodological approach (the Across-Hospital method) is complementary
                and assesses hospitals' outcome rates for subgroups of patients across
                hospitals, allowing for a comparison among hospitals on their
                performance caring for their patients with social risk factors. We
                refer readers to the technical report describing the CMS Disparity
                Methods in detail as well as the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82
                FR 38405 through 38407) and the posted Disparity Methods Updates and
                Specifications Report posted on the QualityNet website. The CMS
                Disparity Methods have thus far focused on dual eligibility, a proxy
                for social risk factors, as the main stratification variable for
                reporting
                [[Page 25469]]
                disparity results. These stratified data are provided in confidential
                Hospital Specific Reports (HSRs) for six condition/procedure-specific
                readmission measures and not publicly reported at this time. The
                disparity methods were designed to accommodate additional types of
                stratification variables, such as race and ethnicity, language
                preference, and disability status.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \949\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                 \950\ ASPE, Report to Congress: Social Risk Factors and
                Performance Under Medicare's Value-Based Purchasing Programs (2016),
                https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/253971/ASPESESRTCfull.pdf. For
                more information, see National Academies of Sciences, Engineering,
                and Medicine, Accounting for Social Risk Factors in Medicare
                Payment: Identifying Social Risk Factors (2016), https://doi.org/10.17226/21858. See also, Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care
                Transformation Act of 2014 (2014), https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/BILLS-113hr4994enr/pdf/BILLS-113hr4994enr.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As described in section IX.B.3 of this proposed rule, we are
                seeking comment on potentially expanding our methods for stratified
                reporting of the Disparity Methods to better illuminate social
                disparities in populations served by Medicare-participating hospitals.
                As described in section IX.B.3 of the proposed rule, studies have shown
                that among Medicare beneficiaries, racial and ethnic minority persons
                often experience worse health outcomes, including more frequent
                hospital readmissions and procedural complications. We are, in
                particular, exploring the significance of racial and ethnic inequities,
                as well as other social factors such as language preference and
                disability status, in outcomes in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program.\951\ Expanding the disparity methods to include stratified
                results by both dual eligibility and race and ethnicity, as well as
                language preference and disability status, may enable a more
                comprehensive assessment of health equity and support initiatives to
                close the equity gap. We believe that hospitals will be able to use the
                results from the disparity methods to identify and develop strategies
                to promote health equity.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \951\ For example, see the RIT Race Code, available at https://www.resdac.org/cms-data/variables/research-triangle-institute-rti-race-code. See also, Health Serv Res. 2019 Feb; 54(1):13-23. doi:
                10.1111/1475-6773.13099. Epub 2018 Dec 3.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 More specifically, we are seeking comment on expanding our efforts
                to provide hospital-level results of both the Within- and Across-
                Hospital Disparity Methods, as described in section IX.B.3 of this
                proposed rule, using indirectly estimated race and ethnicity, as well
                as additional social factors, such as language preference and
                disability status. Indirect estimation relies on a statistical
                imputation method for inferring a missing variable or improving an
                imperfect administrative variable using a related set of information
                that is more readily available.\952\ Imputed data are most commonly
                used at the population level, where aggregated results form a more
                accurate description of the population than existing, imperfect data
                sets. Section IX.B.3 of this proposed rule also summarizes the existing
                challenges in accurately determining race and ethnicity in our
                administrative data, the need for using advanced statistical methods
                for indirectly estimating race and ethnicity, and the previous
                algorithms developed to indirectly estimate race and ethnicity in our
                data. The expanded methods would be reported at the hospital-level, and
                provided to hospitals in confidential HSRs for six condition/procedure-
                specific readmission measures, stratified by both dual eligibility and
                race/ethnicity: (1) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized
                Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI)
                Hospitalization (NQF #0505); (2) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-
                Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Coronary Artery Bypass
                Graft (CABG) Surgery (NQF #2515); (3) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-
                Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Chronic Obstructive
                Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1891); (4) Hospital 30-
                Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following
                Heart Failure (HF) Hospitalization (NQF #0330); (5) Hospital-Level 30-
                Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following
                Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee
                Arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551); and (6) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Pneumonia
                Hospitalization (NQF #0506), for groups where results are technically
                feasible, adequately representative, and statistically reliable.\953\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \952\ IOM. 2009. Race, Ethnicity, and Language Data:
                Standardization for Health Care Quality Improvement. Washington, DC:
                The National Academies Press.
                 \953\ Although we are proposing to suppress the CMS 30-Day
                Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) in section V.G.6 of this
                proposed rule, we note that the measure is not being proposed for
                removal and is therefore still considered one of the six condition/
                procedure-specific readmission measures included in the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To allow stakeholders an opportunity to become more familiar with,
                and gain comfort in interpreting stratified results using indirect
                estimation of race and ethnicity as described in section IX.B.3 of this
                proposed rule, hospitals would receive confidential HSRs containing
                results for the six condition/procedure-specific readmission measures,
                stratified by both dual eligibility and race/ethnicity in Spring 2022,
                prior to anticipated future publication of results in Spring 2023. Any
                proposal to publicly display stratified quality measure data for these
                six condition/procedure-specific readmission measures as previously
                described on the Care Compare website, or expand stratified reporting
                to additional social risk factors, would be made through future
                rulemaking.
                 We invite public comment on the following: (1) The possibility of
                confidentially reporting in HSRs stratified results using indirectly
                estimated race and ethnicity in addition to the currently reported
                results stratified using dual eligibility, for the six condition/
                procedure-specific readmission measures, and by expansion of
                standardized data collection to additional social factors, such as
                language preference and disability status; (2) the possibility of
                publicly reporting stratified results using both indirectly estimated
                race and ethnicity, and dual eligibility, publicly on Care Compare,
                after at least one year of confidential reporting and further
                rulemaking, for the six condition/procedure-specific measures; and (3)
                on possible mechanisms of incorporating other demographic
                characteristics into analysis that address and advance health equity,
                such as the potential to include administrative and self-reported data
                to measure co-occurring disability status.
                15. Proposed Regulatory Updates (42 CFR 412.154)
                 We are proposing to update the references to CMS resources in
                regulation text. First, we note that we renamed our Hospital Compare
                website. It is now referred to as Care Compare and is available at:
                https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare. We are proposing to revise our
                regulations for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program at 42 CFR
                412.154(f)(4) to reflect the new website name. We propose to amend CFR
                412.154(f)(4), by adding the phrase ``or successor website'' so that
                the text reads ``Hospital Compare website or successor website.'' \954\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \954\ While the statute refers to Hospital Compare, the name has
                been changed to Care Compare. Now called Care Compare, the website
                continues to serve the purpose of displaying quality data submitted
                for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite public comment on our proposal.
                H. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program: Proposed Policy
                Changes
                 Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a
                hospital value-based purchasing program (the Hospital VBP Program)
                under which value-based
                [[Page 25470]]
                incentive payments are made in a fiscal year (FY) to hospitals that
                meet performance standards established for a performance period for
                such fiscal year. Both the performance standards and the performance
                period for a fiscal year are to be established by the Secretary.
                 For more of the statutory background and descriptions of our
                current policies for the Hospital VBP Program, we refer readers to our
                codified requirements for the Hospital VBP Program at 42 CFR 412.160
                through 412.167.
                1. Proposed Flexibilities for the Hospital VBP Program in Response to
                the Public Health Emergency (PHE) Due to COVID-19
                a. Proposed Measure Suppression Policy for the Duration of the PHE for
                COVID-19
                 In previous rules, we have identified the need for flexibility in
                our quality programs to account for the impact of changing conditions
                that are beyond participating hospitals' control. We identified this
                need because we would like to ensure that participants in our programs
                are not affected negatively when their quality performance suffers not
                due to the care provided, but due to external factors.
                 A significant example of the type of external factor that may
                affect quality measurement is the COVID-19 public health emergency
                (PHE), which has had, and continues to have, significant and ongoing
                effects on the provision of medical care in the country and around the
                world. The COVID-19 pandemic and associated PHE has impeded effective
                quality measurement in many ways. Changes to clinical practices to
                accommodate safety protocols for medical personnel and patients, as
                well as unpredicted changes in the number of stays and facility-level
                case mixes, have affected the data used in quality measurement and the
                resulting quality scores. Measures used in the Hospital VBP Program
                need to be evaluated to determine whether their specifications need to
                be updated to account for new clinical guidelines, diagnosis or
                procedure codes, and medication changes that we have observed during
                the PHE. Additionally, because COVID-19 prevalence is not consistent
                across the country, hospitals located in different areas have been
                affected differently at different times throughout the pandemic. Under
                those circumstances, we remain significantly concerned that Hospital
                VBP Program quality measure scores that are calculated using data
                submitted during the PHE for COVID-19 are distorted and will result in
                skewed payment incentives and inequitable payments, particularly for
                hospitals that have treated more COVID-19 patients than others.
                 It is not our intention to penalize hospitals based on measure
                scores that we believe are distorted by the COVID-19 PHE and, thus, not
                reflective of the quality of care that the measures in the Hospital VBP
                Program were designed to assess. As previously discussed, the COVID-19
                PHE has had, and continues to have, significant and enduring effects on
                health care systems around the world, and affects care decisions,
                including those made on clinical topics covered by the Hospital VBP
                Program's measures. As a result of the COVID-19 PHE, hospitals could
                provide care to their patients that meets the underlying clinical
                standard but results in worse measured performance, and by extension,
                lower incentive payments in the Hospital VBP Program. We are also
                concerned that regional differences in COVID-19 prevalence during the
                performance periods for the FY 2022 and FY 2023 Hospital VBP Programs,
                which include CY 2020 data, have directly affected hospitals' measure
                scores for the FY 2022 and FY 2023 Hospital VBP program years. Although
                these regional differences in COVID-19 prevalence rates do not reflect
                differences in the quality of care furnished by hospitals, they
                directly affect the value-based incentive payments that these hospitals
                are eligible to receive and could result in an unfair and inequitable
                distribution of those incentives. These inequities could be especially
                pronounced for hospitals that have treated a large number of COVID-19
                patients.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to adopt a policy for the duration of
                the PHE for COVID-19 that would enable us to suppress the use of data
                for a number of measures if we determine that circumstances caused by
                the COVID-19 PHE have affected those measures and the resulting Total
                Performance Scores significantly. We are also proposing, as described
                more fully in section V.H.1.b. of this rule, to suppress all of the
                measures in the Person and Community Engagement, Safety, and Efficiency
                and Cost Reduction Domains for the FY 2022 program year because we have
                determined that circumstances caused by the COVID-19 PHE have affected
                those measures significantly, and to adopt a special scoring and
                payment rule for that program year. Under this special rule for FY
                2022, which we would codify in our regulations at Sec. 412.168, we
                would calculate measure rates for all measures, including the measures
                we are proposing to suppress, but would only calculate achievement and
                improvement scores for the measures in the Clinical Outcomes Domain,
                which we are not proposing to suppress. We would also calculate domain
                scores for the Clinical Outcomes Domain but because that domain is only
                weighted at 25 percent of the TPS and we would have no other domain
                scores, we would not calculate total performance scores (TPSs) for
                hospitals. Finally, we would reduce each hospital's base-operating DRG
                payment amount by 2 percent, as required under section 1886(o)(7)(B) of
                the Act, but because no hospital would receive a TPS for FY 2022, we
                would assign to each hospital a value-based incentive payment
                percentage that results in a value-based incentive payment amount that
                matches the 2 percent reduction to the base operating DRG payment
                amount. The net result of these payment adjustments would be neutral
                for hospitals. That is, a hospital's base operating DRG payment amount
                would remain unchanged for FY 2022.
                 We would still provide confidential feedback reports to hospitals
                on their FY 2022 measure rates on all measures to ensure that they are
                made aware of the changes in performance rates that we have observed.
                We would also publicly report Q3 and Q4 2020 data with appropriate
                caveats noting the limitations of the data due to the PHE for COVID-19.
                We note that, due to operational complications associated with extended
                deadlines for Q3 2020 data submissions for the HCAHPS and HAI measures
                granted in response to the system issues as well as the proposed
                changes in the FY 2022 scoring methodology,\955\ and in order to allow
                enough time for the appropriate notice and comment period process, we
                may not be able to provide hospitals with the feedback reports for FY
                2022 until after August 1, 2021. We intend to provide hospitals with
                these feedback reports for FY 2022 as soon as possible and estimate
                that we will be able to provide reports before the end of 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \955\ All Programs (IQR, OQR, PCH, Validation, VBP, eCQM, HACRP,
                ESRD QIP) Subject: Q3 2020 Data Submission Deadline Extension for
                Certain Medicare Quality Reporting and Value-Based Purchasing
                Programs, available at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/2020-12-inpatient-quarter-3-2020-extension-listserve-final.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For the FY 2023 program year, we are proposing to suppress only one
                measure, MORT-30-PN because we have determined that circumstances
                caused by the COVID-19 PHE have affected this measure significantly,
                but we are not proposing to adopt a special scoring and payment rule
                for that program year. Instead, the scoring and
                [[Page 25471]]
                payment rules we previously adopted at 42 CFR 412.160-412.165 would
                apply. The FY 2024 and FY 2025 program years also use CY 2020 data, but
                we are not proposing to suppress the MORT-30-PN measure in the FY 2024
                and FY 2025 program years at this time. We will continue to analyze
                this data and will address suppression of MORT-30-PN for additional
                program years in future rulemaking.
                 In developing this measure suppression proposal, we considered what
                circumstances caused by the PHE for COVID-19 would affect a quality
                measure significantly enough to warrant its suppression in the Hospital
                VBP Program. We believe that significant deviation in measured
                performance that can be reasonably attributed to the PHE is a
                significant indicator of changes in clinical conditions that affect
                quality measurement. Similarly, we believe that a measure may be
                focused on a clinical topic or subject that is proximal to the disease,
                pathogen, or other health impacts of the PHE. As has been the case
                during the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that rapid or unprecedented
                changes in clinical guidelines and care delivery, potentially including
                appropriate treatments, drugs, or other protocols, may affect quality
                measurement significantly and should not be attributed to the
                participating facility positively or negatively. We also note that
                scientific understanding of a particular disease or pathogen may evolve
                quickly during an emergency, especially in cases of new disease or
                conditions. Finally, we believe that, as evidenced during the COVID-19
                pandemic, national or regional shortages or changes in health care
                personnel, medical supplies, equipment, diagnostic tools, and patient
                case volumes or facility-level case mix may result in significant
                distortions to quality measurement.
                 Based on these considerations, we developed a number of Measure
                Suppression Factors that we believe should guide our determination of
                whether to propose to suppress a Hospital VBP Program measure for one
                or more program years where the baseline or performance period of the
                measure overlaps with the PHE for COVID-19. We are proposing to adopt
                these Measure Suppression Factors for use in the Hospital VBP Program
                and, for consistency, the following other value-based purchasing
                programs: Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program, HAC Reduction
                Program, and Skilled Nursing Facility Value-Based Purchasing Program.
                We believe that these Measure Suppression Factors will help us evaluate
                the Hospital VBP Program's measures and that their adoption in the
                other value-based purchasing programs, as previously noted, will help
                ensure consistency in our measure evaluations across programs. The
                proposed Measure Suppression Factors are:
                 5. Significant deviation in national performance on the measure
                during the PHE for COVID-19, which could be significantly better or
                significantly worse compared to historical performance during the
                immediately preceding program years.
                 6. Clinical proximity of the measure's focus to the relevant
                disease, pathogen, or health impacts of the PHE for COVID-19.
                 7. Rapid or unprecedented changes in:
                 (iii) Clinical guidelines, care delivery or practice, treatments,
                drugs, or related protocols, or equipment or diagnostic tools or
                materials; or
                 (iv) the generally accepted scientific understanding of the nature
                or biological pathway of the disease or pathogen, particularly for a
                novel disease or pathogen of unknown origin.
                 8. Significant national shortages or rapid or unprecedented changes
                in: (i) Healthcare personnel; (ii) medical supplies, equipment, or
                diagnostic tools or materials; or (iii) patient case volumes or
                facility-level case mix.
                 We also considered alternatives to this proposed policy that could
                fulfill our objective to not penalize hospitals for measure results
                that are distorted due to the PHE for COVID-19. As previously noted,
                the country continues to grapple with the effects of the COVID-19 PHE,
                and in March 2020, CMS issued a nationwide, blanket Extraordinary
                Circumstances Exception (ECE) for all hospitals and other facilities
                participating in our quality reporting and value-based purchasing
                programs in response to the COVID-19 PHE. This blanket ECE excepted
                data reporting requirements for Q1 and Q2 2020 data, including
                excepting the use of claims data, HCAHPS survey data, and data
                collected through the CDC's web-based surveillance system for this data
                period. Quality data collection resumed on July 1, 2020. We considered
                extending this blanket ECE for Q3 and Q4 2020. This alternative would
                have protected hospitals from having their quality data used for
                quality scoring purposes if those data were affected significantly by
                the COVID-19 PHE. However, this option would have made hospital quality
                data collection and reporting to CMS no longer mandatory and would have
                left us with no comprehensive data available for use in providing
                confidential performance feedback to hospitals or monitoring for
                purposes of deciding whether programmatic changes are necessary to
                adequately respond to the PHE.
                 As an alternative to the proposed quality measure suppression
                policy, we also considered not suppressing any measures under the
                Hospital VBP Program. However, this alternative would mean assessing
                hospitals using quality measure data that has been significantly
                affected by the COVID-19 PHE. Additionally, given the geographic
                disparities in the COVID-19 PHE's effects, we believe that if we do not
                adopt a policy to suppress measures that have been significantly
                affected by the PHE for COVID-19, hospitals in regions that are more
                heavily impacted by the COVID-19 PHE will be at a disadvantage when
                compared to hospitals in regions that are either not as heavily
                impacted, or are heavily impacted at a different point in the pandemic.
                 We view the measure suppression proposal as a necessity to ensure
                that the Hospital VBP Program does not reward or penalize hospitals
                based on circumstances caused by the PHE for COVID-19 that the
                Program's measures were not designed to accommodate. We intend for this
                proposed policy to provide short-term relief to hospitals when we have
                determined that one or more of the Measure Suppression Factors warrants
                the suppression of one or more of the Program's measures.
                 We invite public comment on this proposal for the adoption of a
                measure suppression policy for the Hospital VBP Program for the
                duration of the PHE for COVID-19, and also on the proposed Measure
                Suppression Factors that we developed for purposes of this proposed
                policy.
                 We are also inviting comment on whether we should consider adopting
                a measure suppression policy in the situation of a future national PHE,
                and if so, whether under such a policy, we should have the flexibility
                to suppress certain measures without specifically proposing to do so in
                rulemaking. We also request comment on whether we should in future
                years consider adopting any form of regional adjustment for the
                proposed measure suppression policy that could take into account any
                disparate effects of circumstances affecting hospitals around the
                country that would prompt us to suppress a measure. For example, COVID-
                19 affected different regions of the country at different rates
                depending on factors like time of year, geographic density, State and
                local policies, and health care system capacity. In future years and
                for future PHEs, should they arise, we also request commenters'
                feedback on
                [[Page 25472]]
                whether we should, rather than suppress a measure completely for
                scoring and payment purposes, consider a suppression policy with more
                granular effects based on our assessment of the geographic effects of
                the circumstances, and if so, how region-based measure suppression
                could be accounted for within the program's scoring methodology.
                b. Proposals To Suppress Specific Measures for the FY 2022 or FY 2023
                Program Year
                (1) Background
                 We have conducted analyses on all Hospital VBP Program measures
                with the exception of the CMS PSI 90 measure to determine whether and
                how COVID-19 has impacted the validity of these measures. Our findings
                from these analyses are discussed in this proposed rule. We did not
                conduct an analysis to determine the impact of COVID-19 on the CMS PSI
                90 measure performance because the CMS PSI 90 measure would not be
                included in TPS calculations until FY 2023, and we are proposing to
                remove this measure from the Hospital VBP Program beginning with FY
                2023. Based on those analyses, which are discussed in more detail in
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to suppress the following measures
                for the FY 2022 program year:
                 Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Provides and
                Systems (HCAHPS) (NQF #0166)
                 Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary--Hospital (NQF #2158)
                 National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Catheter-
                Associated Urinary Tract Infection (CAUTI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0138)
                 National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Central Line-
                Associated Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0139)
                 American College of Surgeons--Centers for Disease Control
                and Prevention Harmonized Procedure Specific Surgical Site Infection
                (SSI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0753)
                 National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide
                Inpatient Hospital-onset Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
                (MRSA) Bacteremia Outcomes Measure (NQF #1716)
                 National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide
                Inpatient Hospital-onset Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI) Outcome
                Measure (NQF #1717)
                 We are additionally proposing to suppress the Hospital 30-Day, All
                Cause, Risk Standardized Mortality Rate Following Pneumonia (PN)
                Hospitalization measure (NQF #0468) (MORT-30-PN) for the FY 2023
                program year. Our proposals are described in more detail in this
                proposed rule.
                (2) Proposal To Suppress the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
                Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) Survey Measure (NQF #0166) for the FY
                2022 Hospital VBP Program Year
                 We are proposing to suppress the HCAHPS measure for the FY 2022
                program year under proposed Measure Suppression Factor 1, significant
                deviation in national performance on the measure during the PHE for
                COVID-19, which could be significantly better or significantly worse as
                compared to historical performance during the immediately preceding
                program years. We would calculate hospitals' HCAHPS measure rates, but
                we would not use these measure rates to generate achievement or
                improvement points for this measure. Additionally, because the HCAHPS
                measure is the only measure included in the Person and Family
                Engagement domain, we would not calculate hospitals' FY 2022 domain
                scores for the Person and Family Engagement domain. Participating
                hospitals would continue to report the measure's data to CMS so that we
                can monitor the effect of the circumstances on quality measurement and
                determine the appropriate policies in the future. We would also
                continue to provide confidential feedback reports to hospitals as part
                of program activities to allow hospitals to track the changes in
                performance rates that we observe. We also intend to publicly report
                2020 Q3 and Q4 2020 measure rate data where feasible and appropriately
                caveated.
                 Based on our analysis of HCAHPS data from Q1 2018 to Q3 2020, we
                have observed a notable decline in hospital-level HCAHPS scores. This
                decline is associated with the COVID-19 PHE in 2020. HCAHPS measure
                results are publicly reported as ``top-box,'' ``bottom-box,'' and
                ``middle-box'' scores, with ``top-box'' being the most positive
                response to HCAHPS Survey items.\956\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \956\ https://www.hcahpsonline.org/en/summary-analyses/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In order to detect the possible impact of the COVID-19 PHE on
                patients' experience of hospital care, we conducted an ``apples-to-
                apples'' analysis in which we compared hospitals' HCAHPS measure top-
                box scores for each quarter between Q1 2019 and Q3 2020 to their top-
                box scores for each of the same quarters one year earlier. For example,
                scores from Q1 2019 were compared to scores from Q1 2018, and scores
                from Q3 2020 (the most recent data available) were compared to scores
                from Q3 2019. The pre-COVID-19 quarters reveal the trend in HCAHPS
                scores prior to the onset of the pandemic. Each of these comparisons
                shown in Table V.H-1 includes the following:
                 a. Official HCAHPS top-box scoring that adjusts for survey mode and
                patient mix.
                 b. Restriction to hospitals with at least 25 completed surveys in
                each of the two matched quarters, so that the same types of hospitals
                that achieve 100 completes over four quarters for the Hospital VBP
                Program were used.
                 c. Comparison was restricted to the same hospitals one year
                earlier, so that differential participation of hospitals during the
                excepted reporting period (Q1 and Q2 2020) did not distort results.
                 d. Comparisons of parallel quarters were used, for example Q1 to
                Q1, to neutralize any seasonal effects.
                 Table V.H-1: Change in HCAHPS Top-Box scores in matched quarters,
                from Q1 2019 vs. Q1 2018, to Q3 2020 vs. Q3 2019.
                 Each column compares data from the named quarter to data from the
                same hospitals one year earlier, thus accounting for seasonal effects
                and patient-mix adjustment.
                [[Page 25473]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.250
                 Results show that for Q1 2019 to Q4 2019, scores generally
                increased compared to the same quarter one year earlier, with changes
                of 1 compared to a year earlier. That is, changes between Q1 2019 and Q1
                2020 were both positive and negative, with some changes exceeding 1
                top-box point.
                 During the COVID-19 impacted quarters of Q2 2020 and Q3 2020,
                scores were always lower than a year earlier, generally by 1-3 top-box
                points. These changes are statistically significant in all but one
                instance, often with p Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality
                Rate Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (NQF
                #0230)
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality
                Rate Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery (NQF #2558)
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality
                Rate Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
                Hospitalization (NQF #1893)
                 Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality
                Rate Following Heart Failure Hospitalization (NQF #0229)
                 Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate
                Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total
                Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1550).
                 We note that we do not need to update these measures for the FY
                2022 program year because the only data that would have been affected
                by the PHE for COVID-19 is from the first and second quarters of CY
                2020, which are excluded under the ECE we granted in response to the
                PHE for COVID-19.
                 The measures we have adopted for the Hospital VBP Program are not
                currently specified to account for how the presence of a COVID-19 might
                impact the quality of care assessed by those measures. To determine
                this impact, we analyzed the relationship between COVID-19 and the
                measure cohorts for each of the applicable conditions/procedures for
                the Hospital VBP Program measures, as previously listed. For these
                measures, we calculated the Pearson correlation between changes in
                observed 30-day mortality rates and Medicare COVID-19 burden (defined
                as COVID-19-related hospitalizations per Medicare beneficiary) for both
                a 3-month (March-May) and 12-month (June-May) period. That is, we
                calculated the change in observed 30-day mortality rates between March-
                May 2019 (3-months) and March-May 2020, and also between June 2018-May
                2019 and June 2019-May 2020 (12-months). We then assessed the
                correlation between these changes in observed mortality rates and
                Medicare COVID-19 burden. Changes in observed 30-day mortality rates
                showed no or modest but statistically significant correlation with
                Medicare COVID-19 burden when analyzing a 3-month period for the non-
                pneumonia measures in the Hospital VBP Program; however, there was no
                significant correlation for the non-pneumonia measures when analyzing
                the 12-month period. Because the performance periods for these measures
                are each three years and there is no significant correlation between
                the change in mortality with Medicare COVID-19 burden over a 12-month
                period (using COVID-impacted data through May 2020), we believe these
                measure scores will be valid and equitable for use in the Hospital VBP
                Program.
                 In the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a technical
                updates policy which included a subregulatory process to incorporate
                technical measure specification updates into the measure specifications
                we have adopted for the Hospital VBP Program (79 FR 50077 through
                50079). We stated that these non-substantive updates might include
                exclusions to a measure (citing as an example the addition of a hospice
                exclusion to the 30-day mortality measures) (79 FR 50078). Due to the
                impact of the COVID-19 PHE on the mortality and complications measures
                used in the Hospital VBP Program, as described previously, we are
                updating the MORT-30-AMI, MORT-30-CABG, MORT-30 COPD, MORT-30-HF, and
                COMP-HIP-KNEE measures to exclude admissions with either a principal or
                secondary diagnosis of COVID-19 from the measure denominators. This
                technical update will modify these four condition-specific mortality
                measures and one procedure-specific complication measure to exclude
                certain ICD-10 Codes that identify patients with a principal or
                secondary diagnosis of COVID-19 from the measure denominators but will
                retain the measures in the program.
                 We believe that excluding COVID-19 patients from the measure
                denominator beginning with the FY 2023 program year and subsequent
                years will ensure that these four condition-specific mortality measures
                and one procedure-specific complication measure continue to account for
                mortality and complication rates as intended and meet the goals of the
                Hospital VBP Program. Technical specifications of the Hospital VBP
                Program measures are provided on our website under the Measure
                Methodology Reports section (available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
                [[Page 25480]]
                Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/
                HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html). Additional resources
                about the measure technical specifications and methodology for the
                Hospital VBP Program are on the QualityNet website (available at:
                https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/hvbp).
                e. Summary of Previously Adopted Measures for FY 2022 Through FY 2025
                Program Years
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58849 through 58850) for summaries of previously adopted measures for
                the FY 2023 and FY 2024 program years, and to the tables in this
                section showing summaries of previously adopted measures for the FY
                2023, FY 2024, and FY 2025 program years. We are proposing to remove
                the CMS PSI 90 measure from the Hospital VBP Program beginning with the
                FY 2023 program year. We are also proposing to suppress the HCAHPS,
                MSPB, and HAI measures for the FY 2022 program year, and to suppress
                the MORT-30-PN measure for FY 2023. We are not proposing to add new
                measures at this time. If these measure proposals are finalized as
                proposed, the Hospital VBP Program measure set for the FY 2022, FY
                2023, FY 2024 and FY 2025 program years would, as of now, contain the
                following measures:
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25481]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.253
                [[Page 25482]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.255
                [[Page 25483]]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                4. Previously Adopted Baseline and Performance Periods
                a. Background
                 Section 1886(o)(4) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a
                performance period for the Hospital VBP Program that begins and ends
                prior to the beginning of such fiscal year. We refer readers to the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56998 through 57003) for a
                previously finalized schedule for all future baseline and performance
                periods for previously adopted measures. We refer readers to the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38256 through 38261), the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41466 through 41469), the FY 2020 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42393 through 42395), and the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58850 through 58854) for additional
                previously adopted baseline and performance periods for the FY 2023 and
                subsequent program years. As discussed in sections V.H.3.c and
                V.H.1.b.(5). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                remove the CMS PSI 90 measure and suppress the MORT-30-PN measure for
                the FY 2023 program year.
                b. Proposal To Update the Baseline Periods for Certain Measures due to
                the Extraordinary Circumstances Exception Granted in Response to the
                COVID-19 PHE
                (1) Background
                 We previously finalized baseline and performance periods for the FY
                2023, 2024, 2025, 2026, and 2027 program years for all the measures
                included in the Hospital VBP Program, and we refer the reader to Table
                V.H-5 for those previously adopted baseline and performance periods.
                However, subsequent to finalizing those baseline periods, and as
                described further in section V.H.7., we granted an ECE in response to
                the COVID-19 PHE and stated that we will not use any first or second
                quarter of CY 2020 measure data that was voluntarily submitted for
                scoring purposes under the Hospital VBP Program.
                 If we simply removed the first and second quarter of CY 2020
                measure data from the previously finalized baseline periods for the FY
                2024 program year the baseline period for certain measures included in
                the Hospital VBP Program would only be six months, which is too short
                for purposes of calculating reliable baseline period scores.
                 Accordingly, to ensure that we have a sufficient quantity of data
                for baselining purposes, we are proposing several updates to the
                baseline periods in this proposed rule for the FY 2024 program year. We
                believe that the previously established baseline periods for FY 2022,
                FY 2025, and FY 2026 program years are not impacted. There are also
                measures whose quantity of data for baselining purposes would be
                impacted by the ECE for the FY 2027 program year. However, for these
                measures, we believe 30 and 33-month baseline periods still provide
                enough data to reliably calculate baseline scores.
                (2) Proposal To Update the FY 2024 Baseline Period for the Person and
                Community Engagement Domain Measure (HCAHPS Survey)
                 For the Person and Community Engagement Domain Measure (HCAHPS
                Survey), we finalized that the baseline period for the FY 2024 program
                year would be January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, but the
                removal of the January-June data would only leave us with six months of
                data. We believe that using at least a full year for data collection
                provides high levels of data accuracy and reliability for scoring
                hospitals on this measure (76 FR 2458). Therefore, we are proposing to
                use a baseline period of January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 so
                that we have a full year of data. This baseline period would be paired
                with the previously finalized performance period of January 1, 2022
                through December 31, 2022. We believe using data from this period will
                provide sufficiently reliable data for evaluating hospital performance
                that can be used for FY 2024 scoring. We selected this revised data
                period because it would provide the most consistency for hospitals in
                terms of the comparable length to previous program years and the
                performance period, and it would capture a full year of data, including
                any seasonal effects.
                 We note that this new proposed baseline period would not include
                the third or fourth quarters of 2020, even though those quarters were
                not included in the ECE. However, our internal analyses indicates that
                the average number of completed surveys, and thus average reliability
                of the measure as a whole, is higher when based on four consecutive
                quarters as opposed to two quarters of HCAHPS data. In addition,
                because hospitals must report at least 100 completed surveys for a
                performance period to receive an HCAHPS measure score, reducing the
                baseline period from 12 to six months would result in fewer hospitals,
                especially smaller hospitals, being able to report 100 surveys for the
                performance period. We estimate that 11 percent of the hospitals that
                would be able to achieve 100 completed surveys over four quarters would
                be unable to do so in two quarters. As a result, we believe using four
                consecutive quarters of data for the baseline period will provide a
                higher level of data accuracy and reliability for scoring hospitals on
                the HCAHPS Survey.
                (3) Proposal To Update the FY 2024 Baseline Period for the Safety
                Domain Measures
                 In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57000), we finalized
                the performance period for all measures in the Safety domain to run on
                the calendar year two years prior to the applicable program year and a
                baseline period that runs on the calendar year four years prior to the
                applicable program year for the FY 2019 program year and subsequent
                program years. For FY 2024, the baseline period for the Safety Domain
                Measures would be January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, but the
                removal of data impacted by the ECE from January to June of 2020 would
                only leave us with six months of data. We believe that using at least a
                full year for data collection provides high levels of data accuracy and
                reliability for scoring hospitals on measures (76 FR 2458). Therefore,
                we are proposing to update the FY 2024 baseline period for the Safety
                domain measures from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 to
                January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 so that we have a full year
                of data. We believe using data from this period will provide
                sufficiently reliable data for evaluating hospital performance that can
                be used for FY 2024 scoring. We selected this data period because it
                would provide the most consistency for hospitals in terms of the
                comparable length to previous program years and the performance period,
                and it would capture a full year of data, including any seasonal
                affects.
                (4) Proposal To Update the FY 2024 Baseline Period for the Efficiency
                and Cost Reduction Domain Measure
                 In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56998), we finalized
                a 12-month performance period for the MSPB measure that runs on the
                calendar year two years prior to the applicable program year and a 12-
                month baseline period that runs on the calendar year four years prior
                to the applicable program year for the FY 2019 program year and
                subsequent years. For FY 2024, the baseline period for the MSPB measure
                would be January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, but the removal of
                data impacted by the ECE from January to June of 2020 would only
                [[Page 25484]]
                leave us with six months of data. We believe that using at least a full
                year for data collection provides high levels of data accuracy and
                reliability for scoring hospitals on measures (76 FR 2458). Therefore,
                we are proposing to update the FY 2024 baseline period for the MSPB
                measure from January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 to January 1,
                2019 through December 31, 2019 so that we have a full year of data. We
                believe using data from this period will provide sufficiently reliable
                data for evaluating hospital performance that can be used for FY 2024
                scoring. We selected this data period because it would provide the most
                consistency for hospitals in terms of the comparable length to previous
                program years and the performance period, and it would capture a full
                year of data, including any seasonal affects.
                 We welcome public comment on our proposals to update the FY 2024
                baseline periods for the measures included in the Person and Community
                Engagement, Safety, and Efficiency and Cost Reduction domains.
                c. Summary of Previously Adopted and Newly Proposed Baseline and
                Performance Periods for the FY 2023 Through FY 2027 Program Years
                 The following tables summarize the baseline and performance periods
                that we have previously adopted and those that we are proposing to
                adopt.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.256
                [[Page 25485]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.257
                [[Page 25486]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.258
                [[Page 25487]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.259
                [[Page 25488]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.260
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                5. Performance Standards for the Hospital VBP Program
                a. Background
                 We refer readers to sections 1886(o)(3)(A) through 1886(o)(3)(D) of
                the Act for the performance standard requirements under the Hospital
                VBP Program. We refer readers to the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program
                final rule (76 FR 26511 through 26513) for further discussion of
                achievement and improvement standards under the Hospital VBP Program.
                We refer readers to the FY 2013, FY 2014, and FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rules (77 FR 53599 through 53605; 78 FR 50694 through 50699; and
                79 FR 50077 through 50081, respectively) for a more detailed discussion
                of the general scoring methodology used in the Hospital VBP Program. We
                refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58856
                through 58857) for previously established performance standards for the
                FY 2023 program year. We note that the measure suppression proposals
                for the FY 2022 and FY 2023 program years, discussed more fully in
                section V.H.1. of the preamble of this proposed rule, will not affect
                the performance standards for the FY 2022 or FY 2023 program year.
                However, as discussed in section X.H.6. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we are proposing to not generate achievement or
                improvement points for any suppressed measures for FY 2022.
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for
                further discussion on performance standards for which the measures are
                calculated with lower values representing better performance (85 FR
                58855).
                b. Previously Established and Estimated Performance Standards for the
                FY 2024 Program Year
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41472), we
                established performance standards for the FY 2023 program year for the
                Clinical Outcomes domain measures (MORT-30-AMI, MORT-30-HF, MORT-30-PN
                (updated cohort), MORT-30-COPD, MORT-30-CABG, and COMP-HIP-KNEE) and
                for the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain measure (MSPB). In the FY
                2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41471 through 41472), we
                established, for the FY 2023 program year, the performance standards
                for the Safety domain measure, CMS PSI 90. However, as discussed in
                section V.H.3.c. of the
                [[Page 25489]]
                preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove the CMS PSI
                90 measure from the Hospital VBP Program beginning with the FY 2023
                program year. For this reason, we are not providing the estimated
                performance standards for this measure in this proposed rule. We note
                that the performance standards for the MSPB measure are based on
                performance period data. Therefore, we are unable to provide numerical
                equivalents for the standards at this time. As discussed in section
                V.H.4.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                update the FY 2024 program year baseline periods for the measures
                included in the Safety, Person and Community Engagement, and Efficiency
                and Cost Reduction domains. If finalized, according to our established
                methodology for calculating performance standards, we will use data
                from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 to calculate performance
                standards for the FY 2024 program year for these measures.
                 In accordance with our methodology for calculating performance
                standards discussed more fully in the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program
                final rule (76 FR 26511 through 26513) and codified at 42 CFR 412.160,
                we are estimating additional performance standards for the FY 2024
                program year. We note that the numerical values for the performance
                standards for the Safety and Person and Community Engagement domains
                for the FY 2024 program year in the following tables are estimates
                based on the most recently available data, and we intend to update the
                numerical values in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 The previously established and estimated performance standards for
                the measures in the FY 2024 program year are set out in the following
                tables.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.261
                 The HCAHPS Base Score is calculated using the eight dimensions of
                the HCAHPS measure. For each of the eight dimensions, Achievement
                Points (0-10 points) and Improvement Points (0-9 points) are
                calculated, the larger of which is then summed across the eight
                dimensions to create the HCAHPS Base Score (0-80 points). Each of the
                eight dimensions is of equal weight; therefore, the HCAHPS Base Score
                ranges from 0 to 80 points. HCAHPS Consistency Points are then
                calculated, which range from 0 to 20 points. The Consistency Points
                take into consideration the scores of all eight Person and Community
                Engagement dimensions. The final element of the scoring formula is the
                summation of the HCAHPS Base Score and the HCAHPS Consistency Points,
                which results in the Person and Community Engagement Domain score that
                ranges from 0 to 100 points. As discussed in section V.H.4.b. of the
                [[Page 25490]]
                preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to update the FY 2024
                program year baseline period for the measure included in the Person and
                Community Engagement domain. If finalized, according to our established
                methodology for calculating performance standards, we will use data
                from January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 to calculate performance
                standards for the FY 2024 program year for this measure.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.262
                c. Previously Established Performance Standards for Certain Measures
                for the FY 2025 Program Year
                 We have adopted certain measures for the Safety domain, Clinical
                Outcomes domain, and Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain for future
                program years in order to ensure that we can adopt baseline and
                performance periods of sufficient length for performance scoring
                purposes. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42398 through
                42399), we established performance standards for the FY 2025 program
                year for the Clinical Outcomes domain measures (MORT-30-AMI, MORT-30-
                HF, MORT-30-PN (updated cohort), MORT-30-COPD, MORT-30-CABG, and COMP-
                HIP-KNEE) and the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain measure (MSPB).
                In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58858), we established,
                for the FY 2025 program year, the performance standards for the Safety
                domain measure, CMS PSI 90. However, as discussed in section V.H.3.c.
                of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove the
                CMS PSI 90 measure from the Hospital VBP Program starting with the FY
                2023 program year. For this reason, we are not including performance
                standards for this measure in this proposed rule. We note that the
                performance standards for the MSPB measure are based on performance
                period data. Therefore, we are unable to provide numerical equivalents
                for the standards at this time. The previously established and newly
                established performance standards for these measures are set out in the
                following table.
                [[Page 25491]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.263
                d. Previously Established Performance Standards for Certain Measures
                for the FY 2026 Program Year
                 We have adopted certain measures for the Safety domain, Clinical
                Outcomes domain, and the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain for
                future program years in order to ensure that we can adopt baseline and
                performance periods of sufficient length for performance scoring
                purposes. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58858 through
                588589), we established performance standards for the FY 2026 program
                year for the Clinical Outcomes domain measures (MORT-30-AMI, MORT-30-
                HF, MORT-30-PN (updated cohort), MORT-30-COPD, MORT-30-CABG, and COMP-
                HIP-KNEE) and the Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain measure (MSPB).
                We note that the performance standards for the MSPB measure are based
                on performance period data. Therefore, we are unable to provide
                numerical equivalents for the standards at this time.
                 The previously established performance standards for these measures
                are set out in the following table.
                [[Page 25492]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.264
                e. Newly Established Performance Standards for Certain Measures for the
                FY 2027 Program Year
                 As discussed previously, we have adopted certain measures for the
                Clinical Outcomes domain (MORT-30-AMI, MORT-30-HF, MORT-30-PN (updated
                cohort), MORT-30-COPD, MORT-30-CABG, and COMP-HIP-KNEE) and the
                Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain (MSPB) for future program years in
                order to ensure that we can adopt baseline and performance periods of
                sufficient length for performance scoring purposes. In accordance with
                our methodology for calculating performance standards discussed more
                fully in the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program final rule (76 FR 26511
                through 26513), which is codified at 42 CFR 412.160, we are
                establishing the following performance standards for the FY 2027
                program year for the Clinical Outcomes domain and the Efficiency and
                Cost Reduction domain. We note that the performance standards for the
                MSPB measure are based on performance period data. Therefore, we are
                unable to provide numerical equivalents for the standards at this time.
                The newly established performance standards for these measures are set
                out in the following table.
                [[Page 25493]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.265
                6. Proposed Scoring Methodology and Data Requirements
                a. Proposed Scoring Methodology for the FY 2022 Program Year Due to the
                PHE for COVID-19
                 As described in section V.H.1. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to suppress seven measures in the Hospital VBP
                Program for FY 2022 and to use a special rule for FY 2022 scoring. As
                previously discussed, we are proposing that we would calculate measure
                rates for all measures in the FY 2022 program year. For measures that
                we propose to suppress, we would not use the measure rates to generate
                achievement and improvement points within the Hospitals VBP's current
                scoring methodology. We further propose under this special rule that we
                would only calculate achievement and improvement points, as well as a
                domain score, for the Clinical Outcomes Domain and that, because no
                other domains receive scores for the FY 2022 Program year, we would not
                award TPSs to any hospital for FY 2022.
                 Because no hospital would receive a TPS for FY 2022, we further
                propose that we would reduce each hospital's base-operating DRG payment
                amount by 2 percent, as required under section 1886(o)(7)(B) of the
                Act, and then assign to each hospital a value-based incentive payment
                amount that matches the 2 percent reduction to the base operating DRG
                payment amount. The net result of these payment adjustments would be
                neutral for hospitals. We have stated that value-based payment systems
                should rely on a mix of standards, processes, outcomes, and patient
                experience measures (76 FR 26491). As such, the Hospital VBP Program
                scoring methodology was developed to be used with several measures
                across multiple domains and aims to score hospitals on their overall
                achievement relative to national benchmarks. However, as discussed in
                the measure suppression proposals in section V.H.1., the data from
                several measures is significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE.
                Awarding negative or positive incentive payment adjustment percentages
                using TPSs calculated using the current scoring methodology would not
                provide a representative score of a hospital's overall performance in
                providing quality of care during a pandemic.
                 In order to ensure that hospitals are aware of changes in their
                performance rates that we have observed, we are proposing to provide FY
                2022 confidential feedback reports that contain the measure rates we
                have calculated for the FY 2022 program year, along with achievement
                and improvement scores for the measures in the Clinical Outcomes Domain
                and a Clinical Outcomes Domain score. However, as previously discussed,
                we are proposing that the measure rates and Clinical Outcome Domain
                performance scores would not be used to calculate TPSs for the purpose
                of adjusting hospital payments under the FY 2022 Hospital VBP Program.
                 We invite public comment on these proposals.
                b. Domain Weighting for the FY 2023 Program Year and Subsequent Years
                for Hospitals That Receive a Score on All Domains
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38266), we finalized
                our proposal to retain the equal weight of 25 percent for each of the
                four domains in the Hospital VBP Program for the FY 2020 program year
                and subsequent years for hospitals that receive a score in all domains.
                We are not proposing any changes to these domain weights in this
                proposed rule.
                c. Domain Weighting for the FY 2023 Program Year and Subsequent Years
                for Hospitals Receiving Scores on Fewer Than Four Domains
                 In the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50084 through 50085)
                we adopted a policy that hospitals must receive domain scores on at
                least three of four quality domains in order to receive a TPS, for the
                FY 2017 program year and subsequent years. Hospitals with sufficient
                data on only three domains will have their TPSs proportionately
                reweighted (79 FR 50084 through 50085). We are not
                [[Page 25494]]
                proposing any changes to these domain weights in this proposed rule.
                d. Minimum Numbers of Measures for Hospital VBP Program Domains
                 We refer readers to the 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38266)
                for our previously finalized requirements for the minimum numbers of
                measures for hospitals to receive domain scores. We are not proposing
                any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                e. Minimum Numbers of Cases for Hospital VBP Program Measures
                (1) Background
                 Section 1886(o)(1)(C)(ii)(IV) of the Act requires the Secretary to
                exclude for the fiscal year hospitals that do not report a minimum
                number (as determined by the Secretary) of cases for the measures that
                apply to the hospital for the performance period for the fiscal year.
                For additional discussion of the previously finalized minimum numbers
                of cases for measures under the Hospital VBP Program, we refer readers
                to the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program final rule (76 FR 26527 through
                26531); the CY 2012 OPPS/ASC final rule (76 FR 74532 through 74534);
                the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53608 through 53610); the
                FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50085 through 50086); the FY
                2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49570); the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (81 FR 57011); the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38266 through 38267); the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41465
                through 41466); the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42399
                through 42400; and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58859
                through 58860). We are not proposing any changes to these policies in
                this proposed rule.
                (2) Summary of Previously Adopted Minimum Numbers of Cases
                 The previously adopted minimum numbers of cases for these measures
                are set forth in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.266
                f. Summary of Previously Adopted Administrative Policies for NHSN
                Healthcare-Associated Infection (HAI) Measure Data
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42400 through
                42402), we finalized our proposal to use the same data to calculate the
                CDC NHSN HAI measures for the Hospital VBP Program that the HAC
                Reduction Program uses for purposes of calculating the measures under
                that program, beginning on January 1, 2020 for CY 2020 data collection,
                which would apply to the Hospital VBP Program starting with data for
                the FY 2022 program year performance period. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (84 FR 42402), we also finalized our proposal for the
                Hospital VBP Program to use the same processes adopted by the HAC
                Reduction Program for hospitals to review and correct data for the CDC
                NHSN HAI measures and to rely on HAC Reduction Program validation to
                ensure the accuracy of CDC NHSN HAI measure data used in the Hospital
                VBP Program. We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this
                proposed rule.
                7. Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE) Policy for the Hospital
                VBP Program
                a. Background
                (1) Previously Established Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE)
                Policy Under the Hospital VBP Program
                 We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50704 through 50707) for discussion of our Extraordinary Circumstance
                Exception (ECE) policy. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50704 through 50707), we adopted an ECE policy for the Hospital VBP
                Program, which recognized that there may be periods of time during
                which a hospital is affected by an extraordinary circumstance beyond
                its control. When adopting the policy, we stated that upon a hospital's
                request, we will consider providing an exception from the Hospital VBP
                Program requirements to hospitals affected by natural disasters or
                other extraordinary circumstances (78 FR 50704 through 50706).
                Specifically, we stated that we interpreted the minimum number of cases
                and measures requirement in sections 1886(o)(1)(C)(ii)(III) and (IV) of
                the Act to not include any measures or cases for which a hospital has
                submitted data during a performance period for which the hospital has
                been granted a Hospital VBP Program ECE. We expressed belief that this
                approach would help alleviate the reporting burden for a hospital that
                is adversely impacted by a natural disaster or other extraordinary
                circumstance beyond its control, while enabling the hospital to
                continue to participate in the Hospital VBP Program.
                 On May 8, 2020, we published an Interim Final Rule with public
                comment
                [[Page 25495]]
                (IFC) titled ``Medicare and Medicaid Programs, Basic Health Program,
                and Exchanges; Additional Policy and Regulatory Revisions in Response
                to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency and Delay of Certain Reporting
                Requirements for the Skilled Nursing Facility Quality Reporting
                Program,'' in response to the PHE for COVID-19 (hereafter referred to
                as the ``May 2020 IFC'') (85 FR 27550), where we modified the Hospital
                VBP Program's ECE policy to allow us to grant ECE exceptions to
                hospitals which have not requested them when we determine that an
                extraordinary circumstance that is out of their control, such as an act
                of nature (for example, a hurricane) or PHE (for example, the COVID-19
                pandemic), affects an entire region or locale, in addition to retaining
                the individual ECE request policy (85 FR 27597 through 27598). We
                stated that if we grant an ECE to hospitals located in an entire region
                or locale under this revised policy and, as a result of granting that
                ECE, one or more hospitals located in that region or locale does not
                report the minimum number of cases and measures required to enable us
                to calculate a TPS for that hospital for the applicable program year,
                the hospital will be excluded from the Hospital VBP Program for the
                applicable program year. We also stated that a hospital that does not
                report the minimum number of cases or measures for a program year will
                not receive a two percent reduction to its base operating diagnosis-
                related group (DRG) payment amount for each discharge in the applicable
                program year and will also not be eligible to receive any value-based
                incentive payments for the applicable program year. We refer readers to
                sections V.H.6.d. and V.H.6.e. of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for the minimum number of measures and cases that we currently require
                hospitals to report in order to receive a TPS for a program year under
                the Hospital VBP Program.
                (2) Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE) Granted in Response to
                the PHE for COVID-19
                 On March 22, 2020, in response to COVID-19, we announced relief for
                clinicians, providers, hospitals, and facilities participating in
                Medicare quality reporting and VBP programs.\959\ Specifically, we
                announced that we were granting ECEs for certain data reporting
                requirements and submission deadlines for the first and second quarters
                of CY 2020. On March 27, 2020, we published a supplemental guidance
                memorandum that described the scope and duration of the ECEs we were
                granting under each Medicare quality reporting and VBP program.\960\
                For the Hospital VBP Program, we stated that qualifying claims will be
                excluded from the measure calculations for January 1, 2020-March 31,
                2020 (Q1 2020) and April 1, 2020-June 30, 2020 (Q2 2020) from the
                claims-based complication, mortality, and CMS PSI 90 measures. The ECEs
                also relieved providers and facilities of their obligation to report
                HCAHPS survey data and CDC NHSN HAI data for the fourth quarter
                calendar year (CY) 2019, first quarter CY 2020, and second quarter CY
                2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \959\ CMS, Press Release, CMS Announces Relief for Clinicians,
                Providers, Hospitals and Facilities Participating in Quality
                Reporting Programs in Response to COVID-19 (Mar. 22, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/newsroom/press-releases/cms-announces-relief-clinicians-providers-hospitals-and-facilities-participating-quality-reporting.
                 \960\ CMS, Exceptions and Extensions for Quality Reporting
                Requirements for Acute Care Hospitals, PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospitals,
                Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Home
                Health Agencies, Hospices, Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities,
                Long-Term Care Hospitals, Ambulatory Surgical Centers, Renal
                Dialysis Facilities, and MIPS Eligible Clinicians Affected by COVID-
                19 (Mar. 27, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/files/document/guidance-memo-exceptions-and-extensions-quality-reporting-and-value-based-purchasing-programs.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Updated Application of the ECE Granted in Response to the PHE for
                COVID-19
                 On September 2, 2020, we published a separate IFC, titled
                ``Medicare and Medicaid Programs, Clinical Laboratory Improvement
                Amendments (CLIA), and Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
                Additional Policy and Regulatory Revisions in Response to the COVID-19
                Public Health Emergency'' (hereafter referred to as the ``September
                2020 IFC'') (85 FR 54820). The September 2020 IFC updated the ECE we
                granted in response to the PHE for COVID-19, for the Hospital VBP
                Program and several other quality reporting programs (85 FR 54827
                through 54838).
                 In the September 2020 IFC, we updated the ECE that we granted for
                the Hospital VBP Program (85 FR 54833 through 54835) and stated that we
                will not use any first or second quarter CY 2020 measure data that was
                voluntarily submitted for scoring purposes under the Hospital VBP
                Program. We expressed concern with the national comparability of the
                Hospital VBP Program data due to the geographic differences of COVID-19
                incidence rates and hospitalizations along with different impacts
                resulting from different State and local law and policy changes
                implemented in response to COVID-19.
                 In the September 2020 IFC, we welcomed public comments on our
                policy to not use any first or second quarter CY 2020 measure data that
                was voluntarily submitted for scoring purposes under the Hospital VBP
                Program. We will respond to those public comments in the FY 2022 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule.
                8. Proposal To Revise Existing Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
                Language by Replacing the Term ``System Administrator'' With the Term
                ``Security Official''
                 We are proposing to replace the term ``QualityNet System
                Administrator'' with ``QualityNet security official'' in Sec.
                412.167(b)(5) of our regulations. This update will align the
                terminology used for this program with the terminology we are proposing
                in section IX.A.8.c.(2). of this proposed rule to use for the Hospital
                IQR Program. This official is one of hospital's contact people for
                purposes of the appeal process under Sec. 412.167(b).
                 We welcome public comment on this proposal to replace the term
                ``QualityNet System Administrator'' with ``QualityNet security
                official'' in our regulation text.
                9. Proposal To Update References to QualityNet and Hospital Compare for
                the Hospital VBP Program
                 There are currently several codified requirements for the Hospital
                VBP Program in our regulations. However, we are proposing to update
                regulation text to reflect changes made to CMS resources. Specifically,
                we are proposing to revise regulations in two places:
                 At 42 CFR 412.163 in paragraph (d) and at 42 CFR 412.164
                at paragraph (b) to update the text to indicate that the Hospital
                Compare website is now available on the Care Compare site at: https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare.
                 At 42 CFR 412.165 in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(4) to
                update the URL for our QualityNet website from QualityNet.org to
                QualityNet.cms.gov. We note that we launched the redesigned QualityNet
                website in November 2020.
                 We welcome public comment on this proposal to update references to
                CMS resources in our regulation text.
                10. Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings
                 In the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period and interim
                final rule with comment period (85 FR 86193 through 86236), we
                finalized a methodology to calculate the Overall
                [[Page 25496]]
                Hospital Quality Star Ratings (Overall Star Ratings). The Overall Star
                Ratings utilize data collected on hospital inpatient and outpatient
                measures that are publicly reported on a CMS website, including data
                from the Hospital VBP Program.202F; We refer readers to section XVI. of
                the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule for details (85 FR 86193 through
                86236).
                11. References to Additional Requests for Information
                 We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41440 through 41472) for more information about how the Hospital VBP
                Program supports CMS' goal of bringing quality measurement,
                transparency, and improvement together with value-based purchasing to
                the hospital inpatient care setting through the Meaningful Measures
                Framework. We refer readers to section IX.A of this proposed rule,
                where we request information on potential actions and priority areas
                that would enable the continued transformation of our quality
                measurement enterprise toward greater digital capture of data and use
                of the FHIR standard. We also refer readers to section IX.B of this
                proposed rule, where we request information on our Equity Plan for
                Improving Quality in Medicare, which outlines our commitment to closing
                the health equity gap through improved data collection to better
                measure and analyze disparities across programs and policies.
                I. Hospital-Acquired Conditions (HAC) Reduction Program: Proposed
                Updates and Changes (42 CFR 412.170)
                1. Regulatory Background
                 We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50707 through 50708) for a general overview of the HAC Reduction
                Program and to the same final rule (78 FR 50708 through 50709) for a
                detailed discussion of the statutory basis for the Program. For
                additional descriptions of our previously finalized policies for the
                HAC Reduction Program, we also refer readers to the following final
                rules:
                 The FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50707 through
                50729);
                 The FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50087 through
                50104);
                 The FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49570 through
                49581);
                 The FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57011 through
                57026);
                 The FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38269 through
                38278);
                 The FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41472 through
                41492);
                 The FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42402 through
                42411); and
                 The FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58860 through
                58865).
                 We have also codified certain requirements of the HAC Reduction
                Program at 42 CFR 412.170 through 412.172.
                2. Overview of Proposed Updates to the HAC Reduction Program and
                Requests for Information
                 In section IX.I.3.c. of this proposed rule, we propose to adopt a
                cross-program measure suppression policy and in section IX.I.3.d. we
                propose to suppress third and fourth quarter CY 2020 CMS PSI 90 and CDC
                NHSN HAI measure data from the HAC Reduction Program. In section
                IX.I.7. of this proposed rule, we clarify some aspects of the
                Extraordinary Circumstances Exception (ECE) policy. In section IX.I.9.
                of this proposed rule, we propose to revise our regulations for the HAC
                Reduction Program at 42 CFR 412.172(f)(4) to add the phrase ``or
                successor website'' to reflect the change in the CMS website name from
                Hospital Compare to Care Compare.
                 We also refer readers to section IX.B. of this proposed rule,
                Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Quality Programs--A Request for
                Information, where we request information on our Equity Plan for
                Improving Quality in Medicare, which outlines our commitment to closing
                the health equity gap through improved data collection to better
                measure and analyze disparities across programs and policies. The
                request for information asks for public comment regarding the potential
                stratification of quality measure results by race and ethnicity and the
                potential creation of a hospital equity score in CMS quality reporting
                and value-based purchasing programs, including the HAC Reduction
                Program.
                 We also refer readers to section IX.A. of this proposed rule where
                we request information on potential actions and priority areas that
                would enable the continued transformation of our quality measurement
                enterprise toward greater digital capture of data and use of the FHIR
                standard (as described in that section). This request for information
                supports our goal of moving fully to digital quality measurement in CMS
                quality reporting and value-based purchasing programs, including the
                HAC Reduction Program, by 2025.
                3. Measures for FY 2022 and Subsequent Years
                 We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41472 through 41474) for more information about how the HAC Reduction
                Program supports our goal of bringing quality measurement,
                transparency, and improvement together with value-based purchasing to
                the hospital inpatient care setting through the Meaningful Measures
                Framework.
                a. Current Measures
                 The HAC Reduction Program has adopted six measures to date. In the
                FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50717), we finalized the use of
                five CDC NHSN HAI measures: (1) CAUTI; (2) CDI; (3) CLABSI; (4) Colon
                and Abdominal Hysterectomy SSI; and (5) MRSA bacteremia. In the FY 2017
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57014), we finalized the use of the CMS
                PSI 90 measure. These previously finalized measures, with their full
                measure names, are shown in this table.
                [[Page 25497]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.267
                 Technical specifications for the CMS PSI 90 measure can be found on
                the QualityNet website at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/measures/psi/resources. Technical specifications for the CDC NHSN HAI
                measures can be found at CDC's NHSN website at: http://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acute-care-hospital/index.html. Both websites provide measure
                updates and other information necessary to guide hospitals
                participating in the collection of HAC Reduction Program data.
                 In this proposed rule, we are not proposing to add or remove any
                measures.
                b. Measure Removal Factors Policy
                 We refer readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                42404 through 42406) for information about our measure removal and
                retention factors for the HAC Reduction Program. In this proposed rule,
                we are not proposing any measure removal and retention factor policy
                changes.
                c. Proposed Flexibility for Changes That Affect Quality Measures During
                a Performance or Measurement Period in the HAC Reduction Program
                 In previous rules, we have identified the need for flexibility in
                our quality programs to account for the impact of changing conditions
                that are beyond participating facilities' or practitioners' control. We
                identified this need because we would like to ensure that participants
                in our programs are not affected negatively when their quality
                performance suffers not due to the care provided, but due to external
                factors.
                 A significant example of the type of external factor that may
                affect quality measurement is the COVID-19 public health emergency
                (PHE), which has had, and continues to have, significant and ongoing
                effects on the provision of medical care in the country and around the
                world. The COVID-19 pandemic and associated PHE impedes effective
                quality measurement in many ways. Changes to clinical practices to
                accommodate safety protocols for medical personnel and patients, as
                well as unpredicted changes in the number of stays and facility-level
                case mixes, have affected the data used in quality measurement and the
                resulting quality scores. New clinical guidelines, diagnosis or
                procedure codes, and medications take time to be incorporated into
                quality measures, and once incorporated, those changes affect measure
                calculations. Additionally, COVID-19 prevalence is not identical across
                the country, meaning that the medical provider community has been
                affected differently at different times throughout the calendar year.
                Under those circumstances, we remain significantly concerned that
                quality measurement is distorted, which would result in skewed payment
                incentives and inequitable payments, particularly for hospitals or
                other providers that have treated more COVID-19 patients than others.
                 It is not our intention to penalize hospitals for performance on
                measures that are affected significantly by global events like the
                COVID-19 PHE. As previously discussed, the COVID-19 PHE had, and
                continues to have, significant and enduring effects on health care
                systems around the world, and affects care decisions, including those
                that may result in HACs as measured by the HAC Reduction Program. As a
                result of the PHE, hospitals could provide care to their patients that
                meets the underlying clinical standard but results in worse measured
                performance, and by extension, lower payment adjustments in the HAC
                Reduction Program. We are also concerned that regional and temporal
                differences in COVID-19 prevalence during the FY 2022 and FY 2023
                performance periods, which include data collected during the PHE, may
                directly affect hospitals' HAC measure performance for the FY 2022 and
                FY 2023 program years. Although these regional and temporal differences
                in COVID-19 prevalence rates do not reflect differences in the quality
                of care furnished by hospitals, they directly affect the value-based
                payment adjustments that these hospitals are eligible to receive and
                could result in an unfair and inequitable distribution of those
                assessment of penalties for excess hospital acquired conditions. These
                inequities could be especially pronounced for hospitals that have
                treated a large number of COVID-19 patients.
                 Therefore, we are proposing to adopt a policy for the duration of
                the PHE for COVID-19 that would enable us to suppress a number of
                measures from the FY 2022 and FY 2023 Total HAC Score calculations for
                the HAC Reduction Program if we determine that circumstances caused by
                the PHE for COVID-19 have affected these measures and the resulting
                Total HAC Scores significantly. Under this proposed policy, if we
                determine that the suppression of a HAC Reduction Program measure is
                warranted for a
                [[Page 25498]]
                program year, we would propose to calculate measure rates for that
                program year but then suppress the use of those rates to generate Total
                HAC Scores. We would instead assign each hospital a 0% weight for any
                suppressed measures in the Total HAC Score calculation. We would also
                provide confidential feedback reports to hospitals on their FY 2022 and
                FY 2023 performance to ensure that they are made aware of the changes
                in performance rates that we have observed. We would also publicly
                report the FY 2022 and FY 2023 data with appropriate caveats noting the
                limitations of the data due to the PHE for COVID-19.
                 In developing this proposed policy, we considered what
                circumstances caused by the PHE for COVID-19 would affect a quality
                measure significantly enough to warrant its suppression in a value-
                based purchasing program. We believe that significant deviation in
                measured performance that can be reasonably attributed to a PHE is a
                significant indicator of changes in clinical conditions that affect
                quality measurement. Similarly, we believe that a measure may be
                focused on a clinical topic or subject that is proximal to the disease,
                pathogen, or other health impacts of the PHE. As has been the case
                during the COVID-19 PHE, we believe that rapid or unprecedented changes
                in clinical guidelines and care delivery, potentially including
                appropriate treatments, drugs, or other protocols may affect quality
                measurement significantly and should not be attributed to the
                participating facility positively or negatively. We also note that
                scientific understanding of a particular disease or pathogen may evolve
                quickly during an emergency, especially in cases of new disease or
                conditions. Finally, we believe that, as evidenced during the COVID-19
                PHE, national or regional shortages or changes in health care
                personnel, medical supplies, equipment, diagnostic tools, and patient
                case volumes or facility-level case mix may result in significant
                distortions to quality measurement.
                 Based on these considerations, we developed a number of Measure
                Suppression Factors that we believe should guide our determination of
                whether to propose to suppress HAC Reduction Program measures for one
                or more program years that overlap with the PHE for COVID-19. We are
                proposing to adopt these Measure Suppression Factors for use in the HAC
                Reduction Program, and for consistency, the following other value-based
                purchasing programs: Hospital Value-Based Purchasing, Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program, Skilled Nursing Facility Value-Based
                Purchasing Program, and End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive
                Program. We believe that these Measure Suppression Factors will help us
                evaluate the HAC Reduction Program's measures and that their adoption
                in the other value-based purchasing programs, as previously noted, will
                help ensure consistency in our measure evaluations across programs. The
                proposed Measure Suppression Factors are:
                 1. Significant deviation in national performance on the measure
                during the PHE for COVID-19, which could be significantly better or
                significantly worse compared to historical performance during the
                immediately preceding program years.
                 2. Clinical proximity of the measure's focus to the relevant
                disease, pathogen, or health impacts of the PHE for COVID-19.
                 3. Rapid or unprecedented changes in:
                 i. Clinical guidelines, care delivery or practice, treatments,
                drugs, or related protocols, or equipment or diagnostic tools or
                materials; or
                 ii. the generally accepted scientific understanding of the nature
                or biological pathway of the disease or pathogen, particularly for a
                novel disease or pathogen of unknown origin.
                 4. Significant national shortages or rapid or unprecedented changes
                in: (i) Healthcare personnel; (ii) medical supplies, equipment, or
                diagnostic tools or materials; or (iii) patient case volumes or
                facility-level case mix.
                 We also considered alternatives to this proposed policy that could
                fulfill our objective to not hold facilities accountable for distorted
                measure results under the FY 2022 and FY 2023 Programs. As previously
                noted, the country continues to grapple with the effects of the COVID-
                19 PHE, and in March 2020, CMS issued a nationwide, blanket ECE for all
                hospitals and other facilities participating in our quality reporting
                and value-based purchasing programs in response to the COVID-19 PHE.
                This blanket ECE waived all data reporting requirements for Q1 and Q2
                2020 data, including waiving the use of claims data and data collected
                through the CDC's web-based surveillance system for this data period.
                Quality data collection resumed on July 1, 2020. This blanket ECE is
                likely to affect our quality programs significantly, especially in
                future years as CY 2020 measurement forms the basis for performance
                assessments in our value-based purchasing programs. We considered
                extending the blanket ECE that we issued for Q1 and Q2 2020 for Q3 and
                Q4 2020. This alternative would protect providers and suppliers from
                having their quality data used for quality scoring purposes while those
                data are likely to have been affected significantly by the PHE for
                COVID-19. However, this option would leave no comprehensive data
                available for us to provide confidential performance feedback to
                providers nor for monitoring and to inform decision-making for
                potential future programmatic changes, particularly as the PHE is
                extended.
                 As an alternative to the proposed quality measure suppression
                policy, we also considered not making any further changes to the
                Program or measures and using Q3 and Q4 2020 quality measurement data
                that we previously specified for the HAC Reduction Program. However,
                this alternative would mean assessing hospitals and other providers and
                suppliers using quality measure data that could be affected
                significantly by the COVID-19 PHE. Additionally, given the geographic
                disparities in the COVID-19 PHE's effects, implementation of the FY
                2022 and FY 2023 HAC Reduction Programs as previously finalized would
                place hospitals in regions that were more heavily affected by the
                pandemic in Q3 and Q4 of 2020 at a disadvantage compared to hospitals
                in regions that were more heavily affected during the first two
                quarters of CY 2020, for which we are not using HAC Reduction Program
                data to calculate the Program's measures.
                 We view this measure suppression proposal as necessary to ensure
                that the FY 2022 and FY 2023 HAC Reduction Programs do not reward or
                penalize facilities based on factors that the Program's measures were
                not designed to accommodate. We intend for this proposed policy to
                provide short-term relief to hospitals when we have determined that one
                or more of the Measure Suppression Factors warrants the suppression of
                one or more of the HAC Reduction Program's measures.
                 We invite public comments on this proposal for the adoption of a
                measure suppression policy for the FY 2022 and FY 2023 HAC Reduction
                Program years, as previously described, and also on the proposed
                Measure Suppression Factors that we have developed for purposes of this
                proposed policy.
                 We are also inviting comment on whether we should consider adopting
                a measure suppression policy that would apply in a future national PHE,
                and if so, whether under such a policy, we should have the flexibility
                to suppress certain measures without specifically proposing to do so in
                rulemaking. We also request comment on whether we should in future
                years consider adopting
                [[Page 25499]]
                any form of regional adjustment for the proposed measure suppression
                policy that could take into account any disparate effects of
                circumstances affecting hospitals around the country that would prompt
                us to suppress a measure. For example, the COVID-19 PHE affected
                different regions of the country at different rates depending on
                factors like time of year, geographic density, State and local
                policies, and health care system capacity. In future years and for
                future PHEs, should they arise, we also request commenters' feedback on
                whether we should, rather than suppress a measure completely, consider
                a suppression policy with more granular effects based on our assessment
                of the geographic effects of the circumstances, and if so, how region-
                based measure suppression could be accounted for within the program's
                scoring methodology.
                d. Proposal To Suppress Third and Fourth Quarter CY 2020 Data From the
                FY 2022 and FY 2023 HAC Reduction Program
                 In section IX.I.3.c., we proposed to adopt a measure suppression
                policy. We are proposing to suppress the third and fourth quarters of
                CY 2020 (that is, July 1, 2020 through September 30, 2020 (Q3 2020) and
                October 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 (Q4 2020)) CDC NHSN HAI and
                CMS PSI 90 data from our performance calculations for FY 2022 and FY
                2023 under the proposed Measure Suppression Factor (1) ``significant
                deviation in national performance on the measure, which could be
                significantly better or significantly worse compared to historical
                performance during the immediately preceding program years;'' and the
                Measure Suppression Factor (4) subfactor, ``significant national or
                regional shortages or rapid or unprecedented changes in patient case
                volumes or case mix.'' Although Q3 and Q4 2020 data would be suppressed
                from the Total HAC Score calculation, hospitals would still be required
                to submit such data and such data would be used for public reporting
                purposes.
                 As described in more detail in section IX.B.7.a., through memoranda
                released in March 2020 and an IFC published in September 2020 (85 FR
                54827 through 54828), in response to the COVID-19 PHE, we excluded, by
                application of our ECE policy, all data submitted regarding care
                provided during the first and second quarters of CY 2020 from our
                performance calculations for FY 2022 and FY 2023. We excluded such data
                because of our concerns about the national comparability of these data
                due to the geographic differences of COVID-19 incidence rates and
                hospitalizations, along with different impacts resulting from different
                State and local laws and policy changes implemented in response to
                COVID-19.
                 We continue to be concerned about measure performance and the
                national comparability of such performance during Q3 and Q4 2020 and
                are therefore proposing to suppress Q3 2020 and Q4 2020 HAI and CMS PSI
                90 measure data from the calculation of the Total HAC Score. An
                analysis performed by the CDC found that CLABSI, CAUTI, and MRSA had
                statistically significant measure rate increases during Q3 and Q4 CY
                2020 as compared to Q3 and Q4 CY 2019. We believe that the measure data
                may have been distorted due to circumstances unique to the effects of
                the COVID-19 PHE, such as staffing shortages and turnover, patients
                that are more susceptible to infections due to increased
                hospitalization stays, and longer indwelling catheters and central
                lines. As for the SSI and CDI measures, neither measure had a
                statistically significant increase or decrease during Q3 and Q4 2020 as
                compared to Q3 and Q4 2019. For the SSI measure, the low reporting
                volume is due to the decrease in surgeries during the COVID-19 PHE,
                while the CDI measure has historically been declining. Though the
                COVID-19 PHE may not have the same clinical impact on the SSI and CDI
                measures, we believe that due to the low reporting volume of these two
                measures and for maintaining consistency of the full CDC NHSN HAI
                measure set, all five CDC NHSN HAI measures should be suppressed
                instead of just three of them. Similarly, our analysis of CMS PSI 90
                measure suggested that comparability of performance on the measure has
                also been impacted by the PHE. Our analysis found a decrease in volume
                across all component Patient Safety Indicator (PSI) measures,
                especially those related to elective surgeries (postoperative acute
                kidney injury rate, postoperative respiratory failure rate, and
                postoperative sepsis rate). Our analysis also found increased risk-
                adjusted rates for patients with COVID-19 compared to patients without
                COVID-19 as well as increased risk-adjusted rates for the three
                component PSI measures that include non-surgical patients (pressure
                ulcer rate, iatrogenic pneumothorax rate, and in-hospital fall with hip
                fracture rate) while the surgical-specific component PSI measures
                (perioperative hemorrhage and hematoma rate, postoperative acute kidney
                injury rate, postoperative respiratory failure rate, perioperative
                pulmonary embolism or deep vein thrombosis rate, postoperative sepsis
                rate, postoperative wound dehiscence rate, and unrecognized
                abdominopelvic accidental puncture/laceration rate) did not see
                substantial change in risk-adjusted rates.
                 As previously noted, under this policy, participating hospitals
                would continue to report all HAC Reduction Program measures' data to
                CMS, and in the case of the CDC NHSN HAI measures, to CDC, so that we
                can monitor the effect of the circumstances on quality measurement and
                determine appropriate policies in the future. We would also use Q3 and
                Q4 2020 data in feedback reports to hospitals as part of program
                activities, including to inform their quality improvement activities,
                and to ensure that they are made aware of and have an opportunity to
                preview the changes in performance rates we observe and display via
                public reporting to ensure transparency.
                 The proposed suppression of Q3 and Q4 2020 HAI and CMS PSI 90
                measure data would result in the following applicable periods for
                calculating Total HAC Scores for FY 2022 and FY 2023 HAC Reduction
                Programs. For the FY 2022 HAC Reduction Program, the applicable period
                used for scoring for the CMS PSI 90 measure would remain the same as
                resulted from the previously granted ECE, that is, the 18-month period
                from July 1, 2018 through December 31, 2019. For the CDC NHSN HAI
                measures, this further exclusion would result in an applicable period
                for FY 2022 of the 12-month period from January 1, 2019 through
                December 31, 2019. For the FY 2023 HAC Reduction Program, the exclusion
                would result in a shortened applicable period, for the CMS PSI 90
                measure, to the 12-month period from July 1, 2019 through December 31,
                2019 and January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021, and for the CDC NHSN
                HAI measures to the 12-month period from January 1, 2021 through
                December 31, 2021.
                 We believe using data from the proposed periods will provide
                sufficiently reliable data for evaluating hospital performance that we
                can use for FY 2022 and FY 2023 scoring. In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, we clarified that a hospital has complete data for the CMS
                PSI 90 measure if it has 12 months or more of data and three or more
                eligible discharges for at least one component PSI measure within the
                CMS PSI 90 composite measure (81 FR 50712). Further, as we have
                previously noted, NQF has determined that the CMS PSI 90 measure is
                reliable using 12 months of data (81 FR 57021). We have also determined
                that a 12-month performance period provides us with
                [[Page 25500]]
                sufficient data on which to score hospital performance on NHSN measures
                in the Safety domain of the Hospital VBP Program (79 FR 50071). We also
                note that 12-month performance periods are consistent with the
                reporting periods used for these measures under the Hospital VBP
                Program (79 FR 50071) and when the measures were previously in the
                Hospital IQR Program (78 FR 50689).
                 In determining how to address the impact of the COVID-19 PHE on
                hospital performance and calculating Total HAC Scores for FY 2022 and
                FY 2023, we also considered as an alternative to suppressing all Q3 and
                Q4 2020 data, suppressing CDC NHSN HAI measure data while using the CMS
                PSI 90 measure data. This alternative would have focused on suppressing
                those measures most impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. However, as
                previously discussed, we still have concerns about the comparability of
                data for the CMS PSI 90 measure from Q3 and Q4 2020 due to differences
                in the risk-adjusted rate of component PSI measures for COVID-positive
                patients. In addition, an analysis revealed that smaller and rural
                hospitals would be more negatively impacted by this approach.
                 We also considered making no modifications to the program and
                suppressing no measure data from Q3 and Q4 2020 for assessing FY 2022
                and FY 2023 Total HAC Scores as an additional alternative to using the
                measure suppression policy. As discussed, when considering this
                previously discussed approach, this alternative would be operationally
                easier to implement, but would mean assessing participating hospitals
                using quality measure data that has been impacted by the COVID-19 PHE
                without additional adjustments to the measure. Additionally, given the
                geographic disparities in the COVID-19 PHE's effects, this policy could
                place hospitals in regions that were hit harder by the pandemic in Q3
                and Q4 of 2020 at a disadvantage compared to hospitals in regions that
                were more heavily affected earlier in CY 2020. Ultimately, we believe
                that our proposal to suppress both CDC NHSN HAI and CMS PSI 90 measure
                data from Q3 and Q4 2020 more fairly addresses the impact of the COVID-
                19 PHE on participating hospitals.
                 We invite comments on our proposal to suppress third and fourth
                quarter CY 2020 CDC NHSN HAI and CMS PSI 90 measure data from the HAC
                Reduction Program.
                4. HAC Reduction Program Scoring Methodology and Scoring Review and
                Corrections Period
                 In FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41484 through 41489), we
                adopted the Equal Measure Weights approach to scoring and clarified the
                Scoring Calculations Review and Correction Period (83 FR 41484) for the
                HAC Reduction Program. Hospitals must register for a QualityNet
                website's secure portal account in order to access their annual
                hospital-specific reports. We will continue using this scoring
                methodology and the Scoring Calculations Review and Correction Period
                process in FY 2021 and for subsequent years. In this proposed rule, we
                are not proposing any changes to the HAC Reduction Program scoring
                methodology or Scoring Calculations Review and Corrections Period.
                5. Validation of HAC Reduction Program Data
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41478 through
                41484), we adopted processes to validate the CDC NHSN HAI measure data
                used in the HAC Reduction Program, because the Hospital IQR Program
                finalized its proposals to remove CDC NHSN HAI measures from its
                program. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42406 through
                42410), we provided additional clarification to the validation
                selection and scoring methodology. We also refer readers to the
                QualityNet website for more information regarding chart-abstracted data
                validation of measures. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58862 through 58865), we finalized our policy to align the HAC
                Reduction Program validation process with that of the Hospital IQR
                Program. Specifically, we aligned the hospital selection and submission
                quarters beginning with FY 2024 Hospital IQR and HAC Reduction Programs
                validation so that we only require one pool of hospitals to submit data
                for validation. Additionally, we finalized a policy requiring hospitals
                to submit digital files when submitting medical records for validation
                of HAC Reduction Program measures, for the FY 2024 program year and
                subsequent years.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58862 through
                58865), we finalized our policy that for the FY 2024 program year and
                subsequent years, we will use measure data from all of CY 2021 for both
                the HAC Reduction Program and the Hospital IQR Program, which must be
                reported using the following validation schedule.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.268
                 We are not proposing any changes to the policies regarding measure
                validation in this proposed rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \961\ The CMS Clinical Data Abstraction Center (CDAC) performs
                the validation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                6. Overall Hospital Quality Star Ratings
                 In the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period and interim
                final rule with comment period (85 FR 86193 through 86236), we
                finalized a methodology to calculate the Overall Hospital Quality Star
                Ratings (Overall Star Ratings). The Overall Star Ratings utilizes data
                collected on hospital inpatient and outpatient measures that
                [[Page 25501]]
                are publicly reported on a CMS website, including data from the HAC
                Reduction Program. We refer readers to section XVI. of the CY 2021
                OPPS/ASC final rule for details.
                7. Extraordinary Circumstances Exception (ECE) Policy for the HAC
                Reduction Program
                a. Background
                (1) Previously Established Extraordinary Circumstance Exception (ECE)
                Policy Under the HAC Reduction Program
                 We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49579 through 49581) and the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS (82 FR 38276 through
                38277) for discussion of our Extraordinary Circumstances Exception
                (ECE) policy. In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49579
                through 49581), we adopted an ECE policy for the HAC Reduction Program,
                which recognized that there may be periods of time during which a
                hospital is affected by an extraordinary circumstance beyond its
                control. When adopting the policy, we noted that we considered the
                feasibility and implications of excluding data for certain measures for
                a limited period of time from the calculations for a hospital's measure
                results or Total HAC Score for the applicable performance period. By
                minimizing the data excluded from the program, the proposed policy
                enabled affected hospitals to continue to participate in the HAC
                Reduction Program for a given fiscal year if they otherwise continued
                to meet applicable measure minimum threshold requirements. We expressed
                the belief that this approach would help alleviate the burden for a
                hospital that might be adversely impacted by a natural disaster or
                other extraordinary circumstance beyond its control, while enabling the
                hospital to continue to participate in the HAC Reduction Program. In
                developing this policy, we considered a policy and process similar to
                that for the Hospital IQR Program, as finalized in the FY 2012 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51651), modified by the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (78 FR 50836) (designation of a non-CEO hospital
                contact), and further modified in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (79 FR 50277) (amended Sec. 412.40(c)(2)) to refer to ``extension or
                exemption'' instead of the former ``extension or waiver''). We also
                considered how best to align an extraordinary circumstance exception
                policy for the HAC Reduction Program with existing extraordinary
                circumstance exception policies for other IPPS quality reporting and
                payment programs, such as the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
                Program, to the extent feasible.
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38276 through
                38277), we modified the requirements for the HAC Reduction Program ECE
                policy to further align with the process used by other quality
                reporting and value-based purchasing programs for requesting an
                exception from program reporting due to an extraordinary circumstance
                not within a provider's control.
                (2) Extraordinary Circumstances Exception (ECE) Granted in Response to
                the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency
                 On March 22, 2020, in response to COVID-19, we announced relief for
                clinicians, providers, hospitals, and facilities participating in
                Medicare quality reporting and value-based purchasing programs.\962\
                Specifically, we announced that we were granting ECEs for certain data
                reporting requirements and submission deadlines for the first and
                second quarters of CY 2020. On March 27, 2020, we published a
                supplemental guidance memorandum that described the scope and duration
                of the ECEs we were granting under each Medicare quality reporting and
                value-based purchasing program.\963\ In that memorandum, we stated that
                qualifying claims would be excluded from the measure calculations for
                the CMS PSI 90 for the first and second quarters of calendar year (CY)
                2020. The ECEs also relieved providers and facilities of their
                obligation to report CDC NHSN HAI data for the fourth quarter calendar
                year (CY) 2019, first quarter CY 2020 and second quarter CY 2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \962\ CMS, Press Release, CMS Announces Relief for Clinicians,
                Providers, Hospitals and Facilities Participating in Quality
                Reporting Programs in Response to COVID-19 (Mar. 22, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/newsroom/press-releases/cms-announces-relief-clinicians-providers-hospitals-and-facilities-participating-quality-reporting.
                 \963\ CMS, Exceptions and Extensions for Quality Reporting
                Requirements for Acute Care Hospitals, PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospitals,
                Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities, Skilled Nursing Facilities, Home
                Health Agencies, Hospices, Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities,
                Long-Term Care Hospitals, Ambulatory Surgical Centers, Renal
                Dialysis Facilities, and MIPS Eligible Clinicians Affected by COVID-
                19 (Mar. 27, 2020), https://www.cms.gov/files/document/guidance-memo-exceptions-and-extensions-quality-reporting-and-value-based-purchasing-programs.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Updated Application of the ECE Granted in Response to the COVID-19
                PHE
                 On September 2, 2020, we published the Interim Final Rule with
                comment period (IFC), ``Medicare and Medicaid Programs, Clinical
                Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA), and Patient Protection and
                Affordable Care Act; Additional Policy and Regulatory Revisions in
                Response to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency'' (85 FR 54820). The
                IFC updated the ECE we granted in response to the PHE for COVID-19, for
                the HAC Reduction Program and several other quality reporting programs
                (85 FR 54827 through 54838).
                 In the IFC, we updated the previously announced application of our
                ECE policy for the HAC Reduction Program (85 FR 54830 through 54832) to
                the COVID-19 PHE to exclude any CDC NHSN HAI data submitted regarding
                care provided during first and second quarter of CY 2020 from our
                calculation of performance for FY 2022 and FY 2023, even if optionally
                reported. We recognized that the chart-abstracted measures in the HAC
                Reduction Program are calculated based on data submitted to the CDC's
                NHSN and that because the CDC uses the same data for epidemiological
                surveillance, hospitals may have reporting requirements which are not
                affected by our ECE (for example, State requirements). We expressed
                concern with the national comparability of the HAC Reduction Program
                data due to the geographic differences of COVID-19 incidence rates and
                hospitalizations along with different impacts resulting from different
                State and local law and policy changes implemented in response to
                COVID-19.
                 In the IFC, we welcomed public comments on our policy to exclude
                any data submitted regarding care provided during the first and second
                quarter of CY 2020 from our calculation of performance for the FY 2022
                and FY 2023 program years. We will respond to those public comments in
                the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 In the September 2, 2020 IFC, we also announced that if due to ECEs
                related to the COVID-19 PHE, we do not have enough data to reliably
                measure national performance, we may propose to not score hospitals
                based on such limited data or make the associated payment adjustments
                to hospitals under the IPPS for the affected program year. We stated
                that, if circumstances warranted, we could propose to suspend
                prospective application of program penalties or payment adjustments
                through the annual IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule. We also stated that, in
                the interest of time and transparency, we may provide subregulatory
                advance notice of our intentions to suspend such penalties and
                adjustments through routine communication channels to facilities,
                vendors, and QIOs. The communications could include memos, emails, and
                notices on the public
                [[Page 25502]]
                QualityNet website (https://www.qualitynet.cms.gov/).\964\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \964\ We note that the QualityNet website (previously at
                QualityNet.org) has transitioned to a new uniform resource locator
                (URL) at QualityNet.cms.gov.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In section IX.I.3.d., as previously mentioned, we propose to
                suppress third and fourth quarter CY 2020 data from FY 2022 and FY 2023
                Total HAC Scores using the measure suppression policy proposed in
                IX.I.3.c.
                b. General Clarifications to HAC Reduction Program ECE Policy
                 After the nationwide ECE granted in response to the COVID-19 PHE
                ended, we received several requests from hospitals for individual ECEs
                under the HAC Reduction Program, due to extraordinary circumstances
                resulting from the continuing impact of the pandemic. These individual
                ECE requests specifically requested clarity on whether CDC NHSN HAI
                measure data that hospitals submitted to the CDC NHSN because of State
                reporting requirements could be excluded from the HAC Reduction Program
                Total HAC Score calculations. In this proposed rule, we would like to
                clarify that an ECE granted under the HAC Reduction Program may allow
                an exception from quality data reporting requirements and/or may grant
                a request to exclude any data submitted (whether submitted for claims
                purposes or to the CDC NHSN) from the calculation of a hospital's
                measure results or Total HAC Score for the applicable period, depending
                on the exact circumstances under which the request was made.
                 We have also received a few ECE requests from hospitals for an
                exception from the HAC Reduction Program payment reduction. The ECE
                policy for the HAC Reduction Program is intended to provide relief for
                a hospital that has been negatively impacted as a direct result of
                experiencing a significant disaster or other extraordinary circumstance
                beyond the hospital's control by excluding data and/or granting an
                exception with respect to data reporting requirements for the period
                during which performance or ability to submit data was impacted.
                However, we also believe that the hospital should still be evaluated
                for the remainder of the applicable period during which performance
                and/or ability to timely submit data was not impacted (to the extent
                that enough data are available to ensure that the calculation is
                statistically sound). This policy is not intended to extend to payment
                reductions. Therefore, we would like to clarify that an approved ECE
                for the HAC Reduction Program does not exempt hospitals from payment
                reductions under the HAC Reduction Program.
                c. Clarification of the Impact of ECE Excluded Data for the HAC
                Reduction Program
                 In this proposed rule, we would also like to clarify the impact on
                upcoming HAC Reduction Program calculations of data excluded from the
                HAC Reduction Program due to the nationwide ECE. In order to determine
                and evaluate what kind of impact the PHE for COVID-19 might have on the
                HAC Reduction Program, we conducted analyses to simulate the impact of
                an altered performance period on program eligibility and the resulting
                payment impacts to hospitals using data for the FY 2020 HAC Reduction
                Program performance period. This analysis was intended to evaluate what
                patterns we might observe in HAC Reduction Program eligibility and
                payment as a result of excluding 6 months of data due to the ECE
                granted in response to the PHE for COVID-19. Our analysis found that
                when 6 months of data are removed from HAC Reduction Program
                calculations, 12.2 percent of hospitals see a change in worst-
                performing quartile status, with 6.1 percent moving into the worst-
                performing quartile and 6.1 percent moving out. For context, in a
                typical year approximately 18 percent of hospitals experience a change
                in worst-performing quartile status from one year to the next. We are
                performing additional analyses as CY 2020 data becomes available, and
                we will provide updated analyses as necessary when it becomes
                available.
                 As we stated in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50100
                through 50101) and reiterated in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (83 FR 41475), we will use a subregulatory process to make
                nonsubstantive updates to measure specifications to facilitate the
                program's operation when minor changes are required, but do not
                substantively impact the program's previously finalized policies (84 FR
                42385 through 42387). We believe that updates to measure inclusion
                criteria proposed by the measure developers in response to the COVID-19
                PHE are nonsubstantive and do not substantially impact the HAC
                Reduction Program's previously finalized policies. For more details, we
                refer readers to the Hospital Specific Report (HSR) User Guide located
                on QualityNet website at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/hac/reports.
                8. Proposed Regulatory Updates (42 CFR 412.172)
                 We are proposing to update the references to CMS resources in
                regulation text. We note that we renamed our Hospital Compare website.
                It is now referred to as Care Compare and is available at: https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare. We are proposing to revise our
                regulations for the HAC Reduction Program at 42 CFR 412.172(f)(4) to
                reflect the new website name. We propose to amend Sec. 412.172(f)(4),
                by adding the phrase ``or successor website'' so that the text reads
                ``Hospital Compare website or successor website.'' \965\ We invite
                public comment on our proposal.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \965\ While the statute refers to Hospital Compare, the name has
                been changed to Care Compare. Now called Care Compare, the website
                continues to serve the purpose of displaying quality data submitted
                for the HAC Reduction Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                J. Proposed Payment for Indirect and Direct Graduate Medical Education
                Costs (Sec. Sec. 412.105 and 413.75 Through 413.83)
                1. Background
                 Section 1886(h) of the Act, as added by section 9202 of the
                Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) of 1985 (Pub. L.
                99-272) and as currently implemented in the regulations at 42 CFR
                413.75 through 413.83, establishes a methodology for determining
                payments to hospitals for the direct costs of approved graduate medical
                education (GME) programs. Section 1886(h)(2) of the Act sets forth a
                methodology for the determination of a hospital-specific base-period
                per resident amount (PRA) that is calculated by dividing a hospital's
                allowable direct costs of GME in a base period by its number of full-
                time equivalent (FTE) residents in the base period. The base period is,
                for most hospitals, the hospital's cost reporting period beginning in
                FY 1984 (that is, October 1, 1983 through September 30, 1984). The base
                year PRA is updated annually for inflation. In general, Medicare direct
                GME payments are calculated by multiplying the hospital's updated PRA
                by the weighted number of FTE residents working in all areas of the
                hospital complex (and at nonprovider sites, when applicable), and the
                hospital's Medicare share of total inpatient days.
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act provides for a payment adjustment
                known as the indirect medical education (IME) adjustment under the IPPS
                for hospitals that have residents in an approved GME program, in order
                to account for the higher indirect patient
                [[Page 25503]]
                care costs of teaching hospitals relative to nonteaching hospitals. The
                regulations regarding the calculation of this additional payment are
                located at 42 CFR 412.105. The hospital's IME adjustment applied to the
                DRG payments is calculated based on the ratio of the hospital's number
                of FTE residents training in either the inpatient or outpatient
                departments of the IPPS hospital to the number of inpatient hospital
                beds.
                 The calculation of both direct GME payments and the IME payment
                adjustment is affected by the number of FTE residents that a hospital
                is allowed to count. Generally, the greater the number of FTE residents
                a hospital counts, the greater the amount of Medicare direct GME and
                IME payments the hospital will receive. In an attempt to end the
                implicit incentive for hospitals to increase the number of FTE
                residents, Congress, through the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L.
                105-33), established a limit on the number of allopathic and
                osteopathic residents that a hospital may include in its FTE resident
                count for direct GME and IME payment purposes. Under section
                1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 1997, a hospital's unweighted FTE count of residents
                for purposes of direct GME may not exceed the hospital's unweighted FTE
                count for direct GME in its most recent cost reporting period ending on
                or before December 31, 1996. Under section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act,
                a similar limit based on the FTE count for IME during that cost
                reporting period is applied, effective for discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 1997. Dental and podiatric residents are not included
                in this statutorily mandated cap.
                 The Affordable Care Act made a number of statutory changes relating
                to the determination of a hospital's FTE resident limit for direct GME
                and IME payment purposes and the manner in which FTE resident limits
                are calculated and applied to hospitals under certain circumstances.
                Section 5503(a)(4) of the Affordable Care Act added a new section
                1886(h)(8) to the Act to provide for the reduction in FTE resident caps
                for direct GME under Medicare for certain hospitals training fewer
                residents than their caps, and to authorize the redistribution of the
                estimated number of excess FTE resident slots to other qualified
                hospitals. In addition, section 5503(b) amended section
                1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act to require the application of the section
                1886(h)(8) of the Act provisions in the same manner to the IME FTE
                resident caps. The policy implementing section 5503 of the Affordable
                Care Act was included in the November 24, 2010 CY 2011 OPPS/ASC final
                rule with comment period (75 FR 72147 through 72212) and the FY 2013
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53424 through 53434). Section 5506(a)
                of the Affordable Care Act amended section 1886(h)(4)(H) of the Act to
                add a new clause (vi) that instructs the Secretary to establish a
                process by regulation under which, in the event a teaching hospital
                closes, the Secretary will permanently increase the FTE resident caps
                for hospitals that meet certain criteria up to the number of the closed
                hospital's FTE resident caps. The policy implementing section 5506 of
                the Affordable Care Act was included in the November 24, 2010 CY 2011
                OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period (75 FR 72212 through 72238),
                the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53434 through 53448), and
                the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH final rule (79 FR 50122-50140).
                2. Provisions of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021
                 The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (CAA), division CC,
                contained 3 provisions affecting Medicare direct GME and IME payments
                to teaching hospitals. Section 126 of the CAA makes available 1,000 new
                Medicare-funded GME positions (but not more than 200 new positions for
                a fiscal year), to be distributed beginning in fiscal year 2023, with
                priority given to hospitals in 4 statutorily-specified categories.
                Section 127 of the CAA makes statutory changes relating to the
                determination of both an urban and rural hospital's FTE resident limit
                for direct GME and IME payment purposes with regard to residents
                training in an accredited rural training track (RTT), and the 3-year
                rolling average set out at section 1886(h)(4)(G)(i) of the Act used to
                calculate payments for these hospitals. Section 131 of the CAA makes
                statutory changes to the determination of direct GME PRAs and direct
                GME and IME FTE resident limits of hospitals that hosted a small number
                of residents for a short duration. We provide detailed proposals for
                implementing these three CAA provisions in this rule.
                a. Distribution of Additional Residency Positions Under the Provisions
                of Section 126 of Division CC of the Consolidated Appropriations Act,
                2021 (CAA)
                (1) Overview
                 Section 126(a) of the CAA amended section 1886(h) of the Act by
                adding a new section 1886(h)(9) requiring the distribution of
                additional residency positions to qualifying hospitals. Section
                1886(h)(9)(A) requires that for FY 2023, and for each succeeding fiscal
                year until the aggregate number of full-time equivalent (FTE) residency
                positions distributed is equal to 1,000, the Secretary shall initiate
                separate rounds of applications from hospitals for these additional
                residency positions. The Secretary is required, subject to certain
                provisions in the law, to increase the otherwise applicable resident
                limit for each qualifying hospital that submits a timely application by
                the number of positions that may be approved by the Secretary for that
                hospital. The Secretary is required to notify hospitals of the number
                of positions distributed to them by January 31 of the fiscal year of
                the increase, and the increase is effective beginning July 1 of that
                fiscal year. Section 1886(h)(9)(A) also limits the aggregate number of
                such positions made available in a single fiscal year across all
                hospitals to no more than 200.
                 In determining the qualifying hospitals for which an increase is
                provided, section 1886(h)(9)(B) of the Act requires the Secretary to
                take into account the demonstrated likelihood of the hospital filling
                the positions made available within the first five training years
                beginning after the date the increase would be effective, as determined
                by the Secretary.
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(B) also requires a minimum distribution for
                certain categories of hospitals. Specifically, the Secretary is
                required to distribute at least 10 percent of the aggregate number of
                total residency positions available to each of four categories of
                hospitals. Stated briefly, and discussed in greater detail later in
                this proposed rule, the categories are as follows: (1) Hospitals
                located in rural areas or that are treated as being located in a rural
                area (pursuant to sections 1886(d)(2)(D) and 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act);
                (2) hospitals in which the reference resident level of the hospital is
                greater than the otherwise applicable resident limit; (3) hospitals in
                states with new medical schools or additional locations and branches of
                existing medical schools; and (4) hospitals that serve areas designated
                as Health Professional Shortage Areas (HPSAs). Section
                1886(h)(9)(F)(ii) of the Act defines a qualifying hospital as a
                hospital in one of these four categories.
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(C) of the Act places certain limitations on the
                distribution of the residency positions. First, a hospital may not
                receive more than 25 additional FTE residency positions. Second, no
                increase in the otherwise applicable resident limit of a hospital may
                be made unless the
                [[Page 25504]]
                hospital agrees to increase the total number of FTE residency positions
                under the approved medical residency training program of the hospital
                by the number of positions made available to that hospital.
                (2) Determinations Required for the Distribution of Residency Positions
                (a) Determination That a Hospital has a Demonstrated Likelihood of
                Filling the Positions
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(B)(i) of the Act directs the Secretary to take
                into account the demonstrated likelihood of the hospital filling the
                positions made available within the first 5 training years beginning
                after the date the increase would be effective, as determined by the
                Secretary. Section 1886(h)(9)(A)(iii)(II) of the Act requires that the
                increase would be effective beginning July 1 of the fiscal year of the
                increase. For FY 2023, this means the additional positions would be
                effective July 1, 2023.
                 As discussed later in this section, we are proposing that the
                application deadline for the additional positions available for a
                fiscal year be January 31 of the prior fiscal year. Accordingly, for FY
                2023, all references in section V.J.2.a of this proposed rule to the
                application deadline are references to the proposed application
                deadline of January 31, 2022. We are proposing that a hospital would
                show a demonstrated likelihood of filling the additional positions
                (sometimes equivalently referred to as slots) for which it applies by
                demonstrating that it does not have sufficient room under its current
                FTE resident cap(s) to accommodate a planned new program or expansion
                of an existing program.
                 In order to demonstrate that it does not have sufficient room under
                its current FTE resident cap(s), we are proposing that a hospital
                submit copies of its most recently submitted Worksheets E, Part A and
                E-4 from the Medicare cost report CMS-Form-2552-10) as part of its
                application for an increase to its FTE resident cap.
                 We are proposing that a hospital demonstrate and attest to a
                planned new program or expansion of an existing program by meeting at
                least one of the following two criterion:
                 Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 1 (New Residency
                Program). The hospital does not have sufficient room under its FTE
                resident cap, and the hospital intends to use the additional FTEs as
                part of a new residency program that it intends to establish on or
                after the date the increase would be effective (that is, a new program
                that begins training residents at any point within the hospital's first
                five training years beginning on or after the date the increase would
                be effective). Under Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 1, the hospital
                would be required to check at least one of the following as part of its
                application:
                 [ballot] Application for approval of the new residency program has
                been submitted to the ACGME or the American Board of Medical
                Specialties (ABMS) by the application deadline for that year.
                 [ballot] The hospital has submitted an institutional review
                document or program information form concerning the new residency
                program in an application for approval of the new program by the
                application deadline for that year.
                 [ballot] The hospital has received written correspondence by the
                application deadline for that year from the ACGME or ABMS acknowledging
                receipt of the application for the new residency program, or other
                types of communication from the accrediting bodies concerning the new
                program approval process (such as notification of site visit).
                 Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 2 (Expansion of an
                Existing Residency Program). The hospital does not have sufficient room
                under its FTE resident cap, and the hospital intends to use the
                additional FTEs to expand an existing residency training program within
                the hospital's first five training years beginning on or after the date
                the increase would be effective. Under Demonstrated Likelihood
                Criterion 2, the hospital would be required to check at least one of
                the following as part of its application:
                 [ballot] The hospital has approval by the application deadline from
                an appropriate accrediting body (the ACGME or ABMS) to expand the
                number of FTE residents in the program.
                 [squ] The hospital has submitted by the application deadline an
                institutional review document or program information form for the
                expansion of the existing residency training program.Under Demonstrated
                Likelihood Criterion 2, the hospital would be applying for an increase
                in its FTE resident cap because it is expanding an existing residency
                program. We are proposing this means that as of the application
                deadline the hospital is either already training residents in this
                program, or, if the program exists at another hospital as of that date,
                the residents begin to rotate at the applying hospital on or after the
                effective date of the increase.We note that section 1886(h)(9)(C)(ii)
                of the Act requires that if a hospital is awarded positions, that
                hospital must increase the number of its residency positions by the
                amount the hospital's FTE resident caps are increased based on the
                newly awarded positions under section 126 of CAA. We are proposing that
                a hospital must, as part of its application, attest to increase the
                number of its residency positions by the amount the hospital's FTE
                resident caps are increased based on any newly awarded positions.
                (b) Determination of Hospitals That Are Located in a Rural Area or Are
                Treated as Being Located in a Rural Area (Category One)
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii) of the Act requires the Secretary to
                distribute not less than 10 percent of resident positions available for
                distribution to each of four categories of hospitals. Under section
                1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(I) of the Act, the first of these categories consists
                of hospitals that are located in a rural area (as defined in section
                1886(d)(2)(D) of the Act) or are treated as being located in a rural
                area pursuant to section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act. We refer to this
                category as Category One.
                 Section 1886(d)(2)(D)(ii) of the Act defines a rural area as any
                area outside a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA). Under the existing
                regulations at Sec. 412.64(b)(1)(ii), an ``urban area'' means an MSA
                or a Metropolitan Division (in the case where a Metropolitan
                Statistical Area is divided into Metropolitan Divisions), as defined by
                the Executive Office of Management and Budget. Under existing Sec.
                412.64(b)(1)(ii)(C), a ``rural area'' means any area outside an urban
                area. Since FY 2005, we no longer use the term MSA, but instead use the
                term Core-Based Statistical Area (CBSA). Certain CBSAs are designated
                as urban, while those not designated as urban are considered rural. For
                purposes of Section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii), we are proposing that a hospital
                with its main campus located in an area outside of an urban CBSA is a
                rural hospital. We note that this definition of ``rural area'' is
                consistent with our policy concerning designation of rural areas for
                wage index purposes.
                 Similar to our historical wage index policy of crosswalking
                counties to CBSAs as discussed in section III.A.4. of this proposed
                rule, CMS is proposing to use the County to CBSA Crosswalk and Urban
                CBSAs and Constituent Counties for Acute Care Hospitals File, or
                successor files containing similar information, from the most recent FY
                IPPS final rule (or correction notice if applicable) to determine if a
                hospital is a rural hospital. (This file would be available on the CMS
                website in
                [[Page 25505]]
                approximately August of the year prior to the year of the application
                deadline. Under the file's current format, blank cells in Columns F and
                G indicate an area outside of a CBSA.)
                 Under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act, a subsection (d) hospital
                (that is, generally, an IPPS hospital) that is physically located in an
                urban area is treated as being located in a rural area for purposes of
                payment under the IPPS if it meets criteria specified in section
                1886(d)(8)(E)(ii) of the Act, as implemented in the regulations at
                Sec. 412.103. Under these regulations, a hospital may apply to CMS to
                be treated as located in a rural area for purposes of payment under the
                IPPS.Given the fixed number of available residency positions, it is
                necessary to establish a deadline by which a hospital must be treated
                as being located in a rural area for purposes of Category One. We are
                proposing to use Table 2, or a successor table containing similar
                information, posted with the most recent IPPS final rule (or correction
                notice if applicable) to determine whether a hospital is reclassified
                to rural under Sec. 412.103. If a hospital is not listed as
                reclassified to rural on Table 2, but has been subsequently approved by
                the CMS Regional Office to be treated as being located in a rural area
                for purposes of payment under the IPPS as of the application deadline
                for additional positions for the fiscal year, we are proposing that the
                hospital must submit its approval letter with its application in order
                to be treated as being located in a rural area for purposes of Category
                One.
                (c) Determination of Hospitals for Which the Reference Resident Level
                of the Hospital Is Greater Than the Otherwise Applicable Resident Limit
                (Category Two)
                 Under section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(II), the second category consists
                of hospitals in which the reference resident level of the hospital (as
                specified in section 1886(h)(9)(F)(iii)) is greater than the otherwise
                applicable resident limit. We refer to this category as Category Two.
                 Under section 1886(h)(9)(F)(iii), the term `reference resident
                level' means, with respect to a hospital, the resident level for the
                most recent cost reporting period of the hospital ending on or before
                the date of enactment of section 1886(h)(9), December 27, 2020, for
                which a cost report has been settled (or, if not, submitted (subject to
                audit)), as discussed in this proposed rule.
                 Under section 1886(h)(9)(F)(iii), the term `resident level' has the
                meaning given such term in paragraph (7)(C)(i). That section defines
                ``resident level'' as with respect to a hospital, the total number of
                full-time equivalent residents, before the application of weighting
                factors (as determined under paragraph (4)), in the fields of
                allopathic and osteopathic medicine for the hospital.
                 Under section 1886(h)(9)(F)(i), the term `otherwise applicable
                resident limit' means, with respect to a hospital, the limit otherwise
                applicable under subparagraphs (F)(i) and (H) of paragraph (4) on the
                resident level for the hospital determined without regard to the
                changes made by this provision of CAA 2021, but taking into account
                section 1886(h)(7)(A), (7)(B), (8)(A), and (8)(B) of the Act. These
                paragraphs all address the distribution of positions and redistribution
                of unused positions.
                 In the CY 2011 OPPS final rule, we previously interpreted these
                terms when we implemented section 5503 of the Affordable Care Act.
                Under section 1886(h)(8)(H)(i) (as interpreted in the CY 2011 OPPS
                final rule (75 FR 46391)), the ``reference resident level'' generally
                refers to the number of unweighted allopathic and osteopathic FTE
                residents who are training at a hospital in a given cost reporting
                period. That is, the ``reference resident level'' refers to a
                hospital's allopathic and osteopathic FTE resident count for a specific
                period. The definition can vary based on what calculation is being
                performed to determine the correct allopathic and osteopathic FTE
                resident count (see, for example, 42 CFR 413.79(c)(1)(ii)). As noted
                previously, section 126 of the CAA, under new section
                1886(h)(9)(F)(iii) defines the ``reference resident level'' as coming
                from the most recent cost reporting period of the hospital ending on or
                before the date of enactment of the CAA (that is, December 27, 2020).
                 Under new section 1886(h)(9)(F)(i), the term ``otherwise applicable
                resident limit'' is defined as ``the limit otherwise applicable under
                subparagraphs (F)(i) and (H) of paragraph (4) on the resident level for
                the hospital determined without regard to this paragraph but taking
                into account paragraphs (7)(A), (7)(B), (8)(A), and (8)(B).'' We
                propose to define this as the hospital's 1996 cap during its reference
                year, adjusted for the following: New programs as defined at Sec.
                413.79(e); participation in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement as
                defined at Sec. Sec. 413.75(b) and 413.79(f); participation in an
                Emergency Medicare GME affiliation agreement as defined at Sec.
                413.79(f); participation in a hospital merger; whether an urban
                hospital has a separately accredited rural training track program as
                defined at Sec. 413.79(k); applicable decreases or increases under
                section 422 of the MMA, applicable decreases or increases under section
                5503 of the Affordable Care Act, and applicable increases under section
                5506 of the Affordable Care Act.
                 Regarding the term `resident level', in the CY 2011 OPPS final rule
                (75 FR 46391) we indicated that we generally refer to a hospital's
                number of unweighted allopathic and osteopathic FTE residents in a
                particular period as the hospital's resident level, which we propose to
                define consistently with the definition in section 126 of the CAA; that
                is, the ``resident level'' under section 1886(h)(7)(c)(i), which is
                defined as the total number of full-time equivalent residents, before
                the application of weighting factors (as determined under paragraph
                (4)), in the fields of allopathic and osteopathic medicine for the
                hospital.
                 For the purposes of section 126 of the CAA we are proposing that
                the definitions of the terms ``otherwise applicable resident level,''
                ``reference resident level,'' and ``resident level'' be as similar as
                possible to the definitions those terms have in the regulations at
                Sec. 413.79(c) as developed in the CY 2011 OPPS rulemaking.
                (d) Determination of Hospitals Located in States With New Medical
                Schools, or Additional Locations and Branch Campuses (Category Three)
                 The third category specified in section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii) of the
                Act, as added by section 126 of CAA, consists of hospitals located in
                States with new medical schools that received `Candidate School' status
                from the Liaison Committee on Medical Education (LCME) or that received
                `Pre-Accreditation' status from the American Osteopathic Association
                (AOA) Commission on Osteopathic College Accreditation (the COCA) on or
                after January 1, 2000, and that have achieved or continue to progress
                toward `Full Accreditation' status (as such term is defined by the LCME
                or toward `Accreditation' status (as such term is defined by the COCA);
                or additional locations and branch campuses established on or after
                January 1, 2000, by medical schools with `Full Accreditation' status
                (as such term is defined by LCME) or `Accreditation' status (as such
                term is defined by the COCA). We note that the statutory language is
                specific with respect to these definitions. We refer to this category
                as Category Three.
                 Based on research and assistance received from LCME and the COCA,
                we understand that each accrediting body administers a multi-step
                processes for applicant medical schools to progress to
                [[Page 25506]]
                fully accredited status within the first few years after they are
                established and begin training students. LCME grants candidate status
                to an applicant medical education program after it reviews and approves
                the medical school's data collection instrument and planning self-
                study; at this point, it determines that the school is ready for a
                survey visit, and the preliminary accreditation survey visit is
                scheduled. After that visit, LCME reviews the survey team's preliminary
                survey report and determines whether or not sufficient progress toward
                compliance with accreditation standards has been made and satisfactory
                plans for the medical education program have been developed.
                 If LCME grants preliminary accreditation status, the school may
                begin accepting applications for enrollment. During the second year of
                the school's charter class, a school with preliminary accreditation
                status may submit information and receive a survey site visit to
                determine whether it meets criteria for provisional accreditation
                status. Finally, LCME grants full accreditation status to schools with
                provisional accreditation status, typically in the fourth teaching
                year, after determining the school is in compliance with or has made
                significant progress toward attaining compliance with all full
                accreditation standards.
                 LCME defines a regional campus, comparable to ``additional
                locations and branch campuses'' in Section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(III)(bb)
                of the Act, as a site distinct from the main campus of the medical
                school where students spend at least one full year of the curriculum.
                Regional campuses of a medical education program receive accreditation
                status through the main campus of the program and are not separately
                accredited.
                 The COCA may grant pre-accreditation status to a proposed college
                of osteopathic medicine (COM) that has achieved candidate status and
                meets the standards of pre-accreditation status. The pre-accreditation
                process starts with the submission of a pre-accreditation self-study by
                a proposed COM; COCA staff then reviews the submission and conducts a
                site visit to examine the proposed COM's compliance with accreditation
                standards. Following the site visit, the COCA reviews the site visit
                report and other submitted information and grants pre-accreditation
                status to a proposed COM that meets the pre-accreditation standards.
                Once a proposed COM receives pre-accreditation status, it may begin to
                recruit, accept applications from, and admit prospective students. We
                note that prior to 2017, the COCA used the term ``provisional status''
                instead of ``pre-accreditation status.''
                 The COCA may grant accreditation status to a COM that has achieved
                pre-accreditation status and meets the standards for accreditation.
                These accreditation statuses include accreditation with exceptional
                outcome, accreditation, accreditation with heightened monitoring,
                accreditation with warning, and accreditation with probation. Any
                accreditation status constitutes full accreditation, in contrast to
                pre-accreditation status or candidate status, which do not constitute
                full accreditation status.
                 The COCA defines a branch campus as a geographically separate
                location apart from the COM's main campus that is: Permanent in nature;
                offers courses in educational programming leading to a doctorate in
                osteopathic medicine; has its own faculty and administrative or
                supervisory organization; and maintains its own budgetary and hiring
                authority. A COM that establishes a branch location must apply for and
                receive separate approval from the COCA; the application process has
                four steps: A written application and branch campus self-study, a
                progress report, a revised branch campus self-study and site visit, and
                a final, pre-operational site visit.
                 The COCA defines an additional location as a location that is
                geographically separate from the main campus of a COM, but unlike a
                branch location, shares administration, faculty, curriculum, and
                budgetary authority with the main campus. Additional locations receive
                accreditation through the main campus of the COM following the review
                of documents and a survey site visit, after which a COM may enroll
                students in the additional location.
                 Based on information gathered from LCME and the COCA about new
                medical schools, additional locations and branch campuses, we are
                proposing that hospitals located in the following 35 states and one
                territory, referred to as Category Three states, are Category Three
                hospitals: Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado,
                Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana,
                Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi,
                Missouri, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina,
                Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee,
                Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. If a
                hospital is located in a State not listed here, but believes the State
                in which it is located should be on this list, the hospital may submit
                a formal comment on this proposed rule to make a change to this list,
                or must provide documentation with submission of its application to CMS
                that the State in which it is located has a medical school or
                additional location or branch campus of a medical school established on
                or after January 1, 2000. Pursuant to the statutory language, all
                hospitals in such states are eligible for consideration; the hospitals,
                themselves, do not need to meet the conditions of section
                1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(III)(aa) or (bb) of the Act in order to be
                considered.
                (e) Determination of Hospitals That Serve Areas Designated as Health
                Professional Shortage Areas Under Section 332(a)(1)(A) of the Public
                Health Service Act (Category Four)
                 The fourth category specified in the law consists of hospitals that
                serve areas designated as health professional shortage areas under
                section 332(a)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), as
                determined by the Secretary. We refer to this category as Category
                Four.The Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) designates
                certain areas as health professional shortage areas (HPSAs). Section
                332(a)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), states that a
                ``health professional shortage area'' is an area in an urban or rural
                area (which need not conform to the geographic boundaries of a
                political subdivision and which is a rational area for the delivery of
                health services) which the Secretary determines lacks sufficient health
                care providers to meet the health care needs of that area's population.
                HRSA designates HPSAs for primary care, mental health, and dental
                health.
                 A geographic area may be designated as a HPSA under section
                332(a)(1)(A) of the PHSA only on the basis of a shortage of services
                for the entire population within that area (a ``geographic HPSA'').
                Subsequent clauses of 332(a)(1) refer to other types of HPSAs, to which
                we will return later in this proposed rulemaking. The geographic area
                to which a geographic HPSA is assigned may be a single county, multiple
                counties, a county subdivision, or a census tract.
                 Section 126 of the CAA does not explicitly address the question of
                how HPSAs for different medical specialties should factor into
                determining which hospitals serve areas designated as HPSAs. In our
                consideration of this question, we began by examining the use of HPSAs
                in the HPSA Physician Bonus Program authorized under section 1833(m) of
                the Act. This program is relevant to our belief, because Congress
                established the program as an incentive to attract new
                [[Page 25507]]
                physicians to medically underserved communities and to encourage
                physicians in those areas to remain there (69 FR 47517 through 47518).
                 The HPSA Physician Bonus Program was created by Section 4043 of the
                Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) of 1987, which added section
                1833(m) to the Act. It provides incentive payments to physicians who
                furnish services to an individual in an area that is designated as a
                HPSA. Originally, under section 1833(m) of the Act, a 5 percent payment
                was added, beginning January 1, 1989, to the amounts otherwise payable
                to physicians who furnish services to Medicare patients in designated
                HPSAs. Section 6102 of OBRA 1989 further amended section 1833(m) of the
                Act to raise the amount of this incentive payment from 5 percent to 10
                percent for services furnished after December 31, 1990. The OBRA 1989
                amendment also expanded eligible service areas to include both rural
                and urban HPSAs.
                 We first examined the role of primary care geographic HPSAs in the
                HPSA Physician Bonus program. Physicians furnishing services in a
                primary care geographic HPSA are eligible to receive the bonus payments
                and the payments apply to all physicians who perform covered services
                within a primary care geographic HPSA, regardless of specialty.
                Similarly, section 126 of the CAA does not explicitly distinguish
                between physician specialties for purposes of allocating the additional
                residency positions. Therefore, we are proposing that primary care
                geographic HPSAs be considered in determining what hospitals qualify
                under Category Four and that hospitals that have main campuses or
                provider-based facilities in these HPSAs may apply for additional
                residency positions for any specialty. We also note CMS used primary
                care HPSAs for the allocation of residency positions for purposes of
                section 5503 of the ACA (75 FR 72147).
                 We next considered the use under the HPSA Physician Bonus Program
                of areas that are solely mental health geographic HPSAs and not also
                primary care geographic HPSAs. We will refer to these areas as mental
                health only geographic HPSAs. The HPSA Physician Bonus Program provides
                incentive payments for services provided in mental health only
                geographic HPSAs, but only for services provided by psychiatry provider
                specialties. The distinction between primary care geographic HPSAs, in
                which all physician provider specialties, including psychiatry provider
                specialties, receive the incentive payments, and mental health only
                geographic HPSAs, in which only psychiatry provider specialties receive
                the incentive payments, is relevant to the question of how mental
                health geographic HPSAs should factor into determining hospitals that
                serve areas designated as HPSAs for purposes of section 126 of the CAA.
                We believe that it is appropriate to incorporate this feature of the
                HPSA Physician Bonus Program as well, and propose to use mental health
                only geographic HPSAs for mental health providers accordingly in the
                determination of hospitals that serve areas designated as HPSAs. Thus,
                we are proposing that hospitals that only have main campuses or
                provided-based facilities in mental health only geographic HPSAs may
                only apply for residency positions for psychiatry residency programs.
                 We next considered dental geographic HPSAs. Under section
                1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 1997, a hospital's unweighted FTE count of allopathic
                and osteopathic residents for purposes of direct GME may not exceed the
                hospital's unweighted FTE count for direct GME in its most recent cost
                reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996. Under section
                1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act, a similar limit based on the FTE count for
                IME during the same cost reporting period is applied effective for
                discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1997. Given that dental
                residents are not included in this statutory cap and that section 126
                of the CAA distributes additional residency positions in the context of
                the statutory cap, we are not proposing that dental geographic HPSAs
                factor into the determination of whether a hospital serves a HPSA for
                purposes of section 126.
                 In summary, we are proposing to consider geographic HPSAs for
                primary care and mental health providers for purposes of determining
                hospitals that serve areas designated as HPSAs. We are proposing that
                hospitals that only have campuses or provider-based facilities in
                mental health only geographic HPSAs may only apply for positions for
                psychiatry residency programs. We are not proposing to consider dental
                HPSAs as dental FTE residents are not subject to a hospital's IME and
                direct GME caps.
                 We next considered what hospitals serving areas designated as
                primary care or mental health HPSAs means for purposes of Category
                Four. As with the question regarding the role of primary care, mental
                health, and dental HPSAs, section 126 of the CAA does not explicitly
                address this question.
                 There are many possible interpretations of what hospitals that
                serve areas designated as primary care or mental health HPSAs means for
                purposes of Category Four. The most expansive interpretation might be
                that this refers to the universe of hospitals where each hospital
                provides care to at least one patient that resides in a HPSA without
                regard to the location of the main campus of the hospital or of its
                other patient care locations. This interpretation could be made less
                expansive by developing a relative or absolute threshold for the number
                of patients of the hospital that reside in HPSAs. It could also be made
                less expansive by considering whether the physical location of the main
                campus of the hospital and/or its other patient care locations are
                inside of or proximate to a HPSA.
                 In considering this issue, we prioritized objective factors that
                would maximize distribution of GME positions to residency programs
                serving underserved populations. See section V.J.2.a.4. for a further
                discussion of prioritizing care to underserved populations.) To this
                end, we propose that a hospital is qualified under Category Four if it
                has its main campus or a provider-based facility (under 42 CFR 413.65)
                physically located in a primary care or mental health geographic HPSA.
                Additionally, as part of the qualification requirements under Category
                Four, in the residency program for which the hospital is applying, at
                least 50 percent of the residents training time over the duration of
                the program must occur at those locations in the HPSA. We believe it is
                important to avoid the possibility that a hospital with provider-based
                facilities in multiple locations, some of which may not be located in a
                HPSA, uses an additional residency position mostly or entirely to serve
                populations that face no health service shortage.
                 A Category Four hospital must submit an attestation, signed and
                dated by an officer or administrator of the hospital who signs the
                hospital's Medicare cost report that it has its main campus or a
                provider-based facility (under 42 CFR 413.65) physically located in a
                primary care or mental health geographic HPSA, and in the program for
                which the hospital is applying, at least 50 percent of the residents'
                training time over the duration of the program occurs at those
                locations in the HPSA.
                 For example, Hospital A applies under Category Four for a
                psychiatry residency program. Its main campus is located in a non-HPSA
                area and it has one provider-based facility located in a mental health
                only geographic HPSA. Hospital A must attest that residents training in
                the psychiatry residency
                [[Page 25508]]
                program spend at least 50 percent of the duration of their training in
                the program at its provider-based facility located in the mental health
                only geographic HPSA. As another example, Hospital B applies for a
                residency program. Its main campus is located in a primary care
                geographic HPSA and it has two provider-based facilities, one in the
                same geographic HPSA as the main campus and one in a non-HPSA area.
                Hospital B must attest that residents training in the program will
                spend at least 50 percent of the duration of their training in the
                program on the main campus or at the provider-based facility located in
                the geographic HPSA, combined (for example, 30 percent of the time on
                the main campus and 20 percent at the provider-based facility).
                (f) Determination of Qualifying Hospitals
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(F)(ii) defines a qualifying hospital as a
                hospital described in any of the subclauses (I) through (IV) of
                subparagraph (B)(ii). In other words, a qualifying hospital is a
                Category One, Category Two, Category Three, or Category Four hospital,
                or one that meets the definitions of more than one of these categories.
                (3) Number of Residency Positions Made Available to Hospitals and
                Limitation on Individual Hospitals
                (a) Number of Residency Positions Made Available to Hospitals
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(A)(ii)(II) limits the aggregate number of total
                residency positions made available in a single fiscal year across all
                hospitals to no more than 200. In order to provide these additional
                residency positions to hospitals as quickly as possible, we are
                proposing to make 200 residency positions available for FY 2023 and
                each subsequent year.
                (b) Limitation on Individual Hospitals
                 We expect the demand from hospitals for the aggregate number of
                total residency positions made available for each fiscal year to
                significantly exceed the 200 maximum. For example, there are currently
                over 300 teaching hospitals that have their main campus located in a
                primary care or mental health HPSA. We expect the majority of these
                hospitals would apply for additional residency positions because they
                would qualify under our proposed Category Four. Even if we were to
                exclusively allocate the maximum 200 positions permitted under the
                statute each year to these hospitals, which are only a subset of
                Category Four hospitals and Category Four itself is only one of four
                categories, it would still be insufficient to award even 1.0 FTE to
                each hospital each year. Therefore, in order to make additional
                residency positions available to more hospitals each year, we are
                proposing to limit the increase in the number of residency positions
                made available to each individual hospital to no more than 1.0 FTE each
                year. We note that this is not 1.0 FTE for each program at a hospital
                each year, it is 1.0 FTE for each hospital each year.
                 As noted earlier, section 1886(h)(9)(C) places certain limitations
                on the distribution of the residency positions, one of which is that a
                hospital may not receive more than 25 additional FTE residency
                positions. Under our proposed 1.0 FTE limitation, no hospital would
                receive more than 25 additional FTE residency positions.
                (4) Prioritization of Applications From Hospitals for Residency
                Programs That Serve Underserved Populations
                (a) Use of Geographic HPSAs and Population HPSAs
                 The Executive Order on ``Ensuring an Equitable Pandemic Response
                and Recovery'' noted that the COVID-19 pandemic has exposed and
                exacerbated severe and pervasive health and social inequities in
                America (see https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/presidential-actions/2021/01/21/executive-order-ensuring-an-equitable-pandemic-response-and-recovery/.)
                 In order to help address these exposed health inequities longer
                term, we believe that it would be appropriate to prioritize the
                applications from hospitals that will use the additional residency
                positions under section 126 of the CAA in residency programs serving
                underserved populations.This prioritization is already partially
                reflected in our proposed Category Four, where we discussed maximizing
                the number of GME positions distributed to residency programs serving
                underserved populations in geographic HPSAs designated by HRSA under
                PHSA section 332(a)(1)(A). However, under PHSA section 332(a)(1)(B),
                HRSA also designates HPSAs on the basis of a shortage of services for a
                specific subset of the population (``population HPSAs'') rather than
                the entire population in an area as is the case in geographic HPSAs.
                These population subsets include, but are not limited to: Low-income
                populations, Medicaid-eligible population, Native American populations,
                homeless populations, and migrant farmworker populations. (For
                information on the location and types of population HPSAs see https://data.hrsa.gov/tools/shortage-area/hpsa-find).
                 In order to more fully address health inequities for underserved
                populations, we believe that it also would be appropriate to prioritize
                the applications from hospitals that serve the specific designated
                underserved population of a population HPSA.
                 We have already discussed our proposed definition in Category Four
                of hospitals that serve the populations of geographic HPSAs. Similar to
                that approach, we propose that a hospital serves a population HPSA if
                it has its main campus or a provider-based facility (under 42 CFR
                413.65) physically located in a primary care or mental health
                population HPSA, and any such locations serve the designated
                underserved population of that HPSA. Additionally, as part of the
                qualification requirements under Category Four, in the residency
                program for which the hospital is applying, at least 50 percent of the
                residents' training time over the duration of the program must occur at
                those locations in the HPSA. As with geographic HPSAs, we believe it is
                important to avoid the possibility that a hospital with provider-based
                facilities in multiple locations, some of which may not be located in a
                population HPSA or serve the designated population of that HPSA, uses
                an additional residency position mostly or entirely to serve
                populations that face no health service shortage.
                 Also similar to our proposed use of geographic HPSAs, we are
                proposing that hospitals that only have main campuses or provider-based
                facilities in mental health only population HPSAs may only apply for
                position for a psychiatry residency programs.Under our proposal, a
                hospital must submit an attestation, signed and dated by an officer or
                administrator of the hospital who signs the hospital's Medicare cost
                report that it has its main campus or a provider-based facility (under
                42 CFR 413.65) physically located in a primary care or mental health
                population HPSA, any such locations serve the designated underserved
                population of that HPSA, and in the program for which the hospital is
                applying at least 50 percent of the residents' training time over the
                duration of the program occurs at those locations in the HPSA.
                 We recognize that our proposed approach for population-based HPSAs
                means that we potentially would be awarding a residency position for
                the provision of care that is not exclusively provided to the
                designated underserved population for which the shortage exists.
                However, in the context of our proposal discussed in this proposed rule
                [[Page 25509]]
                to use HPSA scores to prioritize applications by the severity of the
                shortages, our proposal to limit the number of additional residency
                positions awarded to 1.0 FTE per hospital each year, and our proposal
                that at least 50 percent of the training time over the duration of the
                program occur at locations in the HPSA that serve the designated
                underserved population of that HPSA, we believe it is sufficient for
                the residents in a program to provide care to the designated
                underserved population of that HPSA, and it is not necessary for
                residents to provide care exclusively to that population.
                 We note that HRSA also designates certain facilities as HPSAs,
                either through an application process or on the basis of regulation or
                statute, under PHSA section 223(a)(1)(C). The process for facility HPSA
                designation is dissimilar from that for geographic and population
                HPSAs. Further, a HPSA score for a facility does not reflect on the
                adequacy of the health care workforce outside that facility in a
                geographic area, and so it is not comparable to geographic or
                population HPSAs. Therefore, we are not proposing to use facility HPSA
                designations for the purposes of this rulemaking.
                 We also note that there are teaching hospitals that may not have
                facilities in areas designated as geographic or population HPSAs, but
                that under its Medicare provider agreement operate one or more
                facilities that serve areas for which there exists a shortage of
                providers. If this is the case, we recommend that a hospital interested
                in applying for FTE resident cap positions under this section contact
                its State or territorial Primary Care Office (PCO). HRSA maintains
                cooperative agreements with the 54 State and territorial PCOs, which
                conduct needs assessments and submit applications to HRSA to designate
                areas as HPSAs. We refer interested parties to 42 CFR part 5 and 57 FR
                2473 for information on procedures for HPSA designation for primary
                care and mental health HPSAs, respectively.
                 In summary, we propose to prioritize applications from qualifying
                hospitals (that is, hospitals that qualify under categories One through
                Four, as previously described), for residency programs that serve
                underserved populations in geographic HPSAs or population HPSAs. In the
                next section we discuss our proposed use of HPSA scores for this
                purpose.
                (b) Use of HPSA Scores for Prioritization
                 HRSA assigns HPSA scores on a scale of 0 to 25 as a measure of the
                severity of a primary care or mental health provider shortage in a
                geographic area, with higher scores indicating a more severe health
                professional shortage. Using HPSA scores to differentiate applications
                from hospitals that qualify under categories One through Four would
                allow us to optimize the use of the limited number of additional
                residency positions under section 126 of the CAA and best address
                health inequities by focusing those residency positions on underserved
                populations with the most need.
                 In preparing its application for an additional residency position
                for a program, hospitals should refer to HRSA's HPSA Find Tool (https://data.hrsa.gov/tools/shortage-area/hpsa-find) to obtain the HPSA score
                of the HPSA served by the program and include this score in its
                application. A HPSA is served by a program if that program meets the
                requirements discussed earlier. Given our proposal to limit the
                additional positions awarded to individual hospitals to 1.0 FTE for any
                given year, we are proposing that a hospital may not submit more than
                one application in any fiscal year. Given the limited number of
                residency positions available and the number of hospitals we expect to
                apply, we expect that a hospital would choose to apply for a program
                that serves the HPSA with the highest score among its programs, but a
                hospital is not required to do so.
                 We would allocate 1.0 FTE to each hospital with the highest HPSA
                score, prorating only in the event that the number of hospitals with
                the highest score exceeds the number of residency positions available.
                If the number of hospitals with the highest score is less than the
                number of residency positions available, each hospital with the next
                highest score would receive 1.0 FTE, with proration again occurring
                only in the event that the number of hospitals with this score exceeds
                the number of positions remaining. We would continue in this manner,
                moving on to hospitals with the next highest score until all available
                positions are distributed. We note that hospitals applying for
                residency positions for programs that do not serve HPSAs are not
                categorically excluded, but those applications would have the lowest
                priority.
                 As an illustrative example, assume the following hospitals apply,
                Hospitals A through HV. Assume there are 200 additional residency
                positions available. We propose that Hospitals A through ET would each
                get 1.0 FTE, while Hospitals EU through HV would each get a prorated
                FTE award of 0.625, as follows:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.269
                 In summary, under our proposal, additional residency positions
                under section 126 of the CAA will be distributed to hospitals that
                qualify under categories One through Four based on the HPSA score of
                the HPSA served by the residency program for which each hospital is
                applying, with programs serving higher HPSA scores receiving higher
                prioritization. Hospitals applying for residency positions for programs
                that do not serve HPSAs are not categorically excluded, but those
                applications would have the lowest priority.
                (5) Alternative Considered for Prioritization
                 As alterative to our proposed prioritization approach, we
                considered a simpler prioritization approach for FY 2023 that would
                allow additional time to work with stakeholders to develop a more
                refined approach for future years. Under this alternative approach, CMS
                [[Page 25510]]
                would distribute 200 additional residency positions for FY 2023 among
                hospitals that qualify in Category One, Category Two, Category Three,
                and/or Category Four, with higher priority given to applications from
                hospitals that qualify in more categories. Hospitals that qualify under
                all four categories would receive top priority, hospitals that qualify
                under any three of the four categories would receive the next highest
                priority, then any two of the four categories, and finally hospitals
                that qualify under only one category. We would distribute 1.0 FTE to
                each hospital that qualified under all four categories, prorating only
                in the event that the number of hospitals that qualified under all four
                categories exceeds 200. If the number of hospitals that qualified under
                all four categories is less than 200, each hospital that qualified
                under three out of four categories would receive 1.0 FTE, with
                proration again occurring only in the event that the number of
                hospitals that qualified under three out of four categories exceeds the
                number of positions remaining. We would continue in this manner, moving
                on to hospitals that qualified under two out of four and one out of
                four categories until all 200 positions are distributed.
                 We seek comment on this alternative prioritization approach
                considered to allow for additional time to work with stakeholders to
                develop a more refined approach for future years.
                (6) Distributing At Least 10 Percent of Positions to Each of the Four
                Categories
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii) of the Act requires the Secretary to
                distribute at least 10 percent of the aggregate number of total
                residency positions available to each of the following categories of
                hospitals discussed earlier: Category One, Category Two, Category
                Three, and Category Four.
                 We believe that because it is possible for a hospital to be
                eligible for distribution of additional residency positions via more
                than one of the four categories, Category One, Two, Three or Four,
                there is a strong likelihood that by prioritizing applications by HPSA
                score the result will be that 10 percent or more of the additional
                residency positions will be distributed to hospitals in each of the
                four categories. We propose to collect information regarding
                qualification for all four categories in applications to allow us to
                track progress in meeting all statutory requirements, and evaluate the
                need to modify the distribution methodology in future rulemaking.
                (7) Hospital Attestation to National CLAS Standards
                 In order to ensure that the residents are educated and trained in
                culturally and linguistically appropriate policies and practices, we
                propose that all applicant hospitals would be required to attest that
                they meet the National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically
                Appropriate Services in Health and Health Care (the National CLAS
                Standards). By requiring attestation by hospitals that training
                programs meet CLAS standards, CMS would ensure the section 126
                additional residency position allocation broadens the availability of
                quality care and services to all individuals, regardless of preferred
                language, cultures, and health beliefs. (For more information on the
                CLAS standards, please refer to https://minorityhealth.hhs.gov/omh/browse.aspx?lvl=2&lvlid=53).
                (8) Payment for and Aggregation of Additional FTE Residency Positions
                Awarded Under Section 126 of the CAA
                 Section 1886(h)(9)(D) requires that CMS pay a hospital for
                additional positions awarded under this paragraph using the hospital's
                existing direct GME PRAs for primary care and OB/GYN programs and non-
                primary care programs consistent with the regulations at Sec. 413.77.
                However, similar to our implementation of section 5503 in the CY 2011
                OPPS final rule (75 FR 72192) with respect to the application of direct
                GME PRAs for primary care and nonprimary care residents, for the
                implementation of section 126 of the CAA, we are proposing that a
                hospital that receives additional positions under section 126 would be
                paid for FTE residents counted under those positions using the same
                primary care and nonprimary PRAs for which payment is made for FTE
                residents subject to the 1996 FTE cap. We are expecting to revise
                Worksheet E-4 to add a line on which hospitals would report the number
                of FTEs by which the hospital's FTE caps were increased for direct GME
                positions received under section 126.
                (9) Conforming Regulation Amendments for 42 CFR 412.105 and 42 CFR
                413.79
                 Section 126 of the CAA, under clause (b), amends section
                1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act to provide for increases in FTE resident
                positions for IME payment purposes as well. Specifically, a new section
                1886(d)(5)(B)(xii) is added to state that for discharges occurring on
                or after July 1, 2023, if additional payment is made for FTE resident
                positions distributed to a hospital for direct GME purposes under
                section 1886(h)(9), the hospital will receive appropriate IME payment
                based on the additional residency positions awarded using the same IME
                adjustment factor used for the hospital's other FTE residents. We are
                proposing conforming amendments to the IME regulations at 42 CFR
                412.105 to specify that effective for portions of cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may qualify to
                receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap if the
                criteria specified in 42 CFR 413.79(p) are met.
                 We are also proposing to amend our regulations at 42 CFR 413.79 to
                codify our proposal to specify that--(1) for portions of cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may receive an
                increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as determined by
                CMS) if the hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria
                under section 1886(h)(9) of the Act and if the hospital submits an
                application to CMS within the timeframe specified by CMS; and (2) FTE
                resident cap positions added under section 126 of Public Law 116-260
                may be used in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement beginning in the
                5th year after the effective date of those FTE resident cap positions.
                (10) Prohibition on Administrative and Judicial Review
                 Section 126 of the CAA, under clause (c), prohibits review of
                section 1886(h)(9) of the Act. Specifically, it amends section
                1886(h)(7)(E) of the Act by inserting ``paragraph (9),'' after
                ``paragraph (8),''. Therefore, we are proposing that the determinations
                and distribution of residency positions under sections section
                1886(d)(5)(B)(xii) and 1886(h)(9) of the Act are final without
                administrative or judicial review.
                (11) Report by the Comptroller General
                 We note here for reference that section 126(d) of the CAA requires
                the Comptroller General of the United States to conduct a study and
                submit to Congress two reports on section 126 of the CAA, after the 5-
                year period of implementation is complete.
                (12) Application Process for Receiving Increases in FTE Resident Caps
                 In order for hospitals to be considered for increases in their FTE
                resident caps, each qualifying hospital must submit a timely
                application. We are proposing that an application be considered timely
                for additional residency positions effective July 1 of fiscal year if
                it is completely submitted by January 31 of
                [[Page 25511]]
                the prior fiscal year. The following information must be submitted on
                an application to be considered completely submitted:
                 The name and Medicare provider number of the hospital.
                 The name of the Medicare contractor to which the hospital
                submits its Medicare cost report.
                 The residency program for which the hospital is applying
                to receive an additional position.
                 FTE resident counts for direct GME and IME and FTE
                resident caps for direct GME and IME reported by the hospital in the
                most recent as-filed cost report. (Including copies of Worksheets E,
                Part A, and E-4).
                 If the hospital qualifies under Demonstrated Likelihood
                Criterion 1 (New Residency Program), which of the following applies:
                 [ballot] Application for approval of the new residency program has
                been submitted to the ACGME or the American Board of Medical
                Specialties (ABMS) by the application deadline for that year.
                 [ballot] The hospital has submitted an institutional review
                document or program information form concerning the new residency
                program in an application for approval of the new program by the
                application deadline for that year.
                 [ballot] The hospital has received written correspondence by the
                application deadline for that year from the ACGME or ABMS acknowledging
                receipt of the application for the new residency program, or other
                types of communication from the accrediting bodies concerning the new
                program approval process (such as notification of site visit).
                 If the hospital qualifies under Demonstrated Likelihood
                Criterion 2 (Expansion of an Existing Residency Program), which of the
                following applies:
                 [ballot] The hospital has approval by the application deadline from
                an appropriate accrediting body (the ACGME or ABMS) to expand the
                number of FTE residents in the program.
                 [ballot] The hospital has submitted by the application deadline an
                institutional review document or program information form for the
                expansion of the existing residency training program.
                 Identification of the category that describes the hospital
                under section 126 of Division CC of the Consolidated Appropriations
                Act, 2021 (per section 1886(h)(9)(F)(ii) of the Social Security Act):
                 [ballot] (I) The hospital is located in a rural area (as defined in
                section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act) or are treated as
                being located in a rural area pursuant to section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the
                Social Security Act.
                 [ballot] (II) The reference resident level of the hospital (as
                specified in section 1886(h)(9)(F)(iii) of the Social Security Act) is
                greater than the otherwise applicable resident limit.
                 [ballot] (III) The hospital is located in a State with a new
                medical school (as specified in section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(III)(aa) of
                the Act), or with additional locations and branch campuses established
                by medical schools (as specified in section 1886(h)(9)(B)(ii)(III)(bb)
                of the Act) on or after January 1, 2000.
                 [ballot] (IV) The hospital serves areas designated as health
                professional shortage areas (HPSAs) under section 332(a)(1)(A) of the
                Public Health Service Act, as determined by the Secretary.
                 The HPSA (if any) served by the residency program for
                which the hospital is applying and the HPSA score for that HPSA.
                 An attestation, signed and dated by an officer or
                administrator of the hospital who signs the hospital's Medicare cost
                report, of the following:
                 ``I hereby certify that the hospital is a Qualifying Hospital under
                section 126 of Division CC of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021
                (per section 1886(h)(9)(F)(ii) of the Social Security Act).
                 ``I hereby certify the demonstrated likelihood that the hospital
                will fill the position made available under section 126 of Division CC
                of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 within the first 5
                training years beginning after the date the increase would be
                effective, as determined by the Secretary (per section 1886(h)(9)(B)(i)
                of the Social Security Act).
                 ``I hereby certify that the hospital agrees to increase the number
                of its residency positions by the amount the hospital's FTE resident
                caps are increased under section 126 of Division CC of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act, 2021, if awarded positions (per section
                1886(h)(9)(C)(ii) of the Social Security Act).
                 ``I hereby certify that if the residency program for which the
                hospital is applying serves a geographic or population Health
                Professional Shortage Area (HPSA), that the hospital has its main
                campus or a provider-based facility (under 42 CFR 413.65) physically
                located in that HPSA, any such locations serve the designated
                underserved population of that HPSA in the case of a population HPSA,
                and in the residency program for which the hospital is applying, at
                least 50 percent of the residents training time over the duration of
                the program occurs at those locations in the HPSA.
                 ``I hereby certify that the hospital meets the National Standards
                for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services in Health and
                Health Care (the National CLAS Standards).
                 ``I hereby certify that I understand that misrepresentation or
                falsification of any information contained in this application may be
                punishable by criminal, civil, and administrative action, fine and/or
                imprisonment under Federal law. Furthermore, I understand that if
                services identified in this application were provided or procured
                through payment directly or indirectly of a kickback or where otherwise
                illegal, criminal, civil, and administrative action, fines and/or
                imprisonment may result. I also certify that, to the best of my
                knowledge and belief, it is a true, correct, and complete application
                prepared from the books and records of the hospital in accordance with
                applicable instructions, except as noted. I further certify that I am
                familiar with the laws and regulations regarding Medicare payment to
                hospitals for the training of interns and residents.''
                 The completed application must be submitted to CMS using an online
                application system under development. A link to the online application
                system as well as instructions for accessing the system and completing
                the online application process will be made available on the CMS DGME
                website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/DGME when the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule goes on display.
                 We note that the burden associated with this information collection
                requirement is the time and effort necessary to review instructions and
                register for the electronic submission system as well as the time and
                effort to gather, develop and submit various documents associated with
                a formal request of resident slot increases from teaching hospitals to
                CMS. The aforementioned burden is subject to the Paperwork Reduction
                Act (PRA); and as discussed in section XII.B.5., the burden associated
                with these requests will be discussed in a forthcoming information
                collection request, which is currently under development.
                 We are soliciting comments on our proposals to implement section
                126 of the CAA to help address health inequities and prioritize
                applications from hospitals that will use the additional positions in
                residency programs serving underserved populations.
                [[Page 25512]]
                b. Proposal for Implementation of Section 127 of the CAA, ``Promoting
                Rural Hospital GME Funding Opportunity''
                 To encourage the training of residents in rural areas, section
                407(c) of the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Balanced Budget Refinement
                Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 106-113) (BBRA) amended section 1886(h)(4)(H) of
                the Act to add a provision (subsection (iv)) stating that, in the case
                of a hospital that is not located in a rural area (an urban hospital)
                that establishes separately accredited approved medical residency
                training programs (or rural tracks) in a rural area, or has an
                accredited training program with an integrated rural track, the
                Secretary shall adjust the urban hospital's cap on the number of FTE
                residents under subsection (F), in an appropriate manner in order to
                encourage training of physicians in rural areas. Section 407(c) of
                Public Law 106-113 was effective for direct GME payments to hospitals
                for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and for
                IME payments applicable to discharges occurring on or after April 1,
                2000. We refer readers to the August 1, 2000 interim final rule with
                comment period (65 FR 47026, 47033 through 47037) and the FY 2002 IPPS
                final rule (66 FR 39828, 39902 through 39909) where we implemented
                section 407(c) of Public Law 106-113. The regulations for establishing
                rural track FTE limitations are located at 42 CFR 413.79(k) for direct
                GME and at 42 CFR 412.105(f)(1)(x) for IME.
                 In the August 1, 2003 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45456 through 45457),
                we clarified our existing policy that although the rural track
                provision allows an increase to the urban hospital's FTE cap, sections
                1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) and 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act do not provide for an
                exclusion from the rolling average for the urban hospital for those FTE
                residents training in a rural track. These provisions are interpreted
                to mean that, except for new rural track programs begun by urban
                teaching hospitals that are establishing an FTE cap for the first time,
                when an urban hospital with an FTE resident cap establishes a new rural
                track program or expands an existing rural track program, FTE residents
                in the rural track that are counted by the urban hospital are included
                in the hospital's rolling average calculation immediately. This policy
                is reflected in the regulation at Sec. 412.105(f)(1)(v)(F) for IME and
                Sec. 413.79(d)(7) for direct GME, and applies for IME and direct GME
                to cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000.
                 In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57027), we finalized
                a revision to the regulations at Sec. 413.79(k) (and which, in turn,
                affect IME adjustments under Sec. 412.105(f)(1)(x)) to permit that, in
                the first 5 program years (rather than the first 3 program years) of
                the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each
                urban hospital would be the actual number of FTE residents training in
                the rural training track at the urban hospital, and beginning with the
                urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows
                the start of the sixth program year of the rural training track's
                existence, the rural track FTE limitation would take effect. However,
                as previously stated, due to the statutory language at sections
                1886(d)(5)(B) and 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act as implemented in our
                regulations at Sec. Sec. 412.105(f)(1)(v)(F) and 413.79(d)(7), except
                for new rural track programs begun by urban teaching hospitals that are
                establishing an FTE cap for the first time, FTE residents in a rural
                training track (RTT) program at the urban hospital are subject
                immediately to the 3-year rolling average for direct GME and IME. In
                addition, under the regulations at Sec. 412.105(a)(1)(i), no exception
                to the IME intern- and resident-to-bed (IRB) ratio cap is provided for
                residents in a rural track training program (except for new rural track
                programs begun by urban teaching hospitals that are establishing an FTE
                cap for the first time).
                 Since implementation of the rural training track provision from the
                BBRA of 1999, stakeholders and advocates of residency training in rural
                areas have raised concerns about inequities and unintended consequences
                of the BBRA provision. First, the BBRA provision allows an urban
                hospital to receive additional cap slots based on the time that
                residents in the RTT train at the urban hospital. However, the
                provision does not specify that the Secretary provide a cap adjustment
                for rural hospitals participating in RTTs. As a result, unless the RTT
                program was new, the rural hospital could not receive FTE resident cap
                increases, resulting in direct GME and IME payments going only to the
                urban hospital for the urban portion of the training, with no attending
                funding going to the rural hospital for the rural portion of the
                training. Second, the statutory provision does not specify that the
                Secretary may provide a cap adjustment to urban hospitals or rural
                hospitals when an urban hospital adds additional rural locations to
                already existing RTTs. Third, the provision stated that the Secretary
                would adjust the caps of an urban hospital that establishes separately
                accredited approved medical residency training programs (or rural
                tracks) in a rural area. Historically, the Accreditation Council for
                Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has separately accredited family
                medicine programs in the ``1-2 format'' (meaning, residents in the 1-2
                format receive their first year experience at a core family medicine
                program in an urban area, and their second and third year experiences
                at another site, which may or may not be rural). Because the ACGME has
                only accredited family medicine programs in the 1-2 format, CMS
                interpreted the provision to mean that hospitals cannot seek funding
                opportunities for rural tracks developed in specialties other than
                family medicine. Fourth, residents added to a RTT were previously not
                exempt from the 3-year rolling average for IME and direct GME. We
                believe that section 127 of the CAA remedies each of these concerns,
                explained in more detail in this proposed rule.
                (i) Cap Adjustment for Urban and Rural Hospitals Participating in Rural
                Training Track Programs
                 As amended by the BBRA, section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act
                provided for IME and direct GME FTE resident cap adjustments for an
                urban hospital that establishes separately accredited rural tracks;
                however, the statute did not provide for a similar adjustment to rural
                hospitals participating in rural tracks. Specifically, section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) refers to the case of a hospital that is not located
                in a rural area but establishes separately accredited approved medical
                residency training programs (or rural tracks) in a rural area. Because
                of this explicit incentive and permission for FTE resident cap
                adjustments for an urban hospital that establishes a rural track, the
                rural track does not need to be new for Medicare payment purposes, as
                it otherwise would in order for the urban hospital to qualify for the
                FTE resident cap adjustments. That is, under section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)
                of the Act, if an urban hospital already had an accredited family
                medicine residency program, it could establish from that existing
                family medicine program, for the first time, a rural track, and,
                assuming all applicable requirements are met, that urban hospital could
                receive IME and direct GME FTE resident cap adjustments. However, with
                regard to a rural hospital participating in the second and third years
                of training in the rural track, since the BBRA language did not mention
                cap adjustments to rural hospitals, only if the program is new for
                Medicare
                [[Page 25513]]
                payment purposes can the rural teaching hospital also receive a FTE
                resident cap adjustment for the program. (Under Sec. 413.79(e)(3), any
                time that a rural hospital participates in training residents in a new
                program, the rural hospital may receive an increase to its FTE resident
                caps. We refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for the
                criteria identifying a new program for Medicare payment purposes (74 FR
                43908 through 43917)). In this case, a rural track established from an
                already existing urban family medicine program would not meet the
                newness requirement for the rural hospital. Consequently, Division CC,
                section 127 of the CAA 2021 revised section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the
                Act to state that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area
                that established or establishes a medical residency training program
                (or rural tracks) in a rural area, the Secretary must adjust in an
                appropriate manner the limitation under subparagraph (F) for such
                hospital and each such hospital located in a rural area that
                participates in such a training. This revision provides for cap
                adjustments for both the urban teaching hospital and the rural teaching
                hospital(s). We are proposing that each time an urban hospital and
                rural hospital establish a RTT program for the first time, even if the
                RTT program does not meet the newness criteria for Medicare payment
                purposes, both the urban and rural hospitals may receive a rural track
                FTE limitation. For example, Urban Hospital A has an existing internal
                medicine program. In July 2023, it partners with Rural Hospital 1 to
                create a RTT from the existing internal medicine program. We are
                proposing that both Urban Hospital A and Rural Hospital 1 may receive
                adjustments to their resident caps (rural track FTE limitations) to
                reflect their portions of FTE residents training in the RTT. We propose
                to make various changes throughout the regulations text at 42 CFR
                413.79(k) ``Residents training in rural track programs'' to accommodate
                the rural track FTE limitations for both urban and rural hospitals. We
                also provide examples in this proposed rule, regarding how the rural
                track FTE limitations are calculated, according to the same methodology
                already in place at 42 CFR 413.79(k)(1) and as previously explained in
                the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57028).
                (ii) Cap Adjustments When the Urban Hospital Adds Additional Rural
                Training Tracks
                 As previously stated, under section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) prior to
                enactment of the CAA, if an urban hospital already had an accredited
                family medicine residency program, it could, for the first time,
                establish a rural track from that existing family medicine program and,
                assuming all applicable requirements were met, such hospital could
                receive the IME and direct GME FTE resident cap adjustments. Because
                section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) gave this explicit permission for FTE
                resident cap adjustments to an urban hospital that establishes a rural
                track, the rural track program does not need to be new for Medicare
                payment purposes in order for the urban hospital to qualify for the FTE
                resident cap adjustments. (We refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule for the criteria identifying a new program for Medicare
                payment purposes (74 FR 43908 through 43917)). However, after
                establishing its first RTT, the urban hospital can receive a rural
                track limitation adjustment for additional established RTTs only if
                those additional programs are ``new'' for Medicare payment purposes. We
                believe that section 127 of the CAA amends section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)
                such that it permits us to adjust the resident caps of an urban
                hospital wishing to create additional RTTs after establishing its first
                RTT, while also adjusting the residents caps of the rural hospital(s)
                added by creating the subsequent RTTs. Section 127 of the CAA amends
                section1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act to add a new subclause which states
                that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022,
                in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area that established
                or establishes a medical residency training program (or rural tracks)
                in a rural area . . . adjust in an appropriate manner the limitation
                under subparagraph (F) for such hospital and each such hospital located
                in a rural area that participates in such a training. Because the law
                now states ``established or establishes,'' both past tense and future
                tense, we believe the statute grants the Secretary unique authority not
                previously held; that is, the authority to prospectively allow (under
                certain circumstances) cap adjustments to existing RTTs expanded in a
                cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2022. That is,
                the provision gives explicit permission to adjust the RTT limitations
                of an urban hospital wishing to create additional RTTs after
                establishing its first RTT, while also adjusting the residents caps of
                the additional rural hospital(s) added by creating the second (or
                third, etc.) RTT. We believe this new statutory authority is separate
                and distinct from the statute's requirement that, for IME and direct
                GME payment purposes, caps can be adjusted only for new teaching urban
                hospitals and for rural hospitals with new programs under section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of the Act. That is, in general, urban hospitals
                becoming teaching hospitals for the first time and rural hospitals may
                receive cap adjustments only if the program(s) in which they train
                residents is ``new'' in accordance with Medicare rules (as explained in
                detail at 74 FR 43908 through 43917). Therefore, under the explicit
                authority under section 127 of the CAA, we are proposing to
                prospectively allow increases to the IME and direct GME caps of both
                the participating urban and rural hospitals that expand a qualifying
                RTT. We are proposing that if, in a cost reporting period beginning on
                or after October 1, 2022, an urban hospital with an existing RTT
                (``hub'') adds an additional RTT (``spoke'') to the existing urban core
                program of the same specialty, the urban and rural hospitals may
                receive adjustments to their rural track FTE limitation. (For ease of
                reference, we are referring to the urban core hospital as the ``hub''
                and the one or more RTTs as the ``spokes'' associated with that urban
                ``hub.'') For example, Urban Hospital A has an existing family medicine
                program. In 2015, Urban Hospital A partnered with Rural Hospital 1 to
                create a RTT from the existing family medicine program and received
                rural track FTE limitation to reflect the time that residents training
                in the RTT spent at its facility. In July 2023, Urban Hospital A
                partners with Rural Hospital 2 in a different rural area of the State,
                to create an additional family medicine RTT (adding another ``spoke''
                to the existing urban program ``hub.'') We are proposing that both
                Urban Hospital A and Rural Hospital 2 may receive adjustments to their
                resident caps (rural track FTE limitations) to reflect the portion of
                the time that FTE residents in the second family medicine RTT ``spoke''
                spend at their respective facility. We believe that allowing
                prospective adjustments to RTT FTE limitations for additional RTT
                ``spokes'' added in cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 2022 is an efficient means of addressing rural healthcare
                workforce shortages, by allowing already experienced and successful
                urban ``hub'' RTTs to branch out and partner with additional rural
                communities, rather than relying solely on starting RTTs from scratch.
                That is, with the ability for CMS to provide funding for additional
                spokes, it should be easier for urban hospitals that already have one
                RTT to reach rural areas more quickly and efficiently with the addition
                [[Page 25514]]
                of more spokes, rather than starting brand new ``hubs''. However, we
                are proposing to limit the increases to the urban and rural hospitals'
                RTT FTE limitations only in the instance where additional residents are
                recruited to add a new rural ``spoke'' RTT, and not to allow increases
                to the RTT FTE limitations in the instance where the urban and rural
                hospital add additional FTE residents to an existing rural RTT
                ``spoke.'' We believe it is appropriate to do so because section 127 of
                the CAA states that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural
                area that established or establishes a medical residency training
                program (or rural tracks) in a rural area or establishes an accredited
                program where greater than 50 percent of the program occurs in a rural
                area, the Secretary shall consistent with the principles of
                subparagraphs (F) and (G) and subject to paragraphs (7) and (8),
                prescribe rules for the application of such subparagraphs with respect
                to such a program and, in accordance with such rules, adjust in an
                appropriate manner the limitation under subparagraph (F) for such
                hospital and each such hospital located in a rural area that
                participates in such a training. That is, the statute directs the
                Secretary to adjust the cap (the limitation under subparagraph (F)) in
                an appropriate manner. We believe that ``appropriate'' means not
                rendering the RTT FTE limitations meaningless. If we would allow
                adjustments to the RTT FTE limitations at any time, for any type or any
                amount of expansion even to already existing rural site ``spokes,''
                there would, in essence, not be any RTT FTE limitation at all. As a
                matter of public policy, as long as the FTE resident caps (that is, the
                ``limitation under subparagraph (F)'') are in place, we believe that
                CMS should be judicious with providing for additional funded cap slots,
                as that, in turn, encourages thoughtful residency program expansion
                among hospital stakeholders. Therefore, we are proposing to limit the
                provision of an increase to the urban and rural hospitals' RTT FTE
                limitations only to the instance where additional residents are
                recruited to add a new rural RTT ``spoke'' to the existing urban
                ``hub'', and not to allow increases under this section to the RTT FTE
                limitations in the instance where the urban and rural hospital add
                additional FTE residents to an existing rural RTT ``spoke.'' As with
                the general FTE resident caps, since the slots associated with the RTT
                FTE limitation are fungible, urban and rural hospitals with multiple
                RTT ``spokes'' may reduce the number of FTE residents training at one
                track and ``spoke'' in order to accommodate an increase in training and
                funding at another track and ``spoke.'' For example, Urban Hospital A
                has an existing family medicine program. In 2015, it partnered with
                Rural Hospital 1 to create a RTT from the existing family medicine
                program. Urban Hospital A received a cap/rural track FTE limitation to
                reflect residents in the RTT training at its facility. In July 2023,
                Urban Hospital A receives permission from the ACGME to permanently
                expand this family medicine RTT by 2 FTE residents, to train at both
                Urban Hospital A and Rural Hospital 1. We are proposing NOT to allow an
                adjustment to the rural track FTE limitation of Urban Hospital A and
                Rural Hospital 1 for the addition of 2 FTE residents, because this
                would be an expansion of an already existing RTT ``spoke.''
                 We also note that if the urban hospital already has an existing RTT
                in one specialty and an associated rural track FTE limitation, the
                urban hospital may also receive an adjustment to its rural track FTE
                limitation if it starts another RTT in a different specialty, because
                starting a RTT in a different specialty would not be an expansion of
                the already existing RTT. For example, Urban Hospital A has an existing
                family medicine program. In 2015, it partnered with Rural Hospital 1 to
                create a RTT from the existing family medicine program and, as a
                result, received a cap/rural track FTE limitation adjustment to reflect
                residents in the RTT training in its facility. In July 2023, Urban
                Hospital A partners once again with Rural Hospital 1 to create a RTT in
                internal medicine. We are proposing that both Urban Hospital A and
                Rural Hospital 1 may receive adjustments to their cap/rural track FTE
                limitations to reflect the time that residents train in the internal
                medicine RTT ``spoke'' in their respective facilities. Thus, Urban
                Hospital A and Rural Hospital 1 would have cap/rural track FTE
                limitations reflecting FTE residents training in both a family medicine
                RTT and an internal medicine RTT.
                (iii) Removal of Requirement That Rural Track Must Be ``Separately
                Accredited''
                 Previously, section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) stated that the Secretary
                would adjust the caps of an urban hospital that establishes separately
                accredited approved medical residency training programs (or rural
                tracks) in a rural area. Historically, the ACGME has separately
                accredited family medicine programs in the ``1-2 format'' (meaning,
                residents in the 1-2 format receive their first year experience at a
                core family medicine program, and their second and third year
                experiences at another site, which may or may not be rural). Because
                the ACGME has only accredited family medicine programs in the 1-2
                format, hospitals have not been able to seek additional funding
                opportunities for rural tracks developed in specialties other than
                family medicine. Since implementation of the original BBRA provision,
                stakeholders have expressed concern that FTE cap adjustments have not
                been permitted for sending residents to rural areas if the program was
                not a separately accredited family medicine RTT. Section 127 of the CAA
                removes the requirement that the rural track be ``separately
                accredited.'' Specifically, section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)(II) now states
                that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area that
                established or establishes a medical residency training program (or
                rural tracks) in a rural area, or establishes an accredited program
                where more than 50 percent of the training takes place in a rural area,
                the Secretary may adjust the resident cap in an appropriate manner.
                (Residency programs, whether they are ``rural tracks'' or any other
                program, must still be accredited under the law in order to receive IME
                and direct GME payments; see section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)(II) of the Act).
                Therefore, we are proposing that effective for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, so long as the program in its
                entirety is accredited by the ACGME, regardless of the specialty, it
                may qualify as a RTT and urban and/or rural hospitals receive rural
                track FTE limitations, assuming all other requirements are met.
                (iv) Requirement That Greater Than 50 Percent of the Program Occurs in
                a Rural Area
                 Under existing regulations at 42 CFR 413.79(k)(1) and (2), the
                urban hospital establishing the RTT may only receive a cap/rural track
                FTE limitation to count residents in the RTT if the urban hospital
                rotates residents to either a rural hospital or rural non-provider
                site, for more than 50 percent of the duration of the program. As
                described in detail in rules implementing the original BBRA provision
                (see the August 1, 2000 interim final rule with comment period (65 FR
                47033 through 47037) and the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39902
                through 39909) where we implemented section 407(c) of Pub. L. 106-113),
                we adopted this greater than one-half duration rule based on the fact
                that residents training in separately accredited 1-2 family medicine
                RTTs spend greater than 50 percent of their training time in rural
                areas. We also wanted to ensure that cap adjustments would not be
                allowed for minimal
                [[Page 25515]]
                rotations to rural areas Section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)(II) is amended by
                section 127 of the CAA which states that in the case of a hospital not
                located in a rural area that established or establishes a medical
                residency training program (or rural tracks) in a rural area or
                establishes an accredited program where greater than 50 percent of the
                program occurs in a rural area, the Secretary shall consistent with the
                principles of subparagraphs (F) and (G) and subject to paragraphs (7)
                and (8), prescribe rules for the application of such subparagraphs with
                respect to such a program. We believe section 127 of the CAA now
                requires in statute what CMS has required in regulation; that is, we
                are proposing that in order for urban or rural hospitals to receive FTE
                cap adjustments for residents training in RTTs, the residents must be
                in ``an accredited program where greater than 50 percent of the program
                occurs in a rural area.'' We believe that a ``medical residency
                training program (or rural tracks)'' refers to what the ACGME currently
                separately accredits as a 1-2 program; family medicine residencies that
                typically would have a first year in an urban hospital and second and
                third years in a rural hospital/setting. These separately accredited 1-
                2 family medicine RTTs may continue to maintain their RTT FTE
                limitations, assuming all applicable requirements are met. However, we
                are proposing that an ``accredited program where greater than 50
                percent of the program occurs in a rural area'' is the new statutory
                authorization for development of rural tracks in specialties other than
                family medicine, because eligibility for cap adjustments is no longer
                tied exclusively to ``separately accredited'', 1-2 programs.
                Specifically, as long as a program in its entirety is accredited by the
                ACGME, whether the program is in family medicine or in another
                specialty, and the residents spend more than 50 percent of the entire
                program in a rural area, then prospectively for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, we are proposing to also provide
                additional slots to any program in any specialty. Therefore, for all
                accredited specialties, we are proposing to require that an urban
                hospital may include in its FTE count, not to exceed its rural track
                FTE limitation, residents training in the urban hospital that are
                designated to rotate to a rural area for greater than 50 percent of the
                duration of the particular program. In addition, we are proposing that
                a rural hospital that is partnered with the urban hospital in the RTT
                would similarly include in its FTE count, not to exceed its rural track
                FTE limitation, the time residents train in the rural hospital only if
                the residents rotate to a rural area for greater than 50 percent of the
                duration of the particular program. For example, greater than 50
                percent of the duration of a 3-year family medicine program would be
                more than 18 months rotating to a rural area; greater than 50 percent
                of the duration of a 4-year psychiatry program would be more than 24
                months training in a rural area.
                (v) Exemption From the 3-Year Rolling Average During the 5-Year Rural
                Track FTE Limitation Window
                 In the August 1, 2003 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45456 through 45457),
                we clarified our existing policy that although the rural track
                provision allows an increase to the urban hospital's FTE cap, sections
                1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) and 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act do not provide for an
                exclusion from the rolling average for the urban hospital for those FTE
                residents training in a rural track. These provisions are interpreted
                to mean that, except for new rural track programs begun by urban
                teaching hospitals that are establishing an FTE cap for the first time,
                when an urban hospital with an FTE resident cap establishes a new rural
                track program or expands an existing rural track program, FTE residents
                in the rural track that are counted by the urban hospital are included
                in the hospital's rolling average calculation immediately. This policy
                is reflected in the regulation at Sec. 412.105(f)(1)(v)(F) for IME and
                Sec. 413.79(d)(7) for direct GME, and applies for IME and direct GME
                to cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000.
                 In addition, as stated in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81
                FR 57028), under the regulations at Sec. 412.105(a)(1)(i), no
                exception to the IME intern- and resident-to-bed (IRB) ratio cap is
                provided for residents in a rural track training program (except for
                new rural track programs begun by urban teaching hospitals that are
                establishing an FTE cap for the first time, or for rural hospitals, if
                the rural track meets the definition of a new program).
                 We believe that section 127 of the CAA amends section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the Act to provide for an exemption from the 3-
                year rolling average of the urban hospital and rural hospital during
                the 5-year growth window for FTE residents participating in rural
                tracks. Specifically, section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv)(II) of the Act states
                that in the case of a hospital not located in a rural area that
                established or establishes a medical residency training program (or
                rural tracks) in a rural area or establishes an accredited program
                where greater than 50 percent of the program occurs in a rural area,
                the Secretary shall consistent with the principles of subparagraphs (F)
                and (G) and subject to paragraphs (7) and (8), prescribe rules for the
                application of such subparagraphs with respect to such a program.
                Subparagraph (F) is the FTE resident cap, and subparagraph (G) refers
                to the 3-year rolling average. This italicized language is the same as
                that used at section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) regarding providing exemptions
                from the FTE resident cap and 3-year rolling average for new teaching
                hospitals starting new residency programs. That is, section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(i) states: ``(i) New facilities.--The Secretary shall,
                consistent with the principles of subparagraphs (F) and (G) and subject
                to paragraphs (7) and (8), prescribe rules for the application of such
                subparagraphs in the case of medical residency training programs
                established on or after January 1, 1995.'' The previous rural track
                language at section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) did not mention subparagraph (G);
                therefore, the law did not exempt from the rolling average any
                residents participating in a rural track, even during the cap building
                window as we explained in the August 1, 2003 IPPS final rule (68 FR
                45456 through 45457). Because section 127 of the CAA amends section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) to add in new subclause (II) which contains language
                modeled on the language for providing for FTE resident cap and rolling
                average exemptions in the case of new programs started on or after
                January 1, 1995, we are proposing that similarly, during the 5-year cap
                growth window for RTTs, the FTE residents participating in the RTT
                either at the urban hospital or a rural hospital would not be included
                in a hospital's 3-year rolling average calculation during the cost
                reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable hospital's
                cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the
                sixth program year of each rural track. That is, just as residents in
                new programs are exempt from the 3-year rolling average until the cost
                reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth
                program year, similarly, effective for RTTs started in cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, for each rural track
                started, full-time equivalent residents at an urban hospital or rural
                hospital in a rural track program are excluded from the rolling average
                calculation during the cost reporting periods prior to the beginning
                [[Page 25516]]
                of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with
                or follows the start of the sixth program year of each rural track.
                (vi) Proposed Changes to the Regulations Text
                 Although section 127 of the CAA directly amends section 1886(h) for
                direct GME, and does not specifically refer to amendments for IME, the
                existing language at section 1886(d)(5)(B)(viii) of the Act states that
                rules similar to the rules of subsection (h)(4)(H) shall apply for
                purposes of clauses (v) and (vi). Accordingly, the statutory authority
                to make corresponding changes to IME for rural tracks already exists.
                Clause (v) refers to the IME resident caps, and clause (vi) refers to
                the 3-year rolling average. Therefore, we are proposing to apply to the
                IME payment the new authority under section 1886(h)(4)(H)(iv) of the
                Act to allow both urban and rural hospitals to receive IME rural track
                FTE limitations, as well as an exemption from the IME 3-year rolling
                average for FTE residents during the 5-year cap building window. We are
                proposing to make appropriate changes to the regulations text for IME
                at 42 CFR 412.105(f)(1)(v)(F) and 412.105(f)(1)(x) to mirror the
                following proposed regulations text changes for direct GME:
                 We propose to modify the definition of Rural Track FTE
                limitation at 42 CFR 413.75(b) to add ``or rural hospital''.
                 We propose to remove the requirement at 42 CFR
                413.79(d)(7) that FTE residents in the rural track are included in the
                3-year rolling average during the 5-year cap building window.
                 We propose to make various changes throughout the
                regulations text at 42 CFR 413.79(k) ``Residents training in rural
                track programs.''
                 (vii) Documentation Required for Medicare Administrative Contractor
                (MAC) to Pay for RTTs
                 We intend to amend or clarify as necessary the Medicare cost
                report, CMS-2552-10, Worksheets E, Part A for IME and E-4 for direct
                GME, to accommodate additional rural track limitations. We expect that
                with this new authority to pay for more RTTs, MACs will face an influx
                of payment requests. While, as with payment for any GME program,
                hospitals must submit necessary documentation, to make review and
                processing of these new RTT payment requests more manageable, we are
                reiterating the documentation requirements here. That is, in order to
                facilitate the implementation of increases to RTT FTE limitations,
                either via interim payments or cost report adjustments, an urban
                hospital ``hub'' that adds one or more rural ``spokes'' in one or more
                specialties, we propose that the urban and rural hospitals must show
                its MAC the following:
                 The accreditation for the ``spoke'', information whether
                the ``spoke'' is in the same specialty as a RTT that the urban hospital
                already has, or whether the ``spoke'' is a newly created RTT in a
                different specialty.
                 Intern and resident rotation schedules (or similar
                documentation) showing that residents in each particular RTT program
                (both hub and spokes overall) spend greater than 50 percent of their
                training in the program in a geographically rural area in order to
                receive IME and direct GME rural track FTE limitations.
                 The number of FTE residents and the amount of time
                training in all 5 program years at both the urban and rural settings
                since establishment of the particular ``spoke'', so that the MAC may be
                able to verify the RTT cap limitation.
                 Following are examples of how the urban and rural hospital's rural
                track FTE limitations would be calculated:
                 Example 1: Urban Hospital and Rural Hospital jointly sponsor an
                accredited rural track program. The program is in internal medicine (3
                years minimum accredited length), and is accredited for a total of 6
                residents, 2 in each program year (PGY). The residents spend PGY1 at
                Urban Hospital, and then the PGY2s and PGY3s rotate to a rural area, to
                train at both Rural Hospital and Rural Clinic (a nonprovider site). The
                PGY2 and PGY3 residents, while mostly assigned to the rural area, do
                come back to the Urban Hospital for some required training. However,
                the residents spend more than 50 percent of the duration of the 3 year
                program in the rural area. Therefore, the Urban Hospital qualifies to
                receive a cap/rural track FTE limitation adjustment. Rural Hospital
                incurs the cost of the salaries and fringe benefits of the residents
                for the time spent training at Rural Clinic and meets other applicable
                requirements at Sec. 413.78(g) to be able to count the time residents
                spend training at the Rural Clinic. The rotations and the cap
                calculation are as follows:
                [[Page 25517]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.270
                Urban Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL = 11.1
                Rural Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL (includes time at Rural Clinic) =
                12.9
                5 Year FTE Total = 24
                 Step 1: Highest number of FTE residents training in any program
                year during fifth year across all participating hospitals is 2.0:
                PGY 1s = 2.0
                PGY 2s = 2.0
                PGY 3s = 2.0
                 Step 2: 2.0 x 3 (minimum accredited length) = 6.
                 Step 3: Urban Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the ratio of
                training at Urban Hospital over all 5 years to the total training that
                is occurring at all sites over all 5 years: 6 x [11.1/(24)] = 2.76.
                 Step 4: Rural Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the ratio of
                training at Rural Hospital and Rural Clinic over all 5 years to the
                total training that is occurring at all sites over all 5 years: 6 x
                [12.9/(24)] = 3.24.
                 2.76 + 3.24 = 6.0, the total cap assignment does not exceed the
                total number of accredited slots. Urban Hospital's rural track FTE
                limitation is 2.76. Rural Hospital's rural track FTE limitation is
                3.24. (We note that this calculation is done separately for IME and
                direct GME caps respectively. Also note that during these 5 program
                years, the Urban Hospital and Rural Hospital exclude the FTE residents
                from the 3-year rolling average calculation on their Medicare cost
                reports.)
                 Example 2: Urban Hospital and Rural Hospital jointly sponsor an
                accredited rural track program. The program is in psychiatry (4 years
                minimum accredited length), and is accredited for a total of 8
                residents, 2 in each program year (PGY). The residents spend PGY1 at
                Urban Hospital, and then the PGY2s and PGY3s and PGY4s rotate to a
                rural area, to train at both Rural Hospital and Rural Clinic (a
                nonprovider site). The PGY2 and PGY3 and PGY4 residents, while mostly
                assigned to the rural area, do come back to the Urban Hospital for some
                required training. However, the residents spend more than 50 percent
                (that is, more than 24 months) of the duration of the 4 year program in
                the rural area. Rural Hospital incurs the cost of the salaries and
                fringe benefits of the residents for the time spent training at Rural
                Clinic and meets other applicable requirements at Sec. 413.78(g) to be
                able to count the time residents spend training at the Rural Clinic.
                The rotations and the cap calculation are as follows:
                [[Page 25518]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.271
                Urban Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL = 11.5
                Rural Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL (includes time at Rural Clinic) =
                16.5
                5 Year FTE Total = 28
                 Step 1: Highest number of FTE residents training in any program
                year during fifth year across all participating hospitals is 2.0:
                PGY 1s = 2.0
                PGY 2s = 2.0
                PGY 3s = 2.0
                PGY4s = 2.0.
                 Step 2: 2.0 x 4 (minimum accredited length) = 8.
                 Step 3: Urban Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the ratio of
                training at Urban Hospital over all 5 years to the total training that
                is occurring at all sites over all 5 years: 8 x [11.5/(28)] = 3.29.
                 Step 4: Rural Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the ratio of
                training at Rural Hospital and Rural Clinic over all 5 years to the
                total training that is occurring at all sites over all 5 years: 8 x
                [16.5/(28)] = 4.71.
                 3.29 + 4.71 = 8.0, the total cap assignment does not exceed the
                total number of accredited slots. Urban Hospital's rural track FTE
                limitation is 3.29. Rural Hospital's FTE cap adjustment is 4.71. (We
                note that this calculation is done separately for IME and direct GME
                caps respectively. Also note that during these 5 program years, the
                Urban Hospital and Rural Hospital exclude the FTE residents from the 3-
                year rolling average calculation on their Medicare cost reports.)
                 Example 3: Refer to Example 1 (as previously described), where
                Urban Hospital and Rural Hospital jointly sponsor an accredited
                internal medicine rural track program. The program is in internal
                medicine (3 years minimum accredited length), and is accredited for a
                total of 6 residents, 2 in each program year (PGY). Urban Hospital's
                rural track FTE limitation is 2.76. Rural Hospital's FTE cap adjustment
                is 3.24. In July 2023, Urban Hospital partners with Second Rural
                Hospital in a different rural part of the State to sponsor another
                internal medicine RTT (that is, Urban Hospital internal medicine
                ``hub'' is adding another ``internal medicine RTT ``spoke''.) Urban
                Hospital adds 2 FTE residents to train in PGY1 at the Urban Hospital,
                and then the PGY2s and PGY3s rotate to a rural area, to train at both
                Second Rural Hospital and Second Rural Clinic (a nonprovider site). The
                PGY2 and PGY3 residents, while mostly assigned to the rural area, do
                come back to the Urban Hospital for some required training. However,
                the residents spend more than 50 percent of the duration of the 3 year
                program in the rural area. Therefore, Urban Hospital qualifies to
                receive another rural track FTE limitation. Second Rural Hospital
                incurs the cost of the salaries and fringe benefits of the residents
                for the time spent training at Second Rural Clinic and meets other
                applicable requirements at Sec. 413.78(g) to be able to count the time
                residents spend training at the Second Rural Clinic. The rotations and
                the cap calculation are as follows:
                [[Page 25519]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.272
                Urban Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL = 11.1
                Second Rural Hospital's 5 YEAR FTE TOTAL (includes time at Second Rural
                Clinic) = 12.9
                5 Year FTE Total = 24
                 Step 1: Highest number of FTE residents training in any program
                year during fifth year across all participating hospitals is 2.0:
                PGY 1s = 2.0
                PGY 2s = 2.0
                PGY 3s = 2.0
                 Step 2: 2.0 x 3 (minimum accredited length) = 6.
                 Step 3: Urban Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the ratio of
                training at Urban Hospital over all 5 years to the total training that
                is occurring at all sites over all 5 years: 6 x [11.1/(24)] = 2.76.
                 Step 4: Second Rural Hospital's cap adjustment is based on the
                ratio of training at Rural Hospital and Rural Clinic over all 5 years
                to the total training that is occurring at all sites over all 5 years:
                6 x [12.9/(24)] = 3.24
                 2.76 + 3.24 = 6.0, the total cap assignment does not exceed the
                total number of accredited slots. Urban Hospital's rural track FTE
                limitation is 2.76. This second rural track FTE limitation is added to
                Urban Hospital's first rural track FTE limitation for a total rural
                track FTE limitation of 5.52 (2.76 + 2.76). Second Rural Hospital's FTE
                cap adjustment is 3.24. This second rural track FTE limitation is added
                to Second Rural Hospital's first rural track FTE limitation for a total
                rural track FTE limitation of 6.48 (3.24 + 3.24). (We note that this
                calculation is done separately for IME and direct GME caps
                respectively. Also note that during these 5 program years, the
                hospitals exclude the FTE residents from the 3-year rolling average
                calculation on their Medicare cost reports.)
                 We are soliciting comments on our proposals.
                c. Proposal for Implementation of Section 131 of the CAA, Addressing
                Adjustment of Low Per Resident Amounts (Direct GME) and Low FTE
                Resident Caps (Direct GME and IME) for Certain Hospitals
                 Section 131 of the CAA provides us with the opportunity to reset
                the low or zero direct GME per resident amount of certain hospitals,
                and to reset the low IME and direct GME FTE resident caps of certain
                hospitals. Regarding direct GME PRAs, as stated previously, section
                1886(h)(2) of the Act sets forth a methodology for the determination of
                a hospital-specific base-period PRA that is calculated by dividing a
                hospital's allowable direct costs of GME in a base period by its number
                of full-time equivalent (FTE) residents in the base period. The base
                period is, for most hospitals, the hospital's cost reporting period
                beginning in FY 1984 (that is, October 1, 1983 through September 30,
                1984). For hospitals that became teaching hospitals after 1984, section
                1886(h)(2)(F) of the Act states that ``the Secretary shall, for the
                first such period for which it has such a residency training program
                and is participating under this title, provide for such approved FTE
                resident amount as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, based on
                approved FTE resident amounts for comparable programs. The regulations
                at 42 CFR 413.77(e)(1) implement this provision, stating that the per
                resident amount is based on the lower of the amount specified in
                paragraph (e)(1)(i) or paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, subject to
                the provisions of paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section. In other
                words, the new teaching hospital's PRA generally will be based on the
                lower of its actual GME costs per FTE in its base period, or the
                weighted average PRA of existing teaching hospitals located in the same
                core-based statistical area (CBSA) as the new teaching hospital. Under
                section 1886(h)(2)(D) of the Act, once the PRA is established in a base
                period, no changes are made to it; it is only updated for inflation in
                each subsequent year.
                 The calculations of both direct GME payments and the IME payment
                adjustment are affected by the number of FTE residents that a hospital
                is
                [[Page 25520]]
                allowed to count. Congress, through the Balanced Budget Act of 1997
                (Pub. L. 105-33), established a limit on the number of allopathic and
                osteopathic residents that a hospital may include in its FTE resident
                count for direct GME and IME payment purposes. Under section
                1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 1997, a hospital's unweighted FTE count of residents
                for purposes of direct GME may not exceed the hospital's unweighted FTE
                count for direct GME in its most recent cost reporting period ending on
                or before December 31, 1996. Under section 1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act,
                a similar limit based on the FTE count for IME during that cost
                reporting period is applied, effective for discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 1997.
                (1) Background on Establishment of PRAs and FTE Resident Caps for
                Hospitals Hosting Residency Training
                 Section 1886(h)(2)(F) of the Act does not require a hospital to
                incur costs, be the program sponsor, or train a certain minimum number
                of FTE residents, in order to become a teaching hospital. Accordingly,
                under the regulations at 42 CFR 415.152, ``Teaching hospital'' is
                defined as a hospital engaged in an approved GME residency program in
                medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, or podiatry. Our historical policy is
                that if a hospital has residents that are training in an approved GME
                residency program(s), and if the training is according to a planned and
                regular schedule (that is, not spontaneous or random), then we consider
                the hospital to be a teaching hospital, even if--
                 Is not incurring the costs of the residents' salaries and
                fringe benefits,
                 It is not the sponsor of the program,
                 It is not a ``new'' program under Medicare rules,
                 It is only training a very small number of FTE residents.
                 In the past, a number of hospitals have found themselves in the
                situation of triggering establishment of a PRA, when they have served
                as a training site for only small numbers of residents from programs
                sponsored by a medical school or another hospital. In many cases, these
                hospitals did not incur any salaries for those residents and may have
                incurred only insignificant overhead costs associated with the
                residents' presence at their facilities and, therefore, their PRAs were
                either very low or $0. Such low PRAs preclude meaningful direct GME
                payment in the future if these hospitals expand their training of
                residents and incur significant costs associated with the training.
                Section 131(a) of the CAA amends section 1886(h)(2)(F) of the Act to
                direct the Secretary, for such hospitals with such extremely low or $0
                PRAs that meet certain criteria, to establish new PRAs using the
                methodology described in 42 CFR 413.77(e) if the hospital trains
                resident(s) in a cost reporting period beginning on or after its
                enactment (December 27, 2020) and before the date that is 5 years after
                enactment (December 26, 2025). In accordance with 42 CFR 413.77(e), a
                new teaching hospital's PRA is based on the lower of its actual GME
                costs per FTE, or the weighted average PRA of existing teaching
                hospitals located in the same core-based statistical area (CBSA) as the
                new teaching hospital.
                 With regard to hospitals that have triggered establishment of a
                very small number of permanent IME and direct GME FTE caps (but greater
                than zero), this establishment occurs when a hospital participates in
                training residents in a new program started or accredited on or after
                January 1, 1995. The statute directs the Secretary to prescribe rules
                for the application of the FTE resident caps for approved medical
                residency training programs established on or after January 1, 1995 at
                section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of the Act. The regulations at 42 CFR
                413.79(l) defines a ``new medical residency training program'' as a
                medical residency that receives initial accreditation by the
                appropriate accrediting body or begins training residents on or after
                January 1, 1995.'' Similar to the circumstances under which a PRA is
                triggered, the law does not state that in order to establish permanent
                FTE caps, a hospital must incur the cost of the new program, be the
                sponsor of the new program, or train a specific number of FTE residents
                in the new program. Some previously non-teaching hospitals have hosted
                small numbers of residents who were in programs sponsored and funded by
                a medical school or another hospital. If those residents rotating to
                the previously non-teaching hospitals were in a new approved program,
                then that could have triggered establishment of IME and direct GME FTE
                resident caps at the previously non-teaching hospital. Should the
                previously non-teaching hospital wish to participate in training
                residents in a significant manner in the future, such minimal FTE
                resident caps preclude receipt of meaningful IME and direct GME
                payments. Section 131(b) of the CAA addresses this problem by amending
                section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) to add new subclauses (III) and (IV) to direct
                the Secretary, for hospitals that meet certain criteria and that have
                very small FTE resident caps, to ``adjust''--that is, redetermine those
                caps if the Secretary determines the hospital begins training residents
                in a program year beginning on or after enactment (December 27, 2020)
                and before 5 years after enactment (December 26, 2025).
                (2) Hospitals Qualifying To Reset Their PRAs
                 Section 131(a) of the CAA also amends section 1886(h)(2)(F) of the
                Act to add a new clause (iii) to describe the categories of hospitals
                that qualify to receive a replacement PRA. For ease of reference, we
                will refer to these hospitals as Category A and Category B. A Category
                A Hospital is one that, as of the date of enactment (December 27,
                2020), has a PRA that was established based on less than 1.0 FTE in any
                cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997. Typically, a
                Category A hospital is one that trained less than 1.0 FTE in its most
                recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, and
                received a very low or $0 PRA. A Category B Hospital is one that, as of
                the date of enactment (December 27, 2020), has a PRA that was
                established based on training of no more than 3.0 FTEs in any cost
                reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before the
                date of enactment (December 27, 2020). This new subclause provides that
                in lieu of these low PRAs, the Secretary shall, in accordance with
                Sec. 413.77(e), establish a new PRA for each such hospital if the
                hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE (in the case of a Category A hospital)
                or more than 3.0 FTE (in the case of a Category B hospital) (emphasis
                added). The recalculation period begins on December 27, 2020, and ends
                5 years later.
                 We are proposing that to redetermine the PRA, the training
                occurring at a Category A Hospital or a Category B Hospital need not
                necessarily be training residents in a new program; the residents may
                be in either an approved program that is ``new'' for Medicare IME and
                direct GME purposes, or may be in an existing approved program. This is
                because the new subclause does not state that the training be in a
                ``new'' program, and furthermore, CMS's current policy is that for a
                hospital which starts training residents for the first time, the PRA
                can be established based on the training of residents in either a
                ``new'' approved program, or an existing approved program. However, for
                a Category A Hospital, we propose not to reset its PRA until we
                determine that the Category A Hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE, and
                that training must occur in a cost reporting period
                [[Page 25521]]
                beginning on or after December 27, 2020 (date of enactment) and before
                December 26, 2025 (5 years after enactment). Similarly, for a Category
                B Hospital, we propose not to reset its PRA until we determine that the
                Category B Hospital trains more than 3.0 FTEs, and that training must
                occur in a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27,
                2020 (date of enactment) and before December 26, 2025 (5 years after
                enactment). Because new section 1886(h)(2)(F)(iii) uses the word
                ``trains'', we interpret this to require ``continuous'' training, and
                therefore, we propose that for both Category A and B Hospitals, it is
                not relevant whether they may have trained at least 1.0 FTE or more
                than 3.0 FTEs in a cost reporting period or periods prior to December
                27, 2020. While we propose that such previous training of at least 1.0
                FTE or greater than 3.0 FTEs would not preclude resetting of a Category
                A Hospital's PRA or a Category B Hospital's PRA, we propose that the
                relevant factor in determining when to reset their PRAs is if and when
                the hospital trains the requisite amount of FTE residents in a cost
                reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 (date of
                enactment) and 5 years after (December 26, 2025). For example, a
                Category A Hospital trains 6.05 FTEs in its cost reporting period
                beginning on January 1, 2020. The Category A Hospital trains 5.95 FTEs
                in its cost reporting period beginning on January 1, 2021. We are
                proposing that we would reset this Category A Hospital's PRA effective
                with its cost reporting period beginning on January 1, 2021. In a
                second example, a Category B Hospital trains 6.05 FTEs in its cost
                reporting period beginning on January 1, 2020. The Category B Hospital
                trains 2.0 FTEs in its cost reporting period beginning on January 1,
                2021. Then the Category B Hospital trains 3.25 FTE in its cost
                reporting period beginning on January 1, 2022. We are proposing that we
                would reset this Category B Hospital's PRA effective with its cost
                reporting period beginning on January 1, 2022. Once reset, in the
                absence of additional legislation, the PRAs for either a Category A
                Hospital or a Category B Hospital are permanent, subject to annual
                inflation updates under 42 CFR 413.77(c)(1).
                (3) Proposal for How To Calculate the Replacement PRA and Cost
                Reporting Requirements
                 Consistent with the new statute, we propose to calculate the
                replacement PRA using the existing regulations in place at 42 CFR
                413.77(e). First, we propose to use as the PRA base period the first
                cost reporting period in which either the Category A Hospital or
                Category B Hospital trains their requisite threshold FTEs; that is, the
                cost report beginning on or after December 27, 2020 in which at least
                1.0 FTE is trained at Category A Hospital, and the cost reporting
                period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 in which more than 3.0
                FTEs are trained at Category B Hospital. Then, as 42 CFR 413.77(e)(1)
                states, we propose to amend the regulations to add a new Sec.
                413.77(e)(1)(iv) to establish the replacement PRA as the LOWER OF:
                 The hospital's actual cost per resident incurred in
                connection with the GME program(s) based on the cost and resident data
                from the hospital's replacement base year cost reporting period; and
                 The updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of
                all hospitals located in the same geographic wage area is calculated
                using all per resident amounts (including primary care and obstetrics
                and gynecology and nonprimary care) and FTE resident counts from the
                most recently settled cost reports of those teaching hospitals.
                 If there are fewer than three existing teaching hospitals
                with per resident amounts that can be used to calculate the weighted
                mean value per resident amount, for base periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 1997, the per resident amount equals the updated weighted
                mean value of per resident amounts of all hospitals located in the same
                census region as that term is used in subpart D of part 412 of this
                subchapter.
                 We plan on issuing instructions to the MACs and to hospitals to
                provide for an orderly process of request and review for the purpose of
                receiving replacement PRAs. The MACs of the Category A and Category B
                Hospitals would review the Medicare cost reports, GME costs, FTE
                counts, rotation schedules, etc. to determine at what point the
                requisite threshold of FTE residents are trained. As required under 42
                CFR 413.20 and 413.24, hospitals must provide sufficient documentation
                to ensure proper payment (for GME, this includes, but is not limited
                to, rotation schedules and training agreements). We note that newly
                amended section 1886(h)(2)(F) of Act makes two points regarding cost
                reporting. First, clause 1886(h)(2)(F)(ii) states that in the case of a
                hospital that trains residents and has not entered into a GME
                affiliation agreement (as defined by the Secretary for purposes of
                paragraph (4)(H)(ii)), on or after the date of enactment of this
                clause, the Secretary shall not establish an FTE resident amount until
                such time as the Secretary determines that the hospital has trained as
                least 1.0 FTE resident in an approved medical residency training
                program in a cost reporting period. Medicare GME affiliation
                agreements, as implemented in the regulations at 42 CFR 413.79(f),
                permit teaching hospitals that cross train residents in the same
                programs to aggregate and share their FTE resident caps to facilitate
                movement of residents and reimbursement for that training. Entering
                into a Medicare GME affiliation agreement is a voluntary and conscious
                action on the part of a hospital.
                 Therefore, even if a hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE (and this
                would be any hospital, not just a Category A Hospital or a Category B
                Hospital), but has entered into a Medicare GME affiliation agreement
                for that training, we believe the law is directing the Secretary to
                establish a PRA for that hospital. Thus, effective for a cost reporting
                period beginning on or after enactment (December 27, 2020), we are
                proposing to establish a PRA in the instance where a hospital trains
                less than 1.0 FTE and that hospital has entered into a Medicare GME
                affiliation agreement for that training. However, in the instance where
                a hospital did not enter into a Medicare GME affiliation agreement for
                that training, we propose to establish a PRA only when a hospital
                trains at least 1.0 FTE. We propose to amend the regulations at 42 CFR
                413.79(f) to reflect this new provision.
                 Second, section 1886(h)(2)(F)(iv) states that for purposes of
                carrying out this subparagraph for cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after the date of the enactment of this clause, a hospital shall
                report full-time equivalent residents on its cost report for a cost
                reporting period if the hospital trains at least 1.0 full-time
                equivalent residents in an approved medical resident training program
                or programs in such period. Accordingly, we are proposing that both a
                Category A Hospital and a Category B Hospital must accurately report
                FTEs on the IME Worksheet E, Part A and the direct GME Worksheet E-4 of
                CMS-Form-2552-10, when either category of hospital trains at least 1.0
                FTE on or after December 27, 2020. We are further proposing that all
                hospitals, even if they do not classify as Category A or Category B
                Hospitals, must enter the FTE counts on Worksheets E, Part A and E-4 of
                the CMS-Form-2552-10, for cost reporting periods during which the
                hospital trains at least 1.0. In addition, the hospital must provide
                the information required by the Interns and Residents Information
                System (IRIS) software for a cost report that contains at least 1.0
                FTEs on Worksheets E, Part A (IME) and E-4 (direct GME). We are
                [[Page 25522]]
                proposing this rule regardless of whether or not such hospital incurs
                the costs or is the program sponsor, because we believe that a PRA is
                established when a hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE (or, if there is a
                Medicare GME affiliation agreement, even less than 1.0 FTE). We are
                proposing to amend the regulations at 42 CFR 413.78(b), with a cross-
                reference to 42 CFR 413.77(e) and 413.79(f), to require that effective
                for a cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, a
                hospital must report FTE residents on its Medicare cost report for a
                cost reporting period if: (1) In the absence of a Medicare GME
                affiliation agreement, a hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE in an
                approved program or programs; or (2) if there is a Medicare GME
                affiliation agreement, a hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE in an
                approved program or programs. This proposed regulation would put
                hospitals on notice that they would establish a PRA when they report
                FTE residents on their Medicare cost report beginning on or after
                December 27, 2020.
                 On a technical note, newly added clause1886(h)(2)(F)(v) states that
                as appropriate, the Secretary may consider information from any cost
                reporting period necessary to establish a new FTE resident amount.
                Keeping in mind the regulations regarding predicate facts at 42 CFR
                405.1885, our policy has been to refer, but not make changes, to a
                hospital's ``true'' base year under 42 CFR 413.77(e), even if that base
                year cost report is beyond the 3-year reopening rules. For example, if,
                in 2019, a MAC discovered that a hospital trained a small number of FTE
                residents in its 2005 cost reporting period, the MAC would use the 2005
                cost report and documentation to obtain direct GME costs (if any, or
                $0) and the FTE resident(s), determine a cost per FTE, and compare that
                to the 2005 weighted average PRA of the other teaching hospitals in the
                same CBSA, even though the 2005 cost report was beyond the 3-year
                reopening period. In accordance with 42 CFR 413.77(e), the MAC would
                establish the LOWER of the two amounts to be the hospital's base year
                PRA. Going forward, we propose to continue to be consistent with our
                existing predicate fact regulations, such that we would not reopen cost
                reports beyond their 3-year reopening period, but would refer to and
                use whatever contemporaneous documentation we would need to establish a
                PRA. However, because section 131 of the CAA directs the Secretary to
                replace a Category A Hospital's PRA or a Category B Hospital's PRA if
                the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE or more than 3.0 FTE in a cost
                reporting period beginning on or after such date of enactment and
                before the date that is 5 years after, we are proposing to amend the
                regulations at 42 CFR 413.77(e) to use as the PRA base year for a
                Category A Hospital the cost reporting period beginning on or after
                December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025 in which that hospital
                trains at least 1.0 FTE, and for a Category B Hospital, the cost
                reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before
                December 26, 2025 in which that hospital trains more than 3.0 FTEs. In
                determining whether a hospital trained the requisite thresholds of 1.0
                or more than 3.0 FTEs, we propose not to round up; that is, an FTE
                count of 0.99 would not be rounded up to be at least 1.00 FTE. Rather,
                the FTE count would have to equal at least 1.00 without rounding
                applied. Similarly, an FTE count would have to add to be greater than
                3.00 without rounding rules applied.
                (4) Hospitals Qualifying To Reset Their FTE Resident Caps
                 Section 131(b) of the CAA 2021 amends section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of
                the Act to add new subclauses (II) through (V) to describe the
                categories of hospitals that qualify to receive a replacement PRA. For
                ease of reference, we continue to refer to these hospitals as Category
                A and Category B. A Category A Hospital is one that, as of the date of
                enactment (December 27, 2020), has an IME and/or direct GME FTE
                resident cap that was established based on less than 1.0 FTE in any
                cost reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997. Typically, a
                Category A hospital is one that did train less than 1.0 FTE in its most
                recent cost reporting period ending on or before December 31, 1996, and
                therefore, received FTE caps of less than 1.0 FTE (along with a very
                low or $0 PRA). Category B Hospital is one that, as of the date of
                enactment (December 27, 2020), has an IME and/or direct GME FTE
                resident cap that was established based on training of no more than 3.0
                FTEs in any cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1,
                1997, and before the date of enactment (December 27, 2020). The new
                subparagraphs (III) and (IV) provide that the Secretary shall adjust
                the FTE resident cap in the manner applicable to a new approved medical
                residency training program, which under subparagraph (V), states that
                the adjustment to the FTE resident cap shall be made in a manner
                consistent with the methodology, as appropriate, in Sec. 413.79(e).
                The Secretary shall adjust the FTE resident caps if the hospital
                ``begins training'' at least 1.0 FTE (in the case of Category A) or
                ``begins training'' more than 3.0 FTE (in the case of Category B) in a
                program year beginning on or after such date of enactment and before
                the date that is 5 years after such date of enactment (emphases added).
                 Unlike our preceding proposal regarding resetting the PRAs of
                Category A and B Hospitals, where a training program does not
                necessarily need to be new, in the case of resetting the FTE resident
                caps, we are proposing that the FTE resident caps would only be reset
                when a Category A Hospital or Category B Hospital ``begins training''
                FTE residents in a new residency program(s) (see our discussion of the
                definition of ``new program'' at 42 CFR 413.79(l) and 74 FR 43908
                through 43917). Specifically, we emphasize that the new subparagraphs
                (III) and (IV) state that the Secretary shall adjust the FTE resident
                caps in the manner applicable to a new program if the Secretary
                determines the hospital ``begins training'' the requisite number of FTE
                residents (emphasis added). We propose that ``begins training'' means
                future training in a new program for the first time on or after
                enactment. We propose that for both Category A and B Hospitals, it is
                not relevant whether they may have trained at least 1.0 FTE or more
                than 3.0 FTEs in a new program in a cost reporting period or periods
                prior to December 27, 2020; rather, we propose that the relevant factor
                in determining the timing of resetting their FTE resident caps is if
                the hospital first begins training the requisite amount of FTE
                residents at some point in a cost reporting period beginning on or
                after December 27, 2020 (date of enactment) and 5 years after (December
                26, 2025). For example, a Category A Hospital trains 6.05 FTEs in a new
                program in its cost reporting period beginning on January 1, 2017.
                Category A Hospital trains 15.95 FTEs in its cost reporting period
                beginning on January 1, 2021. We are proposing that we would NOT reset
                this Category A Hospital's FTE resident caps effective with its cost
                reporting period beginning on January 1, 2021, because it first began
                training residents in a new program prior to its cost reporting period
                beginning on or after enactment, and continued to train FTE residents
                in the new program after enactment. Rather, in order to qualify for a
                replacement FTE resident cap, both a Category A Hospital and a Category
                B Hospital would have to wait to start training residents in a new
                program in a cost reporting period beginning on or after enactment; if
                they started training residents in a new program at some point prior to
                enactment, we are
                [[Page 25523]]
                proposing that they would not qualify to receive replacement FTE
                resident caps. For example, a Category A Hospital wanted to start
                training residents in a new program, but delayed doing so because it
                believed it could not support a new residency program with IME and
                direct GME FTE resident caps of less than 1.0. With the enactment of
                section 131 of the CAA, this Category A Hospital receives accreditation
                to start a new residency program, and begins to train at least 1.0 FTE
                residents in the new program on July 1, 2022. We propose to replace the
                small FTE resident caps of this Category A Hospital with new FTE
                resident caps in accordance with the regulations for calculating FTE
                resident caps for new programs at 42 CFR 413.79(e). We propose to apply
                the same policy for a Category B Hospital that waits to train more than
                3.0 FTE residents in a new program in a cost reporting period on or
                after December 27, 2020.
                (5) Proposal for How To Calculate the Replacement FTE Resident Caps and
                Cost Reporting Requirements
                 Consistent with the new statutory provisions, we would propose to
                calculate the replacement FTE resident caps using the existing
                regulations in place at 42 CFR 413.79(e)(1). First, we propose to use
                as the first program year of the 5-year cap building period in which
                either the Category A Hospital or Category B Hospital ``begins
                training'' their requisite threshold FTEs; that is, the program year
                beginning after December 27, 2020 in which at least 1.0 FTE begins to
                train at Category A Hospital, and the program year beginning after
                December 27, 2020 in which more than 3.0 FTEs are trained at Category B
                Hospital. Then, as 42 CFR 413.79(e)(1) states, we propose to calculate
                the FTE resident caps based on the sum of the products of the highest
                number of FTE residents in any program year during the fifth year of
                the first new program's existence and the number of years in which
                residents are expected to complete the program based on the minimum
                accredited length for each type of program. The adjustment to each
                qualifying hospital's cap for new residency training program (s) is
                equal to the sum of the products of--
                 The highest total number of FTE residents trained in any
                program year during the fifth year of the first new program's existence
                at all of the hospitals to which the residents in the program rotate;
                 The number of years in which residents are expected to
                complete the program, based on the minimum accredited length for each
                type of program.
                 The ratio of the number of FTE residents in the new
                program that trained at the hospital over the entire 5-year period to
                the total number of FTE residents that trained at all hospitals over
                the entire 5-year period.
                 We plan on issuing instructions to the MACs and to hospitals to
                provide for an orderly process of request and review for the purpose of
                receiving replacement FTE resident caps. The MACs of the Category A and
                Category B Hospitals would review the Medicare cost reports (including
                rotation schedules, information regarding any nonprovider-site
                training, and accreditation information, etc.) to determine at what
                point the requisite threshold of FTE residents would be trained. As
                required under 42 CFR 413.20 and 413.24, hospitals must provide
                sufficient documentation to ensure proper payment (for GME, this
                includes, but is not limited to, rotation schedules and training
                agreements, and ACGME accreditation information).
                 Prospectively, consistent with new section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i)(II) of
                the Act, we propose not to establish permanent FTE resident caps for
                hospitals training residents in new programs begun on or after December
                27, 2020, until we determine that in a cost reporting period beginning
                on or after December 27, 2020, the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE in
                a new medical residency program. We propose to amend the regulations at
                42 CFR 413.79(e) to reflect this new provision. We are proposing this
                for all hospitals that do not yet have caps triggered. Therefore,
                permanent FTE caps for new programs would no longer be triggered if the
                amount of FTEs being trained by a hospital in the new program equates
                to less than 1.0 FTE.
                 As with the resetting of the PRAs, newly added section
                1886(h)(4)(H)(i)(V) states that as appropriate, the Secretary may
                consider information from any cost reporting period necessary to make
                such an adjustment to the limitation. Going forward, we propose to
                continue to be consistent with our existing predicate fact regulations
                at 42 CFR 405.1885, such that we would not reopen cost reports beyond
                their 3-year reopening period, but would refer to and use whatever
                contemporaneous documentation we would need to establish the FTE
                resident caps.
                 We are soliciting comments on our proposals regarding resetting the
                applicable PRAs and FTE resident caps.
                d. Proposal for Intern and Resident Information System (IRIS) Data
                 Section 42 CFR 413.24(f)(5)(i) provides that a Medicare cost report
                for a teaching hospital is rejected for lack of supporting
                documentation if the cost report does not include a copy of the Intern
                and Resident Information System (IRIS) diskette. In accordance with 42
                CFR 413.78(b) for direct GME and 2 CFR 412.105(f)(1)(iii)(A) for IME,
                no individual may be counted as more than one full-time equivalent
                (FTE). A hospital cannot claim the time spent by residents training at
                another hospital; if a resident spends time in more than one hospital
                or in a non-provider setting, the resident counts as a partial FTE
                based on the proportion of time worked at the hospital to the total
                time worked. A part-time resident counts as a partial FTE based on the
                proportion of total time worked compared to the total time necessary to
                fill a full-time internship or residency slot.
                 In 1990, we established the IRIS, under the authority of sections
                1886(d)(5)(B) and 1886(h) of the Act, in order to facilitate proper
                counting of FTE residents who rotate to more than one site (that is,
                hospitals, non-provider settings). Teaching hospitals use the IRIS to
                collect and report information on residents training in approved
                residency programs. Section 42 CFR 413.24(f)(5)(i) requires teaching
                hospitals to submit the IRIS data along with their Medicare cost
                reports in order to have an acceptable cost report submission. We are
                in the process of issuing a new Extensible Markup Language (XML)-based
                IRIS file format that captures FTE resident count data consistent with
                the manner in which FTEs are reported on the Medicare cost report.
                 After receiving the IRIS data along with each teaching hospital's
                cost report, the contractors upload the data to a national database
                housed at CMS, which can be used to identify ``duplicates,'' that is,
                the same time period (for example, April 1 through April 3 of a given
                fiscal year) being claimed by more than one hospital in their GME/IME
                FTE resident count. If duplicates are identified, the contractors will
                make the hospitals that claimed the same time aware of this situation
                and will correct the duplicate reporting on the respective hospitals'
                cost reports for direct GME and IME payment purposes.
                 Historically, we would collect the IRIS data from hospitals on a
                diskette, as referenced in 42 CFR 413.24(f)(5)(i). Because diskettes
                are no longer used by providers to furnish these data to contractors,
                in this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove the reference in
                [[Page 25524]]
                the regulations to a diskette and instead reference ``Intern and
                Resident Information System data.'' Specifically, we are proposing to
                amend 42 CFR 413.24(f)(5)(i) by adding a new paragraph (A) to include
                this proposed revised language.
                 In addition, to enhance the contractors' ability to review
                duplicates and to ensure residents are not being double-counted, we
                believe it is necessary and appropriate to require that the total
                weighted and unweighted FTE counts on the IRIS for direct GME and IME
                respectively, for all applicable allopathic, osteopathic, dental, and
                podiatric residents that a hospital may train, must equal the same
                total weighted and unweighted FTE counts for direct GME and IME
                reported on Worksheet E-4 and Worksheet E, Part A of the filed Medicare
                cost report. The need to verify and maintain the integrity of the IRIS
                data has been the subject of reviews by the Office of the Inspector
                General (OIG) over the years. An August 2014 OIG report cited the need
                for CMS to develop procedures to ensure that no resident is counted as
                more than one FTE in the calculation of Medicare GME payments (OIG
                Report No. A-02-13-01014, August 2014). More recently, a July 2017 OIG
                report recommended that procedures be developed to ensure that no
                resident is counted as more than one FTE in the calculation of Medicare
                GME payments (OIG Report No. A-02-15-01027, July 2017).
                 Therefore, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 2021, we are proposing to add the requirement that
                IRIS data contain the same total counts of direct GME FTE residents
                (unweighted and weighted) and of IME FTE residents as the total counts
                of direct GME and IME FTE residents reported in the cost report.
                Specifically, we are proposing to amend 42 CFR 413.24(f)(5)(i) to state
                that, effective for cost reporting periods on or after October 1, 2021,
                the IRIS data must contain the same total counts of direct GME FTE
                residents (unweighted and weighted) and of IME FTE residents as the
                total counts of direct GME FTE and IME FTE residents reported in the
                hospital's cost report, or the cost report will be rejected for lack of
                supporting documentation.
                 Providers would be required to use the new XML IRIS format for all
                cost reports with cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021. CMS does not have a free download of the new IRIS XML format;
                the providers should use their vendors' software to file their IRIS
                report with the Medicare Administrative Contractor.
                K. Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program
                1. Introduction
                 The Rural Community Hospital Demonstration was originally
                authorized by section 410A of the Medicare Prescription Drug,
                Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108-173).The
                demonstration has been extended three times since the original 5-year
                period mandated by the MMA, each time for an additional 5 years: These
                extensions were authorized by sections 3123 and 10313 of the Affordable
                Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) (Affordable Care Act), section 15003 of the
                21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255)(Cures Act), enacted in 2016,
                and most recently, by section 128 of the Consolidated Appropriations
                Act of 2021 (Pub. L. 116-260) (CAA 2021). In this proposed rule, we are
                summarizing the status of the demonstration program, and proposing the
                methodologies for continued implementation and budget neutrality under
                the extension authorized by section 128 of the Public Law 116-260.
                2. Background
                 Section 410A(a) of Public Law 108-173 required the Secretary to
                establish a demonstration program to test the feasibility and
                advisability of establishing rural community hospitals to furnish
                covered inpatient hospital services to Medicare beneficiaries. The
                demonstration pays rural community hospitals under a reasonable cost-
                based methodology for Medicare payment purposes for covered inpatient
                hospital services furnished to Medicare beneficiaries. A rural
                community hospital, as defined in section 410A(f)(1), is a hospital
                that--
                 Is located in a rural area (as defined in section
                1886(d)(2)(D) of the Act) or is treated as being located in a rural
                area under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act;
                 Has fewer than 51 beds (excluding beds in a distinct part
                psychiatric or rehabilitation unit) as reported in its most recent cost
                report;
                 Provides 24-hour emergency care services; and
                 Is not designated or eligible for designation as a CAH
                under section 1820 of the Act.
                3. Proposed Policies for Implementing the 5-Year Extension Period
                Authorized by Public Law 116-260
                 Our policy for implementing the 5-year extension period authorized
                this year by Public Law 116-260 follows upon that for the previous
                extensions, under the Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) and the
                Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255).
                 Section 410A of Public Law 108-173 (MMA) initially required a 5-
                year period of performance. Subsequently, sections 3123 and 10313 of
                Public Law 111-148 (Affordable Care Act) required the Secretary to
                conduct the demonstration program for an additional 5-year period, to
                begin on the date immediately following the last day of the initial 5-
                year period. Public Law 111-148 required the Secretary to provide for
                the continued participation of rural community hospitals in the
                demonstration program during this 5-year extension period, in the case
                of a rural community hospital participating in the demonstration
                program as of the last day of the initial 5-year period, unless the
                hospital made an election to discontinue participation. In addition,
                Public Law 111-148 limited the number of hospitals participating to no
                more than 30.
                 Section 15003 of the Cures Act required the Secretary to conduct
                the demonstration for a 10-year extension period (in place of the 5-
                year extension period required by Public Law 111-148 (Affordable Care
                Act)). Specifically, section 15003 of Public Law 114-255 (Cures Act)
                amended section 410A(g)(4) of Public Law 108-173 (MMA) to require that,
                for hospitals participating in the demonstration as of the last day of
                the initial 5-year period, the Secretary would provide for continued
                participation of such rural community hospitals in the demonstration
                during the 10-year extension period, unless the hospital made an
                election, in such form and manner as the Secretary may specify, to
                discontinue participation. In addition, section 15003 of Public Law
                114-255 added subsection (g)(5) to section 410A of Public Law 108-173
                to require that, during the second 5 years of the 10-year extension
                period, the Secretary would apply the provisions of section 410A(g)(4)
                of Public Law 108-173 to rural community hospitals not described in
                subsection (g)(4) but that were participating in the demonstration as
                of December 30, 2014, in a similar manner as such provisions apply to
                hospitals described in subsection (g)(4).
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38280), we finalized
                our policy with regard to the effective date for the application of the
                reasonable cost-based payment methodology under the demonstration for
                those previously participating hospitals choosing to participate in the
                second 5-year extension period. According to our finalized policy, each
                previously participating hospital began the second 5 years of the 10-
                year extension period
                [[Page 25525]]
                and payment for services provided under the cost-based payment
                methodology under section 410A of Public Law 108-173 (as amended by
                section 15003 of Pub. L. 114-255) on the date immediately after the
                period of performance ended under the first 5-year extension period.
                 Seventeen of the 21 hospitals that completed their periods of
                participation under the extension period authorized by Public Law 111-
                148 (Affordable Care Act) elected to continue in the 5-year extension
                period authorized by Public Law 114-255 (Cures Act). Therefore, for
                these hospitals, this third 5-year period of participation started on
                dates ranging from May 1, 2015 through January 1, 2017, depending on
                when they had initially started. On November 20, 2017, we announced
                that 13 additional hospitals were selected to participate in the
                demonstration in addition to these 17 hospitals continuing
                participation from the first 5-year extension period. (These two groups
                are referred to as ``newly participating'' and ``previously
                participating'' hospitals, respectively.) We announced that each of
                these newly participating hospitals would begin its 5-year period of
                participation effective with the start of the first cost-reporting
                period on or after October 1, 2017. One of the newly participating
                hospitals withdrew from the demonstration program prior to beginning
                participation in the demonstration on July 1, 2018. In addition, one of
                the previously participating hospitals closed effective January 2019,
                and another withdrew effective October 1, 2019. Therefore, 27 hospitals
                were participating in the demonstration as of this date--15 previously
                participating and 12 newly participating.
                 Each hospital has had its own end date applicable to this third
                five-year period for the demonstration. For four of the previously
                participating hospitals, this end date fell within FY2020, while for 11
                of the previously participating hospitals, the end date would fall
                within CY 2021. (One of the hospitals within this group chose in
                February of 2020 to withdraw effective September of the previous year).
                The newly participating hospitals were all scheduled to end their
                participation either at the end of FY 2022 or during FY 2023.
                 Division CC, section 128 of CAA 2021 requires a 15-year extension
                period (that is, an additional five years beyond the current extension
                period), to begin on the date immediately following the last day of the
                initial 5-year period, instead of the 10-year extension period mandated
                by the Cures Act. In addition, the statute provides for continued
                participation for all hospitals participating in the demonstration
                program as of December 30, 2019. We, therefore, interpret the statute
                as providing for an additional 5-year period under the reasonable cost-
                based reimbursement methodology for the demonstration for the hospitals
                that were participating as of this date.
                 Given that four hospitals ended the 5-year period authorized by the
                Cures Act during FY 2020, we propose to keep to the policy finalized
                for the previous extensions, and apply the cost-based reimbursement
                methodology to the date following the last day of this previous period
                for each hospital that elects to continue participation. Likewise, each
                of the 22 hospitals with a scheduled end date during 2021, 2022, or
                2023 and the hospital that withdrew in February 2020 will be eligible
                for an additional 5-year period starting from the day after the
                specified end date. Accordingly, the period of participation for the
                last hospital in the model under this most recent legislative
                authorization would extend until June 30, 2028.
                4. Budget Neutrality
                a. Statutory Budget Neutrality Requirement
                 Section 410A(c)(2) of Public Law 108-173 requires that, in
                conducting the demonstration program under this section, the Secretary
                shall ensure that the aggregate payments made by the Secretary do not
                exceed the amount that the Secretary would have paid if the
                demonstration program under this section was not implemented. This
                requirement is commonly referred to as ``budget neutrality.''
                Generally, when we implement a demonstration program on a budget
                neutral basis, the demonstration program is budget neutral on its own
                terms; in other words, the aggregate payments to the participating
                hospitals do not exceed the amount that would be paid to those same
                hospitals in the absence of the demonstration program. We note that the
                payment methodology for this demonstration, that is, cost-based
                payments to participating small rural hospitals, makes it unlikely that
                increased Medicare outlays will produce an offsetting reduction to
                Medicare expenditures elsewhere. Therefore, in the 12 IPPS final rules
                spanning the period from FY 2005 through FY 2016, we adjusted the
                national inpatient PPS rates by an amount sufficient to account for the
                added costs of this demonstration program, thus applying budget
                neutrality across the payment system as a whole rather than merely
                across the participants in the demonstration program. (A different
                methodology was applied for FY 2017.) As we discussed in the FYs 2005
                through 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rules (69 FR 49183; 70 FR 47462; 71 FR
                48100; 72 FR 47392; 73 FR 48670; 74 FR 43922, 75 FR 50343, 76 FR 51698,
                77 FR 53449, 78 FR 50740, 77 FR 50145; 80 FR 49585; and 81 FR 57034,
                respectively), we believe that the statutory language of the budget
                neutrality requirements permits the agency to implement the budget
                neutrality provision in this manner.
                b. General Budget Neutrality Methodology
                 We have generally incorporated two components into the budget
                neutrality offset amounts identified in the final IPPS rules in
                previous years. First, we have estimated the costs of the demonstration
                for the upcoming fiscal year, generally determined from historical,
                ``as submitted'' cost reports for the hospitals participating in that
                year. Update factors representing nationwide trends in cost and volume
                increases have been incorporated into these estimates, as specified in
                the methodology described in the final rule for each fiscal year.
                Second, as finalized cost reports became available, we determined the
                amount by which the actual costs of the demonstration for an earlier,
                given year differed from the estimated costs for the demonstration set
                forth in the final IPPS rule for the corresponding fiscal year, and
                incorporated that amount into the budget neutrality offset amount for
                the upcoming fiscal year. If the actual costs for the demonstration for
                the earlier fiscal year exceeded the estimated costs of the
                demonstration identified in the final rule for that year, this
                difference was added to the estimated costs of the demonstration for
                the upcoming fiscal year when determining the budget neutrality
                adjustment for the upcoming fiscal year. Conversely, if the estimated
                costs of the demonstration set forth in the final rule for a prior
                fiscal year exceeded the actual costs of the demonstration for that
                year, this difference was subtracted from the estimated cost of the
                demonstration for the upcoming fiscal year when determining the budget
                neutrality adjustment for the upcoming fiscal year. We note that we
                have calculated this difference for FYs 2005 through 2015 between the
                actual costs of the demonstration as determined from finalized cost
                reports once available, and estimated costs of the demonstration as
                identified in the applicable IPPS final rules for these years.
                [[Page 25526]]
                c. Budget Neutrality Methodology for the Extension Period Authorized by
                CAA 2021
                 For the newly enacted extension period, under CAA 2021, we propose
                to continue upon the general budget neutrality methodology used in
                previous years, and specifically to follow upon the determinations for
                the previous extension period, under the Cures Act.
                (1) Budget Neutrality Methodology for Previous Extension Period Under
                the Cures Act
                 We finalized our budget neutrality methodology for periods of
                participation under this previous 5-year extension period in the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38285 through 38287). Similar to
                previous years, we stated in this rule, as well as in the FY 2019 and
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final rules (83 FR 20444 and 41503,
                and 84 FR19452 and 42421, respectively) that we would incorporate an
                estimate of the costs of the demonstration, generally determined from
                historical, ``as submitted'' cost reports for the participating
                hospitals, and appropriate update factors, into a budget neutrality
                offset amount to be applied to the national IPPS rates for the upcoming
                fiscal year. In addition, we stated that we would continue to apply our
                general policy from previous years of including, as a second component
                to the budget neutrality offset amount, the amount by which the actual
                costs of the demonstration for an earlier, given year (as determined
                from finalized cost reports, when available) differed from the
                estimated costs for the demonstration set forth in the final IPPS rule
                for the corresponding fiscal year.
                 In these proposed and final rules, we described several distinct
                components to the budget neutrality offset amount for the specific
                fiscal years of the extension period authorized by the Cures Act.
                 We included a component to our overall methodology similar to
                previous years, according to which an estimate of the costs of the
                demonstration for both previously and newly participating hospitals for
                the upcoming fiscal year is incorporated into a budget neutrality
                offset amount to be applied to the national IPPS rates for the upcoming
                fiscal year. In the FY 2019 IPPS final rule (83 FR 41506), we included
                such an estimate of the costs of the demonstration for each of FYs 2018
                and 2019 into the budget neutrality offset amount for FY 2019. In the
                FY 2020 IPPS final rule (84 FR 42421), we included an estimate of the
                costs of the demonstration for FY 2020 for 28 hospitals. In the FY 2021
                IPPS final rule (85 FR 58873), we included an estimate of the costs of
                the demonstration for FY 2021 for the 22 hospitals for which the cost-
                based reimbursement methodology was to apply for all or part of FY
                2021.
                 Similar to previous years, we continued to implement the policy of
                determining the difference between the actual costs of the
                demonstration as determined from finalized cost reports for a given
                fiscal year and the estimated costs indicated in the corresponding
                year's final rule, and including that difference as a positive or
                negative adjustment in the upcoming year's final rule. (For each
                previously participating hospital that decided to participate in the 5-
                year extension period under the Cures Act, the cost-based payment
                methodology under the demonstration began on the date immediately
                following the end date of its period of performance for the still
                previous extension period (under the Affordable Care Act). In addition,
                for previously participating hospitals that converted to CAH status
                during the time period of the second 5-year extension period, the
                demonstration payment methodology was applied to the date following the
                end date of its period of performance for the first extension period to
                the date of conversion). In the FY 2020 final rule, we included the
                difference between the amount determined for the cost of the
                demonstration in each of FYs 2014 and 2015 and the estimated amount
                included in the budget neutrality offset in the final rule for each of
                these respective fiscal years. For FY 2016 and subsequent years, we
                will use finalized cost reports when available that detail the actual
                costs of the demonstration for each of these fiscal years and
                incorporate these amounts into the budget neutrality calculation.
                (2) Methodology for Estimating Demonstration Costs for FY 2022
                 We are using a methodology similar to previous years, according to
                which an estimate of the costs of the demonstration for the upcoming
                fiscal year is incorporated into a budget neutrality offset amount to
                be applied to the national IPPS rates for the upcoming fiscal year,
                that is, FY 2022. We are conducting this estimate for FY 2022 based on
                the 27 hospitals that are eligible to continue participation in
                demonstration for the fiscal year. The methodology for calculating this
                amount for FY 2022 proceeds according to the following steps:
                 Step 1: For each of these 27 hospitals, we identify the reasonable
                cost amount calculated under the reasonable cost-based methodology for
                covered inpatient hospital services, including swing beds, as indicated
                on the ``as submitted'' cost report for the most recent cost reporting
                period available. For each of these hospitals, the ``as submitted''
                cost report is that with cost report period end date in CY 2019. We sum
                these hospital-specific amounts to arrive at a total general amount
                representing the costs for covered inpatient hospital services,
                including swing beds, across the total 27 hospitals eligible to
                participate during FY 2022.
                 Then, we multiply this amount by the FYs 2020, 2021 and 2022 IPPS
                market basket percentage increases, which are calculated by the CMS
                Office of the Actuary. (We are using the proposed market basket
                percentage increase for FY 2022, which can be found in section II.A. of
                the addendum to this proposed rule). The result for the 27 hospitals is
                the general estimated reasonable cost amount for covered inpatient
                hospital services for FY 2022.
                 Consistent with our methods in previous years for formulating this
                estimate, we are applying the IPPS market basket percentage increases
                for FYs 2020 through 2022 to the applicable estimated reasonable cost
                amount (previously described) in order to model the estimated FY 2022
                reasonable cost amount under the demonstration. We believe that the
                IPPS market basket percentage increases appropriately indicate the
                trend of increase in inpatient hospital operating costs under the
                reasonable cost methodology for the years involved.
                 Step 2: For each of the participating hospitals, we identify the
                estimated amount that would otherwise be paid in FY 2022 under
                applicable Medicare payment methodologies for covered inpatient
                hospital services, including swing beds (as indicated on the same set
                of ``as submitted'' cost reports as in Step 1), if the demonstration
                were not implemented. We sum these hospital-specific amounts, and, in
                turn, multiply this sum by the FYs 2020, 2021 and 2022 IPPS applicable
                percentage increases. (For FY 2021, we are using the proposed
                applicable percentage increase, per section II.A. of the Addendum of
                this proposed rule).This methodology differs from Step 1, in which we
                apply the market basket percentage increases to the hospitals'
                applicable estimated reasonable cost amount for covered inpatient
                hospital services. We believe that the IPPS applicable percentage
                increases are appropriate factors to update the estimated amounts that
                generally would otherwise be paid without the demonstration. This is
                because IPPS
                [[Page 25527]]
                payments constitute the majority of payments that would otherwise be
                made without the demonstration and the applicable percentage increase
                is the factor used under the IPPS to update the inpatient hospital
                payment rates.
                 Step 3: We subtract the amount derived in Step 2 from the amount
                derived in Step 1. According to our methodology, the resulting amount
                indicates the total difference for the 27 hospitals (for covered
                inpatient hospital services, including swing beds), which will be the
                general estimated amount of the costs of the demonstration for FY 2022.
                For this proposed rule, the resulting amount is $63,829,479, which we
                are incorporating into the budget neutrality offset adjustment for FY
                2022. This estimated amount is based on the specific assumptions
                regarding the data sources used, that is, recently available ``as
                submitted'' cost reports and historical update factors for cost and
                payment. If updated data become available prior to the final rule, we
                will use them as appropriate to estimate the costs for the
                demonstration program for FY 2022 in accordance with our methodology
                for determining the budget neutrality estimate).
                (3) Reconciling Actual and Estimated Costs of the Demonstration for
                Previous Years
                 As described earlier, we have calculated the difference for FYs
                2005 through 2015 between the actual costs of the demonstration, as
                determined from finalized cost reports once available, and estimated
                costs of the demonstration as identified in the applicable IPPS final
                rules for these years.
                 In the FY 2021 proposed rule, we stated that if finalized cost
                reports for the entire set of hospitals that completed cost report
                periods under the demonstration payment methodology beginning in FY
                2016 were available by the time of the final rule, we would include in
                the final budget neutrality offset amount the difference between the
                actual cost as determined from these cost reports and the estimated
                amount in the FY 2016 final rule.
                 When the complete set of finalized cost reports were not available
                for the FY 2021 final rule, we stated that we would aim to include this
                difference within the FY 2022 proposed and final rules. At this time
                still, all of the cost reports have not been finalized for the 18
                hospitals that completed cost report periods under the demonstration
                payment methodology beginning in FY 2016. If the entire set of
                finalized cost reports is available in time for the FY 2022 final rule,
                we will be able to incorporate this amount in the overall budget
                neutrality offset amount.
                (4) Total Proposed Budget Neutrality Offset Amount for FY 2022
                 Therefore, for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, the budget
                neutrality offset amount for FY 2022 is based on the amount determined
                under section V.K.c.(2). of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                representing the difference applicable to FY 2022 between the sum of
                the estimated reasonable cost amounts that would be paid under the
                demonstration for covered inpatient services to the 27 hospitals
                eligible to participate in the fiscal year and the sum of the estimated
                amounts that would generally be paid if the demonstration had not been
                implemented. This estimated amount is $63,829,479. We propose to
                subtract this amount from the national IPPS rates for FY 2022. We note,
                however, that the overall amount might change if there are any
                revisions prior to the final rule to the data used to formulate this
                estimate. In addition, if the entire set of finalized cost reports for
                FY 2016 is available ahead of the final rule, we will also include this
                amount within the total budget neutrality offset amount to be applied
                to the FY 2022 national IPPS rates.
                L. Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight Policy--Proposed Repeal (Sec.
                413.20)
                1. Overview
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a requirement
                for a hospital to report on the Medicare cost report the median payer-
                specific negotiated charge that the hospital has negotiated with all of
                its MA organization payers, by MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods
                ending on or after January 1, 2021 (85 FR 58873 through 58892); this
                data collection requirement is specified in 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3). We
                also finalized the use of this data in a new market-based methodology
                for calculating the IPPS MS-DRG relative weights to reflect relative
                market-based pricing, beginning in FY 2024. Specifically, we finalized
                that we will begin using the reported median payer-specific negotiated
                charge by MS-DRG for MA organizations in the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology beginning with the relative weights
                calculated for FY 2024.
                2. Proposed Repeal of the Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight Data
                Collection and Market-Based Methodology for Calculating MS-DRG Relative
                Weights
                 After further consideration of the many contract arrangements
                hospitals use to negotiate rates with MA organization payers, and the
                usefulness, for ratesetting purposes, of the market-based data as
                reported in accordance with the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                are proposing to repeal the requirement that a hospital report on the
                Medicare cost report the median payer-specific negotiated charge that
                the hospital has negotiated with all of its MA organization payers, by
                MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods ending on or after January 1, 2021.
                We are also proposing to repeal the market-based MS-DRG relative weight
                methodology that was adopted effective for FY 2024, and to continue
                using the existing cost-based methodology for calculating the MS-DRG
                relative weights for FY 2024 and subsequent fiscal years. Comments
                received on the 60-day Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) revision request
                of the information collection requirement (ICR) (approved under OMB
                control number 0938-0050, expiration date March 31, 2022, published on
                November 10, 2020 (85 FR 71653 and 71654)), also provided further
                questions for us to examine regarding the usefulness of this data, and
                requested that we consider a delay or repeal of this policy. In light
                of these questions and for the reasons discussed, we are proposing to
                repeal the market-based data collection and MS-DRG relative weight
                methodology to allow for further consideration of these questions and
                possible alternative approaches.
                 We also propose to amend 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3) to reflect the
                proposed repeal of the market-based MS-DRG relative weight data
                collection requirement. Specifically, we propose to amend 42 CFR
                413.20(d)(3) to remove the requirement at 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3)(i)(B)
                that a provider furnish the contractor its median payer-specific
                negotiated charge by MS-DRG for payers that are MA organizations, as
                applicable, and changes thereto as they are put into effect, and to
                renumber the existing provisions accordingly.
                 In light of this proposal to repeal the requirement for hospitals
                to report this median payer-specific negotiated charge data on the cost
                report, we will revise the forthcoming revision of the Information
                Collection Request currently approved under OMB control number 0938-
                0050, expiration date March 31, 2022, accordingly.
                [[Page 25528]]
                 We are inviting public comment on our proposal to repeal the
                market-based data collection requirement and market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology. We also invite public comment on
                alternative approaches or data sources that could be used in Medicare
                fee-for-service (FFS) ratesetting.
                M. Payment Adjustment for CAR T-cell Clinical Trial and Expanded Access
                Use Immunotherapy Cases (Sec. Sec. 412.85 and 412.312)
                 As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58599
                through 58600), we created MS-DRG 018 for cases that include procedures
                describing CAR T-cell therapies, which were reported using ICD-10-PCS
                procedure codes XW033C3 or XW043C3. We refer the reader to section
                II.D.2. of this proposed rule for discussion of the procedure codes for
                CAR T-cell and non-CAR T-cell therapies and other immunotherapies that
                we are proposing for assignment to MS-DRG 018 for FY 2022. In the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we modified our relative weight
                methodology for MS-DRG 018 in order to develop a relative weight that
                is reflective of the typical costs of providing CAR T-cell therapies
                relative to other IPPS services. Specifically, we finalized to not
                include claims determined to be clinical trial claims that group to new
                MS-DRG 018 when calculating the average cost for new MS-DRG 018 that is
                used to calculate the relative weight for this MS-DRG, with the
                additional refinements that (a) when the CAR T-cell therapy product is
                purchased in the usual manner, but the case involves a clinical trial
                of a different product, the claim will be included when calculating the
                average cost for new MS-DRG 018 to the extent such claims can be
                identified in the historical data, and (b) when there is expanded
                access use of immunotherapy, these cases will not be included when
                calculating the average cost for new MS-DRG 018 to the extent such
                claims can be identified in the historical data (85 FR 58600).
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we also finalized an
                adjustment to the payment amount for applicable clinical trial and
                expanded access immunotherapy cases that would group to MS-DRG 018 (85
                FR 58842) using the same methodology that we used to adjust the case
                count for purposes of the relative weight calculations. Specifically,
                after consideration of public comments, we finalized our proposal to
                apply a payment adjustment to claims that group to new MS-DRG 18 and
                include ICD-10-CM diagnosis code Z00.6, with the modification that when
                the CAR T-cell therapy product is purchased in the usual manner, but
                the case involves a clinical trial of a different product, the payment
                adjustment will not be applied in calculating the payment for the case.
                We also finalized that when there is expanded access use of
                immunotherapy, the payment adjustment will be applied in calculating
                the payment for the case. We codified this payment adjustment at 42 CFR
                412.85 (for operating IPPS payments) and 42 CFR 412.312 (for capital
                IPPS payments), for claims appropriately containing Z00.6, as described
                previously, including to reflect that the adjustment will also be
                applied for cases involving expanded access use immunotherapy, and that
                the payment adjustment only applies to applicable clinical trial cases;
                that is, the adjustment is not applicable to cases where the CAR T-cell
                therapy product is purchased in the usual manner, but the case involves
                a clinical trial of a different product. We also finalized our
                regulations at 42 CFR 412.85(c) to reflect that the adjustment factor
                will reflect the average cost for cases to be assigned to MS DRG 018
                that involve expanded access use of immunotherapy or are part of an
                applicable clinical trial to the average cost for cases to be assigned
                to MS-DRG 018 that do not involve expanded access use of immunotherapy
                and are not part of a clinical trial. (85 FR 58844).
                 Using the same methodology from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, we are proposing to apply an adjustment to the payment amount for
                clinical trial cases that would group to MS-DRG 018 (85 FR 58842),
                which is the same methodology we are proposing to use to adjust the
                case count for purposes of the relative weight calculations:
                 Calculate the average cost for cases to be assigned to MS-
                DRG 018 that contain ICD-10-CM diagnosis code Z00.6 or contain
                standardized drug charges of less than $373,000.
                 Calculate the average cost for cases to be assigned to MS-
                DRG 018 that do not contain ICD-10-CM diagnosis code Z00.6 or
                standardized drug charges of at least $373,000.
                 Calculate an adjustor by dividing the average cost
                calculated in step 1 by the average cost calculated in step 2.
                 Apply this adjustor when calculating payments for clinical
                trial cases that group to MS-DRG 018 by multiplying the relative weight
                for MS-DRG 018 by the adjustor.
                 Additionally, we are continuing our finalized methodology for
                calculating this payment adjustment, such that: (a) When the CAR T-cell
                therapy product is purchased in the usual manner, but the case involves
                a clinical trial of a different product, the claim will be included
                when calculating the average cost for cases not determined to be
                clinical trial cases and (b) when there is expanded access use of
                immunotherapy, these cases will be included when calculating the
                average cost for cases determined to be clinical trial cases. However,
                we continue to believe to the best of our knowledge there are no claims
                in the historical data (FY 2019 MedPAR) used in the calculation of the
                adjustment for cases involving a clinical trial of a different product,
                and to the extent the historical data contain claims for cases
                involving expanded access use of immunotherapy we believe those claims
                would have drug charges less than $373,000.
                 Consistent with our calculation of the adjustor for the relative
                weight calculations, and our proposal to use the FY 2019 data for the
                FY 2022 ratesetting, we are proposing to continue to calculate this
                adjustor based on the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file for
                purposes of establishing the FY 2022 payment amount. Specifically, we
                are proposing to multiply the FY 2022 relative weight for MS-DRG 018 by
                an adjustor of 0.17 as part of the calculation of the payment for
                claims determined to be applicable clinical trial or expanded use
                access immunotherapy claims that group to MS-DRG 018, which under our
                proposal includes CAR T-cell and non-CAR T-cell therapies and other
                immunotherapies. We refer the reader to section II.D.2. for a further
                discussion of MS-DRG 018. As discussed in section I.F. of this proposed
                rule, we are also soliciting comments on an alternative approach of
                using the same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes
                of the FY 2022 rulemaking, which we may consider finalizing for FY 2022
                based on consideration of comments received. We note that using the
                methodology as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                calculated an adjustor of 0.25 based on this alternative approach of
                using the FY 2020 MedPAR file.
                VI. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
                A. Overview
                 Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the
                capital-related costs of inpatient acute hospital services in
                accordance with a prospective payment system established by the
                Secretary. Under the statute, the Secretary has broad authority in
                [[Page 25529]]
                establishing and implementing the IPPS for acute care hospital
                inpatient capital-related costs. We initially implemented the IPPS for
                capital-related costs in the FY 1992 IPPS final rule (56 FR 43358). In
                that final rule, we established a 10-year transition period to change
                the payment methodology for Medicare hospital inpatient capital-related
                costs from a reasonable cost-based payment methodology to a prospective
                payment methodology (based fully on the Federal rate).
                 FY 2001 was the last year of the 10-year transition period that was
                established to phase in the IPPS for hospital inpatient capital-related
                costs. For cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2002, capital IPPS
                payments are based solely on the Federal rate for almost all acute care
                hospitals (other than hospitals receiving certain exception payments
                and certain new hospitals). (We refer readers to the FY 2002 IPPS final
                rule (66 FR 39910 through 39914) for additional information on the
                methodology used to determine capital IPPS payments to hospitals both
                during and after the transition period.)
                 The basic methodology for determining capital prospective payments
                using the Federal rate is set forth in the regulations at 42 CFR
                412.312. For the purpose of calculating capital payments for each
                discharge, the standard Federal rate is adjusted as follows:
                 (Standard Federal Rate) x (DRG Weight) x (Geographic Adjustment
                Factor (GAF) x (COLA for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii) x (1 +
                Capital DSH Adjustment Factor + Capital IME Adjustment Factor, if
                applicable).
                 In addition, under Sec. 412.312(c), hospitals also may receive
                outlier payments under the capital IPPS for extraordinarily high-cost
                cases that qualify under the thresholds established for each fiscal
                year.
                B. Additional Provisions
                1. Exception Payments
                 The regulations at 42 CFR 412.348 provide for certain exception
                payments under the capital IPPS. The regular exception payments
                provided under Sec. 412.348(b) through (e) were available only during
                the 10-year transition period. For a certain period after the
                transition period, eligible hospitals may have received additional
                payments under the special exceptions provisions at Sec. 412.348(g).
                However, FY 2012 was the final year hospitals could receive special
                exceptions payments. For additional details regarding these exceptions
                policies, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
                FR 51725).
                 Under Sec. 412.348(f), a hospital may request an additional
                payment if the hospital incurs unanticipated capital expenditures in
                excess of $5 million due to extraordinary circumstances beyond the
                hospital's control. Additional information on the exception payment for
                extraordinary circumstances in Sec. 412.348(f) can be found in the FY
                2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49185 and 49186).
                2. New Hospitals
                 Under the capital IPPS, the regulations at 42 CFR 412.300(b) define
                a new hospital as a hospital that has operated (under previous or
                current ownership) for less than 2 years and lists examples of
                hospitals that are not considered new hospitals. In accordance with
                Sec. 412.304(c)(2), under the capital IPPS, a new hospital is paid 85
                percent of its allowable Medicare inpatient hospital capital-related
                costs through its first 2 years of operation, unless the new hospital
                elects to receive full prospective payment based on 100 percent of the
                Federal rate. We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (76 FR 51725) for additional information on payments to new hospitals
                under the capital IPPS.
                3. Payments for Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico
                 In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57061), we revised
                the regulations at 42 CFR 412.374 relating to the calculation of
                capital IPPS payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico beginning in
                FY 2017 to parallel the change in the statutory calculation of
                operating IPPS payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico, for
                discharges occurring on or after January 1, 2016, made by section 601
                of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113). Section
                601 of Public Law 114-113 increased the applicable Federal percentage
                of the operating IPPS payment for hospitals located in Puerto Rico from
                75 percent to 100 percent and decreased the applicable Puerto Rico
                percentage of the operating IPPS payments for hospitals located in
                Puerto Rico from 25 percent to zero percent, applicable to discharges
                occurring on or after January 1, 2016. As such, under revised Sec.
                412.374, for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2016, capital
                IPPS payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico are based on 100
                percent of the capital Federal rate.
                C. Proposed Annual Update for FY 2022
                 The proposed annual update to the national capital Federal rate, as
                provided for in 42 CFR 412.308(c), for FY 2022 is discussed in section
                III. of the Addendum to this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule.
                 In section II.C. of the preamble of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we present a discussion of the MS-DRG documentation and
                coding adjustment, including previously finalized policies and
                historical adjustments, as well as the adjustment to the standardized
                amount under section 1886(d) of the Act that we are proposing for FY
                2022, in accordance with the amendments made to section 7(b)(1)(B) of
                Public Law 110-90 by section 414 of the MACRA. Because these provisions
                require us to make an adjustment only to the operating IPPS
                standardized amount, we are not proposing to make a similar adjustment
                to the national capital Federal rate (or to the hospital-specific
                rates).
                 We also note that in section IV.G. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we discuss our proposed adjustment to the payment amount for
                certain clinical trial or expanded access use immunotherapy cases that
                will group to MS-DRG 018 for both operating IPPS payments and capital
                IPPS payments. We refer readers to section IV.G. of this preamble for
                additional details on the proposed payment adjustment for these cases.
                VII. Proposed Changes for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS
                A. Proposed Rate-of-Increase in Payments to Excluded Hospitals for FY
                2022
                 Certain hospitals excluded from a prospective payment system,
                including children's hospitals, 11 cancer hospitals, and hospitals
                located outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto
                Rico (that is, hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa) receive payment for
                inpatient hospital services they furnish on the basis of reasonable
                costs, subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling. A per discharge limit
                (the target amount, as defined in Sec. 413.40(a) of the regulations)
                is set for each hospital based on the hospital's own cost experience in
                its base year, and updated annually by a rate-of-increase percentage.
                For each cost reporting period, the updated target amount is multiplied
                by total Medicare discharges during that period and applied as an
                aggregate upper limit (the ceiling as defined in Sec. 413.40(a)) of
                Medicare reimbursement for total inpatient operating costs for a
                hospital's cost reporting period. In accordance with Sec. 403.752(a)
                of the regulations, religious
                [[Page 25530]]
                nonmedical health care institutions (RNHCIs) also are subject to the
                rate-of-increase limits established under Sec. 413.40 of the
                regulations discussed previously. Furthermore, in accordance with Sec.
                412.526(c)(3) of the regulations, extended neoplastic disease care
                hospitals also are subject to the rate-of-increase limits established
                under Sec. 413.40 of the regulations discussed previously.
                 As explained in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47396 through
                47398), beginning with FY 2006, we have used the percentage increase in
                the IPPS operating market basket to update the target amounts for
                children's hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals, and RNHCIs. Consistent
                with the regulations at Sec. Sec. 412.23(g) and 413.40(a)(2)(ii)(A)
                and (c)(3)(viii), we also have used the percentage increase in the IPPS
                operating market basket to update target amounts for short-term acute
                care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
                Mariana Islands, and American Samoa. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, we rebased and revised the IPPS operating basket to a 2014 base
                year, effective for FY 2018 and subsequent fiscal years (82 FR 38158
                through 38175), and finalized the use of the percentage increase in the
                2014-based IPPS operating market basket to update the target amounts
                for children's hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and short-
                term acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa for FY 2018 and subsequent
                fiscal years. As discussed in section IV. of the preamble of this FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to rebase and revise
                the IPPS operating basket to a 2018 base year. Therefore, we are
                proposing to use the percentage increase in the 2018-based IPPS
                operating market basket to update the target amounts for children's
                hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and short-term acute care
                hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
                Mariana Islands, and American Samoa for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal
                years. Accordingly, for FY 2022, the rate-of-increase percentage to be
                applied to the target amount for these hospitals would be the FY 2022
                percentage increase in the proposed 2018-based IPPS operating market
                basket.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, based on IGI's 2020
                fourth quarter forecast, we estimate that the proposed 2018-based IPPS
                operating market basket update for FY 2022 would be 2.5 percent (that
                is, the estimate of the market basket rate-of-increase). Based on this
                estimate, the FY 2022 rate-of-increase percentage that would be applied
                to the FY 2021 target amounts in order to calculate the FY 2022 target
                amounts for children's hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals, RNCHIs, and
                short-term acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands,
                Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa would be 2.5
                percent, in accordance with the applicable regulations at 42 CFR
                413.40. However, we are proposing that if more recent data become
                available for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we would use such
                data, if appropriate, to calculate the final IPPS operating market
                basket update for FY 2022.
                 In addition, payment for inpatient operating costs for hospitals
                classified under section 1886(d)(1)(B)(vi) of the Act (which we refer
                to as ``extended neoplastic disease care hospitals'') for cost
                reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, is to be made
                as described in 42 CFR 412.526(c)(3), and payment for capital costs for
                these hospitals is to be made as described in 42 CFR 412.526(c)(4).
                (For additional information on these payment regulations, we refer
                readers to the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38321 through
                38322).) Section 412.526(c)(3) provides that the hospital's Medicare
                allowable net inpatient operating costs for that period are paid on a
                reasonable cost basis, subject to that hospital's ceiling, as
                determined under Sec. 412.526(c)(1), for that period. Under Sec.
                412.526(c)(1), for each cost reporting period, the ceiling was
                determined by multiplying the updated target amount, as defined in
                Sec. 412.526(c)(2), for that period by the number of Medicare
                discharges paid during that period. Section 412.526(c)(2)(i) describes
                the method for determining the target amount for cost reporting periods
                beginning during FY 2015. Section 412.526(c)(2)(ii) specifies that, for
                cost reporting periods beginning during fiscal years after FY 2015, the
                target amount will equal the hospital's target amount for the previous
                cost reporting period updated by the applicable annual rate-of-increase
                percentage specified in Sec. 413.40(c)(3) for the subject cost
                reporting period (79 FR 50197).
                 For FY 2022, in accordance with Sec. Sec. 412.22(i) and
                412.526(c)(2)(ii) of the regulations, for cost reporting periods
                beginning during FY 2022, the proposed update to the target amount for
                extended neoplastic disease care hospitals (that is, hospitals
                described under Sec. 412.22(i)) is the applicable annual rate-of-
                increase percentage specified in Sec. 413.40(c)(3) for FY 2022, which
                would be equal to the percentage increase in the hospital market
                basket, which is estimated to be the percentage increase in the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS operating market basket (that is, the estimate
                of the market basket rate-of-increase). Accordingly, the proposed
                update to an extended neoplastic disease care hospital's target amount
                for FY 2022 is 2.5 percent, which is based on IGI's 2020 fourth quarter
                forecast. Furthermore, we are proposing that if more recent data become
                available for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we would use such
                data, if appropriate, to calculate the IPPS operating market basket
                update for FY 2022.
                B. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
                1. Background
                 Section 1820 of the Act provides for the establishment of Medicare
                Rural Hospital Flexibility Programs (MRHFPs), under which individual
                States may designate certain facilities as critical access hospitals
                (CAHs). Facilities that are so designated and meet the CAH conditions
                of participation under 42 CFR part 485, subpart F, will be certified as
                CAHs by CMS. Regulations governing payments to CAHs for services to
                Medicare beneficiaries are located in 42 CFR part 413.
                2. Frontier Community Health Integration Project (FCHIP) Demonstration
                a. Background and Overview
                 As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58894
                through 58896), section 123 of the Medicare Improvements for Patients
                and Providers Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-275), as amended by section 3126
                of the Affordable Care Act, authorized a demonstration project to allow
                eligible entities to develop and test new models for the delivery of
                health care services in eligible counties in order to improve access to
                and better integrate the delivery of acute care, extended care and
                other health care services to Medicare beneficiaries. The demonstration
                was titled ``Demonstration Project on Community Health Integration
                Models in Certain Rural Counties,'' and commonly known as the Frontier
                Community Health Integration Project (FCHIP) demonstration.
                 The authorizing statute stated the eligibility criteria for
                entities to be able to participate in the demonstration. An eligible
                entity, as defined in section 123(d)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-275, as
                amended, is a Medicare Rural Hospital Flexibility Program (MRHFP)
                grantee
                [[Page 25531]]
                under section 1820(g) of the Act (that is, a CAH); and is located in a
                State in which at least 65 percent of the counties in the State are
                counties that have 6 or less residents per square mile.
                 The authorizing statute stipulated several other requirements for
                the demonstration. Section 123(d)(2)(B) of Public Law 110-275, as
                amended, limited participation in the demonstration to eligible
                entities in not more than 4 States. Section 123(f)(1) of Public Law
                110-275 required the demonstration project to be conducted for a 3-year
                period. In addition, section 123(g)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-275
                required that the demonstration be budget neutral. Specifically, this
                provision stated that, in conducting the demonstration project, the
                Secretary shall ensure that the aggregate payments made by the
                Secretary do not exceed the amount which the Secretary estimates would
                have been paid if the demonstration project under the section were not
                implemented. Furthermore, section 123(i) of Public Law 110-275 stated
                that the Secretary may waive such requirements of titles XVIII and XIX
                of the Act as may be necessary and appropriate for the purpose of
                carrying out the demonstration project, thus allowing the waiver of
                Medicare payment rules encompassed in the demonstration.
                 In January 2014, we released a request for applications (RfA) for
                the FCHIP Demonstration. Using 2013 data from the U.S. Census Bureau,
                CMS identified Alaska, Montana, Nevada, North Dakota, and Wyoming as
                states meeting the statutory eligibility requirement for participation
                in the demonstration. The RfA solicited CAHs in these five States to
                participate in the demonstration, stating that participation would be
                limited to CAHs in four of the States. To apply, CAHs were required to
                meet the eligibility requirements in the authorizing legislation, and
                to describe a proposal to enhance health-related services that would
                complement those currently provided by the CAH and better serve the
                community's needs. In addition, in the RfA, CMS interpreted the
                eligible entity definition in the statute as meaning a CAH that
                receives funding through the MHRFP. The RfA identified four
                interventions, under which specific waivers of Medicare payment rules
                would allow for enhanced payment for telehealth, skilled nursing
                facility/nursing facility beds, ambulance services, and home health
                services. These waivers were formulated with the goal of increasing
                access to care with no net increase in costs.
                 Ten CAHs were selected for participation in the demonstration,
                which started on August 1, 2016, and concluded on July 31, 2019
                (referred to in this section as the ``initial period''). The selected
                CAHs were located in Montana, Nevada, and North Dakota, and
                participated in three of the four interventions identified in the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57064 through 57065), the FY 2018
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38294 through 38296), and the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41516 through 41517), the FY 2020 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42427 through 42428) and the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58894 through 58896). Eight CAHs
                participated in the telehealth intervention, three CAHs participated in
                the skilled nursing facility/nursing facility bed intervention, and two
                CAHs participated in the ambulance services intervention. Each CAH was
                allowed to participate in more than one of the interventions. None of
                the selected CAHs were participants in the home health intervention,
                which was the fourth intervention included in the RfA.
                b. Intervention Payment and Payment Waivers
                 CMS waived certain Medicare rules for CAHs participating in the
                demonstration to allow for alternative reasonable cost-based payment
                methods in the three distinct intervention service areas: Telehealth
                services, ambulance services, and skilled nursing facility/nursing
                facility (SNF/NF) beds expansion. The payments and payment waiver
                provisions only applied if the CAH participated in the associated
                intervention. The FCHIP payment waivers consisted of the following:
                (1) Telehealth Services Intervention Payments
                 CMS waived section 1834(m)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (the
                Act), which specifies the facility fee to the originating site (that
                is, the participating CAH where the eligible telehealth individual is
                located). CMS modified the facility fee payment specified under section
                1834(m)(2)(B) of the Act to allow for reasonable cost-based
                reimbursement to the participating CAH. CMS reimbursed the
                participating CAH serving as the originating site at 101 percent of its
                reasonable costs for overhead, salaries, fringe benefits, and the
                depreciation value of the telehealth equipment at the participating
                CAH. The Demonstration waiver did not fund or provide reimbursement for
                the participating CAHs to purchase new telehealth equipment. However,
                if a participating CAH purchases new equipment, CMS would continue to
                reimburse depreciation costs for that equipment. The payments to the
                distant site physician or practitioner were made as usual under the
                Medicare physician fee schedule. CMS did not waive any other provisions
                of section 1834(m) of the Act, including the scope of Medicare
                telehealth services as established under section 1834(m)(4)(F) of the
                Act.
                (2) Ambulance Services Intervention Payments
                 CMS waived 42 CFR 413.70(b)(5)(C), which provides that payment for
                ambulance services furnished by a CAH, or an entity owned and operated
                by a CAH, is 101 percent of the reasonable costs of the CAH or the
                entity in furnishing the ambulance services if the CAH or entity is the
                only provider or supplier of ambulance services located within a 35-
                mile drive of the CAH. Under the demonstration, a participating CAH was
                paid 101 percent of reasonable costs for its ambulance services
                regardless of whether there was any other provider or supplier of
                ambulance services located within a 35-mile drive of the participating
                CAH or CAH-owned and operated entity. Cost-based payment was not
                allowed for any new capital expenditures (for example, vehicles)
                associated with ambulance services. This waiver did not modify any
                other Medicare rules affecting the provision of ambulance services.
                (3) SNF/NF Beds Expansion Intervention Payments
                 CMS waived 42 CFR 485.620(a) and 42 CFR 485.645(a)(2), which limit
                CAHs to maintaining no more than 25 inpatient beds, including beds
                available for acute inpatient or swing bed services. Through this
                waiver, CAHs participating in the SNF/NF intervention were allowed to
                keep up to 10 additional beds (for a total of up to 35 beds) available
                for acute inpatient or swing bed services; however, the participating
                CAHs were only to use these additional beds for nursing facility or
                skilled nursing facility level of care. SNF/NF services furnished in
                the additional beds were reimbursed according to the standard Medicare
                reimbursement principles for CAHs. Additional capital expenditures were
                not allowed under this waiver. No changes to the methodology for
                calculating Medicare payments for swing bed services at participating
                CAHs were allowed. The Conditions of Participation (CoPs) for certified
                critical access hospitals providing (SNF/NF) long term care services
                are at 42 CFR 485.645. Certification to participate in Medicare's swing
                bed program is a
                [[Page 25532]]
                separate approval by CMS from the certification to operate as a CAH
                provider of services. The participating CAHs within the SNF/NF Beds
                Expansion intervention were required to receive approval from and be
                certified by CMS to participate in the Demonstration swing bed program.
                c. Budget Neutrality Requirement
                 In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57064 through
                57065), we finalized a policy to address the budget neutrality
                requirement for the demonstration. We also discussed this policy in the
                FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38294 through 38296), the FY
                2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41516 through 41517), the FY 2020
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42427 through 42428) and the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58894 through 58996), but did not make
                any changes to the policy that was adopted in FY 2017. As explained in
                the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we based our selection of CAHs
                for participation in the demonstration with the goal of maintaining the
                budget neutrality of the demonstration on its own terms meaning that
                the demonstration would produce savings from reduced transfers and
                admissions to other health care providers, offsetting any increase in
                Medicare payments as a result of the demonstration. However, because of
                the small size of the demonstration and uncertainty associated with the
                projected Medicare utilization and costs, the policy we adopted in the
                FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule provides a contingency plan to ensure
                that the budget neutrality requirement in section 123 of Public Law
                110-275 is met. If analysis of claims data for Medicare beneficiaries
                receiving services at each of the participating CAHs, as well as from
                other data sources, including cost reports for the participating CAHs,
                shows that increases in Medicare payments under the demonstration
                during the 3-year period are not sufficiently offset by reductions
                elsewhere, we will recoup the additional expenditures attributable to
                the demonstration through a reduction in payments to all CAHs
                nationwide. Because of the small scale of the demonstration, we
                indicated that we did not believe it would be feasible to implement
                budget neutrality by reducing payments to only the participating CAHs.
                Therefore, in the event that this demonstration is found to result in
                aggregate payments in excess of the amount that would have been paid if
                this demonstration were not implemented, we stated that we would comply
                with the budget neutrality requirement by reducing payments to all
                CAHs, not just those participating in the demonstration. We stated that
                we believe it is appropriate to make any payment reductions across all
                CAHs because the FCHIP Demonstration was specifically designed to test
                innovations that affect delivery of services by the CAH provider
                category. We explained our belief that the language of the statutory
                budget neutrality requirement at section 123(g)(1)(B) of Public Law
                110-275 permits the agency to implement the budget neutrality provision
                in this manner. The statutory language merely refers to ensuring that
                aggregate payments made by the Secretary do not exceed the amount which
                the Secretary estimates would have been paid if the demonstration
                project was not implemented, and does not identify the range across
                which aggregate payments must be held equal.
                 Based on actuarial analysis using cost report settlements for FYs
                2013 and 2014, the FCHIP Demonstration was projected to satisfy the
                budget neutrality requirement and likely yield a total net savings. In
                the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS (81 FR 57064 through 57065) final rule, we
                estimated that the total impact of the payment recoupment (if needed)
                would be no greater than 0.03 percent of CAHs' total Medicare payments
                (that is, Medicare Part A and Part B) within 1 fiscal year. We also
                explained that the final budget neutrality estimates for the FCHIP
                Demonstration would be based on costs incurred during the initial
                period of the demonstration from August 1, 2016, through July 31, 2019.
                d. FCHIP Budget Neutrality Methodology and Analytical Approach
                 As explained in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, our goal was
                to maintain the budget neutrality of the demonstration on its own terms
                (that is, the demonstration would produce savings from reduced
                transfers and admissions to other health care providers, thus
                offsetting any increase in payments to the participating CAHs resulting
                from the demonstration). The analysis of budget neutrality identified
                both the costs related to providing the intervention services under the
                FCHIP Demonstration and any potential downstream effects of the
                intervention-related services, including any savings that may have
                accrued.
                 The budget neutrality analytical approach incorporated two major
                data components: (1) Medicare cost reports; and (2) Medicare
                administrative claims. As described in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 48432 through 59107), we computed the cost of the
                demonstration for each fiscal year of the demonstration period using
                Medicare cost reports for the participating CAHs, and Medicare
                administrative claims and enrollment data for beneficiaries who
                received demonstration intervention services.
                e. General Analytical Approach
                 The budget neutrality assessment sought to determine if the goal to
                maintain budget neutrality of the demonstration on its own terms was
                met. We examined the difference in expenditures for groups of
                beneficiaries who received intervention services at demonstration CAHs
                or at comparison CAHs that were not participating in the demonstration.
                The demonstration and comparison groups were composed of Medicare
                beneficiaries receiving an intervention service (that is, telehealth,
                SNF/NF or ambulance) at participating CAHs and non-participating CAHs,
                respectively. To ensure that there was no cross contamination between
                the two groups, the demonstration and comparison groups were mutually
                exclusive of each other, and beneficiaries who received intervention
                services at both participating and non-participating CAHs were included
                within the demonstration group only.
                 Medicare reimbursement for the demonstration intervention services
                depended on the service provided. For the swing bed services, the
                demonstration CAH swing bed reimbursement was based on 101 percent of
                the reasonable cost of the SNF services furnished in the swing beds (as
                computed in the Medicare cost report). The CAHs were paid on an interim
                basis using a per diem rate for routine and ancillary costs. For the
                demonstration ambulance and telehealth services, CAH reimbursement was
                based on 101 percent of the reasonable cost of providing the services
                to Medicare patients (as computed in the Medicare cost report). The
                CAHs were paid on an interim basis using a percentage of Medicare
                charges. The applicable percentage of Medicare charges was calculated
                by dividing the overall allowable Medicare costs by the overall
                Medicare charges in order to determine the Medicare cost-to-charge
                ratio.
                 The three intervention services were different, and each
                demonstration CAH had the option to implement one, two or all three
                interventions. Therefore, budget neutrality was analyzed for each
                demonstration intervention service separately. The basic approach to
                the analysis was similar for each intervention service, but some
                additional variables were incorporated
                [[Page 25533]]
                based on the nature of the intervention and its expected impact. The
                findings for each intervention service were then combined at the end of
                the process to reach a single conclusion regarding budget neutrality
                for the initial period of the demonstration as a whole.
                f. Data Elements
                 Beginning with the cost report data, CMS conducted Medicare cost
                report audit reviews for the 10 participating CAHs over the course of
                the three-year demonstration period. The cost reports are a collection
                of worksheets that calculate the costs of a specific provider for
                supplying health care services to Medicare beneficiaries and when
                aggregated these cost reports furnish information used by researchers,
                actuaries and policy makers. All CAHs participating in the Medicare
                program are required to submit cost reports annually, with the
                reporting period based on the provider's accounting year. It should be
                noted the FCHIP Cost Report audits calculated budget neutrality as
                determined only by the change in the cost of providing services to
                Medicare beneficiaries through the Medicare cost report and excluded
                other factors that may also influence aggregate cost to the Medicare
                program, such as a shifting of essential services to CAHs from more
                expensive tertiary hospitals or other downstream cost impacts.
                 The intervention services authorized under the demonstration may
                impact cost in several ways that can act to either increase or decrease
                expenditures. For example, the transition from a facility fee payment
                to the originating site to cost-based reimbursement under the
                telehealth services intervention would likely result in increased costs
                for those services. However, the Medicare administrative claims
                analysis anticipated and measured that telehealth intervention services
                furnished under the demonstration may also produce savings through
                better management of chronic conditions, reduction in air transports,
                and reduction in transfers to other and/or more expensive facilities.
                In general, the intervention services under the demonstration may
                affect access to services and referral patterns that, in turn, may
                affect utilization and therefore costs. In order to capture the full
                impact of the interventions, CMS developed a statistical modeling,
                Difference-in-Difference (DID) regression analysis to estimate
                demonstration episode expenditures and compute the impact of
                expenditures on the intervention services by comparing cost data for
                the demonstration and non-demonstration groups using Medicare
                administrative claims across the 36-month period of performance under
                the initial period of demonstration. Analyses were conducted separately
                for each intervention service using regression-based methods that
                controlled for demographics, diagnostic conditions, hierarchical
                condition categories (HCC) risk scores, and other factors. Results were
                combined across the three intervention services to produce a summary
                conclusion regarding budget neutrality for the initial period of the
                demonstration as a whole.
                 This general analytic approach involved the comparison of total
                episode expenditures for beneficiaries receiving intervention services
                from CAHs in the demonstration group to the expected expenditures
                absent the demonstration. The projection of expected expenditures
                absent the demonstration included an additional adjustment to reflect
                the statistical uncertainty of the predictions. If actual expenditures
                for the intervention services furnished by CAHs in the demonstration
                group exceeded the expected expenditures absent the demonstration (with
                the adjustment for statistical uncertainty), then budget neutrality
                could potentially be violated. CMS conducted a series of analytical
                steps as previously described to determine the budget neutrality
                outcome for the initial period of the demonstration.
                g. Methodology for Estimating Demonstration Costs
                 Step 1: The Medicare cost reports for CAHs participating in the
                FCHIP Demonstration were reviewed to verify reasonableness of reported
                expenses, revenues and statistics and to ensure the reported
                demonstration expenses were allowable and accurately allocated on the
                cost report. CMS performed a reasonableness analysis of the cost
                reports for each of the demonstration CAHs that focused on cost
                incurred by the CAH to determine whether the costs were necessary and
                proper for patient care under the demonstration. CMS also performed an
                allowability analysis for each demonstration CAH to determine which
                costs were directly related to the demonstration and to ensure all
                reported costs related to the intervention services were accounted for.
                In addition, each demonstration CAH's cost reports were audited to
                ensure the reported expenses were allowable and accurately allocated to
                each intervention service considering established Medicare regulations
                as modified by demonstration requirements. Demonstration costs that
                were unrelated to patient care were deemed not allowable. The cost
                report audit analysis included removal of any cost claimed by
                demonstration CAHs that was not specifically described in `(b)
                Intervention Payment and Payment Waivers', which describes the Medicare
                rules and payments methods that were actually made under the
                demonstration for each of the three interventions.
                 For each of the 10 demonstration CAHs, we identified the reasonable
                cost amount calculated under the reasonable cost-based methodology for
                the demonstration covered inpatient hospital services and covered
                outpatient hospital services, including swing bed, telehealth, and
                ambulance services as indicated on the ``as submitted'' cost report for
                each hospital cost reporting period covering the initial period of
                performance for the demonstration from August 1, 2016, through July 31,
                2019. For each of the demonstration CAHs, these ``as submitted'' cost
                reports are those with cost report period end dates in Calendar Year
                (CY) 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. We note that among the
                demonstration CAHs with ``as submitted'' cost reports in CY 2020, the
                cost reporting period covered January 1, 2019, to December 31, 2019;
                March 1, 2019, to April 30, 2020; or July 1, 2019, to June 30, 2020.
                 Step 2: CMS utilized Hospital 2552-10 Cost Report Data files to
                calculate the change in Medicare reimbursement for the initial period
                of performance. CMS calculated Medicare reimbursement costs under the
                demonstration versus Medicare reimbursement costs without the
                demonstration. ``Medicare reimbursement costs without the
                demonstration'' were defined as Medicare costs as determined using the
                Medicare payment methodologies that would have applied absent the
                demonstration and represented the baseline costs for each intervention
                service. ``Medicare reimbursement costs under the demonstration'' were
                defined as the costs as determined through the audited cost report
                after the application of the demonstration payment waiver
                methodologies. The difference between these costs represented the cost
                impact of the demonstration.
                 For each of the participating CAHs, we identified the estimated
                amount that would otherwise be paid under applicable Medicare payment
                methodologies for covered intervention services (as indicated on the
                same set of ``as submitted'' cost reports as in Step 1), if the
                demonstration were not implemented. (Also, as indicated on the same set
                of ``as submitted'' cost reports as in Step 1), we identified the
                estimated amount that was paid for
                [[Page 25534]]
                covered intervention services under the demonstration. To compute the
                aggregate change in cost due to the demonstration, we calculated the
                difference in the costs of intervention services between ``Medicare
                reimbursement costs without the demonstration'' versus ``Medicare
                reimbursement costs under the demonstration'' from the cost reports.
                 Step 3: For each of the 10 CAHs, Medicare administrative claims and
                enrollment data for beneficiaries receiving demonstration intervention
                services were identified. The data were collected at the individual
                beneficiary level and included information on service type, service
                date, and reasonable cost payment amount calculated under the
                reasonable cost-based methodology for covered intervention services
                furnished under the demonstration. Codes indicating diagnosis and the
                specific procedure provided under the demonstration were also
                identified using the claims and enrollment data and were used in the
                analysis.
                 Step 4: CMS defined ``episodes of care'' for the eligible CAHs. For
                each of the participating CAHs, using Medicare administrative claims,
                we identified costs related to providing demonstration intervention
                services. The demonstration CAHs submitted Medicare claims for the
                demonstration intervention services. These claims were consolidated by
                the Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC) into interim payments,
                which were incorporated into an episode of care framework for purposes
                of the budget neutrality calculation. CMS defined an episode of care as
                all Medicare Parts A and B services furnished to a beneficiary
                receiving a demonstration intervention service during a specified
                period of time ranging from 30 to 60 days following the receipt of a
                demonstration intervention service. The specific timeframes for the
                episodes of care were chosen for each intervention based on observed
                expenditure patterns following an episode-triggering intervention
                service.
                 Episode costs were defined as the cost of all Medicare Parts A and
                B services provided to the beneficiary during the episode. Next, CMS
                incorporated the claims and interim payment data into the episode of
                care framework.
                 Step 5: CMS constructed Episode of Care Comparison groups and
                potential savings variables. We separated the episode of care Medicare
                Parts A and B expenditures into two groups--expenditures for
                beneficiaries receiving intervention services from demonstration group
                CAHs and expenditures for beneficiaries receiving intervention services
                from non-demonstration (comparison) group CAHs within the FCHIP
                eligible States (Montana, Nevada, and North Dakota). Then we compared
                episode of care expenditures for beneficiaries receiving intervention
                services from demonstration group CAHs to those for beneficiaries
                receiving intervention services from comparison group CAHs.
                 Step 6: CMS conducted the Difference-in-Difference Analysis. Using
                the episode of care framework described in Step 4, the demonstration
                and comparison groups were used to measure the impact of the
                intervention services on episode expenditures through a DID analysis
                comparing baseline and performance period(?) costs for the
                demonstration groups and comparison groups. The DID regression model
                was estimated using episode expenditures as the dependent variable.
                (The model's functional form was a generalized linear model with a log
                link and gamma distribution. This type of model is commonly used in
                analyzing health care expenditures and yields only positive predicted
                values.) All analyses were carried out separately for the three
                intervention services. Using the episode of care approach enabled us to
                identify downstream effects of the intervention services, including any
                savings that may have accrued. For each of the participating CAHs we
                identified cost-savings or reductions in transfers and admissions to
                other health care providers, offsetting any increase in Medicare
                payments that may have resulted from the use of intervention services.
                Results were combined across the ten CAH participants and across the
                three interventions to produce a summary conclusion regarding budget
                neutrality for the 36-month initial demonstration performance period.
                 Step 7: Lastly, CMS performed a supplementary sensitivity analysis
                adjustment for statistical uncertainty. The DID analysis results
                obtained using the Medicare administrative claims data were then
                reconciled using data obtained from auditing the participating CAHs'
                Medicare cost reports. The Medicare cost reports provide another source
                of data related to demonstration expenditures beyond the information
                that is directly reported via Medicare administrative claims. The
                Medicare cost report audit findings were used to reconcile the
                directionality and outcome of the DID regression analysis results. The
                sensitivity analysis was calculated for the demonstration as a whole to
                ensure the budget neutrality conclusion via the DID analysis was not
                the result of random variation or statistical uncertainty of the
                predictions used in the analysis.
                g. Budget Neutrality Conclusion
                 Based on analysis of the Medicare administrative claims data and
                the Medicare cost report audit data from the 36 months of the initial
                demonstration performance period, there were no statistically
                significant findings that the FCHIP Demonstration resulted in
                additional expenditures. The DID analysis results were based on an
                episode of care point estimate threshold. If the actual episode
                expenditures of the demonstration exceeded the expected expenditures
                absent the demonstration (with the sensitivity analysis adjustment for
                statistical uncertainty) then the requirement for budget neutrality
                under section 123(g)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-275 could potentially be
                violated. CMS found in aggregate that the demonstration CAHs' episode
                of care expenditures during the initial period of the demonstration
                were lower than expenditures would have been absent the demonstration.
                In fact, when the sensitivity analysis (using a 95 percent confidence
                interval) was calculated it showed that total expenditures for the 10
                participating CAHs in the demonstration would need to cumulatively
                increase cost by more than 18 percent (which translated to $3,120 per
                episode, or a total of $3,529,039 for the three interventions combined)
                to exceed expenditures absent the demonstration. When we compared the
                total cost of Medicare episodes of care under the demonstration with
                the aggregate demonstration cost findings based on the audit of
                Medicare cost reports, we also found that the aggregate demonstration
                intervention services cost on the ``as submitted'' Medicare cost
                reports fell within the point estimate threshold--therefore, the FCHIP
                Demonstration did not result in additional expenditures during the
                initial period of the demonstration.
                 Under the policy finalized in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                in the event the demonstration is found not to have been budget
                neutral, any excess costs will be recouped over a period of 3 cost
                reporting years, beginning in CY 2020. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58895), we stated that based on the currently
                available data, the determination of budget neutrality results was
                preliminary and the amount of any reduction to CAH payments that would
                be needed in order to recoup excess costs under the demonstration
                remained uncertain. Therefore, we revised the policy originally adopted
                in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to delay the implementation of
                any
                [[Page 25535]]
                budget neutrality adjustment and stated that we would revisit this
                policy in rulemaking for FY 2022, when we expected to have complete
                data for the demonstration period. Based on the data and actuarial
                analysis described previously, we have concluded that the initial
                period of the FCHIP Demonstration (covering the performance period
                August 1, 2016, to July 31, 2019) has satisfied the budget neutrality
                requirement described in section 123(g)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-275.
                Therefore, we are not proposing to apply a budget neutrality payment
                offset to payments to CAHs in FY 2022. This policy will have no impact
                for any national payment system for FY 2022.
                3. Provisions of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (Pub. L.
                116-159)
                 As stated earlier, section 123 of the Medicare Improvements for
                Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-275), as amended by
                section 3126 of the Affordable Care Act, authorized the Secretary to
                conduct the Frontier Community Health Integration Project (FCHIP)
                demonstration for a 3-year period. Section 129 of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 116-159) extends the FCHIP Demonstration by
                5 years. Specifically, the Consolidated Appropriations Act amended
                subsection (f) of section 123 of the Medicare Improvements for Patients
                and Providers Act of 2008 (42 U.S.C. 1395i-4 note) in paragraph (1), by
                striking ``3-year period beginning on October 1, 2009'' and inserting
                ``3-year period beginning on August 1, 2016 (referred to in this
                section as the ``initial period'' '), and 5-year period beginning on
                July 1, 2021 (referred to in this section as the ``extension period'').
                Thus, the FCHIP Demonstration will resume on July 1, 2021 and CAHs
                participating in the demonstration project during the extension period
                shall begin such participation in the cost reporting year that begins
                on or after July 1.
                 The Secretary is required to conduct the demonstration for an
                additional 5-year period. Only the 10 CAHs that participated in the
                initial period of the FCHIP Demonstration are eligible to participate
                during the extension period. While we expect to use the same
                methodology that was used to assess the budget neutrality of the FCHIP
                Demonstration during initial period of the demonstration to assess the
                financial impact of the demonstration during this extension period,
                based on the data available, upon receiving data for the extension
                period, we may update and/or modify the FCHIP budget neutrality
                methodology and analytical approach to ensure that the full impact of
                the demonstration is appropriately captured. We will determine the
                budget neutrality approach for the FCHIP Demonstration extension period
                once data is available for the extension period.
                VIII. Proposed Changes to the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
                Payment System (LTCH PPS) for FY 2022
                A. Background of the LTCH PPS
                1. Legislative and Regulatory Authority
                 Section 123 of the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP (State Children's
                Health Insurance Program) Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA)
                (Pub. L. 106-113), as amended by section 307(b) of the Medicare,
                Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and Protection Act of 2000
                (BIPA) (Pub. L. 106-554), provides for payment for both the operating
                and capital-related costs of hospital inpatient stays in long-term care
                hospitals (LTCHs) under Medicare Part A based on prospectively set
                rates. The Medicare prospective payment system (PPS) for LTCHs applies
                to hospitals that are described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the
                Act, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2002.
                 Section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(I) of the Act originally defined an LTCH
                as a hospital that has an average inpatient length of stay (as
                determined by the Secretary) of greater than 25 days. Section
                1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act also provided an alternative
                definition of LTCHs (``subclause II'' LTCHs). However, section 15008 of
                the 21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255) amended section 1886 of
                the Act to exclude former ``subclause II'' LTCHs from being paid under
                the LTCH PPS and created a new category of IPPS-excluded hospitals,
                which we refer to as ``extended neoplastic disease care hospitals,'' to
                be paid as hospitals that were formally classified as ``subclause
                (II)'' LTCHs (82 FR 38298).
                 Section 123 of the BBRA requires the PPS for LTCHs to be a ``per
                discharge'' system with a diagnosis-related group (DRG) based patient
                classification system that reflects the differences in patient resource
                use and costs in LTCHs.
                 Section 307(b)(1) of the BIPA, among other things, mandates that
                the Secretary shall examine, and may provide for, adjustments to
                payments under the LTCH PPS, including adjustments to DRG weights, area
                wage adjustments, geographic reclassification, outliers, updates, and a
                disproportionate share adjustment.
                 In the August 30, 2002 Federal Register, we issued a final rule
                that implemented the LTCH PPS authorized under the BBRA and BIPA (67 FR
                55954). For the initial implementation of the LTCH PPS (FYs 2003
                through FY 2007), the system used information from LTCH patient records
                to classify patients into distinct long-term care-diagnosis-related
                groups (LTCDRGs) based on clinical characteristics and expected
                resource needs. Beginning in FY 2008, we adopted the Medicare severity-
                long-term care-diagnosis related groups (MS-LTC-DRGs) as the patient
                classification system used under the LTCH PPS. Payments are calculated
                for each MS-LTC-DRG and provisions are made for appropriate payment
                adjustments. Payment rates under the LTCH PPS are updated annually and
                published in the Federal Register.
                 The LTCH PPS replaced the reasonable cost-based payment system
                under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA)
                (Pub. L. 97248) for payments for inpatient services provided by an LTCH
                with a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1, 2002.
                (The regulations implementing the TEFRA reasonable-cost-based payment
                provisions are located at 42 CFR part 413.) With the implementation of
                the PPS for acute care hospitals authorized by the Social Security
                Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L. 98-21), which added section 1886(d) to the
                Act, certain hospitals, including LTCHs, were excluded from the PPS for
                acute care hospitals and paid their reasonable costs for inpatient
                services subject to a per discharge limitation or target amount under
                the TEFRA system. For each cost reporting period, a hospital specific
                ceiling on payments was determined by multiplying the hospital's
                updated target amount by the number of total current year Medicare
                discharges. (Generally, in this section of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, when we refer to discharges, we describe Medicare
                discharges.) The August 30, 2002 final rule further details the payment
                policy under the TEFRA system (67 FR 55954).
                 In the August 30, 2002 final rule, we provided for a 5-year
                transition period from payments under the TEFRA system to payments
                under the LTCH PPS. During this 5-year transition period, an LTCH's
                total payment under the PPS was based on an increasing percentage of
                the Federal rate with a corresponding decrease in the percentage of the
                LTCH PPS payment that is based on reasonable cost concepts, unless an
                [[Page 25536]]
                LTCH made a one-time election to be paid based on 100 percent of the
                Federal rate. Beginning with LTCHs' cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after October 1, 2006, total LTCH PPS payments are based on 100
                percent of the Federal rate. In addition, in the August 30, 2002 final
                rule, we presented an in-depth discussion of the LTCH PPS, including
                the patient classification system, relative weights, payment rates,
                additional payments, and the budget neutrality requirements mandated by
                section 123 of the BBRA. The same final rule that established
                regulations for the LTCH PPS under 42 CFR part 412, subpart O, also
                contained LTCH provisions related to covered inpatient services,
                limitation on charges to beneficiaries, medical review requirements,
                furnishing of inpatient hospital services directly or under
                arrangement, and reporting and recordkeeping requirements. We refer
                readers to the August 30, 2002 final rule for a comprehensive
                discussion of the research and data that supported the establishment of
                the LTCH PPS (67 FR 55954).
                 In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49601 through
                49623), we implemented the provisions of the Pathway for Sustainable
                Growth Rate (SGR) Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67), which mandated
                the application of the ``site neutral'' payment rate under the LTCH PPS
                for discharges that do not meet the statutory criteria for exclusion
                beginning in FY 2016. For cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 2015, discharges that do not meet certain statutory criteria
                for exclusion are paid based on the site neutral payment rate.
                Discharges that do meet the statutory criteria continue to receive
                payment based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate. For more
                information on the statutory requirements of the Pathway for SGR Reform
                Act of 2013, we refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (80 FR 49601 through 49623) and the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (81 FR 57068 through 57075).
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we implemented several
                provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act (``the Cures Act'') (Pub. L.
                114-255) that affected the LTCH PPS. (For more information on these
                provisions, we refer readers to 82 FR 38299.)
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41529), we made
                conforming changes to our regulations to implement the provisions of
                section 51005 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Pub. L. 115-123),
                which extends the transitional blended payment rate for site neutral
                payment rate cases for an additional 2 years. We refer readers to
                section VII.C. of the preamble of the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                for a discussion of our final policy. In addition, in the FY 2019 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule, we removed the 25-percent threshold policy under
                42 CFR 412.538. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42439),
                we further revised our regulations to implement the provisions of the
                Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67) that relate to the
                payment adjustment for discharges from LTCHs that do not maintain the
                requisite discharge payment percentage and the process by which such
                LTCHs may have the payment adjustment discontinued.
                2. Criteria for Classification as an LTCH
                a. Classification as an LTCH
                 Under the regulations at Sec. 412.23(e)(1), to qualify to be paid
                under the LTCH PPS, a hospital must have a provider agreement with
                Medicare. Furthermore, Sec. 412.23(e)(2)(i), which implements section
                1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act, requires that a hospital have an average
                Medicare inpatient length of stay of greater than 25 days to be paid
                under the LTCH PPS. In accordance with section 1206(a)(3) of the
                Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67), as amended by
                section 15007 of Public Law 114-255, we amended our regulations to
                specify that Medicare Advantage plans' and site neutral payment rate
                discharges are excluded from the calculation of the average length of
                stay for all LTCHs, for discharges occurring in cost reporting period
                beginning on or after October 1, 2015.
                b. Hospitals Excluded From the LTCH PPS
                 The following hospitals are paid under special payment provisions,
                as described in Sec. 412.22(c) and, therefore, are not subject to the
                LTCH PPS rules:
                 Veterans Administration hospitals.
                 Hospitals that are reimbursed under State cost control
                systems approved under 42 CFR part 403.
                 Hospitals that are reimbursed in accordance with
                demonstration projects authorized under section 402(a) of the Social
                Security Amendments of 1967 (Pub. L. 90-248) (42 U.S.C. 1395b-1),
                section 222(a) of the Social Security Amendments of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-
                603) (42 U.S.C. 1395b1 (note)) (Statewide-all payer systems, subject to
                the rate-of increase test at section 1814(b) of the Act), or section
                3201 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-
                148) (42 U.S.C. 1315a).
                 Nonparticipating hospitals furnishing emergency services
                to Medicare beneficiaries.
                3. Limitation on Charges to Beneficiaries
                 In the August 30, 2002 final rule, we presented an in-depth
                discussion of beneficiary liability under the LTCH PPS (67 FR 55974
                through 55975). This discussion was further clarified in the RY 2005
                LTCH PPS final rule (69 FR 25676). In keeping with those discussions,
                if the Medicare payment to the LTCH is the full LTC-DRG payment amount,
                consistent with other established hospital prospective payment systems,
                Sec. 412.507 currently provides that an LTCH may not bill a Medicare
                beneficiary for more than the deductible and coinsurance amounts as
                specified under Sec. Sec. 409.82, 409.83, and 409.87, and for items
                and services specified under Sec. 489.30(a). However, under the LTCH
                PPS, Medicare will only pay for services furnished during the days for
                which the beneficiary has coverage until the short-stay outlier (SSO)
                threshold is exceeded. If the Medicare payment was for a SSO case (in
                accordance with Sec. 412.529), and that payment was less than the full
                LTC-DRG payment amount because the beneficiary had insufficient
                coverage as a result of the remaining Medicare days, the LTCH also is
                currently permitted to charge the beneficiary for services delivered on
                those uncovered days (in accordance with Sec. 412.507). In the FY 2016
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49623), we amended our regulations to
                expressly limit the charges that may be imposed upon beneficiaries
                whose LTCHs' discharges are paid at the site neutral payment rate under
                the LTCH PPS. In the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57102), we
                amended the regulations under Sec. 412.507 to clarify our existing
                policy that blended payments made to an LTCH during its transitional
                period (that is, an LTCH's payment for discharges occurring in cost
                reporting periods beginning in FYs 2016 through 2019) are considered to
                be site neutral payment rate payments.
                4. Best Available Data
                 In section I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discussed
                how claims data from the MedPAR files and cost report data from HCRIS
                are the primary sources of data used in IPPS and LTCH PPS ratesetting.
                (We use the term ``ratesetting'' to describe the methods and processes
                we follow in determining the annual LTCH PPS payment rates and
                factors.) We also state that our goal is to always use the best
                available data overall for ratesetting. Ordinarily, the best available
                claims data for the LTCH
                [[Page 25537]]
                PPS ratesetting is the MedPAR file that contains claims from discharges
                for the fiscal year that is 2 years prior to the fiscal year that is
                the subject of the rulemaking, because in general it is the most
                complete full fiscal year of claims data available at the time of
                development of the rule. Therefore, for FY 2022 ratesetting, under
                ordinary circumstances, the best available claims data would be the FY
                2020 MedPAR file. Similarly, the best available cost report data for
                LTCH PPS ratesetting is ordinarily from the HCRIS dataset containing
                cost reports beginning 3 years prior to the fiscal year that is the
                subject of the rulemaking, because in general it is the most complete
                full fiscal year of cost report data available at the time of
                development of the rule. Therefore, for FY 2022 ratesetting, under
                ordinary circumstances, that would be the HCRIS dataset from FY 2019,
                which would primarily contain cost reports beginning during FY 2019 and
                ending during FY 2020, based on each LTCH's fiscal year. The FY 2020
                MedPAR claims file and the FY 2019 HCRIS dataset, however, both contain
                data significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, meaning primarily the
                utilization of LTCH services was generally markedly different for
                certain types of services in FY 2020 than would have been expected in
                the absence of the PHE. To determine whether these data are still the
                best available data for LTCH PPS ratesetting, it is important to
                evaluate whether these data would better approximate the FY 2022 LTCH
                experience than data from before the COVID-19 PHE.
                 In section I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                our examination of COVID-19 vaccination data from the CDC to help
                evaluate whether the FY 2020 data we ordinarily would use in
                ratesetting is appropriate for approximating the FY 2022 inpatient
                experience, including in LTCHs. The CDC data shows that as of April 15,
                the 7-day average number of administered vaccine doses reported to CDC
                per day was 3.3 million, a 10.3 percent increase from the previous
                week. As of April 15, 80 percent of people 65 or older have received at
                least one dose of vaccine; 63.7 percent are fully vaccinated. Nearly
                one-half (48.3 percent) of people 18 or older have received at least
                one dose of vaccine; 30.3 percent are fully vaccinated. Nationally,
                COVID-19-related emergency department visits as well as both hospital
                admissions and current hospitalizations have risen among patients ages
                18 to 64 years in recent weeks, but emergency department visits and
                hospitalizations among people ages 65 years and older have decreased,
                likely demonstrating the important role vaccination plays in protecting
                against COVID-19.
                 As indicated by the CDC, COVID-19 vaccines are effective at
                preventing COVID-19. For example, a recent CDC report on the
                effectiveness of the Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines when
                administered in real-world conditions found that after being fully
                vaccinated with either of these vaccines a person's risk of infection
                is reduced by up to 90 percent. With respect to inpatient utilization
                in FY 2020, we believe that COVID-19 and the risk of disease were
                drivers of the different utilization patterns observed. Therefore, the
                continuing rapid increase in vaccinations coupled with the overall
                effectiveness of the vaccines leads us to conclude based on the
                information available to us at this time that there will be
                significantly lower risk of COVID-19 in FY 2022 and fewer
                hospitalizations for COVID-19 for Medicare beneficiaries in FY 2022
                than there were in FY 2020. We concluded that this trend calls into
                question the applicability of inpatient hospital data from FY 2020 to
                the FY 2022 time period. We refer readers to section I.F of the
                preamble of this proposed rule for the details on this analysis.
                 In section I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule, we also
                discuss CDC guidance to healthcare facilities during the COVID-19 PHE
                (see https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/guidance-hcf.html).
                In its most recent guidance, the CDC described how the COVID-19
                pandemic has changed how health care is delivered in the United States,
                and has affected the operations of healthcare facilities. Effects cited
                by the CDC include increases in patients seeking care for respiratory
                illnesses, patients deferring and delaying non-COVID-19 care,
                disruptions in supply chains, fluctuations in facilities' occupancy,
                absenteeism among staff because of illness or caregiving
                responsibilities, and increases in mental health concerns.
                 When comparing LTCH claims data from the FY 2020 MedPAR to the FY
                2019 MedPAR, similar to the findings for IPPS claims data, we observed
                several of the changes cited by the CDC. Overall, in FY 2020 LTCH
                admissions of LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases declined 13
                percent compared to FY 2019. However, LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases for MS-LTC-DRG 177 (Respiratory infections and inflammations
                with MCC), one of the MS-LTC-DRGs most often associated with the
                treatment of COVID-19, increased by 47 percent. Its share of total LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases increased from 2.0 percent in
                FY 2019 to 3.4 percent in FY 2020. We also calculated and compared the
                aggregate case-mix values for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                cases in FY 2019 and FY 2020. For FY 2019 we calculated a case-mix
                value of 1.257 and for FY 2020 we calculated a case-mix value of 1.283,
                a relatively large 1-year increase in total case-mix of 2.1 percent. We
                note that these observed changes in the LTCH claims data also extend to
                the cost reports submitted by LTCHs that include the COVID-19 PHE time
                period, since those cost reports that extend into the COVID-19 PHE are
                based in part on the discharges that occurred during that time.
                 After analyzing this issue, we believe that the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 LTCH claims data were significantly
                altered by the COVID-19 PHE. We also believe that data from before the
                COVID-19 PHE will better approximate the FY 2022 LTCH experience for
                the reasons discussed in section I.F of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, including an increase in the number of individuals who are
                vaccinated against COVID-19. Therefore, we are proposing to use the FY
                2019 data for the FY 2022 LTCH PPS ratesetting in situations where the
                utilization patterns reflected in the FY 2020 data were significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. For example, we are proposing to use the
                FY 2019 MedPAR claims data and the FY 2018 HCRIS file in situations
                where we ordinarily would have used the FY 2020 MedPAR and the FY 2019
                HCRIS file, respectively. This proposal is consistent with the proposal
                made for FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting in section I.F of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, and we note that IPPS rates and factors are used in
                determining the IPPS comparable amount under the short-stay outlier
                (SSO) policy at Sec. 412.529 and the IPPS comparable amount under the
                site neutral payment rate at Sec. 412.522. We refer readers to section
                I.F of the preamble of this proposed rule for further information on
                this proposal.
                B. Proposed Medicare Severity Long-Term Care Diagnosis-Related Group
                (MS-LTC-DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights for FY 2022
                1. Background
                 Section 123 of the BBRA required that the Secretary implement a PPS
                for LTCHs to replace the cost-based payment system under TEFRA. Section
                307(b)(1) of the BIPA modified the
                [[Page 25538]]
                requirements of section 123 of the BBRA by requiring that the Secretary
                examine the feasibility and the impact of basing payment under the LTCH
                PPS on the use of existing (or refined) hospital DRGs that have been
                modified to account for different resource use of LTCH patients.
                 When the LTCH PPS was implemented for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2002, we adopted the same DRG patient
                classification system utilized at that time under the IPPS. As a
                component of the LTCH PPS, we refer to this patient classification
                system as the ``long-term care diagnosis-related groups (LTC-DRGs).''
                Although the patient classification system used under both the LTCH PPS
                and the IPPS are the same, the relative weights are different. The
                established relative weight methodology and data used under the LTCH
                PPS result in relative weights under the LTCH PPS that reflect the
                differences in patient resource use of LTCH patients, consistent with
                section 123(a)(1) of the BBRA (Pub. L. 106-113).
                 As part of our efforts to better recognize severity of illness
                among patients, in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72
                FR 47130), the MS-DRGs and the Medicare severity long-term care
                diagnosis-related groups (MS-LTC-DRGs) were adopted under the IPPS and
                the LTCH PPS, respectively, effective beginning October 1, 2007 (FY
                2008). For a full description of the development, implementation, and
                rationale for the use of the MS-DRGs and MS-LTC-DRGs, we refer readers
                to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47141 through
                47175 and 47277 through 47299). (We note that, in that same final rule,
                we revised the regulations at Sec. 412.503 to specify that for LTCH
                discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, when applying the
                provisions of 42 CFR part 412, subpart O applicable to LTCHs for policy
                descriptions and payment calculations, all references to LTC-DRGs would
                be considered a reference to MS-LTC-DRGs. For the remainder of this
                section, we present the discussion in terms of the current MS-LTC-DRG
                patient classification system unless specifically referring to the
                previous LTC-DRG patient classification system that was in effect
                before October 1, 2007.)
                 The MS-DRGs adopted in FY 2008 represent an increase in the number
                of DRGs by 207 (that is, from 538 to 745) (72 FR 47171). The MS-DRG
                classifications are updated annually. For FY 2022, there would be 767
                MS-DRG groupings based on the proposed changes, as discussed in section
                II.E. of the preamble of this proposed rule. Consistent with section
                123 of the BBRA, as amended by section 307(b)(1) of the BIPA, and Sec.
                412.515 of the regulations, we use information derived from LTCH PPS
                patient records to classify LTCH discharges into distinct MS-LTC-DRGs
                based on clinical characteristics and estimated resource needs. Then we
                assign an appropriate weight to the MS-LTC-DRGs to account for the
                difference in resource use by patients exhibiting the case complexity
                and multiple medical problems characteristic of LTCHs. In this section
                of this proposed rule, we provide a general summary of our existing
                methodology for determining the FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights
                under the LTCH PPS.
                 We are proposing in this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, in
                general, for FY 2022, to continue to use our existing methodology to
                determine the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights (as discussed in greater
                detail in section VII.B.3. of the preamble of this proposed rule). As
                we established when we implemented the dual rate LTCH PPS payment
                structure codified under Sec. 412.522, which began in FY 2016, we are
                proposing that the annual recalibration of the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights are determined: (1) Using only data from available LTCH PPS
                claims that would have qualified for payment under the new LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate if that rate had been in effect at the
                time of discharge when claims data from time periods before the dual
                rate LTCH PPS payment structure applies are used to calculate the
                relative weights; and (2) using only data from available LTCH PPS
                claims that qualify for payment under the new LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate when claims data from time periods after the dual rate
                LTCH PPS payment structure applies are used to calculate the relative
                weights (80 FR 49624). That is, under our current methodology, our MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weight calculations do not use data from cases paid at
                the site neutral payment rate under Sec. 412.522(c)(1) or data from
                cases that would have been paid at the site neutral payment rate if the
                dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure had been in effect at the time of
                that discharge. For the remainder of this discussion, we use the phrase
                ``applicable LTCH cases'' or ``applicable LTCH data'' when referring to
                the resulting claims data set used to calculate the relative weights
                (as described later in greater detail in section VII.B.3.c. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule). In addition, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to continue to exclude the data from all-inclusive rate
                providers and LTCHs paid in accordance with demonstration projects, as
                well as any Medicare Advantage claims from the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weight calculations for the reasons discussed in section VII.B.3.c. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 Furthermore, for FY 2022, in using data from applicable LTCH cases
                to establish MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, we are proposing to continue
                to establish low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs (that is, MS-LTC-DRGs with less
                than 25 cases) using our quintile methodology in determining the MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weights because LTCHs do not typically treat the full
                range of diagnoses as do acute care hospitals. Therefore, for purposes
                of determining the relative weights for the large number of low-volume
                MS-LTC-DRGs, we grouped all of the low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs into five
                quintiles based on average charges per discharge. Then, under our
                existing methodology, we accounted for adjustments made to LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payments for short-stay outlier (SSO) cases (that is,
                cases where the covered length of stay at the LTCH is less than or
                equal to five-sixths of the geometric average length of stay for the
                MS-LTC-DRG), and we made adjustments to account for nonmonotonically
                increasing weights, when necessary. The methodology is premised on more
                severe cases under the MS-LTC-DRG system requiring greater expenditure
                of medical care resources and higher average charges such that, in the
                severity levels within a base MS-LTC-DRG, the relative weights should
                increase monotonically with severity from the lowest to highest
                severity level. (We discuss each of these components of our MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weight methodology in greater detail in section VII.B.3.g. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule.)
                2. Patient Classifications Into MS-LTC-DRGs
                a. Background
                 The MS-DRGs (used under the IPPS) and the MS-LTC-DRGs (used under
                the LTCH PPS) are based on the CMS DRG structure. As noted previously
                in this section, we refer to the DRGs under the LTCH PPS as MS-LTC-DRGs
                although they are structurally identical to the MS-DRGs used under the
                IPPS.
                 The MS-DRGs are organized into 25 major diagnostic categories
                (MDCs), most of which are based on a particular organ system of the
                body; the remainder involve multiple organ systems (such as
                [[Page 25539]]
                MDC 22, Burns). Within most MDCs, cases are then divided into surgical
                DRGs and medical DRGs. Surgical DRGs are assigned based on a surgical
                hierarchy that orders operating room (O.R.) procedures or groups of
                O.R. procedures by resource intensity. The GROUPER software program
                does not recognize all ICD-10-PCS procedure codes as procedures
                affecting DRG assignment. That is, procedures that are not surgical
                (for example, EKGs), or minor surgical procedures (for example, a
                biopsy of skin and subcutaneous tissue (procedure code 0JBH3ZX)) do not
                affect the MS-LTC-DRG assignment based on their presence on the claim.
                Generally, under the LTCH PPS, a Medicare payment is made at a
                predetermined specific rate for each discharge that varies based on the
                MS-LTC-DRG to which a beneficiary's discharge is assigned. Cases are
                classified into MS-LTC-DRGs for payment based on the following six data
                elements:
                 Principal diagnosis.
                 Additional or secondary diagnoses.
                 Surgical procedures.
                 Age.
                 Sex.
                 Discharge status of the patient.
                 Currently, for claims submitted using version ASC X12 5010 format,
                up to 25 diagnosis codes and 25 procedure codes are considered for an
                MS-DRG assignment. This includes one principal diagnosis and up to 24
                secondary diagnoses for severity of illness determinations. (For
                additional information on the processing of up to 25 diagnosis codes
                and 25 procedure codes on hospital inpatient claims, we refer readers
                to section II.G.11.c. of the preamble of the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (75 FR 50127).)
                 Under the HIPAA transactions and code sets regulations at 45 CFR
                parts 160 and 162, covered entities must comply with the adopted
                transaction standards and operating rules specified in subparts I
                through S of part 162. Among other requirements, on or after January 1,
                2012, covered entities were required to use the ASC X12 Standards for
                Electronic Data Interchange Technical Report Type 3--Health Care Claim:
                Institutional (837), May 2006, ASC X12N/005010X223, and Type 1 Errata
                to Health Care Claim: Institutional (837) ASC X12 Standards for
                Electronic Data Interchange Technical Report Type 3, October 2007, ASC
                X12N/005010X233A1 for the health care claims or equivalent encounter
                information transaction (45 CFR 162.1102(c)).
                 HIPAA requires covered entities to use the applicable medical data
                code set requirements when conducting HIPAA transactions (45 CFR
                162.1000). Currently, upon the discharge of the patient, the LTCH must
                assign appropriate diagnosis and procedure codes from the most current
                version of the International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision,
                Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) for diagnosis coding and the
                International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure
                Coding System (ICD-10-PCS) for inpatient hospital procedure coding,
                both of which were required to be implemented October 1, 2015 (45 CFR
                162.1002(c)(2) and (3)). For additional information on the
                implementation of the ICD-10 coding system, we refer readers to section
                II.F.1. of the preamble of the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR
                56787 through 56790) and section II.E.1. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule. Additional coding instructions and examples are
                published in the AHA's Coding Clinic for ICD-10-CM/PCS.
                 To create the MS-DRGs (and by extension, the MS-LTC-DRGs), base
                DRGs were subdivided according to the presence of specific secondary
                diagnoses designated as complications or comorbidities (CCs) into one,
                two, or three levels of severity, depending on the impact of the CCs on
                resources used for those cases. Specifically, there are sets of MS-DRGs
                that are split into 2 or 3 subgroups based on the presence or absence
                of a CC or a major complication or comorbidity (MCC). We refer readers
                to section II.D. of the preamble of the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
                comment period for a detailed discussion about the creation of MS-DRGs
                based on severity of illness levels (72 FR 47141 through 47175).
                 MACs enter the clinical and demographic information submitted by
                LTCHs into their claims processing systems and subject this information
                to a series of automated screening processes called the Medicare Code
                Editor (MCE). These screens are designed to identify cases that require
                further review before assignment into a MS-LTC-DRG can be made. During
                this process, certain cases are selected for further explanation (74 FR
                43949).
                 After screening through the MCE, each claim is classified into the
                appropriate MS-LTC-DRG by the Medicare LTCH GROUPER software on the
                basis of diagnosis and procedure codes and other demographic
                information (age, sex, and discharge status). The GROUPER software used
                under the LTCH PPS is the same GROUPER software program used under the
                IPPS. Following the MS-LTC-DRG assignment, the MAC determines the
                prospective payment amount by using the Medicare PRICER program, which
                accounts for hospital-specific adjustments. Under the LTCH PPS, we
                provide an opportunity for LTCHs to review the MS-LTC-DRG assignments
                made by the MAC and to submit additional information within a specified
                timeframe as provided in Sec. 412.513(c).
                 The GROUPER software is used both to classify past cases to measure
                relative hospital resource consumption to establish the MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights and to classify current cases for purposes of
                determining payment. The records for all Medicare hospital inpatient
                discharges are maintained in the MedPAR file. The data in this file are
                used to evaluate possible MS-DRG and MS-LTC-DRG classification changes
                and to recalibrate the MS-DRG and MS-LTC-DRG relative weights during
                our annual update under both the IPPS (Sec. 412.60(e)) and the LTCH
                PPS (Sec. 412.517), respectively.
                b. Proposed Changes to the MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2022
                 As specified by our regulations at Sec. 412.517(a), which require
                that the MS-LTC-DRG classifications and relative weights be updated
                annually, and consistent with our historical practice of using the same
                patient classification system under the LTCH PPS as is used under the
                IPPS, in this proposed rule, we are proposing to update the MS-LTC-DRG
                classifications effective October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022
                (FY 2022), consistent with the proposed changes to specific MS-DRG
                classifications presented in section II.F. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule. Accordingly, the proposed MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2022
                presented in section II.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule are
                the same as the MS-DRGs being proposed for use under the IPPS for FY
                2022. In addition, because the proposed MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2022 are the
                same as the proposed MS-DRGs for FY 2022, the other proposed changes
                that affect MS-DRG (and by extension MS-LTC-DRG) assignments under
                proposed GROUPER Version 39 as discussed in section II.E. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, including the proposed changes to the
                MCE software and the ICD-10-CM/PCS coding system, also are applicable
                under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022.
                [[Page 25540]]
                3. Development of the Proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG Relative Weights
                a. General Overview of the Development of the MS-LTC-DRG Relative
                Weights
                 One of the primary goals for the implementation of the LTCH PPS is
                to pay each LTCH an appropriate amount for the efficient delivery of
                medical care to Medicare patients. The system must be able to account
                adequately for each LTCH's case-mix in order to ensure both fair
                distribution of Medicare payments and access to adequate care for those
                Medicare patients whose care is costlier (67 FR 55984). To accomplish
                these goals, we have annually adjusted the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                prospective payment rate by the applicable relative weight in
                determining payment to LTCHs for each case. In order to make these
                annual adjustments under the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure,
                beginning with FY 2016, we recalibrate the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weighting factors annually using data from applicable LTCH cases (80 FR
                49614 through 49617). Under this policy, the resulting MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights would continue to be used to adjust the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate when calculating the payment for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases.
                 The established methodology to develop the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights is generally consistent with the methodology established when
                the LTCH PPS was implemented in the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule
                (67 FR 55989 through 55991). However, there have been some
                modifications of our historical procedures for assigning relative
                weights in cases of zero volume and/or nonmonotonicity resulting from
                the adoption of the MS-LTC-DRGs, along with the change made in
                conjunction with the implementation of the dual rate LTCH PPS payment
                structure beginning in FY 2016 to use LTCH claims data from only LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases (or LTCH PPS cases that would
                have qualified for payment under the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate if the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure had been in effect at
                the time of the discharge). (For details on the modifications to our
                historical procedures for assigning relative weights in cases of zero
                volume and/or nonmonotonicity, we refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS
                final rule with comment period (72 FR 47289 through 47295) and the FY
                2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48542 through 48550).) For details on the
                change in our historical methodology to use LTCH claims data only from
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases (or cases that would have
                qualified for such payment had the LTCH PPS dual payment rate structure
                been in effect at the time) to determine the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights, we refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80
                FR 49614 through 49617). Under the LTCH PPS, relative weights for each
                MS-LTC-DRG are a primary element used to account for the variations in
                cost per discharge and resource utilization among the payment groups
                (Sec. 412.515). To ensure that Medicare patients classified to each
                MS-LTC-DRG have access to an appropriate level of services and to
                encourage efficiency, we calculate a relative weight for each MS-LTC-
                DRG that represents the resources needed by an average inpatient LTCH
                case in that MS-LTC-DRG. For example, cases in an MS-LTC-DRG with a
                relative weight of 2 would, on average, cost twice as much to treat as
                cases in an MS-LTC-DRG with a relative weight of 1.
                b. Development of the Proposed MS-LTC-DRG Relative Weights for FY 2022
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to use our
                current methodology to determine the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights for FY
                2022, including the continued application of established policies
                related to: The hospital-specific relative value methodology, the
                treatment of severity levels in the MS-LTC-DRGs, low-volume and no-
                volume MS-LTC-DRGs, adjustments for nonmonotonicity, the steps for
                calculating the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights with a budget neutrality
                factor, and only using data from applicable LTCH cases (which includes
                our policy of only using cases that would meet the criteria for
                exclusion from the site neutral payment rate (or, for discharges
                occurring prior to the implementation of the dual rate LTCH PPS payment
                structure, would have met the criteria for exclusion had those criteria
                been in effect at the time of the discharge)).
                 In this section, we present our proposed application of our
                existing methodology for determining the proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights for FY 2022, and we discuss the effects of our proposals
                concerning the data used to determine the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights on the various components of our existing methodology
                in the discussion that follows.We generally provide the low-volume
                quintiles and no-volume crosswalk data previously published in Tables
                13A and 13B for each annual proposed and final rule as one of our
                supplemental IPPS/LTCH PPS related data files that are made available
                for public use via the internet on the CMS website for the respective
                rule and fiscal year (that is, FY 2019 and subsequent fiscal years) at:
                http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html to streamline the information made
                available to the public that is used in the annual development of IPPS
                Table 11 and to make it easier for the public to navigate and find the
                relevant data and information used for the development of proposed and
                final payment rates or factors for the applicable payment year while
                continuing to furnish the same information the tables provided in
                previous fiscal years (83 FR 41522). We refer readers to the CMS
                website for the low-volume quintiles and no-volume crosswalk data
                previously furnished via Tables 13A and 13B.
                c. Data
                 Ordinarily, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, we would use FY 2020
                Medicare LTCH claims data for purposes of calculating the proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weights for FY 2022. As discussed in section VII.A.4
                of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 LTCH claims data was significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Therefore, for the purposes of
                calculating the proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative weights for FY 2022, we
                are proposing to use FY 2019 Medicare LTCH claims data from the March
                2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, which we believe are the best
                available data at this time for the reasons discussed in section
                VII.A.4 of the preamble of this proposed rule. Specifically, for this
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we obtained total charges from FY
                2019 Medicare LTCH claims data from the March 2020 update of the FY
                2019 MedPAR file and are proposing to use proposed Version 39 of the
                GROUPER to classify LTCH cases. Consistent with our historical
                practice, we are proposing to use the best available data, if
                applicable, in the final rule. Specifically, we would use those data
                and the finalized Version 39 of the GROUPER in establishing the FY 2022
                MS-LTC-DRG relative weights in the final rule.
                 To calculate the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights under
                the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure, we are proposing to continue
                to use applicable LTCH data, which includes our policy of only using
                cases that meet the criteria for exclusion from the site neutral
                payment rate (or would have met the criteria had they been in effect at
                the time of the discharge) (80
                [[Page 25541]]
                FR 49624). Specifically, we began by first evaluating the LTCH claims
                data in the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file to determine
                which LTCH cases would meet the criteria for exclusion from the site
                neutral payment rate under Sec. 412.522(b) or had the dual rate LTCH
                PPS payment structure applied to those cases at the time of discharge.
                We identified the FY 2019 LTCH cases that were not assigned to MS-LTC-
                DRGs 876, 880, 881, 882, 883, 884, 885, 886, 887, 894, 895, 896, 897,
                945, and 946, which identify LTCH cases that do not have a principal
                diagnosis relating to a psychiatric diagnosis or to rehabilitation; and
                that either--
                 The admission to the LTCH was ``immediately preceded'' by
                discharge from a subsection (d) hospital and the immediately preceding
                stay in that subsection (d) hospital included at least 3 days in an
                ICU, as we define under the ICU criterion; or
                 The admission to the LTCH was ``immediately preceded'' by
                discharge from a subsection (d) hospital and the claim for the LTCH
                discharge includes the applicable procedure code that indicates at
                least 96 hours of ventilator services were provided during the LTCH
                stay, as we define under the ventilator criterion. Claims data from the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file that reported ICD-10-PCS procedure code 5A1955Z
                were used to identify cases involving at least 96 hours of ventilator
                services in accordance with the ventilator criterion. (We note that,
                for purposes of developing the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights we have
                previously addressed the treatment of cases that would have been
                excluded from the site neutral payment rate under the statutory
                provisions that provided for temporary exception from the site neutral
                payment rate under the LTCH PPS for certain spinal cord specialty
                hospitals or for certain severe wound care discharges from certain
                LTCHs provided by sections 15009 and 15010 of Public Law 114-255,
                respectively. The temporary exception from the site neutral payment
                rate for certain spinal cord specialty hospitals is effective for
                discharges in cost reporting periods beginning during FYs 2018 and
                2019, and the temporary exception from the site neutral payment rate
                for certain severe wound care discharges from certain LTCHs was
                effective for a discharge in cost reporting period beginning during FY
                2018. These statutory provisions will no longer be in effect for any
                discharges occurring in FY 2022. Therefore, consistent with our
                historical policy of only using cases that meet the criteria for
                exclusion from the site neutral payment rate, we excluded these cases
                in our development of the proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative weights for FY
                2022.)
                 Furthermore, consistent with our historical methodology, we
                excluded any claims in the resulting data set that were submitted by
                LTCHs that were all-inclusive rate providers and LTCHs that are paid in
                accordance with demonstration projects authorized under section 402(a)
                of Public Law 90-248 or section 222(a) of Public Law 92-603. In
                addition, consistent with our historical practice and our policies, we
                excluded any Medicare Advantage (Part C) claims in the resulting data.
                Such claims were identified based on the presence of a GHO Paid
                indicator value of ``1'' in the MedPAR files. The claims that remained
                after these three trims (that is, the applicable LTCH data) were then
                used to calculate the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights for FY 2021.
                 In summary, in general, we identified the claims data used in the
                development of the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights in this
                proposed rule by trimming claims data that were paid the site neutral
                payment rate or would have been paid the site neutral payment rate had
                the dual payment rate structure been in effect. Finally, we propose to
                trim the claims data of all-inclusive rate providers reported in the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and any Medicare Advantage
                claims data. There were no data from any LTCHs that are paid in
                accordance with a demonstration project reported in the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, but, had there been any, we would
                have trimmed the claims data from those LTCHs as well, in accordance
                with our established policy. We are proposing to use the remaining data
                (that is, the applicable LTCH data) to calculate the relative weights
                for FY 2022.
                d. Hospital-Specific Relative Value (HSRV) Methodology
                 By nature, LTCHs often specialize in certain areas, such as
                ventilator-dependent patients. Some case types (MS-LTC-DRGs) may be
                treated, to a large extent, in hospitals that have, from a perspective
                of charges, relatively high (or low) charges. This nonrandom
                distribution of cases with relatively high (or low) charges in specific
                MS-LTC-DRGs has the potential to inappropriately distort the measure of
                average charges. To account for the fact that cases may not be randomly
                distributed across LTCHs, consistent with the methodology we have used
                since the implementation of the LTCH PPS, in this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to use a hospital-specific
                relative value (HSRV) methodology to calculate the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights for FY 2022. We believe that this method removes this hospital-
                specific source of bias in measuring LTCH average charges (67 FR
                55985). Specifically, under this methodology, we reduce the impact of
                the variation in charges across providers on any particular MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weight by converting each LTCH's charge for an applicable LTCH
                case to a relative value based on that LTCH's average charge for such
                cases.
                 Under the HSRV methodology, we standardize charges for each LTCH by
                converting its charges for each applicable LTCH case to hospital-
                specific relative charge values and then adjusting those values for the
                LTCH's case-mix. The adjustment for case-mix is needed to rescale the
                hospital-specific relative charge values (which, by definition, average
                1.0 for each LTCH). The average relative weight for an LTCH is its
                case-mix; therefore, it is reasonable to scale each LTCH's average
                relative charge value by its case-mix. In this way, each LTCH's
                relative charge value is adjusted by its case-mix to an average that
                reflects the complexity of the applicable LTCH cases it treats relative
                to the complexity of the applicable LTCH cases treated by all other
                LTCHs (the average LTCH PPS case-mix of all applicable LTCH cases
                across all LTCHs).
                 In accordance with our established methodology, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to continue to standardize charges for each applicable LTCH
                case by first dividing the adjusted charge for the case (adjusted for
                SSOs under Sec. 412.529 as described in section VII.B.3.g. (Step 3) of
                the preamble of this proposed rule) by the average adjusted charge for
                all applicable LTCH cases at the LTCH in which the case was treated.
                SSO cases are cases with a length of stay that is less than or equal to
                five-sixths the average length of stay of the MS-LTC-DRG (Sec. Sec.
                412.529 and 412.503). The average adjusted charge reflects the average
                intensity of the health care services delivered by a particular LTCH
                and the average cost level of that LTCH. The resulting ratio was
                multiplied by that LTCH's case-mix index to determine the standardized
                charge for the case.
                 Multiplying the resulting ratio by the LTCH's case-mix index
                accounts for the fact that the same relative charges are given greater
                weight at an LTCH with higher average costs than they would at an LTCH
                with low average costs, which is needed to adjust each LTCH's relative
                [[Page 25542]]
                charge value to reflect its case-mix relative to the average case-mix
                for all LTCHs. By standardizing charges in this manner, we count
                charges for a Medicare patient at an LTCH with high average charges as
                less resource intensive than they would be at an LTCH with low average
                charges. For example, a $10,000 charge for a case at an LTCH with an
                average adjusted charge of $17,500 reflects a higher level of relative
                resource use than a $10,000 charge for a case at an LTCH with the same
                case-mix, but an average adjusted charge of $35,000. We believe that
                the adjusted charge of an individual case more accurately reflects
                actual resource use for an individual LTCH because the variation in
                charges due to systematic differences in the markup of charges among
                LTCHs is taken into account.
                e. Treatment of Severity Levels in Developing the Proposed MS-LTC-DRG
                Relative Weights
                 For purposes of determining the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, under
                our historical methodology, there are three different categories of MS-
                DRGs based on volume of cases within specific MS-LTC-DRGs: (1) MS-LTC-
                DRGs with at least 25 applicable LTCH cases in the data used to
                calculate the relative weight, which are each assigned a unique
                relative weight; (2) low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs (that is, MS-LTC-DRGs that
                contain between 1 and 24 applicable LTCH cases that are grouped into
                quintiles (as described later in this section of this proposed rule)
                and assigned the relative weight of the quintile); and (3) no-volume
                MS-LTC-DRGs that are cross-walked to other MS-LTC-DRGs based on the
                clinical similarities and assigned the relative weight of the cross-
                walked MS-LTC-DRG (as described in greater detail in this proposed
                rule). For FY 2022, we are proposing to continue to use applicable LTCH
                cases to establish the same volume-based categories to calculate the
                proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights.
                 In determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights,
                when necessary, as is our longstanding practice, we are proposing to
                make adjustments to account for nonmonotonicity, as discussed in
                greater detail later in Step 6 of section VII.B.3.g. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule. We refer readers to the discussion in the FY 2010
                IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule for our rationale for including an
                adjustment for nonmonotonicity (74 FR 43953 through 43954).
                f. Proposed Low-Volume MS-LTC-DRGs
                 In order to account for proposed MS-LTC-DRGs with low-volume (that
                is, with fewer than 25 applicable LTCH cases), consistent with our
                existing methodology, we are proposing to continue to employ the
                quintile methodology for low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs, such that we grouped
                the ``low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs'' (that is, MS-LTC-DRGs that contain
                between 1 and 24 applicable LTCH cases into one of five categories
                (quintiles) based on average charges (67 FR 55984 through 55995; 72 FR
                47283 through 47288; and 81 FR 25148).) In cases where the initial
                assignment of a low-volume MS-LTC-DRG to a quintile results in
                nonmonotonicity within a base-DRG, we propose to make adjustments to
                the resulting low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs to preserve monotonicity, as
                discussed in detail in section VII.B.3.g. (Step 6) of the preamble of
                this proposed rule.
                 In this proposed rule, based on the best available data (that is,
                the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR files), we identified 251
                MS-LTC-DRGs that contained between 1 and 24 applicable LTCH cases. This
                list of MS-LTC-DRGs was then divided into 1 of the 5 low-volume
                quintiles, each containing at least 50 MS-LTC-DRGs (251/5 = 50 with a
                remainder of 1). We assigned the low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs to specific
                low-volume quintiles by sorting the low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs in ascending
                order by average charge in accordance with our established methodology.
                Based on the data available for this proposed rule, the number of
                proposed MS-LTC-DRGs with less than 25 applicable LTCH cases was not
                evenly divisible by 5 and, therefore, we are proposing to employ our
                historical methodology for determining which of the low-volume
                quintiles would contain the additional low-volume MS-LTC-DRG.
                Specifically for this proposed rule, because the average charge of the
                51st low-volume MS-LTC-DRG in the sorted list was closer to the average
                charge of the 50th low-volume MS-LTC-DRG (assigned to Quintile 1) than
                to the average charge of the 52nd low-volume MS-LTC-DRG (assigned to
                Quintile 2), we assigned it to Quintile 1 (such that Quintile 1
                contains 51 low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs before any adjustments for
                nonmonotonicity, as discussed in this proposed rule). This resulted in
                4 of the 5 low-volume quintiles containing 50 MS-LTC-DRGs (Quintiles 2,
                3, 4, and 5) and 1 of the low-volume quintiles containing 51 MS-LTC-
                DRGs (Quintile 1). As discussed earlier, for this proposed rule, we are
                providing the list of the composition of the proposed low-volume
                quintiles for proposed low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2022 in a
                supplemental data file for public use posted via the internet on the
                CMS website for this proposed rule at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html in order
                to streamline the information made available to the public that is used
                in the annual development of Table 11.
                 In order to determine the proposed FY 2022 relative weights for the
                proposed low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs, consistent with our historical
                practice, we are proposing to use the five low-volume quintiles
                described previously. We determined a proposed relative weight and
                (geometric) average length of stay for each of the five proposed low-
                volume quintiles using the methodology described in section VII.B.3.g.
                of the preamble of this proposed rule. We are proposing to assign the
                same proposed relative weight and average length of stay to each of the
                proposed low-volume MS-LTC-DRGs that make up an individual low-volume
                quintile. We note that, as this system is dynamic, it is possible that
                the number and specific type of MS-LTC-DRGs with a low-volume of
                applicable LTCH cases will vary in the future. Furthermore, we note
                that we continue to monitor the volume (that is, the number of
                applicable LTCH cases) in the low-volume quintiles to ensure that our
                quintile assignments used in determining the MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights result in appropriate payment for LTCH cases grouped to low-
                volume MS-LTC-DRGs and do not result in an unintended financial
                incentive for LTCHs to inappropriately admit these types of cases.
                g. Steps for Determining the Proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG Relative
                Weights
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to use our
                current methodology to determine the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights.
                 In summary, to determine the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weights, we are proposing to group applicable LTCH cases to the
                appropriate proposed MS-LTC-DRG, while taking into account the proposed
                low-volume quintiles (as described previously) and cross-walked
                proposed no-volume MS-LTC-DRGs (as described later in this section).
                After establishing the appropriate proposed MS-LTC-DRG (or proposed
                low-volume quintile), we are proposing to calculate the proposed FY
                2022 relative weights by first removing cases with a length of stay of
                [[Page 25543]]
                7 days or less and statistical outliers (Steps 1 and 2). Next, we are
                proposing to adjust the number of applicable LTCH cases in each
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG (or proposed low-volume quintile) for the effect of
                SSO cases (Step 3). After removing applicable LTCH cases with a length
                of stay of 7 days or less (Step 1) and statistical outliers (Step 2),
                which are the SSO-adjusted applicable LTCH cases and corresponding
                charges (Step 3), we are proposing to calculate proposed ``relative
                adjusted weights'' for each proposed MS-LTC-DRG (or proposed low-volume
                quintile) using the HSRV method.
                 Step 1--Remove cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less.
                 The first step in our proposed calculation of the proposed FY 2022
                MS-LTC-DRG relative weights is to remove cases with a length of stay of
                7 days or less. The MS-LTC-DRG relative weights reflect the average of
                resources used on representative cases of a specific type. Generally,
                cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less do not belong in an LTCH
                because these stays do not fully receive or benefit from treatment that
                is typical in an LTCH stay, and full resources are often not used in
                the earlier stages of admission to an LTCH. If we were to include stays
                of 7 days or less in the computation of the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights, the value of many relative weights would decrease
                and, therefore, payments would decrease to a level that may no longer
                be appropriate. We do not believe that it would be appropriate to
                compromise the integrity of the payment determination for those LTCH
                cases that actually benefit from and receive a full course of treatment
                at an LTCH by including data from these very short stays. Therefore,
                consistent with our existing relative weight methodology, in
                determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, we are
                proposing to remove LTCH cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less
                from applicable LTCH cases. (For additional information on what is
                removed in this step of the relative weight methodology, we refer
                readers to 67 FR 55989 and 74 FR 43959.)
                 Step 2--Remove statistical outliers.
                 The next step in our proposed calculation of the proposed FY 2022
                MS-LTC-DRG relative weights is to remove statistical outlier cases from
                the LTCH cases with a length of stay of at least 8 days. Consistent
                with our existing relative weight methodology, we are proposing to
                continue to define statistical outliers as cases that are outside of
                3.0 standard deviations from the mean of the log distribution of both
                charges per case and the charges per day for each MS-LTC-DRG. These
                statistical outliers are removed prior to calculating the proposed
                relative weights because we believe that they may represent aberrations
                in the data that distort the measure of average resource use. Including
                those LTCH cases in the calculation of the proposed relative weights
                could result in an inaccurate relative weight that does not truly
                reflect relative resource use among those MS-LTC-DRGs. (For additional
                information on what is removed in this step of the proposed relative
                weight methodology, we refer readers to 67 FR 55989 and 74 FR 43959.)
                After removing cases with a length of stay of 7 days or less and
                statistical outliers, we were left with applicable LTCH cases that have
                a length of stay greater than or equal to 8 days. In this proposed
                rule, we refer to these cases as ``trimmed applicable LTCH cases.''
                 Step 3--Adjust charges for the effects of SSOs.
                 As the next step in the calculation of the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-
                DRG relative weights, consistent with our historical approach, we are
                proposing to adjust each LTCH's charges per discharge for those
                remaining cases (that is, trimmed applicable LTCH cases) for the
                effects of SSOs (as defined in Sec. 412.529(a) in conjunction with
                Sec. 412.503). Specifically, we are proposing to make this adjustment
                by counting an SSO case as a fraction of a discharge based on the ratio
                of the length of stay of the case to the average length of stay of all
                cases grouped to the MS-LTC-DRG. This has the effect of proportionately
                reducing the impact of the lower charges for the SSO cases in
                calculating the average charge for the MS-LTC-DRG. This process
                produces the same result as if the actual charges per discharge of an
                SSO case were adjusted to what they would have been had the patient's
                length of stay been equal to the average length of stay of the MS-LTC-
                DRG.
                 Counting SSO cases as full LTCH cases with no adjustment in
                determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights would
                lower the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weight for affected MS-
                LTC-DRGs because the relatively lower charges of the SSO cases would
                bring down the average charge for all cases within a MS-LTC-DRG. This
                would result in an ``underpayment'' for non-SSO cases and an
                ``overpayment'' for SSO cases. Therefore, we are proposing to continue
                to adjust for SSO cases under Sec. 412.529 in this manner because it
                would result in more appropriate payments for all LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases. (For additional information on this step of
                the relative weight methodology, we refer readers to 67 FR 55989 and 74
                FR 43959.)
                 Step 4--Calculate the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights
                on an iterative basis.
                 Consistent with our historical relative weight methodology, we are
                proposing to calculate the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights
                using the HSRV methodology, which is an iterative process. First, for
                each SSO-adjusted trimmed applicable LTCH case, we calculated a
                hospital-specific relative charge value by dividing the charge per
                discharge after adjusting for SSOs of the LTCH case (from Step 3) by
                the average charge per SSO-adjusted discharge for the LTCH in which the
                case occurred. The resulting ratio is then multiplied by the LTCH's
                case-mix index to produce an adjusted hospital-specific relative charge
                value for the case. We used an initial case-mix index value of 1.0 for
                each LTCH.
                 For each proposed MS-LTC-DRG, we calculated the proposed FY 2022
                relative weight by dividing the SSO-adjusted average of the hospital-
                specific relative charge values for applicable LTCH cases for the
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG (that is, the sum of the hospital-specific relative
                charge value, as previously stated, divided by the sum of equivalent
                cases from Step 3 for each proposed MS-LTC-DRG) by the overall SSO-
                adjusted average hospital-specific relative charge value across all
                applicable LTCH cases for all LTCHs (that is, the sum of the hospital-
                specific relative charge value, as previously stated, divided by the
                sum of equivalent applicable LTCH cases from Step 3 for each proposed
                MS-LTC-DRG). Using these recalculated MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, each
                LTCH's average relative weight for all of its SSO-adjusted trimmed
                applicable LTCH cases (that is, its case-mix) was calculated by
                dividing the sum of all the LTCH's MS-LTC-DRG relative weights by its
                total number of SSO-adjusted trimmed applicable LTCH cases. The LTCHs'
                hospital-specific relative charge values (from previous) are then
                multiplied by the hospital-specific case-mix indexes. The hospital-
                specific case-mix adjusted relative charge values are then used to
                calculate a new set of proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative weights across all
                LTCHs. This iterative process continued until there was convergence
                between the relative weights produced at adjacent steps, for example,
                when the maximum difference was less than 0.0001.
                [[Page 25544]]
                 Step 5--Determine a proposed FY 2022 relative weight for MS-LTC-
                DRGs with no applicable LTCH cases.
                 Using the trimmed applicable LTCH cases, consistent with our
                historical methodology, we identified the proposed MS-LTC-DRGs for
                which there were no claims in the March 2020 update of the FY 2019
                MedPAR file and, therefore, for which no charge data was available for
                these MS-LTC-DRGs. Because patients with a number of the diagnoses
                under these MS-LTC-DRGs may be treated at LTCHs, consistent with our
                historical methodology, we generally assign a relative weight to each
                of the no-volume MS-LTC-DRGs based on clinical similarity and relative
                costliness (with the exception of ``transplant'' MS-LTC-DRGs, ``error''
                MS-LTC-DRGs, and MS-LTC-DRGs that indicate a principal diagnosis
                related to a psychiatric diagnosis or rehabilitation (referred to as
                the ``psychiatric or rehabilitation'' MS-LTC-DRGs), as discussed later
                in this section of this proposed rule). (For additional information on
                this step of the relative weight methodology, we refer readers to 67 FR
                55991 and 74 FR 43959 through 43960.)
                 Consistent with our existing methodology, we are proposing to
                cross-walk each no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG to another proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG for which we calculated a proposed relative weight (determined
                in accordance with the methodology as previously described). Then, the
                ``no-volume'' proposed MS-LTC-DRG is assigned the same proposed
                relative weight (and average length of stay) of the proposed MS-LTC-DRG
                to which it was cross-walked (as described in greater detail in this
                section of this proposed rule).
                 Of the 767 proposed MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2022, we identified 375 MS-
                LTC-DRGs for which there were no trimmed applicable LTCH cases. This
                number includes the 11 ``transplant'' MS-LTC-DRGs, the 2 ``error'' MS-
                LTC-DRGs, and the 15 ``psychiatric or rehabilitation'' MS-LTC-DRGs,
                which are discussed in this section of this rule, such that we
                identified 347 MS-LTC-DRGs that for which we would propose to assign a
                relative weight using our existing ``no-volume'' proposed MS-LTC-DRG
                methodology (that is, 375-11-2-15 = 347). We are proposing to assign
                proposed relative weights to each of the 347 no-volume proposed MS-LTC-
                DRGs based on clinical similarity and relative costliness to 1 of the
                remaining 392 (767-375 = 392) proposed MS-LTC-DRGs for which we
                calculated proposed relative weights based on the trimmed applicable
                LTCH cases in the FY 2019 MedPAR file data using the steps described
                previously. (For the remainder of this discussion, we refer to the
                ``cross-walked'' proposed MS-LTC-DRGs as one of the 392 proposed MS-
                LTC-DRGs to which we cross-walked each of the 347 ``no-volume''
                proposed MS-LTC-DRGs.) Then, we are generally proposing to assign the
                347 no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs the proposed relative weight of the
                cross-walked proposed MS-LTC-DRG. (As explained in Step 6, when
                necessary, we made adjustments to account for nonmonotonicity.)
                 We cross-walked the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG to a proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG for which we calculated proposed relative weights based on the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, and to which it is
                similar clinically in intensity of use of resources and relative
                costliness as determined by criteria such as care provided during the
                period of time surrounding surgery, surgical approach (if applicable),
                length of time of surgical procedure, postoperative care, and length of
                stay. (For more details on our process for evaluating relative
                costliness, we refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final
                rule (73 FR 48543).) We believe in the rare event that there would be a
                few LTCH cases grouped to one of the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs in
                FY 2022, the proposed relative weights assigned based on the cross-
                walked proposed MS-LTC-DRGs would result in an appropriate LTCH PPS
                payment because the crosswalks, which are based on clinical similarity
                and relative costliness, would be expected to generally require
                equivalent relative resource use.
                 Then we assigned the proposed relative weight of the cross-walked
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG as the proposed relative weight for the no-volume
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG such that both of these proposed MS-LTC-DRGs (that
                is, the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG and the cross-walked proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG) have the same proposed relative weight (and average length of
                stay) for FY 2022. We note that, if the cross-walked proposed MS-LTC-
                DRG had 25 applicable LTCH cases or more, its proposed relative weight
                (calculated using the methodology as previously described in Steps 1
                through 4) is assigned to the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG as well.
                Similarly, if the proposed MS-LTC-DRG to which the no-volume proposed
                MS-LTC-DRG was cross-walked had 24 or less cases and, therefore, was
                designated to 1 of the proposed low-volume quintiles for purposes of
                determining the proposed relative weights, we assigned the proposed
                relative weight of the applicable proposed low-volume quintile to the
                no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG such that both of these proposed MS-LTC-
                DRGs (that is, the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG and the cross-walked
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG) have the same proposed relative weight for FY
                2022. (As we noted previously, in the infrequent case where
                nonmonotonicity involving a no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRG resulted,
                additional adjustments as described in Step 6 are required in order to
                maintain monotonically increasing proposed relative weights.)
                 As discussed earlier, for this proposed rule, we are providing the
                list of the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs and the proposed MS-LTC-DRGs
                to which each was cross-walked (that is, the cross-walked proposed MS-
                LTC-DRGs) for FY 2022 in a supplemental data file for public use posted
                via the internet on the CMS website for this proposed rule at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html in order to streamline the information
                made available to the public that is used in the annual development of
                Table 11.
                 To illustrate this proposed methodology for determining the
                proposed relative weights for the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRGs with no
                applicable LTCH cases, we are providing the following example, which
                refers to the no-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs crosswalk information for
                FY 2022 (which, as previously stated, we are providing in a
                supplemental data file posted via the internet on the CMS website for
                this proposed rule).
                 Example: There were no trimmed applicable LTCH cases in the FY 2019
                MedPAR file that we are using for this proposed rule for MS-LTC-DRG 061
                (Ischemic stroke, precerebral occlusion or transient ischemia with
                thrombolytic agent with MCC). We determined that MS-LTC-DRG 070
                (Nonspecific cerebrovascular disorders with MCC) is similar clinically
                and based on resource use to MS-LTC-DRG 061. Therefore, we are
                proposing to assign the same relative weight (and average length of
                stay) of MS-LTC-DRG 70 of 0.8730 for FY 2022 to MS-LTC-DRG 061 (we
                refer readers to Table 11, which is listed in section VI. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule and is available via the internet on the
                CMS website).
                 Again, we note that, as this system is dynamic, it is entirely
                possible that the number of MS-LTC-DRGs with no volume will vary in the
                future. Consistent with our historical practice,
                [[Page 25545]]
                we are proposing to use the best available claims data, if applicable,
                to identify the trimmed applicable LTCH cases from which we determined
                the relative weights in the final rule.
                 For FY 2022, consistent with our historical relative weight
                methodology, we are proposing to establish a relative weight of 0.0000
                for the following transplant MS-LTC-DRGs: Heart Transplant or Implant
                of Heart Assist System with MCC (MS-LTC-DRG 001); Heart Transplant or
                Implant of Heart Assist System without MCC (MS-LTC-DRG 002); Liver
                Transplant with MCC or Intestinal Transplant (MS-LTC-DRG 005); Liver
                Transplant without MCC (MS-LTC-DRG 006); Lung Transplant (MS-LTC-DRG
                007); Simultaneous Pancreas/Kidney Transplant (MS-LTC-DRG 008);
                Simultaneous Pancreas/Kidney Transplant with Hemodialysis (MS-LTC-DRG
                019); Pancreas Transplant (MS-LTC-DRG 010); Kidney Transplant (MS-LTC-
                DRG 652); Kidney Transplant with Hemodialysis with MCC (MS-LTC-DRG
                650), and Kidney Transplant with Hemodialysis without MCC (MS LTC DRG
                651). This is because Medicare only covers these procedures if they are
                performed at a hospital that has been certified for the specific
                procedures by Medicare and presently no LTCH has been so certified. At
                the present time, we include these 11 transplant MS-LTC-DRGs in the
                GROUPER program for administrative purposes only. Because we use the
                same GROUPER program for LTCHs as is used under the IPPS, removing
                these MS-LTC-DRGs would be administratively burdensome. (For additional
                information regarding our treatment of transplant MS-LTC-DRGs, we refer
                readers to the RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43964).) In addition,
                consistent with our historical policy, we are proposing to establish a
                relative weight of 0.0000 for the 2 ``error'' MS-LTC-DRGs (that is, MS-
                LTC-DRG 998 (Principal Diagnosis Invalid as Discharge Diagnosis) and
                MS-LTC-DRG 999 (Ungroupable)) because applicable LTCH cases grouped to
                these MS-LTC-DRGs cannot be properly assigned to an MS-LTC-DRG
                according to the grouping logic.
                 Additionally, we are proposing to establish a relative weight of
                0.0000 for the following ``psychiatric or rehabilitation'' MS-LTC-DRGs:
                MS-LTC-DRG 876 (O.R. Procedure with Principal Diagnoses of Mental
                Illness); MS-LTC-DRG 880 (Acute Adjustment Reaction & Psychosocial
                Dysfunction); MS-LTC-DRG 881 (Depressive Neuroses); MS-LTC-DRG 882
                (Neuroses Except Depressive); MS-LTC-DRG 883 (Disorders of Personality
                & Impulse Control); MS-LTC-DRG 884 (Organic Disturbances & Mental
                Retardation); MS-LTC-DRG 885 (Psychoses); MS-LTC-DRG 886 (Behavioral &
                Developmental Disorders); MS-LTC-DRG 887 (Other Mental Disorder
                Diagnoses); MS-LTC-DRG 894 (Alcohol/Drug Abuse or Dependence, Left
                Ama); MS-LTC-DRG 895 (Alcohol/Drug Abuse or Dependence, with
                Rehabilitation Therapy); MS-LTC-DRG 896 (Alcohol/Drug Abuse or
                Dependence, without Rehabilitation Therapy with MCC); MS-LTC-DRG 897
                (Alcohol/Drug Abuse or Dependence, without Rehabilitation Therapy
                without MCC); MS-LTC-DRG 945 (Rehabilitation with CC/MCC); and MS-LTC-
                DRG 946 (Rehabilitation without CC/MCC). We propose to establish a
                relative weight 0.0000 for these 15 ``psychiatric or rehabilitation''
                MS LTC DRGs because the blended payment rate and temporary exceptions
                to the site neutral payment rate will not be applicable for any LTCH
                discharges occurring in FY 2022, and as such payment under the LTCH PPS
                will be no longer be made in part based on the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for any discharges assigned to those MS-DRGs.
                 Step 6--Adjust the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights to
                account for nonmonotonically increasing relative weights.
                 The MS-DRGs contain base DRGs that have been subdivided into one,
                two, or three severity of illness levels. Where there are three
                severity levels, the most severe level has at least one secondary
                diagnosis code that is referred to as an MCC (that is, major
                complication or comorbidity). The next lower severity level contains
                cases with at least one secondary diagnosis code that is a CC (that is,
                complication or comorbidity). Those cases without an MCC or a CC are
                referred to as ``without CC/MCC.'' When data do not support the
                creation of three severity levels, the base MS-DRG is subdivided into
                either two levels or the base MS-DRG is not subdivided. The two-level
                subdivisions may consist of the MS-DRG with CC/MCC and the MS-DRG
                without CC/MCC. Alternatively, the other type of two-level subdivision
                may consist of the MS-DRG with MCC and the MS-DRG without MCC.
                 In those base MS-LTC-DRGs that are split into either two or three
                severity levels, cases classified into the ``without CC/MCC'' MS-LTC-
                DRG are expected to have a lower resource use (and lower costs) than
                the ``with CC/MCC'' MS-LTC-DRG (in the case of a two-level split) or
                both the ``with CC'' and the ``with MCC'' MS-LTC-DRGs (in the case of a
                three-level split). That is, theoretically, cases that are more severe
                typically require greater expenditure of medical care resources and
                would result in higher average charges. Therefore, in the three
                severity levels, relative weights should increase by severity, from
                lowest to highest. If the relative weights decrease as severity
                increases (that is, if within a base MS-LTC-DRG, an MS-LTC-DRG with CC
                has a higher relative weight than one with MCC, or the MS-LTC-DRG
                ``without CC/MCC'' has a higher relative weight than either of the
                others), they are nonmonotonic. We continue to believe that utilizing
                nonmonotonic relative weights to adjust Medicare payments would result
                in inappropriate payments because the payment for the cases in the
                higher severity level in a base MS-LTC-DRG (which are generally
                expected to have higher resource use and costs) would be lower than the
                payment for cases in a lower severity level within the same base MS-
                LTC-DRG (which are generally expected to have lower resource use and
                costs). Therefore, in determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights, consistent with our historical methodology, we are
                proposing to continue to combine MS-LTC-DRG severity levels within a
                base MS-LTC-DRG for the purpose of computing a relative weight when
                necessary to ensure that monotonicity is maintained. For a
                comprehensive description of our existing methodology to adjust for
                nonmonotonicity, we refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS
                final rule (74 FR 43964 through 43966). Any adjustments for
                nonmonotonicity that were made in determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weights in this proposed rule by applying this
                methodology are denoted in Table 11, which is listed in section VI. of
                the Addendum to this proposed rule and is available via the internet on
                the CMS website.
                 Step 7--Calculate the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG reclassification
                and recalibration budget neutrality factor.
                 In accordance with the regulations at Sec. 412.517(b) (in
                conjunction with Sec. 412.503), the annual update to the MS-LTC-DRG
                classifications and relative weights is done in a budget neutral manner
                such that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments would be unaffected,
                that is, would be neither greater than nor less than the estimated
                aggregate LTCH PPS payments that would have been made without the MS-
                LTC-DRG classification and relative weight changes. (For a detailed
                discussion on the establishment of the budget neutrality requirement
                for the
                [[Page 25546]]
                annual update of the MS-LTC-DRG classifications and relative weights,
                we refer readers to the RY 2008 LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 26881 and
                26882).)
                 The MS-LTC-DRG classifications and relative weights are updated
                annually based on the best available LTCH claims data to reflect
                changes in relative LTCH resource use (Sec. 412.517(a) in conjunction
                with Sec. 412.503). To achieve the budget neutrality requirement at
                Sec. 412.517(b), under our established methodology, for each annual
                update, the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights are uniformly adjusted to
                ensure that estimated aggregate payments under the LTCH PPS would not
                be affected (that is, decreased or increased). Consistent with that
                provision, we are proposing to update the MS-LTC-DRG classifications
                and relative weights for FY 2022 based on the best available LTCH data
                for applicable LTCH cases, and continue to apply a budget neutrality
                adjustment in determining the FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights.
                 In this proposed rule, to ensure budget neutrality in the update to
                the MS-LTC-DRG classifications and relative weights under Sec.
                412.517(b), we are proposing to continue to use our established two-
                step budget neutrality methodology.
                 To calculate the proposed normalization factor for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to group applicable LTCH cases using the proposed FY 2022
                Version 39 GROUPER, and the recalibrated proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights to calculate the average case-mix index (CMI); we
                grouped the same applicable LTCH cases using the FY 2021 GROUPER
                Version 38 and MS-LTC-DRG relative weights and calculated the average
                CMI; and computed the ratio by dividing the average CMI for FY 2021 by
                the average CMI for proposed FY 2022. That ratio is the proposed
                normalization factor. Because the calculation of the proposed
                normalization factor involves the proposed relative weights for the
                proposed MS-LTC-DRGs that contained applicable LTCH cases to calculate
                the average CMIs, any low-volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs are included in
                the calculation (and the proposed MS-LTC-DRGs with no applicable LTCH
                cases are not included in the calculation).
                 To calculate the proposed budget neutrality adjustment factor, we
                simulated estimated total FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate payments for applicable LTCH cases using the proposed FY 2022
                normalized relative weights and proposed GROUPER Version 39; simulated
                estimated total FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments
                for applicable LTCH cases using the FY 2021 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights
                and the FY 2021 GROUPER Version 38; and calculated the ratio of these
                estimated total payments by dividing the simulated estimated total LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate payments using the FY 2021 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights and the GROUPER Version 38 by the simulated estimated
                total LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments using the
                proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights and the proposed GROUPER
                Version 39. The resulting ratio is the proposed budget neutrality
                adjustment factor. The calculation of the proposed budget neutrality
                factor involves the proposed relative weights for the LTCH cases used
                in the payment simulation, which includes any cases grouped to low-
                volume proposed MS-LTC-DRGs, and generally does not include payments
                for cases grouped to a proposed MS-LTC-DRG with no applicable LTCH
                cases. Occasionally, a few LTCH cases (that is, those with a covered
                length of stay of 7 days or less), which are removed from the proposed
                relative weight calculation in step 2 that are grouped to a proposed
                MS-LTC-DRG with no applicable LTCH cases are included in the payment
                simulations used to calculate the proposed budget neutrality factor.
                However, the number and payment amount of such cases have a negligible
                impact on the proposed budget neutrality factor calculation).
                 In this proposed rule, to ensure budget neutrality in the update to
                the MS-LTC-DRG classifications and relative weights under Sec.
                412.517(b), we are proposing to continue to use our established two-
                step budget neutrality methodology. Therefore, in this proposed rule,
                in the first step of our MS-LTC-DRG budget neutrality methodology, for
                FY 2022, we are proposing to calculate and apply a proposed
                normalization factor to the recalibrated proposed relative weights (the
                result of Steps 1 through 6 discussed previously) to ensure that
                estimated payments are not affected by changes in the composition of
                case types or the proposed changes to the classification system. That
                is, the proposed normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that
                the recalibration of the proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative weights (that is,
                the process itself) neither increases nor decreases the average case-
                mix index.
                 To calculate the proposed normalization factor for FY 2022 (the
                first step of our budget neutrality methodology), we used the following
                three steps: (1.a.) Use the applicable LTCH cases from the best
                available data (that is, LTCH discharges from the FY 2019 MedPAR file)
                and group them using the proposed FY 2022 GROUPER (that is, proposed
                Version 39 for FY 2022) and the recalibrated proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-
                DRG relative weights (determined in Steps 1 through 6 discussed
                previously) to calculate the average case-mix index; (1.b.) group the
                same applicable LTCH cases (as are used in Step 1.a.) using the FY 2021
                GROUPER (Version 38) and FY 2021 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights and
                calculate the average case-mix index; and (1.c.) compute the ratio of
                these average case-mix indexes by dividing the average CMI for FY 2021
                (determined in Step 1.b.) by the average case-mix index for FY 2022
                (determined in Step 1.a.). As a result, in determining the proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weights for FY 2022, each recalibrated proposed MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weight is multiplied by the proposed normalization
                factor of 1.25811 (determined in Step 1.c.) in the first step of the
                proposed budget neutrality methodology, which produced ``normalized
                relative weights.''
                 In the second step of our MS-LTC-DRG budget neutrality methodology,
                we calculated a second budget neutrality factor consisting of the ratio
                of estimated aggregate FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                payments for applicable LTCH cases (the sum of all calculations under
                Step 1.b. stated previously) before reclassification and recalibration
                to estimated aggregate payments for FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate payments for applicable LTCH cases after reclassification
                and recalibration (that is, the sum of all calculations under Step 1.a.
                stated previously).
                 That is, for this proposed rule, for FY 2022, under the second step
                of the budget neutrality methodology, we are proposing to determine the
                proposed budget neutrality adjustment factor using the following three
                steps: (2.a.) Simulate estimated total FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate payments for applicable LTCH cases using the
                proposed normalized relative weights for FY 2022 and proposed GROUPER
                Version 39 (as described previously); (2.b.) simulate estimated total
                FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments for applicable
                LTCH cases using the FY 2021 GROUPER (Version 38) and the FY 2021 MS-
                LTC-DRG relative weights in Table 11 of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule available on the internet, as described in section VI. of the
                Addendum of that final rule; and (2.c.)
                [[Page 25547]]
                calculate the ratio of these estimated total payments by dividing the
                value determined in Step 2.b. by the value determined in Step 2.a. In
                determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, each
                proposed normalized relative weight is then multiplied by a budget
                neutrality factor of 1.000275 (the value determined in Step 2.c.) in
                the second step of the budget neutrality methodology to achieve the
                budget neutrality requirement at Sec. 412.517(b).
                 Accordingly, in determining the proposed FY 2022 MS-LTC-DRG
                relative weights in this proposed rule, consistent with our existing
                methodology, we are proposing to apply a normalization factor of
                1.25811 and a budget neutrality factor of 1.000275. Table 11, which is
                listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule and is
                available via the internet on the CMS website, lists the proposed MS-
                LTC-DRGs and their respective proposed relative weights, geometric mean
                length of stay, and five-sixths of the geometric mean length of stay
                (used to identify SSO cases under Sec. 412.529(a)) for FY 2022.
                C. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS Payment Rates and Other Proposed
                Changes to the LTCH PPS for FY 2022
                1. Overview of Development of the Proposed LTCH PPS Standard Federal
                Payment Rates
                 The basic methodology for determining LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rates is currently set forth at 42 CFR 412.515 through 412.533
                and 412.535. In this section, we discuss the factors that we are
                proposing to use to update the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                for FY 2022, that is, effective for LTCH discharges occurring on or
                after October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022. Under the dual rate
                LTCH PPS payment structure required by statute, beginning with
                discharges in cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2016, only LTCH
                discharges that meet the criteria for exclusion from the site neutral
                payment rate are paid based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate specified at 42 CFR 412.523. (For additional details on our
                finalized policies related to the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure
                required by statute, we refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (80 FR 49601 through 49623).)
                 Prior to the implementation of the dual payment rate system in FY
                2016, all LTCH discharges were paid similarly to those now exempt from
                the site neutral payment rate. That legacy payment rate was called the
                standard Federal rate. For details on the development of the initial
                standard Federal rate for FY 2003, we refer readers to the August 30,
                2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56027 through 56037). For subsequent
                updates to the standard Federal rate (FYs 2003 through 2015)/LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate (FY 2016 through present) as implemented
                under 42 CFR 412.523(c)(3), we refer readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (84 FR 42445 through 42446).
                 In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we present our
                proposed policies related to the annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for FY 2022.
                 The proposed update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                for FY 2022 is presented in section V.A. of the Addendum to this
                proposed rule. The components of the proposed annual update to the LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022 are discussed in this
                section, including the statutory reduction to the annual update for
                LTCHs that fail to submit quality reporting data for FY 2022 as
                required by the statute (as discussed in section VII.C.2.c. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule). We are also proposing to make an
                adjustment to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate to account for
                the estimated effect of the changes to the area wage level for FY 2022
                on estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments, in accordance with 42 CFR
                412.523(d)(4) (as discussed in section V.B. of the Addendum to this
                proposed rule). (We note that we are not making any proposals which
                would change the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate that are based on the elimination of the 25-percent threshold
                policy because the permanent, one-time factor was proposed and adopted
                in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS Final Rule for FY 2021 and subsequent
                years (85 FR 58907)).
                2. Proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate Annual
                Market Basket Update
                a. Overview
                 Historically, the Medicare program has used a market basket to
                account for input price increases in the services furnished by
                providers. The market basket used for the LTCH PPS includes both
                operating and capital related costs of LTCHs because the LTCH PPS uses
                a single payment rate for both operating and capital-related costs. We
                adopted the 2017-based LTCH market basket for use under the LTCH PPS
                beginning in FY 2021 (85 FR 58907 through 58909). For additional
                details on the historical development of the market basket used under
                the LTCH PPS, we refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (77 FR 53467 through 53476), and for a complete discussion of the LTCH
                market basket and a description of the methodologies used to determine
                the operating and capital-related portions of the 2017-based LTCH
                market basket, we refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 58909 through 58926).
                 Section 3401(c) of the Affordable Care Act provides for certain
                adjustments to any annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate and refers to the timeframes associated with such
                adjustments as a ``rate year.'' We note that, because the annual update
                to the LTCH PPS policies, rates, and factors now occurs on October 1,
                we adopted the term ``fiscal year'' (FY) rather than ``rate year'' (RY)
                under the LTCH PPS beginning October 1, 2010, to conform with the
                standard definition of the Federal fiscal year (October 1 through
                September 30) used by other PPSs, such as the IPPS (75 FR 50396 through
                50397). Although the language of sections 3004(a), 3401(c), 10319, and
                1105(b) of the Affordable Care Act refers to years 2010 and thereafter
                under the LTCH PPS as ``rate year,'' consistent with our change in the
                terminology used under the LTCH PPS from ``rate year'' to ``fiscal
                year,'' for purposes of clarity, when discussing the annual update for
                the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate, including the provisions of
                the Affordable Care Act, we use ``fiscal year'' rather than ``rate
                year'' for 2011 and subsequent years.
                b. Proposed Annual Update to the LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate
                for FY 2022
                 CMS has used an estimated market basket increase to update the LTCH
                PPS. As previously noted, we adopted the 2017-based LTCH market basket
                for use under the LTCH PPS beginning in FY 2021. The 2017-based LTCH
                market basket is primarily based on the Medicare cost report data
                submitted by LTCHs and, therefore, specifically reflects the cost
                structures of only LTCHs. (For additional details on the development of
                the 2017-based LTCH market basket, we refer readers to the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58909 through 58926).)
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH final rule, we finalized the price proxies
                for the 2017-based LTCH market basket. In that final rule, we
                established the use of the Moody's AAA Corporate Bond Yield index as
                the price proxy for the For-profit Interest cost category (85 FR
                58919). Effective for December 2020, the
                [[Page 25548]]
                Moody's AAA Corporate Bond series is no longer available for use under
                license to IGI, the nationally-recognized economic and financial
                forecasting firm with which we contract to forecast the components of
                the market baskets and multifactor productivity adjustment (MFP). In
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to use the iBoxx AAA Corporate
                Bond Yield index instead of the Moody's AAA Corporate Bond Yield index.
                We compared the iBoxx AAA Corporate Bond Yield index with the Moody's
                AAA Corporate Bond Yield index and found that the average growth rates
                in the history of the two series are very similar. Over the historical
                time period of FY 2001 to FY 2020, the 4-quarter percent change moving
                average growth in the iBoxx series was approximately 0.1 percentage
                point higher, on average, than the Moody's series. However, given the
                relatively small weight for this cost category, replacing the Moody's
                series with the iBoxx series does not impact the historical top-line
                market basket increases when rounded to the nearest tenth of a
                percentage point over the past ten fiscal years (FY 2011 to FY 2020).
                Therefore, because the iBoxx AAA Corporate Bond Yield index captures
                the same technical concept as the current corporate bond proxy and
                tracks similarly to the current measure that is no longer available, we
                believe that using the iBoxx AAA Corporate Bond Yield index is
                technically appropriate to use in the 2017-based LTCH market basket.
                 We continue to believe that the 2017-based LTCH market basket
                appropriately reflects the cost structure of LTCHs for the reasons
                discussed when we adopted its use in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule. Therefore, in this proposed rule, we are proposing to use the
                2017-based LTCH market basket to update the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate for FY 2022.
                 Section 1886(m)(3)(A) of the Act provides that, beginning in FY
                2010, any annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                is reduced by the adjustments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of
                subparagraph (A), as applicable. Clause (i) of section 1886(m)(3)(A) of
                the Act provides for a reduction, for FY 2012 and each subsequent rate
                year, by the productivity adjustment described in section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act (that is, ``the multifactor
                productivity (MFP) adjustment''). Clause (ii) of section 1886(m)(3)(A)
                of the Act provided for a reduction, for each of FYs 2010 through 2019,
                by the ``other adjustment'' described in section 1886(m)(4)(F) of the
                Act; therefore, it is not applicable for FY 2022.
                 Section 1886(m)(3)(B) of the Act provides that the application of
                paragraph (3) of section 1886(m) of the Act may result in the annual
                update being less than zero for a rate year, and may result in payment
                rates for a rate year being less than such payment rates for the
                preceding rate year.
                c. Proposed Adjustment to the LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate
                Under the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP)
                 In accordance with section 1886(m)(5) of the Act, the Secretary
                established the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH
                QRP). The reduction in the annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for failure to report quality data under the LTCH
                QRP for FY 2014 and subsequent fiscal years is codified under 42 CFR
                412.523(c)(4). The LTCH QRP, as required for FY 2014 and subsequent
                fiscal years by section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, applies a 2.0
                percentage point reduction to any update under 42 CFR 412.523(c)(3) for
                an LTCH that does not submit quality reporting data to the Secretary in
                accordance with section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to such a
                year (that is, in the form and manner and at the time specified by the
                Secretary under the LTCH QRP) (42 CFR 412.523(c)(4)(i)). Section
                1886(m)(5)(A)(ii) of the Act provides that the application of the 2.0
                percentage points reduction may result in an annual update that is less
                than 0.0 for a year, and may result in LTCH PPS payment rates for a
                year being less than such LTCH PPS payment rates for the preceding
                year. Furthermore, section 1886(m)(5)(B) of the Act specifies that the
                2.0 percentage points reduction is applied in a noncumulative manner,
                such that any reduction made under section 1886(m)(5)(A) of the Act
                shall apply only with respect to the year involved, and shall not be
                taken into account in computing the LTCH PPS payment amount for a
                subsequent year. These requirements are codified in the regulations at
                42 CFR 412.523(c)(4). (For additional information on the history of the
                LTCH QRP, including the statutory authority and the selected measures,
                we refer readers to section VIII.C. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule.)
                d. Proposed Annual Market Basket Update Under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022
                 Consistent with our historical practice, we estimate the market
                basket increase and the MFP adjustment based on IGI's forecast using
                the most recent available data. Based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020
                forecast, the FY 2022 full market basket estimate for the LTCH PPS
                using the 2017-based LTCH market basket is 2.4 percent. The current
                estimate of the MFP adjustment for FY 2022 based on IGI's fourth
                quarter 2020 forecast is 0.2 percent.
                 For FY 2022, section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act requires that any
                annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate be reduced
                by the productivity adjustment, that is, the MFP adjustment as
                previously noted, described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the
                Act. Consistent with the statute, we are proposing to reduce the full
                estimated FY 2022 market basket increase by the FY 2022 MFP adjustment.
                To determine the proposed market basket increase for LTCHs for FY 2022,
                as reduced by the proposed MFP adjustment, consistent with our
                established methodology, we are subtracting the proposed FY 2022 MFP
                adjustment from the estimated FY 2022 market basket increase. (For
                additional details on our established methodology for adjusting the
                market basket increase by the MFP adjustment, we refer readers to the
                FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51771).)
                 For FY 2022, section 1886(m)(5) of the Act requires that, for LTCHs
                that do not submit quality reporting data as required under the LTCH
                QRP, any annual update to an LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate,
                after application of the adjustments required by section 1886(m)(3) of
                the Act, shall be further reduced by 2.0 percentage points. Therefore,
                for LTCHs that fail to submit quality reporting data under the LTCH
                QRP, the proposed 2.4 percent update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate for FY 2022 would be reduced by the 0.2 percentage point
                MFP adjustment as required under section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act
                and the additional 2.0 percentage points reduction required by section
                1886(m)(5) of the Act.
                 In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, in accordance with the
                statute, we are proposing to reduce the proposed FY 2022 full market
                basket estimate of 2.4 percent (based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020
                forecast of the 2017-based LTCH market basket) by the proposed FY 2022
                MFP adjustment of 0.2 percentage point (based on IGI's fourth quarter
                2020 forecast). Therefore, under the authority of section 123 of the
                BBRA as amended by section 307(b) of the BIPA, consistent with 42 CFR
                412.523(c)(3)(xvii), we are proposing to establish an annual market
                basket update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022
                of 2.2
                [[Page 25549]]
                percent (that is, the most recent estimate of the LTCH PPS market
                basket increase of 2.4 percent less the MFP adjustment of 0.2
                percentage point). For LTCHs that fail to submit quality reporting data
                under the LTCH QRP, under 42 CFR 412.523(c)(3)(xvii) in conjunction
                with 42 CFR 412.523(c)(4), we are proposing to further reduce the
                annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate by 2.0
                percentage points, in accordance with section 1886(m)(5) of the Act.
                Accordingly, we are proposing to establish an annual update to the LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate of 0.2 percent (that is, 2.2 percent
                minus 2.0 percentage points) for FY 2022 for LTCHs that fail to submit
                quality reporting data as required under the LTCH QRP. Consistent with
                our historical practice, we are proposing to use a more recent estimate
                of the market basket and the MFP adjustment, if appropriate, in the
                final rule to establish an annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for FY 2022. (We note that, consistent with
                historical practice, we are also proposing to adjust the FY 2022 LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate by an area wage level budget
                neutrality factor in accordance with 42 CFR 412.523(d)(4) (as discussed
                in section V.B.5. of the Addendum to this proposed rule).
                IX. Quality Data Reporting Requirements for Specific Providers and
                Suppliers
                 In this section of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                seeking public comment on two focus areas, and are also proposing
                changes to the Medicare quality reporting systems:
                 In section IX.A., advancing to digital quality measurement
                and the use of Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR) in
                hospital quality programs;
                 In section IX.B., closing the health equity gap in CMS
                hospital quality programs;
                 In section IX.C., the Hospital IQR Program;
                 In section IX.D., the PCHQR Program; and
                 In section IX.E., the LTCH QRP.
                 In addition, in section IX.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing changes to the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program (previously known as the Medicare and Medicaid
                EHR Incentive Programs) for eligible hospitals and critical access
                hospitals (CAHs).
                A. Advancing to Digital Quality Measurement and the Use of Fast
                Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR) in Hospital Quality
                Programs--Request for Information
                 We aim to move fully to digital quality measurement in CMS quality
                reporting and value-based purchasing programs by 2025. As part of this
                modernization of our quality measurement enterprise, we are issuing
                this request for information (RFI). The purpose of this RFI is to
                gather broad public input solely for planning purposes for our
                transition to digital quality measurement. Any updates to specific
                program requirements related to providing data for quality measurement
                and reporting provisions would be addressed through future rulemaking,
                as necessary. This RFI contains five parts:
                 Background. This part provides information on our quality
                measurement programs and our goal to move fully to digital quality
                measurement by 2025. This part also provides a summary of recent HHS
                policy developments that are advancing interoperability and could
                support our move towards full digital quality measurement.
                 Definition of Digital Quality Measures (dQMs). This part
                provides a potential definition for dQMs. Specific requests for input
                are included in the section.
                 Use of Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources
                (FHIR[supreg]) for current electronic clinical quality measures
                (eCQMs). This part provides information on current activities underway
                to align CMS eCQMs with the FHIR standard and support quality
                measurement via application programming interfaces (APIs), and
                contrasts this approach to current eCQM standards and practice.
                 Changes Under Consideration to Advance Digital Quality
                Measurement: Actions in Four Areas to Transition to Digital Quality
                Measures by 2025. This part introduces four possible steps that would
                enable transformation of CMS' quality measurement enterprise to be
                fully digital by 2025. Specific requests for input are included in the
                section.
                 Solicitation of Comments. This part lists all requests for
                input included in the sections of this RFI.
                1. Background
                 As required by law, we implement quality measurement and value-
                based purchasing programs across a broad range of inpatient acute care,
                outpatient, and post-acute care (PAC) settings consistent with our
                mission to improve the quality of health care for Americans through
                measurement, transparency, and increasingly, value-based purchasing.
                These quality programs are foundational for incentivizing value-based
                care, contributing to improvements in health care, enhancing patient
                outcomes, and informing consumer choice. In October 2017, we launched
                the Meaningful Measures Framework. This framework for quality
                measurement captures our vision to better address health care quality
                priorities and gaps, including emphasizing digital quality measurement,
                reducing measurement burden, and promoting patient perspectives, while
                also focusing on modernization and innovation. The scope of the
                Meaningful Measures Framework evolves as the health care environment
                continues to change.\966\ Consistent with the Meaningful Measures
                Framework, we aim to move fully to digital quality measurement by 2025.
                We acknowledge providers within the various care and practice settings
                covered by our quality programs may be at different stages of
                readiness, and therefore, the timeline for achieving full digital
                quality measurement across our quality reporting programs may vary.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \966\ Meaningful Measures 2.0: Moving from Measure Reduction to
                Modernization. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/meaningful-measures-20-moving-measure-reduction-modernization.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We also continue to evolve the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program's focus on the use of certified electronic health record (EHR)
                technology, from an initial focus on electronic data capture to
                enhancing information exchange and expanding quality measurement (83 FR
                41634). However, reporting data for quality measurement via EHRs
                remains burdensome, and our current approach to quality measurement
                does not readily incorporate emerging data sources such as patient-
                reported outcomes (PRO) and patient-generated health data (PGHD).\967\
                There is a need to streamline our approach to data collection,
                calculation, and reporting to fully leverage clinical and patient-
                centered information for measurement, improvement, and learning.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \967\ What are patient generated health data: https://www.healthit.gov/topic/otherhot-topics/what-are-patient-generated-health-data.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Additionally, advancements in technical standards and associated
                regulatory initiatives to improve interoperability of healthcare data
                are creating an opportunity to significantly improve our quality
                measurement systems. In May 2020, we finalized interoperability
                requirements in the CMS Interoperability and Patient Access final rule
                (85 FR 25510) to support beneficiary access to data held by
                [[Page 25550]]
                certain payers. At the same time, the Office of the National
                Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC) finalized policies
                in the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule (85 FR 25642) to advance
                the interoperability of health information technology (IT) as defined
                in section 4003 of the Cures Act, including the ``complete access,
                exchange, and use of all electronically accessible health
                information.'' Closely working with ONC, we collaboratively identified
                Health Level 7 (HL7[supreg]) FHIR Release 4.0.1 as the standard to
                support Application Programming Interface (API) policies in both rules.
                ONC, on behalf of HHS, adopted the HL7 FHIR Release 4.0.1 for APIs and
                related implementation specifications at 45 CFR 170.215. We believe the
                FHIR standard has the potential to be a more efficient and modular
                standard to enable APIs. We also believe this standard enables
                collaboration and information sharing, which is essential for
                delivering high-quality care and better outcomes at a lower cost. By
                aligning technology requirements for payers, health care providers, and
                health IT developers HHS can advance an interoperable health IT
                infrastructure that ensures providers and patients have access to
                health data when and where it is needed.
                 In the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule, ONC adopted a
                ``Standardized API for Patient and Population Services'' certification
                criterion for health IT that requires the use of FHIR Release 4 and
                several implementation specifications. Health IT certified to this
                criterion will offer single patient and multiple patient services that
                can be accessed by third party applications (85 FR 25742).\968\ The ONC
                21st Century Cures Act final rule also requires health IT developers to
                update their certified health IT to support the United States Core Data
                for Interoperability (USCDI) standard.\969\ The scope of patient data
                identified in the USCDI and the data standards that support this data
                set are expected to evolve over time, starting with data specified in
                Version 1 of the USCDI. In November 2020, ONC issued an interim final
                rule with comment period extending the date when health IT developers
                must make technology meeting updated certification criteria available
                under the ONC Health IT Certification Program until December 31, 2022
                (85 FR 70064).\970\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \968\ Application Programming Interfaces (API) Resource Guide,
                Version 1.0. Available at: https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/page/2020-11/API-Resource-Guide_v1_0.pdf.
                 \969\ https://www.healthit.gov/isa/united-states-core-data-interoperability-uscdi.
                 \970\ Information Blocking and the ONC Health IT Certification
                Program: Extension of Compliance Dates and Timeframes in Response to
                the Covid-19 Public Health Emergency. Available at: https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2020-11-04/pdf/2020-24376.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The CMS Interoperability and Patient Access final rule (85 FR
                25510) and program policies build on the ONC 21st Century Cures Act
                final rule (85 FR 25642). The CMS Interoperability and Patient Access
                final rule and policies require certain payers (for example, Medicare
                Advantage organizations, Medicaid and CHIP Fee-for-Service programs,
                Medicaid managed care plans, CHIP managed care entities, and issuers of
                certain Qualified Health Plan [QHP] on the Federally-facilitated
                Exchanges [FFEs]) to implement and maintain a standards-based Patient
                Access API using HL7 FHIR Release 4.0.1 to make available certain data
                to their enrollees and beneficiaries (called ``patients'' in the CMS
                interoperability rule). These certain data include data concerning
                claims and encounters, with the intent to ensure access to their own
                health care information through third-party software applications. The
                rule also established new Conditions of Participation for Medicare and
                Medicaid participating hospitals and critical access hospitals (CAHs),
                requiring them to send electronic notifications to another healthcare
                facility or community provider or practitioner when a patient is
                admitted, discharged, or transferred (85 FR 25603). In the CY 2021
                Physician Fee Schedule (PFS) final rule (85 FR 84472), we finalized a
                policy to align the certified EHR technology required for use in the
                Promoting Interoperability Programs and the MIPS Promoting
                Interoperability performance category with the updates to health IT
                certification criteria finalized in the ONC 21st Century Cures Act
                final rule. Under this policy, MIPS eligible clinicians, and eligible
                hospitals and CAHs participating in the Promoting Interoperability
                Programs, must use technology meeting the updated certification
                criteria for performance and reporting periods beginning in 2023 (85 FR
                84825).
                 The use of APIs can also reduce long-standing barriers to quality
                measurement. Currently, health IT developers are required to implement
                individual measure specifications within their health IT products. The
                health IT developer must also accommodate how that product connects
                with the unique variety of systems within a specific care setting.\971\
                This may be further complicated by systems that integrate a wide range
                of data schemas. This process is burdensome and costly, and it is
                difficult to reliably obtain high quality data across systems. As
                health IT developers map their health IT data to the FHIR standard and
                related implementation specifications, APIs can enable these structured
                data to be easily accessible for quality measurement or other use
                cases, such as care coordination, clinical decision support, and
                supporting patient access.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \971\ The Office of the National Coordinator for Health
                Information Technology, Strategy on Reducing Regulatory and
                Administrative Burden Relating to the Use of Health IT and EHRs,
                Final Report (Feb. 2020). Available at: https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/page/2020-02/BurdenReport_0.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe the emerging data standardization and interoperability
                enabled by APIs will support the transition to full digital quality
                measurement by 2025, and are committed to exploring and seeking input
                on potential solutions for the transition to digital quality
                measurement as described in this RFI.
                2. Definition of Digital Quality Measures
                 In this section we seek to refine the definition of digital quality
                measures (dQMs) to further operationalize our objective of fully
                transitioning to dQMs by 2025. We previously noted dQMs use ``sources
                of health information that are captured and can be transmitted
                electronically and via interoperable systems.'' (85 FR 84845) In this
                RFI, we seek input on future elaboration that would define a dQM as a
                software that processes digital data to produce a measure score or
                measure scores. Data sources for dQMs may include administrative
                systems, electronically submitted clinical assessment data, case
                management systems, EHRs, instruments (for example, medical devices and
                wearable devices), patient portals or applications (for example, for
                collection of patient-generated health data), health information
                exchanges (HIEs) or registries, and other sources. We also note that
                dQMs are intended to improve the patient experience including quality
                of care, improve the health of populations, and/or reduce costs.
                 We discuss one potential approach to developing dQM software in
                section IX.A.4.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule. In this
                section, we are seeking comment on the potential definition of dQMs in
                this RFI.
                 We also seek feedback on how leveraging advances in technology (for
                [[Page 25551]]
                example, FHIR APIs) to access and electronically transmit interoperable
                data for dQMs could reinforce other activities to support quality
                measurement and improvement (for example, the aggregation of data
                across multiple data sources, rapid-cycle feedback, and alignment of
                programmatic requirements).
                 The transition to dQMs relies on advances in data standardization
                and interoperability. As providers and payers work to implement the
                required advances in interoperability over the next several years, we
                will continue to support reporting of eCQMs through CMS quality
                reporting programs and through the Promoting Interoperability
                programs.\972\ These fully digital measures continue to be important
                drivers of interoperability advancement and learning. As discussed in
                the next section, CMS is currently re-specifying and testing these
                measures to use FHIR rather than the currently adopted Quality Data
                Model (QDM) in anticipation of the wider use of FHIR standards. CMS
                intends to apply significant components of the output of this work,
                such as the re-specified measure logic and the learning done through
                measure testing with FHIR APIs, to define and build future dQMs that
                take advantage of the expansion of standardized, interoperable data.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \972\ eCQI Resource Center, https://ecqi.healthit.gov/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                3. Use of FHIR for Current eCQMs
                 Since we adopted eCQMs in our hospital and clinician quality
                programs, we have heard from stakeholders about the technological
                challenges, burden, and related costs of reporting eCQM data. The CMS
                eCQM Strategy Project engaged with stakeholders through site visits and
                listening sessions with health systems and provider organizations to
                learn about their experiences. This stakeholder feedback identified
                recommendations to improve processes related to alignment; development;
                implementation and reporting; certification; and communication,
                education, and outreach. Over the past two years, we have focused on
                opportunities to streamline and modernize quality data collection and
                reporting processes, such as exploring FHIR[supreg] (http://hl7.org/fhir) as a framework for measure structure and data submission for
                quality reporting programs, specifically for eCQMs. FHIR is a free and
                open source standards framework (in both commercial and government
                settings) created by Health Level Seven International (HL7[supreg])
                that establishes a common language and process for all health
                information technology. FHIR allows systems to communicate and
                information to be shared seamlessly, with a lower burden for hospitals,
                providers, clinicians, vendors, and quality measurement stakeholders.
                Specifically, for quality reporting, FHIR enables representing the data
                in eCQMs as well as provides a structure for eCQMs and reporting, using
                FHIR as the standard for all. Whereas today, multiple standards being
                used to report eCQMs is challenging and burdensome.
                 We are working to convert current eCQMs to the FHIR standard. We
                are currently testing the exchange of data elements represented in FHIR
                to CMS through ongoing HL7 Connectathons and integrated system testing
                by using and refining implementation guides. Submitting data through
                FHIR APIs has the potential to improve data exchange by providing
                consistent security, performance, scalability, and structure to all
                users. In addition, development of FHIR APIs could decrease provider
                burden by automating more of the measure data collection process. We
                continue to explore and expand potential applications of the FHIR
                standard and testing with eCQM use cases, and we are strongly
                considering a transition to FHIR-based quality reporting with the use
                of the FHIR standard for eCQMs in quality and value-based reporting
                programs. As we move to an all-dQM format for quality programs, we are
                depending on testing results and community readiness to improve
                interoperability, reduce burden, and facilitate better patient care. We
                will continue to consider how to leverage the interoperability
                advantages offered by the FHIR standards and API-based data submission,
                including digital quality measurement.
                4. Changes Under Consideration To Advance Digital Quality Measurement:
                Potential Actions in Four Areas To Transition to Digital Quality
                Measures by 2025
                 Building on the advances in interoperability and learning from
                testing of FHIR-converted eCQMs, we aim to move fully to dQMs,
                originating from sources of health information that are captured and
                can be transmitted electronically via interoperable systems, by 2025.
                 To enable this transformation, we are considering further
                modernization of the quality measurement enterprise in four major ways:
                (1) Leverage and advance standards for digital data and obtain all EHR
                data required for quality measures via provider FHIR-based APIs; (2)
                redesign our quality measures to be self-contained tools; (3) better
                support data aggregation; and (4) work to align measure requirements
                across our reporting programs, other Federal programs and agencies, and
                the private sector where appropriate.
                 These changes would enable us to collect and utilize more timely,
                actionable, and standardized data from diverse sources and care
                settings to improve the scope and quality of data used in quality
                reporting and payment programs, reduce quality reporting burden, and
                make results available to stakeholders in a rapid-cycle fashion. Data
                collection and reporting efforts would become more efficient, supported
                by advances in interoperability and data standardization. Aggregation
                of data from multiple sources would allow assessments of costs and
                outcomes to be measured across multiple care settings for an individual
                patient or clinical conditions. We believe that aggregating data for
                measurement can incorporate a more holistic assessment of an
                individual's health and health care and produce the rich set of data
                needed to enable patients and caregivers to make informed decisions by
                combining data from multiple sources (for example, patient reported
                data, EHR data, and claims data) for measurement.
                 Perhaps most importantly, these steps would help us deliver on the
                full promise of quality measurement and drive us toward a learning
                health system that transforms healthcare quality, safety, and
                coordination and effectively measures and achieves value-based care.
                The shift from a static to a learning health system hinges on the
                interoperability of healthcare data, and the use of standardized data.
                dQMs would leverage this interoperability to deliver on the promise of
                a learning health system wherein standards-based data sharing and
                analysis, rapid-cycle feedback, and quality measurement and incentives
                are aligned for continuous improvement in patient-centered care.
                Similarly, standardized, interoperable data used for measurement can
                also be used for other use cases, such as clinical decision support,
                care coordination and care decision support, which impacts health care
                and care quality.
                 We are requesting comments on four potential future actions that
                would enable transformation to a fully digital quality measurement
                enterprise by 2025.
                a. Leveraging and Advancing Standards for Digital Data and Obtaining
                All EHR Data Required for Quality Measures via Provider FHIR-based APIs
                 We are considering targeting the data required for our quality
                measures that
                [[Page 25552]]
                utilize EHR data to be data retrieved via FHIR-based APIs based on
                standardized, interoperable data. Utilizing standardized data for EHR-
                based measurement (based on FHIR and associated implementation guides)
                and aligning where possible with interoperability requirements can
                eliminate the data collection burden providers currently experience
                with required chart-abstracted quality measures and reduce the burden
                of reporting digital quality measure results. We can fully leverage
                this advance to adapt eCQMs and expand to other dQMs through the
                adoption of interoperable standards across other digital data sources.
                We are considering methods and approaches to leverage the
                interoperability data requirements for APIs in certified health IT set
                by the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule to support modernization
                of CMS quality measure reporting. As discussed previously, these
                requirements will be included in certified technology in future years
                (85 FR 84825) including availability of data included in the USCDI via
                standards-based APIs, and CMS will require clinicians and hospitals
                participating in MIPS and the Promoting Interoperability Programs,
                respectively, to transition to use of certified technology updated
                consistent with the 2015 Cures Edition Update (85 FR 84825).
                 Digital data used for measurement could also expand beyond data
                captured in traditional clinical settings, administrative claims data,
                and EHRs. Many important data sources are not currently captured
                digitally, such as survey and PGHD. We intend to work to innovate and
                broaden the digital data used across the quality measurement enterprise
                beyond the clinical EHR and administrative claims. Agreed upon
                standards for these data, and associated implementation guides will be
                important for interoperability and quality measurement. We will
                consider developing clear guidelines and requirements for these digital
                data that align with interoperability requirements, for example,
                requirements for expressing data in standards, exposing data via
                standards-based APIs, and incentivizing technologies that innovate data
                capture and interoperability.
                 High quality data are also essential for reliable and valid
                measurement. Hence, in implementing the shift to collect all clinical
                EHR data via FHIR-based APIs, we would support efforts to strengthen
                and test the quality of the data obtained through FHIR-based APIs for
                quality measurement. We currently conduct audits of electronic data
                submitted to the Hospital IQR Program with functions including checks
                for data completeness and data accuracy, confirmation of proper data
                formatting, alignment with standards, and appropriate data cleaning (82
                FR 38398 through 38402). These functions would continue and be applied
                to dQMs and further expanded to automate the manual validation of the
                data compared to the original data source (for example, the medical
                record) where possible. Analytic advancements such as natural language
                processing, big data analytics, and artificial intelligence, can
                support this evolution. These techniques can be applied to validating
                observed patterns in data and inferences or conclusions drawn from
                associations, as data are received, to ensure high quality data are
                used for measurement.
                 We are seeking feedback on the goal of aligning data needed for
                quality measurement with interoperability requirements and the
                strengths and limitations of this approach. We are also seeking
                feedback on the importance of and approaches to supporting inclusion of
                PGHD and other currently non-standardized data. We also welcome comment
                on approaches for testing data quality and validity.
                b. Redesigning Quality Measures To Be Self-Contained Tools
                 We are considering approaches for including quality measures that
                take advantage of standardized data and interoperability requirements
                that have expanded flexibility and functionality compared to CMS'
                current eCQMs. We are considering defining and developing dQM software
                as end-to-end measure calculation solutions that retrieve data from
                primarily FHIR-based resources maintained by providers, payers, CMS,
                and others; calculate measure score(s), and produce reports. In
                general, we believe to optimize the use of standardized and
                interoperable data, the software solution for dQMs should do the
                following:
                 Have the flexibility to support calculation of single or
                multiple quality measure(s).
                 Perform three functions--
                 ++ Obtain data via automated queries from a broad set of digital
                data sources (initially from EHRs, and in the future from claims, PRO,
                and PGHD);
                 ++ Calculate the measure score according to measure logic; and
                 ++ Generate measure score report(s).
                 Be compatible with any data source systems that implement
                standard interoperability requirements.
                 Exist separately from digital data source(s) and respect
                the limitations of the functionality of those data sources.
                 Be tested and updated independently of the data source
                systems.
                 Operate in accordance with health information protection
                requirements under applicable laws and comply with governance functions
                for health information exchange.
                 Have the flexibility to be deployed by individual health
                systems, health IT vendors, data aggregators, and health plans; and/or
                run by CMS depending on the program and measure needs and
                specifications.
                 Be designed to enable easy installation for supplemental
                uses by medical professionals and other non-technical end-users, such
                as local calculation of quality measure scores or quality improvement.
                 Have the flexibility to employ current and evolving
                advanced analytic approaches such as natural language processing.
                 Be designed to support pro-competitive practices for
                development, maintenance, and implementation as well as diffusion of
                quality measurement and related quality improvement and clinical tools
                through, for example, the use of open-source core architecture.
                 We seek comment on these suggested functionalities and other
                additional functionalities that quality measure tools should ideally
                have particularly in the context of the possible expanding availability
                of standardized and interoperable data (for example, standardized EHR
                data available via FHIR-based APIs).
                 We are also interested whether and how this more open, agile
                strategy may facilitate broader engagement in quality measure
                development, the use of tools developed for measurement for local
                quality improvement, and/or the application of quality tools for
                related purposes such as public health or research.
                c. Building a Pathway to Data Aggregation in Support of Quality
                Measurement
                 Using multiple sources of collected data to inform measurement
                would reduce data fragmentation (or, different pieces of data regarding
                a single patient stored in many different places). Additionally, we are
                considering expanding and establishing policies and processes for data
                aggregation and measure calculation by third-party aggregators that
                include, but are not limited to, HIEs and clinical registries.
                Qualified Clinical Data Registries and Qualified Registries that report
                quality measures for eligible clinicians in the Merit-based Incentive
                Payment System
                [[Page 25553]]
                (MIPS) program are potential examples \973\ at 42 CFR
                414.1440(b)(2)(iv) and (v) and 414.1440(c)(2)(iii) and (iv) and can
                also support measure reporting. We are considering establishing similar
                policies for third-party aggregators to maintain the integrity of our
                measure reporting process and to encourage market innovation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \973\ Calendar Year (CY) 2021 Physician Fee Schedule Final Rule:
                Finalized (New and Updated) Qualified Clinical Data Registry (QCDR)
                and Qualified Registry Policies, https://qpp-cm-prod-content.s3.amazonaws.com/uploads/1362/QCDR%20and%20QR%20Updates%202021%20Final%20Rule%20Fact%20Sheet.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We seek feedback on aggregation of data from multiple sources to
                inform measurement and potential policy considerations. We also seek
                feedback on the role data aggregators can and should play in CMS
                quality measure reporting in collaboration with providers, and how we
                can best facilitate and enable aggregation.
                d. Potential Future Alignment of Measures Across Reporting Programs,
                Federal and State Agencies, and the Private Sector
                 We are committed to using policy levers and working with
                stakeholders to solve the issue of interoperable data exchange and to
                transition to full digital quality measurement. We are considering the
                future potential development and multi-staged implementation of a
                common portfolio of dQMs across our regulated programs, agencies, and
                private payers. This common portfolio would require alignment of: (1)
                Measure concepts and specifications including narrative statements,
                measure logic, and value sets; and (2) the individual data elements
                used to build these measure specifications and calculate the measure
                logic. Further, the required data elements would be limited to
                standardized, interoperable data elements to the fullest extent
                possible; hence, part of the alignment strategy will be the
                consideration and advancement of data standards and implementation
                guides for key data elements. We would coordinate closely with quality
                measure developers, Federal and State agencies, and private payers to
                develop and to maintain a cohesive dQM portfolio that meets our
                programmatic requirements and that fully aligns across Federal and
                State agencies and payers to the extent possible.
                 We intend for this coordination to be ongoing and allow for
                continuous refinement to ensure quality measures remain aligned with
                evolving healthcare practices and priorities (for example, PROs,
                disparities, and care coordination), and track with the transformation
                of data collection, alignment with health IT module updates including
                capabilities and standards adopted by ONC (for example, standards to
                enable APIs). This coordination would build on the principles outlined
                in HHS' National Health Quality Roadmap.\974\ It would focus on the
                quality domains of safety, timeliness, efficiency, effectiveness,
                equitability, and patient-centeredness. It would leverage several
                existing Federal and public-private efforts including our Meaningful
                Measures 2.0 Framework; the Federal Electronic Health Record
                Modernization (Department of Defense and Veterans Affairs [DoD/VA]);
                the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality's Clinical Decision
                Support Initiative; the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's
                Adapting Clinical Guidelines for the Digital Age initiative; Core
                Quality Measure Collaborative, which convenes stakeholders from
                America's Health Insurance Plans (AHIP), CMS, National Quality Forum
                (NQF), provider organizations, private payers, and consumers and
                develops consensus on quality measures for provider specialties; and
                the NQF-convened Measure Applications Partnership (MAP), which
                recommends measures for use in public payment and reporting programs.
                We would coordinate with HL7's ongoing work to advance FHIR resources
                in critical areas to support patient care and measurement such as
                social determinants of health. Through this coordination, we would
                identify which existing measures could be used or evolved to be used as
                dQMs, in recognition of current healthcare practice and priorities.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \974\ Department of Health and Human Services, National Health
                Quality Roadmap (May 2020). Available at: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/national-health-quality-roadmap.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 This multi-stakeholder, joint Federal, State, and industry effort,
                made possible and enabled by the pending advances towards true
                interoperability, would yield a significantly improved quality
                measurement enterprise. The success of the dQM portfolio would be
                enhanced by the degree to which the measures achieve our programmatic
                requirements for measures as well as the requirements of other agencies
                and payers.
                 We seek feedback on initial priority areas for the dQM portfolio
                given evolving interoperability requirements (for example, measurement
                areas, measure requirements, tools, and data standards). We also seek
                to identify opportunities to collaborate with other Federal agencies,
                states, and the private sector to adopt standards and technology-driven
                solutions to address our quality measurement priorities across sectors.
                5. Solicitation of Comments
                 As noted previously, we seek input on the future development of the
                following:
                 Definition of Digital Quality Measures. We are seeking
                feedback on the following as described in section IX.A.2. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule:
                 ++ Do you have feedback on the dQM definition?
                 ++ Does this approach to defining and deploying dQMs to interface
                with FHIR-based APIs seem promising? We also welcome more specific
                comments on the attributes or functions to support such an approach of
                deploying dQMs.
                 Use of FHIR for Current eCQMs. We are seeking feedback on
                the following as described in section IX.A.3. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule:
                 ++ Do you agree that a transition to FHIR-based quality reporting
                can reduce burden on health IT vendors and providers?
                 ++ Would access to near real-time quality measure scores benefit
                your practice?
                 ++ What parts of the current CMS QRDA IGs cause the most burden?
                 ++ What could we include in a CMS FHIR Reporting IG to reduce
                burden on providers and vendors?
                 Changes Under Consideration to Advance Digital Quality
                Measurement: Actions in Four Areas to Transition to Digital Quality
                Measures by 2025.
                 ++ We are seeking feedback on the following as described in section
                IX.A.4.a. of the preamble of this proposed rule:
                 -- Do you agree with the goal of aligning data needed for quality
                measurement with interoperability requirements? What are the strengths
                and limitations of this approach? Are there specific FHIR
                Implementation Guides suggested for consideration?
                 -- How important is a data standardization approach that also
                supports inclusion of PGHD and other currently non-standardized data?
                 -- What are possible approaches for testing data quality and
                validity?
                 ++ We are seeking feedback on the following as described in section
                IX.A.4.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule:
                 -- What functionalities, described in Section (4)(b) or others,
                should quality measure tools ideally have in the context of the pending
                availability of standardized and interoperable data (for
                [[Page 25554]]
                example, standardized EHR data available via FHIR-based APIs)?
                 -- How would this more open, agile strategy for end-to-end measure
                calculation facilitate broader engagement in quality measure
                development, the use of tools developed for measurement for local
                quality improvement, and/or the application of quality tools for
                related purposes such as public health or research?
                 ++ We seek feedback on the following as described in section
                IX.A.4.c. of the preamble of this proposed rule:
                 -- Do you have feedback on policy considerations for aggregation of
                data from multiple sources being used to inform measurement?
                 -- Do you have feedback on the role data aggregators can and should
                play in CMS quality measure reporting in collaboration with providers?
                How can CMS best facilitate and enable aggregation?
                 ++ We seek feedback on the following as described in section
                IX.A.4.d. of the preamble of this proposed rule:
                 -- What are initial priority areas for the dQM portfolio given
                evolving interoperability requirements (for example, measurement areas,
                measure requirements, tools)?
                 -- We also seek to identify opportunities to collaborate with other
                Federal agencies, states, and the private sector to adopt standards and
                technology-driven solutions to address our quality measurement
                priorities and across sectors.
                 Commenters should consider provisions in the CMS Interoperability
                and Patient Access final rule (85 FR 25510), CMS CY 2021 PFS final rule
                (85 FR 84472), and the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule (85 FR
                25642).
                 We plan to continue working with other agencies and stakeholders to
                coordinate and to inform any potential transition to dQMs by 2025.
                While we will not be responding to specific comments submitted in
                response to this Request for Information in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, we will actively consider all input as we develop future
                regulatory proposals or future subregulatory policy guidance. Any
                updates to specific program requirements related to quality measurement
                and reporting provisions would be addressed through separate and future
                notice-and-comment rulemaking, as necessary.
                B. Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Hospital Quality Programs--
                Request for Information
                 Persistent inequities in health care outcomes exist in the United
                States, including among Medicare patients. In recognition of persistent
                health disparities and the importance of closing the health equity gap,
                we request information on revising several related CMS programs to make
                reporting of health disparities based on social risk factors and race
                and ethnicity more comprehensive and actionable for hospitals,
                providers, and patients. The following is part of an ongoing effort
                across CMS to evaluate appropriate initiatives to reduce health
                disparities. Feedback will be used to inform the creation of a future,
                comprehensive, RFI focused on closing the health equity gap in CMS
                programs and policies. This RFI contains four parts:
                 Background. This section provides information describing
                our commitment to health equity, and existing initiatives with an
                emphasis on reducing health disparities.
                 Current CMS Disparity Methods. This section describes the
                methods, measures, and indicators of social risk currently used with
                the CMS Disparity Methods.
                 Future potential stratification of quality measure results
                by race and ethnicity. This section describes three potential future
                expansions of the CMS Disparity Methods, including (a) Future potential
                stratification of quality measure results by race and ethnicity, (b)
                Improving Demographic Data Collection, and (c) Potential Creation of a
                Hospital Equity Score to Synthesize Results Across Multiple Social Risk
                Factors.
                 Solicitation of public comment. This section specifies 10
                requests for feedback on the topics listed previously. We look forward
                to receiving feedback on these topics and note for readers that
                responses to the RFI will not directly impact payment decisions. We
                also note our intention for an additional RFI or rulemaking on this
                topic in the future.
                1. Background
                 Significant and persistent inequities in health care outcomes exist
                in the United States. Belonging to a racial or ethnic minority group;
                living with a disability; being a member of the lesbian, gay, bisexual,
                transgender, and queer (LGBTQ+) community; living in a rural area; or
                being near or below the poverty level, is often associated with worse
                health outcomes.975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 Such
                disparities in health outcomes are the result of number of factors, but
                importantly for CMS programs, although not the sole determinant, poor
                access and provision of lower quality health care contribute to health
                disparities. For instance, numerous studies have shown that among
                Medicare beneficiaries, racial and ethnic minority individuals often
                receive lower quality of care, report lower experiences of care, and
                experience more frequent hospital readmissions and procedural
                complications.983 984 985 986 987 988 Readmission rates for
                common conditions in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program are
                higher for Black
                [[Page 25555]]
                Medicare beneficiaries and higher for Hispanic Medicare beneficiaries
                with Congestive Heart Failure and Acute Myocardial
                Infarction.989 990 991 992 993 Studies have also shown that
                African Americans are significantly more likely than White Americans to
                die prematurely from heart disease and stroke.\994\ The COVID-19
                pandemic has further illustrated many of these longstanding health
                inequities with higher rates of infection, hospitalization, and
                mortality among Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American
                persons relative to White persons.995 996 As noted by the
                Centers for Disease Control ``long-standing systemic health and social
                inequities have put many people from racial and ethnic minority groups
                at increased risk of getting sick and dying from COVID-19.'' \997\ One
                important strategy for addressing these important inequities is
                improving data collection to allow for better measurement and reporting
                on equity across our programs and policies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \975\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates for
                Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA. 2011;
                305(7):675-681.
                 \976\ Lindenauer PK, Lagu T, Rothberg MB, et al. Income
                Inequality and 30 Day Outcomes After Acute Myocardial Infarction,
                Heart Failure, and Pneumonia: Retrospective Cohort Study. British
                Medical Journal. 2013; 346.
                 \977\ Trivedi AN, Nsa W, Hausmann LRM, et al. Quality and Equity
                of Care in U.S. Hospitals. New England Journal of Medicine. 2014;
                371(24):2298-2308.
                 \978\ Polyakova, M., et al. Racial Disparities In Excess All-
                Cause Mortality During The Early COVID-19 Pandemic Varied
                Substantially Across States. Health Affairs. 2021; 40(2): 307-316.
                 \979\ Rural Health Research Gateway. Rural Communities: Age,
                Income, and Health Status. Rural Health Research Recap. November
                2018. Available at: https://www.ruralhealthresearch.org/assets/2200-8536/rural-communities-age-income-health-status-recap.pdf.
                 \980\ https://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/assets/PDF/Update_HHS_Disparities_Dept-FY2020.pdf.
                 \981\ www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/70/wr/mm7005a1.htm.
                 \982\ Poteat TC, Reisner SL, Miller M, Wirtz AL. COVID-19
                Vulnerability of Transgender Women With and Without HIV Infection in
                the Eastern and Southern U.S. Preprint. medRxiv.
                2020;2020.07.21.20159327. Published 2020 Jul 24. doi:10.1101/
                2020.07.21.20159327.
                 \983\ Martino, SC, Elliott, MN, Dembosky, JW, Hambarsoomian, K,
                Burkhart, Q, Klein, DJ, Gildner, J, and Haviland, AM. Racial,
                Ethnic, and Gender Disparities in Health Care in Medicare Advantage.
                Baltimore, MD: CMS Office of Minority Health. 2020.
                 \984\ Guide to Reducing Disparities in Readmissions. CMS Office
                of Minority Health. Revised August 2018. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/OMH_Readmissions_Guide.pdf.
                 \985\ Singh JA, Lu X, Rosenthal GE, Ibrahim S, Cram P. Racial
                disparities in knee and hip total joint arthroplasty: an 18-year
                analysis of national Medicare data. Ann Rheum Dis. 2014 Dec;
                73(12):2107-15.
                 \986\ Rivera-Hernandez M, Rahman M, Mor V, Trivedi AN. Racial
                Disparities in Readmission Rates among Patients Discharged to
                Skilled Nursing Facilities. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2019 Aug;67(8):1672-
                1679.
                 \987\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates for
                Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA.
                2011;305(7):675-681.
                 \988\ Tsai TC, Orav EJ, Joynt KE. Disparities in surgical 30-day
                readmission rates for Medicare beneficiaries by race and site of
                care. Ann Surg. Jun 2014;259(6):1086-1090.
                 \989\ Rodriguez F, Joynt KE, Lopez L, Saldana F, Jha AK.
                Readmission rates for Hispanic Medicare beneficiaries with heart
                failure and acute myocardial infarction. Am Heart J. Aug
                2011;162(2):254-261 e253.
                 \990\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare
                Hospital Quality Chartbook: Performance Report on Outcome Measures;
                2014. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/quality-initiatives-patient-assessment-instruments/hospitalqualityinits/downloads/medicare-hospital-quality-chartbook-2014.pdf.
                 \991\ Guide to Reducing Disparities in Readmissions. CMS Office
                of Minority Health. Revised August 2018. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/OMH_Readmissions_Guide.pdf.
                 \992\ Prieto-Centurion V, Gussin HA, Rolle AJ, Krishnan JA.
                Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease readmissions at minority-
                serving institutions. Ann Am Thorac Soc. Dec 2013;10(6):680-684.
                 \993\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates for
                Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA.
                2011;305(7):675-681.
                 \994\ Health and Human Services. Heart disease and African
                Americans. (March 29, 2021). https://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/omh/browse.aspx?lvl=4&lvlid=19.
                 \995\ https://www.cms.gov/files/document/medicare-covid-19-data-snapshot-fact-sheet.pdf.
                 \996\ Ochieng N, Cubanski J, Neuman T, Artiga S, and Damico A.
                Racial and Ethnic Health Inequities and Medicare. Kaiser Family
                Foundation. February 2021. Available at: https://www.kff.org/medicare/report/racial-and-ethnic-health-inequities-and-medicare/.
                 \997\ https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/health-equity/race-ethnicity.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are committed to achieving equity in health care outcomes for
                our beneficiaries by supporting providers in quality improvement
                activities to reduce health inequities, enabling them to make more
                informed decisions, and promoting provider accountability for health
                care disparities.\998\ For the purposes of this rule, we are using a
                definition of equity established in Executive Order 13985, issued on
                January 25, 2021, as ``the consistent and systematic fair, just, and
                impartial treatment of all individuals, including individuals who
                belong to underserved communities that have been denied such treatment,
                such as Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American persons,
                Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders and other persons of color;
                members of religious minorities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender,
                and queer (LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live
                in rural areas; and persons otherwise adversely affected by persistent
                poverty or inequality.'' \999\ We note that this definition was
                recently established and provides a useful, common definition for
                equity across different areas of government, although numerous other
                definitions of equity exist.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \998\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                 \999\ https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2021/01/25/2021-01753/advancing-racial-equity-and-support-for-underserved-communities-through-the-Federal-government.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Our ongoing commitment to closing the equity gap in CMS quality
                programs is demonstrated by a portfolio of programs aimed at making
                information on the quality of health care providers and services,
                including disparities, more transparent to consumers and providers. The
                CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in Medicare outlines a path to
                equity which aims to support Quality Improvement Network Quality
                Improvement Organizations (QIN-QIOs); Federal, State, local, and tribal
                organizations; providers; researchers; policymakers; beneficiaries and
                their families; and other stakeholders in activities to achieve health
                equity.\1000\ The CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in Medicare
                focuses on three core priority areas which inform our policies and
                programs: (1) Increasing understanding and awareness of health
                disparities; (2) developing and disseminating solutions to achieve
                health equity; and (3) implementing sustainable actions to achieve
                health equity.\1001\ The CMS Quality Strategy \1002\ and Meaningful
                Measures Framework \1003\ also include elimination of racial and ethnic
                disparities as central principles. Our efforts aimed at closing the
                health equity gap to date have included providing transparency of
                health disparities, supporting providers and health officials with
                evidence-informed solutions to address social determinants of health
                and achieve health equity, and reporting to providers on gaps in
                quality as follows:
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1000\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Office of
                Minority Health. The CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in
                Medicare. 2015-2021. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/OMH_Dwnld-CMS_EquityPlanforMedicare_090615.pdf.
                 \1001\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Office of
                Minority Health. The CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in
                Medicare. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/OMH_Dwnld-CMS_EquityPlanforMedicare_090615.pdf.
                 \1002\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CMS Quality
                Strategy. 2016. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                 \1003\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The CMS Mapping Medicare Disparities Tool which is an
                interactive map that identifies areas of disparities and is a starting
                point to understand and investigate geographic, racial and ethnic
                differences in health outcomes for Medicare patients.\1004\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1004\ https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/OMH-Mapping-Medicare-Disparities.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Racial, Ethnic, and Gender Disparities in Health Care
                in Medicare Advantage Stratified Report, which highlights racial and
                ethnic differences in health care experiences and clinical care,
                compares quality of care for women and men, and looks at racial and
                ethnic differences in quality of care among women and men separately
                for Medicare Advantage plans.\1005\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1005\ https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/research-and-data/statistics-and-data/stratified-reporting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Rural-Urban Disparities in Health Care in Medicare
                Report which details rural-urban differences in health care experiences
                and clinical care.\1006\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1006\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Rural-Urban
                Disparities in Health Care in Medicare. 2019. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Rural-Urban-Disparities-in-Health-Care-in-Medicare-Report.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Standardized Patient Assessment Data Elements for
                certain post-acute care Quality Reporting Programs, which now includes
                data reporting for race and ethnicity and preferred language, in
                addition to screening questions for social needs (84 FR 42536 through
                42588).
                 The CMS Innovation Center's Accountable Health Communities
                Model which includes standardized collection of health-related social
                needs data.
                 The Guide to Reducing Disparities which provides an
                overview of key issues related to disparities in readmissions and
                reviews set of activities that can help hospital leaders
                [[Page 25556]]
                reduce readmissions in diverse populations.\1007\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1007\ Guide to Reducing Disparities in Readmissions. CMS Office
                of Minority Health. Revised August 2018. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/OMH_Readmissions_Guide.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The CMS State Health Official Letter, Opportunities in
                Medicaid and CHIP to Address Social Determinants of Health (SDOH)
                released on January 7, 2021, which outlines opportunities under
                Medicaid and the Children's Health Insurance program (CHIP) to better
                address SDOH and to support states with designing programs, benefits,
                and services that can more effectively improve population health,
                reduce disability, and lower overall health care costs in the Medicaid
                and CHIP programs by addressing SDOH.\1008\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1008\ CMS State Health Official Letter. Opportunities in
                Medicaid and CHIP to Address Social Determinants of Health. January
                7, 2021. Available at https://www.medicaid.gov/federal-policy-guidance/downloads/sho21001.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The CMS Disparity Methods which provide hospital-level
                confidential results stratified by dual eligibility for condition-
                specific readmission measures currently included in the Hospital
                Readmissions Reduction Program (see 84 FR 42496 through 42500 for a
                discussion of using stratified data in additional measures).
                 These programs are informed by reports by the National Academies of
                Science, Engineering and Medicine (NASEM) \1009\ and the Office of the
                Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE) \1010\ which
                have examined the influence of social risk factors on several of our
                quality programs. In this RFI, we address only the eighth initiative as
                previously listed, the CMS Disparity Methods. We discuss the
                implementation of these methods to date and present considerations for
                continuing to improve and expand use of these methods to provide
                providers and ultimately consumers with actionable information on
                disparities in health care quality to support efforts at closing the
                equity gap.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1009\ National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and
                Medicine. 2016. Accounting for Social Risk Factors in Medicare
                Payment: Identifying Social Risk Factors. Washington, DC: The
                National Academies Press. https://doi.org/10.17226/21858.
                 \1010\ https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/report-congress-social-risk-factors-and-performance-under-medicares-value-based-purchasing-programs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                2. Current CMS Disparity Methods
                 We first sought public comment on potential public reporting of
                hospital quality measure data stratified by social risk factors in the
                FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (81 FR 25199). In the FY 2018 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38403 through 38409), we considered
                potential confidential reporting of the Hospital Inpatient Quality
                Reporting (IQR) Program Pneumonia Readmission (NQF#0506) and Pneumonia
                Mortality (NQF#0468) measures stratified by dual-eligibility status. We
                initially focused on stratification by dual eligibility which is
                consistent with recommendations from ASPE's First Report to Congress
                which was required by the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care
                Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-185).\1011\ This
                report found that in the context of value-based purchasing (VBP)
                programs, dual eligibility, as an indicator of social risk, was among
                the most powerful predictors of poor health outcomes among those social
                risk factors that ASPE examined and tested. We also solicited feedback
                on the two potential methods for illuminating differences in outcomes
                rates among patient groups within a provider's patient population that
                would allow for a comparison of those differences, or disparities,
                across providers. A first method (the Within-Hospital disparity method)
                promotes quality improvement by calculating differences in outcome
                rates among patient groups within a hospital while accounting for their
                clinical risk factors. This method also allows for a comparison of the
                magnitude of disparity across hospitals, so hospitals could assess how
                well they are closing disparity gaps compared to other hospitals. The
                second methodological approach (the Across-Hospital method) is
                complementary and assesses hospitals' outcome rates for dual-eligible
                patients only, across hospitals, allowing for a comparison among
                hospitals on their performance caring for their patients with social
                risk factors. We also specifically solicited feedback on which social
                risk factors provide the most valuable information to stakeholders.
                Overall, comments supported the use of dual eligibility as a proxy for
                social risk, although commenters also suggested investigation of
                additional social risk factors, and we continue to consider which risk
                factors provide the most valuable information to stakeholders.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1011\ https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/report-congress-social-risk-factors-and-performance-under-medicares-value-based-purchasing-programs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 41597 through 41601)
                we finalized plans to provide confidential hospital-specific reports
                (HSRs) containing stratified results of the Pneumonia Readmission (NQF
                #0506) and Pneumonia Mortality (NQF #0468) measures including both the
                Across-Hospital Disparity Method and the Within-Hospital Disparity
                Methods (disparity methods) stratified by full-benefit dual
                eligibility. In the FY 2019 final rule (83 FR 41554 through 41556) we
                also removed six condition/procedure-specific readmission measures,
                including the Pneumonia Readmission Measure (NQF #0506) (83 FR 41544
                through 41556) and five mortality measures, including the Pneumonia
                Mortality measures (NQF #0468) (83 FR 41556 through 41558) from the
                Hospital IQR Program. The Pneumonia Readmission measure (NQF #0506) and
                the other condition/procedure-specific readmission measures remained in
                the HRRP. We also noted in the FY 2019 final rule, that for the future,
                we were considering: (1) Expanding our efforts to provide stratified
                data in confidential HSRs for other measures; (2) including other
                social risk factors beyond dual eligible status in confidential HSRs;
                and (3) eventually, making stratified data publicly available on the
                Hospital Compare (now Care Compare) website or successor website (83 FR
                41598). In 2019 we provided hospitals with results of the Pneumonia
                Readmission measure (NQF #0506) stratified using full-benefit dual
                eligibility. We provided this information in annual confidential HSRs
                for claims-based measures.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42388 through 42390)
                we invited public comment on our proposal to apply the disparity
                methods to additional outcome measures for confidential reporting to
                the five additional condition/procedure-specific readmission measures:
                (1) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate
                (RSRR) Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (NQF
                #0505) (AMI Readmission measure); (2) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-
                Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Coronary Artery Bypass
                Graft (CABG) Surgery (NQF #2515) (CABG Readmission measure); (3)
                Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR)
                Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization
                (NQF #1891) (COPD Readmission measure); (4) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Heart Failure (HF)
                Hospitalization (NQF #0330) (HF Readmission measure); and (5) Hospital-
                Level 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR)
                Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total
                Knee
                [[Page 25557]]
                Arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551) (THA/TKA Readmission measure). Many
                commenters supported our proposal to continue to provide hospitals with
                confidential hospital-specific reports on the Pneumonia Readmission
                measure using the two disparity methods and to expand that effort to
                include the five additional condition/procedure-specific readmission
                measures. Commenters expressed concern with stratifying measure data
                based only on dual eligibility status and recommended that we continue
                to consider and refine additional social risk factors for
                stratification in confidential HSRs and specifically consider
                additional factors that might affect outcomes or result in higher
                spending, including race, ethnicity, geographic area, sex, disability,
                education, and access to care. One commenter expressed concern about
                the reliability of race and ethnicity data if CMS should consider
                stratifying hospital quality data by such factors and recommended that
                CMS develop a proposal to improve the collection of race and ethnicity
                data or to promote public transparency using data that are of mixed
                quality, before reporting such data publicly. We replied that we
                focused our initial efforts on providing disparity results based on
                dual eligible status because of strong evidence demonstrating worse
                health outcomes among dual eligible Medicare beneficiaries, and because
                reliable information is readily available in our administrative claims.
                We also noted that we continue to explore opportunities to account for
                additional social risk factors in the future, including evaluating new
                sources of social risk factor data and how to capture such data,
                engaging with stakeholders, and examining the availability and
                feasibility of account for social risk factors which might influence
                quality outcome measures.
                 ASPE's Second Report to Congress on Social Risk Factors and
                Performance in Medicare's Value-Based Purchasing Program,\1012\
                required by the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation
                (IMPACT) Act of 2014, released in March 2020, recommended among other
                things, that CMS should explore ways to encourage providers to collect
                social risk information, that quality reporting programs should include
                health equity measures, and that quality and resource use measures
                should be reported separately for dually enrolled beneficiaries and
                other beneficiaries.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1012\ Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and
                Evaluation (ASPE) (2020). Report to Congress: Social Risk Factors
                and Performance Under Medicare's Value-Based Purchasing Program
                (Second of Two Reports). Available at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/second-impact-report-to-congress.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In 2020, we provided hospitals with results of each of the six
                condition/procedure-specific readmission measures, for which reporting
                requirements were met, stratified using full-benefit dual eligibility.
                We provided this information in annual confidential HSRs for claims-
                based measures. Results were made available for hospitals to download
                through the secure portal within the QualityNet website each spring.
                Results for the 2020 confidential reporting period for the CMS
                Disparity Methods showed worse outcomes for dually eligible
                beneficiaries across the majority of hospitals for all six condition-
                specific measures.\1013\ These results underscore the importance of
                continuing to make health care equity information more available to
                providers to promote quality improvement.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1013\ https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/measures/disparity-methods/methodology.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For additional information on the two disparity methods, we refer
                readers to the technical report available on the Quality Net website
                (https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/measures/disparity-methods/resources#tab2), as well as the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38405 through 38407).
                3. Potential Expansion of the CMS Disparity Methods
                 We are committed to advancing health equity by improving data
                collection to better measure and analyze disparities across programs
                and policies.\1014\ As we described previously, we have been
                considering, among other things, expanding our efforts to provide
                stratified data for additional social risk factors and measures,
                optimizing the ease-of-use of the results, enhancing public
                transparency of equity results, and building towards provider
                accountability for health equity. We are seeking public comment on
                three potential future expansions of the CMS Disparity Methods,
                including: (1) Future potential stratification of quality measure
                results by race and ethnicity, (2) improving demographic data
                collection; and (3) the potential creation of a Hospital Equity Score
                to synthesize results across multiple social risk factors.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1014\ Centers for Medicare Services. CMS Quality Strategy.
                2016. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                a. Future Potential Stratification of Quality Measure Results by Race
                and Ethnicity
                 The Administration's Executive Order on Advancing Racial Equity and
                Support for Underserved Communities Through the Federal Government
                directs agencies to assess potential barriers that underserved
                communities and individuals may face to enrollment in and access to
                benefits and services in Federal Programs. As summarized previously,
                studies have shown that among Medicare beneficiaries, racial and ethnic
                minority persons often experience worse health outcomes, including more
                frequent hospital readmissions and procedural complications. We are
                considering expanding the disparity methods to include stratification
                of the condition/procedure-specific readmission measures by race and
                ethnicity. The 1997 Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Revisions to
                the Standards for the Collection of Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity,
                outlines the racial and ethnic categories which may potentially be used
                for reporting the disparity methods, which we note are intended to be
                considered as social and cultural, and not biological or genetic.\1015\
                The 1997 OMB Standard lists five minimum categories of race: (1)
                American Indian or Alaska Native; (2) Asian; (3) Black or African
                American; (4) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander; (5) and White.
                In the OMB standards, Hispanic or Latino is the only ethnicity category
                included, and since race and ethnicity are two separate and distinct
                concepts, persons who report themselves as Hispanic or Latino can be of
                any race.\1016\ Another example, the ``Race & Ethnicity--CDC'' code
                system in PHIN Vocabulary Access and Distribution System (VADS) \1017\
                permits a much more granular structured recording of a patient's race
                and ethnicity with its inclusion of over 900 concepts for race and
                ethnicity. The recording and exchange of patient race and ethnicity at
                such a granular level can facilitate the accurate identification and
                analysis of health disparities based on race and ethnicity. Further,
                the ``Race & Ethnicity--CDC'' code system has a hierarchy that rolls up
                to the OMB minimum categories for race and ethnicity and, thus,
                supports
                [[Page 25558]]
                aggregation and reporting using the OMB standard. ONC includes both the
                CDC and OMB standards in its criterion for certified health IT
                products.\1018\ For race and ethnicity, a certified health IT product
                must be able to express both detailed races and ethnicities using any
                of the 900 plus concepts in the ``Race & Ethnicity--CDC'' code system
                in the Public Health Information Network (PHIN) Vocabulary Access and
                Distribution Systems (VADS), as well as aggregate each one of a
                patient's races and ethnicities to the categories in the OMB standard
                for race and ethnicity. This approach can reduce burden on providers
                recording demographics using certified products.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1015\ Revisions to the standards for the classification of
                Federal data on race and ethnicity. 62 FR 58782-58790.
                 \1016\ https://www.census.gov/topics/population/hispanic-origin/about.html.
                 \1017\ https://phinvads.cdc.gov/vads/ViewValueSet.action?id=67D34BBC-617F-DD11-B38D-00188B398520.
                 \1018\ See https://www.healthit.gov/isa/representing-patient-race-and-ethnicity. For more information about the certification
                criterion for ``Demographics'' in the ONC Health IT Certification
                program, see https://www.healthit.gov/test-method/demographics.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Self-reported race and ethnicity data are the gold standard for
                classifying an individual according to race or ethnicity. However, CMS
                currently does not consistently collect self-reported race and
                ethnicity for the Medicare program, but instead gets the data from the
                Social Security Administration (SSA) and the data accuracy and
                comprehensiveness have proven challenging despite capabilities in the
                marketplace via certified health IT products. Historical inaccuracies
                in Federal data systems and limited collection classifications have
                also contributed to the limited quality of race and ethnicity
                information in our administrative data systems.\1019\ In recent
                decades, to address these data quality issues, we have undertaken
                numerous initiatives, including updating data taxonomies and conducting
                direct mailings to some beneficiaries to enable more comprehensive
                racial and ethnic identification.1020 1021 Despite those
                efforts, studies reveal varying data accuracy in identification of
                racial and ethnic groups in Medicare administrative data, with higher
                sensitivity for correctly identifying White and Black individuals, and
                lower sensitivity for correctly identifying individuals of Hispanic
                ethnicity or of Asian/Pacific Islander (API) and American Indian/
                Alaskan Native race.\1022\ Incorrectly classified race or ethnicity may
                result in overestimation or underestimation in the quality of care
                received by certain groups of beneficiaries.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1019\ Zaslavasky AM, Ayanian JZ, Zaborski LB. The validity of
                racial and ethnic codes in enrollment data for Medicare
                beneficiaries. Health Services Research, 2012 Jun (47) (3 Pt 2):
                1300-21.
                 \1020\ Filice CE, Joynt KE. Examining Race and Ethnicity
                Information in Medicare Administrative Data. Med Care. 2017;
                55(12):e170-e176. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000608.
                 \1021\ Eicheldinger, C., & Bonito, A. (2008). More accurate
                racial and ethnic codes for Medicare administrative data. Health
                Care Financing Review, 29(3), 27-42.
                 \1022\ Zaslavsky AM, Ayanian JZ, Zaborski LB. The validity of
                race and ethnicity in enrollment data for Medicare beneficiaries.
                Health Serv Res. 2012 Jun;47(3 Pt 2):1300-21.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We continue to work with Federal and private partners to better
                collect and leverage data on social risk to improve our understanding
                of how these factors can be better measured in order to close the
                health equity gap. Among other things, we have developed an Inventory
                of Resources for Standardized Demographic and Language Data Collection
                \1023\ and supported collection of specialized International
                Classification of Disease, 10th Edition, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-
                CM) codes for describing the socioeconomic, cultural, and environmental
                determinants of health, and sponsored several initiatives to
                statistically estimate race and ethnicity information when it is
                absent.\1024\ The Office of the National Coordinator for Health
                Information Technology (ONC) included social, psychological, and
                behavioral standards in the 2015 Edition health information technology
                certification criteria (2015 Edition), providing interoperability
                standards (LOINC [Logical Observation Identifiers Names and Codes] and
                SNOMED CT [Systematized Nomenclature of Medicine--Clinical Terms]) for
                financial strain, education, social connection and isolation, and
                others. Additional stakeholder efforts underway to expand capabilities
                to capture additional social determinants of health data elements
                include the Gravity Project to identify and harmonize social risk
                factor data for interoperable electronic health information exchange
                for EHR fields, as well as proposals to expand the ICD-10
                (International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision) z-codes, the
                alphanumeric codes used worldwide to represent diagnoses.\1025\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1023\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Building an
                Organizational Response to Health Disparities Inventory of Resources
                for Standardized Demographic and Language Data Collection. 2020.
                Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Data-Collection-Resources.pdf.
                 \1024\ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/18567241/, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30506674/, Eicheldinger C, Bonito A. More
                accurate racial and ethnic codes for Medicare administrative data.
                Health Care Financ Rev. 2008; 29(3):27-42. Haas A, Elliott MN,
                Dembosky JW, et al. Imputation of race/ethnicity to enable
                measurement of HEDIS performance by race/ethnicity. Health Serv Res.
                2019; 54(1):13-23. doi:10.1111/1475-6773.13099.
                 \1025\ https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/second-impact-report-to-congress.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 While development of sustainable and consistent programs to collect
                data on social determinants of health can be considerable undertakings,
                we recognize that another method to identify better race and ethnicity
                data is needed in the short term to address the need for reporting on
                health equity. In working with our contractors, two algorithms have
                been developed to indirectly estimate the race and ethnicity of
                Medicare beneficiaries (as described further in the next section). We
                believe that using indirect estimation can help to overcome the current
                limitations of demographic information and enable timelier reporting of
                equity results until longer term collaborations to improve demographic
                data quality across the health care sector materialize. The use of
                indirect estimated race and ethnicity for conducting stratified
                reporting does not place any additional collection or reporting burdens
                on hospitals as these data are derived using existing administrative
                and census-linked data.
                 Indirect estimation relies on a statistical imputation method for
                inferring a missing variable or improving an imperfect administrative
                variable using a related set of information that is more readily
                available.\1026\ Indirectly estimated data are most commonly used at
                the population level (such as the hospital or health plan-level) where
                aggregated results form a more accurate description of the population
                than existing, imperfect data sets. These methods often estimate race
                and ethnicity using a combination of other data sources which are
                predictive of self-identified race and ethnicity, such as language
                preference, information about race and ethnicity in our administrative
                records, first and last names matched to validated lists of names
                correlated to specific national origin groups, and the racial and
                ethnic composition of the surrounding neighborhood. Indirect estimation
                has been used in other settings to support population-based equity
                measurement when self-identified data are not available.\1027\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1026\ Institute of Medicine. 2009. Race, Ethnicity, and
                Language Data: Standardization for Health Care Quality Improvement.
                Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Available at: https://www.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/publications/files/iomracereport.pdf.
                 \1027\ Institute of Medicine. 2009. Race, Ethnicity, and
                Language Data: Standardization for Health Care Quality Improvement.
                Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Available at: https://www.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/publications/files/iomracereport.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As described earlier, we previously supported the development of
                two such methods of indirect estimation of race and ethnicity among
                Medicare
                [[Page 25559]]
                beneficiaries. One indirect estimation approach developed by our
                contractor uses Medicare administrative data, first name and surname
                matching, derived from the U.S. Census and other sources, with
                beneficiary language preference, State of residence, and the source of
                the race and ethnicity code in Medicare administrative data to
                reclassify some beneficiaries as Hispanic or Asian/Pacific Islander
                (API).\1028\ In recent years, we have also worked with another
                contractor to develop a new approach, the Medicare Bayesian Improved
                Surname Geocoding (MBISG), which combines Medicare administrative data,
                first and surname matching, geocoded residential address linked to the
                2010 U.S. Census, and uses both Bayesian updating and multinomial
                logistic regression to estimate the probability of belonging to each of
                six racial/ethnic groups.\1029\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1028\ Bonito AJ, Bann C, Eicheldinger C, Carpenter L. Creation
                of New Race-Ethnicity Codes and Socioeconomic Status (SES)
                Indicators for Medicare Beneficiaries. Final Report, Sub-Task 2.
                (Prepared by RTI International for the Centers for Medicare and
                Medicaid Services through an interagency agreement with the Agency
                for Healthcare Research and Policy, under Contract No. 500-00-0024,
                Task No. 21) AHRQ Publication No. 08-0029-EF. Rockville, MD, Agency
                for Healthcare Research and Quality. January 2008. Available at:
                https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.233.6403&rep=rep1&type=pdf.
                 \1029\ Haas, A., Elliott, M. et al (2018). Imputation of race/
                ethnicity to enable measurement of HEDIS performance by race/
                ethnicity. Health Services Research, 54:13-23 and Bonito AJ, Bann C,
                Eicheldinger C, Carpenter L. Creation of New Race-Ethnicity Codes
                and Socioeconomic Status (SES) Indicators for Medicare
                Beneficiaries. Final Report, Sub-Task 2. (Prepared by RTI
                International for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
                through an interagency agreement with the Agency for Healthcare
                Research and Policy, under Contract No. 500-00-0024, Task No. 21)
                AHRQ Publication No. 08-0029-EF. Rockville, MD, Agency for
                Healthcare Research and Quality. January 2008. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6338295/pdf/HESR-54-13.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MBISG model is currently used to conduct the national,
                contract-level, stratified reporting of Medicare Part C & D performance
                data for Medicare Advantage Plans by race and ethnicity.\1030\
                Validation testing reveals concordance of 0.88-0.95 between indirectly
                estimated and self-report among individuals who identify as White,
                Black, Hispanic and API for the MIBSG version 2.0 and concordance with
                self-reported race and ethnicity of 0.96-0.99 for these same groups for
                MBISG version 2.1.1031 1032 The algorithms under
                consideration are considerably less accurate for individuals who self-
                identify as American Indian/Alaskan Native or multiracial.\1033\
                Indirect estimation can be a statistically reliable approach for
                calculating population-level equity results for groups of individuals
                (such as the hospital-level) and is not intended, nor being considered,
                as an approach for inferring the race and ethnicity of an individual.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1030\ The Office of Minority Health (2020). Racial, Ethnic, and
                Gender Disparities in Health Care in Medicare Advantage, The Centers
                for Medicare and Medicaid Services, (pg vii). https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/research-and-data/statistics-and-data/stratified-reporting.
                 \1031\ The Office of Minority Health (2020). Racial, Ethnic, and
                Gender Disparities in Health Care in Medicare Advantage, The Centers
                for Medicare and Medicaid Services, (pg vii). https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/research-and-data/statistics-and-data/stratified-reporting.
                 \1032\ MBISG 2.1 validation results performed under contract
                #GS-10F-0012Y/HHSM-500-2016-00097G. Pending public release of the
                2021 Part C and D Performance Data Stratified by Race, Ethnicity,
                and Gender Report, available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/research-and-data/statistics-and-data/stratified-reporting.
                 \1033\ Haas, A, Elliott, MN, Dembosky, JW, et al. Imputation of
                race/ethnicity to enable measurement of HEDIS performance by race/
                ethnicity. Health Serv Res. 2019; 54: 13-23. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-6773.13099.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 However, despite the high degree of statistical accuracy of the
                indirect estimation algorithms under consideration, there remains the
                small risk of unintentionally introducing measurement bias. For
                example, if the indirect estimation is not as accurate in correctly
                estimating race and ethnicity in certain geographies or populations it
                could lead to some bias in the method results. Such bias might result
                in slight overestimation or underestimation of the quality of care
                received by a given group. We feel this amount of bias is considerably
                less than would be expected if stratified reporting were conducted
                using the race and ethnicity currently contained in our administrative
                data. Indirect estimation of race and ethnicity is envisioned as an
                intermediate step, filling the pressing need for more accurate
                demographic information for the purposes of exploring inequities in
                service delivery, while allowing newer approaches, as described in the
                next section, for improving demographic data collection to progress. We
                are interested in learning more about, and soliciting comments about,
                the potential benefits and challenges associated with measuring
                hospital equity using an imputation algorithm to enhance existing
                administrative data quality for race and ethnicity until self-reported
                information is sufficiently available.
                b. Improving Demographic Data Collection
                 Stratified hospital-level reporting using indirectly estimated race
                and ethnicity would represent an important advance in our ability to
                provide accurate equity reports to hospitals. However, self-reported
                race and ethnicity data are the gold standard for classifying an
                individual according to race or ethnicity. The CMS Quality Strategy
                outlines our commitment to strengthening infrastructure and data
                systems by ensuring that standardized demographic information is
                collected to identify disparities in health care delivery
                outcomes.\1034\ Collection and sharing of a standardized set of social,
                psychological, and behavioral data by hospitals, including race and
                ethnicity, using electronic data definitions which permit nationwide,
                interoperable health information exchange, can significantly enhance
                the accuracy and robustness of our equity reporting.\1035\ This could
                potentially include expansion of stratified reporting to additional
                social factors, such as language preference and disability status,
                where accuracy of administrative data is currently limited. We are
                mindful that additional resources, including data collection and staff
                training may be necessary to ensure that conditions are created whereby
                all patients are comfortable answering all demographic questions, and
                that individual preferences for non-response are maintained.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1034\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CMS Quality
                Strategy. 2016. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                 \1035\ The Office of the National Coordinator for Health
                Information Technology. United State Core Data for Interoperability
                Draft Version 2. 2021. Available at: https://www.healthit.gov/isa/sites/isa/files/2021-01/Draft-USCDI-Version-2-January-2021-Final.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We note that eligible hospitals and CAHs participating in the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program must use certified EHR
                technology (CEHRT) that has been certified to the 2015 Edition of
                health IT certification criteria. As noted previously, the
                certification criterion for Demographics under the 2015 Edition (at 45
                CFR 170.315(a)(5)) supports collection of data using both the OMB
                standards for collecting data on race and ethnicity as well as the more
                granular ``Race & Ethnicity--CDC'' standard. In the 2020 ONC 21st
                Century Cures Act final rule, ONC also adopted a new framework for the
                core data set which certified health IT products must exchange, called
                the United States Core Data for Interoperability (USCDI) (85 FR 25669).
                The USCDI incorporates the demographic data and associated code sets
                finalized for the 2015 Edition certification criteria.
                 As noted previously, ONC also finalized a certification criterion
                in the 2015 Edition which supports a certified
                [[Page 25560]]
                health IT product's ability to collect social, psychological, and
                behavioral data (at 45 CFR 170.315(a)(15)). However, this functionality
                is not included as part of the certified EHR technology required by the
                Promoting Interoperability program. While the technical functionality
                exists to achieve the gold standard of data collection, we understand
                challenges and barriers exist in using the technologies with these
                capabilities.
                 We are interested in learning about, and are soliciting comments
                on, current data collection practices by hospitals to capture
                demographic data elements (such as race, ethnicity, sex, sexual
                orientation, and gender identity (SOGI), language preference, tribal
                membership, and disability status). Further, we are interested in
                potential challenges facing hospital collection, at the time of
                admission, of a minimum set of demographic data elements in alignment
                with national data collection standards (such as the standards
                finalized by the Affordable Care Act \1036\) and standards for
                interoperable exchange (such as the United States Core Data for
                Interoperability incorporated into certified health IT products as part
                of the 2015 Edition of health IT certification criteria \1037\).
                Advancing data interoperability through collection of a minimum set of
                demographic data collection, and incorporation of this demographic
                information into quality measure specifications, has the potential for
                improving the robustness of the disparity method results, potentially
                permitting reporting using more accurate, self-reported, information,
                such as race and ethnicity, and expanding reporting to additional
                dimensions of equity, including stratified reporting by disability
                status.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1036\ https://minorityhealth.hhs.gov/assets/pdf/checked/1/Fact_Sheet_Section_4302.pdf.
                 \1037\ https://www.healthit.gov/isa/united-states-core-data-interoperability-uscdi.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                c. Potential Creation of a Hospital Equity Score To Synthesize Results
                Across Multiple Social Risk Factors
                 As we previously described, we are considering expanding the
                disparity methods to include two social risk factors (dual eligibility
                which is currently reported and race/ethnicity, which is considered
                here in this RFI). This approach would improve the comprehensiveness of
                health equity information provided to hospitals. Aggregated results
                from multiple measures and multiple social factors, using output from
                the disparity methods, in the format of a summary score, can improve
                the usefulness of the equity results. In working with our contractors,
                we recently developed an equity summary score for Medicare Advantage
                contracts/plans, the Health Equity Summary Score (HESS), with
                application to stratified reporting using two social risk factors: Dual
                eligibility and race and ethnicity, as described in Incentivizing
                Excellent Care to At-Risk Groups with a Health Equity Summary
                Score.\1038\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1038\ Agniel D, Martino SC, Burkhart Q, et al. Incentivizing
                Excellent Care to At-Risk Groups with a Health Equity Summary Score.
                J Gen Intern Med. Published online November 11, 2019. doi:10.1007/
                s11606-019-05473-x.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The HESS calculates standardized and combined performance scores
                synthesized across the two social risk factors. The HESS also combines
                results of the within-plan method (similar to the Within-Hospital
                method) and across-plan method (similar to the Across-Hospital method)
                across multiple performance measures.\1039\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1039\ Agniel D, Martino SC, Burkhart Q, et al. Incentivizing
                Excellent Care to At-Risk Groups with a Health Equity Summary Score.
                J Gen Intern Med. Published online November 11, 2019. doi:10.1007/
                s11606-019-05473-x.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are considering creating a Hospital Equity Score, not yet
                developed, which would be modeled off the HESS, but adapted to the
                context of risk-adjusted hospital outcome measures and potentially
                other hospital quality measures used in CMS programs. We envision that
                the Hospital Equity Score would synthesize results for a range of
                measures and use multiple social risk factors which have been reported
                to hospitals as part of the CMS Disparity Methods. We believe that
                creation of the Hospital Equity Score has the potential to supplement
                the overall measure data already reporting on the Care Compare or
                successor website, by providing easy to interpret information regarding
                disparities measured within individual hospitals and across hospitals
                nationally. A summary score would be useful to decrease burden by
                minimizing the number of measure results provided and providing an
                overall indicator of equity.
                 The Hospital Equity Score under consideration would potentially--
                 Summarize hospital performance across multiple social risk
                factors (initially dual eligibility and race and ethnicity, as
                described previously); and
                 Summarize hospital performance across the two disparity
                methods (that is, the Within-Hospital Disparity Method and the Across-
                Hospital Disparity Method) and potentially multiple measures.
                 Prior to any potential future public reporting, if we determine
                that a Hospital Equity Score can be feasibly and accurately calculated,
                we intend to initially provide results of the Hospital Equity Score in
                confidential HSRs which hospitals will be able download. Any potential
                future proposal to display the Hospital Equity Score on the Care
                Compare or successor website would be made through future rulemaking.
                4. Solicitation of Public Comment
                 We are currently seeking comment on the possibility of expanding
                our current disparities methods to include reporting by race and
                ethnicity using indirect estimation. We are also seeking comment on the
                possibility of hospital collection of standardized demographic
                information for the purposes of potentially incorporating into measure
                specifications to permit more robust equity measurement. Additionally,
                we are seeking comment on the design of a Hospital Equity Score for
                calculating results across multiple social risk factors and measures,
                including race/ethnicity and dual eligibility. Any data pertaining to
                these areas that are recommended for collection for measure reporting
                for a CMS program and any potential public disclosure on Care Compare
                or successor website would be addressed through separate and future
                notice- and-comment rulemaking. We plan to continue working with ASPE,
                hospitals, the public, and other key stakeholders on this important
                issue to identify policy solutions that achieve the goals of attaining
                health equity for all patients and minimizing unintended consequences.
                We look forward to receiving feedback on these topics and note for
                readers that responses to the RFI will not directly impact payment
                decisions. We also note our intention for additional RFI or rulemaking
                on this topic in the future.
                 Specifically, we are inviting public comment on the following:
                 Future Potential Stratification of Quality Measure Results by
                Race and Ethnicity
                 ++ The potential future application of an algorithm to indirectly
                estimate race and ethnicity to permit stratification of measures (in
                addition to dual-eligibility) for hospital--level disparity reporting,
                until more accurate forms of self-identified demographic information
                are available.
                 ++ Appropriate privacy safeguards with respect to data produced
                from the indirect estimation of race and ethnicity to ensure that such
                data is properly identified if/when it is shared with providers.
                 ++ Ways to address the challenges of defining and collecting,
                accurate and
                [[Page 25561]]
                standardized, self-identified demographic information, including
                information on race and ethnicity, disability, and language preference
                for the purposes of reporting, measure stratification, and other data
                collection efforts relating to quality.
                 ++ Recommendations for other types of feasibly collected data
                elements for measuring disadvantage and discrimination, for the
                purposes of quality reporting and measure stratification, in addition
                to, or in combination with, race and ethnicity.
                 ++ Recommendations for other types of quality measures or
                measurement domains, in addition to readmission measures, to prioritize
                for stratified reporting by dual eligibility, race and ethnicity, and
                disability.
                 ++ Examples of approaches, methods, research, and/or considerations
                for use of data-driven technologies that do not facilitate exacerbation
                of health inequities, recognizing that biases may occur in algorithms
                or be encoded in datasets.
                 Improving Demographic Data Collection
                 ++ Experiences of users of certified health IT regarding local
                adoption of practices for collection of demographic elements, the
                perceived value of using these data for improving decision-making and
                care delivery, and the potential challenges and benefits of collecting
                and using more granular, structured demographic information, such as
                the ``Race & Ethnicity--CDC'' code system.
                 ++ The possible collection of a minimum set of demographic data
                elements (such as race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation and gender
                identity (SOGI), primary language, tribal membership, and disability
                status), by hospitals at the time of admission, using electronic data
                definitions which permit nationwide, interoperable health information
                exchange, for the purposes of incorporating into measure specifications
                and other data collection efforts relating to quality.
                 Potential Creation of a Hospital Equity Score To Synthesize
                Results Across Multiple Social Risk Factors
                 ++ The possible creation and confidential reporting of a Hospital
                Equity Score to synthesize results across multiple social risk factors
                and disparity measures.
                 ++ Interventions hospitals could institute to improve a low
                hospital equity score and how improved demographic data could assist
                with these efforts.
                C. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                1. Background and History of the Hospital IQR Program
                 The Hospital IQR Program strives to put patients first by ensuring
                they are empowered to make decisions about their own healthcare along
                with their clinicians by using information from data-driven insights
                that are increasingly aligned with meaningful quality measures. We
                support technology that reduces burden and allows clinicians to focus
                on providing high quality healthcare for their patients. We also
                support innovative approaches to improve quality, accessibility, and
                affordability of care, while paying particular attention to improving
                clinicians' and beneficiaries' experiences when interacting with CMS
                programs. In combination with other efforts across the U.S. Department
                of Health and Human Services (HHS), we believe the Hospital IQR Program
                incentivizes hospitals to improve healthcare quality and value, while
                giving patients the tools and information needed to make the best
                decisions for themselves.
                 We seek to promote higher quality and more efficient healthcare for
                Medicare beneficiaries. The adoption of widely agreed upon quality and
                cost measures supports this effort. We work with relevant stakeholders
                to define measures in almost every care setting and currently measure
                some aspect of care for almost all Medicare beneficiaries. These
                measures assess clinical processes, patient safety and adverse events,
                patient experiences with care, care coordination, and clinical
                outcomes, as well as cost of care. We have implemented quality measure
                reporting programs for multiple settings of care. To measure the
                quality of hospital inpatient services, we implemented the Hospital IQR
                Program, previously referred to as the Reporting Hospital Quality Data
                for Annual Payment Update (RHQDAPU) Program. We refer readers to the
                following final rules for detailed discussions of the history of the
                Hospital IQR Program, including statutory history, and for the measures
                we have previously adopted for the Hospital IQR Program measure set:
                 The FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43860 through
                43861);
                 The FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50180 through
                50181);
                 The FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51605 through
                61653);
                 The FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53503 through
                53555);
                 The FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50775 through
                50837);
                 The FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50217 through
                50249);
                 The FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49660 through
                49692);
                 The FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57148 through
                57150);
                 The FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38326 through
                38328 and 82 FR 38348);
                 The FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41538 through
                41609);
                 The FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42448 through
                42509); and
                 The FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58926 through
                58959).
                 We also refer readers to 42 CFR 412.140 for Hospital IQR Program
                regulations.
                2. Retention of Previously Adopted Hospital IQR Program Measures for
                Subsequent Payment Determinations
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53512 through 53513) for our finalized measure retention policy.
                Pursuant to this policy, when we adopt measures for the Hospital IQR
                Program beginning with a particular payment determination, we
                automatically readopt these measures for all subsequent payment
                determinations unless a different or more limited time period is
                finalized in the measure proposals. Measures are retained unless we
                propose to remove, suspend, or replace the measures. We are not
                proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                3. Removal Factors for Hospital IQR Program Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41540 through 41544) for a summary of the Hospital IQR Program's
                removal factors. We are not proposing any changes to our policies
                regarding measure removal in this proposed rule.
                4. Considerations in Expanding and Updating Quality Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53510 through 53512) for a discussion of the previous considerations we
                have used to expand and update quality measures under the Hospital IQR
                Program. We also refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (83 FR 41147 through 41148), in which we describe the Meaningful
                Measures Framework, our objectives under this Framework for quality
                measurement, and the quality topics that we have identified as high-
                impact measurement areas that are relevant and meaningful to both
                patients
                [[Page 25562]]
                and providers. We are not proposing any changes to these policies in
                this proposed rule. We also note that the Hospital IQR Program must
                first adopt measures and publicly report them on the Care Compare and/
                or its successor website for at least one year before the Hospital VBP
                Program is able to adopt them. We view the value-based purchasing
                programs, including the Hospital VBP Program, as the next step in
                promoting higher quality care for Medicare beneficiaries by
                transforming Medicare from a passive payer of claims into an active
                purchaser of quality healthcare for its beneficiaries.
                5. Proposals To Adopt New Measures for the Hospital IQR Program Measure
                Set
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt five new measures:
                (1) Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure, beginning with a shortened
                reporting period from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021,
                affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination;
                (2) Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Risk Standardized Mortality (Hybrid
                HWM) measure beginning with a voluntary submission period which would
                run from July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023, and followed by mandatory
                reporting beginning with the reporting period which runs July 1, 2023
                through June 30, 2024, affecting the FY 2026 payment determination; (3)
                COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among Healthcare Personnel (HCP) measure
                beginning with a shortened reporting period from October 1, 2021
                through December 31, 2021, affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY
                2023 payment determination; (4) Hospital Harm-Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM
                beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination; and (5) Hospital Harm-Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM
                beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination. The following sections discuss these proposals in more
                detail.
                a. Proposed Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure Beginning With a
                Shortened Reporting Period From October 1, 2021 Through December 31,
                2021, Affecting the FY 2023 Payment Determination Followed By Annual
                Reporting Periods for Subsequent Years
                (1) Background
                 Despite the highest rate of spending on maternity care, the U.S.
                ranks worse than most other developed nations in preventing pregnancy-
                related deaths.\1040\ The Maternal Mortality Rate in the U.S. increased
                from 17 deaths per 100,000 live births in 1990 to 26 deaths per 100,000
                live births in 2015.\1041\ Similar to maternal mortality, maternal
                morbidity is highly preventable.\1042\ Without proper treatment,
                maternal morbidities can lead to mortality.\1043\ Researchers have
                found that the presence of select maternal morbidities such as chronic
                hypertension and preeclampsia were strongly associated with increased
                odds of mortality at the time of delivery.\1044\ Timely and appropriate
                treatment of maternal morbidities is imperative to prevent
                complications that can lead to maternal mortality.\1045\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1040\ Maternal Health in the United States. Maternal Health
                Task Force at the Harvard Chan School. Available at: https://www.mhtf.org/topics/maternal-health-in-the-united-states/.
                 \1041\ Maternal Health in the United States. Maternal Health
                Task Force at the Harvard Chan School. Available at: https://www.mhtf.org/topics/maternal-health-in-the-united-states/.
                 \1042\ Kilpatrick, S.K., Ecker, J.L. (2016). Severe Maternal
                Morbidity: Screening and Review. American Journal of Obstetrics and
                Gynecology, 215(3):B17.
                 \1043\ Kilpatrick, S.K., Ecker, J.L. (2016). Severe Maternal
                Morbidity: Screening and Review. American Journal of Obstetrics and
                Gynecology, 215(3):B17-B22.
                 \1044\ Campbell, K.H., Savitz, D., Werner, E.F., Pettker, C.M.,
                Goffman, D., Chazotte, C., Lipkind, H.S. (2013). Maternal Morbidity
                and Risk of Death at Delivery Hospitalization. Obstetrics and
                Gynecology, 122(3): 627-633. https://journals.lww.com/greenjournal/fulltext/2013/09000/Maternal_Morbidity_and_Risk_of_Death_at_Delivery.20.aspx.
                 \1045\ Kilpatrick, S.K., Ecker, J.L. (2016). Severe Maternal
                Morbidity: Screening and Review. American Journal of Obstetrics and
                Gynecology, 215(3): B17.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 One of the main factors contributing to the increase in maternal
                morbidity and mortality is inconsistent obstetric practice.\1046\
                Hospitals in the U.S. lack standardized protocols to address obstetric
                emergencies and complications that arise during pregnancy and
                childbirth.\1047\ A standardized approach to address these concerns is
                necessary to effectively manage obstetric emergencies and
                complications.\1048\ Thus, assessing hospital engagement in
                implementing standardized protocols is essential to efficiently manage
                maternal morbidity nationally. Addressing this maternal health crisis
                and improving maternal health is a priority and a quality improvement
                goal for CMS.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1046\ World Health Organization (WHO), Bulletin of the WHO.
                Maternal Mortality and Morbidity in the United States. Available at:
                https://www.who.int/bulletin/volumes/93/3/14-148627/en/.
                 \1047\ World Health Organization (WHO), Bulletin of the WHO.
                Maternal Mortality and Morbidity in the United States. Available at:
                https://www.who.int/bulletin/volumes/93/3/14-148627/en/.
                 \1048\ World Health Organization (WHO), Bulletin of the WHO.
                Maternal Mortality and Morbidity in the United States. Available at:
                https://www.who.int/bulletin/volumes/93/3/14-148627/en/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Therefore, in this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt the
                Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure (Maternal Morbidity measure),
                beginning with a shortened reporting period running from October 1,
                2021 through December 31, 2021, affecting the FY 2023 payment
                determination, to help address this maternal health crisis. After
                which, the reporting period would be 12 months beginning with the FY
                2024 payment determination (reporting period January 1, 2022 through
                December 31, 2022) and for subsequent years. We developed this
                structural measure to determine hospital participation in a State or
                national Perinatal Quality Improvement (QI) Collaborative initiative
                and implementation of patient safety practices or bundles within that
                QI initiative. We define a state or national Perinatal Quality
                Improvement Collaborative as a statewide or a multi-State network
                working to improve women's health and maternal health outcomes by
                addressing the quality and safety of maternity care. These
                collaboratives employ clinical practices and processes to address gaps
                in care, as well as collect and review performance data. These
                collaboratives also include implementation of evidence-based maternity
                safety bundles and/or patient safety practices to improve patient
                outcomes and reduce maternal mortality and severe maternal morbidity.
                Hospital participation in quality improvement collaboratives has been
                shown to be effective in appropriately managing maternal morbidity
                conditions that may lead to mortality or other adverse
                consequences.\1049\ This measure would: (1) Determine the number of
                hospitals currently participating in a structured State or national
                Perinatal QI Collaborative; and (2) determine whether hospitals are
                implementing the safety practices or bundles included as part of these
                QI initiatives.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1049\ Main, E.K., Cape, V., Abreo, A., Vasher, J., Woods, A.,
                Carpenter, A., Gould, J.B. (2017). Reduction of Severe Maternal
                Morbidity from Hemorrhage Using a State Perinatal Quality
                Collaborative. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
                216(3): 298.e1. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28153661.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 State level QI programs have been shown to be effective in
                decreasing maternal morbidity.\1050\ One controlled trial conducted at
                147 California hospitals utilizing a QI toolkit, which
                [[Page 25563]]
                was a patient safety bundle for obstetrical hemorrhage, found that
                hospitals that had implemented the QI toolkit showed a 20.8 percent
                decrease in obstetrical hemorrhage versus a 1.2 percent reduction at
                non-participating hospitals.\1051\ We believe the Maternal Morbidity
                measure will help us better understand the current efforts of hospitals
                to improve nationwide inpatient maternal morbidity.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1050\ Main, E.K., Cape, V., Abreo, A., Vasher, J., Woods, A.,
                Carpenter, A., Gould, J.B. (2017). Reduction of Severe Maternal
                Morbidity from Hemorrhage Using a State Perinatal Quality
                Collaborative. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
                216(3): 298.e4. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28153661.
                 \1051\ Main, E.K., Cape, V., Abreo, A., Vasher, J., Woods, A.,
                Carpenter, A., Gould, J.B. (2017). Reduction of Severe Maternal
                Morbidity from Hemorrhage Using a State Perinatal Quality
                Collaborative. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
                216(3): 298.e4. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28153661.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The existing literature on maternal morbidity also documents how
                patient safety practices and bundles utilized in statewide and national
                Perinatal Quality Collaborative programs can improve maternal
                outcomes.\1052\ The implementation of triggers, bundles, protocols, and
                checklists have been shown to improve the quality and safety of
                obstetric care delivery.\1053\ Triggers are used to identify an event
                that mandates further action by a healthcare professional, which then
                facilitates timely intervention and patient safety.\1054\ Examples of
                triggers include hypertension greater than 180/110 and fever
                (temperature over 38.5[deg]C).\1055\ Bundles are a collection of
                interventions such as checklists, protocols, and educational materials
                that target a specific morbidity such as hypertension or
                hemorrhage.\1056\ Protocols are precise plans of action for specific
                clinical scenarios and serve to augment memory and limit human error in
                demanding environments such as labor and delivery units.\1057\ These
                evidence-based tools also facilitate improvements in timely diagnosis
                and treatment that serve to prevent morbidity.\1058\ This measure would
                allow us to assess hospital participation in QI collaborative programs
                in the inpatient setting and the implementation of safety practices or
                bundles.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1052\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 444-451.
                 \1053\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 449-450.
                 \1054\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 444-451.
                 \1055\ Forster, Alan J. MD, FRCPC; Fung, Irene; Caughey, Sharon
                MD, FRCPC; Oppenheimer, Lawrence MD, FRCPC; Beach, Cathy; Shojania,
                Kaveh G. MD; van Walraven, Carl MD, FRCPC, MSc. 2006. Adverse Events
                Detected by Clinical Surveillance on an Obstetric Service.
                Obstetrics and Gynecology, 108(5): 1073-1083.
                 \1056\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 444-451.
                 \1057\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 444-451.
                 \1058\ Arora, K.S., Shields, L.E., Grobman, W.A., D'Alto, M.E.
                (2016). Triggers, Bundles, Protocols, and Checklists-What Every
                Maternal Care Provider Needs to Know. American Journal of Obstetrics
                and Gynecology, 214(4): 444-451.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 At this time, CMS quality reporting programs do not include quality
                measures that specifically address maternal morbidity. The current
                Hospital IQR Program measure set includes the PC-01 measure for
                Elective Deliveries (77 FR 53530), and the Merit-Based Incentive
                Payment System (MIPS) in the Quality Payment Program includes measures
                for Elective Delivery or Early Induction and Post-Partum Follow-up and
                Care Coordination (81 FR 77625). While these measures contribute to
                improving maternal health, they do not specifically address maternal
                morbidity. Therefore, we believe it is important to adopt this measure
                into the Hospital IQR Program.
                 Under CMS' Meaningful Measures Framework, the Maternal Morbidity
                measure addresses the quality priority of ``Make Care Safer by Reducing
                Harm Caused in the Delivery of Care'' through the Meaningful Measures
                Area of ``Preventable Healthcare Harm.'' \1059\ Because many of the
                factors contributing to maternal morbidity are preventable, this
                measure would be the first step toward assessing the current landscape
                of QI participation and implementation of patient safety practices or
                bundles with the objective of reducing maternal morbidity, and in turn,
                maternal mortality.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1059\ The Maternal Morbidity Measure addresses the quality
                priority of ``Make Care Safer by Reducing Harm Caused in the
                Delivery of Care'' through the Meaningful Measures Area of
                ``Preventable Healthcare Harm.'' More information on CMS' Meaningful
                Measures Framework is available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Overview of Measure
                 To report on this measure, hospitals would respond to a two-part
                question: ``Does your hospital or health system participate in a
                Statewide and/or National Perinatal Quality Improvement Collaborative
                Program aimed at improving maternal outcomes during inpatient labor,
                delivery and post-partum care, and has implemented patient safety
                practices or bundles related to maternal morbidity to address
                complications, including, but not limited to, hemorrhage, severe
                hypertension/preeclampsia or sepsis?'' Hospitals would then choose from
                the following response options: (A) ``Yes''; (B) ``No''; or (C) ``N/A
                (our hospital does not provide inpatient labor/delivery care)'' and
                would submit responses once a year via a CMS-approved web-based tool on
                the QualityNet website.
                 The Maternal Morbidity measure was included on the publicly
                available ``2019 Measures under Consideration Spreadsheet'' \1060\ (MUC
                List), a list of measures under consideration for use in various
                Medicare programs. The Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) Hospital
                Workgroup, which the MAP Coordinating Committee oversees, reviewed the
                MUC List and the Maternal Morbidity measure (MUC2019-114) in detail on
                December 4, 2019.\1061\ The MAP Hospital Workgroup reviewed the measure
                as: ``Does your hospital or health system participate in a Statewide
                and/or National Perinatal Quality Improvement Collaborative Program
                aimed at improving maternal outcomes during inpatient labor, delivery
                and post-partum care, which includes implementation of patient safety
                practices or bundles to address complications, including, but not
                limited to, hemorrhage, severe hypertension/preeclampsia or sepsis?''
                \1062\ The MAP Hospital Workgroup's preliminary recommendation was to
                not support MUC2019-114 Maternal Morbidity for rulemaking, with
                potential for mitigation.\1063\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1060\ 2019 Measures Under Consideration. Information available
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91406.
                 \1061\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2020 Considerations for Implementing Measures in Federal
                Programs: Hospitals. Available at: qualityforum.org/map/.
                 \1062\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2020 Considerations for Implementing Measures in Federal
                Programs: Hospitals. Available at: qualityforum.org/map/.
                 \1063\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2020 Considerations for Implementing Measures in Federal
                Programs: Hospitals. Available at: qualityforum.org/map/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The potential mitigating factors identified by the MAP Hospital
                Workgroup were to adjust the language of the question to clarify that
                the hospital is expected both to attest to participation in a quality
                improvement initiative as well as to implement patient safety practices
                or bundles to
                [[Page 25564]]
                address complications and that the Maternal Morbidity measure go
                through the NQF endorsement process. The MAP Hospital Workgroup members
                suggested replacing ``which includes implementation of patient safety
                practices or bundles'' with ``and has implemented patient safety
                practices or bundles'' to clarify that the intent of the measure is
                both to identify hospitals that participate in a QI program and
                implement specific bundles known to improve outcomes.\1064\ To address
                the MAP's feedback regarding the measure's usability, we made the
                aforementioned change to the measure, thereby clarifying that the
                measure would assess participation in QI initiatives and the
                implementation of patient safety practices or bundles to address
                complications (rather than assessing participation in a QI initiative
                alone).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1064\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2020 Considerations for Implementing Measures in Federal
                Programs: Hospitals. Available at: qualityforum.org/map/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP Coordinating Committee, which provides direction to the MAP
                workgroups, reconvened on January 15, 2020 and reviewed MUC2019-114
                Maternal Morbidity measure for rulemaking in detail.\1065\ The MAP
                Coordinating Committee reviewed the measure as: ``Does your hospital or
                health system participate in a Statewide and/or National Perinatal
                Quality Improvement Collaborative Program aimed at improving maternal
                outcomes during inpatient labor, delivery and post-partum care, and has
                implemented patient safety practices or bundles to address
                complications, including, but not limited to, hemorrhage, severe
                hypertension/preeclampsia or sepsis?'' \1066\ Upon the review of the
                measure, the MAP Coordinating Committee conditionally supported
                MUC2019-114 Maternal Morbidity for rulemaking.\1067\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1065\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                 \1066\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                 \1067\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The conditions identified by the MAP Coordinating Committee
                included adjusting the language of the attestation question to clarify
                that the hospital is expected both to attest to participation in a
                quality improvement initiative as well as actually implement patient
                safety practices or bundles to address complications.\1068\ In response
                to this recommendation, we adjusted the language of the attestation to
                clarify that answering ``Yes'' to the attestation reflects a yes
                response to both components of the question.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1068\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP Coordinating Committee included an additional condition
                that we allow multi-hospital quality improvement collaborative
                participation, in addition to statewide or national collaboratives, to
                account for programs sponsored by large health systems.\1069\ We
                considered this, but ultimately concluded that those programs should
                not be included because they are not as well defined as State and
                national collaboratives.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1069\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP Coordinating Committee also recommended adding information
                to the response options to clarify what constitutes a ``yes, no, or n/
                a'' response.\1070\ In response to this recommendation, we plan to
                include additional educational and clarifying detail on the QualityNet
                Secure Portal (also referred to as the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR)
                System). Such additional educational and clarifying detail would
                explain that a hospital participating in a statewide or national
                Perinatal QI Collaborative, such as the California Maternal Quality
                Care Collaborative or the Alliance for Innovation on Maternal Health
                (AIM) program, that has actively implemented patient care safety
                practices and/or bundles would select ``yes.'' A hospital that neither
                participates in a statewide or national Perinatal QI Collaborative,
                such as those previously noted, nor has actively implemented patient
                safety care practices and/or bundles, would select ``no.'' A hospital
                that participates in a statewide or national Perinatal QI
                Collaborative, but has not actively implemented patient care safety
                practices and/or bundles would select ``no.'' Hospitals that do not
                provide inpatient labor and delivery care services would select ``n/
                a.''
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1070\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Lastly, the MAP Coordinating Committee added a condition that the
                Maternal Morbidity measure should go through the NQF endorsement
                process and receive endorsement.\1071\ The MAP Coordinating Committee
                underscored that maternal morbidity is increasing at an alarming rate
                in the U.S., nearly doubling in the last decade.\1072\ With no quality
                measures that address maternal morbidity, the MAP Coordinating
                Committee strongly supported our attempts to address this healthcare
                crisis through measurement.\1073\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1071\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                 \1072\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                 \1073\ National Quality Forum. Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) 2019-2020 Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act provides an exception
                that, in the case of a specified area or medical topic determined
                appropriate by the Secretary for which a feasible and practical measure
                has not been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section
                1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may specify a measure that is not so
                endorsed as long as due consideration is given to measures that have
                been endorsed or adopted by a consensus organization identified by the
                Secretary. We reviewed NQF-endorsed measures and were unable to
                identify any other NQF-endorsed measures that addressed maternal
                morbidity through hospital participation in State or national perinatal
                quality collaboratives and the implementation of associated bundles or
                practices. We found no other feasible and practical measures on the
                topic of maternal health, therefore we believe the exception in Section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act applies.
                (3) Data Submission and Reporting
                 We are proposing to begin with a shortened reporting period before
                transitioning to full year reporting periods to get a preliminary gauge
                of hospital participation in QI initiatives in a timely manner.
                Specifically, for the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment
                determination, we are proposing a shortened reporting period: October
                1, 2021 through December 31, 2021. Beginning with the CY 2022 reporting
                period/FY 2024 payment determination and for subsequent years, we are
                proposing that the reporting period would be: January 1 through
                December 31.
                [[Page 25565]]
                 We propose to collect this data once a year via a CMS-approved web-
                based data collection tool available on the QualityNet website, similar
                to previous methods of reporting on structural measures. Specifications
                for the measure will also be posted on the CMS Measure Methodology page
                with the file name `Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure
                Specifications' at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology
                . We refer readers to section IX.C.8.i. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule for more details on our data submission and deadline
                requirements for structural measures.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to adopt the Maternal
                Morbidity measure beginning with a shortened reporting period running
                from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, affecting the FY 2023
                payment determination, followed by the annual reporting period of
                January 1 through December 31 for the FY 2024 payment determination and
                subsequent years.
                b. Proposed Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Risk Standardized Mortality
                Measure with Claims and Electronic Health Record Data (NQF #3502)
                Voluntary From July 1, 2022 Through June 30, 2023, and Mandatory
                Beginning July 1, 2023 Through June 30, 2024, Affecting the FY 2026
                Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
                (1) Background
                 Estimates using data from 2008 to 2011 suggest that more than
                210,000 patients die each year from preventable harm in
                hospitals.\1074\ While we do not expect overall hospital mortality
                rates to be zero, studies have shown that quality of care relates to
                mortality within 30 days of hospital admission and that high and
                variable mortality rates across hospitals indicate opportunities for
                improvement.\1075\ \1076\ In addition to the harm to individuals, their
                families, and caregivers resulting from preventable death, there are
                also significant financial costs to the healthcare system associated
                with high and variable mortality rates.\1077\ \1078\ \1079\ While
                capturing monetary savings for preventable mortality events is
                challenging, using two recent estimates of the number of deaths due to
                preventable medical errors, and assuming an average of 10 lost years of
                life per death (valued at $75,000 per year in lost quality adjusted
                life years), the annual direct and indirect cost of potentially
                preventable deaths could be as much as $73.5 to $735
                billion.1080 1081 1082
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1074\ James JT. A new, evidence-based estimate of patient harms
                associated with hospital care. Journal of patient safety. 2013;
                9(3):122-128.
                 \1075\ Peterson ED, Roe MT, Mulgund J, et al. Association
                between hospital process performance and outcomes among patients
                with acute coronary syndromes. JAMA. 2006; 295(16):1912-1920.
                 \1076\ Writing Group for the Checklist--I.C.U. Investigators,
                Brazilian Research in Intensive Care Network. Effect of a quality
                improvement intervention with daily round checklists, goal setting,
                and clinician prompting on mortality of critically ill patients: A
                randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2016; 315(14):1480-1490.
                 \1077\ Institute of Medicine 2000. To Err Is Human: Building a
                Safer Health System. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press.
                Available at: https://www.nap.edu/resource/9728/To-Err-is-Human-
                1999_report-brief.pdf.
                 \1078\ Classen DC, Resar R, Griffin F, et al. `Global trigger
                tool' shows that adverse events in hospitals may be ten times
                greater than previously measured. Health Affairs. 2011; 30(4):581-
                589.
                 \1079\ Andel C, Davidow SL, Hollander M, Moreno DA. The
                economics of health care quality and medical errors. Journal of
                health care finance. 2012; 39(1):39-50.
                 \1080\ Institute of Medicine 2000. To Err Is Human: Building a
                Safer Health System. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press.
                https://www.nap.edu/resource/9728/To-Err-is-Human-1999_report-
                brief.pdf.
                 \1081\ Classen DC, Resar R, Griffin F, et al. `Global trigger
                tool' shows that adverse events in hospitals may be ten times
                greater than previously measured. Health Affairs. 2011; 30(4):581-
                589.
                 \1082\ Andel C, Davidow SL, Hollander M, Moreno DA. The
                economics of health care quality and medical errors. Journal of
                health care finance. 2012; 39(1):39-50.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Condition-specific mortality measures previously adopted into the
                Hospital IQR and Hospital VBP Programs support quality improvement work
                targeted toward patients with a set of common medical conditions, such
                as stroke, heart failure, acute myocardial infarction, or pneumonia.
                Following the implementation of condition-specific measures, national
                hospital mortality rates for the measured conditions and/or procedures
                have declined.\1083\ Now, we are interested in also measuring hospital
                performance across a broader set of patients and across more areas of
                the hospital.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1083\ Suter LG, Li SX, Grady JN, et al. National patterns of
                risk-standardized mortality and readmission after hospitalization
                for acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, and pneumonia:
                update on publicly reported outcomes measures based on the 2013
                release. Journal of general internal medicine. 2014; 29(10):1333-
                1340.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We developed a hybrid hospital-wide, all-cause, risk-standardized
                mortality measure that uses claims data to define the measure cohort
                and a combination of data from electronic health records (EHRs) and
                claims for risk adjustment (Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Risk
                Standardized Mortality Measure (hereinafter referred to as the ``Hybrid
                HWM measure'')). As more patients are included, a hospital-wide
                mortality measure also captures the performance for smaller volume
                hospitals that would otherwise not have sufficient cases to receive
                measure score or performance information for condition- or procedure-
                specific mortality measures. As developed, the Hybrid HWM measure
                addresses the Meaningful Measures Framework quality priority of
                ``Promoting Effective Treatment to Reduce Risk-Adjusted Mortality.''
                 The measure developer under contract with us engaged several
                stakeholder groups, including a Technical Work Group and a Patient and
                Family Work Group, as well as a national, multi-stakeholder Technical
                Expert Panel (TEP) consisting of providers, patients, and other
                stakeholders. These groups provided feedback on the measure concept,
                outcome, cohort, risk model variables, and the reporting of measure
                results. The measure developer also solicited stakeholder feedback
                during measure development as required in the Measures Management
                System (MMS) Blueprint, including two public comment periods.\1084\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1084\ CMS Measures Management System Blueprint (Blueprint v
                16.0). CMS. 2020. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/MMS/Downloads/Blueprint.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Hybrid HWM measure uses claims and EHR data to move toward
                greater use of EHR data for quality measurement. This approach aligns
                with stakeholder feedback on the importance of including clinical data
                that is available to the clinical care team at the time treatment is
                rendered to account for patients' severity of illness, rather than
                relying solely on data from claims in outcome measures (80 FR 49702
                through 49703). This approach also aligns with our goal to move towards
                digital quality measures (dQMs) to reduce provider data collection
                burden and to provide more rapid performance feedback on quality
                measures, as discussed further in section IX.A. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule.
                 The Hybrid HWM measure uses a set of core clinical data elements
                from hospitals' EHRs, similar to those used in the Hybrid Hospital-Wide
                Readmission Measure with Claims and Electronic Health Record Data (NQF
                #2879), which was adopted in the Hospital IQR Program in the FY2020
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42467). These core clinical data
                elements are data that hospitals routinely collect, that can be
                feasibly extracted from hospital EHRs, and that can be utilized as part
                of specific quality outcome measures.\1085\
                [[Page 25566]]
                The data elements are the values for a set of vital signs and common
                laboratory tests collected at the time the patient initially presents
                to the hospital. They are used, in addition to claims data, for risk
                adjustment of patients' severity of illness (for Medicare FFS
                beneficiaries who are aged between 65 and 94 years). We refer readers
                to section IX.C.5.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule for more
                detail on the core clinical data elements used in this measure.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1085\ 2013 Core Clinical Data Elements Technical Report
                (Version 1.1). 2015. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology. Accessed January 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Risk Standardized Mortality
                Measure (MUC17-196) was included in a publicly available document
                entitled ``2017 Measures Under Consideration List'' (available at:
                http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=86527). The NQF MAP Hospital
                Workgroup reviewed the measure and noted that it is an important
                measure for patient safety and that the measure could help reduce
                deaths due to medical errors.\1086\ The MAP expressed concern regarding
                the potential unintended consequences of unnecessary interventions for
                patients at the end of life.\1087\ The measure developer addressed this
                issue based upon TEP and patient work group input to remove patients
                from the cohort who are at the end of life and for whom survival is
                unlikely to be the goal of care. Specifically, the measure does not
                include patients enrolled in hospice in the 12 months prior to
                admission, on admission, or within 2 days of admission. The measure
                also does not include patients admitted primarily for cancer that are
                enrolled in hospice at any time during the admission, those admitted
                primarily for metastatic cancer, and those admitted for specific
                diagnoses with limited survival.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1086\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                 \1087\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP additionally requested that the NQF assess whether the
                measure has appropriate clinical and social risk factors in its risk
                adjustment model and addresses necessary exclusions. The MAP noted that
                appropriate risk adjustment and exclusions are necessary to ensure the
                measure does not disproportionately penalize facilities who may see
                more complex patients (for example, academic medical centers or safety
                net providers) or who may have smaller volumes of patients (for
                example, rural providers). We subsequently submitted the measure for
                initial endorsement by the NQF and presented analyses to NQF on the
                impact of social risk factors. Specifically, we assessed the
                relationship between two social risk factor variables (Medicare-
                Medicaid dual-eligibility status and the AHRQ-validated socioeconomic
                status (SES) index score) and the outcome (mortality). We also examined
                the effect of adding either of these variables into the risk adjustment
                model on model performance and hospital results. We concluded that
                correlations between measure scores for models with and without social
                risk variables were near 1.0, model performance metrics were unchanged,
                and in most divisions the social risk variables did not have
                statistically significant association with the risk of mortality in a
                multivariable model. For the division in which AHRQ SES was associated
                with mortality, further analyses indicated that adjusting for AHRQ SES
                would remove hospital-level effects that may reflect lower-quality care
                provided to patients with low SES status. Based on these results, the
                measure as endorsed by NQF does not adjust for these social risk
                factors. The measure is risk-adjusted to account for case mix and
                service mix differences to prevent disproportionately penalizing
                facilities.\1088\ NQF fully reviewed the measure, including risk
                adjustment, and endorsed the measure with the risk adjustment, as
                specified. As presented to NQF, we also noted that all exclusions were
                determined by careful clinical review and have been made based on
                clinically relevant decisions and to ensure accurate calculation of the
                measure. The NQF assessed the exclusions and supported the measure for
                endorsement.\1089\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1088\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                 \1089\ National Quality Forum. Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/QPS/3502.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP noted this measure used EHR data to support additional
                factors in the risk adjustment model. Given the variability in EHR
                systems, the MAP recommended that the NQF standing committee reviewing
                the measure pay special attention to the ability to consistently obtain
                EHR data across hospitals. We approached risk variable selection from
                the perspective of ensuring a parsimonious list of clinical EHR
                variables that would minimize hospital burden to report the data and
                provide face validity from a clinical perspective. As candidate risk
                variables, the core clinical data elements (CCDE) are consistently
                captured, captured with a standard definition, and entered into the
                electronic health record in a structured field and can be feasibly
                extracted, as shown during development and testing, and subsequently
                presented to NQF.\1090\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1090\ 2013 Core Clinical Data Elements Technical Report
                (Version 1.1). 2015; https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology. Accessed January 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The MAP further suggested that condition-specific mortality
                measures may be more actionable for providers and informative for
                consumers.\1091\ We note that by proposing to adopt the Hybrid HWM
                measure, we intend to offer additional benefits when reported with
                condition- or procedure-specific measures, such as: (1) Providing
                scores and performance information for smaller hospitals; (2) providing
                an overall hospital-level signal for consumers; and (3) providing
                yearly updates using a 1-year measurement period, unlike condition- or
                procedure-specific measures that use 3 years of claims data. Upon
                review, the MAP expressed their conditional support for rulemaking
                pending endorsement from the NQF.\1092\ Thereafter, the NQF endorsed
                the Hybrid HWM measure on October 23, 2019.\1093\ The MAP also
                recommended the Hybrid HWM measure have a voluntary reporting period
                before mandatory implementation.\1094\ Our proposal to adopt the Hybrid
                HWM measure includes beginning with a 1-year voluntary reporting
                period, as further detailed later in section IX.C.5.b.9.(a). of this
                proposed rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1091\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                 \1092\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                 \1093\ National Quality Forum. Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/QPS/3502.
                 \1094\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP 2018 Considerations
                for Implementing Measures in Federal Programs: Hospitals.
                Washington, DC: NQF; 2018. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=87083.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we described the potential
                future inclusion of the Hybrid HWM measure in the Hospital IQR Program
                and
                [[Page 25567]]
                requested public feedback on the measure. Many stakeholders expressed
                support for the measure, with many commenters commending the use of EHR
                data. CMS also responded to stakeholder feedback on the measure
                methodology, validity, and concept (83 FR 41581 through 41588).
                (2) Overview of Measure
                 The Hybrid HWM measure is an outcome measure that captures
                hospital-level, risk-standardized mortality within 30 days of hospital
                admission for most conditions or procedures. It does not have a
                traditional numerator and denominator like a core process measure (for
                example, percentage of adult patients with diabetes aged 18 to 75 years
                receiving one or more hemoglobin A1c tests per year). The measure is
                reported as a single summary score, derived from the results of risk-
                adjustment models for 15 mutually exclusive service-line divisions
                (categories of admissions grouped based on similar discharge diagnoses
                or procedures), with a separate risk model for each of the 15 service-
                line divisions. The 15 service-line divisions include: Nine non-
                surgical divisions and six surgical divisions. The non-surgical
                divisions are: Cancer; cardiac; gastrointestinal; infectious disease;
                neurology; orthopedics; pulmonary; renal; and other. The surgical
                divisions are: Cancer; cardiothoracic; general; neurosurgery;
                orthopedics; and other. Hospitalizations are eligible for inclusion in
                the measure if the patient was hospitalized at a non-Federal, short-
                term acute care hospital; results would be publicly reported as part of
                the Hospital IQR Program.
                 To compare mortality performance across hospitals, the measure
                accounts for differences in patient characteristics (patient case mix)
                as well as differences in the medical services provided and procedures
                performed by hospitals (hospital service mix). In addition, the Hybrid
                HWM measure employs a combination of administrative claims data and
                clinical EHR data to enhance clinical case mix adjustment with
                additional clinical data. As described previously, the measure is
                reported as a single summary score, derived from the results of risk-
                adjustment models for 15 mutually exclusive service-line divisions. The
                overall risk-standardized mortality rate (measure score) will not
                always reflect a result from each of the 15 divisions for hospitals
                that do not have a sufficient number of admissions for each service-
                line division. As a result, some hospitals' overall scores would be
                based on fewer than 15 divisions because of differences in their case
                mix.
                 Our goal is to more comprehensively measure the mortality rates of
                hospitals, including to improve the ability to measure mortality rates
                in smaller volume hospitals. The cohort definition attempts to capture
                as many admissions as possible for which survival would be a reasonable
                indicator of quality and for which adequate risk adjustment is
                possible. We assume survival would be a reasonable indicator of quality
                for admissions fulfilling two criteria: (1) Survival is presumably the
                primary goal of the patient when they enter the hospital; and (2) the
                hospital can reasonably influence the patient's chance of survival
                through quality of care. The Hybrid HWM measure would provide
                information to hospitals that can facilitate quality improvement
                efforts and would expand upon condition- and procedure-specific
                measures by including more settings, types of care, and types of
                patients. In addition, the Hybrid HWM measure would provide
                transparency about the quality of care in clinical areas not captured
                in the current condition- and procedure-specific measures.
                 Additional information on the specifications of the Hybrid HWM
                measure can be found in the Core Clinical Data Elements and Hybrid
                Measure folder on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html and on the eCQI resource
                center website at: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/pre-rulemaking-eh-cah-ecqms.
                (3) Data Sources
                 The Hybrid HWM measure uses three main sources of data for the
                calculation of the measure: (1) Medicare Part A claims data; (2) a set
                of core clinical data elements from a hospital's EHR; and (3) mortality
                status obtained from the Medicare Enrollment Database. The measure uses
                claims and enrollment data to identify index admissions included in the
                Hybrid HWM measure cohort, in the risk-adjustment model, and to assess
                the 30-day mortality outcome. The measure uses one year of Part A
                Medicare administrative claims data from Medicare FFS beneficiaries
                aged between 65 and 94 years for the performance period. The measure
                uses Part A data from the 12 months prior to the index admission for
                risk adjustment, as well as core clinical data elements from each
                hospital's EHR for eligible patient admissions. The core clinical data
                elements are the values for a set of vital signs and common laboratory
                tests collected on patients admitted to acute care hospitals. The
                measure also requires a set of linking variables that are present in
                both the EHR and claims data, which allows us to match each patient's
                core clinical data elements to the claim for the relevant admission. We
                refer readers to the methodology report available on the CMS website
                for the list of linking variables and more detailed discussion.
                (4) Outcome
                 The outcome of interest for the Hybrid HWM measure is all-cause 30-
                day mortality. We define all-cause mortality as death from any cause
                within 30 days of the index hospital admission date.
                (5) Cohort
                 The Hybrid HWM measure cohort consists of Medicare FFS
                beneficiaries, aged between 65 and 94 years, discharged from a non-
                Federal, short-term acute care hospital, within the 1-year measurement
                period (July 1 to June 30 of each year). The measure was developed
                using ICD-9 codes, and then re-specified and re-tested using ICD-10
                data. The Hybrid HWM measure cohort uses the Agency for Healthcare
                Research and Quality (AHRQ) Clinical Classification Software (CCS)
                \1095\ to group numerous diagnostic and procedural ICD-10 codes into
                the clinically meaningful categories defined by the AHRQ grouper. We
                made modifications to these AHRQ CCSs based on risk of mortality, as
                described in the Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure)
                Risk-Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0.\1096\
                The Hybrid HWM measure uses those CCS categories as part of cohort
                specification and risk-adjustment, including the 15 service-line risk
                models.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1095\ Clinical Classifications Software Refined (CCSR) https://www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/toolssoftware/ccsr/ccs_refined.jsp.
                 \1096\ Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-
                Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0,
                available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For the AHRQ CCSs and individual ICD-10-CM codes that define the
                measure development cohort, we refer readers to the Hybrid Hospital-
                Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-Standardized Mortality Measure
                with Electronic Health Record Extracted Risk
                [[Page 25568]]
                Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0.\1097\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1097\ Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-
                Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0,
                available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
                 The Hybrid HWM measure cohort currently includes Medicare FFS
                patients who--
                 Were enrolled in Medicare FFS Part A for the 12 months
                prior to the date of admission and during the index admission;
                 Have not been transferred from another inpatient facility;
                 Were admitted for acute care (do not have a principal
                discharge diagnosis of a psychiatric disease or do not have a principal
                discharge diagnosis of ``rehabilitation care; fitting of prostheses and
                adjustment devices'');
                 Are between 65 and 94 years of age;
                 Are not enrolled in hospice at the time of or in the 12
                months prior to their index admission;
                 Are not enrolled in hospice within 2 days of admission;
                 Are without a principal diagnosis of cancer and enrolled
                in hospice during their index admission;
                 Are without any diagnosis of metastatic cancer; and
                 Are without a discharge diagnosis that is present on
                admission (POA) for a condition for which hospitals have limited
                ability to influence survival, including: Anoxic brain damage;
                persistent vegetative state; prion diseases such as Creutzfeldt-Jakob
                disease, Cheyne-Stokes respiration; brain death; respiratory arrest; or
                cardiac arrest without a secondary diagnosis of acute myocardial
                infarction.
                 The measure currently excludes any of the following index
                admissions for patients:
                 With inconsistent or unknown vital status;
                 Discharged against medical advice;
                 With an admission for crush injury, burn, intracranial
                injury, skull and face fractures, open wounds of head, neck, and trunk,
                or spinal cord injury; or
                 With an admission in a low-volume CCS (within a particular
                service-line division), defined as equal to or less than 100 patients
                with that principal diagnosis across all hospitals.
                 The Hybrid HWM measure assigns each index admission to one of the
                mutually exclusive service-line divisions. For details on how each
                admission is assigned to a specific service-line division, and for a
                complete description and rationale of the inclusion and exclusion
                criteria, we refer readers to the Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition,
                All-Procedure) Risk-Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic
                Health Record Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version
                2.0.\1098\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1098\ Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-
                Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0,
                available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (7) Risk Adjustment
                 The Hybrid HWM measure adjusts for both case mix differences
                (clinical status of the patient, accounted for by adjusting for age and
                comorbidities) and service-mix differences (the types of conditions and
                procedures cared for and procedures conducted by the hospital,
                accounted for by the discharge CMS condition category and AHRQ CCS).
                Patient comorbidities are based on inpatient hospital administrative
                claims during the 12 months prior to and including the index admission
                derived from ICD-10 codes grouped into the CMS condition categories
                (CMS-CCs). Risk variable coefficients vary by service-line division. We
                used version 221099 1100 of the CMS-CC map (for more
                information about our risk-adjustment model software, we refer readers
                to the Risk Adjustment page on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/MedicareAdvtgSpecRateStats/Risk-Adjustors.html).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1099\ Pope GC, Ellis RP, Ash AS, et al. Diagnostic cost group
                hierarchical condition category models for Medicare risk adjustment.
                Final Report to the Health Care Financing Administration under
                Contract Number 500-95-048. 2000; http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/downloads/pope_2000_2.pdf. Accessed February 25, 2020.
                 \1100\ Pope GC, Kautter J, Ingber MJ, et al. Evaluation of the
                CMS-HCC Risk Adjustment Model: Final Report. 2011; https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Health-Plans/MedicareAdvtgSpecRateStats/downloads/evaluation_risk_adj_model_2011.pdf. Accessed February 25,
                2020.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Hybrid HWM measure also includes the core clinical data
                elements in the case mix adjustment. The core clinical data elements
                are values for lab values and vital signs derived from information
                captured in the EHR during the index admission only, as described in
                the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49699). The core clinical
                data elements are clinical information meant to reflect a patient's
                clinical status upon arrival to the hospital. The table lists the 10
                specific elements used in the proposed Hybrid HWM measure.
                [[Page 25569]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.273
                 The core clinical data elements utilize EHR data, therefore, using
                the Measure Authoring Tool (MAT)--a web-based tool that allows the
                authoring of eCQMs using a standardized data model and Clinical Quality
                Language (CQL) expressions \1101\--we developed and tested a MAT output
                and identified value sets for extraction of the core clinical data
                elements, which are available at the eCQI Resource Center: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/pre-rulemaking-eh-cah-ecqms. For more details on how
                the risk variables in each measure were chosen, we refer readers to the
                Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-Standardized
                Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record Extracted Risk Factors
                Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0.\1102\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1101\ The Measure Authoring Tool (MAT) is a publicly available,
                web-based tool for measure developers to create eMeasures. The MAT
                now operates under the direction of the Centers for Medicare and
                Medicaid Services. For more information on the MAT, please visit:
                www.emeasuretool.cms.gov.
                 \1102\ Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-
                Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0,
                available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The proposed Hybrid HWM measure was initially specified to use core
                clinical data elements that are similar to, but not precisely the same
                as, those used in the Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission Measure (Hybrid
                HWR measure) with Claims and Electronic Health Record Data measure (NQF
                #2879), for which we are currently collecting data from hospitals on a
                voluntary basis through June 30, 2023 (84 FR 42465). Since the Hybrid
                HWM measure was described in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83
                FR 41581 through 41588), we have updated the core clinical data
                elements for the Hybrid HWM measure to include hematocrit instead of
                hemoglobin to better align with the Hybrid HWR measure. Hemoglobin and
                hematocrit values are highly correlated and interchangeable with
                respect to their impact in the Hybrid HWM measure's risk model. The
                Pearson correlation coefficients of hemoglobin to hematocrit ranged
                from 0.88-0.97, depending on service-line division. We believe this
                alignment will increase the ease of reporting on both measures.
                 With this update, hospitals would already collect nine of the ten
                core clinical data elements used in the Hybrid HWM measure for
                reporting on the Hybrid HWR measure, with platelets being the only
                additional data element used specifically for the Hybrid HWM measure.
                For more detail about the core clinical data elements used in the
                Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission Measure with Claims and Electronic
                Health Record Data measure (NQF #2879), we refer readers to our
                discussion in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42465 through
                42479) and the Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission Measure with Electronic
                Health Record Extracted Risk Factors report (available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html).
                 We would update the measure specifications annually for the measure
                to incorporate new and revised ICD-10 codes effective October 1 of each
                year after clinical review as necessary. We would also update and
                publicly release the MAT output annually as necessary to include any
                updates to the electronic specifications, which includes value sets for
                the measure-specific data elements.
                (8) Measure Calculation
                 Index admissions are assigned to one of 15 mutually exclusive
                service-line divisions consisting of related conditions or procedures.
                For each service-line division, the standardized mortality ratio (SMR)
                is calculated as the ratio of the number of ``predicted'' deaths to the
                number of ``expected'' deaths at a given hospital. In other words, for
                each hospital, the numerator of the ratio is the number of deaths
                within 30 days predicted based on the hospital's performance with its
                observed case mix and service mix, and the denominator is the number of
                deaths expected based on the nation's performance with that hospital's
                case mix and service mix. This approach is analogous to a ratio of
                ``observed'' to
                [[Page 25570]]
                ``expected'' used in other types of statistical analyses.
                 A hospital-wide composite SMR is then created by pooling the
                service-line SMRs for each hospital using an inverse variance-weighted
                mean. The inverse variance-weighted mean can be interpreted as a
                weighted average of all SMRs that takes into account the precision of
                SMRs. To produce the RSMR, the composite SMR is multiplied by the
                national observed mortality rate. For additional details regarding the
                measure specifications to calculate the RSMR, we refer readers to the
                Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-Standardized
                Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record Extracted Risk Factors:
                Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0.\1103\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1103\ Hybrid Hospital-Wide (All-Condition, All-Procedure) Risk-
                Standardized Mortality Measure with Electronic Health Record
                Extracted Risk Factors Measure Methodology Report Version 2.0.
                Available at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We also note an important distinguishing factor about hybrid
                measures as compared to eCQMs: CMS must calculate hybrid measure
                results to determine hospitals' risk-adjusted rates relative to
                national rates using data from all reporting hospitals. With a hybrid
                measure, hospitals submit data extracted from the EHR, and CMS performs
                the measure calculations and disseminates results.
                 During development and testing of the Hybrid HWM measure, we
                demonstrated that the core clinical data elements were feasibly
                extracted from hospital EHRs. We also demonstrated that the use of the
                core clinical data elements to risk-adjust the Hybrid HWM measure
                results in excellent discrimination (as in, the ability to distinguish
                patients with a low risk of mortality from those at high risk of
                mortality) of the measure, as assessed by the c-statistic. C-statistics
                ranged from 0.82 to 0.95, depending on the service line division. The
                adjusted intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC), which assesses
                reliability of the RSMR, also demonstrated high reliability at
                0.7748.\1104\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1104\ Landis JR, Koch GG. The measurement of observer agreement
                for categorical data. Biometrics. 1977:159-174.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (9) Data Submission
                (a) Reporting and Submission Timeframes for Proposed Voluntary and
                Mandatory Reporting Periods
                 For this measure, we would start with voluntary reporting in
                response to the MAP recommendation before requiring data submission. We
                believe that taking an incremental approach to implementing this
                proposed measure would allow hospitals more time to update and validate
                their systems, to ensure data mapping is accurate and complete, to
                implement workflow changes as necessary to better prepare for
                submitting data, and to increase familiarity with data submission for
                hybrid quality measures when the Hybrid HWM measure becomes required.
                We are proposing a stepwise approach in which we would first accept
                data submissions for the Hybrid HWM measure during a voluntary
                reporting period. In this period, we would collect data on the Hybrid
                HWM measure in accordance with, and to the extent permitted by, the
                HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules (45 CFR parts 160 and 164, Subparts A,
                C, and E), and other applicable law. This voluntary reporting period
                would include four quarters of data. Specifically, the voluntary
                reporting period would run from July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023.
                Hospitals that elect to submit data should do so according to the
                requirements described in this section and in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58940 through 58942). Under previously established
                policy, hospitals must submit the core clinical data elements and
                linking variables within 3 months following the end of the applicable
                reporting period (submissions would be required no later than the first
                business day 3 months following the end of the reporting period).
                 We are proposing that mandatory reporting would begin with the
                reporting period which runs from July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024,
                affecting the FY 2026 payment determination and for subsequent years.
                Hospitals would be required to submit the core clinical data elements
                and linking variables within 3 months following the end of the
                applicable reporting period (submissions would be required no later
                than the first business day 3 months following the end of the reporting
                period). This proposed mandatory reporting period for the Hybrid HWM
                measure aligns with that of the Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission
                Measure with Claims and Electronic Health Record Data (NQF #2879) that
                was finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42465
                through 42479).
                 Notably, while we finalized two voluntary reporting periods for the
                Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission measure (84 FR 42465 through 42479),
                here, we are only proposing to have one voluntary reporting period for
                the Hybrid HWM measure, which would coincide with the second voluntary
                reporting period for the Hybrid Hospital-Wide Readmission measure. We
                believe one voluntary reporting period is sufficient for the Hybrid HWM
                measure because hospitals will already have two separate opportunities
                to learn how to report the core clinical data elements for the Hybrid
                Hospital-Wide Readmission measure, which mostly align with the Hybrid
                HWM measure core clinical data elements as described previously.
                Therefore, hospitals would have the opportunity to familiarize
                themselves with the reporting requirements and process for the core
                clinical data elements prior to the Hybrid HWM measure voluntary
                reporting period.
                (b) File Type
                 Beginning with the proposed voluntary reporting period using data
                from July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023, we are proposing that
                hospitals would use Quality Reporting Data Architecture (QRDA) Category
                I files for each Medicare FFS beneficiary aged between 65 and 94 years.
                Submission of data to CMS using QRDA I files is the current EHR data
                and measure reporting standard adopted for eCQMs implemented in the
                Hospital IQR Program (84 FR 42506, 85 FR 58940). This same standard
                would be used for reporting the core clinical data elements to the CMS
                data receiving system via the QualityNet Secure Portal (also referred
                to as the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) System). Specifically, to
                successfully submit the Hybrid HWM measure, hospitals would need to
                submit the core clinical data elements included in the Hybrid HWM
                measure, as described in the measure specifications, for all Medicare
                FFS beneficiaries aged between 65 and 94 years discharged from an acute
                care hospitalization in the 1-year measurement period (July 1 to June
                30 of each year). We note this aligns with the measurement period for
                the Hybrid HWR measure (84 FR 42465 through 42479).
                (c) Data Thresholds
                 For us to be able to calculate the Hybrid HWM measure results, each
                hospital would need to report vital signs for 90 percent or more of the
                hospital admissions for Medicare FFS patients, aged between 65 and 94
                years old discharged in the measurement period (as determined from the
                claims submitted to CMS for admissions that ended during the same
                reporting period). Vital signs are measured on nearly every adult
                patient admitted to an acute care hospital and should be
                [[Page 25571]]
                present for nearly 100 percent of discharges (identified in Medicare
                FFS claims submitted during the same period). In addition, calculating
                the measure with more than 10 percent of hospital discharges missing
                these data elements could cause poor reliability of the measure score
                and instability of hospitals' results from measurement period to
                measurement period.
                 Hospitals would also need to report the laboratory test results for
                90 percent or more of hospital admissions for nonsurgical patients,
                meaning those not included in the surgical divisions of the Hybrid HWM
                measure. For many patients in the surgical divisions admitted following
                elective surgery, there are no laboratory values available in the
                appropriate time window. Therefore, there is no submission requirement
                for the surgical divisions. However, hospitals should submit lab values
                for those patients in surgical divisions with lab values available
                within the appropriate time window. Laboratory values submitted would
                be included in the risk adjustment model.
                (d) Linking Variables and Other Data Elements
                 Hospitals would also be required to successfully submit the
                following six linking variables that are necessary in order to merge
                the core clinical data elements with the CMS claims data to calculate
                the measure:
                 CMS Certification Number;
                 Health Insurance Claims Number or Medicare Beneficiary
                Identifier;
                 Date of birth;
                 Sex;
                 Admission date; and
                 Discharge date.
                The six linking variables required for linking EHR and claims data
                should be routinely captured and available for nearly every adult
                patient admitted to an acute care hospital.
                 Because these linking variables are required for billing, they
                should be present for all Medicare FFS patients, and are, therefore,
                ideally suited to support merging claims and EHR data. However,
                hospitals would meet Hospital IQR Program requirements if they submit
                linking variables on 95 percent or more of discharges with a Medicare
                FFS claim for the same hospitalization during the measurement period.
                (10) Public Reporting
                (a) Proposed Voluntary Reporting Period
                 Under this proposal, we would not publicly report data collected
                during the voluntary reporting period. Hospitals that submit data for
                this measure during the voluntary reporting period would receive
                confidential hospital-specific reports that detail submission results
                from the applicable reporting period, as well as the Hybrid HWM measure
                results assessed from merged files created by our merging of the EHR
                data elements submitted by each participating hospital with claims data
                from the same set of index admissions. Hospitals voluntarily reporting
                would receive information and instructions on the use of the electronic
                specifications for this measure, have an opportunity to test extraction
                and submission of data to CMS, and receive feedback reports from CMS,
                available via the QualityNet Secure Portal (also referred to as the
                Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) System), with details on the success.
                (b) Mandatory Reporting
                 We are proposing mandatory data submission, including public
                reporting of the Hybrid HWM measure, beginning with the data from the
                July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024 reporting period, affecting the FY
                2026 payment determination and for subsequent years. We anticipate this
                data would be included in the July 2025 refresh of the Care Compare
                website or its successor website.
                 The EHR data would be merged with the associated claims data, and
                then Hybrid HWM measure results would be shared with hospitals in the
                confidential hospital-specific feedback reports planned for the spring
                of 2025, providing hospitals a 30-day review period prior to public
                reporting. Thereafter, in subsequent reporting years, we would follow a
                similar operational timeline for EHR data submissions, availability of
                hospital specific reports, and public reporting on the Care Compare
                website or its successor website.
                 We refer readers to section IX.C.8.f. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule for more details and proposals related to data submission
                requirements for hybrid measures, including the Hybrid HWM measure.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to adopt the Hybrid
                Hospital-Wide Mortality Measure with Claims and Electronic Health
                Record Data (NQF #3502) (Hybrid HWM measure) into the Hospital IQR
                Program, beginning with voluntary reporting period which would run from
                July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023, followed by mandatory reporting
                beginning with the reporting period which runs July 1, 2023 through
                June 30, 2024, affecting the FY 2026 payment determination, and
                subsequent years.
                c. Proposal To Adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP
                Measure Beginning With Shortened Reporting Period From October 1, 2021
                Through December 31, 2021, Affecting the CY 2021 Reporting Period/FY
                2023 Payment Determination and for Subsequent Years
                (1) Background
                 On January 31, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department Health
                and Human Services declared a public health emergency (PHE) for the
                United States in response to the global outbreak of SARS-CoV-2, a novel
                (new) coronavirus that causes a disease named ``coronavirus disease
                2019'' (COVID-19).\1105\ COVID-19 is a contagious respiratory infection
                \1106\ that can cause serious illness and death. Older individuals and
                those with underlying medical conditions are considered to be at higher
                risk for more serious complications from COVID-19.\1107\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1105\ U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services, Office of the
                Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response. (2020).
                Determination that a Public Health Emergency Exists. Available at:
                https://www.phe.gov/emergency/news/healthactions/phe/Pages/2019-nCoV.aspx.
                 \1106\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                 \1107\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As of April 2, 2021 the U.S. reported over 30 million cases of
                COVID-19 and over 550,000 COVID-19 deaths.\1108\ Hospitals and health
                systems saw significant surges of COVID-19 patients as community
                infection levels increased.\1109\ From December 2, 2020 through January
                30, 2021, more than 100,000 Americans were in the hospital with COVID-
                19 at the same time.\1110\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1108\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). CDC
                COVID Data Tracker. Available at: https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#cases_casesper100klast7days.
                 \1109\ Associated Press. Tired to the Bone. Hospitals
                Overwhelmed with Virus Cases. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at https://apnews.com/article/hospitals-overwhelmed-coronavirus-cases-74a1f0dc3634917a5dc13408455cd895. Also
                see: New York Times. Just how full are U.S. intensive care units?
                New data paints an alarming picture. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/12/09/world/just-how-full-are-us-intensive-care-units-new-data-paints-an-alarming-picture.html.
                 \1110\ US Currently Hospitalized [bond] The COVID Tracking
                Project. Accessed January 31, 2021 at: https://covidtracking.com/data/charts/us-currently-hospitalized.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Evidence indicates that COVID-19 primarily spreads when individuals
                are in close contact with one another.\1111\
                [[Page 25572]]
                The virus is typically transmitted through respiratory droplets or
                small particles created when someone who is infected with the virus
                coughs, sneezes, sings, talks or breathes.\1112\ Thus, the Centers for
                Disease Control and Prevention advises that infections mainly occur
                through exposure to respiratory droplets when a person is in close
                contact with someone who has COVID-19.\1113\ Experts believe that
                COVID-19 spreads less commonly through contact with a contaminated
                surface (although that is not thought to be a common way that COVID-19
                spreads),\1114\ and that in certain circumstances, infection can occur
                through airborne transmission.\1115\ According to the CDC, those at
                greatest risk of infection are persons who have had prolonged,
                unprotected close contact (that is, within 6 feet for 15 minutes or
                longer) with an individual with confirmed SARS-CoV-2 infection,
                regardless of whether the individual has symptoms.\1116\ Although
                personal protective equipment (PPE) and other infection-control
                precautions can reduce the likelihood of transmission in health care
                settings, COVID-19 can spread between health care personnel (HCP) and
                patients, or from patient to patient given the close contact that may
                occur during the provision of care.\1117\ The CDC has emphasized that
                health care settings, including long-term care settings, can be high-
                risk places for COVID-19 exposure and transmission.\1118\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1111\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1112\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1113\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1114\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1115\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1116\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). When
                to Quarantine. Accessed on April 2, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/if-you-are-sick/quarantine.html.
                 \1117\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021).
                Interim U.S. Guidance for Risk Assessment and Work Restrictions for
                Healthcare Personnel with Potential Exposure to COVID-19. Accessed
                on April 2 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/faq.html#Transmission.
                 \1118\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, et al. ``The Advisory Committee
                on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for Allocating
                Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States, 2020.'' Morb
                Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Vaccination is a critical part of the nation's strategy to
                effectively counter the spread of COVID-19 and ultimately helps restore
                societal functioning.\1119\ On December 11, 2020, the FDA issued the
                first Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) for a COVID-19 vaccine in the
                U.S.\1120\ Subsequently, the FDA issued EUAs for additional COVID-19
                vaccines.\1121\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1119\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for Jurisdiction
                Operations. Accessed on December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                 \1120\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2020). Pfizer-
                BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144412/download.
                 \1121\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2020). Pfizer-
                BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144412/download; U.S. Food and Drug
                Administration. (2020). Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of
                Authorization. Available at https://www.fda.gov/media/144636/download; U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2021). Janssen COVID-
                19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at https://www.fda.gov/media/146303/download.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The FDA determined that the vaccines met the statutory criteria for
                issuance of an EUA. The totality of the available data provided clear
                evidence that the vaccines may be effective to prevent COVID-19, and
                that the known and potential benefits of the vaccines, when used as
                authorized to prevent COVID-19, outweighed the known and potential
                risks.\1122\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1122\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2020). Pfizer-
                BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144412/download Tech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA
                Letter of Authorization (fda.gov); U.S. Food and Drug
                Administration. (2020). ModernaTx, Inc. COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter
                of Authorization. Available at: https://www.fda.gov/media/144636/download; U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (January 2020).
                Guidance Document: Emergency Use Authorization of Medical Products
                and Related Authorities. Accessed on December 17, 2020, at: https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/emergency-use-authorization-medical-products-and-related-authorities#scope.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As part of its national strategy to address COVID-19, the Biden
                Administration stated on March 25, 2021 that it would work with states
                and the private sector to execute an aggressive vaccination strategy
                and has outlined a goal of administering 200 million shots in 100
                days.\1123\ Although the goal of the U.S. government is to ensure that
                every American who wants to receive a COVID-19 vaccine can receive one,
                Federal agencies recommended that early vaccination efforts focus on
                those critical to the PHE response, including HCP providing direct care
                to patients with COVID-19, and individuals at highest risk for
                developing severe illness from COVID-19.\1124\ For example, the CDC's
                Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) recommended that
                HCP should be among those individuals prioritized to receive the
                initial, limited supply of the COVID-19 vaccine given the potential for
                transmission in health care settings and the need to preserve health
                care system capacity.\1125\ Research suggests most states followed this
                recommendation,\1126\ and HCP began receiving the vaccine in mid-
                December of 2020.\1127\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1123\ The White House. Remarks by President Biden on the COVID-
                19 Response and the State of Vaccinations. March 29, 2021. Accessed
                at https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/speeches-remarks/2021/03/29/remarks-by-president-biden-on-the-covid-19-response-and-the-state-of-vaccinations/.
                 \1124\ Health and Human Services, Department of Defense. (2020)
                From the Factory to the Frontlines: The Operation Warp Speed
                Strategy for Distributing a COVID-19 Vaccine. Accessed December 18
                at: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/strategy-for-distributing-covid-19-vaccine.pdf; Centers for Disease Control
                (2020). COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for
                Jurisdiction Operations. Accessed December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                 \1125\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, and et al. ``The Advisory
                Committee on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for
                Allocating Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States,
                2020.'' Morb. Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859. ACIP also
                recommended that long-term care residents be prioritized to receive
                the vaccine, given their age, high levels of underlying medical
                conditions, and congregate living situations make them high risk for
                severe illness from COVID-19.
                 \1126\ Kates, J, Michaud, J, Tolbert, J. ``How Are States
                Prioritizing Who Will Get the COVID-19 Vaccine First?'' Kaiser
                Family Foundation. December 14, 2020. Accessed on December 16 at
                https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/how-are-states-prioritizing-who-will-get-the-covid-19-vaccine-first/.
                 \1127\ Associated Press. `Healing is Coming:' U.S. Health
                Workers Start Getting Vaccine. December 15, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16 at: https://apnews.com/article/us-health-workers-coronavirus-vaccine-56df745388a9fc12ae93c6f9a0d0e81f.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Frontline healthcare workers, such as those employed in acute care
                hospitals, are being prioritized for vaccination in most locations.
                There are approximately 18 million healthcare workers in the United
                States.\1128\ As of April 3, 2021, the CDC reported that over 162
                million doses of the COVID-19 vaccine had been administered, and
                approximately 60 million people had received a complete vaccination
                course.\1129\ President Biden indicated on April 6, 2021 that the
                United States has
                [[Page 25573]]
                sufficient vaccine supply to make every adult eligible to receive a
                vaccine beginning April 19, 2021.\1130\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1128\ CDC/The National Institute for Occupational Safety and
                Health (NIOSH). Health Care Workers. Accessed on February 18, 2021
                at: https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/healthcare/
                default.html#:~:text=HEALTHCARE%20WORKERS,-
                Related%20Pages&text=Healthcare%20is%20the%20fastest%2Dgrowing,of%20t
                he%20healthcare%20work%20force.
                 \1129\ CDC. COVID Data Tracker. COVID-19 Vaccinations in the
                United States. Accessed on 2/18/21 at: https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#vaccinations.
                 \1130\ The White House. Remarks by President Biden Marking the
                150 Millionth COVID-19 Vaccine Shot. Accessed April 8, 2021 at:
                https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/speeches-remarks/2021/04/06/remarks-by-president-biden-marking-the-150-millionth-covid-19-vaccine-shot/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe it is important to incentivize and track HCP vaccination
                in acute care facilities through quality measurement to protect health
                care workers, patients, and caregivers, and to help sustain the ability
                of hospitals to continue serving their communities throughout the PHE
                and beyond. Therefore, we are proposing a new measure, COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage Among HCP, beginning with a shortened reporting
                period from October 2021 through December 2021. The CY 2021 Reporting
                Period for the FY 2023 Payment Determination is shorter than the
                reporting period we are proposing for subsequent years to expedite data
                collection of this measure in response to the current PHE. The measure
                will assess the proportion of a hospital's health care workforce that
                has been vaccinated against COVID-19.
                 Although at this time data to show the effectiveness of COVID-19
                vaccines to prevent asymptomatic infection or transmission of SARS-CoV-
                2 are limited, we believe hospitals should track the level of
                vaccination among their HCP as part of their efforts to assess and
                reduce the risk of transmission of COVID-19 within their facilities.
                HCP vaccination can potentially reduce illness that leads to work
                absence and limit disruptions to care.\1131\ Data from influenza
                vaccination demonstrates that provider uptake of the vaccine is
                associated with that provider recommending vaccination to
                patients,\1132\ and we believe HCP COVID-19 vaccination in hospitals
                could similarly increase uptake among that patient population.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1131\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Overview of
                Influenza Vaccination among Health Care Personnel. October 2020.
                (2020) Accessed March 16, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/flu/toolkit/long-term-care/why.htm.
                 \1132\ Measure Application Committee Coordinating Committee
                Meeting Presentation. March 15, 2021. (2021) Accessed March 16, 2021
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We also believe that publishing the HCP vaccination rates will be
                helpful to many patients, including those who are at high-risk for
                developing serious complications from COVID-19, as they choose
                facilities from which to seek treatment. Under CMS' Meaningful Measures
                Framework, the COVID-19 measure addresses the quality priority of
                ``Promoting Effective Prevention and Treatment of Chronic Disease''
                through the Meaningful Measures Area of ``Preventive Care.''
                (2) Overview of Measure
                 The COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure is a process
                measure developed by the CDC to track COVID-19 vaccination coverage
                among HCP in facilities such as acute care facilities.
                (a) Measure Specifications
                 The denominator is the number of HCP eligible to work in the
                healthcare facility for at least one day during the submission period,
                excluding persons with contraindications to COVID-19 vaccination that
                are described by the CDC.\1133\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1133\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
                Contraindications and precautions. (2021) Accessed March 15, 2021
                at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/covid-19/info-by-product/clinical-considerations.html#Contraindications.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The numerator is the cumulative number of HCP eligible to work in
                the health care facility for at least one day during the submission
                period and who received a completed vaccination course against COVID-19
                since the date the vaccine was first available or on a repeated
                interval if revaccination is recommended.\1134\ Vaccination coverage
                for the purposes of this measure is defined as the estimated percentage
                of HCP eligible to work at the IPF for at least one day who received a
                completed vaccination course. A completed vaccination course may
                require one or more doses depending on the EUA for the specific vaccine
                used. We refer readers to https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/nqf/index.html for
                more details on the measure specifications.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1134\ Measure Application Partnership Coordinating Committee
                Meeting Presentation. March 15, 2021. (2021) Accessed March 16, 2021
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (b) Review by the Measure Applications Partnership (MAP)
                 The COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure was included on
                the publicly available ``List of Measures under Consideration for
                December 21, 2020'' (MUC List), a list of measures under consideration
                for use in various Medicare programs.\1135\ When the MAP Hospital
                Workgroup convened on January 11, 2021, it reviewed the measures on the
                MUC List, including the COVID-19 HCP vaccination measure.\1136\ The MAP
                recognized that the proposed measure represents a promising effort to
                advance measurement for an evolving national pandemic and that it would
                bring value to the Hospital IQR Program measure set by providing
                transparency about an important COVID-19 intervention to help prevent
                infections in HCP and patients.\1137\ The MAP also stated that
                collecting information on COVID-19 vaccination coverage among HCP and
                providing feedback to facilities will allow facilities to benchmark
                coverage rates and improve coverage in their facility, and that
                reducing rates of COVID-19 in healthcare personnel may reduce
                transmission among patients and reduce instances of staff shortages due
                to illness.\1138\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1135\ National Quality Forum. List of Measures Under
                Consideration for December 21, 2020. Accessed at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/measures-under-consideration-list-2020-report.pdf on January 12, 2021.
                 \1136\ The MUC List and the MAP referred to the measure as the
                ``SARS-CoV-2 Vaccination Coverage Among Healthcare Personnel.''
                 \1137\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on January 24, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                 \1138\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on January 24, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In its preliminary review, the MAP Hospital Workgroup did not
                support this measure for rulemaking, subject to potential for
                mitigation.\1139\ To mitigate its concerns, the MAP Hospital Workgroup
                believed that the measure needed well-documented evidence, finalized
                specifications, testing, and NQF endorsement prior to
                implementation.\1140\ Subsequently, the MAP Coordinating Committee met
                on January 25, 2021, to review and make a recommendation on the COVID-
                19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure. In the 2020-2021 MAP Final
                Recommendations, the MAP offered conditional support for rulemaking
                contingent on CMS bringing the measure back to the MAP once the
                specifications are further refined specifically saying that ``the
                incomplete specifications require immediate mitigation and further
                development should continue.'' \1141\ In its final report, the MAP
                noted that the measure would
                [[Page 25574]]
                add value to the program measure set by providing visibility into an
                important intervention to limit COVID-19 infections in healthcare
                personnel and the patients for whom they provide care.\1142\ The
                spreadsheet of final recommendations no longer cited concerns regarding
                evidence, testing, or NQF endorsement.\1143\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1139\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on January 24, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                 \1140\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on January 24, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                 \1141\ Measure Applications Partnership. 2020-2021 MAP Final
                Recommendations. Accessed on February 23, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                 \1142\ Measure Applications Partnership. 2020-2021 Measure
                Applications Partnership. 2020-2021 Considerations for Implementing
                Measures Final Report--Clinicians, Hospitals, and PAC-LTC. Accessed
                on March 12, 2021 at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2021/03/MAP_2020-2021_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Clinicians,_Hospitals,_and_PAC-LTC.aspx.
                 \1143\ Measure Applications Partnership. 2020-2021 MAP Final
                Recommendations. Accessed on February 18 at: NQF: Measure
                Applications Partnership (qualityforum.org).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In response to the MAP final recommendation request that CMS bring
                the measure back to the MAP once the specifications are further
                refined, CMS and the CDC met with MAP Coordinating committee on March
                15, 2021. CMS and the CDC provided additional information to the MAP
                Coordinating Committee at that meeting to address vaccine availability,
                the alignment of the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP as closely
                as possible with the Influenza HCP vaccination measure (NQF 0431)
                specifications, and the definition of HCP used in the measure. At this
                meeting, CMS and the CDC also presented preliminary findings from the
                testing of the numerator of COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP,
                which is currently in process. These preliminary findings showed that
                the numerator data should be feasible and reliable. Testing of the
                numerator of the number of healthcare personnel vaccinated involves a
                comparison vaccination data collected by the CDC directly from long-
                term care facilities (LTCFs) through NHSN with vaccination data
                independently reported to the CDC through the Federal pharmacy
                partnership program for delivering vaccination to LTC facilities. These
                are two completely independent data collection systems. In initial
                analyses of the first month of vaccination from December 2020 to
                January 2021, the number of healthcare workers vaccinated in
                approximately 1,200 facilities, which had data from both systems the
                number of healthcare personnel vaccinated was highly correlated between
                these 2 systems with a correlation coefficient of nearly 90 percent in
                the second two weeks of reporting.\1144\ Because of the high
                correlation across a large number of facilities and high number of HCP
                within those facilities receiving at least one dose of the COVID-19
                vaccine, we believe this data indicates the measure is feasible and
                reliable for use in the IQR Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1144\ For more information on testing results and other measure
                updates, please see the Meeting Materials (including Agenda,
                Recording, Presentation Slides, Summary, and Transcript) of the
                March 15, 2021 meeting available at https://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectMaterials.aspx?projectID=75367.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We value the recommendations of the MAP and considered these
                recommendations carefully. Section 1890A(a)(4) of the Act, as added by
                section 3014(b) of the Affordable Care Act, requires the Secretary to
                take into consideration input from multi-stakeholder groups in
                selecting quality and efficiency measures. While we value input from
                the MAP, we believe it is important to propose the measure as quickly
                as possible to address the urgency of the COVID-19 PHE and its impact
                on vulnerable populations. CMS continues to engage with the MAP to
                mitigate concerns and appreciates the MAP's conditional support for the
                measure.
                (3) NQF Endorsement
                 Under section 1886(s)(4)(D)(i) of the Act, unless the exception of
                subclause (ii) applies, measures selected for the quality reporting
                program must have been endorsed by the entity with a contract under
                section 1890(a) of the Act. The NQF currently holds this contract.
                Section 1886(s)(4)(D)(ii) of the Act provides an exception to the
                requirement for NQF endorsement of measures: In the case of a specified
                area or medical topic determined appropriate by the Secretary for which
                a feasible and practical measure has not been endorsed by the entity
                with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may
                specify a measure that is not so endorsed as long as due consideration
                is given to measures that have been endorsed or adopted by a consensus
                organization identified by the Secretary.
                 This measure is not NQF-endorsed and has not been submitted to NQF
                for endorsement consideration. CMS will consider the potential for
                future NQF endorsement as part of its ongoing work with the MAP.
                 Because this measure is not NQF-endorsed, we considered other
                available measures. We found no other feasible and practical measures
                on the topic of COVID-19 vaccination among HCP, therefore we believe
                the exception in section 1186(s)(4)(D)(ii) of the Act applies.
                (4) Data Submission and Reporting
                 Given the time-sensitive nature of this measure in light of the
                PHE, we are proposing that for the FY 2023 program year, the reporting
                period would be from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021. The
                reporting period we are proposing is shorter than the reporting period
                for subsequent years to expedite data collection for this measure in
                order to respond to the current PHE. Thereafter, we propose quarterly
                reporting deadlines for the Hospital IQR Program beginning with the CY
                2022 reporting period/FY 2024 payment determination and for subsequent
                years.
                 To report this measure, we are proposing that hospitals would
                collect the numerator and denominator for the COVID-19 HCP vaccination
                measure for at least one self-selected week during each month of the
                reporting quarter and submit the data to the NHSN Healthcare Personal
                Safety (HPS) Component before the quarterly deadline to meet Hospital
                IQR Program requirements. While we believe that it would be ideal to
                have HCP vaccination data for every week of each month, we are mindful
                of the time and resources that hospitals would need to report the data.
                Thus, in collaboration with the CDC, we determined that data from at
                least one week of each month would be sufficient to obtain a reliable
                snapshot of vaccination levels among a hospital's healthcare personnel
                while balancing the costs of reporting. If a hospital submits more than
                one week of data in a month, the most recent week's data would be used
                to calculate the measure. For example, if first and third week data are
                submitted, third week data would be used. If first, second, and fourth
                week data are submitted, fourth week data would be used. Each quarter,
                we are proposing that the CDC would calculate a single quarterly COVID-
                19 HCP vaccination coverage rate for each hospital, which would be
                calculated by taking the average of the data from the three weekly
                rates submitted by the hospital for that quarter. If finalized, CMS
                would publicly report each quarterly COVID-19 HCP vaccination coverage
                rate as calculated by the CDC.
                 As described in section IX.C.10.c.2.a., hospitals would report the
                number of HCP eligible to have worked at the facility during the self-
                selected week that the hospital reports data for in NHSN (denominator)
                and the number of those HCP who have received a complete course of a
                COVID-19 vaccination (numerator) during the same self-selected week.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to add a new measure,
                COVID-
                [[Page 25575]]
                19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP, to the Hospital IQR Program,
                beginning with a shortened reporting period from October 1, 2021
                through December 31, 2021 for the FY 2023 payment determination, and
                continuing with quarterly reporting deadlines for the CY 2022 reporting
                period/FY 2024 payment determination and for subsequent years.
                d. Proposal To Adopt Two Medication-Related Adverse Event Electronic
                Clinical Quality Measures Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting Period/
                FY 2025 Payment Determination
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to add two new medication-
                related adverse event electronic clinical quality measures (eCQMs) to
                the Hospital IQR Program measure set, beginning with the CY 2023
                reporting period/FY 2025 payment determination: (1) Hospital Harm--
                Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM (NQF #3503e); and (2) Hospital Harm--Severe
                Hyperglycemia eCQM (NQF#3533e). We believe these medication-related
                adverse event measures are valuable patient safety measures and focus
                on high-priority measurement areas and patient outcomes. The measures
                were developed in a manner that allows them to be reported
                independently, but they can be considered balancing measures if a
                hospital chooses to report on both measures. This section includes
                additional details on each of the eCQMs.
                (1) Proposed Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM (NQF #3503e)
                Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting Period/FY 2025 Payment
                Determination
                (a) Background
                 Hypoglycemia is defined as a blood glucose level of less than or
                equal to 70 mg/dl.\1145\ Hypoglycemic events are among the most common
                adverse drug events in hospitals.1146 1147 1148 1149
                Hypoglycemia can cause a wide range of symptoms, including mild
                symptoms of dizziness, sweating, and confusion to more severe symptoms
                such as seizure, tachycardia, or loss of
                consciousness.1150 1151 Most individuals with hypoglycemia
                recover fully, but in rare instances, hypoglycemia can progress to coma
                and death.\1152\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1145\ American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care in the
                Hospital: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes--2018. Diabetes Care
                2018; 41(Suppl. 1):S144-S151 (available at: https://care.diabetesjournals.org/content/diacare/41/Supplement_1/S144.full.pdf).
                 \1146\ Lipska KJ, Ross JS, Wang Y, et al. National trends in US
                hospital admissions for hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia among
                medicare beneficiaries, 1999 to 2011. JAMA Intern Med. 2014;
                174(7):1116-1124. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2014.1824.
                 \1147\ McCoy RG, Lipska KJ, Herrin J, Jeffery MM, Krumholz HM,
                Shah ND. Hospital Readmissions among Commercially Insured and
                Medicare Advantage Beneficiaries with Diabetes and the Impact of
                Severe Hypoglycemic and Hyperglycemic Events. J Gen Intern Med.
                2017; 32(10):1097-1105. doi:10.1007/s11606-017-4095-x.
                 \1148\ Office of the Inspector General (OIG). (2010). Adverse
                Events in Hospitals: National Incidence Among Medicare
                Beneficiaries. Available at: https://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-06-09-00090.pdf.
                 \1149\ Wexler, D.J., Meigs, J.B., Cagliero, E., Nathan, D.M., &
                Grant, R.W. (2007). Prevalence of hyper and hypoglycemia among
                inpatients with diabetes: A national survey of 44 U.S. hospitals.
                Diabetes Care, 30(2): 367-369.
                 \1150\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(1):16-38.
                 \1151\ Turchin, A., Matheny, M.E., Shubina, M., Scanlon, J.V.,
                Greenwood, B., & Pendergrass, M.L. (2009). Hypoglycemia and clinical
                outcomes in patients with diabetes hospitalized in the general ward.
                Diabetes Care, 32(7): 1153-57.
                 \1152\ Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group.
                (1993). The effect of intensive treatment of diabetes on the
                development and progression of long-term complications in insulin
                dependent diabetes mellitus. New England Journal of Medicine,
                329(14): 977-86.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In a study examining clinical outcomes associated with hypoglycemia
                in hospitalized people with diabetes, patients who had at least one
                hypoglycemic episode (a blood glucose level of less than 50 mg/dL) were
                hospitalized 2.8 days longer than patients who did not experience
                hypoglycemia.\1153\ Another retrospective cohort study showed
                hospitalized patients with diabetes who experienced hypoglycemia (a
                blood glucose level of less than 70 mg/dL) had higher medical costs (by
                38.9 percent), longer length of stay (by 3.0 days), and higher odds of
                being discharged to a skilled nursing facility (odds ratio 1.58; 95
                percent Confidence Interval 1.48-1.69) than patients with diabetes
                without hypoglycemia (p1156 1157 1158 1159 Severe hypoglycemia
                rates have been reported to range from 2.3-5 percent of hospitalized
                patients with diabetes, and from 0.4 percent of non-ICU patient days to
                1.9 percent of ICU patient days.1160 1161 1162 Severe
                hypoglycemic events are largely avoidable by careful use of anti-
                diabetic medication and close monitoring of blood glucose
                values.1163 1164 1165
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1156\ Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia (NQF #3503e) Available
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectTemplateDownload.aspx?SubmissionID=3503.
                 \1157\ Cook, C.B., Kongable, G.L., Potter, D.J., Abad, V.J.,
                Leija, D.E., & Anderson, M. (2009). Inpatient glucose control: A
                glycemic survey of 126 U.S. hospitals. Journal of Hospital Medicine,
                4(9): E7- E14.
                 \1158\ Egi M, Bellomo R, Stachowski E, et al. Hypoglycemia and
                outcome in critically ill patients. Mayo Clin Proc. 2010; 85(3):217-
                224. doi:10.4065/mcp.2009.0394.
                 \1159\ Krinsley JS, Grover A. Severe hypoglycemia in critically
                ill patients: risk factors and outcomes. Crit Care Med. 2007 Oct;
                35(10):2262-7.
                 \1160\ Nirantharakumar, K., Marshall, T., Kennedy, A.,
                Narendran, P., Hemming, K., & Coleman, J.J. (2012). Hypoglycemia is
                associated with increased length of stay and mortality in people
                with diabetes who are hospitalized. Diabetic Medicine, 29(12): e445-
                e448.
                 \1161\ Wexler, D.J., Meigs, J.B., Cagliero, E., Nathan, D.M., &
                Grant, R.W. (2007). Prevalence of hyper and hypoglycemia among
                inpatients with diabetes: A national survey of 44 U.S. hospitals.
                Diabetes Care, 30(2): 367-369.
                 \1162\ Cook, C.B., Kongable, G.L., Potter, D.J., Abad, V.J.,
                Leija, D.E., & Anderson, M. (2009). Inpatient glucose control: A
                glycemic survey of 126 U.S. hospitals. Journal of Hospital Medicine,
                4(9): E7- E14.
                 \1163\ American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care in the
                Hospital: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes--2018. Diabetes Care
                2018; 41(Suppl. 1):S144-S151 (available at: https://care.diabetesjournals.org/content/diacare/41/Supplement_1/S144.full.pdf).
                 \1164\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012; 97(1):16-38.
                 \1165\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015; 21(4):355-367.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Although there are many occurrences of hypoglycemia in hospital
                settings and many such events are preventable, there is currently no
                measure in a CMS quality program that quantifies how often hypoglycemic
                events happen to patients while in inpatient acute care. The AHRQ
                identified insulin and other hypoglycemic agents as high-alert
                medications and associated adverse drug events to be included as a
                measure in the Medicare Patient Safety Monitoring System (MPSMS),
                signifying the importance of measuring this hospital
                harm.1166 1167 Unlike the
                [[Page 25576]]
                MPSMS, which relies on chart-abstracted data, the Hospital Harm--Severe
                Hypoglycemia eCQM identifies hypoglycemic events using direct
                extraction of structured data from the EHR. In addition, the National
                Action Plan for Adverse Drug Event Prevention highlighted the
                opportunity that exists for healthcare quality reporting measures and
                meaningful utilization of EHR data to advance prevention of
                hypoglycemic adverse drug events.\1168\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1166\ Classen, DC, Jaser, L., Budnitz, D.S. (2010). Adverse
                Drug Events among Hospitalized Medicare Patients: Epidemiology and
                national estimates from a new approach to surveillance. Joint
                Commission Journal on Quality and Patient Safety, 36(1): 12-21.
                 \1167\ New System Aims To Improve Patient Safety Monitoring.
                Content last reviewed October 2016. Agency for Healthcare Research
                and Quality, Rockville, MD. Available at: https://archive.ahrq.gov/news/blog/ahrqviews/new-system-aims-to-improve-patient-safety-monitoring.html.
                 \1168\ Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion.
                (2014). National Action Plan for Adverse Drug Event Prevention.
                Available at: https://health.gov/hcq/pdfs/ADE-Action-Plan-508c.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To address gaps in measurement, we developed the Hospital Harm--
                Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM, an outcome measure that would identify the
                rates of severe hypoglycemic events using direct extraction of
                structured data from the EHR. We believe this measure will provide
                reliable and timely measurement of the rate at which severe
                hypoglycemia events occur in the setting of hospital administration of
                antihyperglycemic medications during hospitalization, which will create
                transparency for providers and patients with respect to variation in
                rates of these events among hospitals. We believe that adopting this
                measure, which focuses on in-hospital severe hypoglycemic events in the
                setting of hospital-administered antihyperglycemic medications, has the
                potential to reduce preventable harm. Therefore, we are proposing to
                adopt the Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM (NQF #3503e)
                beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination.
                (b) Overview of Measure
                 The Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM identifies the
                proportion of patients who experienced a severe hypoglycemic event,
                defined as a glucose test result of less than 40 mg/dL, within 24 hours
                of the administration of an antihyperglycemic agent, which indicates
                harm to a patient.\1169\ The measure is intended to facilitate safer
                patient care, not only by promoting adherence to recommended clinical
                guidelines, but also by incentivizing hospitals to track and improve
                their practices of appropriate dosing and adequate monitoring of
                patients receiving glycemic control agents. Hospitals could use this
                measure to track and improve their practices of appropriate dosing and
                adequate monitoring of patients receiving glycemic control agents, and
                to avoid patient harm that can lead to increased risk of mortality and
                disability. This measure addresses the quality priority of ``Making
                Care Safer by Reducing Harm Caused in the Delivery of Care'' through
                the Meaningful Measure Area of ``Preventable Healthcare Harm.'' \1170\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1169\ Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia (NQF #3503e).
                Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectTemplateDownload.aspx?SubmissionID=3503.
                 \1170\ CMS' Meaningful Measures Framework can be found at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 This measure is a re-specification of another hypoglycemia measure
                originally endorsed by the NQF, Glycemic Control--Hypoglycemia (NQF
                #2363).\1171\ The original measure was not implemented as an eCQM
                because, at that time, limitations in the MAT did not allow for
                accurate expression of the Quality Data Model (QDM) components to
                express the measure logic or syntax as specified.\1172\ Upgrades to the
                MAT have allowed the measure to be re-specified, producing accurate
                expression of the measure logic in CQL format to create a measure that
                can now be implemented.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1171\ Glycemic Control--Hyperglycemia NQF#2363. Available at:
                http://www.qualityforum.org/QPS/2363e.
                 \1172\ Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia (NQF #3503e) Available
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectTemplateDownload.aspx?SubmissionID=3503.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia (MUC18-109) measure was
                included in the publicly available ``List of Measures Under
                Consideration for December 1, 2018.'' \1173\ This measure was reviewed
                by the NQF MAP Hospital Workgroup in December 2018 and received
                conditional support pending NQF review and re-endorsement once the
                revised measure is fully tested.1174 1175 MAP stakeholders
                expressed concerns about the low glucose value (less than 40 mg/dL),
                the defined lab tests (for example, point-of-care vs. lab values), and
                the feasibility of the subsequent lab test for glucose within 5 minutes
                of the low glucose result. MAP stakeholders agreed that severe
                hypoglycemia events are largely avoidable by careful use of
                antihyperglycemic medications and blood glucose monitoring. The MAP
                recommended continuously assessing the low blood glucose threshold of
                1177 1178
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1173\ Measures Under Consideration List December 1, 2018.
                Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=88812.
                 \1174\ 2018-2019 Spreadsheet of Final Recommendations to HHS and
                CMS. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectMaterials.aspx?projectID=75369.
                 \1175\ National Quality Forum, Measure Applications Partnership,
                MAP 2019 Considerations for Implementing Measures in Federal
                Programs: Hospitals. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2019/02/MAP_2019_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Hospitals.aspx.
                 \1176\ Measure Applications Partnership, December 2018 NQF MAP
                Hospital Workgroup Preliminary Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectMaterials.aspx?projectID=75369.
                 \1177\ NQF October 2019 CSAC Endorsement. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91440.
                 \1178\ NQF Patient Safety Standing Committee Memo to Consensus
                Standards Advisory Committee. Spring 2019 Cycle. Available at:
                http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91278.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (c) Data Sources
                 The proposed measure is an eCQM that uses data collected through
                the EHR. The measure is designed to be calculated by the hospitals'
                certified electronic health record technology (CEHRT) using the
                patient-level data submitted by hospitals to CMS.
                (d) Measure Calculation
                 The Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM is an outcome measure
                that assesses the rate at which severe hypoglycemia events (blood
                glucose test result less than 40 mg/dL) caused by hospital
                administration of medications occur in the acute care hospital setting.
                The measure calculates the proportion of patients who are at risk and
                who had a low blood glucose test result (less than 40 mg/dL) and no
                subsequent confirmatory blood glucose within 5 minutes and in the
                normal range (greater than 80 mg/dL). Patients at risk include those
                who had an antihyperglycemic medication administered in the hospital
                within the 24 hours prior to the harm event. The measure counts only
                one severe hypoglycemia event per patient
                [[Page 25577]]
                admission. We refer readers to the measure specifications for more
                detail: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/pre-rulemaking-eh-cah-ecqms.
                (e) Measure Cohort
                 The measure's cohort includes all patients ages 18 years and older
                at the start of the encounter, and for whom at least one
                antihyperglycemic medication was administered during the encounter.
                (f) Denominator
                 The measure denominator includes all patients 18 years or older
                discharged from an inpatient hospital encounter during the measurement
                period who were administered at least one antihyperglycemic medication
                during their hospital stay. The measure includes inpatient admissions
                for patients admitted from either the emergency department or
                observation status, who subsequently became an inpatient. There are no
                denominator exclusions for this measure.
                (g) Numerator
                 The numerator for this measure is the number of hospitalized
                patients with a blood glucose test result of less than 40 mg/dL
                (indicating severe hypoglycemia) with no repeat glucose test result
                greater than 80 mg/dL within 5 minutes of the initial low glucose test,
                and where an antihyperglycemic medication was administered within 24
                hours prior to the low glucose result. We specified a glucose threshold
                of less than 40 mg/dL to identify only cases of severe hypoglycemia. We
                excluded a single severe hypoglycemic event with a repeat test of over
                80 mg/dL within 5 minutes to avoid counting false positives (for
                example, from bedside point-of-care tests of capillary blood that might
                have returned an initial erroneous result). There are no other
                numerator exclusions for this measure.
                (h) Risk Adjustment
                 We note risk adjustment is not applicable to the Hospital Harm-
                Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM. In the case of the Hospital Harm--Severe
                Hypoglycemia eCQM, there is evidence indicating that most hypoglycemic
                events of this severity (1179 1180 1181 1182 Although specific patients may
                be particularly vulnerable to hypoglycemia in certain settings (for
                example, due to organ failure and not related to administration of
                diabetic agents), the most common causes are lack of caloric intake,
                overuse of anti-diabetic agents, or both.1183 1184 1185
                These causes are largely controllable in hospital environments, and
                risk can be reduced by following best practices. We would continue to
                evaluate the appropriateness of risk adjustment in measure
                reevaluation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1179\ Cook, C.B., Kongable, G.L., Potter, D.J., Abad, V.J.,
                Leija, D.E., & Anderson, M. (2009). Inpatient glucose control: A
                glycemic survey of 126 U.S. hospitals. Journal of Hospital Medicine,
                4(9): E7- E14.
                 \1180\ Moghissi, E.S., Korytkowski, M.T., DiNardo, M., et al.
                (2009). American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists and
                American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient
                Glycemic Control. Diabetes Care, 32(6):1119-1131.
                 \1181\ Office of the Inspector General (OIG). (2010). Adverse
                Events in Hospitals: National Incidence Among Medicare
                Beneficiaries. Available at: https://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-06-09-00090.pdf.
                 \1182\ Wexler, D.J., Meigs, J.B., Cagliero, E., Nathan, D.M., &
                Grant, R.W. (2007). Prevalence of hyper and hypoglycemia among
                inpatients with diabetes: A national survey of 44 U.S. hospitals.
                Diabetes Care, 30(2): 367-369.
                 \1183\ American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care in the
                Hospital: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes--2018. Diabetes Care
                2018; 41(Suppl. 1):S144-S151 (available at: https://care.diabetesjournals.org/content/diacare/41/Supplement_1/S144.full.pdf).
                 \1184\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015;21(4):355-367.
                 \1185\ Milligan PE, Bocox MC, Pratt E, Hoehner CM, Krettek JE,
                Dunagan WC. Multifaceted approach to reducing occurrence of severe
                hypoglycemia in a large healthcare system. Am J Health Syst Pharm
                2015;72:1631-1641.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For more information on the Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia
                eCQM, we refer readers to the measure specifications available on the
                eCQI Resource Center website at: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/pre-rulemaking-eh-cah-ecqms.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to adopt the Hospital
                Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM for the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination and for subsequent years. We refer readers to
                section IX.C.5.d.1. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a similar
                proposal to adopt this eCQM under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program. We also refer readers to section IX.C.8.e.2.
                of the preamble of this proposed rule for additional proposals related
                to eCQM certification requirements under the Hospital IQR Program.
                (2) Proposed Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM (NQF # 3533e)
                Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting Period/FY 2025 Payment
                Determination
                (a) Background
                 Hyperglycemia is common among hospitalized patients, especially
                those with preexisting diabetes.1186 1187 Hyperglycemia can
                also affect individuals with no prior history of diabetes and may be
                induced by medications such as steroids, or parenteral (intravenous) or
                enteral (tube) feeding.\1188\ Severe hyperglycemia, or an extremely
                elevated blood glucose level, is associated with a range of harms,
                including increased in-hospital mortality, infection rates, and
                hospital length of
                stay.1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 The rate
                of severe hyperglycemia varies across hospitals, which suggests there
                are opportunities for improvement in inpatient glycemic
                management.1198 1199 Rates of inpatient
                [[Page 25578]]
                severe hyperglycemic events can be considered an indicator for quality
                of hospital care, since inpatient hyperglycemia is largely avoidable
                with proper glycemic management.1200 1201 1202 The use of
                evidence-based standardized protocols and insulin management protocols
                have been shown to improve glycemic control and
                safety.1203 1204 It should be noted that this measure does
                not aim to measure overall glucose control in hospitalized patients;
                rather, our goal is to assess the occurrence and extent of severe
                hyperglycemia.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1186\ Swanson CM, Potter DJ, Kongable GL, Cook CB. Update on
                Inpatient Glycemic Control in Hospitals in the United States. Endocr
                Pract. 2011; 17(6):853-861.
                 \1187\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(1):16-38.
                 \1188\ American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care in the
                Hospital: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes--2018. Diabetes Care
                2018; 41(Suppl. 1):S144-S151 (available at: https://care.diabetesjournals.org/content/diacare/41/Supplement_1/S144.full.pdf).
                 \1189\ American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care in the
                Hospital: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes--2018. Diabetes Care
                2018; 41(Suppl. 1):S144-S151 (available at: https://care.diabetesjournals.org/content/diacare/41/Supplement_1/S144.full.pdf).
                 \1190\ Corsino L, Dhatariya K, Umpierrez G. Management of
                diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitalized patients. In Endotext
                [internet]. Available from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK279093/. Last Updated on October 1, 2017, Last Accessed 19
                December 2019.
                 \1191\ Pasquel FJ, Spiegelman R, McCauley M, et al.
                Hyperglycemia During Total Parenteral Nutrition: An Important Marker
                of Poor Outcome and Mortality in Hospitalized Patients. Diabetes
                Care. 2010;33(4):739-741.
                 \1192\ Falciglia M, Freyberg RW, Almenoff PL, D'Alessio DA,
                Render ML. Hyperglycemia-Related Mortality in Critically Ill
                Patients Varies with Admission Diagnosis. Crit Care Med. 2009;
                37(12):3001-3009.
                 \1193\ Lee LJ, Emons MF, Martin SA, et al. Association of Blood
                Glucose Levels with In-Hospital Mortality and 30-Day Readmission in
                Patients Undergoing Invasive Cardiovascular Surgery. Curr Med Res
                Opin. 2012; 28(10):1657-1665.
                 \1194\ King JT, Jr., Goulet JL, Perkal MF, Rosenthal RA.
                Glycemic Control and Infections in Patients with Diabetes Undergoing
                Noncardiac Surgery. Ann Surg. 2011; 253(1):158-165.
                 \1195\ Jackson RS, Amdur RL, White JC, Macsata RA. Hyperglycemia
                is Associated with Increased Risk of Morbidity and Mortality after
                Colectomy for Cancer. J Am Coll Surg. 2012; 214(1):68-80.
                 \1196\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012; 97(1):16-38.
                 \1197\ Krinsley, J.S., Schultz, M.J., Spronk, P.E., van Braam
                Houckgeest, F., van der Sluijs, J.P., Melot, C. & Preiser, J.C.
                (2011). Mild hypoglycemia is strongly associated with increased
                intensive care unit length of stay. Ann Intensive Care, 1, 49.
                 \1198\ Swanson CM, Potter DJ, Kongable GL, Cook CB. Update on
                Inpatient Glycemic Control in Hospitals in the United States. Endocr
                Pract. 2011; 17(6):853-861.
                 \1199\ Cook, C.B., Kongable, G.L., Potter, D.J., Abad, V.J.,
                Leija, D.E., & Anderson, M. (2009). Inpatient glucose control: A
                glycemic survey of 126 U.S. hospitals. Journal of Hospital Medicine,
                4(9): E7- E14.
                 \1200\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015; 21(4):355-367.
                 \1201\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012; 97(1):16-38.
                 \1202\ Donihi AC, DiNardo MM, DeVita MA, Korytkowski MT. Use of
                a Standardized Protocol to Decrease Medication Errors and Adverse
                Events Related to Sliding Scale Insulin. Qual Saf Health Care. 2006;
                15(2):89-91.
                 \1203\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015; 21(4):355-367.
                 \1204\ Donihi AC, DiNardo MM, DeVita MA, Korytkowski MT. Use of
                a Standardized Protocol to Decrease Medication Errors and Adverse
                Events Related to Sliding Scale Insulin. Qual Saf Health Care. 2006;
                15(2):89-91.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (b) Overview of Measure
                 The intent of this measure is to track and improve practices of
                appropriate glycemic control and medication management of patients, and
                to avoid patient harm leading to increased risk of mortality and
                disability. This eCQM assesses the number of inpatient hospital days
                with a severe hyperglycemic event among the total qualifying hospital
                days for patients 18 years and older who have a diagnosis of diabetes
                mellitus and who either received at least one anti-diabetic medication
                during the hospital admission, or who had an elevated blood glucose
                level (>200 mg/dL) during their hospital admission. A severe
                hyperglycemic event is defined as a day in which a patient's blood
                glucose result was greater than 300 mg/dL, or a day in which a blood
                glucose value was not documented and was preceded by 2 consecutive days
                during which at least one glucose value was 200 mg/dL or greater.\1205\
                This measure addresses the quality priority of ``Making Care Safer by
                Reducing Harm Caused in the Delivery of Care'' through the Meaningful
                Measure Area of ``Preventable Healthcare Harm.''\1206\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1205\ Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia (NQF #3533e).
                Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectTemplateDownload.aspx?SubmissionID=3533.
                 \1206\ CMS' Meaningful Measures Framework can be found at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients
                (Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia) (MUC2019-26) measure was included
                in the publicly available ``List of Measures Under Consideration for
                December 1, 2019.'' \1207\ The MAP Hospital Workgroup reviewed the
                measure in December 2019 and the MAP Coordinating Committee reviewed
                the measure in January 2020. The measure received conditional support
                for rulemaking pending NQF endorsement.\1208\ The MAP recommended
                monitoring the implementation of the measure using the severe high
                blood glucose threshold of >300mg/dL for defining harm events to assess
                for unintended measurement consequences, such as hypoglycemia.\1209\
                The Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia measure has been found to be
                both reliable and valid by the NQF Scientific Methods Panel as well as
                the NQF Patient Safety Standing Committee in the Fall 2019 measure
                evaluation cycle.1210 1211 1212 As with all quality measures
                we develop, testing was performed to confirm the measure feasibility,
                reliability, and validity of the numerator, using clinical adjudicators
                who validated the EHR data compared with medical chart-abstracted data.
                Testing was completed using measure output from the MAT in multiple
                hospitals, using multiple EHR systems, with the measure shown to be
                both reliable and valid. In July 2020, the NQF endorsed the Hospital
                Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia measure.\1213\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1207\ Measures Under Consideration List December 1, 2019.
                Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91406.
                 \1208\ 2019-2020 MAP Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91911.
                 \1209\ 2019-2020 MAP Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91911.
                 \1210\ NQF Scientific Methods Panel October 2019 Meeting Summary
                Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91486.
                 \1211\ 2019-2020 MAP Final Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91911.
                 \1212\ NQF Patient Safety Standing Committee. Meeting Summary--
                Measure Evaluation #1 and #2--Fall 2019 Cycle (Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=92225) 2019-2020 MAP Final
                Recommendations. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=91911.
                 \1213\ Patient Safety Final Report--Fall 2019 Cycle. Available
                at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2020/09/Patient_Safety_Final_Report_-_Fall_2019_Cycle.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 This proposed measure is a re-specification of another
                hyperglycemia measure originally endorsed by the NQF, Glycemic
                Control--Hyperglycemia (NQF #2362). Similar to the proposed Glycemic
                Control--Hypoglycemia (NQF #2363) measure, the original hyperglycemic
                measure was not implemented as an eCQM because, at that time,
                limitations in the MAT did not allow for accurate expression of the QDM
                components to express the measure logic or syntax as
                specified.1214 1215 Upgrades to the MAT have allowed the
                measure to be re-specified, producing accurate expression of the
                measure logic in CQL format to create a new measure that can now be
                implemented. We believe that this proposed measure, which focuses
                specifically on severe hyperglycemic events in the hospital setting,
                has the potential to reduce preventable harm. Therefore, we are
                proposing to adopt the Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM (NQF #
                3533e) beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1214\ Glycemic Control--Hyperglycemia (NQF # 2362e). Available
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/QPS/2362e.
                 \1215\ Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia (NQF #3533e).
                Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectTemplateDownload.aspx?SubmissionID=3533.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (c) Data Sources
                 The proposed measure is an eCQM that uses data collected through
                the EHR. The measure is designed to be calculated by the hospitals'
                CEHRT using the patient-level data submitted by hospitals to CMS.
                (d) Measure Calculation
                 The Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM is an outcome measure
                that assesses the number of hospital days with a severe hyperglycemic
                event among the total qualifying hospital days for at risk inpatient
                encounters. A severe hyperglycemic event is defined in the measure as a
                blood glucose result >300 mg/dL, or a day in which a blood glucose
                value was not documented, and it was preceded by 2 consecutive days
                where at least one glucose value was >=200 mg/dL.
                (e) Denominator
                 The denominator of at-risk encounters includes discharges from an
                inpatient
                [[Page 25579]]
                hospital admission for all patients 18 years and older at the start of
                the measurement period, as well as--
                 A diagnosis of diabetes that starts before or during the
                encounter;
                 Administration of at least one dose of insulin or any
                anti-diabetic medication during the encounter; or
                 Presence of at least one blood glucose value >200 mg/dL at
                any time during the encounter.
                 The eCQM includes inpatient encounters which began in the emergency
                department or in observation status.
                 The denominator is the total number of eligible days across all
                encounters that match the initial population criteria. This measure
                does not count the first 24-hour period after admission to the hospital
                (including the emergency department) or the last time period before the
                discharge, if it was less than 24 hours. By excluding the first 24
                hours of admission, the measure allows for correction of severe
                hyperglycemia that was present on admission. By excluding the last time
                period before discharge if it was less than 24 hours, the measure
                accounts for the fact that hospitals may not always be able to check
                glucose during the last time period, especially if it is only a few
                hours long. Eligible encounters that exceed 10 days are truncated to
                equal 10 days.
                (f) Numerator
                 The numerator is the total number of hyperglycemic days across all
                encounters. Hospital days are measured in 24-hour periods, starting
                from the time of arrival at the hospital (including the emergency
                department). Days with a hyperglycemic event are defined as either--
                 A day with at least one blood glucose value >300 mg/dL; or
                 A day in which a blood glucose value was not documented,
                and it was preceded by 2 consecutive days where at least one glucose
                value is >=200 mg/dL.
                 The measure does not count >300 mg/DL events the first 24-hour
                period after hospital arrival for admitted patients (including the
                emergency department) or the last time period before discharge, if it
                was less than 24 hours.
                (g) Risk Adjustment
                 We note risk adjustment is not applicable to the Hospital Harm--
                Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM. In the case of the Hospital Harm--Severe
                Hyperglycemia eCQM, there is evidence indicating that most
                hyperglycemic events of this severity (>300 mg/dL) are
                avoidable.1216 1217 1218 The rate of inpatient severe
                hyperglycemia events can be considered a marker for quality of hospital
                care, since inpatient severe hyperglycemia is largely avoidable with
                proper glycemic management.1219 1220 1221 We would continue
                to evaluate the appropriateness of risk adjustment in measure
                reevaluation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1216\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015; 21(4):355-367.
                 \1217\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(1):16-38.
                 \1218\ Donihi AC, DiNardo MM, DeVita MA, Korytkowski MT. Use of
                a Standardized Protocol to Decrease Medication Errors and Adverse
                Events Related to Sliding Scale Insulin. Qual Saf Health Care.
                2006;15(2):89-91.
                 \1219\ Maynard G, Kulasa K, Ramos P, et al. Impact of a
                Hypoglycemia Reduction Bundle and a Systems Approach to Inpatient
                Glycemic Management. Endocr Pract. 2015;21(4):355-367.
                 \1220\ Umpierrez GE, Hellman R, Korytkowski MT, et al.
                Management of Hyperglycemia in Hospitalized Patients in Non-Critical
                Care Setting: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. J
                Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2012;97(1):16-38.
                 \1221\ Donihi AC, DiNardo MM, DeVita MA, Korytkowski MT. Use of
                a Standardized Protocol to Decrease Medication Errors and Adverse
                Events Related to Sliding Scale Insulin. Qual Saf Health Care.
                2006;15(2):89-91.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For more information on the Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia
                eCQM, we refer readers to the measure specifications available on the
                eCQI Resource Center website at: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/pre-rulemaking-eh-cah-ecqms.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to adopt the Hospital
                Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM for the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination and for subsequent years. We refer readers
                to section IX.F.5.d.2 of the preamble of this proposed rule for a
                similar proposal to adopt the Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia eCQM
                under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program. We also refer
                readers to section IX.C.8.e.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for additional proposals related to eCQM certification requirements
                under the Hospital IQR Program.
                6. Proposed Removal of Five Hospital IQR Program Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49641 through 49643) and the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41540 through 41544) for a discussion of our current measure removal
                factors. In this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove five
                measures from the Hospital IQR Program across the FY 2023 and FY 2026
                payment determinations as further discussed in this rule.
                a. Proposal To Remove One Measure Under--Removal Factor 3, Availability
                of a More Broadly Applicable Measure (Across Settings, Populations, or
                the Availability of a Measure That Is More Proximal in Time to Desired
                Patient Outcomes for the Particular Topic): Death Among Surgical
                Inpatients With Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04)
                 The Death Among Surgical Inpatients with Serious Treatable
                Complications (CMS PSI-04) measures in-hospital deaths per 1,000
                elective surgical discharges, among 18 through 89 years or obstetric
                patients with serious treatable complications (shock/cardiac arrest,
                sepsis, pneumonia, deep vein thrombosis/pulmonary embolism or
                gastrointestinal hemorrhage/acute ulcer). We refer readers to the FY
                2009 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule where we adopted the Death Among Surgical
                Patients with Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04) measure for
                the FY 2010 payment determination and subsequent years (73 FR 48607)
                for more detail on this measure. In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, under the RHQDAPU Program (the former title of the Hospital IQR
                Program), we harmonized two FY 2010 RHQDAPU Program quality measures,
                combining PSI-04 and ``Nursing Sensitive--Failure to rescue'' into a
                single measure renamed Death Among Surgical Inpatients with Serious
                Treatable Complications (75 FR 50182). The CMS PSI-04 measure is a
                claims-based measure which uses claims and administrative data to
                calculate the measure without any additional data collection from
                hospitals.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to remove this measure
                beginning with the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment
                determination, because of the availability of a more broadly applicable
                measure--Factor 3. Specifically, in section IX.C.5.b. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, we propose the Hybrid HWM measure (NQF #3502).
                We refer readers to section IX.C.5.b. for further discussion on the
                Hybrid HWM measure, including data sources, core clinical data
                elements, and measure calculation.
                 The Hybrid HWM measure captures more conditions or procedures than
                CMS PSI-04. The Hybrid HWM measure also captures mortality within 30
                days of hospital admission for most conditions or procedures, compared
                to deaths for surgical discharges (or pregnancy, childbirth, and
                puerperium) as measured by CMS PSI-04. While the
                [[Page 25580]]
                CMS PSI-04 measure is claims-based, the Hybrid HWM measure uses a
                hybrid of claims and clinical data elements from the EHR. As a result,
                we believe the Hybrid HWM measure is a more broadly applicable measure
                because it incorporates a much larger set of conditions and procedures
                and moves toward greater use of EHR data for quality measurement. We
                note that removal of the CMS PSI-04 measure is contingent on the
                adoption of the Hybrid HWM measure.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to remove the Death Among
                Surgical Inpatients with Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04)
                measure beginning with the FY 2023 payment determination.
                b. Proposal To Remove One Measure Under--Removal Factor 5, Availability
                of a Measure That Is More Strongly Associated With Desired Patient
                Outcomes for the Particular Topic: Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding (PC-
                05) (NQF #0480)
                 The Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding (PC-05) eCQM assesses the number
                of newborns exclusively fed breast milk during the newborn's entire
                hospitalization. For more details on the PC-05 measure, we refer
                readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule in which we adopted the
                measure for the Hospital IQR Program (79 FR 50242 through 50243). We
                are proposing to remove PC-05 beginning with the CY 2024 reporting
                period/FY 2026 payment determination under Factor 5--the availability
                of a measure that is more strongly associated with desired patient
                outcomes for the particular topic.
                 Specifically, in keeping with our focus on maternal health, we are
                proposing to adopt the Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure for
                inclusion in the Hospital IQR Program beginning with a shortened CY
                2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination. We refer readers
                to section IX.C.5.a. of the preamble of this proposed rule for more
                detail on that proposed measure. We believe that the proposed Maternal
                Morbidity structural measure is more strongly aligned with our current
                focus on maternal health than the PC-05 eCQM. The proposed Maternal
                Morbidity Structural Measure focuses on determining hospital
                participation in a State or national Perinatal Quality Improvement (QI)
                Collaborative initiative and implementation of patient safety practices
                or bundles within that QI initiative, which includes breastfeeding,
                while PC-05 targets only breastfeeding, a less holistic area of
                maternal health. Improving maternal health and the quality of maternal
                care is a priority for CMS, and we believe that the proposed Maternal
                Morbidity Structural Measure will help achieve this desired outcome
                more directly than PC-05.
                 Further, we believe that removing PC-05 would produce a more
                harmonized and streamlined measure set (83 FR 41539 through 41540).
                Removing this measure from the Hospital IQR Program under removal
                Factor 5 supports the Meaningful Measures Framework because it helps
                the Hospital IQR Program reach a parsimonious set of the most
                meaningful measures available to track patient outcomes and impact (83
                FR 41567). One of the Hospital IQR Program's primary benefits to
                patients and the public is its ability to collect and publicly report
                data for patients to use in making decisions about their care. At the
                same time, maintaining an unnecessarily large or complicated measure
                set including measures that may not be as meaningful to patients
                hampers the Hospital IQR Program's effectiveness at presenting valuable
                data in a useful manner (83 FR 41544). Replacing this measure with one
                that is more strongly associated with broader maternal health goals
                aligns with the Meaningful Measures Framework and allows us to continue
                to effectively promote quality care.
                 We note that, in alignment with our focus on encouraging quality of
                care in maternal health, we proposed to include the Maternal Morbidity
                Structural Measure as early as is practicable. Due to operational
                procedures required to remove PC-05, however, there would be overlap
                with the proposed Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure in the program
                until PC-05 would be removed. The proposed Maternal Morbidity
                Structural Measure would have a reporting period beginning on October
                1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, affecting the FY 2023 payment
                determination, which would overlap with PC-05 until its proposed
                removal for the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination.
                We note that removal of PC-05 measure is contingent on the adoption of
                the Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to remove the Exclusive
                Breast Milk Feeding (PC-05) measure beginning with the CY 2024
                reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination.
                c. Proposal To Remove Three Measures Under--Removal Factor 8, Costs
                Associated With a Measure Outweigh the Benefit of its Continued Use in
                the Program
                 We are proposing to remove three measures under removal Factor 8,
                ``Costs Associated with a Measure Outweigh the Benefit of its Continued
                Use in the Program.'' These three measures are Admit Decision Time to
                ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (ED-2); Anticoagulation Therapy
                for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter (STK-03); and Discharged on Statin
                Medication (STK-06).
                (1) Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (ED-
                2)
                 In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we adopted the Admit
                Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (ED-2) eCQM as
                an option from which hospitals could choose to report to meet the self-
                selected eCQM data reporting requirements for the FY 2018 payment
                determination. We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                for more detail on this measure (80 FR 49693 through 49698). The ED-2
                eCQM evaluates the median time in minutes from admit decision time to
                time of departure from the emergency department (ED) for ED patients
                admitted to inpatient status.
                 A recently published systematic review by Boudi, et al. of 12
                individual studies examined the association between ED boarding time
                (the time between the admission decision and departure from the ED) and
                in hospital mortality (IHM). Although the authors noted a tendency
                toward an association, they did not find strong evidence for an
                association between ED boarding and IHM.\1222\ Six of the studies
                reviewed showed an association between ED boarding time and IHM, five
                showed no association, and the remaining study demonstrated an
                association for patients admitted to non-ICU wards and no association
                for patients admitted to ICU status.\1223\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1222\ Boudi Z, Lauque D, Alsabri M, Ostlundh L, Oneyji C,
                Khalemsky A, et al. (2020) Association between boarding in the
                emergency department and in-hospital mortality: A systematic review.
                PLoS ONE 15(4): e0231253. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0231253.
                 \1223\ Boudi Z, Lauque D, Alsabri M, Ostlundh L, Oneyji C,
                Khalemsky A, et al. (2020) Association between boarding in the
                emergency department and in-hospital mortality: A systematic review.
                PLoS ONE 15(4): e0231253. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0231253.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The authors indicated there is variability in what is considered a
                cut-off time to define extended ED boarding time or prolonged ED LOS
                and stated that, in the U.S., prolonged ED visits have been defined as
                over 6 hours.\1224\
                [[Page 25581]]
                In several of the studies in this systematic review demonstrating an
                association between ED boarding and IHM, the researchers compared
                mortality between patients with a boarding time period of less than 6
                hours and those with a boarding time period equal or greater than 6
                hours (360 minutes). We compared these timeframes to hospital
                performance data for the chart-abstracted version of ED-2,\1225\ using
                the most recent data in the Care Compare downloadable data base for
                timely and effective care from January 1, 2019 through December 31,
                2019. Those results show that the national average for the ED-2 median
                reported boarding times is 101 minutes; the ED-2 90th percentile is 31
                minutes; and only 37 out of 4,028 (0.92 percent) hospitals that
                reported on ED-2 had an ED-2 median time equal to or greater than 360
                minutes. Thus, the Care Compare data indicate that most hospitals do
                not report median boarding times that correspond with this 6-hour
                cutoff.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1224\ The authors note there is a lack of a unique cut-off time
                to define EDB and state that, ``[f]urther well-controlled,
                international multicenter studies are needed to demonstrate . . .
                whether there is a specific EDB time cut-off that results in
                increased IHM.''
                 \1225\ The chart-abstracted version of ED-2 was finalized for
                removal in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for the FY 2022
                payment determination (83 FR 41567).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Boudi's systematic review is consistent with previous research
                finding conflicting results related to the association between ED
                crowding and inpatient mortality. For example, a study by Derose, et
                al. found no association between measures indicating ED crowding and
                inpatient mortality after controlling for patient
                characteristics.\1226\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1226\ Derose S, Gabayan G, Chiu V, Yiu S, Sun B. (2014)
                Emergency Department Crowding Predicts Admission Length-of-Stay But
                Not Mortality in a Large Health System. Med Care. 2014 July; 52(7):
                602-611. doi:10.1097/MLR.0000000000000141. This study of the impact
                of ED system crowding measures on outcomes concluded that, after
                controlling for patient characteristics, there was no association
                between measures of ED crowding and inpatient mortality.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In light of the inconsistency in research findings, we have
                reassessed the value of retaining the ED-2 eCQM in the Hospital IQR
                Program and are proposing to remove this measure, beginning with the CY
                2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination, under Factor 8,
                ``The costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its
                continued use in the program.'' Pursuant to removal Factor 8, we strive
                to ensure that the Hospital IQR Program measure set continues to
                promote improved health outcomes for beneficiaries while minimizing the
                overall costs associated with the program (83 FR 41540). We believe
                that costs are multifaceted and include not only the burden associated
                with reporting, but also the costs associated with implementing and
                maintaining the program. For healthcare providers, the costs include
                maintaining the general administrative knowledge needed to report this
                measure as well as the costs associated with implementing and
                maintaining measure specifications in hospitals' EHR systems for all
                the eCQMs available for use in the Hospital IQR Program (83 FR 41568).
                We also recognize that CMS expends resources when maintaining
                information collection systems and analyzing reported data. Removing
                these measures would reduce provider and program costs alike. Given
                that recent studies indicate an inconclusive association between ED
                boarding times and adverse outcomes such as in-hospital mortality, the
                cost of the current expenditure outweighs the benefit of continued used
                of ED-2. Additionally, due to the operational limitations of
                introducing and removing eCQMs associated with the lifecycle of such
                measures, we propose to remove this measure beginning with the CY 2024
                reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination.
                 We invite public comments on our proposal to remove Admit Decision
                Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (ED-2) measure
                beginning with the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment
                determination.
                (2) Stroke Related Electronic Clinical Quality Measures (eCQMs)
                 We are proposing to remove two stroke-related eCQMs:
                 Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter
                (STK-03) (adopted in the set of eCQMs from which hospitals self-select
                for Hospital IQR Program reporting in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, 80 FR 49693 through 49698); and
                 Discharged on Statin Medication (STK-06) (adopted in the
                set of eCQMs from which hospitals self-select for Hospital IQR Program
                reporting in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, 80 FR 49693 through
                49698).
                 We are proposing to remove STK-03 and STK-06 under removal Factor
                8, ``the costs associated with a measure outweigh the benefit of its
                continued use in the program.'' Under removal Factor 8, we strive to
                ensure that the Hospital IQR Program measure set aligns with the
                Meaningful Measures Framework goal of promoting improved health
                outcomes for beneficiaries while minimizing the overall costs
                associated with the program (83 FR 41540). We assessed the relative
                costs and benefits for both measures as described in detail in this
                rule.
                 As we assessed the relative benefits of these measures, we
                recognized that our measure set contains a high proportion of stroke
                related eCQMs. As previously finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58931), we have a total of nine eCQMs, four of which
                are stroke related. In order to achieve a more parsimonious measure
                set, we believe it is appropriate to reduce the portfolio of stroke-
                related eCQMs. We continue to believe that ensuring appropriate
                pharmacotherapy for stroke patients is an important topic and we will
                continue to work with relevant stakeholders to identify measures of
                quality and advance improved health outcomes for stroke patients.
                Within the eCQM portfolio of stroke measures, we identified STK-03 and
                STK-06 as candidates for removal based on specific considerations
                described in this rule.
                 For STK-03 specifically, the patient population (patients
                prescribed anticoagulation therapy, which is a type of antithrombotic
                therapy), can be considered a subpopulation of the global population of
                ischemic stroke patients captured under the STK-02 eCQM, which measures
                the number of patients prescribed antithrombotic therapy at hospital
                discharge.\1227\ Further, the results of our internal review of the CY
                2019 eCQM reporting indicate that fewer hospitals chose to report STK-
                03 than any of the other remaining three stroke-related eCQMs. In
                contrast, STK-02 was the most reported of the four stroke-related eCQMs
                for the CY 2019 eCQM reporting period. Though the STK-02 eCQM does not
                provide the same level of granularity as the STK-03 eCQM, we believe
                that the low reporting rate of STK-03 coupled with the overlap in
                patient populations means that the benefits of maintaining both
                measures in the Hospital IQR Program measure set has been reduced.
                Given these reduced benefits, we now believe that the costs associated
                with this measure outweigh the benefits of retaining this measure in
                the Hospital IQR Program measure set.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1227\ D. Becker. 2013 Antithrombotic Drugs: Pharmacology and
                Implications for Dental Practice. Anesth Prog. 2013 Summer; 60(2):
                72-80. Available at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3683884/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For STK-06 specifically, which assesses percentage of patients
                discharged on statin medication, we found that the updated 2019
                American Heart Associations (AHA)/American Stroke Association (ASA)
                stroke guidelines on antiplatelet treatment indicate that STK-06 is not
                the most suitable measure for improving patient outcomes in stroke
                treatment during the
                [[Page 25582]]
                acute period.1228 1229 We believe the body of evidence
                supporting the benefits of retaining STK-06 has been weakened by the
                findings of the AHA/ASA stroke guidelines. This is because the
                strongest recommendations and quality of evidence are for
                administration of aspirin in patients with Acute Ischemic Stroke within
                24 to 48 hours after onset. Furthermore, there is only moderate quality
                evidence to continue STK-06, the measure of ischemic stroke patients
                who are prescribed or continue to take statin medication at hospital
                discharge.1230 1231 Lastly, other measures like STK-02,
                Discharged on Antithrombotic Therapy, and STK-05, Antithrombotic
                Therapy by The End of Hospital Day 2, already support our efforts to
                improve care and patient outcomes in the acute period. Taken together
                we believe that the benefit of retaining STK-06 has been reduced. Given
                these reduced benefits, we now believe that the costs associated with
                this measure outweigh the benefits of retaining this measure in the
                Hospital IQR Program measure set.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1228\ Kennedy J, Hill MD, Ryckborst KJ, Eliasziw M, Demchuk AM,
                Buchan AM; FASTER Investigators. Fast Assessment of Stroke and
                Transient Ischaemic Attack to Prevent Early Recurrence (FASTER): A
                randomised controlled pilot trial. Lancet Neurol. 2007; 6:961-969.
                doi:10.1016/S1474-4422(07)70250-8.
                 \1229\ Yoshimura S, Uchida K, Daimon T, Takashima R, Kimura K,
                Morimoto T; on behalf of the ASSORT Trial Investigator. Randomized
                controlled trial of early versus delayed statin therapy in patients
                with acute ischemic stroke: ASSORT Trial (Administration of Statin
                on Acute Ischemic Stroke Patient). Stroke. 2017;48:3057-3063.
                doi:10.1161/STROKEAHA.117.017623.
                 \1230\ Powers WJ, Rabinstein AA, Ackerson T, Adeoye OM,
                Bambakidis NC, Becker K, Biller J, Brown M, Demaerschalk BM, Hoh B,
                Jauch EC, Kidwell CS, Leslie-Mazwi TM, Ovbiagele B, Scott PA, Sheth
                KN, Southerland AM, Summers DV, Tirschwell DL; on behalf of the
                American Heart Association Stroke Council. Guidelines for the early
                management of patients with acute ischemic stroke: 2019 update to
                the 2018 guidelines for the early management of acute ischemic
                stroke: A guideline for healthcare professionals from the American
                Heart Association/American Stroke Association. Stroke. 2019;
                50:e344-e418 doi: 10.1161/STR.0000000000000211.
                 \1231\ Sandercock PA, Counsell C, Tseng MC, Cecconi E. Oral
                antiplatelet therapy for acute ischaemic stroke. Cochrane Database
                Syst Rev. 2014:CD000029. doi: 10.1002/14651858.CD000029.pub3.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe that costs are multifaceted and include the burden
                associated with reporting as well as costs related to program
                implementation and maintenance, which are applicable both to providers
                and CMS (83 FR 41540). Removing STK-03 and STK-06 under Factor 8 would
                eliminate costs associated with implementing and maintaining these
                measures for the Hospital IQR Program. For healthcare providers, the
                costs associated with STK-03 and STK-06 include maintaining the general
                administrative knowledge needed to report these measures as well as the
                costs associated with implementing and maintaining measure
                specifications in hospitals' EHR systems for all the eCQMs available
                for use in the Hospital IQR Program (83 FR 41568). We also recognize
                that CMS expends resources when maintaining information collection
                systems and analyzing reported data. Removing these measures would
                reduce provider and program costs alike.
                 In summary, removing STK-03 and STK-06 would reduce the costs
                associated with them in the Hospital IQR Program while still
                maintaining an efficient measure set that continues to effectively
                promote quality care. Removing STK-03 and STK-06 supports using a
                parsimonious set of the most meaningful measures available to track
                patient outcomes and impact, in keeping with the Meaningful Measures
                Framework (83 FR 41567). Maintaining an unnecessarily large or
                complicated measure set including measures that are not meaningful to
                consumers and caregivers hampers the Hospital IQR Program's
                effectiveness (83 FR 41544). Additionally, due to the operational
                feasibility of introducing and removing eCQMs, we propose to remove
                both measures beginning with the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026
                payment determination.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to remove both the
                Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter (STK-03) and
                the Discharged on Statin Medication (STK-06) measures beginning with
                the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination.
                8. Summary of Previously Finalized and Proposed Hospital IQR Program
                Measures
                a. Summary of Previously Finalized and Proposed Hospital IQR Program
                Measures for the FY 2023 Payment Determination
                 This table summarizes the previously finalized and newly proposed
                Hospital IQR Program measure set for the FY 2023 Payment Determination:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.274
                [[Page 25583]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.275
                b. Summary of Previously Finalized and Proposed Hospital IQR Program
                Measures for the FY 2024 Payment Determination
                 This table summarizes the previously finalized and newly proposed
                Hospital IQR Program measure set for the FY 2024 Payment Determination
                and Subsequent Years:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.276
                [[Page 25584]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.277
                c. Summary of Previously Finalized and Proposed Hospital IQR Program
                Measures for the FY 2025 Payment Determination
                 This table summarizes the previously finalized and newly proposed
                Hospital IQR Program measure set for the FY 2025 payment determination:
                [[Page 25585]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.278
                [[Page 25586]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.279
                d. Summary of Previously Finalized and Proposed Hospital IQR Program
                Measures for the FY 2026 Payment Determination
                 This table summarizes the previously finalized and newly proposed
                Hospital IQR Program measure set for the FY 2026 payment determination:
                [[Page 25587]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.280
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.281
                [[Page 25588]]
                9. Future Considerations
                 We seek to develop a comprehensive set of quality measures to be
                available for widespread use for informed decision-making and quality
                and cost improvements through the inpatient hospital setting.
                Additionally, the emergence of COVID-19 has highlighted various impacts
                on measure outcomes and care of patients, which we believe are
                important to address. We have identified potential future measure or
                topics for future development, which we believe address areas that are
                important to stakeholders, but which are not currently covered in the
                Hospital IQR Program measure set. Therefore, we are seeking stakeholder
                feedback on potential new measures and future considerations for the
                Hospital IQR Program. These are discussed in more detail later in this
                section.
                a. Potential Future Development and Inclusion of a 30-Day, All-Cause
                Mortality Measure for Patients Admitted With COVID-19 Infection
                 We are working to learn more about the impact of the COVID-19
                infection on measure outcomes, particularly readmission and mortality
                measures, and about how the burden of the PHE for COVID-19 influences
                hospitals' ability to care for patients. To support our efforts, we are
                considering the potential future inclusion of a new hospital-level
                measure of all-cause mortality for Medicare beneficiaries admitted with
                COVID-19 infection (COVID-19 mortality measure). Such a measure would
                likely be similar to other hospital-level mortality measures currently
                in use in CMS programs, such as the AMI and Heart Failure 30-day
                mortality measures adopted for the Hospital IQR Program in the CY 2007
                OPPS/ASC final rule (71 FR 68201) and the Pneumonia 30-day mortality
                measure adopted for the Hospital IQR Program in the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (72 FR 47346 through 47351). These measures were later
                adopted for HVBP in the FY 2011 Hospital VBP final rule (76 FR 26497
                through 26511). For example, the measure would likely be constructed
                with the measure cohort including patients admitted with COVID-19 based
                on principal or in select cases based on secondary diagnoses, the
                outcome being mortality within a specified number of days from
                admission (such as 30 days), and risk adjustment based on clinical
                factors and constructed using hierarchical modelling. The measure would
                use administrative claims data; however, development and reporting data
                would not include the January 1, 2020 through June 30, 2020 data
                excluded in the blanket ECE issued in response to the PHE for COVID-19.
                 Public reporting of this measure would not be feasible until at
                least FY 2023 due to the time required for measure development,
                testing, and production, as well as statutorily required pre-rulemaking
                (inclusion on the Measures Under Consideration list for public comment
                and review by the MAP) and notice and comment rulemaking. To inform our
                measure development, we are currently seeking public comment on the
                potential future inclusion of a COVID-19 mortality measure in the
                Hospital IQR Program. Specifically, we are seeking input on:
                 The timeline and approach for implementing a COVID-19
                mortality measure. We seek stakeholder comment on balancing the
                priority of obtaining rapid information to improve quality of care for
                patients during the COVID-19 pandemic with the potential benefits of a
                phased approach to implementation, that might include, for example, a
                dry run, voluntary reporting, and/or confidential reporting prior to
                public reporting on the Care Compare website;
                 The population (type of patients) to include in the COVID-
                19 mortality measure cohort. Specifically, diagnosis codes for
                principal diagnosis of COVID-19, and other key diagnoses, such as
                pneumonia or sepsis, if COVID-19 is coded as a secondary diagnosis
                present on admission;
                 The potential inclusion of both Medicare FFS beneficiaries
                and Medicare Advantage patients, as feasible;
                 Risk factors we should consider adjusting for in the
                measure, such as clinical risk factors or comorbidities available in
                administrative claims data; and
                 The potential stratification of measure results, as
                feasible, such as by social risk factors, geographic location, and/or
                prevalence or burden of COVID-19 disease, and how to define these
                characteristics.
                b. Potential Future Inclusion of a Hospital-Level, Risk Standardized
                Patient Reported Outcomes Measure Following Elective Primary Total Hip
                and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty
                (1) Background
                 Approximately 6 million adults aged 65 or older suffer from
                osteoarthritis in the US.\1232\ Osteoarthritis accounts for more than
                half of all arthritis-related hospitalizations,\1233\ and in 2013 there
                were approximately 1,023,000 hospitalizations for osteoarthritis.\1234\
                Hip and knee osteoarthritis is one of the leading causes of disability
                among non-institutionalized adults,\1235\ and roughly 80 percent of
                patients with osteoarthritis have some limitation in mobility.\1236\
                Elective total hip arthroplasty (THA) and total knee arthroplasty (TKA)
                are most commonly performed for degenerative joint disease or
                osteoarthritis, which affects more than 30 million Americans.\1237\ THA
                and TKA offer significant improvement in quality of life by decreasing
                pain and improving function in a majority of patients, without
                resulting in a high risk of complications or
                death.1238 1239 1240 1241 However, not all patients
                experience benefit from these procedures.\1242\ Many patients note that
                their preoperative expectations for functional improvement have not
                been met.1243 1244 1245 1246 In addition, clinical
                [[Page 25589]]
                practice variation has been well documented in the
                U.S.,1247 1248 1249 readmission and complication rates vary
                across hospitals,1250 1251 and international experience
                documents wide hospital-level variation in patient-reported outcome
                measure results following THA and TKA.\1252\ For example, data from the
                United Kingdom demonstrates that there is a greater than 15 percent
                difference across hospitals in the proportion of patients showing
                improvement after surgery.1253 1254
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1232\ Arthritis Foundation. Arthritis By the Numbers Book of
                Trusted Facts and Figures. 2018: https://www.arthritis.org/Documents/Sections/About-Arthritis/arthritis-facts-stats-figures.pdf. Accessed March 8, 2019.
                 \1233\ Levit K, Stranges E, Ryan K, Elixhauser A. HCUP Facts and
                Figures, 2006: Statistics on Hospital-based Care in the United
                States. 2008. http://www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/reports.jsp.
                 \1234\ Torio CM, BJ,. National inpatient hospital costs: the
                most expensive conditions by payer, 2013. HCUP statistical brief#
                204. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP) Statistical
                Briefs. Rockville, MD, Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
                https://www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/reports/statbriefs/sb204-Most-Expensive-Hospital-Conditions.pdf. Accessed February 2021.
                 \1235\ Guccione AA, Felson DT, Anderson JJ, et al. The effects
                of specific medical conditions on the functional limitations of
                elders in the Framingham Study. American journal of public health.
                1994;84(3):351-358.
                 \1236\ Michaud CM, McKenna MT, Begg S, et al. The burden of
                disease and injury in the United States 1996. Population health
                metrics. 2006;4:11.
                 \1237\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
                Osteoarthritis (OA). https://www.cdc.gov/arthritis/basics/osteoarthritis.htm. Accessed March 8, 2019.
                 \1238\ Rissanen P, Aro S, Slatis P, Sintonen H, Paavolainen P.
                Health and quality of life before and after hip or knee
                arthroplasty. The Journal of arthroplasty. 1995;10(2):169-175.
                 \1239\ Wiklund I, Romanus B. A comparison of quality of life
                before and after arthroplasty in patients who had arthrosis of the
                hip joint. The Journal of bone and joint surgery. American volume.
                1991;73(5):765-769.
                 \1240\ Laupacis A, Bourne R, Rorabeck C, et al. The effect of
                elective total hip replacement on health-related quality of life.
                The Journal of bone and joint surgery. American volume.
                1993;75(11):1619-1626.
                 \1241\ Ritter MA, Albohm MJ, Keating EM, Faris PM, Meding JB.
                Comparative outcomes of total joint arthroplasty. The Journal of
                arthroplasty. 1995;10(6):737-741.
                 \1242\ National Joint Registry. National Joint Registry for
                England and Wales 9th Annual Report 2012. available at
                www.njrcentre.org.uk: National Joint Registry;2012.
                 \1243\ Suda AJ, Seeger JB, Bitsch RG, Krueger M, Clarius M. Are
                patients' expectations of hip and knee arthroplasty fulfilled? A
                prospective study of 130 patients. Orthopedics. 2010;33(2):76-80.
                 \1244\ Ghomrawi HM, Franco Ferrando N, Mandl LA, Do H, Noor N,
                Gonzalez Della Valle A. How Often are Patient and Surgeon Recovery
                Expectations for Total Joint Arthroplasty Aligned? Results of a
                Pilot Study. HSS journal: The musculoskeletal journal of Hospital
                for Special Surgery. 2011;7(3):229-234.
                 \1245\ Harris IA, Harris AM, Naylor JM, Adie S, Mittal R, Dao
                AT. Discordance between patient and surgeon satisfaction after total
                joint arthroplasty. The Journal of arthroplasty. 2013;28(5):722-727.
                 \1246\ Jourdan C, Poiraudeau S, Descamps S, et al. Comparison of
                patient and surgeon expectations of total hip arthroplasty. PLoS
                one. 2012;7(1):e30195.
                 \1247\ Roos EM. Effectiveness and practice variation of
                rehabilitation after joint replacement. Current opinion in
                rheumatology. 2003;15(2):160-162.
                 \1248\ Anderson FA, Jr., Huang W, Friedman RJ, Kwong LM,
                Lieberman JR, Pellegrini VD, Jr. Prevention of venous
                thromboembolism after hip or knee arthroplasty: findings from a 2008
                survey of US orthopedic surgeons. The Journal of arthroplasty.
                2012;27(5):659-666 e655.
                 \1249\ American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS).
                Preventing Venous Thromboembolic Disease in Patients Undergoing
                Elective Hip and Knee Arthroplasty: Evidence-Based Guideline and
                Evidence Report. 2011.
                 \1250\ Suter LG, Grady JN, Lin Z, et al. 2013 Measure Updates
                and Specifications: Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA)
                And/OR Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) All-Cause Unplanned 30-Day
                Risk-Standardized Readmission Measure (Version 2.0). March 2013.
                 \1251\ Suter LG, Parzynski CS, Grady JN, et al. 2013 Measures
                Update and Specifications: Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
                (THA) AND/OR Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA) Risk-Standardized
                Complication Measure (Version 2.0). March 2013; Available at: http://qualitynet.org/.
                 \1252\ Rolfson O. Patient-reported Outcome Measures and Health-
                economic Aspects of Total Hip Arthroplasty: A study of the Swedish
                Hip Arthroplasty Register. 2010. https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/23722. Accessed July 20, 2013.
                 \1253\ National Health System: The Information Centre for Health
                and Social Care. HESonline Hospital Episode Statistics: Proms Data.
                http://www.hesonline.nhs.uk/Ease/ContentServer?siteID=1937&categoryID=1295, 2012.
                 \1254\ Neuburger J, Hutchings A, van der Meulen J, Black N.
                Using patient-reported outcomes (PROs) to compare the providers of
                surgery: does the choice of measure matter? Medical care.
                2013;51(6):517-523.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Peri-operative care and care coordination across provider groups
                and specialties have important effects on clinical
                outcomes.1255 1256 The goal of a hospital-level outcome
                measure is to capture the full spectrum of care to incentivize
                collaboration and shared responsibility for improving patients' health
                and reducing the burden of their disease. THA and TKA procedures
                provide a suitable environment for optimizing care, as there are many
                studies indicating how hospitals and providers can improve outcomes of
                their patients by addressing aspects of pre-, peri-, and postoperative
                care.1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1255\ Feng J, Novikov D, Anoushiravani A, Schwarzkopf R. Total
                knee arthroplasty: improving outcomes with a multidisciplinary
                approach. J Multidiscip Healthc. 2018;11:63-73.
                 \1256\ Saufl N, Owens A, Kelly I, Merrill B, Freyaldenhouen L. A
                multidisciplinary approach to total joint replacement. Journal of
                Perianesthesia Nursing. 2007;22(3):195.
                 \1257\ Monticone M, Ferrante S, Rocca B, et al. Home-based
                functional exercises aimed at managing kinesiophobia contribute to
                improving disability and quality of life of patients undergoing
                total knee arthroplasty: a randomized controlled trial. Archives of
                physical medicine and rehabilitation. 2013;94(2):231-239.
                 \1258\ Brown K, Topp R, Brosky JA, Lajoie AS. Prehabilitation
                and quality of life three months after total knee arthroplasty: a
                pilot study. Perceptual and motor skills. 2012;115(3):765-774.
                 \1259\ Choong PF, Dowsey MM, Stoney JD. Does accurate anatomical
                alignment result in better function and quality of life? Comparing
                conventional and computer-assisted total knee arthroplasty. The
                Journal of arthroplasty. 2009;24(4):560-569.
                 \1260\ Galea MP, Levinger P, Lythgo N, et al. A targeted home-
                and center-based exercise program for people after total hip
                replacement: a randomized clinical trial. Archives of physical
                medicine and rehabilitation. 2008;89(8):1442-1447.
                 \1261\ McGregor AH, Rylands H, Owen A, Dore CJ, Hughes SP. Does
                preoperative hip rehabilitation advice improve recovery and patient
                satisfaction? The Journal of arthroplasty. 2004;19(4):464-468.
                 \1262\ Moffet H, Collet JP, Shapiro SH, Paradis G, Marquis F,
                Roy L. Effectiveness of intensive rehabilitation on functional
                ability and quality of life after first total knee arthroplasty: A
                single-blind randomized controlled trial. Archives of physical
                medicine and rehabilitation. 2004;85(4):546-556.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Due to the absence of large scale and uniformly collected patient-
                reported outcome (PRO) data available from patients undergoing elective
                primary THA/TKA, in November 2015 CMS established an incentivized,
                voluntary PRO data collection opportunity within the Comprehensive Care
                for Joint Replacement (CJR) model to support measure development.
                Requirements for successful submission of PRO data for eligible
                elective primary THA/TKA procedures were identified by CMS in the 2015
                CJR final rule (80 FR 73274). This Hospital-Level, Risk-Standardized
                Patient-Reported Outcomes Following Elective Primary Total Hip and/or
                Total Knee Arthroplasty performance measure (THA/TKA) (THA/TKA PRO-PM)
                was developed and tested using PRO and risk variable data collected
                from and submitted by CJR participant hospitals. PRO data from the
                first few performance years for the CJR model revealed hospital-level
                variation in these outcomes across U.S. hospitals, although the full
                degree and extent of variation is unknown.
                 In October 2017, we launched the Meaningful Measures Framework to
                identify high priority areas for quality measurement that improve
                patient outcomes while also reducing burden on providers.\1263\ The
                initiative captures the agency's vision in evaluating and streamlining
                regulations with a goal to reduce unnecessary cost and burden, increase
                efficiencies, and improve beneficiary experience. The scope of the
                Meaningful Measures Framework continues to evolve as the health care
                environment continues to change. Meaningful Measures 2.0 is currently
                underway and aims to promote better collection and integration of
                patients' voices by incorporating PRO measures that are embedded into
                the clinical workflow, are easy to use, and reduce reporting
                burden.\1264\ The THA/TKA PRO-PM is fully developed aligns with these
                Meaningful Measures 2.0 goals.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1263\ CMS' Meaningful Measures Framework can be found at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                 \1264\ https://www.cms.gov/meaningful-measures-20-moving-measure-reduction-modernization.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Elective THA/TKAs are important, effective procedures performed on
                a broad population, and the patient outcomes for these procedures (such
                as pain, mobility, and quality of life) can be measured in a
                scientifically sound
                way,1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277
                 are influenced by
                [[Page 25590]]
                a range of improvements in
                care,1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 and demonstrate
                hospital-level variation even after patient case mix
                adjustment.1286 1287 Further, THA/TKA procedures are
                specifically intended to improve function and reduce pain, making PROs
                a meaningful outcome metric to assess.\1288\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1265\ Alviar MJ, Olver J, Brand C, Hale T, Khan F. Do patient-
                reported outcome measures used in assessing outcomes in
                rehabilitation after hip and knee arthroplasty capture issues
                relevant to patients? Results of a systematic review and ICF linking
                process. J Rehabil Med. 2011;43(5):374-381.
                 \1266\ Alviar MJ, Olver J, Brand C, et al. Do patient-reported
                outcome measures in hip and knee arthroplasty rehabilitation have
                robust measurement attributes? A systematic review. J Rehabil Med.
                2011;43(7):572-583.
                 \1267\ Bauman S, Williams D, Petruccelli D, Elliott W, de Beer
                J. Physical activity after total joint replacement: A cross-
                sectional survey. Clin J Sport Med. 2007;17(2):104-108.
                 \1268\ Collins NJ, Roos EM. Patient-reported outcomes for total
                hip and knee arthroplasty: Commonly used instruments and attributes
                of a ``good'' measure. Clin Geriatr Med. 2012;28(3):367-394.
                 \1269\ Jones CA, Beaupre LA, Johnston DW, Suarez-Almazor ME.
                Total joint arthroplasties: Current concepts of patient outcomes
                after surgery. Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 2007;33(1):71-86.
                 \1270\ Lau RL, Gandhi R, Mahomed S, Mahomed N. Patient
                satisfaction after total knee and hip arthroplasty. Clin Geriatr
                Med. 2012;28(3):349-365.
                 \1271\ Liebs TR, Herzberg W, Ruther W, Russlies M, Hassenpflug
                J, Multicenter Arthroplasty Aftercare Project M. Quality-adjusted
                life years gained by hip and knee replacement surgery and its
                aftercare. Archives of physical medicine and rehabilitation.
                2016;97(5):691-700.
                 \1272\ Montin L, Leino-Kilpi H, Suominen T, Lepisto J. A
                systematic review of empirical studies between 1966 and 2005 of
                patient outcomes of total hip arthroplasty and related factors. J
                Clin Nurs. 2008;17(1):40-45.
                 \1273\ Papalia R, Del Buono A, Zampogna B, Maffulli N, Denaro V.
                Sport activity following joint arthroplasty: A systematic review. Br
                Med Bull. 2012;101:81-103.
                 \1274\ Rolfson O, Rothwell A, Sedrakyan A, et al. Use of
                patient-reported outcomes in the context of different levels of
                data. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93 Suppl 3:66-71.
                 \1275\ Suter LG, Potteiger J, Cohen DB, Lin Z, Drye EE, Bernheim
                SM. Environmental Scan/Literature Review: Total Hip and Total Knee
                Arthroplasty Patient-Reported Outcome Measure. Report prepared for
                Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. 2012.
                 \1276\ Thorborg K, Roos EM, Bartels EM, Petersen J, Holmich P.
                Validity, reliability and responsiveness of patient-reported outcome
                questionnaires when assessing hip and groin disability: A systematic
                review. BJSM online. 2010;44(16):1186-1196.
                 \1277\ White D, Master H. Patient Reported Measures of Physical
                Function in Knee Osteoarthritis. Rheum Dis Clin North Am.
                2016;42(2):239-252.
                 \1278\ Brown K, Topp R, Brosky JA, Lajoie AS. Prehabilitation
                and quality of life three months after total knee arthroplasty: A
                pilot study. Perceptual and motor skills. 2012;115(3):765-774.
                 \1279\ Choong PF, Dowsey MM, Stoney JD. Does accurate anatomical
                alignment result in better function and quality of life? Comparing
                conventional and computer-assisted total knee arthroplasty. The
                Journal of arthroplasty. 2009;24(4):560-569.
                 \1280\ Galea MP, Levinger P, Lythgo N, et al. A targeted home-
                and center-based exercise program for people after total hip
                replacement: a randomized clinical trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil.
                2008;89(8):1442-1447.
                 \1281\ Kim K, Anoushiravani A, Chen K, et al. Perioperative
                Orthopedic Surgical Home: Optimizing Total Joint Arthroplasty
                Candidates and Preventing Readmission. Journal of Arthroplasty.
                2019;34(7):S91-S96.
                 \1282\ McGregor AH, Rylands H, Owen A, Dore CJ, Hughes SP. Does
                preoperative hip rehabilitation advice improve recovery and patient
                satisfaction? The Journal of arthroplasty. 2004;19(4):464-468.
                 \1283\ Moffet H, Collet JP, Shapiro SH, Paradis G, Marquis F,
                Roy L. Effectiveness of intensive rehabilitation on functional
                ability and quality of life after first total knee arthroplasty: A
                single-blind randomized controlled trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil.
                2004;85(4):546-556.
                 \1284\ Monticone M, Ferrante S, Rocca B, et al. Home-based
                functional exercises aimed at managing kinesiophobia contribute to
                improving disability and quality of life of patients undergoing
                total knee arthroplasty: A randomized controlled trial. Arch Phys
                Med Rehabil. 2013;94(2):231-239.
                 \1285\ Walters M, Chambers M, Sayeed Z, Anoushiravani A, El-
                Othmani M, Saleh K. Reducing Length of Stay in Total Joint
                Arthroplasty Care. Orthopedic Clinics of North America.
                2016;47(4):653-660.
                 \1286\ Bozic KJ, Grosso LM, Lin Z, et al. Variation in hospital-
                level risk-standardized complication rates following elective
                primary total hip and knee arthroplasty. JBJS. 2014;96(8):640-647.
                 \1287\ M[auml]kel[auml] KT, Peltola M, Sund R, Malmivaara A,
                H[auml]kkinen U, Remes V. Regional and hospital variance in
                performance of total hip and knee replacements: a national
                population-based study. Annals of medicine. 2011;43(sup1):S31-S38.
                 \1288\ Liebs T, Herzberg W, Gluth J, et al. Using the patient's
                perspective to develop function short forms specific to total hip
                and knee replacement based on WOMAC function items. Bone Joint J.
                2013;95(B):239-243.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Overview of Measure
                 The THA/TKA PRO-PM reports the hospital-level risk-standardized
                improvement rate (RSIR) in PROs following elective primary THA/TKA for
                Medicare FFS beneficiaries aged 65 years and older.
                 Substantial clinical improvement would be measured by achieving a
                pre-defined improvement in score on joint-specific PRO instruments,
                measuring hip or knee pain and functioning, from the preoperative
                assessment (data collected 90 to 0 days before surgery) to the
                postoperative assessment (data collected 300 to 425 days following
                surgery). For additional details regarding the measure specifications,
                we refer readers to the Patient-Reported Outcomes (PROs) Following
                Elective Primary Total Hip and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty: Hospital-
                Level Performance Measure--Measure Methodology Report, available on the
                CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology).
                 Several stakeholder groups were engaged throughout the development
                process of the THA/TKA PRO-PM, as required in the Measures Management
                System (MMS) Blueprint,\1289\ including a Technical Advisory Group
                (TAG), a Patient Working Group, and a national, multi-stakeholder
                Technical Expert Panel (TEP) consisting of a diverse set of
                stakeholders, including providers and patients. These groups were
                convened by the measure developer under contract with CMS and who
                provided feedback on the measure concept, outcome, cohort, risk model
                variables, reporting results, and data collection. We also received
                multiple public comments used to support the development of this
                measure in the 2015 CJR final rule (80 FR 73274).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1289\ CMS Measures Management System Blueprint (Blueprint v
                16.0). CMS. 2020. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/MMS/Downloads/Blueprint.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The THA/TKA PRO-PM (MUC20-0003) was included in the publicly
                available ``2020 Measures Under Consideration List.'' \1290\ The MAP
                supported the measure, as referenced in the 2020-2021 Final
                Recommendations report to HHS and CMS.\1291\ This measure was submitted
                for NQF review in March 2020.\1292\ In November 2020, the NQF endorsed
                the THA/TKA PRO-PM (NQF#3559).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1290\ 2020 Measures Under Consideration List. Available at
                https://www.cms.gov/media/492911.
                 \1291\ MAP 2020-2021 Considerations for Implementing Measures
                Final Report--Clinicians, Hospitals, and PAC-LTC. NQF. 2021.
                Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2021/03/MAP_2020-2021_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Clinicians,_Hospitals,_and_PAC-LTC.aspx.
                 \1292\ NQF Quality Positioning System. Available at https://www.qualityforum.org/QPS.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Data Sources
                 The THA/TKA PRO-PM uses four sources of data for the calculation of
                the measure: (1) PRO data; (2) claims data; (3) Medicare enrollment and
                beneficiary data; and (4) U.S. Census Bureau survey data. The measure
                uses PRO and limited patient-level risk factor data (described in
                section IX.C.9.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule) collected by
                hospitals preoperatively and postoperatively. The measure includes two
                joint-specific PRO instruments--the Hip dysfunction and Osteoarthritis
                Outcome Score for Joint Replacement (HOOS, JR) for completion by THA
                recipients and the Knee injury and Osteoarthritis Outcome Score for
                Joint Replacement (KOOS, JR) for completion by TKA recipients--from
                which scores are used to assess substantial clinical improvement.
                Additionally, hospitals submit either the Patient-Reported Outcomes
                Measurement Information System (PROMIS)-Global or the Veterans RAND 12-
                Item Health Survey (VR-12), from which Mental Health subscale
                preoperative scores and used for risk adjustment. Claims data are used
                to identify eligible elective primary THA/TKA procedures for the
                measure cohort and additional variables for risk adjustment and
                accounting for response bias, including patient demographics and
                clinical comorbidities up to 12 months prior to surgery. The Medicare's
                Enrollment Database (EDB) identifies Medicare FFS enrollment and race,
                and the Master Beneficiary Summary File allows for determination of
                dual eligibility status. Demographic information from the U.S. Census
                Bureau's American Community Survey \1293\ allows for derivation of the
                Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) socioeconomic status
                (SES) index score.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1293\ American Community Survey, available at: https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/acs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (4) Outcome
                 In response to extensive feedback from orthopedic experts to
                capture PRO data for the many patients whose ``12-month'' postoperative
                appointments
                [[Page 25591]]
                actually occur in months 10 to 14 (300 to 425 days) following surgery,
                the THA/TKA PRO-PM was modified slightly to reflect a longer
                postoperative assessment period. Specifically, the postoperative
                assessment period was extended from 270 to 365 days in initial
                development to 300 to 425 days.
                 The measure outcome (numerator) is the risk-standardized proportion
                of patients undergoing elective primary THA/TKA who meet or exceed a
                substantial clinical improvement threshold between preoperative and
                postoperative assessments on two joint-specific PRO instruments. The
                measure outcome will assess patient improvement in PROs using the HOOS,
                JR following elective primary THA and the KOOS, JR following elective
                primary TKA. PRO data will be collected 90 to zero days prior to
                surgery and 300 to 425 days following surgery. These PRO collection
                periods align with typical patient visits prior to and following
                surgery.
                 The measure outcome defines patient improvement as a binary outcome
                (``Yes''/``No'') of meeting or exceeding the pre-defined improvement
                threshold between preoperative and postoperative assessments on the
                joint-specific PRO instruments: Specifically, for THA patients, meeting
                or exceeding the threshold of 22 points on the HOOS, JR and, for TKA
                patients, meeting or exceeding the threshold of 20 points on the KOOS,
                JR.
                (5) Cohort
                 The measure cohort (denominator) is Medicare FFS beneficiaries aged
                65 years and older undergoing elective primary THA/TKA procedures as
                inpatients in acute care hospitals. We are aware that elective primary
                THA/TKA procedures are increasingly occurring in hospital outpatient
                and ambulatory surgical center settings and we are evaluating options
                to address measurement of those procedures and settings.
                (6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
                 The THA/TKA PRO-PM includes patients who are--
                 Enrolled in Medicare FFS Part A and Part B for the 12
                months prior to the date of the index admission and enrolled in Part A
                during the index admission;
                 Aged 65 or older; and
                 Discharged alive from non-Federal short-term acute care
                hospital.
                 The measure includes only elective primary THA/TKA procedures
                (patients with fractures and revisions are not included).
                 The measure excludes patients with staged procedures, defined as
                more than one elective primary THA or TKA performed on the same patient
                during distinct hospitalizations during the measurement period.
                (7) Risk Adjustment
                 The risk model was developed with clinically relevant risk
                variables identified by public comment in the 2015 CJR final rule (80
                FR 73274), the TEP, and expert orthopedic consultants and supported by
                empirical analyses, and includes risk variables collected with PRO data
                by hospitals in the CJR model. The preoperative score of the Mental
                Health subscale from two global PRO instruments (the PROMIS-Global or
                the VR-12) collected with CJR PRO data is included as a risk variable.
                In addition, the risk model includes a validated, one-question patient-
                reported assessment of health literacy--the Single Item Literacy
                Screener questionnaire.
                 Furthermore, since poorly or incompletely collected PRO data may be
                asymmetrically distributed across lower socioeconomic or disadvantaged
                populations and thus potentially affect measure scores, the measure
                developer used empirical analyses and stakeholder input to develop an
                approach to account for response bias in the measure calculation. The
                approach uses comorbidities and social risk factors--including non-
                White race, dual eligibility, and AHRQ SES index lowest quartile--to
                predict response to the PRO survey. Weighting the responders based on
                their likelihood of response (given their patient characteristics)
                helps reduce non-response bias when calculating the RSIR.
                 For additional details regarding the approach to risk adjustment
                and the full risk model, we refer readers to the Patient-Reported
                Outcomes (PROs) Following Elective Primary Total Hip and/or Total Knee
                Arthroplasty: Hospital-Level Performance Measure--Measure Methodology
                Report), available at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/HospitalQualityInits/Measure-Methodology).
                (8) Measure Calculation
                 The hospital-level THA/TKA PRO-PM measure result is calculated by
                aggregating all patient-level results across the hospital. At the
                hospital level, this measure would be calculated and presented as a
                RSIR, producing a performance measure per hospital which accounts for
                patient case mix, addresses potential non-response bias, and represents
                a measure of quality of care following primary elective THA and TKA.
                Response rates for PRO data for this measure would be calculated as the
                percentage of elective primary THA or TKA procedures for which complete
                and matched preoperative and postoperative PRO data have been submitted
                divided by the total number of eligible THA or TKA procedures performed
                at each hospital and may be reported with measure results for
                transparency.
                 As described in section IX.C.9.b.(7). of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, the measure developer under contract with CMS convened
                several stakeholder groups, including providers and patients,
                throughout measure development. Providers noted that there was a need
                for sufficient time and resources for initial set up and resources
                needed to collect data either internally or externally. As a result, we
                are considering a phased implementation approach for this measure. For
                example, similar to other novel measures recently adopted, such as the
                Hybrid HWR measure finalized for inclusion in the Hospital IQR Program
                in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42465), we are
                considering first allowing hospitals to submit their data voluntarily
                before it would become mandatory for reporting as part of the Hospital
                IQR Program.
                 We are considering three different implementation approaches. One
                approach would be that hospitals collect their own data and send to CMS
                for measure calculation. Another approach would be that collection
                would occur by an external entity, such as through a vendor or CMS.
                Lastly, hospitals could collect their own data and send their data to a
                registry or other entity for storage, standardization, and submission
                to CMS for measure calculation.
                 We received feedback from patients and providers that they would
                like to utilize their PRO results as part of the shared decision-making
                process and had a desire for flexible data collection modes (telephone,
                paper, electronic). Patients were more willing to report data if they
                knew the survey was from their provider, they understood the importance
                and use of the survey, and they had access to their own survey
                responses.
                 Providers expressed concerns over survey fatigue, resources needed
                to collect data, and integration with EHRs. We understand the
                importance of aligning data collection and data submission efforts for
                hospital reporting of PRO data and providing a way for hospitals to
                integrate the collection into
                [[Page 25592]]
                EHRs so the PRO data are available at the point of care.
                 We invite public comment on the possible future inclusion of the
                THA/TKA PRO-PM in the Hospital IQR Program.
                 We also invite public comment on other aspects of the measure
                related to future implementation. Specifically, we are seeking public
                comment on the following:
                 A phased approach to implementation, including voluntary
                followed by mandatory reporting, and the timing/duration of such
                reporting periods.
                 The mechanism of data collection and submission, including
                anticipated barriers and solutions to data collection and submission.
                 The required thresholds for the quantity of data (that is,
                number of completed PRO instruments) hospitals should submit for
                voluntary and mandatory reporting.
                 The application of the THA/TKA PRO-PM measure to settings
                such as hospital outpatient departments, ambulatory surgical centers,
                or hospital inpatient procedures followed by observation stays, such as
                through aligned PRO-PMs across the relevant measurement programs; CMS
                recognizes that over time, more THA and TKA procedures may be performed
                outside of the inpatient setting; as finalized in the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC
                final rule, THA and TKA procedures have been removed from CMS'
                inpatient only (IPO) procedure list (82 FR 59385, 84 FR 61355) and
                added to the ASC covered procedures list (CPL) (84 FR 61388, 85 FR
                86146).
                c. Potential Future Efforts To Address Health Equity in the Hospital
                IQR Program
                 Significant and persistent inequities in health care outcomes exist
                in the United States.\1294\ Inequities in the social determinants of
                health affecting these groups, such as poverty and healthcare access,
                are interrelated and influence a wide range of health and quality-of-
                life outcomes and risks. Therefore, we are committed to achieving
                equity in health care outcomes, including by improving data collection
                to better measure and analyze disparities across programs and
                policies.\1295\ Please see Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Quality
                Programs--A Request for Information, in section IX.B. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, for additional information about our current
                disparity methods and its potential expansion.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1294\ United States Department of Health and Human Services.
                ``Healthy People 2020: Disparities. 2014.'' Available at: https://www.healthypeople.gov/2020/about/foundation-health-measures/Disparities.
                 \1295\ Centers for Medicare Services. CMS Quality Strategy.
                (2016). https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We have also identified potential opportunities specific to the
                Hospital IQR Program where we could leverage current measures or
                develop new measures to address the gap in existing health inequities.
                These opportunities include the stratification of HWR measure data by
                both dual eligibility and race/ethnicity, and the inclusion of a
                structural measure assessing the degree of hospital leadership
                engagement in health equity performance data.
                (1) Potential Future Confidential Stratified Reporting for the
                Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned Readmission Measure Using Both Dual
                Eligibility and Race/Ethnicity
                (a) Background
                 As described in section IX.B. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, where we discuss Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Hospital
                Quality Programs--A Request for Information, we currently provide
                hospitals with confidential, hospital-specific reports (HSRs)
                containing performance results of six condition-specific readmission
                measures stratified by dual-eligibility status (82 FR 41589, 84 FR
                42497 through 42500).
                (b) Potential Future Expansion of Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned
                Readmission (HWR) Measure Data and Stratification
                 We are seeking comment on potentially expanding our efforts to
                provide results of the Within- and Across-Hospital Disparity Methods to
                promote health equity and improve healthcare quality. Specifically, we
                are seeking comment on the idea of stratifying the performance results
                of the Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned Readmission (HWR claims-only)
                measure (NQF# 1789) by dual eligibility and indirectly estimated race
                and ethnicity, as described in section IX.B. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule. We also seek comment on the idea of stratifying said
                performance results by disability status and seek suggestions for
                appropriate measures of disability status that could be derived from
                administrative data or self-reporting for this purpose. Results would
                be presented if technically feasible, adequately representative, and
                statistically reliable.
                 We believe that concurrently reporting equity results for the HWR
                claims-only measure in addition to the six condition-specific measures
                already stratified by dual eligibility would be advantageous as the
                measures often provide complimentary insights about different
                dimensions of hospital quality.\1296\ In addition, the HWR claims-only
                measure includes a larger patient population, allowing hospitals that
                may be too small to have meaningful results for condition-specific
                measures to receive stratified results for the HWR claims-only measure.
                Stratification of the HWR claims-only measure, by both dual
                eligibility, indirectly estimated race and ethnicity and potentially by
                disability status would provide additional information regarding
                disparities measured within individual hospitals and across hospitals
                nationally.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1296\ Rosen AK, Chen Q, Shwartz M, Pilver C, Mull HJ, Itani KF,
                Borzecki A. Does Use of a Hospital-wide Readmission Measure Versus
                Condition-specific Readmission Measures Make a Difference for
                Hospital Profiling and Payment Penalties? Med Care. 2016
                Feb;54(2):155-61. doi: 10.1097/MLR.0000000000000455. PMID: 26595224.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are considering an incremental approach to public reporting,
                first providing the HWR claims-only measure stratification results (by
                both dual eligibility and race/ethnicity) in confidential HSRs. This
                approach would allow stakeholders an opportunity to become more
                familiar with, and gain comfort with, interpreting stratified results
                for the HWR claims-only measure using both dual eligibility and
                indirect estimation of race and ethnicity, prior to anticipated future
                public reporting of stratified measure data. Any proposal to display
                stratified quality measure data for any measures on the Care Compare
                website, or expand stratified reporting to additional social risk
                factors, would be made through future rulemaking. We anticipate being
                able to provide the data in the HSRs in spring 2022. We intend to
                consider feedback on potential disability status stratification for
                future updates of these measures.
                 We invite public comment on the following:
                 The possibility of confidentially reporting in HSRs
                stratified results using indirectly estimated race and ethnicity, dual
                eligibility status and potentially by disability status, for the
                Hospital-wide Readmission claims-only measure, using both methods
                (within and across hospitals).
                 The possibility of publicly reporting stratified results
                using indirectly
                [[Page 25593]]
                estimated race and ethnicity, dual eligibility and potentially by
                disability status, publicly on Care Compare, after at least one year of
                confidential reporting for the Hospital-Wide Readmission claims-only
                measure.
                (2) Potential Future Reporting of a Structural Measure To Assess the
                Degree of Hospital Leadership Engagement in Health Equity Performance
                Data
                 To ensure that all Medicare patients receive excellent care,
                regardless of individual characteristics, such as dual eligibility
                status, race, ethnicity, and disability status, we believe that
                organizational leadership and culture can play an essential role in
                advancing equity goals. The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
                (AHRQ)\1297\ and The Joint Commission (TJC)\1298\ have both published
                information on the important role of health care organizational
                leadership in setting an organizational culture of quality and safety.
                We are committed to supporting health care organizations in building a
                culture of equity that focuses on educating and empowering their
                workforce to recognize and eliminate health disparities. Hospital
                leadership can be instrumental in setting specific, measurable,
                attainable, relevant, and time-based goals, to assess progress towards
                achieving equity priorities and ensuring care is equally accessible to
                all individuals.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1297\ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Leadership
                Role in Improving Safety. 2019. https://psnet.ahrq.gov/primer/leadership-role-improving-safety.
                 \1298\ The Joint Commission. Sentinel Event Alert. 2009 Aug
                27;(43):1-3 https://www.jointcommission.org/-/media/deprecated-unorganized/imported-assets/tjc/system-folders/topics-library/sea_43pdf.pdf?db=web&hash=595C815B483DA56EDF745A94F95326F4.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To improve public transparency, we are seeking comment on the
                potential future collection of one or more attestation-based structural
                measure(s), to be developed, assessing priority domains related to
                organizational commitment to health equity including:
                 The degree to which the hospital organization regularly
                examines existing algorithms for the presence of bias, and regularly
                shares these findings with the hospital organization's leadership and
                board of directors;
                 The presence of the hospital organizational disparities
                impact statement, along the lines of what is discussed in the CMS
                publication ``Building an Organizational Response to Health
                Disparities: Disparities Impact Statement'' \1299\ which identifies and
                prioritizes actionable steps towards addressing health disparities;
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1299\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Building an
                Organizational Response to Health Disparities. 2018. https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Disparities-Impact-Statement-508-rev102018.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The presence of an updated language access plan\1300\, as
                defined by the CMS Office of Minority Health, to competently care for
                individuals with limited English proficiency;
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1300\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Building an
                Organizational Response to Health Disparities: Guide to Developing a
                Language Access Plan. 2018. https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Language-Access-Plan.pdf. A language
                access plan is defined as a document that spells out how to provide
                services to individuals who are non-English speaking or have limited
                English proficiency.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The presence of an updated communication access
                plan\1301\, as described by the CMS Office of Minority Health, to
                competently care for individuals who have visual or sensory
                disabilities;
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1301\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Improving
                Communication Access for Individuals Who Are Blind or Have Low
                Vision. https://www.cms.gov/files/document/omh-visual-sensory-disabilities-brochure-508c.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The degree to which the hospital's electronic health
                record system has capabilities to collect demographic data elements
                (such as race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation and gender identity
                (SOGI), primary language, and disability status) in alignment with
                national data collection\1302\ and interoperable exchange standards;
                1303 1304 and
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1302\ 2015 Edition Cures Update certification criteria
                Demographic Data. 45 CFR 170.315(a)(5)
                 \1303\ 2015 Edition Cures Update Certification Criteria
                Standardized API for Patient and Population Services. 45 CFR
                170.315(g)(10)
                 \1304\ 2015 Edition Cures Update Certification Criteria United
                States Core Data for Interoperability (USCDI). 45 CFR 213
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The degree to which the hospital conducts staff training
                on best practices in collection of demographic information.
                 We believe these types of organizational commitment structural
                measure(s) would build on the current health disparities reporting, and
                support hospitals in quality improvement, efficient, effective use of
                resources, and leveraging available data. As defined by AHRQ,
                structural measures aim to ``give consumers a sense of a health care
                provider's capacity, systems, and processes to provide high-quality
                care.'' \1305\ We acknowledge that collection of this structural
                measure may impose administrative and/or reporting requirements for
                hospitals. To allow stakeholders an opportunity to become more familiar
                with, and gain comfort with, components of the structural measure
                related to organizational commitment to health equity performance, we
                envision an incremental approach to required reporting, starting first
                with a voluntary reporting period. Any future technical specifications
                or plans to display results of the structural measure on Care Compare
                or successor website would be made through future rulemaking. We are
                interested in obtaining feedback from stakeholders on conceptual and
                measurement priorities for better illuminating organizational
                commitment to health equity, including review of hospital outcomes
                stratified by social risk factors. We also seek feedback on an
                appropriate measure regarding organizational commitment to health
                equity and accessibility for individuals with intellectual and
                developmental disabilities.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1305\ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Types of
                Health Care Quality Measures. 2015. https://www.ahrq.gov/talkingquality/measures/types.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                8. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality Data Submission
                a. Background
                 Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) and (b)(3)(B)(viii)(II) of the Act
                state that the applicable percentage increase for FY 2015 and each
                subsequent year shall be reduced by one-quarter of such applicable
                percentage increase (determined without regard to sections
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), (xi), or (xii) of the Act) for any subsection (d)
                hospital that does not submit data required to be submitted on measures
                specified by the Secretary in a form and manner, and at a time,
                specified by the Secretary. In order to successfully participate in the
                Hospital IQR Program, hospitals must meet specific procedural, data
                collection, submission, and validation requirements.
                 Previously, the applicable percentage increase for FY 2007 and each
                subsequent fiscal year until FY 2015 was reduced by 2.0 percentage
                points for subsection (d) hospitals failing to submit data in
                accordance with the previous description. In accordance with the
                statute, the FY 2022 payment determination will begin the eighth year
                that the Hospital IQR Program will reduce the applicable percentage
                increase by one-quarter of such applicable percentage increase.
                b. Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality Measures
                 For each Hospital IQR Program payment determination, we require
                that hospitals submit data on each specified measure in accordance with
                the measure's specifications for a particular
                [[Page 25594]]
                period of time. We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (83 FR 41538) in which we summarized how the Hospital IQR Program
                maintains the technical measure specifications for quality measures and
                the subregulatory process for incorporation of nonsubstantive updates
                to the measure specifications to ensure that measures remain up-to-
                date. We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this
                proposed rule.
                 The data submission requirements, Specifications Manual, and
                submission deadlines are posted on the QualityNet website at: http://www.QualityNet.cms.gov (or other successor CMS designated websites).
                The CMS Annual Update for the Hospital Quality Reporting Programs
                (Annual Update) contains the technical specifications used for
                electronic clinical quality measures (eCQMs). The Annual Update
                contains updated measure specifications for the year prior to the
                reporting period. For example, for the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023
                payment determination, hospitals submitted eCQM data using the May 2020
                Annual Update and any applicable addenda. Updates include code updates,
                logic corrections, alignment with current clinical guidelines, and
                additional guidance for hospitals and electronic health record (EHR)
                vendors. The Annual Update and implementation guidance documents are
                available on the Electronic Clinical Quality Improvement (eCQI)
                Resource Center website at: https://ecqi.healthit.gov/.
                 Hospitals must register and submit quality data through the
                QualityNet Secure Portal (also referred to as the Hospital Quality
                Reporting (HQR) System). The QualityNet Secure Portal is safeguarded in
                accordance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Rules to protect
                submitted patient information. See 45 CFR parts 160 and 164, subparts
                A, C, and E.
                 We also refer readers to section VIII.A. of this proposed rule
                where we request information on potential actions and priority areas
                that would enable the continued transformation of our quality
                measurement enterprise toward greater digital capture of data and use
                of the FHIR standard (as described in that section).
                c. Procedural Requirements
                 The Hospital IQR Program's procedural requirements are codified in
                regulation at 42 CFR 412.140. We refer readers to these codified
                regulations for participation requirements, as further explained by the
                FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50810 through 50811) and the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57168). In this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to: (1) Update references to the QualityNet website, and
                (2) use the term ``QualityNet security official'' instead of
                ``QualityNet Administrator''.
                (1) Proposal To Update References to the QualityNet Website in the
                Hospital IQR Program Regulation Text
                 In November 2020, we launched a redesigned QualityNet website, and
                updated the URL from QualityNet.org to QualityNet.cms.gov.\1306\ As a
                result, we are proposing to update the references to this CMS resource
                in the Hospital IQR Program regulation text. Specifically, we are
                proposing to remove reference to the QualityNet.org URL in two places:
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1306\ QualityNet Migration from QualityNet.org to
                QualityNet.cms.gov. Available at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/news/5fa2f7ccfa00d50025576586.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 At 42 CFR 412.140(a)(1) by revising the sentence from
                ``Register on QualityNet.org, before it begins to report data'' to
                ``Register on the QualityNet website, before it begins to report
                data''; and
                 At 42 CFR 412.140(c)(2)(i) by revising the sentence from
                ``Specific requirements for submission of a request for an exception
                are available on QualityNet.org'' to ``Specific requirements for
                submission of a request for an exception are available on the
                QualityNet website.''
                 We believe that updating the references to remove a specific URL
                allows for future iterations and updates to the website as technology
                evolves over time.
                 We invite public comment on our proposals to update references to
                the QualityNet website at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(1) and 42 CFR
                412.140(c)(2)(i).
                (2) Proposal to Update Reference to QualityNet Administrator
                 The previously finalized QualityNet security administrator
                requirements, including setting up a QualityNet account and the
                associated timelines, are described at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(2), 42 CFR
                412.140(e)(2)(iii), and in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51639 through 51640).
                 In this proposed rule, we propose to use the term ``QualityNet
                security official'' instead of ``QualityNet Administrator'' or
                ``QualityNet System Administrator''. This proposed update in
                terminology would not change the individual's responsibilities or add
                burden, and would align with the Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting
                (OQR) Program and other programs.\1307\ The term ``security official''
                would refer to ``the individual(s)'' who have responsibilities for
                security and account management requirements for a hospital's
                QualityNet account.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1307\ Medicare Program; CY 2021 Medicare hospital outpatient
                prospective payment system. 85 FR 86182.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Therefore, we propose to revise existing language at 42 CFR
                412.140(a)(2) by replacing ``QualityNet Administrator'' with
                ``QualityNet security official.'' If finalized, the revised paragraph
                (a)(2) would read: ``Identify and register a QualityNet security
                official as part of the registration process under paragraph (a)(1) of
                this section.''
                 In addition, we propose to revise existing language at 42 CFR
                412.140(e)(2)(iii) by replacing ``QualityNet system administrator''
                with ``QualityNet security official.'' If finalized, the revised
                paragraph (e)(2)(iii) would read: ``Contact information for the
                hospital's chief executive officer and QualityNet security official,
                including each individual's name, email address, telephone number, and
                physical mailing address.''
                 We invite public comment on our proposals to update references to
                the QualityNet security official at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(2) and 42 CFR
                412.140(e)(2)(iii).
                d. Data Submission Requirements for Chart-Abstracted Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51640 through 51641), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53536
                through 53537), and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50811)
                for details on the Hospital IQR Program data submission requirements
                for chart-abstracted measures. We are not proposing any changes to
                these policies in this proposed rule.
                e. Reporting and Submission Requirements for eCQMs
                (1) Background
                 For a discussion of our previously finalized eCQMs and policies, we
                refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50807
                through 50810; 50811 through 50819), the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (79 FR 50241 through 50253; 50256 through 50259; and 50273 through
                50276), the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49692 through
                49698; and 49704 through 49709), the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (81 FR 57150 through 57161; and 57169 through 57172), the FY 2018
                [[Page 25595]]
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38355 through 38361; 38386 through
                38394; 38474 through 38485; and 38487 through 38493), FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (83 FR 41567 through 41575; 83 FR 41602 through 41607),
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42501 through 42506), and the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58932 through 58940).
                 In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38368 through
                38361), we finalized eCQM reporting and submission requirements such
                that hospitals were required to report only one, self-selected calendar
                quarter of data for four self-selected eCQMs for the CY 2018 reporting
                period/FY 2020 payment determination. Those reporting requirements were
                extended to the CY 2019 reporting period/FY 2021 payment determination
                in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41603 through 41604), as
                well as to the CY 2020 reporting period/FY 2022 payment determination
                and the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination in the
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42501 through 42503).
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42503 through
                42505), we finalized that for the CY 2022 reporting period/FY 2024
                payment determination, hospitals would be required to report one, self-
                selected calendar quarter of data for: (a) Three self-selected eCQMs
                and (b) the Safe Use of Opioids--Concurrent Prescribing eCQM (Safe Use
                eCQM), for a total of four eCQMs.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a progressive
                increase in the numbers of required reported quarters of eCQM, from one
                self-selected quarter of data to four quarters of data over a three-
                year period (85 FR 58939). For the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023
                payment determination, hospitals are required to report two self-
                selected calendar quarters of data for each of the four self-selected
                eCQMs. For the CY 2022 reporting period/FY 2024 payment determination,
                hospitals are required to report three self-selected calendar quarters
                of data for each required eCQM: (a) Three self-selected eCQMs, and (b)
                the Safe Use of Opioids eCQM. For the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination and subsequent years, hospitals are required to
                report four calendar quarters of data for each required eCQM: (a) Three
                self-selected eCQMs, and (b) the Safe Use of Opioids eCQM. We also
                clarified in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that until hospitals
                are required to report all four quarters of data beginning with the CY
                2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment determination, they may submit
                either consecutive or nonconsecutive self-selected quarters of data (85
                FR 58939). While we are not proposing any changes to these policies in
                this proposed rule, we would like to clarify in case there is any
                confusion that beginning with the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023
                payment determination, the self-selected eCQMs must be the same eCQMs
                across quarters in a given reporting year.
                (2) Proposed Updates to Certification Requirements for eCQM Reporting
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing a date after which Hospital
                IQR Program participants must use technology certified to the 2015
                Edition Cures Update and clarifying the policy that certified
                technology must support the reporting requirements for all available
                eCQMs.
                (a) Proposal To Require the Use of Technology Certified to the 2015
                Edition Cures Update Criteria Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting
                Period/FY 2025 Payment Determination
                (i) Background
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41604 through
                41607), we finalized a policy to require hospitals to use the 2015
                Edition certification criteria for the CY 2019 reporting period/FY 2021
                payment determination and subsequent years to align the Hospital IQR
                Program with the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program. In May
                2020, the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule (85 FR 25642 through
                25961) updated the 2015 Edition of health IT certification criteria
                (``2015 Edition Cures Update''). The 2015 Edition Cures Update revises
                the clinical quality measurement criterion at 45 CFR 170.315(c)(3) to
                refer to CMS QRDA Implementation Guides (IGs) and removes the Health
                Level 7 (HL7[supreg]) QRDA standard from the relevant health IT
                certification criteria (85 FR 25686). The revision was responsive to
                industry feedback that the health IT certified to the prior ``CQMs-
                report'' criterion was only or primarily being used to submit eCQMs for
                CMS reporting programs (85 FR 25688). These updates were finalized to
                reduce burden on health IT developers under the ONC Health IT
                certification program (85 FR 25686) and have no impact on providers'
                existing reporting practices for CMS programs.
                 The ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule provided health IT
                developers up to 24 months from May 1, 2020 to make technology
                certified to the updated and/or new criteria available to their
                customers (85 FR 25670). On November 4, 2020, ONC issued an interim
                final rule with comment entitled ``Information Blocking and the ONC
                Health IT Certification Program: Extension of Compliance Dates and
                Timeframes in Response to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency''
                (hereafter, ``ONC interim final rule'') (85 FR 70064). In the ONC
                interim final rule ONC extended the compliance deadline for the update
                to the Clinical Quality Measures-Report criterion until December 31,
                2022 (85 FR 70075). During the period until December 31, 2022, health
                IT developers are expected to continue supporting technology certified
                to the prior version of the ONC certification criteria for use by their
                customers (85 FR 84816).
                 In the CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR 84825 through 84828), we
                finalized our proposal to expand flexibility under the Hospital IQR
                Program for the CY 2020 reporting period/FY 2022 payment determination
                and for subsequent years to allow hospitals to use either: (1)
                Technology certified to the 2015 Edition criteria as was previously
                finalized for reporting eCQMs in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (83 FR 41537 through 41608), or (2) certified technology updated
                consistent with the 2015 Edition Cures Update as finalized in the ONC
                21st Century Cures Act final rule (85 FR 25642 through 25961). We
                adopted this flexible approach to encourage hospitals to be early
                implementers of the 2015 Edition Cures Update while remaining in
                compliance with Hospital IQR Program data submission requirements and
                maintaining alignment with requirements in the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                (ii) Proposal
                 In this proposed rule, beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/
                FY 2025 payment determination and subsequent years, we are proposing to
                require hospitals to use only certified technology updated consistent
                with the 2015 Edition Cures Update to submit data for the Hospital IQR
                Program data. We refer readers to the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final
                rule for additional information about the updates included in the 2015
                Edition Cures Update (85 FR 25665).
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to require hospitals to
                use only certified technology updated consistent with the 2015 Edition
                Cures Update beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination and subsequent years.
                [[Page 25596]]
                (b) Requiring EHR Technology To Be Certified to All Available eCQMs
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42505 through
                42506), we finalized the requirement that EHRs be certified to all
                available eCQMs used in the Hospital IQR Program for the CY 2020
                reporting period/FY 2022 payment determination and subsequent years. We
                are not proposing any changes to this policy in this proposed rule. We
                note that if our proposal to require hospitals to use the 2015 Edition
                Cures Update beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination is finalized, then all available eCQMs used in
                the Hospital IQR Program for the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025
                payment determination and subsequent years would need to be reported
                using certified technology updated to the 2015 Edition Cures Update.
                (3) File Format for EHR Data, Zero Denominator Declarations, and Case
                Threshold Exemptions
                 We refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49705 through 49708) and the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR
                57170) for our previously adopted eCQM file format requirements. Under
                these requirements, hospitals: (1) Must submit eCQM data via the
                Quality Reporting Document Architecture Category I (QRDA I) file
                format, (2) may use third parties to submit QRDA I files on their
                behalf, and (3) may either use abstraction or pull the data from non-
                certified sources in order to then input these data into CEHRT for
                capture and reporting QRDA I. Hospitals can continue to meet the
                reporting requirements by submitting data via QRDA I files, zero
                denominator declaration, or case threshold exemption (82 FR 38387).
                 More specifically regarding the use of QRDA I files, we refer
                readers to the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57169 through
                57170) and the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58940), in which
                we stated that we expect QRDA I files to reflect data for one patient
                per file per quarter, and identified the five key elements that are
                utilized to identify the file:
                 CMS Certification Number (CCN);
                 CMS Program Name;
                 EHR Patient ID;
                 Reporting period specified in the Reporting Parameters
                Section per the CMS Implementation Guide for the applicable reporting
                year, which is published on the eCQI Resource Center website at:
                https://ecqi.healthit.gov/QRDA; and
                 EHR Submitter ID (beginning with the CY 2021 reporting
                period/FY 2023 payment determination).
                 We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed
                rule.
                (4) Submission Deadlines for eCQM Data
                 We refer readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR
                50256 through 50259), the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49705
                through 49709), and the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57169
                through 57172) for our previously adopted policies to align eCQM data
                reporting periods and submission deadlines for both the Hospital IQR
                and Medicare Promoting Interoperability Programs. In the FY 2017 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57172), we finalized the alignment of the
                Hospital IQR Program eCQM submission deadline with that of the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program--the end of two months following the
                close of the calendar year--for the CY 2017 reporting period/FY 2019
                payment determination and subsequent years. We note the submission
                deadline may be moved to the next business day if it falls on a weekend
                or Federal holiday. We are not proposing any changes to these policies
                in this proposed rule.
                f. Data Submission and Reporting Requirements for Hybrid Measures
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing that hybrid measures comply
                with the same certification requirements and timeline as eCQMs. This
                proposal is in alignment with the updates, as previously discussed, for
                eCQMs requiring the use of certified technology updated consistent with
                the 2015 Edition Cures Update beginning with the CY 2023 reporting
                period/CY 2025 payment determination.
                (1) Background
                 The Hospital IQR Program recently adopted hybrid measures into the
                program's measure set. In the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38350 through 38355), we finalized voluntary reporting of the Hybrid
                Hospital-Wide Readmission (HWR) measure for the CY 2018 reporting
                period. In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized the
                adoption of the Hybrid HWR measure for the Hospital IQR Program (84 FR
                42465 through 42481) such that, beginning with the FY 2026 payment
                determination, hospitals are required to report on the Hybrid HWR
                measure (84 FR 42479). We also finalized several requirements related
                to data submission and reporting requirements for hybrid measures under
                the Hospital IQR Program (84 FR 42506 through 42508). We also refer
                readers to section VIII.C.8.f. of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for more information on our proposal to adopt the Hybrid Hospital-Wide
                Mortality measure.
                (2) Certification and File Format Requirements
                (a) Background
                 We refer readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                19498 through 19499), the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58941), and the CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR 84472) for our previously
                adopted policies regarding certification and file format requirements
                for hybrid measures in the Hospital IQR Program.
                 In the CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR 84825 through 84828), we
                finalized flexibility to allow hospitals to use either: (1) Technology
                certified to the 2015 Edition criteria as was previously finalized in
                the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41537 through 41608) or (2)
                certified technology updated consistent with the 2015 Edition Cures
                Update as finalized in the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule (85 FR
                25642 through 25961, 85 FR 50271), beginning with the CY 2020 reporting
                period/FY 2022 payment determination and subsequent years. The Hospital
                IQR Program offers flexibility to meet hybrid measure submission
                requirements to facilitate successful reporting during a period of
                transition from the requirement to solely use the 2015 Edition
                certified technology to the requirement to solely use the 2015 Edition
                Update certified technology. This flexibility applies to all Hospital
                IQR Program measures which use EHR data elements to calculate measure
                rates, including eCQMs and hybrid measures.
                (b) Proposed Changes to the Certification Requirements for Hybrid
                Measure Reporting Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting Period/FY 2025
                Payment Determination
                 In this proposed rule, to align with the health IT certification
                requirements for eCQM reporting, we are proposing to require hospitals
                to use only certified technology that has been updated consistent with
                the 2015 Edition Cures Update to submit hybrid measure data beginning
                with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment determination and for
                subsequent years. We refer readers to our previous discussion for more
                detail on the proposed changes to the certification requirements for
                eCQMs.
                [[Page 25597]]
                 We believe the 2015 Edition Cures Update will enhance
                interoperability and patients' access to their electronic health
                information, consistent with section 4006(a) of the 21st Century Cures
                Act (Pub. L. 114-255, enacted December 13, 2016). Health IT developers
                have until December 31, 2022 (the date finalized in the ONC interim
                final rule) to make technology certified to the updated criteria
                available to their customers. After this date, only certified
                technology updated to the 2015 Edition Cures Update will be considered
                certified by ONC and could be used by health care providers to report
                for the Hospital IQR Program if our proposals are finalized. We refer
                readers to section VIII.F.11.a.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule
                where the same proposed requirements are discussed for the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal, as previously discussed.
                (3) Additional Submission Requirements
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42507), we finalized
                allowing hospitals to meet the hybrid measure reporting and submission
                requirements by submitting any combination of data via QRDA I files,
                zero denominator declarations, and/or case threshold exemptions. We
                also finalized applying similar zero denominator declaration and case
                threshold exemption policies to hybrid measure reporting as we allow
                for eCQM reporting (84 FR 42507 through 42508).
                 We note that the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule revises the
                clinical quality measurement criterion at 45 CFR 170.315(c)(3) to refer
                to CMS QRDA IGs and removes the HL7[supreg] QRDA standard requirements
                (85 FR 25645). We encourage all hospitals and their health IT vendors
                to submit QRDA I files early, and to use one of the pre-submission
                testing tools for electronic reporting, such as submitting test files
                to the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) System, to allow additional
                time for testing and make sure all required data files are successfully
                submitted by the deadline.\1308\ We are not proposing any changes to
                these policies in this proposed rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1308\ We recently decommissioned the Pre-Submission Validation
                Application (PSVA) tool within the HQR System because the system
                itself now performs the same functions that the PSVA tool previously
                did.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (4) Submission Deadlines for Hybrid Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                42508), where we finalized submission deadlines for hybrid measures. We
                are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                g. Sampling and Case Thresholds for Chart-Abstracted Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR
                50221), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51641), the FY 2013
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53537), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (78 FR 50819), and the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49709) for details on our sampling and case thresholds for the FY 2016
                payment determination and subsequent years. We are not proposing any
                changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                h. HCAHPS Administration and Submission Requirements
                 We refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR
                50220), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51641 through
                51643), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53537 through
                53538), and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50819 through
                50820) for details on previously-adopted HCAHPS submission
                requirements. We also refer hospitals and HCAHPS Survey vendors to the
                official HCAHPS website at http://www.hcahpsonline.org for new
                information and program updates regarding the HCAHPS Survey, its
                administration, oversight, and data adjustments. We are not proposing
                any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                i. Data Submission Requirements for Structural Measures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51643 through 51644) and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53538 through 53539) for details on the data submission requirements
                for structural measures. Hospitals are required to submit information
                for structural measures once annually via a CMS-approved web-based data
                collection tool available via the QualityNet Secure Portal (also
                referred to as the Hospital Quality Reporting system secure portal).
                The data submission period for structural measures begins in April
                until the same submission deadline as for the fourth calendar quarter
                of the chart-abstracted measures with respect to the reporting period
                for the previous calendar year. For example, for the FY 2024 payment
                determination, hospitals would be required to submit the required
                information between April 1, 2023 and May 15, 2023, with respect to the
                time period of January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022.
                 We refer readers to section VIII.C.8.i. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, where we are proposing to adopt the Maternal Morbidity
                Structural Measure. For the Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure and
                the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination only, we are
                proposing a shortened reporting period from October 1, 2021 through
                December 31, 2021, while retaining the standard data submission period.
                Specifically, for the shortened reporting period, if our proposal is
                finalized as proposed, hospitals would be required to submit the data
                between April 1, 2022 and May 16, 2022 (we note that May 15, 2022 falls
                on a weekend and therefore the close of this data submission period is
                moved to May 16, 2022).
                 Thereafter, under the proposal in the VIII.C.8.i. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, the reporting period for the Maternal Morbidity
                Structural Measure would run from: January 1 through December 31 on an
                annual basis, and that the data submission period would be continue to
                be consistent with our current policy (beginning in April until the
                same submission deadline as for the fourth calendar quarter of the
                chart-abstracted measures with respect to the reporting period for the
                previous calendar year).
                j. Data Submission and Reporting Requirements for CDC NHSN Measures
                 For details on the data submission and reporting requirements for
                measures reported via the CDC's National Healthcare Safety Network
                (NHSN), we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51629 through 51633; 51644 through 51645), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (77 FR 53539), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50821 through 50822), and the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR
                50259 through 50262). The data submission deadlines are posted on the
                QualityNet website.
                 In addition, we refer readers to section VIII.C.8.j. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule for more detail on our proposal to adopt
                the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure, which requires
                facilities to report data on the number of HCP who have received the
                full regimen of a COVID-19 vaccine through the CDC's NHSN. Specific
                details on data submission for this measure can be found in the CDC's
                Overview of the
                [[Page 25598]]
                Healthcare Safety Component, available at https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/slides/NHSN-Overview-HPS_Aug2012.pdf. For this measure, we would
                require reporting a single vaccination count for each healthcare
                facility by each individual facility's CMS Certification Number (CCN).
                For each CMS CCN, a percentage of the HCP who received a complete
                course of the COVID-19 vaccination will be calculated and publicly
                reported on the Care Compare website, so that the public will know what
                percentage of the HCP have been vaccinated in each hospital.
                 Consistent with our adopted policies for CDC NHSN measures in the
                Hospital IQR Program, hospitals will report the measure through the
                NHSN web-based surveillance system.\1309\ Specifically, hospitals will
                use the COVID-19 vaccination data reporting modules in the NHSN
                Healthcare Personnel Safety (HPS) Component to report the number of HCP
                eligible to have worked at the facility during the weekly submission
                period (denominator) and the number of those HCP who have received
                COVID-19 vaccination (numerator).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1309\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Surveillance
                for Weekly HCP COVID-19 Vaccination. Accessed at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/hps/weekly-covid-vac/index.html on February 10,
                2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination measure, we are proposing that
                hospitals would collect the numerator and denominator for the COVID-19
                HCP vaccination measure for at least one self-selected week during each
                month of the reporting quarter and submit the data to the NHSN
                Healthcare Personal Safety (HPS) Component before the quarterly
                deadline to meet Hospital IQR Program requirements, beginning in
                October 2021 for the October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021
                reporting period affecting FY 2023 payment determination and continuing
                for each quarter in subsequent years. If a hospital submits more than
                one week of data in a month, the most recent week's data would be used
                to calculate the measure. For example, if first and third week data are
                submitted, third week data would be used. If first, second, and fourth
                week data are submitted, fourth week data would be used. Each quarter,
                we are proposing that the CDC would calculate a single quarterly COVID-
                19 HCP vaccination coverage rate for each hospital, which would be
                calculated by taking the average of the data from the three weekly
                rates submitted by the hospital for that quarter. If finalized, CMS
                would publicly report each quarterly COVID-19 HCP vaccination coverage
                rate as calculated by the CDC.
                9. Validation of Hospital IQR Program Data
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing changes to our Educational
                Review Process to extend the effects of the educational review policy
                beginning with validations affecting the FY 2024 payment determination
                and for subsequent years. Previously we could only correct scores for
                the first 3 quarters of validation due to the inability to calculate
                the confidence interval in a timely manner for the 4th quarter of
                validation. We now believe it is feasible to calculate the confidence
                interval and use the corrected scores identified through an educational
                review for all 4 quarters of validation for chart-abstracted measures.
                This proposal is described in detail in this section.
                a. Background
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53539 through 53553), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50822
                through 50835), the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50262
                through 50273), the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49710
                through 49712), the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57173
                through 57181), the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38398
                through 38403), the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41607
                through 41608), and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58942
                through 58953) for detailed information on chart-abstracted and eCQM
                validation processes and previous updates to these processes for the
                Hospital IQR Program.
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58952) where we summarized our validation policies in the following
                table:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.282
                [[Page 25599]]
                b. Educational Review Process
                (1) Chart-Abstracted Measures
                (a) Background
                 In the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50260), we
                established an educational review process for validation of chart-
                abstracted measures. The process was subsequently updated in the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38402 through 38403). Under our
                educational review process, hospitals may request an educational review
                if they believe they have been scored incorrectly or if they have
                questions about their validation results. Approximately 4 months after
                each quarter's validation submission deadline, validation results for
                chart-abstracted measures for the quarter are posted on the QualityNet
                Secure Portal (also referred to as the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR)
                System). Hospitals have 30 calendar days following the date validation
                results are posted to identify any potential CDAC or CMS errors for the
                first three quarters of validation results and contact the Validation
                Support Contractor (VSC) to request an educational review. Upon receipt
                of an educational review request, we review the data elements
                identified in the request, as well as the written justifications
                provided by the hospital. We provide the results of an educational
                review, outlining the findings of whether the scores were correct or
                incorrect, to the requesting hospital through a CMS-approved secure
                file transmission process (82 FR 38402).
                 If an educational review yields incorrect validation results for
                chart-abstracted measures, we use the corrected quarterly score, as
                recalculated during the educational review process to compute the final
                confidence interval (82 FR 38402). We use the revised score identified
                through an educational review when determining whether or not a
                hospital failed validation (82 FR 38402). Corrected scores, however,
                are only used if they indicate that the hospital performed more
                favorably than previously determined (82 FR 38402). We note that
                corrections only occur to calculations, not to the underlying measure
                data (82 FR 38402). Under the current policy, for the last quarter of
                validation for chart-abstracted measures, because of the need to
                calculate the confidence interval in a timely manner and the
                insufficient time available to conduct educational reviews, no
                educational reviews are available (82 FR 38403). The existing
                reconsideration process would be used to dispute an unsatisfactory
                validation result.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized several
                policies to incrementally align the validation processes for chart-
                abstracted measure data and eCQM data in a stepwise process in the
                Hospital IQR Program (85 FR 58942 through 58952). As part of this
                policy, we updated the quarters of data required for validation for
                both chart-abstracted measures and eCQMs as summarized in these charts:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.283
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.284
                [[Page 25600]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.285
                (b) Proposal To Extend the Effects of the Educational Review Policy
                Beginning With Validations Affecting the FY 2024 Payment Determination
                and Subsequent Years
                 In light of the most recently finalized quarters included in
                validation, we are proposing to extend the effects of the educational
                review policy beginning with validations affecting the FY 2024 payment
                determination and for subsequent years. As previously noted, in the
                past we could only correct scores for the first three quarters of
                validation due to the inability to calculate the confidence interval in
                a timely manner for the 4th quarter of validation. We now believe it is
                feasible to calculate the confidence interval and use the corrected
                scores identified through an educational review for all four quarters
                of validation for chart-abstracted measures, because the quarters used
                for validation are now early enough to calculate the confidence
                interval for the fourth quarter of validation in a timely manner.
                Specifically, under our previous policy, the quarters used for
                validation for the FY 2024 payment determination would have been 3Q
                2021, 4Q 2021, 1Q 2022 and 2Q 2022. Under the most recently finalized
                policy, the quarters used for validation for the FY 2024 payment
                determination are 1Q 2021, 2Q 2021, 3Q 2021, and 4Q 2021. Therefore, we
                propose to extend the effects of educational reviews for 4th quarter
                data such that if an error is identified during the education review
                process for 4th quarter data, we would use the corrected quarterly
                score to compute the final confidence interval used for payment
                determination.
                 All previously finalized policies with respect to education reviews
                would apply, such that approximately four months after each quarter's
                validation submission deadline, validation results for chart-abstracted
                measures for the quarter are posted on the QualityNet Secure Portal
                (also referred to as the Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) System).
                Hospitals have 30 calendar days following the date validation results
                are posted to identify any potential CDAC or CMS errors for the first
                three quarters of validation results and contact the Validation Support
                Contractor (VSC) to request an educational review. Upon receipt of an
                educational review request, we review the data elements identified in
                the request, as well as the written justifications provided by the
                hospital. We provide the results of an educational review, outlining
                the findings of whether the scores were correct or incorrect, to the
                requesting hospital through a CMS-approved secure file transmission
                process (82 FR 38402). If an educational review yields incorrect
                validation results for chart-abstracted measures, we use the corrected
                quarterly score, as recalculated during the educational review process
                to compute the final confidence interval (82 FR 38402). We use the
                revised score identified through an educational review when determining
                whether or not a hospital failed validation (82 FR 38402). Corrected
                scores, however, are only used if they indicate that the hospital
                performed more favorably than previously determined (82 FR 38402). We
                note that corrections only occur to calculations, not to the underlying
                measure data (82 FR 38402). We also note that under this proposal, as
                is currently the process, the quarterly validation reports for the
                chart-abstracted measures validation issued to hospitals would not be
                changed to reflect the updated score due to the burden associated with
                reissuing corrected reports (82 FR 38402).
                 In addition, this proposal does not apply to the educational review
                process for eCQMs, which is discussed in the next section.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal, as previously discussed.
                (2) Educational Review Process for eCQMs for Validation Affecting the
                FY 2023 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
                 We refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS (85 FR 58953) final
                rule where we finalized an educational review process for eCQM
                validation beginning with validations affecting the FY 2023 payment
                determination and for subsequent years (that is, starting with data
                from CY 2020). Under that process, hospitals receive eCQM validation
                results on an annual basis, and have the opportunity to request an
                educational review once annually following receipt of their results (85
                FR 58953). We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this
                proposed rule.
                10. Data Accuracy and Completeness Acknowledgement (DACA) Requirements
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53554) for previously adopted details on DACA requirements. We are not
                proposing any changes to this policy in this proposed rule.
                11. Public Display Requirements
                a. Background
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the Act requires the Secretary
                to report quality measures of process, structure, outcome, patients'
                perspectives on care, efficiency, and costs of care that relate to
                services furnished in inpatient settings in hospitals on the internet
                website of CMS. Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the Act also
                requires that the Secretary establish procedures for making information
                regarding measures available to the public after ensuring that a
                hospital has the opportunity to review its data before they are made
                public. Our current policy is to report data from the Hospital IQR
                Program as soon as it is feasible on CMS websites such as the Care
                Compare website, or its successor
                [[Page 25601]]
                website, after a 30-day preview period (78 FR 50776 through 50778). We
                refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47364),
                the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50230), the FY 2012 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51650), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (77 FR 53554), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50836), the
                FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50277), the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (80 FR 49712 through 49713), the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38403 through 38409), the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (83 FR 41538 through 41539), and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58953) for details on public display requirements. The
                Hospital IQR Program quality measures are typically reported on the
                Care Compare website at https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare, or on
                other CMS websites such as: medicare.gov/care-compare. We are not
                proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                b. Public Reporting of eCQM Data
                 We direct readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58954 through 58959) where we finalized public reporting requirements
                of eCQM data reported by hospitals for the CY 2021 reporting period/FY
                2023 payment determination and for subsequent years. We note that this
                policy incrementally increases the eCQM data publicly reported to four
                quarters of data for the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination and subsequent years.
                 We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed
                rule.
                c. Overall Hospital Star Ratings
                 In the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period and interim
                final rule with comment period (85 FR 86193 through 86236), we
                finalized a methodology to calculate the Overall Hospital Quality Star
                Rating (Overall Star Ratings). The Overall Star Ratings will utilize
                data collected on hospital inpatient and outpatient measures that are
                publicly reported on a CMS website, including data from the Hospital
                IQR Program. We refer readers to section XVI. of the CY 2021 OPPS/ASC
                final rule with comment period for details.
                 We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed
                rule.
                12. Reconsideration and Appeal Procedures
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51650 through 51651), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50836), and 42 CFR 412.140(e) for details on reconsideration and appeal
                procedures for the FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years.
                We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed
                rule.
                13. Hospital IQR Program Extraordinary Circumstances Exceptions (ECE)
                Policy
                 We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
                51651 through 51652), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50836
                through 50837), the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50277), the
                FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49713), the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (81 FR 57181 through 57182), the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38409 through 38411), and 42 CFR 412.140(c)(2) for
                details on the current Hospital IQR Program ECE policy. We also refer
                readers to the QualityNet website at: http://www.QualityNet.cms.gov for
                our current requirements for submission of a request for an exception.
                We are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed
                rule.
                D. Proposed Updates to the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting
                (PCHQR) Program
                1. Background
                 The PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program is
                authorized by section 1866(k) of the Act and applies to hospitals
                described in section 1866(d)(1)(B)(v) (referred to as ``PPS-Exempt
                Cancer Hospitals'' or ``PCHs''). For additional background information,
                including previously finalized measures and other policies for the
                PCHQR Program, we refer readers to the following final rules:
                 The FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53555 through
                53567);
                 The FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50837 through
                50853);
                 The FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50277 through
                50286);
                 The FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49713 through
                49723);
                 The FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57182 through
                57193);
                 The FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38411 through
                38425);
                 The FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41609 through
                41624);
                 The CY 2019 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period (83 FR
                59149 through 59154);
                 The FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42509 through
                42524); and
                 The FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58959 through
                58966).
                2. Overview of Proposed Updates to the PCHQR Program and Requests for
                Information
                 In section IX.D.4. of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                remove the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain--Medical Oncology and
                Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383) (PCH-15) measure beginning with the FY
                2024 program year. In section IX.D.5. of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among Healthcare
                Personnel measure, beginning with the FY 2023 program year and for
                subsequent years. In section I.X.D.9. of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to update our terminology for this program by replacing the
                term ``QualityNet Administrator'' with ``QualityNet security
                official.'' In section IX.D.11. of this proposed rule, we are proposing
                to codify existing PCHQR Program policies at 42 CFR 412.23(f)(3) and 42
                CFR 412.24.
                 We also refer readers to section IX.B of this proposed rule,
                Closing the Health Equity Gap in CMS Quality Programs--A Request for
                Information, where we request information on our Equity Plan for
                Improving Quality in Medicare, which outlines our commitment to closing
                the health equity gap through improved data collection in order to
                better measure and analyze disparities across programs and policies.
                The request for information asks for public comment regarding the
                potential stratification of quality measure results by race and
                ethnicity and the potential creation of a hospital equity score in CMS
                quality reporting and value-based purchasing programs, including the
                PCHQR Program.
                 We also refer readers to section IX.A. of this proposed rule where
                we request information on potential actions we can take to expand the
                use of the FHIR standard (as described in that section) in furtherance
                of our goal to move fully to digital quality measurement in CMS quality
                reporting programs, including the PCHQR Program, and value-based
                purchasing programs by 2025.
                3. Measure Retention and Removal Factors for the PCHQR Program
                 For a detailed discussion regarding our retention and removal
                factors, we refer readers to the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81
                FR 57182 through 57183), where we adopted policies for measure
                retention and removal, and the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41609 through 41611), where we updated our measure removal factors. We
                are not proposing any changes to these policies in this proposed rule.
                [[Page 25602]]
                4. Proposed Removal of the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain--Medical
                Oncology and Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383) (PCH-15) Measure From the
                PCHQR Program Beginning With the FY 2024 Program Year
                 We are proposing to remove the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain--
                Medical Oncology and Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383) (PCH-15)
                (``Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain'') measure from the PCHQR Program
                beginning with the FY 2024 program year based on Factor-7: It is not
                feasible to implement the measure specifications. We first adopted the
                Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain measure for the FY 2016 program year in
                the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50842 through 50843) and we
                refer readers to this rule for a detailed discussion of the measure.
                Although we continue to believe the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain
                measure provides important data for patients and hospitals in making
                decisions about care and informing quality improvement efforts, the
                measure steward has decided to revert to a previous version of the
                measure that requires a plan of care to address any, rather than just
                moderate-severe, pain and will no longer maintain the specifications
                for this measure as it is currently used in the PCHQR Program. In
                addition, the version of the measure that the measure steward has
                decided to revert to is designed to be paired with the Medical and
                Radiation--Pain Intensity Quantified (PCH-16/NQF #0384) measure (78 FR
                50843), meaning they were developed to be used together (77 FR 53649).
                The Medical and Radiation--Pain Intensity Quantified (PCH-16/NQF #0384)
                measure was removed from the PCHQR Program's measure set beginning with
                the FY 2021 program year in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                because it was topped-out (83 FR 41611 through 41613).
                 Through our Meaningful Measures Initiative, we continue to focus on
                proposing quality measures that will reduce reporting and regulatory
                burden on providers and accelerate the move to fully digital
                measures.\1310\ In the FY 2014 IPPSLTCH PPS final rule, we stated our
                intention to simplify measure collection and submission, and to reduce
                the reporting burden of chart-abstracted measures (78 FR 50810). PCH-15
                requires manual chart-abstraction, and we believe this proposal to
                remove it is aligned with the goals of the Meaningful Measures
                Initiative and a shift toward the use of digital quality measures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1310\ CMS List of Measures under Consideration for December 21,
                2020. Accessed March 12, 2021. https://www.cms.gov/files/document/measures-under-consideration-list-2020-report.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Further, the PCH-15 measure's mean and median for the past four
                years, including FY 2020, demonstrate very high performance with little
                variation among the 11 PCHs. Accordingly, because the version of the
                Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain measure that is currently used in the
                PCHQR Program will no longer be maintained by the measure steward, data
                show high performance on the measure with little variation, the updated
                version of the measure is designed to be used with the PCH-16 measure
                that we previously removed because it was topped-out, and the removal
                of chart-abstracted measures aligns with CMS goals to move to digital
                quality measures, we are proposing to remove the Oncology: Plan of Care
                for Pain measure from the PCHQR measure set.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to remove the Oncology:
                Plan of Care for Pain--Medical Oncology and Radiation Oncology (NQF
                #0383) (PCH-15) measure from the PCHQR Program beginning with the FY
                2024 program year.
                5. Proposal To Adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among Health
                Care Personnel (HCP) Measure Beginning With the FY 2023 Program Year
                a. Background
                 On January 31, 2020, the Secretary declared a public health
                emergency (PHE) for the United States in response to the global
                outbreak of SARS-CoV-2, a novel (new) coronavirus that causes a disease
                named ``coronavirus disease 2019'' (COVID-19).\1311\ COVID-19 is a
                contagious respiratory illness \1312\ that can cause serious illness
                and death. Older individuals, racial and ethnic minorities, and those
                with underlying medical conditions are considered to be at higher risk
                for more serious complications from COVID-19.1313 1314
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1311\ U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services, Office of the
                Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response. (2020).
                Determination that a Public Health Emergency Exists. Available at:
                https://www.phe.gov/emergency/news/healthactions/phe/Pages/2019-nCoV.aspx.
                 \1312\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                 \1313\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                 \1314\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Health Equity Considerations and Racial and Ethnic Minority Groups.
                Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/health-equity/race-ethnicity.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As of April 2, 2021, the U.S. has reported over 30 million cases of
                COVID-19 and over 550,000 COVID-19 deaths.\1315\ Hospitals and health
                systems saw significant surges of COVID-19 patients as community
                infection levels increased.\1316\ From December 2, 2020 to January 30,
                2021, more than 100,000 Americans were in the hospital with COVID-19 at
                the same time.\1317\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1315\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). CDC
                COVID Data Tracker. Available at: https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#cases_casesper100klast7days.
                 \1316\ Associated Press. Tired to the Bone. Hospitals
                Overwhelmed with Virus Cases. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at https://apnews.com/article/hospitals-overwhelmed-coronavirus-cases-74a1f0dc3634917a5dc13408455cd895. Also
                see: New York Times. Just how full are U.S. intensive care units?
                New data paints an alarming picture. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/12/09/world/just-how-full-are-us-intensive-care-units-new-data-paints-an-alarming-picture.html.
                 \1317\ US Currently Hospitalized The COVID Tracking
                Project. Accessed January 31, 2021 at: https://covidtracking.com/data/charts/us-currently-hospitalized.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Evidence indicates that COVID-19 primarily spreads when individuals
                are in close contact with one another.\1318\ The virus is typically
                transmitted through respiratory droplets or small particles created
                when someone who is infected with the virus coughs, sneezes, sings,
                talks or breathes.\1319\ Thus, the CDC advises that infections mainly
                occur through exposure to respiratory droplets when a person is in
                close contact with someone who has COVID-19.\1320\,\1321\ Although less
                common, COVID-19 can also spread when individuals are not in close
                contact if small droplets or particles containing the virus linger in
                the air after the person who is infected as left the space.\1322\
                Another means of less common transmission is contact with a
                contaminated surface.\1323\ According to the CDC, those at greatest
                risk of
                [[Page 25603]]
                infection are persons who have had prolonged, unprotected close contact
                (that is, within 6 feet for 15 minutes or longer) with an individual
                with confirmed COVID-19 infection, regardless of whether the individual
                has symptoms.\1324\ Although personal protective equipment (PPE) and
                other infection-control precautions can reduce the likelihood of
                transmission in health care settings, COVID-19 can spread between
                health care personnel (HCP) and patients given the close contact that
                may occur during the provision of care.\1325\ The CDC has emphasized
                that health care settings, including long-term care settings, can be
                high-risk places for COVID-19 exposure and transmission.\1326\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1318\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1319\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1320\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1321\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1322\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1323\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). How
                COVID-19 Spreads. Accessed on April 3, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/prevent-getting-sick/how-covid-spreads.html.
                 \1324\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021). When
                to Quarantine. Accessed on April 2, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/if-you-are-sick/quarantine.html.
                 \1325\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Interim U.S. Guidance for Risk Assessment and Work Restrictions for
                Healthcare Personnel with Potential Exposure to COVID-19. Accessed
                on April 2 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/faq.html#Transmission.
                 \1326\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, et al. ``The Advisory Committee
                on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for Allocating
                Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States, 2020.'' Morb
                Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Vaccination is a critical part of the nation's strategy to
                effectively counter the spread of COVID-19 and ultimately help restore
                societal functioning.\1327\ On December 11, 2020, the FDA issued the
                first Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) for a COVID-19 vaccine in the
                U.S.\1328\ Subsequently, the FDA issued EUAs for additional COVID-19
                vaccines.\1329\ \1330\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1327\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for Jurisdiction
                Operations. Accessed on December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                 \1328\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2020). Pfizer-
                BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144412/download.
                 \1329\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2021). Moderna COVID-
                19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at https://www.fda.gov/media/144636/download.
                 \1330\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2021). Janssen COVID-
                19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at https://www.fda.gov/media/146303/download.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As part of its national strategy to address COVID-19, the Biden
                Administration stated on March 25, 2021 that it would work with states
                and the private sector to execute an aggressive vaccination strategy
                and outlined a goal of administering 200 million shots in 100
                days.\1331\ Although the goal of the U.S. government is to ensure that
                every American who wants to receive a COVID-19 vaccine can receive one,
                Federal agencies recommended that early vaccination efforts focus on
                those critical to the PHE response, including HCP providing direct care
                to patients with COVID-19, and individuals at highest risk for
                developing severe illness from COVID-19.\1332\ For example, the CDC's
                Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) recommended that
                HCP should be among those individuals prioritized to receive the
                initial, limited supply of the COVID-19 vaccine, given the potential
                for transmission in health care settings and the need to preserve
                health care system capacity.\1333\ Research suggests most states
                followed this recommendation,\1334\ and HCP began receiving the vaccine
                in mid-December of 2020.\1335\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1331\ The White House. Remarks by President Biden in Press
                Conference. Accessed April 8, 2021 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/speeches-remarks/2021/03/25/remarks-by-president-biden-in-press-conference/.
                 \1332\ Health and Human Services, Department of Defense. (2020)
                From the Factory to the Frontlines: The Operation Warp Speed
                Strategy for Distributing a COVID-19 Vaccine. Accessed December 18
                at: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/strategy-for-distributing-covid-19-vaccine.pdf; Centers for Disease Control
                (2020). COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for
                Jurisdiction Operations. Accessed December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                 \1333\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, et al. ``The Advisory Committee
                on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for Allocating
                Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States, 2020.'' Morb.
                Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859. ACIP also recommended that
                long-term care residents be prioritized to receive the vaccine,
                given their age, high levels of underlying medical conditions, and
                congregate living situations make them high risk for severe illness
                from COVID-19.
                 \1334\ Kates, J, Michaud, J, Tolbert, J. ``How Are States
                Prioritizing Who Will Get the COVID-19 Vaccine First?'' Kaiser
                Family Foundation. December 14, 2020. Accessed on December 16 at
                https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/how-are-states-prioritizing-who-will-get-the-covid-19-vaccine-first/.
                 \1335\ Associated Press. 'Healing is Coming:' US Health Workers
                Start Getting Vaccine. December 15, 2020. Accessed on December 16
                at: https://apnews.com/article/us-health-workers-coronavirus-vaccine-56df745388a9fc12ae93c6f9a0d0e81f.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Frontline healthcare workers, such as those employed in PCHs, are
                being prioritized for vaccination in most locations. There are
                approximately 18 million healthcare workers in the United States.\1336\
                As of April 3, 2021, the CDC reported that over 162 million doses of
                COVID-19 vaccine had been administered, and approximately 60 million
                people had received full doses.\1337\ President Biden indicated on
                April 6, 2021 that the United States has sufficient vaccine supply to
                make every adult eligible to receive a vaccine beginning April 19,
                2021.\1338\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1336\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Healthcare
                Workers. (2017) Accessed February 18, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/healthcare/default.html.
                 \1337\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. COVID Data
                Tracker. COVID-19 Vaccinations in the United States. (2021) Accessed
                February 18, 2021 at: https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#vaccinations.
                 \1338\ The White House. Remarks by President Biden Marking the
                150 Millionth COVID-19 Vaccine Shot. Accessed April 8, 2021 at:
                https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/speeches-remarks/2021/04/06/remarks-by-president-biden-marking-the-150-millionth-covid-19-vaccine-shot/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe it is important to require that PCHs report their rates
                of HCP vaccination in order to assess whether they are taking steps to
                limit the spread of COVID-19 among their HCP, and to help sustain the
                ability of U.S. hospitals to continue serving their communities
                throughout the PHE and beyond. Therefore, we are proposing a new
                measure, COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP (COVID-19 vaccination
                measure), beginning with the FY 2023 program year. For that program
                year, PCHs would be required to report data on the measure for the
                fourth quarter of CY 2021 (that is, from October 2021 through December
                2021). For more information about the proposed reporting period, see
                section IX.D.5.c. of this proposed rule. The measure will assess the
                proportion of a PCH's HCP that has been vaccinated against COVID-19.
                 Although data showing the effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines to
                prevent asymptomatic infection or transmission of SARS-CoV-2 are
                limited at this time, we believe PCHs should report their rates of
                vaccination among their HCP as part of their efforts to assess and
                reduce the risk of transmission of COVID-19. HCP vaccination can
                potentially reduce illness that leads to work absence and limit
                disruptions to care.\1339\ Data from influenza vaccination demonstrates
                that provider uptake of the vaccine is also associated with that
                provider recommending vaccination to patients,\1340\ and we believe HCP
                COVID-19 vaccination in PCHs could similarly increase uptake among that
                patient population. We also believe that publishing the HCP vaccination
                rates will be helpful to many patients, including those who are at
                high-risk for developing serious complications from COVID-19, as they
                choose PCHs from which to seek treatment. Under CMS' Meaningful
                Measures Framework, the COVID-19 HCP vaccination measure
                [[Page 25604]]
                addresses the quality priority of ``Promote Effective Prevention and
                Treatment of Chronic Disease'' through the Meaningful Measures Area of
                ``Preventive Care.''
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1339\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Overview of
                Influenza Vaccination among Health Care Personnel. October 2020.
                (2020) Accessed March 16, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/flu/toolkit/long-term-care/why.htm.
                 \1340\ Measure Application Committee Coordinating Committee
                Meeting Presentation. March 15, 2021. (2021) Accessed March 16, 2021
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. Overview of Measure
                 The COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure (``COVID-19 HCP
                vaccination measure'') is a process measure developed by the CDC to
                track COVID-19 vaccination coverage among HCP in non-long-term care
                facilities such as PCHs.
                (1) Measure Specifications
                 The denominator is the number of HCP eligible to work in the PCH
                for at least one day during the reporting period (as described in
                section IX.D.5.c.), excluding persons with contraindications to COVID-
                19 vaccination that are described by the CDC.\1341\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1341\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
                Contraindications and precautions. (2021) Accessed March 15, 2021
                at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/covid-19/info-by-product/clinical-considerations.html#Contraindications.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The numerator is the cumulative number of HCP eligible to work in
                the PCH for at least one day during the reporting period (as described
                in section IX.D.5.c.) and who received a complete vaccination course
                against COVID-19 using an FDA-authorized vaccine for COVID-19 (whether
                the FDA issued an approval or EUA). A complete vaccination course is
                defined under the specific FDA authorization (either the EUA or the
                approval) and may require multiple doses or regular
                revaccination.\1342\ Vaccination coverage is defined, for purposes of
                this measure, as the percentage of HCP eligible to work at the PCH for
                at least one day who received a complete vaccination course against
                COVID-19. The proposed specifications for this measure are available at
                https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/nqf/index.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1342\ Measure Application Partnership Coordinating Committee
                Meeting Presentation. March 15, 2021. (2021) Accessed March 16, 2021
                at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Coordinating_Committee.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Review by the Measure Applications Partnership (MAP)
                 The COVID-19 HCP vaccination measure was included on the publicly
                available ``List of Measures under Consideration for December 21,
                2020,'' \1343\ a list of measures under consideration for use in
                various Medicare programs. When the Measure Applications Partnership
                (MAP) Hospital Workgroup convened on January 11, 2021, it reviewed the
                measures on the MUC List, including the COVID-19 HCP vaccination
                measure. The MAP Hospital Workgroup recognized that the proposed
                measure represents a promising effort to advance measurement for an
                evolving national pandemic and that it would bring value to the PCHQR
                Program measure set by providing transparency about an important COVID-
                19 intervention to help prevent infections in HCP and patients.\1344\
                The MAP Hospital Workgroup also stated that collecting information on
                COVID-19 vaccination coverage among HCP and providing feedback to PCHs
                will allow PCHs to benchmark vaccine coverage rates and improve their
                vaccine coverage rates, and that reducing rates of COVID-19 in
                healthcare personnel may reduce transmission among patients and reduce
                instances of staff shortages due to illness.\1345\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1343\ The National Quality Forum. (2021) Accessed March 14,
                2021 at: https://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=94212.
                 \1344\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on January 24, 2021 at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Project_Pages/MAP_Hospital_Workgroup.aspx.
                 \1345\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In its preliminary recommendations, the MAP Hospital Workgroup did
                not support this measure for rulemaking, subject to potential for
                mitigation.\1346\ To mitigate its concerns, the MAP Hospital Workgroup
                believed that the measure needed well-documented evidence, finalized
                specifications, testing, and NQF endorsement prior to
                implementation.\1347\ Subsequently, the MAP Coordinating Committee met
                on January 25, 2021 and reviewed the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage
                Among HCP measure. In the 2020-2021 MAP Final Recommendations issued
                March 11, 2021, the MAP offered conditional support for rulemaking
                contingent on CMS bringing the measure back to the MAP once the
                specifications are further refined, specifically saying that ``the
                incomplete specifications require immediate mitigation and further
                development should continue.'' \1348\ In its final report, the MAP
                noted that the measure would add value to the program measure set by
                providing visibility into an important intervention to limit COVID-19
                infections in healthcare personnel and the patients for whom they
                provide care.\1349\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1346\ Ibid.
                 \1347\ Ibid.
                 \1348\ Measure Applications Partnership. 2020-2021
                Considerations for Implementing Measures Final Report--Clinicians,
                Hospitals, and PAC-LTC. Accessed on March 12, 2021 at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2021/03/MAP_2020-2021_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Clinicians,_Hospitals,_and_PAC-LTC.aspx.
                 \1349\ Measure Applications Partnership. 2020-2021 Measures
                Final Report--Clinicians, Hospitals, and PAC-LTC. Accessed on March
                12, 2021 at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2021/03/MAP_2020-2021_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Clinicians,_Hospitals,_and_PAC-LTC.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In response to the MAP final recommendation request that CMS bring
                the measure back to the MAP once the specifications are further
                refined, CMS and the CDC met with the MAP Coordinating Committee on
                March 15th. CMS and the CDC provided additional information to the MAP
                Coordinating Committee at that meeting that addressed vaccine
                availability, the alignment of the COVID-19 vaccination measure
                specifications as closely as possible with the Influenza HCP
                vaccination measure (NQF 0431) specifications, and the definition of
                HCP used in the measure. At this meeting, CMS and the CDC also
                presented preliminary findings from the testing of the numerator of
                COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP, which is currently in process.
                These preliminary findings showed that the numerator data should be
                feasible and reliable. Testing of the numerator of the number of
                healthcare personnel vaccinated involves a comparison of vaccination
                data collected by the CDC directly from long-term care facilities
                (LTCs) through NHSN with vaccination data independently reported to the
                CDC through the Federal pharmacy partnership program. These are two
                completely independent data collection systems. In initial analyses of
                the first month of vaccination from December 2020 to January 2021, of
                HCP vaccination in approximately 1,200 facilities which reported to
                both systems, the number of healthcare personnel vaccinated was highly
                correlated between these 2 systems with a correlation coefficient of
                nearly 90 percent in the second two weeks of reporting.\1350\ Because
                of the high correlation across a large number of facilities and high
                number of HCP within those facilities receiving at least
                [[Page 25605]]
                one dose of the COVID-19 vaccine, we believe these data indicates the
                measure is feasible and reliable for use in PCHs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1350\ For more information on testing results and other measure
                updates, please see the Meeting Materials (including Agenda,
                Recording, Presentation Slides, Summary, and Transcript) of the
                March 15, 2021 meeting available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectMaterials.aspx?projectID=75367; Gharpure R, Guo A, Bishnoi
                CK, et al. Early COVID-19 First-Dose Vaccination Coverage Among
                Residents and Staff Members of Skilled Nursing Facilities
                Participating in the Pharmacy Partnership for Long-Term Care
                Program--United States, December 2020-January 2021. MMWR Morb Mortal
                Wkly Rep 2021;70:178-182. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.15585/mmwr.mm7005e2.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We value the recommendations of the MAP and considered these
                recommendations carefully. Section 1890A(a)(4) of the Act requires the
                Secretary to take into consideration input from multi-stakeholder
                groups in selecting quality and efficiency measures. While we value
                input from the MAP, we believe it is important to propose the measure
                as quickly as possible to address the urgency of the COVID-19 PHE and
                its impact on PCHs and the vulnerable populations they serve. CMS
                continues to engage with the MAP to mitigate its concerns and
                appreciates the MAP's conditional support for the measure.
                (3) NQF Endorsement
                 Section 1866(k)(3)(A) of the Act states that subject to
                subparagraph (B), any measure specified by the Secretary for the PCHQR
                Program must have been endorsed by the entity with a contract under
                section 1890(a) of the Act. The National Quality Forum (NQF) currently
                holds this contract. Under section 1866(k)(3)(B), in the case of a
                specified area or medical topic determined appropriate by the Secretary
                for which a feasible and practical measure has not been endorsed by the
                entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary
                may specify a measure that is not so endorsed as long as due
                consideration is given to measures that have been endorsed or adopted
                by a consensus organization identified by the Secretary.
                 The proposed COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure is not
                NQF endorsed and has not been submitted to NQF for endorsement
                consideration.
                 Because this measure is not NQF-endorsed, we considered whether
                there are other available measures that assess COVID-19 vaccination
                rates among HCP. We found no other feasible and practical measures on
                the topic of COVID-19 vaccination among HCP, therefore the exception in
                section 1866(k)(3)(B) of the Act applies.
                c. Data Collection, Submission and Reporting
                 Given the time sensitive nature of this measure considering the
                current PHE, we are proposing that for the FY 2023 program year, the
                reporting period for the proposed COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among
                HCP measure would be from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.
                Thereafter, we propose quarterly reporting deadlines for the PCHQR
                Program. If our proposal to adopt this measure is finalized, PCHs would
                report the measure through the NHSN web-based surveillance
                system.\1351\ PCHs currently use the NHSN web-based system to report
                five HAI measures for the PCHQR Program, as well as the Influenza
                Vaccination Coverage Among HCP (NQF #0431).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1351\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Surveillance
                for Weekly HCP COVID-19 Vaccination. Accessed at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/hps/weekly-covid-vac/index.html on February 10,
                2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To report this measure, we are proposing that PCHs would collect
                the numerator and denominator for the COVID-19 HCP vaccination measure
                for at least one self-selected week during each month of the reporting
                quarter and submit the data to the NHSN Healthcare Personal Safety
                (HPS) Component before the quarterly deadline to meet PCHQR Program
                requirements. While we believe that it would be ideal to have HCP
                vaccination data for every week of each month, we are mindful of the
                time and resources that PCHs would need to report the data. Thus, in
                collaboration with the CDC, we determined that data from at least one
                week of each month would be sufficient to obtain a reliable snapshot of
                vaccination levels among a PCH's healthcare personnel while balancing
                the costs of reporting. If a PCH submits more than one week of data in
                a month, the most recent week's data would be used to calculate the
                measure. For example, if first and third week data are submitted, third
                week data would be used. If first, second, and fourth week data are
                submitted, fourth week data would be used. Each quarter, we are
                proposing that the CDC would calculate a single quarterly COVID-19 HCP
                vaccination coverage rate for each PCH, which would be calculated by
                taking the average of the data from the three weekly rates submitted by
                the PCH for that quarter. If finalized, CMS would publicly report each
                quarterly COVID-19 HCP vaccination coverage rate as calculated by the
                CDC.
                 As described in section IX.D.5.b.(1)., PCHs would report the number
                of HCP eligible to have worked at the facility during the self-selected
                week that the PCH reports data for in NHSN (denominator) and the number
                of those HCP who have received a complete course of a COVID-19
                vaccination (numerator) during the same self-selected week.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to add a new measure,
                COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among HCP, to the PCHQR Program beginning
                with the FY 2023 program year, with a October 1, 2021 through December
                31, 2021 reporting period for that program year, and continuing with
                quarterly reporting deadlines for subsequent PCHQR Program years.
                6. Summary of PCHQR Program Measures for the FY 2023 Program Year and
                Subsequent Years
                 This table summarizes the PCHQR Program measure set for the FY 2023
                program year and subsequent years if our proposal to adopt the COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure is finalized.
                [[Page 25606]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.286
                7. Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality Measures
                 We maintain and periodically update technical specifications for
                the PCHQR Program measures. The specifications may be found on the
                QualityNet website at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/pch. We also refer
                readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50281), where we
                adopted a policy to use a subregulatory process to make nonsubstantive
                updates to measures used for the PCHQR Program. We are not proposing
                any changes to our processes for maintaining technical specifications
                for PCHQR Program measures.
                8. Public Display Requirements
                 Under section 1866(k)(4) of the Act, we are required to establish
                procedures for making the data submitted under the PCHQR Program
                available to the public. For additional information regarding
                previously finalized public display requirements and policies, we refer
                readers to previous final rules.
                [[Page 25607]]
                 In the table that follows, we summarize our current public display
                requirements for the PCHQR Program measures. The PCHQR measures'
                performance data is made publicly available on a CMS website, which is
                currently the Provider Data Catalog, available at: https://data.cms.gov/provider-data/. We are not proposing any changes to these
                public display requirements.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.287
                9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Data Submissions
                a. Procedural Requirements
                 We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53563 through 53567) for our previously finalized procedural
                requirements for the PCHQR Program. Data submission requirements and
                deadlines for the PCHQR Program are posted on the QualityNet website.
                b. Proposal To Update Reference to QualityNet Administrator
                 Under our current procedural requirements, each PCH that
                participates in the PCHQR Program must identify one or more QualityNet
                Administrators who will follow the registration process located on the
                QualityNet website (https://qualitynet.cms.gov) (77 FR 53563).
                 In this proposed rule, we propose to use the term ``QualityNet
                security official'' instead of ``QualityNet Administrator'' to align
                with the terminology we use or are proposing to use in other quality
                reporting programs. This proposed update in terminology would not
                change the individual's responsibilities or add burden.
                 Additionally, we are clarifying that failing to maintain an active
                QualityNet security official once a PCH has successfully registered to
                participate in the PCHQR Program will not result in a finding that the
                PCH did not successfully participate in the PCHQR Program.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to replace the term
                ``QualityNet administrator'' with ``QualityNet security official.''
                10. Extraordinary Circumstances Exceptions (ECE) Policy Under the PCHQR
                Program
                 We refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR
                41623 through 41624), for a discussion of the Extraordinary
                Circumstances Exceptions (ECE) policy under the PCHQR Program. We are
                not proposing any changes to this policy.
                11. Proposal To Codify PCHQR Program Requirements at New 42 CFR
                412.23(f) and New 42 CFR 412.24 of Our Regulations
                 There are currently no codified PCHQR Program requirements in our
                regulations. Accordingly, as we have done with a number of other CMS
                quality reporting programs, we are proposing to add a new section at 42
                CFR 412.24 entitled, ``Requirements under the PPS-Exempt Cancer
                Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program'' that codifies the program
                requirements listed in this proposed rule and a new paragraph (3) to 42
                CFR 412.23(f) that requires cancer hospitals that participate in the
                PCHQR Program to follow all such program requirements. We believe that
                the codification of these requirements will make it easier for
                stakeholders to find these requirements.
                 Specifically, we propose to amend 42 CFR 412.23(f) by adding a new
                paragraph (3) that requires cancer hospitals, as classified under that
                paragraph, participating in the PCHQR Program to follow all
                requirements listed in the new section 42 CFR 412.24.
                [[Page 25608]]
                We also propose to add a new section at 42 CFR 412.24 that contains the
                regulations that govern the PCHQR Program:
                 Program participation requirements (adopted in the FY 2013
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53563)) including the PCHQR Program
                registration process;
                 Data submission requirements for quality measures (adopted
                in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53563)) that are
                selected by CMS under section 1866(k) of the Act and must be submitted
                in a form and manner, and at a time, specified by CMS;
                 Quality measure removal and retention factors (adopted in
                the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57182 through 57183) and
                expanded in FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41609 through
                41611));
                 Public reporting requirements for quality measure data
                reported by PCHs, with measure information displayed on the CMS website
                (adopted in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57191)), and
                 Our extraordinary circumstances exception policy (adopted
                in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50848) and updated in
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38424 through 38425))
                detailing the process for CMS to grant an extension or exception to
                quality measure reporting requirements under the PCHQR Program.
                 We welcome public comment on the proposed codification of these
                existing PCHQR Program policies.
                E. Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP)
                1. Background and Statutory Authority
                 The Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP) is
                authorized by section 1886(m)(5) of the Act, and it applies to all
                hospitals certified by Medicare as Long-Term Care Hospitals (LTCHs).
                Section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act requires LTCHs to submit to the
                Secretary quality measure data specified under section 1886(m)(5)(D) in
                a form and manner, and at a time, specified by the Secretary. In
                addition, section 1886(m)(5)(F) of the Act requires LTCHs to submit
                data on quality measures under section 1899B(c)(1) of the Act, resource
                use or other measures under section 1899B(d)(1) of the Act, and
                standardized patient assessment data required under section 1899B(b)(1)
                of the Act. LTCHs must submit the data required under section
                1886(m)(5)(F) of the Act in the form and manner, and at the time,
                specified by the Secretary. Under the LTCH QRP, the Secretary must
                reduce by 2 percentage points the annual update to the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal rate for discharges for an LTCH during a fiscal year
                if the LTCH has not complied with the LTCH QRP requirements specified
                for that fiscal year. For more information on the background for the
                LTCH QRP, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
                FR 51743 through 51744), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
                53614), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50853), the FY 2015
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 50286), the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (80 FR 49723 through 49725), the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (81 FR 57193), the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38425
                through 38426), the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41624
                through 41634), and the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42524
                through 42591). For more information on the requirements under the LTCH
                QRP, we refer readers to 42 CFR 412.560.
                2. General Considerations Used for the Selection of Quality Measures
                for the LTCH QRP
                 For a detailed discussion of the considerations we historically use
                for the selection of LTCH QRP quality, resource use, and other
                measures, we refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80
                FR 49728).
                3. Quality Measures Currently Adopted for the FY 2022 LTCH QRP
                 The LTCH QRP currently has 17 measures for the FY 2022 LTCH QRP,
                which are set out in the following IX.E.-01. For a discussion of the
                factors used to evaluate whether a measure should be removed from the
                LTCH QRP, we refer readers to FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS Final Rule (83 FR
                41624 through 41634) and to the regulations at 42 CFR 412.560(b)(3).
                [[Page 25609]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.288
                [[Page 25610]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.289
                4. LTCH QRP Quality Measure Proposals Beginning With the FY 2023 LTCH
                QRP
                 Section 1899B(h)(1) of the Act permits the Secretary to remove,
                suspend, or add quality measures or resource use or other measures
                described in sections 1899B(c)(1) or (d)(1) of the Act respectively, so
                long as the Secretary publishes in the Federal Register (with a notice
                and comment period) a justification for such removal, suspension, or
                addition. We propose to adopt one new measure, the COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (HCP) \1352\ measure as an
                ``other'' measure under section 1899B(d)(1) of the Act beginning with
                the FY 2023 LTCH QRP. In accordance with section 1899B(a)(1)(B) of the
                Act, the data used to calculate this measure are standardized and
                interoperable. The proposed measure supports the Meaningful Measures
                domain of Promote Effective Prevention and Treatment of Chronic
                Disease. CMS identified the measure concept as a priority in response
                to the current public health crisis. This process measure was developed
                with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to track
                COVID-19 vaccination coverage among HCP in the LTCH setting. This
                measure is described in more detail below.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1352\ The measure steward changed the name of the measure from
                SARS-CoV-2 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel to COVID-
                19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel. There were no
                changes to the measure itself, other than the name change.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In addition, we propose to update the denominator for one measure,
                the Transfer of Health (TOH) Information to the Patient-Post-Acute Care
                (PAC) measure to exclude patients discharged home under the care of an
                organized home health service or hospice.
                a. Proposed COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel
                (HCP) Measure Beginning with the FY 2023 LTCH QRP
                (1) Background
                 On January 31, 2020, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health
                and Human Services (HHS) declared a public health emergency (PHE) for
                the United States in response to the global outbreak of SARS-CoV-2, a
                novel (new) coronavirus that causes a disease named ``coronavirus
                disease 2019'' (COVID-19).\1353\ COVID-19 is a contagious respiratory
                infection \1354\ that can cause serious illness and death. Older
                individuals, racial and ethnic
                [[Page 25611]]
                minorities,\1355\ and those with underlying medical conditions are
                considered to be at higher risk for more serious complications from
                COVID-19.\1356\ As of April 10, 2021, the U.S. reported over 30 million
                cases of COVID-19 and over 558,000 COVID-19 deaths.\1357\ Hospitals and
                health systems saw significant surges of COVID-19 patients as community
                infection levels increased.\1358\ In December 2020 and January 2021,
                media outlets reported that more than 100,000 Americans were in the
                hospital with COVID-19.\1359\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1353\ U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, Office of the
                Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response. (2020).
                Determination that a Public Health Emergency Exists. Available at:
                https://www.phe.gov/emergency/news/healthactions/phe/Pages/2019-nCoV.aspx.
                 \1354\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                 \1355\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Health Equity Considerations and Racial and Ethnic Minority Groups.
                Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/health-equity/race-ethnicity.html.
                 \1356\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Your
                Health: Symptoms of Coronavirus. Available at https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/symptoms-testing/symptoms.html.
                 \1357\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). CDC
                COVID Data Tracker. Available at: https://covid.cdc.gov/covid-data-tracker/#cases_casesper100klast7days.
                 \1358\ Associated Press. Tired to the Bone. Hospitals
                Overwhelmed with Virus Cases. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at https://apnews.com/article/hospitals-overwhelmed-coronavirus-cases-74a1f0dc3634917a5dc13408455cd895. Also
                see: New York Times. Just how full are U.S. intensive care units?
                New data paints an alarming picture. November 18, 2020. Accessed on
                December 16, 2020, at: https://www.nytimes.com/2020/12/09/world/just-how-full-are-us-intensive-care-units-new-data-paints-an-alarming-picture.html.
                 \1359\ NPR. U.S. Hits 100,000 COVID-19 Hospitalizations, Breaks
                Daily Death Record. Dec. 2, 2020. Accessed on December 17, 2020 at
                https://www.npr.org/sections/coronavirus-live-updates/2020/12/02/941902471/u-s-hits-100-000-covid-19-hospitalizations-breaks-daily-death-record; The Wall Street Journal. Coronavirus Live Updates:
                U.S. Hospitalizations, Newly Reported Cases, Deaths Edge Downward.
                Accessed on January 11 at https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/covid-2021-01-11.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Evidence indicates that COVID-19 primarily spreads when individuals
                are in close contact with one another.\1360\ The virus is typically
                transmitted through respiratory droplets or small particles created
                when someone who is infected with the virus coughs, sneezes, sings,
                talks or breathes.\1361\ Experts believe that COVID-19 spreads less
                commonly through contact with a contaminated surface \1362\ and is not
                thought to be a common way that COVID-19 spreads, and that in certain
                circumstances, infection can occur through airborne transmission.\1363\
                According to the CDC, those at greatest risk of infection are persons
                who have had prolonged, unprotected close contact (that is, within 6
                feet for 15 minutes or longer) with an individual with confirmed SARS-
                CoV-2 infection, regardless of whether the individual has
                symptoms.\1364\ Although personal protective equipment (PPE) and other
                infection-control precautions can reduce the likelihood of transmission
                in healthcare settings, COVID-19 can spread between healthcare
                personnel (HCP) and patients given the close contact that may occur
                during the provision of care.\1365\ The CDC has emphasized that
                healthcare settings, including LTCHs, can be high-risk places for
                COVID-19 exposure and transmission.\1366\ Vaccination is a critical
                part of the nation's strategy to effectively counter the spread of
                COVID-19 and ultimately help restore societal functioning.\1367\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1360\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021).
                COVID-19. Your Health. Frequently Asked Questions. Accessed on
                January 11, 2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/faq.html.
                 \1361\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). COVID-
                19. Your Health. Frequently Asked Questions. Accessed on January 11,
                2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/faq.html.
                 \1362\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021). COVID-
                19. Your Health. Frequently Asked Questions. Accessed on January 11,
                2021 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/faq.html.
                 \1363\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Centers for Disease Control Scientific Brief: SARS-CoV-2 and
                Potential Airborne Transmission. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/more/scientific-brief-sars-cov-2.html.
                 \1364\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Clinical Questions about COVID-19: Questions and Answers. Accessed
                on December 2, 2020 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/faq.html.
                 \1365\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                Interim U.S. Guidance for Risk Assessment and Work Restrictions for
                Healthcare Personnel with Potential Exposure to COVID-19. Accessed
                on December 2 at: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/guidance-risk-assesment-hcp.html.
                 \1366\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, et al. ``The Advisory Committee
                on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for Allocating
                Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States, 2020.'' Morb
                Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859.
                 \1367\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020).
                COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for Jurisdiction
                Operations. Accessed on December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 On December 11, 2020, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) issued
                the first Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) for a COVID-19 vaccine in
                the U.S.\1368\ Subsequently the FDA issued EUAs for additional COVID-19
                vaccines. In issuing these EUAs, the FDA determined that it was
                reasonable to conclude that the known and potential benefits of each
                vaccine, when used as authorized to prevent COVID-19, outweighed its
                known and potential risks.1369 1370 1371
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1368\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2020). Pfizer-
                BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144412/download.
                 \1369\ Ibid.
                 \1370\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2021). ModernaTX,
                Inc. COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization. Available at
                https://www.fda.gov/media/144636/download.
                 \1371\ U.S. Food and Drug Administration (2020). Janssen
                Biotech, Inc. COVID-19 Vaccine EUA Letter of Authorization.
                Available at https://www.fda.gov/media/146303/download.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As part of its national strategy to address COVID-19, the current
                administration stated that it would work with states and the private
                sector to execute an aggressive vaccination strategy and has outlined a
                goal of administering 200 million shots in 100 days.\1372\ Although the
                goal of the U.S. government is to ensure that every American who wants
                to receive a COVID-19 vaccine can receive one, Federal agencies
                recommended that early vaccination efforts focus on those critical to
                the PHE response, including healthcare personnel (HCP), and individuals
                at highest risk for developing severe illness from COVID-19.\1373\ For
                example, the CDC's Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP)
                recommended that HCP should be among those individuals prioritized to
                receive the initial, limited supply of the COVID-19 vaccination, given
                the potential for transmission in healthcare settings and the need to
                preserve healthcare system capacity.\1374\ Research suggests most
                states followed this recommendation,\1375\ and HCP began receiving the
                vaccine in mid-December of 2020.\1376\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1372\ The White House. Remarks by President Biden on the COVID-
                19 Response and the State of Vaccinations. March 29, 2021. Accessed
                at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/speeches-remarks/2021/03/29/remarks-by-president-biden-on-the-covid-19-response-and-the-state-of-vaccinations/.
                 \1373\ Health and Human Services, Department of Defense. (2020)
                From the Factory to the Frontlines: The Operation Warp Speed
                Strategy for Distributing a COVID-19 Vaccine. Accessed December 18
                at: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/strategy-for-distributing-covid-19-vaccine.pdf; Centers for Disease Control
                (2020). COVID-19 Vaccination Program Interim Playbook for
                Jurisdiction Operations. Accessed December 18 at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/imz-managers/downloads/COVID-19-Vaccination-Program-Interim_Playbook.pdf.
                 \1374\ Dooling, K, McClung, M, et al. ``The Advisory Committee
                on Immunization Practices' Interim Recommendations for Allocating
                Initial Supplies of COVID-19 Vaccine--United States, 2020.'' Morb.
                Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020; 69(49): 1857-1859. ACIP also recommended that
                long-term care residents be prioritized to receive the vaccine,
                given their age, high levels of underlying medical conditions, and
                congregate living situations make them high risk for severe illness
                from COVID-19.
                 \1375\ Kates, J, Michaud, J, Tolbert, J. ``How Are States
                Prioritizing Who Will Get the COVID-19 Vaccine First?'' Kaiser
                Family Foundation. December 14, 2020. Accessed on December 16 at
                https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/how-are-states-prioritizing-who-will-get-the-covid-19-vaccine-first/.
                 \1376\ Associated Press. `Healing is Coming:' US Health Workers
                Start Getting Vaccine. December 15, 2020. Accessed on December 16
                at: https://apnews.com/article/us-health-workers-coronavirus-vaccine-56df745388a9fc12ae93c6f9a0d0e81f.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 HCP are at risk of carrying COVID-19 infection to patients,
                experiencing
                [[Page 25612]]
                illness or death as a result of COVID-19 themselves, and transmitting
                it to their families, friends, and the general public. We believe it is
                important to require that LTCHs report COVID-19 HCP vaccination in
                order to assess whether they are taking steps to limit the spread of
                COVID-19 among their HCP, reduce the risk of transmission of COVID-19
                within their facilities, and to help sustain the ability of LTCHs to
                continue serving their communities throughout the PHE and beyond.
                 We also believe that publishing facility-level COVID-19 HCP
                vaccination rates on Care Compare would be helpful to many patients,
                including those who are at high-risk for developing serious
                complications from COVID-19, as they choose facilities from which to
                seek treatment. Under the Meaningful Measures framework, the COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel measure addresses the
                quality priority of ``Promote Effective Prevention & Treatment of
                Chronic Disease'' through the Meaningful Measures Area of ``Preventive
                Care.''
                 Therefore, we are proposing a new measure, COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage among HCP to assess the proportion of an LTCH's healthcare
                workforce that has been vaccinated against COVID-19.
                (2) Stakeholder Input
                 In our development and specification of the measure, a transparent
                process was employed to seek input from stakeholders and national
                experts and engage in a process that allows for pre-rulemaking input on
                each measure, under section 1890A of the Act.\1377\ To meet this
                requirement, the following opportunity was provided for stakeholder
                input.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1377\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Pre-rulemaking.
                Accessed at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityMeasures/Pre-Rulemaking.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The pre-rule making process includes making publicly available a
                list of quality and efficiency measures, called the Measures Under
                Consideration (MUC) List that the Secretary is considering adopting,
                through Federal rulemaking process, for use in Medicare program(s).
                This allows multi-stakeholder groups to provide recommendations to the
                Secretary on the measures included on the list. The COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel measure was included on
                the publicly available ``List of Measures under Consideration for
                December 21, 2020'' (MUC List).\1378\ Five comments were received from
                industry stakeholders during the pre-rulemaking process on the COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure, and support was mixed.
                Commenters generally supported the concept of the measure. However,
                there was concern about the availability of the vaccine and measure
                definition for HCP, and some commenters encouraged CMS to continue to
                update the measure as new evidence comes in.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1378\ National Quality Forum. List of Measures Under
                Consideration for December 21, 2020. Accessed at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/measures-under-consideration-list-2020-report.pdf on January 12, 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) Review
                 When the Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) Post-Acute Care/
                Long-Term Care (PAC-LTC) Workgroup convened on January 11, 2021, it
                reviewed the MUC List and the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP
                measure. The MAP recognized that the proposed measure represents a
                promising effort to advance measurement for an evolving national
                pandemic and that it would bring value to the LTCH QRP measure set by
                providing transparency about an important COVID-19 intervention to help
                limit COVID-19 infections.\1379\ The MAP also stated that collecting
                information on COVID-19 vaccination coverage among healthcare personnel
                and providing feedback to facilities would allow facilities to
                benchmark coverage rates and improve coverage in their facility, and
                that reducing rates of COVID-19 in healthcare personnel may reduce
                transmission among patients and reduce instances of staff shortages due
                to illness.\1380\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1379\ Measure Applications Partnership. MAP Preliminary
                Recommendations 2020-2021. Accessed on February 3, 2021 at: https://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=94650.
                 \1380\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In its preliminary recommendations, the MAP PAC-LTC Workgroup did
                not support this measure for rulemaking, subject to potential for
                mitigation.\1381\ To mitigate its concerns, the MAP believed that the
                measure needed well-documented evidence, finalized specifications,
                testing, and NQF endorsement prior to implementation.\1382\
                Subsequently, the MAP Coordinating Committee met on January 25, 2021,
                and reviewed the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare
                Personnel measure. In the 2020-2021 MAP Final Recommendations, the MAP
                offered conditional support for rulemaking contingent on CMS bringing
                the measures back to MAP once the specifications are further clarified.
                The final MAP report is available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2021/03/MAP_2020-2021_Considerations_for_Implementing_Measures_Final_Report_-_Clinicians,_Hospitals,_and_PAC-LTC.aspx.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1381\ Ibid.
                 \1382\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In response to the MAP request for CMS to bring the measure back
                once the specifications were further clarified, CMS met with the MAP
                Coordinating Committee on March 15, 2021. First, CMS and CDC clarified
                the alignment of the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP with the
                Influenza Vaccination Coverage among HCP (NQF #0431), an NQF-endorsed
                measure since 2012. The COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure
                is calculated using the same approach as the Influenza Vaccination
                Coverage among HCP measure.\1383\ The approach to identifying HCPs
                eligible for the COVID-19 vaccination is analogous to those used in the
                NQF endorsed flu measure which underwent rigorous review from technical
                experts about the validity of that approach and for which ultimately
                received NQF endorsement. More recently, prospective cohorts of health
                care personnel, first responders, and other essential and frontline
                workers over 13 weeks in eight U.S. locations confirmed that authorized
                COVID-19 vaccines are highly effective in real-world conditions.
                Vaccine effectiveness of full immunization with two doses of vaccines
                was 90%.\1384\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1383\ The Influenza Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare
                Personnel (NQF #0431) measure which is NQF endorsed and was adopted
                in the IRF QRP in the FY 2014 IRF PPS Final Rule (78 FR 47905
                through 47906), and in the LTCH QRP in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                Final Rule (77 FR 53630 through 53631).
                 \1384\ Centers for Disease Control and Preventions. Morbidity
                and Mortality Weekly Report. March 29, 2021. Available at: https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/70/wr/mm7013e3.htm?s_cid=mm7013e3_w.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Additionally, to support the measure's data element validity, the
                CDC conducted testing of the COVID-19 vaccination numerator using data
                collected through the NHSN and independently reported through the
                Federal Pharmacy Partnership for Long-term Care Program for delivering
                vaccines to long-term care facilities. These are two completely
                independent data collection systems. In initial analyses of the first
                month of vaccination for approximately 1,200 facilities that had data
                from both systems, the number of HCP vaccinated was highly correlated
                between these two systems with a correlation coefficient of nearly 90
                percent in the second two
                [[Page 25613]]
                weeks of reporting. Of note, assessment of data element reliability may
                not be required by NQF if data element validity is demonstrated.\1385\
                To assess the validity of new performance measure score (in the case,
                percentage of COVID-19 vaccination coverage), NQF allows assessment by
                face validity (that is, subjective determination by experts that the
                measure appears to reflect quality of care, done through a systematic
                and transparent process),\1386\ and the MAP concurred with the face
                validity of the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure.
                Materials from the March 15, 2021 MAP Coordinating Committee meeting
                can be found on the NQF website here: https://www.qualityforum.org/ProjectMaterials.aspx?projectID=75367.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1385\ National Quality Form. Key Points for Evaluating
                Scientific Acceptability. Revised January 3, 2020. https://
                www.qualityforum.org/Measuring_Performance/Scientific_Methods_Panel/
                Docs/
                Evaluation_Guidance.aspx#:~:text=NQF%20is%20not%20prescriptive%20abou
                t,reliability%20or%20validity%20testing%20results.&text=Reliability%2
                0and%20validity%20must%20be,source%20and%20level%20of%20analysis).
                 \1386\ Ibid.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 This measure is not NQF endorsed, but the CDC, in collaboration
                with CMS, plans to submit the measure for NQF endorsement in the
                future.
                (4) Competing and Related Measures
                 Section 1886(m)(5)(D)(i) of the Act requires that absent an
                exception under section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act, measures
                specified under section 1886(m)(5)(D) of the Act be endorsed by the
                entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act, currently the
                National Quality Forum (NQF). In the case of a specified area or
                medical topic determined appropriate by the Secretary for which a
                feasible and practical measure has not been endorsed, section
                1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act permits the Secretary to specify a measure
                that is not so endorsed, as long as due consideration is given to the
                measures that have been endorsed or adopted by a consensus organization
                identified by the Secretary. Section 1899B(e)(2)(A) of the Act requires
                that, subject to section 1899B(e)(2)(B) of the Act, each measure
                specified by the Secretary under section 1899B of the Act be endorsed
                by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Act.
                However, in the case of a specified area or medical topic determined
                appropriate by the Secretary for which a feasible and practical measure
                has not been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section
                1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may specify a measure that is not so
                endorsed as long as due consideration is given to measures that have
                been endorsed or adopted by a consensus organization identified by the
                Secretary. The proposed COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure
                is not currently NQF endorsed and has not been submitted to the NQF for
                consideration, so we considered whether there are other available
                measures that assess COVID-19 vaccinations among HCP. After review of
                the NQF's consensus-endorsed measures, we were unable to identify any
                NQF-endorsed measures for LTCHs focused on capturing COVID-19
                vaccination coverage among HCP, and we found no other feasible and
                practical measure on the topic of COVID-19 vaccination coverage among
                HCP. The only other vaccination coverage of HCP measure we found was
                the Influenza Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (NQF
                #0431) measure which is NQF endorsed and was adopted in the LTCH QRP in
                the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS Final Rule (77 FR 53630 through 53631).
                 Given the novel nature of the SARS-CoV-2 virus, and the significant
                and immediate risk it poses in LTCHs, we believe it is necessary to
                propose the measure as soon as possible. Therefore, after consideration
                of other available measures that assess COVID-19 vaccination rates
                among HCP, we believe the exception under section 1899B(e)(2)(B) of the
                Act applies. This proposed measure has the potential to generate
                actionable data on vaccination rates that can be used to target quality
                improvement among LTCH providers.
                (5) Quality Measure Calculation
                 The COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (HCP)
                measure is a process measure developed by the CDC to track COVID-19
                vaccination coverage among HCP in facilities such as LTCHs. Since this
                proposed measure is a process measure, rather than an outcome measure,
                it does not require risk-adjustment.
                 The denominator would be the number of HCP eligible to work in the
                LTCH for at least one day during the reporting period, excluding
                persons with contraindications to COVID-19 vaccination described by the
                CDC.\1387\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1387\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Interim
                Clinical Considerations for Use of COVID-19 Vaccines Currently
                Authorized in the United Sates. Accessed at: https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/covid-19/info-by-product/clinical-considerations.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The numerator would be the cumulative number of HCP eligible to
                work in the LTCH for at least one day during the reporting period and
                who received a complete vaccination course against SARS-CoV-2. A
                complete vaccination course may require one or more doses depending on
                the specific vaccine used. The finalized measure specifications can be
                found on the CDC website here: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/nqf/index.html.
                 We propose that LTCHs would submit data for the measure through the
                CDC/NHSN data collection and submission framework.\1388\ This framework
                is currently used for reporting the CAUTI (NQF #0318) and Influenza
                Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (NQF #0431) measures.
                LTCHs would use the COVID-19 vaccination data reporting module in the
                NHSN Healthcare Personnel Safety (HPS) Component to report the number
                of HCP eligible who have worked at the facility that week (denominator)
                and the number of those HCP who have received a completed COVID-19
                vaccination course (numerator). LTCHs would submit COVID-19 vaccination
                data for at least one week each month. If LTCHs submit more than one
                week of data in a month, the most recent week's data would be used for
                measure calculation purposes. Each quarter, the CDC would calculate a
                summary measure of COVID-19 vaccination coverage from the three monthly
                modules reported for the quarter. This quarterly rate would be publicly
                reported on the Care Compare website. Subsequent to the first refresh,
                one additional quarter of data would be added to the measure
                calculation during each advancing refresh, until the point four full
                quarters of data is reached. Thereafter, the measure would be reported
                using four rolling quarters of data on Care Compare.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1388\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Surveillance
                for Weekly HCP COVID-19 Vaccination. Accessed at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/hps/weekly-covid-vac/index.html on February 10,
                2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For purposes of submitting data to CMS for the FY 2023 LTCH QRP,
                LTCHs would be required to submit data for the period October 1, 2021
                through December 31, 2021. Following the initial data submission
                quarter for the FY 2023 LTCH QRP, subsequent compliance for the LTCH
                QRP would be based on a full calendar year of data submission. For more
                information on the measure's proposed public reporting period, we refer
                readers to section E.9.d. of this proposed rule.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to add a new measure,
                COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel, to the LTCH
                QRP beginning with the FY 2023 LTCH QRP.
                [[Page 25614]]
                b. Proposed Update to the Transfer of Health (TOH) Information to the
                Patient--Post-Acute Care (PAC) Measure Beginning With the FY 2023 LTCH
                QRP
                 We are proposing to update the Transfer of Health Information to
                the Patient--Post-Acute Care (PAC) measure denominator to exclude
                patients discharged home under the care of an organized home health
                service or hospice. This measure assesses for and reports on the timely
                transfer of health information, specifically transfer of a medication
                list. We adopted this measure in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (84 FR 42525 through 42535) beginning with the FY 2022 LTCH QRP. It is
                a process-based measure that evaluates the transfer of information when
                a patient is discharged from his or her current PAC setting to a
                private home/apartment, board and care home, assisted living, group
                home, transitional living, or home under the care of an organized home
                health service organization or hospice.
                 This measure, adopted under section 1899B(c)(1)(E) of the Act, was
                developed to be a standardized measure for the IRF QRP, LTCH QRP, SNF
                QRP and Home Health (HH) QRP. The measure is calculated by one
                standardized data element that asks, ``At the time of discharge, did
                the facility provide the patient's current reconciled medication list
                to the patient, family, and/or caregiver?'' The discharge location is
                captured by items on the Long-Term Care Hospital (LTCH) Continuity
                Assessment Record and Evaluation (CARE) Data Set (LCDS).
                 Specifically, this rule proposes to update the measure denominator.
                Currently, the measure denominators for both the TOH-Patient measure
                and the TOH-Provider measure assess the number of patients discharged
                home under the care of an organized home health service organization or
                hospice. In order to align the measure with the SNF QRP, IRF QRP, and
                HH QRP, and avoid counting the patient in both TOH measures in the LTCH
                QRP, we are proposing to remove this location from the definition of
                the denominator for the TOH-Patient measure. Therefore, we are
                proposing to update the denominator for the TOH-Patient measure to only
                discharges to a private home/apartment, board and care home, assisted
                living, group home, or transitional living. For additional technical
                information regarding the TOH-Patient measure, we refer readers to the
                document titled ``Final Specifications for LTCH QRP Quality Measures
                and Standardized Patient Assessment Data Elements (SPADEs)'' available
                at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/Downloads/Final-Specifications-for-LTCH-QRP-Quality-Measures-and-SPADEs.pdf.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to update the denominator
                of the Transfer of Health (TOH) Information to the Patient--Post-Acute
                Care (PAC) measure beginning with the FY 2023 LTCH QRP.
                5. LTCH QRP Quality Measures Under Consideration for Future Years:
                Request for Information
                 We are seeking input on the importance, relevance, appropriateness,
                and applicability of each of the measures and concepts under
                consideration listed in Table FF2 for future years in the LTCH QRP.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.290
                 While we will not be responding to specific comments submitted in
                response to this Request for Information in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, we intend to use this input to inform our future measure
                development efforts.
                6. Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR) in Support of
                Digital Quality Measurement in Quality Programs--Request for
                Information (RFI)
                a. Background
                 The LTCH QRP is authorized by section 1886(m)(5) of the Act and
                furthers our mission to improve the quality of health care for
                beneficiaries through measurement, transparency, and public reporting
                of data. The LTCH QRP and CMS's other quality programs are foundational
                for contributing to improvements in health care, enhancing patient
                outcomes, and informing consumer choice. In October 2017, we launched
                the Meaningful Measures Framework. This framework captures our vision
                to address health care quality priorities and gaps, including
                [[Page 25615]]
                emphasizing digital quality measurement (dQM), reducing measurement
                burden, and promoting patient perspectives, while also focusing on
                modernization and innovation. The scope of the Meaningful Measures
                Framework has evolved to accommodate the changes in the health care
                environment, initially focusing on measure and burden reduction to
                include the promotion of innovation and modernization of all aspects of
                quality.\1389\ There is a need to streamline our approach to data
                collection, calculation, and reporting to fully leverage clinical and
                patient-centered information for measurement, improvement, and
                learning.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1389\ Meaningful Measures 2.0: Moving from Measure Reduction to
                Modernization. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/meaningful-measures-20-moving-measure-reduction-modernization.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In alignment with Meaningful Measures 2.0, we are seeking feedback
                on our future plans to define digital quality measures (dQMs) for the
                LTCH QRP. We also are seeking feedback on the potential use of Fast
                Healthcare Interoperable Resources (FHIR) for dQMs within the LTCH QRP
                aligning where possible with other quality programs. FHIR is a free and
                open source standards framework (in both commercial and government
                settings) created by Health Level Seven International (HL7[supreg])
                establishes a common language and process for all health information
                technology.
                b. Definition of Digital Quality Measures
                 We are considering proposing to adopt a standardized definition of
                Digital Quality Measures (dQMs) in alignment across quality programs,
                including the LTCH QRP. We are considering in the future to propose the
                adoption within the LTCH QRP the following definition: Digital Quality
                Measures (dQMs) are quality measures that use one or more sources of
                health information that are captured and can be transmitted
                electronically via interoperable systems.\1390\ A dQM includes a
                calculation that processes digital data to produce a measure score or
                measure scores. Data sources for dQMs may include administrative
                systems, electronically submitted clinical assessment data, case
                management systems, EHRs, instruments (for example, medical devices and
                wearable devices), patient portals or applications (for example, for
                collection of patient-generated health data), health information
                exchanges (HIEs) or registries, and other sources. As an example, the
                quality measures calculated from patient assessment data submitted
                electronically to CMS would be considered digital quality measures.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1390\ Definition taken from the CMS Quality Conference 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                c. Use of FHIR for Future dQMs in the LTCH QRP
                 One of the first areas CMS has identified relative to improving our
                digital strategy is through the use of Fast Healthcare Interoperability
                Resources (FHIR)-based standards to exchange clinical information
                through application programming interfaces (APIs), aligning with other
                programs where possible, to allow clinicians to digitally submit
                quality information one time that can then be used in many ways. We
                believe that in the future proposing such a standard within the LTCH
                QRP could potentially enable collaboration and information sharing,
                which is essential for delivering high-quality care and better outcomes
                at a lower cost.
                 We are currently evaluating the use of FHIR based APIs to access
                assessment data collected and maintained through the Quality
                Improvement and Evaluation System (QIES) and internet QIES (iQIES)
                health information systems and are working with healthcare standards
                organizations to assure that their evolving standards fully support our
                assessment instrument content. Further, as more LTCHs are adopting
                EHRs, we are evaluating using the FHIR interfaces for accessing patient
                data (including standard assessments) directly from LTCH EHRs.
                Accessing data in this manner could also enable the exchange of data
                for purposes beyond data reporting to CMS, such as care coordination
                further increasing the value of EHR investments across the healthcare
                continuum. Once providers map their EHR data to a FHIR API in standard
                FHIR formats it could be possible to send and receive the data needed
                for measures and other uses from their EHRs through FHIR APIs.
                d. Future Alignment of Measures Across Reporting Programs, Federal and
                State Agencies, and the Private Sector
                 We are committed to using policy levers and working with
                stakeholders to achieve interoperable data exchange and to transition
                to full digital quality measurement in our quality programs. We are
                considering the future potential development and staged implementation
                of a cohesive portfolio of dQMs across our quality programs (including
                the LTCH QRP), agencies, and private payers. This cohesive portfolio
                would require, where possible, alignment of: (1) Measure concepts and
                specifications including narrative statements, measure logic, and value
                sets; and (2) the individual data elements used to build these measure
                specifications and calculate the measures. Further, the required data
                elements would be limited to standardized, interoperable elements to
                the fullest extent possible; hence, part of the alignment strategy will
                be the consideration and advancement of data standards and
                implementation guides for key data elements. We would coordinate
                closely with quality measure developers, Federal and State agencies,
                and private payers to develop and to maintain a cohesive dQM portfolio
                that meets our programmatic requirements and that fully aligns across
                Federal and State agencies and payers to the extent possible.
                 We intend this coordination to be ongoing and allow for continuous
                refinement to ensure quality measures remain aligned with evolving
                healthcare practices and priorities (for example, patient reported
                outcomes (PROs), disparities, care coordination), and track with the
                transformation of data collection. This includes conformance with
                standards and health IT module updates, future adoption of technologies
                incorporated within the ONC Health IT Certification Program and may
                also include standards adopted by ONC (for example, to enable
                standards-based APIs). The coordination would build on the principles
                outlined in HHS' National Health Quality Roadmap.\1391\ It would focus
                on the quality domains of safety, timeliness, efficiency,
                effectiveness, equitability, and patient-centeredness. It would
                leverage several existing Federal and public-private efforts including
                our Meaningful Measures 2.0 Framework; the Federal Electronic Health
                Record Modernization (DoD/VA); the Core Quality Measure Collaborative,
                which convenes stakeholders from America's Health Insurance Plans
                (AHIP), CMS, NQF, provider organizations, private payers, and consumers
                and develops consensus on quality measures for provider specialties;
                and the NQF-convened Measure Applications Partnership (MAP), which
                recommends measures for use in public payment and reporting programs.
                We would coordinate with HL7's ongoing work to advance FHIR resources
                in critical areas to support patient care and measurement such as
                social determinants of health. Through this coordination, we would
                identify which existing measures could be used or evolved to be used as
                dQMs, in
                [[Page 25616]]
                recognition of current healthcare practice and priorities.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1391\ Department of Health and Human Services. National Health
                Quality Roadmap. May 15, 2020. Available at: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/national-health-quality-roadmap.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 This multi-stakeholder, joint Federal, State, and industry effort,
                made possible and enabled by the pending advances towards true
                interoperability, would yield a significantly improved quality
                measurement enterprise. The success of the dQM portfolio would be
                enhanced by the degree to which the measures achieve our programmatic
                requirements as well as the requirements of other agencies and payers.
                e. Solicitation of Comments
                 We seek input on the following steps that would enable
                transformation of CMS' quality measurement enterprise to be fully
                digital:
                 i. What EHR/IT systems do you use and do you participate in a
                health information exchange (HIE)?
                 ii. How do you currently share information with other providers?
                 iii. In what ways could we incentivize or reward innovative uses of
                health information technology (IT) that could reduce burden for post-
                acute care settings, including but not limited to LTCHs?
                 iv. What additional resources or tools would post-acute care
                settings, including but not limited to LTCHs, and health IT vendors
                find helpful to support the testing, implementation, collection, and
                reporting of all measures using FHIR standards via secure APIs to
                reinforce the sharing of patient health information between care
                settings?
                 v. Would vendors, including those that service post-acute care
                settings, such as LTCHs, be interested in or willing to participate in
                pilots or models of alternative approaches to quality measurement that
                would align standards for quality measure data collection across care
                settings to improve care coordination, such as sharing patient data via
                secure FHIR API as the basis for calculating and reporting digital
                measures?
                 We plan to continue working with other agencies and stakeholders to
                coordinate and to inform our transformation to dQMs leveraging health
                IT standards. While we will not be responding to specific comments
                submitted in response to this RFI in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, we will actively consider all input as we develop future
                regulatory proposals or future subregulatory policy guidance. Any
                updates to specific program requirements related to quality measurement
                and reporting provisions would be addressed through separate and future
                notice-and-comment rulemaking, as necessary.
                7. Closing the Health Equity Gap in Post-Acute Care Quality Reporting
                Programs--Request for Information (RFI)
                a. Background
                 Significant and persistent inequities in health outcomes exist in
                the United States. In recognition of persistent health disparities and
                the importance of closing the health equity gap, we request information
                on revising several CMS programs to make reporting of health
                disparities based on social risk factors and race and ethnicity more
                comprehensive and actionable for providers and patients. Belonging to a
                racial or ethnic minority group; living with a disability; being a
                member of the lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ+)
                community; or being near or below the poverty level, is often
                associated with worse health
                outcomes.1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 Such
                disparities in health outcomes are the result of a number of factors,
                but importantly for CMS programs, although not the sole determinant,
                poor access and provision of lower quality health care contribute to
                health disparities. For instance, numerous studies have shown that
                among Medicare beneficiaries, racial and ethnic minority individuals
                often receive lower quality of care, report lower experiences of care,
                and experience more frequent hospital readmissions and operative
                complications.1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 Readmission
                rates for common conditions in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program are higher for Black Medicare beneficiaries and higher for
                Hispanic Medicare beneficiaries with Congestive Heart Failure and Acute
                Myocardial Infarction.1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 Studies have
                also shown that African Americans are significantly more likely than
                white Americans to die prematurely from heart disease and stroke.\1411\
                The COVID-19 pandemic has further illustrated many of these
                longstanding health inequities with higher rates of infection,
                hospitalization, and mortality among Black, Latino, and Indigenous and
                Native American persons relative to white persons.1412 1413
                As noted by the Centers for Disease Control ``long-standing systemic
                health and social inequities have put many people from racial and
                ethnic minority groups at increased risk of getting sick and dying
                [[Page 25617]]
                from COVID-19''.\1414\ One important strategy for addressing these
                important inequities is by improving data collection to allow for
                better measurement and reporting on equity across post-acute care
                programs and policies.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1392\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates
                for Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA. 2011;
                305(7):675-681.
                 \1393\ Lindenauer PK, Lagu T, Rothberg MB, et al. Income
                Inequality and 30 Day Outcomes After Acute Myocardial Infarction,
                Heart Failure, and Pneumonia: Retrospective Cohort Study. British
                Medical Journal. 2013; 346.
                 \1394\ Trivedi AN, Nsa W, Hausmann LRM, et al. Quality and
                Equity of Care in U.S. Hospitals. New England Journal of Medicine.
                2014; 371(24):2298-2308.
                 \1395\ Polyakova, M., et al. Racial Disparities In Excess All-
                Cause Mortality During The Early COVID-19 Pandemic Varied
                Substantially Across States. Health Affairs. 2021; 40(2): 307-316.
                 \1396\ Rural Health Research Gateway. Rural Communities: Age,
                Income, and Health Status. Rural Health Research Recap. November
                2018.
                 \1397\ https://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/assets/PDF/Update_HHS_Disparities_Dept-FY2020.pdf.
                 \1398\ www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/70/wr/mm7005a1.htm.
                 \1399\ Poteat TC, Reisner SL, Miller M, Wirtz AL. COVID-19
                Vulnerability of Transgender Women With and Without HIV Infection in
                the Eastern and Southern U.S. Preprint. medRxiv.
                2020;2020.07.21.20159327. Published 2020 Jul 24. doi:10.1101/
                2020.07.21.20159327.
                 \1400\ Martino, SC, Elliott, MN, Dembosky, JW, Hambarsoomian, K,
                Burkhart, Q, Klein, DJ, Gildner, J, and Haviland, AM. Racial,
                Ethnic, and Gender Disparities in Health Care in Medicare Advantage.
                Baltimore, MD: CMS Office of Minority Health. 2020.
                 \1401\ Guide to Reducing Disparities in Readmissions. CMS Office
                of Minority Health. Revised August 2018. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/OMH_Readmissions_Guide.pdf.
                 \1402\ Singh JA, Lu X, Rosenthal GE, Ibrahim S, Cram P. Racial
                disparities in knee and hip total joint arthroplasty: An 18-year
                analysis of national Medicare data. Ann Rheum Dis. 2014
                Dec;73(12):2107-15.
                 \1403\ Rivera-Hernandez M, Rahman M, Mor V, Trivedi AN. Racial
                Disparities in Readmission Rates among Patients Discharged to
                Skilled Nursing Facilities. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2019 Aug;67(8):1672-
                1679.
                 \1404\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates
                for Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA.
                2011;305(7):675-681.
                 \1405\ Tsai TC, Orav EJ, Joynt KE. Disparities in surgical 30-
                day readmission rates for Medicare beneficiaries by race and site of
                care. Ann Surg. Jun 2014;259(6):1086-1090.
                 \1406\ Rodriguez F, Joynt KE, Lopez L, Saldana F, Jha AK.
                Readmission rates for Hispanic Medicare beneficiaries with heart
                failure and acute myocardial infarction. Am Heart J. Aug
                2011;162(2):254-261 e253.
                 \1407\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Medicare
                Hospital Quality Chartbook: Performance Report on Outcome Measures;
                2014.
                 \1408\ Guide to Reducing Disparities in Readmissions. CMS Office
                of Minority Health. Revised August 2018. Available at: https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/OMH_Readmissions_Guide.pdf.
                 \1409\ Prieto-Centurion V, Gussin HA, Rolle AJ, Krishnan JA.
                Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease readmissions at minority-
                serving institutions. Ann Am Thorac Soc. Dec 2013;10(6):680-684.
                 \1410\ Joynt KE, Orav E, Jha AK. Thirty-Day Readmission Rates
                for Medicare Beneficiaries by Race and Site of Care. JAMA.
                2011;305(7):675-681.
                 \1411\ HHS. Heart disease and African Americans. (March 29,
                2021). https://www.minorityhealth.hhs.gov/omh/browse.aspx?lvl=4&lvlid=19.
                 \1412\ https://www.cms.gov/files/document/medicare-covid-19-data-snapshot-fact-sheet.pdf.
                 \1413\ Ochieng N, Cubanski J, Neuman T, Artiga S, and Damico A.
                Racial and Ethnic Health Inequities and Medicare. Kaiser Family
                Foundation. February 2021. Available at: https://www.kff.org/medicare/report/racial-and-ethnic-health-inequities-and-medicare/.
                 \1414\ https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/community/health-equity/race-ethnicity.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are also committed to achieving equity in health care outcomes
                for our beneficiaries by supporting providers in quality improvement
                activities to reduce health inequities, enabling them to make more
                informed decisions, and promoting provider accountability for health
                care disparities.1415 1416 For the purposes of this rule, we
                are using a definition of ``equity'' established in Executive Order
                13985 as ``the consistent and systematic fair, just, and impartial
                treatment of all individuals, including individuals who belong to
                underserved communities that have been denied such treatment, such as
                Black, Latino, and Indigenous and Native American persons, Asian
                Americans and Pacific Islanders and other persons of color; members of
                religious minorities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer
                (LGBTQ+) persons; persons with disabilities; persons who live in rural
                areas; and persons otherwise adversely affected by persistent poverty
                or inequality.'' \1417\ We note that this definition was recently
                established by the current administration, and provides a useful,
                common definition for equity across different areas of government,
                although numerous other definitions of equity exist.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1415\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf.
                 \1416\ Report to Congress: Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care
                Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014 Strategic Plan for Accessing
                Race and Ethnicity Data. January 5, 2017. Available at https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Research-Reports-2017-Report-to-Congress-IMPACT-ACT-of-2014.pdf.
                 \1417\ https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2021/01/25/2021-01753/advancing-racial-equity-and-support-for-underserved-communities-through-the-Federal-government.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Our ongoing commitment to closing the equity gap in CMS quality
                programs, including the PAC QRPs, is demonstrated by a portfolio of
                programs aimed at making information on the quality of health care
                providers and services, including disparities, more transparent to
                consumers and providers. The CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in
                Medicare outlines a path to equity which aims to support Quality
                Improvement Networks and Quality Improvement Organizations (QIN-QIOs);
                Federal, State, local, and tribal organizations; providers;
                researchers; policymakers; beneficiaries and their families; and other
                stakeholders in activities to achieve health equity. The CMS Equity
                plan includes three core elements: (1) Increasing understanding and
                awareness of disparities; (2) developing and disseminating solutions to
                achieve health equity; and (3) implementing sustainable actions to
                achieve health equity.\1418\ The CMS Quality Strategy and Meaningful
                Measures Framework \1419\ include elimination of racial and ethnic
                disparities as a central principle. Our ongoing commitment to closing
                the health equity gap in the LTCH QRP is demonstrated by the adoption
                of standardized patient assessment data elements (SPADEs) which include
                several social determinants of health (SDOH) that were finalized in the
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for the LTCH QRP (84 FR 42577 through
                42588).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1418\ Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Office of
                Minority Health. The CMS Equity Plan for Improving Quality in
                Medicare. https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/OMH_Dwnld-CMS_EquityPlanforMedicare_090615.pdf.
                 \1419\ https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/MMF/General-info-Sub-Page.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We continue to work with public and private partners to better
                leverage data on social risk to improve our understanding of how these
                factors can be better measured in order to close the health equity gap.
                Among other things, we have developed an Inventory of Resources for
                Standardized Demographic and Language Data Collection \1420\ and
                supported collection of specialized International Classification of
                Disease, 10th Edition, Clinical Modification (ICD-10-CM) codes for
                describing the socioeconomic, cultural, and environmental determinants
                of health. We continue to work to improve our understanding of this
                important issue and to identify policy solutions that achieve the goals
                of attaining health equity for all patients.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1420\ Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Building an
                Organizational Response to Health Disparities Inventory of Resources
                for Standardized Demographic and Language Data Collection. 2020.
                https://www.cms.gov/About-CMS/Agency-Information/OMH/Downloads/Data-Collection-Resources.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. Solicitation of Public Comment
                 Under the authority of the IMPACT Act and section 1886(m)(5) of the
                Act, we are seeking comment on the possibility of revising measure
                development, and the collection of other SPADEs that address gaps in
                health equity in the LTCH QRP. Any potential data collection or measure
                reporting related to health equity within a CMS program, including the
                LTCH QRP, that might result from public comments received in response
                to this solicitation would be addressed through a separate notice-and-
                comment rulemaking in the future.
                 Specifically, we are inviting public comment on the following:
                 Recommendations for quality measures, or measurement
                domains that address health equity, for use in the LTCH QRP.
                 As finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS Final Rule (84
                FR 42577 through 42588), LTCHs must report certain SPADEs on SDOH,
                including race, ethnicity, preferred language, interpreter services,
                health literacy, transportation and social isolation.\1421\ CMS is
                seeking guidance on any additional SPADEs that could be used to assess
                health equity in the care of LTCH patients, for use in the LTCH QRP.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1421\ In response to the COVID-19 PHE, CMS released an Interim
                Final Rule (85 FR 27595 through 27597) which delayed the compliance
                date for the collection and reporting of the SDOH for at least one
                full fiscal year after the end of the PHE.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Recommendations for how CMS can promote health equity in
                outcomes among LTCH patients. For example, we are interested in
                feedback regarding whether including facility-level quality measure
                results stratified by social risk factors and social determinants of
                health (for example, dual eligibility for Medicare and Medicaid, race)
                in confidential feedback reports could allow facilities to identify
                gaps in the quality of care they provide. (For example, methods similar
                or analogous to the CMS Disparity Methods \1422\ which provide
                hospital-level confidential results stratified by dual eligibility for
                condition-specific readmission measures, which are currently included
                in the Hospital Readmission Reduction Program (see 84 FR 42496 through
                42500)).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1422\ https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/measures/disparity-methods/methodology.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Methods that commenters or their organizations use in
                employing data to reduce disparities and improve patient outcomes,
                including the source(s) of data used, as appropriate.
                 Given the importance of structured data and health IT
                standards for the capture, use, and exchange of relevant health data
                for improving health equity, the existing challenges LTCHs encounter
                for effective capture, use, and exchange of health information,
                including data on race, ethnicity, and other social determinants of
                health, to support care delivery and decision making.
                [[Page 25618]]
                 While we will not be responding to specific comments submitted in
                response to this RFI in the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we intend
                to use this input to inform future policy development. We look forward
                to receiving feedback on these topics, and note for readers that
                responses to the RFI should focus on how they could be applied to the
                quality reporting program requirements. Please note that any responses
                provided will not impact payment decisions.
                8. Form, Manner, and Timing of Data Submission Under the LTCH QRP
                a. Background
                 We refer readers to the regulatory text at 42 CFR 412.560(b) for
                information regarding the current policies for reporting LTCH QRP data.
                b. Proposed Schedule for Data Submission of the COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage Among Healthcare Personnel Measure Beginning With the FY 2023
                LTCH QRP
                 As discussed in section E.4.a. of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure
                beginning with the FY 2023 LTCH QRP. Given the time-sensitive nature of
                this measure in light of the PHE, we propose an initial data submission
                period from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021. Starting in CY
                2022, LTCHs would be required to submit data for the entire calendar
                year beginning with the FY 2024 LTCH QRP.
                 LTCHs would submit data for the measure through the CDC/NHSN web-
                based surveillance system. LTCHs currently utilize the NHSN for
                purposes of meeting other LTCH QRP requirements.\1423\ LTCHs would use
                the COVID-19 vaccination data collection module in the NHSN Healthcare
                Personnel Safety (HPS) Component to report the cumulative number of HCP
                eligible to work in the LTCH for at least 1 day during the reporting
                period, excluding persons with contraindications to COVID-19
                vaccination (denominator) and the cumulative number of HCP eligible to
                work in the LTCH for at least 1 day during the reporting period and who
                have received a complete vaccination course against COVID-19
                (numerator). LTCHs would submit COVID-19 vaccination data through the
                NHSN for at least one week each month and the CDC would report to CMS
                quarterly.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1423\ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Surveillance
                for Weekly HCP COVID-19 Vaccination. Accessed at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/hps/weekly-covid-vac/index.html on February 10,
                2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We invite public comment on this proposal.
                9. Proposed Policies Regarding Public Display of Measure Data for the
                LTCH QRP
                a. Background
                 Section 1886(m)(5)(E) of the Act requires the Secretary to
                establish procedures for making the LTCH QRP data available to the
                public, including the performance of individual LTCHs, after ensuring
                that LTCHs have the opportunity to review their data prior to public
                display. LTCH QRP measure data are currently displayed on the Long-term
                care hospitals website within Care Compare and the Provider Data
                Catalog, which are CMS websites. Both Care Compare and the Provider
                Data Catalog replaced LTCH Compare and Data.Medicare.gov, which were
                retired in December 2020. For a more detailed discussion about our
                policies regarding public display of LTCH QRP measure data and
                procedures for the opportunity to review and correct data and
                information, we refer readers to the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (81 FR 57231 through 57236).
                b. Proposal To Publicly Report the Compliance With Spontaneous
                Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay Measure Beginning With
                the FY 2023 LTCH QRP
                 We propose public reporting for the Compliance with Spontaneous
                Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay measure beginning with
                the March 2022 Care Compare refresh or as soon as technically feasible
                using four rolling quarters of discharge data collected in Q3 2020
                through Q2 2021 (July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021) for the inaugural
                display of this measure. We propose publicly reporting the Compliance
                with SBT by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay measure for data collected from July
                1, 2018 through December 31, 2019 on CMS' Provider Data Catalog (PDC)
                web page. We adopted the Compliance with SBT by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay
                measure in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38439 through
                38446). Data collection for this assessment-based measure began with
                patients admitted and discharged on or after July 1, 2018. To ensure
                the statistical reliability of the data, we propose not to publicly
                report an LTCH's performance on the measure if the LTCH had fewer than
                20 eligible cases \1424\ during each performance period. LTCHs that
                have fewer than 20 eligible cases would be distinguished with a
                footnote that states: ``The number of cases/patient stays is too small
                to publicly report.''
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1424\ We define an ``eligible case'' as a case that meets all
                of the criteria under the measure's denominator, which can be found
                In the LTCH QRP Measure Calculations and Reporting Manual found on
                the LTCH QRP Measures Information web page here: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/LTCH-Quality-Reporting-Measures-Information.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 LTCHs were required to collect and submit data for the Compliance
                with Spontaneous Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay
                measure beginning on July 1, 2018 (Q3 2018), six calendar year quarters
                prior to the data proposed for the inaugural display of the measure on
                Care Compare. The first quarter of data collected and submitted by
                LTCHs (that is, Q3 2018) will be nearly 3.5 years old at that time.
                Therefore, CMS believes it is in the best interest of providers and the
                public to use the most recent available four quarters of data (that is
                July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021) for the inaugural public display of
                the Compliance with Spontaneous Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the
                LTCH Stay measure on Care Compare and to post provider performance on
                the Compliance with Spontaneous Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the
                LTCH Stay measure using the older data (that is, July 1, 2018 through
                December 31, 2019) on CMS' Provider Data Catalog (PDC) web page
                (https://data.cms.gov/provider-data/).
                 We invite public comment on the proposal to publicly display the
                measure, Compliance with Spontaneous Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of
                the LTCH Stay measure on Care Compare and PDC.
                c. Proposal To Publicly Report the Ventilator Liberation Rate for the
                PAC LTCH QRP Measure Beginning With the FY 2023 LTCH QRP
                 We propose public reporting for the Ventilator Liberation Rate for
                the PAC LTCH QRP measure, beginning with the March 2022 Care Compare
                refresh or as soon as technically feasible using four rolling quarters
                of discharge data collected in Q3 2020 through Q2 2021 (July 1, 2020
                through June 30, 2021) for the inaugural display of this measure. We
                propose publicly reporting the Ventilator Liberation rate for the PAC
                LTCH QRP measure for data collected from July 1, 2018 through December
                31, 2019 on CMS' Provider Data Catalog (PDC) web page. We adopted the
                Ventilator Liberation Rate measure in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (82 FR 38439 through 38446). Data collection for this assessment-
                based
                [[Page 25619]]
                measure began with patients admitted and discharged on or after July 1,
                2018. To ensure the statistical reliability of the data, we propose not
                to publicly report an LTCH's performance on the measure if the LTCH had
                fewer than 20 eligible cases during each performance period. LTCHs that
                have fewer than 20 eligible cases would be distinguished with a
                footnote that states: ``The number of cases/patient stays is too small
                to publicly report.''
                 LTCHs were required to collect and submit data for the Ventilator
                Liberation Rate for the PAC LTCH QRP measure beginning on July 1, 2018
                (Q3 2018), six calendar year quarters prior to the data proposed for
                the inaugural display of the measure on Care Compare. The first quarter
                of data collected and submitted by LTCHs (that is, Q3 2018) will be
                nearly 3.5 years old at that time. Therefore, CMS believes it is in the
                best interest of providers and the public to use the most recent
                available four quarters of data (that is July 1, 2020 through June 30,
                2021) for the inaugural public display of the Ventilator Liberation
                Rate for the PAC LTCH QRP measure on Care Compare and to post provider
                performance on the Ventilator Liberation Rate for the PAC LTCH QRP
                measure using the older data (that is, July 1, 2018 through December
                31, 2019) on CMS' Provider Data Catalog (PDC) web page (https://data.cms.gov/provider-data/).
                 We invite public comment on the proposal to publicly display the
                measure, Ventilator Liberation Rate for the PAC LTCH QRP on Care
                Compare and PDC.
                d. Proposal To Publicly Report the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among
                Healthcare Personnel (HCP) Measure Beginning With the FY 2023 LTCH QRP
                 We propose to publicly report the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage
                among Healthcare Personnel (HCP) measure beginning with the September
                2022 Care Compare refresh or as soon as technically feasible using data
                collected for Quarter 4 2021 (October 1, 2021 through December 31,
                2021). If finalized as proposed, a LTCH's HCP COVID-19 vaccination
                coverage rate would be displayed based on one quarter of data. Provider
                preview reports would be distributed in June 2022. Subsequent to the
                September 2022 Care Compare refresh, one additional quarter of data
                would be added to the measure calculation during each advancing
                refresh, until the point four quarters of data is reached. Thereafter,
                the measure would be publicly reported using four rolling quarters of
                data.
                 We invite public comment on this proposal for the public display of
                the measure, COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP on Care Compare.
                e. Proposals for Public Reporting of Quality Measures in the LTCH QRP
                With Fewer Quarters Due to COVID-19 Public Health Emergency (PHE)
                Exemption
                (1) COVID-19 Public Health Emergency Temporary Exemptions
                 Under the authority of section 319 of the Public Health Service
                Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services declared a public
                health emergency (PHE) effective as of January 27, 2020. On March 13,
                2020, subsequent to a presidential declaration of national emergency
                under the Stafford Act, the Secretary invoked Section 1135(b) of the
                Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b-5) to waive or modify the requirements of titles
                XVIII, XIX, and XXI of the Act and regulations related to the PHE for
                COVID-19 effective as of March 1, 2020.\1425\ On March 27, 2020, we
                sent a guidance memorandum under the subject title, ``Exceptions and
                Extensions for Quality Reporting Requirements for Acute Care Hospitals,
                PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospitals, Inpatient Psychiatric Facilities, Skilled
                Nursing Facilities, Home Health Agencies, Hospices, Inpatient
                Rehabilitation Facilities, Long-Term Care Hospitals, Ambulatory
                Surgical Centers, Renal Dialysis Facilities, and MIPS Eligible
                Clinicians Affected by COVID-19'' to the Medicare Learning Network
                (MLN) Connects Newsletter and Other Program-Specific Listserv
                Recipients,\1426\ hereafter referred to as the March 27, 2020 CMS
                Guidance Memo. In that memo we granted an exception to the LTCH-QRP
                reporting requirements from Q4 2019 (October 1, 2019-December 31, 2019)
                Q1 2020 (January 1, 2020-March 31, 2020) and Q2 2020 (April 1, 2020-
                June 30, 2020). We also stated that we would not publicly report any
                LTCH QRP data that might be greatly impacted by the exceptions from Q1
                and Q2 of 2020. This exception impacted the schedule for public
                reporting that would have included those two quarters of data.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1425\ https://www.phe.gov/emergency/news/healthactions/section1135/Pages/covid19-13March20.aspx
                 \1426\ https://www.cms.gov/files/document/guidance-memo-exceptions-and-extensions-quality-reporting-and-value-based-purchasing-programs.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 LTCH QRP measures are publicly reported on Care Compare. Care
                Compare uses four quarters of data for LCDS assessment-based measures,
                with the exception of the Functional Outcome Measure: Change in
                Mobility Among Long-Term Care Hospital Patients requiring Ventilator
                Support (NQF #2632) which uses eight quarters of data. Care Compare
                uses eight quarters of data for claims based measures. Table IX.E.-03
                displays the original schedule for public reporting of LTCH QRP
                measures.\1427\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1427\ More information about the LTCH QRP Public Reporting
                schedule can be found on the LTCH QRP Public Reporting website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/LTCH-Quality-Public-Reporting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25620]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.291
                [[Page 25621]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.292
                 During 2020, we conducted testing to inform decisions about
                publicly reporting data for those refreshes which include partially
                and/or fully exempt data (discussed below). The testing helped us
                develop a plan for posting data that are as up-to-date as possible and
                that also meet acceptable standards for public reporting. We believe
                that the plan allows us to provide consumers with helpful information
                on the quality of LTCH care, while also making the necessary
                adjustments to accommodate the exemption provided LTCHs. The following
                sections provide the results of our testing, and explains how we used
                the results to develop plans for accommodating exempt and partially-
                exempt data in public reporting.
                (2) Exempted Quarters
                 In the March 27, 2020 Medicare Learning Network (MLN) Newsletter on
                Exceptions and Extensions for Quality Reporting Program (QRP)
                Requirements, we stated that we would not report any PAC quality data
                that might be greatly impacted by the exemptions granted for Quarter 1
                and Quarter 2 of 2020. Given the timing of the PHE onset, we determined
                that we would not use LCDS assessments or LTCH claims from Quarter 1
                and Quarter 2 of 2020 for public reporting, but that we would assess
                the COVID-19 PHE impact on data from Quarter 4 2019. Before proceeding
                with the December 2020 refresh, we conducted testing to ensure that,
                despite the voluntary nature of reporting for that quarter, public
                reporting would still meet our public reporting standards. We found the
                level of reporting, measured in the number of eligible stays and
                providers, and the reported outcomes, to be in line with levels and
                trends observed in FY 2018 and FY 2019. We note that Quarter 4 2019
                ended before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States.
                Thus, we proceeded with including these data in LTCH QRP measure
                calculations for the December 2020 refresh.
                (3) Update on Data Freeze and Proposal for December 2021 Public
                Reporting Methodology for LTCH Claims-Based and LCDS Assessment-Based
                Measures
                 In addition to the March 2021 refresh, there are several other
                forthcoming refreshes for which the original public reporting schedules
                included exempted quarters of LTCH QRP data. The impacted refreshes for
                LCDS assessment and claims based measures are outlined in Table FF3. We
                determined that freezing the data displayed on the website with the
                December 2020 refresh values--that is, hold the data constant after the
                December 2020 refresh data on the website without subsequent update--
                would be the most straightforward, efficient, and equitable approach
                for LTCHs. Thus, we decided that, for as many refreshes as necessary,
                we would hold data constant on the website with the December 2020 data,
                and communicate this decision to the public.
                 Because December 2020 refresh data will become increasingly out-of-
                date and thus less useful for consumers, we analyzed whether it would
                be possible to use fewer quarters of data for one or more refreshes and
                thus reduce the number of refreshes that continue to display December
                2020 data. Using fewer quarters of more up-to-date data requires that
                (1) a sufficient percentage of LTCHs would still likely have enough
                assessment data to report quality measures (reportability); and (2)
                fewer quarters would likely produce similar measure scores for
                providers, with similar reliability, and thus not unfairly represent
                the quality of care LTCHs provide during the period reported in a given
                refresh (reliability).
                 To assess these criteria, we conducted reportability and
                reliability analysis using 3 quarters of data in a refresh, instead of
                the standard 4 quarters of data for reporting assessment-based measures
                and using 6 quarters instead of 8 for the Functional Outcome Measure:
                Change in Mobility Among Long-Term Care Hospital Patients requiring
                Ventilator Support (NQF #2632) measure; and using 6 quarters instead of
                8 for claims-based measures. Specifically, we used historical data to
                calculate LCDS assessment based and LTCH claims based measures under
                two scenarios:
                [[Page 25622]]
                 1. Standard Public Reporting (SPR) Base Scenario: We used four
                quarters of CY 2019 data as a proxy alternative for the exempted
                quarters in CY 2020 in order to compare results. For assessment-based
                measures, the quarters used in this scenario are Q1 through Q4 2019.
                For the Functional Outcome Measure: Change in Mobility Among Long-Term
                Care Hospital Patients requiring Ventilator Support (NQF #2632)
                measure, the quarters used in this scenario are Q1 2018 through Q4
                2019. For claims-based measures, the quarters used in this scenario are
                Q1 2018 through Q4 2019.
                 2. COVID-19 Affected Reporting (CAR) Scenario: We calculated LTCH
                QRP measures using 3 quarters (Q2 2019 through Q4 2019) of LTCH QRP
                data for assessment-based measures, 6 quarters (Q1 2018 through Q4 2018
                and Q3 2019 through Q4 2019) for the Functional Outcome Measure: Change
                in Mobility Among Long-Term Care Hospital Patients requiring Ventilator
                Support (NQF #2632) measure, and 6 quarters (Q1 2018 through Q4 2018
                and Q3 2019 through Q4 2019) for claims-based measures. The CAR
                scenario uses the most recently available data to simulate the public
                health emergency reality where quarters 1 and 2 of a calendar year must
                be excluded from calculation. Quarterly trends in LCDS assessment-based
                and LTCH claims-based measures indicate that these measures do not
                exhibit substantial seasonal variation.
                 To assess performance in these scenarios, we calculated the
                reportability as the percent of LTCHs meeting the case minimum for
                public reporting (the public reporting threshold). To test the
                reliability of restricting the LTCHs included in the SPR Base Scenario
                to those included in the CAR Scenario, we performed three tests on the
                set of LTCHs included in both scenarios. First, we evaluated measure
                correlation using the Pearson and Spearman correlation coefficients,
                which assess the alignment of LTCHs' provider scores. Second, for each
                scenario, we conducted a split-half reliability analysis and estimated
                intraclass correlation (ICC) scores, where higher scores imply better
                internal reliability. Modest differences in ICC scores between
                scenarios would suggest that using fewer quarters of data does not
                impact the internal reliability of the results. Third, we estimated
                reliability scores where a higher value indicates that measure scores
                are relatively consistent for patients admitted to the same LTCH and
                variation in the measure reflects true differences across providers. To
                calculate the reliability results, we restricted the LTCHs included in
                the SPR scenario to those included in the CAR scenario. Our testing
                indicated that the expected impact of using fewer quarters of data on
                reportability and reliability of LCDS assessment-based and claims-based
                measures is acceptable.
                 We are proposing to use the CAR scenario as the approach for the
                following affected refreshes: For LCDS assessment-based measures, the
                affected refresh is the December 2021 refresh; for claims-based
                measures, the affected refreshes occur from December 2021 through June
                2023. For the earlier three affected refreshes (March, June and
                September 2021), we decided to hold constant the Care Compare website
                with December 2020 data. We communicated this decision in a Public
                Reporting Tip Sheet, which is located at: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/LTCHqrp-covid19prtipsheet-october-2020.pdf.
                 Our proposal of the CAR approach for the affected refreshes would
                allow us to begin displaying more recent data in December 2021, rather
                than continue displaying December 2020 data (Q1 2019 through Q4 2019
                and Q1 2018 through Q4 2019 for assessment-based measures, Q4 2017
                through Q3 2019 for claims-based measures). We believe resuming public
                reporting starting in December 2021 with fewer quarters of data can
                assist consumers by providing more recent quality data as well as more
                actionable data for LTCH providers. Our testing results indicate we can
                achieve these positive impacts with acceptable changes in reportability
                and reliability. Table IX.E.-04 summarizes the revised schedule (that
                is, frozen data) and the proposed schedule (that is, using fewer
                quarters in the affected refreshes) for assessment-based measures.
                Table IX.E.-05 summarizes the revised schedule (that is, frozen data)
                and the proposed schedule (that is, using fewer quarters in the
                affected refreshes) for claims-based measures.
                 We invite public comments on the proposal to use the CAR scenario
                to publicly report LTCH measures for the December 2021-June 2023
                refreshes.
                [[Page 25623]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.293
                [[Page 25624]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.294
                [[Page 25625]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.295
                (4) Update on Data Freeze and Proposal for December 2021 Public
                Reporting Methodology for NHSN-Based Measures
                 CDC recommends using the four most recent non-contiguous non-
                exempted quarters of data for NHSN reporting in the LTCH QRP. This non-
                contiguous compilation of quarterly reporting would continue until the
                time when four contiguous quarters of reporting resumes (based on CDC's
                review, this would occur in July 2022). Tables IX.E.-06 and 07 display
                the original schedules for public reporting of LTCH CDI, CAUTI and
                CLABSI measures and the HCP Influenza measure, respectively. Tables
                IX.E.-08 and 09 summarize the revised schedule and the proposed
                schedule for LTCH CDI, CAUTI, and CLABSI measures and the HCP Influenza
                measure, respectively.
                [[Page 25626]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.296
                [[Page 25627]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.297
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.298
                [[Page 25628]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.299
                F. Proposed Changes to the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                1. Background
                a. Statutory Authority for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program
                 The HITECH Act (Title IV of Division B of the ARRA, together with
                Title XIII of Division A of the ARRA) authorized incentive payments
                under Medicare and Medicaid for the adoption and meaningful use of
                certified electronic health record technology (CEHRT). Incentive
                payments under Medicare were available to eligible hospitals and CAHs
                for certain payment years (as authorized under sections 1886(n) and
                1814(l) of the Act, respectively) if they successfully demonstrated
                meaningful use of CEHRT, which included reporting on clinical quality
                measures using CEHRT. Incentive payments were available to Medicare
                Advantage (MA) organizations under section 1853(m)(3) of the Act for
                certain affiliated hospitals that successfully demonstrated meaningful
                use of CEHRT. In accordance with the timeframe set forth in the
                statute, these incentive payments under Medicare generally are no
                longer available, except for Puerto Rico eligible hospitals. For more
                information on the Medicare incentive payments available to Puerto Rico
                eligible hospitals, we refer readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 58976 and 58977) and the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (83 FR 41672 through 41675).
                 Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) and 1814(l)(4) of the Act also
                established downward payment adjustments under Medicare, beginning with
                FY 2015, for eligible hospitals and CAHs that did not successfully
                demonstrate meaningful use of CEHRT for certain associated electronic
                health record (EHR) reporting periods. Section 1853(m)(4) of the Act
                established a negative payment adjustment to the monthly prospective
                payments for a qualifying MA organization if its affiliated eligible
                hospitals are not meaningful users of CEHRT, beginning in 2015.
                 Section 1903(a)(3)(F)(i) of the Act established 100 percent Federal
                financial participation (FFP) to States for providing incentive
                payments to eligible Medicaid providers (described in section
                1903(t)(2) of the Act) to adopt, implement, upgrade, and meaningfully
                use CEHRT. We previously established, however, that in accordance with
                section 1903(t)(5)(D) of the Act, in no case may any Medicaid eligible
                hospital receive an incentive after CY 2021 (42 CFR 495.310(f), 75 FR
                44319). Therefore, December 31, 2021 is the last date that States could
                make Medicaid Promoting Interoperability Program payments to Medicaid
                eligible hospitals (other than pursuant to a successful appeal related
                to CY 2021 or a prior year) (84 FR 42591 through 42592). For additional
                discussion or context around the discontinuation of the Medicaid
                Promoting Interoperability Program, we refer readers to the FY 2019
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41676 through 41677).
                2. EHR Reporting Period
                a. Background
                 Under the definition of ``EHR reporting period for a payment
                adjustment year'' at 42 CFR 495.4, the EHR reporting period in CY 2022
                is a minimum of any continuous 90-day period in CY 2022 for new and
                returning participants in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program. Eligible hospitals and CAHs may select an EHR reporting period
                of a minimum of any continuous 90-day period in CY 2022 (from January
                1, 2022 through December 31, 2022) (85 FR 58966 through 58967). Since
                the EHR reporting period in CY 2015 (see 80 FR 62777 through 62781, and
                the definitions of EHR reporting period and EHR reporting period for a
                payment adjustment year at 495.4), we have consistently established an
                EHR reporting period of any continuous 90-day period for eligible
                hospitals and CAHs for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                in order to provide maximum flexibility to providers and their health
                IT vendors.
                b. Proposed EHR Reporting Period in CY 2023 and CY 2024 for Eligible
                Hospitals and CAHs
                 For CY 2023, we are proposing to continue the EHR reporting period
                of a minimum of any continuous 90-day period for new and returning
                participants (eligible hospitals and CAHs) in the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                 For CY 2024, we are proposing an EHR reporting period of a minimum
                of
                [[Page 25629]]
                any continuous 180-day period for new and returning participants
                (eligible hospitals and CAHs) in the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                 We are proposing to amend the definition of ``EHR reporting period
                for a payment adjustment year'' at 42 CFR 495.4 to include these
                proposed EHR reporting periods in CYs 2023 and 2024.
                 This CY 2024 proposal would minimally increase the information
                collection burden on data submitters, and having additional data
                available to further improve our program is beneficial. In increasing
                the EHR reporting period in CY 2024, this would allow eligible
                hospitals, CAHs, and vendors time to plan in advance, build upon, and
                utilize investments already made within their infrastructure. Reporting
                on additional data would also provide eligible hospitals and CAHs the
                opportunity to continuously monitor their performance and identify
                areas that may require investigation and corrective action. Increasing
                the EHR reporting period in CY 2024 is important for the continued
                improvement of interoperability and health information exchange by
                producing more comprehensive and reliable data for patients and
                providers, which are key goals of the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                 We are seeking comment on the proposed EHR reporting periods in CYs
                2023 and 2024, and proposed changes to the regulation text at 42 CFR
                495.4.
                3. Proposed Changes to the Query of Prescription Drug Monitoring
                Program Measure Under the Electronic Prescribing Objective
                a. Measure Background
                 We have adopted a Query of Prescription Drug Monitoring Program
                (PDMP) measure under the Electronic Prescribing objective. For
                background on this measure, we refer readers to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (83 FR 41648 through 41656), the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (84 FR 42593 through 42596), and the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58967 through 58969). In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 58967 through 58969), we finalized that the Query of
                PDMP measure will remain optional and eligible for 5 bonus points in CY
                2021.
                b. State PDMPs' Progress and Previous Stakeholder Feedback
                 In the FY 2020 and FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rules (84 FR 42593
                through 42596 and 85 FR 58967 through 58969), we described the concern
                expressed by stakeholders that they believed it was premature for the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program to require the Query of
                PDMP measure and score it based on performance. Feedback received from
                health IT vendors and hospitals expressed that flexibility in the
                measure presents unintended challenges such as significant burden
                associated with IT system design and additional development needed to
                accommodate the measure and any future changes to it.
                 We understand that there is wide variation across the country in
                how health care providers are implementing and integrating PDMP queries
                into health IT and clinical workflows, and that it could be burdensome
                for health care providers if we were to narrow the measure to specify a
                single approach to PDMP-EHR integration at this time. At the same time,
                we have heard extensive feedback from EHR developers that effectively
                incorporating the ability to count the number of PDMP queries in the
                EHR would require more robust measurement specifications. These
                stakeholders stated that health IT developers may face significant cost
                burdens if they fully develop numerator and denominator calculations
                for all the potential use cases and are required to change the
                specification at a later date. Stakeholders have noted that the costs
                of additional development will likely be passed on to health care
                providers without additional benefit as this development would be
                solely for the purpose of calculating the measure rather than
                furthering the clinical goal of the measure (for public comments
                discussed in last year's final rule, we refer readers to 85 FR 58967
                through 58969).
                 In support of efforts to expand the use of PDMPs, there are
                currently a number of federally supported activities underway aimed at
                developing a more robust and standardized approach to EHR-PDMP
                integration. Federal partners, including the CDC and ONC, and private
                sector stakeholders, are focused on developing and refining standard-
                based approaches to enable effective integration into clinical
                workflows, exploring emerging technical solutions to enhance access and
                use of PDMP data, and providing technical resources to a variety of
                stakeholders to advance and scale the interoperability of health IT
                systems and PDMPs. Moreover, a number of enhancements to PDMPs are
                occurring across the country, including enhancements to RxCheck, which
                is a federally supported interstate exchange hub for PDMP data.\1428\
                The ONC Interoperability Standards Advisory describes current and
                emerging standards related to PDMP and opioid use disorder (OUD) data
                capture and exchange that would allow a provider to request a patient's
                medication history from a State PMDP and for PDMP data to be exchanged
                between systems and states.\1429\ We believe these standards and
                technical approaches are likely to rapidly reach maturity to support
                exchange across health care system stakeholders.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1428\ https://www.pdmpassist.org/RxCheck.
                 \1429\ https://www.healthit.gov/isa/allows-a-provider-request-a-patients-medication-history-a-state-prescription-drug-monitoring.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act (Pub. L. 115-271),
                enacted in 2018, is an important investment in combating the opioid
                epidemic. Several of the provisions of the SUPPORT for Patients and
                Communities Act address opioid use disorder prevention, recovery, and
                treatment, including legislative changes specific to the Medicare and
                Medicaid programs intended to increase access to evidence-based
                treatment and follow-up care. However, with respect to PDMPs, the
                SUPPORT for Patients and Communities Act included new requirements and
                Federal funding for PDMP enhancement, integration, and
                interoperability, and established mandatory use of PDMPs by certain
                Medicaid providers to help reduce opioid misuse and overprescribing and
                to help promote the overall effective prevention and treatment of
                opioid use disorder beginning in October of 2021.
                c. Proposed Measure Changes
                 Given current efforts to improve the technical foundation for EHR-
                PDMP integration, the continued implementation of the SUPPORT for
                Patients and Communities Act (in particular, its provisions specific to
                Medicaid providers and qualified PDMPs), our ongoing review of
                alternative measure approaches, and stakeholder concerns about the
                current readiness across states for implementation of the existing
                measure, we believe that at least one more year is needed prior to
                potentially requiring the Query of PDMP measure.
                 While we appreciate the concerns that stakeholders have shared, we
                continue to believe that this measure can play an important role in
                helping to address the opioid crisis. By integrating PDMP data into the
                health record, health care providers can improve clinical decision
                making by utilizing this information to identify potential opioid use
                disorders,
                [[Page 25630]]
                inform the development of care plans, and develop effective
                interventions. Maintaining it as an optional measure with bonus points
                signals to the hospital and vendor community that this is an important
                measure which addresses a current gap that can help spur development
                and innovation in order to reduce barriers and challenges.
                 Therefore, we are proposing for the EHR reporting period in CY 2022
                to maintain the Electronic Prescribing Objective's Query of PDMP
                measure as optional while increasing its associated bonus points from 5
                points to 10 points, as well as proposing corresponding changes to the
                regulation at 495.24(e)(5)(iii)(B). As a result of this proposal, the
                maximum total points available for the Electronic Prescribing Objective
                would increase to 20 points for CY 2022, and we are proposing to revise
                495.24(e)(5)(ii)(B) to reflect this increase. This proposed increase of
                the measure's associated bonus points to 10 points is consistent with
                the policy finalized for MIPS eligible clinicians in the CY 2021 PFS
                final rule (85 FR 84887 through 84888) and would be in alignment with
                the MIPS Promoting Interoperability performance category.
                 We seek comments on our proposal to maintain the Query of PDMP
                measure in the EHR reporting period in CY 2022 as optional and to
                increase the bonus points associated with the measure to 10 bonus
                points.
                d. Health IT Updates and Measure Direction
                 Given recent progress in a variety of areas, we believe that there
                is now a clearer trajectory forward to potentially requiring the Query
                of PDMP measure. These developments include updated requirements for
                certified health IT, standards development activities around PDMPs, and
                other projects that can more tangibly inform future policy changes. For
                example, under final policies recently adopted in the CY 2021 Physician
                Fee Schedule final rule (85 FR 84815 through 84828), participants in
                the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program and the MIPS Promoting
                Interoperability performance category will begin using certified EHR
                technology incorporating APIs based on HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg]
                standard version Release 4 in CY 2023 consistent with updates to
                certified health IT which were finalized in the ``21st Century Cures
                Act: Interoperability, Information Blocking, and the ONC Health IT
                Certification Program'' final rule (hereinafter referred to as the
                ``ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule''), published in the May 1,
                2020 Federal Register (85 FR 25642 through 25961 and 25740).\1430\
                Updates to 2015 Edition health IT certification criteria in the ONC
                21st Century Cures Act final rule also incorporated NCPDP SCRIPT
                standard version 2017071 for electronic prescribing. The availability
                of both standardized APIs and updated standards for e-prescribing
                within certified health IT could serve as a stepping stone to future
                technical approaches that enable more seamless exchange of data between
                CEHRT and PDMP systems.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1430\ HL7[supreg] and FHIR[supreg] are registered trademarks of
                Health Level Seven International.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 A number of recent efforts have sought to improve interoperability
                between EHRs and PDMPs. In 2020, ONC completed work to map the NCPDP
                SCRIPT standard version 2017071, the Prescription Monitoring
                Information eXchange (PMIX) standard version 2, and the 2015 American
                Society for Automation in Pharmacy (ASAP) Prescription Monitoring
                Program Web Service standard version 2.1A to the Health Level Seven
                International (HL7[supreg]) Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources
                (FHIR[supreg]) standard version Release 4.
                 ONC also began work in partnership with the CDC, the Department of
                Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance, and the eHealth Exchange to
                develop a prototype to pilot an innovative technical solution for the
                delivery of patient medication histories across State lines via
                HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg]. The eHealth Exchange is a network of networks
                that is active in all 50 states connecting Federal and non-Federal
                healthcare organizations to improve patient care and public health. To
                date, the prototype has been successfully tested in several states.
                Early prototype testing used synthetic data to evaluate system capacity
                to send and receive a patient's medication history request and
                response. The goal of the project is to allow any provider who is live
                on the eHealth Exchange to use that existing connection to query a
                patient's record on the RxCheck Hub, which routes the query to
                individual State PDMPs who are also live on RxCheck. This solution will
                enable providers to query PDMPs via existing connections to health
                information exchange networks as a way to: (1) Leverage existing
                technology, (2) reduce burden associated with multiple, disparate
                system interfaces and workflows, and (3) allow for the exchange and
                full integration of data within allowable law from the point of
                exchange for medication reconciliation, allergy checks, and other forms
                of clinical decision support.
                 Based upon these developments, which are advancing enhanced
                certified functionality, effective functional data exchange, and the
                use of open, mature standards, we believe there is a much better
                informed roadmap for achieving better integration between PDMPs and
                EHRs with enhanced interoperability of controlled prescription data
                across states and systems. We believe that as these activities develop,
                they can help to address some of the previous concerns raised by
                stakeholders around this measure, and we will continue to work with ONC
                to monitor these activities.
                 While we believe the Query of PDMP measure is very important to
                avoid and address the over-prescribing of opioids, we also recognize
                that some states and systems may not be ready at this time to
                effectively exchange this data. In light of further work in this area
                and our stated goals for increasing the impact of this measure, we are
                seeking stakeholder comment on plans for requiring the Query of PDMP
                measure in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program in the near
                future. To advance in this direction with both transparent proposals
                and informed guidance, we request public comment on the future
                direction for the measure, specifically:
                 To what degree would all eligible hospitals and CAHs be
                prepared to report on the current attestation-based Query of PDMP
                measure in the near future? What additional considerations would need
                to be addressed before transitioning to a performance-based version of
                the measure?
                 Would changes to the Query of PDMP measure be necessary to
                accommodate other technical approaches that may be implemented in the
                future, such as exchange of information with a PDMP or with multiple
                PDMPs using HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg]?
                 What, if any, exclusions should be made available as part
                of the measure's specifications with regard to eligible hospitals and
                CAHs?
                 When will State PDMPs be ready to effectively exchange
                data with provider systems using HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg] to support
                this measure? What are the most common standards and approaches used to
                access PDMP data through provider systems currently?
                 What technical considerations exist for intrastate vs.
                interstate PDMP queries? How could health information exchange networks
                play a role in expanding access to PDMP data? In what ways could
                FHIR[supreg] applications be supported to safely share PDMP data within
                a clinician's workflow?
                [[Page 25631]]
                4. Proposed Changes to the Provide Patients Electronic Access to Their
                Health Information Measure Under the Provider to Patient Exchange
                Objective
                a. Background
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41636 through
                41668), we renamed the Patient Electronic Access Objective to the
                Provider to Patient Exchange Objective. This objective includes the
                Provide Patients Electronic Access to Their Health Information measure.
                b. Proposed Data Availability Requirement for Eligible Hospitals and
                CAHs
                 We are proposing to modify the Provide Patients Electronic Access
                to Their Health Information measure to require eligible hospitals and
                CAHs to ensure that patient health information remains available to the
                patient (or patient-authorized representative) to access indefinitely
                and using any application of their choice that is configured to meet
                the technical specifications of the API in the eligible hospital or
                CAH's CEHRT, as described under 495.24(e)(7)(ii)(B). Eligible hospitals
                and CAHs would be required to ensure this information remains available
                indefinitely (that is, not merely for a defined period of time). The
                proposed requirement would apply beginning with the EHR reporting
                period in CY 2022, and would include all patient health information
                from encounters on or after January 1, 2016. We are proposing to add
                corresponding regulatory text at 495.24(e)(7)(ii)(C), as well as
                proposing to restructure some of the existing text under 495.24(e)(7)
                to improve clarity and readability.
                 In the Patient Access and Interoperability final rule (85 FR 25510,
                25527 through 25528), we finalized that beginning on January 1, 2021,
                MA organizations, Medicaid FFS programs, Medicaid managed care plans,
                CHIP FFS programs, CHIP managed care entities, and QHP issuers on the
                FFEs must make available to beneficiaries and enrollees through a
                Patient Access API, certain claims and clinical data that they maintain
                with a date of service on or after January 1, 2016. Recognizing the
                challenges faced by payers during the COVID-19, we announced we it will
                exercise enforcement discretion and not enforce these new requirements
                until July 1, 2021.\1431\ The look-back period finalized in the Patient
                Access and Interoperability final rule aimed to align with the required
                policy for payer-to-payer data exchange finalized in the same rule,
                providing patients with the same timeframe of information as payers to
                ensure consistent implementation, while minimizing cost and burden and
                maximizing patient benefit (85 FR 25542). The finalized look-back
                period for payers also required that data be available for 5 years
                after disenrollment (Sec. 422.119(f)).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1431\ https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Interoperability/index.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Currently, the Provide Patients Electronic Access to Their Health
                Information measure does not specify how long eligible hospitals and
                CAHs are required to make patient data available or ensure that patient
                data remain available to patients in the event that an eligible
                hospital or CAH switches EHR vendors. In an effort to minimize
                stakeholder burden, we want to align the date under our proposal for
                making information about encounters available, with the date of service
                start date (January 1, 2016) finalized in the Patient Access and
                Interoperability final rule. As an alternative to our proposal, we
                considered different encounter start dates, such as encounters on or
                after January 1, 2012, or encounters on or after January 1, 2019. We
                believe, however, that a requirement for hospitals to ensure patient
                health information remains available indefinitely, as well as an
                encounter start date of January 1, 2016 would provide the most benefit
                to patients when accessing their health information as compared to the
                burden and costs to eligible hospitals and CAHs implementing these
                proposed requirements.
                 We are seeking public comment on our proposal to modify the Provide
                Patients Electronic Access to Their Health Information measure, as well
                as the alternatives we considered.
                5. Health Information Exchange Objective: Engagement in Bi-Directional
                Exchange Through Health Information Exchange (HIE)
                a. Background
                 Organizations that provide health information exchange services
                (HIEs) allow for the sharing of health information among clinicians,
                hospitals, care coordinators, labs, radiology centers, and other health
                care providers through secure, electronic means so that health care
                providers can have the benefit of the most recent information available
                from other health care providers. HIEs allow for broader
                interoperability beyond one health system or point-to-point connections
                among payers, patients, and health care providers. By enabling bi-
                directional exchange of information between health care providers and
                aggregating data across providers with disparate systems, HIEs can
                bring together the information needed to create a true longitudinal
                care record and support improved care coordination by facilitating
                timely access to robust health information across care settings. For
                the purposes of this proposal, bi-directional exchange means that the
                hospital's EHR enables querying and sharing data by sending, receiving,
                and incorporating data via an HIE for all unique patients treated in
                place of service inpatient hospital or emergency department (POS 21 and
                23 respectively). Healthcare quality and public health outcomes have
                been shown in multiple studies to experience a beneficial effect from
                health information exchanges with improved medication reconciliation,
                improved immunization and health record completeness, and improved
                population level immunization rates,\1432\ while other research has
                shown a decrease in emergency department utilization and improved care
                process when using an HIE.\1433\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1432\ https://academic.oup.com/jamia/article/25/9/1259/4990601:
                ibid.
                 \1433\ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27521368/: Journal of the
                American Medical Informatics Association. 2017 Apr 1;24(e1):e103-
                e110. doi: 10.1093/jamia/ocw116. ``Health Information Exchange
                Associated With Improved Emergency Department Care Through Faster
                Accessing of Patient Information From Outside Organizations''.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 HIE services are available from many organizations today, which may
                be referred to as HIEs, health information networks, health information
                organizations (HIOs), or other terms. State and regional HIEs have a
                long history of connecting health care providers caring for a common
                patient population across a specified geographic area. These HIEs
                represent a significant public investment, with $564 million in Federal
                funding provided as part of the 2009 HITECH Act, ongoing State funding
                and support from CMS under both 42 CFR 495.322 and 42 CFR 433 Subpart
                C.\1434\ These State and regional HIEs typically obtain not just EHR-
                generated data, but a broader array of ADT (admit, discharge, transfer)
                feeds and lab feeds as they build on local relationships. These HIEs
                may have similar but not identical capabilities, employing different
                models of data storage and a variety of business models. Regional and
                State-based exchanges have also begun to address national-level
                exchange, with efforts designed to link State and regional
                [[Page 25632]]
                networks so that health care providers can obtain information on
                individual patients wherever they receive care throughout the United
                States. In addition to these initiatives, many EHR vendors are
                participating in the development of national-level networks designed to
                ensure their customers can share information with customers of other
                vendors.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1434\ https://protect2.fireeye.com/url?k=d8978709-84c28e1a-d897b636-0cc47adb5650-e634c1ba410d0153&u=https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/reports/finalsummativereportmarch_2016.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Recent data indicate that there is wide availability of HIEs across
                the nation, yet gaps remain. Forthcoming analysis of a recent survey of
                HIEs found that 45 states, including DC, were covered by one or more
                operational HIOs that reported a statewide catchment area. Moreover, 81
                percent (or 2,770) of health service areas (HSAs) in the United States
                were in the catchment area of at least one operational HIE effort and
                32 percent of HSAs had more than one operational HIE effort.\1435\
                Despite the widespread availability of HIE services, however, HIE
                participation data suggest there are still significant opportunities to
                increase health care provider engagement with HIEs. For instance, in a
                2019 survey, 74 percent of hospitals reported participating in either a
                State, regional, or local HIE and 69 percent reported participation in
                a national HIE network, 11 percent of hospitals reported not
                participating in any type of HIE.\1436\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1435\ Health Affairs, in press. Forthcoming analysis of survey
                conducted under Contract No. HHSP233201700049C, OMB Control No:
                0955-0019.
                 \1436\ ``Use of Certified Health IT and Methods to Enable
                Interoperability by U.S. Non-Federal Acute Care Hospitals, 2019''
                ONC Data Brief No. 54, February 2021. Seehttps://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/page/2021-03/Hospital%20Use%20of%20Certified%20HIT_Interop%20v10_1.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. Proposed New Health Information Exchange (HIE) Bi-Directional
                Exchange Measure
                 We believe that incentivizing participation in HIEs that support
                bi-directional exchange will contribute to a longitudinal care record
                for the patient and facilitate enhanced care coordination across
                settings. The use of an HIE means that essential health information is
                available for care team members even in the case of referrals the
                clinician may not be aware of, or for instances where the eligible
                hospital or CAH is contributing to the patient's record, but may not be
                the health care provider making the referral. In these instances, such
                transitions may or may not be able to be automatically identified by an
                EHR for inclusion in the denominators of the two existing measures
                associated with the HIE objective for the Promoting Interoperability
                Program (42 CFR 495.24(e)(6)). For example, consider a patient who has
                a hospital emergency room visit in January 2020 and receives a
                prescription, then goes to her primary care physician appointment in
                March 2020 without notifying the primary care physician of the hospital
                visit or the new medication. The primary care physician refers the
                patient to a specialist and the specialist receives and reconciles the
                patient's data from her primary care physician records. In this
                scenario, the hospital may not have had access to the patient's health
                record from the primary care physician, and the primary care physician
                and the specialist may not have access to the data from the hospital
                including essential information like an update to current medications.
                 Moreover, if the patient were to have another emergent issue and
                require emergency room care, the situation becomes further compounded.
                For this scenario, if the hospital, primary care physician, and
                specialist participated in a bi-directional exchange with a health
                information network, each health care provider from the hospital to the
                specialist would have access to all of the patient's records that may
                be critical for patient care and safety. Under the existing measures
                for the HIE objective (42 CFR 495.24(e)(6)), only the known transition
                of care from primary care physician to specialist would be included in
                the denominator. However, under the alternative measure for bi-
                directional exchange through a HIE that we are proposing, we would
                incentivize the eligible hospital or CAH to engage in health
                information exchange for care coordination that includes these
                additional transitions and referrals as well as other potential
                scenarios: Where the recipient of the transition of care may be
                unknown; where the eligible hospital or CAH may not be the referring
                health care provider; where the transition of care may happen outside
                the scope of the EHR reporting period. In this way, the eligible
                hospital or CAH's action to engage in bi-directional exchange through
                an HIE would allow each health care provider to contribute to the
                longitudinal care record in a manner that supports a wide range of
                transitions and referrals beyond those currently reflected in the
                measure denominators. This engagement supports robust health
                information exchange without placing burden on the hospital or the
                patient to be individually accountable to facilitate exchange via
                multiple (and potentially unknown) point-to-point connections.
                 The current COVID-19 public health emergency (PHE) has further
                highlighted the need to encourage interoperable HIE infrastructure and
                bi-directional exchange across the country that can ensure patients,
                health care providers, and public health authorities have the data they
                need to support quality care. In addition to supporting general care
                coordination, HIEs can specifically support the PHE response by
                facilitating enhanced use of telehealth and telemedicine through
                obtaining and aggregating patient information including when the
                patient's health care provider(s) may not be known.
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (83 FR 20537), we
                requested comment on whether eligible hospital or CAH participation in
                the Trusted Exchange Framework and Common Agreement (TEFCA) should be
                considered a health IT activity that could count for credit within the
                Health Information Exchange objective in lieu of reporting on measures
                for this objective. TEFCA, which is currently under development,
                addresses the 21st Century Cures Act requirement to ``develop or
                support a trusted exchange framework, including a common agreement
                among health information networks nationally.'' We received comments in
                support of this concept (83 FR 41669) although some disagreed
                indicating that they were concerned about adding additional burden.
                 Subsequently, in the CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR 84888 through
                84893), we added an alternative measure for bi-directional exchange
                through a HIE under the Health Information Exchange objective for the
                MIPS Promoting Interoperability performance category beginning with the
                performance period in 2021. We are now proposing to add a similar
                measure for eligible hospitals and CAHs participating in the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program beginning with the EHR reporting
                period in CY 2022.
                 We are proposing to add the following new measure for inclusion in
                the Health Information Exchange objective at 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(6)(ii)(C): Health Information Exchange (HIE) Bi-Directional
                Exchange measure. We propose to add this new HIE Bi-Directional
                Exchange measure to the HIE objective as an optional alternative to the
                two existing measures: The Support Electronic Referral Loops by Sending
                Health Information measure 42 CFR 495.24(e)(6)(ii)(A) and the Support
                Electronic Referral Loops by Receiving and Reconciling Health
                Information measure 42 CFR 495.24(e)(6)(ii)(B). We are proposing that
                eligible hospitals and CAHs may either report the two existing measures
                and associated exclusions OR
                [[Page 25633]]
                may choose to report the new measure and are proposing to revise 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(6)(ii) to reflect this change. We propose that the HIE Bi-
                Directional Exchange measure would be worth 40 points. In no case could
                more than 40 points total be earned for the HIE objective. We are
                proposing the HIE Bi-Directional Exchange measure would be reported by
                attestation and would require a yes/no response. As we believe that
                fulfillment of this measure is an extremely high value action, a
                ``yes'' response would enable eligible hospitals and CAHs to earn the
                40 points allotted to the HIE objective. We propose that eligible
                hospitals and CAHs would attest to the following:
                 Participating in an HIE in order to enable secure, bi-
                directional exchange of information to occur for all unique patients
                admitted to or discharged from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient
                or emergency department (POS 21 or 23), and all unique patient records
                stored or maintained in the EHR for these departments, during the EHR
                reporting period in accordance with applicable law and policy.
                 Participating in an HIE that is capable of exchanging
                information across a broad network of unaffiliated exchange partners
                including those using disparate EHRs, and not engaging in exclusionary
                behavior when determining exchange partners.
                 Using the functions of CEHRT to support bi-directional
                exchange with an HIE.
                 We believe it is appropriate for the new optional measure to serve
                as an alternative measure of performance on health information exchange
                since, in order to successfully meet the measure, an eligible hospital
                or CAH would be required to meet an overall standard of performance on
                health information exchange that is broader than the denominators and
                numerators of the current measures. To successfully attest to the new
                measure the eligible hospital or CAH must establish the technical
                capacity and workflows to engage in bi-directional exchange of
                information via an HIE for to occur for all unique patients admitted to
                or discharged from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency
                department (POS 21 or 23) and all unique patient records stored or
                maintained in the EHR for these departments during the EHR reporting
                period. This includes enabling the ability to query for or receive
                health information to occur for all unique patients admitted to or
                discharged from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency
                department (POS 21 or 23) and all unique patient records stored or
                maintained in the EHR, as well as enabling sending or sharing
                information for these patients regardless of known referral or
                transition status, or the timing of any potential transition or
                referral. The proposed requirement to enable querying for or receiving
                health information for all unique patients admitted to or discharged
                from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency department
                (POS 21 or 23) and all unique patient records stored or maintained in
                the EHR for these departments is broader than the current Support
                Electronic Referral Loops by Receiving and Reconciling Health
                Information measure, which includes only new patients and known
                transitions or referrals received that occur during the EHR reporting
                period. Similarly, the proposed requirement to enable sending or
                sharing information for all unique patients admitted to or discharged
                from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency department
                (POS 21 or 23) and all unique patient records stored or maintained in
                the EHR for these departments represents a broader scope than the
                current Support Electronic Referral Loops by Sending Health Information
                measure which includes only known transitions of care or referrals made
                that occur during the EHR reporting period. This proposed requirement
                is likewise more expansive than the denominators of either measure.
                 Relative to the numerators for the current measures, the new
                optional measure would require that bi-directional engagement be
                enabled for all unique patients admitted to or discharged from the
                eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency department (POS 21 or
                23) and all unique patient records stored or maintained in the EHR for
                these departments during the EHR reporting without exclusion,
                exception, or allowances made for partial credit. This is similar to
                achieving a score of 100 percent on both the Support Electronic
                Referral Loops by Sending Health Information measure and the Support
                Electronic Referral Loops by Receiving and Reconciling Health
                Information measure, while additionally completing required actions for
                additional exchange cases not included in the existing denominators.
                Finally, while we believe this optional measure would establish a high-
                performance standard with respect to information sharing, we also
                believe that availability of this optional measure would reduce current
                reporting burden associated with the program, as eligible hospitals or
                CAHs choosing to report on the measure would not be required to report
                on the two existing numerator/denominator measures.
                 While we believe there are a significant number of HIEs across the
                country that would meet the standards described in the attestation
                statements, some HIE arrangements may not have the capacity to enable
                bi-directional exchange for all unique patients, and thus would not
                meet the standard described in the attestation statements required to
                fulfill the measure. For instance, we would exclude exchange networks
                that only support information exchange between affiliated entities,
                such as health care providers that are part of a single health system,
                or networks that only facilitate sharing between health care providers
                that use the same EHR vendor.
                 To successfully attest to this measure, the eligible hospital or
                CAH must use the capabilities defined for CEHRT to engage in bi-
                directional exchange via the HIE, which includes capabilities which
                support exchanging the clinical data within the Common Clinical Data
                Set (CCDS) or the United States Core Data for Interoperability (USCDI).
                This is consistent with the existing measures under the Health
                Information Exchange objective, which require the use of CEHRT to
                create a C-CDA document, and support the exchange of the clinical data
                within the CCDS or the USCDI. We believe there are numerous certified
                health IT capabilities which can support bi-directional exchange with a
                qualifying HIE. For instance, participants may interact with an HIE by
                using technology certified to the criterion at Sec. 170.315(b)(1) to
                transmit C-CDAs to the HIE. Participants could also utilize API
                technology certified to either the criterion at Sec. 170.315(g)(8) or
                (g)(10), as finalized in the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule (85
                FR 25742), to enable an HIE to obtain data in the CCDS or USCDI from a
                participant's EHR. Additional certified health IT modules may also
                support exchange of information with an HIE for transitions of care,
                including modules certified to certification criteria at Sec.
                [thinsp]170.315(g)(7), ``Design and performance--Application access--
                patient selection,'' and (g)(9), ``Design and performance--Application
                access--all data request,'' which support information exchange via API;
                the certification criterion at Sec. [thinsp]170.315(e)(1) ``View,
                download, and transmit to 3rd party'' which supports patient access to
                their information; and the certification criterion at Sec.
                [thinsp]170.315(g)(6) ``Consolidated CDA creation performance'' which
                supports creation of a summary of care record. We recognize that HIEs
                are currently
                [[Page 25634]]
                interacting with health care providers using certified health IT in a
                variety of ways, and believe that we should allow for substantial
                flexibility in how health care providers use certified health IT to
                exchange data using an HIE.
                 Furthermore, we wish to clarify that an eligible hospital or CAH
                attesting to these three statements would not be required to use all of
                the relevant certified health IT modules, as previously described, to
                support their connection with an HIE, nor must a connection with an HIE
                be solely based on certified health IT modules. For instance, a
                provider's EHR could generate a C-CDA using a certified health IT
                module, and subsequently transmit that document to an HIE using
                technology that is not part of a certified health IT module. Such an
                approach would be acceptable for attesting to the third proposed
                attestation statement requiring the use of CEHRT to support the
                measure.
                 We note that none of the actions required to attest to this measure
                are intended to conflict with a patient's rights or covered entities'
                (for example, health care providers) requirements/responsibilities
                under the HIPAA Privacy Rule, as set out at 45 CFR parts 160 and 164.
                We also understand that different HIEs that enable exchange in the
                manner described may have different policies related to confidentiality
                of patient information based on local circumstances and requirements.
                Nothing in the attestation statements for this measure are intended to
                conflict with individual HIE policies that may exist in these areas, or
                prevent eligible hospitals or CAHs from complying with these policies
                as a condition of their participation in the HIE.
                 We invite comments on this proposal, and whether commenters believe
                such an optional measure would incentivize eligible hospitals and CAHs
                to participate in HIEs while establishing a high performance standard
                for sharing information with other health care providers.
                 Finally, while our proposed attestation statements for this measure
                do not explicitly refer to participation in a health information
                network, or partnering with a health information network that
                participates in the Trusted Exchange Framework and Common Agreement
                (TEFCA) described in section 4003 of the 21st Century Cures Act, we
                recognize that this is likely to be an important way for eligible
                hospitals and CAHs to enable bi-directional health information exchange
                in the future. We will continue to explore ways to provide further
                guidance and/or update this measure to align with the use of health
                information networks that participate in the TEFCA in the future. For
                more information on current developments related to the TEFCA, we refer
                readers to www.HealthIT.gov/TEFCA.
                6. Modifications to the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                Objective
                a. Background
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41637 through 41645,
                41665 through 41667), for the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                Objective, we finalized that eligible hospitals and CAHs must report on
                any two measures of their choice from the following 6 measures:
                Syndromic Surveillance Reporting; Immunization Registry Reporting;
                Clinical Data Registry Reporting; Electronic Case Reporting; Public
                Health Registry Reporting; and Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result
                Reporting. We also finalized that an eligible hospital or CAH must
                submit a yes/no response for any two measures to earn 10 points for the
                objective. Failure to report on two measures or submitting a ``no''
                response for a measure will earn a score of zero. In addition, there
                are exclusions available for each of the measures. If an exclusion is
                claimed for one measure, but the eligible hospital or CAH submits a
                ``yes'' response for another measure, they would earn the 10 points for
                the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange objective. If an eligible
                hospital or CAH claims exclusions for both measures they select to
                report on, the 10 points would be redistributed to the Provide Patients
                Electronic Access to Their Health Information measure under the
                Provider to Patient Exchange objective.
                 The Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for eligible
                hospitals and CAHs has been an important mechanism for encouraging
                healthcare data exchange for public health purposes through the Public
                Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective. But in an attempt to
                reduce burden, we previously stated our intention to propose in future
                rulemaking to remove the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                objective and measures no later than CY 2022 (83 FR 41665). Many
                commenters strongly opposed this potential policy change noting that
                the inclusion of this objective incentivizes health care providers to
                share data with public health agencies (83 FR 41666). In response to
                these comments, we stated that we will continue to monitor the data we
                compile specific to the public health reporting requirements and take
                the commenters' concerns into consideration related to future actions
                (83 FR 41667). Effective responses to public health events, such as the
                COVID-19 PHE, require fast, accurate exchange of data between health
                care providers and Federal, State, and local public health agencies
                (PHAs). Health care providers collect these data for patient care and
                PHAs need them to protect the public, whether to track an outbreak,
                initiate contact tracing, find gaps in vaccine coverage, or pinpoint
                the source of a foodborne outbreak.
                 While our current approach has encouraged healthcare systems to
                stand up some of these capabilities, significant gaps remain, and in
                the absence of stronger incentives, it will be difficult to stand up
                the comprehensive data exchange needed for future public health
                response. Thus, we believe that a more assertive approach is needed.
                b. Proposed Modifications to the Reporting Requirements for the Public
                Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective
                 In this section, we are proposing to require four of the measures
                associated with the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective,
                beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022: Syndromic
                Surveillance Reporting; Immunization Registry Reporting; Electronic
                Case Reporting; and Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result Reporting.
                We are proposing corresponding changes to the regulation text at 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(8)(ii). These four measures would put PHAs on better footing
                for future health threats and a long-term COVID-19 pandemic recovery by
                strengthening three important public health functions: (1) Early
                warning surveillance, (2) case surveillance, and (3) vaccine uptake.
                Requiring these measures would enable nationwide syndromic surveillance
                for early warning of emerging outbreaks and threats; automated case and
                laboratory reporting for fast public health response; and local and
                national visibility on immunization uptake so PHAs can tailor vaccine
                distribution strategies.
                (1) Syndromic Surveillance Reporting Measure
                 Syndromic surveillance provides PHAs with a timely way to detect,
                understand, and monitor health events using data from EHRs in emergency
                departments (EDs) and urgent care centers. By tracking patient symptoms
                and discharge diagnoses, PHAs have a strong early warning system that
                allows them to identify, monitor, characterize, and respond to novel
                and continuing
                [[Page 25635]]
                health events (for example, influenza, drug overdoses, vaping
                associated lung injuries, natural disasters, bioterrorism threats, and
                COVID-19) in near real time. Syndromic surveillance also provides real-
                time information for health events that are not supported by case
                reporting or laboratory reporting, such as injuries, suicidal ideation,
                non-reportable infectious diseases, and subtle health changes that are
                undiagnosed but can be detected by automated monitoring of chief
                complaint narratives and population-level trends. Syndromic
                surveillance relies on the secondary use of EHR data that supports
                delivery of care, enabling an efficient and cost-effective way to
                identify and characterize public health threats. The provision of these
                data requires no action from a health care provider, with data exchange
                automated from the EHR.
                 Syndromic surveillance has been critical for responding to the
                COVID-19 PHE, enabling situational awareness for decision makers at
                local, State, and national levels. The National Syndromic Surveillance
                Program (NSSP) is the primary mechanism for national-level syndromic
                surveillance in the United States. State and local stakeholders are
                critical end users and facilitate onboarding of hospitals,
                administering access to data, and monitoring data quality. CDC provides
                tools and assistance to facilitate these functions (for example,
                message mapping guides, standards, onboarding assistance, and data
                quality resources). As of February 1, 2021, nearly 6,000 healthcare
                facilities covering 49 states and the District of Columbia contribute
                data to NSSP, representing approximately 70% of all U.S. nonfederal
                EDs.\1437\ Although some additional facilities report to local
                syndromic systems, and approximately 3 in 10 nonfederal hospitals are
                not participating in NSSP, there remain major gaps in syndromic
                surveillance coverage, leaving blind spots in the ability of State,
                local, and Federal PHAs to adequately prepare for emerging local and
                regional public health events.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1437\ Overview of the National Syndromic Surveillance Program
                (NSSP), https://www.cdc.gov/nssp/overview.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are proposing to make Syndromic Surveillance Reporting a
                required measure under the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                Objective in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program beginning
                with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022 to expand the coverage of
                syndromic surveillance to every region in the United States, help
                healthcare facilities and PHAs better prepare for emerging health
                events, and provide critical national early warning capabilities
                necessary for swift response and control of COVID-19 outbreaks.
                Requiring eligible hospitals and CAHs to report on participation in
                syndromic surveillance is anticipated to significantly increase
                hospital engagement with a PHA to submit syndromic data, particularly
                from the ED. The public health benefit of syndromic surveillance would
                be strengthened as the proportion of participating hospitals increases,
                that is, as more hospitals participate, there are more comprehensive
                and timely data with fewer gaps and the capability itself becomes
                better at detecting emerging threats. ED data are often the first
                indication of emerging health threats. As demonstrated with the COVID-
                19 pandemic, surveillance data from EDs often foreshadow a rise in the
                percent of persons testing positive, case incidence and deaths, and can
                focus assessments on relevant populations, such as age groups, racial
                or ethnic groups, persons experiencing homeless, persons with recent
                travel history, or recently vaccinated patients. Increased coverage
                would also improve coordination with PHAs providing hospitals with the
                ability to respond to the emergence of new health threats and modify
                their treatments, preparedness planning, and facility staffing
                accordingly. Converting the Syndromic Surveillance Reporting measure
                from optional to required would not pose a significant burden on
                hospitals; as 49 states are already participating in NSSP, the
                necessary infrastructure for wider adoption is already in place. More
                than two-thirds of nonfederal EDs participate in NSSP, demonstrating
                the feasibility of participation for a broad range of facilities and
                systems. Many nonparticipating facilities are part of larger health
                networks that have facilities already participating in NSSP.\1438\
                CDC's robust technical assistance program through NSSP and the network
                of State and local stakeholders would provide direct assistance to
                address technical challenges. While setting up the syndromic
                surveillance capability requires some initial implementation effort
                from the hospital, there is no significant ongoing burden, as the EHR
                vendor sets up and maintains the data feed.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1438\ Overview of the National Syndromic Surveillance Program
                (NSSP), https://www.cdc.gov/nssp/overview.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In addition, upon further review of the current description for the
                Syndromic Surveillance Reporting measure, we believe the reporting
                requirement should include ED data only. Data from the ED setting are
                the most important based on clinical severity and there is existing
                infrastructure among hospitals and PHAs to make this a feasible policy
                to implement. While urgent care data are valuable, adding a requirement
                for reporting in that setting at this time could impose unnecessary
                burden on some healthcare facilities and PHAs.
                 The current description of this measure is as follows: The eligible
                hospital or CAH is in active engagement with a public health agency to
                submit syndromic surveillance data from an urgent care setting. We are
                proposing to change the setting for which data is required to be
                submitted from urgent care to the emergency department, place of
                service code 23, beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022. We
                are proposing to codify this change at 42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(ii)(A). We
                are also proposing that the first exclusion for this measure be
                modified to remove the reference to urgent care. The other two
                exclusions are unchanged. We propose to modify the first exclusion at
                42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(iii)(A)(1).
                (2) Immunization Registry Reporting Measure
                 Immunizations are considered one of the ten great public health
                achievements and have resulted in declines in cases, hospitalizations,
                deaths, and health care costs associated with vaccine preventable
                diseases.\1439\ The benefits and value of immunizations are realized
                when public policy, health systems, and community-based intervention
                efforts are working in coordination. Ensuring the coordination of these
                efforts can achieve high immunization coverage is dependent on the
                availability of timely, accurate, and complete information on
                vaccinations received by individuals in a population.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1439\ Ten Great Public Health Achievements--United States,
                2001-2010 (cdc.gov).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Immunization registries (also called immunization information
                systems or IIS) are powerful tools that allow collaboration between
                vaccine providers and public health agencies and enable coordination of
                population-based interventions. Immunization registries are
                confidential, population-based, computerized systems that record all
                vaccination doses administered by participating health care providers
                for individuals residing within a particular jurisdiction. At the point
                of clinical care, an immunization registry can provide consolidated
                immunization histories to assist vaccine providers in determining
                appropriate patient
                [[Page 25636]]
                vaccinations. At the population level, immunization registries provide
                data on vaccination coverage assessment and program operations and in
                guiding public health action to improve vaccination rates.
                 Currently, 50 states, the District of Columbia, 8 island
                territories, and 3 cities (New York City, Philadelphia, and San Diego)
                operate an immunization registry. CDC provides technical assistance and
                nationwide leadership to all State immunization registries to ensure
                the optimal use of immunization registries for determining vaccination
                coverage at local, State, and national levels. Immunization registries
                already have connections in place to capture administered doses in
                real-time for a substantial portion of the population, a process
                accelerated over the last eight years by the Promoting Interoperability
                Programs. According to data from the most recent CDC IIS Annual Report
                (2019) available, immunization registries currently hold demographics
                and immunization data on 95% of children 0-6 years, 82% of adolescents,
                and 60% of adults.\1440\ While each State Immunization registry
                currently coordinates with health care providers and EHR systems to
                achieve interoperability and facilitate immunization reporting, varying
                State reporting policies limit the completeness and timeliness of
                records in immunization registries and the optimal use of immunization
                registries for determining vaccination coverage.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1440\ https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/programs/iis/annual-report-iisar/2019-data.html.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are proposing to make the Immunization Registry Reporting
                measure a required measure under the Public Health and Clinical Data
                Exchange objective of the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022 as it is critical
                for understanding vaccination coverage both at the jurisdiction level
                and nationwide and identifying where additional vaccination efforts are
                needed. Making standardized reporting to an immunization registry a
                required measure would provide an immediate benefit by increasing the
                COVID-19 vaccination records reported to these systems. Making the
                measure required would also improve the data quality of records in
                immunization registries and facilitate use of immunization registries
                for clinical decision support and tracking of vaccine administration
                and distribution.
                 We believe that making the Immunization Registry Reporting measure
                required, compared to the current option to choose this measure as one
                of two among six measures, would increase the reporting of immunization
                data by health care providers to public health agencies. Making the
                measure required is also critical for the COVID-19 vaccination response
                because it would provide a better view of the vaccines administered and
                distributed at national, State and local levels. This is a function
                immunization registries currently provide for all public vaccines, but
                would be particularly important for COVID-19 vaccines. In addition to
                the COVID-19 vaccination response, there is an equally important need
                for routine vaccination coverage to increase. Fear of COVID-19 has
                caused deferrals of routine vaccinations as patients limit their
                interactions, including with their family doctors. More complete data
                in immunization registries as a result of the required measure would
                also optimize the use of immunization registries to determine who has
                not been vaccinated, pockets of under vaccination, and identifying
                where interventions should be focused for routine and emergency
                response vaccines. Requiring the measure would reduce the regulatory
                and administrative burden health care providers experience when
                exchanging information with immunization registries.
                 We are not proposing any changes to the description of the measure
                including any of the exclusions that we established at 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(8)(iii)(B).
                (3) Electronic Case Reporting
                 Healthcare providers are required by State law to report certain
                diseases and conditions, a process called case reporting, which
                provides PHAs with data on approximately 120 diseases and conditions of
                public health significance.\1441\ Case reporting is a vital and long-
                standing tool that PHAs use to prevent the spread of infectious
                diseases. Case reporting serves as early notification to PHAs for
                potential outbreaks, and includes information that enables PHAs to
                start contact tracing and other prevention measures. Case reports also
                include critical clinical information that would not be included in
                syndromic surveillance or laboratory reporting, and can help to
                illuminate the impact of comorbidities, treatments, and variable access
                to care. Information from the case reports can be used to further work
                on social determinants of health and ensure equal access to
                preventative care across populations. Electronic case reporting is the
                automated, real-time, bi-directional exchange of case report
                information between EHRs and PHAs. Electronic case reporting uses
                standard codes to trigger the transfer of relevant clinical data to
                PHAs for case investigation and follow-up. As of March 2021, most
                states do not require electronic submission of case reports as part of
                their regulations and case reporting often occurs through outdated
                manual methods (for example, fax, email, or phone), which results in
                delays, underreporting, and incomplete or inaccurate case data. Manual
                case reporting also imposes burdens on health care providers, taking
                staff time away from patients to submit case reports and comply with
                State reporting requirements. Electronic case reporting allows health
                care providers to fulfill mandated public health reporting requirements
                without imposing additional burden and disrupting the clinical
                workflow. This automated data exchange facilitates faster and more
                efficient disease tracking, case management, and contact tracing.
                Electronic case reporting provides more timely and complete data than
                manual reporting, including data on demographics, comorbidities,
                immunizations, medications, occupation, and other treatments.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1441\ CSTE State Reportable Condition Assessment page: https://www.cste.org/page/SRCA.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Recent efforts by the CDC have sought to significantly improve the
                effectiveness of electronic case reporting through eCR Now, a strategic
                initiative that allows for rapid adoption and implementation of
                electronic case reporting for COVID-19 (https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/hcp/electronic-case-reporting.html). As part of
                this initiative, CDC and its partners have developed an eCR Now
                FHIR[supreg] API to establish electronic case reporting capability in
                EHR systems. The initiative also supports an electronic case reporting
                infrastructure that is helping to advance interoperability. This
                infrastructure supports sending electronic case reports to a shared
                service platform, and not directly to a PHA, which means that any
                health care provider that has established an electronic case reporting
                connection also has a connection with every State PHA, many large local
                health departments and some territories. This promotes nationwide
                interoperability and increases the availability of data for patients
                who may be traveling or spending time away from their home State. For
                example, if a patient is a resident of one State but seeks care in
                another State, this infrastructure will automatically route the case
                report to
                [[Page 25637]]
                both states that would have jurisdiction over this report. This
                increases inter-jurisdictional reporting, allowing for more seamless
                case investigation at the national level. The interoperable
                infrastructure and the use of a standard data format also reduces the
                variability of case report forms across conditions and jurisdictions,
                streamlining reporting forms for EHR vendors and health care providers.
                 As a result of the CDC effort to scale up eCR Now for COVID-19, all
                50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and 11 large local
                jurisdictions have connected to the eCR Now shared services platform
                and are currently receiving electronic case reports, with more than
                7,200 healthcare facilities on board and 7.1 million reports for COVID-
                19 received by PHAs as of March 8, 2021.\1442\ The eCR infrastructure
                is designed to rapidly scale for PHEs, such as COVID-19, but it is also
                enabled to currently support data transmission for 99 reportable and
                notifiable conditions. While these are significant advancements, the
                piecemeal approach of encouraging adoption of these tools by individual
                health care providers has not been an effective or efficient means to
                quickly scale this effort nationally as has been needed for the COVID-
                19 PHE response.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1442\ Healthcare Facilities in Production for COVID-19
                Electronic Case Reporting [bond] CDC.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe the uneven adoption of electronic case reporting creates
                a public health vulnerability. We are proposing to make the Electronic
                Case Reporting measure a required measure under the Public Health and
                Clinical Data Exchange objective of the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY
                2022. We believe making this a required measure would accelerate
                development of electronic case reporting capabilities in EHR systems,
                reduce healthcare administrative burden of complying with State-
                mandated disease reporting requirements, provide regulatory clarity for
                EHR vendors, and improve the timeliness, completeness, and utility of
                case report data for PHAs. We believe that requiring the Electronic
                Case Reporting measure would be feasible and beneficial for eligible
                hospitals and CAHs. This change would encourage EHR vendors to make
                electronic case reporting available to their customers, which would
                make adoption of this capability relatively straightforward for
                eligible hospitals and CAHs. As described in the EHR Incentive Program-
                Stage 3 and Modifications to Meaningful Use in 2015 through 2017 final
                rule (80 FR 62888), for purposes of this measure, eligible hospitals
                and CAHs must use a health IT module certified to the ``Transmission to
                public health agencies--electronic case reporting'' certification
                criterion at 45 CFR 170.315(f)(5) which relates to how the health IT
                uses structured data within an EHR to trigger or indicate the
                generation of an electronic initial case report.\1443\ Eligible
                hospitals and CAHs may then transmit the report in the manner specified
                by the case reporting requirements of the entity to which they are
                transmitting a report.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1443\ For more information about this certification criterion,
                please see the Certification Companion Guide at https://www.healthit.gov/test-method/transmission-public-health-agencies-electronic-case-reporting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe that requiring the Electronic Case Reporting measure
                would provide certainty to EHR vendors and facilitate an organized and
                industry-wide rollout of electronic case reporting capabilities.
                 We are not proposing any changes to the description of the
                Electronic Case Reporting measure and the exclusions that we
                established at 42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(iii)(C) will remain available.
                (4) Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result Reporting Measure
                 State laws and regulations require laboratories to report certain
                diseases and conditions identified by testing to State and local PHAs.
                Electronic laboratory reporting (ELR) is the automated transmission of
                reports from laboratories to State and local PHAs. ELR produces faster
                and more complete information than manual reporting, reduces the burden
                of submission to PHAs, and eliminates opportunities for data entry
                error. ELR facilitates efficient case investigation, contact tracing,
                identification of hot spots, and other core public health functions.
                Because ELR requires essential fields, PHAs are less likely to request
                follow up information when receiving reports via ELR feeds, further
                reducing burden on laboratories.
                 Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, more than 90% of laboratory reports
                sent to PHAs were submitted via ELR; the bulk of this reporting came
                from commercial laboratories. Hospital laboratories were less likely to
                utilize ELR data feeds relative to commercial laboratories, relying on
                other means to report results. The COVID-19 pandemic posed a tremendous
                challenge to the nation's laboratory and testing infrastructure, and
                rates of ELR to PHAs declined as COVID-19 testing increased, a
                multitude of tests (for example, point-of-care tests) entered the
                market, and non-traditional testing sites (for example, drive thru
                testing sites) where ELR is not available were utilized. Throughout the
                pandemic, the subset of hospital laboratories, while still a relatively
                small portion of overall testing volume, continued to lag in ELR
                implementation relative to larger commercial and clinical laboratories.
                A CDC-Association of Public Health Laboratories (APHL) collaboration
                has enabled the reporting of COVID-19 laboratory data through the APHL
                Informatics Messaging Services (AIMS) platform. Using AIMS, PHAs can
                submit essential data to CDC for detailed analysis, visualization, and
                surveillance, providing a national snapshot of the testing landscape
                and informing Federal response efforts. Section 18115 of the
                Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act and HHS
                implementing guidance require all laboratories conducting testing for
                SARS-CoV-2 to report results to a State or local public health agency
                (which then report these data to CDC). The HHS implementing guidance
                allows for reporting using multiple potential methods, including ELR.
                All State PHAs are capable of and are receiving ELR for notifiable
                conditions.
                 We are proposing to make the Electronic Reportable Laboratory
                Result Reporting measure a required measure under the Public Health and
                Clinical Data Exchange objective of the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY
                2022. We believe that making this measure required would spur hospital
                laboratories to adopt this capability, increase the timeliness and
                completeness of laboratory reporting to PHAs, strengthen the
                effectiveness of prevention and control measures, reduce the burden of
                reporting by laboratory staff, and aid in laboratory compliance with
                the requirements of section 18115 of the CARES Act as well as future
                PHEs. Requiring the Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result Reporting
                measure would incentivize the minority of hospital laboratories that
                have not adopted ELR to upgrade to this essential capability. With the
                availability of the APHL AIMS platform, HIEs, and other mechanisms,
                there is a diversity of options for eligible hospitals and CAHs to
                establish an ELR channel with a PHA to feasibly implement this
                requirement. In addition, CDC-provided ELR technical assistance is also
                available, further reducing implementation barriers.
                 We are not proposing to change the description of the Electronic
                Reportable Laboratory Result Reporting measure
                [[Page 25638]]
                and the exclusions that we established at 42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(iii)(F)
                will remain available.
                7. Proposed Scoring of the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                Objective
                 We are proposing that, beginning with the EHR reporting period in
                CY 2022, an eligible hospital or CAH would receive 10 points for the
                Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange objective if they report a
                ``yes'' response for each of the following 4 required measures:
                Syndromic Surveillance Reporting; Immunization Registry Reporting;
                Electronic Case Reporting; and Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result
                Reporting. In the event an eligible hospital or CAH is able to claim an
                exclusion for three or fewer of these four required measures, we are
                proposing they would receive 10 points for the objective if they report
                a ``yes'' response for one or more of these measures and claim
                applicable exclusions for which they qualify for the remaining
                measures. If the eligible hospital or CAH fails to report on any one of
                the four measures required for this objective or reports a ``no''
                response for one or more of these measures, we are proposing the
                eligible hospital or CAH would receive a score of zero for the Public
                Health and Clinical Data Exchange objective, and a total score of zero
                for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program. If an eligible
                hospital or CAH claims applicable exclusions for which they qualify for
                all four required measures, we propose to redistribute the points
                associated with the objective to the Provider to Patient Exchange
                objective. We are proposing corresponding changes to 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(8)(ii) and (iii) to reflect these proposals.
                 We are proposing to retain the Public Health Registry Reporting and
                Clinical Data Registry Reporting measures and to make them optional and
                available for bonus points beginning with the EHR reporting period in
                CY 2022. We are proposing an eligible hospital or CAH may earn a
                maximum of 5 bonus points if they report a ``yes'' response for either
                the Public Health Registry Reporting measure OR the Clinical Data
                Registry Reporting measure. We are proposing to further modify 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(8)(ii) to add: Eligible hospitals and CAHs could receive a
                bonus of 5 points for this objective if they report the measures
                specified under 42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(iii)(D) or (E).
                 In connection with our proposal to make these measures optional, we
                are proposing the three exclusions that we established for each measure
                would no longer be available beginning with the EHR reporting period in
                2022. For the Public Health Registry Reporting measure, we are
                proposing to revise 42 CFR 495.24(e)(8)(iii)(D), and for the Clinical
                Data Registry Reporting measure we are proposing to revise 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(8)(iii)(E).
                8. SAFER Guides
                a. Background
                 ONC developed and released the Safety Assurance Factors for EHR
                Resilience Guides (SAFER Guides) in 2014, and later updated them in
                2016. This series of nine user guides support hospitals' ability to
                address EHR safety.\1444\ Collectively, the SAFER Guides help
                healthcare organizations to conduct self-assessments to optimize the
                safety and safe use of EHRs in the three areas listed in this rule, in
                Table IX.F.-01. The SAFER Guides were intended to be utilized by EHR
                users, developers, patient safety organizations, and those who are
                concerned with optimizing the safe use of Health IT. By completing a
                self-assessment using the SAFER Guides, providers can help to develop a
                ``culture of safety'' within their organizations and ensure they are
                responsible operators of technology tools, including certified health
                IT products, which they utilize in the delivery of care. The SAFER
                Guides are based on the best evidence available at the time of
                publication, including a literature review, expert opinion, and field-
                testing at a wide range of healthcare organizations, from small
                ambulatory care practices to large health systems.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1444\ https://www.healthit.gov/topic/safety/safer-guides.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH final rule (83 FR 41663), commenters
                expressed concern with having the ability to maintain continuous
                electronic connectivity, and identified a need to account for planned
                and unplanned system outages or downtime. In response, we referred
                readers to the SAFER Guides, to utilize and incorporate as a part of
                their emergency planning processes. In the case of system disruption,
                failure, or natural disaster, the SAFER Guides provide recommended
                safety practices during planned or unplanned EHR unavailability, where
                end users are unable to access all or part of their EHR. Also included
                are back-up procedures to prevent the potential loss of clinical and
                administrative data, and how to utilize paper charting during such
                downtime (83 FR 41663). We believe that conducting annual self-
                assessments based on the SAFER Guides' recommendations would satisfy
                stakeholder feedback received through the Annual Call for Measures and
                through public comment (83 FR 41663), supporting alternative and
                consistent safety practices for EHR users. We also believe requiring
                eligible hospitals and CAHs to conduct an annual self-assessment using
                the SAFER Guides would support the goals of improved EHR use and health
                care quality, as described in section 1886(n)(3)(A) of the Act.
                [[Page 25639]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.300
                b. Proposed New SAFER Guides Measure
                 We are proposing to add a new SAFER Guides measure to the Protect
                Patient Health Information objective beginning with the CY 2022 EHR
                reporting period. For this measure, we are proposing that an eligible
                hospital or CAH must attest to having conducted an annual self-
                assessment of all nine SAFER Guides (available at https://www.healthit.gov/topic/safety/safer-guides), at any point during the
                calendar year in which the EHR reporting period occurs, with one ``yes/
                no'' attestation statement accounting for a complete self-assessment
                using all nine guides. We propose that in CY 2022, this measure would
                be required, but it would not be scored, and that reporting ``yes'' or
                ``no'' will not affect the total score for the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program. We are also proposing to add corresponding
                regulatory text for this measure at Sec. 495.24(e)(4)(ii) and (iv).
                 In order to complete a ``self-assessment'' of the SAFER Guides we
                would expect that each eligible hospital or CAH would complete the
                checklist of recommended practices included at the beginning of each
                SAFER Guide. Following the checklist, a practice worksheet provides the
                rationale for, and examples of, how to implement each recommended
                practice, likely sources of input into the assessment of each practice,
                and fillable fields to record follow-up actions.
                 We understand that every organization faces unique circumstances,
                and will implement a particular safety practice differently. As a
                result, some of the specific examples in the SAFER Guides for
                recommended practices may not be applicable to every organization. We
                note that a ``self-assessment'' does not require an organization to
                confirm that it has implemented ``fully in all areas'' each practice
                described in a particular SAFER guide, nor will an organization be
                scored on how many of the practices the organization has fully
                implemented. Rather, the intent of this proposed requirement is for
                eligible hospitals and CAHs to regularly assess their progress and
                status on important facets of patient safety.
                 The recommended practices in the SAFER Guides are intended to be
                useful for all EHR users. However, we recognize that the individuals
                responsible for the proposed annual self-assessment may vary across
                organizations. An optimal team for completing an annual review of the
                SAFER Guides might include representatives from an eligible hospital or
                CAHs clinical leadership, nursing staff, pharmacy representatives, and
                the staff responsible for implementing and maintaining both internal
                technology systems as well as data connections with external partners,
                such as an HIE.
                 Regarding the frequency of self-assessments using the SAFER Guides,
                we are proposing that a eligible hospital or CAH must attest to
                completing their self-assessment using the SAFER Guides on an annual
                basis, following an initial completion of the self-assessment (some
                organizations may have already completed a self-assessment using the
                SAFER Guides prior to implementation of this requirement, if
                finalized). We would expect providers to revisit this assessment to
                determine whether any changes have occurred for their organization. We
                believe that requiring eligible hospitals and CAHs to periodically
                review this self-assessment as proposed would support a stronger
                culture of change management within organizations participating in the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program, and would assist
                organizations in actively understanding and addressing potential safety
                vulnerabilities, which may significantly impact an organization's
                safety posture. We recognize that organizations may be at different
                stages in their progress towards assessing patient safety
                vulnerabilities and that hospitals vary in the resources that they
                could devote to annual self-assessment using the Guides. Gathering this
                information may be time consuming for small or rural hospitals that
                have contracted out some implementation services and may not have
                expertise available on staff to complete a full self-assessment using
                the SAFER Guides. For eligible hospitals and CAHs with less experience
                in these areas, we note that there are a number of resources available,
                which may be able to assist with completing a self-assessment.
                 We are inviting public comment on these proposals.
                9. Actions To Limit or Restrict the Compatibility or Interoperability
                of CEHRT
                a. Background
                 Section 106(b)(2) of the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization
                Act of 2015 (MACRA) includes the heading ``Preventing Blocking The
                Sharing Of Information.'' Section 106(b)(2)(B) amended section
                1886(n)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act for eligible hospitals and, by extension,
                section 1814(l)(3) of the Act for CAHs to require that a hospital
                demonstrates (through a process specified by the Secretary, such as the
                use of an attestation) that the hospital has not knowingly and
                willfully taken action (such as to disable functionality) to limit or
                restrict the compatibility or interoperability of the certified EHR
                technology. To implement these provisions, we established and codified
                at 42 CFR 495.40(b)(2)(i)(I) attestation requirements for the Promoting
                Interoperability Programs to support the ``prevention of information
                blocking,'' which consist of three statements containing specific
                representations about a health care provider's implementation and use
                of CEHRT. For further discussion on these
                [[Page 25640]]
                requirements, we refer readers to the CY 2017 Quality Payment Program
                final rule (81 FR 77028 through 77035) and the Interoperability and
                patient access final rule (85 FR 25578 through 25580). The attestation
                statements finalized for eligible hospitals and CAHs at 42 CFR
                495.40(b)(2)(i)(I) are:
                 Statement 1: Did not knowingly and willfully take action
                (such as to disable functionality) to limit or restrict the
                compatibility or interoperability of certified EHR technology.
                 Statement 2: Implemented technologies,
                standards, policies, practices, and agreements reasonably calculated to
                ensure, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, that
                the certified EHR technology was, at all relevant times: (1) Connected
                in accordance with applicable law; (2) compliant with all standards
                applicable to the exchange of information, including the standards,
                implementation specifications, and certification criteria adopted at 45
                CFR part 170; (3) Implemented in a manner that allowed for timely
                access by patients to their electronic health information; and (4)
                Implemented in a manner that allowed for the timely, secure, and
                trusted bi-directional exchange of structured electronic health
                information with other health care providers (as defined by 42 U.S.C.
                300jj(3)), including unaffiliated providers, and with disparate
                certified EHR technology and vendors.
                 Statement 3: Responded in good faith and in a timely
                manner to requests to retrieve or exchange electronic health
                information, including from patients, health care providers (as defined
                by 42 U.S.C. 300jj(3)), and other persons, regardless of the
                requestor's affiliation or technology vendor.
                 Participants in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                that are required to attest to the three statements under 42 CFR
                495.40(b)(2)(i)(I) are also subject to public reporting as established
                in the Patient Access and Interoperability final rule (85 FR 25578
                through 25580). Under this policy, we will post information on a CMS
                website available to the public for eligible hospitals and CAHs who
                have attested ``no'' to any of these three statements. Section 4004 of
                the 21st Century Cures Act added section 3022 to the Public Health
                Service Act (PHSA) (the ``PHSA information blocking provision''), which
                describes practices by health care providers, health IT developers, and
                health information exchanges and networks, that constitute information
                blocking, and provides for civil monetary penalties and other
                disincentives for those who engage in information blocking. In the ONC
                21st Century Cures Act final rule published in the Federal Register on
                May 1, 2020, ONC finalized a definition of information blocking and
                identified reasonable and necessary activities (``exceptions'') that do
                not constitute information blocking (85 FR 25642). For health care
                providers (as defined in 42 U.S.C. 300jj) ``information blocking means
                a practice that (1) Except as required by law or covered by an
                exception [. . .], is likely to interfere with access, exchange, or use
                of electronic health information; and if conducted by a health care
                provider, such provider knows that such practice is unreasonable and is
                likely to interfere with, prevent, or materially discourage access,
                exchange, or use of electronic health information'' (45 CFR 171.103).
                 The Cures Act provides for civil monetary penalties for any
                individual or entity that is a developer, network, or exchange that has
                committed information blocking (see section 3022(b)(2)(A) of the PHSA).
                Regarding health care providers, the Cures Act provides that ``Any
                [health care provider] determined by the [HHS] Inspector General to
                have committed information blocking shall be referred to the
                appropriate agency to be subject to appropriate disincentives using
                authorities under applicable Federal law, as the Secretary sets forth
                through notice and comment rulemaking'' (section 3022(b)(2)(B) of the
                PHSA). For more information about the information blocking policies
                finalized in the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule, see https://www.healthit.gov/curesrule/final-rule-policy/information-blocking.
                b. Proposed Changes to the Attestation Statements
                 Although there could be some degree of overlap between conduct
                described in the attestation statements under 42 CFR 495.40(b)(2)(i)(I)
                and conduct that could be considered information blocking under section
                3022 of the PHSA and ONC's implementing regulations at 45 CFR 171.103,
                it is important to note these are separate and distinct authorities.
                For instance, the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule finalized a
                definition for what constitutes information blocking, and exceptions to
                information blocking that are not reflected in the previously finalized
                attestation statements under 42 CFR 495.40(b)(2)(i)(I). While we
                previously stated in the 2017 QPP final rule that these attestations
                statements did not impose ``unnecessary or unreasonable requirements''
                on health care providers (81 FR 77029), after careful review of these
                statements in light of the information blocking regulations at 45 CFR
                part 171, we believe that statements 2 and 3 are no longer necessary.
                Thus, beginning with the CY 2022 EHR reporting period, we are proposing
                at 42 CFR 495.40(b)(2)(i)(I) and (J) to no longer require statements 2
                and 3. We believe that the similarities between practices described
                under statements 2 and 3, and the practices that could constitute
                information blocking under section 3022 of the PHSA and ONC's
                implementing regulations will create confusion for stakeholders. To
                this point, the practices that could constitute information blocking
                under 45 CFR part 171 are much broader than those described in the
                attestation statements. We discuss specific instances of potential
                confusion in this proposed rule.
                 Statement 2 requires attestation to a series of statements
                regarding the use of certified technology and a designated manner for
                implementing certified technology. For instance, attestations to the
                implementation of technology compliant with the standards for certified
                health IT at 45 CFR part 170, and use of functionality to support
                health information exchange with other providers. However, as
                previously noted, the definition of information blocking finalized in
                the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule is not specific to, nor
                limited to, the use of certified technology which is compliant with
                certain standards or the use of certain functionality. Under the ONC
                21st Century Cures Act final rule, a health care provider may still be
                determined to have engaged in practices likely to interfere with
                access, exchange, or use of electronic health information (information
                blocking) regardless of whether they are using certified technology.
                 Regarding statement 3, we stated in the 2017 QPP final rule that
                ``technical, legal, and other practical constraints may prevent a
                health care provider from responding to some requests to access,
                exchange, or use electronic health information in a health care
                provider's certified EHR technology'' (81 FR 77033). Subsequently, in
                the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule, ONC established a set of
                reasonable and necessary activities that are not considered information
                blocking when responding to a request for EHI. The reasonable and
                necessary activities established under the ONC 21st Century Cures Act
                final rule now provide more specific direction to providers when
                responding to a request for EHI than the general ``technical, legal,
                and other practical constraints'' which we
                [[Page 25641]]
                described in the QPP 2017 final rule with regards to statement 3.
                Accordingly, we believe that continuing to require statement 3 may
                introduce confusion for those health care providers who are obligated
                to comply with the regulations finalized in the ONC 21st Century Cures
                Act final rule when responding to a request for EHI.
                 In order to distinguish the attestation required by section
                106(b)(2)(B) of MACRA from information blocking under section 3022 of
                the PHSA, we are proposing to modify the heading of the regulation text
                at 42 CFR 495.40(b)(2)(i)(I) and the definition of ``meaningful EHR
                user'' under 495.4 from ``Support for health information exchange and
                the prevention of information blocking'' to ``Actions to limit or
                restrict the compatibility or interoperability of CEHRT,'' which
                reflects the language used in section 106(b)(2)(B) of MACRA.
                 We invite public comment on our proposals.
                 For ease of reference, Table IX.F.-02 lists the objectives and
                measures for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for the
                EHR reporting period in CY 2022 as revised to reflect the proposals
                made in this proposed rule. Table IX.F.-03 lists the 2015 Edition
                certification criteria required to meet the objectives and measures.
                [[Page 25642]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.301
                [[Page 25643]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.302
                [[Page 25644]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.303
                [[Page 25645]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.304
                [[Page 25646]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.305
                [[Page 25647]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.306
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.307
                [[Page 25648]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.308
                [[Page 25649]]
                10. Proposed Changes to the Scoring Methodology for the EHR Reporting
                Period in CY 2022
                a. Proposed Performance-Based Scoring Threshold Increase
                 In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41636 through
                41645), we adopted a new performance-based scoring methodology for
                eligible hospitals and CAHs attesting under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program which included a minimum scoring threshold
                which eligible hospitals and CAHs must meet in order to satisfy the
                requirement to report on the objectives and measures of meaningful use
                under 42 CFR 495.24. We established at 42 CFR 495.24(e)(1)(i) that
                eligible hospitals and CAHs must earn a total score of at least 50
                points on the objectives and measures to be considered a meaningful EHR
                user.
                 The Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program's performance
                results from CY 2019 (the first full year of programmatic data
                demonstrating the new performance-based scoring methodology) revealed
                that 3,776 of 3,828 participating eligible hospitals and CAHs that
                reported to the program successfully met the minimum threshold score of
                50 points.
                 For CY 2022 and subsequent years, we are proposing to increase the
                minimum scoring threshold from 50 points to 60 points, and proposing
                corresponding changes to the regulation text at 42 CFR
                495.24(e)(1)(i)(C). Given the widespread success of participating
                hospitals in CY 2019, we believe that such program results signify the
                need for raising the minimum score for CY 2022. We note that eligible
                hospitals and CAHs will have gained two more years of experience in the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program (CYs 2020 and 2021) at the
                50 point minimum score threshold to improve performance. This increase
                from 50 points to 60 points represents our intent to heighten the
                required standards for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program's performance levels and encourage higher levels of performance
                through the advanced usage of CEHRT in order to further incentivize
                eligible hospitals and CAHs to improve interoperability and health
                information exchange.
                 We seek comments on our proposal to increase the minimum scoring
                threshold from 50 to 60 points.
                b. Performance-Based Scoring Methodology Table Updates
                 The following table reflects the objectives and measures for CY
                2022 if the proposed changes discussed in this section are finalized,
                including the optional Query of PDMP measure worth 10 bonus points, the
                adoption of a new alternative Health Information Exchange Bi-
                Directional Exchange measure, the adoption of a SAFER Guides measure,
                and modified requirements for the Public Health and Clinical Data
                Exchange objective.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.309
                [[Page 25650]]
                11. Clinical Quality Measurement for Eligible Hospitals and CAHs
                Participating in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program
                a. Proposed Changes to Clinical Quality Measures in Alignment With the
                Hospital IQR Program
                (1) Background
                 Under sections 1814(l)(3)(A) and 1886(n)(3)(A) of the Act and the
                definition of ``meaningful EHR user'' under 42 CFR 495.4, eligible
                hospitals and CAHs must report on clinical quality measures (referred
                to as CQMs or eCQMs) selected by CMS using CEHRT, as part of being a
                meaningful EHR user under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program.
                 The following table lists previously finalized eCQMs available for
                eligible hospitals and CAHs to report under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program (84 FR 42597 through 42599) for the reporting
                period in CY 2021 and in subsequent years. The table includes the Safe
                Use of Opioids--Concurrent Prescribing measure (NQF #3316e) which we
                finalized as mandatory for reporting beginning with CY 2022 (84 FR
                42598 through 42600).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.310
                (2) Proposed eCQM Removals
                 As we discuss in the Hospital IQR Program section of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to remove four eCQMs from the Hospital IQR
                Program's measure set effective for the CY 2024 reporting period/FY
                2026 payment determination. Specifically, we are proposing to remove:
                 STK-03 (Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/
                Flutter),
                 STK-06 (Discharged on Statin Medication),
                 PC-05 (Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding), and
                 ED-2 (Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for
                Admitted Patients).
                 We refer readers to section IX.C. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for additional discussion of the rationales for these proposed
                removals from the Hospital IQR Program.
                 We continue to believe that aligning the CQM requirements that we
                adopt in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program with the
                Hospital IQR Program's eCQM requirements benefits hospitals that are
                working to comply with each program's requirements. Aligning the
                requirements and measure sets across programs promotes efficiency and
                harmonizes with our goal of applying a parsimonious set of the most
                meaningful measures available to track patient outcomes and impact. We
                believe that maintaining alignment between the Hospital IQR Program and
                the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program streamlines our
                approach to data collection, calculation, and reporting using EHRs. We
                further believe that this streamlined approach allows us to leverage
                clinical and patient-centered information for measurement, improvement,
                and learning.
                 To maintain this alignment between the Hospital IQR Program and
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program, and for the reasons
                described in section IX.C. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we
                propose to remove STK-03, STK-06, PC-05, and ED-2 from the previously
                finalized set of eCQMs for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program beginning with the reporting period in CY 2024.
                 We welcome public comments on these proposed eCQM removals.
                (3) Proposed eCQM Adoptions
                 As we have stated previously in rulemaking (82 FR 38479), we plan
                to continue to align the CQM reporting requirements for the Promoting
                Interoperability Program with similar requirements under the Hospital
                IQR Program. Further, as we discuss in section IX.C of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt two new eCQMs in the
                Hospital IQR Program beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination:
                 Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia (NQF #3503e), and
                 Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia (NQF #3533e).
                 We refer readers to section IX.C of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for additional discussion of the technical details associated with
                these measures,
                [[Page 25651]]
                their data sources, calculations, cohorts, and risk adjustment.
                 As previously discussed, with respect to proposed eCQM removals, we
                continue to believe that adopting aligned requirements between the
                Hospital IQR and Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program is
                beneficial to participating hospitals. To maintain this alignment and
                to support hospitals' ability to choose amongst a consistent pool of
                CQMs, as well as the clinical importance of these measures as discussed
                in section IX.C. of the preamble to this proposed, we propose to adopt
                the Severe Hypoglycemia and Severe Hyperglycemia CQMs for the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program beginning with the reporting period
                in CY 2023.
                 We welcome public comments on these proposed eCQM adoptions.
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.311
                
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.312
                
                 [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.313
                
                [[Page 25652]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.314
                (4) Proposed Updates to Certification Requirements for eCQM Reporting--
                2015 Edition Cures Update
                 In the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule, ONC revised the
                clinical quality measurement criterion at Sec. 170.315(c)(3) to refer
                to CMS QRDA Implementation Guides and remove the Health Level 7
                (HL7[supreg]) QRDA standard from the relevant health IT certification
                criteria (85 FR 25686). In the Information Blocking and ONC Health IT
                Certification Program: Extension of Compliance Dates and Timeframes in
                Response to the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency interim final rule
                with comment period (85 FR 70064), ONC finalized that health IT
                developers will have until December 31, 2022, to make updated certified
                technology available in accordance with the revised criteria (85 FR
                70066 through 70068). The revision was responsive to industry feedback
                that the health IT certified to the prior ``CQMs-report'' criterion was
                only primarily being used to submit eCQMs for CMS reporting programs.
                These updates were finalized to reduce burden on health IT developers
                under the ONC Health IT certification program and have no impact on
                providers' existing reporting practices for CMS programs.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to require eligible
                hospitals and CAHs to use only certified technology updated consistent
                with the 2015 Edition Cures Update as finalized in the ONC 21st Century
                Cures Act final rule (85 FR 25642 through 25667) to submit data for
                eCQMs, beginning with the reporting period in CY 2023. This is in
                alignment with the proposal for the Hospital IQR Program discussed in
                section IX.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule. We refer readers
                to the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule for additional information
                about the updates included in the 2015 Edition Cures Update (85 FR
                25666 through 25668). We also refer readers to the CY 2021 PFS final
                rule for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program (85 FR 84815
                through 84825) and the Hospital IQR Program (85 FR 84825 through
                84828), and section IX.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule for
                additional information related to this proposal.
                 We invite public comment on our proposal to require hospitals and
                CAHs to use only certified technology updated consistent with the 2015
                Edition Cures Update to submit data for eCQMs, beginning with the
                reporting period in CY 2023, in alignment with the Hospital IQR Program
                proposal.
                (5) References to Additional Requests for Information
                 We also refer readers to section IX.A of the preamble of this
                proposed rule where we request information on potential actions and
                priority areas that would enable the continued transformation of our
                quality measurement enterprise toward use of the Health Level Seven
                International (HL7[supreg]) Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources
                (FHIR[supreg]) standard. Additionally, we refer readers to section IX.B
                of the preamble of this proposed rule where we request information on
                the possibility of expanding our current social disparities methods in
                order to include race and ethnicity as well as seeking comment on the
                potential design of a hospital equity score for calculating results
                across multiple social risk factors and measures.
                12. Requests for Information
                a. Request for Information on Additional Objectives or Measures
                Adopting FHIR[supreg]-Based API Standards
                 Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR[supreg]) (http://hl7.org/fhir) is a free and open-source standards framework (in both
                commercial and government settings) created by Health Level Seven
                International (HL7[supreg]) that establishes a common language and
                process for all health IT. FHIR[supreg] allows systems to communicate
                and information to be shared seamlessly with a lower burden on
                stakeholders. Through the HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg] standard, cost and
                burden for health care providers and patients are reduced since it
                simplifies implementation without sacrificing information integrity,
                and establishes fast, efficient, and flexible health data exchange as a
                stand-alone standard or combined with existing standards. Essentially,
                HL7[supreg]'s FHIR[supreg] standard framework provides an interoperable
                platform for a variety of healthcare data by defining a standard way to
                structure this information as `resources' and allows the developer-
                friendly automated data-exchange to occur via APIs. The use of APIs
                utilizing the FHIR[supreg] standard has the potential to improve data
                exchange by providing consistent security, performance, scalability,
                and structure to all users.
                 Given the progress of such emerging health IT innovation standards
                to promote interoperability at large, we see increased adoption of
                approaches utilizing the latest HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg] standard as an
                opportunity to consider how these approaches can support other program
                goals.
                [[Page 25653]]
                 In the CY 2021 PFS final rule, we finalized alignment of the CEHRT
                definition for the Promoting Interoperability programs with updates to
                2015 Edition certification criteria as finalized in the ONC 21st
                Century Cures Act final rule. As part of the ONC 21st Century Cures Act
                final rule, ONC finalized a new certification criterion ``Standardized
                API for patient and population services'' at 45 CFR 170.315(g)(10)
                which supports the availability in certified health IT of an API using
                the FHIR[supreg] R4 standard and other implementation specifications.
                We noted that technology certified to this criterion will be used to
                support the API requirements in the Provide Patients Access to their
                Health Information objective. Regarding the bi-directional HIE measure
                finalized for eligible clinicians in the 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR
                84888 through 84893) (this rule is proposing a similar measure for
                adoption in the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for
                eligible hospitals and CAHs), we also noted that the standards-based
                API criterion at 45 CFR 170.315(g)(10) could be used to support
                connections to an HIE in order to complete the measure's actions.
                 We are seeking comments on our intention to further align Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program measures with approaches utilizing
                HL7[supreg] FHIR[supreg] standard Release 4-based API functionality (or
                the appropriately evolved standard), with the Health Information
                Exchange as well as the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange
                objectives. Throughout this ongoing developmental process, we are
                partnering with ONC and continuing to strengthen collaboration on the
                implementation of the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule.
                 We are interested in public comments on how these two program
                objectives could be furthered through the use of FHIR[supreg]-based API
                solutions. Specifically, we are interested in the following questions:
                 To what degree are stakeholders currently using or
                interested in using APIs to exchange information in support of the
                numerator/denominator measures under the HIE objective? What revisions
                to the measures under the HIE objective should CMS explore to
                facilitate use of standards-based APIs in health IT modules certified
                under the 2015 Edition Cures Update?
                 How could technical approaches utilizing the FHIR[supreg]
                standard enhance existing data flows required under the public health
                measures? What are promising FHIR-based approaches to public health
                reporting use cases that ONC and CMS should explore for potential
                future consideration as part of the Promoting Interoperability program
                and the ONC Health IT Certification Program?
                 To what degree are PHAs and individual states currently
                exploring API-based approaches to conducting public health registry
                reporting? What other factors do stakeholders see as critical factors
                to adopting FHIR[supreg]-based approaches?
                 What potential policy and program changes in CMS and other
                HHS programs could reduce health care provider and health IT developer
                burden related to measures under the Health Information Exchange and
                the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange objectives?
                b. Request for Information on a Patient Access Outcomes Measures
                 The evolution of EHRs has created a greater and more seamless flow
                of information within a digital healthcare infrastructure, which allows
                for comprehensive records to be made available wherever and whenever
                they are needed in the clinical setting. These advances have led to:
                (1) Improved patient care; (2) increased patient participation; (3)
                improved care coordination; (4) greater practice efficiencies and cost
                savings; and (5) improved diagnostics and patient outcomes.\1445\ Much
                research has been dedicated to looking at the implementation of health
                IT in practice settings with its wide array of potential benefits, but
                equally important is better understanding the patient's role as an
                active end-user as well.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1445\ https://www.healthit.gov/topic/health-it-basics/benefits-ehrs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Several large, nationally representative surveys have been
                completed annually in order to collect and evaluate the public's access
                and use of health information. One of these endeavors operated by the
                National Cancer Institute (with support from ONC) is called The Health
                Information National Trends Survey (HINTS) that produces a plethora of
                key utilization data specifically pertaining to consumers' access and
                use of their online medical records via patient portals. The HINTS
                results point to an overall year-over-year rise in the number of
                Americans who are not only accessing their medical records online (from
                51% in 2018 to 58% in 2019 \1446\) but are increasingly doing so to
                perform meaningful actions such as to view lab test results, transmit
                their data to a third-party, and to securely message their health care
                provider. While sources like the HINTS survey are revealing
                preferential trends, habits, and other key utilization points, the data
                also show some strong barriers associated with patients accessing EHR
                technology and continue to stress the need for further work in
                understanding these users' access outcomes.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1446\ Patel, V. Johnson, C. (2020). The Current State of
                Patients' Access and Use of their Electronic Health Information
                [PowerPoint presentation]. The Office of the National Coordinator
                for Health Information Technology Annual Meeting.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe a strong partnership between EHR vendors, health care
                providers, and beneficiary users' outcomes is critical to improving the
                future of health care and furthering interoperability. Therefore, we
                are seeking comments surrounding changes to the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program and related efforts which could better target
                patient access outcomes related to use of patient portals or third-
                party application(s). This request for information is an opportunity to
                garner general interest, solicit stakeholder feedback on how to best
                evaluate issues of patient behavior, and to explore additional key
                outcome variables to capture for measurement.
                 Specifically, we are looking for feedback on the following
                questions:
                 What do stakeholders believe would be useful ways to
                measure patients' access to their electronic health information using
                health IT methods such as patient portals and/or third-party
                applications? What actionable figures related to users' medical record
                behavior, including but not limited to, the frequency of logins, number
                of messages sent, or lab results viewed could be captured?
                 How effectively is the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program currently measuring the use of health IT-enabled processes to
                improve patient outcomes? What measures in the current program are most
                relevant to patient outcomes?
                 Should we consider requiring providers to maintain a
                record of third-party applications which patients have used to access
                their patient health information through APIs incorporated within
                certified technology so that this information could be used to assess
                patient usage of these applications?
                 What are specific technologies, capabilities, or system
                features (beyond those currently addressed in the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program) that can increase patient utilization of
                tools to access their health information? How do these technologies and
                features support improved access or usability within EHR systems and
                other applications (for instance, alternate authentication technologies
                that can simplify consumer logon)? How could
                [[Page 25654]]
                CMS reward health care providers for higher adoption rates and use of
                these available technologies?
                 What are key administrative processes that could benefit
                from more efficient electronic workflows? How could CMS measure and
                reward participating eligible hospitals or CAHs for either greater
                uptake of patient portal access or subsequent health outcomes?
                c. Request for Information on Clinical Notes
                 OpenNotes is an international movement aimed to spread and study
                the effects of transparent communication among patients, families, and
                clinicians.\1447\ With more than 50 million patients in the U.S. and
                Canada having gained access to their clinical notes, the push for
                patient engagement and transparent communication continues to
                grow.\1448\ ``Clinical notes'' are regarded as highly desirable data
                necessary for the interoperable exchange of health information and
                patient access. Comprised of structured and unstructured data, clinical
                notes may include the assessment, diagnosis, plan of care and
                evaluation of plan, patient teaching, and other relevant data.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1447\ https://www.opennotes.org/about/.
                 \1448\ https://www.opennotes.org/history/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 While the ability to share clinical notes has been previously
                supported for certified health IT in different ways, ONC took
                additional steps to ensure this important patient information is
                available as part of the recent ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule
                (85 FR 25674 through 25677). In the rule, ONC finalized eight types of
                ``clinical notes'' required under the USCDI version 1: (1) Discharge
                Summary Note; (2) History & Physical; (3) Progress Note; (4)
                Consultation Note; (5) Imaging Narrative; (6) Laboratory Report
                Narrative; (7) Pathology Report Narrative; and (8) Procedure
                Note.\1449\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1449\ https://www.healthit.gov/isa/uscdi-data/clinical-notes#uscdi-v1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 As previously discussed in the CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR
                84825), we finalized to align the CEHRT definition under the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program with the updates to certification
                criteria finalized under the ONC 21st Century Cures Act final rule.
                This alignment includes updates to several certification criteria to
                refer to the USCDI and the expanded support for clinical notes
                specified in the USCDI version 1 standard. New and updated
                certification criteria incorporating the USCDI, include the ``view,
                download, and transmit'' criterion at 45 CFR 170.315(e)(1), and the
                ``Standardized API for patient and population services'' criterion at
                45 CFR 170.315(g)(10). Once health IT developers and providers have
                completed implementation of these updates, certified health IT utilized
                for participation in the Promoting Interoperability Programs will
                support availability of the clinical note types in the USCDI as part of
                the data set made available to patients under the Provide Patients
                Access to their Health Information measure. According to the policy
                finalized in the CY 2021 PFS final rule, eligible hospitals and CAHs
                may begin using updated technology as soon as it is available from
                their developers (effective upon the effective date of the CY 2021 PFS
                final rule), with updated technology being required for reporting
                periods beginning in CY 2023.
                 Under this RFI, we are seeking feedback on changes we can make that
                will better support the goals of the OpenNotes movement to ensure that
                clinical notes are widely available to patients. Given the
                implementation of updates to certified technology, as previously
                described, that support the Provide Patients Access to their Health
                Information measure, are there additional changes to this measure, or
                other program guidance, which could further facilitate ensuring
                clinical notes are available to patients consistent with the goals of
                the OpenNotes movement? We are also seeking stakeholder feedback on the
                development of a required and independently scored measure for the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program to allocate points for the
                use of ``clinical note'' types supported by certified health IT.
                Finally, we are seeking comment on the types of clinical notes that are
                commonly sought, but not easily accessible to patients.
                d. Request for Information on Designating High Performing Hospitals
                 Several industry-sponsored models have been developed to recognize
                and distinguish hospitals and CAHs for their adoption and utilization
                of EHR functionality. Scored and ranked, these designations have been
                developed by industry experts to highlight key areas such as level of
                EHR adoption, comparative capabilities to rank hospitals, and serving
                as a marketing tool for public recognition. Two examples include the
                HIMSS Analytics Electronic Medical Record Adoption Model (EMRAM)\1450\,
                and the CHIME Most Wired Model\1451\. EMRAM is an eight-stage model
                scoring hospitals relative to their Electronic Medical Records (EMR)
                capabilities, measuring the adoption and utilization of EMR
                functionality. The Most Wired is a ten-stage model, which encourages
                maximizing the use of information technology to improve patient safety
                and outcomes, while forging change in health IT.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1450\ https://www.himssanalytics.org/emram.
                 \1451\ https://chimecentral.org/chime-most-wired-2/#tab_ert_pane1-0.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are seeking stakeholder feedback on the development of, or
                support and adoption of, designating high performing hospitals in the
                context of EHR excellence. Specifically, we seek stakeholder input on
                the following questions:
                 Are there specific industry-based models that are wholly
                representative of EHR excellence in the hospital or CAH setting? Which
                model is most representative and why?
                 What are the limitations in applying for, or receiving one
                of the industry-based designations? What would help facilitate
                hospitals and CAHs to obtain and maintain such a designation?
                 Does earning a designation accurately reflect EHR
                excellence within the patient community or amongst hospitals and CAHs?
                 Is there interest in a CMS-driven designation program? If
                so, which components are most meaningful and valuable to hospitals and
                CAHs?
                 We would like feedback on the potential of developing a
                Star Rating for Promoting Interoperability, or, adding Promoting
                Interoperability as a category for existing Star Ratings. Would this
                effort accurately represent EHR excellence?
                X. Other Policy Provisions
                A. Medicaid Enrollment of Medicare Providers and Suppliers for Purposes
                of Processing Claims for Cost-Sharing for Services Furnished to Dually
                Eligible Beneficiaries
                1. Background
                 Dually eligible beneficiaries are those enrolled in both Medicare
                (either Part A, Part B, or both) and Medicaid. About 8 million dually
                eligible individuals are enrolled in the Qualified Medicare Beneficiary
                (QMB) program,\1452\ which is a Medicaid benefit that assists low-
                income Medicare beneficiaries with Medicare Part A and Part B premiums
                [[Page 25655]]
                and cost sharing. QMB ``Medicare cost-sharing'' amounts, as defined in
                section 1905(p)(3) of the Act,\1453\ include Medicare Part A and B
                premiums, coinsurance, and deductibles. Section 1902(a)(10)(E) of the
                Act directs states to pay providers for Medicare coinsurance and
                deductibles. Under section 1905(p)(3) of the Act, ``Medicare cost-
                sharing'' includes costs incurred with respect to a QMB, regardless of
                whether the costs incurred were for items and services covered under
                the Medicaid State plan. Additionally, some State Medicaid agencies
                also elect to pay the Medicare cost-sharing for other (non-QMB) dually
                eligible beneficiaries.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1452\ Under 1905(p)(1) of the Act, a QMB is an individual who
                is entitled to hospital insurance benefits under Part A of Medicare,
                with income not exceeding 100 percent of the Federal poverty level,
                and resources not exceeding three times the SSI limit, adjusted
                annually by the Consumer Price Index. For more information about QMB
                eligibility and benefits, see chapter 1, section 1.6.2.1 and
                Appendices 1.A and 1.B of the Manual for the State Payment of
                Medicare Premiums.
                 \1453\ A State's requirement to determine its cost-sharing
                liability for QMBs is also set forth at section 3490.14(A) of the
                State Medicaid Manual (SMM) (CMS Pub. 45).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 However, section 1902(n)(2) of the Act permits the State to limit
                payment for Medicare cost-sharing to the amount necessary to provide a
                total payment to the provider (including Medicare, Medicaid State plan
                payments, and third party payments) equal to the amount a State would
                have paid for the service under the Medicaid State plan. This is often
                referred to as the ``lesser-of'' policy.
                 If a State has adjudicated its Medicare cost-sharing to a provider
                pursuant to the lesser-of policy for an individual enrolled in the QMB
                program, section 1902(n)(3) of the Act prohibits the provider from
                collecting the remaining amount from the beneficiary.\1454\ However,
                certain providers may recover a portion of these unpaid cost-sharing
                amounts as Medicare ``bad debt'' if they meet all the requirements in
                42 CFR 413.89 and as described further in the Provider Reimbursement
                Manual Part 1 Chapter 3. Pursuant to Sec. 413.89(h), bad debt payments
                are generally 65 percent of the uncollected amount for these services.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1454\ Medicare providers who violate these billing prohibitions
                are violating their Medicare Provider Agreement and may be subject
                to sanctions (see sections 1902(n)(3), 1905(p), 1866(a)(1)(A), and
                1848(g)(3) of the Act).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Per 42 CFR 413.89, providers must exclude any cost-sharing amount
                legally owed by the State from Medicare bad debt amounts claimed. CMS
                requires a provider that furnishes services to a dually eligible
                beneficiary to determine whether the State's Medicaid program (or
                applicable third party) is responsible for paying all or a portion of
                the beneficiary's Medicare deductible and/or coinsurance (and if so,
                how much) before the provider can claim these amounts as Medicare bad
                debt. Before claiming any unpaid cost-sharing amounts as a Medicare bad
                debt for a dually eligible beneficiary, the provider must bill the
                State or State designee, such as a Medicaid managed care organization
                (MCO) (the ``must bill'' policy), and obtain from the State or State
                designee documentation of completed claim processing and claim
                adjudication information in the form of a Medicaid remittance advice
                (RA) \1455\ that sets forth the State's cost-sharing liability for the
                items and services the beneficiary received (the ``RA'' policy).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1455\ The FY 2021 Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment
                Systems (IPPS) for Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care
                Hospital (LTCH) Prospective Payment System final rule (85 FR 58432),
                published on October 1, 2020, created the Medicaid RA alternative
                documentation policy with a retroactive effective date, to allow
                providers with pending appeals a way to submit alternative
                documentation to the Medicaid RA that sets forth the state's
                liability for the cost-sharing. We anticipate the alternative
                documentation policy will only need to be in effect until states
                comply with the existing statute and process crossover cost-sharing
                claims for all Medicare providers. We would consider in future
                rulemaking removing the alternative once states comply with our
                proposal in this notice of proposed rulemaking.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                2. Claims for Medicare Cost-Sharing for Dually Eligible Beneficiaries
                and Misaligned Medicare and Medicaid Provider Enrollment
                 Section 1903(a)(3)(A)(i) of the Act requires each State Medicaid
                Management Information System (MMIS) to process Medicare claims for
                dually eligible beneficiaries for Medicare cost-sharing. Furthermore,
                to comply with sections 1902(a)(10)(E) and 1902(n)(1) and (2) of the
                Act, the State MMIS must be able to process all such claims for
                Medicare cost-sharing liability even if the Medicaid State plan does
                not recognize a service or provider category.\1456\ Nevertheless, some
                states in the past have inhibited enrollment of certain types of
                providers or suppliers that are not explicitly included in their State
                plan. If a Medicare-enrolled provider or supplier has been unable to
                enroll with the State Medicaid program, then the State MMIS may not
                adjudicate the cost-sharing claim and also may not return a Medicaid RA
                to the provider for the purposes of computing Medicare bad debt absent
                further actions by the State or by the provider.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1456\ https://www.medicaid.gov/Federal-policy-guidance/downloads/cib-06-07-2013.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 To clarify states' obligations regarding claims for Medicare cost-
                sharing by adding a new paragraph (d) to 42 CFR 455.410 to clearly
                specify in regulation how states must meet this obligation.
                Specifically, we propose that, for purposes of determining Medicare
                cost-sharing obligations, the State Medicaid programs must accept
                enrollment of all Medicare-enrolled providers and suppliers (even if a
                provider or supplier is of a type not recognized as eligible to enroll
                in the State Medicaid program) if the provider or supplier otherwise
                meets all Federal Medicaid enrollment requirements. These Federal
                requirements include, but are not limited to, all applicable provisions
                of 42 CFR part 455, subparts B and E. States must process claims from
                such providers requesting that the State determine its cost-sharing
                liability. States are already directed to issue RAs under section
                11325.A of the State Medicaid Manual (stating that the Medicaid MMIS
                must produce remittance advice to providers) as part of its
                responsibility, already required pursuant to 42 CFR 433.112(b)(3), to
                process claims for dual eligible beneficiaries. We note that neither
                this existing guidance nor the provisions of this proposed rule would
                require states to recognize or enroll additional provider types for
                purposes other than submission, adjudication of cost-sharing claims,
                and issuance of a Medicaid RA. Accordingly, states may wish to consider
                a separate enrollment process or provider enrollment category
                specifically for Medicare providers and suppliers for purposes of
                determining cost-sharing, consistent with existing law, acknowledging
                that individual states are in the best position to assess the
                feasibility of this or other possible approaches. We leave it to states
                to determine how best to implement these requirements consistent with
                their system needs and capabilities, provisions of their Medicaid State
                plan and State law, and Federal Medicaid provider enrollment
                regulations and sub-regulatory guidance.\1457\ However, states should
                consult with CMS to help ensure their compliance with 42 CFR 455.410(d)
                and other Federal provider enrollment requirements related to this
                proposal.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1457\ Medicaid Provider Enrollment Compendium (MPEC).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We propose that State Medicaid programs and their applicable
                systems be in compliance with proposed Sec. 455.410(d) in time to
                process cost-sharing claims for dually eligible beneficiaries with
                dates of service beginning January 1, 2023, recognizing that, despite
                current MMIS requirements, some states may need to make systems changes
                to comply. Updates to the State MMIS are likely eligible for 90/10
                Federal medical assistance percentage (FMAP) as set forth in
                1903(a)(3)(A) of the Act. If necessary, we will propose specific
                enforcement penalties for non-compliance in future rule making. We
                [[Page 25656]]
                discuss Medicaid burden associated with these system changes in section
                I.H.10 of Appendix A of this proposed rule.
                 We believe that the requirements of proposed Sec. 455.410(d) may
                reduce the number of future bad debt appeals by ensuring certain
                Medicare-enrolled providers and suppliers can enroll with State
                Medicaid programs, receive Medicaid Remittance Advice (RAs), and claim
                Medicare bad debt. In reducing these appeals, the proposal would reduce
                the cost for providers to pursue such appeals and subsequent
                litigation, as well as the costs for CMS to defend them. Therefore, we
                estimate provider and Federal savings from avoiding future Medicare bad
                debt appeals. We discuss this reduction in provider and Federal burden
                in detail in section I.H.10 of Appendix A of this proposed rule.
                 Failure of State MMIS to provide an RA for cost-sharing claims for
                dually eligible beneficiaries may also contribute to reduced access to
                care. Some providers may choose not to treat, or continue treating,
                dually eligible beneficiaries, due to the provider burden associated
                with getting paid for cost-sharing claims; a decrease in providers
                willing to serve the dually eligible population could result in fewer
                health care options for beneficiaries. We believe this proposal may
                have a positive impact on beneficiary access to care through reduced
                provider burden.
                 In addition to certain Medicare-recognized provider and supplier
                types having difficulty enrolling in some Medicaid programs for
                purposes of submitting cost-sharing claims, as previously discussed, we
                have also heard that some providers have had difficulty getting states
                to process certain cost-sharing claims for services that are not
                payable by the State under the terms of the Medicaid State Plan. We
                received feedback from providers that some states determine their cost-
                sharing liability for a Medicare service by applying the Medicaid
                payment and coverage rules for the service as if the service (rather
                than the cost-sharing) were being paid by Medicaid. This means that the
                State MMIS will reject, deny, or return zero liability for a claim for
                Medicare cost-sharing unless the provider completes Medicaid
                documentation and meets Medicaid coverage and payment standards. For
                example, a provider submits a claim for oxygen therapy for use in home
                with a lifetime length of need and the claim meets Medicare payment and
                coverage standards.\1458\ When the provider submits this claim for
                Medicaid payment of cost-sharing (or when Medicare ``crosses over'' the
                claim to the State), the State denies the claim because the claim does
                not meet the State's conditions of Medicaid payment for oxygen therapy
                (that is, the provider must complete and sign a State's Medicaid
                certificate of medical necessity or certificate of need, which requires
                different Medicaid coding and modifiers, and has a maximum length of
                need of 12 months). A State operational policy like this creates
                unnecessary work for providers, suppliers, and beneficiaries. It could
                also prevent the State from meeting its actual cost-sharing liability.
                Building on the provider enrollment requirement in proposed Sec.
                455.410(d), we considered proposing a policy that states must process
                claims for Medicare cost-sharing without requiring that the claim meet
                the Medicaid State plan coverage and payment rules for that service.
                Instead, we request additional feedback from stakeholders on the scope
                of this practice, including State and service specific examples, and we
                will consider whether to include such a policy or otherwise address the
                issue in future rulemaking.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1458\ We note that any remaining unpaid deductible and
                coinsurance amounts associated with oxygen and oxygen equipment paid
                under a Medicare fee schedule cannot be an allowable Medicare bad
                debt.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                B. Organ Acquisition Payment Policies
                1. Background
                a. History of Medicare Organ Acquisition Policies
                 The Medicare Program supports organ transplantation by providing an
                equitable means of payment for the variety of organ acquisition
                services. Medicare excludes organ acquisition costs from the inpatient
                hospital prospective diagnosis-related group (DRG) payment for an organ
                transplant, and separately reimburses transplant hospitals \1459\ (THs)
                for the organ acquisition costs on a reasonable cost basis (42 CFR.
                412.2(e)(4) and 412.113(d)).\1460\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1459\ Under 42 CFR 482.70 a transplant hospital is a hospital
                that furnishes organ transplants and other medical and surgical
                specialty services required for the care of transplant patients.
                 \1460\ Pursuant to 42 CFR 412.113(d), organ acquisition costs
                incurred by hospitals with approved transplant programs are paid for
                on a reasonable cost basis.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Medicare's current organ acquisition policy is modeled after the
                kidney acquisition policy that was implemented for kidney transplants
                following the Social Security Amendments of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-603) that
                extended Medicare coverage to individuals with end stage renal disease
                (ESRD) who required dialysis or transplantation. In July 1973, CMS
                (then the Bureau of Health Insurance \1461\ (BHI)) issued Intermediary
                Letters (ILs) which set forth procedures and policies for Medicare
                reimbursement for kidney transplants. The IL 73-25 (July 1, 1973) set
                forth policies for the reimbursement for kidney transplants and
                dialysis, including policies for hospital reimbursement for the
                acquisition of a kidney from cadaveric and living donors for transplant
                into a Medicare beneficiary. In IL 73-25, the BHI commented that as it
                received and analyzed data and studied reimbursement methodology, it
                would develop and issue more detailed reimbursement instructions to
                support the delivery of quality services in an efficient manner. In
                July 1974, the BHI issued IL 74-23, which set forth additional policies
                for Medicare reimbursement of kidney acquisition costs, many of which
                remain in place currently. In 1978, to clarify that the Secretary of
                the Department of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) has
                authority and to provide reimbursement for the costs incurred in
                connection with kidney donations, Congress enacted legislation that
                added special provisions relating to coverage under the Medicare
                Program for ESRD (Pub.L. 95-292). This legislation added section 1881
                to the Act that set forth Medicare payment for kidney transplantation
                and the coverage of organ procurement costs and living donor expenses,
                including Part A and Part B benefits for the living donor.\1462\ As CMS
                stated in the 1978 Federal Register (43 FR 44803), the purpose of
                section 1881 of the Act was to encourage kidney transplantation and the
                scope of Medicare benefits to cover all reasonable preparatory,
                operation and post-operation expenses associated with a kidney donor,
                through the actual period of recovery.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1461\ To implement the Medicare statute, the Social Security
                Administration was reorganized and the Bureau of Health Insurance
                (BHI) was established on July 30, 1965. The BHI then became
                responsible for the development of health insurance policy before
                the creation of the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA),
                later renamed the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid (CMS). CMS
                Milestones 1937-2015 (July 2015).
                 \1462\ H. Rep. 95-549 (July 29, 1977), section III.B.; S. Report
                95-714 (Mar. 22, 1978), section III.B.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Over the years through various rulings and national coverage
                determinations, Medicare has added coverage for transplantation of non-
                renal organs such as heart, liver or lungs; we modeled our
                reimbursement for the acquisition costs for non-renal organs based on
                our earlier
                [[Page 25657]]
                kidney acquisition policies. Medicare's organ acquisition payment
                policy is mostly set forth in CMS Pub. 15-1, chapter 31,\1463\ the
                Provider Reimbursement Manual (herein referred to as PRM) and in
                Medicare regulations at 42 CFR 412.2(e)(4), 412.100, 412.113(d),
                413.200, 413.202, and 413.203. The entities involved in organ
                acquisition, which we will further define and discuss herein, are THs,
                donor community hospitals (Medicare-certified non-transplant
                hospitals), organ procurement organizations (OPOs), some of which are
                hospital-based OPOs (HOPOs), and histocompatibility laboratories.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1463\ CMS Pub. 15-1, chapter 31 can be found at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Paper-Based-Manuals-Items/CMS021929) (Prior to the creation of chapter 31, the
                kidney acquisition policy was set forth in CMS Pub. 15-1, chapter
                27, Outpatient Maintenance Dialysis Reimbursement).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Section 1102 of the Act authorizes the Secretary to publish rules
                and regulations necessary for the efficient administration of the
                functions with which the Secretary is charged under the Act. Section
                1871(a) of the Act authorizes the Secretary to prescribe such
                regulations as may be necessary to carry out the administration of the
                insurance programs under this title. In this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to codify into the Medicare regulations some longstanding
                Medicare organ acquisition payment policies, with clarifications where
                necessary, and proposing to codify some new organ acquisition payment
                policies. We are also proposing to move existing organ acquisition
                payment regulations or portions of existing kidney acquisition
                regulations within title 42 of the CFR part 412, subpart G and Part
                413, subpart H to a new proposed Part 413, subpart L, so that all organ
                acquisition payment policies are housed together. We are also proposing
                to codify into new subpart L certain policies pertaining to organ
                acquisition, as set forth in section 733 of the Medicare Prescription
                Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-173) and
                section 17006 of the 21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255), pursuant
                to their statutory effective dates. We are also proposing to make
                conforming changes and technical corrections to the regulations, where
                necessary.
                 We are aware of OIG audits reporting that some OPOs have billed the
                Medicare Program for unallowable expenditures.\1464\ There have also
                been recent Congressional oversight interest and inquiries into OPO
                financial management.\1465\ We believe the proposals that follow would
                provide clarity and allow providers and stakeholders to more easily
                locate and understand organ acquisition payment policy, resulting in
                more accurate payment based on reasonable cost principles. We look
                forward to considering public comments on this proposed rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1464\ https://oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region9/90800033.pdf;
                https://oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region9/90900087.pdf; https://oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region9/90500034A.pdf; https://oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region9/91102039.pdf.
                 \1465\ https://oversight.house.gov/news/press-releases/oversight-subcommittee-launches-investigation-into-poor-performance-waste-and ; https://www.young.senate.gov/newsroom/press-releases/young-joins-finance-committee-members-to-probe-us-organ-transplant-system.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. Overview of Medicare Reimbursement in Transplantation
                 Medicare reimburses THs for organ acquisition costs, the transplant
                surgery, inpatient, and post-transplant costs for the Medicare
                recipients, but through different payment systems. Medicare Part A pays
                for hospital costs of a transplant surgery and certain follow-up care
                through a DRG payment and the organ acquisition costs associated with a
                transplant on a reasonable cost basis. In general, Medicare Part B pays
                for the physician services and other services furnished to eligible
                Medicare beneficiaries. CMS established Conditions of Participation
                (CoP) for hospitals under 42 CFR part 482, subpart E. Transplant
                programs, located within a TH that has a Medicare provider agreement,
                must meet the hospital CoPs at Sec. Sec. 482.1 through 482.70 and the
                transplant program CoPs, located at Sec. Sec. 482.72 through 482.104,
                and additional requirements in order to be eligible to participate in
                the Medicare Program.
                 OPOs coordinate the procurement, preservation and transportation of
                organs from deceased donors, and maintain a system for locating
                prospective recipients for organ transplantation. Section 1138 of the
                Act sets forth hospital protocols for the identification of potential
                organ donors and the standards for OPOs. To be an OPO, an entity must
                meet the applicable requirements of both the Act and the Public Health
                Service Act (the PHS Act). The statutory functions of an OPO are also
                set forth in 42 U.S.C. 273; section 371 of the PHS Act. Section 1138(b)
                of the Act provides the statutory qualifications and requirements that
                an OPO must meet in order to be reimbursed under the Medicare or
                Medicaid Program for certain organ procurement costs. CMS established
                Conditions for Coverage (CfCs) OPOs must meet in order to receive
                payment under Medicare or Medicaid for organ procurement costs in the
                regulations at 42 CFR part 486, subpart G. Section 1138(b)(1)(A) of the
                Act specifies that payment may be made for organ procurement costs only
                if the agency is a qualified OPO operating under a grant made under
                section 371(a) of the PHS Act or has been certified or re-certified by
                the Secretary as meeting the standards to be a qualified OPO. Among
                those requirements, each OPO must be a member of, participate in, and
                abide by the rules and requirements of the Organ Procurement
                Transplantation Network (OPTN) that are approved by the Secretary. (See
                42 CFR 486.320.)
                 Medicare reimburses THs for organ acquisition costs under
                reasonable cost principles \1466\ pursuant to section 1861(v) of the
                Act, based on the TH's ratio of Medicare usable organs to total usable
                organs. Medicare authorizes payment to designated OPOs for kidney
                acquisition costs, under reasonable cost principles \1467\ pursuant to
                section 1861(v) of the Act, based on the OPO's ratio of Medicare usable
                kidneys to total usable kidneys (see section 1881(b)(2)(A) of the Act).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1466\ See 42 CFR 412.113(d); HCFA Ruling 87-1 (April 1987); CMS
                Ruling 1543-R (December 2006).
                 \1467\ Id. Section 1138(b)(1)(F) of the SSA; 42 CFR
                413.1(a)(1)(ii)(A); 413.200(a).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Histocompatibility laboratories provide laboratory services to
                ensure compatibility between donor organs and potential recipients in
                preparation for transplants. Section 1881(b)(2)(A) of the Act
                authorizes Medicare reimbursement for the cost incurred by a
                histocompatibility laboratory pursuant to sections 1861(v) or 1886 (if
                applicable). Histocompatibility laboratories are either independent or
                hospital-based. A histocompatibility laboratory is ``independent''
                unless it is considered a department of the hospital and subject to
                control of the hospital.\1468\ 42 CFR 413.200(a) requires the
                reasonable costs of services furnished by histocompatibility
                laboratories be reimbursed in accordance with the principles contained
                in 42 CFR 413.60 and 413.64.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1468\ 43 FR 58371 (December 14, 1978).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                2. Organ Acquisition Payment Policy Proposals
                a. Terminology Notes and Proposed Definitions
                (1) Use of Consistent Terminology
                 Throughout this proposed rule, we will use consistent terminology
                such as ``transplant hospital'' and ``transplant program.'' These terms
                have been
                [[Page 25658]]
                defined in other CMS regulations at 42 CFR 482.70 as:
                 Transplant hospital means a hospital that furnishes organ
                transplants and other medical and surgical specialty services required
                for the care of transplant patients.
                 Transplant program means an organ-specific transplant program
                within a transplant hospital (as defined in this section).
                 The regulations in 42 CFR parts 412 and 413 had previously used
                ``transplantation center'' to mean a ``transplant program.'' Our PRM
                also uses ``certified transplant center'' to mean a TH, but we are
                proposing to use consistent language in this rule to avoid confusion.
                Thus, throughout this proposed rule, we will refer to a hospital that
                has an approved organ-specific transplant program as a TH, and we will
                use ``transplant program'' to refer to the organ-specific program
                itself. In section X.B.2.m.(1) of this proposed rule, we are proposing
                conforming changes to some existing regulations to ensure that
                ``transplant hospital'' and ``transplant program'' are used
                consistently and as described here.
                (2) Proposed Definitions
                 In addition to using consistent terminology throughout this rule,
                we are proposing to add specific definitions into the regulations by
                adding Sec. 413.400, entitled ``Definitions,'' to new subpart L of 42
                CFR, part 413. We are also proposing to move all definitions in
                existing Sec. 413.200(b) ``Definitions,'' to new Sec. 413.400 to
                maintain this regulation with all other organ acquisition regulations
                in proposed new subpart L of part 413. Further, we are proposing to
                revise some of the definitions proposed to be moved from Sec.
                413.200(b) to new Sec. 413.400, as noted in the following discussion.
                 For organ acquisition payment purposes, an ``organ,'' means a human
                kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, or intestine (or multivisceral
                organs when transplanted at the same time as an intestine) as defined
                in 42 CFR 486.302. Effective October 1, 2004, organs also include
                pancreata procured for the purpose of acquiring pancreatic islet cells
                for transplantation into individuals who are participating in a
                National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
                clinical trial. We are proposing to codify our proposed definition for
                ``organ'' in Sec. 413.400, new subpart L.
                 Medicare makes payment for such pancreata in accordance with
                section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and
                Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-173) which requires Medicare to
                pay for items and services that are reasonable and necessary routine
                patient care costs related to acquisition and delivery of pancreatic
                islet cells for transplantation into Medicare beneficiaries included in
                a National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
                clinical trial of islet cell transplants.
                 Our proposed definition of organ is for Medicare organ acquisition
                payment purposes and differs from the definition set forth in 42 CFR
                486.302 CfC for OPOs. The CMS OPO CfCs final rule (85 FR 77947
                published December 2, 2020), defines ``organ'' under 42 CFR 486.302, to
                mean a human kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, or intestine (or
                multivisceral organs when transplanted at the same time as an
                intestine). The pancreas counts as an organ even if it is used for
                research or islet cell transplantation. The final rule describes the
                inclusion in the performance measures for OPO certification of
                pancreata used for research in the definition of organ as necessary in
                order to meet the statutory requirements of section 371(c) of the
                Public Health Service Act that provides pancreata procured by an OPO
                and used for islet cell transplantation or research shall be counted
                for purposes of certification or recertification (85 FR 77902).
                However, for Medicare payment purposes, an organ procured for research
                is not counted as a Medicare organ in Medicare's share of organ
                acquisition costs, except where explicitly required by law. Therefore,
                in order to mitigate potential stakeholder confusion, we are proposing
                a definition of ``organ'' for organ acquisition payment purposes that
                differs from the definition set forth in the OPO CfCs.
                 We are proposing to include the definition of Organ Procurement
                Organization (OPO) as it currently exists in Sec. 413.200(b). As
                defined in 42 CFR 486.302, an OPO means an organization that performs
                or coordinates the procurement, preservation, and transport of organs
                and maintains a system for locating prospective recipients for
                available organs. An OPO can be a HOPO or an independent OPO. An OPO is
                ``independent'' unless it is considered a department of the hospital
                and subject to control of the hospital.
                 Additionally, we are proposing to codify the definition of a HOPO
                as an OPO that is considered a department of the TH and reports organ
                acquisition costs it incurs on the TH's Medicare cost report
                (MCR).\1469\ The proposed definition is consistent with the description
                of HOPO in the PRM, and is commonly known in the organ acquisition and
                transplant community. We are proposing to codify our proposed
                definition in Sec. 413.400, new subpart L. As of March 12, 2021, there
                are 7 HOPOs in operation.\1470\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1469\ Hospital and Health Care Complex Cost Report, currently
                Form CMS-2552, OMB No. 0938-0050.
                 \1470\ Information available at https://optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/members/; accessed March 12, 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are also proposing that a transplant hospital/HOPO (TH/HOPO)
                refers to a transplant hospital, or a transplant hospital that operates
                a HOPO (as defined previously in this section) and performs organ
                procurement activities as one entity reported on the transplant
                hospital's MCR. We are proposing to codify our proposed definition in
                Sec. 413.400 new subpart L.
                 We are also proposing to revise the terminology ``freestanding'' as
                it currently exists in 42 CFR 413.200(b) in relation to OPOs, to be
                ``independent OPO (IOPO)'' because this terminology is more widely used
                in the industry. We are also proposing to revise the IOPO definition by
                adding a third distinguishing factor. The proposed definition for an
                IOPO would mean an OPO that files a MCR separate from a hospital and
                meets all of the following: (1) Is not subject to the control of a
                hospital with respect to the hiring, firing, training, and paying of
                employees; (2) is not considered as a department of a hospital for
                insurance purposes (including malpractice insurance, general liability
                insurance, worker's compensation insurance, and employee retirement
                insurance); and (3) reports organ acquisition costs it incurs on the
                IOPO MCR.\1471\ We are clarifying that an IOPO that wishes to have the
                cost of its pre-transplant services reimbursed under Medicare must
                agree to certain requirements specified in 42 CFR 413.200(c). If an
                IOPO operates a histocompatibility laboratory, the costs of its
                histocompatibility laboratory are included on the IOPO's MCR. We are
                proposing to codify our proposed definition in Sec. 413.400, new
                subpart L.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1471\ Organ Procurement Organizations and Histocompatibility
                Laboratory, currently Form CMS-216, OMB. No. 0938-0102.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 A histocompatibility laboratory performs laboratory services to
                determine the degree of histocompatibility between donor organs and
                potential recipients. We are also proposing to include a definition of
                ``histocompatibility laboratory'' as it currently exists in Sec.
                413.200(b) with a technical correction. We are proposing to make a
                technical correction to the cross-reference to Sec. 413.2171(d)
                because
                [[Page 25659]]
                this regulation citation is no longer correct. We are proposing that
                ``histocompatibility laboratory'' means a laboratory meeting the
                requirements set forth in 42 CFR 493.1227 and providing the services
                for the acquisition of kidneys or other organs for transplantation. We
                are proposing to codify our proposed definition in Sec. 413.400, new
                subpart L.
                 We are proposing that standard acquisition charge (SAC) means a
                charge as defined in proposed new Sec. 413.404 in section X.B.2.c. of
                this proposed rule. We are proposing to codify our proposed definition
                in Sec. 413.400, new subpart L.
                 We are also proposing to add the definitions for ``transplant
                hospital'' and ``transplant program'' that currently exist in 42 CFR
                482.70 in Sec. 413.400, to new subpart L.
                b. Proposals Related to Organ Acquisition Costs
                (1) Proposed Items and Services Considered Organ Acquisition Costs
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to add Sec. 413.402(a) to
                new subpart L to specify that costs incurred in the acquisition of
                organs from a living donor or a cadaveric donor by the hospital or by
                an OPO, as appropriate, are organ acquisition costs. To make necessary
                policy revisions and clarifications of acquisition costs for kidneys as
                well as for non-renal organs, we are proposing to revise Sec.
                412.100(b), by removing the list of organ acquisition costs found in
                that paragraph and re-codifying them with some revisions by adding
                Sec. 413.402(b) to new subpart L.
                 We are proposing to codify that the costs of acquiring organs
                (kidneys and non-renal organs) covered by Medicare Part A are: (1)
                Tissue typing, including tissue typing furnished by independent
                laboratories; (2) donor and beneficiary evaluation; (3) other costs
                associated with excising organs, such as general routine and special
                care services provided to the donor; (4) operating room and other
                inpatient ancillary services applicable to the donor; (5) preservation
                and perfusion costs; (6) OPTN registration fees; (7) surgeons' fees for
                excising cadaveric organs (currently limited to $1,250 for kidneys);
                (8) transportation of the excised organ to the TH; (9) costs of organs
                acquired from other hospitals or OPOs; (10) hospital costs normally
                classified as outpatient costs applicable to organ excisions (services
                include donor and recipient tissue typing, work-up, and related
                services furnished prior to admission); (11) costs of services
                applicable to organ excisions which are rendered by residents and
                interns not in approved teaching programs; and (12) all pre-admission
                services applicable to organ excisions, such as laboratory,
                electroencephalography, and surgeons' fees for cadaveric excisions,
                applicable to organ excisions including the costs of physicians'
                services.
                 We are proposing to apply the existing elements of kidney
                acquisition costs found in Sec. 412.100(b) to all organs, with
                clarifying revisions as described here. These items and services are
                currently specified in Sec. 412.100(b) (for kidneys only) and also
                discussed in sections 3101, 3102, and 3103 of the PRM. We are proposing
                to revise Sec. 412.100(b) to reference that kidney acquisition costs
                are specified in new Sec. 413.402(b) of this chapter.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.402(b) to new subpart L to
                include the costs for registration of a beneficiary for a kidney
                transplant as specified in Sec. 412.100(b)(6) and also include the
                costs for registration of a beneficiary for a non-renal transplant. The
                OPTN registration fee is assessed for all transplant candidates placed
                on the OPTN waiting list.\1472\ We are proposing to limit these
                registration fees to the OPTN registration fee. Reasonable cost
                principles, as set forth in section 1861(v) of the Act and specified in
                42 CFR 413.1(b) and Sec. 413.9, do not permit Medicare to pay for
                duplicate services. Any registration fee outside of the OPTN
                registration fee would be considered unnecessary and duplicative under
                reasonable cost principles for Medicare organ acquisition costs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1472\ The hospital CoPs at 42 CFR 482.45(b)(1) require each TH
                to be a member of the OPTN and abide by its rules, which for THs
                include registering potential transplant recipients on the OPTN
                registry as described in section 1.2.D of the OPTN Bylaws, available
                at https://optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/media/1201/optn_bylaws.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Some kidney acquisition costs differ depending on whether the donor
                is living or is cadaveric. Our proposal would codify that surgeon fees
                are included as kidney acquisition costs only when the kidney excision
                occurs with a cadaveric donor. When a living donor enters the hospital
                for the actual kidney excision, surgeon fees for excising the kidney
                are not included as kidney acquisition costs. The surgeon bills these
                surgeon fees to Medicare Part B using the transplant recipient's
                Medicare Beneficiary Identifier (MBI). Congress enacted section 1881(d)
                in 1978, which (in part) entitled living donors to benefits under
                Medicare Part B with respect to the kidney donation, as if the donor
                were eligible for Medicare, and allowed the Secretary to prescribe in
                regulation how that would occur. CMS (then HCFA) implemented
                regulations at 42 CFR 405.231 and 405.244-1,\1473\ (which were
                subsequently relocated to 42 CFR 410.55 and 410.163),\1474\ which
                required Medicare Part B to pay for medical and other health services
                furnished in connection with a kidney donation if the kidney is
                intended for a Medicare beneficiary with ESRD, regardless of whether
                the donor is entitled to Medicare, and without deductibles or co-
                insurance. As such, our proposed codification of Part A kidney
                acquisition costs related to donor surgeon fees only focuses on
                surgeons' fees for cadaveric excisions.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1473\ 43 FR 49720 to 49723.
                 \1474\ 51 FR 41332.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Section 371(b)(3)(F) of the PHS Act, 42 U.S.C. 273(b)(3)(F),
                requires that OPOs provide or arrange for the transportation of donated
                organs to transplant centers. Our proposal clarifies our longstanding
                policy in PRM section 3101 that Medicare covers the transportation of
                donated organs as an organ acquisition cost as authorized by section
                371(b)(3)(F) of Public Health Service Act.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.402(b) to new subpart L to
                specify the acquisition costs given at Sec. 412.100(b) of this
                chapter, with minor clarifying revisions, and to revise Sec.
                412.100(b) to cross-reference Sec. 413.402(b). We are also proposing
                to make additional revisions, technical corrections and conforming
                changes to Sec. 412.100 in sections X.B.2.b.(1) and X.B.2.m.(2) of the
                preamble of this proposed rule.
                 Finally, we have received inquiries from various stakeholders about
                whether costs resulting from services to living kidney donors with
                complications are organ acquisition costs. We are proposing to codify
                that policy in Sec. 413.402(c) in new subpart L, to provide greater
                clarity to stakeholders. We discuss details of our policy and proposed
                codification related to living kidney donor complications in section
                X.B.2.e.(4) of this proposed rule.
                (2) Cost Reporting, Billing, and Payment of Organ Acquisition Costs
                 Both THs and OPOs can acquire organs for transplantation;
                therefore, both THs and OPOs can have organ acquisition costs. A TH can
                acquire organs from either a cadaveric donor or a living donor, while
                OPOs acquire organs from cadaveric donors. In accordance with
                requirements at Sec. 413.24(f), at the end of its fiscal year a TH/
                HOPO files an annual hospital cost report (currently Form CMS-2552) and
                an IOPO files an annual OPO/
                [[Page 25660]]
                histocompatibility cost report (currently Form CMS-216). Organ
                acquisition costs incurred by a TH/HOPO are included on the appropriate
                organ acquisition cost center on its hospital MCR. Organ acquisition
                costs incurred by an IOPO (or by a histocompatibility laboratory, as
                authorized in section 1881(b)(2)(A) of the Act and discussed in section
                X.B.2.d.(3) of this proposed rule) are included in the appropriate
                organ acquisition cost center on its MCR.
                 Currently, Medicare pays THs prospective payment amounts based on a
                DRG for the actual organ transplant; Medicare also reimburses THs for
                reasonable and necessary costs associated with acquiring organs for
                transplantation into Medicare beneficiaries (Sec. 412.113(d)). CMS
                excludes from the prospective payment amounts inpatient hospital organ
                acquisition costs for hearts, kidneys, livers, lungs, pancreas, and
                intestines (or multivisceral organs) incurred by approved THs, as
                specified in Sec. 412.2(e)(4). Medicare makes payment for organ
                acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved transplantation
                programs on a reasonable cost basis, as specified in Sec. 412.113(d),
                and in accordance with the principles of reasonable cost as set forth
                in section 1861(v) of the Act and in 42 CFR 413.1 and 413.9.
                 When the TH cost report is settled, the Medicare contractor
                calculates the Medicare organ acquisition costs by multiplying the
                total of all allowable organ acquisition costs by the ratio of Medicare
                usable organs to total usable organs, for each organ type. The
                contractor reconciles the TH's Medicare organ acquisition costs by
                comparing the total interim payment amounts paid for organ acquisition
                costs under Sec. 413.64(f) to the total actual Medicare organ
                acquisition costs, and either pays amounts owed or collects from the TH
                any overpayment.
                 The statute at section 1881(b)(2)(A) of Act authorizes Medicare to
                pay THs for services provided by OPOs for kidney acquisition. Medicare
                does not directly reimburse OPOs as these services are not covered
                until the transplant occurs at the TH. At the time of procurement, the
                OPO does not always know if the organ recipient is a Medicare
                beneficiary, as the registry database payor information may not be up-
                to-date. Therefore, OPOs receive an interim payment based on their
                kidney SAC which is paid directly to them by the TH (or other OPO) that
                receives the kidney procured. Medicare pays IOPOs for kidney
                acquisition indirectly, through the reconciliation of actual costs
                incurred for kidney acquisition to actual kidney SAC payments received,
                as part of cost report settlement in accordance with Sec.
                413.200(e)(2), to ensure that the Medicare Program is paying its
                appropriate share. There is no explicit statutory requirement for
                Medicare to pay IOPOs for non-renal organs in the same way, so
                reconciliation and settlement of IOPO non-renal organ acquisition costs
                does not occur. Similar to kidney acquisition costs, IOPOs are paid an
                interim rate (SAC) directly by the TH (or other IOPO) which receives
                the non-renal organs the IOPO procures. Kidney and non-renal SACs are
                discussed in more detail in section X.B.2.c of this proposed rule.
                (3) Services Not Considered Organ Acquisition Costs
                 Medicare does not pay for certain costs incurred by OPOs, in
                accordance with section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act, and we are proposing
                to establish rules identifying those specific items. These activities
                or services include incurred costs found to be unnecessary in the
                efficient delivery of health care services, and are not limited to:
                \1475\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1475\ PRM 15-1, ch 31, Sec. 3108.C.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Burial and funeral expenses for the cadaveric donor,
                including transportation of the cadaveric donor before and after
                excision (burials and funerals are not costs of acquiring organs and
                are not mentioned in section 371(b)(3) of the PHS Act (42 U.S.C.
                273(b)(3)), which lists a number of activities or services that OPOs
                perform; transportation costs are limited to the cost of transporting
                donated organs to the transplant hospital);
                 Costs associated with the transportation of a living or
                cadaveric donor \1476\ (there may be programs outside of Medicare that
                pay for transportation costs for living donors \1477\);
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1476\ 42 U.S.C. 273(b)(3)(F).
                 \1477\ 85 FR 59438, September 22, 2020; see also the National
                Living Donor Assistance Center website at https://www.livingdonorassistance.org/About-Us/Mission-Background.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Costs incurred prior to a potential donor being declared
                brain dead (healthcare costs incurred prior to declaration of death are
                the responsibility of the potential donor's health insurance);
                 Fees or in-center payments for donor referrals (all
                hospitals are required to timely notify OPOs of imminent deaths; \1478\
                PRM 15-2, chapter 40, section 4013 stipulates that, ``No amounts or
                fees paid to a donor, their estate, heirs, or assigns in exchange for
                an organ or for the right to remove or transplant an organ are included
                in organ acquisition costs.'');
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1478\ 42 CFR 482.45.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Costs associated with OPO sponsored seminars where
                continuing education credits are given \1479\ (these costs are not
                directly associated with acquiring organs); and
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1479\ See CMS Pub. 15-1, chapter 4 for more information
                regarding allowable costs of educational activities.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Certain costs incurred for administrator's duties
                associated with professional organizations (these costs are not
                directly associated with acquiring organs).
                c. Proposals Related to Standard Acquisition Charges
                (1) General
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to clarify and codify
                Medicare's policy regarding TH/HOPO SACs, as set forth in PRM section
                3101, and as discussed herein. The IL 74-23, issued in July 1974, set
                forth the policies and procedures for a hospital to develop standard
                kidney acquisition charges for the acquisition of kidneys from living
                or cadaveric donors. Over the years, as Medicare added coverage for
                non-renal transplants, Medicare used these same policies and procedures
                for THs to develop living and cadaveric SACs for non-renal organs and
                OPOs to develop cadaveric SACs for non-renal organs.
                 A SAC for an organ is an amount that represents the estimated costs
                a TH or an OPO expects to incur to acquire an organ. The SAC does not
                represent the actual acquisition cost for an individual organ. Instead,
                the SAC generally represents the average of the total actual costs
                associated with procuring either cadaveric donor organs or living donor
                organs.
                 A TH or OPO cannot bill Medicare directly for the cost of procuring
                an organ because procuring an organ is not a covered service when
                performed independent of a Medicare covered transplant, and it is not
                always known at the time of organ procurement whether the potential
                recipient is a Medicare beneficiary. However, the reasonable costs of
                procuring an organ are reimbursable when billed in connection with a
                Medicare covered transplant. When a TH bills Medicare for the
                transplant, it bills the DRG charge for the organ transplant and uses
                its SAC to bill Medicare for the procured organ (currently using
                revenue code 081X \1480\). THs develop categories
                [[Page 25661]]
                of living or cadaveric SACs, by organ type (for example, heart, liver
                or lung). When a TH/HOPO or IOPO provides an organ to another TH or
                OPO, we are proposing that it must bill the receiving TH, TH/HOPO or
                IOPO its SAC. We are proposing to codify these provisions pertaining to
                SACs at proposed new Sec. 413.404(a) in new subpart L.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1480\ Medicare Internet Only Manual 100-04, Medicare Claims
                Processing Manual, Chapter 3, Section 90, available at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Transplant Hospitals and HOPOs
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to codify provisions
                pertaining to SACs for TH/HOPOs for living and cadaveric donors at
                proposed new Sec. 413.404(b) in new subpart L, as described in this
                section.
                (a) Living Donor Standard Acquisition Charge
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to codify Medicare's
                longstanding policy regarding a TH's standard acquisition charges for
                living donors, as set forth in PRM section 3101.A., and as discussed
                herein, because these policies remain relevant. THs must develop a SAC
                for living organs, by organ type (for example heart, liver, or lung).
                THs/HOPOs must develop a SAC for cadaveric organs, by organ type. The
                living donor SAC is an average cost the transplant hospital incurs to
                procure an organ from a living donor. As medicine and transplantation
                have advanced, there now can be transplants from living donors for
                kidneys, lungs, and portions of livers, pancreata or intestines, and a
                living SAC can be established for them.
                 A TH must establish a living donor SAC (living donor SAC) before
                the TH bills its first living donor transplant to Medicare. The TH
                develops the initial living donor SAC for each living donor organ type,
                by estimating the reasonable and necessary costs it expects to incur
                for services furnished to living donors, and pre-admission services
                furnished to recipients of living donor organs during the hospital's
                cost reporting period. The TH divides the estimated amount by the
                projected number of living donor organs to be procured by the TH,
                within the hospital's cost reporting period. A TH calculates its
                subsequent living donor SAC for each living organ type by using the
                transplant hospital's actual organ acquisition costs for the living
                donor organ type from the prior year's MCR, adjusted for any changes in
                the current year. The TH divides these costs by the actual number of
                usable living organs procured by the TH during that prior cost
                reporting period. Currently, when a TH/HOPO provides an organ to
                another transplant hospital or OPO, it must bill the receiving TH or
                OPO its SAC, by organ type, or the hospital's standard departmental
                charges that are reduced to cost. The TH/HOPO includes the actual
                incurred cost for organ procurement services in the organ acquisition
                cost center on the hospital's MCR.
                 Costs that may be used to develop the living donor SAC include, but
                are not limited to: Costs of tissue typing services, including those
                furnished by independent laboratories; costs of physician pre-admission
                transplant evaluation services; OPTN registration fees; costs for donor
                and recipient evaluation and workup furnished prior to admission for
                transplantation; other costs associated with procurement, for example,
                general routine and special care services related to the donor; costs
                of operating room and other inpatient ancillary services related to the
                donor; preservation and perfusion costs; and transportation costs of
                the excised organ. We are proposing to codify these provisions at
                proposed new Sec. 413.404(b)(3)(i) in new subpart L.
                (b) Cadaveric Donor Standard Acquisition Charge
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to codify Medicare's
                longstanding policy regarding TH/HOPO standard acquisition charges for
                cadaveric donors and the costs that may be included in the cadaveric
                donor SAC, as set forth in PRM section 3101.B, and as discussed herein,
                because these policies remain relevant. The cadaveric donor standard
                acquisition charge (cadaveric donor SAC) is an average cost that a TH/
                HOPO incurs to procure an organ from a cadaveric donor. The TH/HOPO
                calculates its initial cadaveric donor SAC for each cadaveric organ
                type, by estimating the reasonable and necessary costs it expects to
                incur in procuring cadaveric organs, combined with the expected costs
                of acquiring cadaveric organs from OPOs or other THs. The TH/HOPO
                divides this estimated amount by the projected number of usable
                cadaveric organs to be procured by the TH/HOPO within the TH's cost
                reporting period.
                 The TH/HOPO calculates the subsequent cadaveric donor SAC for each
                cadaveric organ type, by using the transplant hospital's actual organ
                acquisition costs for the cadaveric donor organ type from the prior
                year's Medicare cost report, adjusted for any changes in the current
                year. The TH/HOPO divides this estimated amount by the actual number of
                usable cadaveric organs procured by the TH/HOPO during that prior cost
                reporting period.
                 Where the TH/HOPO provides the organ to an OPO or another TH, the
                TH/HOPO uses its cadaveric donor SAC to bill the OPO or the TH
                receiving the organ. Costs that may be used to develop the cadaveric
                donor SAC include, but are not be limited to: Costs of organs acquired
                from other THs or OPOs; costs of transportation of the excised organs;
                surgeons' fees for excising cadaveric organs (currently limited to
                $1,250 for kidneys); costs of tissue typing services, including those
                furnished by independent laboratories; preservation and perfusion
                costs; general routine and special care service costs; and operating
                room other inpatient ancillary service costs. We are proposing to
                codify these provisions at proposed new Sec. 413.404(b)(3)(ii) in new
                subpart L.
                (3) Independent OPO Standard Acquisition Charge
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to codify, at proposed new
                Sec. 413.404(c) in new subpart L, Medicare's longstanding policy
                regarding IOPO standard acquisition charges for cadaveric donors, as
                set forth in PRM section 3108, and as discussed herein, because these
                policies remain relevant. An OPO is required under section 371(b)(1)(B)
                of the PHS Act (42 U.S.C. 273(b)(1)(C)) to have an agreement with the
                Secretary to be reimbursed under Medicare for the procurement of
                kidneys. The IOPO's Medicare contractor establishes the kidney SAC,
                which is considered an interim rate as currently specified in Sec.
                413.200(d) (proposed to be added to new subpart L as Sec. 413.420(d)),
                and which consists of an estimate of the reasonable and necessary costs
                the IOPO expects to incur procuring cadaveric kidneys during the IOPO's
                cost reporting period. The contractor divides the estimated amount by
                the projected number of usable cadaveric kidneys procured. The IOPO's
                Medicare contractor may adjust the kidney SAC during the year, if
                necessary, for cost changes. Because the contractor must establish and
                may adjust, if necessary, the kidney SAC, the IOPO cannot charge or
                change its kidney SAC without the contractor's approval.
                 The Medicare contractor develops an IOPO's initial kidney SAC based
                on the IOPO's budget information. The kidney SAC for subsequent years
                is based on the IOPO's cost report, that is, costs of operating during
                its prior cost reporting year. These standard charges are the basis for
                the interim rate (that is, the kidney SAC) paid by the TH to the IOPO.
                When the IOPO bills the TH for its kidney acquisition services, the TH
                [[Page 25662]]
                is responsible for paying the IOPO's interim rate (that is, its kidney
                SAC). The IOPO's submitted cost report is used to reconcile kidney
                acquisition costs pursuant to Sec. 413.200(d) (proposed to be added as
                Sec. 413.420(d)).
                 An OPO is required under (42 U.S.C. 273(b)(1)(B)) to have
                accounting and other fiscal procedures (as specified by the Secretary)
                necessary to assure the fiscal stability of the organization. As such,
                an IOPO establishes non-renal SACs based on its costs of procuring
                organs, similar to procedures set forth in section 3101, Certified
                Transplant Centers and Organ Acquisition Costs. An IOPO develops its
                SACs for each type of non-renal organs, by estimating the reasonable
                and necessary costs it expects to incur for services furnished to
                procure cadaveric donor non-renal organs during the IOPO's cost
                reporting period. The IOPO divides this estimated amount by the
                projected number of cadaveric donor non-renal organs the IOPO expects
                to procure within its cost reporting period.
                 When an IOPO receives an organ from another IOPO, the receiving
                IOPO is responsible for paying the procuring IOPO's SAC. The IOPO uses
                its own SAC and not the SAC paid to another IOPO, when billing a TH
                receiving the organ. For example, IOPO A has a SAC of $35,000 and IOPO
                B has a SAC of $50,000. IOPO A receives an organ from IOPO B and pays
                IOPO B their SAC of $50,000. IOPO A provides the organ to the TH and
                bills the TH its SAC of $35,000.
                d. Accounting for Outpatient Costs and Laboratory Services
                 Outpatient costs including pre-transplant evaluation service costs
                were described for kidneys in ILs, as well as in the Medicare Claims
                Processing Manual and in a CMS Change Request.\1481\ After non-renal
                organs were covered for transplantation through a CMS Ruling (for heart
                transplants) and through NCDs (other non-renal organs),\1482\ payment
                policies were subsequently implemented through notice-and-comment
                rulemaking.\1483\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1481\ Part A Intermediary Letter, July 01, 1973 No. 73-25 and
                Part B Intermediary Letter, No. 73-22; July 1973; Medicare Claims
                Processing Manual (IOM 100-04, chapter 3, section 90.1.1.A.
                (available at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf); and change request 6978, available
                at (https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/Downloads/R2008CP.pdf).
                 \1482\ See CMS Ruling 87-1, April 1987; National Coverage
                Determinations Manual, IOM 100-03, chapter 1, Part 4, section 260
                (available at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/ncd103c1_Part4.pdf).
                 \1483\ 52 FR 33034, September 1, 1987 (heart); 55 FR 8545, March
                8, 1990 and 56 FR 15013, April 12, 1991 (liver); 60 FR 6537,
                February 2, 1995 (lung); 64 FR 41497, July 30, 1999 (pancreas); 66
                FR 39828, August 1, 2001 (intestine, with reasonable cost coverage
                of acquisition costs beginning October 1, 2001).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (1) Outpatient Costs
                 Section 3102.A. of the PRM describes how to account for certain
                hospital outpatient costs applicable to a potential organ transplant.
                The TH's organ acquisition costs include donor and recipient work-ups
                furnished prior to admission and costs of services rendered by interns
                and residents not in an approved teaching program. These costs would
                typically be billed to Medicare Part B. However, these costs are
                predominantly cadaveric donor related, incurred without an identifiable
                beneficiary, and are included in the TH's organ acquisition cost
                center.
                (2) Pre-transplant Evaluation and Laboratory Services
                 Section 3102.C. of the PRM specifies that pre-transplant evaluation
                services for recipients and donors provided by the TH, including
                laboratory services, are paid through the organ acquisition costs of
                the TH. When pre-transplant laboratory tests are performed by the TH,
                the TH accumulates these costs in its organ acquisition cost center.
                The TH also includes the reasonable charges paid for physician tissue
                typing services provided to living donors and recipients.
                (3) Histocompatibility Laboratory Services
                 Histocompatibility laboratories are required by the statute at
                section 1881(b)(2)(A) of the Act to be paid on a reasonable cost basis,
                in accordance with section 1861(v) of the Act. 42 CFR 413.200 sets
                forth the payment policy for services furnished by histocompatibility
                laboratories in connection with kidney acquisition and transplantation.
                When the laboratory services are performed by a histocompatibility
                laboratory, the Medicare contractor establishes interim rates which are
                used by the laboratory in billing a TH. The contractor disseminates
                information on the interim rates to all THs, OPOs, and other
                contractors, or posts the information on its website. The TH pays the
                laboratory the approved interim rate. When the laboratory bills an OPO
                for services, the OPO is responsible for paying the interim rate. The
                contractor determines the final payment to the histocompatibility
                laboratory for kidney-related transplant tests by reconciling interim
                payments and reasonable costs during final settlement of the MCR.
                e. Accounting for the Cost of Services Provided to Living Kidney Donors
                 Section 1881(d) of the Act sets forth Medicare coverage for living
                kidney donors. Under section 1881(d) of the Act, any individual who
                donates a kidney for transplant surgery shall be entitled to benefits
                under parts A and B of Medicare with respect to such donation. The Act
                requires that reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by
                such an individual with respect to a kidney donation shall be made
                (without regard to the deductible, premium, and coinsurance
                provisions), in such manner as may be prescribed by the Secretary in
                regulations,\1484\ for all reasonable preparatory, operation, and
                postoperation recovery expenses associated with such donation. It
                further provides that payments for postoperation recovery expenses
                shall be limited to the actual period of recovery. Medicare's coverage
                is limited to those donor expenses that are incurred directly in
                connection with the kidney donation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1484\ 42 CFR 409.18, 42 CFR 409.89 (Part A); 42 CFR 410.55, 42
                CFR 410.163 (Part B).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (1) Hospital Services to a Living Kidney Donor
                 When a living donor is admitted to a hospital (before admission for
                excising the donor kidney) for a medical evaluation in anticipation of
                a kidney donation, costs of all hospital services applicable to medical
                evaluation are considered kidney acquisition costs. When the living
                donor subsequently enters the hospital for the actual excision, the
                hospital costs of services rendered to the donor will continue to be
                treated as kidney acquisition costs under Part A.\1485\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1485\ 42 CFR 409.18.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The donor of a kidney for a Medicare transplant is covered for an
                unlimited number of days of inpatient care in connection with the organ
                removal operation. Days of inpatient hospital care used by the donor in
                connection with the organ removal operation are not charged against
                either party's utilization record.
                (2) Physician Services to a Living Kidney Donor
                 When a living donor is admitted to a hospital (before admission for
                excising the donor kidney) for a medical
                [[Page 25663]]
                evaluation in anticipation of a kidney donation, costs of all
                physicians' services applicable to medical evaluation are considered
                kidney acquisition costs. When a living donor is admitted to a hospital
                for the kidney excision, physician services are no longer considered
                kidney acquisition costs and are not reimbursable under Part A. Under
                the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, surgical excision of living donor
                kidneys is included in the global surgery policy, with a reasonable
                post-surgical follow-up defined as 90 days.\1486\ This standard 90-day
                post-operative period includes all services by the primary surgeon
                during this period unless the service is for a condition or issue
                unrelated to the diagnosis for which the surgery is performed or is for
                an added course of treatment other than normal recovery from the
                surgery. During the donor's inpatient stay for the excision surgery and
                during any subsequent donor inpatient stays resulting from a direct
                complication of the organ donation, physician services are billed under
                Part B. They are billed in the normal manner but under recipient's MBI
                at 100 percent of the fee schedule,\1487\ with no deductible or
                coinsurance.\1488\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1486\ See Addendum B in 59 FR 63515, for CPT code 50320, which
                is for living donor kidney excision.
                 \1487\ 42 CFR 410.55 and 410.163.
                 \1488\ 42 CFR 410.55 and 410.163. See also the kidney policy for
                living donors, which is described in the Medicare Benefit Policy
                Manual 100-02, chapter 11, section 140.5, available at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/bp102c11.pdf and billing instructions in the Medicare Claims
                Processing Manual 100-04, chapter 3, section 90.1.1.F. and G.,
                available at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (3) Living Kidney Donor Follow-Up
                 Costs incurred by the TH for routine kidney donor follow-up care
                are included in the TH's organ acquisition cost center.
                 For routine follow-up care, the period of postoperative recovery
                ceases when the donor no longer exhibits symptoms related to the kidney
                donation. Beyond the reasonable and necessary 90-day global payment
                period, routine follow-up services are billed to Part B using the
                recipient's MBI. Routine follow-up services billed to Medicare by a
                physician other than the operating physician for up to 3 months
                following donation surgery must be billed using the recipient's MBI.
                The Medicare Administrative Contractor will review claims for services
                rendered more than 3 months after kidney donation surgery. Medicare may
                cover routine follow-up examinations up to 6 months after the kidney
                donation to monitor for possible complications. In all of these
                situations, the kidney donor is not responsible for co-insurance or
                deductible amounts.\1489\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1489\ 42 CFR 410.163.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The OPTN policy provides for follow-up visits, which occur at 6
                months, 12 months, and 24 months post-donation. These follow-up visits
                are not allowable nor reportable as organ acquisition costs on the MCR
                and cannot be billed to Medicare. These follow-up visits are for
                collecting longer term data on the effects of living donation on the
                donor rather than for meeting medical needs of the donor.\1490\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1490\ Information from https://optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/resources/guidance/procedures-to-collect-post-donation-follow-up-data-from-living-donors/, accessed on March 16, 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (4) Proposals Related to Living Kidney Donor Complications
                 Living kidney donor complications related to the surgery to remove
                a kidney, which occur after the date of discharge, are not considered
                kidney acquisition costs. Living kidney donor complications are
                statutorily authorized to be paid under Part A or Part B in section
                1881(d) of the Act, with no liability for deductibles or
                coinsurance.\1491\ In accordance with IL 73-25,\1492\ Medicare covers
                costs incurred for living kidney donor complications only if they are
                directly attributable to the kidney donation. Costs incurred for
                complications arising after the kidney donor's discharge date are
                billed under the Medicare transplant recipient's MBI, including
                facility costs and physician services. The contractor reviews costs for
                kidney donor complications billed under the transplant recipient's MBI.
                We are proposing to codify this longstanding policy by adding 42 CFR
                413.402(c) to new subpart L.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1491\ Section 1881(d) of the Act; 42 CFR 409.18, 409.89 for
                Part A costs; 42 CFR 410.55 and 410.163 for Part B costs.
                 \1492\ Part A Intermediary Letter, July 1, 1973, No. 73-25.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                f. Accounting for the Cost of Services Provided to Transplant
                Recipients
                 Certain costs related to organ transplant recipients are not organ
                acquisition costs, but instead are billed under Part B to the
                transplant recipient's MBI. These costs include standard backbench
                preparation services; physician services for the surgeon who performs
                the transplant (and sometimes performs other surgical procedures at the
                time of the transplant) and provides 90 days of post-operative surgical
                care; \1493\ and/or immunosuppressant therapy management; and recipient
                laboratory services which occur after discharge from the hospital. See
                the Medicare Claims Processing Manual, IOM 100-04, chapter 12, sections
                30.6.3, 40.1, and 40.4 for more details on these services.\1494\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1493\ See Addendum B in 59 FR 63516, for CPT codes 50360 and
                50365 for kidney transplantation.
                 \1494\ Available online at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c12.pdf.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                g. Proposed Codification of Statutory Provisions Related to Pancreata
                Used for Pancreatic Islet Cell Transplants
                 Our longstanding policies related to pancreata used for pancreatic
                islet cell transplants are discussed in section 3110 of the PRM.
                Section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and
                Modernization Act of 2003 \1495\ (MMA) requires Medicare to pay for
                items and services that are reasonable and necessary routine patient
                care costs related to acquisition and delivery of pancreatic islet
                cells for transplantation into Medicare beneficiaries included in a
                National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
                clinical trial of islet cell transplants. The pancreata procured for
                islet cell transplants require the same quality and care to procure as
                pancreata procured for solid organ transplants. Therefore, as described
                in section X.B.2.a.(2) of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                define for organ acquisition payment purposes, pancreata, procured for
                the purpose of acquiring pancreatic islet cells for transplantation
                into individuals who are participating in an National Institute of
                Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial, to be an
                organ. Accordingly, pancreata procured for islet cell transplants are
                treated as solid organs for procurement purposes, and pancreata
                procured for covered islet cell transplants must be assigned a full
                standard acquisition charge. We are proposing to codify this policy by
                adding Sec. 413.406 in part 413, new subpart L, in accordance with the
                statute. There are other clinical trials of islet cell transplants that
                are not funded by the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and
                Kidney Diseases, which section 733 of the MMA explicitly prohibits
                Medicare from covering under title XVIII of the Act.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1495\ Section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug,
                Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-173); 42
                U.S.C. 1395l.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25664]]
                h. Proposed Calculation of Medicare's Share of Organ Acquisition Costs,
                Counting of Organs
                (1) General
                 Medicare currently calculates its share of organ acquisition costs
                for THs/HOPOs by multiplying the total allowable organ acquisition
                costs by the ratio of Medicare usable organs (the numerator) to total
                usable organs (the denominator) reported on the Medicare hospital cost
                report.\1496\ To ensure that a TH/HOPO's organ acquisition costs are
                accurately allocated to the Medicare Program, THs/HOPOs must accurately
                count and report Medicare usable organs and total usable organs on
                their MCRs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1496\ CMS Pub. 15-2, chapter 40, section 4028.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For IOPOs, Medicare currently calculates its share of kidney
                acquisition costs by multiplying the total allowable kidney acquisition
                costs by the ratio of Medicare usable kidneys (the numerator) to total
                usable kidneys (the denominator) reported on the Medicare IOPO cost
                report.\1497\ Similarly, IOPOs must accurately count and report on
                their MCRs the number of kidneys they procure and furnish to THs or
                other OPOs, to ensure that kidney acquisition costs are accurately
                allocated to the Medicare Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1497\ CMS Pub. 15-2, chapter 33, section 3312.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Medicare Usable Organs, Total Usable Organs, Medicare Usable
                Kidneys, and Total Usable Kidneys
                 Currently, Medicare reimburses THs/HOPOs for their reasonable costs
                incurred to acquire ``Medicare usable organs.'' For Medicare to
                calculate its share of organ acquisition costs, currently the THs/HOPOs
                must include the following as Medicare usable organs: \1498\ (1) Organs
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries; (2) organs transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries that were partially paid by a primary insurance
                payor in addition to Medicare; (3) organs sent to other THs or IOPOs;
                (4) kidneys transplanted into Medicare Advantage beneficiaries for
                dates of service on or after January 1, 2021; \1499\ (5) kidneys sent
                to United States military renal transplant centers (MRTCs) with a
                reciprocal sharing agreement with the HOPO in effect prior to March 3,
                1988, and approved by the contractor; and (6) pancreata procured for
                the purpose of acquiring pancreatic islet cells for transplantation
                into Medicare beneficiaries participating in a National Institute of
                Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial pursuant to
                section 733 of the MMA, as discussed in section X.B.2.g of this
                proposed rule.\1500\ (For counting purposes, the TH/HOPO does not count
                pancreata procured for islet cell transplant as a solid organ, but
                counts the number of Medicare beneficiaries who received these islet
                cell injections as the proxy for Medicare usable organs. For example,
                if a TH/HOPO procured pancreata for islet cell transplant and injected
                these islet cells into three Medicare beneficiaries and four non-
                Medicare patients during its cost reporting period, the TH/HOPO enters
                three in the Medicare usable organ count, and seven in the total usable
                organ count, on its Medicare hospital cost report.)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1498\ Pursuant to PRM Sec. 3115.A. and CMS Pub. 15-2, chapter
                40, section 4028.3.
                 \1499\ Section 17006 of the 21st Century Cures Act, (Pub. L.
                114-255). Section 17006(c) of the Cures Act amended section
                1852(a)(1)(B)(i) of the Act to exclude coverage for organ
                acquisitions for kidney transplants from the Medicare benefits an MA
                plan is required to cover for an MA enrollee, including as covered
                under section 1881(d) of the Act. Effective January 1, 2021, these
                costs will be covered under the original Medicare FFS program. The
                MA kidney transplants will be included in the numerator and
                denominator on the MCR to determine Medicare's share of kidney
                acquisition costs. (85 FR 33796, 33824, June 2, 2020).
                 \1500\ Section 733 of the Medicare Prescription Drug,
                Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. 108-173)); 42
                U.S.C 1395l.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Medicare does not share in the cost of acquiring organs not
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries (except those organs
                designated for transplant but determined to be unusable). Organs not
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries must be counted as total
                usable organs in the denominator of the fraction of Medicare usable
                organs to total usable organs. THs/HOPOs must include the following as
                total usable organs: (1) Medicare usable organs; (2) organs excised
                with the intention to be used for research; (3) organs excised and
                either transplanted or furnished to other THs or OPOs; (4) organs
                obtained from another OPO or transplant hospital and either
                transplanted or furnished to other THs or OPOs; (5) organs sent to
                veterans' hospitals or organs sent outside the United States pursuant
                to 42 CFR 413.203; (6) organs transplanted into non-Medicare
                beneficiaries, pursuant to Sec. 413.203; (7) organs for which the
                transplant was totally or partially paid by primary insurance other
                than Medicare; (8) organs for which the transplant was covered by a
                Medicare Advantage plan for dates of service prior to January 1, 2021;
                (9) kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or without a contractor-
                approved reciprocal sharing agreement with the HOPO in effect prior to
                March 3, 1988; and (10) pancreata procured for the purpose of acquiring
                pancreatic islet cells for transplantation into participants in a
                National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
                clinical trial pursuant to the MMA,\1501\ as discussed in section
                X.B.2.g of this proposed rule.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1501\ Id.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Medicare also currently reimburses IOPOs for their reasonable costs
                incurred to procure ``Medicare kidneys.'' Organ acquisition costs are
                not paid directly by Medicare to an IOPO. The IOPO is reimbursed for
                its services by the TH, subject to later reconciliation by Medicare for
                kidneys. Medicare currently calculates its share of kidney acquisition
                costs by multiplying the total allowable kidney acquisition costs by
                the ratio of Medicare usable kidneys (the numerator) to total usable
                kidneys (the denominator) reported on the Medicare IOPO cost report.
                For Medicare to calculate its share of Medicare kidney acquisition
                costs, the IOPO must include the following as Medicare kidneys: (1)
                Kidneys sent to THs; (2) kidneys sent to certified OPOs; and (3)
                kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with a reciprocal sharing agreement
                with the IOPO in effect prior to March 3, 1988, and approved by the
                contractor. Medicare kidneys do not include kidneys sent to VA
                hospitals, military hospitals, or kidneys sent to foreign countries or
                transplanted into non-Medicare beneficiaries, pursuant to 42 CFR
                413.202.
                 IOPOs must also count total usable kidneys in the denominator of
                the fraction of Medicare usable kidneys to total usable kidneys. IOPOs
                must include the following in total usable kidneys: (1) Medicare usable
                kidneys; (2) kidneys procured with the intention to be used for
                research; (3) kidneys procured and furnished to other THs or OPOs; (4)
                kidneys procured from another OPO or transplant hospital and either
                transplanted or furnished to other THs or OPOs; (5) kidneys sent to
                veterans' hospitals or organs sent outside the United States pursuant
                to 42 CFR 413.203; (6) kidneys for which the transplant was covered by
                a Medicare Advantage plan for dates of service prior to January 1,
                2021; and (7) kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or without a
                contractor-approved reciprocal sharing agreement with the IOPO in
                effect prior to March 3, 1988. Currently THs/HOPOs that excise organs
                and send them to other THs or IOPOs, or kidneys sent to MRTCs pursuant
                to an approved reciprocal sharing agreement in effect prior to March 3,
                1988, are presumed to be transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries, even
                if they are not.
                [[Page 25665]]
                Similarly, some kidneys that an IOPO procures and sends to other IOPOs,
                THs, or MRTCs pursuant to an approved reciprocal sharing agreement in
                effect prior to March 3, 1988, are presumed to be transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries, even if they are not. These categories do not
                have a distinction to determine whether the organs are actually
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries. In this regard, Medicare
                organ acquisition payment policy includes the presumption that some
                organs are transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries, despite the
                category name ``Medicare usable organs'' or ``Medicare kidneys.'' As a
                result, through unintended consequences, Medicare currently shares in
                the organ acquisition costs for some organs that are not actually
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries.
                 When Medicare added the ESRD benefit to Medicare coverage in 1972,
                Medicare presumed that most kidney transplant recipients would be
                Medicare beneficiaries receiving the ESRD benefit, and thus Medicare
                would pay a larger share of kidney acquisition costs.\1502\ As Medicare
                added benefits for transplantation of non-renal organs and included the
                costs to procure non-renal organs, Medicare cost reporting instructions
                incorporated the presumption that the ultimate transplant recipient was
                unknown, but likely a Medicare beneficiary. Thus, when a TH sends an
                organ to another TH or to an OPO, or when an OPO sends an organ to
                another OPO or TH, Medicare assumed that some of the unknown transplant
                recipients are Medicare beneficiaries, and permits those organs to be
                counted as Medicare usable organs in the numerator of the fraction for
                Medicare usable organs to total usable organs, to be assured that
                Medicare is paying its share of organ acquisition costs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1502\ Intermediary Letter 73-25 (July 1973) and 54 FR 5619,
                February 6, 1989.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 However, Medicare declared its intention and a methodology to
                calculate its share of acquisition costs, for kidneys transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries only, in a 1978 Federal Register final rule with
                comment.\1503\ Specifically, for each kidney transplant performed on a
                Medicare beneficiary, the transplanting hospital shall receive a
                prescribed amount of reimbursement from Medicare for the pre-
                transplantation services of an OPA [organ procurement organization] or
                laboratory having such an agreement. The 1978 final rule set forth that
                an OPO's cost report must provide a complete accounting of the cost
                incurred by the agency or laboratory in providing covered services, the
                total number of Medicare beneficiaries for whom services were furnished
                by the agency or laboratory, and any other necessary data to enable the
                intermediary to determine the reasonable cost of covered services to
                Medicare beneficiaries. [Emphasis added.] Additionally, if the
                intermediary determines that the interim rate payments exceeded the
                reasonable cost of the services furnished, then the OPA or
                histocompatibility laboratory must pay the excess amount per Medicare
                patient to the intermediary. [Emphasis added.] These multiple
                declarations in the 1978 final rule establish Medicare's intention to
                pay for kidney acquisition costs incurred for kidneys transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries and were originally codified at 42 CFR 405.436
                and later moved to 42 CFR 413.178 (currently reserved).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1503\ 43 FR 58370, December 14, 1978.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The longstanding policy that Medicare must only share in organ and
                kidney acquisition costs for Medicare beneficiaries is also set forth
                in 42 CFR 413.202 and 413.203. Section 413.202 requires OPOs to
                separate from Medicare allowable costs, acquisition costs for procuring
                kidneys sent to foreign transplant centers and kidneys transplanted in
                non-Medicare patients. Similarly, Sec. 413.203 requires THs to
                separate from Medicare allowable costs, acquisition costs for procuring
                organs sent to foreign transplant centers and organs transplanted in
                non-Medicare patients. In a 1988 proposed rule, CMS expressed belief
                that allowing all kidneys to be counted as Medicare kidneys was not
                aligned with anti-cross subsidization principles set forth in section
                1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act. CMS stated that the Medicare program has
                always paid the total costs of OPAs [OPOs] because we assumed that all
                kidneys procured were for Medicare beneficiaries. However, we now
                realize that this assumption is incorrect and that technology has
                allowed a significant number of kidneys to be shipped overseas. Since
                the Medicare program has been paying the cost of procuring kidneys
                shipped overseas or transplanted into non-Medicare beneficiaries, we
                believe that some action needs to be taken. We believe it is necessary
                to amend the regulations in order to effectuate the statutory
                principles embodied in section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act. Section
                1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act requires that the cost of services be borne by
                the appropriate payor. Accordingly, the cost associated with the
                kidneys not used by Medicare beneficiaries must be borne by the
                responsible individual or third party payor. Medicare is precluded from
                paying any costs associated with kidneys not used by Medicare
                beneficiaries. 53 FR 6672 at 6673 (March 2, 1988).
                 Medicare's decades-old presumption that most kidney transplant
                recipients are Medicare beneficiaries was also applied to non-renal
                organs because of the lack of organ tracking capabilities over the
                years and has led Medicare to reimburse THs and OPOs for organ
                acquisition costs for organs that were not actually transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries. Similar to the beliefs expressed in the 1988
                proposed rule, we believe that organ tracking capabilities allow
                transplant hospitals and OPOs to discern organ recipients' health
                insurance payor information so that organ acquisition costs can be more
                appropriately assigned to the Medicare program for organs transplanted
                into Medicare beneficiaries. The Scientific Registry of Transplant
                Recipients (SRTR) \1504\ collects and maintains data that identifies,
                among other things, transplant recipients and their health insurance
                payors. Data obtained from SRTR show the percentage of transplants
                where Medicare was the recipients' payor to all transplant recipients'
                payors, by organ type. We compared the SRTR data for years 2017 and
                2018, to the Medicare share ratio for Medicare usable organs (including
                kidneys) to total usable organs, for 2017 and 2018. Table X.B.-01
                reflects these data. In the majority of organ types, the SRTR
                percentages of transplant recipients who were actual Medicare
                beneficiaries were lower than the Medicare share percentages for those
                same years. Although there is a difference in the calendar year data
                from SRTR and the cost reporting fiscal year data from the MCR, these
                data show that the majority of SRTR's percentage of Medicare transplant
                recipients was less than the percentages of Medicare's share compared
                to 2017 and 2018 submitted MCR data from the Worksheet D-4.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1504\ Section 373 of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act
                requires the operation of Scientific Registry of Transplant
                Recipients (SRTR) to support ongoing evaluation of the scientific
                and clinical status of solid organ transplantation. The U.S.
                Congress passed the National Organ Transplant Act (NOTA; Pub. L. 98-
                507) in 1984.
                 \1505\ Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients. Request for
                Information. Requested on 01/29/2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 25666]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.315
                 We are aware that the capability exists to track the location and
                disposition of organs, from the time organs are excised from donors
                until they are transplanted into recipients. Organ tracking capability
                allows THs and OPOs the ability to know the identity of all organ
                transplant recipients and the donor from whom the recipient's
                transplanted organ was excised. Knowing the identity of all organ
                transplant recipients, and the donor from whom the recipient's
                transplanted organ was excised, allows THs and OPOs the ability to also
                know whether a transplant recipient is a Medicare beneficiary. OPTN
                policy provides that OPOs use organ tracking capability,\1506\ and some
                THs also optionally use organ tracking capability. Per OPTN policies,
                THs and OPOs report information to the OPTN on the identity of
                transplant recipients and donors.\1507\ Additionally, the OPTN data
                collection forms show what data elements the OPTN currently
                collects.\1508\ The OMB form NO. 0915-0157 collects the recipient's and
                payor's information for the transplant. The identity of the recipient
                is required to be reported. THs, histocompatibility laboratories, and
                organ procurement organizations enter data into the OPTN database in
                UNet, a centralized computer network that links all 57 OPOs, 254 THs
                and 150 histocompatibility labs to list patients for transplant, match
                patients with available donor organs and submit required OPTN
                data.\1509\ By way of knowing the identity of the recipient, the
                providers can further discern whether a recipient is a Medicare
                beneficiary. Therefore, it is possible for THs and OPOs to report, on
                their respective MCRs, the number of organs and kidneys transplanted
                into Medicare beneficiaries, eliminating the reason for Medicare organ
                acquisition payment policy to presume that some organs and kidneys are
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries, when they are not.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1506\ OPTN Policy 16, https://optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/media/1200/optn_policies.pdf.
                 \1507\ OPTN Policy 18, https://optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/media/1200/optn_policies.pdf.
                 \1508\ https://unos.org/data/data-collection/.
                 \1509\ https://unos.org/technology/unet/.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We believe it is necessary to update Medicare organ acquisition
                payment policy to recognize organ tracking capabilities and the ability
                for OPOs and THs/HOPOs to discern the identity of the recipient into
                whom the excised organ is transplanted, and whether that recipient is a
                Medicare beneficiary. Doing so will result in Medicare more accurately
                paying its share of organ acquisition costs. We believe it is necessary
                to require that OPOs and THs report on their cost reports only organs
                and kidneys transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries as Medicare usable
                organs and Medicare kidneys, respectively. Doing so would help
                safeguard the Medicare Trust Fund and ensure that Medicare
                appropriately pays only its share of organ acquisition costs, and that
                acquisition costs for organs not transplanted into Medicare
                beneficiaries are not borne by Medicare. The Medicare reasonable cost
                principles, upon which Medicare organ acquisition payment policy is
                based, and the prohibition of cross-subsidization articulated in
                section 1861(v) of the Act require the cost of services be borne by the
                appropriate payor.
                 While all OPOs, and some THs, use an organ tracking capability, we
                believe that THs that do not use an organ tracking capability can also
                ascertain the exact recipient, and thus recipient's payor, when an
                organ is excised in their hospital and sent to another TH or OPO. We
                understand that some THs that do not use an organ tracking capability
                still track organs they send to other THs or OPOs by using manual,
                written methodologies. In this regard, THs can determine the organ
                recipient from their records and by verifying the insurance payor of
                the recipient with the transplant recipient's hospital. Additionally,
                THs can contact the OPO to which they gave the organ, and because the
                OPTN directs OPOs to use an organ tracking system, the OPO can relay
                the recipient's information and recipient's payor to the TH. Likewise,
                Medicare contractors, who review MCRs submitted by THs and OPOs, can
                confirm Medicare usable organs and Medicare usable kidneys reported by
                THs and OPOs with supporting documentation from provider's records.
                 Pursuant to Sec. 413.202, Medicare kidneys include, for cost
                reporting statistical purposes and counting, kidneys procured by an OPO
                and sent to a MRTC for transplant, pursuant to certain long-standing
                arrangements that existed before March 3, 1988, approved by the
                contractor. However, due to organ tracking capability, and to achieve
                equitable treatment among all OPOs (for OPOs that do not have a long
                standing arrangements with military THs), and to also achieve
                appropriate Medicare expenditures for kidney acquisition
                [[Page 25667]]
                costs, we no longer believe it is appropriate to allow such kidneys to
                be designated as Medicare kidneys under such arrangements. Because
                organ tracking capability permits OPOs the ability to know a donor's
                transplant recipient, and thus their payor's identity, it is no longer
                necessary for Medicare to continue to apply its longstanding policy to
                deem and count all kidneys an OPO excises at, or provides to, a MRTC as
                Medicare kidneys for purposes of apportioning Medicare's share of the
                kidney acquisition costs. Thus, we are proposing to change our
                regulation with respect to MRTCs.
                 For the reasons discussed in this section, in this proposed rule we
                are proposing to add Sec. 413.408(a) to new subpart L to specify that
                THs/HOPOs must accurately count and report Medicare usable organs and
                total usable organs on their Medicare hospital cost reports to ensure
                that costs to acquire Medicare usable organs are accurately allocated
                to Medicare. We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.408(b) to new
                subpart L to specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 2021, for THs/HOPOs, Medicare usable organs include
                only organs transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries (including kidneys
                for Medicare Advantage beneficiaries with dates of service after
                January 1, 2021), organs for which Medicare has a secondary payer
                liability \1510\ for the organ transplant, and pancreata procured for
                the purpose of acquiring pancreatic islet cells acquired for
                transplantation for Medicare beneficiaries participating in a National
                Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1510\ Medicare secondary payer is governed by section
                1862(b)(2) of the Act and 42 CFR 411.20 through 411.39.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.408(c) to new Subpart L to
                specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021, for THs/HOPOs, total usable organs include: (1) Medicare
                usable organs; (2) organs excised with the intention to be used for
                research; (3) organs excised and either transplanted or furnished to
                other transplant hospitals or OPOs; (4) organs obtained from another
                OPO or transplant hospital and either transplanted or furnished to
                other transplant hospitals or OPOs; (5) organs sent to veterans'
                hospitals or organs sent outside the United States; (6) organs
                transplanted into non-Medicare beneficiaries; (7) organs for which the
                transplant was totally or partially paid by primary insurance other
                than Medicare; (8) organs for which the transplant was covered by a
                Medicare Advantage plan for dates of service prior to January 1, 2021;
                (9) kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or without a contractor-
                approved reciprocal sharing agreement with the HOPO in effect prior to
                March 3, 1988; and (10) pancreata procured for the purpose of acquiring
                pancreatic islet cells for transplantation into participants in a
                National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
                clinical trial.
                 We are also proposing to remove Sec. 413.203, and add Sec.
                413.408(d) to new subpart L, so that all organ acquisition policies are
                housed together, to specify that a TH's total costs for all organs are
                reduced by the costs associated with procuring organs that are sent to
                foreign transplant centers or transplanted in patients other than
                Medicare beneficiaries; and to specify that THs must separate costs for
                procuring organs that are sent to foreign transplant centers and organs
                transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries from
                Medicare allowable costs prior to final cost settlement by the Medicare
                contractors. The separation of cost is achieved using the Medicare
                ratio set forth in proposed Sec. 413.408(e).
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.408(e) to new subpart L to
                specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021, Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs for a TH/HOPO is
                calculated by multiplying the total allowable organ acquisition costs
                by the ratio of Medicare usable organs transplanted into Medicare
                beneficiaries, as specified in proposed Sec. 413.408(b), to total
                usable organs, as specified in proposed Sec. 413.408(c).
                 For rules pertaining to counting kidneys and calculating Medicare's
                share of kidney acquisition costs for IOPOs, in this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to add Sec. 413.410(a) to new subpart L to specify that
                IOPOs must accurately count and report Medicare usable kidneys and
                total usable kidneys on their Medicare IOPO cost reports to ensure that
                costs to acquire Medicare usable kidneys are accurately allocated to
                Medicare. We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.410(b) to new subpart
                L to specify that, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 2021, for IOPOs, Medicare kidneys include only kidneys
                transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries.
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.410(c) to new subpart L to
                specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021, for IOPOs, total usable kidneys include: (1) Medicare usable
                kidneys; (2) kidneys procured with the intention to be used for
                research; (3) kidneys procured and furnished to other transplant
                hospitals or OPOs; (4) kidneys procured from another OPO or transplant
                hospital and either transplanted or furnished to other transplant
                hospitals or OPOs; (5) kidneys sent to veterans' hospitals or organs
                sent outside the United States; (6) kidneys for which the transplant
                was covered by a Medicare Advantage plan for dates of service prior to
                January 1, 2021; and (7) kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or
                without a contractor-approved reciprocal sharing agreement with the
                IOPO in effect prior to March 3, 1988.
                 We are proposing to remove Sec. 413.202 and add Sec. 413.410(d)
                to new subpart L, to specify that an IOPO's total costs for all kidneys
                is reduced by the costs associated with procuring kidneys sent to
                foreign transplant centers or transplanted in patients other than
                Medicare beneficiaries; and to specify that IOPOs must separate costs
                for procuring kidneys sent to foreign transplant centers and kidneys
                transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries from
                Medicare allowable costs prior to final settlement by the Medicare
                contractors. The separation of cost is achieved using the Medicare
                ratio set forth in proposed Sec. 413.410(e).
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.410(e) to new subpart L to
                specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021, Medicare's share of kidney acquisition costs is calculated by
                multiplying the total allowable kidney acquisition costs by the ratio
                of Medicare usable kidneys, as specified in proposed Sec. 413.410(b),
                to total kidneys, as specified in proposed Sec. 413.410(c).
                i. Proposals Related to Intent To Transplant, and Counting En Bloc,
                Research, and Discarded Organs
                 In this section, we are proposing to add Sec. 413.412, to new
                subpart L, to specify our longstanding policies set forth in CMS Ruling
                1543-R, issued December 21, 2006, and PRM-1, sections 3111 and 3115,
                pertaining to intent to transplant, counting en bloc organs, research
                organs, and discarded organs for THs and OPOs. These policies provide
                for the proper calculation of Medicare's share of organ acquisition
                costs that are used for the appropriate allocation of organ acquisition
                costs on the MCR. The calculation of Medicare's share of organ
                acquisition costs is discussed in section X.B.2.h.(1). of this proposed
                rule. The methodology of counting organs to calculate Medicare's share
                of organ acquisition costs is used for the
                [[Page 25668]]
                allocation of organ acquisition costs on the MCR and differs from
                Medicare's organ counting policy to assess OPOs' performance, which is
                set forth under the OPO CfCs, 42 CFR part 486, subpart G. To calculate
                Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs, when organ procurement is
                attempted, but no organ is actually retrieved (or the organ is instead
                discarded or donated for research), proper counting of the organ must
                occur to ensure that overhead costs are appropriately allocated to
                Medicare and non-Medicare payors. However, cost allocation is not a
                factor when counting organs for evaluating an OPO's performance under
                Medicare's CfC.
                (1) Principle of Intent To Transplant
                 Medicare presumes that THs and OPOs intend to procure all donor
                organs that are medically suitable for transplant.\1511\ We are
                proposing to add Sec. 413.412(a)(1) to new subpart L, to specify, for
                organ acquisition payment purposes, an organ is intended for transplant
                when the OPO or TH designates it for transplant prior to the time the
                donor enters the hospital's operating room for surgical excision/
                recovery of the organ(s). Regardless of whether the OPO or TH procures
                organs for transplant, it incurred cost in attempting to procure
                organs.\1512\ We are proposing to add Sec. 413.412(a)(2) to new
                subpart L, to specify, OPOs and THs must identify the costs associated
                with the recovered and unrecovered organs and apportion those costs to
                the appropriate cost centers by organ type.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1511\ CMS Ruling 1543-R (December 2006), and the PRM 15-1,
                chapter 31, sections 3111 & 3115.
                 \1512\ The PRM 15-1, chapter 31, and PRM 15-2, chapter 33,
                section 3306 and chapter 40, section 4028 set forth our current,
                longstanding policies regarding the counting of organs for Medicare
                organ acquisition payment purposes.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (2) Counting and Cost Allocation of En Bloc Organs
                 Our policy for counting en bloc organs for cost allocation purposes
                is set forth in PRM-1 section 3115. We are proposing to add Sec.
                413.412(b) to new subpart L, to specify our policy for counting en bloc
                organs for Medicare cost allocation purposes and to specify that en
                bloc organs can be en bloc lungs or en bloc kidneys.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.412(b)(1) to new subpart L to
                specify that OPOs and THs count en bloc lungs or en bloc kidneys
                procured and transplanted en bloc (two organs transplanted as one unit)
                as one total usable organ. En bloc organs transplanted into a Medicare
                beneficiary count as one Medicare usable organ or one Medicare usable
                kidney, in accordance with the proposed Medicare organ counting policy
                in section X.B.2.h.(2). of this proposed rule.
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.412(b)(2) to new subpart L
                to specify that OPOs and THs count en bloc lungs and en bloc kidneys
                procured en bloc but separated and transplanted into two different
                recipients as two total usable organs. For each organ transplanted into
                a Medicare beneficiary, count each as one Medicare usable organ or one
                Medicare usable kidney, in accordance with the proposed Medicare organ
                counting policy in section X.B.2.h.(2). of this proposed rule.
                (3) Counting and Cost Allocation of Research Organs
                 Our longstanding policy regarding counting of organs excised and
                used for research for Medicare cost allocation purposes is set forth in
                PRM-1 sections 3111 and 3115. We are clarifying that for organ
                acquisition cost allocation purposes, a ``research organ'' is an organ
                procured and used for research regardless of whether it is transplanted
                as part of clinical care (with the exception of pancreata previously
                discussed in section X.B.2.h.(2)) of the preamble of this proposed
                rule. We are proposing to add Sec. 413.412(c) to new subpart L to
                specify that organs used for research are not counted as Medicare
                usable organs in Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs (except
                pancreata previously discussed in section X.B.2.h.(2)). of the preamble
                of this proposed rule. However, we are also clarifying that Medicare
                shares in the costs of organs that are designated for transplant prior
                to the time the donor entered the hospital's operating room, but
                determined to be unusable and donated to research. The costs incurred
                are allocated amongst all remaining usable organs.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.412(c)(1)(i) to new subpart L to
                specify that OPOs and THs do not count organs designated for research
                activities prior to the time the donor entered the hospital's operating
                room for surgical removal of the organs as Medicare usable organs. We
                are also proposing to add Sec. 413.412(c)(1)(ii) to specify that OPOs
                and THs count organs designated for research activities prior to the
                time the donor entered the hospital's operating room for surgical
                removal of the organs, as total usable organs.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.412(c)(2) to new subpart L to
                specify that OPOs and THs do not count organs designated for transplant
                prior to the time the donor entered the hospital's operating room for
                surgical removal of the organs but subsequently determined to be
                unusable and donated to research, as Medicare usable organs or total
                usable organs.
                (4) Counting and Cost Allocation of Discarded/Unusable Organs
                 Our longstanding policy regarding counting of discarded/unusable
                organs for cost allocation purposes is set forth in CMS Ruling 1543-R
                issued December 21, 2006 and PRM-1 sections 3111 and 3116. We are
                proposing to add Sec. 413.412(d) to new subpart L, to specify that an
                organ is not counted as a Medicare usable organ or a total usable organ
                if the excising surgeon determines, upon initial inspection or after
                removal of the organ, that the organ is not viable and not medically
                suitable for transplant and the organ is determined to be unusable and
                discarded. This includes organs that are determined to be unusable and
                subsequently donated to research as previously described in section
                X.B.2.i.(3). of this proposed rule.
                j. Proposals Related to Medicare as Secondary Payer--Organ Acquisition
                Costs and Medicare Organ Count
                 If a Medicare beneficiary has a primary health insurer other than
                Medicare and that primary health insurer has primary liability for the
                transplant and organ acquisition costs, the Medicare Program may share
                a liability for organ acquisition costs as a secondary payer in certain
                instances. Medicare prohibits secondary payment if the provider is
                either obligated to accept, or voluntarily accepts, as payment in full,
                a primary payment that is less than its charges. See 42 CFR 411.32(b).
                When a provider or supplier is obligated to accept as full payment an
                amount less than its charges, Medicare considers that lower amount to
                be the provider's charges. (For more information see the October 11,
                1989 final rule (54 FR 41728)). Medicare organ acquisition cost
                reimbursement policy when beneficiaries have a primary insurer other
                than Medicare, is set forth in PRM-1 section 3104, Accounting for the
                Cost of Medicare Secondary Payer. In this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to codify into the regulations the organ acquisition cost
                reimbursement policy with regard to Medicare secondary payer policy, as
                set forth in PRM-1 section 3104.
                 To determine whether the provider is contractually obligated to
                accept the primary insurer's payment as payment in full, and thus
                whether Medicare has zero liability as a secondary payer, it is
                necessary to review the provider or
                [[Page 25669]]
                supplier's agreement with the primary insurer. If the primary insurer's
                agreement requires the TH to accept the primary insurer's payment as
                payment in full for the transplant and the associated organ acquisition
                costs, Medicare has zero liability as a secondary payer with no payment
                obligation for the transplantation costs or the organ acquisition
                costs, and the organ at issue is not counted as a Medicare usable
                organ.
                 When the primary insurer's agreement does not require the provider
                to accept the payment from the primary insurer as payment in full and
                the payment the provider receives from the primary insurer for the
                transplant and the organ acquisition costs is insufficient to cover the
                entire cost, Medicare may have a secondary payer liability for the
                organ acquisition costs. To determine whether Medicare has a secondary
                payer liability, it is necessary for the provider to submit a bill to
                its Medicare contractor and to compare the total cost of the
                transplant, including the transplant DRG amount and the organ
                acquisition costs, to the payment received from the primary payer. The
                provider's Medicare remittance advice may or may not show that Medicare
                has a liability because the remittance advice only reflects the
                transplant portion of the payment. Thus, the provider will need to
                compare the total Medicare cost (the transplant DRG and the organ
                acquisition costs) to the payment from the primary payer to determine
                whether Medicare has a liability for the organ acquisition costs. If
                the payment from the primary payer is greater than the cost of the
                transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is no Medicare
                liability and the organ must not be counted as a Medicare usable organ.
                If the payment from the primary payer is less than the transplant DRG
                and the organ acquisition costs, there is a Medicare secondary payer
                liability and the organ is counted as a Medicare usable organ. In this
                circumstance, the payment from the primary payer is pro-rated between
                the transplant DRG payment and the organ acquisition payment. If the
                organ is counted as Medicare usable, the organ acquisition portion of
                the primary payment must be included on the appropriate line as a
                revenue offset on the TH's MCR (currently Form CMS-2552). This is
                consistent with the cost reporting instructions in CMS Pub. 15-2, (PRM-
                2) chapter 40, section 4028.
                 Consider the following example as an illustration of Medicare's
                payment of organ acquisition costs as a secondary payer. A TH
                transplants a patient that has private health insurance and Medicare.
                The private health insurance is primary and Medicare is secondary. The
                private health insurance pays the TH $70,000 for the transplant and the
                organ acquisition costs; there is no requirement in the primary
                insurer's agreement with the provider for the TH to accept this payment
                as payment in full. If Medicare was the primary payer, the combined
                payment to the TH would have been $100,000 ($60,000 for the transplant
                and $40,000 for the organ acquisition costs). The TH compares the
                primary payer payment to the total amount Medicare would have paid if
                it had been primary (the transplant DRG and organ acquisition costs).
                The TH prorates the primary payer's payment of $70,000 between a
                portion of the transplant DRG and a portion of the organ acquisition
                costs. The TH determines the primary payer amount for the transplant
                DRG payment is $42,000 ($70,000 payment from the primary payer x
                [$60,000 for the transplant portion from Medicare/$100,000 combined
                Medicare payment]) and for organ acquisition costs is $28,000 ($70,000
                payment from the primary payer x [$40,000 for the organ acquisition
                portion from Medicare/$100,000 combined Medicare payment]). The TH
                counts the organ as a Medicare usable organ on its MCR and offsets the
                primary payment amount ($28,000) as revenue received, thereby reducing
                Medicare's liability. In this proposed rule, we are proposing to add
                Sec. 413.414(a) to new subpart L to set forth the general principle
                that if a Medicare beneficiary has a primary health insurer other than
                Medicare and that primary health insurer has primary liability for the
                transplant and organ acquisition costs, the Medicare Program may share
                a liability for organ acquisition costs as a secondary payer in certain
                instances. To determine whether Medicare has liability as a secondary
                payer for organ acquisition costs, it is necessary to review the TH's
                agreement with the primary insurer.
                 We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.414(b) to new subpart L to
                set forth the circumstances when Medicare has no secondary payer
                liability for organ acquisition costs. If the primary insurer's
                agreement requires the TH to accept the primary insurer's payment as
                payment in full for the transplant and the associated organ acquisition
                costs, Medicare has zero liability as a secondary payer with no payment
                obligation for the transplantation costs or the organ acquisition
                costs, and the organ at issue is not a Medicare usable organ. We are
                also proposing to add Sec. 413.414(c) to new subpart L to set forth
                the policy for when Medicare may have a secondary payer liability for
                organ acquisition costs, which is based upon the provider's agreement
                with the primary insurer that does not require the provider to accept
                the payment from the primary insurer as payment in full, and the
                payment from the primary payer for the transplant and the organ
                acquisition costs is less than the provider's costs for the transplant
                and the organ acquisition costs. When the primary insurer's agreement
                does not require the TH to accept the payment from the primary insurer
                as payment in full and the payment the TH receives from the primary
                insurer for the transplant and organ acquisition costs is insufficient
                to cover the entire cost, Medicare may have a secondary payer liability
                for the organ acquisition costs. To determine whether Medicare has a
                secondary payer liability for the organ acquisition costs, it is
                necessary for the TH to submit a bill to its Medicare contractor and to
                compare the total cost of the transplant, including the transplant DRG
                amount and the organ acquisition costs, to the payment received from
                the primary payer. If the payment from the primary payer is greater
                than the cost of the transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs,
                there is no Medicare liability and the organ cannot be counted as a
                Medicare usable organ. If the payment from the primary payer is less
                than the transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is a
                Medicare secondary payer liability and the organ is counted as a
                Medicare usable organ. In this circumstance, the payment from the
                primary payer is pro-rated between the transplant DRG payment and the
                organ acquisition payment and the portion of the payment applicable to
                organ acquisition will be used on the cost report to reduce the
                Medicare organ acquisition costs.
                k. Proposed Organ Acquisition Charges for Kidney Paired Exchanges
                 In a directed living kidney donation, the donor names a specific
                recipient who will receive the donor's kidney.\1513\ Because the donor
                and recipient are known prior to the organ excision and
                transplantation, the organ acquisition costs can be appropriately and
                accurately matched to the recipient's account. In a non-directed
                donation, the donor does not name a specific recipient for the kidney
                and instead, the donor is matched with a recipient in need.\1514\
                [[Page 25670]]
                Kidney paired exchanges are similar to directed living donations;
                however when the living donor and recipient do not match, they can
                consent to participate in a kidney paired exchange program. Kidney
                paired exchanges can occur when two or more living donor/recipient
                pairs match each other and the donated kidneys from two or more donors
                are exchanged so each recipient receives a compatible kidney for
                transplantation.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1513\ https://www.kidney.org/transplantation/livingdonors/general-information-living-donation.
                 \1514\ Id.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In a kidney paired exchange, the living donor and matched recipient
                may have their procedures performed at different THs. When a recipient
                and donor elect to participate in a kidney paired exchange, the costs
                of the initial living donor evaluations are incurred by the originally
                intended recipient's TH, regardless of whether the living donor
                actually donates to their originally intended recipient, a kidney
                paired exchange recipient, or does not donate at all. The Medicare
                organ acquisition payment policy for kidney paired donations is
                currently set forth at PRM section 3106. In this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to codify Medicare's organ acquisition payment policy with
                respect to KPD transactions to ensure that the kidney acquisition costs
                in a kidney paired exchange are documented so that the kidney
                acquisition costs are appropriately and accurately assigned to the
                transplant recipient's account, and appropriate organ acquisition
                payment outcomes are achieved, consistent with a directed donation.
                 The costs of all hospital and physician services for pre-transplant
                living donor and recipient evaluations become acquisition costs and are
                included in the MCR of the recipient's TH, regardless of whether the
                recipient is a Medicare beneficiary. Additionally, all total usable
                kidneys and all Medicare usable kidneys are recorded by the transplant
                hospital on its MCR so that Medicare's share of kidney acquisition
                costs can be computed; this is true regardless of whether the
                transplant results from a KPD or from a directed donation. In a kidney
                paired exchange, once the donor and recipient are matched, any
                additional tests requested by the recipient's TH, and performed by the
                donor's TH, are billed to the recipient's TH as charges reduced to cost
                (using the donor's TH's cost to charge ratio) and included as
                acquisition costs on the recipient TH's MCR, regardless of whether an
                actual donation occurs, and regardless of whether the recipient is a
                Medicare beneficiary. When a donor's TH procures and sends a kidney to
                a recipient's TH, the donor's TH bills the recipient's TH the donor
                TH's kidney SAC, or alternatively, its standard departmental charges
                reduced to cost, for the reasonable costs associated with procuring,
                packaging and transporting the kidney. The donor's TH records these
                costs on its MCR as kidney acquisition costs and offsets any payments
                received from the recipient's TH against its kidney acquisition costs.
                The recipient's TH records as part of its kidney acquisition costs, the
                amounts billed by the donor's TH for the reasonable costs associated
                with procuring, packaging, and transporting the organ, as well as any
                additional testing performed and billed by the donor's TH.
                 In the scenario where a donor's TH does not procure a kidney, and
                instead the donor travels to the recipient's TH and the recipient's TH
                procures the organ from the donor, the reasonable costs associated with
                the organ procurement are included on the MCR of the recipient's TH. As
                discussed in section X.B.2.b.(3). of this proposed rule, transportation
                and travel expenses of the living donor are not allowable Medicare
                costs. Under 42 U.S.C. 273(b)(3), the cost of transportation of donated
                organs to the TH are organ acquisition costs. Programs outside of
                Medicare, such as that of the National Living Donor Assistance Center,
                may pay for transportation costs for living donors.
                 Example. The following is an example of the accounting of organ
                acquisition costs in a kidney paired exchange for Medicare cost
                reporting purposes.
                 (Step 1), the Participants. There are 4 THs: TH A, TH B, TH C, and
                TH D. Each TH has a potential transplant recipient in need of a kidney
                and each recipient has a willing, but poorly matched, donor; thus, all
                donors and recipients enter into a kidney paired exchange. Each
                recipient and donor pair has been evaluated at their respective TH.
                 TH A. Recipient A is a patient of TH A. TH A evaluates
                three potential living donors for Recipient A before a donor, Donor A,
                is identified. The costs of these evaluations are reported as kidney
                acquisition costs on TH A's cost report. Recipient A and Donor A do not
                match each other but both agree to participate in a KPD exchange.
                 TH B. Recipient B is a patient of TH B. TH B evaluates two
                potential living donors for Recipient B before a donor, Donor B, is
                identified. The costs of these evaluations are reported as kidney
                acquisition costs on TH B's cost report. Recipient B and Donor B do not
                match each other but both agree to participate in a KPD exchange.
                 TH C. Recipient C is a patient of TH C. TH C evaluates
                three potential living donors for Recipient C before a donor, Donor C,
                is identified. The costs of these evaluations are reported as kidney
                acquisition costs on TH C's cost report. Recipient C and Donor C do not
                match each other but both agree to participate in a KPD exchange.
                 TH D. Recipient D is a patient of TH D. TH D evaluates
                three potential living donors for Recipient D before a donor, Donor D,
                is identified. The costs of these evaluations are reported as kidney
                acquisition costs on TH D's cost report. Recipient D and Donor D do not
                match each other but both agree to participate in a KPD exchange.
                 (Step 2), the KPD Match. Through the KPD exchange it is determined
                that Recipient A matches Donor C; Recipient B matches Donor D;
                Recipient C matches Donor A; and Recipient D matches Donor B.
                 (Step 3), After the KPD Match.
                 Recipient C's TH requests Donor A's TH perform an
                additional test that was not included in Donor A's initial evaluation.
                Donor A's TH performs the additional test and bills Recipient's C's TH,
                charges reduced to cost, for the additional tests of Donor A. The
                amounts billed by TH A to TH C are included in TH C's MCR as organ
                acquisition costs for Recipient C.
                 Donor B elects to travel to TH D for the procurement and
                any additional testing. (Note: The cost of travel for a living donor is
                not an allowable organ acquisition cost.)
                 Donor A, Donor C, and Donor D remain at their original
                intended recipients' THs (TH A, TH C and TH D, respectively) where they
                were evaluated and where their organ procurement will occur.
                 (Step 4), Procuring, Packaging and Transporting the Kidneys.
                 TH A procures Donor A's kidney and packages and transports
                it to TH C for Recipient C. TH A bills TH C, charges reduced to cost,
                for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging and
                transporting the kidney as well as any additional testing requested by
                TH C that was not included in the initial evaluation of Donor A. Donor
                A's TH records these costs on its MCR as kidney acquisition costs and
                offsets any payments received from TH C against its kidney acquisitions
                costs.
                 TH B does not procure a kidney. Donor B elects to travel
                to TH D for the procurement. TH D procures Donor B's kidney and records
                these costs on its cost report as kidney acquisition costs. TH B
                receives a kidney from TH D for transplant into recipient B. TH B
                records the amounts it pays to TH D on TH B's MCR as kidney acquisition
                costs.
                [[Page 25671]]
                 TH C procures Donor C's kidney and packages and transports
                it to TH A for Recipient A. TH C bills TH A, charges reduced to cost,
                for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging and
                transporting the kidney as well as any additional testing requested by
                TH A that was not included in the initial evaluation of Donor C. Donor
                C's TH records these costs on its MCR as kidney acquisition costs and
                records any payments received from TH A on TH C's MCR to offset its
                kidney acquisitions costs.
                 TH D procures Donor D's kidney and packages and transports
                it to TH B for recipient B. TH D bills TH B, charges reduced to cost,
                for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging and
                transporting the kidney, as well as any additional testing requested by
                TH B that was not included in the initial evaluation of Donor D. Donor
                D's TH records these costs on its MCR as kidney acquisition costs and
                records any payments received from TH B on TH D's MCR to offset its
                kidney acquisitions costs. TH B records the amounts it pays to TH D for
                Donor D's kidney on TH B's MCR as kidney acquisition costs.
                 (Step 5), Counting Medicare Usable Organs. Because of the proposed
                policy in section X.B.2.h. of the preamble of this proposed rule and
                proposed new Sec. 413.408 for Medicare usable organ counting, all
                organs that are transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries are counted as
                Medicare usable kidneys.
                 The following tables summarize the KPD exchange described
                previously.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.316
                [[Page 25672]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.317
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.318
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to codify into the
                regulations the Medicare organ acquisition payment policy for kidney
                paired exchanges, as set forth in PRM section 3106. Consistent with
                this proposal, we are proposing to add Sec. 413.416(a) to new subpart
                L to specify that when a recipient and donor elect to participate
                [[Page 25673]]
                in a kidney paired exchange, the costs of the initial living donor
                evaluations are incurred by the originally intended recipient's TH,
                regardless of whether the living donor actually donates to their
                originally intended recipient, a kidney paired exchange recipient, or
                does not donate at all. We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.416(b)
                to new subpart L to specify that in a kidney paired exchange,
                regardless of whether an actual donation occurs, once the donor and
                recipient are matched, any additional tests requested by the
                recipient's TH and performed by the donor's TH, are billed to the
                recipient's TH as charges reduced to cost (using the donor's TH's cost
                to charge ratio) and included as acquisition costs on the recipient
                TH's MCR. We are also proposing to add Sec. 413.416(c) to new subpart
                L to specify that in a kidney paired exchange, when a donor's TH
                procures and sends a kidney to a recipient's TH, all costs must be
                reasonable and necessary and (1) the donor's TH bills the recipient's
                TH the donor TH's charges reduced to cost or the TH's applicable SAC
                for the reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging and
                transporting the kidney; (2) the donor's TH records these costs
                associated with procuring, packaging and transporting the kidney on its
                MCR as kidney acquisition costs and offsets any payments received from
                the recipient's TH against these kidney acquisition costs; and (3) the
                recipient's TH records as part of its kidney acquisition costs, the
                amounts billed by the donor's TH for the reasonable costs associated
                with procuring, packaging, and transporting the organ as well as any
                additional testing performed and billed by the donor's TH. We are also
                proposing to add Sec. 413.416(d) to new subpart L to specify that, in
                a kidney paired exchange (1) when a donor's TH does not procure a
                kidney, but the donor travels to the recipient's TH for the organ
                procurement, the reasonable costs associated with the organ procurement
                are included on the MCR of the recipient's TH, and (2) travel expenses
                of the living donor are not allowable Medicare costs. In section
                X.B.2.c.(2). of this proposed rule, we are proposing to add Sec.
                413.404(b)(2) to specify that when a transplant hospital/HOPO provides
                an organ to another transplant hospital or OPO, it must bill the
                receiving transplant hospital or OPO its SAC or the hospital's standard
                departmental charges that are reduced to cost.
                l. Proposals Requiring Donor Community Hospitals To Charge OPOs
                Reasonable Costs, Charges Reduced to Cost
                 Medicare-certified hospitals that are not THs but collaborate with
                OPOs to procure organs from cadaveric donors for transplantation are
                hereinafter referred to as ``donor community hospitals''. To
                participate in the Medicare Program, donor community hospitals and THs
                have organ procurement responsibilities and must have an agreement with
                a designated OPO to timely notify the OPO of individuals whose death is
                imminent or who have died in the hospital (42 CFR 482.45(a)(1)). The
                OPO then implements its donation protocol and, when appropriate (after
                declaration of death and consent to donate), will arrange for the
                procurement of all medically suitable cadaveric donor organs for
                transplant, at the donor community hospital or TH. In this regard,
                donor community hospitals and THs may incur costs for services provided
                to cadaveric organ donors following the consent to donate through the
                procurement of the organs (for example, use of the hospitals operating
                room, staff, and ventilators to maintain the viability of the cadaveric
                donor organs).
                 Currently, when a donor community hospital incurs costs for
                services provided to the cadaveric donor, as authorized by the OPO
                following the declaration of death and consent to donate, it bills the
                OPO its customary charges (not reduced to cost) or a negotiated rate.
                (PRM-1 section 3107). Donor community hospital billing procedures are
                described in IL 74-23, published July 1, 1974, which provides, ``where
                the excising hospital is not a TH, it will bill its customary charges
                for those services used in excising the cadaver kidney.'' Thereafter,
                the OPO includes the charges from the donor community hospital on its
                cost report as part of the OPO's organ acquisition costs. At the end of
                its accounting period, the TH/HOPO uses these amounts to calculate its
                renal and non-renal SAC amounts for the following year, and the IOPO
                uses these amounts to calculate its non-renal SAC amounts for the
                following year. Medicare contractor's also use these amounts to
                calculate the IOPO's kidney SAC for the following year.
                 When the IOPO furnishes an organ to a TH (or other OPO), the IOPO
                bills the TH (or other OPO) the IOPO's SAC for the specific organ type.
                Currently, when a TH/HOPO provides an organ to another TH or OPO, it
                must bill its SAC or its standard departmental charges reduced to cost.
                The OPO's SAC is a charge which reflects an average of the total actual
                costs the OPO incurs to furnish an organ and reflects amounts the OPO
                is charged by the donor community hospital for services the donor
                community hospital provides to cadaveric donors. THs then include these
                SACs they have paid to OPOs to procure organs as allowable acquisition
                costs in their bills to Medicare, which Medicare pays. Therefore,
                because the OPO's incurred costs are passed on to and paid by the TH,
                and because the TH then includes these amounts as organ acquisition
                costs on its cost report, this chain of incurred costs results in
                Medicare paying these donor hospital charges (that are not reduced to
                cost) when it reconciles the organ acquisition costs on the TH cost
                report.
                 Stakeholders have made CMS aware that some donor community
                hospitals are charging OPOs amounts that are in excess of reasonable
                costs for services provided to cadaveric organ donors, resulting in
                Medicare paying more than reasonable costs for the acquisition of
                cadaveric donor organs for transplant. In one instance, an OPO
                identified a donor community hospital in its designated service area
                that billed amounts in excess of reasonable costs. CMS reviewed the
                donor community hospital's bills to the OPO and the donor community
                hospital's MCR information to evaluate the costs associated with those
                charges. CMS computed, using the hospitals cost-to-charge ratios, that
                the charges billed by the donor community hospital in the amount of
                $194,000, equated to a cost of $11,000. Thus, the donor community
                hospital's actual costs were approximately 6 percent of their billed
                charges.
                 Organ acquisition costs are reimbursed under Medicare's principles
                of reasonable cost established under section 1861(v) of the Act. Donor
                community hospitals (and THs) are Medicare-certified hospitals and must
                follow Medicare's reasonable cost principles under section 1861(v) of
                the Act. Because the services donor community hospitals provide to
                cadaveric donors, and thus charge to OPOs, are included as organ
                acquisition costs on OPOs' cost reports, these charges should also be
                subject to Medicare's principles of reasonable cost established under
                section 1861(v) of the Act, and 42 CFR 413.5 and 413.9.
                 In a 1978 final rule with comment, CMS similarly noted that THs
                have no basis for determining the reasonableness
                [[Page 25674]]
                of the charges made by the OPO.\1515\ CMS observed that services
                furnished by OPOs, if they are not part of the transplant hospital, are
                billed to transplant hospitals, which pay the charges shown on the
                bill. The charges then become allowable costs of the hospitals.\1516\
                When donor community hospitals charge OPOs amounts not reduced to
                costs, and the OPOs pay the charges shown on the bill, those charges
                become incorporated as organ acquisition costs to the TH and are
                subsequently shared by Medicare; thus, Medicare's reasonable cost
                principles applicable to organ acquisition costs are not observed. We
                note that organs recovered from donor community hospitals comprised 62
                percent of all transplanted organs in 2017 and 2018.\1517\ We recognize
                that because THs bill the OPOs' charges to Medicare, Medicare is paying
                more than reasonable costs for these services that become organ
                acquisition costs.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1515\ 43 FR 58370 (December 14, 1978).
                 \1516\ Id.
                 \1517\ Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients. Request for
                Information. Requested on 02/08/2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Because these charges become allowable organ acquisition costs of
                the TH, we believe that donor community hospitals should be required to
                reduce their charges to cost for services provided to cadaveric donors
                and billed to OPOs, in accordance with reasonable cost principles given
                in section 1861(v) of the Act and in our regulations at 42 CFR 413.5
                and 413.9. Doing so will result in conformance to Medicare reasonable
                cost principles, and result in reduced costs to the OPOs, subsequently
                reducing cadaveric donor SACs billed to THs or OPOs, which may benefit
                other payors, as well as Medicare. Donor community hospitals are
                reimbursed either a DRG payment by Medicare (if the patient is a
                Medicare beneficiary), or a payment from other payers, for services
                provided to a potential organ donor prior to declaration of death and
                consent to donate. For services provided after declaration of death and
                consent to donate payment, if our proposal is implemented, donor
                hospitals would be reimbursed by OPOs for their reasonable costs in
                accordance with Medicare's principles of reimbursement. Therefore, a
                donor community hospital would see a reduction in reimbursement from
                OPOs, because the donor hospital was previously permitted to bill the
                OPO its customary charges or negotiated rates. However, donor community
                hospitals would still have their reasonable costs reimbursed.
                 We believe that an equitable and accurate methodology to reduce a
                donor community hospital's charges to cost would be to use the most
                recently available hospital specific CCR. Using the hospital's specific
                CCR would be unique to each donor community hospital and would more
                accurately compensate them for services provided to cadaveric organ
                donors, as opposed to using an alternative like the statewide CCR.
                Because contractors recalculate each hospital's specific CCR on an
                ongoing basis, whenever more recent cost report data is available, the
                hospital's specific CCR is arguably more accurate and more closely
                aligned with creating a uniform charge to cost structure.
                 One methodology we considered to reduce a donor community
                hospital's charges to cost was to require them to use their statewide
                average operating CCR and apply this statewide average CCR to its
                charges. The statewide average operating CCR is updated annually in the
                FY IPPS/LTCH rule and is a transparent source of data. We note that the
                statewide average operating CCR published in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                final rule was 0.272 for urban hospitals and 0.336 for rural hospitals.
                Using a statewide average CCR would even out any instances in which a
                hospital's operating costs fall above or below established parameters.
                However, because it is an average, it would not accurately represent
                the variability in actual hospital specific CCRs. Therefore, using a
                statewide CCR may not adequately serve the purpose of reducing charges
                to cost.
                 Stakeholders have suggested that some donor community hospitals are
                improperly billing OPOs for services provided to cadaveric donors prior
                to the declaration of death and consent to donate. This would be
                inappropriate because hospital services provided prior to declaration
                of death and consent to donate are billable to the donor's insurance in
                the same manner hospital services are billable to an individual
                receiving services, regardless of whether the payor is Medicare. We
                reiterate that when a donor community hospital or TH incurs costs for
                providing services to a cadaveric donor, as authorized by the OPO, only
                those costs incurred after the declaration of the donor's death and
                consent to donate are permitted to be billed to the OPO. The OPO must
                accept bills from donor community hospitals and THs for costs only
                incurred after the declaration of death and consent to donate.
                Contractors will review OPO cost reports to ensure that donor community
                hospitals and THs charge OPOs for cadaveric donor costs incurred after
                declaration of death and consent to donate.
                 In this proposed rule we are proposing to add Sec. 413.418(a) in
                new subpart L, to specify that a donor community hospital (a Medicare-
                certified non-transplant hospital) incurs organ acquisition costs for
                donor organ procurement services, authorized by the OPO following
                declaration of death and consent to donate.
                 We are proposing to add Sec. 413.418(b) in new subpart L, to
                specify that for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October
                1, 2021, when a donor community hospital incurs costs for services
                furnished to a cadaveric donor, as authorized by the OPO, the donor
                community hospital must bill the OPO its customary charges that are
                reduced to cost by applying its most recently available hospital
                specific cost-to-charge ratio for the period in which the service was
                rendered.
                m. Proposed Revisions, Technical Corrections, and Conforming Changes to
                42 CFR Part 412, Subparts A, E, G, and H and to Part 413, Subparts A,
                C, and H
                (1) Conforming Changes to Terminology in 42 CFR Parts 412 and 413
                 In section X.B.2.a.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                noted terminology differences in the use of ``transplantation center'',
                where the regulations in 42 CFR part 412, subparts A, E, G, and H and
                in Part 413, subparts A, C, and H use the term to mean an organ-
                specific transplantation program that is within a TH. We are proposing
                to conform the language in the regulation text to the terminology used
                in the CoPs at Sec. 482.70 by replacing the term ``transplantation
                center'' and its various permutations with the term ``transplant
                program'' and its various permutations. We are proposing to make this
                conforming change in the text of the following regulations: Sec. Sec.
                412.1(a)(1)(ii), 412.2(e)(4), 412.71(b)(3), 412.90(d), 412.100 (in the
                title and in the text at Sec. Sec. 412.100(a)(1)), 412.113(d),
                412.116(c), and 413.40(a)(3). We are also proposing to update the
                terminology to replace ``organ procurement agency'' and its various
                permutations with ``organ procurement organization'' and its various
                permutations. Further, we are proposing to replace the acronym ``OPAs''
                with ``OPOs''. We are proposing to make these terminology changes to
                the regulation text at Sec. Sec. 412.100(b) and 413.1(a)(2)(v) to
                conform to the terminology used in the CoPs found in 42 CFR part 482.
                Finally, we are proposing to change ``renal'' to ``kidney'' in
                Sec. Sec. 412.71(b)(3), 412.90(d), in the title and paragraph (a) of
                Sec. 412.100, and in Sec. 412.116(c), to
                [[Page 25675]]
                conform to the terminology used in the CoPs at Sec. 482.104.
                (2) Revisions, Technical Corrections, and Conforming Changes to Sec.
                412.100
                 We are proposing to revise the text currently found in Sec.
                412.100(a) and (b) to change ``expenses'' to ``costs'' and to remove
                the word ``estimated'' from Sec. 412.100(a)(1). We are also proposing
                to make a technical correction to remove from Sec. 412.100(a)(1)
                cross-references to CoPs which no longer exist, and replace them with
                Sec. 482.104 and are proposing to add language to clarify that CMS
                adjusts inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) rates for inpatient
                operating costs. We are proposing to revise Sec. 412.100(a)(1) to read
                CMS adjusts the inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) rates for
                inpatient operating costs determined under subparts D and E of this
                part for hospitals with approved kidney transplant programs (discussed
                at Sec. 482.104) to remove the net costs associated with kidney
                acquisition.
                 Additionally, we are proposing to revise Sec. 412.100(a)(2) to
                clarify the language, and to specify that Medicare payment for kidney
                acquisition costs includes only those costs for kidneys transplanted
                into Medicare beneficiaries. We are proposing to revise Sec.
                412.100(a)(2) to specify the following:
                 Payment for Medicare kidney acquisition costs, as set
                forth in subpart L of part 413 of this chapter, is made on a reasonable
                cost basis apart from the prospective payment rate for inpatient
                operating costs.
                 IPPS payment to the hospital is adjusted in each cost
                reporting period to reflect an amount necessary to compensate the
                hospital for reasonable costs of Medicare kidney acquisition.
                 In section X.B.2.b.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to revise Sec. 412.100(b) by revising and relocating the
                list of organ acquisition costs given in that paragraph and adding the
                list as paragraph (b) in proposed Sec. 413.402 of new subpart L.
                Further, we are proposing to revise Sec. 412.100(b) to make it clearer
                that kidney acquisition costs must be incurred. Finally, we are
                proposing to revise Sec. 412.100(b) to add language that the items and
                services covered as kidney acquisition costs are specified in Sec.
                413.402(b).
                (3) Proposed Revisions and Conforming Changes to 42 CFR 412.113(d)
                 In addition to the conforming change discussed in section
                X.B.2.m.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                revise the regulation text at Sec. 412.113(d) to reference the organ
                acquisition policies given in new subpart L of part 413, rather than to
                maintain the existing cross-reference to the definition of organ given
                in Sec. 486.302.
                (4) Technical Corrections and Conforming Changes to Sec. 413.1
                 In addition to the conforming change discussed in section
                X.B.2.m.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                revise the text in Sec. 413.1(d)(2)(i) to put it into list form. We
                are also proposing to revise the text related to kidney acquisition
                costs to read organ acquisition costs as specified in part 413 subpart
                L.
                (5) Proposed Revision to 42 CFR 413.40(a)(3)
                 In addition to the proposed conforming changes discussed in
                X.B.2.m.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing a
                technical correction and a revision to paragraph (a)(3) of Sec.
                413.40. We are proposing to revise the regulation text that references
                heart, kidney, and liver acquisition costs to read organ acquisition
                costs as specified in part 413 subpart L so that the language reflects
                all solid organs for which Medicare covers organ acquisition costs and
                directs readers to the organ acquisition cost in part 413.
                (6) Proposed Regulatory Changes to Section 413.200
                 We are proposing to remove the regulation found at 42 CFR 413.200
                entitled Payment of Independent organ procurement organizations and
                histocompatibility laboratories. We are proposing to add Sec. 413.400
                to contain revised text from Sec. 413.200(b), and to add Sec. 413.420
                to contain the remaining regulation text from Sec. 413.200 (a) and (c)
                through (g), along with a revised title, so that the content of Sec.
                413.200, with revisions, is located with other regulations specific to
                organ acquisition in part 413, new subpart L. We are proposing to make
                a technical correction or revisions to two of the three definitions
                found in Sec. 413.200(b), as described in section X.B.2.a.(2). of the
                preamble of this proposed rule. We are proposing to add these
                definitions to proposed Sec. 413.400, as described in section
                X.B.2.a.(2). of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 We are proposing to relocate and revise the regulation title and
                regulation text currently existing in Sec. 413.200 in paragraphs (a),
                and (c) through (g), by adding Sec. 413.420, entitled ``Payment to
                independent organ procurement organizations and histocompatibility
                laboratories for kidney acquisition costs'' and by adding paragraphs
                (a), and (c) through (g) with the text from those same paragraphs in
                Sec. 413.200. We are proposing to make conforming changes to the
                regulation text in Sec. 413.420(a) and (c) through (g) to distinguish
                independent OPOs (IOPOs) from all OPOs where appropriate, in accordance
                with the proposed definition of IOPO in Sec. 413.400. We also are
                proposing to add paragraph (b) to Sec. 413.420 with a subtitle of
                ``Definitions'', to provide a cross-reference to the definitions in
                Sec. 413.400 of new subpart L. Therefore, the proposed new Sec.
                413.420 would maintain the same paragraph structure as the existing
                Sec. 413.200. Finally, we are proposing minor revisions to clarify the
                regulation text, including changing language from passive to active
                tense, changing verbs from future tense to present tense, and editing
                to improve readability.
                3. Solicitation of Comments Regarding Surgeon Fees for Cadaveric Donor
                Excisions
                 Since 1987, we have limited the amount an OPO may reimburse a
                physician for cadaveric kidney donor retrieval services. Chapters 27
                and 31 of the PRM limit the physician payment for cadaveric kidney
                retrieval to $1,250 per donor (one or two kidneys). The history behind
                the limitation on physician payment may be based on a July 1974 $400
                physician services limitation on excising kidneys in community
                hospitals that do not participate in Medicare, which was noted in a
                Part A Intermediary Letter (IL No. 74-23, July 1974); it may also be
                based in part on the 1983 median cost paid by OPOs for surgical
                excision of cadaveric kidneys, which was approximately $800.\1518\
                Although the payments made to physicians for organ retrieval services
                associated with other types of organ transplants have increased,
                cadaveric kidney retrieval rates have remained capped at $1,250. We
                have received several requests to change the amount we pay for
                cadaveric kidney retrievals. In the CY 2009 Revisions to Payment
                Policies Under the Physician Fee Schedule and Other Revisions to Part B
                for CY 2009 (hereafter, Physician's Fee) proposed rule (73 FR 38580 and
                38581), we solicited public comments and data that are reflective of
                organ retrieval service costs for all types of organs. At that time, we
                did not have data upon which
                [[Page 25676]]
                to base a change in payment. We stated that we may use this information
                to determine the extent to which a recalculation of the payment for
                cadaveric organ retrieval services performed by a physician is
                warranted and to inform any future rulemaking on this subject. We
                received four timely public comments in response to our request for
                information and data for use in updating the organ retrieval physician
                payment amount included in organ acquisition costs, which were
                discussed in detail in the CY 2009 Physicians Fee Schedule final rule
                (73 FR 69864). However, we did not receive any data that would be
                useful in evaluating the appropriateness of the $1,250 per donor
                surgeon fee limit for cadaveric kidney retrievals.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1518\ Organ Transplants: Hearings before the Subcommittee on
                Investigations and Oversight, of the House Committee on Science and
                Technology. 98th Cong. 43 (1983) (testimony of Carolyne K. Davis,
                Ph.D., Administrator, Health Care Financing Administration).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 For this proposed rule, we used 2017 cost report data from 48 OPOs
                to calculate a surgeon fee cost per local kidney for each provider, by
                dividing the kidney surgeon fee costs reported on Worksheet A-2, line
                13, column 3 of the MCR by the number of local kidneys reported on
                Worksheet S-1, Part 1, Line 1, column 1 of the MCR. Excluding three
                providers with extremely low surgeon fees per local kidney (ranging
                from $0 to $231), the average surgeon fee cost per local kidney was
                $745. These provider-reported data suggest that the $1,250 limit on
                surgeon fees for cadaveric donor kidney retrievals is sufficient and
                allows for some higher cost excisions. However, we have received
                comments suggesting that this limit needs to be reconsidered.
                 While we are not proposing to change the physician payment limit
                for cadaveric kidney retrieval in this proposed rule, we are soliciting
                information on the physician effort and resources required to procure a
                cadaveric kidney for transplantation. Specifically, we are soliciting
                data or other information on surgical time, dry runs (number and
                percentage of retrievals in which an organ is not recovered), travel
                and wait times, as well as the incremental time required for extended
                criteria donors and donors after cardiac death. Additionally, we are
                soliciting resource information to determine the difference in
                procuring one kidney or a pair of kidneys from a single donor. The
                comments we receive may inform development of future proposals related
                to surgeon fee payment for organ retrieval from cadaveric donors. Any
                possible future rulemaking would provide for notice and public comment.
                C. Medicare Shared Savings Program--Proposed Policy Changes (Sec.
                425.600)
                1. Background
                 The Medicare Shared Savings Program (Shared Savings Program) was
                established under section 1899 of the Act to facilitate coordination
                and cooperation among providers and suppliers to improve the quality of
                care for Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) beneficiaries and reduce the
                rate of growth in expenditures under Medicare Parts A and B. Eligible
                groups of providers and suppliers, including physicians, hospitals, and
                other health care providers, may participate in the Shared Savings
                Program by forming or participating in an accountable care organization
                (ACO). The regulations implementing the Shared Savings Program are
                codified at 42 CFR part 425. The final rule establishing the Shared
                Savings Program appeared in the November 2, 2011 Federal Register
                (Medicare Program; Medicare Shared Savings Program: Accountable Care
                Organizations; final rule (76 FR 67802)). A complete list of all of the
                statutes and regulations pertaining to the Shared Savings Program is
                located at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/sharedsavingsprogram/program-statutes-and-regulations.
                 A final rule redesigning the Shared Savings Program appeared in the
                December 31, 2018 Federal Register titled ``Medicare Program: Medicare
                Shared Savings Program; Accountable Care Organizations--Pathways to
                Success and Uncontrollable Circumstances Policies for Performance Year
                2017'' (83 FR 67816) (hereinafter referred to as the ``December 2018
                final rule''). In the December 2018 final rule, we finalized a number
                of policies for the Shared Savings Program, including a redesign of the
                participation options available under the program to encourage ACOs to
                transition to two-sided models (in which they may share in savings and
                are accountable for repaying shared losses); new tools to support
                coordination of care across settings and strengthen beneficiary
                engagement; and revisions to ensure rigorous benchmarking.
                 In the December 2018 final rule, we established the BASIC track in
                a new provision at Sec. [thinsp]425.605. The BASIC track includes an
                option for eligible ACOs to begin participation under a one-sided model
                and incrementally phase-in risk (using a loss recoupment limit
                calculated based on ACO participant revenue and capped at a percentage
                of the ACO's updated benchmark) and potential reward over the course of
                a single agreement period, an approach referred to as the glide path
                (83 FR 67841). The glide path includes five levels: A one-sided model
                available only for the first 2 consecutive performance years (PYs) of
                an ACO's initial 5-year agreement period, each year of which is
                identified as a separate level (Levels A and B); and three levels of
                progressively higher risk and potential reward in PYs 3 through 5 of
                the agreement period (Levels C, D, and E). Eligible ACOs that have
                previously participated in Track 1 of the Shared Savings Program may
                enter the glide path at Level B. ACOs are automatically advanced along
                the progression of risk/reward levels at the start of each performance
                year, over the course of a 5-year agreement period, unless the ACO
                elects to advance more quickly, until ACOs reach the BASIC track's
                maximum level of risk/reward (Level E) (83 FR 67844). Level E qualifies
                as an Advanced Alternative Payment Model and clinicians in ACOs
                participating in Level E of the BASIC track may qualify for APM
                incentive payments under the Quality Payment Program if they meet the
                criteria to become Qualifying APM Participants (QPs). For ACOs that
                entered the BASIC track's glide path for an agreement period beginning
                on July 1, 2019, the progression through the levels of risk and
                potential reward spans 6 performance years, including the ACO's first
                performance year from July 1, 2019, through December 31, 2019; these
                ACOs were not automatically advanced to the next risk/reward level at
                the start of PY 2020 (for more information, see Sec. Sec.
                425.200(b)(4)(ii) and (c)(3) and 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(i)).
                 As of January 1, 2021, there are 477 Shared Savings Program ACOs
                serving approximately 10.7 million Medicare FFS beneficiaries across
                the country: 41 percent of ACOs (195 of 477) are currently
                participating under two-sided shared savings and shared losses models;
                and 194 ACOs are participating under the BASIC track's glide path,
                including 163 ACOs in one-sided Levels A and B and 31 ACOs in two-sided
                Levels C and D. For PY 2021, 6 ACOs elected to advance more quickly
                along the glide path to Level E for a total of 69 ACOs currently
                participating under Level E of the BASIC track.
                 The COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting ongoing public health
                emergency (PHE), as defined in 42 CFR 400.200, have continued to create
                a lack of predictability for many ACOs regarding the impact of
                utilization changes on beneficiary assignment and performance year
                expenditures. The PHE has disrupted population health activities as
                clinicians, care coordinators
                [[Page 25677]]
                and financial and other resources are diverted to address immediate
                needs, including acute care and vaccine delivery. The lack of
                predictability and disrupted population health activities created
                concern for some ACOs regarding the impact on their Shared Savings
                Program performance and the potential for shared losses. In the interim
                final rule with comment period (IFC) that appeared in the May 8, 2020
                Federal Register (85 FR 27575 and 27576) (hereinafter referred to as
                the ``May 2020 COVID-19 IFC''), we modified the Shared Savings Program
                policy of automatic advancement along the glide path to allow BASIC
                track ACOs participating in the glide path the option to forgo the
                first automatic advancement along the glide path's increasing levels of
                risk and potential reward. We subsequently finalized the modified
                policy without change in the CY 2021 Physician Fee Schedule (PFS) final
                rule (85 FR 84767 through 84769). Under the terms of the current
                regulations, BASIC track ACOs that elected this option for performance
                year 2021 will be automatically advanced for performance year 2022 to
                the level at which they would have otherwise participated under
                automatic advancement if they had not elected the option. Seventy-four
                percent of eligible BASIC track ACOs (148 of 201) elected the 1-year
                ``freeze'' for PY 2021. Another 18 BASIC track ACOs elected to take on
                risk, by either automatically transitioning to Level C or by advancing
                more quickly along the glide path.
                2. Proposal Regarding Basic Track Risk ``Freeze'' Option
                 Due to the continued PHE for COVID-19, ACOs and other stakeholders
                have requested that the exception that allowed ACOs in the BASIC track
                to opt for a risk ``freeze'' for PY 2021 be continued for PY 2022.
                While the PHE for COVID-19 remains ongoing, new considerations and
                challenges that impact ACO operations and expenditures continue to
                emerge: (1) The effects of cancelling or delaying services during the
                PHE, including the expectation that beneficiaries who may have gone
                without routine and acute care during the PHE will need increased care;
                (2) the emergence of new variants and mutations of the existing
                variants of the coronavirus that causes COVID-19; and (3) the resources
                involved in vaccinating the Medicare population. Given the inability of
                ACOs to anticipate the extent to which these issues may impact
                expenditures during PY 2022 and effectively prepare for these issues,
                we believe providing additional flexibilities to address the
                uncertainty produced by the ongoing PHE for COVID-19 is essential to
                encourage ACOs to continue participating in the Shared Savings Program
                during the ongoing PHE for COVID-19.
                 As noted previously, in the May 2020 COVID-19 IFC, we adopted a new
                provision at Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) to provide the
                opportunity for ACOs participating in the BASIC track's glide path to
                maintain their level of participation for PY 2021 and not automatically
                progress to a higher level along the glide path. For PY 2022, the ACOs
                that voluntarily elected to ``freeze'' their participation level in
                accordance with Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) are currently
                required to progress to the level of participation they would have been
                automatically advanced to, absent the election to maintain their
                participation level for PY 2021. For example, if an ACO in Level B of
                the BASIC track in PY 2020 elected to maintain its participation in
                Level B for PY 2021, the ACO will be automatically transitioned to
                Level D for PY 2022. Level D of the BASIC track is a two-sided model
                with a 50-percent sharing rate and 30-percent loss sharing rate, not to
                exceed 4 percent of ACO participant revenue capped at 2 percent of the
                ACO's updated benchmark.
                 Stakeholders have continued to express concern that as a result of
                the unpredictable circumstances of the PHE and the sustained impacts of
                the COVID-19 pandemic during PY 2021, some ACOs may terminate their
                participation in the program if they are required to automatically
                transition to downside risk or a higher level of downside risk for PY
                2022. Specifically, stakeholders have requested that we allow a second
                ``freeze'' to permit ACOs participating in the BASIC track's glide path
                to opt out of automatic advancement from their current level of
                participation for PY 2022.
                 As detailed in the May 2020 COVID-19 IFC (85 FR 27576), per Sec.
                [thinsp]425.204(f)(3)(iii), an ACO entering an agreement period in
                Level A or Level B of the BASIC track must demonstrate the adequacy of
                its repayment mechanism prior to the start of any performance year in
                which it either elects to participate, or is automatically transitioned
                to a two-sided model of the BASIC track, including Level C, Level D or
                Level E. We believe that it would be appropriate to provide the
                flexibility to ACOs, particularly those that would otherwise
                automatically transition to Level C or D of the BASIC track for PY
                2022, to delay transitioning to two-sided risk, thus delaying the
                requirement to establish a repayment mechanism prior to the start of PY
                2022. This flexibility would allow these ACOs the option to put
                financial resources that might otherwise be used to establish a
                repayment mechanism towards continuing to care for their beneficiaries
                during the ongoing pandemic. Currently, the Shared Savings Program has
                163 ACOs participating under Level A or Level B of the BASIC track that
                are scheduled to automatically advance to Level C or Level D on January
                1, 2022.
                 We are also concerned that the PHE for COVID-19 has made
                expenditures and utilization more difficult to predict and that ACOs
                may be more risk-averse as patient care patterns have been altered by
                the pandemic. ACOs cannot know the full impact that the PHE for COVID-
                19 and the related changes in health care utilization will have on
                their total expenditures or their assigned beneficiary population. In
                addition, the duration of the PHE for COVID-19 remains uncertain, and
                it is unclear whether the PHE will extend into 2022, such that shared
                losses owed by ACOs participating under two-sided payment models would
                be mitigated under the Shared Savings Program's extreme and
                uncontrollable circumstances policy. Therefore, we propose that ACOs
                participating in the BASIC track's glide path may elect to maintain
                their current level of risk under the BASIC track for PY 2022.
                Specifically, we propose that before the automatic advancement for PY
                2022, an applicable ACO may elect to remain in the same level of the
                BASIC track's glide path in which it participated during PY 2021. For
                PY 2023, an ACO that elects this advancement deferral option would be
                automatically advanced to the level of the BASIC track's glide path in
                which it would have participated during PY 2023 if it had advanced
                automatically to the required level for PY 2022 (unless the ACO elects
                to advance more quickly before the start of PY 2023). For example, if
                an ACO that participated in the BASIC track Level A for PY 2020, then
                automatically advanced to Level B in PY 2021, elects to maintain its
                current level of participation for PY 2022, it would participate under
                Level B for PY 2022 and then would automatically advance to Level D for
                PY 2023. The ACO could also elect to advance more quickly by opting to
                move to Level E instead of Level D for PY 2023, in which case the ACO
                would participate under Level E for the remainder of its agreement
                period. In contrast, if an ACO that participated in the BASIC track
                Level B for PY 2020 elected to maintain its participation at
                [[Page 25678]]
                Level B for PY 2021, but does not elect to maintain its participation
                under Level B for PY 2022, the ACO would automatically advance to Level
                D for PY 2023, unless it chooses to advance more quickly.
                 Under this proposal, an ACO that elects to freeze its participation
                level for both PY 2021 and PY 2022 would be automatically advanced for
                PY 2023 to the level of the BASIC track's glide path in which it would
                have participated during PY 2023, absent both of its elections to
                freeze. For example, if an ACO participating in the BASIC track, Level
                B, in PY 2020 elected to maintain its current level of participation
                for PY 2021, and then chose again to maintain its current level of
                participation for PY 2022, it would continue to participate under Level
                B in both PY 2021 and PY 2022, before automatically advancing to Level
                E for PY 2023. In this example, the ACO would participate under Level E
                for the remainder of its agreement period. We have provided the
                following table to illustrate the potential scenarios for ACOs that
                elect to maintain their current level of risk for PY 2021 or PY 2022 or
                both. This chart is intended only to address ACOs that may want to
                elect to ``freeze'' for PY 2022 and does not address other
                participation options, such as the exception that allows certain ACOs
                to elect to remain in Level B for an additional performance year, and
                then automatically advance to Level E for the final 2 participation
                years of their agreement as specified at Sec.
                425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(ii).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.319
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.320
                 We propose that the ACO's voluntary election to maintain its
                participation level for PY 2022 must be made in the form and manner and
                by a deadline established by CMS, and an ACO executive who has the
                authority to legally bind the ACO must certify the election. We
                recognize that the annual application and change request cycle will
                begin before the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS rulemaking is finalized.
                Accordingly, we will give ACOs the
                [[Page 25679]]
                opportunity during the change request cycle to indicate whether they
                are interested in maintaining their participation at Level A or Level B
                under this proposed policy, should it be finalized. ACOs expressing
                such an interest would not be required to submit a repayment mechanism
                at that time. In the event this proposed policy is not finalized in the
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, ACOs that are required under Sec.
                425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) to advance from Level A or Level B to a
                two-sided risk model for PY 2022 would have a limited opportunity to
                submit a repayment mechanism, resolve any deficiencies, and have it
                approved in time for the start of the performance year. ACOs that fail
                to establish a repayment mechanism that complies with the requirements
                of Sec. 425.204(f) by the deadline specified by CMS would be
                terminated as required under Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(3).
                 We propose to redesignate Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iv) as Sec.
                425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(v). Additionally, we propose to add a new Sec.
                425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iv) to allow ACOs currently participating in the
                BASIC track's glide path to elect to maintain their current
                participation level for PY 2022. We intend to continue to monitor the
                PHE for COVID-19 and assess its impact on the Shared Savings Program.
                We will address any additional flexibilities that may be warranted as a
                result of the ongoing PHE through future notice and comment rulemaking.
                 Lastly, in the May 2020 COVID-19 IFC (85 FR 27625), we revised the
                regulations at Sec. 425.600 to allow BASIC track ACOs to maintain
                their participation level for PY 2021 by redesignating paragraph
                (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) as paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iv) and adding a new
                paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii). In making this amendment, we
                inadvertently omitted the revision to the cross-reference in paragraph
                (a)(4)(i)(B)(3). In this proposed rule, we are proposing to make
                further revisions to Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(2), which would also
                affect the cross-reference in paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(3). Therefore, we
                propose to revise Sec. 425.600(a)(4)(i)(B)(3) to remove the reference
                to paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) and replace it with a reference to
                paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(v).
                XI. MedPAC Recommendations
                 Under section 1886(e)(4)(B) of the Act, the Secretary must consider
                MedPAC's recommendations regarding hospital inpatient payments. Under
                section 1886(e)(5) of the Act, the Secretary must publish in the annual
                proposed and final IPPS rules the Secretary's recommendations regarding
                MedPAC's recommendations. We have reviewed MedPAC's March 2021``Report
                to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy'' and have given the
                recommendations in the report consideration in conjunction with the
                proposed policies set forth in this proposed rule. MedPAC
                recommendations for the IPPS for FY 2022 are addressed in Appendix B to
                this proposed rule.
                 For further information relating specifically to the MedPAC reports
                or to obtain a copy of the reports, contact MedPAC at (202) 653-7226,
                or visit MedPAC's website at: http://www.medpac.gov.
                XII. Other Required Information
                A. Publicly Available Files
                 IPPS-related data are available on the internet for public use. The
                data can be found on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index. Following is
                a listing of the IPPS-related data files that are available.
                 As discussed in section II.A. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 data for the FY 2022 IPPS and
                LTCH PPS ratesetting for circumstances where the FY 2020 data is
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. As discussed in section
                I.O. of Appendix A of this proposed rule, as an alternative to our
                proposed approach, we considered using the FY 2020 data we would
                ordinarily use in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS ratesetting. In order
                to facilitate comments on this alternative approach, which we may
                consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on consideration of comments
                received, we are making available the FY 2020 MedPAR file and the FY
                2019 HCRIS file that we would ordinarily have provided in conjunction
                with this proposed rule, as well as other proposed rule supporting data
                files based on the use of the FY 2020 data, including the IPPS and LTCH
                PPS Impact Files, the AOR/BOR File, the Case Mix Index File, and the
                Standardizing File. We refer the reader to section I.O. of Appendix A
                of this proposed rule for a discussion of the files that we are making
                available with regard to our alternative approach of using the FY 2020
                data that we would ordinarily use in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS
                ratesetting.
                 Commenters interested in discussing any data files used in
                construction of this proposed rule should contact Michael Treitel at
                (410) 786-4552.
                1. CMS Wage Data Public Use File
                 This file contains the hospital hours and salaries from Worksheet
                S-3, parts II and III from FY 2018 Medicare cost reports used to create
                the proposed FY 2022 IPPS wage index. Multiple versions of this file
                are created each year. For a discussion of the release of different
                versions of this file, we refer readers to section III.L. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files.html. Periods
                Available: FY 2007 through FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                2. CMS Occupational Mix Data Public Use File
                 This file contains the CY 2019 occupational mix survey data to be
                used to compute the occupational mix adjusted wage indexes. Multiple
                versions of this file are created each year. For a discussion of the
                release of different versions of this file, we refer readers to section
                III.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files.html. Period
                Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                3. Provider Occupational Mix Adjustment Factors for Each Occupational
                Category Public Use File
                 This file contains each hospital's occupational mix adjustment
                factors by occupational category. Two versions of these files are
                created each year to support the rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                4. Other Wage Index Files
                 CMS releases other wage index analysis files after each proposed
                and final rule. Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files.html. Periods Available: FY 2005 through FY 2022.
                5. FY 2022 IPPS FIPS CBSA State and County Crosswalk
                 This file contains a crosswalk of State and county codes used by
                the Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS), county name, and a
                list of Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs).
                [[Page 25680]]
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel
                on the left side of the page, click on the FY 2022 proposed rule home
                page or the FY 2022 final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/AcuteInpatient-Files-for-Download.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                6. HCRIS Cost Report Data
                 The data included in this file contain cost reports with fiscal
                years ending on or after September 30, 1996. These data files contain
                the highest level of cost report status.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Dataand-Systems/Downloadable-Public-UseFiles/Cost-Reports/Cost-Reports-byFiscal-Year.html.
                 (We note that data are no longer offered on a CD. All of the data
                collected are now available free for download from the cited website.)
                7. Provider-Specific File
                 This file is a component of the PRICER program used in the MAC's
                system to compute DRG/MS-DRG payments for individual bills. The file
                contains records for all prospective payment system eligible hospitals,
                including hospitals in waiver States, and data elements used in the
                prospective payment system recalibration processes and related
                activities. Beginning with December 1988, the individual records were
                enlarged to include pass-through per diems and other elements.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/ProspMedicareFeeSvcPmtGen/psf_text.html.
                 Period Available: Quarterly Update.
                8. CMS Medicare Case-Mix Index File
                 This file contains the Medicare case-mix index by provider number
                based on the MS-DRGs assigned to the hospital's discharges using the
                GROUPER version in effect on the date of the discharge. The case-mix
                index is a measure of the costliness of cases treated by a hospital
                relative to the cost of the national average of all Medicare hospital
                cases, using DRG/MS-DRG weights as a measure of relative costliness of
                cases. Two versions of this file are created each year to support the
                rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Acute-InpatientFiles-for-Download.html, or for the more recent data files, https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html
                (on the navigation panel on the left side of page, click on the
                specific fiscal year proposed rule home page or fiscal year final rule
                home page desired).
                 Periods Available: FY 1985 through FY 2022.
                9. MS-DRG Relative Weights (Also Table 5--MS-DRGs)
                 This file contains a listing of MS- DRGs, MS-DRG narrative
                descriptions, relative weights, and geometric and arithmetic mean
                lengths of stay for each fiscal year. Two versions of this file are
                created each year to support the rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Acute-InpatientFiles-for-Download.html, or for the more recent data files, https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html
                (on the navigation panel on the left side of page, click on the
                specific fiscal year proposed rule home page or the fiscal year final
                rule home page desired).
                 Periods Available: FY 2005 through FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                10. IPPS Payment Impact File
                 This file contains data used to estimate payments under Medicare's
                hospital inpatient prospective payment systems for operating and
                capital-related costs. The data are taken from various sources,
                including the Provider-Specific File, HCRIS Cost Report Data, MedPAR
                Limited Data Sets, and prior impact files. The data set is abstracted
                from an internal file used for the impact analysis of the changes to
                the prospective payment systems published in the Federal Register. Two
                versions of this file are created each year to support the rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Historical-ImpactFiles-for-FY-1994-through-Present.html, or for the more recent data files, https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel on the left side of page, click on
                the specific fiscal year proposed rule home page or fiscal year final
                rule home page desired).
                 Periods Available: FY 1994 through FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                11. AOR/BOR File
                 This file contains data used to develop the MS-DRG relative
                weights. It contains mean, maximum, minimum, standard deviation, and
                coefficient of variation statistics by MS-DRG for length of stay and
                standardized charges. The BOR file are ``Before Outliers Removed'' and
                the AOR file is ``After Outliers Removed.'' (Outliers refer to
                statistical outliers, not payment outliers.) Two versions of this file
                are created each year to support the rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Acute-InpatientFiles-for-Download.html, or for the more recent data files, https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html
                (on the navigation panel on the left side of page, click on the
                specific fiscal year proposed rule home page or fiscal year final rule
                home page desired).
                 Periods Available: FY 2005 through FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                12. Prospective Payment System (PPS) Standardizing File
                 This file contains information that standardizes the charges used
                to calculate relative weights to determine payments under the hospital
                inpatient operating and capital prospective payment systems. Variables
                include wage index, cost-of-living adjustment (COLA), case-mix index,
                indirect medical education (IME) adjustment, disproportionate share,
                and the CoreBased Statistical Area (CBSA). The file supports the
                rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel
                on the left side of the page, click on the FY 2022 proposed rule home
                page or the FY 2022 final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/AcuteInpatient-Files-for-Download.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                13. MS-DRG Relative Weights Cost Centers File
                 This file provides the lines on the cost report and the
                corresponding revenue codes that we used to create the 19 national cost
                center cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) that we used in the relative weight
                calculation.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-
                [[Page 25681]]
                Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation
                panel on the left side of the page, click on the FY 2022 proposed rule
                home page or the FY 2022 final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/AcuteInpatient-Files-for-Download.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update
                14. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program Supplemental File
                 Updated data are not available at this time. Therefore, we refer
                readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule supplemental file,
                which has the most recent finalized payment adjustment factor
                components and is the same data as would have been used to create the
                FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule supplemental file.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel
                on the left side of the page, click on the FY 2022 proposed rule home
                page or the FY 2022 final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/AcuteInpatient-Files-for-Download.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                15. Medicare Disproportionate Share Hospital (DSH) Supplemental File
                 This file contains information on the calculation of the
                uncompensated care payments for FY 2022. Variables include the data
                used to determine a hospital's share of uncompensated care payments,
                total uncompensated care payments and estimated per claim uncompensated
                care payment amounts. The file supports the rulemaking.
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel
                on the left side of the page, click on the FY 2022 proposed rule home
                page or the FY 2022 final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/AcuteInpatient-Files-for-Download.html.
                 Period Available: FY 2022 IPPS Update.
                16. New Technology Thresholds File
                 This file contains the cost thresholds by MS-DRG that are generally
                used to evaluate applications for new technology add-on payments for
                the fiscal year that follows the fiscal year that is otherwise the
                subject of the rulemaking. (As discussed in section II.G. of this
                proposed rule, we use the proposed threshold values associated with the
                proposed rule for that fiscal year to evaluate the cost criterion for
                applications for new technology add-on payments and previously approved
                technologies that may continue to receive new technology add-on
                payments, if those technologies would be assigned to a proposed new MS-
                DRG for that same fiscal year.) Two versions of this file are created
                each year to support rulemaking. (We note that the information in this
                file was previously provided in Table 10 of the annual IPPS proposed
                and final rules (83 FR 41739).)
                 Media: internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html (on the navigation panel
                on the left side of the page, click on the applicable fiscal year's
                proposed rule or final rule home page) or https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Acute-InpatientFiles-for-Download.html.
                 Periods Available: For FY 2022 and FY 2023 applications.
                B. Collection of Information Requirements
                1. Statutory Requirement for Solicitation of Comments
                 Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, we are required to
                provide 60-day notice in the Federal Register and solicit public
                comment before a collection of information requirement is submitted to
                the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. In
                order to fairly evaluate whether an information collection should be
                approved by OMB, section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA of 1995 requires that
                we solicit comment on the following issues:
                 The need for the information collection and its usefulness
                in carrying out the proper functions of our agency.
                 The accuracy of our estimate of the information collection
                burden.
                 The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be
                collected.
                 Recommendations to minimize the information collection
                burden on the affected public, including automated collection
                techniques.
                 In this proposed rule, we are soliciting public comment on each of
                these issues for the following sections of this document that contain
                information collection requirements (ICRs).
                2. ICRs Relating to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                 In section V.G. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                proposed requirements for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
                In this proposed rule, we are not proposing to remove or adopt any new
                measures into the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program for FY 2022.
                All six of the current Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program's
                measures are claims-based measures. We believe that continuing to use
                these claims-based measures would not create or reduce any information
                collection burden for hospitals because they will continue to be
                collected using Medicare FFS claims that hospitals are already
                submitting to the Medicare program for payment purposes.
                 In section V.G.6. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                our proposal to suppress the Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-
                Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following Pneumonia
                Hospitalization measure (NQF #0506) due to the significant impact of
                the COVID-19 Public Health Emergency on this measure, for FY 2023.
                However, we believe that the proposed updates to these claims-based
                measures would not create or reduce any information collection burden
                for hospitals because they will continue to be collected using Medicare
                FFS claims that hospitals are already submitting to the Medicare
                program for payment purposes.
                3. ICRs for the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
                 In section V.H. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                proposed requirements for the Hospital VBP Program. Specifically, in
                this proposed rule, with respect to quality measures, we are proposing
                to suppress the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers
                and Systems (HCAHPS) Survey, Medicare Spending per Beneficiary (MSPB),
                and the five hospital-acquired infection (HAI) measures for the FY 2022
                program year. We are also proposing to remove the CMS PSI 90 measure
                beginning with the FY 2023 program year and suppress the Hospital 30-
                Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate Following Pneumonia
                Hospitalization (MORT-30-PN) measure for the FY 2023 program year.
                Because the FY 2022 and FY 2023 Hospital VBP Program will use data that
                are also used to calculate quality measures in other programs and
                Medicare fee-for-service claims data that hospitals are already
                submitting to CMS for payment purposes, we do not anticipate any change
                in burden associated with this proposed rule.
                [[Page 25682]]
                4. ICRs for the Hospital Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program
                 In this proposed rule, we are not proposing to remove any measures,
                adopt any new measures into the HAC Reduction Program, or update our
                validation procedures. The HAC Reduction Program has adopted six
                measures. We do not believe that the claims-based CMS PSI 90 measure in
                the HAC Reduction Program creates or reduces any burden for hospitals
                because it is collected using Medicare FFS claims hospitals are already
                submitting to the Medicare program for payment purposes. We note the
                burden associated with collecting and submitting data for the HAI
                measures (CAUTI, CLABSI, Colon and Abdominal Hysterectomy SSI, MRSA
                bacteremia, and CDI) via the NHSN system is captured under a separate
                OMB control number, 0920-0666 (expiration November 30, 2021), and
                therefore will not impact our burden estimates.
                5. ICRs Regarding the Implementation of Section 126 of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act--Distribution of Additional Residency Positions
                 As discussed in section V.J.2.a. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, teaching hospitals would be able to submit electronic
                applications to CMS for resident slot increase requests. The burden
                associated with these requests will be discussed in a forthcoming
                information collection request, which is currently under development.
                However, upon completion of the ICR, we will publish the required 60-
                day and 30-day notices to solicit public comments in accordance with
                the requirements of the PRA.
                6. ICR for Proposed Repeal of Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight Data
                Collection
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a requirement
                for a hospital to report on the Medicare cost report the median payer-
                specific negotiated charge that the hospital has negotiated with all of
                its MA organization payers, by MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods
                ending on or after January 1, 2021 (85 FR 58873 through 58892); this
                data collection requirement is specified in 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3). We
                also finalized the use of this data in a new market-based methodology
                for calculating the IPPS MS-DRG relative weights to reflect relative
                market-based pricing, beginning in FY 2024. Specifically, we finalized
                that we will begin using the reported median payer-specific negotiated
                charge by MS-DRG for MA organizations in the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology beginning with the relative weights
                calculated for FY 2024. Further instructions for the reporting of this
                market-based data on the Medicare cost report were discussed in the
                revision of the ICR currently approved under OMB control number 0938-
                0050, expiration date March 31, 2022 and published on November 10, 2020
                (for more information we refer readers to (https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2020/11/10/2020-24948/agency-information-collection-activities-proposed-collection-comment-request
                and https://www.cms.gov/regulations-and-guidancelegislationpaperworkreductionactof1995pra-listing/cms-2552-10).
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule we estimated an average
                annual burden per hospital of 20 hours (5 hours for recordkeeping and
                15 hours for reporting) for completing the Worksheet S-12 and complying
                with 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3). The 20 hours per hospital to complete the
                Worksheet S-12 includes 5 hours for recordkeeping, including
                bookkeeping, accounting and auditing clerk tasks. The remaining 15
                hours for reporting include accounting and audit professionals'
                activities. We estimated that 3,189 hospitals would be required to
                comply with this market-based data collection requirement. This equated
                to an estimated total annual burden hours as follows: 3,189 hospitals
                times 20 hours per hospital equals 63,780 annual burden hours.\1519\ We
                calculated a total annual cost of $1,353.40 per hospital, or $4,315,993
                across all hospitals. We refer readers to 85 FR 59015 for further
                information.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1519\ This estimate was finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule. These estimates were based on the most recent data,
                available at the time of the final rule, from the System for
                Tracking Audit and Reimbursement, an internal CMS data system
                maintained by the Office of Financial Management (OFM).
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Section V.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule discusses the
                proposed repeal of the market-based MS-DRG relative weight data
                collection and market-based methodology for calculating MS-DRG relative
                weights. If we were to finalize our proposal to repeal the market-based
                data collection and relative weight methodology, we estimate a
                reduction of 63,780 annual burden hours for hospitals, which equals a
                reduction of $4,315,993 across all hospitals.
                7. ICRs for the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                a. Background
                 The Hospital IQR Program (formerly referred to as the Reporting
                Hospital Quality Data for Annual Payment Update (RHQDAPU) Program) was
                originally established to implement section 501(b) of the MMA, Public
                Law 108-173. OMB has currently approved 1,572,443 hours of burden and
                approximately $61 million under OMB control number 0938-1022,
                accounting for information collection burden experienced by
                approximately 3,300 IPPS hospitals and 1,100 non-IPPS hospitals for the
                FY 2023 payment determination. In this proposed rule, we describe the
                burden changes regarding collection of information under OMB control
                number 0938-1022 (expiration date December 31, 2022) for IPPS hospitals
                due to the proposals in this proposed rule.
                 We refer readers to section IX.C. for more detail on our proposals.
                In this year's proposed rule, we are making several proposals which, if
                finalized, would affect the information collection burden associated
                with the Hospital IQR Program. We are proposing to adopt the: (1)
                Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure beginning with a shortened
                reporting period from October 1 through December 31, 2021 (affecting
                the FY 2023 payment determination), followed by annual reporting
                periods for subsequent years; and (2) Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Risk
                Standardized Mortality measure with Claims and Electronic Health Record
                Data (Hybrid HWM measure) beginning with a one-year voluntary reporting
                period (July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023), followed by mandatory
                reporting beginning with the July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024
                reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination. We expect these
                proposals will affect our collection of information burden estimates.
                Details on these policies as well as the expected burden changes are
                discussed further in this section of this proposed rule.
                 We are also proposing several updates which would not affect the
                information collection burden associated with the Hospital IQR Program.
                In section IX.C. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to: (1) Adopt the Hospital Harm--Severe Hyperglycemia
                electronic clinical quality measure (eCQM) beginning with the CY 2023
                reporting period/FY 2025 payment determination; (2) adopt the Hospital
                Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM beginning with the CY 2023 reporting
                period/FY 2025 payment determination; (3) adopt the COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage Among HCP measure beginning with a shortened
                reporting period from October 1 to December 31, 2021, affecting the CY
                2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination; (4) remove the
                Death Rate among
                [[Page 25683]]
                Surgical Inpatients with Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04)
                claims-based measure beginning with the FY 2023 payment determination;
                (5) remove the Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted
                Patients (ED-2) eCQM measure beginning with the CY 2024 reporting
                period/FY 2026 payment determination; (6) remove the Exclusive Breast
                Milk Feeding (PC-05) eCQM measure beginning with the CY 2024 reporting
                period/FY 2026 payment determination; (7) remove the Anticoagulation
                Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter (STK-03) eCQM measure beginning
                with the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment determination; (8)
                remove the Discharged on Statin Medication (STK-06) eCQM measure
                beginning with the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026 payment
                determination; (9) revise the Program's regulations at 42 CFR
                412.140(a)(2) by replacing the term ``QualityNet Administrator'' with
                the term ``QualityNet security official'' and 42 CFR 412.140(e)(2)(iii)
                by replacing the term ``QualityNet system administrator'' with the term
                ``QualityNet security official''; (10) revise the Program's regulations
                at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(1) and 42 CFR 412.140(c)(2)(i) to remove
                references to ``QualityNet.org'' and replacing it with ``QualityNet
                website''; (11) require the use of the 2015 Edition Cures Update for
                certification criteria beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination and for subsequent years for both eCQMs and
                hybrid measures; and (12) extend the effects of educational reviews for
                fourth quarter data such that if an error is identified during the
                education review process for fourth quarter data, we would use the
                corrected quarterly score to compute the final confidence interval used
                for payment determination beginning with validations affecting the FY
                2024 payment determination. As discussed further in this proposed rule,
                we do not expect these proposals to affect our information collection
                burden estimates.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59008), we estimated
                that reporting measures for the Hospital IQR Program could be
                accomplished by staff with a median hourly wage of $19.40 per hour. We
                note that since then, more recent wage data have become available, and
                we are updating the wage rate used in these calculations in this
                proposed rule. The most recent data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                reflects a median hourly wage of $20.50 per hour for a medical records
                and health information technician professional.\1520\ We calculated the
                cost of overhead, including fringe benefits, at 100 percent of the
                median hourly wage, consistent with previous years. This is necessarily
                a rough adjustment, both because fringe benefits and overhead costs
                vary significantly by employer and methods of estimating these costs
                vary widely in the literature. Nonetheless, we believe that doubling
                the hourly wage rate ($20.50 x 2 = $41.00) to estimate total cost is a
                reasonably accurate estimation method. Accordingly, we will calculate
                cost burden to hospitals using a wage plus benefits estimate of $41.00
                per hour throughout the discussion in this section of this rule for the
                Hospital IQR Program.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1520\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Occupational Outlook
                Handbook, Medical Records and Health Information Technicians.
                Accessed on February 18, 2021; available at: https://www.bls.gov/oes/2019/may/oes292098.htm.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                b. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposed Maternal
                Morbidity Structural Measure
                 In section IX.C.5.a. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt the Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure beginning
                with the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination. The
                shortened data submission period for the Maternal Morbidity Structural
                Measure would run from October 1 through December 31, 2021, followed by
                annual reporting periods for subsequent years. Reporting on the
                Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure would involve each hospital
                responding to a single question using a web-based tool available via
                the QualityNet Secure Portal (also referred to as the Hospital Quality
                Reporting (HQR) System) with one of the following response options: (A)
                ``Yes''; (B) ``No''; or (C) ``N/A (our hospital does not provide
                inpatient labor/delivery care).''
                 If our proposal is finalized, hospitals would be required to submit
                the response on an annual basis during the submission period. We
                estimate the information collection burden associated with this
                proposed structural measure to be no more than five minutes per
                hospital per year, as it involves responding to a single question one
                time per year for a given reporting period. Using the estimate of 5
                minutes (or 0.083 hours) per hospital per year, and the updated wage
                estimate as described previously, we estimate that this policy will
                result in a total annual burden increase of 275 hours across all IPPS
                hospitals (0.083 hours x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) at a cost of $11,275
                (275 hours x $41).
                c. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposed Voluntary
                Reporting Period and Subsequent Required Submission of the Hybrid
                Hospital-Wide Mortality Measure With Claims and Electronic Health
                Record Data
                 In section IX.C.5.b. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to establish a voluntary reporting period for the Hybrid
                Hospital-Wide Mortality Measure with Claims and Electronic Health
                Record Data (NQF #3502) (Hybrid HWM measure). The voluntary reporting
                period would run from July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023. We also are
                proposing to require reporting of the Hybrid HWM measure beginning with
                the reporting period which would run from July 1, 2023 through June 30,
                2024 affecting the FY 2026 payment determination and for subsequent
                years.
                 As a hybrid measure, this measure uses both claims-based data and
                EHR data, specifically, a set of core clinical data elements consisting
                of vital signs and laboratory test information and patient linking
                variables collected from hospitals' EHR systems. We do not expect any
                additional burden to hospitals to report the claims-based portion of
                this measure because these data are already reported to the Medicare
                program for payment purposes.
                 However, we do expect that hospitals would experience burden in
                reporting the EHR data. To report the EHR data, hospitals would use the
                same submission process as finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule for reporting the Hybrid Hospital-Wide All-Cause Readmission
                Measure with Claims and EHR Data (NQF #2879) (Hybrid HWR measure) (84
                FR 42505 through 42508). We expect the burden associated with reporting
                of the Hybrid HWM measure to be similar to our estimates for reporting
                the Hybrid HWR measure, that is, 10 minutes per measure, per quarter.
                Therefore, using the estimate of 10 minutes per measure per quarter (10
                minutes x one measure x four quarters = 40 minutes), we estimate that
                our proposal will result in a burden increase of 40 minutes (0.67
                hours) per hospital per year.
                 Beginning with the voluntary reporting period, which runs from July
                1, 2022 through June 30, 2023, we estimate an annual burden increase of
                2,200 hours across participating IPPS hospitals (0.67 hours x 3,300
                IPPS hospitals). Using the updated wage estimate, as previously
                described, we estimate this to represent a cost increase of $90,200
                across IPPS hospitals ($41 x 2,200 hours). If our proposal to adopt
                [[Page 25684]]
                the Hybrid HWM measure is finalized, we will encourage all hospitals to
                submit data for the Hybrid HWM measure during the voluntary reporting
                period. For that reason, our burden estimates assume that all hospitals
                would participate during the voluntary reporting period (July 1, 2022
                through June 30, 2023) as well as for the required reporting period
                (July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024) and subsequent reporting periods
                for which public reporting would begin. Due to the voluntary reporting
                period beginning in the third quarter of the CY 2022 Reporting Period/
                FY 2024 Payment Determination, the total burden of for the first year
                assumes only two quarters of reporting and is estimated to be 1,100
                hours (0.33 hours x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) at a cost of $45,100 ($41 x
                1,100 hours). Beginning with the CY 2023 Reporting Period/FY 2025
                Payment Determination, the total burden estimate will be based on four
                quarters of reporting.
                d. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposed Adoption of
                Two Hospital Harm eCQMs Beginning With the CY 2022 Reporting Period/FY
                2024 Payment Determination and Removal of Four eCQMs Beginning With the
                CY 2024 Reporting Period/FY 2026 Payment Determination
                 In section IX.C.5.d. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt two eCQMs beginning with the CY 2023 reporting
                period/FY 2025 payment determination: (1) Hospital Harm--Severe
                Hyperglycemia eCQM; and (2) Hospital Harm--Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM.
                Also, in section IX.C.6. of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                remove four eCQMs beginning with the CY 2024 reporting period/FY 2026
                payment determination: (1) Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for
                Admitted Patients (ED-2); (2) Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding (PC-05);
                (3) Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter (STK-03);
                and (4) Discharged on Statin Medication (STK-05) eCQMs. We do not
                believe that our proposals to add two eCQMs and remove four eCQMS from
                the eCQM measure set will affect the information collection burden of
                submitting eCQMs under the Hospital IQR Program. Current Hospital IQR
                Program policy requires hospitals to select four eCQMs from the eCQM
                measure set on which to report (84 FR 42503 through 4250). In other
                words, while these proposals would result in new eCQMs being added to
                and some eCQMs being removed from the eCQM measure set, hospitals will
                not be required to report more than a total of four eCQMs as is
                currently required (84 FR 42603).
                 Specifically, we finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                that, for the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination,
                hospitals are required to submit data for four self-selected eCQMs each
                year (84 FR 42503). Additionally, for the CY 2022 reporting period/FY
                2024 payment determination, hospitals are required to submit data for
                three self-selected eCQMs and the Safe Use of Opioids--Concurrent
                Prescribing eCQM for a total of four eCQMs (84 FR 42505). We also
                finalized a policy to progressively increase the number of quarters of
                eCQM data reported, from one quarter of data to four quarters of data
                over a 3-year period beginning with two quarters in the CY 2021
                reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination and culminating with
                four quarters in the CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment
                determination (85 FR 59008 through 59009). The new eCQMs proposed in
                this proposed rule would update the available eCQMs in the eCQM measure
                set from which hospitals may choose to report to satisfy these
                requirements. Therefore, we do not expect that our proposals to adopt
                or remove these measures would impact our information collection burden
                estimates. However, we refer readers to section I.K. of Appendix A of
                this proposed rule for a discussion of the potential costs associated
                with the implementation and removal of eCQMs which are not strictly
                related to information collection burden.
                e. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposed Removal of
                the Death Rate Among Surgical Inpatients With Serious Treatable
                Complications (CMS PSI-04) Claims-Based Measure Beginning With the FY
                2023 Payment Determination
                 In section IX.C.6.a. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to remove the Death Rate Among Surgical Inpatients with
                Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04) claims-based measure
                beginning with the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment
                determination. Because PSI-04 is calculated using data that are already
                reported to the Medicare program for payment purposes, we do not
                anticipate that removing this measure will decrease our previously
                finalized burden estimates.
                f. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposed Adoption of
                the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination Measure Beginning With an Interim
                Reporting Period in CY 2021
                 In section IX.C.5.c. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt a COVID-19 HCP Vaccination Measure beginning with a
                shortened reporting period from October 1 to December 31, 2021,
                affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment determination
                followed by quarterly reporting periods for the FY 2024 payment
                determination and for subsequent years. Hospitals would submit data
                through the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)/National
                Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). The NHSN is a secure, internet-based
                system maintained by the CDC and provided free. Currently the CDC does
                not estimate burden for COVID-19 vaccination reporting under the CDC
                PRA (OMB control number 0920-1317) because the agency has been granted
                a waiver under Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA).\1521\ As such, the proposed measure would not impose any
                additional information collection burden for IPPS hospitals for the
                duration of the PHE. Although the burden associated with the COVID-19
                Vaccination Among HCP measure is not accounted for under the CDC PRA
                0920-1317 or 0920-0666 due to the NCVIA waiver, the cost and burden
                information is included in the Regulatory Impact Analysis section
                (Appendix A, section I.K.) of this rule. Upon receiving comment, we
                will work with CDC to ensure that this burden is accounted for in an
                updated PRA under OMB control number 0920-1317.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1521\ Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA) provides the PRA waiver for activities that come under the
                NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA at section 2102 of the Public
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-2). Section 321 is not codified
                in the U.S. Code, but can be found in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                g. Information Collection Burden Estimates for the Proposals To Adopt
                the 2015 Edition Cures Update Criteria for Certified EHR Technology
                (CEHRT) Beginning With the CY 2023 Reporting Period/FY 2025 Payment
                Determination for eCQMs and Hybrid Measures
                 In sections IX.C.8.e.2.(a). and IX.C.8.f.2.(b). of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, we are proposing to require hospitals use the 2015
                Edition Cures Update beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination and subsequent years. Under this proposal,
                hospitals would no longer be able to use the 2015 Edition
                [[Page 25685]]
                CEHRT criteria to submit data for the Hospital IQR Program data
                submission requirements for eCQMs or hybrid measures beginning with the
                CY 2023 reporting period/FY 2025 payment determination. We do not
                expect that these proposals, if finalized, would affect our information
                collection burden estimates because this policy does not require
                hospitals to submit new data to CMS (83 FR 41692). With respect to any
                costs unrelated to data submission, we refer readers to section I.K. of
                Appendix A of this proposed rule.
                h. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposals To Update
                References and Code of Federal Regulations Text Relating to QualityNet
                Security Administrator
                 In section IX.C.8.c.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to use the term ``QualityNet security official'' instead
                of ``QualityNet Administrator.'' Specifically, we are proposing to
                revise existing Sec. 412.140(a)(2) by replacing ``QualityNet
                Administrator'' with ``QualityNet security official'' and Sec.
                412.140(e)(2)(iii) by replacing ``QualityNet system administrator''
                with ``QualityNet security official.'' We expect that our proposals
                will not yield a change in burden for the hospitals participating in
                the Hospital IQR Program since the changes only seek to refine
                regulatory text.
                i. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposal To Update
                References to the QualityNet Website in the Hospital IQR Program
                Regulation Text
                 In section IX.C.8.c.(1). of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to update the references to the QualityNet website from
                ``QualityNet.org'' to ``the QualityNet website'' in the Hospital IQR
                Program regulation text. Specifically, we are proposing to revise
                existing Sec. 412.140(a)(1) and (c) to remove references to
                ``QualityNet.org'' and replace with ``QualityNet website.'' We expect
                that our proposals will not yield a change in burden for the hospitals
                participating in the Hospital IQR Program since the changes only seek
                to refine regulatory text.
                j. Information Collection Burden Estimate for the Proposal To Extend
                the Effects of the Educational Review Process for Chart-Abstracted
                Measures for the FY 2024 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
                 In section IX.C.9.b.(1).(b). of the preamble, we are proposing
                extend the educational review policy to use the corrected quarterly
                score identified through an educational review to compute the final
                confidence interval for all 4 quarters of validation for chart-
                abstracted measures. We expect that our proposal will not yield a
                change in burden as it does not affect the requirements for data
                submission for hospitals, but only modifies how CMS uses the data
                already being submitted.
                k. Summary of Information Collection Burden Estimates for the Hospital
                IQR Program
                 In summary, under OMB control number 0938-1022, we estimate that
                the policies promulgated in this proposed rule will result in an
                increase of 2,475 hours annually for 3,300 IPPS hospitals across a 4-
                year period from the CY 2022 reporting period/FY 2024 payment
                determination through the CY 2025 reporting period/FY 2027 payment
                determination. The total cost increase related to this information
                collection is approximately $101,475 (2,475 hours x $41.00/hour) (which
                also reflects use of an updated hourly wage rate as previously
                discussed). The tables summarize the total burden changes for each
                respective FY payment determination compared to our currently approved
                information collection burden estimates (the table for the FY 2027
                payment determination reflects the cumulative burden changes). We will
                submit the revised information collection estimates to OMB for approval
                under OMB control number 0938-1022.
                [[Page 25686]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.321
                [[Page 25687]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.322
                [[Page 25688]]
                8. ICRs for the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR)
                Program
                 As discussed in section IX.D. of the preamble of this final rule,
                section 1866(k)(1) of the Act requires, for purposes of FY 2014 and
                each subsequent fiscal year, that a hospital described in section
                1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act (a PPS-exempt cancer hospital, or a PCH)
                submit data in accordance with section 1866(k)(2) of the Act with
                respect to such fiscal year. There is no financial impact to PCH
                Medicare reimbursement if a PCH does not participate.
                 In section IX.D.5. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage Among Healthcare
                Personnel measure beginning with a shortened reporting period from
                October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, affecting the FY 2023
                program year, followed by annual reporting periods (affecting the FY
                2024 program year and for subsequent years). We are proposing that PCHs
                would submit data on the measure through the Centers for Disease
                Control and Prevention (CDC)/National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN).
                The NHSN is a secure, internet-based surveillance system maintained by
                the CDC and provided free of charge to healthcare facilities, including
                PCHs. Currently the CDC does not estimate burden for COVID-19
                vaccination reporting under the CDC PRA package currently approved
                under OMB control number 0920-1317 because the agency has been granted
                a waiver under Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA).\1522\ Although the burden as associated with the COVID-19 HCP
                Vaccination measure is not accounted for under the CDC package
                currently approved under OMB control number 920-1317 or 0920-0666, the
                cost and burden information is included in the Regulatory Impact
                Analysis section (Appendix A, section I.K.) of this rule. Upon
                receiving comments, we will work with CDC to ensure that this burden is
                accounted for in an updated PRA package prepared by the CDC under OMB
                control number 0920-1317.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1522\ Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA) provides the PRA waiver for activities that come under the
                NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA at section 2102 of the Public
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-2). Section 321 is not codified
                in the U.S. Code, but can be found in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 In section IX.D.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to remove the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain--Medical
                Oncology and Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383/PCH-15) measure beginning
                with the FY 2024 program year. We previously finalized in the FY 2019
                IPPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that we would utilize a time estimate of 15-
                minutes per measure when assessing web-based and/or structural measures
                (83 FR 41694). As such, we estimate that the removal of this measure
                from the PCHQR measure set will result in a reduction of 15 minutes
                (0.25 hours) per PCH per year, with a total annual reduction in
                reporting burden across all PCHs of 2.75 hours (0.25 hours x 11 PCHs)
                and a total annual reduction in cost across all PCHs of $113 (2.75
                hours x $41.00/hr), beginning with the FY 2024 program year.
                 If these policies are finalized as proposed, as previously stated,
                we estimate a reporting burden reduction of 0.25 hours per PCH or 2.75
                total hours across 11 PCHs, beginning in the FY 2024 program year.
                Because the estimated reporting burden reduction per PCH is so small
                (0.25 hours), there is essentially no net change in the burden hours
                per PCH (6,889 hours [previous burden per PCH]-0.25 hours [proposed
                change in burden per PCH] = 6,888.975, which rounded is 6,889 hours).
                We estimate our total program burden across all 11 PCHs to be 75,776
                hours (75,779 [previous total burden]-2.75 hours [proposed total change
                in burden]). The most recent data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                reflects a median hourly wage of $20.50 (previously $19.40),\1523\
                which when accounting for overhead and fringe benefits, results in an
                hourly wage of $41.00. Using the estimate of 75,776 burden hours across
                the 11 PCHs for data collection and submission of all 14 measures, we
                estimate a total annual labor cost of $3,106,816 (75,776 hours x $41.00
                per hour) for all 11 PCHs for the FY 2024 program year. The updated
                burden estimates will be submitted to OMB under control number 0938-
                1175.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1523\ Bureau of Labor Statistics, Occupational Employment and
                Wages. Accessed on February 12, 2021: https://www.bls.gov/ooh/healthcare/medical-records-and-health-information-technicians.htm.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                8. ICRs for the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH
                QRP)
                 This proposed rule does not impose any new information collection
                requirements. However, this proposed rule does reference associated
                information collections that are not discussed in the regulation text
                contained in this document. The following is a discussion of these
                information collections, some of which have already received OMB
                approval.
                 As stated in section IX.E. of the preamble of this proposed rule
                for purposes of calculating the FY 2023 Annual Payment Update (APU), we
                propose that LTCHs submit data on one new quality measure: COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (HCP). The data source
                for this quality measure is the Centers for Disease Control and
                Prevention (CDC)/National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). LTCHs would
                submit the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel
                (HCP) measure data to CMS through the NHSN, a web-based tool hosted by
                the CDC. This reporting service is provided free of charge to
                healthcare facilities. LTCHs currently utilize the NHSN for purposes of
                meeting other LTCH QRP requirements.
                 We believe that the burden associated with the LTCH QRP is the time
                and effort associated with complying with the requirements of the LTCH
                QRP. The burden associated with the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among
                HCP measure is not accounted for under the CDC PRA package currently
                approved under OMB control number 0920-1317 (expiration 1/31/2024).
                However, the CDC currently has a PRA waiver for the collection and
                reporting of vaccination data under section 321 of the National
                Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-660, enacted on
                November 14, 1986 (NCVIA).\1524\ CMS has provided an estimate of the
                burden and cost to LTCHs, and note that the CDC will include it in a
                revised information collection request for 0920-1317.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1524\ Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA) provides the PRA waiver for activities that come under the
                NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA at section 2102 of the Public
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-2). Section 321 is not codified
                in the U.S. Code, but can be found in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Consistent with the CDC's experience of collecting data using the
                NHSN, we estimate that it would take each LTCH an average of 1 hour per
                month to collect data for the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP
                measure and enter it into NHSN. We have estimated the time to complete
                this entire activity, since it could vary based on provider systems and
                staff availability. We believe it would take an administrative
                assistant from 45 minutes up to 1 hour and 15 minutes to enter this
                data into NHSN. For the purposes of calculating the costs associated
                with the collection of information requirements, we obtained mean
                hourly wages from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics' May 2019
                National Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates. To account for
                overhead and fringe benefits, we have doubled the hourly wage.
                [[Page 25689]]
                 Based on the time range, it would cost each LTCH between $27.47 and
                $45.78 per hour each month or an average cost of $36.62 each month, and
                between $329.64 and $549.36 each year, or an average cost of $439.44
                each year. We believe the data submission for the COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage among HCP would cause LTCHs to incur additional average burden
                of 12 hours per year for each LTCH and a total annual burden of 4,608
                hours for all LTCHs. The estimated annual cost across all 363 LTCHs in
                the U.S. for the submission of the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among
                HCP measure would be between $119,659.32 and $199,417.68, and an
                average of $159,516.72.
                 We recognize that many LTCHs may also be reporting other COVID-19
                data to HHS. However, we believe the benefits of reporting data on the
                COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure to assess whether LTCHs
                are taking steps to limit the spread of COVID-19 among HCP, reduce risk
                of transmission of COVID-19 within their facilities, and to help
                sustain the ability of LTCHs to continue serving their communities
                throughout the PHE and beyond outweigh the costs of reporting. We
                welcome comments on the estimated time to collect data and enter it
                into CDC/NHSN.
                10. ICRs for the Promoting Interoperability Programs
                a. Historical Background
                 In section IX.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
                several proposals for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program.
                OMB has currently approved 621,318 total burden hours and approximately
                $61 million under OMB control number 0938-1278, accounting for
                information collection burden experienced by approximately 3,300
                eligible hospitals and CAHs (Medicare-only and dual-eligible) that
                attest to CMS under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program.
                The collection of information burden analysis in this proposed rule
                focuses on eligible hospitals and CAHs that attest to the objectives
                and measures, and report eCQMs, under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program for the reporting period in CY 2022, CY 2023,
                and CY 2024.
                b. Summary of Policies for Eligible Hospitals and CAHs That Attest to
                CMS Under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for CY 2022
                 In section IX.D.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we are proposing
                the following changes for eligible hospitals and CAHs that attest to
                CMS under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program: (1) To
                maintain the Electronic Prescribing Objective's Query of PDMP measure
                as optional while increasing its available bonus from five points to 10
                points for the CY 2022 EHR reporting period; (2) to modify technical
                specifications of the Provide Patient's Electronic Access to Their
                Health Information Measure to include establishing a data availability
                requirement beginning with encounters with a date of service on or
                after January 1, 2016, effective January 1, 2022; (3) to add a new
                Health Information Exchange (HIE) Bi-Directional Exchange measure as a
                yes/no attestation, beginning in CY 2022 to the HIE objective as an
                optional alternative to the two existing measures; (4) to require
                reporting on four of the existing Public Health and Clinical Data
                Exchange Objective measures (Syndromic Surveillance Reporting,
                Immunization Registry Reporting, Electronic Case Reporting, and
                Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result Reporting); (5) that eligible
                hospitals and CAHs must attest to having completed an annual assessment
                via a SAFER Guides measure, under the Protect Patient Health
                Information Objective, beginning January 1, 2022; (6) to remove
                attestation statements 2 and 3 from the Promoting Interoperability
                Program's prevention of information blocking requirement; and (7) to
                increase the minimum required score for the objectives and measures
                from 50 points to 60 points (out of 100 points) in order to be
                considered a meaningful EHR user. We are amending our regulation text
                as necessary to incorporate these proposed changes.
                c. Summary of Policies for Eligible Hospitals and CAHs That Attest to
                CMS Under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for CY 2023
                 In section IX.D.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we are proposing
                the following changes for eligible hospitals and CAHs that attest to
                CMS under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program: (1) An EHR
                reporting period of a minimum of any continuous 90-day period in CY
                2023 for new and returning participants (eligible hospitals and CAHs);
                and (2) to adopt two new eCQMs to the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program's eCQM measure set beginning with the
                reporting period in CY 2023, which is in alignment with the proposals
                under the Hospital IQR Program. We are amending our regulation text as
                necessary to incorporate these proposed changes.
                d. Summary of Policies for Eligible Hospitals and CAHs That Attest to
                CMS Under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program for CY 2024
                 In section IX.D.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we are proposing
                the following changes for eligible hospitals and CAHs that attest to
                CMS under the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program: (1) An EHR
                reporting period of a minimum of any continuous 180-day period in CY
                2024 for new and returning participants (eligible hospitals and CAHs);
                and (2) to remove four eCQMs from the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program's eCQM measure set beginning with the
                reporting period in CY 2024, which is in alignment with the proposals
                under the Hospital IQR Program. We are amending our regulation text as
                necessary to incorporate these proposed changes.
                e. Summary of Collection of Information Burden Estimates
                (1) Summary of Estimates Used To Calculate the Collection of
                Information Burden
                 In the Medicare and Medicaid Programs; Electronic Health Record
                Incentive Program--Stage 3 and Modifications to Meaningful Use in 2015
                Through 2017 final rule (80 FR 62917), we estimated it will take an
                individual provider or designee approximately 10 minutes to attest to
                each objective and associated measure that requires a numerator and
                denominator to be generated. The measures that require a ``yes/no''
                response will take approximately one minute to complete. We estimated
                that the Security Risk Analysis measure will take approximately six
                hours for an individual provider or designee to complete (we note this
                measure is still part of the program, but is not subject to
                performance-based scoring).
                 For this proposed rule, there are two proposed measure changes
                which would lead to an increase in overall burden to the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program. First is the updated requirement
                for the Public Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective which
                increases the total number of measures which must be reported from two
                to four. For CY 2021, the estimated burden associated with reporting on
                this Objective was one minute, therefore by doubling the number of
                required measures from two to four, we are estimating the proposed time
                for CY 2022 would be 2 minutes (or an increase in 0.03 hours per
                reporting hospital). Although the Objective's Syndromic Surveillance
                Reporting measure is proposed to
                [[Page 25690]]
                change its setting for which data is required to be submitted, we don't
                anticipate the update from ``urgent care'' to ``emergency department''
                to change burden hours given that the capacity to submit reports is
                already an existing part of built-in CEHRT functionality. Second is the
                proposed requirement for a new measure based on SAFER Guides Reporting,
                which we have anticipated will take one minute to report (as it is
                proposed to be completed via a single yes/no attestation response). The
                proposed inclusion of reporting on this SAFER Guides measure would
                increase the total burden by 0.02 hours. Lastly, we would like to note
                that the proposed inclusion of a new HIE Bi-Directional Exchange
                measure would not have any effect on the estimated reporting burden
                given that it would be offered as an optional, alternative reporting
                method to the two current Support Electronic Referral Loops measures,
                therefore resulting in no net change. Providers will only be required
                to respond with either the two existing measures OR choose the new Bi-
                Directional Exchange measure, but the amount of associated burden
                equals the same regardless of their selection and thus does not require
                any additional change in hours.
                 In proposing to continue the EHR reporting period as any self-
                selected 90-days in CY 2023 and any self-selected 180-days in CY 2024,
                we do not anticipate additional burden due to how the QualityNet
                attestation system is setup and operated to account for the estimated
                time spent with reporting (submitting automated reports via CEHRT or
                attesting to the Program's objectives and measures wouldn't be impacted
                by a longer EHR reporting period). A similar approach applies to the
                proposal for increasing the scoring threshold from 50 to 60 points,
                which does not require any expectation that submitting providers would
                endure a longer time duration of attesting to the Program, especially
                noting that all objectives and measures are currently required to be
                reported on (the threshold only indicates the minimum score necessary
                to be considered a meaningful EHR user). Finally, we do not believe
                that our proposals aligned with the Hospital IQR Program to add two
                eCQMs and remove four eCQMS from the eCQM measure set would affect the
                information collection burden of submitting eCQMs under the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program. Previously finalized policy
                requires hospitals to select eCQMs from the eCQM measure set on which
                to report (85 FR 58970 through 58976). In other words, while these
                proposals would result in new eCQMs being added to and some eCQMs being
                removed from the eCQM measure set, hospitals would not be required to
                report more than a total of four eCQMs as is currently required (85 FR
                58970 through 58971). We believe these are appropriate burden estimates
                for reporting and have used this methodology in our collection of
                information burden estimates for this proposed rule.
                 Given the proposals, we estimate a total burden estimate of 6 hours
                33 minutes per respondent (roughly 6.5 hours) which is an increase of 2
                minutes from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58432).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.323
                [[Page 25691]]
                (2) Hourly Labor Costs
                 In the Medicare and Medicaid Programs; Electronic Health Record
                Incentive Program--Stage 3 and Modifications to Meaningful Use in 2015
                Through 2017 final rule (80 FR 62917), we estimated a mean hourly rate
                of $63.46 for the staff involved in attesting to EHR technology,
                meaningful use objectives and associated measures, and electronically
                submitting the clinical quality measures. This reflected the mean
                hourly rate of a lawyer. We had previously used the mean hourly rate of
                $68.22 for the necessary staff involved in attesting to the objectives
                and measures under 42 CFR 495.24(e) in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (84 FR 42609). This rate was updated to $69.34 in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59014) based upon then recently
                released 2018 data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).\1525\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1525\ https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes231011.htm.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program has previously
                utilized this lawyer hourly wage rate, however, we have determined that
                it is no longer the most accurate professional among the hospital staff
                members who are most likely to complete the program's required
                electronic responses and attestations for the Program. Rather, we
                believe hospital staff similar to the staff who report for the Hospital
                Inpatient Quality Reporting Program are utilized to report for the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program, specifically, a medical
                records and health information technician staffing role. We believe
                that both current and anticipated labor performed by participating
                hospitals in order to successfully complete the Program's reporting
                requirements is accomplished by this technical role and not the
                position of a lawyer. Therefore, in properly calculating our estimated
                burden, we propose to replace the existing lawyer's wage rate of $69.34
                with that of a medical records and health information technician's
                median wage rate ($20.50 according to the 2019 U.S. Bureau of Labor
                Statistics).\1526\ If finalized, it would more accurately reflect the
                real-world scenario of those staff members performing the required
                labor.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1526\ https://www.bls.gov/ooh/healthcare/medical-records-and-health-information-technicians.htm#tab-1. Accessed on [02/10/21].
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 We calculated the cost of overhead, including fringe benefits, at
                100 percent of the median hourly wage, consistent with the Hospital IQR
                Program. This is necessarily a rough adjustment, both because fringe
                benefits and overhead costs vary significantly by employer and methods
                of estimating these costs vary widely in the literature. Nonetheless,
                we believe that doubling the hourly wage rate ($20.50 x 2 = $41) to
                estimate total cost is a reasonably accurate estimation method.
                Accordingly, we will calculate cost burden to hospitals using a wage
                plus benefits estimate of $41 per hour throughout the discussion in
                this section of this rule for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability
                Program.
                 In summary, if our proposals are finalized as proposed, we estimate
                a minimal increase in total burden hours for the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program for CY 2022 (increase of 2 additional minutes
                per hospital). Using the median hourly wage for a medical records and
                health information technician, we estimate a burden cost increase for
                CY 2022 of $1.37 per hospital. We estimate the total annual burden of
                21,450 burden hours across 3,300 responses for the Program's objectives
                and measures, and we estimate the total burden cost for CY 2022 to be
                $879,450 (21,450 hours x $41). Given that the total cost estimate for
                CY 2021 in last year's final rule was $1,487,343, these proposed
                updates would result in a net cost decrease of $607,893 for the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program.
                 If our proposals are finalized as proposed for CY 2023 and CY 2024,
                we do not estimate any net change in total burden hours for the
                Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program when compared to CY 2022
                estimates. CY 2023 proposals only include an extension of the current
                90-day EHR reporting period and the adoption of two new eCQMs to the
                Program's eCQM measure set (in alignment with the proposals under the
                Hospital IQR Program), whereas CY 2024 proposals include a 180-day EHR
                reporting period and the removal of four eCQMs from the Program's eCQM
                measure set (in alignment with proposals under the Hospital IQR
                Program). Both proposals for CY 2023 and CY 2024 have already been
                detailed to create no net change to the total burden hours and
                therefore we estimate both years as having the same total cost of
                $879,450 (21,450 hours x $41).
                 The burden hours associated with reporting program requirements is
                currently approved under OMB control number 0938-1278. The updated
                burden cost estimates discussed in this section will be revised and
                submitted to OMB for final approval.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.324
                [[Page 25692]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.325
                11. Summary of All Burden in This Proposed Rule
                 The following chart reflects the total burden and associated costs
                for the provisions included in this proposed rule.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.326
                C. Response to Comments
                 Because of the large number of public comments we normally receive
                on Federal Register documents, we are not able to acknowledge or
                respond to them individually. We will consider all comments we receive
                by the date and time specified in the DATES section of this preamble,
                and, when we proceed with a subsequent document, we will respond to the
                comments in the preamble to that document.
                 I, Elizabeth Richter, Acting Administrator of the Centers for
                Medicare & Medicaid Services, approved this document on April 16, 2021.
                List of Subjects
                42 CFR Part 412
                 Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Medicare,
                Puerto Rico, and Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
                42 CFR Part 413
                 Diseases, Health facilities, Medicare, Puerto Rico, Reporting and
                recordkeeping requirements.
                42 CFR Part 425
                 Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Health
                professions, Medicare, and Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
                42 CFR Part 455
                 Fraud, Grant programs-health, Health facilities, Health
                professions, Investigations, Medicaid, Reporting and recordkeeping
                requirements.
                42 CFR Part 495
                 Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Health
                maintenance organizations (HMO), Health professions, Health records,
                Medicaid, Medicare, Penalties, Privacy, and Reporting and recordkeeping
                requirements.
                PART 412--PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT SYSTEMS FOR INPATIENT HOSPITAL
                SERVICES
                0
                1. The authority citation for Part 412 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302 and 1395hh.
                0
                2. Section 412.1 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii), adding
                paragraph (a)(7), and revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.1 Scope of part.
                 (a) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (ii) Payment for other costs related to inpatient hospital services
                is made on a reasonable cost basis as follows:
                 (A) Organ acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved
                organ transplant programs.
                 (B) The costs of qualified nonphysician anesthetist's services, as
                described in Sec. 412.113(c).
                 (C) Direct costs of approved nursing and allied health educational
                programs.
                 (D) Costs related to hematopoietic stem cell acquisition for the
                purpose of an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant as
                described in Sec. 412.113(e).
                * * * * *
                 (7) This part implements section 1866(k) of the Act, which directs
                hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act to submit
                data on quality measures to the Secretary.
                 (b) * * *
                 (2) Subpart B of this part sets forth all of the following:
                [[Page 25693]]
                 (i)(A) The classifications of hospitals that are included in and
                excluded from the prospective payment systems specified in paragraph
                (a)(1) of this section.
                 (B) Requirements governing the inclusion or exclusion of hospitals
                in the systems as a result of changes in their classification.
                 (ii) Requirements for the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
                Reporting (PCHQR) Program.
                * * * * *
                0
                3. Section 412.2 is amended by revising paragraph (e)(4) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.2 Basis of payment.
                * * * * *
                 (e) * * *
                 (4) The acquisition costs of hearts, kidneys, livers, lungs,
                pancreas, and intestines (or multivisceral organs) incurred by approved
                transplant programs.
                * * * * *
                0
                4. Section 412.23 is amended by adding paragraph (f)(3) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.23 Excluded Hospitals: Classifications.
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (3) PCHQR Program. All hospitals classified as cancer hospitals
                under this paragraph must comply with the requirements of the PPS-
                Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting Program, as described in Sec.
                412.24.
                * * * * *
                0
                5. Section 412.24 is added to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.24 Requirements under the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital
                Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program.
                 (a) Applicability. The PCHQR Program applies to hospitals that are
                classified as cancer hospitals (PCHs) under the criteria described in
                Sec. 412.23(f)(1) or (2).
                 (b) Participation in the PCHQR Program. In order to participate in
                the PCHQR Program, a PCH must do all of the following:
                 (1) Register with QualityNet (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) prior to
                reporting, including designating a QualityNet security official who
                completes all steps of the PCHQR Program registration process as
                described on the QualityNet website.
                 (2) Enroll in CDC's National Healthcare Safety Network (https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/enrollment/index.html).
                 (c) Submission of PCHQR Program data. Except as provided in
                paragraph (e) of this section, PCHs that participate in the PCHQR
                Program must submit to CMS data on quality measures specified under
                section 1833(k)(3) of the Act in a form and manner, and at a time,
                specified by CMS. PCHs that participate in the PCHQR Program must also
                submit an annual online Data Accuracy and Completeness Acknowledgement
                via the QualityNet website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) to attest to the
                accuracy and completeness of these data by the deadline specified by
                CMS on the QualityNet website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov).
                 (d) Quality measure updates, retention, and removal--(1) Updating
                of measure specifications. CMS uses rulemaking to make substantive
                updates to the specifications of measures used in the PCHQR Program.
                CMS announces technical measure specification updates through the
                QualityNet website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) and listserv
                announcements.
                 (2) Measure retention. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)
                of this section, all quality measures specified under section
                1866(k)(3) for the PCHQR Program measure set remain in the measure set
                unless CMS, through rulemaking, removes or replaces them.
                 (3) Measure removal factors--(i) General rule. CMS may remove or
                replace a quality measure based on one or more of the following
                factors:
                 (A) Factor 1. Measure performance among PCHs is so high and
                unvarying that meaningful distinctions and improvements in performance
                can no longer be made.
                 (B) Factor 2. A measure does not align with current clinical
                guidelines or practice.
                 (C) Factor 3. The availability of a more broadly applicable measure
                (across settings or populations) or the availability of a measure that
                is more proximal in time to desired patient outcomes for the particular
                topic.
                 (D) Factor 4. Performance or improvement on a measure does not
                result in better patient outcomes.
                 (E) Factor 5. The availability of a measure that is more strongly
                associated with desired patient outcomes for the particular topic.
                 (F) Factor 6. The collection or public reporting of a measure leads
                to negative unintended consequences other than patient harm.
                 (G) Factor 7. It is not feasible to implement the measure
                specifications.
                 (H) Factor 8. The costs associated with a measure outweigh the
                benefit of its continued use in the program.
                 (ii) Exception. CMS may retain a quality measure that meets one or
                more of the measure removal factors described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of
                this section if the continued collection of data on the quality measure
                would align with a stated CMS or HHS policy objective, including, but
                not limited to, an objective to increase the number of quality measures
                that a PCH can report electronically, or an objective to collect data
                on the measure in one or more other CMS quality reporting programs.
                 (e) Extraordinary circumstances exceptions (ECE). (1) CMS may grant
                an ECE to a PCH that has requested an extension or exception with
                respect to quality data reporting requirements in the event of
                extraordinary circumstances beyond the control of the PCH.
                 (2) CMS may grant an ECE to one or more PCHs that has not requested
                an exception if CMS determines that--
                 (i) An extraordinary circumstance has affected an entire region or
                locale; or
                 (ii) A systemic problem with one of CMS's data collection systems
                has directly affected the ability of the PCH to submit data in
                accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
                 (3) A PCH participating in the PCHQR Program that wishes to request
                an ECE must submit an ECE request to CMS via the QualityNet website
                (https://qualitynet.cms.gov/pch/pchqr/resource) within 90 days of the
                date that the extraordinary circumstances occurred, along with the
                following information:
                 (i) The PCH's CCN, name, reason for requesting an extension or
                exception, and evidence of the impact of extraordinary circumstances,
                including but not limited to photographs and media articles;
                 (ii) The date when the PCH will again be able to submit PCHQR
                Program data and a justification for that proposed date;
                 (iii) The following contact information for the PCH's CEO and any
                other designated personnel:
                 (A) Name.
                 (B) Email address.
                 (C) Telephone number.
                 (D) Physical mailing address (not a post office box); and
                 (iv) The signature of the PCH's CEO or designee on the ECE request.
                 (f) Public reporting of PCHQR Program data. CMS makes data
                submitted by PCHs under the PCHQR Program available to the public on
                the Provider Data Catalog website (https://data.cms.gov/provider-data/
                ). Prior to making any such data submitted by a PCH available to the
                public, CMS gives the PCH an opportunity to review the data via the
                Hospital Quality Reporting (HQR) system (https://hqr.cms.gov/hqrng/login) and announces the timeline for review on the QualityNet
                [[Page 25694]]
                website (http://qualitynet.cms.gov) and applicable listservs.
                0
                6. Section 412.64 is amended--
                0
                a. In paragraph (e)(1)(ii), by removing the phrase ``paragraph (e)(4)
                of this section'' and adding in its place the phrase ``paragraphs
                (e)(4) and (h)(4)(vii) of this section'';
                0
                b. In paragraph (e)(4) introductory text, by removing the phrase ``and
                the imputed floor under paragraph (h)(4)'' and adding in its place the
                phrase ``and, for discharges on or after October 1, 2004, and before
                October 1, 2018, the imputed floor under paragraph (h)(4)'';
                0
                c. In paragraph (h)(4) introductory text, by removing the phrase
                ``October 1, 2018, CMS establishes'' and adding in its place the phrase
                ``October 1, 2018, and for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, CMS
                establishes'';
                0
                d. In paragraph (h)(4)(vi) introductory text, by removing the phrase
                ``October 1, 2018, the minimum'' and adding in its place the phrase
                ``October 1, 2018, and for discharges on or after October 1, 2021, the
                minimum'';
                0
                e. By adding paragraph (h)(4)(vii); and
                0
                f. By revising paragraph (h)(5).
                 The addition and revision read as follows:
                Sec. 412.64 Federal rates for inpatient operating costs for Federal
                fiscal year 2005 and subsequent fiscal years.
                * * * * *
                 (h) * * *
                 (4) * * *
                 (vii) For discharges on or after October 1, 2021, the minimum wage
                index computed under this paragraph must not be applied in a budget
                neutral manner.
                 (5)(i) For purposes of paragraph (h)(4) of this section, for
                discharges on or after October 1, 2004 and before October 1, 2018, an
                all-urban State is a State with no rural areas, as defined in this
                section, or a State in which there are no hospitals classified as
                rural. For purposes of this definition, a State with rural areas and
                with hospitals reclassified as rural under Sec. 412.103 is not an all-
                urban State.
                 (ii) For purposes of paragraph (h)(4) of this section, for
                discharges on or after October 1, 2021, an all-urban State is a State
                with no rural areas, as defined in this section, or a State in which
                there are no hospitals classified as rural under section 1886 of the
                Act. For purposes of this definition, a hospital is classified as rural
                under section 1886 of the Act if it is assigned the State's rural area
                wage index value.
                * * * * *
                0
                7. Section 412.71 is amended by revising paragraph (b)(3) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.71 Determination of base-year inpatient operating costs.
                * * * * *
                 (b) * * *
                 (3) Kidney acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved
                kidney transplant programs as described in Sec. 412.100. Kidney
                acquisition costs in the base year are determined by multiplying the
                hospital's average kidney acquisition cost per kidney times the number
                of kidney transplants covered by Medicare Part A during the base
                period.
                * * * * *
                0
                8. Section 412.90 is amended by revising paragraph (d) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.90 General rules.
                * * * * *
                 (d) Kidney acquisition costs incurred by hospitals with approved
                kidney transplant programs. CMS pays for kidney acquisition costs
                incurred by kidney transplant programs on a reasonable cost basis. The
                criteria for this special payment provision are set forth in Sec.
                412.100.
                * * * * *
                0
                9. Section 412.96 is amended by revising paragraphs (c)(1) introductory
                text, (h)(1), and (i)(1) and (2) to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.96 Special treatment: Referral centers.
                * * * * *
                 (c) * * *
                 (1) Case-mix index. CMS sets forth national and regional case-mix
                index values in each year's annual notice of prospective payment rates
                published under Sec. 412.8(b). The methodology CMS uses to calculate
                these criteria is described in paragraph (h) of this section. The case-
                mix index value to be used for an individual hospital in the
                determination of whether it meets the case-mix index criteria is that
                calculated by CMS from the hospital's own billing records for Medicare
                discharges as processed by the fiscal intermediary and submitted to
                CMS. The hospital's case-mix index for discharges (not including
                discharges from units excluded from the prospective payment system
                under subpart B of this part) during the same Federal fiscal year used
                to compute the case mix index values under paragraph (h) of this
                section must be at least equal to--
                * * * * *
                 (h) * * *
                 (1) Updating process. CMS updates the national and regional case-
                mix index standards using the best available data from hospitals
                subject to the prospective payment system for the Federal fiscal year.
                * * * * *
                 (i) * * *
                 (1) Updating process. CMS updates the national and regional number
                of discharges using the best available data for levels of admissions or
                discharges or both.
                 (2) Source of data. In making the calculations described in
                paragraph (i)(1) of this section, CMS uses the best available hospital
                admissions or discharge data.
                * * * * *
                0
                10. Section 412.100 is revised to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.100 Special treatment: Kidney transplant programs.
                 (a) Adjustments for kidney transplant programs. (1) CMS adjusts the
                inpatient prospective payment system (IPPS) rates for inpatient
                operating costs determined under subparts D and E of this part for
                hospitals with approved kidney transplant programs (discussed at Sec.
                482.104) to remove the net costs associated with kidney acquisition.
                 (2)(i) Payment for Medicare kidney acquisition costs, as set forth
                in subpart L of part 413 of this chapter, is made on a reasonable cost
                basis apart from the prospective payment rate for inpatient operating
                costs.
                 (ii) IPPS payment to the hospital is adjusted in each cost
                reporting period to reflect an amount necessary to compensate the
                hospital for reasonable costs of Medicare kidney acquisition.
                 (b) Costs of kidney acquisition. Kidney acquisition costs include
                costs incurred in the acquisition of a kidney from a living or a
                cadaveric donor, by the hospital or an organ procurement organization,
                as appropriate. These costs are listed in Sec. 413.402(b) of this
                chapter.
                0
                11. Section 412.103 is amended by--
                0
                a. Revising paragraph (g)(3);
                0
                b. Redesignating paragraph (g)(4) as (g)(5); and
                0
                c. Adding a new paragraph (g)(4).
                 The revision and addition read as follows:
                Sec. 412.103 Special treatment: Hospitals located in urban areas and
                that apply for reclassification as rural.
                * * * * *
                 (g) * * *
                 (3) Cancellation of rural reclassification on or after October 1,
                2019, and before October 1, 2021. For all written requests submitted by
                hospitals on or after October, 1, 2019, and before October 1, 2021, to
                cancel rural reclassifications, a hospital may cancel its rural
                reclassification by submitting a written request to the CMS
                [[Page 25695]]
                Regional Office not less than 120 days prior to the end of a Federal
                fiscal year. The hospital's cancellation of the classification is
                effective beginning with the next Federal fiscal year.
                 (4) Cancellation of rural reclassification on or after October 1,
                2021. For all written requests submitted by hospitals on or after
                October 1, 2021, to cancel rural reclassifications, a hospital may
                cancel its rural reclassification by submitting a written request to
                the CMS Regional Office not less than 1 calendar year after the
                effective date of the rural reclassification. The hospital's
                cancellation of the classification is effective beginning the Federal
                fiscal year that begins in the calendar year following the calendar
                year in which the cancelation request is submitted.
                * * * * *
                0
                12. Section 412.105 is amended by adding paragraph (f)(1)(iv)(C)(3) and
                revising paragraphs (f)(1)(v)(F), (f)(1)(vii), and (f)(1)(x) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.105 Special treatment: Hospitals that incur indirect costs
                for graduate medical education programs.
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (iv) * * *
                 (C) * * *
                 (3) Effective for portions of cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may qualify to receive an increase in
                its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap if the criteria specified in
                Sec. 413.79(p) of this subchapter are met.
                * * * * *
                 (v) * * *
                 (F)(1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this
                section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2022, full-time equivalent
                residents at an urban hospital in a rural track program are included in
                the urban hospital's rolling average calculation described in paragraph
                (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section.
                 (2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this
                section, for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2022, for each rural track started, full-time equivalent residents at
                an urban hospital or rural hospital in a rural track program are
                excluded from the rolling average calculation described in paragraph
                (f)(1)(v)(B) of this section during the cost reporting periods prior to
                the beginning of the applicable hospital's cost reporting period that
                coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of each
                rural track.
                * * * * *
                 (vii)(A) If a hospital establishes a new medical residency training
                program, as defined in Sec. 413.79(l) of this subchapter, the
                hospital's full-time equivalent cap may be adjusted in accordance with
                the provisions of Sec. 413.79(e) of this subchapter.
                 (B)(1) A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a full-time
                equivalent cap of less than 1.0 FTE based on a cost reporting period
                beginning before October 1, 1997, that begins training residents in a
                new medical residency training program, as defined at Sec. 413.79(l)
                of this subchapter, in a cost reporting period beginning on or after
                December 27, 2020, and before December 26, 2025, may receive an
                adjustment to its full-time equivalent cap when it trains at least 1.0
                FTE in such new medical residency training program(s), to be calculated
                in accordance with Sec. 413.79(e) of this subchapter.
                 (2) A hospital that has a full-time equivalent cap of no more than
                3.0 FTEs based on a cost reporting period beginning on or after October
                1, 1997, and before December 27, 2020, that begins training residents
                in a new medical residency training program, as defined at Sec.
                413.79(l) of this subchapter, in a cost reporting period beginning on
                or after December 27, 2020 and before December 26, 2025, may receive an
                adjustment to its full-time equivalent cap when it trains more than 3.0
                FTE in such new medical residency training program(s), to be calculated
                in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 413.79(e) of this
                subchapter.
                * * * * *
                 (x)(A) For rural track programs started in a cost reporting period
                beginning before October 1, 2022, an urban hospital that establishes a
                new residency program (as defined in Sec. 413.79(l) of this
                subchapter), or has an existing residency program, with a rural track
                (or an integrated rural track) may include in its FTE count residents
                in those rural tracks in accordance with the applicable provisions of
                Sec. 413.79(k) of this subchapter.
                 (B) For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
                2022, an urban hospital or rural hospital that establishes a new
                residency program (as defined in Sec. 413.79(l) of this subchapter)
                with a rural track, or adds an additional rural track, may include in
                its FTE count residents in those rural tracks in accordance with the
                applicable provisions of Sec. 413.79(k) of this subchapter.
                * * * * *
                0
                13. Section 412.106 is amended by--
                0
                a. Revising paragraph (b)(4)(i)
                0
                b. Removing paragraph (b(4)(ii) and redesginating paragraphs (b(4)(iii)
                and (iv) as (b(4)(ii) and (iii), respectively;
                0
                c. Revising paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(8); and
                0
                d. Adding paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C)(9).
                 The revisions and addition read as follows:
                Sec. 412.106 Special treatment: Hospitals that serve a
                disproportionate share of low-income patients.
                * * * * *
                 (b) * * *
                 (4) * * *
                 (i) For purposes of this computation, a patient is deemed eligible
                for Medicaid on a given day only if the patient is eligible for
                inpatient hospital services under an approved State Medicaid plan that
                includes coverage for inpatient hospital care on that day or directly
                receives inpatient hospital insurance coverage on that day under a
                waiver authorized under section 1115(a)(2) of the Act, regardless of
                whether particular items or services were covered or paid under the
                State plan or the authorized waiver.
                * * * * *
                 (g) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (iii) * * *
                 (C) * * *
                 (8) For each subsequent fiscal year, for all eligible hospitals,
                except Indian Health Service and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico
                hospitals that have a cost report for 2013, CMS will base its estimates
                of the amount of hospital uncompensated care on data on uncompensated
                care costs, defined as charity care costs plus non-Medicare and non-
                reimbursable Medicare bad debt costs from cost reports from the most
                recent cost reporting year for which audits have been conducted.
                 (9) For fiscal year 2022, for Indian Health Service and Tribal
                hospitals and Puerto Rico hospitals that have a cost report for 2013,
                CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital uncompensated
                care on utilization data for Medicaid and Medicare Supplemental
                Security Income (SSI) patients, as determined by CMS in accordance with
                paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this section, using data on Medicaid
                utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent HCRIS database
                extract and the most recent available year of data on Medicare SSI
                utilization (or, for Puerto Rico hospitals,
                [[Page 25696]]
                a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization data).
                * * * * *
                0
                14. Section 412.113 is amended by revising paragraph (d) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.113 Other payments.
                * * * * *
                 (d) Organ acquisition. Payment for organ acquisition costs as
                specified in part 413, subpart L, incurred by hospitals with approved
                transplant programs is made on a reasonable cost basis.
                * * * * *
                0
                15. Section 412.116 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.116 Method of payment.
                * * * * *
                 (c) Special interim payments for certain costs. For capital-related
                costs for cost-reporting periods beginning before October 1, 1991, and
                the direct costs of medical education, which are not included in
                prospective payments but are reimbursed as specified in Sec. Sec.
                413.130 and 413.85 of this chapter, respectively, interim payments are
                made subject to final cost settlement. Interim payments for capital-
                related items for cost-reporting periods beginning before October 1,
                1991, and the estimated cost of approved medical education programs
                (applicable to inpatient costs payable under Medicare Part A and for
                kidney acquisition costs in hospitals with approved kidney transplant
                programs) are determined by estimating the reimbursable amount for the
                year based on the previous year's experience and on substantiated
                information for the current year and divided into 26 equal biweekly
                payments. Each payment is made 2 weeks after the end of a biweekly
                period of services, as described in Sec. 413.64(h)(5) of this
                subchapter. The interim payments are reviewed by the intermediary at
                least twice during the reporting period and adjusted if necessary.
                * * * * *
                Sec. 412.140 [Amended]
                0
                16. Section 412.140 is amended--
                0
                a. In paragraph (a)(1), by removing the term ``QualityNet.org'' and
                adding in its place the terms ``QualityNet website'';
                0
                b. In paragraph (a)(2), by removing the term ``QualityNet
                Administrator'' and adding in its place the phrase ``QualityNet
                security official'';
                0
                c. In paragraph (c)(2)(i), by removing the term ``QualityNet.org'' and
                adding in its place the terms ``QualityNet website''; and
                0
                d. In paragraph (e)(2)(iii), by removing the term ``QualityNet system
                administrator'' and adding in its place the phrase ``QualityNet
                security official''.
                0
                17. Section 412.154 is amended by revising paragraph (f)(4) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.154 Payment adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program.
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (4) CMS posts the excess readmission ratios for the applicable
                conditions for a fiscal year for each applicable hospital on the
                Hospital Compare website or successor website(s).
                Sec. 412.160 [Amended]
                0
                18. Section 412.160 is amended in the introductory text by removing the
                phrase ``in Sec. Sec. 412.161 through 412.167'' and adding in its
                place the phrase ``in Sec. Sec. 412.161 through 412.168''.
                Sec. 412.163 [Amended]
                0
                19. Section 412.163 is amended in paragraph (d) by removing the phrase
                ``the Hospital Compare Website'' and adding in its place the phrase
                ``the Hospital Compare website, which can be accessed via the Care
                Compare website at https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare/''.
                Sec. 412.164 [Amended]
                0
                20. Section 412.164 is amended- in paragraph (b) by removing the phrase
                ``the Hospital Compare Website'' and adding in its place the phrase
                ``the Hospital Compare website, which can be accessed via the Care
                Compare website at https://www.medicare.gov/care-compare/''.
                Sec. 412.165 [Amended]
                0
                21. Section 412.165 is amended--
                0
                a. In paragraph (c)(2), by removing ``QualityNet website
                (QualityNet.org)'' and adding in its place ``QualityNet website
                (https://www.qualitynet.cms.gov)''; and
                0
                b. In paragraph (c)(4), by removing ``QualityNet website (see https://www.qualitynet.org)'' and adding in its place ``QualityNet website
                (https://www.qualitynet.cms.gov)''.
                Sec. 412.167 [Amended]
                0
                22. Section 412.167 is amended in paragraph (b)(5) by removing
                ``QualityNet System Administrator'' and adding in its place
                ``QualityNet security official''.
                0
                23. Section 412.168 is added to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.168 Special rule for FY 2022.
                 (a) This section sets forth the scoring and payment methodology for
                the fiscal year 2022 Hospital VBP Program.
                 (b) CMS will calculate a measure rate for all measures selected
                under Sec. 412.164(a) for fiscal year 2022 but will only apply Sec.
                412.165(a) to the measures included in the Clinical Outcomes Domain for
                that fiscal year, which are the following:
                 (1) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
                Following Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Hospitalization (MORT-30-
                AMI)
                 (2) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
                Following Heart Failure (HF) Hospitalization (MORT-30-HF)
                 (3) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
                Following Pneumonia Hospitalization (MORT-30-PN (updated cohort))
                 (4) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
                Following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization
                (MORT-30-COPD)
                 (5) Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
                Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery (MORT-30-CABG)
                 (6) Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate Following
                Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and/or Total Knee
                Arthroplasty (TKA) (COMP-HIP-KNEE)
                 (c) CMS will calculate a domain score for the measures described in
                paragraph (b)(1) of this section for hospitals that report the minimum
                number of measures in the Clinical Outcomes Domain.
                 (d) CMS will not award a Total Performance Score to any hospital.
                 (e) The total amount available for value-based incentive payments
                for fiscal year 2022 is equal to the total amount of base-operating DRG
                payment reductions for that fiscal year, as estimated by the Secretary.
                 (f) CMS will award value-based incentive payment percentages (as
                defined in Sec. 412.160) for all hospitals to ensure that each
                hospital receives an incentive payment amount equal to the amount of
                the reduction made to its base-operating DRG payment amounts.
                0
                24. Section 412.172 is amended by revising paragraph (f)(4) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 412.172 Reporting of hospital specific information.
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (4) CMS posts the total hospital-acquired condition score, the
                domain score, and the score on each measure for each hospital on the
                Hospital Compare website or successor website.
                * * * * *
                [[Page 25697]]
                0
                25. Section 412.278 is amended by revising the first sentence of
                paragraph (b)(1) and revising paragraph (f)(2)(ii) to read as follows:
                Sec. 412.278 Administrator's review.
                * * * * *
                 (b) * * *
                 (1) The hospital's request for review must be in writing and sent
                to the Administrator, in care of the Office of the Attorney Advisor, in
                the manner directed by the Office of the Attorney Advisor. * * *
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (2) * * *
                 (ii) Not later than 105 days following issuance of the MGCRB
                decision in the case of review at the discretion of the Administrator,
                except the Administrator may, at his or her discretion, for good cause
                shown, toll such 105 days.
                * * * * *
                PART 413--PRINCIPLES OF REASONABLE COST REIMBURSEMENT; PAYMENT FOR
                END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE SERVICES; OPTIONAL PROSPECTIVELY DETERMINED
                PAYMENT RATES FOR SKILLED NURSING FACILITIES
                0
                26. The authority citation for part 413 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302, 1395d(d), 1395f(b), 1395g, 1395l(a),
                (i), and (n), 1395x(v), 1395hh, 1395rr, 1395tt, and 1395ww.
                0
                27. Section 413.1 is amended by revising the paragraphs (a)(2)(v) and
                (d)(2)(i) to read as follows:
                Sec. 413.1 Introduction.
                 (a) * * *
                 (2) * * *
                 (v) Organ procurement organizations (OPOs) and histocompatibility
                laboratories.
                * * * * *
                 (d) * * *
                 (2) * * *
                 (i) Payment for the following is described in Sec. 412.113 of this
                chapter:
                 (A) Capital related costs for cost reporting periods beginning
                before October 1991.
                 (B) Medical education costs.
                 (C) Organ acquisition costs as specified in part 413, subpart L.
                 (D) The costs of certain anesthesia services.
                * * * * *
                0
                28. Section 413.20 is amended by revising paragraph (d)(3) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 413.20 Financial data and reports.
                * * * * *
                 (d) * * *
                 (3)(i) The provider must furnish the contractor, upon request,
                copies of patient service charge schedules and changes thereto as they
                are put into effect; and
                 (ii) The contractor evaluates the charge schedules as specified in
                paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section to determine the extent to which
                they may be used for determining program payment.
                * * * * *
                0
                29. Section 413.24 is amended by revising paragraphs (f)(5)(i)
                introductory text and (f)(5)(i)(A) to read as follows:
                Sec. 413.24 Adequate cost data and cost finding.
                * * * * *
                 (f) * * *
                 (5) * * *
                 (i) The provider must accurately complete and submit the required
                cost reporting forms, including all necessary signatures and supporting
                documents. For providers claiming costs on their cost reports that are
                allocated from a home office or chain organization, the Home Office
                Cost statement must be submitted by the home office or chain
                organization as set forth in paragraph (f)(5)(i)(E) of this section. A
                cost report is rejected for lack of supporting documentation if it does
                not include the following, except as provided in paragraph (f)(5)(i)(E)
                of this section:
                 (A) Teaching hospitals. For teaching hospitals, effective for cost
                reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021, the Intern and
                Resident Information System (IRIS) data which must contain the same
                total counts of direct GME FTE residents (unweighted and weighted) and
                IME FTE residents as the total counts of direct GME FTE and IME FTE
                residents reported in the provider's cost report.
                * * * * *
                0
                30. Section 413.40 is amended by revising paragraph (a)(3) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 413.40 Ceiling on the rate of increase in hospital inpatient
                costs.
                 (a) * * *
                 (3) Net inpatient operating costs include the costs of certain
                preadmission services as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
                the costs of routine services, ancillary services, and intensive care
                services (as defined in Sec. 413.53(b)) incurred by a hospital in
                furnishing covered inpatient services to Medicare beneficiaries. Net
                inpatient operating costs exclude capital-related costs as described in
                Sec. 413.130, the costs of approved medical education programs as
                described in Sec. Sec. 413.75 through 413.83 and 413.85, and organ
                acquisition costs as specified in subpart L of this part incurred by
                approved transplant programs. These costs are identified and excluded
                from inpatient operating costs before the application of the ceiling.
                * * * * *
                Sec. 413.75 [Amended]
                0
                31. Section 413.75 is amended in paragraph (b), in the definition of
                ``Rural track FTE limitation'', by removing the phrase ``urban hospital
                may include in its'' and adding in its place the phrase ``urban
                hospital or rural hospital may include in its''.
                0
                32. Section 413.77 is amended by revising paragraph (e)(1)(iii) and
                adding paragraphs (e)(1)(iv) and (v) to read as follows:
                Sec. 413.77 Direct GME payments: Determination of per resident
                amounts.
                * * * * *
                 (e) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (iii) If, under paragraph (e)(1)(ii)(A) or paragraph (B) or
                (e)(iv)(B) of this section, there are fewer than three existing
                teaching hospitals with per resident amounts that can be used to
                calculate the weighted mean value per resident amount, for base periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 1997, the per resident amount equals
                the updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all
                hospitals located in the same census region as that term is used in
                subpart D of part 412 of this subchapter.
                 (iv) A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a per resident
                amount based on less than 1.0 FTE in any cost reporting period
                beginning before October 1, 1997, would receive a recalculated per
                resident amount when it trains at least 1.0 FTE in such program(s) for
                any cost reporting period beginning between December 27, 2020, and
                December 26, 2025. A hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a per
                resident amount based on no more than 3.0 FTEs in any cost reporting
                period beginning on or after October 1, 1997, and before December 27,
                2020, would receive a recalculated per resident amount when it trains
                more than 3.0 FTEs in such program(s) for any cost reporting period
                beginning between December 27, 2020 and December 26, 2025. The
                recalculated per resident amount is based on the lower of--
                 (A) The hospital's actual cost per resident incurred in connection
                with the GME program(s) based on the cost and resident data from the
                hospital's base year cost reporting period, which is, for hospitals
                with previously less than 1.0
                [[Page 25698]]
                FTE, the cost reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020,
                and before December 25, 2025, in which it trains at least 1.0 FTE; and
                for hospitals with previously less than or equal to 3.0 FTEs, the cost
                reporting period beginning on or after December 27, 2020, and before
                December 27, 2025, in which it trains more than 3.0 FTEs; or
                 (B) The updated weighted mean value of per resident amounts of all
                hospitals located in the same geographic wage area is calculated using
                all per resident amounts (including primary care and obstetrics and
                gynecology and nonprimary care) and FTE resident counts from the most
                recently settled cost reports of those teaching hospitals.
                 (v) Effective for a cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                December 27, 2020, a per resident amount would be established if a
                hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE resident and this training results
                from the hospital's participation in a Medicare GME affiliation
                agreement under Sec. 413.79(f). Effective for a cost reporting period
                beginning on or after December 27, 2020, a per resident amount would
                only be established when the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE and does
                not participate in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement under Sec.
                413.79(f) for that training.
                * * * * *
                0
                32. Section 413.78 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 413.78 Direct GME payments: Determination of the total number
                of FTE residents.
                * * * * *
                 (b)(1) No individual resident may be counted as more than one FTE
                based on the total time spent in training at all sites. A hospital
                cannot claim the time spent by residents training at another hospital,
                except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section. Except as provided
                in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, if a resident spends
                time in more than one hospital or in a non-provider setting, the
                resident counts as partial FTE based on the proportion of time worked
                at the hospital to the total time worked. A part-time resident counts
                as a partial FTE based on the proportion of allowable time worked
                compared to the total time necessary to fill a full-time internship or
                residency slot.
                 (2) Effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after
                December 27, 2020, a hospital must report FTE residents on its Medicare
                cost report for a cost reporting period if it does not participate in a
                Medicare GME affiliation agreement (as defined under Sec. 413.75(b),
                and the hospital trains at least 1.0 FTE in an approved program or
                programs, or, if the hospital trains less than 1.0 FTE residents in an
                approved program or programs and this training results from the
                hospital's participation in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement (as
                defined under Sec. 413.75(b)).
                * * * * *
                0
                34. Section 413.79 is amended by--
                0
                a. Revising paragraph (c)(2) introductory text;
                0
                b. Adding paragraph (c)(7);
                0
                c. Revising paragraph (d)(7);
                0
                d. Adding paragraphs (e)(1)(vi), (e)(6), and (f)(8);
                0
                e. Revising paragraphs (k) introductory text, (k)(1), (k)(2)
                introductory text, (k)(2)(i), and (k)(3);
                0
                f. Adding paragraph (k)(4)(i)(C);
                0
                g. Revising paragraph (k)(4)(ii) introductory text;
                0
                h. Adding (k)(4)(ii)(C);
                0
                i. In paragraph (k)(5)(i), removing the phrase ``An urban hospital may
                not include in its rural track FTE limitation or (assuming the urban
                hospital's FTE'' and adding in its place the phrase ``A hospital may
                not include in its rural track FTE limitation or (assuming the
                hospital's FTE'';
                0
                j. In paragraph (k)(5)(ii), removing the phrase ``The hospital'' and
                adding in its place the phrase ``Each hospital''; and
                0
                k. Adding paragraphs (k)(5)(iv) and (p).
                 The revisions and additions read as follows:
                Sec. 413.79 Direct GME payments: Determination of the weighted
                number of FTE residents.
                * * * * *
                 (c) * * *
                 (2) Determination of the FTE resident cap. Subject to the
                provisions of paragraphs (c)(3) through (6) and (m) through (p) of this
                section and Sec. 413.81, for purposes of determining direct GME
                payment--
                * * * * *
                 (7) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable
                resident cap under section 126 of Public Law 116-260. For portions of
                cost reporting periods beginning on or after July 1, 2023, a hospital
                may receive an increase in its otherwise applicable FTE resident cap
                (as determined by CMS) if the hospital meets the requirements and
                qualifying criteria under section 1886(h)(9) of the Act and if the
                hospital submits an application to CMS within the timeframe specified
                by CMS.
                 (d) * * *
                 (7)(i) Subject to the provisions under paragraph (k) of this
                section, effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                April 1, 2000 and before cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 2022, FTE residents in a rural track program at an urban
                hospital are included in the urban hospital's rolling average
                calculation described in this paragraph (d).
                 (ii) Subject to the provisions under paragraph (k) of this section,
                effective for rural track programs started in a cost reporting period
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, FTE residents in a rural track
                program at an urban hospital or rural hospital are excluded from
                rolling average calculation described in this paragraph (d) during the
                cost reporting periods prior to the beginning of the applicable
                hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the
                start of the sixth program year of each rural track.
                 (e) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (vi) In the case of a hospital that, as of December 27, 2020, has a
                FTE cap based on the training of less than 1.0 FTE in any cost
                reporting period beginning before October 1, 1997; or no more than 3.0
                FTEs based on a cost reporting period beginning on or after October 1,
                1997, and before December 27, 2020, if such a hospital begins training
                residents in a new approved program (as defined under Sec. 413.79(l))
                in a program year beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and before
                December 26, 2025, such hospital with a previous FTE cap of less than
                1.0 FTE may receive a recalculated FTE cap when it begins to train at
                least 1.0 FTE in such new program(s); and such hospital with a previous
                FTE cap of no more than 3.0 FTEs may receive a recalculated FTE cap
                when it begins to train more than 3.0 FTEs in such new program(s). The
                recalculated FTE cap is equal to the sum of the products of three
                factors (limited to the number of accredited slots for each program):
                 (A) The highest total number of FTE residents trained in any
                program year during the fifth year of the first new program's existence
                started in a program year beginning on or after December 27, 2020 and
                before December 26, 2025, at all of the hospitals to which the
                residents in the program rotate;
                 (B) The number of years in which residents are expected to complete
                the program, based on the minimum accredited length for each type of
                program.
                 (C) The ratio of the number of FTE residents in the new program
                that trained at the hospital over the entire 5-year period to the total
                number of FTE residents that trained at all hospitals over the entire
                5-year period.
                * * * * *
                 (6) Effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or after
                December
                [[Page 25699]]
                27, 2020, FTE resident caps are established when the hospital trains
                1.0 or more FTE residents in a new medical residency program (as
                defined under Sec. 413.79(l) of this subchapter).
                 (f) * * *
                 (8) FTE resident cap slots added under section 126 of Pub. L. 116-
                260 may be used in a Medicare GME affiliation agreement beginning in
                the fifth year after the effective date of those FTE resident cap
                slots.
                * * * * *
                 (k) Residents training in rural track programs. Subject to the
                provisions of Sec. 413.81, an urban hospital that establishes a new
                residency program, or has an existing residency program, with a rural
                track (or an integrated rural track) may include in its FTE count
                residents in those rural tracks, in addition to the residents subject
                to its FTE cap specified under paragraph (c) of this section. An urban
                hospital (or, effective for a cost reporting period beginning on or
                after October 1, 2022, a rural hospital) with a rural track residency
                program may count residents in those rural tracks up to a rural track
                FTE limitation if the hospital complies with the conditions specified
                in paragraphs (k)(2) through (7) of this section.
                 (1) If an urban hospital rotates residents to a separately
                accredited rural track program at a rural hospital(s) for two-thirds of
                the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-
                half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and before October 1, 2022, the
                urban hospital may include those residents in its FTE count for the
                time the rural track residents spend at the urban hospital, not to
                exceed its rural track FTE limitation. For cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if an urban hospital rotates
                residents to a rural track program at a rural hospital(s) for more than
                one-half of the duration of the program, both the urban and the rural
                hospital may include those residents in their FTE counts for the time
                the rural track residents spend at the urban and rural hospital,
                respectively, not to exceed their rural track FTE limitations. The
                rural track FTE limitation is determined as follows:
                 (i) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, for
                the first 3 years of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE
                limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE
                residents, subject to the rolling average at paragraph (d)(7) of this
                section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital. For rural
                track programs started on or after October 1, 2012, and before October
                1, 2022, prior to the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting
                period that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program
                year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for
                each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents, subject
                to the rolling average at paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in
                the rural track at the urban hospital. For rural track programs started
                in a cost reporting period on or after October 1, 2022, before the
                start of the urban or rural hospital's cost reporting period that
                coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of the
                rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each
                hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents training in the
                rural track at the urban or rural hospital.
                 (ii) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012,
                beginning with the fourth year of the rural track's existence, the
                rural track FTE limitation is equal to the product of the highest
                number of residents, in any program year, who during the third year of
                the rural track's existence are training in the rural track at the
                urban hospital and are designated at the beginning of their training to
                be rotated to the rural hospital(s) for at least two-thirds of the
                duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for more than one-
                half of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2003, and the number of years those
                residents are training at the urban hospital. For rural track programs
                started on or after October 1, 2012 and before October 1, 2022,
                beginning with the start of the urban hospital's cost reporting period
                that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of
                the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is
                calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section. For
                rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2022, beginning
                with the start of the urban or rural hospital's cost reporting period
                that coincides with or follows the start of the sixth program year of
                the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE limitation is
                calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
                 (2) If an urban hospital rotates residents to a separately
                accredited rural track program at a rural nonprovider site(s) for two-
                thirds of the duration of the program for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and before October 1, 2003, or for
                more than one-half of the duration of the program for cost reporting
                periods beginning on or after October 1, 2003, the urban hospital may
                include those residents in its FTE count, subject to the requirements
                under Sec. 413.78(d) through (g). For cost reporting periods beginning
                on or after October 1, 2022, if an urban or rural hospital rotates
                residents to a rural track program at a rural nonprovider site for more
                than one-half of the duration of the program, the urban or rural
                hospital may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to which
                hospital meets the requirements under Sec. 413.78(g), not to exceed
                their rural track FTE limitations. The rural track FTE limitation is
                determined as follows:
                 (i) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, for
                the first 3 years of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE
                limitation for each urban hospital will be the actual number of FTE
                residents, subject to the rolling average specified in paragraph (d)(7)
                of this section, training in the rural track at the urban hospital and
                the rural nonprovider site(s). For rural track programs started on or
                after October 1, 2012, and before October 1, 2022, prior to the start
                of the urban hospital's cost reporting period that coincides with or
                follows the start of the sixth program year of the rural track's
                existence, the rural track FTE limitation for each urban hospital will
                be the actual number of FTE residents, subject to the rolling average
                specified in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, training in the rural
                track at the urban hospital and the rural nonprovider site(s). For
                rural track programs started in a cost reporting period on or after
                October 1, 2022, prior to the start of the urban or rural hospital's
                cost reporting period that coincides with or follows the start of the
                sixth program year of the rural track's existence, the rural track FTE
                limitation for each hospital will be the actual number of FTE residents
                training in the rural track at the hospital and the rural nonprovider
                site(s).
                * * * * *
                 (3) For rural track programs started prior to October 1, 2012, if
                an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program to a
                rural hospital(s) for less than two-thirds of the duration of the
                program for cost reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2000,
                and before October 1, 2003, or for one-half or less than one-half of
                the duration of the program for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 2003, the rural hospital may not include those
                residents in its FTE count (unless the rural track is a new program
                under
                [[Page 25700]]
                paragraph (e)(3) of this section, or the rural hospital's FTE count
                does not exceed that hospital's FTE cap), nor may the urban hospital
                include those residents when calculating its rural track FTE
                limitation. For rural track programs started on or after October 1,
                2012, if an urban hospital rotates residents in the rural track program
                to a rural hospital(s) for one-half or less than one-half of the
                duration of the program, the rural hospital may not include those
                residents in its FTE count (unless the rural track is a new program
                under paragraph (e)(3) of this section, or the rural hospital's FTE
                count does not exceed that hospital's FTE cap), nor may the urban
                hospital include those residents when calculating its rural track FTE
                limitation. For rural track programs started in a cost reporting period
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50
                percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area,
                neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE
                limitation.
                 (4) * * *
                 (i) * * *
                 (C) For rural track programs started in a cost reporting period
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50
                percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area,
                neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE
                limitation.
                 (ii) For rural track programs started on or after October 1, 2012
                and prior to October 1, 2022, if an urban hospital rotates residents in
                the rural track program to a rural nonprovider site(s) for one-half or
                less than one-half of the duration of the program, the urban hospital
                may include those residents in its FTE count, subject to the
                requirements under Sec. 413.78(g). The urban hospital may include in
                its FTE count those residents in the rural track, not to exceed its
                rural track limitation, determined as follows:
                * * * * *
                 (C) For rural track programs started in a cost reporting period
                beginning on or after October 1, 2022, if less than or equal to 50
                percent of the duration of the training program occurs in a rural area,
                neither the urban or rural hospital may receive a rural track FTE
                limitation.
                 (5) * * *
                 (iv) Effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 2022, in order for an urban or rural hospital to receive a
                rural track FTE limitation, greater than 50 percent of the rural track
                program must occur in a rural area.
                * * * * *
                 (p) Determination of an increase in the otherwise applicable
                resident cap under section 126 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act
                (Pub. L. 116-260). For portions of cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after July 1, 2023, a hospital may receive an increase in its
                otherwise applicable FTE resident cap (as determined by CMS) if the
                hospital meets the requirements and qualifying criteria under section
                1886(h)(9) of the Act and if the hospital submits an application to CMS
                within the timeframe specified by CMS.
                Subpart H--Payment for End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) Services
                0
                35. The subpart heading for Subpart H is revised to read as set forth
                above.
                Sec. Sec. 413.200 through 413.203 [Removed and Reserved]
                0
                36. Sections 413.200 through 413.203 are removed and reserved.
                0
                37. Subpart L is added to read as follows:
                Subpart L--Payment of Organ Acquisition Costs to Transplant Hospitals
                and Organ Procurement Organizations
                Sec.
                413.400 Definitions.
                413.402 Organ acquisition costs.
                413.404 Standard acquisition charge.
                413.406 Acquisition of pancreata for islet cell transplant.
                413.408 Counting of organs for transplant hospitals/hospital-based
                organ procurement organizations and calculation of Medicare's share
                of organ acquisition costs.
                413.410 Counting of kidneys for independent organ procurement
                organizations and calculation of Medicare's share of kidney
                acquisition costs.
                413.412 Intent to transplant, and counting en bloc, research, and
                discarded organs.
                413.414 Medicare secondary payer and organ acquisition costs.
                413.416 Organ acquisition charges for kidney-paired exchanges.
                413.418 Donor community hospitals' charges to organ procurement
                organizations for organ acquisition costs.
                413.420 Payment to independent organ procurement organizations and
                histocompatibility laboratories for kidney acquisition costs.
                Subpart L--Payment of Organ Acquisition Costs to Transplant
                Hospitals and Organ Procurement Organizations
                Sec. 413.400 Definitions.
                 As used in this subpart:
                 Histocompatibility laboratory means a laboratory meeting the
                requirements set forth in Sec. 493.1227 of this chapter and providing
                the services for the acquisition of kidneys or other organs for
                transplantation.
                 Hospital-based organ procurement organization (HOPO) means an organ
                procurement organization that is considered a department of the
                transplant hospital and reports organ acquisition costs it incurs on
                the transplant hospital's Medicare cost report.
                 Independent organ procurement organization (IOPO) means an organ
                procurement organization that files a Medicare cost report separate
                from a hospital and meets all of the following:
                 (1) Is not subject to the control of a hospital with respect to the
                hiring, firing, training, and paying of employees.
                 (2) Is not considered as a department of a hospital for insurance
                purposes (including malpractice insurance, general liability insurance,
                worker's compensation insurance, and employee retirement insurance).
                 (3) Reports organ acquisition costs it incurs on the IOPO Medicare
                cost report.
                 Organ, for organ acquisition payment purposes, means:
                 (1) A human kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, or intestine (or
                multivisceral organs when transplanted at the same time as an
                intestine).
                 (2) Pancreata procured on or after October 1, 2004 for the purpose
                of acquiring pancreatic islet cells for transplantation into
                individuals who are participating in a National Institute of Diabetes
                and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial.
                 Organ procurement organization (OPO) means an organization defined
                in Sec. 486.302 of this chapter. OPOs can be independent or hospital
                based.
                 Standard acquisition charge (SAC) means a charge as defined in
                Sec. 413.404 of this chapter.
                 Transplant hospital means a hospital that furnishes organ
                transplants and other medical and surgical specialty services required
                for the care of transplant patients.
                 Transplant hospital/HOPO (TH/HOPO) refers to a transplant hospital,
                or a transplant hospital that operates a HOPO (as previously defined in
                this section) and performs organ procurement activities as one entity
                reported on the transplant hospital's Medicare cost report.
                 Transplant program means an organ-specific transplant program
                within a transplant hospital (as defined in this section).
                Sec. 413.402 Organ acquisition costs.
                 (a) Costs related to organ acquisition. Costs recognized in
                paragraph (b) of this section are costs incurred in the acquisition of
                organs from a living donor or a cadaveric donor, by the hospital or an
                organ procurement organization, as appropriate.
                [[Page 25701]]
                 (b) Types of costs. Organ acquisition costs are as follows:
                 (1) Tissue typing, including tissue typing furnished by independent
                laboratories.
                 (2) Donor and beneficiary evaluation.
                 (3) Other costs associated with excising organs, such as general
                routine and special care services provided to the donor.
                 (4) Operating room and other inpatient ancillary services
                applicable to the donor.
                 (5) Preservation and perfusion costs.
                 (6) Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network registration
                fees.
                 (7) Surgeons' fees for excising cadaveric organs (currently limited
                to $1,250 for kidneys).
                 (8) Transportation of the excised organ to the transplant hospital.
                 (9) Costs of organs acquired from other hospitals or organ
                procurement organizations.
                 (10) Hospital costs normally classified as outpatient costs
                applicable to organ excisions (services include donor and recipient
                tissue typing, work-up, and related services furnished prior to
                inpatient admission).
                 (11) Costs of services applicable to organ excisions which are
                rendered by residents and interns not in approved teaching programs.
                 (12) All pre-admission services applicable to organ excisions, such
                as laboratory, electroencephalography, surgeons' fees for cadaveric
                excisions, and the costs of physicians' services.
                 (c) Living kidney donor complications. (1) Living kidney donor
                complications related to the surgery to remove a kidney, which occur
                after the date of discharge, are not considered kidney acquisition
                costs.
                 (2) Medicare covers costs incurred for living kidney donor
                complications only if they are directly attributable to a kidney
                donation for transplant into a Medicare beneficiary.
                 (3) Living kidney donor complications are paid under Medicare Part
                A or Part B, as applicable to the services provided, with no donor
                liability for deductibles or coinsurance. Living kidney donor
                complications are billed under the Medicare Beneficiary Identifier of
                the transplant recipient.
                Sec. 413.404 Standard acquisition charge.
                 (a) General. (1) Procuring an organ is not a covered service when
                performed independent of a Medicare covered transplant, however, the
                reasonable costs to procure an organ are reimbursable when billed in
                connection with a Medicare covered transplant.
                 (2) The SAC represents the average of the total actual costs
                associated with procuring either cadaveric donor organs or living donor
                organs, by organ type.
                 (3) When a TH/HOPO or IOPO provides an organ to another transplant
                hospital or OPO, it bills its SAC to the transplant hospital, TH/HOPO
                or IOPO receiving the organ.
                 (b) THs/HOPOs SACs. (1) A TH/HOPO must develop a SAC for each organ
                type (for example heart, liver, or lung).
                 (2) When a TH/HOPO provides an organ to another transplant hospital
                or OPO, it must bill the receiving transplant hospital or OPO its SAC
                by organ type, or the hospital's standard departmental charges that are
                reduced to cost.
                 (3) A transplant hospital must establish SACs for living donor
                organs. A TH/HOPO must establish SACs for cadaveric donor organs.
                 (i) Living donor SAC for transplant hospitals--(A) Definition. The
                living donor SAC is an average cost that a transplant hospital incurs
                to procure an organ from a living donor.
                 (B) Establishment of living donor SAC. A transplant hospital must
                establish a living donor SAC (living SAC) before the transplant
                hospital bills its first living donor transplant to Medicare.
                 (C) Calculating the living donor SAC--(1) Initial living donor SAC.
                A transplant hospital calculates its initial living SAC for each living
                organ type as follows:
                 (i) By estimating the reasonable and necessary costs they expect to
                incur for services furnished to living donors, and pre-admission
                services furnished to recipients of living donor organs during the
                hospital's cost reporting period.
                 (ii) Dividing the estimated amount described in paragraph
                (b)(3)(i)(C)(1)(i) of this paragraph by the projected number of usable
                living donor organs to be procured by the transplant hospital during
                the transplant hospital's cost reporting period.
                 (2) Subsequent living donor SAC. A transplant hospital calculates
                its subsequent living donor SAC for each living organ type as follows:
                 (i) By using the transplant hospital's actual organ acquisition
                costs for the living donor organ type from the prior year's Medicare
                cost report, adjusted for any changes in the current year.
                 (ii) Dividing the costs in paragraph (b)(3)(i)(C)(2)(i) of this
                section by the actual number of usable living organs procured by the
                transplant hospital during that prior cost reporting period.
                 (D) Costs used to develop the living donor SAC. Costs that may be
                used to develop the living donor SAC include, but are not limited to
                the following:
                 (1) Costs of tissue typing services, including those furnished by
                independent laboratories.
                 (2) Costs of physician pre-admission transplant evaluation
                services.
                 (3) Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network registration
                fees.
                 (4) Costs for donor and recipient evaluation and workup furnished
                prior to admission for transplantation.
                 (5) Other costs associated with procurement, for example, general
                routine and special care services related to the donor.
                 (6) Costs of operating room and other inpatient ancillary services
                related to the donor.
                 (7) Preservation and perfusion costs.
                 (8) Transportation costs of the excised organ.
                 (ii) Cadaveric donor SAC for THs/HOPOs--(A) Definition. The
                cadaveric donor SAC is an average cost that a TH/HOPO incurs to procure
                a cadaveric donor organ.
                 (B) Calculating the cadaveric SAC--(1) Initial cadaveric donor SAC.
                A TH/HOPO calculates its initial cadaveric SAC for each cadaveric organ
                type as follows:
                 (i) By estimating the reasonable and necessary costs they expect to
                incur to procure cadaveric organs, combined with the expected costs of
                acquiring cadaveric organs from OPOs or other transplant hospitals.
                 (ii) Dividing the estimated amount described in paragraph
                (b)(3)(ii)(B)(1)(i) of this section by the projected number of usable
                cadaveric organs to be procured by the TH/HOPO within the transplant
                hospital's cost reporting period.
                 (2) Subsequent cadaveric donor SAC. A TH/HOPO calculates its
                subsequent cadaveric donor SAC for each cadaveric organ type as
                follows:
                 (i) By using the transplant hospital's actual organ acquisition
                costs for the cadaveric donor organ type from the prior year's Medicare
                cost report, adjusted for any changes in the current year.
                 (ii) Dividing the costs in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B)(2)(i) of this
                section by the actual number of usable cadaveric organs procured by the
                TH/HOPO during that prior cost reporting period.
                 (C) Costs to develop the cadaveric donor SAC. Costs that may be
                used to develop the cadaveric donor SAC include, but are not limited to
                the following:
                 (1) Costs of organs acquired from other transplant hospitals or
                OPOs.
                 (2) Costs of transportation of the excised organs.
                [[Page 25702]]
                 (3) Surgeons' fees for excising cadaveric organs (currently limited
                to $1,250 for kidneys).
                 (4) Costs of tissue typing services, including those furnished by
                independent laboratories.
                 (5) Preservation and perfusion costs.
                 (6) General routine and special care service costs.
                 (7) Operating room and other inpatient ancillary service costs.
                 (c) Independent OPO SACs--(1) Non-renal SAC. An IOPO establishes
                non-renal SACs based on its costs of procuring non-renal organs for
                each organ type, by--
                 (i) Estimating the reasonable and necessary costs it expects to
                incur for services furnished to procure cadaveric donor non-renal
                organs during the IOPO's cost reporting period; and
                 (ii) Dividing the amount estimated in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this
                section by the projected number of cadaveric donor non-renal organs the
                IOPO expects to procure within its cost reporting period.
                 (2) Kidney SAC. (i) An IOPO's Medicare contractor establishes the
                kidney SAC based on an estimate of the reasonable and necessary costs
                the IOPO expects to incur to procure cadaveric kidneys during the
                IOPO's cost reporting period, divided by the projected number of usable
                cadaveric kidneys the IOPO expects to procure.
                 (ii) The Medicare contractor develops the IOPO's initial kidney SAC
                based on the IOPO's budget information.
                 (iii) The kidney SAC for subsequent years is computed using the
                IOPO's costs related to kidney acquisition that were incurred in the
                prior cost reporting period and dividing those costs by the number of
                usable cadaveric kidneys procured during that cost reporting period.
                These SACs are the basis for the interim payments by the transplant
                hospital to the IOPO, as set forth in Sec. 413.420(d).
                 (iv) The IOPO's Medicare contractor may adjust the kidney SAC
                during the year, if necessary, for cost changes.
                 (v) The IOPO cannot use or change its kidney SAC without the
                contractor's approval.
                 (3) Billing SACs for organs generally. The IOPO uses its own organ
                SAC and not the SAC it paid to another IOPO when billing a transplant
                hospital receiving the organ. When an IOPO receives an organ from
                another IOPO, the receiving IOPO is responsible for paying the
                procuring IOPO's SAC.
                Sec. 413.406 Acquisition of pancreata for islet cell transplant.
                 (a) Medicare only covers and pays for reasonable costs of
                acquisition of pancreata for islet cell transplants into Medicare
                beneficiaries participating in a National Institute of Diabetes and
                Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial of islet cell
                transplantation.
                 (b) Pancreata procured for covered islet cell transplants must be
                assigned a full standard acquisition charge and be treated as solid
                organs for procurement purposes.
                Sec. 413.408 Counting of organs for transplant hospitals/hospital-
                based organ procurement organizations and calculation of Medicare's
                share of organ acquisition costs.
                 (a) Counting and reporting of Medicare usable organs. THs/HOPOs,
                must accurately count and report the Medicare usable organs and total
                usable organs on their Medicare hospital cost reports to ensure that
                costs to acquire Medicare usable organs are accurately allocated to
                Medicare.
                 (b) Medicare usable organs. For cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after October 1, 2021, for THs/HOPOs, Medicare usable organs include
                only the following:
                 (1) Organs transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries (including
                kidneys for Medicare Advantage beneficiaries for dates of service on or
                after January 1, 2021).
                 (2) Organs for which Medicare has a secondary payer liability for
                the organ transplant.
                 (3) Pancreata procured for the purpose of acquiring pancreatic
                islet cells acquired for transplantation for Medicare beneficiaries
                participating in a National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and
                Kidney Diseases clinical trial.
                 (c) Total usable organs. For cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 2021, for THs/HOPOs, total usable organs include all
                of the following:
                 (1) Medicare usable organs.
                 (2) Organs excised with the intention to be used for research.
                 (3) Organs excised and either transplanted or furnished to other
                transplant hospitals or OPOs.
                 (4) Organs obtained from another OPO or transplant hospital and
                either transplanted or furnished to other transplant hospitals or OPOs.
                 (5) Organs sent to veterans' hospitals or organs sent outside the
                United States.
                 (6) Organs transplanted into non-Medicare beneficiaries.
                 (7) Organs for which the transplant was totally or partially paid
                by primary insurance other than Medicare.
                 (8) Organs for which the transplant was covered by a Medicare
                Advantage plan for dates of service prior to January 1, 2021.
                 (9) Kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or without contractor-
                approved a reciprocal sharing agreement with the HOPO in effect prior
                to March 3, 1988.
                 (10) Pancreata procured for the purpose of acquiring pancreatic
                islet cells for transplantation into participants in a National
                Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases clinical trial.
                 (d) TH/HOPO's total costs exclude procurement costs of organs sent
                to foreign transplant centers and organs transplanted into non-Medicare
                beneficiaries. A TH/HOPO's total costs for all organs are reduced by
                the costs associated with procuring organs sent to foreign transplant
                centers or transplanted in patients other than Medicare beneficiaries.
                THs/HOPOs must separate costs for procuring organs that are sent to
                foreign transplant centers and organs transplanted in patients other
                than Medicare beneficiaries from Medicare allowable costs prior to
                final cost settlement by the Medicare contractors. The separation of
                cost is achieved using the Medicare ratio set forth in Sec.
                413.408(e).
                 (e) Calculation of Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs. For
                cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021,
                Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs for a TH/HOPO is calculated
                by multiplying the total allowable organ acquisition costs by the ratio
                of Medicare usable organs (as specified in Sec. 413.408(b)), to total
                usable organs (as specified in Sec. 413.408(c)).
                Sec. 413.410 Counting of kidneys for independent organ procurement
                organizations and calculation of Medicare's share of kidney acquisition
                costs.
                 (a) Counting and reporting of the number of usable kidneys. IOPOs
                must accurately count and report Medicare usable kidneys and total
                usable kidneys on their Medicare OPO cost reports to ensure that costs
                to acquire Medicare usable kidneys are accurately allocated to
                Medicare.
                 (b) Medicare usable kidneys. For cost reporting periods beginning
                on or after October 1, 2021, for IOPOs, Medicare usable kidneys include
                only kidneys sent to transplant hospitals, HOPOs and other IOPOs that
                are transplanted into Medicare beneficiaries.
                 (c) Total usable kidneys. For cost reporting periods beginning on
                or after October 1, 2021, for IOPOs, total usable kidneys include all
                of the following:
                 (1) Medicare usable kidneys.
                 (2) Kidneys procured with the intention to be used for research.
                 (3) Kidneys procured and furnished to other transplant hospitals or
                OPOs.
                [[Page 25703]]
                 (4) Kidneys procured from another OPO or transplant hospital and
                either transplanted or furnished to other transplant hospitals or OPOs.
                 (5) Kidneys sent to veterans' hospitals or organs sent outside the
                United States.
                 (6) Kidneys for which the transplant was covered by a Medicare
                Advantage plan for dates of service prior to January 1, 2021.
                 (7) Kidneys sent to United States MRTCs with or without a
                contractor-approved reciprocal sharing agreement with the IOPO in
                effect prior to March 3, 1988.
                 (d) IOPO's total costs exclude procurement costs of kidneys sent to
                foreign transplant centers and organs transplanted into non-Medicare
                beneficiaries. (1) An IOPO's total costs for all kidneys is reduced by
                the costs associated with procuring kidneys that are sent to foreign
                transplant centers or transplanted in patients other than Medicare
                beneficiaries.
                 (2) IOPOs must separate costs for procuring kidneys that are sent
                to foreign transplant centers and kidneys transplanted in patients
                other than Medicare beneficiaries from Medicare allowable costs prior
                to final settlement by the Medicare contractors. The separation of cost
                is achieved using the Medicare ratio set forth in Sec. 413.410(e).
                 (e) Calculation of Medicare's share of kidney acquisition costs.
                For cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021,
                Medicare's share of kidney acquisition costs for an IOPO is calculated
                by multiplying the total allowable kidney acquisition costs by the
                ratio of Medicare usable kidneys, as specified in Sec. 413.410(b), to
                total kidneys, as specified in Sec. 413.410(c).
                Sec. 413.412 Intent to transplant, and counting en bloc, research,
                and discarded organs.
                 (a) Principle of intent to transplant. (1) For organ acquisition
                payment purposes, an organ is intended for transplant when the OPO or
                transplant hospital designates it for transplant prior to the time the
                donor enters the hospital's operating room for surgical excision/
                recovery of the organ(s).
                 (2) OPOs and transplant hospitals must identify the costs
                associated with the recovered and unrecovered organs and apportion
                those costs to the appropriate cost centers by organ type.
                 (b) Counting en bloc organs. En bloc organs can be en bloc lungs or
                en bloc kidneys. For Medicare cost allocation purposes, OPOs and
                transplant hospitals count--
                 (1) En bloc lungs or en bloc kidneys procured and transplanted en
                bloc (two organs transplanted as one unit) as one total usable organ.
                En bloc organs transplanted into a Medicare beneficiary count as one
                Medicare usable organ in accordance with Sec. 413.408(b) or one
                Medicare usable kidney in accordance with Sec. 413.410(b).
                 (2) En bloc lungs and en bloc kidneys procured en bloc but
                separated and transplanted into two different recipients as two total
                usable organs. For each organ transplanted into a Medicare beneficiary,
                count each as one Medicare usable organ in accordance with Sec.
                413.408(b) or one Medicare usable kidney in accordance with Sec.
                413.410(b).
                 (c) Counting of research organs. For Medicare cost allocation
                purposes, organs used for research are not counted as Medicare usable
                organs in Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs (except pancreata
                in accordance with Sec. 413.408(b)(3)).
                 (1) OPOs and transplant hospitals--
                 (i) Do not count organs designated for research activities prior to
                the time the donor entered the hospital's operating room for surgical
                removal of the organs as Medicare usable organs; and
                 (ii) Count organs designated for research activities prior to the
                time the donor entered the hospital's operating room for surgical
                removal of the organs as total usable organs.
                 (2) Do not count organs designated for transplant prior to the time
                the donor entered the hospital's operating room for surgical removal of
                the organs but subsequently determined to be unusable and donated to
                research, as Medicare usable organs or total usable organs.
                 (d) Counting of discarded/unusable organs. An organ is not counted
                as a Medicare usable organ or a total usable organ if the excising
                surgeon determines, upon initial inspection or after removal of the
                organ, that the organ is not viable and not medically suitable for
                transplant and the organ is determined to be unusable and discarded.
                This includes organs that are determined to be unusable and
                subsequently donated to research in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of
                this section.
                Sec. 413.414 Medicare secondary payer and organ acquisition costs.
                 (a) General principle. If a Medicare beneficiary has a primary
                health insurer other than Medicare and that primary health insurer has
                primary liability for the transplant and organ acquisition costs, the
                Medicare Program may share a liability for organ acquisition costs as a
                secondary payer in certain instances. To determine whether Medicare has
                liability as a secondary payer, it is necessary to review the
                transplant hospital's agreement with the primary insurer.
                 (b) Medicare has no secondary payer liability for organ acquisition
                costs. If the primary insurer's agreement requires the transplant
                hospital to accept the primary insurer's payment as payment in full for
                the transplant and the associated organ acquisition costs, Medicare has
                zero liability as a secondary payer with no payment obligation for the
                transplantation costs or the organ acquisition costs, and the organ at
                issue is not a Medicare usable organ.
                 (c) Medicare may have secondary payer liability for organ
                acquisition costs. When the primary insurer's agreement does not
                require the transplant hospital to accept the payment from the primary
                insurer as payment in full, and the payment the transplant hospital
                receives from the primary insurer for the transplant and organ
                acquisition costs is insufficient to cover the entire cost, Medicare
                may have a secondary payer liability for the organ acquisition costs.
                 (1) To determine whether Medicare has a secondary payer liability
                for the organ acquisition costs, it is necessary for the transplant
                hospital to submit a bill to its Medicare contractor and to compare the
                total cost of the transplant, including the transplant DRG amount and
                the organ acquisition costs, to the payment received from the primary
                payer.
                 (2) If the payment from the primary payer is greater than the cost
                of the transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is no
                Medicare liability and the transplant hospital must not count the organ
                as a Medicare usable organ.
                 (3) If the payment from the primary payer is less than the
                transplant DRG and the organ acquisition costs, there is a Medicare
                secondary payer liability and all of the following must occur:
                 (i) The transplant hospital must pro-rate the payment from the
                primary payer between the transplant DRG payment and the organ
                acquisition payment.
                 (ii) The transplant hospital counts the organ as a Medicare usable
                organ.
                 (iii) The portion of the payment applicable to organ acquisition is
                used on the cost report to reduce the Medicare organ acquisition costs.
                Sec. 413.416 Organ acquisition charges for kidney-paired exchanges.
                 (a) Initial living donor evaluations. When a recipient and donor
                elect to participate in a kidney paired exchange, the costs of the
                initial living donor evaluations are incurred by the originally
                intended recipient's
                [[Page 25704]]
                transplant hospital, regardless of whether the living donor actually
                donates to their originally intended recipient, a kidney paired
                exchange recipient, or does not donate at all.
                 (b) Additional tests after a match. In a kidney paired exchange,
                regardless of whether an actual donation occurs, once the donor and
                recipient are matched, any additional tests requested by the
                recipient's transplant hospital and performed by the donor's transplant
                hospital, are billed to the recipient's transplant hospital as charges
                reduced to cost (using the donor's transplant hospital's cost to charge
                ratio) and included as acquisition costs on the recipient transplant
                hospital's Medicare cost report.
                 (c) Procurement and transport of a kidney. When a donor's
                transplant hospital procures and sends a kidney to a recipient's
                transplant hospital all of the following are applicable:
                 (1) All costs must be reasonable and necessary.
                 (2)(i) The donor's transplant hospital bills the recipient's
                transplant hospital.
                 (ii) The donor's transplant hospital bills its charges reduced to
                cost, or bills its applicable kidney SAC for the reasonable costs
                associated with procuring, packaging, and transporting the kidney.
                 (3) The donor's transplant hospital records the costs described in
                paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section on its Medicare cost report as
                kidney acquisition costs and offsets any payments received from the
                recipient's transplant hospital against its kidney acquisition costs.
                 (4) The recipient's transplant hospital records as part of its
                kidney acquisition costs--
                 (i) The amounts billed by the donor's transplant hospital for the
                reasonable costs associated with procuring, packaging, and transporting
                the organ; and
                 (ii) Any additional testing performed and billed by the donor's
                transplant hospital.
                 (d) Donor's procurement occurs at recipient transplant hospital. In
                a kidney-paired exchange--
                 (1) When a donor's transplant hospital does not procure a kidney,
                but the donor travels to the recipient's transplant hospital for the
                organ procurement, the reasonable costs associated with the organ
                procurement are included on the Medicare cost report of the recipient's
                transplant hospital; and
                 (2) The travel expenses of the living donor are not allowable
                Medicare costs.
                Sec. 413.418 Donor community hospitals' charges to organ procurement
                organizations for organ acquisition costs.
                 (a) General. A donor community hospital (a Medicare-certified non-
                transplant hospital) incurs organ acquisition costs for donor organ
                procurement services, authorized by the OPO following declaration of
                death and consent to donate.
                 (b) Donor community hospitals. For cost reporting periods beginning
                on or after October 1, 2021, when a donor community hospital incurs
                costs for services furnished to a cadaveric donor, as authorized by the
                OPO, the donor community hospital must bill the OPO its customary
                charges that are reduced to cost by applying its most recently
                available hospital specific cost-to-charge ratio for the period in
                which the service was rendered.
                Sec. 413.420 Payment to independent organ procurement organizations
                and histocompatibility laboratories for kidney acquisition costs.
                 (a) Principle. (1) Covered services furnished after September 30,
                1978, by OPOs and histocompatibility laboratories in connection with
                kidney acquisition and transplantation are reimbursed under the
                principles for determining reasonable cost contained in this part.
                 (2) Services furnished by IOPOs and histocompatibility
                laboratories, that have an agreement with the Secretary in accordance
                with paragraph (c) of this section, are paid directly by the transplant
                hospital using a kidney SAC (for an IOPO) or contractor-established
                rates (for a histocompatibility laboratory). (The reasonable costs of
                services furnished by HOPOs or laboratories are reimbursed in
                accordance with the principles contained in Sec. Sec. 413.60 and
                413.64.)
                 (b) Definitions. Definitions relevant to this section can be found
                in Sec. 413.400 of this subpart.
                 (c) Agreements with IOPOs and laboratories. (1) Any IOPO or
                histocompatibility laboratory that wishes to have the cost of its pre-
                transplant services reimbursed under the Medicare program must file an
                agreement with CMS under which the IOPO or laboratory agrees to do all
                of the following:
                 (i) To file a cost report in accordance with Sec. 413.24(f) within
                5 months following the close of the period covered by the report.
                 (ii) To permit CMS to designate a contractor to determine the
                interim reimbursement rate payable by the transplant hospitals for
                services provided by the IOPO or laboratory and to make a determination
                of reasonable cost based upon the cost report filed by the IOPO or
                laboratory.
                 (iii) To provide such budget or cost projection information as may
                be required to establish an initial interim reimbursement rate.
                 (iv) To pay to CMS amounts that have been paid by CMS to transplant
                hospitals and that are determined to be in excess of the reasonable
                cost of the services provided by the IOPO or laboratory.
                 (v) Not to charge any individual for items or services for which
                that individual is entitled to have payment made under section 1861 of
                the Act.
                 (2) The initial cost report due from an IOPO or laboratory is for
                its first fiscal year during any portion of which it had an agreement
                with the Secretary under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. The
                initial cost report covers only the period covered by the agreement.
                 (d) Interim reimbursement. (1) Transplant hospitals with approved
                kidney transplant programs pay the IOPO or histocompatibility
                laboratory for their pre-transplantation services on the basis of an
                interim rate established by the contractor for that IOPO or laboratory.
                 (2) The interim rate is based on a kidney SAC or contractor
                established rates, associated with procuring a kidney for
                transplantation, incurred by an IOPO or laboratory respectively, during
                its previous fiscal year. If there is not adequate cost data to
                determine the initial interim rate, the Medicare contractor determines
                it according to the IOPO's or laboratory's estimate of its projected
                costs for the fiscal year.
                 (3) Payments made by transplant hospitals on the basis of interim
                rates are reconciled directly with the IOPO or laboratory after the
                close of its fiscal year, in accordance with paragraph (e) of this
                section.
                 (4) Information on the interim rate for all IOPOs and
                histocompatibility laboratories must be disseminated to all transplant
                hospitals and contractors.
                 (e) Retroactive adjustment--(1) Cost reports. Information provided
                in cost reports by IOPOs and histocompatibility laboratories must meet
                the requirements for cost data and cost finding specified in Sec.
                413.24. These cost reports must provide the following:
                 (i) A complete accounting of the cost incurred by the IOPO or
                laboratory in providing covered services, the total number of Medicare
                beneficiaries who received those services.
                 (ii) Any other data necessary to enable the contractor to make a
                determination of the reasonable cost of covered
                [[Page 25705]]
                services provided to Medicare beneficiaries.
                 (2) Audit and adjustment. A cost report submitted by an IOPO or
                histocompatibility laboratory is reviewed by the contractor and a new
                interim reimbursement rate for kidney acquisition costs for the
                subsequent fiscal year is established based upon this review.
                 (i) A retroactive adjustment in the amount paid under the interim
                rate is made in accordance with Sec. 413.64(f).
                 (ii) If the determination of reasonable cost reveals an overpayment
                or underpayment resulting from the interim reimbursement rate paid to
                transplant hospitals, a lump sum adjustment is made directly between
                that contractor and the IOPO or laboratory.
                 (f) Payment requirements. For services furnished on or after April
                1, 1988, no payment may be made for services furnished by an IOPO that
                does not meet the requirements of part 486, subpart G, of this chapter.
                 (g) Appeals. If the amount in controversy is $1,000 or more, any
                IOPO or histocompatibility laboratory that disagrees with a
                contractor's cost determination under this section is entitled to a
                contractor hearing, in accordance with the procedures set forth in
                Sec. Sec. 405.1811 through 405.1833 of this chapter.
                PART 425--MEDICARE SHARED SAVINGS PROGRAM
                0
                38. The authority for Part 425 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302, 1306, 1395hh, and 1395jjj.
                0
                39. Section 425.600 is amended by--
                0
                a. Redesignating paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iv) as paragraph
                (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(v);
                0
                b. Adding new paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iv); and
                0
                c. In paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(3), removing the phrase ``paragraph
                (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii)'' and adding in its place the phrase ``paragraph
                (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(v).''
                 The addition reads as follows:
                Sec. 425.600 Selection of risk model.
                 (a) * * *
                 (4) * * *
                 (i) * * *
                 (B) * * *
                 (2) * * *
                 (iv) Exception for ACOs participating in the BASIC track's glide
                path that elect to maintain their participation level for performance
                year 2022. Prior to the automatic advancement for performance year
                2022, an ACO that is participating in the BASIC track's glide path for
                performance year 2021 may elect to remain in the same level of the
                BASIC track's glide path in which it participated during the 2021
                performance year, for performance year 2022. For performance year 2023,
                the ACO is automatically advanced to the level of the BASIC track's
                glide path to which the ACO would have automatically advanced absent
                the election to maintain its participation level for performance year
                2022 and, if applicable, the election to maintain its participation
                level for performance year 2021 under paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B)(2)(iii) of
                this section, unless the ACO elects to transition to a higher level of
                risk and potential reward within the BASIC track's glide path as
                provided in Sec. 425.226(a)(2)(i). A voluntary election by an ACO
                under this paragraph must be made in the form and manner and by a
                deadline established by CMS.
                * * * * *
                PART 455--PROGRAM INTEGRITY: MEDICAID
                0
                40. The authority citation for Part 455 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302.
                0
                41. Section 455.410 is amended by adding paragraph (d) to read as
                follows:
                Sec. 455.410 Enrollment and screening of providers.
                * * * * *
                 (d) The State Medicaid agency must allow enrollment of all
                Medicare-enrolled providers and suppliers for purposes of processing
                claims to determine Medicare cost-sharing (as defined in section
                1905(p)(3) of the Act) if the providers or suppliers meet all Federal
                Medicaid enrollment requirements, including, but not limited to, all
                applicable provisions of 42 CFR part 455, subparts B and E. This
                paragraph (d) applies even if the Medicare-enrolled provider or
                supplier is of a type not recognized by the State Medicaid Agency.
                PART 495--STANDARDS FOR THE ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORD TECHNOLOGY
                INCENTIVE PROGRAM
                0
                42. The authority citation for part 495 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 42 U.S.C. 1302 and 1395hh.
                0
                43. Section 495.4 is amended by--
                0
                a. Adding paragraphs (2)(vii) and (viii) and (3)(vii) and (viii) to the
                definition of ``EHR reporting period for a payment adjustment year'';
                and
                0
                b. Revising the introductory text and paragraph (1) of the definition
                of ``Meaningful EHR user''.
                 The additions and revisions read as follows:
                Sec. 495.4 Definitions.
                * * * * *
                 EHR reporting period for a payment adjustment year. * * *
                 (2) * * *
                 (vii) The following are applicable for 2023:
                 (A) If an eligible hospital has not successfully demonstrated it is
                a meaningful EHR user in a prior year, the EHR reporting period is any
                continuous 90-day period within CY 2023 and applies for the FY 2024 and
                2025 payment adjustment years. For the FY 2024 payment adjustment year,
                the EHR reporting period must end before and the eligible hospital must
                successfully register for and attest to meaningful use no later than
                October 1, 2023.
                 (B) If in a prior year an eligible hospital has successfully
                demonstrated it is a meaningful EHR user, the EHR reporting period is
                any continuous 90-day period within CY 2023 and applies for the FY 2025
                payment adjustment year.
                 (viii) The following are applicable for 2024:
                 (A) If an eligible hospital has not successfully demonstrated it is
                a meaningful EHR user in a prior year, the EHR reporting period is any
                continuous 180-day period within CY 2024 and applies for the FY 2025
                and 2026 payment adjustment years. For the FY 2025 payment adjustment
                year, the EHR reporting period must end before and the eligible
                hospital must successfully register for and attest to meaningful use no
                later than October 1, 2024.
                 (B) If in a prior year an eligible hospital has successfully
                demonstrated it is a meaningful EHR user, the EHR reporting period is
                any continuous 180-day period within CY 2024 and applies for the FY
                2026 payment adjustment year.
                 (3) * * *
                 (vii) The following are applicable for 2023:
                 (A) If a CAH has not successfully demonstrated it is a meaningful
                EHR user in a prior year, the EHR reporting period is any continuous
                90-day period within CY 2023 and applies for the FY 2023 payment
                adjustment year.
                 (B) If in a prior year a CAH has successfully demonstrated it is a
                meaningful EHR user, the EHR reporting period is any continuous 90-day
                period within CY 2023 and applies for the FY 2023 payment adjustment
                year.
                 (viii) The following are applicable for 2024:
                 (A) If a CAH has not successfully demonstrated it is a meaningful
                EHR
                [[Page 25706]]
                user in a prior year, the EHR reporting period is any continuous 180-
                day period within CY 2024 and applies for the FY 2024 payment
                adjustment year.
                 (B) If in a prior year a CAH has successfully demonstrated it is a
                meaningful EHR user, the EHR reporting period is any continuous 180-day
                period within CY 2024 and applies for the FY 2024 payment adjustment
                year.
                * * * * *
                 Meaningful EHR user means all of the following:
                 (1) Subject to paragraph (3) of this definition, an EP, eligible
                hospital or CAH that, for an EHR reporting period for a payment year or
                payment adjustment year--
                 (i) Demonstrates in accordance with Sec. 495.40 meaningful use of
                certified EHR technology by meeting the applicable objectives and
                associated measures under Sec. Sec. 495.20, 495.22, 495.24; (ii) Does
                not knowingly and willfully take action (such as to disable
                functionality) to limit or restrict the compatibility or
                interoperability of CEHRT;
                 (iii) Engages in activities related to supporting providers with
                the performance of CEHRT; and
                 (iv) Successfully reports the clinical quality measures selected by
                CMS to CMS or the States, as applicable, in the form and manner
                specified by CMS or the States, as applicable.
                * * * * *
                0
                44. Section 495.24 is amended by--
                0
                a. Revising paragraph (e)(1)(i) and (e)(4)(ii);
                0
                b. Adding paragraph (e)(4)(iv);
                0
                c. Revising paragraphs (e)(5)(ii)(B), (e)(5)(iii)(B), and (e)(6)(ii)
                introductory text;
                0
                d. Adding paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(C);
                0
                e. In paragraph (e)(7)(ii) introductory text, removing the en dash and
                adding in its place ``all of the following:'';
                0
                f. In paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(A), by removing ``; and'' and adding in its
                place a period;
                0
                g. In paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(B), by removing the sentence ``This measure
                is worth up to 40 points beginning in CY 2019.'';
                0
                h. Adding paragraph (e)(7)(ii)(C); and
                0
                i. Revising paragraphs (e)(8)(ii) introductory text, (e)(8)(ii)(A),
                (e)(8)(iii) introductory text, and (e)(8)(iii)(A), (D), and (E).
                 The revisions and additions read as follows:
                Sec. 495.24 Stage 3 meaningful use objectives and measures for EPs,
                eligible hospitals and CAHs for 2019 and subsequent years.
                * * * * *
                 (e) * * *
                 (1) * * *
                 (i) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section,
                eligible hospitals and CAHs must do all of the following as part of
                meeting the definition of a meaningful EHR user under Sec. 495.4:
                 (A) Meet all objectives and associated measures of the Stage 3
                criteria specified in this paragraph (e).
                 (B) In 2019, 2020, and 2021, earn a total score of at least 50
                points.
                 (C) In 2022 and subsequent years, earn a total score of at least 60
                points.
                * * * * *
                 (4) * * *
                 (ii) Measure scoring. Eligible hospitals and CAHs are required to
                report on the security risk analysis measure in paragraph (e)(4)(iii)
                of this section, but no points are available for this measure. In 2022
                and subsequent years, eligible hospitals and CAHs are required to
                report on the SAFER Guides measure in paragraph (e)(4)(iv) of this
                section, but no points are available for this measure.
                * * * * *
                 (iv) SAFER Guides measure. Conduct an annual self- assessment using
                all nine SAFER Guides at any point during the calendar year in which
                the EHR reporting period occurs.
                * * * * *
                 (5) * * *
                 (ii) * * *
                 (B) In 2020 and subsequent years, eligible hospitals and CAHs must
                meet the e-Prescribing measure in paragraph (e)(5)(iii)(A) of this
                section, and have the option to report on the query of PDMP measure in
                paragraph (e)(5)(iii)(B) of this section.
                 (1) In 2020 and 2021, the electronic prescribing objective in
                paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section is worth up to 15 points.
                 (2) In 2022, the electronic prescribing objective in paragraph
                (e)(5)(i) of this section is worth up to 20 points.
                 (iii) * * *
                 (B) Query of prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) measure.
                Subject to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, for at least one Schedule
                II opioid electronically prescribed using CEHRT during the EHR
                reporting period, the eligible hospital or CAH uses data from CEHRT to
                conduct a query of a Prescription Drug Monitoring Program (PDMP) for
                prescription drug history, except where prohibited and in accordance
                with applicable law. This measure is worth--
                 (1) 5 bonus points in CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021; and
                 (2) 10 bonus points in CY 2022.
                * * * * *
                 (6) * * *
                 (ii) Measures. For CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021, eligible hospitals and
                CAHs must meet both of the measures specified in paragraphs
                (e)(6)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section (each worth up to 20 points). For
                CY 2022, eligible hospitals and CAHs either must meet both of the
                measures specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section
                (each worth up to 20 points) or must meet the measure specified in
                paragraph (e)(6)(ii)(C) of this section (worth 40 points).
                * * * * *
                 (C) Health information exchange (HIE) bi-directional exchange
                measure. Subject to paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the eligible
                hospital or CAH must attest to the following:
                 (1) Participating in an HIE in order to enable secure, bi-
                directional exchange of information to occur for all unique patients
                discharged from the eligible hospital or CAH inpatient or emergency
                department (POS 21 or 23), and all unique patient records stored or
                maintained in the EHR for these departments, during the EHR reporting
                period in accordance with applicable law and policy.
                 (2) Participating in an HIE that is capable of exchanging
                information across a broad network of unaffiliated exchange partners
                including those using disparate EHRs, and not engaging in exclusionary
                behavior when determining exchange partners.
                 (3) Using the functions of CEHRT to support bi-directional exchange
                with an HIE.
                * * * * *
                 (7) * * *
                 (ii) * * *
                 (C) Beginning in 2022, the eligible hospital or CAH ensures the
                patient's health information, with an encounter date on or after
                January 1, 2016, is available for the patient (or patient-authorized
                representative) to access indefinitely and using any application of
                their choice that is configured to meet the technical specifications of
                the API in the eligible hospital or CAHs CEHRT.
                 (8) * * *
                 (ii) Measures. For CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021, eligible hospitals and
                CAHs could receive a total of 10 points for the objective under
                paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section. In order to meet the objective
                under paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section, an eligible hospital or CAH
                must meet any two measures specified in paragraphs (e)(8)(ii)(A)
                through (F) of this section. For CY 2022 and subsequent years, eligible
                hospitals and CAHs could receive a total of 15 points for the objective
                under paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section. In order to meet the
                objective under paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section and receive 10
                points, an
                [[Page 25707]]
                eligible hospital or CAH must meet each of the four measures specified
                in paragraphs (e)(8)(ii)(A), (B), (C), and (F) of this section. An
                eligible hospital or CAH will receive a bonus of 5 points for this
                objective if they meet one of the measures specified in paragraph
                (e)(8)(ii)(D) or (E).
                 (A) Syndromic surveillance reporting measure. For CYs 2019, 2020,
                and 2021, the eligible hospital or CAH is in active engagement with a
                public health agency to submit syndromic surveillance data from an
                urgent care setting. For CY 2022 and subsequent years, the eligible
                hospital or CAH is in active engagement with a public health agency to
                submit syndromic surveillance data from an emergency department setting
                (POS 23).
                * * * * *
                 (iii) Exclusions in accordance with paragraph (e)(2) of this
                section. For CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021, if an exclusion is claimed under
                paragraphs (e)(8)(iii)(A) through (F) of this section for each of the
                two measures selected for reporting, the 10 points for the objective
                specified in paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section will be redistributed
                to the provide patients electronic access to their health information
                measure under paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section. For CY 2022 and
                subsequent years, if an exclusion is claimed under paragraphs
                (e)(8)(iii)(A) through (F) of this section for each of the four
                measures required for reporting, the 10 points for the objective
                specified in paragraph (e)(8)(i) of this section will be redistributed
                to the provide patients electronic access to their health information
                measure under paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section.
                 (A) * * *
                 (1) For CYs 2019, 2020 and 2021, does not have an emergency or
                urgent care department.
                 (2) For CY 2022 and subsequent years, does not have an emergency
                department.
                * * * * *
                 (D)(1) For CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021, any eligible hospital or CAH
                meeting at least one of the following criteria may be excluded from the
                public health registry reporting measure specified in paragraph
                (e)(8)(ii)(D) of this section if the eligible hospital or CAH:
                 (i) Does not diagnose or directly treat any disease or condition
                associated with a public health registry in its jurisdiction during the
                EHR reporting period.
                 (ii) Operates in a jurisdiction for which no public health agency
                is capable of accepting electronic registry transactions in the
                specific standards required to meet the CEHRT definition at the start
                of the EHR reporting period.
                 (iii) Operates in a jurisdiction where no public health registry
                for which the eligible hospital or CAH is eligible has declared
                readiness to receive electronic registry transactions as of 6 months
                prior to the start of the EHR reporting period.
                 (2) For CY 2022 and subsequent years, the exclusions specified in
                paragraph (D)(1) of this paragraph are no longer available.
                 (E)(1) For CYs 2019, 2020, and 2021, any eligible hospital or CAH
                meeting at least one of the following criteria may be excluded from the
                clinical data registry reporting measure specified in paragraph
                (e)(8)(ii)(E) of this section if the eligible hospital or CAH:
                 (i) Does not diagnose or directly treat any disease or condition
                associated with a clinical data registry in their jurisdiction during
                the EHR reporting period.
                 (ii) Operates in a jurisdiction for which no clinical data registry
                is capable of accepting electronic registry transactions in the
                specific standards required to meet the CEHRT definition at the start
                of the EHR reporting period.
                 (iii) Operates in a jurisdiction where no clinical data registry
                for which the eligible hospital or CAH is eligible has declared
                readiness to receive electronic registry transactions as of 6 months
                prior to the start of the EHR reporting period.
                 (2) For CY 2022 and subsequent years, the exclusions specified in
                paragraph (E)(1) of this paragraph are no longer available.
                * * * * *
                0
                45. Section 495.40 is amended by revising paragraphs (b) introductory
                text and (b)(2)(i)(I) introductory text and adding paragraph
                (b)(2)(i)(J) to read as follows:
                Sec. 495.40 Demonstration of meaningful use criteria.
                * * * * *
                 (b) Demonstration by eligible hospitals and CAHs. An eligible
                hospital or CAH must demonstrate that it satisfies each of the
                applicable objectives and associated measures under Sec. 495.20, Sec.
                495.22, or Sec. 495.24; supports health information exchange and the
                prevention of health information blocking or does not take actions to
                limit or restrict the compatibility or interoperability of CEHRT, as
                applicable for the EHR reporting period; and engages in activities
                related to supporting providers with the performance of CEHRT.
                 (2) * * *
                 (i) * * *
                 (I) Support for health information exchange and the prevention of
                information blocking. For an EHR reporting period in CYs 2017 through
                2021, the eligible hospital or CAH must attest that it--
                * * * * *
                 (J) Actions to limit or restrict the compatibility or
                interoperability of CEHRT. For an EHR reporting period in CY 2022 and
                subsequent years, the eligible hospital or CAH must attest that it did
                not knowingly and willfully take action (such as to disable
                functionality) to limit or restrict the compatibility or
                interoperability of certified EHR technology.
                * * * * *
                 Dated: April 23, 2021.
                Xavier Becerra,
                Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
                 Note: The following Addendum and Appendixes will not appear in
                the Code of Federal Regulations.
                Addendum--Schedule of Standardized Amounts, Update Factors, Rate-of-
                Increase Percentages Effective With Cost Reporting Periods Beginning on
                or After October 1, 2021, and Payment Rates for LTCHs Effective for
                Discharges Occurring on or After October 1, 2021
                I. Summary and Background
                 In this Addendum, we are setting forth a description of the
                methods and data we used to determine the proposed prospective
                payment rates for Medicare hospital inpatient operating costs and
                Medicare hospital inpatient capital-related costs for FY 2022 for
                acute care hospitals. We also are setting forth the rate-of-increase
                percentage for updating the target amounts for certain hospitals
                excluded from the IPPS for FY 2022. We note that, because certain
                hospitals excluded from the IPPS are paid on a reasonable cost basis
                subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling (and not by the IPPS), these
                hospitals are not affected by the proposed figures for the
                standardized amounts, offsets, and budget neutrality factors.
                Therefore, in this proposed rule, we are setting forth the rate-of-
                increase percentage for updating the target amounts for certain
                hospitals excluded from the IPPS that would be effective for cost
                reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2021.
                 In addition, we are setting forth a description of the methods
                and data we used to determine the proposed LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate that would be applicable to Medicare LTCHs for FY 2022.
                 In general, except for SCHs and MDHs, for FY 2022, each
                hospital's payment per discharge under the IPPS is based on 100
                percent of the Federal national rate, also known as the national
                adjusted standardized amount. This amount reflects the national
                average hospital cost per case from a base year, updated for
                inflation.
                [[Page 25708]]
                 SCHs are paid based on whichever of the following rates yields
                the greatest aggregate payment: The Federal national rate
                (including, as discussed in section IV.G. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, uncompensated care payments under section 1886(r)(2)
                of the Act); the updated hospital-specific rate based on FY 1982
                costs per discharge; the updated hospital-specific rate based on FY
                1987 costs per discharge; the updated hospital-specific rate based
                on FY 1996 costs per discharge; or the updated hospital-specific
                rate based on FY 2006 costs per discharge.
                 Under section 1886(d)(5)(G) of the Act, MDHs historically were
                paid based on the Federal national rate or, if higher, the Federal
                national rate plus 50 percent of the difference between the Federal
                national rate and the updated hospital-specific rate based on FY
                1982 or FY 1987 costs per discharge, whichever was higher. However,
                section 5003(a)(1) of Public Law 109-171 extended and modified the
                MDH special payment provision that was previously set to expire on
                October 1, 2006, to include discharges occurring on or after October
                1, 2006, but before October 1, 2011. Under section 5003(b) of Public
                Law 109-171, if the change results in an increase to an MDH's target
                amount, we must rebase an MDH's hospital specific rates based on its
                FY 2002 cost report. Section 5003(c) of Public Law 109-171 further
                required that MDHs be paid based on the Federal national rate or, if
                higher, the Federal national rate plus 75 percent of the difference
                between the Federal national rate and the updated hospital specific
                rate. Further, based on the provisions of section 5003(d) of Public
                Law 109-171, MDHs are no longer subject to the 12-percent cap on
                their DSH payment adjustment factor. Section 50205 of the Bipartisan
                Budget Act of 2018 extended the MDH program for discharges on or
                after October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2022.
                 As discussed in section IV.A.2 of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, section 1886(n)(6)(B) of the Act was amended to specify that
                the adjustments to the applicable percentage increase under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act apply to subsection (d) Puerto Rico
                hospitals that are not meaningful EHR users, effective beginning FY
                2022. In general, Puerto Rico hospitals are paid 100 percent of the
                national standardized amount and are subject to the same national
                standardized amount as subsection (d) hospitals that receive the
                full update. Accordingly, our discussion later in this section does
                not include references to the Puerto Rico standardized amount or the
                Puerto Rico-specific wage index.
                 As discussed in section II. of this Addendum, we are proposing
                to make changes in the determination of the prospective payment
                rates for Medicare inpatient operating costs for acute care
                hospitals for FY 2022. In section III. of this Addendum, we discuss
                our proposed policy changes for determining the prospective payment
                rates for Medicare inpatient capital-related costs for FY 2022. In
                section IV. of this Addendum, we are setting forth the rate-of-
                increase percentage for determining the rate-of-increase limits for
                certain hospitals excluded from the IPPS for FY 2022. In section V.
                of this Addendum, we discuss proposed policy changes for determining
                the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate for LTCHs paid under the LTCH PPS
                for FY 2022. The tables to which we refer in the preamble of this
                proposed rule are listed in section VI. of this Addendum and are
                available via the internet on the CMS website.
                II. Proposed Changes to Prospective Payment Rates for Hospital
                Inpatient Operating Costs for Acute Care Hospitals for FY 2022
                 The basic methodology for determining prospective payment rates
                for hospital inpatient operating costs for acute care hospitals for
                FY 2005 and subsequent fiscal years is set forth under Sec. 412.64.
                The basic methodology for determining the prospective payment rates
                for hospital inpatient operating costs for hospitals located in
                Puerto Rico for FY 2005 and subsequent fiscal years is set forth
                under Sec. Sec. 412.211 and 412.212. In this section we discuss the
                factors we are proposing to use for determining the proposed
                prospective payment rates for FY 2022.
                 In summary, the proposed standardized amounts set forth in
                Tables 1A, 1B, and 1C that are listed and published in section VI.
                of this Addendum (and available via the internet on the CMS website)
                reflect--
                 Equalization of the standardized amounts for urban and
                other areas at the level computed for large urban hospitals during
                FY 2004 and onward, as provided for under section
                1886(d)(3)(A)(iv)(II) of the Act.
                 The labor-related share that is applied to the
                standardized amounts to give the hospital the highest payment, as
                provided for under sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of
                the Act. For FY 2022, depending on whether a hospital submits
                quality data under the rules established in accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act (hereafter referred to as a hospital
                that submits quality data) and is a meaningful EHR user under
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act (hereafter referred to as a
                hospital that is a meaningful EHR user), there are four possible
                applicable percentage increases that can be applied to the national
                standardized amount. We refer readers to section IV.A. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule for a complete discussion on the
                proposed FY 2022 inpatient hospital update. The table that follows
                shows these four scenarios:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.327
                 We note that section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, which
                specifies the adjustment to the applicable percentage increase for
                ``subsection (d)'' hospitals that do not submit quality data under
                the rules established by the Secretary, is not applicable to
                hospitals located in Puerto Rico.
                 In addition, section 602 of Public Law 114-113 amended section
                1886(n)(6)(B) of the Act to specify that Puerto Rico hospitals are
                eligible for incentive payments for the meaningful use of certified
                EHR technology, effective beginning FY 2016, and also to apply the
                adjustments to the applicable percentage increase under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act to subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals
                that are not meaningful
                [[Page 25709]]
                EHR users, effective beginning FY 2022. Accordingly, for FY 2022,
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act in conjunction with section
                602(d) of Public Law 114-113 requires that any subsection (d) Puerto
                Rico hospital that is not a meaningful EHR user (as defined in
                section 1886(n)(3) of the Act) and not subject to an exception under
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act will have ``three-quarters'' of
                the applicable percentage increase (prior to the application of
                other statutory adjustments), or three-quarters of the applicable
                market basket update, reduced by 33\1/3\ percent. The reduction to
                three-quarters of the applicable percentage increase for subsection
                (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are not meaningful EHR users
                increases to 66 \2/3\ percent for FY 2023, and, for FY 2024 and
                subsequent fiscal years, to 100 percent. In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we finalized the payment reductions (83 FR 41674).
                (We note that section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, which
                specifies the adjustment to the applicable percentage increase for
                ``subsection (d)'' hospitals that do not submit quality data under
                the rules established by the Secretary, is not applicable to
                hospitals located in Puerto Rico.) The regulations at 42 CFR
                412.64(d)(3)(ii) reflect the current law for the update for
                subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals for FY 2022 and subsequent
                fiscal years.
                 An adjustment to the standardized amount to ensure
                budget neutrality for DRG recalibration and reclassification, as
                provided for under section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act.
                 An adjustment to ensure the wage index and labor-
                related share changes (depending on the fiscal year) are budget
                neutral, as provided for under section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act
                (as discussed in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47395) and the
                FY 2010 IPPS final rule (74 FR 44005). We note that section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act requires that when we compute such
                budget neutrality, we assume that the provisions of section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act (requiring a 62-percent labor-related
                share in certain circumstances) had not been enacted.
                 An adjustment to ensure the effects of geographic
                reclassification are budget neutral, as provided for under section
                1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, by removing the FY 2020 budget neutrality
                factor and applying a revised factor.
                 A positive adjustment of 0.5 percent in FYs 2019
                through 2023 as required under section 414 of the MACRA.
                 An adjustment to ensure the effects of the Rural
                Community Hospital Demonstration program required under section 410A
                of Public Law 108-173 (as amended by sections 3123 and 10313 of
                Public Law 111-148, which extended the demonstration program for an
                additional 5 years and section 15003 of Public Law 114-255), are
                budget neutral as required under section 410A(c)(2) of Public Law
                108-173.
                 An adjustment to the standardized amount to implement
                in a budget neutral manner the increase in the wage index values for
                hospitals with a wage index value below the 25th percentile wage
                index value across all hospitals (as described in section III.N. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule).
                 An adjustment to remove the FY 2021 outlier offset and
                apply an offset for FY 2022, as provided for in section
                1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act.
                 For FY 2022, consistent with current law, we are proposing to
                apply the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment to hospital wage
                indexes. Also, consistent with section 3141 of the Affordable Care
                Act, instead of applying a State-level rural floor budget neutrality
                adjustment to the wage index, we are proposing to apply a uniform,
                national budget neutrality adjustment to the FY 2022 wage index for
                the rural floor.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to not remove the FY 2021 Stem
                Cell Acquisition Budget Neutrality Factor from the prior year's
                standardized amount and to not apply a new factor. If we removed the
                prior year's adjustment, we would not satisfy budget neutrality. We
                believe this approach ensures the effects of the reasonable cost
                based payment for allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition
                costs under section 108 of the Further Consolidated Appropriations
                Act, 2020 (Pub. L. 116-94) are budget neutral as required under
                section 108 of Public Law 116-94. For a discussion of Stem Cell
                Acquisition Budget Neutrality Factor, we refer the reader to the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59032-59033). When cost report
                data regarding reasonable cost of acquisition become available, we
                intend to consider using that reasonable cost data in future
                rulemaking for budget neutrality.
                A. Calculation of the Proposed Adjusted Standardized Amount
                1. Standardization of Base-Year Costs or Target Amounts
                 In general, the national standardized amount is based on per
                discharge averages of adjusted hospital costs from a base period
                (section 1886(d)(2)(A) of the Act), updated and otherwise adjusted
                in accordance with the provisions of section 1886(d) of the Act. The
                September 1, 1983 interim final rule (48 FR 39763) contained a
                detailed explanation of how base-year cost data (from cost reporting
                periods ending during FY 1981) were established for urban and rural
                hospitals in the initial development of standardized amounts for the
                IPPS.
                 Sections 1886(d)(2)(B) and 1886(d)(2)(C) of the Act require us
                to update base-year per discharge costs for FY 1984 and then
                standardize the cost data in order to remove the effects of certain
                sources of cost variations among hospitals. These effects include
                case-mix, differences in area wage levels, cost-of-living
                adjustments for Alaska and Hawaii, IME costs, and costs to hospitals
                serving a disproportionate share of low-income patients.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to rebase and revise the national
                labor-related and nonlabor-related shares (based on the proposed
                2018-based hospital market basket discussed in section IV.B.3. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule). Specifically, under section
                1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, the Secretary estimates, from time to
                time, the proportion of payments that are labor-related and adjusts
                the proportion (as estimated by the Secretary from time to time) of
                hospitals' costs which are attributable to wages and wage-related
                costs of the DRG prospective payment rates. We refer to the
                proportion of hospitals' costs that are attributable to wages and
                wage-related costs as the ``labor-related share.'' For FY 2022, as
                discussed in section IV.B.3.of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                we are proposing to use a labor-related share of 67.6 percent for
                the national standardized amounts for all IPPS hospitals (including
                hospitals in Puerto Rico) that have a wage index value that is
                greater than 1.0000. Consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the
                Act, we are proposing to apply the wage index to a labor-related
                share of 62 percent of the national standardized amount for all IPPS
                hospitals (including hospitals in Puerto Rico) whose wage index
                values are less than or equal to 1.0000.
                 The proposed standardized amounts for operating costs appear in
                Tables 1A, 1B, and 1C that are listed and published in section VI.
                of the Addendum to this proposed rule and are available via the
                internet on the CMS website.
                2. Computing the National Average Standardized Amount
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(iv)(II) of the Act requires that,
                beginning with FY 2004 and thereafter, an equal standardized amount
                be computed for all hospitals at the level computed for large urban
                hospitals during FY 2003, updated by the applicable percentage
                update. Accordingly, we are proposing to calculate the FY 2022
                national average standardized amount irrespective of whether a
                hospital is located in an urban or rural location.
                3. Updating the National Average Standardized Amount
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act specifies the applicable
                percentage increase used to update the standardized amount for
                payment for inpatient hospital operating costs. We note that, in
                compliance with section 404 of the MMA, we are proposing to use the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS operating and capital market baskets for FY
                2022. As discussed in section IV.B. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as
                amended by section 3401(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we are
                proposing to reduce the FY 2022 applicable percentage increase
                (which for this proposed rule is based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020
                forecast of the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket) by the MFP
                adjustment, as discussed elsewhere in this proposed rule.
                 Based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the hospital
                market basket increase (as discussed in Appendix B of this proposed
                rule), the forecast of the hospital market basket increase for FY
                2022 for this proposed rule is 2.5 percent. As discussed earlier,
                for FY 2022, depending on whether a hospital submits quality data
                under the rules established in accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and is a meaningful EHR user under
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, there are four possible
                applicable percentage increases that can be applied to the
                standardized amount. We refer readers to section IV.B. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule for a complete discussion on the FY
                2022 inpatient hospital update to the standardized amount. We also
                refer readers to the previous table for the four
                [[Page 25710]]
                possible applicable percentage increases that would be applied to
                update the national standardized amount. The proposed standardized
                amounts shown in Tables 1A through 1C that are published in section
                VI. of this Addendum and that are available via the internet on the
                CMS website reflect these differential amounts.
                 Although the update factors for FY 2022 are set by law, we are
                required by section 1886(e)(4) of the Act to recommend, taking into
                account MedPAC's recommendations, appropriate update factors for FY
                2022 for both IPPS hospitals and hospitals and hospital units
                excluded from the IPPS. Section 1886(e)(5)(A) of the Act requires
                that we publish our recommendations in the Federal Register for
                public comment. Our recommendation on the update factors is set
                forth in Appendix B of this proposed rule.
                4. Methodology for Calculation of the Average Standardized Amount
                 As discussed in section I.F of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to use alternative data for the FY 2022
                ratesetting in situations where the latest data available that would
                typically be used for the proposed rule is significantly impacted by
                the COVID-19 PHE. We refer the reader to section I.F of the preamble
                of this proposed rule for further discussion of this proposal and
                our analysis of the best available data for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting. In this section, we discuss the data we are proposing
                to use for our FY 2022 ratesetting process for the modeling of
                payments for the budget neutrality factors and the outlier fixed-
                loss cost threshold.
                 Ordinarily, the best available MedPAR data for our
                ratesetting process would be the most recent MedPAR file that
                contains claims from discharges for the fiscal year that is 2 years
                prior to the fiscal year that is the subject of the rulemaking. For
                FY 2022, under ordinary circumstances, the best available data to
                model payments for FY 2022 and calculate the budget neutrality
                adjustments described in this section would be the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file (discharges on or after October 1, 2019 through discharges on
                or before September 30, 2020). However, for the reasons discussed in
                section I.F of this proposed rule, we are proposing to instead use
                the FY 2019 MedPAR claims data, including for purposes of
                calculating the proposed budget neutrality adjustments and proposed
                outlier fixed-loss cost threshold. As discussed in section I.F, we
                are also soliciting comments on an alternative to this proposal of
                using the same FY 2020 data that we would ordinarily use for
                purposes of FY 2022 ratesetting, which we may consider finalizing
                for FY 2022 based on consideration of comments received.
                 The inpatient Provider Specific File (PSF) is
                maintained by the Medicare Administrative Contractor and contains
                information about data specific to the provider that affects
                computations for the IPPS. Typically, for the IPPS ratesetting, to
                model payments, we use the most recent available data at the time of
                the development of the proposed and final rules, which is typically
                from the December update of the PSF for the proposed rule and the
                March update of the PSF for the final rule. For example, for the FY
                2022 rulemaking, the PSF we would typically use for the FY 2022
                proposed rule would be the December 2020 update of the PSF and the
                PSF we would typically use for the final rule would be the March
                2021 update of the PSF. The fields used from the PSF in our
                ratesetting are listed in the impact file posted with each proposed
                and final rule, which includes provider-specific information such as
                CCRs, bed size, and Medicaid utilization ratio. For some IPPS
                hospitals, the provider data for these fields in the December 2020
                update of the PSF may have come from cost reports that ended during
                the COVID-19 PHE, and therefore we believe these fields may be
                affected by the PHE. For FY 2022, in general, we are proposing to
                use the March 2020 update of the PSF, the latest update of the PSF
                prior to the PHE, except for those fields on the PSF not affected by
                the PHE, such as provider-type. For those fields on the PSF that we
                believe were not impacted by the PHE, we are proposing to use the
                December 2020 update of the PSF, consistent with our typical
                process. In the FY 2022 proposed rule impact file, we have indicated
                which PSF update the applicable fields were sourced from. As
                discussed in section I.F of this proposed rule, we are also
                soliciting comments on an alternative approach of using the same
                data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of the FY 2022
                rulemaking, which we may consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on
                consideration of comments received. In order to facilitate comments
                on this alternative approach, we are making available supporting
                data files, such as budget neutrality factors based on the FY 2020
                MedPAR file and related MS-DRG relative weighting factors. The
                supplemental data files can be found on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index. We include in a supplemental data file the
                following: budget neutrality factors, charge inflation factor, the
                CCR adjustment factors, and outlier threshold based on this
                alternative approach.
                 The methodology we used to calculate the proposed FY 2022
                standardized amount is as follows:
                 To ensure we are only including hospitals paid under
                the IPPS in the calculation of the standardized amount, we applied
                the following inclusion and exclusion criteria: Include hospitals
                whose last four digits fall between 0001 and 0879 (section 2779A1 of
                Chapter 2 of the State Operations Manual on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/som107c02.pdf); exclude CAHs at the time of this proposed
                rule; exclude hospitals in Maryland (because these hospitals are
                paid under an all payer model under section 1115A of the Act); and
                remove PPS excluded- cancer hospitals that have a ``V'' in the fifth
                position of their provider number or a ``E'' or ``F'' in the sixth
                position.
                 As in the past, we are proposing to adjust the FY 2022
                standardized amount to remove the effects of the FY 2021 geographic
                reclassifications and outlier payments before applying the FY 2022
                updates. We then applied budget neutrality offsets for outliers and
                geographic reclassifications to the standardized amount based on
                proposed FY 2022 payment policies.
                 We do not remove the prior year's budget neutrality
                adjustments for reclassification and recalibration of the DRG
                relative weights and for updated wage data because, in accordance
                with sections 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) and 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act,
                estimated aggregate payments after updates in the DRG relative
                weights and wage index should equal estimated aggregate payments
                prior to the changes. If we removed the prior year's adjustment, we
                would not satisfy these conditions.
                 Budget neutrality is determined by comparing aggregate IPPS
                payments before and after making changes that are required to be
                budget neutral (for example, changes to MS-DRG classifications,
                recalibration of the MS-DRG relative weights, updates to the wage
                index, and different geographic reclassifications). We include
                outlier payments in the simulations because they may be affected by
                changes in these parameters.
                 Consistent with our methodology established in the FY
                2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50422 through 50433), because
                IME Medicare Advantage payments are made to IPPS hospitals under
                section 1886(d) of the Act, we believe these payments must be part
                of these budget neutrality calculations. However, we note that it is
                not necessary to include Medicare Advantage IME payments in the
                outlier threshold calculation or the outlier offset to the
                standardized amount because the statute requires that outlier
                payments be not less than 5 percent nor more than 6 percent of total
                ``operating DRG payments,'' which does not include IME and DSH
                payments. We refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                for a complete discussion on our methodology of identifying and
                adding the total Medicare Advantage IME payment amount to the budget
                neutrality adjustments.
                 Consistent with the methodology in the FY 2012 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule, in order to ensure that we capture only fee-
                for-service claims, we are only including claims with a ``Claim
                Type'' of 60 (which is a field on the MedPAR file that indicates a
                claim is an FFS claim).
                 Consistent with our methodology established in the FY
                2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57277), in order to further
                ensure that we capture only FFS claims, we are excluding claims with
                a ``GHOPAID'' indicator of 1 (which is a field on the MedPAR file
                that indicates a claim is not an FFS claim and is paid by a Group
                Health Organization).
                 Consistent with our methodology established in the FY
                2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50422 through 50423), we
                examine the MedPAR file and remove pharmacy charges for anti-
                hemophilic blood factor (which are paid separately under the IPPS)
                with an indicator of ``3'' for blood clotting with a revenue code of
                ``0636'' from the covered charge field for the budget neutrality
                adjustments. We are proposing to remove organ acquisition charges,
                except for cases that group to MS-DRG 018, from the covered charge
                field for the budget neutrality adjustments because organ
                acquisition is a
                [[Page 25711]]
                pass-through payment not paid under the IPPS. Revenue centers 081X-
                089X are typically excluded from ratesetting, however, we are
                proposing to not remove revenue center 891 charges from MS-DRG 018
                claims during ratesetting, because those revenue 891 charges were
                included in the relative weight calculation for MS-DRG 018, which is
                consistent with the policy finalized in FY 2021 final rule (85 FR
                58600). We note that a new MedPAR variable for revenue code 891
                charges was introduced in April 2020.
                 For FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years, we are
                proposing to remove allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition
                charges from the covered charge field for budget neutrality
                adjustments. As discussed in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                payment for allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell acquisition costs is
                made on a reasonable cost basis for cost reporting periods beginning
                on or after October 1, 2020 (85 FR 58835-58842).
                 The participation of hospitals under the BPCI (Bundled
                Payments for Care Improvement) Advanced model started on October 1,
                2018. The BPCI Advanced model, tested under the authority of section
                3021 of the Affordable Care Act (codified at section 1115A of the
                Act), is comprised of a single payment and risk track, which bundles
                payments for multiple services beneficiaries receive during a
                Clinical Episode. Acute care hospitals may participate in the BPCI
                Advanced model in one of two capacities: as a model Participant or
                as a downstream Episode Initiator. Regardless of the capacity in
                which they participate in the BPCI Advanced model, participating
                acute care hospitals would continue to receive IPPS payments under
                section 1886(d) of the Act. Acute care hospitals that are
                Participants also assume financial and quality performance
                accountability for Clinical Episodes in the form of a reconciliation
                payment. For additional information on the BPCI Advanced model, we
                refer readers to the BPCI Advanced web page on the CMS Center for
                Medicare and Medicaid Innovation's website at: https://innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/bpci-advanced/.
                 For FY 2022, consistent with how we treated hospitals that
                participated in the BPCI Advanced Model in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (85 FR 59029-59030), we are proposing to include all
                applicable data from subsection (d) hospitals participating in the
                BPCI Advanced model in our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting
                calculations. We believe it is appropriate to include all applicable
                data from the subsection (d) hospitals participating in the BPCI
                Advanced model in our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting
                calculations because these hospitals are still receiving IPPS
                payments under section 1886(d) of the Act. For the same reasons, we
                also are proposing to include all applicable data from subsection
                (d) hospitals participating in the Comprehensive Care for Joint
                Replacement (CJR) Model in our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting
                calculations.
                 Consistent with our methodology established in the FY
                2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53687 through 53688), we
                believe that it is appropriate to include adjustments for the
                Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program and the Hospital VBP Program
                (established under the Affordable Care Act) within our budget
                neutrality calculations.
                 Both the hospital readmissions payment adjustment (reduction)
                and the hospital VBP payment adjustment (redistribution) are applied
                on a claim-by-claim basis by adjusting, as applicable, the base-
                operating DRG payment amount for individual subsection (d)
                hospitals, which affects the overall sum of aggregate payments on
                each side of the comparison within the budget neutrality
                calculations.
                 In order to properly determine aggregate payments on each side
                of the comparison, consistent with the approach we have taken in
                prior years, for FY 2022, we are proposing to continue to apply a
                proposed proxy based on the prior fiscal year hospital readmissions
                payment adjustment (for FY 2022 this would be FY 2021 final
                adjustment factors from Table 15 of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule) and a proposed proxy based on the prior fiscal year hospital
                VBP payment adjustment (for FY 2022 this would be FY 2021 final
                adjustment factors from Table 16B of the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule) on each side of the comparison, consistent with the
                methodology that we adopted in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (77 FR 53687 through 53688). That is, we are proposing to apply a
                proxy readmissions payment adjustment factor and a proxy hospital
                VBP payment adjustment factor from the prior final rule on both
                sides of our comparison of aggregate payments when determining all
                budget neutrality factors described in section II.A.4. of this
                Addendum.
                 The Affordable Care Act also established section
                1886(r) of the Act, which modifies the methodology for computing the
                Medicare DSH payment adjustment beginning in FY 2014. Beginning in
                FY 2014, IPPS hospitals receiving Medicare DSH payment adjustments
                receive an empirically justified Medicare DSH payment equal to 25
                percent of the amount that would previously have been received under
                the statutory formula set forth under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the
                Act governing the Medicare DSH payment adjustment. In accordance
                with section 1886(r)(2) of the Act, the remaining amount, equal to
                an estimate of 75 percent of what otherwise would have been paid as
                Medicare DSH payments, reduced to reflect changes in the percentage
                of individuals who are uninsured and any additional statutory
                adjustment, would be available to make additional payments to
                Medicare DSH hospitals based on their share of the total amount of
                uncompensated care reported by Medicare DSH hospitals for a given
                time period. In order to properly determine aggregate payments on
                each side of the comparison for budget neutrality, prior to FY 2014,
                we included estimated Medicare DSH payments on both sides of our
                comparison of aggregate payments when determining all budget
                neutrality factors described in section II.A.4. of this Addendum.
                 To do this for FY 2022 (as we did for the last 8 fiscal years),
                we are proposing to include estimated empirically justified Medicare
                DSH payments that would be paid in accordance with section
                1886(r)(1) of the Act and estimates of the additional uncompensated
                care payments made to hospitals receiving Medicare DSH payment
                adjustments as described by section 1886(r)(2) of the Act. That is,
                we are proposing to consider estimated empirically justified
                Medicare DSH payments at 25 percent of what would otherwise have
                been paid, and also the estimated additional uncompensated care
                payments for hospitals receiving Medicare DSH payment adjustments on
                both sides of our comparison of aggregate payments when determining
                all budget neutrality factors described in section II.A.4. of this
                Addendum.
                 When calculating total payments for budget neutrality,
                to determine total payments for SCHs, we model total hospital-
                specific rate payments and total Federal rate payments and then
                include whichever one of the total payments is greater. As discussed
                in section IV.G. of the preamble to this proposed rule and later in
                this section, we are proposing to continue to use the FY 2014
                finalized methodology under which we take into consideration
                uncompensated care payments in the comparison of payments under the
                Federal rate and the hospital-specific rate for SCHs. Therefore, we
                are proposing to include estimated uncompensated care payments in
                this comparison.
                 Similarly, for MDHs, as discussed in section IV.G. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, when computing payments under the
                Federal national rate plus 75 percent of the difference between the
                payments under the Federal national rate and the payments under the
                updated hospital-specific rate, we are proposing to continue to take
                into consideration uncompensated care payments in the computation of
                payments under the Federal rate and the hospital-specific rate for
                MDHs.
                 We are proposing to include an adjustment to the
                standardized amount for those hospitals that are not meaningful EHR
                users in our modeling of aggregate payments for budget neutrality
                for FY 2022. Similar to FY 2021, we are including this adjustment
                based on data on the prior year's performance. Payments for
                hospitals would be estimated based on the proposed applicable
                standardized amount in Tables 1A and 1B for discharges occurring in
                FY 2022.
                 In our determination of all budget neutrality factors
                described in section II.A.4. of this Addendum, we used transfer-
                adjusted discharges. Specifically, we calculated the transfer-
                adjusted discharges using the statutory expansion of the postacute
                care transfer policy to include discharges to hospice care by a
                hospice program as discussed in section IV.A.2.b. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule.
                a. Proposed Reclassification and Recalibration of MS-DRG Relative
                Weights
                 Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act specifies that, beginning
                in FY 1991, the annual DRG reclassification and recalibration of the
                relative weights must be made in a manner that ensures that
                aggregate payments to hospitals are not affected. As discussed in
                section II.G. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we normalized
                the recalibrated MS-
                [[Page 25712]]
                DRG relative weights by an adjustment factor so that the average
                case relative weight after recalibration is equal to the average
                case relative weight prior to recalibration. However, equating the
                average case relative weight after recalibration to the average case
                relative weight before recalibration does not necessarily achieve
                budget neutrality with respect to aggregate payments to hospitals
                because payments to hospitals are affected by factors other than
                average case relative weight. Therefore, as we have done in past
                years, we are proposing to make a budget neutrality adjustment to
                ensure that the requirement of section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act
                is met.
                 For this FY 2022 proposed rule, to comply with the requirement
                that MS-DRG reclassification and recalibration of the relative
                weights be budget neutral for the standardized amount and the
                hospital-specific rates, we used FY 2019 discharge data to simulate
                payments and compared the following:
                 Aggregate payments using the FY 2021 labor-related
                share percentages, the FY 2021 relative weights, and the FY 2021
                pre-reclassified wage data, and applied the estimated FY 2022
                hospital readmissions payment adjustments and estimated FY 2022
                hospital VBP payment adjustments; and
                 Aggregate payments using the FY 2021 labor-related
                share percentages, the proposed FY 2022 relative weights, and the FY
                2021 pre-reclassified wage data, and applied the estimated FY 2022
                hospital readmissions payment adjustments and estimated FY 2022
                hospital VBP payment adjustments applied previously. Because this
                payment simulation uses the FY 2022 relative weights, consistent
                with our proposal in section IV.I. of the preamble to this proposed
                rule, we applied the proposed adjustor for certain cases that group
                to MS-DRG 018 in our simulation of these payments. We note that
                because the simulations of payments for all of the budget neutrality
                factors discussed in this section also use the FY 2022 relative
                weights, we are proposing to apply the adjustor for certain MS-DRG
                18 cases in all simulations of payments for the budget neutrality
                factors discussed later in this section. We refer the reader to
                section IV.I. of the preamble of this proposed rule for a complete
                discussion on the proposed adjustor for certain cases that group to
                MS-DRG 018 and to section II.E.2.b. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, for a complete discussion of the proposed adjustment to the FY
                2022 relative weights to account for certain cases that group to MS-
                DRG 018.
                 Based on this comparison, we computed a proposed budget
                neutrality adjustment factor and applied this factor to the
                standardized amount. As discussed in section IV. of this Addendum,
                we are proposing to apply the MS-DRG reclassification and
                recalibration budget neutrality factor to the hospital-specific
                rates that are effective for cost reporting periods beginning on or
                after October 1, 2021. Please see the table later in this section
                setting forth each of the proposed FY 2022 budget neutrality
                factors.
                b. Updated Wage Index--Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act requires us to update the
                hospital wage index on an annual basis beginning October 1, 1993.
                This provision also requires us to make any updates or adjustments
                to the wage index in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments
                to hospitals are not affected by the change in the wage index.
                Section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act requires that we implement the
                wage index adjustment in a budget neutral manner. However, section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act sets the labor-related share at 62
                percent for hospitals with a wage index less than or equal to
                1.0000, and section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act provides that the
                Secretary shall calculate the budget neutrality adjustment for the
                adjustments or updates made under that provision as if section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act had not been enacted. In other words,
                this section of the statute requires that we implement the updates
                to the wage index in a budget neutral manner, but that our budget
                neutrality adjustment should not take into account the requirement
                that we set the labor-related share for hospitals with wage indexes
                less than or equal to 1.0000 at the more advantageous level of 62
                percent. Therefore, for purposes of this budget neutrality
                adjustment, section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act prohibits us from
                taking into account the fact that hospitals with a wage index less
                than or equal to 1.0000 are paid using a labor-related share of 62
                percent. Consistent with current policy, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to adjust 100 percent of the wage index factor for
                occupational mix. We describe the occupational mix adjustment in
                section III.E. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 To compute a proposed budget neutrality adjustment factor for
                wage index and labor-related share percentage changes, we used FY
                2019 discharge data to simulate payments and compared the following:
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 relative
                weights and the FY 2021 pre-reclassified wage indexes, applied the
                FY 2021 labor-related share of 68.3 percent to all hospitals
                (regardless of whether the hospital's wage index was above or below
                1.0000), and applied the proposed FY 2022 hospital readmissions
                payment adjustment and the estimated FY 2022 hospital VBP payment
                adjustment; and
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 relative
                weights and the proposed FY 2022 pre-reclassified wage indexes,
                applied the proposed labor-related share for FY 2022 of 67.6 percent
                to all hospitals (regardless of whether the hospital's wage index
                was above or below 1.0000), and applied the same proposed FY 2022
                hospital readmissions payment adjustments and estimated FY 2022
                hospital VBP payment adjustments applied previously.
                 In addition, we applied the proposed MS-DRG reclassification and
                recalibration budget neutrality adjustment factor (derived in the
                first step) to the payment rates that were used to simulate payments
                for this comparison of aggregate payments from FY 2021 to FY 2022.
                Based on this comparison, we computed a proposed budget neutrality
                adjustment factor and applied this factor to the standardized amount
                for changes to the wage index. Please see the table later in this
                section for a summary of the FY 2022 proposed budget neutrality
                factors.
                c. Reclassified Hospitals--Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment
                 Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act provides that certain rural
                hospitals are deemed urban. In addition, section 1886(d)(10) of the
                Act provides for the reclassification of hospitals based on
                determinations by the MGCRB. Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, a
                hospital may be reclassified for purposes of the wage index.
                 Under section 1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, the Secretary is
                required to adjust the standardized amount to ensure that aggregate
                payments under the IPPS after implementation of the provisions of
                sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal
                to the aggregate prospective payments that would have been made
                absent these provisions. We note, with regard to the requirement
                under section 1886(d)(8)(C)(iii) of the Act, as finalized in the FY
                2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42333 through 42336), we
                excluded the wage data of urban hospitals that have reclassified as
                rural under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act (as implemented in
                Sec. 412.103) from the calculation of the wage index for rural
                areas in the State in which the county is located. We refer the
                reader to the FY 2015 IPPS final rule (79 FR 50371 and 50372) for a
                complete discussion regarding the requirement of section
                1886(d)(8)(C)(iii) of the Act. We further note that the wage index
                adjustments provided for under section 1886(d)(13) of the Act are
                not budget neutral. Section 1886(d)(13)(H) of the Act provides that
                any increase in a wage index under section 1886(d)(13) of the Act
                shall not be taken into account in applying any budget neutrality
                adjustment with respect to such index under section 1886(d)(8)(D) of
                the Act. To calculate the proposed budget neutrality adjustment
                factor for FY 2022, we used FY 2019 discharge data to simulate
                payments and compared the following:
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 labor-
                related share percentage, the proposed FY 2022 relative weights, and
                the proposed FY 2022 wage data prior to any reclassifications under
                sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act, and
                applied the estimated FY 2022 hospital readmissions payment
                adjustments and the estimated FY 2022 hospital VBP payment
                adjustments; and
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 labor-
                related share percentage, the proposed FY 2022 relative weights, and
                the proposed FY 2022 wage data after such reclassifications, and
                applied the same estimated FY 2022 hospital readmissions payment
                adjustments and the estimated FY 2022 hospital VBP payment
                adjustments applied previously.
                 We note that the reclassifications applied under the second
                simulation and comparison are those listed in Table 2 associated
                with this proposed rule, which is available via the internet on the
                CMS website. This table reflects reclassification crosswalks
                proposed for FY 2022, and applies the proposed
                [[Page 25713]]
                policies explained in section III. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule. Based on this comparison, we computed a proposed budget
                neutrality adjustment factor and applied this factor to the
                standardized amount to ensure that the effects of these provisions
                are budget neutral, consistent with the statute. Please see the
                table later in this section for a summary of the proposed FY 2022
                budget neutrality factors.
                 The proposed FY 2022 budget neutrality adjustment factor was
                applied to the proposed standardized amount after removing the
                effects of the FY 2021 budget neutrality adjustment factor. We note
                that the proposed FY 2022 budget neutrality adjustment reflects FY
                2022 wage index reclassifications approved by the MGCRB or the
                Administrator at the time of development of this proposed rule.
                 As discussed in the interim final rule with comment period
                titled ``Modification of Limitations on Redesignation by the
                Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board (MGCRB)'' (CMS-1762-
                IFC), publicly available in conjunction with this proposed rule, we
                amended our regulations at Sec. 412.230 to allow hospitals with a
                rural redesignation under Section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act to
                reclassify under the MGCRB using the rural reclassified area as the
                geographic area in which the hospital is located. These regulatory
                changes aligned our policy with the decision in Bates County
                Memorial Hospital v. Azar, 464 F. Supp. 3d (D.D.C. 2020). For FY
                2022, there are approximately 22 hospitals that may, as a result of
                the settlement or other resolution of pending litigation, receive a
                higher wage index than they might otherwise have received based on
                the information currently available to us. If these hospitals do
                receive higher wage indexes for that reason, we intend to include
                any amounts they receive by reason of those higher wage indexes in
                the calculation of the budget neutrality factor, pursuant to our
                authority at section 1886(d)(8)(D) and 1886(d)(5)(I)(i). For FY
                2022, if these hospitals do receive a higher wage index at the time
                of the final rule than they might otherwise have received, we
                estimate the FY 2022 budget neutrality adjustment could increase by
                as much as approximately one-half of a percentage point compared to
                the budget neutrality adjustment that might otherwise have been
                calculated.
                d. Proposed Rural Floor Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment
                 Under Sec. 412.64(e)(4), we make an adjustment to the wage
                index to ensure that aggregate payments after implementation of the
                rural floor under section 4410 of the BBA (Pub. L. 105-33) is equal
                to the aggregate prospective payments that would have been made in
                the absence of this provision. Consistent with section 3141 of the
                Affordable Care Act and as discussed in section III.G. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule and codified at Sec.
                412.64(e)(4)(ii), the budget neutrality adjustment for the rural
                floor is a national adjustment to the wage index. We note, as
                finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH final rule (84 FR 42332 through
                42336), for FY 2022 we are calculating the rural floor without
                including the wage data of urban hospitals that have reclassified as
                rural under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act (as implemented in
                Sec. 412.103).
                 Similar to our calculation in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (79 FR 50369 through 50370), for FY 2022, we are proposing to
                calculate a national rural Puerto Rico wage index. Because there are
                no rural Puerto Rico hospitals with established wage data, our
                calculation of the FY 2021 rural Puerto Rico wage index is based on
                the policy adopted in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment
                period (72 FR 47323). That is, we use the unweighted average of the
                wage indexes from all CBSAs (urban areas) that are contiguous (share
                a border with) to the rural counties to compute the rural floor (72
                FR 47323; 76 FR 51594). Under the OMB labor market area
                delineations, except for Arecibo, Puerto Rico (CBSA 11640), all
                other Puerto Rico urban areas are contiguous to a rural area.
                Therefore, based on our existing policy, the proposed FY 2022 rural
                Puerto Rico wage index is calculated based on the average of the
                proposed FY 2022 wage indexes for the following urban areas:
                Aguadilla-Isabela, PR (CBSA 10380); Guayama, PR (CBSA 25020);
                Mayaguez, PR (CBSA 32420); Ponce, PR (CBSA 38660); San German, PR
                (CBSA 41900); and San Juan-Carolina-Caguas, PR (CBSA 41980).
                 To calculate the national rural floor budget neutrality
                adjustment factor, we used FY 2019 discharge data to simulate
                payments, and the post-reclassified national wage indexes and
                compared the following:
                 National simulated payments without the rural floor;
                and
                 National simulated payments with the rural floor.
                 Based on this comparison, we determined a proposed national
                rural floor budget neutrality adjustment factor. The national
                adjustment was applied to the national wage indexes to produce
                proposed rural floor budget neutral wage indexes. Please see the
                table later in this section for a summary of the proposed FY 2022
                budget neutrality factors.
                 As further discussed in section III.G.2 of this proposed rule,
                we note that section 9831 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021
                (Pub. L. 117-2), enacted on March 11, 2021 amended section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(3)(E)(i)) and added
                section 1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act to establish a minimum area
                wage index (or imputed floor) for hospitals in all-urban States for
                discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021. Unlike the imputed
                floor that was in effect from FY 2005 through FY 2018, section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv)(III) of the Act provides that the imputed floor
                wage index shall not be applied in a budget neutral manner
                Specifically, section 9831(b) of Public Law 117-2 amends section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act to exclude the imputed floor from the
                budget neutrality requirement under section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the
                Act. In the past, we budget neutralized the estimated increase in
                payments each year resulting from the imputed floor that was in
                effect from FY 2005 through FY 2018. For FY 2022 and subsequent
                years, in applying the imputed floor required under section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(iv) of the Act, we are proposing to apply the imputed
                floor after the application of the rural floor and would apply no
                reductions to the standardized amount or to the wage index to fund
                the increase in payments to hospitals in all-urban States resulting
                from the application of the imputed floor. As further explained in
                section III.G.2 of this proposed rule, given the recent enactment of
                section 9831 of Public Law 117-2 on March 11, 2021, there was not
                sufficient time available to incorporate the changes required by
                this statutory provision (which provides for the application of the
                imputed floor adjustment in a non-budget neutral manner beginning in
                FY 2022) into the calculation of the provider wage index for this
                proposed rule. We will include the imputed floor adjustment in the
                calculation of the provider wage index in the FY 2022 final rule. We
                refer the reader to section III.G.2 of the preamble of this proposed
                rule for a complete discussion regarding the imputed floor.
                e. Proposed Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program Adjustment
                 In section V.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration program, which
                was originally authorized for a 5-year period by section 410A of the
                Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of
                2003 (MMA) (Pub. L. 108-173), and extended for another 5-year period
                by sections 3123 and 10313 of the Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-
                148). Subsequently, section 15003 of the 21st Century Cures Act
                (Pub. L. 114-255), enacted December 13, 2016, amended section 410A
                of Public Law 108-173 to require a 10-year extension period (in
                place of the 5-year extension required by the Affordable Care Act,
                as further discussed later in this section). We make an adjustment
                to the standardized amount to ensure the effects of the Rural
                Community Hospital Demonstration program are budget neutral as
                required under section 410A(c)(2) of Public Law 108-173. Finally,
                Division CC, section 128(a) of the Consolidated Appropriations Act
                of 2021 (Pub. L. 116-260) again amended section 410A to require a
                15-year extension period in place of the 10-year period. We refer
                readers to section V.M. of the preamble of this proposed rule for
                complete details regarding the Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration.
                 With regard to budget neutrality, as mentioned earlier, we make
                an adjustment to the standardized amount to ensure the effects of
                the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration are budget neutral, as
                required under section 410A(c)(2) of Public Law 108-173. For FY
                2022, based on the latest data for this proposed rule, the total
                amount that we are applying to make an adjustment to the
                standardized amounts to ensure the effects of the Rural Community
                Hospital Demonstration program are budget neutral is $63,829,479.00.
                Accordingly, using the most recent data available to account for the
                estimated costs of the demonstration program, for FY 2022, we
                computed a factor for the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration
                budget neutrality adjustment that would be applied to the
                standardized amount. Please see the table later in this section for
                a summary of the FY 2022 budget
                [[Page 25714]]
                neutrality factors. We refer readers to section V.L. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule on complete details regarding the calculation
                of the amount we are applying to make an adjustment to the
                standardized amounts.
                f. Continuation of the Low Wage Index Hospital Policy--Proposed Budget
                Neutrality Adjustment
                 As discussed in section III.G.3. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we are continuing the wage index policy finalized in
                the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to address wage index
                disparities by increasing the wage index values for hospitals with a
                wage index value below the 25th percentile wage index value across
                all hospitals (the low wage index hospital policy). As discussed in
                section III.G.3 of this proposed rule, consistent with our current
                methodology for implementing wage index budget neutrality under
                section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we are proposing to make a budget
                neutrality adjustment to the national standardized amount for all
                hospitals so that the increase in the wage index for hospitals with
                a wage index below the 25th percentile wage index, is implemented in
                a budget neutral manner.
                 To calculate this proposed budget neutrality adjustment factor
                for FY 2022, we used FY 2019 discharge data to simulate payments and
                compared the following:
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 labor-
                related share percentage, the proposed FY 2022 relative weights, and
                the proposed FY 2022 wage index for each hospital before adjusting
                the wage indexes under the low wage index hospital policy, and
                applied the estimated FY 2022 hospital readmissions payment
                adjustments and the estimated FY 2022 hospital VBP payment
                adjustments, and the operating outlier reconciliation adjusted
                outlier percentage discussed later in this section; and
                 Aggregate payments using the proposed FY 2022 labor-
                related share percentage, the proposed FY 2022 relative weights, and
                the proposed FY 2022 wage index for each hospital after adjusting
                the wage indexes under the low wage index hospital policy, and
                applied the same estimated FY 2022 hospital readmissions payment
                adjustments and the estimated FY 2022 hospital VBP payment
                adjustments applied previously, and the operating outlier
                reconciliation adjusted outlier percentage discussed later in this
                section.
                 This proposed FY 2022 budget neutrality adjustment factor was
                applied to the standardized amount.
                 The following table is a summary of the proposed FY 2022 budget
                neutrality factors, as discussed in the previous sections.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.328
                 In order to facilitate comments on the alternative approach
                discussed in section I.F of this proposed rule of using the same FY
                2020 data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting, and which we may consider finalizing for FY 2022 based
                on consideration of comments received, we are making available the
                budget neutrality and other ratesetting adjustments calculated under
                this alternative approach, which can be found on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.
                g. Proposed Adjustment for FY 2022 Required Under Section 414 of Public
                Law 114-10 (MACRA)
                 As stated in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56785),
                once the recoupment required under section 631 of the ATRA was
                complete, we had anticipated making a single positive adjustment in
                FY 2018 to offset the reductions required to recoup the $11 billion
                under section 631 of the ATRA. However, section 414 of the MACRA
                (which was enacted on April 16, 2015) replaced the single positive
                adjustment we intended to make in FY 2018 with a 0.5 percent
                positive adjustment for each of FYs 2018 through 2023. (As noted in
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final rules, section 15005 of
                the 21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255), which was enacted
                December 13, 2016, reduced the adjustment for FY 2018 from 0.5
                percentage points to 0.4588 percentage points.) Therefore, for FY
                2022, we are proposing to implement the required +0.5 percent
                adjustment to the standardized amount. This is a permanent
                adjustment to the payment rates.
                h. Proposed Outlier Payments
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act provides for payments in
                addition to the basic prospective payments for ``outlier'' cases
                involving extraordinarily high costs. To qualify for outlier
                payments, a case must have costs greater than the sum of the
                prospective payment rate for the MS-DRG, any IME and DSH payments,
                uncompensated care payments, any new technology add-on payments, and
                the ``outlier threshold'' or ``fixed-loss'' amount (a dollar amount
                by which the costs of a case must exceed payments in order to
                qualify for an outlier payment). We refer to the sum of the
                prospective payment rate for the MS-DRG, any IME and DSH payments,
                uncompensated care payments, any new technology add-on payments, and
                the outlier threshold as the outlier ``fixed-loss cost threshold.''
                To determine whether the costs of a case exceed the fixed-loss cost
                threshold, a hospital's CCR is applied to the total covered charges
                for the case to convert the charges to estimated costs. Payments for
                eligible cases are then made based on a marginal cost factor, which
                is a percentage of the estimated costs above the fixed-loss cost
                threshold. The marginal cost factor for FY 2022 is 80 percent, or 90
                percent for burn MS-DRGs 927, 928, 929, 933, 934 and 935. We have
                used a marginal cost factor of 90 percent since FY 1989 (54 FR 36479
                through 36480) for designated burn DRGs as well as a marginal cost
                factor of 80 percent for all other DRGs since FY 1995 (59 FR 45367).
                 In accordance with section 1886(d)(5)(A)(iv) of the Act, outlier
                payments for any year are projected to be not less than 5 percent
                nor more than 6 percent of total operating DRG payments (which does
                not include IME and DSH payments) plus outlier payments. When
                setting the outlier threshold, we compute the percent target by
                dividing the total operating outlier payments by the total operating
                DRG payments plus outlier payments. As discussed in the next
                section, for FY 2022, we are proposing to incorporate an estimate of
                outlier reconciliation when setting the outlier threshold. We do not
                include any other payments such as IME and DSH within the outlier
                target amount. Therefore, it is not necessary to include Medicare
                Advantage IME payments in the outlier threshold calculation. Section
                1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act requires the Secretary to reduce the
                average standardized amount by a factor to account for the estimated
                proportion of total DRG payments made to outlier cases. More
                information on outlier payments may be found on the CMS website at:
                http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/outlier.htm.
                [[Page 25715]]
                (1) Proposed Methodology To Incorporate an Estimate of Outlier
                Reconciliation in the FY 2022 Outlier Fixed-Loss Cost Threshold
                 The regulations in 42 CFR 412.84(i)(4) state that any outlier
                reconciliation at cost report settlement will be based on operating
                and capital cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) calculated based on a ratio
                of costs to charges computed from the relevant cost report and
                charge data determined at the time the cost report coinciding with
                the discharge is settled. We have instructed MACs to identify for
                CMS any instances where: (1) A hospital's actual CCR for the cost
                reporting period fluctuates plus or minus 10 percentage points
                compared to the interim CCR used to calculate outlier payments when
                a bill is processed; and (2) the total outlier payments for the
                hospital exceeded $500,000.00 for that cost reporting period. If we
                determine that a hospital's outlier payments should be reconciled,
                we reconcile both operating and capital outlier payments. We refer
                readers to section 20.1.2.5 of Chapter 3 of the Medicare Claims
                Processing Manual (available on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf) for complete details regarding outlier
                reconciliation. The regulation at Sec. 412.84(m) further states
                that at the time of any outlier reconciliation under Sec.
                412.84(i)(4), outlier payments may be adjusted to account for the
                time value of any underpayments or overpayments. Section 20.1.2.6 of
                Chapter 3 of the Medicare Claims Processing Manual contains
                instructions on how to assess the time value of money for reconciled
                outlier amounts.
                 If the operating CCR of a hospital subject to outlier
                reconciliation is lower at cost report settlement compared to the
                operating CCR used for payment, the hospital would owe CMS money
                because it received an outlier overpayment at the time of claim
                payment. Conversely, if the operating CCR increases at cost report
                settlement compared to the operating CCR used for payment, CMS would
                owe the hospital money because the hospital outlier payments were
                underpaid.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42623 through
                42635), we finalized a methodology to incorporate outlier
                reconciliation in the FY 2020 outlier fixed loss cost threshold. As
                discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (84 FR 19592),
                we stated that rather than trying to predict which claims and/or
                hospitals may be subject to outlier reconciliation, we believe a
                methodology that incorporates an estimate of outlier reconciliation
                dollars based on actual outlier reconciliation amounts reported in
                historical cost reports would be a more feasible approach and
                provide a better estimate and predictor of outlier reconciliation
                for the upcoming fiscal year. We also stated that we believe the
                methodology addresses stakeholder's concerns on the impact of
                outlier reconciliation on the modeling of the outlier threshold. For
                a detailed discussion of additional background regarding outlier
                reconciliation, we refer the reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule.
                (a) Incorporating a Proposed Projection of Outlier Payment
                Reconciliations for the FY 2022 Outlier Threshold Calculation
                 Based on the methodology finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (84 FR 42623 through 42625), for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to continue to incorporate outlier reconciliation in the
                FY 2022 outlier fixed loss cost threshold.
                 As discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for FY
                2020, we used the historical outlier reconciliation amounts from the
                FY 2014 cost reports (cost reports with a begin date on or after
                October 1, 2013, and on or before September 30, 2014), which we
                believed would provide the most recent and complete available data
                to project the estimate of outlier reconciliation. We refer the
                reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42623 through
                42625) for a discussion on the use of the FY 2014 cost report data
                for purposes of projecting outlier payment reconciliations for the
                FY 2020 outlier threshold calculation. For FY 2022, we applied the
                same methodology finalized in FY 2020, using the historical outlier
                reconciliation amounts from the FY 2015 cost reports (cost reports
                with a begin date on or after October 1, 2014, and on or before
                September 30, 2015).
                 Similar to the FY 2021 methodology, in this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to determine a projection of outlier payment
                reconciliations for the FY 2022 outlier threshold calculation, by
                advancing the methodology by 1 year. Specifically, we are proposing
                to use FY 2016 cost reports (cost reports with a begin date on or
                after October 1, 2015, and on or before September 30, 2016).
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to use the same methodology from
                FY 2020 to incorporate a projection of operating outlier payment
                reconciliations for the FY 2022 outlier threshold calculation. The
                following steps are the same as those finalized in the FY 2020 final
                rule but with updated data for FY 2022:
                 Step 1.--Use the Federal FY 2016 cost reports for hospitals paid
                under the IPPS from the most recent publicly available quarterly
                HCRIS extract available at the time of development of the proposed
                and final rules, and exclude sole community hospitals (SCHs) that
                were paid under their hospital-specific rate (that is, if Worksheet
                E, Part A, Line 48 is greater than Line 47). We note that when there
                are multiple columns available for the lines of the cost report
                described in the following steps and the provider was paid under the
                IPPS for that period(s) of the cost report, then we believe it is
                appropriate to use multiple columns to fully represent the relevant
                IPPS payment amounts, consistent with our methodology for the FY
                2020 final rule.
                 Step 2.--Calculate the aggregate amount of historical total of
                operating outlier reconciliation dollars (Worksheet E, Part A, Line
                2.01) using the Federal FY 2016 cost reports from Step 1.
                 Step 3.--Calculate the aggregate amount of total Federal
                operating payments using the Federal FY 2016 cost reports from Step
                1. The total Federal operating payments consist of the Federal
                payments (Worksheet E, Part A, Line 1.01 and Line 1.02, plus Line
                1.03 and Line 1.04), outlier payments (Worksheet E, Part A, Line 2
                and Line 2.02), and the outlier reconciliation payments (Worksheet
                E, Part A, Line 2.01). We note that a negative amount on Worksheet
                E, Part A, Line 2.01 for outlier reconciliation indicates an amount
                that was owed by the hospital, and a positive amount indicates this
                amount was paid to the hospital.
                 Step 4.--Divide the amount from Step 2 by the amount from Step 3
                and multiply the resulting amount by 100 to produce the percentage
                of total operating outlier reconciliation dollars to total Federal
                operating payments for FY 2016. This percentage amount would be used
                to adjust the outlier target for FY 2022 as described in Step 5.
                 Step 5.--Because the outlier reconciliation dollars are only
                available on the cost reports, and not in the Medicare claims data
                in the MedPAR file used to model the outlier threshold, we are
                proposing to target 5.1 percent minus the percentage determined in
                Step 4 in determining the outlier threshold. Using the FY 2016 cost
                reports based on the December 2020 HCRIS extract, because the
                aggregate outlier reconciliation dollars from Step 2 are negative,
                we are targeting an amount higher than 5.1 percent for outlier
                payments for FY 2022 under our proposed methodology.
                 For this FY 2022 proposed rule, we used the December 2020 HCRIS
                extract of the cost report data to calculate the proposed percentage
                adjustment for outlier reconciliation. For the FY 2022 final rule,
                we propose to use the latest quarterly HCRIS extract that is
                publically available at the time of the development of that rule
                which, for FY 2022, would be the March 2021 extract. Similar to the
                FY 2021 final rule, we may also consider the use of more recent data
                that may become available for purposes of projecting the estimate of
                operating outlier reconciliation used in the calculation of the
                final FY 2022 outlier threshold.
                 For this FY 2022 proposed rule, based on the December 2020
                HCRIS, 12 hospitals had an outlier reconciliation amount recorded on
                Worksheet E, Part A, Line 2.01 for total operating outlier
                reconciliation dollars of negative $12,140,344 (Step 2). The total
                Federal operating payments based on the December 2020 HCRIS was
                $88,239,764,644 (Step 3). The ratio (Step 4) is a negative 0.013758
                percent, which, when rounded to the second digit, is -0.01 percent.
                Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to incorporate a projection
                of outlier reconciliation dollars by targeting an outlier threshold
                at 5.11 percent [5.1 percent-(-.01 percent)].
                 When the percentage of operating outlier reconciliation dollars
                to total Federal operating payments rounds to a negative value (that
                is, when the aggregate amount of outlier reconciliation as a percent
                of total operating payments rounds to a negative percent), the
                effect is a decrease to the outlier threshold compared to an outlier
                threshold that is calculated without including this estimate of
                operating outlier reconciliation dollars. In section II.A.4.i.(2).
                of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we provide the FY 2022
                outlier threshold as calculated
                [[Page 25716]]
                for this proposed rule both with and without including this proposed
                percentage estimate of operating outlier reconciliation.
                 As explained in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we would
                continue to use a 5.1 percent target (or an outlier offset factor of
                0.949) in calculating the outlier offset to the standardized amount.
                In the past, the outlier offset was six decimals because we targeted
                and set the threshold at 5.1 percent by adjusting the standardized
                amount by the outlier offset until operating outlier payments
                divided by total operating Federal payments plus operating outlier
                payments equaled approximately 5.1 percent (this approximation
                resulted in an offset beyond three decimals). However, under our
                methodology, we believe a three decimal offset of 0.949 reflecting
                5.1 percent is appropriate rather than the unrounded six decimal
                offset that we have calculated for prior fiscal years. Specifically,
                as discussed in section II.A.5. of this Addendum, we are proposing
                to determine an outlier adjustment by applying a factor to the
                standardized amount that accounts for the projected proportion of
                total estimated FY 2022 operating Federal payments paid as outliers.
                Our proposed modification to the outlier threshold methodology is
                designed to adjust the total estimated outlier payments for FY 2022
                by incorporating the projection of negative outlier reconciliation.
                That is, under this proposal, total estimated outlier payments for
                FY 2022 would be the sum of the estimated FY 2022 outlier payments
                based on the claims data from the outlier model and the estimated FY
                2022 total operating outlier reconciliation dollars. We believe the
                proposed methodology would more accurately estimate the outlier
                adjustment to the standardized amount by increasing the accuracy of
                the calculation of the total estimated FY 2022 operating Federal
                payments paid as outliers. In other words, the net effect of our
                outlier proposal to incorporate a projection for outlier
                reconciliation dollars into the threshold methodology would be that
                FY 2022 outlier payments (which include the proposed estimated
                recoupment percentage for FY 2022 of 0.01 percent) would be 5.1
                percent of total operating Federal payments plus total outlier
                payments. Therefore, the proposed operating outlier offset to the
                standardized amount is 0.949 (1-0.051).
                 We are inviting public comment on our proposed methodology for
                projecting an estimate of outlier reconciliation and incorporating
                that estimate into the modeling for the fixed-loss cost outlier
                threshold for FY 2022.
                (b) Proposed Reduction to the FY 2021 Capital Standard Federal Rate by
                an Adjustment Factor to Account for the Projected Proportion of Capital
                IPPS Payments Paid as Outliers
                 We establish an outlier threshold that is applicable to both
                hospital inpatient operating costs and hospital inpatient capital
                related costs (58 FR 46348). Similar to the calculation of the
                adjustment to the standardized amount to account for the projected
                proportion of operating payments paid as outlier payments, as
                discussed in greater detail in section III.A.2. of this Addendum, we
                are proposing to reduce the FY 2022 capital standard Federal rate by
                an adjustment factor to account for the projected proportion of
                capital IPPS payments paid as outliers. The regulations in 42 CFR
                412.84(i)(4) state that any outlier reconciliation at cost report
                settlement would be based on operating and capital CCRs calculated
                based on a ratio of costs to charges computed from the relevant cost
                report and charge data determined at the time the cost report
                coinciding with the discharge is settled. As such, any
                reconciliation also applies to capital outlier payments.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to use the same methodology from
                FY 2020 to adjust the FY 2022 capital standard Federal rate by an
                adjustment factor to account for the projected proportion of capital
                IPPS payments paid as outliers. Similar to FY 2020, as part of our
                proposal for FY 2022 to incorporate into the outlier model the total
                outlier reconciliation dollars from the most recent and most
                complete fiscal year cost report data, we also are proposing to
                adjust our estimate of FY 2022 capital outlier payments to
                incorporate a projection of capital outlier reconciliation payments
                when determining the adjustment factor to be applied to the capital
                standard Federal rate to account for the projected proportion of
                capital IPPS payments paid as outliers. To do so, we are proposing
                to use the following methodology, which generally parallels the
                proposed methodology to incorporate a projection of operating
                outlier reconciliation payments for the FY 2022 outlier threshold
                calculation.
                 Step 1.--Use the Federal FY 2016 cost reports for hospitals paid
                under the IPPS from the most recent publicly available quarterly
                HCRIS extract available at the time of development of the proposed
                and final rules, and exclude SCHs that were paid under their
                hospital-specific rate (that is, if Worksheet E, Part A, Line 48 is
                greater than Line 47). We note that when there are multiple columns
                available for the lines of the cost report described in the
                following steps and the provider was paid under the IPPS for that
                period(s) of the cost report, then we believe it is appropriate to
                use multiple columns to fully represent the relevant IPPS payment
                amounts, consistent with our methodology for the FY 2020 final rule.
                We used the December 2020 HCRIS extract for this proposed rule and
                expect to use the March 2020 HCRIS extract for the FY 2022 final
                rule. Similar to the FY 2020 final rule, we may also consider the
                use of more recent data that may become available for purposes of
                projecting the estimate of capital outlier reconciliation used in
                the calculation of the final FY 2022 adjustment to the FY 2022
                capital standard Federal rate.
                 Step 2.--Calculate the aggregate amount of the historical total
                of capital outlier reconciliation dollars (Worksheet E, Part A, Line
                93, Column 1) using the Federal FY 2016 cost reports from Step 1.
                 Step 3.--Calculate the aggregate amount of total capital Federal
                payments using the Federal FY 2016 cost reports from Step 1. The
                total capital Federal payments consist of the capital DRG payments,
                including capital indirect medical education (IME) and capital
                disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payments (Worksheet E, Part A,
                Line 50, Column 1) and the capital outlier reconciliation payments
                (Worksheet E, Part A, Line 93, Column 1). We note that a negative
                amount on Worksheet E, Part A, Line 93 for capital outlier
                reconciliation indicates an amount that was owed by the hospital,
                and a positive amount indicates this amount was paid to the
                hospital.
                 Step 4.--Divide the amount from Step 2 by the amount from Step 3
                and multiply the resulting amount by 100 to produce the percentage
                of total capital outlier reconciliation dollars to total capital
                Federal payments for FY 2016. This percentage amount would be used
                to adjust the estimate of capital outlier payments for FY 2022 as
                described in Step 5.
                 Step 5.--Because the outlier reconciliation dollars are only
                available on the cost reports, and not in the specific Medicare
                claims data in the MedPAR file used to estimate outlier payments, we
                are proposing that the estimate of capital outlier payments for FY
                2022 would be determined by adding the percentage in Step 4 to the
                estimated percentage of capital outlier payments otherwise
                determined using the shared outlier threshold that is applicable to
                both hospital inpatient operating costs and hospital inpatient
                capital-related costs. (We note that this percentage is added for
                capital outlier payments but subtracted in the analogous step for
                operating outlier payments. We have a unified outlier payment
                methodology that uses a shared threshold to identify outlier cases
                for both operating and capital payments. The difference stems from
                the fact that operating outlier payments are determined by first
                setting a ``target'' percentage of operating outlier payments
                relative to aggregate operating payments which produces the outlier
                threshold. Once the shared threshold is set, it is used to estimate
                the percentage of capital outlier payments to total capital payments
                based on that threshold. Because the threshold is already set based
                on the operating target, rather than adjusting the threshold (or
                operating target), we adjust the percentage of capital outlier to
                total capital payments to account for the estimated effect of
                capital outlier reconciliation payments. This percentage is adjusted
                by adding the capital outlier reconciliation percentage from Step 4
                to the estimate of the percentage of capital outlier payments to
                total capital payments based on the shared threshold.) Because the
                aggregate capital outlier reconciliation dollars from Step 2 are
                negative, the estimate of capital outlier payments for FY 2022 under
                our proposed methodology would be lower than the percentage of
                capital outlier payments otherwise determined using the shared
                outlier threshold.
                 Similarly, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, we used the December
                2020 HCRIS extract of the cost report data to calculate the proposed
                percentage adjustment for outlier reconciliation. For the FY 2022
                final rule, we are proposing to use the latest quarterly HCRIS
                extract that is publically available at the time of the development
                of that rule which, for FY 2022, would be the March 2021 extract. As
                previously noted, we may
                [[Page 25717]]
                also consider the use of more recent data that may become available
                for purposes of projecting the estimate of capital outlier
                reconciliation used in the calculation of the final FY 2022
                adjustment to the FY 2022 capital standard Federal rate.
                 For this FY 2022 proposed rule, the estimated percentage of FY
                2022 capital outlier payments otherwise determined using the shared
                outlier threshold is 5.34 percent (estimated capital outlier
                payments of $431,821,043 divided by (estimated capital outlier
                payments of $431,821,043 plus the estimated total capital Federal
                payment of $7,651,022,484)). Based on the December 2020 HCRIS, 12
                hospitals had an outlier reconciliation amount recorded on Worksheet
                E, Part A, Line 93 for total capital outlier reconciliation dollars
                of negative $915,421 (Step 2). The total Federal capital payments
                based on the December 2020 HCRIS was $7,961,217,741 (Step 3) which
                results in a ratio (Step 4) of -0.01 percent. Therefore, for FY
                2022, taking into account projected capital outlier reconciliation
                payments under our proposed methodology would decrease the estimated
                percentage of FY 2022 aggregate capital outlier payments by 0.01
                percent.
                 As discussed in section III.A.2. of this Addendum, we are
                proposing to incorporate the capital outlier reconciliation dollars
                from Step 5 when applying the outlier adjustment factor in
                determining the capital Federal rate based on the estimated
                percentage of capital outlier payments to total capital Federal rate
                payments for FY 2022.
                 We are inviting public comment on our proposed methodology for
                projecting an estimate of capital outlier reconciliation and
                incorporating that estimate into the modeling of the estimate of FY
                2022 capital outlier payments for purposes of determining the
                capital outlier adjustment factor.
                (2) Proposed FY 2022 Outlier Fixed-Loss Cost Threshold
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50977 through
                50983), in response to public comments on the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we made changes to our methodology for projecting the
                outlier fixed-loss cost threshold for FY 2014. We refer readers to
                the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a detailed discussion of
                the changes.
                 As we have done in the past, to calculate the proposed FY 2022
                outlier threshold, we simulated payments by applying proposed FY
                2022 payment rates and policies using cases from the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file. As noted in section II.C. of this Addendum, we specify the
                formula used for actual claim payment which is also used by CMS to
                project the outlier threshold for the upcoming fiscal year. The
                difference is the source of some of the variables in the formula.
                For example, operating and capital CCRs for actual claim payment are
                from the PSF while CMS uses an adjusted CCR (as described later in
                this section) to project the threshold for the upcoming fiscal year.
                In addition, charges for a claim payment are from the bill while
                charges to project the threshold are from the MedPAR data with an
                inflation factor applied to the charges (as described earlier).
                 In order to determine the proposed FY 2022 outlier threshold, we
                inflated the charges on the MedPAR claims by 3 years, from FY 2019
                to FY 2022. Consistent with the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84
                FR 42626 and 42627), we are proposing to use the following
                methodology to calculate the charge inflation factor for FY 2022:
                 Include hospitals whose last four digits fall between
                0001 and 0899 (section 2779A1 of Chapter 2 of the State Operations
                Manual on the CMS website at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/som107c02.pdf); include CAHs
                that were IPPS hospitals for the time period of the MedPAR data
                being used to calculate the charge inflation factor; include
                hospitals in Maryland; and remove PPS-excluded cancer hospitals who
                have a ``V'' in the fifth position of their provider number or a
                ``E'' or ``F'' in the sixth position.
                 Include providers that are in both periods of charge
                data that are used to calculate the 1-year average annual rate of-
                change in charges per case. We note this is consistent with the
                methodology used since FY 2014.
                 We excluded Medicare Advantage IME claims for the
                reasons described in section I.A.4. of this Addendum. We refer
                readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a complete
                discussion on our methodology of identifying and adding the total
                Medicare Advantage IME payment amount to the budget neutrality
                adjustments.
                 In order to ensure that we capture only FFS claims, we
                included claims with a ``Claim Type'' of 60 (which is a field on the
                MedPAR file that indicates a claim is an FFS claim).
                 In order to further ensure that we capture only FFS
                claims, we excluded claims with a ``GHOPAID'' indicator of 1 (which
                is a field on the MedPAR file that indicates a claim is not an FFS
                claim and is paid by a Group Health Organization).
                 We examined the MedPAR file and removed pharmacy
                charges for anti-hemophilic blood factor (which are paid separately
                under the IPPS) with an indicator of ``3'' for blood clotting with a
                revenue code of ``0636'' from the covered charge field. We also
                removed organ acquisition charges from the covered charge field
                because organ acquisition is a pass-through payment not paid under
                the IPPS. As noted previously, we are proposing to remove allogeneic
                hematopoietic stem cell acquisition charges from the covered charge
                field for budget neutrality adjustments. As discussed in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, payment for allogeneic hematopoietic stem
                cell acquisition costs is made on a reasonable cost basis for cost
                reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2020 (85 FR
                58835-58842).
                 Because this payment simulation uses the proposed FY
                2022 relative weights, consistent with our proposal discussed in
                section IV.I. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we applied the
                proposed adjustor for certain cases that group to MS-DRG 018 in our
                simulation of these payments. As discussed in section II.E.2.b. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, we are applying a proposed
                adjustment to account for certain cases that group to MS-DRG 018 in
                calculating the FY 2022 relative weights and for purposes of budget
                neutrality and outlier simulations.
                 Our general methodology to inflate the charges computes the 1-
                year average annual rate-of-change in charges per case which is then
                applied twice to inflate the charges on the MedPAR claims by 2 years
                since we typically use claims data for the fiscal year that is 2
                years prior to the upcoming fiscal year. However, for this FY 2022
                proposed rule, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR claims
                data, which is 3 years prior to FY 2022. Therefore, we are proposing
                to inflate the charges on the MedPAR claims data by 3 years.
                 In the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42627), we
                modified our charge inflation methodology. We stated that we believe
                balancing our preference to use the latest available data from the
                MedPAR files and stakeholders' concerns about being able to use
                publicly available MedPAR files to review the charge inflation
                factor can be achieved by modifying our methodology to use the
                publicly available Federal fiscal year period (that is, for FY 2020,
                we used the charge data from Federal fiscal years 2017 and 2018),
                rather than the most recent data available to CMS which, under our
                prior methodology, was based on calendar year data. We refer the
                reader to the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a complete
                discussion regarding this change. For the same reasons discussed in
                that rulemaking, and consistent with our proposal to use the FY 2019
                MedPAR for purposes of FY 2022 ratesetting, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to use the same methodology as FY 2020, and based on the
                same data used in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to determine
                the charge inflation factor for this proposed rule. That is, for FY
                2022, we are proposing to use the MedPAR files for the two most
                recent available Federal fiscal year time periods prior to the
                COVID-19 PHE to calculate the charge inflation factor. Specifically,
                for this proposed rule we used the March 2019 MedPAR file of FY 2018
                (October 1, 2017 to September 30, 2018) charge data (released for
                the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule) and the March 2020 MedPAR file
                of FY 2019 (October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019) charge data
                (released for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule) to compute the
                proposed charge inflation factor. We propose that for the FY 2022
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we would continue to use the charge
                inflation estimate from the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. In
                addition, we are soliciting comments on the alternative approach of
                using the same data we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting, as discussed in section I.F of this proposed rule, and
                note that under this alternative approach, if finalized, we would
                anticipate using more recently updated data for purposes of the FY
                2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. Under this proposed methodology, to
                compute the 1-year average annual rate-of-change in charges per case
                for FY 2022, we compared the average covered charge per case of
                $61,578.82 ($584,618,863,834/9,493,830 cases) from October 1, 2017
                through September 31, 2018, to the average
                [[Page 25718]]
                covered charge per case of $65,522.10 ($604,209,834,327/9,221,466
                cases) from October 1, 2018 through September 31, 2019. This rate-
                of-change was 6.4 percent (1.06404) or 20.4 percent over three
                years. Because we are proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR for the FY
                2022 ratesetting, we applied a factor of 20.4 percent (1.20469) over
                3 years. The billed charges are obtained from the claim from the
                MedPAR file and inflated by the inflation factor specified
                previously.
                 In order to facilitate comments on the alternative approach
                discussed in section I.F of this proposed rule of using the same
                data that we would ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022
                ratesetting, and which we may consider finalizing for FY 2022 based
                on consideration of comments received, we are making available
                budget neutrality and other ratesetting adjustments, including the
                charge inflation factor, calculated under this alternative approach,
                which can be found on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.
                We include in a supplemental data file the following: Budget
                neutrality factors, charge inflation factor, the CCR adjustment
                factors, and outlier threshold based on this alternative approach.
                Consistent with historical practice, if we were to finalize this
                alternative approach, we would use the most recent available data
                for the final rule, as appropriate.
                 As discussed previously, in this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
                rule, we are proposing to establish the FY 2022 outlier threshold
                using hospital CCRs from the March 2020 update to the Provider-
                Specific File (PSF), which is consistent with our proposed approach
                of not using data that may have been significantly impacted by the
                COVID-19 PHE. We are proposing to apply the following edits to
                providers' CCRs in the PSF. We believe these edits are appropriate
                in order to accurately model the outlier threshold. We first search
                for Indian Health Service providers and those providers assigned the
                statewide average CCR from the current fiscal year. We then replace
                these CCRs with the statewide average CCR for the upcoming fiscal
                year. We also assign the statewide average CCR (for the upcoming
                fiscal year) to those providers that have no value in the CCR field
                in the PSF or whose CCRs exceed the ceilings described later in this
                section (3.0 standard deviations from the mean of the log
                distribution of CCRs for all hospitals). We do not apply the
                adjustment factors described later in this section to hospitals
                assigned the statewide average CCR. For FY 2022, we are also
                proposing to continue to apply an adjustment factor to the CCRs to
                account for cost and charge inflation (as explained later in this
                section).
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50979), we
                adopted a new methodology to adjust the CCRs. Specifically, we
                finalized a policy to compare the national average case-weighted
                operating and capital CCR from the most recent update of the PSF to
                the national average case-weighted operating and capital CCR from
                the same period of the prior year.
                 Ordinarily, for the proposed rule, we would use CCRs from the
                December 2020 update of the PSF and apply a proposed adjustment
                factor to adjust the CCRs from the December 2020 update of the PSF
                by comparing the percentage change in the national average case-
                weighted operating CCR and capital CCR from the December 2019 update
                of the PSF to the national average case-weighted operating CCR and
                capital CCR from the December 2020 PSF. However, as discussed
                previously, we believe the operating and capital CCRs in the
                December 2020 PSF may be significantly impacted by the PHE.
                Therefore, we are proposing to adjust the CCRs from the March 2020
                update of the PSF (the latest update of the PSF prior to the PHE) by
                comparing the percentage change in the national average case-
                weighted operating CCR and capital CCR from the March 2019 update of
                the PSF to the national average case-weighted operating CCR and
                capital CCR from the March 2020 update of the PSF. We note that we
                used total transfer-adjusted cases from FY 2019 to determine the
                national average case-weighted CCRs for both sides of the
                comparison. As stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
                50979), we believe that it is appropriate to use the same case count
                on both sides of the comparison, because this would produce the true
                percentage change in the average case-weighted operating and capital
                CCR from 1 year to the next without any effect from a change in case
                count on different sides of the comparison.
                 Using the proposed methodology, for this proposed rule, we
                calculated a proposed March 2019 operating national average case-
                weighted CCR of 0.254027 and a proposed March 2020 operating
                national average case-weighted CCR of 0.247548. We then calculated
                the percentage change between the two national operating case-
                weighted CCRs by subtracting the March 2019 operating national
                average case-weighted CCR from the March 2020 operating national
                average case-weighted CCR and then dividing the result by the March
                2019 national operating average case-weighted CCR. This resulted in
                a one-year national operating CCR adjustment factor of 0.974495.
                Because we are proposing to use CCRs from the March 2020 update of
                the PSF for FY 2022, we calculated a two-year proposed national
                operating CCR adjustment by multiplying 0.974495 * 0.974495.
                 We used this same proposed methodology to adjust the capital
                CCRs. Specifically, we calculated a March 2019 capital national
                average case-weighted CCR of 0.02073 and a March 2020 capital
                national average case-weighted CCR of 0.019935. We then calculated
                the percentage change between the two national capital case-weighted
                CCRs by subtracting the March 2019 capital national average case-
                weighted CCR from the March 2020 capital national average case-
                weighted CCR and then dividing the result by the March 2019 capital
                national average case-weighted CCR. This resulted in a one-year
                national capital CCR adjustment factor of 0.96165. Because we are
                proposing to use CCRs from the March 2020 update of the PSF for FY
                2022, we calculated a two-year proposed national capital CCR
                adjustment by multiplying 0.96165 * 0.96165.
                 As discussed in section I.F of this proposed rule and in section
                I.O of Appendix A of this proposed rule, we are soliciting comments
                on an alternative approach of using the same data we would
                ordinarily use for purposes of FY 2022 ratesetting, which we may
                consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on consideration of comments
                received, and are making available supplemental data files to
                facilitate comments on this alternative approach. As noted
                previously, we include in a supplemental data file the following:
                Budget neutrality factors, charge inflation factor, the CCR
                adjustment factors, and outlier threshold based on this alternative
                approach. Consistent with historical practice, if we were to
                finalize this alternative approach, we would use the most recent
                available data for the final rule, as appropriate.
                 For purposes of estimating the proposed outlier threshold for FY
                2022, we used a wage index that reflects the policies discussed in
                the proposed rule. This includes the proposed frontier State floor
                adjustments in accordance with section 10324(a) of the Affordable
                Care Act, the proposed out-migration adjustment as added by section
                505 of Public Law 108-173, as well as incorporating the FY 2022 wage
                index adjustment for hospitals with a wage index value below the
                25th percentile, where the increase in the wage index value for
                these hospitals would be equal to half the difference between the
                otherwise applicable final wage index value for a year for that
                hospital and the 25th percentile wage index value for that year
                across all hospitals. If we did not take the aforementioned into
                account, our estimate of total FY 2022 payments would be too low,
                and, as a result, our proposed outlier threshold would be too high,
                such that estimated outlier payments would be less than our
                projected 5.1 percent of total payments (which includes outlier
                reconciliation). We note, given the recent enactment of section 9831
                of Public Law 117-2 on March 11, 2021, there was not sufficient time
                available to incorporate the changes required by this statutory
                provision (which provides for the application of the imputed floor
                adjustment in a non-budget neutral manner beginning in FY 2022) into
                the calculation of the provider wage index for this proposed rule.
                We will include the imputed floor adjustment in the calculation of
                the provider wage index in the FY 2022 final rule.
                 As described in sections V.K. and IV.L., respectively, of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, sections 1886(q) and 1886(o) of the
                Act establish the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program and the
                Hospital VBP Program, respectively. We do not believe that it is
                appropriate to include the proposed hospital VBP payment adjustments
                and the hospital readmissions payment adjustments in the proposed
                outlier threshold calculation or the proposed outlier offset to the
                standardized amount. Specifically, consistent with our definition of
                the base operating DRG payment amount for the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program under Sec. 412.152 and the Hospital VBP Program
                under Sec. 412.160, outlier payments under section 1886(d)(5)(A) of
                the Act are not affected by these payment adjustments. Therefore,
                outlier payments would continue to be calculated based on the
                unadjusted base
                [[Page 25719]]
                DRG payment amount (as opposed to using the base-operating DRG
                payment amount adjusted by the hospital readmissions payment
                adjustment and the hospital VBP payment adjustment). Consequently,
                we are proposing to exclude the estimated hospital VBP payment
                adjustments and the estimated hospital readmissions payment
                adjustments from the calculation of the proposed outlier fixed-loss
                cost threshold.
                 We note that, to the extent section 1886(r) of the Act modifies
                the DSH payment methodology under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act,
                the uncompensated care payment under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act,
                like the empirically justified Medicare DSH payment under section
                1886(r)(1) of the Act, may be considered an amount payable under
                section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act such that it would be reasonable to
                include the payment in the outlier determination under section
                1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act. As we have done since the implementation
                of uncompensated care payments in FY 2014, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to allocate an estimated per-discharge uncompensated care
                payment amount to all cases for the hospitals eligible to receive
                the uncompensated care payment amount in the calculation of the
                outlier fixed-loss cost threshold methodology. We continue to
                believe that allocating an eligible hospital's estimated
                uncompensated care payment to all cases equally in the calculation
                of the outlier fixed-loss cost threshold would best approximate the
                amount we would pay in uncompensated care payments during the year
                because, when we make claim payments to a hospital eligible for such
                payments, we would be making estimated per-discharge uncompensated
                care payments to all cases equally. Furthermore, we continue to
                believe that using the estimated per-claim uncompensated care
                payment amount to determine outlier estimates provides
                predictability as to the amount of uncompensated care payments
                included in the calculation of outlier payments. Therefore,
                consistent with the methodology used since FY 2014 to calculate the
                outlier fixed-loss cost threshold, for FY 2022, we are proposing to
                include estimated FY 2022 uncompensated care payments in the
                computation of the proposed outlier fixed-loss cost threshold.
                Specifically, we are proposing to use the estimated per-discharge
                uncompensated care payments to hospitals eligible for the
                uncompensated care payment for all cases in the calculation of the
                proposed outlier fixed-loss cost threshold methodology.
                 Using this methodology, we used the formula described in section
                I.C.1. of this Addendum to simulate and calculate the Federal
                payment rate and outlier payments for all claims. In addition, as
                described in the earlier section to this Addendum, we are proposing
                to incorporate an estimate of FY 2022 outlier reconciliation in the
                methodology for determining the outlier threshold. As noted
                previously, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, the ratio of outlier
                reconciliation dollars to total Federal Payments (Step 4) is a
                negative 0.013758 percent, which, when rounded to the second digit,
                is -0.01 percent. Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to
                incorporate a projection of outlier reconciliation dollars by
                targeting an outlier threshold at 5.11 percent [5.1 percent-(-.01
                percent)]. Under this proposed approach, we determined a threshold
                of $30,967 and calculated total outlier payments of $5,081,824,613
                and total operating Federal payments of $94,365,941,593. We then
                divided total outlier payments by total operating Federal payments
                plus total outlier payments and determined that this threshold
                matched with the 5.11 percent target, which reflects our proposal to
                incorporate an estimate of outlier reconciliation in the
                determination of the outlier threshold (as discussed in more detail
                in the previous section of this Addendum). We note that, if
                calculated without applying our proposed methodology for
                incorporating an estimate of outlier reconciliation in the
                determination of the outlier threshold, the proposed threshold would
                be $31,027. We are proposing an outlier fixed-loss cost threshold
                for FY 2022 equal to the prospective payment rate for the MS-DRG,
                plus any IME, empirically justified Medicare DSH payments, estimated
                uncompensated care payment, and any add-on payments for new
                technology, plus $30,967. As discussed further in section I.A of
                this proposed rule, we note that the estimate of the outlier
                threshold using the FY 2020 MedPAR file is $36,483.
                (3) Other Proposed Changes Concerning Outliers
                 As stated in the FY 1994 IPPS final rule (58 FR 46348), we
                establish an outlier threshold that is applicable to both hospital
                inpatient operating costs and hospital inpatient capital-related
                costs. When we modeled the combined operating and capital outlier
                payments, we found that using a common threshold resulted in a
                higher percentage of outlier payments for capital-related costs than
                for operating costs. We project that the threshold for FY 2022
                (which reflects our methodology to incorporate an estimate of
                operating outlier reconciliation) would result in outlier payments
                that would equal 5.1 percent of operating DRG payments and we
                estimate that capital outlier payments would equal 5.34 percent of
                capital payments based on the Federal rate (which reflects our
                methodology discussed previously to incorporate an estimate of
                capital outlier reconciliation).
                 In accordance with section 1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act and as
                discussed previously, we are proposing to reduce the FY 2022
                standardized amount by 5.1 percent to account for the projected
                proportion of payments paid as outliers.
                 The proposed outlier adjustment factors that would be applied to
                the operating standardized amount and capital Federal rate based on
                the proposed FY 2022 outlier threshold are as follows:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.329
                 We are proposing to apply the outlier adjustment factors to the
                FY 2022 payment rates after removing the effects of the FY 2020
                outlier adjustment factors on the standardized amount.
                 To determine whether a case qualifies for outlier payments, we
                currently apply hospital-specific CCRs to the total covered charges
                for the case. Estimated operating and capital costs for the case are
                calculated separately by applying separate operating and capital
                CCRs. These costs are then combined and compared with the outlier
                fixed-loss cost threshold.
                 Under our current policy at Sec. 412.84, we calculate operating
                and capital CCR ceilings and assign a statewide average CCR for
                hospitals whose CCRs exceed 3.0 standard deviations from the mean of
                the log distribution of CCRs for all hospitals. Based on this
                calculation, for hospitals for which the MAC computes operating CCRs
                greater than 1.142 or capital CCRs greater than 0.135, or hospitals
                for which the MAC is unable to calculate a CCR (as described under
                Sec. 412.84(i)(3) of our regulations), statewide average CCRs are
                used to determine whether a hospital qualifies for outlier payments.
                Table 8A listed in section VI. of this Addendum (and available via
                the internet on the CMS website) contains the proposed statewide
                average operating CCRs for urban hospitals and for rural hospitals
                for which the MAC is unable to compute a hospital-specific CCR
                within the range previously specified. These statewide average
                ratios would be effective for discharges occurring on or after
                October 1, 2021 and would replace the statewide average ratios from
                the prior fiscal year. Table 8B listed in section VI. of this
                Addendum (and available via the internet on the CMS website)
                contains the comparable proposed statewide average capital CCRs. As
                previously stated, the proposed CCRs in Tables 8A and 8B would be
                used during FY 2022 when hospital-specific CCRs based on the latest
                settled cost report either are not available or are outside the
                range noted previously. Table 8C listed in section VI. of this
                Addendum (and available via the internet on the CMS website)
                contains the proposed statewide average total CCRs used under the
                LTCH PPS as discussed in section V. of this Addendum.
                [[Page 25720]]
                 We finally note that section 20.1.2 of chapter three of the
                Medicare Claims Processing Manual (on the internet at https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf) covers an array of topics, including CCRs,
                reconciliation, and the time value of money. We encourage hospitals
                that are assigned the statewide average operating and/or capital
                CCRs to work with their MAC on a possible alternative operating and/
                or capital CCR as explained in the manual. Use of an alternative CCR
                developed by the hospital in conjunction with the MAC can avoid
                possible overpayments or underpayments at cost report settlement,
                thereby ensuring better accuracy when making outlier payments and
                negating the need for outlier reconciliation. We also note that a
                hospital may request an alternative operating or capital CCR at any
                time as long as the guidelines of the manual are followed. In
                addition, the manual outlines the outlier reconciliation process for
                hospitals and Medicare contractors. We refer hospitals to the manual
                instructions for complete details on outlier reconciliation.
                (4) FY 2020 Outlier Payments
                 Our current estimate, using available FY 2020 claims data, is
                that actual outlier payments for FY 2020 were approximately 5.42
                percent of actual total MS-DRG payments. Therefore, the data
                indicate that, for FY 2020, the percentage of actual outlier
                payments relative to actual total payments is higher than we
                projected for FY 2020. Consistent with the policy and statutory
                interpretation we have maintained since the inception of the IPPS,
                we do not make retroactive adjustments to outlier payments to ensure
                that total outlier payments for FY 2020 are equal to 5.1 percent of
                total MS-DRG payments. As explained in the FY 2003 Outlier Final
                Rule (68 FR 34502), if we were to make retroactive adjustments to
                all outlier payments to ensure total payments are 5.1 percent of MS-
                DRG payments (by retroactively adjusting outlier payments), we would
                be removing the important aspect of the prospective nature of the
                IPPS. Because such an across-the-board adjustment would either lead
                to more or less outlier payments for all hospitals, hospitals would
                no longer be able to reliably approximate their payment for a
                patient while the patient is still hospitalized. We believe it would
                be neither necessary nor appropriate to make such an aggregate
                retroactive adjustment. Furthermore, we believe it is consistent
                with the statutory language at section 1886(d)(5)(A)(iv) of the Act
                not to make retroactive adjustments to outlier payments. This
                section states that outlier payments be equal to or greater than 5
                percent and less than or equal to 6 percent of projected or
                estimated (not actual) MS-DRG payments. We believe that an important
                goal of a PPS is predictability. Therefore, we believe that the
                fixed-loss outlier threshold should be projected based on the best
                available historical data and should not be adjusted retroactively.
                A retroactive change to the fixed-loss outlier threshold would
                affect all hospitals subject to the IPPS, thereby undercutting the
                predictability of the system as a whole.
                 We note that, because the MedPAR claims data for the entire FY
                2021 period would not be available until after September 30, 2021,
                we are unable to provide an estimate of actual outlier payments for
                FY 2021 based on FY 2021 claims data in this proposed rule. We will
                provide an estimate of actual FY 2021 outlier payments in the FY
                2023 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule.
                5. Proposed FY 2022 Standardized Amount
                 The adjusted standardized amount is divided into labor-related
                and nonlabor-related portions. Tables 1A and 1B listed and published
                in section VI. of this Addendum (and available via the internet on
                the CMS website) contain the national standardized amounts that we
                are proposing to apply to all hospitals, except hospitals located in
                Puerto Rico, for FY 2022. The proposed standardized amount for
                hospitals in Puerto Rico is shown in Table 1C listed and published
                in section VI. of this Addendum (and available via the internet on
                the CMS website). The proposed amounts shown in Tables 1A and 1B
                differ only in that the labor-related share applied to the
                standardized amounts in Table 1A is 67.6 percent, and the labor-
                related share applied to the standardized amounts in Table 1B is 62
                percent. In accordance with sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and
                1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act, we are proposing to apply a labor-
                related share of 62 percent, unless application of that percentage
                would result in lower payments to a hospital than would otherwise be
                made. In effect, the statutory provision means that we would apply a
                labor-related share of 62 percent for all hospitals whose wage
                indexes are less than or equal to 1.0000.
                 In addition, Tables 1A and 1B include the proposed standardized
                amounts reflecting the proposed applicable percentage increases for
                FY 2022.
                 The proposed labor-related and nonlabor-related portions of the
                national average standardized amounts for Puerto Rico hospitals for
                FY 2022 are set forth in Table 1C listed and published in section
                VI. of this Addendum (and available via the internet on the CMS
                website). Similarly, section 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act, as
                amended by section 403(b) of Public Law 108-173, provides that the
                labor-related share for hospitals located in Puerto Rico be 62
                percent, unless the application of that percentage would result in
                lower payments to the hospital.
                 The following table illustrates the changes from the FY 2021
                national standardized amounts to the proposed FY 2022 national
                standardized amounts. The second through fifth columns display the
                changes from the FY 2021 standardized amounts for each proposed
                applicable FY 2022 standardized amount. The first row of the table
                shows the updated (through FY 2021) average standardized amount
                after restoring the FY 2021 offsets for outlier payments, geographic
                reclassification, rural demonstration, lowest quartile, and
                transition budget neutrality. The MS-DRG reclassification and
                recalibration, wage index, and stem cell acquisition budget
                neutrality factors are cumulative. Accordingly, those FY 2021
                adjustment factors have not been removed from the base rate in the
                following table. Additionally, for FY 2022 we have applied the
                budget neutrality factors for the lowest quartile hospital policy,
                described previously.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25721]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.330
                [[Page 25722]]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage Levels and Cost-of-Living
                 Tables 1A through 1C, as published in section VI. of this
                Addendum (and available via the internet on the CMS website),
                contain the proposed labor related and -nonlabor related- shares
                that we are proposing to use to calculate the prospective payment
                rates for hospitals located in the 50 States, the District of
                Columbia, and Puerto Rico for FY 2022. This section addresses two
                types of adjustments to the standardized amounts that are made in
                determining the prospective payment rates as described in this
                Addendum.
                1. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage Levels
                 Sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act require
                that we make an adjustment to the labor-related portion of the
                national prospective payment rate to account for area differences in
                hospital wage levels. This adjustment is made by multiplying the
                labor-related portion of the adjusted standardized amounts by the
                appropriate wage index for the area in which the hospital is
                located. For FY 2022, as discussed in section IV.B.3. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to apply a labor-
                related share of 67.6 percent for the national standardized amounts
                for all IPPS hospitals (including hospitals in Puerto Rico) that
                have a wage index value that is greater than 1.0000. Consistent with
                section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we are proposing to apply the wage
                index to a labor-related share of 62 percent of the national
                standardized amount for all IPPS hospitals (including hospitals in
                Puerto Rico) whose wage index values are less than or equal to
                1.0000. In section III. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss the data and methodology for the FY 2022 wage index.
                2. Proposed Adjustment for Cost-of-Living in Alaska and Hawaii
                 Section 1886(d)(5)(H) of the Act provides discretionary
                authority to the Secretary to make adjustments as the Secretary
                deems appropriate to take into account the unique circumstances of
                hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii. Higher labor-related costs
                for these two States are taken into account in the adjustment for
                area wages described previously. To account for higher nonlabor-
                related costs for these two States, we multiply the nonlabor-related
                portion of the standardized amount for hospitals in Alaska and
                Hawaii by an adjustment factor. For FY 2011 and in prior fiscal
                years, we used the most recent cost-of-living adjustment (COLA)
                factors obtained from the U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM)
                website at https://www.opm.gov/policy-data-oversight/pay-leave/pay-systems/nonforeign-areas/#url=COLA-Rates to update this nonlabor
                portion.
                 In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51797), we
                explained that sections 1911 through 1919 of the Nonforeign Area
                Retirement Equity Assurance Act, as contained in subtitle B of title
                XIX of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year
                2010 (Pub. L. 111-84, October 28, 2009), transitions the Alaska and
                Hawaii COLAs to locality pay. We finalized that, for FY 2012, as OPM
                transitioned away from COLAs, we would continue to use the same
                ``frozen'' COLA factors (published by OPM) that we used to adjust
                payments in FY 2011 (which were based on OPM's 2009 COLA factors) to
                adjust the nonlabor-related portion of the standardized amount for
                hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii. We refer readers to the FY
                2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a more detailed discussion of our
                rationale for continuing to use the frozen COLAs in FY 2012.
                 In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53700 and 53701),
                for FY 2013, we continued to use the same COLA factors that were
                used to adjust payments in FY 2012 (as originally used to adjust
                payments in FY 2011, which were based on OPM's 2009 COLA factors).
                We also established a methodology to update the COLA factors
                published by OPM every 4 years (at the same time as the update of
                the labor-related share of the IPPS market basket), beginning in FY
                2014. We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
                (77 FR 28145 and 28146) for a detailed description of this
                methodology. For FY 2014, we updated the COLA factors for Alaska and
                Hawaii published by OPM for 2009 using the methodology finalized in
                the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53700 and 53701). In the
                FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we again updated the COLA factors
                using this same methodology (82 FR 38530).
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to update the COLA factors
                published by OPM for 2009 (as these are the last COLA factors OPM
                published prior to transitioning from COLAs to locality pay) using
                the methodology that we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule. Specifically, we are proposing to update the 2009 OPM COLA
                factors by a comparison of the growth in the Consumer Price Indices
                (CPIs) for the areas of Urban Alaska and Urban Hawaii, relative to
                the growth in the CPI for the average U.S. city as published by the
                Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). We note that for the prior update
                to the COLA factors, we used the growth in the CPI for Anchorage and
                the CPI for Honolulu. Beginning in 2018, these indexes were renamed
                to the CPI for Urban Alaska and the CPI for Urban Hawaii due to the
                BLS updating its sample to reflect the data from the 2010 Decennial
                Census on the distribution of the urban population (https://www.bls.gov/regions/west/factsheet/2018cpirevisionwest.pdf, accessed
                January 22, 2021). The CPI for Urban Alaska area covers Anchorage
                and Matanuska-Susitna Borough in the State of Alaska and the CPI for
                Urban Hawaii covers Honolulu in the State of Hawaii. BLS notes that
                the indexes are considered continuous over time, regardless of name
                or composition changes.
                 Because BLS publishes CPI data for only Urban Alaska and Urban
                Hawaii, using the methodology we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we are proposing to use the comparison of the growth
                in the overall CPI relative to the growth in the CPI for those areas
                to update the COLA factors for all areas in Alaska and Hawaii,
                respectively. We believe that the relative price differences between
                these urban areas and the United States (as measured by the CPIs
                mentioned previously) are appropriate proxies for the relative price
                differences between the ``other areas'' of Alaska and Hawaii and the
                United States.
                 BLS publishes the CPI for All Items for Urban Alaska, Urban
                Hawaii, and for the average U.S. city. However, consistent with our
                methodology finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                are proposing to create reweighted CPIs for each of the respective
                areas to reflect the underlying composition of the IPPS market
                basket nonlabor-related share. The current composition of the CPI
                for All Items for all of the respective areas is approximately 40
                percent commodities and 60 percent services. However, the IPPS
                nonlabor-related share for the proposed 2018-based IPPS market
                basket is comprised of a different mix of commodities and services.
                Therefore, we are proposing to create reweighted indexes for Urban
                Alaska, Urban Hawaii, and the average U.S. city using the respective
                CPI commodities index and CPI services index and using the
                approximate 57 percent commodities/43 percent services shares
                obtained from the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket. We created
                reweighted indexes using BLS data for 2009 through 2020--the most
                recent data available at the time of this proposed rulemaking. In
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38530), we created
                reweighted indexes based on the 2014-based IPPS market basket (which
                was adopted for the FY 2018 IPPS update) and BLS data for 2009
                through 2016 (the most recent BLS data at the time of the FY 2018
                IPPS/LTCH PPS rulemaking).
                 We continue to believe this methodology is appropriate because
                we continue to make a COLA for hospitals located in Alaska and
                Hawaii by multiplying the nonlabor-related portion of the
                standardized amount by a COLA factor. We note that OPM's COLA
                factors were calculated with a statutorily mandated cap of 25
                percent. As stated in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule ((82 FR
                38530), under the COLA update methodology we finalized in the FY
                2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we exercised our discretionary
                authority to adjust payments to hospitals in Alaska and Hawaii by
                incorporating this cap. In applying this finalized methodology for
                updating the COLA factors, we are proposing for FY 2022 to continue
                to use a cap of 25 percent, as our policy is based on OPM's COLA
                factors (updated by the methodology described previously).
                 Applying this methodology, the COLA factors that we are
                proposing to establish for FY 2022 to adjust the nonlabor-related
                portion of the standardized amount for hospitals located in Alaska
                and Hawaii are shown in the table in this section. For comparison
                purposes, we also are showing the FY 2018 COLA factors. We note that
                the proposed FY 2022 COLA factors for City and County of Honolulu,
                County of Kauai, and County of Maui and County of Kalawao are a
                result of applying the 25 percent cap as described previously.
                 Lastly, as we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (77 FR 53700 and
                [[Page 25723]]
                53701), we intend to update the COLA factors based on our
                methodology every 4 years, at the same time as the update to the
                labor-related share of the IPPS market basket.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.331
                C. Calculation of the Proposed Prospective Payment Rates
                1. General Formula for Calculation of the Prospective Payment Rates for
                FY 2022
                 In general, the operating prospective payment rate for all
                hospitals (including hospitals in Puerto Rico) paid under the IPPS,
                except SCHs and MDHs, for FY 2022 equals the Federal rate (which
                includes uncompensated care payments).
                 Under current law, the MDH program has been extended for
                discharges occurring through September 30, 2022.
                 SCHs are paid based on whichever of the following rates yields
                the greatest aggregate payment: The Federal national rate (which, as
                discussed in section VI.G. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                includes uncompensated care payments); the updated hospital-specific
                rate based on FY 1982 costs per discharge; the updated hospital-
                specific rate based on FY 1987 costs per discharge; the updated
                hospital-specific rate based on FY 1996 costs per discharge; or the
                updated hospital-specific rate based on FY 2006 costs per discharge
                to determine the rate that yields the greatest aggregate payment.
                 The prospective payment rate for SCHs for FY 2022 equals the
                higher of the applicable Federal rate, or the hospital-specific rate
                as described later in this section. The prospective payment rate for
                MDHs for FY 2022 equals the higher of the Federal rate, or the
                Federal rate plus 75 percent of the difference between the Federal
                rate and the hospital-specific rate as described in this section.
                For MDHs, the updated hospital-specific rate is based on FY 1982, FY
                1987, or FY 2002 costs per discharge, whichever yields the greatest
                aggregate payment.
                2. Operating and Capital Federal Payment Rate and Outlier Payment
                Calculation
                 Note: The formula specified in this section is used for actual
                claim payment and is also used by CMS to project the outlier
                threshold for the upcoming fiscal year. The difference is the source
                of some of the variables in the formula. For example, operating and
                capital CCRs for actual claim payment are from the PSF while CMS
                uses an adjusted CCR (as described previously) to project the
                threshold for the upcoming fiscal year. In addition, charges for a
                claim payment are from the bill while charges to project the
                threshold are from the MedPAR data with an inflation factor applied
                to the charges (as described earlier).
                 Step 1--Determine the MS-DRG and MS-DRG relative weight (from
                Table 5) for each claim based on the ICD-10-CM diagnosis and ICD-10-
                PCS procedure codes on the claim.
                 Step 2--Select the applicable average standardized amount
                depending on whether the hospital submitted qualifying quality data
                and is a meaningful EHR user, as described previously.
                 Step 3--Compute the operating and capital Federal payment rate:
                --Federal Payment Rate for Operating Costs = MS-DRG Relative Weight
                x [(Labor-Related Applicable Standardized Amount x Applicable CBSA
                Wage Index) + (Nonlabor-Related Applicable Standardized Amount x
                Cost-of-Living Adjustment)] x (1 + IME + (DSH * 0.25))
                --Federal Payment for Capital Costs = MS-DRG Relative Weight x
                Federal Capital Rate x Geographic Adjustment Fact x (l + IME + DSH)
                 Step 4--Determine operating and capital costs:
                --Operating Costs = (Billed Charges x Operating CCR)
                --Capital Costs = (Billed Charges x Capital CCR).
                 Step 5--Compute operating and capital outlier threshold (CMS
                applies a geographic adjustment to the operating and capital outlier
                threshold to account for local cost variation):
                --Operating CCR to Total CCR = (Operating CCR)/(Operating CCR +
                Capital CCR)
                --Operating Outlier Threshold = [Fixed Loss Threshold x ((Labor-
                Related Portion x CBSA Wage Index) + Nonlabor-Related portion)] x
                Operating CCR to Total CCR + Federal Payment with IME, DSH +
                Uncompensated Care Payment + New Technology Add-On Payment Amount
                --Capital CCR to Total CCR = (Capital CCR)/(Operating CCR + Capital
                CCR)
                --Capital Outlier Threshold = (Fixed Loss Threshold x Geographic
                Adjustment Factor x Capital CCR to Total CCR) + Federal Payment with
                IME and DSH
                 Step 6--Compute operating and capital outlier payments:
                --Marginal Cost Factor = 0.80 or 0.90 (depending on the MS-DRG)
                --Operating Outlier Payment = (Operating Costs-Operating Outlier
                Threshold) x Marginal Cost Factor
                --Capital Outlier Payment = (Capital Costs-Capital Outlier
                Threshold) x Marginal Cost Factor
                 The payment rate may then be further adjusted for hospitals that
                qualify for a low-volume payment adjustment under section
                1886(d)(12) of the Act and 42 CFR 412.101(b). The base-operating DRG
                payment amount may be further adjusted by the hospital readmissions
                payment adjustment and the hospital VBP payment adjustment as
                described under sections 1886(q) and 1886(o) of the Act,
                respectively. Payments also may be reduced by the 1-percent
                adjustment under the HAC Reduction Program as described in section
                1886(p) of the Act. We also make new technology add-on payments in
                accordance with section 1886(d)(5)(K) and (L) of the Act. Finally,
                we add the
                [[Page 25724]]
                uncompensated care payment to the total claim payment amount. As
                noted in the previous formula, we take uncompensated care payments
                and new technology add-on payments into consideration when
                calculating outlier payments.
                3. Hospital-Specific Rate (Applicable Only to SCHs and MDHs)
                a. Calculation of Hospital-Specific Rate
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(C) of the Act provides that SCHs are paid
                based on whichever of the following rates yields the greatest
                aggregate payment: The Federal rate; the updated hospital-specific
                rate based on FY 1982 costs per discharge; the updated hospital-
                specific rate based on FY 1987 costs per discharge; the updated
                hospital-specific rate based on FY 1996 costs per discharge; or the
                updated hospital-specific rate based on FY 2006 costs per discharge
                to determine the rate that yields the greatest aggregate payment.
                 As noted previously, the MDH program has been extended under
                current law for discharges occurring through September 30, 2022. For
                MDHs, the updated hospital-specific rate is based on FY 1982, FY
                1987, or FY 2002 costs per discharge, whichever yields the greatest
                aggregate payment.
                 For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the
                hospital-specific rates, we refer readers to the FY 1984 IPPS
                interim final rule (48 FR 39772); the April 20, 1990 final rule with
                comment period (55 FR 15150); the FY 1991 IPPS final rule (55 FR
                35994); and the FY 2001 IPPS final rule (65 FR 47082).
                b. Updating the FY 1982, FY 1987, FY 1996, FY 2002 and FY 2006
                Hospital-Specific Rate for FY 2022
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act provides that the
                applicable percentage increase applicable to the hospital-specific
                rates for SCHs and MDHs equals the applicable percentage increase
                set forth in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the same
                update factor as for all other hospitals subject to the IPPS).
                Because the Act sets the update factor for SCHs and MDHs equal to
                the update factor for all other IPPS hospitals, the update to the
                hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs is subject to the
                amendments to section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act made by sections
                3401(a) and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act. Accordingly, the
                proposed applicable percentage increases to the hospital-specific
                rates applicable to SCHs and MDHs are the following:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.332
                 For a complete discussion of the applicable percentage increase
                applied to the hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs, we refer
                readers to section V.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                 In addition, because SCHs and MDHs use the same MS-DRGs as other
                hospitals when they are paid based in whole or in part on the
                hospital-specific rate, the hospital-specific rate is adjusted by a
                budget neutrality factor to ensure that changes to the MS-DRG
                classifications and the recalibration of the MS-DRG relative weights
                are made in a manner so that aggregate IPPS payments are unaffected.
                Therefore, the hospital specific-rate for an SCH or an MDH is
                adjusted by the proposed MS-DRG reclassification and recalibration
                budget neutrality factor, as discussed in section III. of this
                Addendum and listed in the table in section II. of this Addendum.
                The resulting rate is used in determining the payment rate that an
                SCH or MDH would receive for its discharges beginning on or after
                October 1, 2021. We note that, in this proposed rule, for FY 2022,
                we are not proposing to make a documentation and coding adjustment
                to the hospital specific-rate. We refer readers to section II.D. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule for a complete discussion
                regarding our proposed policies and previously finalized policies
                (including our historical adjustments to the payment rates) relating
                to the effect of changes in documentation and coding that do not
                reflect real changes in case mix.
                III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Acute Care Hospital
                Inpatient Capital-Related Costs for FY 2022
                 The PPS for acute care hospital inpatient capital-related costs
                was implemented for cost reporting periods beginning on or after
                October 1, 1991. The basic methodology for determining Federal
                capital prospective rates is set forth in the regulations at 42 CFR
                412.308 through 412.352. In this section of this Addendum, we
                discuss the factors that we are proposing to use to determine the
                capital Federal rate for FY 2022, which would be effective for
                discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021.
                 All hospitals (except ``new'' hospitals under Sec.
                412.304(c)(2)) are paid based on the capital Federal rate. We
                annually update the capital standard Federal rate, as provided in
                Sec. 412.308(c)(1), to account for capital input price increases
                and other factors. The regulations at Sec. 412.308(c)(2) also
                provide that the capital Federal rate be adjusted annually by a
                factor equal to the estimated proportion of outlier payments under
                the capital Federal rate to total capital payments under the capital
                Federal rate. In addition, Sec. 412.308(c)(3) requires that the
                capital Federal rate be reduced by an adjustment factor equal to the
                estimated proportion of payments for exceptions under Sec. 412.348.
                (We note that, as discussed in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (77 FR 53705), there is generally no longer a need for an exceptions
                payment adjustment factor.) However, in limited circumstances, an
                additional payment exception for extraordinary circumstances is
                provided for under Sec. 412.348(f) for qualifying hospitals.
                Therefore, in accordance with Sec. 412.308(c)(3), an exceptions
                payment adjustment factor may need to be applied if such payments
                are made. Section 412.308(c)(4)(ii) requires that the capital
                standard Federal rate be adjusted so that the effects of the annual
                DRG reclassification and the recalibration of DRG weights and
                changes in the geographic adjustment factor (GAF) are budget
                neutral.
                 Section 412.374 provides for payments to hospitals located in
                Puerto Rico under the IPPS for acute care hospital inpatient
                capital-related costs, which currently specifies capital IPPS
                payments to hospitals located in Puerto Rico are based on 100
                percent of the Federal rate.
                A. Determination of the Proposed Federal Hospital Inpatient
                Capital-Related Prospective Payment Rate Update for FY 2022
                 In the discussion that follows, we explain the factors that we
                are proposing to use to determine the capital Federal rate for FY
                2022. In particular, we explain why the proposed FY 2022 capital
                Federal rate would increase approximately 1.22 percent, compared to
                the FY 2021 capital Federal rate. As discussed in the impact
                analysis in
                [[Page 25725]]
                Appendix A to this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we estimate
                that capital payments per discharge would increase approximately 0.5
                percent during that same period. Because capital payments constitute
                approximately 10 percent of hospital payments, a 1-percent change in
                the capital Federal rate yields only approximately a 0.1 percent
                change in actual payments to hospitals.
                 As discussed in section I.F of the preamble to this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to use FY 2019 data for the FY 2022
                ratesetting in situations where the FY 2020 data were significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Ordinarily, for this proposed rule, we
                would use claims from the FY 2020 MedPAR file for purposes of
                calculating the budget neutrality adjustment factors for changes
                resulting from the annual DRG reclassification and recalibration and
                changes in the GAF. However, as discussed in section I.F of the
                preamble to this proposed rule, we believe the FY 2020 claims data
                were significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Therefore, for the
                purposes of calculating these budget neutrality adjustment factors
                for FY 2022, we are proposing to use claims from the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file. Similarly, for this proposed
                rule, we ordinarily would use provider data from the December 2020
                update of the Provider Specific File (PSF) for purposes of
                calculating these budget neutrality adjustment factors. However, for
                some IPPS hospitals, the provider data in the December 2020 update
                of the PSF may have come from cost reports that ended during the
                COVID-19 PHE, and therefore we believe these data may be affected by
                the PHE. Therefore, for the purposes of calculating these budget
                neutrality adjustment factors for FY 2022, we are proposing to use
                provider data from the March 2020 update of the PSF, which was
                derived from cost reports ending prior to the COVID-19 PHE, except
                for those fields on the PSF not affected by the PHE. As discussed
                previously and in section I.O.1 of Appendix A, we are also
                considering an alternative approach that would use the FY 2020 data
                that we ordinarily would use in the FY 2022 IPPS ratesetting. To
                facilitate comments on this alternative approach, which we may
                consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on consideration of comments
                received, we are making available budget neutrality and other
                ratesetting adjustments calculated under this alternative approach.
                These data can be found on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.
                1. Projected Capital Standard Federal Rate Update
                 Under Sec. 412.308(c)(1), the capital standard Federal rate is
                updated on the basis of an analytical framework that takes into
                account changes in a capital input price index (CIPI) and several
                other policy adjustment factors. Specifically, we adjust the
                projected CIPI rate of change, as appropriate, each year for case-
                mix index-related changes, for intensity, and for errors in previous
                CIPI forecasts. The proposed update factor for FY 2022 under that
                framework is 0.7 percent based on a projected 1.0 percent increase
                in the proposed 2018-based CIPI, a proposed 0.0 percentage point
                adjustment for intensity, a proposed 0.0 percentage point adjustment
                for case-mix, a proposed 0.0 percentage point adjustment for the DRG
                reclassification and recalibration, and a proposed forecast error
                correction of -0.3 percentage point. As discussed in section III.C.
                of this Addendum, we continue to believe that the CIPI is the most
                appropriate input price index for capital costs to measure capital
                price changes in a given year. We also explain the basis for the FY
                2022 CIPI projection in that same section of this Addendum. In this
                proposed rule, we describe the policy adjustments that we are
                proposing to apply in the update framework for FY 2022.
                 The case-mix index is the measure of the average DRG weight for
                cases paid under the IPPS. Because the DRG weight determines the
                prospective payment for each case, any percentage increase in the
                case-mix index corresponds to an equal percentage increase in
                hospital payments.
                 The case-mix index can change for any of several reasons--
                 The average resource use of Medicare patient changes
                (``real'' case-mix change);
                 Changes in hospital documentation and coding of patient
                records result in higher-weighted DRG assignments (``coding
                effects''); or
                 The annual DRG reclassification and recalibration
                changes may not be budget neutral (``reclassification effect'').
                 We define real case-mix change as actual changes in the mix (and
                resource requirements) of Medicare patients, as opposed to changes
                in documentation and coding behavior that result in assignment of
                cases to higher-weighted DRGs, but do not reflect higher resource
                requirements. The capital update framework includes the same case-
                mix index adjustment used in the former operating IPPS update
                framework (as discussed in the May 18, 2004 IPPS proposed rule for
                FY 2005 (69 FR 28816)). (We no longer use an update framework to
                make a recommendation for updating the operating IPPS standardized
                amounts, as discussed in section II. of Appendix B to the FY 2006
                IPPS final rule (70 FR 47707).)
                 For FY 2022, we are projecting a 0.5 percent total increase in
                the case-mix index. We estimated that the real case-mix increase
                would equal 0.5 percent for FY 2022. The net adjustment for change
                in case-mix is the difference between the projected real increases
                in case mix and the projected total increase in case mix. Therefore,
                the proposed net adjustment for case-mix change in FY 2022 is 0.0
                percentage point.
                 The capital update framework also contains an adjustment for the
                effects of DRG reclassification and recalibration. This adjustment
                is intended to remove the effect on total payments of prior year's
                changes to the DRG classifications and relative weights, in order to
                retain budget neutrality for all case-mix index-related changes
                other than those due to patient severity of illness. Due to the lag
                time in the availability of data, there is a 2-year lag in data used
                to determine the adjustment for the effects of DRG reclassification
                and recalibration. For example, for this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule, we ordinarily would use the FY 2020 MedPAR claims
                data to evaluate the effects of the FY 2020 DRG reclassification and
                recalibration. However, for the reasons discussed in section I.F of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe the FY 2020 MedPAR
                claims data were significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Due to
                these impacts, we are proposing to not evaluate the effects of the
                FY 2020 DRG reclassification and recalibration as part of our update
                for FY 2022. Therefore, we are proposing to make a 0.0 percentage
                point adjustment for reclassification and recalibration in the
                update framework for FY 2022.
                 The capital update framework also contains an adjustment for
                forecast error. The input price index forecast is based on
                historical trends and relationships ascertainable at the time the
                update factor is established for the upcoming year. In any given
                year, there may be unanticipated price fluctuations that may result
                in differences between the actual increase in prices and the
                forecast used in calculating the update factors. In setting a
                prospective payment rate under the framework, we make an adjustment
                for forecast error only if our estimate of the change in the capital
                input price index for any year is off by 0.25 percentage point or
                more. There is a 2-year lag between the forecast and the
                availability of data to develop a measurement of the forecast error.
                Historically, when a forecast error of the CIPI is greater than 0.25
                percentage point in absolute terms, it is reflected in the update
                recommended under this framework. A forecast error of -0.3
                percentage point was calculated for the FY 2020 update, for which
                there are historical data. That is, current historical data
                indicated that the forecasted FY 2020 CIPI (1.5 percent) used in
                calculating the FY 2020 update factor was not the same percentage
                increase as the actual realized price increase (1.2 percent). As
                this exceeds the 0.25 percentage point threshold, we are proposing
                an adjustment of -0.3 percentage point for the forecast error in the
                update for FY 2022.
                 Under the capital IPPS update framework, we also make an
                adjustment for changes in intensity. Historically, we calculate this
                adjustment using the same methodology and data that were used in the
                past under the framework for operating IPPS. The intensity factor
                for the operating update framework reflects how hospital services
                are utilized to produce the final product, that is, the discharge.
                This component accounts for changes in the use of quality-enhancing
                services, for changes within DRG severity, and for expected
                modification of practice patterns to remove noncost-effective
                services. Our intensity measure is based on a 5-year average.
                 We calculate case-mix constant intensity as the change in total
                cost per discharge, adjusted for price level changes (the CPI for
                hospital and related services) and changes in real case-mix. Without
                reliable estimates of the proportions of the overall annual
                intensity changes that are due, respectively, to ineffective
                practice patterns and the combination of quality-enhancing new
                technologies and complexity within the DRG
                [[Page 25726]]
                system, we assume that one-half of the annual change is due to each
                of these factors. Thus, the capital update framework provides an
                add-on to the input price index rate of increase of one-half of the
                estimated annual increase in intensity, to allow for increases
                within DRG severity and the adoption of quality-enhancing
                technology.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to continue to use a
                Medicare-specific intensity measure that is based on a 5-year
                adjusted average of cost per discharge for FY 2022 (we refer readers
                to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 0436) for a full
                description of our Medicare-specific intensity measure).
                Specifically, for FY 2022, we are proposing to use an intensity
                measure that is based on an average of cost-per-discharge data from
                the 5-year period beginning with FY 2015 and extending through FY
                2019. Based on these data, we estimated that case-mix constant
                intensity declined during FYs 2015 through 2019. In the past, when
                we found intensity to be declining, we believed a zero (rather than
                a negative) intensity adjustment was appropriate. Consistent with
                this approach, because we estimated that intensity would decline
                during that 5-year period, we believe it is appropriate to continue
                to apply a zero-intensity adjustment for FY 2022. Therefore we are
                proposing to make a 0.0 percentage point adjustment for intensity in
                the update for FY 2022.
                 Earlier, we described the basis of the components we used to
                develop the proposed 0.7 percent capital update factor under the
                capital update framework for FY 2022, as shown in the following
                table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.333
                2. Outlier Payment Adjustment Factor
                 Section 412.312(c) establishes a unified outlier payment
                methodology for inpatient operating and inpatient capital-related
                costs. A shared threshold is used to identify outlier cases for both
                inpatient operating and inpatient capital-related payments. Section
                412.308(c)(2) provides that the standard Federal rate for inpatient
                capital-related costs be reduced by an adjustment factor equal to
                the estimated proportion of capital-related outlier payments to
                total inpatient capital-related PPS payments. The outlier threshold
                is set so that operating outlier payments are projected to be 5.1
                percent of total operating IPPS DRG payments. For FY 2022, we are
                proposing to incorporate the estimated outlier reconciliation
                payment amounts into the outlier threshold model, as we did for FY
                2021. (For more details on our proposal to incorporate outlier
                reconciliation payment amounts into the outlier threshold model,
                please see section II.A. of this Addendum to this proposed rule.)
                 For FY 2021, we estimated that outlier payments for capital-
                related PPS payments would equal 5.34 percent of inpatient capital-
                related payments based on the capital Federal rate in FY 2021. Based
                on the threshold discussed in section II.A. of this Addendum, we
                estimate that prior to taking into account projected capital outlier
                reconciliation payments, outlier payments for capital-related costs
                would equal 5.34 percent for inpatient capital-related payments
                based on the proposed capital Federal rate in FY 2022. However,
                using the methodology outlined in section II.A. of this Addendum, we
                estimate that taking into account projected capital outlier
                reconciliation payments would decrease FY 2022 aggregate estimated
                capital outlier payments by 0.01 percent. Therefore, accounting for
                estimated capital outlier reconciliation, the estimated outlier
                payments for capital-related PPS payments would equal 5.33 percent
                (5.34 percent-0.01 percent) of inpatient capital-related payments
                based on the capital Federal rate in FY 2022. Accordingly, we are
                proposing to apply an outlier adjustment factor of 0.9467 in
                determining the capital Federal rate for FY 2022. Thus, we estimate
                that the percentage of capital outlier payments to total capital
                Federal rate payments for FY 2022 would be slightly lower than the
                percentage for FY 2021.
                 The outlier reduction factors are not built permanently into the
                capital rates; that is, they are not applied cumulatively in
                determining the capital Federal rate. The proposed FY 2022 outlier
                adjustment of 0.9467 is a 0.01 percent change from the FY 2021
                outlier adjustment of 0.9466. Therefore, the proposed net change in
                the outlier adjustment to the capital Federal rate for FY 2022 is
                1.0001 (0.9467/0.9466) so that the proposed outlier adjustment would
                increase the FY 2022 capital Federal rate by approximately 0.01
                percent compared to the FY 2021 outlier adjustment.
                3. Budget Neutrality Adjustment Factor for Changes in DRG
                Classifications and Weights and the GAF
                 Section 412.308(c)(4)(ii) requires that the capital Federal rate
                be adjusted so that aggregate payments for the fiscal year based on
                the capital Federal rate, after any changes resulting from the
                annual DRG reclassification and recalibration and changes in the
                GAF, are projected to equal aggregate payments that would have been
                made on the basis of the capital Federal rate without such changes.
                 As discussed in section III.G.3. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42325
                through 42339), we finalized a policy to help reduce wage index
                disparities between high and low wage index hospitals by increasing
                the wage index values for hospitals with a wage index value below
                the 25th percentile wage index. We stated that this policy will be
                effective for at least 4 years, beginning in FY 2020. Therefore, as
                discussed in section III.G.3 of the preamble of this proposed rule,
                this policy was applied in FYs 2020 and 2021, and will continue to
                apply in FY 2022.
                [[Page 25727]]
                In FYs 2020 and 2021, we also placed a 5-percent cap on any decrease
                in a hospital's wage index from the hospital's final wage index in
                the prior fiscal year (see (84 FR 42336 through 42338) and (85 FR
                58753 through 58755), respectively). As discussed in section III.A.2
                of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are not proposing to apply
                this policy in FY 2022.
                 As we discussed in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR
                42638 through 42639), we augmented our historical methodology for
                computing the budget neutrality factor for changes in the GAFs in
                light of the effect of those wage index changes on the GAFs.
                Specifically, we established a 2-step methodology, under which we
                first calculate a factor to ensure budget neutrality for changes to
                the GAFs due to the update to the wage data, wage index
                reclassifications and redesignations, and application of the rural
                floor policy, consistent with our historical GAF budget neutrality
                factor methodology. (We note that in FY 2020 we adopted a policy to
                calculate the rural floor without including the wage data of urban
                hospitals that have reclassified as rural under Sec. 412.103. We
                are not proposing to change this policy in FY 2022.) In the second
                step, we calculate a factor to ensure budget neutrality for changes
                to the GAFs due to our policy to increase the wage index for
                hospitals with a wage index value below the 25th percentile wage
                index and our policy to place a 5-percent cap on any decrease in a
                hospital's wage index from the hospital's final wage index in the
                prior fiscal year in FYs 2020 and 2021. In this section, we refer to
                these two policies as the lowest quartile hospital wage index
                adjustment and the 5-percent cap on wage index decreases. Although
                we calculated separate factors for changes to the GAFs under each
                step of this 2-step methodology, our GAF/DRG budget neutrality
                factor reflected a single combined GAF budget neutrality factor that
                accounted for the budget neutrality calculations determined under
                each step of that methodology.
                 The budget neutrality factors applied for changes to the GAFs
                due to the update to the wage data, wage index reclassifications and
                redesignations, and application of the rural floor policy are built
                permanently into the capital Federal rate; that is, they are applied
                cumulatively in determining the capital Federal rate. In FY 2021, in
                using the single combined GAF budget neutrality factor that
                accounted for both steps of our 2-step methodology, we also treated
                the FY 2020 budget neutrality factor for the lowest quartile
                hospital wage index adjustment and the 5 percent cap on wage index
                decreases as a permanent factor and did not remove it from the FY
                2021 capital Federal rate. In this proposed rule, we are proposing
                to no longer permanently apply the budget neutrality factor for the
                lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment and the 5 percent cap
                on wage index decreases such that they would not be applied
                cumulatively in determining the capital Federal rate. We believe
                this is more technically appropriate because the GAFs with the
                lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment and the 5 percent cap
                on wage index decreases policies applied from the previous year are
                not used in the budget neutrality factor calculations for the
                current year. These GAFs are not used because the lowest quartile
                hospital wage index adjustment and the 5 percent cap on wage index
                decreases policies (when applicable) are applied after the out-
                migration and Frontier state adjustments, which are not subject to
                budget neutrality. Therefore, in order to continue to exclude the
                out-migration and Frontier state adjustments from budget neutrality,
                our budget neutrality calculations for permanent factors, as
                described in more detail later in this section, are determined from
                aggregate payments calculated using the GAFs from the previous year
                prior to the application of the out-migration and frontier state
                adjustment (and by extension the lowest quartile hospital wage index
                adjustment and 5-percent cap on wage index decreases). As a result,
                the budget neutrality factor for the lowest quartile hospital wage
                index adjustment and the 5 percent cap on wage index decreases only
                ensures budget neutrality for the application of those policies
                within the year, but not for a change in the policy as compared to
                the prior year. Accordingly and consistent with this proposed
                approach, prior to calculating the GAF budget neutrality factors for
                FY 2022, we are proposing to remove from the capital Federal rate
                the cumulative effect of the budget neutrality factor applied in FYs
                2020 and 2021 for the lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment
                and the 5 percent cap on wage index decreases. Specifically, we are
                proposing to divide the capital Federal rate by a factor of 0.9927,
                which accounts for the cumulative effect of the FY 2020 budget
                neutrality factor of 0.9964 (84 FR 42639) and the FY 2021 budget
                neutrality factor of 0.9963 (85 FR 59047) (0.9964 x 0.9963 =
                0.9927).
                 In light of the proposed changes to the wage index and the
                continuation of the lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment
                policy in FY 2022 discussed previously, which directly affects the
                GAF, we are proposing to continue to compute a budget neutrality
                factor for changes in the GAFs in two steps. We discuss our proposed
                2-step calculation of the proposed GAF budget neutrality factors for
                FY 2022 as follows.
                 To determine the GAF budget neutrality factors for FY 2022, we
                first compared estimated aggregate capital Federal rate payments
                based on the FY 2021 MS-DRG classifications and relative weights and
                the FY 2021 GAFs to estimated aggregate capital Federal rate
                payments based on the FY 2021 MS-DRG classifications and relative
                weights and the proposed FY 2022 GAFs without incorporating the
                lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment. To achieve budget
                neutrality for these proposed changes in the GAFs, we calculated an
                incremental GAF budget neutrality adjustment factor of 1.0000 for FY
                2022. Next, we compared estimated aggregate capital Federal rate
                payments based on the proposed FY 2022 GAFs with and without the
                lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment. For this
                calculation, estimated aggregate capital Federal rate payments were
                calculated using the proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG classifications and
                relative weights and the proposed FY 2022 GAFs (both with and
                without the lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment). (We
                note, for this calculation the proposed GAFs included the out-
                migration and Frontier state adjustments. We further note that this
                calculation will include the imputed floor adjustment in the FY 2022
                final rule. As discussed in section III.X. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, given the recent enactment of section 9831 of Pub. L.
                117-2 on March 11, 2021 (which provides for the application of the
                imputed floor adjustment in a non-budget neutral manner beginning in
                FY 2022), there was not sufficient time available to incorporate the
                imputed floor required by this provision into the calculation of the
                provider wage index for this proposed rule.) To achieve budget
                neutrality for the effects of the lowest quartile hospital wage
                index adjustment on the proposed FY 2022 GAFs, we calculated an
                incremental GAF budget neutrality adjustment factor of 0.9976. As
                discussed earlier in this section, we are proposing that the lowest
                quartile hospital wage index adjustment factor not be permanently
                built into the capital Federal rate. Consistent with this proposal,
                and unlike in previous rules, we present the calculated lowest
                quartile hospital wage index adjustment factor calculated under the
                second step of this 2-step methodology separately from the other
                calculated budget neutrality factors in the discussion that follows,
                and this factor is not included in the calculation of the combined
                proposed GAF/DRG adjustment factor described later in this section.
                 We compared estimated aggregate capital Federal rate payments
                based on the FY 2021 MS-DRG classifications and relative weights and
                the proposed FY 2022 GAFs (without the lowest quartile hospital wage
                index adjustment) to estimated aggregate capital Federal rate
                payments based on the proposed FY 2022 MS-DRG classifications and
                relative weights and the proposed FY 2022 GAFs (without the lowest
                quartile hospital wage index adjustment). The proposed incremental
                adjustment factor for DRG classifications and changes in relative
                weights is 1.0001.
                 The proposed incremental adjustment factor for proposed MS-DRG
                classifications and changes in relative weights (1.0001) and for
                proposed changes in the FY 2022 GAFs due to the proposed update to
                the wage data, wage index reclassifications and redesignations, and
                application of the rural floor policy (1.0000) is 1.0001 (1.0001 x
                1.0000). This incremental adjustment factor is built permanently
                into the capital Federal rates. To achieve budget neutrality for the
                effects of the lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment on the
                FY 2022 GAFs, as described previously, we calculated a proposed
                budget neutrality adjustment factor of 0.9976 for FY 2022.
                 We applied the budget neutrality adjustment factors described
                previously to the capital Federal rate. This follows the requirement
                under Sec. 412.308(c)(4)(ii) that estimated aggregate payments each
                year be no more or less than they would have been in the absence of
                the annual DRG reclassification and recalibration and changes in the
                GAFs.
                [[Page 25728]]
                 The methodology used to determine the recalibration and
                geographic adjustment factor (GAF/DRG) budget neutrality adjustment
                is similar to the methodology used in establishing budget neutrality
                adjustments under the IPPS for operating costs. One difference is
                that, under the operating IPPS, the budget neutrality adjustments
                for the effect of updates to the wage data, wage index
                reclassifications and redesignations, and application of the rural
                floor policy are determined separately. Under the capital IPPS,
                there is a single budget neutrality adjustment factor for changes in
                the GAF that result from updates to the wage data, wage index
                reclassifications and redesignations, and application of the rural
                floor policy. In addition, there is no adjustment for the effects
                that geographic reclassification or the lowest quartile hospital
                wage index adjustment described previously have on the other payment
                parameters, such as the payments for DSH or IME.
                 The proposed incremental GAF/DRG adjustment factor of 1.0001
                accounts for the proposed MS-DRG reclassifications and recalibration
                and for proposed changes in the GAFs that result from proposed
                updates to the wage data, the effects on the GAFs of FY 2022
                geographic reclassification decisions made by the MGCRB compared to
                FY 2021 decisions, and the application of the rural floor policy.
                The proposed lowest quartile hospital wage index adjustment factor
                of 0.9976 accounts for changes in the GAFs that result from our
                policy to increase the wage index values for hospitals with a wage
                index value below the 25th percentile wage index. However, these
                factors do not account for changes in payments due to changes in the
                DSH and IME adjustment factors.
                4. Proposed Capital Federal Rate for FY 2022
                 For FY 2021, we established a capital Federal rate of $466.21
                (85 FR 59048, as corrected in 85 FR 78756). We are proposing to
                establish an update of 0.70 percent in determining the FY 2022
                capital Federal rate for all hospitals. As a result of this proposed
                update and the proposed budget neutrality factors discussed earlier,
                we are proposing to establish a national capital Federal rate of
                $471.89 for FY 2022. The proposed national capital Federal rate for
                FY 2022 was calculated as follows:
                 The proposed FY 2022 update factor is 1.007; that is,
                the proposed update is 0.7 percent.
                 The proposed FY 2022 GAF/DRG budget neutrality
                adjustment factor that is applied to the capital Federal rate for
                proposed changes in the MS-DRG classifications and relative weights
                and proposed changes in the GAFs that result from updates to the
                wage data, wage index reclassifications and redesignations, and
                application of the rural floor policy is 1.0001.
                 The proposed FY 2022 lowest quartile hospital wage
                index budget neutrality adjustment factor that is applied to the
                capital Federal rate for changes in the GAFs that result from our
                policy to increase the wage index values for hospitals with a wage
                index value below the 25th percentile wage index is 0.9976.
                 The proposed FY 2022 outlier adjustment factor is
                0.9467.
                 We are providing the following chart that shows how each of the
                proposed factors and adjustments for FY 2022 affects the computation
                of the proposed FY 2022 national capital Federal rate in comparison
                to the FY 2021 national capital Federal rate. The proposed FY 2022
                update factor has the effect of increasing the capital Federal rate
                by 0.70 percent compared to the FY 2021 capital Federal rate. The
                proposed GAF/DRG budget neutrality adjustment factor has the effect
                of increasing the capital Federal rate by 0.01 percent. The proposed
                FY 2022 lowest quartile hospital wage index budget neutrality
                adjustment factor has the effect of increasing the capital Federal
                rate by 0.49 percent compared to the FY 2021 capital Federal rate.
                The proposed FY 2022 outlier adjustment factor has the effect of
                increasing the capital Federal rate by 0.01 percent compared to the
                FY 2021 capital Federal rate. The combined effect of all the
                proposed changes would increase the national capital Federal rate by
                approximately 1.22 percent, compared to the FY 2021 national capital
                Federal rate.
                [[Page 25729]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.334
                B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient Capital-Related
                Prospective Payments for FY 2022
                 For purposes of calculating payments for each discharge during
                FY 2022, the capital Federal rate is adjusted as follows: (Standard
                Federal Rate) x (DRG weight) x (GAF) x (COLA for hospitals located
                in Alaska and Hawaii) x (1 + DSH Adjustment Factor + IME Adjustment
                Factor, if applicable). The result is the adjusted capital Federal
                rate.
                 Hospitals also may receive outlier payments for those cases that
                qualify under the threshold established for each fiscal year.
                Section 412.312(c) provides for a shared threshold to identify
                outlier cases for both inpatient operating and inpatient capital-
                related payments. The proposed outlier threshold for FY 2022 is in
                section II.A. of this Addendum. For FY 2022, a case will qualify as
                a cost outlier if the cost for the case plus the (operating) IME and
                DSH payments (including both the empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payment and the estimated uncompensated care payment, as discussed
                in section II.A.4.j. of this Addendum) is greater than the
                prospective payment rate for the MS-DRG plus the proposed fixed-loss
                amount of $30,967.
                 Currently, as provided under Sec. 412.304(c)(2), we pay a new
                hospital 85 percent of its reasonable costs during the first 2 years
                of operation, unless it elects to receive payment based on 100
                percent of the capital Federal rate. Effective with the third year
                of operation, we pay the hospital based on 100 percent of the
                capital Federal rate (that is, the same methodology used to pay all
                other hospitals subject to the capital PPS).
                C. Capital Input Price Index
                1. Background
                 Like the operating input price index, the capital input price
                index (CIPI) is a fixed-weight price index that measures the price
                changes associated with capital costs during a given year. The CIPI
                differs from the operating input price index in one important
                aspect--the CIPI reflects the vintage nature of capital, which is
                the acquisition and use of capital over time. Capital expenses in
                any given year are determined by the stock of capital in that year
                (that is, capital that remains on hand from all current and prior
                capital acquisitions). An index measuring capital price changes
                needs to reflect this vintage nature of capital. Therefore, the CIPI
                was developed to capture the vintage nature of capital by using a
                weighted-average of past capital purchase prices up to and including
                the current year.
                 We periodically update the base year for the operating and
                capital input price indexes to reflect the changing composition of
                inputs for operating and capital expenses. For this FY 2022 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing to rebase and revise the
                IPPS operating and capital market baskets to reflect a 2018 base
                year. For a complete discussion of this rebasing, we refer readers
                to section IV. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
                2. Forecast of the CIPI for FY 2022
                 Based on IHS Global Inc.'s fourth quarter 2020 forecast, for
                this proposed rule, we are forecasting the proposed 2018-based CIPI
                to increase 1.0 percent in FY 2022. This reflects a projected 1.7
                percent increase in vintage-weighted depreciation prices (building
                and fixed equipment, and movable equipment), and a projected 3.0
                percent increase in other capital expense prices in FY 2022,
                partially offset by a projected 3.7 percent decline in vintage-
                weighted interest expense prices in FY 2022. The weighted average of
                these three factors produces the forecasted 1.0 percent increase for
                the proposed 2018-based CIPI in FY 2022. We are also proposing that
                if more recent data becomes available (for example, a more recent
                estimate of the increase in the 2018-based CIPI), we would use such
                data, if appropriate, to determine the FY 2022 increase in the 2018-
                based CIPI for the final rule.
                [[Page 25730]]
                IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Excluded Hospitals: Rate-of-
                Increase Percentages for FY 2022
                 Payments for services furnished in children's hospitals, 11
                cancer hospitals, and hospitals located outside the 50 States, the
                District of Columbia and Puerto Rico (that is, short-term acute care
                hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
                Mariana Islands, and American Samoa) that are excluded from the IPPS
                are made on the basis of reasonable costs based on the hospital's
                own historical cost experience, subject to a rate-of-increase
                ceiling. A per discharge limit (the target amount, as defined in
                Sec. 413.40(a) of the regulations) is set for each hospital, based
                on the hospital's own cost experience in its base year, and updated
                annually by a rate-of-increase percentage specified in Sec.
                413.40(c)(3). In addition, as specified in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38536), effective for cost reporting periods
                beginning during FY 2018, the annual update to the target amount for
                extended neoplastic disease care hospitals (hospitals described in
                Sec. 412.22(i) of the regulations) also is the rate-of-increase
                percentage specified in Sec. 413.40(c)(3). (We note that, in
                accordance with Sec. 403.752(a), religious nonmedical health care
                institutions (RNHCIs) are also subject to the rate-of increase
                limits established under Sec. 413.40 of the regulations.)
                 We are proposing to rebase and revise the IPPS operating basket
                to a 2018 base year. Therefore, we are proposing to use the
                percentage increase in the 2018-based IPPS operating market basket
                to update the target amounts for children's hospitals, the 11 cancer
                hospitals, RNHCIs, short-term acute care hospitals located in the
                U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                American Samoa, and extended neoplastic disease care hospitals for
                FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years. Accordingly, for FY 2022, the
                rate-of-increase percentage to be applied to the target amount for
                these hospitals would be the FY 2022 percentage increase in the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS operating market basket.
                 For this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, based on IGI's
                2020 fourth quarter forecast, we estimate that the proposed 2018-
                based IPPS operating market basket update for FY 2022 would be 2.5
                percent (that is, the estimate of the market basket rate-of-
                increase). Based on this estimate, the FY 2022 rate-of-increase
                percentage that would be applied to the FY 2021 target amounts in
                order to calculate the FY 2022 target amounts for children's
                hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals, RNCHIs, short-term acute care
                hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
                Mariana Islands, and American Samoa, and extended neoplastic disease
                care hospitals would be 2.5 percent, in accordance with the
                applicable regulations at 42 CFR 413.40. However, we are proposing
                that if more recent data become available for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we would use such data, if appropriate, to calculate
                the final IPPS operating market basket update for FY 2022.
                 IRFs and rehabilitation distinct part units, IPFs and
                psychiatric units, and LTCHs are excluded from the IPPS and paid
                under their respective PPSs. The IRF PPS, the IPF PPS, and the LTCH
                PPS are updated annually. We refer readers to section VII. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule and section V. of the Addendum to
                this proposed rule for the proposed changes to the Federal payment
                rates for LTCHs under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022. The annual updates
                for the IRF PPS and the IPF PPS are issued by the agency in separate
                Federal Register documents.
                V. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rates for the LTCH PPS for FY 2022
                A. Proposed LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate for FY 2022
                1. Overview
                 In section VIII. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss our annual updates to the payment rates, factors, and
                specific policies under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022.
                 Under Sec. 412.523(c)(3) of the regulations, for FY 2012 and
                subsequent years, we updated the standard Federal payment rate by
                the most recent estimate of the LTCH PPS market basket at that time,
                including additional statutory adjustments required by sections
                1886(m)(3) (citing sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) and 1886(m)(4) of
                the Act as set forth in the regulations at Sec. 412.523(c)(3)(viii)
                through (xvii)). (For a summary of the payment rate development
                prior to FY 2012, we refer readers to the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (82 FR 38310 through 38312) and references therein.)
                 Section 1886(m)(3)(A) of the Act specifies that, for rate year
                2012 and each subsequent rate year, any annual update to the
                standard Federal payment rate shall be reduced by the productivity
                adjustment described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act
                (which we refer to as ``the multifactor productivity (MFP)
                adjustment'') as discussed in section VIII.C.2 of the preamble of
                this proposed rule. This section of the Act further provides that
                the application of section 1886(m)(3)(B) of the Act may result in
                the annual update being less than zero for a rate year, and may
                result in payment rates for a rate year being less than such payment
                rates for the preceding rate year. (As noted in section VIII.C.2. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, the annual update to the LTCH
                PPS occurs on October 1 and we have adopted the term ``fiscal year''
                (FY) rather than ``rate year'' (RY) under the LTCH PPS beginning
                October 1, 2010. Therefore, for purposes of clarity, when discussing
                the annual update for the LTCH PPS, including the provisions of the
                Affordable Care Act, we use the term ``fiscal year'' rather than
                ``rate year'' for 2011 and subsequent years.)
                 For LTCHs that fail to submit the required quality reporting
                data in accordance with the LTCH QRP, the annual update is reduced
                by 2.0 percentage points as required by section 1886(m)(5) of the
                Act.
                2. Development of the Proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS Standard Federal
                Payment Rate
                 Consistent with our historical practice and Sec.
                412.523(c)(3)(xvii), for FY 2022 we are proposing to apply the
                annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate from the
                previous year. Furthermore, in determining the proposed LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022, we also are proposing to
                make certain regulatory adjustments, consistent with past practices.
                Specifically, in determining the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate, we are proposing to apply a budget neutrality
                adjustment factor for the changes related to the area wage level
                adjustment (that is, changes to the wage data and labor-related
                share) as discussed in section V.B.5. of this Addendum to this
                proposed rule.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to establish an annual
                update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate of 2.2 percent
                (that is, the most recent estimate of the LTCH PPS market basket
                increase of 2.4 percent less the MFP adjustment of 0.2 percentage
                point). Therefore, in accordance with Sec. 412.523(c)(3)(xvii), we
                are proposing to apply a factor of 1.022 to the FY 2021 LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate of $ 43,755.34 to determine the
                proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate. Also, in
                accordance with Sec. 412.523(c)(3)(xvii) and Sec. 412.523(c)(4),
                we are required to reduce the annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate by 2.0 percentage points for LTCHs that fail to
                submit the required quality reporting data for FY 2022 as required
                under the LTCH QRP. Therefore, we are proposing to establish an
                annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate of 0.2
                percent (that is, an update factor of 1.002) for FY 2022 for LTCHs
                that fail to submit the required quality reporting data for FY 2022
                as required under the LTCH QRP. Consistent with Sec. 412.523(d)(4),
                we are proposing to apply an area wage level budget neutrality
                factor to the FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate of
                1.002458, based on the best available data at this time, to ensure
                that any proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment (that
                is, the proposed annual update of the wage index and labor-related
                share) would not result in any change (increase or decrease) in
                estimated aggregate LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments.
                Accordingly, we are proposing to establish an LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate of $44,827.87 (calculated as $43,755.34 x 1.022
                x 1.002458) for FY 2022. For LTCHs that fail to submit quality
                reporting data for FY 2022, in accordance with the requirements of
                the LTCH QRP under section 1866(m)(5) of the Act, we are proposing
                to establish an LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate of $43,950.62
                (calculated as $43,755.34 x 1.002 x 1.002458) for FY 2022.
                B. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage Levels Under the LTCH PPS for
                FY 2022
                1. Background
                 Under the authority of section 123 of the BBRA, as amended by
                section 307(b) of the BIPA, we established an adjustment to the LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate to account for differences in LTCH
                area wage levels under Sec. 412.525(c). The labor-related share of
                the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate is adjusted to account
                for geographic differences in area wage levels by applying the
                applicable LTCH PPS wage index. The applicable LTCH PPS wage index
                [[Page 25731]]
                is computed using wage data from inpatient acute care hospitals
                without regard to reclassification under section 1886(d)(8) or
                section 1886(d)(10) of the Act.
                 The proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate wage
                index values that would be applicable for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021,
                through September 30, 2022, are presented in Table 12A (for urban
                areas) and Table 12B (for rural areas), which are listed in section
                VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule and available via the
                internet on the CMS website.
                2. Proposed Geographic Classifications (Labor Market Areas) for the
                LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate
                 In adjusting for the differences in area wage levels under the
                LTCH PPS, the labor-related portion of an LTCH's Federal prospective
                payment is adjusted by using an appropriate area wage index based on
                the geographic classification (labor market area) in which the LTCH
                is located. Specifically, the application of the LTCH PPS area wage
                level adjustment under existing Sec. 412.525(c) is made based on
                the location of the LTCH--either in an ``urban area,'' or a ``rural
                area,'' as defined in Sec. 412.503. Under Sec. 412.503, an ``urban
                area'' is defined as a Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA) (which
                includes a Metropolitan division, where applicable), as defined by
                the Executive OMB, and a ``rural area'' is defined as any area
                outside of an urban area (75 FR 37246).
                 The geographic classifications (labor market area definitions)
                currently used under the LTCH PPS, effective for discharges
                occurring on or after October 1, 2014, are based on the Core Based
                Statistical Areas (CBSAs) established by OMB, which are based on the
                2010 decennial census data. In general, the current statistical
                areas (which were implemented beginning with FY 2015) are based on
                revised OMB delineations issued on February 28, 2013 in OMB Bulletin
                No. 13-01. (We note we have adopted minor revisions and updates in
                the years between the decennial censuses.) We adopted these labor
                market area delineations because they were at that time based on the
                best available data that reflect the local economies and area wage
                levels of the hospitals that are currently located in these
                geographic areas. We also believed that these OMB delineations would
                ensure that the LTCH PPS area wage level adjustment most
                appropriately accounted for and reflected the relative hospital wage
                levels in the geographic area of the hospital as compared to the
                national average hospital wage level. We noted that this policy was
                consistent with the IPPS policy adopted in FY 2015 under Sec.
                412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D) (79 FR 49951 through 49963). (For additional
                information on the CBSA-based labor market area (geographic
                classification) delineations currently used under the LTCH PPS and
                the history of the labor market area definitions used under the LTCH
                PPS, we refer readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR
                50180 through 50185).)
                 In general, it is our historical practice to update the CBSA-
                based labor market area delineations annually based on the most
                recent updates issued by OMB. Generally, OMB issues major revisions
                to statistical areas every 10 years, based on the results of the
                decennial census. However, OMB occasionally issues minor updates and
                revisions to statistical areas in the years between the decennial
                censuses. OMB Bulletin No. 17-01, issued August 15, 2017,
                established the delineations for the Nation's statistical areas, and
                the corresponding changes to the CBSA-based labor market areas were
                adopted in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41731). A
                copy of this bulletin may be obtained on the website at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/whitehouse.gov/files/omb/bulletins/2017/b-17-01.pdf.
                 On April 10, 2018, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 18-03, which
                superseded the August 15, 2017, OMB Bulletin No. 17-01. On September
                14, 2018, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 18-04, which superseded the
                April 10, 2018, OMB Bulletin No. 18-03. These bulletins established
                revised delineations for Metropolitan Statistical Areas,
                Micropolitan Statistical Areas, and Combined Statistical Areas, and
                provided guidance on the use of the delineations of these
                statistical areas based on the standards published on June 28, 2010
                (75 FR 37246), and Census Bureau data. We adopted the updates set
                forth in OMB Bulletin No. 18-04 in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 59050 through 59051). A copy of the September 14, 2018,
                OMB Bulletin No. 18-04, may be obtained at https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Bulletin-18-04.pdf.
                 On March 6, 2020, OMB issued Bulletin No. 20-01, which provided
                updates to and superseded OMB Bulletin No. 18-04, which was issued
                on September 14, 2018. The attachments to OMB Bulletin No. 20-01
                provided detailed information on the update to statistical areas
                since September 14, 2018. (For a copy of this bulletin, we refer
                readers to the following website: https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Bulletin-20-01.pdf). In OMB Bulletin No. 20-
                01, OMB announced one new Micropolitan Statistical Area and one new
                component of an existing Combined Statistical Area.
                 After reviewing OMB Bulletin No. 20-01, we have determined that
                the changes in Bulletin 20-01 encompassed delineation changes that
                would not affect the CBSA-based labor market area delineations used
                under the LTCH PPS. Specifically, all changes were to New England
                City and Town Area delineations (NECTA) and the redesignation of a
                single rural county into a newly created Micropolitan Statistical
                Area. The LTCH PPS CBSA-based labor market area delineations do not
                utilize NECTA definitions, and considers hospitals located in
                Micropolitan Statistical Areas in each State's rural area.
                Therefore, we are proposing to adopt the updates set forth in OMB
                Bulletin No. 20-01; however, specific wage index updates are not
                necessary as a result of the adopting the updates.
                 We believe the CBSA-based labor market area delineations as
                established in OMB Bulletin 20-01 will ensure that the LTCH PPS area
                wage level adjustment most appropriately accounts for and reflects
                the relative hospital wage levels in the geographic area of the
                hospital as compared to the national average hospital wage level
                based on the best available data that reflect the local economies
                and area wage levels of the hospitals that are currently located in
                these geographic areas (81 FR 57298). Therefore, in this proposed
                rule, under the authority of section 123 of the BBRA, as amended by
                section 307(b) of the BIPA, we are proposing to adopt the revisions
                announced in OMB Bulletin No. 20-01 to the CBSA-based labor market
                area delineations under the LTCH PPS, effective October 1, 2022. As
                already noted, our proposal to adopt the updates set forth in OMB
                Bulletin No. 20-01 will not alter the LTCH PPS area wage level
                adjustment because our CBSA-based labor market area delineations are
                the same as the CBSA-based labor market area delineations adopted in
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule based on OMB Bulletin No. 18-04
                (85 FR 59050 through 59051). We also note that, as discussed in
                section III.A.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are also
                proposing to use these CBSA-based delineations under the IPPS.
                 We note that, in connection with our adoption in FY 2021 of the
                updates in OMB bulletin 18-04, for FY 2021 we adopted a policy to
                place a 5 percent cap on any decrease in an LTCH's wage index from
                the LTCH's final wage index in FY 2020, so that an LTCH's wage index
                for FY 2021 would not be less than 95 percent of its wage index for
                FY 2020. We refer the reader to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 59052 through 59053) for a complete discussion of this
                transition. As finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
                this transition expires at the end of FY 2021.
                3. Proposed Labor-Related Share for the LTCH PPS Standard Federal
                Payment Rate
                 Under the payment adjustment for the differences in area wage
                levels under Sec. 412.525(c), the labor-related share of an LTCH's
                standard Federal payment rate payment is adjusted by the applicable
                wage index for the labor market area in which the LTCH is located.
                The LTCH PPS labor-related share currently represents the sum of the
                labor-related portion of operating costs and a labor-related portion
                of capital costs using the applicable LTCH market basket. Additional
                background information on the historical development of the labor-
                related share under the LTCH PPS can be found in the RY 2007 LTCH
                PPS final rule (71 FR 27810 through 27817 and 27829 through 27830)
                and the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51766 through 51769
                and 51808).
                 For FY 2013, we rebased and revised the market basket used under
                the LTCH PPS by adopting a 2009-based LTCH market basket. In
                addition, for FY 2013 through FY 2016, we determined the labor-
                related share annually as the sum of the relative importance of each
                labor-related cost category of the 2009-based LTCH market basket for
                the respective fiscal year based on the best available data. (For
                more details, we refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (77 FR 53477 through 53479).) For FY 2017, we rebased and
                revised the 2009-based LTCH market basket to reflect a 2013 base
                year. In addition, for FY 2017 through FY 2020, we determined
                [[Page 25732]]
                the labor-related share annually as the sum of the relative
                importance of each labor-related cost category of the 2013-based
                LTCH market basket for the respective fiscal year based on the best
                available data. (For more details, we refer readers to the FY 2017
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 57085 through 57096).) Then,
                effective for FY 2021, we rebased and revised the 2013-based LTCH
                market basket to reflect a 2017 base year and determined the labor-
                related share annually as the sum of the relative importance of each
                labor-related cost category in the 2017 based LTCH market basket
                using the most recent available data. (For more details, we refer
                readers to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 58909 through
                58926).)
                 In this proposed rule, consistent with our historical practice,
                we are proposing to establish that the LTCH PPS labor-related share
                for FY 2022 is the sum of the FY 2022 relative importance of each
                labor-related cost category in the LTCH market basket using the most
                recent available data. Specifically, we are proposing to establish
                that the labor-related share for FY 2022 includes the sum of the
                labor-related portion of operating costs from the 2017-based LTCH
                market basket (that is, the sum of the FY 2022 relative importance
                shares of Wages and Salaries; Employee Benefits; Professional Fees:
                Labor-Related; Administrative and Facilities Support Services;
                Installation, Maintenance, and Repair Services; All Other: Labor-
                related Services) and a portion of the relative importance of
                Capital-Related cost weight from the 2017-based LTCH market basket.
                The relative importance reflects the different rates of price change
                for these cost categories between the base year (2017) and FY 2022.
                Based on IHS Global Inc.'s fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the 2017-
                based LTCH market basket, the sum of the FY 2022 relative importance
                for Wages and Salaries, Employee Benefits, Professional Fees: Labor-
                related, Administrative and Facilities Support Services,
                Installation Maintenance & Repair Services, and All Other: Labor-
                related Services is 63.7 percent. The portion of capital-related
                costs that is influenced by the local labor market is estimated to
                be 46 percent (that is, the same percentage applied to the 2009-
                based and 2013-based LTCH market baskets). Since the FY 2022
                relative importance for Capital-Related costs is 9.4 percent based
                on IHS Global Inc.'s fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the 2017-based
                LTCH market basket, we took 46 percent of 9.4 percent to determine
                the labor-related share of capital-related for FY 2022 of 4.3
                percent. Therefore, we are proposing to establish a total labor-
                related share for FY 2022 of 68.0 percent (the sum of 63.7 percent
                for the operating cost and 4.3 percent for the labor-related share
                of capital-related cost).
                4. Proposed Wage Index for FY 2022 for the LTCH PPS Standard Federal
                Payment Rate
                 Historically, we have established LTCH PPS area wage index
                values calculated from acute care IPPS hospital wage data without
                taking into account geographic reclassification under sections
                1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act (67 FR 56019). The area wage
                level adjustment established under the LTCH PPS is based on an
                LTCH's actual location without regard to the ``urban'' or ``rural''
                designation of any related or affiliated provider.
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59051 through
                59052), we calculated the FY 2021 LTCH PPS area wage index values
                using the same data used for the FY 2021 acute care hospital IPPS
                (that is, data from cost reporting periods beginning during FY
                2017), without taking into account geographic reclassification under
                sections 1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act, as these were the
                most recent complete data available at that time. In that same final
                rule, we indicated that we computed the FY 2021 LTCH PPS area wage
                index values consistent with the urban and rural geographic
                classifications (labor market areas) that were in place at that time
                and consistent with the pre-reclassified IPPS wage index policy
                (that is, our historical policy of not taking into account IPPS
                geographic reclassifications in determining payments under the LTCH
                PPS). As with the IPPS wage index, wage data for multicampus
                hospitals with campuses located in different labor market areas
                (CBSAs) are apportioned to each CBSA where the campus (or campuses)
                are located. We also continued to use our existing policy for
                determining area wage index values for areas where there are no IPPS
                wage data.
                 Consistent with our historical methodology, to determine the
                applicable area wage index values for the FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate, under the broad authority of section 123 of
                the BBRA, as amended by section 307(b) of the BIPA, we are proposing
                to continue to employ our historical practice of using the same data
                we are proposing to use to compute the proposed FY 2022 acute care
                hospital inpatient wage index, as discussed in section III. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule (that is, wage data collected from
                cost reports submitted by IPPS hospitals for cost reporting periods
                beginning during FY 2018) because these data are the most recent
                complete data available.
                 In addition, we are proposing to compute the FY 2022 LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate area wage index values consistent with
                the ``urban'' and ``rural'' geographic classifications (that is, the
                proposed labor market area delineations as previously discussed in
                section V.B. of this Addendum) and our historical policy of not
                taking into account IPPS geographic reclassifications under sections
                1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act in determining payments under
                the LTCH PPS. We are also proposing to continue to apportion the
                wage data for multicampus hospitals with campuses located in
                different labor market areas to each CBSA where the campus or
                campuses are located, consistent with the IPPS policy. Lastly,
                consistent with our existing methodology for determining the LTCH
                PPS wage index values, for FY 2022 we are proposing to continue to
                use our existing policy for determining area wage index values for
                areas where there are no IPPS wage data. Under our existing
                methodology, the LTCH PPS wage index value for urban CBSAs with no
                IPPS wage data is determined by using an average of all of the urban
                areas within the State, and the LTCH PPS wage index value for rural
                areas with no IPPS wage data is determined by using the unweighted
                average of the wage indices from all of the CBSAs that are
                contiguous to the rural counties of the State.
                 Based on the FY 2018 IPPS wage data that we are proposing to use
                to determine the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate area wage index values in this final rule, there are no IPPS
                wage data for the urban area of Hinesville, GA (CBSA 25980).
                Consistent with our existing methodology, we calculated the proposed
                FY 2022 wage index value for CBSA 25980 as the average of the wage
                index values for all of the other urban areas within the State of
                Georgia (that is, CBSAs 10500, 12020, 12060, 12260, 15260, 16860,
                17980, 19140, 23580, 31420, 40660, 42340, 46660 and 47580), as shown
                in Table 12A, which is listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this
                proposed rule and available via the internet on the CMS website at:
                https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/LongTermCareHospitalPPS/wageindex.
                 Based on the FY 2018 IPPS wage data that we are proposing to use
                to determine the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate area wage index values in this proposed rule, there are no
                rural areas without IPPS hospital wage data. Therefore, it is not
                necessary to use our established methodology to calculate a proposed
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate wage index value for rural
                areas with no IPPS wage data for FY 2022. We note that, as IPPS wage
                data are dynamic, it is possible that the number of rural areas
                without IPPS wage data will vary in the future.
                5. Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustments for Changes to the LTCH PPS
                Standard Federal Payment Rate Area Wage Level Adjustment
                 Historically, the LTCH PPS wage index and labor-related share
                are updated annually based on the latest available data. Under Sec.
                412.525(c)(2), any changes to the area wage index values or labor-
                related share are to be made in a budget neutral manner such that
                estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments are unaffected; that is, will
                be neither greater than nor less than estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
                payments without such changes to the area wage level adjustment.
                Under this policy, we determine an area wage level adjustment budget
                neutrality factor that is applied to the standard Federal payment
                rate to ensure that any changes to the area wage level adjustments
                are budget neutral such that any changes to the area wage index
                values or labor-related share would not result in any change
                (increase or decrease) in estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments.
                Accordingly, under Sec. 412.523(d)(4), we have applied an area wage
                level adjustment budget neutrality factor in determining the
                standard Federal payment rate, and we also established a methodology
                for calculating an area wage level adjustment budget neutrality
                factor. (For additional information on the establishment of our
                budget neutrality policy for changes to the area wage level
                adjustment, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (76 FR 51771 through 51773 and 51809).)
                 For FY 2022, in accordance with Sec. 412.523(d)(4), we are
                proposing to apply an
                [[Page 25733]]
                area wage level budget neutrality factor to adjust the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate to account for the estimated effect of
                the adjustments or updates to the area wage level adjustment under
                Sec. 412.525(c)(1) on estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments,
                consistent with the methodology we established in the FY 2012 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51773).
                 Specifically, we are proposing to determine an area wage level
                adjustment budget neutrality factor that is applied to the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate under Sec. 412.523(d)(4) for FY 2022
                using the following methodology:
                 Step 1--Simulate estimated aggregate LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate payments using the FY 2021 wage index values and the FY
                2021 labor-related share of 68.1 percent.
                 Step 2--Simulate estimated aggregate LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate payments using the proposed FY 2022 wage index values
                and the proposed FY 2022 labor-related share of 68.0 percent. (As
                noted previously, the changes to the wage index values based on
                updated hospital wage data are discussed in section V.B.4. of this
                Addendum to this proposed rule and the labor-related share is
                discussed in section V.B.3. of this Addendum to this proposed rule.)
                 Step 3--Calculate the ratio of these estimated total LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate payments by dividing the estimated
                total LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments using the FY
                2021 area wage level adjustments (calculated in Step 1) by the
                estimated total LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments
                using the proposed FY 2022 updates to the area wage level adjustment
                (calculated in Step 2) to determine the proposed budget neutrality
                factor for updates to the area wage level adjustment for FY 2022
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments.
                 Step 4--Apply the proposed FY 2022 updates to the area wage
                level adjustment budget neutrality factor from Step 3 to determine
                the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate after
                the application of the proposed FY 2022 annual update.
                 We note that, because the area wage level adjustment under Sec.
                412.525(c) is an adjustment to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate, consistent with historical practice, we only used data from
                claims that qualified for payment at the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate under the dual rate LTCH PPS to calculate the proposed
                FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate area wage level
                adjustment budget neutrality factor.
                 For this proposed rule, using the steps in the methodology
                previously described, we determined a proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate area wage level adjustment budget
                neutrality factor of 1.002458. Accordingly, in section V.A. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule, we applied the proposed area wage
                level adjustment budget neutrality factor of 1.002458 to determine
                the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate, in
                accordance with Sec. 412.523(d)(4).
                C. Proposed Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for LTCHs Located in
                Alaska and Hawaii
                 Under Sec. 412.525(b), a cost-of-living adjustment (COLA) is
                provided for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii to account for the
                higher costs incurred in those States. Specifically, we apply a COLA
                to payments to LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii by multiplying the
                nonlabor-related portion of the standard Federal payment rate by the
                applicable COLA factors established annually by CMS. Higher labor-
                related costs for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii are taken into
                account in the adjustment for area wage levels previously described.
                The methodology used to determine the COLA factors for Alaska and
                Hawaii is based on a comparison of the growth in the Consumer Price
                Indexes (CPIs) for Anchorage, Alaska, and Honolulu, Hawaii, relative
                to the growth in the CPI for the average U.S. city as published by
                the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). It also includes a 25-percent
                cap on the CPI-updated COLA factors. Under our current policy, we
                update the COLA factors using the methodology as previously
                described every 4 years (at the same time as the update to the
                labor-related share of the IPPS market basket); the first year of
                our current policy was FY 2014. We refer readers to the FY 2013
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53481 through 53482) for a detailed
                description of this methodology. For the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, we updated the COLA factors for Alaska and Hawaii published by
                OPM for 2009 using this methodology (78 FR 50997 through 50998). For
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we again updated the COLA
                factors using this same methodology (82 FR 38539 through 38540) to
                correspond to the updated of the labor-related share of the IPPS
                market basket, which reflected 2014 cost shares. As discussed in
                this proposed rule, we continue to believe that determining updated
                COLA factors using this methodology would appropriately adjust the
                nonlabor-related portion of the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to update the COLA factors
                published by OPM for 2009 (as these are the last COLA factors OPM
                published prior to transitioning from COLAs to locality pay) using
                the methodology that we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule. Specifically, we are proposing to update the 2009 OPM COLA
                factors by a comparison of the growth in the Consumer Price Indices
                (CPIs) for the areas of Urban Alaska and Urban Hawaii, relative to
                the growth in the CPI for the average U.S. city as published by the
                Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). We note that for the prior update
                to the COLA factors, we used the growth in the CPI for Anchorage and
                the CPI for Honolulu. Beginning in 2018, these indexes were renamed
                to the CPI for Urban Alaska and the CPI for Urban Hawaii,
                respectively, due to the BLS updating its sample to reflect the data
                from the 2010 decennial census on the distribution of the urban
                population (https://www.bls.gov/regions/west/factsheet/2018cpirevisionwest.pdf, accessed January 22, 2021). The CPI for
                Urban Alaska area covers Anchorage and Matanuska-Susitna Borough in
                the State of Alaska and the CPI for Urban Hawaii covers Honolulu in
                the State of Hawaii. BLS notes that the indexes are considered
                continuous over time, regardless of name or composition changes.
                 Because BLS publishes CPI data for only Urban Alaska and Urban
                Hawaii, using the methodology we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we are proposing to use the comparison of the growth
                in the overall CPI relative to the growth in the CPI for those areas
                to update the COLA factors for all areas in Alaska and Hawaii,
                respectively. We believe that the relative price differences between
                these urban areas and the United States (as measured by the CPIs
                mentioned previously) are appropriate proxies for the relative price
                differences between the other areas of Alaska and Hawaii and the
                United States.
                 BLS publishes the CPI for All Items for Urban Alaska, Urban
                Hawaii, and for the average U.S. city. However, consistent with our
                methodology finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                are proposing to create reweighted CPIs for each of the respective
                areas to reflect the underlying composition of the IPPS market
                basket nonlabor-related share. The current composition of the CPI
                for All Items for all of the respective areas is approximately 40
                percent commodities and 60 percent services. However, the IPPS
                nonlabor-related share for the proposed 2018-based IPPS market
                basket is comprised of a different mix of commodities and services.
                Therefore, we are proposing to create reweighted indexes for Urban
                Alaska, Urban Hawaii, and the average U.S. city using the respective
                CPI commodities index and CPI services index and using the
                approximate 57 percent commodities/43 percent services shares
                obtained from the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket. We created
                reweighted indexes using BLS data for 2009 through 2020--the most
                recent data available at the time of this proposed rulemaking. In
                the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38539 through 38540) we
                created reweighted indexes based on the 2014-based IPPS market
                basket (which was adopted for the FY 2018 IPPS update) and BLS data
                for 2009 through 2016 (the most recent BLS data at the time of the
                FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS rulemaking).
                 We continue to believe this methodology is appropriate because
                we continue to make a COLA for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii by
                multiplying the nonlabor-related portion of the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate by a COLA factor. We note that OPM's COLA
                factors were calculated with a statutorily mandated cap of 25
                percent. As stated in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR
                38539 through 38540) under the COLA update methodology we finalized
                in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we exercised our
                discretionary authority to adjust payments to LTCHs in Alaska and
                Hawaii by incorporating this cap. In applying this finalized
                methodology for updating the COLA factors, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to continue to use such a cap, as our policy is based on
                OPM's COLA factors (updated by the methodology described
                previously).
                 Applying this methodology, the COLA factors that we are
                proposing to establish for
                [[Page 25734]]
                FY 2022 to adjust the nonlabor-related portion of the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal rate for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii are
                shown in this table. For comparison purposes, we also are showing
                the COLA factors for FYs 2018 through 2021.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.335
                D. Proposed Adjustment for LTCH PPS High Cost Outlier (HCO) Cases
                1. HCO Background
                 From the beginning of the LTCH PPS, we have included an
                adjustment to account for cases in which there are extraordinarily
                high costs relative to the costs of most discharges. Under this
                policy, additional payments are made based on the degree to which
                the estimated cost of a case (which is calculated by multiplying the
                Medicare allowable covered charge by the hospital's overall hospital
                CCR) exceeds a fixed-loss amount. This policy results in greater
                payment accuracy under the LTCH PPS and the Medicare program, and
                the LTCH sharing the financial risk for the treatment of
                extraordinarily high-cost cases.
                 We retained the basic tenets of our HCO policy in FY 2016 when
                we implemented the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure under
                section 1206 of Public Law 113-67. LTCH discharges that meet the
                criteria for exclusion from the site neutral payment rate (that is,
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases) are paid at the LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate, which includes, as applicable,
                HCO payments under Sec. 412.523(e). LTCH discharges that do not
                meet the criteria for exclusion are paid at the site neutral payment
                rate, which includes, as applicable, HCO payments under Sec.
                412.522(c)(2)(i). In the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
                established separate fixed-loss amounts and targets for the two
                different LTCH PPS payment rates. Under this bifurcated policy, the
                historic 8-percent HCO target was retained for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases, with the fixed-loss amount calculated
                using only data from LTCH cases that would have been paid at the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate if that rate had been in
                effect at the time of those discharges. For site neutral payment
                rate cases, we adopted the operating IPPS HCO target (currently 5.1
                percent) and set the fixed-loss amount for site neutral payment rate
                cases at the value of the IPPS fixed-loss amount. Under the HCO
                policy for both payment rates, an LTCH receives 80 percent of the
                difference between the estimated cost of the case and the applicable
                HCO threshold, which is the sum of the LTCH PPS payment for the case
                and the applicable fixed-loss amount for such case.
                 In order to maintain budget neutrality, consistent with the
                budget neutrality requirement at Sec. 412.523(d)(1) for HCO
                payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal rate payment cases, we also
                adopted a budget neutrality requirement for HCO payments to site
                neutral payment rate cases by applying a budget neutrality factor to
                the LTCH PPS payment for those site neutral payment rate cases. (We
                refer readers to Sec. 412.522(c)(2)(i) of the regulations for
                further details.) We note that, during the 4-year transitional
                period, the site neutral payment rate HCO budget neutrality factor
                did not apply to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate portion
                of the blended payment rate at Sec. 412.522(c)(3) payable to site
                neutral payment rate cases. (For additional details on the HCO
                policy adopted for site neutral payment rate cases under the dual
                rate LTCH PPS payment structure, including the budget neutrality
                adjustment for HCO payments to site neutral payment rate cases, we
                refer readers to the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR 49617
                through 49623).)
                2. Determining LTCH CCRs Under the LTCH PPS
                a. Background
                 As noted previously, CCRs are used to determine payments for HCO
                adjustments for both payment rates under the LTCH PPS and also are
                used to determine payments for site neutral payment rate cases. As
                noted earlier, in determining HCO and the site neutral payment rate
                payments (regardless of whether the case is also an HCO), we
                generally calculate the estimated cost of the case by multiplying
                the LTCH's overall CCR by the Medicare allowable charges for the
                case. An overall CCR is used because the LTCH PPS uses a single
                prospective payment per discharge that covers both inpatient
                operating and capital-related costs. The LTCH's overall CCR is
                generally computed based on the sum of LTCH operating and capital
                costs (as described in Section 150.24, Chapter 3, of the Medicare
                Claims Processing Manual (Pub. 100-4)) as compared to total Medicare
                charges (that is, the sum of its operating and capital inpatient
                routine and ancillary charges), with those values determined from
                either the most recently settled cost report or the most recent
                tentatively settled cost report, whichever is from the latest cost
                reporting period. However, in certain instances, we use an
                alternative CCR, such as the statewide average CCR, a CCR that is
                specified by CMS, or one that is requested by the hospital. (We
                refer readers to Sec. 412.525(a)(4)(iv) of the regulations for
                further details regarding CCRs and HCO adjustments for either LTCH
                PPS payment rate and Sec. 412.522(c)(1)(ii) for the site neutral
                payment rate.)
                 The LTCH's calculated CCR is then compared to the LTCH total CCR
                ceiling. Under our established policy, an LTCH with a calculated CCR
                in excess of the applicable maximum CCR threshold (that is, the LTCH
                total CCR ceiling, which is calculated as 3 standard deviations from
                the national geometric average CCR) is generally assigned the
                applicable statewide CCR. This policy is premised on a belief that
                calculated CCRs, as previously noted, the LTCH total CCR ceiling are
                most likely due to faulty data reporting or entry, and CCRs based on
                erroneous data should not be used to identify and make payments for
                outlier cases.
                b. Proposed LTCH Total CCR Ceiling
                 Ordinarily, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, we would use IPPS
                total CCR data from the December 2020 update of the Provider
                Specific File (PSF) for the purposes of calculating the proposed
                LTCH total CCR ceiling for FY 2022. However, for many IPPS
                hospitals, these IPPS total CCR data were derived from cost reports
                that ended during the COVID-19 PHE. As discussed in section
                VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe the
                utilization patterns reflected in these cost reports were
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Since the IPPS total CCR
                data from the March 2020 update of the PSF was derived from cost
                reports ending prior to the COVID-19 PHE, we believe for the reasons
                discussed
                [[Page 25735]]
                in section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule that
                these are the best available data at this time for the purposes of
                calculating the proposed LTCH total CCR ceiling for FY 2022.
                Therefore, in this proposed rule, using our established methodology
                for determining the LTCH total CCR ceiling but using the IPPS total
                CCR data from the March 2020 update of the PSF, we are proposing to
                establish an LTCH total CCR ceiling of 1.24 under the LTCH PPS for
                FY 2022 in accordance with Sec. 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C)(2) for HCO
                cases under either payment rate and Sec. 412.522(c)(1)(ii) for the
                site neutral payment rate. Consistent with our historical practice,
                we are proposing to use the best available data, if applicable, to
                determine the LTCH total CCR ceiling for FY 2022 in the final rule.
                (For additional information on our methodology for determining the
                LTCH total CCR ceiling, we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final
                rule (71 FR 48117 through 48119).)
                c. Proposed LTCH Statewide Average CCRs
                 Our general methodology for determining the statewide average
                CCRs used under the LTCH PPS is similar to our established
                methodology for determining the LTCH total CCR ceiling because it is
                based on ``total'' IPPS CCR data. (For additional information on our
                methodology for determining statewide average CCRs under the LTCH
                PPS, we refer readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119
                through 48120).) Under the LTCH PPS HCO policy at Sec.
                412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C), the SSO policy at Sec. 412.529(f)(4)(iii),
                and the site neutral payment rate at Sec. 412.522(c)(1)(ii), the
                MAC may use a statewide average CCR, which is established annually
                by CMS, if it is unable to determine an accurate CCR for an LTCH in
                one of the following circumstances: (1) New LTCHs that have not yet
                submitted their first Medicare cost report (a new LTCH is defined as
                an entity that has not accepted assignment of an existing hospital's
                provider agreement in accordance with Sec. 489.18); (2) LTCHs whose
                calculated CCR is in excess of the LTCH total CCR ceiling; and (3)
                other LTCHs for whom data with which to calculate a CCR are not
                available (for example, missing or faulty data). (Other sources of
                data that the MAC may consider in determining an LTCH's CCR include
                data from a different cost reporting period for the LTCH, data from
                the cost reporting period preceding the period in which the hospital
                began to be paid as an LTCH (that is, the period of at least 6
                months that it was paid as a short-term, acute care hospital), or
                data from other comparable LTCHs, such as LTCHs in the same chain or
                in the same region.)
                 Ordinarily, for this proposed rule, we would use IPPS total CCR
                data from the December 2020 update of the PSF for the purposes of
                determining the LTCH statewide average CCRs for FY 2022. However,
                for many IPPS hospitals, these IPPS total CCR data were derived from
                cost reports that ended during the COVID-19 PHE. As discussed in
                section VIII.A.4 of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe
                the utilization patterns reflected in these cost reports were
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Since the IPPS total CCR
                data from the March 2020 update of the PSF was derived from cost
                reports ending prior to the COVID-19 PHE, for the reasons discussed
                in section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                believe that these are the best available data at this time for the
                purposes of determining the LTCH statewide average CCRs for FY 2022.
                Therefore, in this proposed rule, using our established methodology
                for determining the LTCH statewide average CCRs, but based on IPPS
                ``total CCR'' data from the March 2020 update of the PSF, we are
                proposing to establish LTCH PPS statewide average total CCRs for
                urban and rural hospitals that would be effective for discharges
                occurring on or after October 1, 2021, through September 30, 2022,
                in Table 8C listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule (and available via the internet on the CMS website). Consistent
                with our historical practice, we also are proposing to use the best
                available data, if applicable, to determine the LTCH PPS statewide
                average total CCRs for FY 2022 in the final rule.
                 Under the current LTCH PPS labor market areas, all areas in
                Delaware, the District of Columbia, New Jersey, and Rhode Island are
                classified as urban. Therefore, there are no rural statewide average
                total CCRs listed for those jurisdictions in Table 8C. This policy
                is consistent with the policy that we established when we revised
                our methodology for determining the applicable LTCH statewide
                average CCRs in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119 through
                48121) and is the same as the policy applied under the IPPS. In
                addition, although Connecticut has areas that are designated as
                rural, in our calculation of the LTCH statewide average CCRs, there
                were no short-term, acute care IPPS hospitals classified as rural or
                LTCHs located in these rural areas as of March 2020. Therefore,
                consistent with our existing methodology, we are proposing to use
                the national average total CCR for rural IPPS hospitals for rural
                Connecticut in Table 8C. While Massachusetts also has rural areas,
                the statewide average CCR for rural areas in Massachusetts is based
                on one IPPS provider whose CCR is an atypical 0.949. Because this is
                much higher than the statewide urban average (0.459) and furthermore
                implies costs are nearly equal to charges, as with Connecticut, we
                are proposing to use the national average total CCR for rural IPPS
                hospitals for rural Massachusetts in Table 8C. Furthermore,
                consistent with our existing methodology, in determining the urban
                and rural statewide average total CCRs for Maryland LTCHs paid under
                the LTCH PPS, we are proposing to continue to use, as a proxy, the
                national average total CCR for urban IPPS hospitals and the national
                average total CCR for rural IPPS hospitals, respectively. We are
                proposing to use this proxy because we believe that the CCR data in
                the PSF for Maryland hospitals may not be entirely accurate (as
                discussed in greater detail in the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR
                48120)).
                d. Reconciliation of HCO Payments
                 Under the HCO policy for cases paid under either payment rate at
                Sec. 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(D), the payments for HCO cases are subject
                to reconciliation. Specifically, any such payments are reconciled at
                settlement based on the CCR that was calculated based on the cost
                report coinciding with the discharge. For additional information on
                the reconciliation policy, we refer readers to Sections 150.26
                through 150.28 of the Medicare Claims Processing Manual (Pub. 100-
                4), as added by Change Request 7192 (Transmittal 2111; December 3,
                2010), and the RY 2009 LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 26820 through
                26821).
                3. Proposed High-Cost Outlier Payments for LTCH PPS Standard Federal
                Payment Rate Cases
                a. High-Cost Outlier Payments for LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment
                Rate Cases
                 Under the regulations at Sec. 412.525(a)(2)(ii) and as required
                by section 1886(m)(7) of the Act, the fixed-loss amount for HCO
                payments is set each year so that the estimated aggregate HCO
                payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases are
                99.6875 percent of 8 percent (that is, 7.975 percent) of estimated
                aggregate LTCH PPS payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases. (For more details on the requirements for high-cost
                outlier payments in FY 2018 and subsequent years under section
                1886(m)(7) of the Act and additional information regarding high-cost
                outlier payments prior to FY 2018, we refer readers to the FY 2018
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38542 through 38544).)
                b. Proposed Fixed-Loss Amount for LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment
                Rate Cases for FY 2022
                 When we implemented the LTCH PPS, we established a fixed-loss
                amount so that total estimated outlier payments are projected to
                equal 8 percent of total estimated payments (that is, the target
                percentage) under the LTCH PPS (67 FR 56022 through 56026). When we
                implemented the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure beginning in FY
                2016, we established that, in general, the historical LTCH PPS HCO
                policy would continue to apply to LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases. That is, the fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases would be determined using the LTCH PPS
                HCO policy adopted when the LTCH PPS was first implemented, but we
                limited the data used under that policy to LTCH cases that would
                have been LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases if the
                statutory changes had been in effect at the time of those
                discharges.
                 To determine the applicable fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases, we estimate outlier payments
                and total LTCH PPS payments for each LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate case (or for each case that would have been a LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate case if the statutory changes had been
                in effect at the time of the discharge) using claims data from the
                MedPAR files. In accordance with Sec. 412.525(a)(2)(ii), the
                applicable fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases results in estimated total outlier payments being
                projected to be equal to 7.975 percent of projected total LTCH PPS
                payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to adjust our
                methodology for calculating the
                [[Page 25736]]
                applicable fixed-loss amount for FY 2022 for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases, while maintaining estimated HCO payments
                at the projected 7.975 percent of total estimated LTCH PPS payments
                for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases. We specifically
                are proposing to make a technical change to the methodology for
                determining the charge inflation factor that we apply to the charges
                on the MedPAR claims when calculating the proposed fixed-loss amount
                for FY 2022. We also are proposing to make a technical change to the
                methodology for determining the CCRs to use when calculating the
                proposed fixed-loss amount for FY 2022. Furthermore, we are
                proposing that these proposed technical changes to the methodology
                for determining the charge inflation factor and the CCRs we use when
                calculating the fixed-loss amount would become a permanent part of
                our methodology for subsequent years as well. These proposed
                technical changes are described in greater detail in sections
                V.D.3.b.(1). and V.D.3.b.(2). of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                (1) Proposed Charge Inflation Factor for Use in Determining the
                Proposed Fixed-Loss Amount for LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate
                Cases for FY 2022
                 Under the LTCH PPS, the cost of each claim is estimated by
                multiplying the charges on the claim by the provider's CCR. Due to
                the lag time in the availability of claims data, when estimating
                costs for the upcoming payment year we typically inflate the charges
                from the claims data by a uniform factor. Historically, as explained
                in in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59056), when
                determining the fixed-loss amount, charges were inflated with a
                growth factor calculated from quarterly market basket update values
                (determined by the Office of the Actuary). However, an analysis of
                the annual increase in actual charges (or charge inflation)
                calculated from the historical MedPAR claims compared with previous
                estimates using the quarterly market basket update values showed the
                actual charge inflation has been generally higher than the estimate.
                For example, when we set rates for FY 2019, we used a 2-year charge
                inflation factor of 5.7 percent based on the quarterly market basket
                update values. This factor was applied to charges from the FY 2017
                MedPAR claims in order to inflate them to projected FY 2019 levels.
                However, our analysis of the actual FY 2019 MedPAR claims data shows
                that the actual growth in charges that occurred from FY 2017 to FY
                2019 for standard Federal payment rate cases was 15.2 percent.
                 For greater accuracy in calculating the fixed-loss amount, we
                are proposing to make a technical change to our methodology for
                determining the charge inflation factor. Similar to the method used
                under the IPPS hospital payment methodology (as discussed in section
                II.A.4.h.(2) of the Addendum to this proposed rule), we are
                proposing to determine the LTCH charge inflation factor based on the
                historical growth in charges for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases, calculated using historical MedPAR claims data, instead
                of using estimates calculated from quarterly market basket update
                values. In this proposed rule, we describe the general methodology
                we are proposing to use to calculate the charge inflation factor for
                FY 2022 and subsequent years. We discuss in greater detail later in
                this section our specific application of this proposal for FY 2022,
                including the specific data we propose to use for FY 2022 after
                considering the impact the COVID-19 PHE had on the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 LTCH data.
                 Step 1--Identify LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases.
                 The first step in our proposed methodology is to identify LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases from the MedPAR claim files
                for the two most recently available Federal fiscal year time
                periods. For both fiscal years, consistent with our historical
                methodology for determining payment rates for the LTCH PPS, we
                remove any claims submitted by LTCHs that were all-inclusive rate
                providers as well as any Medicare Advantage claims. For both fiscal
                years, we also remove claims from providers that only had claims in
                one of the fiscal years.
                 Step 2--Remove statistical outliers.
                 The next step in our proposed methodology is to remove all
                claims from providers whose growth in average charges was a
                statistical outlier. We remove these statistical outliers prior to
                calculating the charge inflation factor because we believe they may
                represent aberrations in the data that would distort the measure of
                average charge growth. To perform this statistical trim, we first
                calculate each provider's average charge in both fiscal years. Then,
                we calculate a charge growth factor for each provider by dividing
                its average charge in the most recent fiscal year by its average
                charge in the prior fiscal year. We then remove all claims for
                providers whose calculated charge growth factor was outside 3
                standard deviations from the mean provider charge growth factor.
                 Step 3--Calculate the charge inflation factor.
                 The final step in our proposed methodology is to use the
                remaining claims to calculate a national charge inflation factor. We
                first calculate the average charge for those remaining claims in
                both fiscal years. We then calculate the national charge inflation
                factor by dividing the average charge in the more recent fiscal year
                by the average charge in the prior fiscal year.
                 As discussed in section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 data for the FY
                2022 LTCH PPS ratesetting in situations where the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 data were significantly impacted
                by the COVID-19 PHE. For the purposes of calculating the proposed
                charge inflation factor for FY 2022, we are proposing to use the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the March 2019
                update of the FY 2018 MedPAR as the basis of the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases for the two most recently available
                Federal fiscal year time periods, as described previously in our
                proposed methodology. As discussed in greater detail in section
                VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, due to the
                significant impact that the COVID-19 PHE had on the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 MedPAR claims, we believe these
                are the best available data at this time for the purposes of
                calculating the proposed charge inflation factor for FY 2022.
                 Therefore, for this proposed rule, we trimmed the March 2020
                update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and the March 2019 update of the
                FY 2018 MedPAR file using our proposed methodology. To compute the
                1-year average annual rate-of-change in charges per case for FY
                2022, we compared the average covered charge per case of $195,362
                ($13,926,931,065/71,288 cases) from FY 2018 to the average covered
                charge per case of $207,224 ($14,172,496,534/68,392 cases) from FY
                2019. This rate-of-change was 6.0723 percent and results in a
                proposed 1-year charge inflation factor of 1.060723, a proposed 2-
                year charge inflation factor of 1.125133 (calculated by squaring the
                proposed 1-year factor), and a proposed 3-year charge inflation
                factor of 1.193455 (calculated by cubing the proposed 1-year
                factor). We propose to inflate the billed charges obtained from the
                FY 2019 MedPAR file by this 3-year charge inflation factor of
                1.193455 when determining the proposed fixed-loss amount for LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases for FY 2022.
                (2) Proposed CCRs for Use in Determining the Proposed Fixed-Loss Amount
                for LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment Rate Cases for FY 2022
                 Historically, as explained in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule (85 FR 59055 through 59056), when determining the fixed-loss
                amount, we used CCRs from the most recently available PSF file
                without any adjustment. By not making any adjustment, we assumed
                that CCRs in the current year would, on average, stay at the same
                level in the upcoming year. However, after examining actual changes
                to LTCH CCRs over time, we no longer believe this to be an
                appropriate assumption to make, as in general LTCH CCRs have not
                stayed at the same level year-to-year. For example, when we set
                rates for FY 2019, we assumed that CCRs would stay at the same level
                as the CCRs obtained from the March 2018 PSF. However, our
                calculations show that on average, CCRs declined 3.8 percent from
                March 2018 to March 2019.
                 For greater accuracy in calculating the fixed-loss amount, we
                are proposing to adjust the methodology for determining the CCRs
                used to calculate the fixed-loss amount. Similar to the methodology
                used for IPPS hospitals (as discussed in section II.A.4.h.(2). of
                the Addendum to this proposed rule), we are proposing to adjust CCRs
                obtained from the best available PSF data by an adjustment factor
                that is calculated based on historical changes in the average case
                weighted CCR for LTCHs. We believe these adjusted CCRs will more
                accurately reflect CCR levels in the upcoming payment year because
                they account for historical changes in the relationship between
                costs and charges for LTCHs. In this section, we describe the
                general methodology we are proposing to use to calculate the CCR
                adjustment factor for FY 2022 and subsequent years. We discuss in
                greater detail later in this section our specific application of
                this proposal for FY 2022,
                [[Page 25737]]
                including the specific data we propose to use after considering the
                impact the COVID-19 PHE had on the utilization patterns reflected in
                the FY 2020 LTCH data.
                 Step 1--Assign providers their historical CCRs.
                 The first step in our proposed methodology is to identify
                providers with LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases in the
                most recent MedPAR claims file (excluding all-inclusive rate
                providers and providers with only Medicare Advantage claims). For
                each of these providers, we then identify the CCR from the most
                recently available PSF. For each of these providers we also identify
                the CCR from the PSF that was made available one year prior to the
                most recently available PSF.
                 Step 2--Trim providers with insufficient CCR data.
                 The next step in our proposed methodology is to remove from the
                CCR adjustment factor calculation any providers for which we cannot
                accurately measure changes to their CCR using the PSF data. We first
                remove any provider whose CCR was missing in the most recent PSF or
                prior year PSF. We next remove any provider assigned the statewide
                average CCR for their State in either the most recent PSF or prior
                year PSF. We lastly remove any provider whose CCR was not updated
                between the most recent PSF and prior year PSF (determined by
                comparing the effective date of the records).
                 Step 3--Remove statistical outliers.
                 The next step in our proposed methodology is to remove providers
                whose change in their CCR is a statistical outlier. To perform this
                statistical trim, for those providers remaining after application of
                Step 2, we calculate a provider-level CCR growth factor by dividing
                the provider's CCR from the most recent PSF by its CCR in the prior
                year's PSF. We then remove any provider whose CCR growth factor was
                outside 3 standard deviations from the mean provider CCR growth
                factor. These statistical outliers are removed prior to calculating
                the CCR adjustment factor because we believe that they may represent
                aberrations in the data that would distort the measure of average
                annual CCR change.
                 Step 4--Calculate the CCR adjustment factor.
                 The final step in our proposed methodology is to calculate,
                across all remaining providers after application of Step 3, the
                average case-weighted CCR from both the most recent PSF and prior
                year PSF. The provider case counts that we use to calculate the
                case-weighted average are determined from claims for LTCH standard
                Federal rate cases from the most recent MedPAR claims file. We note
                when determining these case counts, consistent with our historical
                methodology for determining the MS-LTC-DRG relative weights, we do
                not count short-stay-outlier claims as full cases but instead as a
                fraction of a case based on the ratio of covered days to the
                geometric mean length of stay for the MS-LTC-DRG grouped to the
                case. We calculate the national CCR adjustment factor by dividing
                the case-weighted CCR from the most recent PSF by the case-weighted
                CCR from the prior year PSF.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 data
                for the FY 2022 LTCH PPS ratesetting in situations where the
                utilization patterns reflected in the FY 2020 data were
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE, for the reasons
                discussed in section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule. Ordinarily, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, we would use CCR
                data from the December 2020 update of the PSF when determining the
                CCRs used for calculating the proposed fixed-loss amount for FY
                2022. However, for many LTCHs, these CCR data were derived from cost
                reports that ended during the COVID-19 PHE. As also discussed in
                section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe
                the utilization patterns reflected in these cost reports were
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. Therefore, for the
                purposes of determining the CCRs used for calculating the proposed
                fixed-loss amount for FY 2022, we are proposing to use the March
                2020 PSF as the most recently available PSF and the March 2019 PSF
                as the PSF that was made available one year prior to the most
                recently available PSF, as described in our proposed methodology.
                Since the CCR data from the March 2020 update of the PSF was derived
                from cost reports ending prior to the COVID-19 PHE, as discussed in
                section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe
                these are the best available data at this time for the purposes of
                determining the CCRs used to calculate the proposed fixed-loss
                amount for FY 2022. In addition, we also are proposing to use claims
                from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file in our
                calculation of average case-weighted CCRs described in Step 4 of our
                proposed methodology. As discussed in greater detail in section
                VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, due to the
                significant impact that the COVID-19 PHE had on the utilization
                patterns reflected in the FY 2020 MedPAR claims, we believe these
                are the best available data at this time for the purposes of
                calculating the average case-weighted CCRs.
                 Specifically, to calculate the CCRs we proposed to use in this
                proposed rule, we followed the proposed methodology described
                previously and, for providers with LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases in the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, we
                identified their CCRs from both the March 2019 PSF and March 2020
                PSF. After performing the trims outlined in our proposed
                methodology, we used the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate case
                counts from the FY 2019 MedPAR file (classified using Version 39 of
                the GROUPER) to calculate the case-weighted average CCRs. For this
                proposed rule, we calculated a proposed March 2019 national average
                case-weighted CCR of 0.256374 and a proposed March 2020 national
                average case-weighted CCR of 0.246517. We then calculated the
                proposed national CCR adjustment factor by dividing the March 2020
                national average case-weighted CCR by the March 2019 national
                average case-weighted CCR. This results in a proposed 1-year
                national CCR adjustment factor of 0.961555 and a proposed 2-year
                national CCR adjustment factor of 0.924588 (calculated by squaring
                the proposed 1-year factor). When calculating the proposed fixed-
                loss amount for FY 2022, we assigned the statewide average CCR for
                the upcoming fiscal year to all providers who were assigned the
                statewide average in the March 2020 PSF or whose CCR was missing in
                the March 2020 PSF. For all other providers, we multiplied their CCR
                from the March 2020 PSF by the proposed 2-year national CCR
                adjustment factor.
                (3) Proposed Fixed-Loss Amount for LTCH PPS Standard Federal Payment
                Rate Cases for FY 2022
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing no other changes to our
                methodology for calculating the proposed applicable fixed-loss
                amount for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases. Therefore,
                for FY 2022, using the best available data, we calculated a proposed
                fixed-loss amount that would maintain estimated HCO payments at the
                projected 7.975 percent of total estimated LTCH PPS payments for
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases (based on the payment
                rates and policies for these cases presented in the proposed rule).
                As described earlier in this section and discussed in more detail in
                section VIII.A.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we believe
                the FY 2020 MedPAR claims were significantly impacted by COVID-19
                PHE. As a result, we are proposing to use LTCH claims data from the
                March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file to calculate a proposed
                fixed-loss amount for FY 2022. Therefore, based on LTCH claims data
                from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file adjusted for
                charge inflation and adjusted CCRs from the March 2020 update of the
                PSF, under the broad authority of section 123(a)(1) of the BBRA and
                section 307(b)(1) of the BIPA, we are proposing a fixed-loss amount
                for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases for FY 2022 of
                $32,680 that would result in estimated outlier payments projected to
                be equal to 7.975 percent of estimated FY 2022 payments for such
                cases. We also are proposing to continue to make an additional HCO
                payment for the cost of an LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                case that exceeds the HCO threshold amount that is equal to 80
                percent of the difference between the estimated cost of the case and
                the outlier threshold (the sum of the proposed adjusted LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate payment and the proposed fixed-loss
                amount for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases of $32,680).
                 Consistent with our historical practice, we are proposing to use
                the best available LTCH claims data and CCR data, if applicable,
                when determining the fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases for FY 2022 in the final rule.
                4. Proposed High-Cost Outlier Payments for Site Neutral Payment Rate
                Cases
                 When we implemented the application of the site neutral payment
                rate in FY 2016, in examining the appropriate fixed-loss amount for
                site neutral payment rate cases issue, we considered how LTCH
                discharges based on historical claims data would have been
                classified under the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure and the
                CMS' Office of the
                [[Page 25738]]
                Actuary projections regarding how LTCHs will likely respond to our
                implementation of policies resulting from the statutory payment
                changes. We again relied on these considerations and actuarial
                projections in FY 2017 and FY 2018 because the historical claims
                data available in each of these years were not all subject to the
                LTCH PPS dual rate payment system. Similarly, for FYs 2019 through
                2021, we continued to rely on these considerations and actuarial
                projections because, due to the transitional blended payment policy
                for site neutral payment rate cases, FY 2018 and FY 2019 claims for
                these cases were not subject to the full effect of the site neutral
                payment rate.
                 For FYs 2016 through 2021, at that time our actuaries projected
                that the proportion of cases that would qualify as LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases versus site neutral payment rate cases
                under the statutory provisions would remain consistent with what is
                reflected in the historical LTCH PPS claims data. Although our
                actuaries did not project an immediate change in the proportions
                found in the historical data, they did project cost and resource
                changes to account for the lower payment rates. Our actuaries also
                projected that the costs and resource use for cases paid at the site
                neutral payment rate would likely be lower, on average, than the
                costs and resource use for cases paid at the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate and would likely mirror the costs and resource
                use for IPPS cases assigned to the same MS-DRG, regardless of
                whether the proportion of site neutral payment rate cases in the
                future remains similar to what is found based on the historical
                data. As discussed in the FY 2016 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (80 FR
                49619), this actuarial assumption is based on our expectation that
                site neutral payment rate cases would generally be paid based on an
                IPPS comparable per diem amount under the statutory LTCH PPS payment
                changes that began in FY 2016, which, in the majority of cases, is
                much lower than the payment that would have been paid if these
                statutory changes were not enacted. In light of these projections
                and expectations, we discussed that we believed that the use of a
                single fixed-loss amount and HCO target for all LTCH PPS cases would
                be problematic. In addition, we discussed that we did not believe
                that it would be appropriate for comparable LTCH PPS site neutral
                payment rate cases to receive dramatically different HCO payments
                from those cases that would be paid under the IPPS (80 FR 49617
                through 49619 and 81 FR 57305 through 57307). For those reasons, we
                stated that we believed that the most appropriate fixed-loss amount
                for site neutral payment rate cases for FYs 2016 through 2021 would
                be equal to the IPPS fixed-loss amount for that particular fiscal
                year. Therefore, we established the fixed-loss amount for site
                neutral payment rate cases as the corresponding IPPS fixed-loss
                amounts for FYs 2016 through 2021. In particular, in FY 2021, we
                established the fixed-loss amount for site neutral payment rate
                cases as the FY 2021 IPPS fixed-loss amount of $29,064 (as corrected
                at 85 FR 78756).
                 As noted earlier, because not all claims in the data used for
                this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule were subject to the
                unblended site neutral payment rate, we continue to rely on the same
                considerations and actuarial projections used in FYs 2016 through
                2021 when developing a fixed-loss amount for site neutral payment
                rate cases for FY 2022. Our actuaries continue to project that site
                neutral payment rate cases in FY 2022 will continue to mirror an
                IPPS case paid under the same MS-DRG. That is, our actuaries
                continue to project that the costs and resource use for FY 2022
                cases paid at the site neutral payment rate would likely be lower,
                on average, than the costs and resource use for cases paid at the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate and will likely mirror the
                costs and resource use for IPPS cases assigned to the same MS-DRG,
                regardless of whether the proportion of site neutral payment rate
                cases in the future remains similar to what was found based on the
                historical data. (Based on the FY 2019 LTCH claims data used in the
                development of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule,
                approximately 75 percent of LTCH cases were paid the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate and approximately 25 percent of LTCH
                cases were paid the site neutral payment rate for discharges
                occurring in FY 2019.)
                 For these reasons, we continue to believe that the most
                appropriate fixed-loss amount for site neutral payment rate cases
                for FY 2022 is the IPPS fixed-loss amount for FY 2022. Therefore,
                consistent with past practice, we are proposing that the applicable
                HCO threshold for site neutral payment rate cases is the sum of the
                site neutral payment rate for the case and the proposed IPPS fixed-
                loss amount. That is, we are proposing a fixed-loss amount for site
                neutral payment rate cases of $30,967, which is the same proposed FY
                2022 IPPS fixed-loss amount discussed in section II.A.4.j.(1). of
                the Addendum to this proposed rule. Accordingly, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to calculate a HCO payment for site neutral payment rate
                cases with costs that exceed the HCO threshold amount that is equal
                to 80 percent of the difference between the estimated cost of the
                case and the outlier threshold (the sum of the site neutral payment
                rate payment and the proposed fixed-loss amount for site neutral
                payment rate cases of $30,967).
                 In establishing a HCO policy for site neutral payment rate
                cases, we established a budget neutrality adjustment under Sec.
                412.522(c)(2)(i). We established this requirement because we
                believed, and continue to believe, that the HCO policy for site
                neutral payment rate cases should be budget neutral, just as the HCO
                policy for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases is budget
                neutral, meaning that estimated site neutral payment rate HCO
                payments should not result in any change in estimated aggregate LTCH
                PPS payments.
                 To ensure that estimated HCO payments payable to site neutral
                payment rate cases in FY 2022 would not result in any increase in
                estimated aggregate FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments, under the budget
                neutrality requirement at Sec. 412.522(c)(2)(i), it is necessary to
                reduce site neutral payment rate payments by 5.1 percent to account
                for the estimated additional HCO payments payable to those cases in
                FY 2022, in general, we are proposing to continue this policy.
                 As discussed earlier, consistent with the IPPS HCO payment
                threshold, we estimate the proposed fixed-loss threshold would
                result in FY 2022 HCO payments for site neutral payment rate cases
                to equal 5.1 percent of the site neutral payment rate payments that
                are based on the IPPS comparable per diem amount. As such, to ensure
                estimated HCO payments payable for site neutral payment rate cases
                in FY 2022 would not result in any increase in estimated aggregate
                FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments, under the budget neutrality requirement
                at Sec. 412.522(c)(2)(i), it is necessary to reduce the site
                neutral payment rate amount paid under Sec. 412.522(c)(1)(i) by 5.1
                percent to account for the estimated additional HCO payments payable
                for site neutral payment rate cases in FY 2022. In order to achieve
                this, for FY 2022, we are proposing to apply a budget neutrality
                factor of 0.949 (that is, the decimal equivalent of a 5.1 percent
                reduction, determined as 1.0-5.1/100 = 0.949) to the site neutral
                payment rate for those site neutral payment rate cases paid under
                Sec. 412.522(c)(1)(i). We note that, consistent with our current
                policy, this proposed HCO budget neutrality adjustment would not be
                applied to the HCO portion of the site neutral payment rate amount
                (81 FR 57309).
                E. Proposed Update to the IPPS Comparable Amount To Reflect the
                Statutory Changes to the IPPS DSH Payment Adjustment Methodology
                 In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50766), we
                established a policy to reflect the changes to the Medicare IPPS DSH
                payment adjustment methodology made by section 3133 of the
                Affordable Care Act in the calculation of the ``IPPS comparable
                amount'' under the SSO policy at Sec. 412.529 and the ``IPPS
                equivalent amount'' under the site neutral payment rate at Sec.
                412.522. Historically, the determination of both the ``IPPS
                comparable amount'' and the ``IPPS equivalent amount'' includes an
                amount for inpatient operating costs ``for the costs of serving a
                disproportionate share of low-income patients.'' Under the statutory
                changes to the Medicare DSH payment adjustment methodology that
                began in FY 2014, in general, eligible IPPS hospitals receive an
                empirically justified Medicare DSH payment equal to 25 percent of
                the amount they otherwise would have received under the statutory
                formula for Medicare DSH payments prior to the amendments made by
                the Affordable Care Act. The remaining amount, equal to an estimate
                of 75 percent of the amount that otherwise would have been paid as
                Medicare DSH payments, reduced to reflect changes in the percentage
                of individuals who are uninsured and any additional statutory
                adjustment, is made available to make additional payments to each
                hospital that qualifies for Medicare DSH payments and that has
                uncompensated care. The additional uncompensated care payments are
                based on the hospital's amount of uncompensated care for a given
                time period relative to the total amount of uncompensated care for
                that same time
                [[Page 25739]]
                period reported by all IPPS hospitals that receive Medicare DSH
                payments.
                 To reflect the statutory changes to the Medicare DSH payment
                adjustment methodology in the calculation of the ``IPPS comparable
                amount'' and the ``IPPS equivalent amount'' under the LTCH PPS, we
                stated that we will include a reduced Medicare DSH payment amount
                that reflects the projected percentage of the payment amount
                calculated based on the statutory Medicare DSH payment formula prior
                to the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act that will be paid
                to eligible IPPS hospitals as empirically justified Medicare DSH
                payments and uncompensated care payments in that year (that is, a
                percentage of the operating Medicare DSH payment amount that has
                historically been reflected in the LTCH PPS payments that are based
                on IPPS rates). We also stated that the projected percentage will be
                updated annually, consistent with the annual determination of the
                amount of uncompensated care payments that will be made to eligible
                IPPS hospitals. We believe that this approach results in appropriate
                payments under the LTCH PPS and is consistent with our intention
                that the ``IPPS comparable amount'' and the ``IPPS equivalent
                amount'' under the LTCH PPS closely resemble what an IPPS payment
                would have been for the same episode of care, while recognizing that
                some features of the IPPS cannot be translated directly into the
                LTCH PPS (79 FR 50766 through 50767).
                 For FY 2022, as discussed in greater detail in section V.E.4.b.
                of the preamble of this proposed rule, based on the most recent data
                available, our estimate of 75 percent of the amount that would
                otherwise have been paid as Medicare DSH payments (under the
                methodology outlined in section 1886(r)(2) of the Act) is adjusted
                to 72.14 percent of that amount to reflect the change in the
                percentage of individuals who are uninsured. The resulting amount is
                then used to determine the amount available to make uncompensated
                care payments to eligible IPPS hospitals in FY 2022. In other words,
                the amount of the Medicare DSH payments that would have been made
                prior to the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act is adjusted
                to 54.11 percent (the product of 75 percent and 72.14 percent) and
                the resulting amount is used to calculate the uncompensated care
                payments to eligible hospitals. As a result, for FY 2022, we project
                that the reduction in the amount of Medicare DSH payments pursuant
                to section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, along with the payments for
                uncompensated care under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act, will result
                in overall Medicare DSH payments of 79.11 percent of the amount of
                Medicare DSH payments that would otherwise have been made in the
                absence of the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act (that is,
                25 percent + 54.11 percent = 79.11 percent).
                 Therefore, for FY 2022, we are proposing to establish that the
                calculation of the ``IPPS comparable amount'' under Sec. 412.529
                would include an applicable operating Medicare DSH payment amount
                that is equal to 79.11 percent of the operating Medicare DSH payment
                amount that would have been paid based on the statutory Medicare DSH
                payment formula absent the amendments made by the Affordable Care
                Act. Furthermore, consistent with our historical practice, we are
                proposing that, if more recent data became available, we would use
                that data to determine this factor in the final rule.
                F. Computing the Proposed Adjusted LTCH PPS Federal Prospective
                Payments for FY 2022
                 Section 412.525 sets forth the adjustments to the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate. Under the dual rate LTCH PPS payment
                structure, only LTCH PPS cases that meet the statutory criteria to
                be excluded from the site neutral payment rate are paid based on the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate. Under Sec. 412.525(c), the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate is adjusted to account for
                differences in area wages by multiplying the labor-related share of
                the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for a case by the
                applicable LTCH PPS wage index (the FY 2022 values are shown in
                Tables 12A through 12B listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this
                proposed and are available via the internet on the CMS website). The
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate is also adjusted to account
                for the higher costs of LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii by the
                applicable COLA factors (the proposed FY 2022 factors are shown in
                the chart in section V.C. of this Addendum) in accordance with Sec.
                412.525(b). In this proposed rule, we are proposing to establish an
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022 of $44,827.87, as
                discussed in section V.A. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. We
                illustrate the methodology to adjust the proposed LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for FY 2022 in the following example:
                 Example:
                 During FY 2022, a Medicare discharge that meets the criteria to
                be excluded from the site neutral payment rate, that is, an LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate case, is from an LTCH that is located
                in CBSA 16984, which has a proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS wage index
                value of 1.0392 (obtained from Table 12A listed in section VI. of
                the Addendum to this proposed rule and available via the internet on
                the CMS website). The Medicare patient case is classified into
                proposed MS-LTC-DRG 189 (Pulmonary Edema & Respiratory Failure),
                which has a proposed relative weight for FY 2022 of 0.9448 (obtained
                from Table 11 listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule and available via the internet on the CMS website). The LTCH
                submitted quality reporting data for FY 2022 in accordance with the
                LTCH QRP under section 1886(m)(5) of the Act.
                 To calculate the LTCH's total adjusted proposed Federal
                prospective payment for this Medicare patient case in FY 2022, we
                computed the wage-adjusted Federal prospective payment amount by
                multiplying the unadjusted proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate ($44,827.87) by the proposed labor-related
                share (0.68 percent) and the proposed wage index value (1.0392).
                This wage-adjusted amount was then added to the nonlabor-related
                portion of the unadjusted proposed LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate (0.32 percent; adjusted for cost of living, if applicable) to
                determine the adjusted proposed LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate, which is then multiplied by the proposed MS-LTC-DRG relative
                weight (0.9448) to calculate the total adjusted proposed LTCH PPS
                standard Federal prospective payment for FY 2022 ($43,482.34). The
                table illustrates the components of the calculations in this
                example.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.336
                [[Page 25740]]
                VI. Tables Referenced in This Proposed Rule Generally Available Through
                the Internet on the CMS Website
                 This section lists the tables referred to throughout the
                preamble of this proposed rule and in the Addendum. In the past, a
                majority of these tables were published in the Federal Register as
                part of the annual proposed and final rules. However, similar to FYs
                2012 through 2021, for the FY 2022 rulemaking cycle, the IPPS and
                LTCH PPS tables will not be published in the Federal Register in the
                annual IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final rules and will be available
                through the internet. Specifically, all IPPS tables listed in the
                proposed rule, with the exception of IPPS Tables 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D,
                and LTCH PPS Table 1E, will generally be available through the
                internet. IPPS Tables 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D, and LTCH PPS Table 1E are
                displayed at the end of this section and will continue to be
                published in the Federal Register as part of the annual proposed and
                final rules. For additional discussion of the information included
                in the IPPS and LTCH PPS tables associated with the IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed and final rules, as well as prior changes to the
                information included in these tables, we refer readers to the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 59059 through 59060).
                 In addition, under the HAC Reduction Program, established by
                section 3008 of the Affordable Care Act, a hospital's total payment
                may be reduced by 1 percent if it is in the lowest HAC performance
                quartile. The hospital-level data for the FY 2022 HAC Reduction
                Program will be made publicly available once it has undergone the
                review and corrections process.
                 As was the case for the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final
                rules, we are no longer including Table 15, which had typically
                included the fiscal year readmissions payment adjustment factors
                because hospitals have not yet had the opportunity to review and
                correct the data before the data are made public under our policy
                regarding the reporting of hospital-specific data. After hospitals
                have been given an opportunity to review and correct their
                calculations for FY 2022, we will post Table 15 (which will be
                available via the internet on the CMS website) to display the final
                FY 2022 readmissions payment adjustment factors that will be
                applicable to discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2021. We
                expect Table 15 will be posted on the CMS website in the fall of
                2021.
                 Readers who experience any problems accessing any of the tables
                that are posted on the CMS websites identified in this proposed rule
                should contact Michael Treitel at (410) 786-4552.
                 The following IPPS tables for this proposed rule are generally
                available through the internet on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index.html. Click on the link on the left side of
                the screen titled, ``FY 2022 IPPS Proposed rule Home Page'' or
                ``Acute Inpatient -Files- for Download.'' We refer readers to
                section I.O. of the Appendix A of this proposed rule for a
                discussion of the supplemental data files based on the use of the FY
                2020 data that we would ordinarily use for FY 2022 ratesetting,
                which we are also making available on the CMS website.
                Table 2.--Proposed Case-Mix Index and Wage Index Table by CCN--FY
                2022 Proposed Rule
                Table 3.--Proposed Wage Index Table by CBSA--FY 2022 Proposed Rule
                Table 4A.--Proposed List of Counties Eligible for the Out-Migration
                Adjustment under Section 1886(d)(13) of the Act--FY 2022 Proposed
                Rule
                Table 4B.--Counties Redesignated under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the
                Act (LUGAR Counties)--FY 2022 Proposed Rule
                Table 5.--Proposed List of Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related
                Groups (MS-DRGs), Relative Weighting Factors, and Geometric and
                Arithmetic Mean Length of Stay--FY 2022
                Table 6A.--New Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022
                Table 6B.--New Procedure Codes--FY 2022
                Table 6C.--Invalid Diagnosis Codes--FY 2022
                Table 6D.--Invalid Procedure Codes--FY 2022
                Table 6E.--Revised Diagnosis Code Titles--FY 2022
                Table 6G.1.--Proposed Secondary Diagnosis Order Additions to the CC
                Exclusions List- FY 2022
                Table 6G.2.--Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Additions to the CC
                Exclusions List--FY 2022
                Table 6H.1.--Proposed Secondary Diagnosis Order Deletions to the CC
                Exclusions List--FY 2022
                Table 6H.2.--Proposed Principal Diagnosis Order Deletions to the CC
                Exclusions List--FY 2022
                Table 6I.1.--Proposed Additions to the MCC List--FY 2022
                Table 6I.2.--Proposed Deletions to the MCC List--FY 2022
                Table 6J.1.--Proposed Additions to the CC List--FY 2022
                Table 6P.--ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Codes for Proposed MS-DRG
                Changes--FY 2022 (Table 6P contains multiple tables, 6P.1a. through
                6P.3a that include the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS code lists relating
                to specific proposed MS-DRG changes. These tables are referred to
                throughout section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule.)
                Table 7A.--Proposed Medicare Prospective Payment System Selected
                Percentile Lengths of Stay: FY 2019 MedPAR Update March 2020--
                GROUPER Version 38 MS-DRGs
                Table 7B.--Proposed Medicare Prospective Payment System Selected
                Percentile Lengths of Stay: FY 2019 MedPAR Update March 2020--
                GROUPER Version 39 MS-DRGs
                Table 8A.--Proposed FY 2022 Statewide Average Operating Cost-to-
                Charge Ratios (CCRs) for Acute Care Hospitals (Urban and Rural)
                Table 8B.--Proposed FY 2022 Statewide Average Capital Cost-to-Charge
                Ratios (CCRs) for Acute Care Hospitals
                Table 16.--Proxy Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
                Adjustment Factors That Would Apply for FY 2022 If Our Proposals to
                Revise the Scoring and Payment Methodology For That Program Year Are
                Not Finalized
                Table 18.--Proposed FY 2022 Medicare DSH Uncompensated Care Payment
                Factor 3
                 The following LTCH PPS tables for this FY 2022 proposed rule are
                available through the internet on the CMS website at: http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/LongTermCareHospitalPPS/index.html under the list item for
                Regulation Number CMS-1752-P:
                Table 8C.--Proposed FY 2022 Statewide Average Total Cost-to-Charge
                Ratios (CCRs) for LTCHs (Urban and Rural)
                Table 11.--Proposed MS-LTC-DRGs, Relative Weights, Geometric Average
                Length of Stay, and Short-Stay Outlier (SSO) Threshold for LTCH PPS
                Discharges Occurring from October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022
                Table 12A.--Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index for Urban Areas for
                Discharges Occurring from October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022
                Table 12B.--Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index for Rural Areas for
                Discharges Occurring from October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25741]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.337
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.338
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.339
                [[Page 25742]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.340
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.341
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                Appendix A: Economic Analyses
                I. Regulatory Impact Analysis
                A. Statement of Need
                 This proposed rule is necessary in order to make payment and
                policy changes under the Medicare IPPS for Medicare acute care
                hospital inpatient services for operating and capital-related costs
                as well as for certain hospitals and hospital units excluded from
                the IPPS. This proposed rule also is necessary to make payment and
                policy changes for Medicare hospitals under the LTCH PPS. Also, as
                we note later in this Appendix, the primary objective of the IPPS
                and the LTCH PPS is to create incentives for hospitals to operate
                efficiently and minimize unnecessary costs, while at the same time
                ensuring that payments are sufficient to adequately compensate
                hospitals for their legitimate costs in delivering necessary care to
                Medicare beneficiaries. In addition, we share national goals of
                preserving the Medicare Hospital Insurance Trust Fund.
                 We believe that the proposed changes in this proposed rule, such
                as the proposed updates to the IPPS and LTCH PPS rates, and the
                proposals and discussions relating to applications for new
                technology add-on payments, are needed to further each of these
                goals while maintaining the financial viability of the hospital
                industry and ensuring access to high quality health care for
                Medicare beneficiaries.
                 We expect that these proposed changes would ensure that the
                outcomes of the prospective payment systems are reasonable and
                provide equitable payments, while avoiding or minimizing unintended
                adverse consequences.
                B. Overall Impact
                 We have examined the impacts of this proposed rule as required
                by Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review
                (September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation
                and Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility
                Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96-354), section 1102(b) of
                the Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
                (March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism
                (August 4, 1999), and the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C.
                804(2)).
                 Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all
                costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if
                regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that
                maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental,
                public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity).
                Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a ``significant
                regulatory action'' as an action that is likely to result in a rule:
                (1) Having an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more
                in any 1 year, or adversely and materially affecting a sector of the
                economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public
                health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or
                communities (also referred to as ``economically significant''); (2)
                creating a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfering with an
                action taken or planned by another agency; (3) materially altering
                the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan
                programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4)
                raising novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates,
                the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in the
                Executive Order.
                 We estimate that the proposed changes for FY 2022 acute care
                hospital operating and capital payments would redistribute amounts
                in excess of $100 million to acute care hospitals, and therefore,
                estimate that this rulemaking is ``economically significant'' as
                measured by the $100 million threshold. The proposed applicable
                percentage increase to the IPPS rates required by the statute, in
                conjunction with other proposed payment changes in this proposed
                rule, would result in an estimated $2.5 billion increase in FY 2022
                payments, primarily driven by: (a) A combined $2.2 billion increase
                in FY 2022 operating payments, including uncompensated care
                payments, and (b) a combined increase of $0.3 billion resulting from
                estimated changes in new technology add-on payments, the recently
                enacted statutory provision that provides for an imputed floor
                adjustment for all-urban states in a non-budget neutral manner
                beginning in FY 2022 and discussed in section III.G.2. of this rule,
                and FY 2022 capital payments. These proposed changes are relative to
                payments made in FY 2021. The impact analysis of the capital
                payments can be found in section I.I. of this Appendix. In addition,
                as described in section I.J. of this Appendix, LTCHs are expected to
                experience an increase in payments by approximately $52 million in
                FY 2022 relative to FY 2021.
                 Our operating impact estimate includes the proposed 0.5
                percentage point adjustment required under section 414 of the MACRA
                applied to the IPPS standardized amount, as discussed in section
                II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule. In addition, our
                operating payment impact estimate includes the proposed 2.3 percent
                hospital update to the standardized amount (which includes the
                estimated 2.5 percent market basket update reduced by the proposed
                0.2 percentage point for the multifactor productivity (MFP)
                adjustment). The estimates of IPPS operating payments to acute care
                hospitals do not reflect any changes in hospital admissions or real
                case-mix intensity, which will also affect overall payment changes.
                 The analysis in this Appendix, in conjunction with the remainder
                of this document, demonstrates that this proposed rule is consistent
                with the regulatory philosophy and principles identified in
                Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, the RFA, and section 1102(b) of
                the Act. This proposed rule would affect payments to a substantial
                number of small rural hospitals, as well as other classes of
                hospitals, and the effects on
                [[Page 25743]]
                some hospitals may be significant. Finally, in accordance with the
                provisions of Executive Order 12866, the Executive Office of
                Management and Budget has reviewed this proposed rule.
                C. Objectives of the IPPS and the LTCH PPS
                 The primary objective of the IPPS and the LTCH PPS is to create
                incentives for hospitals to operate efficiently and minimize
                unnecessary costs, while at the same time ensuring that payments are
                sufficient to adequately compensate hospitals for their costs in
                delivering necessary care to Medicare beneficiaries. In addition, we
                share national goals of preserving the Medicare Hospital Insurance
                Trust Fund.
                 We believe that the proposed changes in this proposed rule would
                further each of these goals while maintaining the financial
                viability of the hospital industry and ensuring access to high
                quality health care for Medicare beneficiaries. We expect that these
                proposed changes would ensure that the outcomes of the prospective
                payment systems are reasonable and equitable, while avoiding or
                minimizing unintended adverse consequences.
                 Because this proposed rule contains a range of policies, we
                refer readers to the section of the proposed rule where each policy
                is discussed. These sections include the rationale for our
                decisions, including the need for the proposed policy.
                D. Limitations of Our Analysis
                 The following quantitative analysis presents the projected
                effects of our proposed policy changes, as well as statutory changes
                effective for FY 2022, on various hospital groups. We estimate the
                effects of individual proposed policy changes by estimating payments
                per case, while holding all other payment policies constant. We use
                the best data available, but, generally unless specifically
                indicated, we do not attempt to make adjustments for future changes
                in such variables as admissions, lengths of stay, case mix, changes
                to the Medicare population, or incentives. In addition, we discuss
                limitations of our analysis for specific proposed policies in the
                discussion of those proposed policies as needed.
                E. Hospitals Included in and Excluded From the IPPS
                 The prospective payment systems for hospital inpatient operating
                and capital related- costs of acute care hospitals encompass most
                general short-term, acute care hospitals that participate in the
                Medicare program. There were 27 Indian Health Service hospitals in
                our database, which we excluded from the analysis due to the special
                characteristics of the prospective payment methodology for these
                hospitals. Among other short term, acute care hospitals, hospitals
                in Maryland are paid in accordance with the Maryland Total Cost of
                Care Model, and hospitals located outside the 50 States, the
                District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is, 6 short-term acute
                care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa) receive payment for
                inpatient hospital services they furnish on the basis of reasonable
                costs, subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling.
                 As discussed in section II.A.4 of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, consistent with our proposed use of the Provider Specific File
                (PSF), we included 3,198 IPPS acute care hospitals in our analysis.
                This represents approximately 54 percent of all Medicare-
                participating hospitals. The majority of this impact analysis
                focuses on this set of hospitals. There also are approximately 1,417
                CAHs. These small, limited service hospitals are paid on the basis
                of reasonable costs, rather than under the IPPS. IPPS-excluded
                hospitals and units, which are paid under separate payment systems,
                include IPFs, IRFs, LTCHs, RNHCIs, children's hospitals, cancer
                hospitals, extended neoplastic disease care hospital, and short-term
                acute care hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa. Changes in the
                prospective payment systems for IPFs and IRFs are made through
                separate rulemaking. Payment impacts of proposed changes to the
                prospective payment systems for these IPPS-excluded hospitals and
                units are not included in this proposed rule. The impact of the
                proposed update and policy changes to the LTCH PPS for FY 2022 is
                discussed in section I.J. of this Appendix.
                F. Effects on Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS
                 As discussed in section II.A.4 of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, consistent with our proposed use of the PSF, there were 95
                children's hospitals, 11 cancer hospitals, 6 short term- acute care
                hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana
                Islands and American Samoa, 1 extended neoplastic disease care
                hospital, and 15 RNHCIs being paid on a reasonable cost basis
                subject to the rate-of-increase ceiling under Sec. 413.40. (In
                accordance with Sec. 403.752(a) of the regulation, RNHCIs are paid
                under Sec. 413.40.) Among the remaining providers, the
                rehabilitation hospitals and units, and the LTCHs, are paid the
                Federal prospective per discharge rate under the IRF PPS and the
                LTCH PPS, respectively, and the psychiatric hospitals and units are
                paid the Federal per diem amount under the IPF PPS. As stated
                previously, IRFs and IPFs are not affected by the proposed rate
                updates discussed in this proposed rule. The impacts of the proposed
                changes on LTCHs are discussed in section I.J. of this Appendix.
                 For the children's hospitals, cancer hospitals, short-term acute
                care hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
                Mariana Islands, and American Samoa, the extended neoplastic disease
                care hospital, and RNHCIs, the proposed update of the rate-of-
                increase limit (or target amount) is the estimated FY 2022
                percentage increase in the proposed 2018-based IPPS operating market
                basket, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act, and
                Sec. Sec. 403.752(a) and 413.40 of the regulations. Consistent with
                current law, based on IGI's 2020 fourth quarter forecast of the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket increase, we are estimating
                the proposed FY 2022 update to be 2.5 percent (that is, the estimate
                of the market basket rate-of-increase), as discussed in section
                IV.A. of the preamble of this proposed rule. We are proposing that
                if more recent data become available for the final rule, we would
                use such data, if appropriate, to calculate the IPPS operating
                market basket update for FY 2022. However, the Affordable Care Act
                requires an adjustment for multifactor productivity (proposed 0.2
                percentage point reduction for FY 2022), resulting in a proposed 2.3
                percent applicable percentage increase for IPPS hospitals that
                submit quality data and are meaningful EHR users, as discussed in
                section IV.A. of the preamble of this proposed rule. Children's
                hospitals, cancer hospitals, short term acute care hospitals located
                in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                American Samoa, the extended neoplastic disease care hospital, and
                RNHCIs that continue to be paid based on reasonable costs subject to
                rate-of-increase limits under Sec. 413.40 of the regulations are
                not subject to the reductions in the applicable percentage increase
                required under the Affordable Care Act. Therefore, for those
                hospitals paid under Sec. 413.40 of the regulations, the proposed
                update is the percentage increase in the proposed 2018-based IPPS
                operating market basket for FY 2022, estimated at 2.5 percent.
                 The impact of the proposed update in the rate-of-increase limit
                on those excluded hospitals depends on the cumulative cost increases
                experienced by each excluded hospital since its applicable base
                period. For excluded hospitals that have maintained their cost
                increases at a level below the rate-of-increase limits since their
                base period, the major effect is on the level of incentive payments
                these excluded hospitals receive. Conversely, for excluded hospitals
                with cost increases above the cumulative update in their rate-of-
                increase limits, the major effect is the amount of excess costs that
                would not be paid.
                 We note that, under Sec. 413.40(d)(3), an excluded hospital
                that continues to be paid under the TEFRA system and whose costs
                exceed 110 percent of its rate-of-increase limit receives its rate-
                of-increase limit plus the lesser of: (1) 50 percent of its
                reasonable costs in excess of 110 percent of the limit; or (2) 10
                percent of its limit. In addition, under the various provisions set
                forth in Sec. 413.40, hospitals can obtain payment adjustments for
                justifiable increases in operating costs that exceed the limit.
                G. Quantitative Effects of the Proposed Policy Changes Under the
                IPPS for Operating Costs
                1. Basis and Methodology of Estimates
                 In this proposed rule, we are announcing proposed policy changes
                and payment rate updates for the IPPS for FY 2022 for operating
                costs of acute care hospitals. The proposed FY 2022 updates to the
                capital payments to acute care hospitals are discussed in section
                I.I. of this Appendix.
                 Based on the overall proposed percentage change in payments per
                case estimated using our payment simulation model, we estimate that
                total FY 2022 operating payments would increase by 2.7 percent,
                compared to FY 2021. In addition to the proposed applicable
                percentage increase, this amount reflects the proposed +0.5
                percentage point permanent
                [[Page 25744]]
                adjustment to the standardized amount required under section 414 of
                MACRA. The impacts do not reflect changes in the number of hospital
                admissions or real case-mix intensity, which would also affect
                overall payment changes.
                 We have prepared separate impact analyses of the proposed
                changes to each system. This section deals with the proposed changes
                to the operating inpatient prospective payment system for acute care
                hospitals. Our payment simulation model relies on the best available
                claims data to enable us to estimate the impacts on payments per
                case of certain proposed changes in this proposed rule. As discussed
                in Section I.A of this proposed rule, we believe that the FY 2019
                claims data is the best available data for purposes of the proposed
                FY 2022 ratesetting and this impact analysis reflects the use of
                that data. However, there are other proposed changes for which we do
                not have data available that would allow us to estimate the payment
                impacts using this model. For those proposed changes, we have
                attempted to predict the payment impacts based upon our experience
                and other more limited data.
                 The data used in developing the quantitative analyses of
                proposed changes in payments per case presented in this section are
                taken from the FY 2019 MedPAR file and are consistent with our
                proposed use of Provider-Specific File (PSF) data, as discussed
                previously in this proposed rule. Although the analyses of the
                proposed changes to the operating PPS do not incorporate cost data,
                data from the best available hospital cost reports were used to
                categorize hospitals, specifically, cost report data from the FY
                2018 HCRIS, as also discussed previously in this proposed rule. Our
                analysis has several qualifications. First, in this analysis, we do
                not make adjustments for future changes in such variables as
                admissions, lengths of stay, or underlying growth in real case-mix.
                Second, due to the interdependent nature of the IPPS payment
                components, it is very difficult to precisely quantify the impact
                associated with each proposed change. Third, we use various data
                sources to categorize hospitals in the tables. In some cases,
                particularly the number of beds, there is a fair degree of variation
                in the data from the different sources. We have attempted to
                construct these variables with the best available source overall.
                However, for individual hospitals, some miscategorizations are
                possible.
                 Using cases from the FY 2019 MedPAR file, we simulate payments
                under the operating IPPS given various combinations of payment
                parameters. As described previously, Indian Health Service hospitals
                and hospitals in Maryland were excluded from the simulations. The
                impact of proposed payments under the capital IPPS, and the impact
                of proposed payments for costs other than inpatient operating costs,
                are not analyzed in this section. Estimated payment impacts of the
                capital IPPS for FY 2022 are discussed in section I.I. of this
                Appendix.
                 We discuss the following proposed changes:
                 The effects of the application of the proposed
                applicable percentage increase of 2.3 percent (that is, a 2.5
                percent market basket update with a proposed reduction of 0.2
                percentage point for the multifactor productivity adjustment), and a
                proposed 0.5 percentage point adjustment required under section 414
                of the MACRA to the IPPS standardized amount, and the proposed
                applicable percentage increase (including the market basket update
                and the proposed multifactor productivity adjustment) to the
                hospital-specific rates.
                 The effects of the proposed changes to the relative
                weights and MS-DRG GROUPER.
                 The effects of the proposed changes in hospitals' wage
                index values reflecting updated wage data from hospitals' cost
                reporting periods beginning during FY 2018, compared to the FY 2017
                wage data, to calculate the proposed FY 2022 wage index.
                 The effects of the geographic reclassifications by the
                MGCRB (as of publication of this proposed rule) that will be
                effective for FY 2022.
                 The effects of the proposed rural floor with the
                application of the national budget neutrality factor to the wage
                index.
                 The effects of the proposed frontier State wage index
                adjustment under the statutory provision that requires hospitals
                located in States that qualify as frontier States to not have a wage
                index less than 1.0. This provision is not budget neutral.
                 The effects of the implementation of section
                1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by section 505 of Public Law 108-
                173, which provides for an increase in a hospital's wage index if a
                threshold percentage of residents of the county where the hospital
                is located commute to work at hospitals in counties with higher wage
                indexes for FY 2022. This provision is not budget neutral.
                 The total estimated change in payments based on the
                proposed FY 2022 policies relative to payments based on FY 2021
                policies.
                 To illustrate the impact of the proposed FY 2022 changes, our
                analysis begins with a FY 2021 baseline simulation model using: The
                FY 2021 applicable percentage increase of 2.4 percent; the 0.5
                percentage point adjustment required under section 414 of the MACRA
                applied to the IPPS standardized amount; the FY 2021 MS-DRG GROUPER
                (Version 38); the FY 2021 CBSA designations for hospitals based on
                the OMB definitions from the 2010 Census; the FY 2021 wage index;
                and no MGCRB reclassifications. Outlier payments are set at 5.1
                percent of total operating MS-DRG and outlier payments for modeling
                purposes.
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, as added by section
                5001(a) of Public Law 109-171, as amended by section 4102(b)(1)(A)
                of the ARRA (Pub. L. 111-5) and by section 3401(a)(2) of the
                Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148), provides that, for FY 2007
                and each subsequent year through FY 2014, the update factor will
                include a reduction of 2.0 percentage points for any subsection (d)
                hospital that does not submit data on measures in a form and manner,
                and at a time specified by the Secretary. Beginning in FY 2015, the
                reduction is one-quarter of such applicable percentage increase
                determined without regard to section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), (xi), or
                (xii) of the Act, or one-quarter of the market basket update.
                Therefore, we are proposing that, hospitals that do not submit
                quality information under rules established by the Secretary and
                that are meaningful EHR users under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the
                Act would receive an applicable percentage increase of 1.675
                percent. At the time this impact was prepared, 65 hospitals are
                estimated to not receive the full market basket rate-of-increase for
                FY 2022 because they failed the quality data submission process or
                did not choose to participate, but are meaningful EHR users. For
                purposes of the simulations shown later in this section, we modeled
                the proposed payment changes for FY 2022 using a reduced update for
                these hospitals.
                 For FY 2022, in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the
                Act, a hospital that has been identified as not a meaningful EHR
                user will be subject to a reduction of three-quarters of such
                applicable percentage increase determined without regard to section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), (xi), or (xii) of the Act. Therefore, we are
                proposing that hospitals that are identified as not meaningful EHR
                users and do submit quality information under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act would receive an applicable
                percentage increase of 0.425 percent. At the time this impact
                analysis was prepared, 105 hospitals are estimated to not receive
                the full market basket rate-of-increase for FY 2022 because they are
                identified as not meaningful EHR users that do submit quality
                information under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act. For
                purposes of the simulations shown in this section, we modeled the
                proposed payment changes for FY 2022 using a reduced update for
                these hospitals.
                 Hospitals that are identified as not meaningful EHR users under
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act and also do not submit quality
                data under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act would receive a
                proposed applicable percentage increase of -0.2 percent, which
                reflects a one-quarter reduction of the market basket update for
                failure to submit quality data and a three-quarter reduction of the
                market basket update for being identified as not a meaningful EHR
                user. At the time this impact was prepared, 24 hospitals are
                estimated to not receive the full market basket rate-of-increase for
                FY 2022 because they are identified as not meaningful EHR users that
                do not submit quality data under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the
                Act.
                 Each proposed policy change, statutory or otherwise, is then
                added incrementally to this baseline, finally arriving at an FY 2022
                model incorporating all of the proposed changes. This simulation
                allows us to isolate the effects of each change.
                 Our comparison illustrates the proposed percent change in
                payments per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022. Two factors not discussed
                separately have significant impacts here. The first factor is the
                update to the standardized amount. In accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, we are proposing to update the
                standardized amounts for FY 2022 using a proposed applicable
                percentage increase of 2.3 percent. This includes our forecasted
                IPPS operating hospital market basket increase of 2.5 percent with a
                [[Page 25745]]
                proposed 0.2 percentage point reduction for the multifactor
                productivity adjustment. Hospitals that fail to comply with the
                quality data submission requirements and are meaningful EHR users
                would receive a proposed update of 1.675 percent. This update
                includes a reduction of one-quarter of the market basket update for
                failure to submit these data. Hospitals that do comply with the
                quality data submission requirements but are not meaningful EHR
                users would receive a proposed update of 0.425 percent, which
                includes a reduction of three-quarters of the market basket update.
                Furthermore, hospitals that do not comply with the quality data
                submission requirements and also are not meaningful EHR users would
                receive a proposed update of -0.2 percent. Under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act, the update to the hospital-specific
                amounts for SCHs and MDHs is also equal to the applicable percentage
                increase, or 2.3 percent, if the hospital submits quality data and
                is a meaningful EHR user.
                 A second significant factor that affects the proposed changes in
                hospitals' payments per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022 is the change
                in hospitals' geographic reclassification status from one year to
                the next. That is, payments may be reduced for hospitals
                reclassified in FY 2021 that are no longer reclassified in FY 2022.
                Conversely, payments may increase for hospitals not reclassified in
                FY 2021 that are reclassified in FY 2022.
                2. Analysis of Table I
                 Table I displays the results of our analysis of the proposed
                changes for FY 2022. The table categorizes hospitals by various
                geographic and special payment consideration groups to illustrate
                the varying impacts on different types of hospitals. The top row of
                the table shows the overall impact on the 3,198 acute care hospitals
                included in the analysis.
                 The next two rows of Table I contain hospitals categorized
                according to their geographic location: Urban and rural. There are
                2,459 hospitals located in urban areas and 739 hospitals in rural
                areas included in our analysis. The next two groupings are by bed-
                size categories, shown separately for urban and rural hospitals. The
                last groupings by geographic location are by census divisions, also
                shown separately for urban and rural hospitals.
                 The second part of Table I shows hospital groups based on
                hospitals' FY 2022 payment classifications, including any
                reclassifications under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. For example,
                the rows labeled urban and rural show that the numbers of hospitals
                paid based on these categorizations after consideration of
                geographic reclassifications (including reclassifications under
                sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act that have
                implications for capital payments) are 1,965, and 1,233,
                respectively.
                 The next three groupings examine the impacts of the proposed
                changes on hospitals grouped by whether or not they have GME
                residency programs (teaching hospitals that receive an IME
                adjustment) or receive Medicare DSH payments, or some combination of
                these two adjustments. There are 2,034 nonteaching hospitals in our
                analysis, 907 teaching hospitals with fewer than 100 residents, and
                257 teaching hospitals with 100 or more residents.
                 In the DSH categories, hospitals are grouped according to their
                DSH payment status, and whether they are considered urban or rural
                for DSH purposes. The next category groups together hospitals
                considered urban or rural, in terms of whether they receive the IME
                adjustment, the DSH adjustment, both, or neither.
                 The next three rows examine the impacts of the proposed changes
                on rural hospitals by special payment groups (SCHs, MDHs and RRCs).
                There were 555 RRCs, 304 SCHs, 148 MDHs, 151 hospitals that are both
                SCHs and RRCs, and 24 hospitals that are both MDHs and RRCs.
                 The next series of groupings are based on the type of ownership
                and the hospital's Medicare utilization expressed as a percent of
                total inpatient days. These data were taken from the FY 2018 or FY
                2017 Medicare cost reports.
                 The next grouping concerns the geographic reclassification
                status of hospitals. The first subgrouping is based on whether a
                hospital is reclassified or not. The second and third subgroupings
                are based on whether urban and rural hospitals were reclassified by
                the MGCRB for FY 2022 or not, respectively. The fourth subgrouping
                displays hospitals that reclassified from urban to rural in
                accordance with section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act. The fifth
                subgrouping displays hospitals deemed urban in accordance with
                section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25746]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.342
                [[Page 25747]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.343
                [[Page 25748]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.344
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                a. Effects of the Proposed Hospital Update and Other Proposed
                Adjustments (Column 1)
                 As discussed in section IV.A. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, this column includes the proposed hospital update, including
                the proposed 2.5 percent market basket update reduced by the
                proposed 0.2 percentage point for the multifactor productivity
                adjustment. In addition, as discussed in section II.D. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, this column includes the FY 2022
                +0.5 percentage point adjustment required under section 414 of the
                MACRA. As a result, we are proposing to make a 2.8
                [[Page 25749]]
                percent update to the national standardized amount. This column also
                includes the proposed update to the hospital-specific rates which
                includes the proposed 2.5 percent market basket update reduced by
                the proposed 0.2 percentage point for the multifactor productivity
                adjustment. As a result, we are proposing to make a 2.3 percent
                update to the hospital-specific rates.
                 Overall, hospitals would experience a 2.8 percent increase in
                payments primarily due to the combined effects of the proposed
                hospital update to the national standardized amount and the proposed
                hospital update to the hospital-specific rate. Hospitals that are
                paid under the hospital-specific rate would experience a 2.3 percent
                increase in payments; therefore, hospital categories containing
                hospitals paid under the hospital-specific rate would experience a
                lower than average increase in payments.
                b. Effects of the Proposed Changes to the MS-DRG Reclassifications and
                Relative Cost-Based Weights With Recalibration Budget Neutrality
                (Column 2)
                 Column 2 shows the effects of the proposed changes to the MS-
                DRGs and relative weights with the application of the proposed
                recalibration budget neutrality factor to the standardized amounts.
                Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(i) of the Act requires us annually to make
                appropriate classification changes in order to reflect changes in
                treatment patterns, technology, and any other factors that may
                change the relative use of hospital resources. Consistent with
                section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act, we calculated a proposed
                recalibration budget neutrality factor to account for the changes in
                MS-DRGs and relative weights to ensure that the overall payment
                impact is budget neutral.
                 As discussed in section II.E. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, the FY 2022 MS-DRG relative weights will be 100 percent cost-
                based and 100 percent MS-DRGs. For FY 2022, we are proposing to
                calculate the MS-DRGs using the FY 2019 MedPAR data grouped to the
                proposed Version 39 (FY 2022) MS-DRGs. The methodology to calculate
                the proposed relative weights and the reclassification changes to
                the GROUPER are described in more detail in section II.G. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule.
                 The ``All Hospitals'' line in Column 2 indicates that proposed
                changes due to the MS-DRGs and relative weights would result in a
                0.0 percent change in payments with the application of the proposed
                recalibration budget neutrality factor of 1.000098 to the
                standardized amount.
                c. Effects of the Proposed Wage Index Changes (Column 3)
                 Column 3 shows the impact of the proposed updated wage data
                using FY 2018 cost report data, with the application of the proposed
                wage budget neutrality factor. The wage index is calculated and
                assigned to hospitals on the basis of the labor market area in which
                the hospital is located. Under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act,
                beginning with FY 2005, we delineate hospital labor market areas
                based on the Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) established by
                OMB. The current statistical standards used in FY 2022 are based on
                OMB standards published on February 28, 2013 (75 FR 37246 and
                37252), and 2010 Decennial Census data (OMB Bulletin No. 13-01), as
                updated in OMB Bulletin Nos. 15-01, 17-01, and 18-04. (We refer
                readers to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (79 FR 49951 through
                49963) for a full discussion on our adoption of the OMB labor market
                area delineations, based on the 2010 Decennial Census data,
                effective beginning with the FY 2015 IPPS wage index, to the FY 2017
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (81 FR 56913) for a discussion of our
                adoption of the CBSA updates in OMB Bulletin No. 15-01, which were
                effective beginning with the FY 2017 wage index, to the FY 2020
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41362) for a discussion of our
                adoption of the CBSA update in OMB Bulletin No. 17-01 for the FY
                2020 wage index, and to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR
                58743 through 58755) for a discussion of our adoption of the CBSA
                update in OMB Bulletin No. 18-04 for the FY 2021 wage index.)
                 Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires that, beginning
                October 1, 1993, we annually update the wage data used to calculate
                the wage index. In accordance with this requirement, the proposed
                wage index for acute care hospitals for FY 2022 is based on data
                submitted for hospital cost reporting periods, beginning on or after
                October 1, 2017 and before October 1, 2018. The estimated impact of
                the updated wage data using the FY 2018 cost report data and the OMB
                labor market area delineations on hospital payments is isolated in
                Column 3 by holding the other proposed payment parameters constant
                in this simulation. That is, Column 3 shows the proposed percentage
                change in payments when going from a model using the FY 2021 wage
                index, based on FY 2017 wage data, the labor-related share of 68.3
                percent, under the OMB delineations and having a 100-percent
                occupational mix adjustment applied, to a model using the proposed
                FY 2022 pre-reclassification wage index based on FY 2018 wage data
                with the proposed labor-related share of 67.6 percent, under the OMB
                delineations, also having a 100-percent occupational mix adjustment
                applied, while holding other payment parameters, such as use of the
                proposed Version 39 MS-DRG GROUPER constant. The FY 2022
                occupational mix adjustment is based on the CY 2019 occupational mix
                survey.
                 In addition, the column shows the impact of the application of
                the proposed wage budget neutrality to the national standardized
                amount. In FY 2010, we began calculating separate wage budget
                neutrality and recalibration budget neutrality factors, in
                accordance with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, which specifies
                that budget neutrality to account for wage index changes or updates
                made under that subparagraph must be made without regard to the 62
                percent labor-related share guaranteed under section
                1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act. Therefore, for FY 2022, we are
                proposing to calculate the proposed wage budget neutrality factor to
                ensure that payments under updated wage data and the proposed labor-
                related share of 67.6 percent are budget neutral, without regard to
                the lower labor-related share of 62 percent applied to hospitals
                with a wage index less than or equal to 1.0. In other words, the
                wage budget neutrality is calculated under the assumption that all
                hospitals receive the higher labor-related share of the standardized
                amount. The proposed FY 2022 wage budget neutrality factor is
                1.000277 and the overall proposed payment change is 0 percent.
                 Column 3 shows the impacts of updating the wage data using FY
                2018 cost reports. Overall, the new wage data and the proposed
                labor-related share, combined with the proposed wage budget
                neutrality adjustment, would lead to no change for all hospitals, as
                shown in Column 3.
                 In looking at the wage data itself, the national average hourly
                wage would increase 2.5 percent compared to FY 2021. Therefore, the
                only manner in which to maintain or exceed the previous year's wage
                index was to match or exceed the proposed 2.5 percent increase in
                the national average hourly wage. Of the 3,140 hospitals with wage
                data for both FYs 2021 and 2022, 1,628 or 52 percent would
                experience an average hourly wage increase of 2.5 percent or more.
                 The following chart compares the shifts in wage index values for
                hospitals due to proposed changes in the average hourly wage data
                for FY 2022 relative to FY 2021. These figures reflect proposed
                changes in the ``pre-reclassified, occupational mix-adjusted wage
                index,'' that is, the wage index before the application of
                geographic reclassification, the rural floor, the out-migration
                adjustment, and other wage index exceptions and adjustments. We note
                that the ``post-reclassified wage index'' or ``payment wage index,''
                which is the wage index that includes all such exceptions and
                adjustments (as reflected in Tables 2 and 3 associated with this
                proposed rule, which are available via the internet on the CMS
                website) is used to adjust the labor-related share of a hospital's
                standardized amount, either 67.6 percent (as proposed) or 62
                percent, depending upon whether a hospital's wage index is greater
                than 1.0 or less than or equal to 1.0. Therefore, the proposed pre-
                reclassified wage index figures in the following chart may
                illustrate a somewhat larger or smaller proposed change than would
                occur in a hospital's payment wage index and total payment.
                 The following chart shows the projected impact of proposed
                changes in the area wage index values for urban and rural hospitals.
                [[Page 25750]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.345
                d. Effects of MGCRB Reclassifications (Column 4)
                 Our impact analysis to this point has assumed acute care
                hospitals are paid on the basis of their actual geographic location
                (with the exception of ongoing policies that provide that certain
                hospitals receive payments on bases other than where they are
                geographically located). The proposed changes in Column 4 reflect
                the per case payment impact of moving from this baseline to a
                simulation incorporating the MGCRB decisions for FY 2022.
                 By spring of each year, the MGCRB makes reclassification
                determinations that will be effective for the next fiscal year,
                which begins on October 1. The MGCRB may approve a hospital's
                reclassification request for the purpose of using another area's
                wage index value. Hospitals may appeal denials by the MGCRB of
                reclassification requests to the CMS Administrator. Further,
                hospitals have 45 days from the date the IPPS proposed rule is
                issued in the Federal Register to decide whether to withdraw or
                terminate an approved geographic reclassification for the following
                year (we refer readers to the discussion of our clarification of
                this policy in section III.I.2. of the preamble to this proposed
                rule.)
                 The overall effect of geographic reclassification is required by
                section 1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act to be budget neutral. Therefore,
                for purposes of this impact analysis, we are proposing to apply an
                adjustment of 0.987018 to ensure that the effects of the
                reclassifications under sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and
                1886(d)(10) of the Act are budget neutral (section II.A. of the
                Addendum to this proposed rule). As noted elsewhere in this proposed
                rule, concurrent with this proposed rule, CMS has made publicly
                available the interim final rule with comment period titled
                ``Medicare Program; Modification of Limitations on Redesignation by
                the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board (MGCRB)'' (CMS-
                1762-IFC). Also as noted elsewhere in this proposed rule, if certain
                hospitals receive higher wage indexes as a result of settlement or
                other resolution of pending litigation, we intend to include any
                amounts they receive by reason of those higher wage indexes in the
                calculation of the budget neutrality factor. If these hospitals do
                receive a higher wage index at the time of the final rule than they
                might otherwise have received, we estimate the FY 2022 budget
                neutrality adjustment could increase by as much as approximately
                one-half of a percentage point compared to the budget neutrality
                adjustment that might otherwise have been calculated.
                 Geographic reclassification generally benefits hospitals in
                rural areas. We estimate that the geographic reclassification would
                increase payments to rural hospitals by an average of 1.1 percent.
                By region, most rural hospital categories would experience increases
                in payments due to MGCRB reclassifications.
                 Table 2 listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule and available via the internet on the CMS website reflects the
                reclassifications for FY 2022.
                e. Effects of the Proposed Rural Floor, Including Application of
                National Budget Neutrality (Column 5)
                 As discussed in section III.B. of the preamble of the FY 2009
                IPPS final rule, the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule, the
                FYs 2011 through 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rules, and this FY 2022
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, section 4410 of Public Law 105-33
                established the rural floor by requiring that the wage index for a
                hospital in any urban area cannot be less than the wage index
                applicable to hospitals located in rural areas in the same State. We
                apply a uniform budget neutrality adjustment to the wage index.
                Column 5 shows the effects of the proposed rural floor.
                 The Affordable Care Act requires that we apply one rural floor
                budget neutrality factor to the wage index nationally. We have
                calculated a proposed FY 2022 rural floor budget neutrality factor
                to be applied to the wage index of 0.993988, which would reduce wage
                indexes by 0.6 percent.
                 Column 5 shows the projected impact of the proposed rural floor
                with the national rural floor budget neutrality factor applied to
                the wage index based on the OMB labor market area delineations. The
                column compares the proposed post-reclassification FY 2022 wage
                index of providers before the rural floor adjustment and the
                proposed post-reclassification FY 2022 wage index of providers with
                the rural floor adjustment based on the OMB labor market area
                delineations. Only urban hospitals can benefit from the rural floor.
                Because the provision is budget neutral, all other hospitals that do
                not receive an increase to their wage index from the rural floor
                adjustment (that is, all rural hospitals and those urban hospitals
                to which the adjustment is not made) would experience a decrease in
                payments due to the budget neutrality adjustment that is applied to
                the wage index nationally. (As finalized in the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we calculate the rural floor without including the
                wage data of hospitals that have reclassified as rural under Sec.
                412.103.)
                 We estimate that 287 hospitals would receive the rural floor in
                FY 2022. All IPPS hospitals in our model would have their wage
                indexes reduced by the proposed rural floor budget neutrality
                adjustment of 0.993988. We project that, in aggregate, rural
                hospitals would experience a 0.2 percent decrease in payments as a
                result of the application of the proposed rural floor budget
                neutrality because the rural hospitals do not benefit from the rural
                floor, but have their wage indexes downwardly adjusted to ensure
                that the application of the rural floor is budget neutral overall.
                We project that, in the aggregate, hospitals located in urban areas
                would experience no change in payments because increases in payments
                to hospitals benefitting from the rural floor offset decreases in
                payments to nonrural floor urban hospitals whose wage index is
                downwardly adjusted by the rural floor budget neutrality factor.
                Urban hospitals in the New England region would experience a 2.7
                percent increase in payments primarily due to the application of the
                rural floor in Massachusetts.
                f. Effects of the Application of the Proposed Frontier State Wage Index
                and Proposed Out-Migration Adjustment (Column 6)
                 This column shows the combined effects of the application of
                section 10324(a) of the Affordable Care Act, which requires that we
                establish a minimum post-reclassified wage index of 1.00 for all
                hospitals located in ``frontier States,'' and the effects of section
                1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by section 505 of Public Law 108-
                173, which provides for an increase in the wage index for hospitals
                located in certain counties that have a relatively high percentage
                of hospital employees who reside in the county, but work in a
                different area with a higher wage index. These two wage index
                provisions are not budget neutral and would increase payments
                overall by 0.1 percent compared to the provisions not being in
                effect.
                 The term ``frontier States'' is defined in the statute as States
                in which at least 50 percent of counties have a population density
                less than 6 persons per square mile. Based on these criteria, 5
                States (Montana, Nevada, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Wyoming)
                are considered frontier States and an estimated 44 hospitals located
                in those States would receive a frontier wage index of 1.0000.
                Overall, this provision is not budget
                [[Page 25751]]
                neutral and is estimated to increase IPPS operating payments by
                approximately $68 million.
                 In addition, section 1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by section
                505 of Public Law 108-173, provides for an increase in the wage
                index for hospitals located in certain counties that have a
                relatively high percentage of hospital employees who reside in the
                county, but work in a different area with a higher wage index.
                Hospitals located in counties that qualify for the payment
                adjustment would receive an increase in the wage index that is equal
                to a weighted average of the difference between the wage index of
                the resident county, post-reclassification and the higher wage index
                work area(s), weighted by the overall percentage of workers who are
                employed in an area with a higher wage index. There are an estimated
                184 providers that would receive the out-migration wage adjustment
                in FY 2022. This out-migration wage adjustment is not budget
                neutral, and we estimate the impact of these providers receiving the
                out-migration increase would be approximately $40 million.
                g. Effects of All FY 2022 Proposed Changes (Column 7)
                 Column 7 shows our estimate of the proposed changes in payments
                per discharge from FY 2021 and FY 2022, resulting from all changes
                reflected in this proposed rule for FY 2022. It includes combined
                effects of the year-to-year change of the previous columns in the
                table.
                 The proposed average increase in payments under the IPPS for all
                hospitals is approximately 2.7 percent for FY 2022 relative to FY
                2021 and for this row is primarily driven by the proposed changes
                reflected in Column 1. Column 7 includes the proposed annual
                hospital update of 2.8 percent to the national standardized amount.
                This proposed annual hospital update includes the proposed 2.5
                percent market basket update reduced by the proposed 0.2 percentage
                point multifactor productivity adjustment. As discussed in section
                II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, this column also
                includes the +0.5 percentage point adjustment required under section
                414 of the MACRA. Hospitals paid under the hospital-specific rate
                would receive a 2.3 percent hospital update. As described in Column
                1, the proposed annual hospital update with the proposed +0.5
                percent adjustment for hospitals paid under the national
                standardized amount, combined with the proposed annual hospital
                update for hospitals paid under the hospital-specific rates, would
                result in a 2.7 percent increase in payments in FY 2022 relative to
                FY 2021. There are interactive effects among the various factors
                comprising the payment system that we are not able to isolate, which
                contribute to our estimate of the proposed changes in payments per
                discharge from FY 2021 and FY 2022 in Column 7.
                 Overall payments to hospitals paid under the IPPS due to the
                proposed applicable percentage increase and proposed changes to
                policies related to MS-DRGs, geographic adjustments, and outliers
                are estimated to increase by 2.7 percent for FY 2022. Hospitals in
                urban areas would experience a 2.7 percent increase in payments per
                discharge in FY 2022 compared to FY 2021. Hospital payments per
                discharge in rural areas are estimated to increase by 2.9 percent in
                FY 2022.
                3. Impact Analysis of Table II
                 Table II presents the projected impact of the proposed changes
                for FY 2022 for urban and rural hospitals and for the different
                categories of hospitals shown in Table I. It compares the estimated
                average payments per discharge for FY 2021 with the estimated
                proposed average payments per discharge for FY 2022, as calculated
                under our models. Therefore, this table presents, in terms of the
                average dollar amounts paid per discharge, the combined effects of
                the proposed changes presented in Table I. The estimated percentage
                changes shown in the last column of Table II equal the estimated
                percentage changes in average payments per discharge from Column 7
                of Table I.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25752]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.346
                [[Page 25753]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.347
                [[Page 25754]]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                H. Effects of Other Policy Changes
                 In addition to those proposed policy changes discussed
                previously that we are able to model using our IPPS payment
                simulation model, we are proposing to make various other changes in
                this proposed rule. As noted in section I.G. of this Appendix A, our
                payment simulation model uses the most recent available claims data
                to estimate the impacts on payments per case of certain proposed
                changes in this proposed rule. Generally, we have limited or no
                specific data available with which to estimate the impacts of these
                proposed changes using that payment simulation model. For those
                proposed changes, we have attempted to predict the payment impacts
                based upon our experience and other more limited data. Our estimates
                of the likely impacts associated with these other proposed changes
                are discussed in this section.
                1. Effects of Proposed Policies Relating to New Medical Service and
                Technology Add-On Payments and New COVID-19 Treatments Add-on Payment
                (NCTAP)
                a. Proposed FY 2022 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2021 New
                Technology Add-On Payments
                 In section II.F.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to continue to make new technology add-on payments for
                BAROSTIM NEO System, BALVERSATM, Jakafi[supreg],
                FETROJA[supreg], Optimizer[supreg] System, RECARBRIOTM,
                Soliris[supreg], XENLETATM, and ZERBAXA[supreg] in FY
                2022 because these technologies would still be considered new for
                purposes of new technology add-on payments. We are also proposing a
                1-year extension for FY 2022 of the new technology add-on payments
                for the following technologies, for which new technology add-on
                payments would otherwise be discontinued beginning with FY 2022:
                AndexXaTM, AZEDRA[supreg], Cablivi[supreg], ContaCT,
                Eluvia Drug-Eluting Vascular Stent System, ELZONRIS[supreg],
                Esketamine (SPRAVATO[supreg]), Hemospray, IMFINZI/TECENTRIQ, NUZYRA,
                Spinejack, T2 Bacteria Test Panel, XOSPATA[supreg], and
                ZEMDRITM. We refer readers to section II.F. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule with regard to our proposal for a 1-
                year extension of new technology add-on payments for these
                technologies in FY 2022.
                 Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), the new technology add-on payment for
                each case would be limited to the lesser of: (1) 65 percent of the
                costs of the new technology (or 75 percent of the costs for
                technologies designated as Qualified Infectious Disease Products
                (QIDPs) or approved under the Limited Population Pathway for
                Antibacterial and Antifungal Drugs (LPAD) pathway); or (2) 65
                percent of the amount by which the costs of the case exceed the
                standard MS-DRG payment for the case (or 75 percent of the amount
                for technologies designated as QIDPs or approved under the LPAD
                pathway). Because it is difficult to predict the actual new
                technology add-on payment for each case, our estimates in this
                proposed rule are based on applicant's estimate at the time they
                submitted their original application and the increase in new
                technology add-on payments for FY 2022 as if every claim that would
                qualify for a new technology add-on payment would receive the
                maximum add-on payment. In the following table are estimates for the
                23 technologies for which we are proposing to continue to make new
                technology add-on payments in FY 2022:
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.348
                b. Proposed FY 2022 Applications for New Technology Add-On Payments
                 In sections II.F.5. and 6. of the preamble to this proposed
                rule, we discuss 37 technologies for which we received applications
                for add-on payments for new medical services and technologies for FY
                2022. We note that five applicants withdrew their application prior
                to the issuance of this proposed rule. As explained in the preamble
                to this proposed rule, add-on payments for new medical services and
                technologies under section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act are not required
                to be budget neutral. As discussed in section II.F.6. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule, under the alternative pathway for
                new technology add-on payments, new technologies that are medical
                products with a QIDP designation, approved through the FDA LPAD
                pathway, or are part of the
                [[Page 25755]]
                Breakthrough Device program will be considered new and not
                substantially similar to an existing technology and will not need to
                demonstrate that the technology represents a substantial clinical
                improvement. These technologies must still meet the cost criterion.
                 As also discussed in section II.F.6. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule, we are proposing to approve 14 of the 16 alternative
                pathway applications for FY 2022 new technology add-on payments. We
                note that for one technology, the 3-year anniversary date of the
                product's entry onto the U.S. market will occur in FY 2021, and
                therefore we do not believe that the device is eligible for new
                technology add-on payments for FY 2022. We also note that another
                technology does not appear to include any operating costs and
                therefore no new technology add-on payment would be made because, as
                discussed in prior rulemaking and noted previously, we only make new
                technology add-on payments for operating costs (72 FR 47307 and
                47308).
                 Based on preliminary information from the applicants at the time
                of this proposed rule, we estimate that total payments for the 16
                technologies that applied under the alternative pathway, if
                approved, would be approximately $80 million for FY 2022. Total
                estimated FY 2022 payments for new technologies that are designated
                as a QIDP would be approximately $58 million, and total estimated FY
                2022 payments for new technologies that are part of the Breakthrough
                Device program would be approximately $22 million. We note that
                these estimated payments may be updated in the final rule based on
                revised or additional information CMS receives prior to the final
                rule.
                 We have not yet determined whether any of the 21 technologies
                that applied under the traditional pathway discussed in section
                II.F.5. of the preamble of this proposed rule will meet the criteria
                for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022. Consequently, it is
                premature to estimate the potential payment impact of these 21
                technologies for any potential new technology add-on payments for FY
                2022. We note that, as in past years, if any of the 21 technologies
                that applied under the traditional pathway are found to be eligible
                for new technology add-on payments for FY 2022, in the FY 2022 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule, we would discuss the estimated payment impact
                for FY 2022.
                c. Proposed Changes to FY 2022 New COVID-19 Treatments Add-On Payment
                (NCTAP)
                 As discussed in section II.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, in response to the COVID-19 PHE, we established the NCTAP
                under the IPPS for COVID-19 cases that meet certain criteria (85 FR
                71157 and 71158). In this proposed rule we are proposing to extend
                the NCTAP for eligible products that are not approved for new
                technology add-on payments through the end of the fiscal year in
                which the PHE ends (for example, September 30, 2022). We also are
                proposing to discontinue the NCTAP for discharges on or after
                October 1, 2021 for a product that is approved for new technology
                add-on payments beginning FY 2022.
                 Given that it is unknown what the cost and utilization of
                inpatient stays using these new treatments will be, the net overall
                cost of the proposed extension of the NCTAP is not estimable. On one
                extreme, if all of the new COVID-19 treatments decrease the net cost
                of hospitalizations (for example, due to shortened lengths of stay),
                including the cost of the new treatment, below the Medicare payment
                for discharges after the end of the PHE and through the end of the
                fiscal year in which the PHE ends, then there would be no NCTAP made
                and no additional cost to the Medicare program as a result of this
                proposed extension. On the other extreme, if all of the new COVID-19
                treatments result in the net cost of hospitalizations that exceed
                the outlier threshold (for example, due to the cost of the new
                treatment) for discharges after the end of the PHE and through the
                end of the fiscal year in which the PHE ends, the cost to the
                Medicare program would be the sum over all such NCTAP cases of 0.65
                times the outlier threshold for each case.
                2. Effects of the Proposed Changes to Medicare DSH and Uncompensated
                Care Payments for FY 2022
                a. Proposed Revision of the Regulations To Ensure Only Appropriate Days
                Are Counted in the Numerator of the Medicaid Fraction
                 As discussed in section V.F. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to revise the regulation governing the DSH
                calculation to ensure that the only section 1115 days that may be
                counted in the numerator of the Medicaid fraction are the days of
                patients for whom a section 1115 waiver provides inpatient hospital
                insurance coverage benefits directly to that patient on that day. To
                the extent that this proposal has an impact on expenditures, that
                impact is not estimable because we do not have information on the
                number of section 1115 days by hospital, which would be required to
                make an estimate.
                b. Medicare DSH Uncompensated Care Payment Proposals for FY 2022
                 As discussed in section V.E. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, under section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act, hospitals that
                are eligible to receive Medicare DSH payments will receive 25
                percent of the amount they previously would have received under the
                statutory formula for Medicare DSH payments under section
                1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act. The remainder, equal to an estimate of 75
                percent of what formerly would have been paid as Medicare DSH
                payments (Factor 1), reduced to reflect changes in the percentage of
                uninsured individuals and any additional statutory adjustment
                (Factor 2), is available to make additional payments to each
                hospital that qualifies for Medicare DSH payments and that has
                uncompensated care. Each hospital eligible for Medicare DSH payments
                will receive an additional payment based on its estimated share of
                the total amount of uncompensated care for all hospitals eligible
                for Medicare DSH payments. The uncompensated care payment
                methodology has redistributive effects based on the proportion of a
                hospital's amount of uncompensated care relative to the aggregate
                amount of uncompensated care of all hospitals eligible for Medicare
                DSH payments (Factor 3). The change to Medicare DSH payments under
                section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act is not budget neutral.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to establish the amount
                to be distributed as uncompensated care payments to DSH eligible
                hospitals, which for FY 2022 is $7,627,628,282.10. This figure
                represents 75 percent of the amount that otherwise would have been
                paid for Medicare DSH payment adjustments adjusted by a proposed
                Factor 2 of 72.14 percent. For FY 2021, the amount available to be
                distributed for uncompensated care was $8,290,014,520.96 or 75
                percent of the amount that otherwise would have been paid for
                Medicare DSH payment adjustments adjusted by a Factor 2 of 72.86
                percent. Consistent with the policy adopted in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years, we will use
                a single year of data on uncompensated care costs from Worksheet S-
                10 of the FY 2018 cost reports to calculate Factor 3 in the FY 2022
                methodology for all eligible hospitals with the exception of Indian
                Health Service (IHS) and Tribal hospitals and Puerto Rico Hospitals.
                To calculate Factor 3 for Puerto Rico hospitals and Indian Health
                Service and Tribal hospitals, we are proposing to use data regarding
                Medicaid utilization from 2013 cost reports from the most recent
                HCRIS database extract and the most recent available SSI days (or,
                for Puerto Rico hospitals, a proxy for Medicare SSI utilization
                data). For a complete discussion of the proposed methodology for
                calculating Factor 3, we refer readers to section V.E.4. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule.
                 To estimate the impact of the combined effect of proposed
                changes in Factors 1 and 2, as well as the changes to the data used
                in determining Factor 3, on the calculation of Medicare
                uncompensated care payments, we compared total uncompensated care
                payments estimated in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to total
                uncompensated care payments estimated in this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                proposed rule. For FY 2021, we calculated 75 percent of the
                estimated amount that would be paid as Medicare DSH payments absent
                section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act, adjusted by a Factor 2 of
                72.86 percent and multiplied by a Factor 3 calculated using the
                methodology described in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. For
                FY 2022, we calculated 75 percent of the estimated amount that would
                be paid as Medicare DSH payments absent section 3133 of the
                Affordable Care Act, adjusted by a proposed Factor 2 of 72.14
                percent and multiplied by a Factor 3 calculated using the
                methodology described previously.
                 Our analysis included 2,378 hospitals that are projected to be
                eligible for DSH in FY 2022. It did not include hospitals that had
                terminated their participation from the Medicare program as of
                January 28, 2021, Maryland hospitals, new hospitals, MDHs, and SCHs
                that are expected to be paid based on their hospital-specific rates.
                The 27 hospitals participating in the Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration Program were excluded from this analysis, as
                [[Page 25756]]
                participating hospitals are not eligible to receive empirically
                justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments. In
                addition, the data from merged or acquired hospitals were combined
                under the surviving hospital's CMS certification number (CCN), and
                the non-surviving CCN was excluded from the analysis. The estimated
                impact of the proposed changes in Factors 1, 2, and 3 on
                uncompensated care payments across all hospitals projected to be
                eligible for DSH payments in FY 2022, by hospital characteristic, is
                presented in the following table.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.350
                [[Page 25757]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.351
                 The changes in projected FY 2022 uncompensated care payments
                from payments in FY 2021 are driven by a proposed decrease in Factor
                1 and a proposed decrease in Factor 2, as well as by a decrease in
                the number of hospitals projected to be eligible to receive DSH in
                FY 2022 relative to FY 2021. The proposed Factor 1 has decreased
                from FY 2021 final rule's Factor 1 of $11.378 billion to this
                proposed rule's Factor 1 of $10.573 billion, while the proposed
                percent change in the percent of individuals who are uninsured
                (Factor 2) has decreased from 72.86 percent to 72.14 percent. Based
                on the proposed changes in these two factors, the impact analysis
                found that, across all projected DSH eligible hospitals, proposed FY
                2022 uncompensated care payments are estimated at approximately
                $7.628 billion, or a proposed decrease of approximately 7.99 percent
                from FY 2021 uncompensated care payments (approximately $8.290
                billion). While these proposed changes would result in a net
                decrease in the amount available to be distributed in uncompensated
                care payments, the projected payment decreases vary by hospital
                type. This redistribution of uncompensated care payments is caused
                by proposed changes in Factor 3. As seen in the previous table, a
                percent change of less than negative 7.99 percent indicates that
                hospitals within the specified category are projected to experience
                a larger decrease in uncompensated care payments, on average,
                compared to the universe of projected FY 2022 DSH hospitals.
                Conversely, a percent change greater than negative 7.99 percent
                indicates that a hospital type is projected to have a smaller
                decrease than the overall average. Similarly, a positive percent
                change indicates an increase in uncompensated care payments. The
                variation in the distribution of payments by hospital characteristic
                is largely dependent on a given hospital's uncompensated care costs
                as reported in the Worksheet S-10, or number of Medicaid days and
                SSI days for Puerto Rico hospitals and Indian Health Service and
                Tribal hospitals, used in the Factor 3 computation.
                [[Page 25758]]
                 Rural hospitals, in general, are projected to experience larger
                decreases in uncompensated care payments than their urban
                counterparts. Overall, rural hospitals are projected to receive an
                11.27 percent decrease in uncompensated care payments, while urban
                hospitals are projected to receive a 7.79 percent decrease in
                uncompensated care payments.
                 By bed size, smaller rural hospitals are projected to receive
                the largest decreases in uncompensated care payments. Rural
                hospitals with 0-99 beds are projected to receive a 14.02 percent
                payment decrease, and rural hospitals with 100-249 beds are
                projected to receive a 9.86 percent decrease. These decreases for
                smaller rural hospitals are greater than the overall hospital
                average. However, larger rural hospitals with 250+ beds are
                projected to receive a smaller than average payment decrease of 1.57
                percent. This trend is consistent among urban hospitals, with the
                smallest urban hospitals, those with 0-99 and 100-249 beds,
                projected to receive a decrease in uncompensated care payments that
                is greater than the overall hospital average, at 9.61 and 10.42
                percent, respectively. In contrast, the largest urban hospitals with
                250+ beds are projected to receive a 6.80 percent decrease in
                uncompensated care payments, which is a smaller decrease than the
                overall hospital average.
                 By region, rural hospitals are expected to receive larger than
                average decreases in uncompensated care payments in all Regions,
                except for rural hospitals in New England, which are projected to
                receive an increase of 4.68 percent in uncompensated care payments,
                and rural hospitals in the East South Central Region, which are
                projected to receive a smaller than average decrease of 4.46
                percent. Regionally, urban hospitals are projected to receive a more
                varied range of payment changes. Urban hospitals in the New England,
                Middle Atlantic, East South Central, and Pacific Regions, as well as
                urban hospitals in Puerto Rico, are projected to receive larger than
                average decreases in uncompensated care payments. Urban hospitals in
                the South Atlantic, East North Central, West North Central, West
                South Central, and Mountain Regions are projected to receive smaller
                than average decreases in uncompensated care payments.
                 By payment classification, although hospitals in urban areas
                overall are expected to receive a 7.61 percent decrease in
                uncompensated care payments, hospitals in large urban areas are
                expected to see a decrease in uncompensated care payments of 8.47
                percent, while hospitals in other urban areas are expected to
                receive a decrease in uncompensated care payments of 5.99 percent.
                Rural hospitals are projected to receive the largest decrease of
                8.72 percent.
                 Nonteaching hospitals are projected to receive a payment
                decrease of 7.55 percent, teaching hospitals with fewer than 100
                residents are projected to receive a payment decrease of 8.01
                percent, and teaching hospitals with 100+ residents have a projected
                payment decrease of 8.33 percent. All of these decreases closely
                approximate the overall hospital average. Proprietary and voluntary
                hospitals are projected to receive smaller than average decreases of
                6.40 and 7.34 percent respectively, while government hospitals are
                expected to receive a larger payment decrease of 9.94 percent. All
                hospitals with less than 50 percent Medicare utilization are
                projected to receive decreases in uncompensated care payments
                consistent with the overall hospital average percent change, while
                hospitals with 50-65 percent and greater than 65 percent Medicare
                utilization are projected to receive larger decreases of 15.17 and
                27.46 percent, respectively.
                3. Effects of Proposed Reductions Under the Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program for FY 2022
                 In section V.G. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss our proposed policies for the FY 2022 Hospital Readmissions
                Reduction Program. This program requires a reduction to a hospital's
                base operating DRG payment to account for excess readmissions of
                selected applicable conditions and procedures. The table and
                analysis in this proposed rule illustrate the estimated financial
                impact of the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program payment
                adjustment methodology by hospital characteristic. For the purpose
                of modeling the proposed FY 2022 payment adjustment factors for this
                proposed rule, we used the payment adjustment factors from the FY
                2021 Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program and the FY 2021
                Hospital IPPS proposed rule Impact File to analyze results by
                hospital characteristics. Hospitals are stratified into quintiles
                based on the proportion of dual-eligible stays among Medicare fee-
                for-service (FFS) and managed care stays between July 1, 2016 and
                June 30, 2019 (that is, the FY 2021 Hospital Readmissions Reduction
                Program's performance period). Hospitals' excess readmission ratios
                (ERRs) are assessed relative to their peer group median and a
                neutrality modifier is applied in the payment adjustment factor
                calculation to maintain budget neutrality. In the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule, we will provide an updated estimate of the financial
                impact using the proportion of dually-eligible beneficiaries, excess
                readmission ratios, and aggregate payments for each condition/
                procedure and all discharges for applicable hospitals from the FY
                2022 Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program applicable period (that
                is, July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2020). We note that for the FY
                2022 applicable period, we will only be assessing data from July 1,
                2017 through December 1, 2019 due to the COVID-19 public health
                emergency (PHE) nationwide Extraordinary Circumstance Exception
                (ECE) waiver which excluded data from January 1, 2020 through June
                30, 2020 from the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
                calculations.\1527\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1527\ Although the FY 2022 applicable period is July 1, 2017
                through June 30, 2020, we note that first and second quarter data
                from CY 2020 is excluded from consideration for scoring purposes due
                to the nationwide ECE that was granted in response to the COVID-19
                PHE. Taking into consideration the 30-day window to identify
                readmissions, the period for calculating DRG payments would be
                adjusted to July 1, 2017 through December 1, 2019. Further
                information will be found in the FY 2022 Hospital Specific Report
                (HSR) User Guide located on QualityNet website at: https://qualitynet.cms.gov/inpatient/hrrp/reports that is anticipated to
                become available in August 2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The results in the table include 2,986 non-Maryland hospitals
                eligible to receive a penalty during the performance period.
                Hospitals are eligible to receive a penalty if they have 25 or more
                eligible discharges for at least one measure between July 1, 2016
                and June 30, 2019. The second column in the table indicates the
                total number of non-Maryland hospitals with available data for each
                characteristic that have an estimated payment adjustment factor less
                than 1 (that is, penalized hospitals).
                 The third column in the table indicates the percentage of
                penalized hospitals among those eligible to receive a penalty by
                hospital characteristic. For example, 82.17 percent of eligible
                hospitals characterized as non-teaching hospitals are expected to be
                penalized. Among teaching hospitals, 89.70 percent of eligible
                hospitals with fewer than 100 residents and 92.64 percent of
                eligible hospitals with 100 or more residents are expected to be
                penalized.
                 The fourth column in the table estimates the financial impact on
                hospitals by hospital characteristic. The table shows the share of
                penalties as a percentage of all base operating DRG payments for
                hospitals with each characteristic. This is calculated as the sum of
                penalties for all hospitals with that characteristic over the sum of
                all base operating DRG payments for those hospitals between October
                1, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (FY 2019). For example, the penalty
                as a share of payments for urban hospitals is 0.68 percent. This
                means that total penalties for all urban hospitals are 0.68 percent
                of total payments for urban hospitals. Measuring the financial
                impact on hospitals as a percentage of total base operating DRG
                payments accounts for differences in the amount of base operating
                DRG payments for hospitals with the characteristic when comparing
                the financial impact of the program on different groups of
                hospitals.
                [[Page 25759]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.352
                [[Page 25760]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.353
                4. Effects of Proposed Changes Under the FY 2022 Hospital Value-Based
                Purchasing (VBP) Program
                 In section V.H. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss the Hospital VBP Program under which the Secretary makes
                value-based incentive payments to hospitals based on their
                performance on measures during the performance period with respect
                to a fiscal year. We are proposing to suppress the Hospital Consumer
                Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) survey,
                Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary (MSPB) and five healthcare-
                associated infection (HAI) measures, as well as to change the
                scoring and payment methodologies for the FY 2022 program year, such
                that the hospital would receive a value-based incentive payment
                percentage that results in a value-based incentive payment amount
                that is equal to the applicable percentage (2 percent).
                Specifically, we are proposing that we will calculate the measure
                rates for all of the measures we have selected for the FY 2022
                program year, but that we would not generate achievement or
                improvement points for any of the measures we are proposing to
                suppress. Additionally, we are proposing to not award domain scores
                for the Person and Community Engagement, Efficiency and Cost
                Reduction, and Safety domains. Therefore, we would not award
                hospitals a TPS, and would instead award hospitals a payment
                incentive multiplier that results in a value-based incentive payment
                amount that is equal to the amount withheld for the fiscal year (2
                percent). That is, each hospital would receive a 2 percent reduction
                to its base operating DRG payment amount for each FY 2022 discharge
                and will then receive a value-based incentive payment percentage
                that will result in a value-based incentive payment amount that is
                equal to the 2 percent withheld. If these proposals are finalized,
                the impact for every hospital under the Hospital VBP Program would
                be a net percentage payment adjustment of zero.
                 We are also providing the estimated impact of the FY 2022
                program because those impacts would apply if the proposals, as
                previously discussed, are not finalized. We used TPSs from FY 2021
                to calculate the proxy adjustment factors used for this impact
                analysis. We note that these FY 2021 TPSs were calculated using
                measure data from before the COVID-19 PHE was declared, and that if
                our proposals are not finalized, actual TPSs for the FY 2022 program
                year could be more variable than the FY 2021 TPSs due to the impacts
                of the COVID-19 PHE on FY 2022 data. These are the most recently
                available scores that hospitals were given an opportunity to review
                and correct. The proxy adjustment factors use estimated annual base
                operating DRG payment amounts derived from the December 2020 update
                to the FY 2020 MedPAR file. The proxy adjustment factors can be
                found in Table 16 associated with this proposed rule (available via
                the internet on the CMS website). This impact analysis shows that,
                for the FY 2022 program year, the number of hospitals that would
                receive an increase in their base operating DRG payment amount is
                lower than the number of hospitals that would receive a decrease. On
                average, urban hospitals in the New England region and rural
                hospitals in the East South Central region would have the highest
                positive percentage change in base operating DRG. Hospitals in the
                Urban Middle Atlantic, Urban South Atlantic, Urban West South
                Central, Rural New England, Rural Middle Atlantic, Rural South
                Atlantic, and Rural West South Central regions would experience an
                average negative percent change in base operating DRG. All other
                regions, both urban and rural, would experience an average positive
                percent change in base operating DRG payment amounts.
                 As DSH patient percent increases, the average percent change in
                the base operating DRG payment amounts would generally increase
                (excluding DSH Percent = 50-65, for which the average percent change
                in the base operating DRG payment amounts would be lower than the
                average percent change in the base operating DRG payment amounts for
                all
                [[Page 25761]]
                other categories). With respect to hospitals' Medicare utilization
                as a percent of inpatient days (MCR), as the MCR percent increases,
                the average percent change in the base operating DRG payment amounts
                would generally increase. On average, non-teaching hospitals would
                have a lower percentage change in their base operating DRG payment
                amounts compared to teaching hospitals; however, on average, both
                non-teaching hospitals and teaching hospitals would have a positive
                percentage change in their base operating DRG payment amounts.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.354
                [[Page 25762]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.355
                 The actual FY 2022 program year's TPSs would not be reviewed and
                corrected by hospitals until after the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule has been published. Therefore, the same historical universe of
                eligible hospitals and corresponding TPSs from the FY 2021 program
                year would be used for the updated impact analysis in the final
                rule, if the proposals, as previously described, for FY 2022 are not
                finalized.
                 We note that we are also proposing to suppress the MORT-30-PN
                measure for the FY 2023 program year. If this proposal is finalized,
                we would calculate the measure rate for the MORT-30-PN program year,
                [[Page 25763]]
                however, we would not generate achievement or improvement points for
                that measure. At this time, we have not proposed to suppress any
                other measures for the FY 2023 program year. Therefore, we are not
                proposing any changes to the scoring methodology for the FY 2023
                program in this proposed rule. Hospitals will still receive
                achievement and improvement points on the remaining measures for
                which they report the minimum number of cases, and they will receive
                scores on domains for which they report the minimum number of
                measures for the FY 2023 program year. The domain scores, weighted
                at 25 percent each, will be used to calculate TPSs for the FY 2023
                program year. We are also proposing to remove the CMS PSI 90 measure
                beginning with the FY 2023 program year. However, because we are
                proposing to remove this measure before it would be used in
                calculating a hospital's TPS under the Hospital VBP Program, we do
                not expect this proposal will have impacts for the FY 2023 program
                year.
                5. Effects Under the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2022
                 We are presenting the estimated impact of the FY 2022 Hospital-
                Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program on hospitals by hospital
                characteristic in the following two tables. These FY 2022 HAC
                Reduction Program results were calculated using the Equal Measure
                Weights approach finalized in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (83 FR 41486 through 41489). Each hospital's Total HAC Score was
                calculated as the equally weighted average of the hospital's measure
                scores. The tables in this section present the estimated proportion
                of hospitals in the worst-performing quartile of Total HAC Scores by
                hospital characteristic. The first table shows the estimated
                proportion of hospitals in the worst-performing quartile of Total
                HAC Scores using the proposed one-year performance period for the
                HAI measures if the measure suppression policy proposed in section
                IX.I.3.d. of the preamble of this proposed rule is finalized and
                adopted for the FY 2022 program year. The second table shows the
                estimated proportion of hospitals in the worst-performing quartile
                of Total HAC Scores using the previously finalized two-year
                performance period for the HAI measures.
                 The first table calculates hospitals' CMS Patient Safety and
                Adverse Events Composite (CMS PSI 90) measure results based on
                Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) discharges from July 1, 2016 and
                December 31, 2017 and version 9.0 of the PSI software. Hospitals'
                measure results for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                (CDC) Central Line-Associated Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI),
                Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection (CAUTI), Colon and
                Abdominal Hysterectomy Surgical Site Infection (SSI), Methicillin-
                resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) bacteremia, and Clostridium
                difficile Infection (CDI) measures are derived from standardized
                infection ratios (SIRs) calculated with hospital surveillance data
                reported to the National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) for
                infections occurring between January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017.
                These results are based on the FY 2020 Final Rule Impact Table and
                estimate the impacts of the measure suppression policy by excluding
                6 months of CMS PSI 90 data and 12 months of CDC measure data. For
                the second table, hospitals' CMS PSI 90 measure results are based on
                Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) discharges from July 1, 2018 through
                December 31, 2019 \1528\ and version 11.0 of the PSI software.
                Hospitals' measure results for CDC CLABSI, CAUTI, Colon and
                Abdominal Hysterectomy SSI, MRSA bacteremia, and CDI measures are
                derived from standardized infection ratios (SIRs) calculated with
                hospital surveillance data reported to the NHSN for infections
                occurring between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2019. To analyze
                the results by hospital characteristic, we used the FY 2021 Final
                Rule Impact File. Both tables are based on historical data and may
                not reflect the actual impacts of the COVID-19 PHE.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1528\ Although the FY 2022 applicable period for the CMS PSI 90
                measure is July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2020, we note that first
                and second quarter data from CY 2020 is excluded from consideration
                for scoring purposes due to the nationwide ECE that was granted in
                response to the COVID-19 public health emergency. CMS, ``Medicare
                and Medicaid Programs, Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments
                (CLIA), and Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act; Additional
                Policy and Regulatory Revisions in Response to the COVID-19 Public
                Health Emergency'' 85 FR 54820.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 While both tables are presented in this section and their format
                is the same, we use values from the first table in this text as an
                examples because the length of data periods match the measure
                suppression policy proposed in section IX.I.3.d. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule. The table includes 3,169 non-Maryland hospitals
                with a FY 2022 Total HAC Score. Maryland hospitals and hospitals
                without a Total HAC Score are excluded from the table. The first
                column presents a breakdown of each characteristic and the second
                column indicates the number of hospitals for the respective
                characteristic.
                 The third column in the table indicates the number of hospitals
                for each characteristic that would be in the worst-performing
                quartile of Total HAC Scores. These hospitals would receive a
                payment reduction under the FY 2022 HAC Reduction Program. For
                example, with regard to teaching status, 475 hospitals out of 1,988
                hospitals characterized as non-teaching hospitals would be subject
                to a payment reduction. Among teaching hospitals, 199 out of 891
                hospitals with fewer than 100 residents and 103 out of 260 hospitals
                with 100 or more residents would be subject to a payment reduction.
                 The fourth column in the table indicates the proportion of
                hospitals for each characteristic that would be in the worst
                performing quartile of Total HAC Scores and thus receive a payment
                reduction under the FY 2022 HAC Reduction Program. For example, 23.9
                percent of the 1,988 hospitals characterized as non-teaching
                hospitals, 22.3 percent of the 891 teaching hospitals with fewer
                than 100 residents, and 39.6 percent of the 260 teaching hospitals
                with 100 or more residents would be subject to a payment reduction.
                [[Page 25764]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.356
                [[Page 25765]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.357
                [[Page 25766]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.358
                [[Page 25767]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.359
                6. Effects of the Proposed Changes to IME and Direct GME Payments
                 The Consolidated Appropriations Act (CAA) of 2020 contained 3
                provisions affecting Medicare direct GME and IME payments to
                teaching hospitals. Section 126 of the CAA makes available 1,000 new
                Medicare-funded GME positions, with 200 slots to be distributed in 5
                rounds over 5 years starting in FY 2023, with priority given to
                hospitals in 4 categories. Section 127 of the CAA, effective for
                cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2022, makes
                changes relating to the determination of both an urban and rural
                hospital's FTE resident limit for direct GME and IME payment
                purposes with regard to residents training in an accredited rural
                training track, and the application of the 3-year rolling average to
                the payment calculation of these hospitals. Section 131 of the CAA
                makes changes to the determination of direct GME PRAs and direct GME
                and IME FTE resident limits of hospitals that hosted a small number
                of residents for a short duration, based on new programs started on
                or after enactment (December 27, 2020) and 5 years after (December
                26, 2025). We provide detailed proposals for implementing these 3
                CAA provisions in section V.J.2. of this proposed rule. Following is
                a table showing the estimated cost of implementation of these 3 CAA
                provisions:
                [[Page 25768]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.360
                 In section V.J.2.d. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                also are proposing that, effective for cost reporting periods
                beginning on or after October 1, 2021, a cost report is rejected for
                teaching hospitals for lack of supporting documentation if it does
                not include the IRIS data that contains the same total counts of
                direct GME FTE residents (unweighted and weighted) and of IME FTE
                residents as the total counts of direct GME FTE and IME FTE
                residents reported in the teaching hospital's cost report. This
                proposal would continue to require all teaching hospitals to submit
                the IRIS data under Sec. 413.24(f)(5) to have an acceptable cost
                report submission. However, this proposal would require that this
                data must correspond to the same total counts of direct GME FTE
                residents (unweighted and weighted) and of IME FTE residents as the
                total counts of direct GME FTE and IME FTE residents reported in the
                teaching hospital's cost report. Providers are required under
                Sec. Sec. 413.20 and 413.24 to maintain data that substantiates
                their costs. IRIS is the source document for reporting FTEs in all
                teaching hospitals' cost reports. To enhance the contractors'
                ability to review duplicates and to ensure residents are not being
                double counted, we believe it is necessary and appropriate to
                require that the total unweighted and weighted FTE counts on the
                IRIS for direct GME and IME respectively, for all applicable
                allopathic, osteopathic, dental, and podiatric residents that a
                hospital may train, must equal the same total unweighted and
                weighted FTE counts for direct GME and IME reported on Worksheet E-4
                and Worksheet E, Part A. Because all teaching hospitals are already
                required to submit the IRIS data under Sec. 413.24(f)(5) to have an
                acceptable cost report submission, there are no additional burdens
                or expenses placed upon teaching hospitals as a result of our
                proposal to require that the supporting documents submitted (the
                IRIS data) correspond to the amounts reported in the cost report in
                order to have an acceptable cost report submission.
                7. Effects of Implementation of the Rural Community Hospital
                Demonstration Program in FY 2022
                 In section V.K. of the preamble of this proposed rule for FY
                2022, we discussed our implementation and budget neutrality
                methodology for section 410A of Public Law 108-173, as amended by
                sections 3123 and 10313 of Public Law 111-148, by section 15003 of
                Public Law 114-255, and most recently, by section 128 of Public Law
                116-260, which requires the Secretary to conduct a demonstration
                that would modify payments for inpatient services for up to 30 rural
                hospitals.
                 Section 128 of Public Law 116-255 requires the Secretary to
                conduct the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration for a 15-year
                extension period (that is, for an additional 5 years beyond the
                current extension period). In addition, the statute provides for
                continued participation for all hospitals participating in the
                demonstration program as of December 30, 2019. Therefore, we
                interpret the statute as providing for an additional 5-year period
                under the reasonable cost-based reimbursement methodology for the
                demonstration for the hospitals that were participating as of this
                date.
                 Section 410A(c)(2) of Public Law 108-173 requires that in
                conducting the demonstration program under this section, the
                Secretary shall ensure that the aggregate payments made by the
                Secretary do not exceed the amount which the Secretary would have
                paid if the demonstration program under this section was not
                implemented (budget neutrality). We propose to adopt the general
                methodology used in previous years, whereby we estimated the
                additional payments made by the program for each of the
                participating hospitals as a result of the demonstration, and then
                adjusted the national IPPS rates by an amount sufficient to account
                for the added costs of this demonstration. In other words, we have
                applied budget neutrality across the payment system as a whole
                rather than across the participants of this demonstration. The
                language of the statutory budget neutrality requirement permits the
                agency to implement the budget neutrality provision in this manner.
                The statutory language requires that aggregate payments made by the
                Secretary do not exceed the amount which the Secretary would have
                paid if the demonstration was not implemented, but does not identify
                the range across which aggregate payments must be held equal.
                 For this proposed rule, the resulting amount applicable to FY
                2022 is $63,829,479, which we are proposing to include in the budget
                neutrality offset adjustment for FY 2022. This estimated amount is
                based on the specific assumptions regarding the data sources used,
                that is, recently available ``as submitted'' cost reports and
                historical and currently finalized update factors for cost and
                payment.
                 In previous years, we have incorporated a second component into
                the budget neutrality offset amounts identified in the final IPPS
                rules. As finalized cost reports became available, we determined the
                amount by which the actual costs of the demonstration for an
                earlier, given year differed from the estimated costs for the
                demonstration set forth in the final IPPS rule for the corresponding
                fiscal year, and we incorporated that amount into the budget
                neutrality offset amount for the upcoming fiscal year. We have
                calculated this difference for FYs 2005 through 2015 between the
                actual costs of the demonstration as determined from finalized cost
                reports once available, and estimated costs of the demonstration as
                identified in the applicable IPPS final rules for these years.
                 With the extension of the demonstration for another 5-year
                period, as authorized by section 128 of Public Law 116-260, we will
                continue this general procedure. All finalized cost reports are not
                yet all available for the 18 hospitals that completed a cost
                reporting period beginning in FY 2016 according to the demonstration
                cost-based payment methodology. We are expecting to include in the
                FY2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule the difference between the actual
                costs of the demonstration as determined from these cost repots and
                the estimated costs as determined in the FY 2016 final rule.
                [[Page 25769]]
                 For this proposed rule for FY 2022, the total amount that we are
                applying to the national IPPS rates is $63,829,479.
                8. Effects of the Proposed Repeal of the Market-Based MS-DRG Relative
                Policy
                 In section V.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to repeal the requirement that a hospital report on the
                Medicare cost report the median payer-specific negotiated charge
                that the hospital has negotiated with all of its MA organization
                payers, by MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods ending on or after
                January 1, 2021, as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule. We are also proposing to repeal the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology that was adopted effective for FY 2024,
                as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. In the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we estimated the total annual burden hours
                for this data collection requirement as follows: 20 hours per
                hospital times 3,189 total hospitals equals 63,780 annual burden
                hours and $4,315,993 annually for all hospitals nationally. We refer
                readers to 85 FR 59015 for further analysis of this assessment.
                 The market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology, as
                finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, is effective
                beginning with the relative weights calculated for FY 2024. If we
                were to finalize our proposal to repeal the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology effective in FY 2024, we would continue
                calculating the MS-DRG relative weights using the current cost-based
                MS-DRG relative weight methodology for FY 2024 and subsequent fiscal
                years. If finalized, this proposed repeal of the market-based data
                collection and market-based relative weight methodology would not
                result in a payment impact to hospitals and would instead decrease
                burden for hospitals required to comply with the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight data collection requirement.
                9. Effects of Continued Implementation of the Frontier Community Health
                Integration Project (FCHIP) Demonstration
                 In section VII.B.2. of the preamble of this proposed we discuss
                the implementation of the FCHIP demonstration, which allows eligible
                entities to develop and test new models for the delivery of health
                care services in eligible counties in order to improve access to and
                better integrate the delivery of acute care, extended care, and
                other health care services to Medicare beneficiaries in no more than
                four States. Budget neutrality estimates for the demonstration
                described in the preamble of this rule are based on the time period
                from August 1, 2016 through July 31, 2019 (referred to in this
                section as the ``initial period'' of the demonstration). Section 129
                of the Consolidated Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 116-159) extends the
                FCHIP Demonstration by 5 years (referred to in this section as the
                ``extension period'' of the demonstration). Thus, the FCHIP
                Demonstration will resume on July 1, 2021, and CAHs participating in
                the demonstration project during the extension period shall begin
                such participation in the cost reporting year that begins on or
                after July 1. The initial period of the demonstration included three
                intervention prongs, under which specific waivers of Medicare
                payment rules allowed for enhanced payment: Telehealth, skilled
                nursing facility/nursing facility services, and ambulance services.
                These waivers were implemented with the goal of increasing access to
                care with no net increase in costs. (We also discussed this policy
                in the FY 2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38294 through 38296),
                the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41516 through 41517),
                the FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (84 FR 42427 and 42428) and the
                FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (85 FR 588894 through 58896), but
                did not make any changes to the policy that was adopted in FY 2017.)
                 We specified the payment enhancements for the demonstration
                initial period and selected CAHs for participation with the goal of
                maintaining the budget neutrality of the demonstration on its own
                terms (that is, the demonstration would produce savings from reduced
                transfers and admissions to other health care providers, thus
                offsetting any increase in payments resulting from the
                demonstration). However, because of the small size of this
                demonstration program and uncertainty associated with projected
                Medicare utilization and costs, in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule we adopted a contingency plan (81 FR 57064 through 57065) to
                ensure that the budget neutrality requirement in section 123 of
                Public Law 110-275 would be met. Accordingly, if analysis of claims
                data for the Medicare beneficiaries receiving services at each of
                the participating CAHs, as well as of other data sources, including
                cost reports, shows that increases in Medicare payments under the
                demonstration during the 3-year initial period are not sufficiently
                offset by reductions elsewhere, we will recoup the additional
                expenditures attributable to the demonstration through a reduction
                in payments to all CAHs nationwide. The demonstration was projected
                to impact payments to participating CAHs under both Medicare Part A
                and Part B. Thus, in the event that we determine that aggregate
                payments under the demonstration exceed the payments that would
                otherwise have been made, we will recoup payments through reductions
                of Medicare payments to all CAHs under both Medicare Part A and Part
                B. Because of the small scale of the demonstration, it would not be
                feasible to implement budget neutrality by reducing payments only to
                the participating CAHs. Therefore, we will make the reduction to
                payments to all CAHs, not just those participating in the
                demonstration, because the FCHIP demonstration is specifically
                designed to test innovations that affect delivery of services by
                this provider category. As we explained in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule (81 FR 57064 through 57065), we believe that the language
                of the statutory budget neutrality requirement at section
                123(g)(1)(B) of the Act permits the agency to implement the budget
                neutrality provision in this manner. The statutory language merely
                refers to ensuring that aggregate payments made by the Secretary do
                not exceed the amount which the Secretary estimates would have been
                paid if the demonstration project was not implemented, and does not
                identify the range across which aggregate payments must be held
                equal.
                 Under the policy finalized in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule, in the event the demonstration is found not to have been
                budget neutral, any excess costs will be recouped over a period of 3
                cost reporting years, beginning in CY 2020. In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (85 FR 58895), we stated that based on the currently
                available data, the determination of budget neutrality results was
                preliminary and the amount of any reduction to CAH payments that
                would be needed in order to recoup excess costs under the
                demonstration remained uncertain. Therefore, we revised the policy
                originally adopted in the FY 2017 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to delay
                the implementation of any budget neutrality adjustment and stated
                that we would revisit this policy in rulemaking for FY 2022, when we
                expected to have complete data for the demonstration period. Based
                on the data and actuarial analysis described previously, we have
                concluded the initial period of the FCHIP demonstration (covering
                the time period August 1, 2016, to July 31, 2019) has satisfied the
                budget neutrality requirement described in section 123(g)(1)(B) of
                Public Law 110-275. Therefore, we are not proposing to apply a
                budget neutrality payment offset to payments to CAHs in FY 2022.
                This policy will have no impact for any national payment system for
                FY 2022.
                10. Effects of the Proposed Policy Regarding Medicaid Enrollment of
                Medicare Providers and Suppliers for Purposes of Processing Claims for
                Cost Sharing for Services Furnished to Dually Eligible Beneficiaries
                 In section X.A. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss our proposals regarding Medicaid enrollment of Medicare
                providers and suppliers for purposes of processing claims for cost
                sharing for services furnished to dually eligible beneficiaries.
                 Under section 1902(a)(10)(E) of the Act, states are liable for
                Medicare cost-sharing amounts for certain beneficiaries dually
                eligible for Medicare and Medicaid, including those in the Qualified
                Medicare Beneficiary (QMB) program. Per section 1905(p)(3) of the
                Act, this cost-sharing liability includes costs incurred with
                respect to a QMB regardless of whether the costs incurred were for
                items and services covered under the Medicaid State plan.
                 All states require providers to enroll in Medicaid in order to
                process a Medicaid claim, including one for Medicare cost-sharing.
                However, some Medicare providers and suppliers have experienced
                difficulty enrolling in a State's Medicaid program and submitting
                claims for payment of Medicare cost-sharing.
                 Because some states at times have not met their obligation at
                section 1905(p)(3) of the Act to determine Medicare cost-sharing
                liability, we are proposing to add a new paragraph (d) to 42 CFR
                455.410 to specify, in part, how states must meet this obligation.
                Specifically, we propose that by January 1, 2023, for purposes of
                determining Medicare cost-sharing liability, State Medicaid programs
                must accept enrollment from all Medicare-enrolled providers and
                suppliers
                [[Page 25770]]
                (even if a provider or supplier is of a type that the State would
                not otherwise enroll in the State Medicaid program), if the provider
                otherwise meets all other Federal Medicaid enrollment requirements,
                including, but not limited to, all applicable provisions of 42 CFR
                part 455, subparts B and E.
                 There are three areas where this provision would have impact;
                listed here and discussed in further detail later in this section.
                 Updating State Medicaid systems with other provider
                types and cost-sharing logic.
                 New providers and suppliers enrolling in State Medicaid
                systems.
                 Reducing Medicare bad debt appeals.
                 We are unable to estimate the change in Medicaid program costs
                or on Medicare bad debt payments in this analysis because states
                have flexibility to choose their cost-sharing payment methodology
                for different provider types in their Medicaid State plan, and we do
                not have a clear basis for assumptions about their future choices.
                States can choose to pay Medicare cost-sharing at the Medicare rate,
                which means the State pays the amount that Medicare establishes as
                the cost-sharing amount. States can also choose to pay Medicare
                cost-sharing using the Medicaid State plan rate, which means the
                State takes into consideration the amount that Medicare paid when
                determining the amount (if any) that the State will pay to bring the
                provider's total payment up to the Medicaid State plan rate.
                Usually, the Medicaid State plan rate is lower than the Medicare
                rate (Medicare paid amount), resulting in no additional Medicare
                cost-sharing payment to the provider from the State. However, if the
                State plan rate is higher than the Medicare rate (Medicare paid
                amount), the State would then pay the difference between the
                Medicare paid amount and the State plan rate. States can also choose
                to apply a lesser-of policy, in which states pay the lesser of the
                cost-sharing based on the Medicare rate or the State plan rate.
                Lastly, states can pay at a negotiated rate.
                 Historically, most states elect a lesser-of policy for State
                payment of cost-sharing for hospital claims, meaning that they pay
                very little, if any, Medicare cost-sharing. For example, 43 states
                used the lesser-of policy for cost-sharing for Medicare inpatient
                hospital claims in 2018. Given this, and that the states that would
                be impacted by this proposal are those that have not enrolled
                certain Medicare provider types, it seems plausible that these
                states would choose to elect lesser-of payment policies for these
                newly enrolled provider types, generally limiting new cost-sharing
                liability to zero. However, because states have the flexibility to
                set their cost-sharing methodology for newly enrolled provider
                types, we have not estimated costs based on those future elections.
                However, by properly processing claims for Medicare cost-sharing it
                ensures Medicare is not inappropriately paying bad debt on any cost-
                sharing liability the State should have paid through its State plan
                elections.
                a. Updating State Medicaid Systems With Other Provider Types and Cost-
                Sharing Logic
                 To estimate the costs of this proposal, we note that Medicare
                LTCHs are an example of a Medicare-enrolled provider that is most
                notably not an explicit provider type in Medicaid. Therefore, we
                assume that 26 states will need to make systems changes to implement
                the proposal if finalized since this is the number of states named
                in the Select Specialty Hospital--Denver, et al. v. Azar case in
                which 77 LTCHs from 26 states appealed the denial of claims for
                Medicare bad debt because the LTCHs were unable to furnish a
                Medicaid remittance advice. While there may be other states or
                territories that do not enroll other provider types, such as
                Comprehensive Outpatient Rehabilitation Facilities (CORFs), we have
                less information on this circumstance and, for the purposes of this
                analysis, assume that the 26 states included in the LTCH litigation
                are the same states that may not be enrolling these other provider
                types. As such, we have estimated a one-time burden for 26 State and
                territory Medicaid programs to comply with the provider enrollment
                requirement as proposed. We estimate that it would take a maximum of
                6 months of work (approximately 960 hours) by a computer programmer
                working at a Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) mean hourly rate of
                $44.53 per hour to make the necessary systems changes. Since we
                estimate that 26 states and territories would need to make changes,
                we project an aggregate burden of $1,111,469 (26 states * 960 hours
                of programming work * $44.53/hour) and a cost per State of
                approximately $42,749 (960 * $44.53 = $42,749). The cost and time
                attributable to this systems change will be influenced by whether
                the State is implementing other enrollment systems changes at the
                same time. Assuming the State implements this change in isolation,
                we estimate that this change could take 6 months. However, if a
                State makes this change as a part of a broader enrollment systems
                update, the work specific to proposal could be minimal. We note that
                states are likely eligible for 90/10 Federal medical assistance
                percentage (FMAP) for the State Medicaid Management Information
                System (MMIS) as set forth in 1903(a)(3)(A) of the Act.
                 We estimate a 6-month implementation period for these system
                updates. In this proposed rule, we assume there will be 17 months
                between when we expect to publish a final rule in August 2021, and
                the January 1, 2023 applicability date. The purpose of the 17-month
                window is to give organizations flexibility to find a 6-month period
                to perform updates as indicated in section X.A. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule. States would have the ability to choose, in
                consultation with CMS, when in the 17-month implementation period
                they want to make this change. For the purposes of this impact
                analysis, we estimated a uniform distribution beginning in August
                2021 and ending in January 2023. As noted previously, the total cost
                impact over 17 months is $1,111,469, when apportioned uniformly over
                the 17 months, the resulting impacts are $322,326 and $789,143 for
                2021 and 2022 respectively corresponding to 5 months and 12 months
                in 2021 and 2022, respectively. We solicit comment on Medicaid costs
                of systems updates related to this proposal.
                b. New Providers and Suppliers Enrolling in State Medicaid Systems
                 Currently, there are 363 LTCHs across the United States, and our
                understanding is that at least half are in a Core Based Statistical
                Area (CBSA) in which the states currently enroll LTCHs. If half of
                LTCHs are able to newly enroll with their State Medicaid program, we
                estimate enrollment will take an average of three to six hours for
                an LTCH office manager, at a BLS mean hourly rate of $28.91 per
                hour, to complete so would cost between $86.73 and $173.46 for each
                LTCH (3 to 6 hours * $28.91/hr). Therefore, we estimate this will
                cost LTCHs between $15,611 and $31,223 ($86.73 to $173.46 * 180
                LTCHs) in aggregate. We assume that, on average, it will take states
                a similar amount of time to review and process these enrollment
                applications, though we know that some applications can be
                adjudicated quickly through automated processes, and others will
                need manual review. We estimate states will need to process
                enrollment applications for 180 LTCHs, across 26 states, for a total
                costs of between $15,611 and $31,223, or $600 to $1,200 per State
                ($15,611 to $31,223/26 states). While this proposal may also impact
                other provider and supplier types, such as CORFs, we are uncertain
                how many of these provider types will be able to newly enroll in
                Medicaid as a result of this proposal. We solicit comment on the
                enrollment application and processing impacts related to this
                proposal.
                c. Reducing Medicare Bad Debt Appeals
                 This proposed rule will not affect existing bad debt appeals.
                However, we believe the proposed rule may reduce the number of
                future bad debt appeals by ensuring certain Medicare-enrolled
                providers, such as LTCHs, can enroll with State Medicaid programs,
                receive Medicaid Remittance Advice (RA), and claim Medicare bad
                debt. In eliminating these appeals, the proposal would eliminate the
                cost for providers to pursue such appeals and subsequent litigation,
                as well as the costs for CMS to defend them. Therefore, we estimate
                provider and Medicare cost savings from avoiding future Medicare bad
                debt appeals. As noted previously, we are unable to estimate a
                reduction in Medicare bad debt payments that would result from an
                increase in State payment of Medicare LTCH cost-sharing because
                states have flexibility to choose their cost-sharing payment
                methodology for different provider types in their State plan, and we
                do not have a clear basis for assumptions about their future
                choices.
                 While we cannot predict the outcome of future appeals and
                litigation, the February 2021 resolution of the Select Specialty
                Hospital--Denver, et al. v. Azar case, which included claims from 77
                LTCHs in 26 states from 2005 to 2010, helps us better understand the
                potential appeal-related costs avoided if we finalize this proposal.
                 Medicare Hospital Insurance Trust Fund Payments. After an
                adverse decision for CMS, the Federal government ultimately paid the
                plaintiffs a total of $23,649,492, which included the principle
                amount of $18,656,588 for the payment of bad debt claims that had
                been denied, plus associated
                [[Page 25771]]
                interest of $4,992,904. In determining the principle amount to be
                paid, it was difficult for CMS to retroactively determine State
                liability for cost-sharing, if any, in order to deduct that amount
                from the amount claimable as bad debt. If finalized, this proposal
                would help ensure that the amount paid for bad debt accurately
                reflects State liability. Additionally, by reducing the need for bad
                debt appeals and litigation, it would also eliminate costs
                associated with interest, should future cases be decided similarly
                to Select Specialty Hospital--Denver, et al. v. Azar.
                 Litigation costs. In the Specialty Hospital--Denver, et al. v.
                Azar case, the plaintiffs sought $1,174,000 in total costs of
                attorney's fees and costs incurred to litigate denied Medicare bad
                debt claims dating from 2005 to 2010 through the Medicare Provider
                Reimbursement Review Board (PRRB) and in Federal District Court. The
                court denied this request, so these costs were borne by the LTCHs.
                 The Federal government also bears significant costs to process
                and defend these appeals and subsequent litigation: The MAC and the
                Federal Specialized Service prepare the documentation to present at
                the PRRB; the PRRB prepares the case for the hearing and prepares
                and issue a decision; the CMS Attorney Advisor disseminates the PRRB
                decision to the appropriate parties, such as the Federal Specialized
                Service and CMS payment policy staff, for input on the PRRB decision
                and then issues a final Administrator's decision on the case; the
                Office of General Council prepares and files the appropriate
                documentation to hear the court case which may also involve
                components of the U.S. Department of Justice; and the Office of
                General Council defends the case, and if necessary, works with CMS
                to determine an appropriate settlement that the MAC then implements.
                Currently, there are at least 20 open cases before CMS for the same
                issue ruled on in the Select Specialty Hospital--Denver case, claims
                with dates of service from 2007 to 2020. We estimate the provider
                bad debt reimbursement in controversy across these 20 open cases to
                be $17,248,242. Of these 20 open cases, nine cases are under remand
                from the Federal District Court with a calculated potential interest
                amount of $2,740,794.
                 If this proposal is not finalized, it is likely that appeals on
                this issue, and their associated costs for Medicare providers and
                for the Federal government described previously, would continue into
                the future. We solicit comment on the cost and savings related to
                appeals resulting from this proposed policy.
                 In sum, we note that the estimated costs saved by providers,
                CMS, and other Federal agencies in avoiding ongoing Medicare bad
                debt appeals likely offset the maximum $31,223 in aggregate spending
                for providers and suppliers to enroll with State Medicaid programs,
                and the maximum $31,223 for states to process those applications, as
                well as the $1,111,469 in aggregate spending for states to update
                the State Medicaid systems, which will likely be eligible for 90/10
                FMAP, as described previously.
                11. Effects of the Proposed Organ Acquisition Payment Policy
                 In section X.B.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to codify into the Medicare regulations some longstanding
                Medicare organ acquisition payment policies, with clarifications
                where necessary, and proposing to codify some new organ acquisition
                payment policies. Specifically, in section X.B.2.h. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, we are proposing to revise and codify the
                Medicare organ counting policy to more accurately record and pay
                Medicare's share of organ acquisition costs. Additionally in section
                X.B.2.l. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing to
                revise and codify the policy for donor community hospital (Medicare-
                certified non-transplant hospitals) charges for services provided to
                organ procurement organizations. In section X.B.2.m. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, we are also proposing to make technical
                corrections, clarifications, conforming changes, and redesignations
                in the regulations. Finally, in section X.B.3. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, we are soliciting comments on the existing cap
                on surgeon fees for cadaveric kidney excisions.
                 As a result of our proposal to codify certain longstanding organ
                acquisition payment policies into the regulations, there would be no
                additional costs to the Medicare program and no increased burden
                placed upon transplant hospitals, OPOs or other stakeholders.
                Likewise, there would be no costs or savings to the Medicare program
                from the technical corrections, clarifications, conforming changes,
                or redesignations of some regulations. There would also be no costs
                or savings to the Medicare program from the comment solicitation
                related to surgeon fees.
                 As a result of our proposal to revise and codify the Medicare
                usable organ counting policy to count only organs transplanted into
                Medicare beneficiaries so that Medicare more accurately records and
                pays its share of organ acquisition costs, we estimate an annual
                cost savings to the Medicare trust fund of $230 million in FY 2022,
                $1.74 billion over 5 years, and $4.150 billion over 10 years. OACT
                estimated these savings on a cash basis using IPPS cost data. These
                savings estimates also include effects associated with the impacts
                to Medicare Advantage plans. These effects which are unrelated to
                our proposal, include the changes resulting from the 21st Century
                Cures Act, which requires that kidney acquisition costs for Medicare
                Advantage beneficiaries be paid under Fee-for-service Medicare
                beginning January 1, 2021, rather than under Medicare Advantage
                (section 17006 of Pub. L. 114-255).
                 As a result of our proposal to revise and codify the policy for
                donor community hospital charges for services provided to organ
                procurement organizations, we are currently unable to estimate a
                cost savings. Based on the Scientific Registry of Transplant
                Recipient data, we recognize that organs recovered from donor
                community hospitals comprised 62 percent of all transplanted organs
                in 2017 and 2018.\1529\ Under the current policy donor community
                hospitals bill customary charges or negotiated rates and not charges
                reduced to cost. Because our proposal requires donor community
                hospitals to reduce charges to cost, we anticipate a cost savings to
                the Medicare trust fund.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1529\ Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients. Request for
                Information. Requested on 02/08/2021.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                12. Effects of the Proposed Policy Changes to the Medicare Shared
                Savings Program
                 In section X.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                describe our proposed changes to the Medicare Shared Savings Program
                (Shared Savings Program) established under section 1899 of the Act.
                The proposed changes are estimated to reduce program spending
                relative to a status quo baseline by extending the flexibility for
                certain ACOs to elect to ``freeze'' their participation level along
                the BASIC track's glide path for PY 2022. Such special flexibility--
                having proven popular among ACOs that chose to ``freeze'' their
                level of participation for PY 2021 in light of the uncertainties
                caused by the COVID-19 PHE, is expected to again help retain ACO
                participation in the program, particularly among ACOs leery of
                taking on downside risk, or increasing levels of downside risk, in
                the midst of pandemic-related uncertainty. In modeling the impacts
                of the proposed changes, we used ACO performance data from the 6-
                month performance year from July 1, 2019, through December 31, 2019,
                based on CY 2019, along with preliminary data from performance year
                2020 to identify ACOs that would be likely to opt for this
                flexibility and to estimate the potential impact on program
                spending. We also considered the benchmark and performance
                information ACOs would have available when making participation
                decisions for PY 2022 in the context of participation decisions made
                by ACOs in similar positions entering PY 2021.
                 We estimate that the proposed flexibility would prevent between
                20 to 30 ACOs that would otherwise be required to transition to
                performance-based risk in PY 2022 from dropping out of the Shared
                Savings Program. Additionally, we estimate that between 60 to 80
                ACOs that would otherwise attempt the transition to performance-
                based risk would, out of caution, opt to stay in a one-sided model
                in PY 2022 (that is BASIC track Level A or B) despite the
                opportunity to graduate to a higher level of potential reward (under
                BASIC track Levels A and B, ACOs share at most 40 percent of
                savings, whereas BASIC track Levels C, D, and E allow for greater
                upside potential with a maximum sharing rate of 50 percent). The net
                effect of offering this flexibility is estimated to be a $90 million
                reduction in Federal spending, with the reduction ranging from $50
                to $140 million. The estimated impact is roughly evenly split
                between net savings generated by ACOs that would have otherwise have
                terminated their participation in the program absent the flexibility
                and reduced shared savings payouts to ACOs that would elect to
                remain at the lower sharing rates in Levels A or B of the BASIC
                track despite the fact they would have ultimately earned--as a
                group--more shared savings had they transitioned to a risk
                arrangement in Level C, D, or E of the BASIC track. Although we
                estimate the impact of this proposal over the single performance
                year for which it would
                [[Page 25772]]
                expand certain ACOs' participation options, it is possible there
                could be secondary impacts over a longer time period. However, we do
                not believe the longer run potential effects are readily
                quantifiable on net. On one hand, the policy could allow certain
                ACOs to delay making more aggressive care delivery changes if they
                expect CMS to likely continue to offer risk-free participation in
                the program in future rulemaking, as would have been the case for
                two successive rules (the May 8, 2020 COVID-19 Interim Final Rule
                with Comment Period and this FY 2022 Medicare Hospital Inpatient
                Prospective Payment System proposed rule). On the other hand, the
                proposal could give other ACOs additional time to grow in confidence
                in their ability to manage the transition to risk, while at the same
                time finding stability in their operations after the disruption from
                the COVID-19 PHE. ACOs in the latter category may then find longer-
                term success (including driving lower net spending for the program)
                that might have otherwise been curtailed had the ACO been forced to
                decide whether or not to transition to performance-based risk for PY
                2022. These two scenarios illustrate potential countervailing longer
                run impacts from the proposal, and while we do not attempt to
                estimate a net impact across the mix of such possible scenarios for
                ACOs impacted by this proposal, we assert that the proposal
                increases the chance that the program could sustain a larger mix of
                participants and this outcome outweighs the risk that certain ACOs
                might be marginally slower to make efficiency-related changes in
                care delivery.
                I. Effects of Proposed Changes in the Capital IPPS
                1. General Considerations
                 As discussed, in section III.A of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to use claims from the March 2020 update of
                the FY 2019 MedPAR file and provider data from the March 2020 update
                of the Provider Specific File (PSF) for purposes of determining the
                proposed capital Federal rate for FY 2022. Consistent with these
                proposals, for the impact analysis presented in this section, we
                used data from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR file and
                the March 2020 update of the PSF that was used for payment purposes.
                Although the analyses of the proposed changes to the capital
                prospective payment system do not incorporate cost data, we used the
                March 2020 update of the hospital cost report data (FYs 2017 and
                2018) to categorize hospitals. Our analysis has several
                qualifications and uses the best data available, as described later
                in this section.
                 Due to the interdependent nature of the IPPS, it is very
                difficult to precisely quantify the impact associated with each
                change. In addition, we draw upon various sources for the data used
                to categorize hospitals in the tables. In some cases (for instance,
                the number of beds), there is a fair degree of variation in the data
                from different sources. We have attempted to construct these
                variables with the best available sources overall. However, it is
                possible that some individual hospitals are placed in the wrong
                category.
                 Using cases from the March 2020 update of the FY 2019 MedPAR
                file, we simulated payments under the capital IPPS for FY 2021 and
                the proposed payments for FY 2022 for a comparison of total payments
                per case. Short-term, acute care hospitals not paid under the
                general IPPS (for example, hospitals in Maryland) are excluded from
                the simulations.
                 The methodology for determining a capital IPPS payment is set
                forth at Sec. 412.312. The basic methodology for calculating the
                proposed capital IPPS payments in FY 2022 is as follows:
                8(Standard Federal rate) x (DRG weight) x (GAF) x (COLA for
                hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii) x (1 + DSH adjustment factor
                + IME adjustment factor, if applicable).
                 In addition to the other adjustments, hospitals may receive
                outlier payments for those cases that qualify under the threshold
                established for each fiscal year. We modeled payments for each
                hospital by multiplying the capital Federal rate by the GAF and the
                hospital's case-mix. Then we added estimated payments for indirect
                medical education, disproportionate share, and outliers, if
                applicable. For purposes of this impact analysis, the model includes
                the following assumptions:
                 The capital Federal rate was updated, beginning in FY
                1996, by an analytical framework that considers changes in the
                prices associated with capital-related costs and adjustments to
                account for forecast error, changes in the case-mix index, allowable
                changes in intensity, and other factors. As discussed in section
                III.A.1. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, the proposed update
                to the capital Federal rate is 0.70 percent for FY 2022.
                 In addition to the proposed FY 2022 update factor, the
                proposed FY 2022 capital Federal rate was calculated based on a
                proposed GAF/DRG budget neutrality adjustment factor of 1.0001, a
                proposed budget neutrality factor for the proposed lowest quartile
                hospital wage index adjustment of 0.9976, and a proposed outlier
                adjustment factor of 0.9467.
                2. Results
                 We used the payment simulation model previously described in
                section I.I. of Appendix A of this proposed rule to estimate the
                potential impact of the proposed changes for FY 2022 on total
                capital payments per case, using a universe of 3,198 hospitals. As
                previously described, the individual hospital payment parameters are
                taken from the best available data, including the March 2020 update
                of the FY 2019 MedPAR file, the March 2020 update to the PSF, and
                the cost report data for FYs 2017 and 2018 from the March 2020
                update of HCRIS. In Table III, we present a comparison of estimated
                total payments per case for FY 2021 and estimated proposed total
                payments per case for FY 2022 based on the proposed FY 2022 payment
                policies. Column 2 shows estimates of payments per case under our
                model for FY 2021. Column 3 shows estimates of proposed payments per
                case under our model for FY 2022. Column 4 shows the proposed total
                percentage change in payments from FY 2021 to FY 2022. The change
                represented in Column 4 includes the proposed 0.70 percent update to
                the capital Federal rate and other proposed changes in the
                adjustments to the capital Federal rate. The comparisons are
                provided by: (1) Geographic location; (2) region; and (3) payment
                classification.
                 The simulation results show that, on average, capital payments
                per case in FY 2022 are expected to increase as compared to capital
                payments per case in FY 2021. This expected increase overall is
                primarily due to the proposed 0.70 percent update to the capital
                Federal rate for FY 2022, in conjunction with estimated decrease in
                capital DSH payments due to the estimated increase in the number of
                hospitals that reclassify from urban to rural under Sec. 412.103.
                We approximate that there are 78 hospitals classified as urban (for
                payment purposes) and receiving capital DSH payments in FY 2021,
                that will be classified as rural (for payment purposes) and will not
                receive capital DSH payments in FY 2022. Under Sec. 412.320, in
                order to receive capital DSH payments a hospital must be located in
                an urban area for payment purposes and have 100 or more beds, and
                paragraph (a)(1)(iii) specifies that the geographic classification
                of an urban hospital that is reclassified as rural as set forth in
                Sec. 412.103 is rural. In general, regional variations in estimated
                capital payments per case in FY 2022 as compared to capital payments
                per case in FY 2021 are primarily due to the proposed changes in
                GAFs, and are generally consistent with the projected changes in
                payments due to proposed changes in the wage index (and proposed
                policies affecting the wage index), as shown in Table I in section
                I.G. of this Appendix A.
                 The net impact of these proposed changes is an estimated 0.5
                percent increase in capital payments per case from FY 2021 to FY
                2022 for all hospitals (as shown in Table III).
                 The geographic comparison shows that, on average, hospitals in
                both urban and rural classifications would experience an increase in
                capital IPPS payments per case in FY 2022 as compared to FY 2021.
                Capital IPPS payments per case would increase by an estimated 0.5
                percent for hospitals in urban areas while payments to hospitals in
                rural areas would increase by 1.0 percent in FY 2021 to FY 2022.
                 The comparisons by region show that the estimated increases in
                capital payments per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022 for urban areas
                range from a 0.2 percent increase for the West South Central region
                to a 1.2 percent increase for the Pacific region. We estimate a
                decrease for the capital payments per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022
                of 0.4 percent for the Middle Atlantic urban region and 0.8 percent
                for the New England urban region, primarily due to changes in the
                GAFs and estimated decreases in DSH payments. However, all rural
                regions are expected to experience an increase in capital payments
                per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022, ranging from 0.6 percent for the
                West North Central rural region to 1.9 percent for the South
                Atlantic rural region. These regional differences are primarily due
                to the proposed changes in the GAFs and estimated changes in outlier
                and DSH payments.
                [[Page 25773]]
                 All Hospital types of ownerships (Voluntary, Proprietary, and
                Government) are expected to experience an increase in capital
                payments per case from FY 2021 to FY 2022. Voluntary hospitals are
                expected to experience an increase in capital IPPS payments of 0.6
                percent, and the projected increase in capital payments for
                proprietary and government hospitals is estimated to be 0.7 percent
                and 0.6 percent respectively.
                 Section 1886(d)(10) of the Act established the MGCRB. Hospitals
                may apply for reclassification for purposes of the wage index for FY
                2022. Reclassification for wage index purposes also affects the GAFs
                because that factor is constructed from the hospital wage index. To
                present the effects of the hospitals being reclassified as of the
                publication of this proposed rule for FY 2022, we show the proposed
                average capital payments per case for reclassified hospitals for FY
                2022. Urban reclassified hospitals are expected to experience an
                increase in capital payments of 0.1 percent; urban nonreclassified
                hospitals are expected to experience an increase in capital payments
                of 1.0 percent. The lower expected increase in payments for urban
                reclassified hospitals compared to urban nonreclassified hospitals
                is primarily due to estimated decreases in capital DSH payments to
                urban reclassified hospitals caused by the increase in the number of
                hospitals that reclassify from urban to rural under Sec. 412.103.
                The estimated percentage increase for rural reclassified hospitals
                is 1.2 percent, and for rural nonreclassified hospitals, the
                estimated percentage increase in capital payments is 0.8 percent.
                [[Page 25774]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.361
                [[Page 25775]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.362
                [[Page 25776]]
                J. Effects of Proposed Payment Rate Changes and Policy Changes
                Under the LTCH PPS
                1. Introduction and General Considerations
                 In section VII. of the preamble of this proposed rule and
                section V. of the Addendum to this proposed rule, we set forth the
                proposed annual update to the payment rates for the LTCH PPS for FY
                2022. In the preamble of this proposed rule, we specify the
                statutory authority for the provisions that are presented, identify
                the policies for FY 2022, and present rationales for our proposals
                as well as alternatives that were considered. In this section of
                Appendix A to this proposed rule, we discuss the impact of the
                proposed changes to the payment rate, factors, and other payment
                rate policies related to the LTCH PPS that are presented in the
                preamble of this proposed rule in terms of their estimated fiscal
                impact on the Medicare budget and on LTCHs.
                 There are 363 LTCHs included in this impact analysis. We note
                that, although there are currently approximately 373 LTCHs, for
                purposes of this impact analysis, we excluded the data of all-
                inclusive rate providers consistent with the development of the FY
                2022 MS-LTC-DRG relative weights (discussed in section VII.B.3.c. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule. Moreover, in the claims data
                used for this proposed rule, 3 of these 363 LTCHs only have claims
                for site neutral payment rate cases and, therefore, do not affect
                our impact analysis for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                cases.)
                 In the impact analysis, we used the proposed payment rate,
                factors, and policies presented in this proposed rule, the proposed
                2.2 percent annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate, the proposed update to the MS-LTC-DRG classifications and
                relative weights, the proposed update to the wage index values and
                labor-related share, and the best available claims and CCR data to
                estimate the change in payments for FY 2022.
                 Under the dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure, payment for LTCH
                discharges that meet the criteria for exclusion from the site
                neutral payment rate (that is, LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases) is based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate.
                Consistent with the statute, the site neutral payment rate is the
                lower of the IPPS comparable per diem amount as determined under
                Sec. 412.529(d)(4), including any applicable outlier payments as
                specified in Sec. 412.525(a), reduced by 4.6 percent for FYs 2018
                through 2026; or 100 percent of the estimated cost of the case as
                determined under Sec. 412.529(d)(2). In addition, there are two
                separate high cost outlier targets--one for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases and one for site neutral payment rate
                cases. The statute also establishes a transitional payment method
                for cases that are paid the site neutral payment rate for LTCH
                discharges occurring in cost reporting periods beginning during FY
                2016 through FY 2019. For FY 2021 and FY 2022, we expected no site
                neutral payment rate cases would still be eligible for the
                transitional payment method since it only applies to those site
                neutral payment rate cases whose discharges occur during a LTCH's
                cost reporting period that begins before October 1, 2019. Site
                neutral payment rate cases whose discharges from an LTCH occur
                during the LTCH's cost reporting period that begins on or after
                October 1, 2019 are paid the site neutral payment rate amount
                determined under Sec. 412.522(c)(1). Therefore, for purposes of
                this impact analysis, to estimate total LTCH PPS payments for site
                neutral payment rate cases in FYs 2021 and 2022 the site neutral
                payment rate amount was applied in full.
                 Based on the best available data for the 363 LTCHs in our
                database that were considered in the analyses used for this proposed
                rule, we estimate that overall LTCH PPS payments in FY 2022 will
                increase by approximately 1.4 percent (or approximately $52 million)
                based on the proposed rates and factors presented in section VII. of
                the preamble and section V. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                 Based on the FY 2019 LTCH cases that were used for the analysis
                in this proposed rule, approximately 25 percent of those cases were
                classified as site neutral payment rate cases (that is, 25 percent
                of LTCH cases did not meet the statutory patient-level criteria for
                exclusion from the site neutral payment rate). Our Office of the
                Actuary currently estimates that the percent of LTCH PPS cases that
                will be paid at the site neutral payment rate in FY 2022 will not
                change significantly from the most recent historical data. Taking
                into account updates to the IPPS rates and other changes that will
                apply to the site neutral payment rate cases in FY 2022, we estimate
                that aggregate LTCH PPS payments for these site neutral payment rate
                cases will increase by approximately 3 percent (or approximately $11
                million). This projected increase in payments to LTCH PPS site
                neutral payment rate cases is primarily due to the proposed updates
                to the IPPS rates used in calculating the IPPS comparable per diem
                amount, as well as an estimated increase in costs for these cases
                determined using the charge and CCR adjustment factors described in
                section V.D.3.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule. We note, we
                estimate payments to site neutral payment rate cases in FY 2022
                represent approximately 10 percent of estimated aggregate FY 2022
                LTCH PPS payments.
                 Based on the FY 2019 LTCH cases that were used for the analysis
                in this proposed rule, approximately 75 percent of LTCH cases will
                meet the patient-level criteria for exclusion from the site neutral
                payment rate in FY 2022, and will be paid based on the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate for the full year. We estimate that
                total LTCH PPS payments for these LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases in FY 2022 will increase approximately 1.2 percent (or
                approximately $41 million). This estimated increase in LTCH PPS
                payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases in FY 2022
                is primarily due to the proposed 2.2 percent annual update to the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022 and the projected
                0.8 percent decrease in high cost outlier payments, which is
                discussed later in this section.
                 Based on the 363 LTCHs that were represented in the FY 2019 LTCH
                cases that were used for the analyses in this proposed rule
                presented in this Appendix, we estimate that aggregate FY 2021 LTCH
                PPS payments will be approximately $3.771 billion, as compared to
                estimated aggregate proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments of
                approximately $3.822 billion, resulting in an estimated overall
                increase in LTCH PPS payments of approximately $52 million. We note
                that the estimated $52 million increase in LTCH PPS payments in FY
                2022 does not reflect changes in LTCH admissions or case-mix
                intensity, which will also affect the overall payment effects of the
                policies in this proposed rule.
                 The LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2021 is
                $43,755.34. For FY 2022, we are proposing to establish an LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate of $ 44,827.87 which reflects the
                proposed 2.2 percent annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate and the proposed budget neutrality factor for proposed
                updates to the area wage level adjustment of 1.002458 (discussed in
                section V.B.6. of the Addendum to this proposed rule). For LTCHs
                that fail to submit data for the LTCH QRP, in accordance with
                section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act, we are proposing to establish an
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate of $43,950.62. This proposed
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate reflects the updates and
                factors previously described, as well as the required 2.0 percentage
                point reduction to the annual update for failure to submit data
                under the LTCH QRP.
                 Table IV shows the estimated impact for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases. The estimated change attributable solely
                to the proposed annual update of 2.2 percent to the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate is projected to result in an increase
                of 2.1 percent in payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022, on average, for
                all LTCHs (Column 6). The estimated increase of 2.1 percent shown in
                Column 6 of Table IV also includes estimated payments for short-stay
                outlier (SSO) cases, a portion of which are not affected by the
                annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate, as well
                as the reduction that is applied to the annual update for LTCHs that
                do not submit the required LTCH QRP data. For most hospital
                categories, the projected increase in payments based on the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate to LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases also rounds to approximately 2.1 percent.
                 For FY 2022, we are proposing to update the wage index values
                based on the most recent available data (data from cost reporting
                periods beginning during FY 2018 which is the same data used for the
                proposed FY 2022 IPPS wage index). We also are proposing a labor-
                related share of 68.0 percent for FY 2022, based on the most recent
                available data (IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast) on the relative
                importance of the labor-related share of operating and capital costs
                of the 2017-based LTCH market basket. We also are proposing to apply
                an area wage level budget neutrality factor of 1.002458 to ensure
                that the proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment would
                not
                [[Page 25777]]
                result in any change in estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments to
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases.
                 For LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases, we currently
                estimate high cost outlier payments as a percentage of total LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate payments will decrease from FY
                2021 to FY 2022. Based on the FY 2019 LTCH cases that were used for
                the analyses in this proposed rule, we estimate that the FY 2021
                high cost outlier threshold of $27,195 (as established in the FY
                2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule) would result in estimated high cost
                outlier payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases in
                FY 2021 that are projected to exceed the 7.975 percent target.
                Specifically, we currently estimate that high cost outlier payments
                for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases will be
                approximately 8.8 percent of the estimated total LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate payments in FY 2021. Combined with our estimate
                that FY 2022 high cost outlier payments for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases will be 7.975 percent of estimated total
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments in FY 2022, this
                will result in an estimated decrease in high cost outlier payments
                of approximately 0.83 percent between FY 2021 and FY 2022. We note
                that, in calculating these estimated high cost outlier payments, we
                inflated charges reported on the FY 2019 claims by the charge
                inflation factor proposed in section V.D.3.b. of the Addendum to
                this proposed rule. We also note that, in calculating these
                estimated high cost outlier payments, we estimated the cost of each
                case by multiplying the inflated charges by the adjusted CCRs that
                we determined using our proposed methodology described in section
                V.D.3.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                 Table IV shows the estimated impact of the payment rate and
                policy changes on LTCH PPS payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases for FY 2022 by comparing estimated FY 2021 LTCH
                PPS payments to estimated FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments. (As noted
                earlier, our analysis does not reflect changes in LTCH admissions or
                case-mix intensity.) We note that these impacts do not include LTCH
                PPS site neutral payment rate cases for the reasons discussed in
                section I.J.3. of this Appendix.
                 As we discuss in detail throughout this proposed rule, based on
                the best available data, we believe that the provisions of this
                proposed rule relating to the LTCH PPS, which are projected to
                result in an overall increase in estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
                payments, and the resulting LTCH PPS payment amounts will result in
                appropriate Medicare payments that are consistent with the statute.
                2. Impact on Rural Hospitals
                 For purposes of section 1102(b) of the Act, we define a small
                rural hospital as a hospital that is located outside of an urban
                area and has fewer than 100 beds. As shown in Table IV, we are
                projecting a 1.5 percent increase in estimated payments for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases for LTCHs located in a rural
                area. This estimated impact is based on the FY 2019 data for the 19
                rural LTCHs (out of 363 LTCHs) that were used for the impact
                analyses shown in Table IV.
                3. Anticipated Effects of LTCH PPS Payment Rate Changes and Policy
                Changes
                a. Proposed Budgetary Impact
                 Section 123(a)(1) of the BBRA requires that the PPS developed
                for LTCHs ``maintain budget neutrality.'' We believe that the
                statute's mandate for budget neutrality applies only to the first
                year of the implementation of the LTCH PPS (that is, FY 2003).
                Therefore, in calculating the FY 2003 standard Federal payment rate
                under Sec. 412.523(d)(2), we set total estimated payments for FY
                2003 under the LTCH PPS so that estimated aggregate payments under
                the LTCH PPS were estimated to equal the amount that would have been
                paid if the LTCH PPS had not been implemented.
                 Section 1886(m)(6)(A) of the Act establishes a dual rate LTCH
                PPS payment structure with two distinct payment rates for LTCH
                discharges beginning in FY 2016. Under this statutory change, LTCH
                discharges that meet the patient-level criteria for exclusion from
                the site neutral payment rate (that is, LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases) are paid based on the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate. LTCH discharges paid at the site neutral payment rate
                are generally paid the lower of the IPPS comparable per diem amount,
                reduced by 4.6 percent for FYs 2018 through 2026, including any
                applicable high cost outlier (HCO) payments, or 100 percent of the
                estimated cost of the case, reduced by 4.6 percent.
                 As discussed in section I.J.2. of this Appendix, we project an
                increase in aggregate LTCH PPS payments in FY 2022 of approximately
                $52 million. This estimated increase in payments reflects the
                projected increase in payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases of approximately $41 million and the projected increase
                in payments to site neutral payment rate cases of approximately $11
                million under the dual rate LTCH PPS payment rate structure required
                by the statute beginning in FY 2016.
                 As discussed in section V.D. of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule, our actuaries project cost and resource changes for site
                neutral payment rate cases due to the site neutral payment rates
                required under the statute. Specifically, our actuaries project that
                the costs and resource use for cases paid at the site neutral
                payment rate will likely be lower, on average, than the costs and
                resource use for cases paid at the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate, and will likely mirror the costs and resource use for IPPS
                cases assigned to the same MS-DRG. While we are able to incorporate
                this projection at an aggregate level into our payment modeling,
                because the historical claims data that we are using in this
                proposed rule to project estimated FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments (that
                is, FY 2019 LTCH claims data) do not reflect this actuarial
                projection, we are unable to model the impact of the change in LTCH
                PPS payments for site neutral payment rate cases at the same level
                of detail with which we are able to model the impacts of the changes
                to LTCH PPS payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                cases. Therefore, Table IV only reflects changes in LTCH PPS
                payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases and,
                unless otherwise noted, the remaining discussion in section I.J.3.
                of this Appendix refers only to the impact on LTCH PPS payments for
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases. In the following
                section, we present our proposed provider impact analysis for the
                changes that affect LTCH PPS payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases.
                b. Proposed Impact on Providers
                 The basic methodology for determining a per discharge payment
                for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases is currently set
                forth under Sec. Sec. 412.515 through 412.533 and 412.535. In
                addition to adjusting the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate by
                the MS-LTC-DRG relative weight, we make adjustments to account for
                area wage levels and SSOs. LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii also
                have their payments adjusted by a COLA. Under our application of the
                dual rate LTCH PPS payment structure, the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate is generally only used to determine payments for LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases (that is, those LTCH PPS
                cases that meet the statutory criteria to be excluded from the site
                neutral payment rate). LTCH discharges that do not meet the patient-
                level criteria for exclusion are paid the site neutral payment rate,
                which we are calculating as the lower of the IPPS comparable per
                diem amount as determined under Sec. 412.529(d)(4), reduced by 4.6
                percent for FYs 2018 through 2026, including any applicable outlier
                payments, or 100 percent of the estimated cost of the case as
                determined under existing Sec. 412.529(d)(2). In addition, when
                certain thresholds are met, LTCHs also receive HCO payments for both
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases and site neutral
                payment rate cases that are paid at the IPPS comparable per diem
                amount.
                 To understand the impact of the changes to the LTCH PPS payments
                for LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases presented in this
                proposed rule on different categories of LTCHs for FY 2022, it is
                necessary to estimate payments per discharge for FY 2021 using the
                rates, factors, and the policies established in the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule and estimate payments per discharge for FY 2022
                using the proposed rates, factors, and the policies in this FY 2022
                IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (as discussed in section VII. of the
                preamble of this proposed rule and section V. of the Addendum to
                this proposed rule). As discussed elsewhere in this proposed rule,
                these estimates are based on the best available LTCH claims data and
                other factors, such as the application of inflation factors to
                estimate costs for HCO cases in each year. The resulting analyses
                can then be used to compare how our policies applicable to LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases affect different groups of
                LTCHs.
                 For the following analysis, we group hospitals based on
                characteristics provided in the OSCAR data, cost report data in
                HCRIS, and PSF data. Hospital groups included the following:
                [[Page 25778]]
                 Location: Large urban/other urban/rural.
                 Participation date.
                 Ownership control.
                 Census region.
                 Bed size.
                c. Proposed Calculation of LTCH PPS Payments for LTCH PPS Standard
                Federal Payment Rate Cases
                 For purposes of this impact analysis, to estimate the per
                discharge payment effects of our policies on payments for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases, we simulated FY 2021 and
                proposed FY 2022 payments on a case-by-case basis using historical
                LTCH claims from the FY 2019 MedPAR files that met or would have met
                the criteria to be paid at the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate if the statutory patient-level criteria had been in effect at
                the time of discharge for all cases in the FY 2019 MedPAR files. For
                modeling FY 2021 LTCH PPS payments, we used the FY 2021 standard
                Federal payment rate of $43,755.34 (or $42,899.90 for LTCHs that
                failed to submit quality data as required under the requirements of
                the LTCH QRP). Similarly, for modeling payments based on the
                proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate, we used the
                proposed FY 2022 standard Federal payment rate of $44,827.87 (or
                $43,950.62 for LTCHs that failed to submit quality data as required
                under the requirements of the LTCH QRP). In each case, we applied
                the applicable adjustments for area wage levels and the COLA for
                LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii. Specifically, for modeling FY
                2021 LTCH PPS payments, we used the current FY 2021 labor-related
                share (68.1 percent), the wage index values established in the
                Tables 12A and 12B listed in the Addendum to the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH
                PPS final rule (which are available via the internet on the CMS
                website), the FY 2021 HCO fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases of $27,195 (as reflected in the FY 2021
                IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule), and the FY 2021 COLA factors (shown in
                the table in section V.C. of the Addendum to that final rule) to
                adjust the FY 2021 nonlabor-related share (31.9 percent) for LTCHs
                located in Alaska and Hawaii. Similarly, for modeling proposed FY
                2022 LTCH PPS payments, we used the proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS labor-
                related share (68.0 percent), the proposed FY 2022 wage index values
                from Tables 12A and 12B listed in section VI. of the Addendum to
                this proposed rule (which are available via the internet on the CMS
                website), the proposed FY 2022 HCO fixed-loss amount for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases of $32,680 (as discussed in
                section V.D.3. of the Addendum to this proposed rule), and the
                proposed FY 2022 COLA factors (shown in the table in section V.C. of
                the Addendum to this proposed rule) to adjust the proposed FY 2022
                nonlabor-related share (32.0 percent) for LTCHs located in Alaska
                and Hawaii. We note that in modeling payments for HCO cases for LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases, we inflated charges
                reported on the FY 2019 claims by the charge inflation factors
                proposed in section V.D.3.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                We also note that in modeling payments for HCO cases for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases, we estimated the cost of each
                case by multiplying the inflated charges by the adjusted CCRs that
                we determined using our proposed methodology described in section
                V.D.3.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
                 The impacts that follow reflect the estimated ``losses'' or
                ``gains'' among the various classifications of LTCHs from FY 2021 to
                FY 2022 based on the payment rates and policy changes applicable to
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases presented in this
                proposed rule. Table IV illustrates the estimated aggregate impact
                of the change in LTCH PPS payments for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases among various classifications of LTCHs. (As
                discussed previously, these impacts do not include LTCH PPS site
                neutral payment rate cases.)
                 The first column, LTCH Classification, identifies the
                type of LTCH.
                 The second column lists the number of LTCHs of each
                classification type.
                 The third column identifies the number of LTCH cases
                expected to meet the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                criteria.
                 The fourth column shows the estimated FY 2021 payment
                per discharge for LTCH cases expected to meet the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate criteria (as described previously).
                 The fifth column shows the estimated proposed FY 2022
                payment per discharge for LTCH cases expected to meet the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate criteria (as described previously).
                 The sixth column shows the percentage change in
                estimated payments per discharge for LTCH cases expected to meet the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate criteria from FY 2021 to FY
                2022 due to the proposed annual update to the standard Federal rate
                (as discussed in section V.A.2. of the Addendum to this proposed
                rule).
                 The seventh column shows the percentage change in
                estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022 for changes to the area
                wage level adjustment (that is, the updated hospital wage data and
                labor-related share) and the application of the proposed
                corresponding budget neutrality factor (as discussed in section
                V.B.6. of the Addendum to this proposed rule).
                 The eighth column shows the percentage change in
                estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases from FY 2021 (Column 4) to FY 2022 (Column 5) for
                all proposed changes.
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                [[Page 25779]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.363
                [[Page 25780]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.364
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-C
                d. Results
                 Based on the FY 2019 LTCH cases (from 363 LTCHs) that were used
                for the analyses in this proposed rule, we have prepared the
                following summary of the impact (as shown in Table IV) of the LTCH
                PPS payment rate and proposed policy changes for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases presented in this proposed rule. The
                impact analysis in Table IV shows that estimated payments per
                discharge for LTCH PPS
                [[Page 25781]]
                standard Federal payment rate cases are projected to increase 1.2
                percent, on average, for all LTCHs from FY 2021 to FY 2022 as a
                result of the proposed payment rate and policy changes applicable to
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases presented in this
                proposed rule. This estimated 1.2 percent increase in LTCH PPS
                payments per discharge was determined by comparing estimated
                proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments (using the proposed payment rates
                and factors discussed in this proposed rule) to estimated FY 2021
                LTCH PPS payments for LTCH discharges which will be LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases if the dual rate LTCH PPS
                payment structure was or had been in effect at the time of the
                discharge (as described in section I.J.3. of this Appendix).
                 As stated previously, we are proposing to update the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022 by 2.2 percent. For LTCHs
                that fail to submit quality data under the requirements of the LTCH
                QRP, as required by section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act, a 2.0
                percentage point reduction is applied to the annual update to the
                LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate. Consistent with Sec.
                412.523(d)(4), we also are applying a proposed budget neutrality
                factor for proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment of
                1.002458 (discussed in section V.B.6. of the Addendum to this
                proposed rule), based on the best available data at this time, to
                ensure that any proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment
                will not result in any change (increase or decrease) in estimated
                aggregate LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate payments. As we
                also explained earlier in this section, for most categories of LTCHs
                (as shown in Table IV, Column 6), the estimated payment increase due
                to the proposed 2.2 percent annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate is projected to result in approximately a 2.1
                percent increase in estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases for all LTCHs from FY 2021 to FY
                2022. We note our estimate of the changes in payments due to the
                proposed update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate also
                includes estimated payments for short-stay outlier (SSO) cases, a
                portion of which are not affected by the annual update to the LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate, as well as the reduction that is
                applied to the annual update for LTCHs that do not submit the
                required LTCH QRP.
                (1) Location
                 Based on the most recent available data, the vast majority of
                LTCHs are located in urban areas. Only approximately 5 percent of
                the LTCHs are identified as being located in a rural area, and
                approximately 4 percent of all LTCH PPS standard Federal payment
                rate cases are expected to be treated in these rural hospitals. The
                impact analysis presented in Table IV shows that the overall average
                percent increase in estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS
                standard Federal payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022 for all
                hospitals is 1.2 percent. The projected increase for urban hospitals
                is 1.2 percent for urban hospitals, while the projected increase for
                rural hospitals is 1.5 percent.
                (2) Participation Date
                 LTCHs are grouped by participation date into four categories:
                (1) Before October 1983; (2) between October 1983 and September
                1993; (3) between October 1993 and September 2002; and (4) October
                2002 and after. Based on the best available data, the categories of
                LTCHs with the largest expected percentage of LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases (approximately 41 percent and 43 percent,
                respectively) are in LTCHs that began participating in the Medicare
                program between October 1993 and September 2002 and after October
                2002. These LTCHs are expected to both experience an increase in
                estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022 of 1.2 percent. LTCHs
                that began participating in the Medicare program between October
                1983 and September 1993 are also projected to experience an increase
                in estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022 of 1.2 percent, as shown
                in Table IV. Approximately 3 percent of LTCHs began participating in
                the Medicare program before October 1983, and these LTCHs are
                projected to experience an average percent increase of 0.8 percent
                in estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022.
                (3) Ownership Control
                 LTCHs are grouped into three categories based on ownership
                control type: Voluntary, proprietary, and government. Based on the
                best available data, approximately 17 percent of LTCHs are
                identified as voluntary (Table IV). The majority (approximately 81
                percent) of LTCHs are identified as proprietary, while government
                owned and operated LTCHs represent approximately 3 percent of LTCHs.
                Based on ownership type, voluntary and proprietary LTCHs are each
                expected to experience an increase of 1.0 percent and 1.2 percent in
                payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases,
                respectively. Government owned and operated LTCHs, meanwhile, are
                expected to experience a 1.4 percent increase in payments to LTCH
                PPS standard Federal payment rate cases from FY 2021 to FY 2022.
                (4) Census Region
                 Estimated payments per discharge for LTCH PPS standard Federal
                payment rate cases for FY 2022 are projected to increase across all
                census regions. LTCHs located in the Mountain region are projected
                to experience the largest increase at 1.7 percent. The remaining
                regions are projected to experience an increase in payments in the
                range of 0.7 to 1.6 percent. These regional variations are primarily
                due to the proposed changes to the area wage adjustment.
                (5) Bed Size
                 LTCHs are grouped into six categories based on bed size: 0-24
                beds; 25-49 beds; 50-74 beds; 75-124 beds; 125-199 beds; and greater
                than 200 beds. We project that LTCHs with 125-199 beds will
                experience the lowest increase in payments for LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate cases, 0.9 percent. LTCHs with 75-124 beds are
                projected to experience the largest increase in payments of 1.3
                percent. The remaining bed size categories are projected to
                experience an increase in payments in the range of 1.0 to 1.2
                percent.
                4. Effect on the Medicare Program
                 As stated previously, we project that the provisions of this
                proposed rule will result in an increase in estimated aggregate LTCH
                PPS payments to LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate cases in FY
                2022 relative to FY 2021 of approximately $41 million (or
                approximately 1.2 percent) for the 363 LTCHs in our database.
                Although, as stated previously, the hospital-level impacts do not
                include LTCH PPS site neutral payment rate cases, we estimate that
                the provisions of this proposed rule will result in an increase in
                estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments to site neutral payment rate
                cases in FY 2022 relative to FY 2021 of approximately $11 million
                (or approximately 3 percent) for the 363 LTCHs in our database. (As
                noted previously, we estimate payments to site neutral payment rate
                cases in FY 2022 represent approximately 10 percent of total
                estimated FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments.) Therefore, we project that the
                provisions of this proposed rule will result in an increase in
                estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments for all LTCH cases in FY 2022
                relative to FY 2021 of approximately $52 million (or approximately
                1.4 percent) for the 363 LTCHs in our database.
                5. Effect on Medicare Beneficiaries
                 Under the LTCH PPS, hospitals receive payment based on the
                average resources consumed by patients for each diagnosis. We do not
                expect any changes in the quality of care or access to services for
                Medicare beneficiaries as a result of this proposed rule, but we
                continue to expect that paying prospectively for LTCH services will
                enhance the efficiency of the Medicare program. As discussed
                previously, we do not expect the continued implementation of the
                site neutral payment system to have a negative impact on access to
                or quality of care, as demonstrated in areas where there is little
                or no LTCH presence, general short-term acute care hospitals are
                effectively providing treatment for the same types of patients that
                are treated in LTCHs.
                K. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the Hospital Inpatient
                Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
                 In section IX.C. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                discuss our current and proposed requirements for hospitals to
                report quality data under the Hospital IQR Program in order to
                receive the full annual percentage increase for the FY 2023 payment
                determination and subsequent years.
                 In this proposed rule, we are proposing to: (1) Adopt the
                Maternal Morbidity Structural Measure beginning with a shortened
                reporting period from October 1 through December 31, 2021 (affecting
                the FY 2023 payment determination), followed by annual reporting
                periods (affecting the FY 2024 payment determination and subsequent
                years); (2) adopt the Hybrid HWM measure beginning with a one-year
                voluntary reporting period beginning July 1, 2022
                [[Page 25782]]
                through June 30, 2023, before requiring mandatory reporting of the
                measure for the reporting period that would run from July 1, 2023
                through June 30, 2024, affecting the FY 2026 payment determination
                and for subsequent years; (3) adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage Among HCP measure beginning with a shortened reporting
                period from October 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 affecting the
                FY 2023 payment determination followed by quarterly reporting
                deadlines affecting the FY 2024 payment determination and subsequent
                years; (4) adopt two medication-related adverse event eCQMs
                (Hospital Harm-Severe Hypoglycemia eCQM and Hospital Harm-Severe
                Hyperglycemia eCQM) beginning with the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination; (5) remove the Death Among Surgical
                Inpatients with Serious Treatable Complications (CMS PSI-04) measure
                beginning with the FY 2023 payment determination; (6) remove two
                eCQMs (Anticoagulation Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation/Flutter eCQM
                and Discharged on Statin Medication eCQM) beginning with the FY 2026
                payment determination; (7) remove the Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding
                (PC-05) measure beginning with the FY 2026 payment determination;
                (8) remove the Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted
                Patients (ED-2) measure beginning with the FY 2026 payment
                determination; (9) revise regulations at 42 CFR 412.140(a)(2) by
                replacing the term ``QualityNet Administrator'' with the term
                ``QualityNet security official'' and 42 CFR 412.140(e)(2)(iii) by
                replacing the term ``QualityNet system administrator'' with the term
                ``QualityNet security official''; (10) revise regulations at 42 CFR
                412.140(a)(1) and 42 CFR 412.140(c)(2)(i) to remove references to
                ``QualityNet.org'' and replace with ``QualityNet website''; (11)
                require the 2015 Edition Cures Update of CEHRT for eCQMs and hybrid
                measures beginning with the FY 2025 payment determination; and (12)
                extend the effects of educational reviews for 4th quarter data such
                that if an error is identified during the education review process
                for 4th quarter data, we would use the corrected quarterly score to
                compute the final confidence interval used for payment determination
                beginning with validations affecting the FY 2024 payment
                determination.
                 As shown in summary table in section XII.B.4.k. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, we estimate a total information collection
                burden increase for 3,300 IPPS hospitals of 2,475 hours at a cost of
                $101,475 annually associated with our proposed policies and updated
                burden estimates across a four year period from the CY 2022
                reporting period/FY 2024 payment determination through the CY 2025
                reporting period/FY 2027 payment determination, compared to our
                currently approved information collection burden estimates. Note
                that for the CY 2022 reporting period/FY 2024 payment determination,
                the total burden increase is only 1,375 hours at a cost of $56,375
                due to reporting of the Hybrid HWR measure being only for two
                quarters versus four quarters for the CY 2023 reporting period/FY
                2025 payment determination and subsequent years. We refer readers to
                section X.B.4 of the preamble of this proposed rule (information
                collection requirements) for a detailed discussion of the
                calculations estimating the changes to the information collection
                burden for submitting data to the Hospital IQR Program.
                 As described in sections IX.C.8.e. and IX.C.8.f. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, we are proposing an update to certification
                requirements requiring the use of the 2015 Edition Cures Update for
                eCQMs and hybrid measures beginning with the FY 2025 payment
                determination. We expect this proposal to have no impact on
                information collection burden for the Hospital IQR Program because
                this policy does not require hospitals to submit new data to CMS.
                With respect to any costs unrelated to data submission, although
                this finalized proposal will require some investment in systems
                updates, the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program (previously
                known as the Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs)
                previously finalized a requirement that hospitals use the 2015
                Edition Cures Update for eCQMs (85 FR 84818 through 84825). Because
                all hospitals participating in the Hospital IQR Program are
                subsection (d) hospitals that also participate in the Medicare
                Promoting Interoperability Program (previously known as the Medicare
                and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs), we do not anticipate any
                additional costs as a result of this finalized proposal. This is
                because the burden and costs involved in updating to the 2015
                Edition Cures Update is the same regardless of whether the
                technology is used for eCQMs or hybrid measures. Hybrid measure data
                is derived from both claims and clinical EHR data, via submission of
                QRDA I files, and we already collect and utilize claims data and
                QRDA I file data for other measures in the Hospital IQR Program
                measure set. In other words, what hospitals need to do is not
                measure-dependent. Therefore, we believe that the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program has already addressed the additional costs
                unrelated to data submission through their previously finalized
                requirements.
                 We also note that in sections IX.C.5. and IX.C.6 of the preamble
                of this proposed rule we include proposals to adopt two new eCQMs
                and remove four eCQMs. Similar to the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule regarding removal of eCQM measures, while there is no change in
                information collection burden related to those proposals, we believe
                that costs are multifaceted and include not only the burden
                associated with reporting but also the costs associated with
                implementing and maintaining Program requirements, such as
                maintaining measure specifications in hospitals EHR systems for all
                of the eCQMs available for use in the Hospital IQR Program (83 FR
                41771).
                 In section IX.C.5.c. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                are proposing to adopt a COVID-19 HCP Vaccination Measure beginning
                with a shortened reporting period from October 1 to December 31,
                2021 affecting the CY 2021 reporting period/FY 2023 payment
                determination followed by annual reporting beginning with the FY
                2024 payment determination and subsequent years. Hospitals would
                submit data through the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                (CDC)/National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). The NHSN is a
                secure, internet-based system maintained by the CDC and provided
                free. Currently the CDC does not estimate burden for COVID-19
                vaccination reporting under the CDC PRA package currently approved
                under OMB control number 0920-1317 because the agency has been
                granted a waiver under section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine
                Injury Act (NCVIA).\1530\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1530\ Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA) provides the PRA waiver for activities that come under the
                NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA at section 2102 of the Public
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-2). Section 321 is not codified
                in the U.S. Code, but can be found in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Although the burden associated with the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination
                measure is not accounted for under the CDC PRA 0920-1317 or 0920-
                0666, the cost and burden information is included here. We estimate
                that it would take each IPPS subsection (d) hospital, on average, 1
                hour per month to collect data for the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage
                among HCP measure and enter it into NHSN. We have estimated the time
                to complete this entire activity, since it could vary based on
                provider systems and staff availability. This burden is comprised of
                administrative hours and wages. We believe an Administrative
                Assistant \1531\ would spend between 45 minutes and 1 hour and 15
                minutes to enter this data into NHSN. For the shortened CY 2021
                reporting period, 3 months are required. For the CY 2021 reporting
                period/FY 2023 payment determination, IPPS subsection (d) hospitals
                would incur an additional burden between 2.25 hours (0.75 hours x 3
                months) and 3.75 hours (1.25 hours x 3 months) per hospital. For all
                3,300 hospitals, the total burden would range from 7,425 hours (2.25
                hours x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) and 12,375 hours (3.75 hours x 3,300
                IPPS hospitals). Each hospital would incur an estimated cost of
                between $27.47 (0.75 hour x $36.62) and $45.78 (1.25 hours x $36.62)
                monthly and between $82.40 (2.25 hour x $36.62) and $137.33 (3.75
                hours x $36.62) in total over the shortened period to complete this
                task. Thereafter, 12 months of data are required annually (12 months
                x 1 hour per month). IPPS subsection (d) hospitals would incur an
                additional annual burden between 9 hours (0.75 hours x 12 months)
                and 15 hours (1.25 hours x 12 months) per hospital and between
                29,700 hours (9 hours x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) and 49,500 hours (15
                hours x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) for all hospitals. Each hospital would
                incur an estimated cost of between $329.58 (9 hours x $36.62) and
                $549.30 annually (15 hours x $36.62). The estimated cost across all
                3,300 IPPS hospitals would be between $271,920 ($82.40 x 3,300 IPPS
                hospitals) and $453,189 ($137.33 x 3,300 IPPS hospitals) for the
                shortened CY 2021 reporting period. The estimated cost across
                [[Page 25783]]
                all 3,300 IPPS hospitals would be between $1,087,614 ($329.58 x
                3,300 IPPS hospitals) and $1,812,690 ($549.30 x 3,300 IPPS
                hospitals) annually thereafter. We recognize that many healthcare
                facilities are also reporting other COVID-19 data to HHS. We believe
                the benefits of reporting data on the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination
                measure to monitor, track, and provide transparency for the public
                on this important tool to combat COVID-19 outweigh the costs of
                reporting. We welcome comments on the estimated time to collect data
                and enter it into NHSN.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1531\ https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes436013.htm. The
                adjusted hourly wage rate of $36.62/hr includes an adjustment of 100
                percent of the median hourly wage to account for the cost of
                overhead, including fringe benefits.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Historically, 100 hospitals, on average, that participate in the
                Hospital IQR Program do not receive the full annual percentage
                increase in any fiscal year due to the failure to meet all
                requirements of this Program. We anticipate that the number of
                hospitals not receiving the full annual percentage increase will be
                approximately the same as in past years.
                L. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the PPS-Exempt Cancer
                Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program
                 In section IX.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
                proposed policies for the quality data reporting program for PPS-
                exempt cancer hospitals (PCHs), which we refer to as the PPS-Exempt
                Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program. The PCHQR Program
                is authorized under section 1866(k) of the Act, which was added by
                section 3005 of the Affordable Care Act. There is no financial
                impact to PCH Medicare reimbursement if a PCH does not submit data.
                 In section IX.D.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to remove the Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain--Medical
                Oncology and Radiation Oncology (NQF #0383/PCH-15) measure beginning
                with the FY 2024 program year, adopt the COVID-19 Vaccination
                Coverage Among Healthcare Personnel (HCP) measure beginning with the
                FY 2023 program year, with reporting for the FY 2023 program year
                from October 1 through December 31, 2021, followed by annual
                reporting periods beginning with the FY 2024 program year, and
                codify existing program policies. As stated in section XII.B.7. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, we estimate the total burden
                reduction associated with the proposal to remove PCH-15 beginning
                with the FY 2024 program year to be 2.75 hours (0.25 hours x 11
                PCHs) with a total cost reduction of $113 (2.75 hours x $41.00/hr).
                We do not estimate any changes in burden or cost in association with
                our other proposals for this program.
                 In section IX.D.5. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to adopt a COVID-19 HCP Vaccination Measure beginning with
                a shortened reporting period from October 1 to December 31, 2021,
                affecting the FY 2023 program year followed by annual reporting
                beginning with the FY 2024 program year and subsequent years. PCHs
                would submit data through the CDC NHSN. The NHSN is a secure,
                internet-based system maintained by the CDC and provided free.
                Currently the CDC does not estimate burden for COVID-19 vaccination
                reporting under the CDC PRA package currently approved under OMB
                control number 0920-1317 because the agency has been granted a
                waiver under Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury
                Act (NCVIA).\1532\
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1532\ Section 321 of the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act
                (NCVIA) provides the PRA waiver for activities that come under the
                NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA at section 2102 of the Public
                Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-2). Section 321 is not codified
                in the U.S. Code, but can be found in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Although the burden associated with the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination
                measure is not accounted for under the CDC PRA 0920-1317 or 0920-
                0666, the cost and burden information is included here. We estimate
                that it would take each PCH, on average, approximately 1 hour per
                month to collect data for the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among
                HCP measure and enter it into NHSN. We have estimated the time to
                complete this entire activity, since it could vary based on provider
                systems and staff availability. This burden is comprised of
                administrative hours and wages. We believe it would take an
                Administrative Assistant \1533\ between 45 minutes and 1 hour and 15
                minutes to enter this data into NHSN. For the shortened CY 2021
                reporting period (consisting of October 1, 2021 through December 31,
                2021), three months would be required. For the CY 2021 reporting
                period/FY 2023 program year, PCHs would incur an additional burden
                between 2.25 hours (0.75 hours * 3 months) and 3.75 hours (1.25
                hours * 3 months) per PCH. For all 11 PCHs, the total burden would
                range from 24.75 hours (2.25 hours * 11 hospitals) and 41.25 hours
                (3.75 hours * 11 hospitals). Each PCH would incur an estimated cost
                of between $27.47 (0.75 hour * $36.62/hr) and $45.78 (1.25 hours *
                36.63/hr) monthly and between $82.40 (2.25 hours * $36.62/hr) and
                $137.33 (3.75 hours * $36.62/hr) in total over the shortened period
                to complete this task. Thereafter, 12 months of data would be
                required annually. Therefore, PCHs would incur an additional annual
                burden between 9 hours (0.75 hours/month * 12 months) and 15 hours
                (1.25 hours/month * 12 months) per PCH and between 99 hours (9
                hours/hospital * 11 hospitals) and 165 hours (15 hours/hospital * 11
                hospitals) for all PCHs. Each PCH would incur an estimated cost of
                between $329.58 (9 hours x $36.62/hr) and $549.30 annually (15 hours
                x $36.62/hr). The estimated cost across all 11 PCHs would be between
                $906.40 ($82.40/hospital * 11 hospitals) and $1,510.63 ($137.33/
                hospital * 11 hospitals) for the shortened CY 2021 reporting period.
                The estimated cost across all 11 PCHs would be between $3,625.38
                ($329.58/hospital * 11 hospitals) and $6,042.30 ($549.30/hospital *
                11 hospitals) annually thereafter. We recognize that many healthcare
                facilities are also reporting other COVID-19 data to HHS. We believe
                the benefits of reporting data on the COVID-19 HCP Vaccination
                measure to monitor, track, and provide transparency for the public
                on this important tool to combat COVID-19 outweigh the costs of
                reporting. We welcome comments on the estimated time to collect data
                and enter it into the NHSN.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1533\ https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes436013.htm (accessed
                on March 30, 2021). The hourly rate of $36.62 includes an adjustment
                of 100 percent of the mean hourly wage to account for the cost of
                overhead, including fringe benefits.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                M. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the Long-Term Care Hospital
                Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP)
                 In section IX.E.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to add one measure to the Long-Term Care Hospital (LTCH)
                Quality Reporting Program (QRP), and update a measure adopted in the
                FY 2020 IPPS/LTCH final rule. We propose to add the COVID-19
                Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (HCP) measure and
                update the denominator for the Transfer of Health (TOH) Information
                to the Patient--Post-Acute Care (PAC) measure and also begin
                publicly displaying data for the quality measures Compliance with
                Spontaneous Breathing Trial (SBT) by Day 2 of the LTCH Stay and the
                Ventilator Liberation Rate for the Post-Acute Care (PAC) Long-Term
                Care Hospital (LTCH) Quality Reporting Program (QRP). In addition,
                we are proposing to publicly report measures using fewer quarters of
                data than previously finalized due to an exemption we granted the
                LTCHs under our regulations at 42 CFR 412.560(c)(4). Finally, we are
                seeking information on two issues: CMS' future plans to define
                digital quality measures (dQMs) for the LTCH QRP; the potential use
                of Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources (FHIR) for dQMs within
                the LTCH QRP; and input on CMS continued efforts to close the health
                equity gap.
                 We note that the CDC would account for the burden associated
                with the COVID-19 Vaccination Coverage among HCP measure collection
                under OMB control number 0920-1317 (expiration January 31, 2024).
                However, the CDC currently has a PRA waiver for the collection and
                reporting of vaccination data under section 321 of the National
                Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-660, enacted on
                November 14, 1986) (NCVIA).\1534\ We refer readers to section
                XII.B.8, where CMS has provided an estimate of the burden and cost
                to LTCHs, and note that the CDC will include it in a revised
                information collection request for 0920-1317.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1534\ Section 321 of the NCVIA provides the PRA waiver for
                activities that come under the NCVIA, including those in the NCVIA
                at section 2102 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-
                2). Section 321 is not codified in the U.S. Code, but can be found
                in a note at 42 U.S.C. 300aa-1.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                N. Effects of Proposed Requirements Regarding the Promoting
                Interoperability Program
                 In section IX.F.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we are
                proposing the following changes for CY 2022 with eligible hospitals
                and CAHs that attest to CMS under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program: (1) To maintain the Electronic Prescribing
                Objective's Query of PDMP measure as optional while increasing its
                available bonus from five points to 10 points for the EHR reporting
                period in CY 2022; (2) to modify the Provide Patients Electronic
                Access to Their Health Information Measure to establish a data
                availability requirement beginning with encounters with a date of
                service on or after January 1, 2016, beginning
                [[Page 25784]]
                with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022; (3) to add a new Health
                Information Exchange (HIE) Bi-Directional Exchange measure as a yes/
                no attestation to the HIE objective as an optional alternative to
                the two existing measures, beginning with the EHR reporting period
                in CY 2022; (4) to require reporting on four of the existing Public
                Health and Clinical Data Exchange Objective measures (Syndromic
                Surveillance Reporting, Immunization Registry Reporting, Electronic
                Case Reporting, and Electronic Reportable Laboratory Result
                Reporting); (5) adding a new measure to the Protect Patient Health
                Information objective that requires eligible hospitals and CAHs to
                attest to having completed an annual assessment of the SAFER Guides,
                beginning with the EHR reporting period in CY 2022; (6) to remove
                attestation statements 2 and 3 from the Promoting Interoperability
                Program's prevention of information blocking requirement; and (7) to
                increase the minimum required score for the objectives and measures
                from 50 points to 60 points (out of 100 points) in order to be
                considered a meaningful EHR user. We are amending our regulation
                text as necessary to incorporate these proposed changes.
                 Next, in section VIII.D.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we
                are proposing the following changes for CY 2023 with eligible
                hospitals and CAHs that attest to CMS under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program: (1) An EHR reporting period of a minimum
                of any continuous 90-day period in CY 2023 for new and returning
                participants (eligible hospitals and CAHs); and (2) to adopt two new
                eCQMs to the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program's eCQM
                measure set beginning with the reporting period in CY 2023, which is
                in alignment with the proposals under the Hospital IQR Program. We
                are amending our regulation text as necessary to incorporate these
                proposed changes.
                 Lastly, in section IX.F.3.b. of the preamble of this rule, we
                are proposing the following changes for CY 2024 with eligible
                hospitals and CAHs that attest to CMS under the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program: (1) An EHR reporting period of a minimum
                of any continuous 180-day period in CY 2024 for new and returning
                participants (eligible hospitals and CAHs); and (2) to remove four
                eCQMs from the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program's eCQM
                measure set beginning with the reporting period in CY 2024, which is
                in alignment with the proposals under the Hospital IQR Program. We
                are amending our regulation text as necessary to incorporate these
                proposed changes.
                 For the EHR reporting period in CY 2022, the proposals
                summarized here are mainly extensions from or continuations of
                existing policies from last year's FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
                (85 FR 58966 through 58977) and finalized proposals included in the
                CY 2021 PFS final rule (85 FR 84825 through 84828). However, due to
                the update of hospital staff professional who most likely conducts
                the reporting for the Medicare Promoting Interoperability Program,
                we have updated the Bureau of Labor Statistics wage rate, and we
                have updated number of registered respondents. Such changes will
                result in an estimated total burden cost of $879,450 for CY 2022 (a
                net decrease of $607,893 from CY 2021). While this rule includes
                proposals that would influence programmatic policies in CY 2023 and
                CY 2024, we do not believe they would attribute to a rise in burden
                hours, meaning that both prospective years would maintain the same
                estimated total burden cost of $879,450. We refer readers to section
                XXII.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule (information
                collection requirements) for a detailed discussion of the
                calculations estimating the changes to the information collection
                burden for submitting data to the Medicare Promoting
                Interoperability Program.
                O. Alternatives Considered
                 This proposed rule contains a range of policies. It also
                provides descriptions of the statutory provisions that are
                addressed, identifies the proposed policies, and presents rationales
                for our decisions and, where relevant, alternatives that were
                considered.
                1. Use of FY 2020 or FY 2019 Data in the FY 2022 IPPS and LTCH PPS
                Ratesetting
                 As discussed in section II.A. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we are proposing to use the FY 2019 data for the FY 2022 IPPS
                and LTCH PPS ratesetting for circumstances where the FY 2020 data is
                significantly impacted by the COVID-19 PHE. For example, we are
                proposing to use the FY 2019 MedPAR claims data for purposes where
                we ordinarily would have used the FY 2020 MedPAR claims data, such
                as in our analysis of changes to MS-DRG classifications (as
                discussed in greater detail section II.D. of the preamble of this
                proposed rule). Similarly, we are proposing to use cost report data
                from the FY 2018 HCRIS file for purposes where we ordinarily would
                have used the FY 2019 HCRIS file, such as in determining the
                proposed FY 2022 IPPS MS-DRG (as discussed in greater detail section
                II.X. of the preamble of this proposed rule) and proposed FY 2022
                MS-LTC-DRG relative weights (as discussed in greater detail section
                VI.B.of the preamble of this proposed rule). (As noted in section
                II.A. of the preamble of this proposed rule, the FY 2019 HCRIS data
                would contain many cost reports ending in FY 2020 based on each
                hospital's cost reporting period.) We have clearly identified
                throughout the preamble of this proposed rule where and how we are
                proposing to modify the IPPS and LTCH PPS ratesetting consistent
                with our proposed use of the FY 2019 data instead of the FY 2020
                data we would ordinarily use if that FY 2020 data is significantly
                impacted by the COVID-19 PHE.
                 As an alternative to our proposed approach, we considered using
                the FY 2020 data we would ordinarily use in the FY 2022 IPPS and
                LTCH PPS ratesetting. For example, we considered proposing to use
                the FY 2020 MedPAR claims data and cost report data from the FY 2019
                HCRIS file for purposes of determining the proposed FY 2022 IPPS MS-
                DRG relative weights and the LTCH PPS MS-LTC-DRG relative weights,
                as well as in determining the proposed FY 2022 budget neutrality
                factors and other proposed FY 2022 ratesetting.
                 In order to facilitate comments on this alternative approach,
                which we may consider finalizing for FY 2022 based on consideration
                of comments received, we are making available the FY 2020 MedPAR
                file and the FY 2019 HCRIS file that we would ordinarily have
                provided in conjunction with this proposed rule. We are also making
                available the MS-DRG and MS-LTC-DRG relative weighting factors and
                length of stay information calculated using the FY 2020 data we
                would have ordinarily used. We are making available a file with the
                budget neutrality and other ratesetting adjustments calculated under
                this alternative approach. Finally, we are making available other
                proposed rule supporting data files based on the use of the FY 2020
                data that we ordinarily would have provided, including: The IPPS and
                LTCH PPS Impact Files; the AOR/BOR File; the Case Mix Index File;
                and, the Standardizing File.
                 With the exception of the FY 2020 MedPAR file, and the routine
                updates to the PSF file and the HCRIS file, these IPPS specific
                files can be found on the CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/index,
                along with the data files and information for our proposed FY 2022
                IPPS ratesetting. The LTCH PPS specific files can be found on the
                CMS website at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/medicare-fee-for-service-payment/longtermcarehospitalpps, along with the data files
                and information for our proposed FY 2022 LTCH PPS ratesetting. The
                FY 2020 MedPAR may be ordered in the same manner as the FY 2019
                MedPAR file, and will be packaged with the updated FY 2019 MedPAR
                file that contains the proposed V39 MS-DRG groupings used to develop
                this proposed rule.
                2. Market-Based MS-DRG Relative Weight Policy
                 In the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a
                requirement for a hospital to report on the Medicare cost report the
                median payer-specific negotiated charge that the hospital has
                negotiated with all of its MA organization payers, by MS-DRG, for
                cost reporting periods ending on or after January 1, 2021 (85 FR
                58873 through 58892); this data collection requirement is specified
                in 42 CFR 413.20(d)(3). We also finalized the use of this data in a
                new market-based methodology for calculating the IPPS MS-DRG
                relative weights to reflect relative market-based pricing, beginning
                in FY 2024. Specifically, we finalized that we will begin using the
                reported median payer-specific negotiated charge by MS-DRG for MA
                organizations in the market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology
                beginning with the relative weights calculated for FY 2024.
                 In section V.L. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to repeal the requirement that hospitals report on the
                Medicare cost report the median payer-specific negotiated charge
                that the hospital has negotiated with all of its MA organization
                payers, by MS-DRG, for cost reporting periods ending on or after
                January 1, 2021, as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
                rule. We are also proposing to repeal the market-based MS-DRG
                relative weight methodology adopted effective for FY 2024,
                [[Page 25785]]
                as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. We also note
                that we are soliciting comment on alternative approaches or data
                sources that could be used in Medicare fee-for-service (FFS)
                ratesetting. We are also considering an alternative to our proposal,
                to instead maintain the requirement that hospitals report the median
                payer-specific negotiated charge for MA organizations on the
                Medicare cost report, but delay the implementation of the market-
                based MS-DRG relative weight methodology from FY 2024 to a later
                date. Under this alternative to delay the implementation of the
                market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology, we would maintain
                the market-based MS-DRG relative weight data collection policy, as
                finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, and would require
                that hospitals follow the steps outlined in the frequently asked
                questions document published on January 15, 2021 that provides
                examples for how hospitals would calculate the median payer-specific
                negotiated charge so that the market-based data is comparable and
                consistent across different negotiation tactics used by hospitals
                and MA organizations. We refer readers to the frequently asked
                questions for more information: https://www.cms.gov/files/document/frequently-asked-questions-faqs-market-based-ms-drg-relative-weight-data-collection-and-change.pdf.
                 We are inviting public comments on our proposal, as explained in
                section V.L. of the preamble to this proposed rule, to repeal both
                the market-based data collection requirement and the market-based
                relative weight methodology, and also on the alternative to maintain
                the market-based data collection requirement but delay the adoption
                of the market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology to a date
                after FY 2024.
                 If we were to finalize a delay in the implementation of the
                market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology, we would remain
                open to adjusting the methodology, as finalized in the FY 2021 IPPS/
                LTCH PPS final rule, through future rulemaking, prior to the new
                effective date. Should we finalize a delay in the effective date of
                the market-based MS-DRG relative weight methodology, we would
                conduct further analysis based on the median payer-specific
                negotiated charge data received on the Medicare cost report, and
                provide an opportunity for public comment on that analysis, prior to
                the new effective date for the market-based MS-DRG relative weight
                methodology.
                P. Overall Conclusion
                1. Acute Care Hospitals
                 Acute care hospitals are estimated to experience an increase of
                approximately $2.507 billion in FY 2022, including operating,
                capital, and new technology changes, as well as increased GME
                payments as a result of section 131 of the Consolidated
                Appropriations Act of 2021 and increased payments as a result of the
                imputed floor provision in section 9831 of the American Rescue Plan
                Act of 2021, as modeled for this proposed rule. The estimated change
                in operating payments is approximately $2.157 billion (discussed in
                section I.G. and I.H. of this Appendix). The estimated change in
                capital payments is approximately $0.048 billion (discussed in
                section I.I. of this Appendix). The estimated change in new
                technology add-on payments is approximately $0.82 billion as
                discussed in section I.H. of this Appendix. The change in new
                technology add-on payments reflects the net impact of new and
                continuing new technology add-on payments. The estimated increase in
                payments as a result of our proposed implementation of section 9831
                of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (discussed in section
                III.G.2. of this proposed rule) is $0.191 billion. The estimated FY
                2022 payments as a result of our proposed implementation of section
                131 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 (discussed in
                section V.K.2.a. of this proposed rule) is $0.030 billion. Total may
                differ from the sum of the components due to rounding.
                 Table I. of section I.G. of this Appendix also demonstrates the
                estimated redistributional impacts of the IPPS budget neutrality
                requirements for the proposed MS-DRG and wage index changes, and for
                the wage index reclassifications under the MGCRB.
                 We estimate that hospitals would experience a 0.5 percent
                increase in capital payments per case, as shown in Table III. of
                section I.I. of this Appendix. We project that there would be a $48
                million increase in capital payments in FY 2022 compared to FY 2021.
                 The discussions presented in the previous pages, in combination
                with the remainder of this proposed rule, constitute a regulatory
                impact analysis.
                2. LTCHs
                 Overall, LTCHs are projected to experience an increase in
                estimated payments in FY 2022. In the impact analysis, we are using
                the proposed rates, factors, and policies presented in this proposed
                rule based on the best available claims and CCR data to estimate the
                change in payments under the LTCH PPS for FY 2022. Accordingly,
                based on the best available data for the 363 LTCHs in our database,
                we estimate that overall FY 2022 LTCH PPS payments will increase
                approximately $52 million relative to FY 2021 primarily due to the
                proposal annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate.
                Q. Regulatory Review Costs
                 If regulations impose administrative costs on private entities,
                such as the time needed to read and interpret a rule, we should
                estimate the cost associated with regulatory review. Due to the
                uncertainty involved with accurately quantifying the number of
                entities that would review the proposed rule, we assumed that the
                total number of timely pieces of correspondence on last year's
                proposed rule would be the number of reviewers of the proposed rule.
                We acknowledge that this assumption may understate or overstate the
                costs of reviewing the rule. It is possible that not all commenters
                reviewed last year's rule in detail, and it is also possible that
                some reviewers chose not to comment on the proposed rule. For those
                reasons, and consistent with our approach in previous rulemakings
                (83 FR 41777, 84 FR 42697 and 85 FR 32460), we believe that the
                number of past commenters would be a fair estimate of the number of
                reviewers of the proposed rule. We welcome any public comments on
                the approach in estimating the number of entities that will review
                this proposed rule.
                 We also recognize that different types of entities are in many
                cases affected by mutually exclusive sections of the proposed rule.
                Therefore, for the purposes of our estimate, and consistent with our
                approach in previous rulemakings (83 FR 41777, 84 FR 42697 and 85 FR
                32460), we assume that each reviewer read approximately 50 percent
                of the proposed rule. We welcome public comments on this assumption.
                 We have used the number of timely pieces of correspondence on
                the FY 2021 IPPS/LTCH proposed rule as our estimate for the number
                of reviewers of this proposed rule. We continue to acknowledge the
                uncertainty involved with using this number, but we believe it is a
                fair estimate due to the variety of entities affected and the
                likelihood that some of them choose to rely (in full or in part) on
                press releases, newsletters, fact sheets, or other sources rather
                than the comprehensive review of preamble and regulatory text. Using
                the wage information from the BLS for medical and health service
                managers (Code 11-9111), we estimate that the cost of reviewing the
                proposed rule is $110.74 per hour, including overhead and fringe
                benefits (https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_nat.htm). Assuming an
                average reading speed, we estimate that it would take approximately
                26.42 hours for the staff to review half of this proposed rule. For
                each IPPS hospital or LTCH that reviews this proposed rule, the
                estimated cost is $2,926 (26.42 hours x $110.74). Therefore, we
                estimate that the total cost of reviewing this proposed rule is
                $2,492,858 ($2,926 x 852 reviewers).
                II. Accounting Statements and Tables
                A. Acute Care Hospitals
                 As required by OMB Circular A-4 (available at https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/omb/circulars_a-004_a-4/ and https://georgewbush-whitehouse.archives.gov/omb/circulars/a004/a-4.html), in
                Table V. of this Appendix, we have prepared an accounting statement
                showing the classification of the expenditures associated with the
                provisions of this proposed rule as they relate to acute care
                hospitals. This table provides our best estimate of the change in
                Medicare payments to providers as a result of the proposed changes
                to the IPPS presented in this proposed rule. All expenditures are
                classified as transfers to Medicare providers.
                 As shown in Table V. of this Appendix, the net costs to the
                Federal Government associated with the policies proposed in this
                proposed rule are estimated at $2.507 billion.
                [[Page 25786]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.365
                B. LTCHs
                 As discussed in section I.J. of this Appendix, the impact
                analysis of the proposed payment rates and factors presented in this
                proposed rule under the LTCH PPS is projected to result in an
                increase in estimated aggregate LTCH PPS payments in FY 2022
                relative to FY 2021 of approximately $52 million based on the data
                for 363 LTCHs in our database that are subject to payment under the
                LTCH PPS. Therefore, as required by OMB Circular A-4 (available at:
                https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/ and
                https://georgewbush-whitehouse.archives.gov/omb/circulars/a004/a-4.html), in Table VI. of this Appendix, we have prepared an
                accounting statement showing the classification of the expenditures
                associated with the provisions of this proposed rule as they relate
                to the changes to the LTCH PPS. Table VI. of this Appendix provides
                our best estimate of the estimated change in Medicare payments under
                the LTCH PPS as a result of the proposed payment rates and factors
                and other provisions presented in this proposed rule based on the
                data for the 363 LTCHs in our database. All expenditures are
                classified as transfers to Medicare providers (that is, LTCHs).
                 As shown in Table VI. of this Appendix, the net cost to the
                Federal Government associated with the policies for LTCHs in this
                proposed rule are estimated at $52 million.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.366
                III. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) Analysis
                 The RFA requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory
                relief of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, small entities
                include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small
                government jurisdictions. We estimate that most hospitals and most
                other providers and suppliers are small entities as that term is
                used in the RFA. The great majority of hospitals and most other
                health care providers and suppliers are small entities, either by
                being nonprofit organizations or by meeting the SBA definition of a
                small business (having revenues of less than $8.0 million to $41.5
                million in any 1 year). (For details on the latest standards for
                health care providers, we refer readers to page 38 of the Table of
                Small Business Size Standards for NAIC 622 found on the SBA website
                at: https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/Size_Standards_Table.pdf.)
                 For purposes of the RFA, all hospitals and other providers and
                suppliers are considered to be small entities. Because all hospitals
                are considered to be small entities for purposes of the RFA, the
                hospital impacts described in this proposed rule are impacts on
                small entities. Individuals and States are not included in the
                definition of a small entity. MACs are not considered to be small
                entities because they do not meet the SBA definition of a small
                business.
                 HHS's practice in interpreting the RFA is to consider effects
                economically ''significant'' if greater than 5 percent of providers
                reach a threshold of 3 to 5 percent or more of total revenue or
                total costs. We believe that the provisions of this proposed rule
                relating to IPPS hospitals will have an economically significant
                impact on small entities as explained in this Appendix. For example,
                the majority of the 3,198 IPPS hospitals included in the impact
                analysis shown in ``Table I.--Impact Analysis of Proposed Changes to
                the IPPS for Operating Costs for FY 2022,'' on average are expected
                to see increases in the range of 3 percent, primarily due to the
                proposed hospital rate update, as discussed in section I.G. of this
                Appendix. On average, the proposed rate update for these hospitals
                is estimated to be 2.8 percent.
                 The majority of the 360 LTCH PPS hospitals included in the
                impact analysis shown in ``Table IV. Impact of Proposed Payment Rate
                and Policy Changes to LTCH PPS Payments and Policy Changes to LTCH
                PPS Payments for LTCH PPS Standard Payment Rate Cases for FY 2022
                (Estimated FY 2022 Payments Compared to Estimated FY 2021
                Payments)'' on average are expected to see increases in the range of
                1 percent, primarily due to the proposed 2.2 percent annual update
                to the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate for FY 2022 and the
                projected 0.8 percent decrease in high cost outlier payments, as
                discussed in section I.J. of this Appendix.
                 This proposed rule contains a range of proposed policies. It
                provides descriptions of the statutory provisions that are
                addressed, identifies the proposed policies, and presents rationales
                for our decisions and, where relevant, alternatives that were
                considered. The analyses discussed in this Appendix and throughout
                the preamble of this proposed rule constitutes our regulatory
                flexibility analysis. We are soliciting public comments on our
                estimates and analysis of the impact of our proposals on small
                entities. Public comments that we receive and our responses will be
                presented in the final rule.
                IV. Impact on Small Rural Hospitals
                 Section 1102(b) of the Act requires us to prepare a regulatory
                impact analysis for any proposed or final rule that may have a
                significant impact on the operations of a substantial number of
                small rural hospitals. This analysis must conform to the provisions
                of section 604 of the RFA. With the exception of hospitals located
                in certain New England counties, for purposes of section 1102(b) of
                the Act, we define a small rural hospital as a hospital that is
                located outside of an urban area and has fewer than 100 beds.
                Section 601(g) of the Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L.
                98-21) designated hospitals in certain New England counties as
                belonging to the adjacent urban area. Thus, for purposes of the IPPS
                and the LTCH PPS, we continue to classify these hospitals as urban
                hospitals.
                 As shown in Table I. in section I.G. of this Appendix, rural
                IPPS hospitals with 0-49 beds (313 hospitals) and 50-99 beds (254
                hospitals) are expected to experience an increase in payments from
                FY 2021 to FY 2022 of 4.0 percent and 2.6 percent, respectively,
                primarily driven by the proposed hospital rate update, as discussed
                in section I.G of this Appendix. We refer readers to Table I. in
                section I.G. of this Appendix for additional information on the
                quantitative effects of the proposed policy changes under the IPPS
                for operating costs.
                 All rural LTCHs (19 hospitals) shown in Table IV. in section
                I.J. of this Appendix have less than 100 beds. These hospitals are
                expected to experience an increase in
                [[Page 25787]]
                payments from FY 2021 to FY 2022 of 1.5 percent, primarily due to
                the proposed 2.2 percent annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate for FY 2022 and the projected 0.8 percent
                decrease in high cost outlier payments, as discussed in section I.J.
                of this Appendix.
                V. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act Analysis
                 Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L.
                104-4) also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and
                benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in
                any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for
                inflation. In 2021, that threshold level is approximately $158
                million. This proposed rule would not mandate any requirements that
                meet the threshold for State, local, or tribal governments, nor
                would it affect private sector costs.
                VI. Executive Order 13175
                 Executive Order 13175 directs agencies to consult with Tribal
                officials prior to the formal promulgation of regulations having
                tribal implications. Section 1880(a) of the Act states that a
                hospital of the Indian Health Service, whether operated by such
                Service or by an Indian tribe or tribal organization, is eligible
                for Medicare payments so long as it meets all of the conditions and
                requirements for such payments which are applicable generally to
                hospitals. Consistent with section 1880(a) of the Act, this proposed
                rule contains general provisions also applicable to hospitals and
                facilities operated by the Indian Health Service or Tribes or Tribal
                organizations under the Indian Self-Determination and Education
                Assistance Act.
                 As discussed in section V.E.4. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule, we continue to seek comment on the methodology for determining
                uncompensated care payments to IHS and Tribal hospitals. Consistent
                with Executive Order 13175, we also continue to engage in
                consultation with Tribal officials on this issue. We intend to use
                input received from these consultations with Tribal officials, as
                well as the comments on this proposed rule, to inform future
                rulemaking.
                VII. Executive Order 12866
                 In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, the
                Office of Management and Budget reviewed this proposed rule.
                Appendix B: Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates
                of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services
                I. Background
                 Section 1886(e)(4)(A) of the Act requires that the Secretary,
                taking into consideration the recommendations of MedPAC, recommend
                update factors for inpatient hospital services for each fiscal year
                that take into account the amounts necessary for the efficient and
                effective delivery of medically appropriate and necessary care of high
                quality. Under section 1886(e)(5) of the Act, we are required to
                publish update factors recommended by the Secretary in the proposed and
                final IPPS rules. Accordingly, this Appendix provides the
                recommendations for the update factors for the IPPS national
                standardized amount, the hospital-specific rate for SCHs and MDHs, and
                the rate-of-increase limits for certain hospitals excluded from the
                IPPS, as well as LTCHs. In prior years, we made a recommendation in the
                IPPS proposed rule and final rule for the update factors for the
                payment rates for IRFs and IPFs. However, for FY 2022, consistent with
                our approach for FY 2021, we are including the Secretary's
                recommendation for the update factors for IRFs and IPFs in separate
                Federal Register documents at the time that we announce the annual
                updates for IRFs and IPFs. We also discuss our response to MedPAC's
                recommended update factors for inpatient hospital services.
                II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2022
                A. Proposed FY 2022 Inpatient Hospital Update
                 As discussed in section IV.A. of the preamble to this proposed
                rule, for FY 2022, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as
                amended by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we
                are setting the applicable percentage increase by applying the
                following adjustments in the following sequence. Specifically, the
                applicable percentage increase under the IPPS is equal to the rate-of-
                increase in the hospital market basket for IPPS hospitals in all areas,
                subject to a reduction of one-quarter of the applicable percentage
                increase (prior to the application of other statutory adjustments; also
                referred to as the market basket update or rate-of-increase (with no
                adjustments)) for hospitals that fail to submit quality information
                under rules established by the Secretary in accordance with section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and a reduction of three-quarters of the
                applicable percentage increase (prior to the application of other
                statutory adjustments; also referred to as the market basket update or
                rate-of-increase (with no adjustments)) for hospitals not considered to
                be meaningful electronic health record (EHR) users in accordance with
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, and then subject to an adjustment
                based on changes in economy-wide productivity (the multifactor
                productivity (MFP) adjustment). Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act,
                as added by section 3401(a) of the Affordable Care Act, states that
                application of the MFP adjustment may result in the applicable
                percentage increase being less than zero. (We note that section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act required an additional reduction each
                year only for FYs 2010 through 2019.)
                 We note that, in compliance with section 404 of the MMA, in the FY
                2018 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (82 FR 38158 through 38175), we replaced
                the FY 2010-based IPPS operating and capital market baskets with the
                rebased and revised 2014-based IPPS operating and capital market
                baskets effective beginning in FY 2018. In this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to replace the 2014-based IPPS operating and capital market
                baskets with the rebased and revised proposed 2018-based IPPS operating
                and capital market baskets beginning in FY 2022.
                 In this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, in accordance with
                section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we are proposing to base the proposed
                FY 2022 market basket update used to determine the applicable
                percentage increase for the IPPS on IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast
                of the proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket rate-of-increase with
                historical data through third quarter 2020, which is estimated to be
                2.5 percent. In accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as
                amended by section 3401(a) of the Affordable Care Act, in section IV.B.
                of the preamble of this FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, based on
                IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast, we are proposing a MFP adjustment
                of 0.2 percentage point for FY 2022. We are also proposing that if more
                recent data subsequently become available, we would use such data, if
                appropriate, to determine the FY 2022 market basket update and MFP
                adjustment for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                 Therefore, based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the
                proposed 2018-based IPPS market basket and the MFP adjustment,
                depending on whether a hospital submits quality data under the rules
                established in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act
                (hereafter referred to as a hospital that submits quality data) and is
                a meaningful EHR user under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act
                (hereafter referred to as a hospital that is a meaningful EHR user), we
                are proposing four possible applicable percentage increases that could
                be applied to the standardized amount, as shown in the following table.
                [[Page 25788]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MY21.367
                B. Proposed Update for SCHs and MDHs for FY 2022
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act provides that the FY 2022
                applicable percentage increase in the hospital-specific rate for SCHs
                and MDHs equals the applicable percentage increase set forth in section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the same update factor as for all
                other hospitals subject to the IPPS). Under current law, the MDH
                program is effective for discharges through September 30, 2022, as
                discussed in the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (83 FR 41429 through
                41430).
                 As previously stated, the update to the hospital specific rate for
                SCHs and MDHs is subject to section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as
                amended by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act.
                Accordingly, depending on whether a hospital submits quality data and
                is a meaningful EHR user, we are proposing the same four possible
                applicable percentage increases in the previous table for the hospital-
                specific rate applicable to SCHs and MDHs.
                C. Proposed FY 2022 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
                 Because Puerto Rico hospitals are no longer paid with a Puerto
                Rico-specific standardized amount under the amendments to section
                1886(d)(9)(E) of the Act, there is no longer a need for us to make an
                update to the Puerto Rico standardized amount. Hospitals in Puerto Rico
                are now paid 100 percent of the national standardized amount and,
                therefore, are subject to the same update to the national standardized
                amount discussed under section IV.A.1. of the preamble of this proposed
                rule.
                 In addition, as discussed in section IV.A.2. of the preamble of
                this proposed rule, section 602 of Public Law 114-113 amended section
                1886(n)(6)(B) of the Act to specify that subsection (d) Puerto Rico
                hospitals are eligible for incentive payments for the meaningful use of
                certified EHR technology, effective beginning FY 2016. In addition,
                section 1886(n)(6)(B) of the Act was amended to specify that the
                adjustments to the applicable percentage increase under section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act apply to subsection (d) Puerto Rico
                hospitals that are not meaningful EHR users, effective beginning FY
                2022.
                 Accordingly, for FY 2022, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act in
                conjunction with section 602(d) of Public Law 114-113 requires that any
                subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital that is not a meaningful EHR user
                as defined in section 1886(n)(3) of the Act and not subject to an
                exception under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act will have ``three-
                quarters'' of the applicable percentage increase (prior to the
                application of other statutory adjustments), or three-quarters of the
                applicable market basket rate-of-increase, reduced by 33\1/3\ percent.
                The reduction to three-quarters of the applicable percentage increase
                for subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are not meaningful EHR
                users increases to 66\2/3\ percent for FY 2023, and, for FY 2024 and
                subsequent fiscal years, to 100 percent. In the FY 2019 IPPS/LTCH PPS
                final rule, we finalized the payment reductions (83 FR 41674).
                 Based on IGI's fourth quarter 2020 forecast of the proposed 2018
                based IPPS market basket update with historical data through third
                quarter 2020, for this FY 2022 proposed rule, in accordance with
                section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as previously discussed, for Puerto
                Rico hospitals, we are proposing a market basket update of 2.5 percent
                and an MFP adjustment of 0.2 percent. Therefore, for FY 2022, depending
                on whether a Puerto Rico hospital is a meaningful EHR user, there are
                two possible applicable percentage increases that can be applied to the
                standardized amount. Based on these data, we are proposing the
                following applicable percentage increases to the standardized amount
                for FY 2022 for Puerto Rico hospitals:
                 For a Puerto Rico hospital that is a meaningful EHR user,
                we are proposing an applicable percentage increase to the FY 2022
                operating standardized amount of 2.3 percent (that is, the FY 2022
                estimate of the proposed market basket rate-of-increase of 2.5 percent
                less an adjustment of 0.2 percentage point for the proposed MFP
                adjustment).
                 For a Puerto Rico hospital that is not a meaningful EHR
                user, we are proposing an applicable percentage increase to the
                operating standardized amount of 1.675 percent (that is, the FY 2022
                estimate of the proposed market basket rate-of-increase of 2.5 percent,
                less an adjustment of 0.625 percentage point (the proposed market
                basket rate of-increase of 2.5 percent x 0.75)/3) for failure to be a
                meaningful EHR user, less an adjustment of 0.2 percentage point for the
                proposed MFP adjustment.
                 As noted previously, we are proposing that if more recent data
                subsequently become available, we would use such data, if appropriate,
                to determine the FY 2022 market basket update and the MFP adjustment
                for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                D. Proposed Update for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS for FY 2022
                 Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act is used for purposes of
                determining the percentage increase in the rate-of-increase limits for
                children's hospitals, cancer hospitals, and hospitals located outside
                the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is,
                short-term acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands,
                Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and America Samoa). Section
                1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act sets the percentage increase in the rate-
                of-increase limits equal to the market basket percentage increase. In
                accordance with Sec. 403.752(a) of the regulations, RNHCIs are paid
                under the provisions of Sec. 413.40, which also use
                [[Page 25789]]
                section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act to update the percentage increase
                in the rate-of-increase limits.
                 Currently, children's hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer hospitals,
                RNHCIs, and short-term acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin
                Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa are
                among the remaining types of hospitals still paid under the reasonable
                cost methodology, subject to the rate-of-increase limits. In addition,
                in accordance with Sec. 412.526(c)(3) of the regulations, extended
                neoplastic disease care hospitals (described in Sec. 412.22(i) of the
                regulations) also are subject to the rate-of-increase limits. As
                discussed in section VI. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
                proposing to use the percentage increase in the proposed 2018-based
                IPPS operating market basket to update the target amounts for
                children's hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, short-term
                acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa, and extended neoplastic
                disease care hospitals for FY 2022 and subsequent fiscal years.
                Accordingly, for FY 2022, the rate-of-increase percentage to be applied
                to the target amount for these children's hospitals, cancer hospitals,
                RNHCIs, extended neoplastic disease care hospitals, and short-term
                acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
                Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa is the FY 2022 percentage
                increase in the proposed 2018-based IPPS operating market basket. For
                this proposed rule, the current estimate of the IPPS operating market
                basket percentage increase for FY 2022 is 2.5 percent. We are proposing
                that if more recent data subsequently become available, we would use
                such data, if appropriate, to determine the FY 2022 market basket
                update and the MFP adjustment for the FY 2022 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
                E. Proposed Update for LTCHs for FY 2022
                 Section 123 of Public Law 106-113, as amended by section 307(b) of
                Public Law 106-554 (and codified at section 1886(m)(1) of the Act),
                provides the statutory authority for updating payment rates under the
                LTCH PPS.
                 As discussed in section V.A. of the Addendum to this proposed rule,
                we are proposing to update the LTCH PPS standard Federal payment rate
                for FY 2022 by 2.2 percent, consistent with section 1886(m)(3) of the
                Act which provides that any annual update be reduced by the
                productivity adjustment described in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of
                the Act (that is, the MFP adjustment). Furthermore, in accordance with
                the LTCHQR Program under section 1886(m)(5) of the Act, we are
                proposing to reduce the annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                rate by 2.0 percentage points for failure of a LTCH to submit the
                required quality data. Accordingly, we are proposing to establish an
                update factor of 1.022 in determining the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                rate for FY 2022. For LTCHs that fail to submit quality data for FY
                2022, we are proposing to establish an annual update to the LTCH PPS
                standard Federal rate of 0.2 percent (that is, the proposed annual
                update for FY 2022 of 2.2 percent less 2.0 percentage points for
                failure to submit the required quality data in accordance with section
                1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act and our rules) by applying a proposed update
                factor of 1.0020 in determining the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate for
                FY 2022. (We note that, as discussed in section VII.D. of the preamble
                of this proposed rule, the proposed update to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal payment rate of 2.2 percent for FY 2022 does not reflect any
                budget neutrality factors).
                III. Secretary's Recommendations
                 MedPAC is recommending an inpatient hospital update of 2.0 percent.
                MedPAC's rationale for this update recommendation is described in more
                detail in this section. As previously stated, section 1886(e)(4)(A) of
                the Act requires that the Secretary, taking into consideration the
                recommendations of MedPAC, recommend update factors for inpatient
                hospital services for each fiscal year that take into account the
                amounts necessary for the efficient and effective delivery of medically
                appropriate and necessary care of high quality. Consistent with current
                law, depending on whether a hospital submits quality data and is a
                meaningful EHR user, we are recommending the four applicable percentage
                increases to the standardized amount listed in the table under section
                II. of this Appendix B. We are recommending that the same applicable
                percentage increases apply to SCHs and MDHs.
                 In addition to making a recommendation for IPPS hospitals, in
                accordance with section 1886(e)(4)(A) of the Act, we are recommending
                update factors for certain other types of hospitals excluded from the
                IPPS. Consistent with our policies for these facilities, we are
                recommending an update to the target amounts for children's hospitals,
                cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, short-term acute care hospitals located in
                the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and
                American Samoa and extended neoplastic disease care hospitals of 2.5
                percent.
                 For FY 2022, consistent with policy set forth in section VII. of
                the preamble of this proposed rule, for LTCHs that submit quality data,
                we are recommending an update of 2.2 percent to the LTCH PPS standard
                Federal rate. For LTCHs that fail to submit quality data for FY 2022,
                we are recommending an annual update to the LTCH PPS standard Federal
                rate of 0.2 percent.
                IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing Payment Adequacy and Updating
                Payments in Traditional Medicare
                 In its March 2021 Report to Congress, MedPAC assessed the adequacy
                of current payments and costs, and the relationship between payments
                and an appropriate cost base. MedPAC recommended an update to the
                hospital inpatient rates by 2.0 percent with the difference between
                this and the update amount specified in current law to be used to
                increase payments under MedPAC's Medicare quality program, the
                ``Hospital Value Incentive Program (HVIP).'' MedPAC initially
                recommended in March 2019 a redesign of the current hospital quality
                payment programs. MedPAC stated that together, these recommendations,
                paired with the recommendation to eliminate the current hospital
                quality program incentives, would increase hospital payments by
                increasing the base payment rate and by increasing the average rewards
                hospitals receive under MedPAC's Medicare HVIP. We refer readers to the
                March 2021 MedPAC report, which is available for download at
                www.medpac.gov, for a complete discussion on these recommendations.
                 Response: With regard to MedPAC's recommendation of an update to
                the hospital inpatient rates equal to 2.0 percent, with the remainder
                of the applicable percentage increase specified in current law to be
                used to fund its recommended Medicare HVIP, section 1886(b)(3)(B) of
                the Act sets the requirements for the FY 2022 applicable percentage
                increase. Therefore, consistent with the statute, we are proposing an
                applicable percentage increase for FY 2022 of 2.3 percent, provided the
                hospital submits quality data and is a meaningful EHR user consistent
                with these statutory requirements. Furthermore, we continue to
                appreciate MedPAC's recommendation concerning a new HVIP. We agree that
                continual improvement motivated by quality programs is an important
                incentive of the IPPS.
                [[Page 25790]]
                 We note that, because the operating and capital payments in the
                IPPS remain separate, we are continuing to use separate updates for
                operating and capital payments in the IPPS. The proposed update to the
                capital rate is discussed in section III. of the Addendum to this
                proposed rule.
                [FR Doc. 2021-08888 Filed 4-27-21; 4:45 pm]
                BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
                

VLEX uses login cookies to provide you with a better browsing experience. If you click on 'Accept' or continue browsing this site we consider that you accept our cookie policy. ACCEPT